Form 497

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Potential Conflicts of Interest. Certain activities of BFA, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers and employees, with respect to the Funds and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

BlackRock is one of the world’s largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including, the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of a Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed- income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Funds. These are considerations of which investors in a Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage a Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by a Fund.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of a Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Funds. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on a Fund’s performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of a Fund’s transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Funds.

When BlackRock seeks to purchase or sell the same assets for managed accounts, including a Fund, the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among the accounts on a basis determined in its good faith discretion to be equitable. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the size or price of the assets purchased or sold for a Fund. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more other accounts managed by BlackRock may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of a Fund, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to small-capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur with respect to BlackRock-advised accounts when investment decisions regarding a Fund are based on research or other information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for a Fund, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Fund receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could be increased or the Fund could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures

designed to limit such consequences, which may cause a Fund to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.

Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding a Fund may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by a Fund may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by a Fund may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, certain Funds may invest their assets in other funds advised by BlackRock, including funds that are managed by one or more of the same portfolio managers, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to asset allocation, timing of Fund purchases and sales, and increased remuneration and profitability for BlackRock, and/or its personnel, including portfolio managers.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Funds, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Funds, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party’s investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Funds. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions. On any occasion when a Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of a Fund’s investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

The results of a Fund’s investment activities may differ significantly from the results achieved by BlackRock for its proprietary accounts or other accounts (including investment companies or collective investment vehicles) which it manages or advises. It is possible that one or more accounts managed or advised by BlackRock and such other accounts will achieve investment results that are substantially more or less favorable than the results achieved by a Fund. Moreover, it is possible that a Fund will sustain losses during periods in which one or more proprietary or other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock achieve significant profits. The opposite result is also possible.

From time to time, a Fund may be restricted from purchasing or selling securities, or from engaging in other investment activities because of regulatory, legal or contractual requirements applicable to BlackRock or other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock, and/or the internal policies of BlackRock designed to comply with such requirements. As a result, there may be periods, for example, when BlackRock will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which BlackRock is performing services or when position limits have been reached. For example, the investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and accounts under its management may limit the investment opportunities for a Fund in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.

In connection with its management of a Fund, BlackRock may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by BlackRock. BlackRock will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of a Fund in accordance with such analysis and models. In addition, BlackRock will not have any obligation to make available any information regarding its proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of a Fund and it is not anticipated that BlackRock will have access to such information for the purpose of managing the Fund. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of BlackRock, or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by BlackRock or other client accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by BlackRock in managing a Fund.

The Funds may be included in investment models developed by BlackRock for use by clients and financial advisors. To the extent clients invest in these investment models and increase the assets under management of the Funds, the investment management fee amounts paid by the Funds to BlackRock may also increase. The price, availability and liquidity of a Fund may be impacted by purchases and sales of the Fund by model-driven investment portfolios, as well as by BlackRock itself and by its advisory clients.

In addition, certain principals and certain employees of a Fund’s investment adviser are also principals or employees of other business units or entities within BlackRock. As a result, these principals and employees may have obligations to such other business units or entities or their clients and such obligations to other business units or entities or their clients may be a consideration of which investors in a Fund should be aware.

BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of a Fund in which clients of BlackRock or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party’s interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by a Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Markit Indices Limited, the index provider for underlying fixed-income indexes used by certain iShares funds, related to derivative fixed-income products that are based on such iShares funds. BlackRock may receive certain payments for licensing intellectual property belonging to BlackRock and for facilitating the provision of data in connection with such derivative products, which may include payments based on the trading volumes of, or revenues generated by, the derivative products. However, BlackRock will not receive any such payments on those derivative products utilized by the Funds or other BlackRock funds or accounts. Other funds and accounts managed by BlackRock may from time to time transact in such derivative products, which could contribute to the viability or success of such derivative products by making them more appealing to funds and accounts managed by third parties, and in turn lead to increased payments to BlackRock. Trading activity in such derivative products could also potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to these iShares funds and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

A Fund may, subject to applicable law, purchase investments that are the subject of an underwriting or other distribution by BlackRock and may also enter into transactions with other clients of BlackRock where such other clients have interests adverse to those of the Fund.

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of a Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, a Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

To the extent authorized by applicable law, BlackRock may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for a Fund. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by BlackRock will be in its view commercially reasonable, although BlackRock, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to BlackRock and such sales personnel, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. Index based funds may use an index provider that is affiliated with another service provider of a Fund or BlackRock that acts as a broker, dealer, agent, lender or in other commercial capacities for a Fund or BlackRock.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Funds as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Funds or their shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Funds or their shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. A Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund’s own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with a Fund’s establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund’s counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund’s creditworthiness.

BTC, an affiliate of BFA pursuant to SEC exemptive relief, acts as securities lending agent to, and receives a share of securities lending revenues from, the Funds. BlackRock will also receive compensation for managing the reinvestment of the cash collateral from securities lending. There are potential conflicts of interests in managing a securities lending program, including but not limited to: (i) BlackRock as securities lending agent may have an incentive to increase or decrease the amount of securities on loan or to lend particular securities in order to generate additional risk-adjusted revenue for BlackRock and its affiliates; and (ii) BlackRock as securities lending agent may have an incentive to allocate loans to clients that would provide more revenue to BlackRock. As described further below, BlackRock seeks to mitigate this conflict by providing its securities lending clients with equal lending opportunities over time in order to approximate pro rata allocation.

As part of its securities lending program, BlackRock indemnifies certain clients and/or funds against a shortfall in collateral in the event of borrower default. BlackRock’s RQA calculates, on a regular basis, BlackRock’s potential dollar exposure to the risk of collateral shortfall upon counterparty default (“shortfall risk”) under the securities lending program for both indemnified and non-indemnified clients. On a periodic basis, RQA also determines the maximum amount of potential indemnified shortfall risk arising from securities lending activities (“indemnification exposure limit”) and the maximum amount of counterparty-specific credit exposure (“credit limits”) BlackRock is willing to assume as well as the program’s operational complexity. RQA oversees the risk model that calculates projected shortfall values using loan-level factors such as loan and collateral type and market value as well as specific borrower counterparty credit characteristics. When necessary, RQA may further adjust other securities lending program attributes by restricting eligible collateral or reducing counterparty credit limits. As a result, the management of the indemnification exposure limit may affect the amount of securities lending activity BlackRock may conduct at any given point in time and impact indemnified and non-indemnified clients by reducing the volume of lending opportunities for certain loans (including by asset type, collateral type and/or revenue profile).

BlackRock uses a predetermined systematic process in order to approximate pro rata allocation over time. In order to allocate a loan to a portfolio: (i) BlackRock as a whole must have sufficient lending capacity pursuant to the various program limits (i.e., indemnification exposure limit and counterparty credit limits); (ii) the lending portfolio must hold the asset at the time a loan opportunity arrives; and (iii) the lending portfolio must also have enough inventory, either on its own or when aggregated with other portfolios into one single market delivery, to satisfy the loan request. In doing so, BlackRock seeks to provide equal lending opportunities for all portfolios, independent of whether BlackRock indemnifies the portfolio. Equal opportunities for lending portfolios does not guarantee equal outcomes. Specifically, short and long-term outcomes for individual clients may vary due to asset mix, asset/liability spreads on different securities, and the overall limits imposed by the firm.

Purchases and sales of securities and other assets for a Fund may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other BlackRock client accounts, including with accounts that pay different transaction costs solely due to the fact that they have different research payment arrangements. BlackRock, however, is not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable or required, or in cases involving client direction.

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Funds will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Funds. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Funds will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing any or all of the Funds and other BlackRock client accounts, including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client accounts relative to the Funds based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client’s commissions may not be used in managing that client’s account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Funds and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself.

BlackRock does not currently enter into arrangements to use the Funds’ assets for, or participate in, soft dollars, although BlackRock may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To the extent that BlackRock receives research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by BlackRock. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer, and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Funds. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the Proxy Voting Policy section of this SAI.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of a Fund. Increasing a Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund’s expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of a Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of a Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund’s liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

It is possible that a Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. A Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for a Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non- public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit a Fund’s flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ¹⁄₂ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb.

BlackRock, its personnel and other financial service providers may have interests in promoting sales of the Funds. With respect to BlackRock and its personnel, the remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of the Funds or other products may be greater than remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of certain funds or other products that might be provided or offered. BlackRock and its sales personnel may directly or indirectly receive a portion of the fees and commissions charged to the Funds or their shareholders. BlackRock and its advisory or other personnel may also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management. Fees and commissions may also be higher than for other products or services, and the remuneration and profitability to BlackRock and such personnel resulting from transactions on behalf of or management of the Funds may be greater than the remuneration and profitability resulting from other funds or products.

Third parties, including service providers to BlackRock or a Fund, may sponsor events (including, but not limited to, marketing and promotional activities and presentations, educational training programs and conferences) for registered representatives, other professionals and individual investors. There is a potential conflict of interest as such sponsorships may defray the costs of such activities to BlackRock, and may provide an incentive to BlackRock to retain such third parties to provide services to a Fund.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients’ accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by a Fund’s pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund’s pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to a Fund’s pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund’s pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section of each Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, a Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board. When determining “fair value price,” BlackRock seeks to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by BlackRock (pursuant to Board-adopted procedures) at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly- managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of a Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, each Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding a Fund’s portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, a Fund, except that a Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the 1940 Act engage in transactions with another Fund or accounts that are affiliated with a Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Funds and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for a Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or a Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock’s internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of a Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which a Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary

implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

The investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Funds. For example, in certain circumstances where the Funds invest in securities issued by companies that operate in certain regulated industries or in certain emerging or international markets, or are subject to corporate or regulatory ownership restrictions, or invest in certain futures or other derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount invested by BlackRock for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts (including the Funds) that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Funds or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions.

If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached either through the actions of BlackRock or a Fund or as a result of third-party transactions, the ability of BlackRock, on behalf of clients (including the Funds), to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, BlackRock, on behalf of its clients (including the Funds), may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict, forgo or limit the exercise of rights (including transferring, outsourcing or limiting voting rights or forgoing the right to receive dividends) when BlackRock, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate in light of potential regulatory or other restrictions on ownership or other consequences resulting from reaching investment thresholds.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Funds), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer’s weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

In addition to the foregoing, other ownership thresholds may trigger reporting requirements to governmental and regulatory authorities, and such reports may entail the disclosure of the identity of a client or BlackRock’s intended strategy with respect to such security or asset.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

BlackRock may maintain securities indices. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Funds may seek to license and use such indices as part of their investment strategy. Index based funds that seek to track the performance of securities indices also may use the name of the index or index provider in the fund name. Index providers, including BlackRock (to the extent permitted by applicable law), may be paid licensing fees for use of their index or index name. BlackRock may benefit from the Funds using BlackRock indices by creating increasing acceptance in the marketplace for such indices. BlackRock is not obligated to license its indices to a Fund and the Funds are under no obligation to use BlackRock indices. Any Fund that enters into a license for a BlackRock index cannot be assured that the terms of any index licensing agreement with BlackRock will be as favorable as those terms offered to other licensees.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Funds (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with certain Funds’ custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Funds leave cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for Funds in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather

make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by a Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Funds, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). A Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. A Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Funds and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

BlackRock’s receipt of fees from a service provider in connection with the use of systems provided by BlackRock may create an incentive for BlackRock to recommend that a Fund enter into or renew an arrangement with the service provider.

In recognition of a BlackRock client’s overall relationship with BlackRock, BlackRock may offer special pricing arrangements for certain services provided by BlackRock. Any such special pricing arrangements will not apply to the client’s investment in a Fund.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Fund

The Trust currently consists of more than 300 investment series or portfolios. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on December 16, 1999 and is authorized to have multiple series or portfolios. The Trust is an open-end management investment company registered with the SEC under the 1940 Act. The offering of the Trust’s shares is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). This SAI relates solely to the Fund.

The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Fund are listed for trading on NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “Listing Exchange” or “NYSE Arca”), a national securities exchange. Shares of the Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Portfolio Holdings Information section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 50,000 or multiples thereof.

The Trust reserves the right to permit or require that creations and redemptions of shares are effected fully or partially in cash and reserves the right to permit or require the substitution of Deposit Securities in lieu of cash. Shares may be issued in advance of receipt of Deposit Securities, subject to various conditions, including a requirement that the Authorized Participant maintain with the Trust collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. The Trust may use such collateral at any time to purchase Deposit Securities. See the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI. Transaction fees and other costs associated with creations or redemptions that include a cash portion may be higher than the transaction fees and other costs associated with in-kind creations or redemptions. In all cases, conditions with respect to creations and redemptions of shares and fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of SEC rules and regulations applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities.

Exchange Listing and Trading

A discussion of exchange listing and trading matters associated with an investment in the Fund is contained in the Shareholder Information section of the Fund's Prospectus. The discussion below supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, that section of the Prospectus.

Shares of the Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of the Fund may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of the Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of the Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of Fund shares, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial owners of shares of the Fund; (ii) the Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (iii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iv) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of the Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

The Trust reserves the right to adjust the share prices of the Fund in the future to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the Fund or an investor's equity interest in the Fund.

Investment Strategies and Risks

The Fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in both fixed-income securities that comprise the Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in the Underlying Index. The Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security in the Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security from the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by BFA to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the Fund's Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market value and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as yield, credit rating, maturity and duration) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Although the Fund does not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Fund may have a leveraging effect as described below.

The Fund generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, the Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index. The Fund may invest the remainder of its assets in fixed income securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index, and in cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates (“BlackRock Cash Funds”). In limited circumstances, when conditions warrant, the Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swaps contracts. The Fund seeks to track the investment results of the Underlying Index before the fees and expenses of the Fund.

Bonds. The Fund invests a substantial portion of its assets in U.S. dollar-denominated bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a U.S. or non-U.S. company, or U.S. or non-U.S. governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. Bonds generally are used by issuers to borrow money from investors.

An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case a fund may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. Similarly, the Fund may have to reinvest interest income or payments received when bonds mature, sometimes at lower market rates. Most bonds bear interest income at a “coupon” rate that is fixed for the life of the bond. The value of a fixed-rate bond usually rises when market interest rates fall, and falls when market interest rates rise. Accordingly, a fixed-rate bond’s yield (income as a percent of the bond’s current value) may differ from its coupon rate as its value rises or falls. When an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is greater than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a premium. Conversely, when an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is less than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a discount. Fixed-rate bonds that are purchased at a discount pay less current income than securities with comparable yields that are purchased at face value, with the result that prices for such fixed-rate securities can be more volatile than prices for such securities that are purchased at face value. Other types of bonds bear interest at an interest rate that is adjusted periodically. Interest rates on “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed-rate bonds of comparable quality with similar final maturities. Because of their adjustable interest rates, the value of “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds, but their value may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. The Fund may treat some of these bonds as having a shorter maturity for purposes of calculating the weighted average maturity of its investment portfolio. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on an issuer’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated obligations. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (backed by specified collateral).

Table of Contents

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

The purchase of securities while borrowings are outstanding may have the effect of leveraging the Fund. The incurrence of leverage increases the Fund’s exposure to risk, and borrowed funds are subject to interest costs that will reduce net income. Purchasing securities while borrowings are outstanding creates special risks, such as the potential for greater volatility in the NAV of Fund shares and in the yield on the Fund’s portfolio. In addition, the interest expenses from borrowings may exceed the income generated by the Fund’s portfolio and, therefore, the amount available (if any) for distribution to shareholders as dividends may be reduced. BFA may determine to maintain outstanding borrowings if it expects that the benefits to the Fund’s shareholders will outweigh the current reduced return.

Certain types of borrowings by the Fund must be made from a bank or may result in the Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage, portfolio composition requirements and other matters. It is not anticipated that observance of such covenants would impede BFA’s management of the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objectives and policies. However, a breach of any such covenants not cured within the specified cure period may result in acceleration of outstanding indebtedness and require the Fund to dispose of portfolio investments at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

Corporate Bonds. The Fund will invest in investment-grade corporate bonds. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest earned on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by changes in the market rate of interest, the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

Diversification Status. The Fund is classified as “non-diversified.” A non-diversified fund is a fund that is not limited by the 1940 Act with regard to the percentage of its assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer. The securities of a particular issuer (or securities of issuers in particular industries) may constitute a significant percentage of the underlying index of such a fund and, consequently, the fund’s investment portfolio. This may adversely affect the fund’s performance or subject the fund’s shares to greater price volatility than that experienced by more diversified investment companies.

The Fund intends to maintain the required level of diversification and otherwise conduct its operations so as to qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) for purposes of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and to relieve the Fund of any liability for U.S. federal income tax to the extent that its earnings are distributed to shareholders, provided that the Fund satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. Compliance with the diversification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code may limit the investment flexibility of the Fund and may make it less likely that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options. Futures contracts, options on futures and securities options may be used by the Fund to simulate investment in its Underlying Index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. The Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures that are traded on a U.S. or non-U.S. futures exchange. The Fund will not use futures, options on futures or securities options for speculative purposes. The Fund intends to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). BFA, with respect to the Fund, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to the Fund, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Table of Contents

contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, the Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of the Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. The Fund may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of its portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Securities options may be used by the Fund to obtain access to securities in the Underlying Index or to dispose of securities in the Underlying Index at favorable prices, to invest cash in a securities index that offers similar exposure to that provided by the Underlying Index or otherwise to achieve the Fund’s objective of tracking the Underlying Index. A call option gives a holder the right to purchase a specific security at a specified price (“exercise price”) within a specified period of time. A put option gives a holder the right to sell a specific security at an exercise price within a specified period of time. The initial purchaser of a call option pays the “writer” a premium, which is paid at the time of purchase and is retained by the writer whether or not such option is exercised. The Fund may purchase put options to hedge its portfolio against the risk of a decline in the market value of securities held and may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities it is committed to purchase. The Fund may write put and call options along with a long position in options to increase its ability to hedge against a change in the market value of the securities it holds or is committed to purchase. The Fund may purchase or sell securities options on a U.S. or non-U.S. securities exchange or in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market through a transaction with a dealer. Options on a securities index are typically settled on a net basis based on the appreciation or depreciation of the index level over the strike price. Options on single name securities may be cash- or physically-settled, depending upon the market in which they are traded. Options may be structured so as to be exercisable only on certain dates or on a daily basis. Options may also be structured to have conditions to exercise (i.e., “Knock-in Events”) or conditions that trigger termination (i.e., “Knock-out Events”). Investments in futures contracts and other investments that contain leverage may require the Fund to maintain liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under these contracts and other investments. Generally, the Fund maintains an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to “cash-settle,” the Fund maintains liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market obligation (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability, if any), rather than the contracts’ notional value (i.e., the value of the underlying asset). By maintaining assets equal to its net obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, the Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to set aside assets equal to the futures contracts’ full notional value. The Fund bases its asset maintenance policies on methods permitted by the SEC and its staff and may modify these policies in the future to comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to time by the SEC or its staff. Changes in SEC guidance regarding the use of derivatives by registered investment companies may adversely impact the Fund’s ability to invest in futures, options or other derivatives or make investments in such instruments more expensive.

Lending Portfolio Securities. The Fund may lend portfolio securities to certain borrowers that BFA determines to be creditworthy, including borrowers affiliated with BFA. The borrowers provide collateral that is maintained in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned. No securities loan shall be made on behalf of the Fund if, as a result, the aggregate value of all securities loaned by the Fund exceeds one-third of the value of the Fund's total assets (including the value of the collateral received). The Fund may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the return of the securities loaned. The Fund receives, by way of substitute payment, the value of any interest or cash or non-cash distributions paid on the loaned securities that it would have received if the securities were not on loan. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Table of Contents

With respect to loans that are collateralized by cash, the borrower may be entitled to receive a fee based on the amount of cash collateral. The Fund is typically compensated by the difference between the amount earned on the reinvestment of cash collateral and the fee paid to the borrower. In the case of collateral other than cash, the Fund is typically compensated by a fee paid by the borrower equal to a percentage of the market value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral may be reinvested in certain short-term instruments either directly on behalf of the Fund or through one or more joint accounts or money market funds, including those affiliated with BFA; such investments are subject to investment risk.

The Fund conducts its securities lending pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC permitting it to lend portfolio securities to borrowers affiliated with the Fund and to retain an affiliate of the Fund to act as securities lending agent. To the extent that the Fund engages in securities lending, BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. (“BTC”) acts as securities lending agent for the Fund, subject to the overall supervision of BFA. BTC administers the lending program in accordance with guidelines approved by the Trust's Board of Trustees (the “Board,” the trustees of which are the “Trustees”).

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees the Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, the Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return the Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for the Fund. The Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by the Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on shareholders caused by this difference in connection with the Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) such as the Fund, to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”) and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Fund has implemented a Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust, has appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, BFA assesses, manages, and periodically reviews the Fund’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by the Fund as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that the Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interest in the Fund. The liquidity of the Fund's portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the Liquidity Program. There are exclusions from certain portions of the liquidity risk management program requirements for “in-kind” ETFs, as defined in the Liquidity Rule. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Non-U.S. Securities. Certain obligations or securities of non-U.S. issuers may be deemed to be located in a particular country if: (i) the principal trading market for the security is in such country, (ii) the issuer is organized under the laws of such country, (iii) the issuer derives at least 50% of its revenues or profits from such country or has at least 50% of its assets situated in such country or, (iv) the issuer is the government of the particular country.

Privately Issued Securities. The Fund may invest in privately issued securities, including those that may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the 1933 Act (“Restricted Securities”). Restricted Securities are not publicly-traded and are subject to a variety of restrictions, which limit a purchaser's ability to acquire or resell such securities. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Restricted Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to the Fund.

Table of Contents

Fitch are considered “investment-grade” securities, bonds rated Baa are considered medium grade obligations subject to moderate credit risk and may possess certain speculative characteristics, while bonds rated BBB are regarded as having adequate capacity to meet financial commitments.

Subsequent to purchase by the Fund, a rated security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below an investment-grade rating. Bonds rated below Baa3 by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch are generally considered below investment-grade quality and are obligations of issuers that are generally considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal according to the terms of the obligation and, therefore, carry greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy and increased market price volatility. Such lower-rated securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are subject to a substantial degree of credit risk. Please see Appendix B of this SAI for a description of each rating category of Moody's, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch and BFA's treatment of investments that are not rated by any of the rating agencies.

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The CFTC subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. To the extent the Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

BFA has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to the Fund. BFA is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Fund.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and NDFs, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, NDFs and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through September 1, 2022. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to the Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in the Fund.

As a result of regulatory requirements under the 1940 Act, the Fund is currently required to maintain an amount of liquid assets, accrued on a daily basis, having an aggregate value at least equal to the value of the Fund’s obligations under the applicable derivatives contract. To the extent that derivatives contracts are settled on a physical basis, the Fund will generally be required to maintain an amount of liquid assets equal to the notional value of the contract. On the other hand, in connection with derivatives contracts that are performed on a net basis, the Fund will generally be required to maintain liquid assets, accrued daily, equal only to the accrued excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over those of its counterparty under the contract. Accordingly, reliance by the Fund on physically-settled derivatives contracts may adversely impact investors by requiring the Fund to set aside a greater amount of liquid assets than would generally be required if the Fund were relying on cash-settled derivatives contracts.

On October 28, 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies (“Rule 18f-4”). The Fund will be required to implement and comply with Rule 18f-4 by August 19, 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure amount to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.

Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is an instrument under which the purchaser (i.e., the Fund) acquires a security and the seller agrees, at the time of the sale, to repurchase the security at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the purchaser’s holding period. Repurchase agreements may be construed to be collateralized loans by the purchaser to the seller secured by the securities transferred to the purchaser. If a repurchase agreement is construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities will not be considered to be owned by the Fund but only to constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price, and, in the event of a default by the seller, the Fund may suffer time delays and incur costs or losses in connection with the disposition of the collateral.

Table of Contents

In any repurchase transaction, the collateral for a repurchase agreement may include: (i) cash items; (ii) obligations issued by the U.S. government or its agencies or instrumentalities; or (iii) obligations that, at the time the repurchase agreement is entered into, are determined to (A) have exceptionally strong capacity to meet their financial obligations and (B) are sufficiently liquid such that they can be sold at approximately their carrying value in the ordinary course of business within seven days.

Repurchase agreements pose certain risks for the Fund, should it decide to utilize them. Such risks are not unique to the Fund, but are inherent in repurchase agreements. The Fund seeks to minimize such risks, but because of the inherent legal uncertainties involved in repurchase agreements, such risks cannot be eliminated. Lower quality collateral and collateral with a longer maturity may be subject to greater price fluctuations than higher quality collateral and collateral with a shorter maturity. If the repurchase agreement counterparty were to default, lower quality collateral may be more difficult to liquidate than higher quality collateral. Should the counterparty default and the amount of collateral not be sufficient to cover the counterparty’s repurchase obligation, the Fund would likely retain the status of an unsecured creditor of the counterparty (i.e., the position the Fund would normally be in if it were to hold, pursuant to its investment policies, other unsecured debt securities of the defaulting counterparty) with respect to the amount of the shortfall. As an unsecured creditor, the Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Generally, the effect of such transactions is that the Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases the Fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if the Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and the Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s assets. The Fund's exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained by the Fund through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Securities of Investment Companies. The Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) to the extent permitted by law, regulation, exemptive order or SEC staff guidance. Under the 1940 Act, a fund’s investment in investment companies is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of the fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company, and (iii) 10% of the fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, the Fund intends from time to time to invest its assets in securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which the Fund invests can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which reflect the Fund's pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies (as disclosed in the Prospectus, as applicable).

Table of Contents

agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by the Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are contracts between parties in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on a pre-determined underlying investment or notional amount. In return, the other party agrees to make periodic payments to the first party based on the return (or a differential in rate of return) earned or realized on the underlying investment or notional amount. Swap agreements will usually be performed on a net basis, with the Fund receiving or paying only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained by the Fund.

The Fund may enter into swap agreements, including currency swaps, interest rate swaps and index swaps. The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets.

U.S.-Registered and Restricted Securities of Non-U.S. Issuers. The Fund may invest in U.S.-registered, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds of non-U.S. governments, agencies, supranational entities and corporate issuers. The Fund may invest in Restricted Securities issued by non-U.S. issuers. Investing in U.S.-registered, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds or Restricted Securities issued by non-U.S. issuers involves some risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions of the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. In addition, the risk that the issuer may fail to meet its obligations on these securities may be affected by fluctuations in non-U.S. currency exchange rates between the issuer's local currency and the U.S. dollar. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

Future Developments. The Board may, in the future, authorize the Fund to invest in securities contracts and investments other than those listed in this SAI and in the Prospectus, provided they are consistent with the Fund's investment objective and do not violate any investment restrictions or policies.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in the Fund is contained in the Fund's Prospectus. An investment in the Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of bonds in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

Borrowing Risk. Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the NAV of Fund shares and in the return on the Fund’s portfolio. Borrowing will cause the Fund to incur interest expense and other fees. The costs of borrowing may reduce the Fund’s return. Borrowing may cause the Fund to liquidate positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations.

Call Risk. During periods of falling interest rates, an issuer of a callable bond held by the Fund may “call” or repay the security before its stated maturity, and the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities with lower yields, which would result in a decline in the Fund's income, or in securities with greater risks or with other less favorable features.

Table of Contents

Liquidity Program as required by the Liquidity Rule. Illiquid investments may trade at a discount to comparable, more liquid investments and the Fund may not be able to dispose of illiquid investments in a timely fashion or at their expected prices. If illiquid investments exceed 15% of the Fund’s net assets, the Liquidity Rule and the Liquidity Program will require that certain remedial actions be taken.

Issuer Insolvency Risk. The Fund's potential exposure to financially or operationally troubled issuers involves a high degree of credit and market risk, which may be heightened during an economic downturn or recession. Should an issuer of securities held by the Fund become involved in a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, a wide variety of considerations make an evaluation of the outcome of the Fund’s exposure to the issuer uncertain.

During the period of a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, it is unlikely that the Fund will receive any interest payments on the securities of the issuer. The Fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether the reorganization or restructuring will be completed, and the Fund may bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect and recover its investment. The Fund will also be subject to significant uncertainty as to when and in what manner and for what value the obligations evidenced by the securities of the issuer held by the Fund will eventually be satisfied. Even if a plan of reorganization or restructuring is adopted with respect to the securities of the issuer held by the Fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by the Fund in connection with such plan of reorganization or restructuring will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated or no value. The Fund may be unable to enforce its claims or rights in any collateral or may have its claims or security interest in any collateral challenged, disallowed or subordinated to the claims or security interests of other creditors. In addition, amendments to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other relevant laws could alter the expected outcome or introduce greater uncertainty regarding the outcome of the Fund's securities holdings in the issuer. In a bankruptcy proceeding, a reorganization or restructuring, the securities of the issuer held by the Fund could be re-characterized or the Fund may receive different securities or other assets, including equity securities. These types of equity securities include, but are not limited to: common stock; preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock); bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock; stock purchase warrants and rights; equity interests in trusts; and depositary receipts. The value of equity securities received by the Fund could decline if the financial condition of the issuer deteriorates or if overall market and economic conditions, or conditions within the issuer’s region or industry, deteriorate. Equity securities received by the Fund through a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or restructuring of an issuer would not be component securities of the Fund’s Underlying Index, which could subject the Fund to additional tracking error risk.

To the extent that the Fund receives other assets in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, the Fund may also be subject to additional risks associated with the assets received. One example of assets that the Fund could receive is an interest in one or more loans made to the issuer as part of a workout agreed to by a consortium of lienholders and creditors of the issuer. The Fund may receive such interests in loans to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Securities or other assets received in a reorganization or restructuring typically entail a higher degree of risk than investments in securities of issuers that have not undergone a reorganization or restructuring and may be subject to heavy selling or downward pricing pressure after completion of the reorganization or restructuring. The post-reorganization/restructuring assets and securities may also be illiquid and difficult to sell or value. If the Fund participates in negotiations with respect to a plan of reorganization or restructuring with respect to securities of the issuer held by the Fund, the Fund also may be restricted from disposing such securities for a period of time. If the Fund becomes involved in such proceedings, the Fund may have more active participation in the affairs of the issuer than that assumed generally by an investor.

LIBOR Risk. The Fund may be exposed to financial instruments that are tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies or investment value. The Fund’s investments may pay interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or may be subject to interest caps or floors based on LIBOR. The Fund may also obtain financing at floating rates based on LIBOR. Derivative instruments utilized by the Fund may also reference LIBOR.

Table of Contents

cease to be published. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there are challenges to converting certain securities and transactions to a new reference rate, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace USD LIBOR.

In June 2017, the Alternative Reference Rates Committee, which includes various private-market participants working with the Federal Reserve, announced its selection of the new SOFR, which is intended to be a broad measure of secured overnight U.S. Treasury repo rates, as its recommendation for an appropriate replacement for USD LIBOR. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York began publishing SOFR in 2018, and it has been used increasingly on a voluntary basis in new instruments and transactions. At times, SOFR has proven to be more volatile than the 3-month USD LIBOR. Working groups and regulators in other countries have suggested other alternatives for their markets, including the Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate (“SONIA”) in England.

Neither the effect of the LIBOR transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known. The transition process might lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets for, and reduce the effectiveness of, new hedges placed against, instruments whose terms currently include LIBOR. While some existing LIBOR-based instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate-setting methodology, there may be significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies to replicate LIBOR. Not all existing LIBOR-based instruments may have alternative rate-setting provisions and there remains uncertainty regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to add alternative rate-setting provisions in certain existing instruments. In addition, a liquid market for newly-issued instruments that use a reference rate other than LIBOR still may be developing. Instruments with fallback provisions (i.e., contractual provisions specifying the trigger events for a transition to a replacement rate) to facilitate the transition from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate may also include adjustments that do not adequately compensate the holder for the different characteristics of the alternative reference rate. As a result, the fallback provision causes a value transfer from one party to the instrument to the counterparty. Because the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could decline during the transition period, these and related adverse effects could occur prior to the end of 2021 with respect to certain LIBOR settings or mid-2023 for the remaining LIBOR settings. There may also be challenges for the Fund to enter into hedging transactions against such newly-issued instruments until a market for such hedging transactions develops. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on the Fund will vary based on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and the potential renegotiation of existing contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. The Fund's investments may also be tied to other interbank offered rates and currencies, which may face similar issues. In many cases, if an instrument falls back to an alternative reference rate, including SOFR, the alternative reference rate will not perform the same as LIBOR because the alternative reference rate does not include a credit-sensitive component in the rate calculation. Alternative reference rates generally reflect the performance of the market for U.S. Treasury securities, which are secured by the U.S. Treasury, and not the interbank lending markets. Therefore, in the event of a credit crisis, floating rate instruments using certain alternative reference rates could perform differently than those instruments using a rate indexed to the interbank lending market. In addition, pending legislation may affect the transition of LIBOR-based instruments by permitting trustees and calculation agents to transition instruments with no LIBOR transition language to an alternative reference rate selected by such agents. These legislative proposals include safe harbors from liability, meaning that the Fund may have limited recourse if the alternative reference rate does not fully compensate the Fund for the transition of an instrument from LIBOR. It is unclear whether such legislative proposals will be signed into law. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect the Fund’s performance or NAV.

Operational Risk. BFA and the Fund's other service providers may experience disruptions or operating errors such as processing errors or human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, or systems or technology failures, that could negatively impact the Fund. While service providers are required to have appropriate operational risk management policies and procedures, their methods of operational risk management may differ from the Fund’s in the setting of priorities, the personnel and resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. BFA, through its monitoring and oversight of service providers, seeks to ensure that service providers take appropriate precautions to avoid and mitigate risks that could lead to disruptions and operating errors. However, it is not possible for BFA or the other Fund service providers to identify all of the operational risks that may affect the Fund or to develop processes and controls to completely eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects.

Table of Contents

transferred to the purchaser. If a repurchase agreement is construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities will not be considered to be owned by the Fund but only to constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price. If the seller defaults on its obligation under the agreement, the Fund may suffer delays and incur costs or lose money in exercising its rights under the agreement. If the seller fails to repurchase the security and the market value of the security declines, the Fund may lose money.

Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Debt Securities. Non-U.S. debt securities are traded on foreign exchanges and OTC in the respective countries covered by the Fund. The risks of investing in non-U.S. debt securities typically include market fluctuations caused by such factors as economic and political developments, changes in interest rates and perceived trends in bond prices. Investing in a fund whose portfolio contains securities of non-U.S. issuers involves certain risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include securities markets that may lack sufficient liquidity or may be less efficient; generally greater price volatility; less publicly available information about issuers; the imposition of withholding or other taxes; the imposition of restrictions on the expatriation of funds or other assets of the Fund; higher transaction and custody costs; delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures; difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization of most non-U.S. securities markets; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and different bankruptcy and insolvency regimes which may stay or prevent recovery in the event of an issuer’s default.

Risk of Swap Agreements. The risk of loss with respect to swaps is generally limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. Swap agreements are subject to the risk that the swap counterparty will default on its obligations. If such a default occurs, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. However, such remedies may be subject to bankruptcy and insolvency laws, which could affect the Fund’s rights as a creditor (e.g., the Fund may not receive the net amount of payments that it is contractually entitled to receive).

The Fund is required to post and collect variation margin (comprised of specified liquid securities subject to haircuts) in connection with trading of OTC swaps. Initial margin requirements are in the process of being phased in, and the Fund may be subject to such requirements as early as September 2021. These requirements may raise the costs for the Fund’s investment in swaps.

Valuation Risk. In certain circumstances, the Fund’s securities may be valued using techniques other than market quotations. The value established for a security may be different from what would be produced through the use of another methodology or if the value had been priced using market quotations. Securities that are valued using methods other than market quotations, including “fair valued” securities, may be subject to greater fluctuation in their value from one day to the next than would be the case if market quotations were used. In addition, there is no assurance that the Fund could sell a security for the value established for it at any time, and it is possible that the Fund could incur a loss if a security is sold for less than its established value.

Risk of Investing in Asia. Investments in securities of issuers in certain Asian countries involve risks not typically associated with investments in securities of issuers in other regions. Such heightened risks include, among others, expropriation and/or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation, piracy of intellectual property, data and other security breaches (especially of data stored electronically), political instability, including authoritarian and/or military involvement in governmental decision-making, armed conflict and social instability as a result of religious, ethnic and/or socio-economic unrest. Certain Asian economies have experienced rapid rates of economic growth and industrialization in recent years, and there is no assurance that these rates of economic growth and industrialization will be maintained.

Certain Asian countries have democracies with relatively short histories, which may increase the risk of political instability. These countries have faced political and military unrest, and further unrest could present a risk to their local economies and securities markets. Indonesia and the Philippines have each experienced violence and terrorism, which has negatively impacted their economies. North Korea and South Korea each have substantial military capabilities, and historical tensions between the two countries present the risk of war. Escalated tensions involving the two countries and any outbreak of hostilities between the two countries, or even the threat of an outbreak of hostilities, could have a severe adverse effect on the entire Asian region. Certain Asian countries have also developed increasingly strained relationships with the U.S., and if these relations were to worsen, they could adversely affect Asian issuers that rely on the U.S. for trade. Political, religious, and border disputes persist in India. India has recently experienced and may continue to experience civil unrest and hostilities

Table of Contents

with certain of its neighboring countries. Increased political and social unrest in these geographic areas could adversely affect the performance of investments in this region.

Certain governments in this region administer prices on several basic goods, including fuel and electricity, within their respective countries. Certain governments may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector in their respective countries and may own or control many companies. Future government actions could have a significant effect on the economic conditions in this region, which in turn could have a negative impact on private sector companies. There is also the possibility of diplomatic developments adversely affecting investments in the region.

Corruption and the perceived lack of a rule of law in dealings with international companies in certain Asian countries may discourage foreign investment and could negatively impact the long-term growth of certain economies in this region. In addition, certain countries in the region are experiencing high unemployment and corruption, and have fragile banking sectors.

Some economies in this region are dependent on a range of commodities, including oil, natural gas and coal. Accordingly, they are strongly affected by international commodity prices and particularly vulnerable to any weakening in global demand for these products. The market for securities in this region may also be directly influenced by the flow of international capital, and by the economic and market conditions of neighboring countries. China is a key trading partner of many Asian countries and any changes in trading relationships between China and other Asian countries may affect the region as a whole. Adverse economic conditions or developments in neighboring countries may increase investors' perception of the risk of investing in the region as a whole, which may adversely impact the market value of the securities issued by companies in the region.

Risk of Investing in Developed Countries. Many countries with developed markets have recently experienced significant economic pressures. These countries generally tend to rely on the services sectors (e.g., the financial services sector) as the primary source of economic growth and may be susceptible to the risks of individual service sectors. For example, companies in the financial services sector are subject to governmental regulation and, recently, government intervention, which may adversely affect the scope of their activities, the prices they can charge and amount of capital they must maintain. Recent dislocations in the financial sector and perceived or actual governmental influence over certain financial companies may lead to credit rating downgrades and, as a result, impact, among other things, revenue growth for such companies. If financial companies experience a prolonged decline in revenue growth, certain developed countries that rely heavily on financial companies as an economic driver may experience a correlative slowdown. Recently, new concerns have emerged with respect to the economic health of certain developed countries. These concerns primarily stem from heavy indebtedness of many developed countries and their perceived inability to continue to service high debt loads without simultaneously implementing stringent austerity measures. Such concerns have led to tremendous downward pressure on the economies of these countries. As a result, it is possible that interest rates on debt of certain developed countries may rise to levels that make it difficult for such countries to service such debt. Spending on health care and retirement pensions in most developed countries has risen dramatically over the last few years. Medical innovation, extended life expectancy and higher public expectations are likely to continue the increase in health care and pension costs. Any increase in health care and pension costs will likely have a negative impact on the economic growth of many developed countries. Certain developed countries rely on imports of certain key items, such as crude oil, natural gas, and other commodities. As a result, an increase in demand for, or price fluctuations of, certain commodities may negatively affect developed country economies. Developed market countries generally are dependent on the economies of certain key trading partners. Changes in any one economy may cause an adverse impact on several developed countries. In addition, heavy regulation of, among others, labor and product markets may have an adverse effect on certain issuers. Such regulations may negatively affect economic growth or cause prolonged periods of recession. Such risks, among others, may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments.

Table of Contents

threat of default by an EU member state on its sovereign debt, and/or an economic recession in an EU member state may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of other EU member states and their trading partners. Although certain European countries are not in the eurozone, many of these countries are obliged to meet the criteria for joining the eurozone. Consequently, these countries must comply with many of the restrictions noted above. The European financial markets have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including, but not limited to, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Ukraine. In order to prevent further economic deterioration, certain countries, without prior warning, can institute “capital controls.” Countries may use these controls to restrict volatile movements of capital entering and exiting their country. Such controls may negatively affect the Fund’s investments. A default or debt restructuring by any European country would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above. In addition, the credit ratings of certain European countries were downgraded in the past. These events have adversely affected the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including countries that do not use the euro and non-EU member states. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not produce the desired results, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and other entities of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely impact the value of the Fund’s investments in the region. The United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and EU have reached an agreement on the terms of their future trading relationship effective January 1, 2021, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. The Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which the Fund has exposure and any other assets in which the Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

Certain European countries have also developed increasingly strained relationships with the U.S., and if these relations were to worsen, they could adversely affect European issuers that rely on the U.S. for trade. Secessionist movements, such as the Catalan movement in Spain and the independence movement in Scotland, as well as governmental or other responses to such movements, may also create instability and uncertainty in the region. In addition, the national politics of countries in the EU have been unpredictable and subject to influence by disruptive political groups and ideologies. The governments of EU countries may be subject to change and such countries may experience social and political unrest. Unanticipated or sudden political or social developments may result in sudden and significant investment losses. The occurrence of terrorist incidents throughout Europe also could impact financial markets. The impact of these events is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely affect the value and liquidity of the Fund's investments.

Risk of Investing in North America. A decrease in imports or exports, changes in trade regulations or an economic recession in any North American country can have a significant economic effect on the entire North American region and on some or all of the North American countries in which the Fund invests.

Table of Contents

negatively affect North America’s economic outlook and, as a result, the value of securities held by the Fund. Policy and legislative changes in one country may have a significant effect on North American markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities held by the Fund.

Risk of Investing in the Basic Materials Industry. Issuers in the basic materials industry could be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, exchange rate fluctuations, social and political unrest, import controls and increased competition. Companies in the basic materials industry may be subject to swift fluctuations in supply and demand. Fluctuations may be caused by events relating to political and economic developments, the environmental impact of basic materials operations, and the success of exploration projects. Production of industrial materials often exceeds demand as a result of over-building or economic downturns, leading to poor investment returns. Issuers in the basic materials industry are at risk for environmental damage and product liability claims and may be adversely affected by depletion of resources, delays in technical progress, labor relations, tax and government regulations related to changes to, among other things, energy and environmental policies.

Risk of Investing in the Capital Goods Industry. Companies in the capital goods industry may be affected by fluctuations in the business cycle and by other factors affecting manufacturing demands. Companies in the capital goods industry depend heavily on corporate spending. Companies in the capital goods industry may perform well during times of economic expansion, and as economic conditions worsen, the demand for capital goods may decrease due to weakening demand, worsening business cash flows, tighter credit controls and deteriorating profitability. During times of economic volatility, corporate spending may fall and adversely affect the capital goods industry. This industry may also be affected by changes in interest rates, corporate tax rates and other government policies. Many capital goods are sold internationally and such companies are subject to market conditions in other countries and regions.

Risk of Investing in the Consumer Cyclical Industry. The Fund may invest in consumer cyclical companies, which rely heavily on business cycles and economic conditions. Consumer cyclical companies include automotive manufacturers, retail companies, and housing-related companies. The consumer cyclical industry can be significantly affected by several factors, including, without limitation, the performance of domestic and international economies, exchange rates, changing consumer tastes and trends, marketing campaigns, cyclical revenue generation, consumer confidence, commodity price volatility, labor relations, interest rates, import and export controls, intense competition, technological developments and government regulation.

Risk of Investing in the Consumer Staples Sector. Companies in the consumer staples sector may be adversely affected by changes in the global economy, consumer spending, competition, demographics and consumer preferences, and production spending. Companies in the consumer staples sector may also be affected by changes in global economic, environmental and political events, economic conditions, the depletion of resources, and government regulation. For instance, government regulations may affect the permissibility of using various food additives and production methods of companies that make food products, which could affect company profitability. In addition, tobacco companies may be adversely affected by the adoption of proposed legislation and/or by litigation. Companies in the consumer staples sector also may be subject to risks pertaining to the supply of, demand for and prices of raw materials. The prices of raw materials fluctuate in response to a number of factors, including, without limitation, changes in government agricultural support programs, exchange rates, import and export controls, changes in international agricultural and trading policies, and seasonal and weather conditions. Companies in the consumer staples sector may be subject to severe competition, which may also have an adverse impact on their profitability.

Risk of Investing in the Electric Utilities Sector. The electric utility industry consists of companies that are engaged principally in the generation, transmission and sale of electric energy, although many also provide other energy-related services. In the past, electric utility companies, in general, have been favorably affected by lower fuel and financing costs and the full or near completion of major construction programs. In addition, many of these companies have generated cash flows in excess of current operating expenses and construction expenditures, permitting some degree of diversification into unregulated businesses. Some electric utilities have also taken advantage of the right to sell power outside of their traditional geographic areas. Electric utility companies have historically been subject to the risks associated with increases in fuel and other operating costs, high interest costs on borrowings needed for capital construction programs, costs associated with compliance with environmental and safety regulations and changes in the regulatory climate. As interest rates declined, many utilities refinanced high cost debt and in doing so improved their fixed charges coverage. Regulators, however, lowered allowed rates of return as interest rates declined and thereby caused the benefits of the rate declines to be shared wholly or in part with customers. In a period of rising interest rates, the allowed rates of return may not keep pace with the utilities’

Table of Contents

increased costs. The construction and operation of nuclear power facilities are subject to strict scrutiny by, and evolving regulations of, the Nuclear Regulatory Commission and state agencies which have comparable jurisdiction. Strict scrutiny might result in higher operating costs and higher capital expenditures, with the risk that the regulators may disallow inclusion of these costs in rate authorizations or the risk that a company may not be permitted to operate or complete construction of a facility. In addition, operators of nuclear power plants may be subject to significant costs for disposal of nuclear fuel and for decommissioning such plants.

The rating agencies look closely at the business profile of utility companies. Ratings for companies are expected to be impacted to a greater extent in the future by the division of their asset base. Electric utility companies that focus more on the generation of electricity may be assigned less favorable ratings as this business is expected to be competitive and the least regulated. On the other hand, companies that focus on transmission and distribution, which is expected to be the least competitive and the more regulated part of the business, may see higher ratings given the greater predictability of cash flow.

A number of states are considering or have enacted deregulation proposals. The introduction of competition into the industry as a result of such deregulation has at times resulted in lower revenue, lower credit ratings, increased default risk, and lower electric utility security prices. Such increased competition may also cause long-term contracts, which electric utilities previously entered into to buy power, to become “stranded assets” which have no economic value. Any loss associated with such contracts must be absorbed by ratepayers and investors. In addition, some electric utilities have acquired electric utilities overseas to diversify, enhance earnings and gain experience in operating in a deregulated environment. In some instances, such acquisitions have involved significant borrowings, which have burdened the acquirer’s balance sheet. There is no assurance that current deregulation proposals will be adopted. However, deregulation in any form could significantly impact the electric utilities industry.

Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector. Companies in the energy sector are strongly affected by the levels and volatility of global energy prices, energy supply and demand, government regulations and policies, energy production and conservation efforts, technological change, development of alternative energy sources, and other factors that they cannot control. These companies may also lack resources and have limited business lines. Energy companies may have relatively high levels of debt and may be more likely to restructure their businesses if there are downturns in certain energy markets or in the global economy. If an energy company in the Fund's portfolio becomes distressed, the Fund could lose all or a substantial portion of its investment.

The energy sector is cyclical and is highly dependent on commodity prices; prices and supplies of energy may fluctuate significantly over short and long periods of time due to, among other things, national and international political changes, Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economy of the key energy-consuming countries. Commodity prices have recently been subject to increased volatility and declines, which may negatively affect companies in which the Fund invests. For example, in the context of the COVID-19 outbreak and disputes among oil-producing countries regarding potential limits on the production of crude oil, the energy sector has experienced increased volatility. In particular, significant market volatility occurred in the crude oil markets as well as the oil futures markets, which resulted in the market price of certain crude oil futures contract falling below zero for a period of time.

Companies in the energy sector may be adversely affected by terrorism, natural disasters or other catastrophes. Companies in the energy sector are at risk of civil liability from accidents resulting in injury, loss of life or property, pollution or other environmental damage claims. Disruptions in the oil industry or shifts in fuel consumption may significantly impact companies in this sector. Significant oil and gas deposits are located in emerging markets countries where corruption and security may raise significant risks, in addition to the other risks of investing in emerging markets. Additionally, the Middle East, where many companies in the energy sector may operate, has historically and recently experienced widespread social unrest.

Table of Contents

regulated. Entities operating in the energy sector are subject to significant regulation of nearly every aspect of their operations by governmental agencies. Such regulation can change rapidly or over time in both scope and intensity. Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance costs and may materially adversely affect the financial performance of companies in the energy sector.

Risk of Investing in the Financials Sector. Companies in the financials sector include regional and money center banks, securities brokerage firms, asset management companies, savings banks and thrift institutions, specialty finance companies (e.g., credit card, mortgage providers), insurance and insurance brokerage firms, consumer finance firms, financial conglomerates and foreign banking and financial companies.

Most financial companies are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which limits their activities and may affect their ability to earn a profit from a given line of business. Government regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the financials sector, including effects not intended by the regulation. Direct governmental intervention in the operations of financial companies and financial markets may materially and adversely affect the companies in which the Fund invests, including legislation in many countries that may increase government regulation, repatriation and other intervention. The impact of governmental intervention and legislative changes on any individual financial company or on the financials sector as a whole cannot be predicted. The valuation of financial companies has been and continues to be subject to unprecedented volatility and may be influenced by unpredictable factors, including interest rate risk and sovereign debt default. Certain financial businesses are subject to intense competitive pressures, including market share and price competition. Financial companies in foreign countries are subject to market specific and general regulatory and interest rate concerns. In particular, government regulation in certain foreign countries may include taxes and controls on interest rates, credit availability, minimum capital requirements, bans on short sales, limits on prices and restrictions on currency transfers. In addition, companies in the financials sector may be the targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or customer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

The profitability of banks, savings and loan associations and financial companies is largely dependent on the availability and cost of capital funds and can fluctuate significantly when interest rates change; for instance, when interest rates go up, the value of securities issued by many types of companies in the financials sector generally goes down. In other words, financial companies may be adversely affected in certain market cycles, including, without limitation, during periods of rising interest rates, which may restrict the availability and increase the cost of capital, and during periods of declining economic conditions, which may cause, among other things, credit losses due to financial difficulties of borrowers.

In addition, general economic conditions are important to the operations of these companies, and financial difficulties of borrowers may have an adverse effect on the profitability of financial companies. Financial companies can be highly dependent upon access to capital markets, and any impediments to such access, such as adverse overall economic conditions or a negative perception in the capital markets of a financial company’s financial condition or prospects, could adversely affect its business. Deterioration of credit markets can have an adverse impact on a broad range of financial markets, causing certain financial companies to incur large losses. In these conditions, companies in the financials sector may experience significant declines in the valuation of their assets, take actions to raise capital and even cease operations. Some financial companies may also be required to accept or borrow significant amounts of capital from government sources and may face future government-imposed restrictions on their businesses or increased government intervention. In addition, there is no guarantee that governments will provide any such relief in the future. These actions may cause the securities of many companies in the financials sector to decline in value.

Risk of Investing in the Insurance Industry. The insurance industry is subject to extensive government regulation in some countries and can be significantly affected by changes in interest rates, general economic conditions, price and marketing competition, the imposition of premium rate caps or other changes in government regulation or tax law. Different segments of the insurance industry can be significantly affected by changes in mortality and morbidity rates, environmental clean-up costs and catastrophic events such as earthquakes, hurricanes and terrorist acts.

Table of Contents

organized and operated. The real estate industry is highly sensitive to general and local economic conditions and developments, and characterized by intense competition and periodic overbuilding. Investing in Real Estate Companies involves various risks. Some risks that are specific to Real Estate Companies are discussed in greater detail below.

Interest Rate Risk. Rising interest rates could result in higher costs of capital for Real Estate Companies, which could negatively impact a Real Estate Company’s ability to meet its payment obligations. Declining interest rates could result in increased prepayment on loans and require redeployment of capital in less desirable investments.

Leverage Risk. Real Estate Companies may use leverage (and some may be highly leveraged), which increases investment risk and could adversely affect a Real Estate Company’s operations and market value in periods of rising interest rates. Real Estate Companies are also exposed to the risks normally associated with debt financing. Financial covenants related to a Real Estate Company’s leverage may affect the ability of the Real Estate Company to operate effectively. In addition, real property may be subject to the quality of credit extended and defaults by borrowers and tenants. If the properties do not generate sufficient income to meet operating expenses, including, where applicable, debt service, ground lease payments, tenant improvements, third-party leasing commissions and other capital expenditures, the income and ability of a Real Estate Company to make payments of any interest and principal on its debt securities will be adversely affected.

Loan Foreclosure Risk. Real Estate Companies may foreclose on loans that the Real Estate Company originated and/or acquired. Foreclosure may generate negative publicity for the underlying property that affects its market value. In addition to the length and expense of such proceedings, the validity of the terms of the applicable loan may not be recognized in foreclosure proceedings. Claims and defenses asserted by borrowers or other lenders may interfere with the enforcement of rights by a Real Estate Company. Parallel proceedings, such as bankruptcy, may also delay resolution and limit the amount of recovery on a foreclosed loan by a Real Estate Company even where the property underlying the loan is liquidated.

Property Risk. Real Estate Companies may be subject to risks relating to functional obsolescence or reduced desirability of properties; extended vacancies due to economic conditions and tenant bankruptcies; catastrophic events such as earthquakes, hurricanes and terrorist acts; and casualty or condemnation losses. Real estate income and values also may be greatly affected by demographic trends, such as population shifts or changing tastes and values, or increasing vacancies or declining rents resulting from legal, cultural, technological, global or local economic developments.

Distressed Investment Risk. Real Estate Companies may invest in distressed, defaulted or out-of-favor bank loans. Identification and implementation by a Real Estate Company of loan modification and restructure programs involves a high degree of uncertainty. Even successful implementation may still require adverse compromises and may not prevent bankruptcy. Real Estate Companies may also invest in other debt instruments that may become non-performing, including the securities of companies with higher credit and market risk due to financial or operational difficulties. Higher risk securities may be less liquid and more volatile than the securities of companies not in distress.

Underlying Investment Risk. Real Estate Companies make investments in a variety of debt and equity instruments with varying risk profiles. For instance, Real Estate Companies may invest in debt instruments secured by commercial property that have higher risks of delinquency and foreclosure than loans on single family homes due to a variety of factors associated with commercial property, including the tie between income available to service debt and productive use of the property. Real Estate Companies may also invest in debt instruments and preferred equity that are junior in an issuer’s capital structure and that involve privately negotiated structures. Subordinated debt investments, such as B-Notes and mezzanine loans, involve a greater credit risk of default due to the need to service more senior debt of the issuer. Similarly, preferred equity investments involve a greater risk of loss than conventional debt financing due to their non-collateralized nature and subordinated ranking. Investments in commercial mortgage-backed securities may also be junior in priority in the event of bankruptcy or similar proceedings. Investments in senior loans may be effectively subordinated if the senior loan is pledged as collateral. The ability of a holder of junior claims to proceed against a defaulting issuer is circumscribed by the terms of the particular contractual arrangement, which vary considerably from transaction to transaction.

Management Risk. Real Estate Companies are dependent upon management skills and may have limited financial resources. Real Estate Companies are generally not diversified and may be subject to heavy cash flow dependency, default by borrowers and voluntary liquidation. In addition, transactions between Real Estate Companies and their affiliates may be subject to conflicts of interest, which may adversely affect a Real Estate Company’s shareholders. A Real Estate Company may also have joint venture investments in certain of its properties, and, consequently, its ability to control decisions relating to such properties may be limited.

Table of Contents

Illiquidity Risk. Investing in Real Estate Companies may involve risks similar to those associated with investing in small-capitalization companies. Real Estate Company securities, like the securities of small-capitalization companies, may be more volatile than, and perform differently from, shares of large-capitalization companies. There may be less trading in Real Estate Company shares, which means that buy and sell transactions in those shares could have a magnified impact on share price, resulting in abrupt or erratic price fluctuations. In addition, real estate is relatively illiquid, and, therefore, a Real Estate Company may have a limited ability to vary or liquidate properties in response to changes in economic or other conditions.

Concentration Risk. Real Estate Companies may own a limited number of properties and concentrate their investments in a particular geographic region or property type. Economic downturns affecting a particular region, industry or property type may lead to a high volume of defaults within a short period.

U.S. Tax Risk. Certain U.S. Real Estate Companies are subject to special U.S. federal tax requirements. A REIT that fails to comply with such tax requirements may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, which may affect the value of the REIT and the characterization of the REIT’s distributions. The U.S. federal tax requirement that a REIT distribute substantially all of its net income to its shareholders may result in a REIT having insufficient capital for future expenditures. A REIT that successfully maintains its qualification may still become subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes, including excise, penalty, franchise, payroll, mortgage recording, and transfer taxes, both directly and indirectly through its subsidiaries. Because REITs often do not provide complete tax information until after the calendar year-end, the Fund may at times need to request permission to extend the deadline for issuing your tax reporting statement or supplement the information otherwise provided to you.

Regulatory Risk. Real estate income and values may be adversely affected by such factors as applicable domestic and foreign laws (including tax laws). Government actions, such as tax increases, zoning law changes or environmental regulations, also may have a major impact on real estate income and values. In addition, quarterly compliance with regulations limiting the proportion of asset types held by a U.S. REIT may force certain Real Estate Companies to liquidate or restructure otherwise attractive investments. Some countries may not recognize REITs or comparable structures as a viable form of real estate funds.

Risk of Investing in the Technology Sector. Technology companies are characterized by periodic new product introductions, innovations and evolving industry standards, and, as a result, face intense competition, both domestically and internationally, which may have an adverse effect on profit margins. Companies in the technology sector are often smaller and less experienced companies and may be subject to greater risks than larger companies; these risks may be heightened for technology companies in foreign markets. Technology companies may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources or personnel. The products of technology companies may face product obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction, changes in consumer and business purchasing patterns, unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. In addition, a rising interest rate environment tends to negatively affect companies in the technology sector because, in such an environment, those companies with high market valuations may appear less attractive to investors, which may cause sharp decreases in the companies’ market prices. Companies in the technology sector are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights. The loss or impairment of these rights may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Companies in the technology sector are facing increased government and regulatory scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or regulatory action. The technology sector may also be adversely affected by changes or trends in commodity prices, which may be influenced or characterized by unpredictable factors. Finally, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the technology sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Risk of Investing in the Transportation Industry. Companies in the transportation industry may be adversely affected by changes in the economy, increases in fuel and operating costs, labor relations, technology developments, exchange rates, insurance costs, industry competition and government regulation. Companies in the transportation industry are also affected by severe weather events, mass casualty accidents or environmental catastrophes, acts of terrorism and other similar events that target or damage transportation infrastructure or vessels, war or risk of war, widespread disruption of technology systems and increasing equipment and operational costs. Such global or regional events and conditions may adversely affect the operations, financial condition and liquidity of companies in the transportation industry and cause insurance premiums to increase dramatically or result in insurance coverage becoming unavailable for certain business lines or assets. Securities of companies in the transportation industry are generally cyclical and occasionally subject to sharp price movements.

Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policy

For the Fund, the Board has delegated the voting of proxies for the Fund’s securities to BFA pursuant to the Fund's Proxy Voting Policy (the “iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy”), and BFA has adopted policies and procedures (the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Policies”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BFA, including the Fund.

Under the BlackRock Proxy Voting Policies, BFA will vote proxies related to Fund securities in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders. From time to time, a vote may present a conflict between the interests of the Fund’s shareholders, on the one hand, and those of BFA, or any affiliated person of the Fund or BFA, on the other. BFA maintains policies and procedures that are designed to prevent undue influence on BFA’s proxy voting activity that might stem from any relationship between the issuer of a proxy (or any dissident shareholder) and BFA, BFA’s affiliates, the Fund or the Fund’s affiliates. Most conflicts are managed through a structural separation of BFA’s Corporate Governance Group from BFA’s employees with sales and client responsibilities. In addition, BFA maintains procedures to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers or dissident shareholders are managed consistently and without regard to BFA’s relationship with the issuer of the proxy or the dissident shareholder. In certain instances, BFA may determine to engage an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Information with respect to how proxies relating to the Fund's portfolio securities were voted during the 12-month period ended June 30 is available: (i) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or through the Fund's website at www.iShares.com; and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Communications of Data Files: The Fund may make available through the facilities of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) or through posting on the www.iShares.com, prior to the opening of trading on each business day, a list of the Fund’s holdings (generally pro-rata) that Authorized Participants could deliver to the Fund to settle purchases of the Fund (i.e. Deposit Securities) or that Authorized Participants would receive from the Fund to settle redemptions of the Fund (i.e. Fund Securities). These files are known as the Portfolio Composition File and the Fund Data File (collectively, “Files”). The Files are applicable for the next trading day and are provided to the NSCC and/or posted on www.iShares.com after the close of markets in the U.S.

•

Communications with Authorized Participants and Liquidity Providers: Certain employees of BFA are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities the Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that the Fund will provide on a redemption.

BFA employees may also discuss portfolio holdings-related information with broker/dealers, in connection with settling the Fund’s transactions, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with the disclosure in the Fund's current registration statements.

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for the Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.

Table of Contents

•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Fund, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Fund, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain the Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of the Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

The Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer or his delegate may authorize disclosure of portfolio holdings information pursuant to the above policy and procedures, subject to restrictions on selective disclosure imposed by applicable law. The Board reviews the policy and procedures for disclosure of portfolio holdings information at least annually.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

A description of the Fund's Underlying Index is provided below.

With respect to certain underlying indexes of the iShares funds, BFA or its affiliates have held discussions with the applicable index provider regarding their business interest in licensing an index to track a particular market segment and conveyed investment concepts and strategies that could be considered for the index. The index provider designed and constituted such indices using concepts conveyed by BFA or its affiliates. For certain of these indices, the relevant fund may be the first or sole user of the underlying index. In its sole discretion, the index provider determines the composition of the securities and other instruments in such underlying index, the rebalance protocols of the underlying index, the weightings of the securities and other instruments in the underlying index, and any updates to the methodology. From time to time, BFA or its affiliates may also provide input relating to possible methodology changes of such underlying index pursuant to the index provider’s consultation process or pursuant to other communications with the index provider.

The Markit iBoxx Index

iBoxx USD Liquid Investment Grade BBB 0+ Index

Number of Components: approximately 2,635

Index Description. The iBoxx USD Liquid Investment Grade BBB 0+ Index (the “Underlying Index”) is designed to reflect the performance of BBB (or its equivalent) fixed rate U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers (as determined by Markit Indices Limited (the “Index Provider” or “Markit”)). Securities of varying maturities are eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index. The Underlying Index offers exposure to liquid (according to Markit’s liquidity screens, which could vary from other measures of liquidity) investment-grade corporate bonds and is rebalanced on a monthly basis. Only bonds from large issuers with at least $1 billion in aggregate outstanding issuance and $500 million face value per bond are included in the Underlying Index. The Underlying Index uses a modified market-value weighted methodology with a cap on each issuer of 3%.

Table of Contents

Index Methodology. Bonds in the Underlying Index are selected from the universe of eligible bonds using defined rules. Currently, the bonds eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index include fixed rate U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds that: (i) are issued by issuers domiciled in the countries classified as developed markets by the index provider; (ii) are rated BBB, or equivalently, by Fitch, Moody’s, or S&P Global Ratings; (iii) are from issuers with at least $1 billion aggregate outstanding face value; (iv) have at least $500 million of outstanding face value; (v) have a time to maturity of at least one year at issuance; and (vi) have at least six months to maturity for new index insertions. However, existing bonds in the index are held to maturity.

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are chosen by applying the eligibility rules listed above. The Underlying Index is a modified market-value weighted index with a cap on each issuer at 3%. There is no maximum number of bond issues per issuer eligible, but to avoid an over-concentration in any single-issuer, the methodology caps single-issuer exposure to no more than 3% of the index weight. The Underlying Index is updated monthly on the last business day of each month.

The composition of the Underlying Index is held constant for any given calendar month to ensure continuity during the month and to avoid jumps unrelated to the price movements of the bonds. The inclusion and exclusion criteria above are applied at month-end. Bonds that were in the Underlying Index, but that no longer satisfy all the criteria at month-end, will be removed from the Underlying Index. A bond that drops out of the Underlying Index at the rebalancing day is excluded from reentering the index for a three-month period. The rule for the lockout period takes precedence over the other rules for the Underlying Index selection. A locked out bond will not be selected, even if it qualifies for the index. If a bond becomes eligible in the middle of the month, it will still need to satisfy the criteria at the end of the month, and can be included only upon rebalancing at month-end. Any bond that enters the Underlying Index must remain in the Underlying Index for a minimum of six months provided it is not downgraded to sub-investment grade, defaulted or fully redeemed in that period. Existing bonds in the Underlying Index that receive a rating upgrade can remain in the index if the six-month minimum has not been satisfied. When a bond is called, it remains in the Underlying Index at its call price until the end of the month, after which it is removed. Changes in issue size that take place during the month are taken into consideration only at the next rebalancing date.

The methodologies of the iBoxx^® indexes are owned by Markit Indices Limited and may be covered by one or more patents or pending patent applications.

Investment Policies

The Board has adopted as fundamental policies the following numbered investment policies, which cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. A vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund is defined in the Investment Company Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The Fund has also adopted certain non-fundamental investment policies, including its investment objective. Non-fundamental investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Therefore, the Fund may change its investment objective and its Underlying Index without shareholder approval.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.

Table of Contents

6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding the Fund's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to the Fund's industry classifications, the Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (The Fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the Investment Company Act requires the Fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the Fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when the Fund engages in such transactions, the Fund, instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit the Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit the Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (5) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the Fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, in the case of diversified funds, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the Fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the Fund’s investments in issuers where the Fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the Fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Table of Contents

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (7) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the Fund from making loans (including lending its securities); however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets (including lending its securities), except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments (as applicable), as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by the Fund's Prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in component securities in the Fund's Underlying Index. The Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act. As a matter of policy, however, the Fund will not purchase shares of any registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust, in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) (the “fund of funds” provisions) of the Investment Company Act, at any time the Fund has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor in reliance on the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1).

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations under the Fund's fundamental or non-fundamental investment policies apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken. Any change in the percentage of the Fund's assets invested in certain securities or other instruments resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the Fund’s total assets will not require the Fund to dispose of an investment until BFA determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences.

Continuous Offering

The method by which Creation Units are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are issued and sold by the Fund on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the 1933 Act, may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner that could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability provisions of the 1933 Act.

For example, a broker-dealer firm or its client may be deemed a statutory underwriter if it takes Creation Units after placing an order with the Distributor, breaks them down into constituent shares and sells such shares directly to customers or if it chooses to couple the creation of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act must take into account all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a categorization as an underwriter.

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Fund are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Table of Contents

Management

Trustees and Officers. The Board has responsibility for the overall management and operations of the Fund, including general supervision of the duties performed by BFA and other service providers. Each Trustee serves until he or she resigns, is removed, dies, retires or becomes incapacitated. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, resignation or removal. Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust are referred to as independent trustees (“Independent Trustees”).

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the BlackRock Fund Complex referred to as the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 378 funds as of May 10, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Fund's Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)	Trustee (since 2009).	President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).	Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Salim Ramji² (50)	Trustee (since 2019).	Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (59)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (49)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (46)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (45)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

The Board has concluded that, based on each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Board. Among the attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Fund's investment adviser, other service providers, counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through the Trustee’s educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Board member of the Fund and the other funds in the Trust (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Also, set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of each Trustee that led the Board to conclude that he or she should serve (or continue to serve) as a Trustee.

Table of Contents

Robert S. Kapito has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2009. Mr. Kapito has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. since 2009, a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011 and a Director of BlackRock, Inc. since 2006. Mr. Kapito served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2010 to 2015. In addition, he has over 20 years of experience as part of BlackRock, Inc. and BlackRock’s predecessor entities. Mr. Kapito serves as President of BlackRock, Inc., and is a member of the Global Executive Committee and Chairman of the Global Operating Committee. He is responsible for day-to-day oversight of BlackRock's key operating units, including Investment Strategies, Client Businesses, Technology & Operations, and Risk & Quantitative Analysis. Prior to assuming his current responsibilities in 2007, Mr. Kapito served as Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock's Portfolio Management Group. In that role, he was responsible for overseeing all portfolio management within BlackRock, including the Fixed Income, Equity, Liquidity, and Alternative Investment Groups. Mr. Kapito serves as a member of the Board of Trustees of the University of Pennsylvania and the Harvard Business School Board of Dean’s Advisors. He has also been President of the Board of Directors for the Hope & Heroes Children's Cancer Fund since 2002. Mr. Kapito earned a BS degree in economics from the Wharton School of the University of Pennsylvania in 1979, and an MBA degree from Harvard Business School in 1983.

Salim Ramji has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2019. Mr. Ramji has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2019. Mr. Ramji is the Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments business. In addition, he is a member of BlackRock’s Global Executive Committee. Prior to assuming his current responsibilities in 2019, Mr. Ramji was Head of BlackRock's U.S. Wealth Advisory business, where he was responsible for leading BlackRock's relationships with wealth management firms and platforms, for distributing BlackRock's alpha-seeking and iShares investment capabilities and for the adoption of BlackRock's portfolio construction and digital wealth technologies to financial advisors. Mr. Ramji joined BlackRock in 2014, serving initially as the Global Head of Corporate Strategy. Prior to BlackRock, Mr. Ramji was a Senior Partner at McKinsey & Company, where he led the Asset and Wealth Management practice areas. He started his career as a corporate finance and mergers and acquisitions lawyer at Clifford Chance LLP in London and Hong Kong. He has served as a Trustee of Graham Windham, a New York-based child care agency, since 2007. Mr. Ramji earned a bachelor's degree in economics and politics from University of Toronto, a law degree, from Cambridge University and is a CFA charter holder.

Cecilia H. Herbert has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2005 and Chair of the Trust's Board since 2016. Ms. Herbert has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. since 2005, a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of each Board since 2016. Ms. Herbert served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2010 to 2015. In addition, Ms. Herbert served as Trustee of the Forward Funds from 2009 to 2018 and Trustee of Salient Funds from 2015 to 2018. She has served since 1992 on the Investment Council of the Archdiocese of San Francisco and was Chair from 1994 to 2005. She has served as a member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees and Trustee of Stanford Health Care since 2016 and became Chair of the Finance Committee of Stanford Health Care in 2019. She has served as a Trustee of WNET, New York’s public media station, since 2011 and a Member of its Audit Committee since 2018. She became a member of the Governing Council of the Independent Directors Forum in 2018 and joined the board of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund in 2019. She has served as a Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole since 2020. She was President of the Board of Catholic Charities CYO, the largest social services agency in the San Francisco Bay Area, from 2007 to 2011 and a member of that board from 1992 to 2013. She previously served as Trustee of the Pacific Select Funds from 2004 to 2005 and Trustee of the Montgomery Funds from 1992 to 2003. She worked from 1973 to 1990 at J.P. Morgan/Morgan Guaranty Trust doing international corporate finance and corporate lending, retiring as Managing Director and Head of the West Coast Office. Ms. Herbert has been on numerous non-profit boards, chairing investment and finance committees. She holds a double major in economics and communications from Stanford University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Jane D. Carlin has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2015 and Chair of the Risk Committee since 2016. Ms. Carlin has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2015, and Chair of the Risk Committee of each Board since 2016. Ms. Carlin has served as a consultant since 2012 and formerly served as Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley from 2006 to 2012. In addition, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Global Head of the Bank Operational Risk Oversight Department of Credit Suisse Group from 2003 to 2006. Prior to that, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Morgan Stanley. Ms. Carlin has over 30 years of experience in the financial sector and has served in a number of legal, regulatory, and risk management positions. Ms. Carlin has served as a member of the Audit Committee and as a Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., each since 2016, and as Chair of the Audit Committee since 2020. Ms. Carlin served as a member of the Audit Committee from 2012 to 2018, Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee from 2017 to 2018 and as an Independent Director on the Board of PHH Corporation from 2012 to 2018. She previously served as a Director on the Boards of Astoria Financial Corporation and Astoria Bank. Ms. Carlin was

Table of Contents

appointed by the United States Treasury to the Financial Services Sector Coordinating Council for Critical Infrastructure Protection and Homeland Security, where she served as Chairperson from 2010 to 2012 and Vice Chair and Chair of the Cyber Security Committee from 2009 to 2010. Ms. Carlin has a BA degree in political science from State University of New York at Stony Brook and a JD degree from Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law.

Richard L. Fagnani has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2017 and Chair of the Audit Committee of the Trust since 2019. Mr. Fagnani has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2017, and Chair of the Audit Committee of each Board since 2019. Mr. Fagnani served as an Advisory Board Member of the Trust, iShares U.S. ETF Trust and iShares, Inc. from April 2017 to June 2017. Mr. Fagnani served as a Senior Audit Partner at KPMG LLP from 2002 to 2016, most recently as the U.S. asset management audit practice leader responsible for setting strategic direction and execution of the operating plan for the asset management audit practice. In addition, from 1977 to 2002, Mr. Fagnani served as an Audit Partner at Andersen LLP, where he developed and managed the asset management audit practice in the Philadelphia office. Mr. Fagnani served as a Trustee on the Board of the Walnut Street Theater in Philadelphia from 2009 to 2014 and as a member of the School of Business Advisory Board at LaSalle University from 2006 to 2014. Mr. Fagnani has a BS degree in Accounting from LaSalle University.

John E. Kerrigan has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2005 and Chair of the Equity Plus and Nominating and Governance Committees of the Trust since 2019. Mr. Kerrigan has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. since 2005, a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of the Equity Plus and Nominating and Governance Committees of each Board since 2019. Mr. Kerrigan served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2010 to 2015. Mr. Kerrigan has served as Chief Investment Officer of Santa Clara University since 2002. Mr. Kerrigan was formerly a Managing Director at Merrill Lynch & Co., including the following responsibilities: Managing Director, Institutional Client Division, Western United States. Mr. Kerrigan has been a Director, since 1999, of The BASIC Fund (Bay Area Scholarships for Inner City Children). Mr. Kerrigan has a BA degree from Boston College and is a Chartered Financial Analyst Charterholder.

Drew E. Lawton has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2017 and Chair of the 15(c) Committee of the Trust since 2017. Mr. Lawton has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc., a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust, and Chair of the 15(c) Committee of each Board since 2017. Mr. Lawton also served as an Advisory Board Member of the Trust, iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust from 2016 to 2017. Mr. Lawton served as Director of Principal Funds, Inc., Principal Variable Contracts Funds, Inc. and Principal Exchange-Traded Funds from March 2016 to October 2016. Mr. Lawton served in various capacities at New York Life Insurance Company from 2010 to 2015, most recently as a Senior Managing Director and Chief Executive Officer of New York Life Investment Management. From 2008 to 2010, Mr. Lawton was the President of Fridson Investment Advisors, LLC. Mr. Lawton previously held multiple roles at Fidelity Investments from 1997 to 2008. Mr. Lawton has a BA degree in Administrative Science from Yale University and an MBA from University of North Texas.

John E. Martinez has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2003 and Chair of the Securities Lending Committee of the Trust since 2019. Mr. Martinez has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. since 2003, a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of the Securities Lending Committee of each Board since 2019. Mr. Martinez served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2010 to 2015. Mr. Martinez is a Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc., providing governance oversight and consulting services to this privately held firm that develops products and strategies for homeowners in managing the equity in their homes. From 2017 to 2020, Mr. Martinez served as a Board member for the Cloudera Foundation. Mr. Martinez previously served as Director of Barclays Global Investors (“BGI”) UK Holdings, where he provided governance oversight representing BGI’s shareholders (Barclays PLC, BGI management shareholders) through oversight of BGI’s worldwide activities. Mr. Martinez also previously served as Co-Chief Executive Officer of the Global Index and Markets Group of BGI, Chairman of Barclays Global Investor Services and Chief Executive Officer of the Capital Markets Group of BGI. From 2003 to 2012, he was a Director and Executive Committee Member for Larkin Street Youth Services. He now serves on the Larkin Street Honorary Board. From 2012 to 2016, Mr. Martinez served as a Director for Reading Partners. Mr. Martinez has an AB degree in economics from The University of California, Berkeley and holds an MBA degree in finance and statistics from The University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Table of Contents

Capital Corporation since 2016 and as a Director of C.M. Capital Corporation since 2020. From 2001 to 2017, Mr. Rajan was the Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. In April 2017, he received the school’s Robert T. Davis Award for Lifetime Achievement and Service. He has taught accounting for over 25 years to undergraduate, MBA and law students, as well as to senior executives. From 2010 to 2016, Mr. Rajan served as the Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and head of the MBA Program at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Rajan served as editor of “The Accounting Review” from 2002 to 2008 and is co-author of “Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis,” a leading cost accounting textbook. From 2013 to 2018, Mr. Rajan served on the Board of Directors of Cavium Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Rajan holds MS and PhD degrees in Accounting from Carnegie Mellon University.

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Overall responsibility for oversight of the Fund rests with the Board. The Board has engaged BFA to manage the Fund on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing BFA and other service providers in the operations of the Fund in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of state and other laws and the Trust’s charter. The Board is currently composed of nine members, seven of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board currently conducts regular in person meetings four times a year. In addition, the Board frequently holds special in person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees meet regularly outside the presence of management, in executive session or with other service providers to the Trust.

The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Board Chair. The Board Chair’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Board Chair may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board has established seven standing Committees: a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a 15(c) Committee, a Securities Lending Committee, a Risk Committee, an Equity Plus Committee and a Fixed Income Plus Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Fund, and from time to time the Board may establish ad hoc committees or informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Fund with respect to certain specified matters. The Chair of each standing Committee is an Independent Trustee. The role of the Chair of each Committee is to preside at all meetings of the Committee and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees between meetings. Each standing Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to the Committee by the Board and reports its finding to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Independent Trustees and the full Board to enhance effective oversight.

Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Fund is the responsibility of BFA or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), subject to the supervision of BFA. The Fund is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational, reputational, counterparty and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by BFA and other service providers, as applicable, it is not possible to identify and eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Fund. The Trustees have an oversight role in this area, satisfying themselves that risk management processes and controls are in place and operating effectively. Risk oversight forms part of the Board’s general oversight of the Fund and is addressed as part of various Board and committee activities. In some cases, risk management issues are specifically addressed in presentations and discussions. For example, BFA has an independent dedicated Risk and Quantitative Analysis Group (“RQA”) that assists BFA in managing fiduciary and corporate risks, including investment, operational, counterparty credit and enterprise risk. Representatives of RQA meet with the Board to discuss their analysis and methodologies, as well as specific risk topics such as operational and counterparty risks relating to the Fund. The Board, directly or through a committee, also reviews reports from, among others, management and the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Fund and management’s risk functions. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who oversees the implementation and testing of the Trust's compliance program, including assessments by independent third parties, and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its principal service providers. In testing and maintaining the compliance program, the Chief Compliance Officer (and his or her delegates) assesses key compliance risks affecting the Fund, and addresses them in periodic reports to the Board. In addition, the Audit Committee meets with both the Fund's independent registered public accounting firm and BFA’s internal audit group to review risk controls in place that support the Fund as well as test results. Board oversight of risk is also performed as needed between meetings through communications between BFA and the Board.

Table of Contents

The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities. From time to time, the Board may modify the manner in which it conducts risk oversight. The Board’s oversight role does not make it a guarantor of the Fund's investment performance or other activities.

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021.

The members of the Nominating and Governance Committee are John E. Kerrigan (Chair), Madhav V. Rajan and Drew E. Lawton, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The Nominating and Governance Committee nominates individuals for Independent Trustee membership on the Board and recommends appointments to the Advisory Board. The Nominating and Governance Committee functions include, but are not limited to, the following: (i) reviewing the qualifications of any person properly identified or nominated to serve as an Independent Trustee; (ii) recommending to the Board and current Independent Trustees the nominee(s) for appointment as an Independent Trustee by the Board and current Independent Trustees and/or for election as Independent Trustees by shareholders to fill any vacancy for a position of Independent Trustee(s) on the Board; (iii) recommending to the Board and current Independent Trustees the size and composition of the Board and Board committees and whether they comply with applicable laws and regulations; (iv) recommending a current Independent Trustee to the Board and current Independent Trustees to serve as Board Chair; (v) periodic review of the Board's retirement policy; and (vi) recommending an appropriate level of compensation for the Independent Trustees for their services as Trustees, members or chairpersons of committees of the Board, Board Chair and any other positions as the Nominating and Governance Committee considers appropriate. The Nominating and Governance Committee does not consider Board nominations recommended by shareholders (acting solely in their capacity as a shareholder and not in any other capacity). The Nominating and Governance Committee met one time during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021.

Each Independent Trustee serves on the 15(c) Committee. The Chair of the 15(c) Committee is Drew E. Lawton. The principal responsibilities of the 15(c) Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for the annual review and renewal of the Trust's advisory and sub-advisory agreements. These responsibilities include: (i) meeting with BlackRock, Inc. in advance of the Board meeting at which the Trust's advisory and sub-advisory agreements are to be considered to discuss generally the process for providing requested information to the Board and the format in which information will be provided; and (ii) considering and discussing with BlackRock, Inc. such other matters and information as may be necessary and appropriate for the Board to evaluate the investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements of the Trust. The 15(c) Committee met two times during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021.

The members of the Securities Lending Committee are John E. Martinez (Chair), Jane D. Carlin and Drew E. Lawton, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Securities Lending Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of the Trust's securities lending activities. These responsibilities include: (i) requesting that certain information be provided to the Committee for its review and consideration prior to such information being provided to the Board; (ii) considering and discussing with BlackRock, Inc. such other matters and information as may be necessary and appropriate for the Board to oversee the Trust's securities lending activities and make required findings and approvals; and (iii) providing a recommendation to the Board regarding the annual approval of the Trust's Securities Lending Guidelines and the required findings with respect to, and annual approval of, the Trust's agreement with the securities lending agent. The Securities Lending Committee met seven times during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021.

The members of the Equity Plus Committee are John E. Kerrigan (Chair), John E. Martinez and Drew E. Lawton, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Equity Plus Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of Trust performance and related matters for equity funds. These responsibilities include: (i) reviewing quarterly reports regarding Trust performance, secondary market trading and changes in net assets to identify any matters that should be brought to the attention of the Board; and (ii) considering any performance or investment

Table of Contents

related matters as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board from time to time and providing a report or recommendation to the Board as appropriate. The Equity Plus Committee met three times during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021.

The members of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are Madhav V. Rajan (Chair), Jane D. Carlin and Richard L. Fagnani, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of Trust performance and related matters for fixed-income or multi-asset funds. These responsibilities include: (i) reviewing quarterly reports regarding Trust performance, secondary market trading and changes in net assets to identify any matters that should be brought to the attention of the Board; and (ii) considering any performance or investment related matters as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board from time to time and providing a report or recommendation to the Board as appropriate. The Fixed Income Plus Committee met three times during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021.

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Fund so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2020, the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Trustee in the Fund and in other registered investment companies overseen by the Trustee within the same family of investment companies as the Trust. If a fund is not listed below, the Trustee did not own any securities in that fund as of the date indicated above:

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

As of December 31, 2020, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of BFA (the Fund's investment adviser), the Distributor or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with BFA or the Distributor.

Remuneration of Trustees and Advisory Board Members. Effective January 1, 2020, each current Independent Trustee is paid an annual retainer of $395,000 for his or her services as a Board member to the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, together with out-of-pocket expenses in accordance with the Board’s policy on travel and other business expenses relating to attendance at meetings. The annual retainer for services as an Advisory Board Member is the same as the annual retainer for services as a Board member. The Independent Chair of the Board is paid an additional annual retainer of $80,000. The Chair of each of the Equity Plus Committee, Fixed Income Plus Committee, Securities Lending Committee, Risk Committee, Nominating and Governance Committee and 15(c) Committee is paid an additional annual retainer of $25,000. The Chair of the Audit Committee is paid an additional annual retainer of $40,000. Each Independent Trustee that served as a director of subsidiaries of the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex is paid an additional annual retainer of $10,000 (plus an additional $1,765 paid annually to compensate for taxes due in the Republic of Mauritius in connection with such Trustee’s service on the boards of certain Mauritius-based subsidiaries).

The table below sets forth the compensation earned by each Independent Trustee and Interested Trustee for services to the Fund for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021 and the aggregate compensation paid to them for services to the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

Name	iShares BBB Rated Corporate Bond ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities. Ownership information is not provided for the Fund, as it has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.

Potential Conflicts of Interest. Certain activities of BFA, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers and employees, with respect to the Fund and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

BlackRock is one of the world's largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Fund. These are considerations of which investors in the Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Fund.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

when investment decisions regarding the Fund are based on research or other information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for the Fund, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Fund receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could be increased or the Fund could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause the Fund to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.

Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Fund may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by the Fund may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by the Fund may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund may invest its assets in other funds advised by BlackRock, including funds that are managed by one or more of the same portfolio managers, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to asset allocation, timing of Fund purchases and sales, and increased remuneration and profitability for BlackRock, and/or its personnel, including portfolio managers.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Fund, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Fund, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party's investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Fund. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions. On any occasion when the Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which the Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Fund's investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

The results of the Fund’s investment activities may differ significantly from the results achieved by BlackRock for its proprietary accounts or other accounts (including investment companies or collective investment vehicles) which it manages or advises. It is possible that one or more accounts managed or advised by BlackRock and such other accounts will achieve investment results that are substantially more or less favorable than the results achieved by the Fund. Moreover, it is possible that the Fund will sustain losses during periods in which one or more proprietary or other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock achieve significant profits. The opposite result is also possible.

From time to time, the Fund may be restricted from purchasing or selling securities, or from engaging in other investment activities because of regulatory, legal or contractual requirements applicable to BlackRock or other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock, and/or the internal policies of BlackRock designed to comply with such requirements. As a result, there may be periods, for example, when BlackRock will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which BlackRock is performing services or when position limits have been reached. For example, the investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and accounts under its management may limit the investment opportunities for the Fund in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.

In connection with its management of the Fund, BlackRock may have access to certain fundamental analysis and proprietary technical models developed by BlackRock. BlackRock will not be under any obligation, however, to effect transactions on behalf of the Fund in accordance with such analysis and models. In addition, BlackRock will not have any obligation to make available any information regarding its proprietary activities or strategies, or the activities or strategies used for other accounts managed by them, for the benefit of the management of the Fund and it is not anticipated that BlackRock will have access to such information for the purpose of managing the Fund. The proprietary activities or portfolio strategies of BlackRock, or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by BlackRock or other client accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by BlackRock in managing the Fund.

Table of Contents

The Fund may be included in investment models developed by BlackRock for use by clients and financial advisors. To the extent clients invest in these investment models and increase the assets under management of the Fund, the investment management fee amounts paid by the Fund to BlackRock may also increase. The price, availability and liquidity of the Fund may be impacted by purchases and sales of the Fund by model-driven investment portfolios, as well as by BlackRock itself and by its advisory clients.

In addition, certain principals and certain employees of the Fund’s investment adviser are also principals or employees of other business units or entities within BlackRock. As a result, these principals and employees may have obligations to such other business units or entities or their clients and such obligations to other business units or entities or their clients may be a consideration of which investors in the Fund should be aware.

BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of the Fund in which clients of BlackRock or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party's interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by the Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which the Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Markit Indices Limited, the index provider for underlying fixed-income indexes used by certain iShares funds, related to derivative fixed-income products that are based on such iShares funds. BlackRock will receive certain payments for licensing intellectual property belonging to BlackRock and for facilitating the provision of data in connection with such derivative products, which may include payments based on the trading volumes of, or revenues generated by, the derivative products. Other funds and accounts managed by BlackRock may from time to time transact in such derivative products, which could contribute to the viability of such derivative products by making them more appealing to funds and accounts managed by third parties, and in turn lead to increased payments to BlackRock. Trading activity in such derivative products could also potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to these iShares funds and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

The Fund may, subject to applicable law, purchase investments that are the subject of an underwriting or other distribution by BlackRock and may also enter into transactions with other clients of BlackRock where such other clients have interests adverse to those of the Fund.

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

To the extent authorized by applicable law, BlackRock may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for the Fund. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by BlackRock will be in its view commercially reasonable, although BlackRock, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to BlackRock and such sales personnel, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund. Index based funds may use an index provider that is affiliated with another service provider of the Fund or BlackRock that acts as a broker, dealer, agent, lender or in other commercial capacities for the Fund or BlackRock.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Fund, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund. The Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund's own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with the Fund's establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund's counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund's creditworthiness.

Table of Contents

BTC, an affiliate of BFA pursuant to SEC exemptive relief, acts as securities lending agent to, and receives a share of securities lending revenues from, the Fund. BlackRock will also receive compensation for managing the reinvestment of the cash collateral from securities lending. There are potential conflicts of interests in managing a securities lending program, including but not limited to: (i) BlackRock as securities lending agent may have an incentive to increase or decrease the amount of securities on loan or to lend particular securities in order to generate additional risk-adjusted revenue for BlackRock and its affiliates; and (ii) BlackRock as securities lending agent may have an incentive to allocate loans to clients that would provide more revenue to BlackRock. As described further below, BlackRock seeks to mitigate this conflict by providing its securities lending clients with equal lending opportunities over time in order to approximate pro rata allocation.

Purchases and sales of securities and other assets for the Fund may be bunched or aggregated with orders for other BlackRock client accounts, including with accounts that pay different transaction costs solely due to the fact that they have different research payment arrangements. BlackRock, however, is not required to bunch or aggregate orders if portfolio management decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable or required, or in cases involving client direction.

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock may select brokers that furnish BlackRock, the Fund, other BlackRock client accounts or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in BlackRock's view, appropriate assistance to BlackRock in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed-price offerings and OTC transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; research-oriented software and other services and products. Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing any or all of the Fund and other BlackRock client accounts, including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client accounts relative to the Fund based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Fund and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client's commissions may not be used in managing that client's account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit,

Table of Contents

including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Fund and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself.

BlackRock does not currently enter into arrangements to use the Fund's assets for, or participate in, soft dollars, although BlackRock may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To the extent that BlackRock receives research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by BlackRock. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer, and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

BlackRock owns a minority interest in, and is a member of, Members Exchange (“MEMX”), a newly created U.S. stock exchange. Transactions for the Fund may be executed on MEMX if third party brokers select MEMX as the appropriate venue for execution of orders placed by BlackRock traders on behalf of such Funds. In addition, transactions in Fund shares may in the future be executed on MEMX if third party brokers select MEMX as the appropriate venue for the execution of such orders.

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Fund, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock's fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the Proxy Voting Policy section of this SAI.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

It is possible that the Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. The Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for the Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the

Table of Contents

activities of BlackRock may limit the Fund's flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

BlackRock, its personnel and other financial service providers may have interests in promoting sales of the Fund. With respect to BlackRock and its personnel, the remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of the Fund or other products may be greater than remuneration and profitability relating to services to and sales of certain funds or other products that might be provided or offered. BlackRock and its sales personnel may directly or indirectly receive a portion of the fees and commissions charged to the Fund or its shareholders. BlackRock and its advisory or other personnel may also benefit from increased amounts of assets under management. Fees and commissions may also be higher than for other products or services, and the remuneration and profitability to BlackRock and such personnel resulting from transactions on behalf of or management of the Fund may be greater than the remuneration and profitability resulting from other funds or products.

Third parties, including service providers to BlackRock or the Fund, may sponsor events (including, but not limited to, marketing and promotional activities and presentations, educational training programs and conferences) for registered representatives, other professionals and individual investors. There is a potential conflict of interest as such sponsorships may defray the costs of such activities to BlackRock, and may provide an incentive to BlackRock to retain such third parties to provide services to the Fund.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”), in accordance with policies and procedures approved by the Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Commitee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, the Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, the Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in the Fund bearing some additional expenses.

Table of Contents

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, the Fund, except that the Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the 1940 Act engage in transactions with another Fund or accounts that are affiliated with the Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Fund and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for the Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or the Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of the Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock's internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of the Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Fund may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

The investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Fund. For example, in certain circumstances where the Fund invests in securities issued by companies that operate in certain regulated industries or in certain emerging or international markets, or is subject to corporate or regulatory ownership restrictions, or invests in certain futures or other derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount invested by BlackRock for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts (including the Fund) that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Fund or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions.

If certain aggregate ownership thresholds are reached either through the actions of BlackRock or the Fund or as a result of third-party transactions, the ability of BlackRock, on behalf of clients (including the Fund), to purchase or dispose of investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, BlackRock, on behalf of its clients (including the Fund), may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict, forgo or limit the exercise of rights (including transferring, outsourcing or limiting voting rights or forgoing the right to receive dividends) when BlackRock, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate in light of potential regulatory or other restrictions on ownership or other consequences resulting from reaching investment thresholds.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be

Table of Contents

necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

BlackRock may maintain securities indices. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Fund may seek to license and use such indices as part of its investment strategy. Index based funds that seek to track the performance of securities indices also may use the name of the index or index provider in the fund name. Index providers, including BlackRock (to the extent permitted by applicable law), may be paid licensing fees for use of their index or index name. BlackRock may benefit from the Fund using BlackRock indices by creating increasing acceptance in the marketplace for such indices. BlackRock is not obligated to license its indices to the Fund and the Fund is under no obligation to use BlackRock indices. Any Fund that enters into a license for a BlackRock index cannot be assured that the terms of any index licensing agreement with BlackRock will be as favorable as those terms offered to other licensees.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Fund (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with the Fund's custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Fund leaves cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for the Fund in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

BlackRock may enter into contractual arrangements with third-party service providers to the Fund (e.g., custodians, administrators and index providers) pursuant to which BlackRock receives fee discounts or concessions in recognition of BlackRock’s overall relationship with such service providers. To the extent that BlackRock is responsible for paying these service providers out of its management fee, the benefits of any such fee discounts or concessions may accrue, in whole or in part, to BlackRock.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by a Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Fund and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

BlackRock’s receipt of fees from a service provider in connection with the use of systems provided by BlackRock may create an incentive for BlackRock to recommend that the Fund enter into or renew an arrangement with the service provider.

Table of Contents

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

Investment Adviser. BFA serves as investment adviser to the Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Trust, on behalf of the Fund, and BFA. BFA is a California corporation indirectly owned by BlackRock, Inc. and is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Under the investment advisory agreement, BFA, subject to the supervision of the Board and in conformity with the stated investment policies of the Fund, manages and administers the Trust and the investment of the Fund’s assets. BFA is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and providing continuous supervision of the investment portfolio of the Fund.

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, BFA may, from time to time, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of BFA, to perform investment advisory or other services with respect to the Fund. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the investment advisory agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion upon appropriate notice at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

BFA is responsible, under the investment advisory agreement, for substantially all expenses of the Fund, including the cost of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services. BFA is not responsible for, and the Fund will bear, the management fees, interest expenses, taxes, expenses incurred with respect to the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities and the execution of portfolio transactions, including brokerage commissions, distribution fees or expenses, litigation expenses and any extraordinary expenses (as determined by a majority of the Independent Trustees).

For its investment advisory services to the Fund, BFA will be paid a management fee by the Fund, based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets, at an annual rate of 0.15%.

The investment advisory agreement with respect to the Fund continues in effect for two years from its effective date, and thereafter is subject to annual approval by (i) the Board, or (ii) the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, provided that in either event such continuance also is approved by a majority of the Board members who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

The investment advisory agreement with respect to the Fund is terminable without penalty, on 60 days’ notice, by the Board or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act). The investment advisory agreement is also terminable upon 60 days’ notice by BFA and will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

Portfolio Managers. As of February 28, 2021, the individuals named as Portfolio Managers in the Fund's Prospectus were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of other iShares funds and certain other types of portfolios and/or accounts as follows:

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	102	$468,100,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	31	129,145,000,000
Other Accounts	23	22,941,000,000

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	49	$251,527,000,000

Table of Contents

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	37	100,835,000,000
Other Accounts	35	71,606,000,000

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that compose those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that compose those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Fund and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Fund, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than it would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Like the Fund, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio's or account's gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intends to do so, shareholders of the Fund should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict of interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers' favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

The tables below show, for each Portfolio Manager, the number of portfolios or accounts of the types set forth in the above tables and the aggregate of total assets in those portfolios or accounts with respect to which the investment management fees are based on the performance of those portfolios or accounts as of February 28, 2021:

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of May 10, 2021.

Table of Contents

BlackRock, Inc.'s financial arrangements with its portfolio managers, its competitive compensation and its career path emphasis at all levels reflect the value senior management places on key resources. Compensation may include a variety of components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock, Inc.

Each portfolio manager receives base compensation based on their position with the firm, as well as retirement and other benefits offered to all BlackRock employees. Additionally, each portfolio manager receives discretionary incentive compensation, determined based on several components, including: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the performance of portfolios managed by the portfolio manager and the team relative to the portfolios’ investment objectives (which in the case of index ETFs would be how closely the ETF tracks its Underlying Index), and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. Discretionary incentive compensation is paid in cash up to a certain threshold with the remaining portion represented by deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards. In some cases, additional deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock may be granted to certain key employees as part of a long-term incentive award to aid in retention, align interests with long-term shareholders and motivate performance.

The discretionary incentive income for James Mauro and Karen Uyehara includes as an additional consideration the performance of actively-managed portfolios they manage over 1, 3 and 5 year periods measured against the respective benchmark of each portfolio as well as peer group performance. A portion of the discretionary incentive compensation for James Mauro and Karen Uyehara is distributed in the form of deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock, Inc. investment products they manage, which provides direct alignment of portfolio manager discretionary incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash.

As of May 10, 2021, the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of the Fund.

Codes of Ethics. The Trust, BFA and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The codes of ethics permit personnel subject to the codes of ethics to invest in securities, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Anti-Money Laundering Requirements. The Fund is subject to the USA PATRIOT Act (the “Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act is intended to prevent the use of the U.S. financial system in furtherance of money laundering, terrorism or other illicit activities. Pursuant to requirements under the Patriot Act, the Fund may request information from Authorized Participants to enable it to form a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of its Authorized Participants. This information will be used to verify the identity of Authorized Participants or, in some cases, the status of financial professionals; it will be used only for compliance with the requirements of the Patriot Act.

The Fund reserves the right to reject purchase orders from persons who have not submitted information sufficient to allow the Fund to verify their identity. The Fund also reserves the right to redeem any amounts in the Fund from persons whose identity it is unable to verify on a timely basis. It is the Fund's policy to cooperate fully with appropriate regulators in any investigations conducted with respect to potential money laundering, terrorism or other illicit activities.

Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) serves as administrator, custodian and transfer agent for the Fund under the Master Services Agreement and related Service Schedule (the “Service Module”). State Street’s principal address is 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111. Pursuant to the Service Module for Fund Administration and Accounting Services with the Trust, State Street provides necessary administrative, legal, tax and accounting and financial reporting services for the maintenance and operations of the Trust and the Fund. In addition, State Street makes available the office space, equipment, personnel and facilities required to provide such services. Pursuant to the Service Module for Custodial Services with the Trust, State Street maintains, in separate accounts, cash, securities and other assets of the Trust and the Fund, keeps all necessary accounts and records and provides other services. State Street is required, upon the order of the Trust, to deliver securities held by State Street and to make payments for securities purchased by the Trust for the Fund. State Street is authorized to appoint certain foreign custodians or foreign custody managers for Fund investments outside the U.S. Pursuant to the Service Module for Transfer Agency Services with the Trust, State Street

Table of Contents

acts as a transfer agent for the Fund’s authorized and issued shares of beneficial interest, and as dividend disbursing agent of the Trust. As compensation for these services, State Street receives certain out-of-pocket costs, transaction fees and asset-based fees which are accrued daily and paid monthly by BFA from its management fee.

Distributor. The Distributor's principal address is 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540. Shares are continuously offered for sale by the Fund through the Distributor or its agent only in Creation Units, as described in the Prospectus and below in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI. Fund shares in amounts less than Creation Units are generally not distributed by the Distributor or its agent. The Distributor or its agent will arrange for the delivery of the Prospectus and, upon request, this SAI to persons purchasing Creation Units and will maintain records of both orders placed with it or its agents and confirmations of acceptance furnished by it or its agents. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). The Distributor is also licensed as a broker-dealer in all 50 U.S. states, as well as in Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and the District of Columbia.

The Distribution Agreement for the Fund provides that it may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on at least 60 days' prior written notice to the other party following (i) the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, or (ii) the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund. The Distribution Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Units of Fund shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Authorized Participants (as described below), DTC participants and/or investor services organizations.

BFA or its affiliates may, from time to time and from its own resources, pay, defray or absorb costs relating to distribution, including payments out of its own resources to the Distributor, or to otherwise promote the sale of shares.

Securities Lending. To the extent that the Fund engages in securities lending, the Fund conducts its securities lending pursuant to SEC exemptive relief, and BTC acts as securities lending agent for the Fund, subject to the overall supervision of BFA, pursuant to a written agreement (the “Securities Lending Agency Agreement”).

The Fund retains a portion of the securities lending income and remits the remaining portion to BTC as compensation for its services as securities lending agent. Securities lending income is generally equal to the total of income earned from the reinvestment of cash collateral (and excludes collateral investment fees as defined below), and any fees or other payments to and from borrowers of securities. As securities lending agent, BTC bears all operational costs directly related to securities lending. The Fund is responsible for fees in connection with the investment of cash collateral received for securities on loan in a money market fund managed by BFA (the “collateral investment fees”); however, BTC has agreed to reduce the amount of securities lending income it receives in order to effectively limit the collateral investment fees the Fund bears to an annual rate of 0.04%. Such money market fund shares will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee.

Under the securities lending program, the Fund is categorized into one of several specific asset classes. The determination of the Fund’s asset class category (fixed-income, domestic equity, international equity or fund-of-funds), each of which may be subject to a different fee arrangement, is based on a methodology agreed to by the Trust and BTC.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

(i) fixed-income funds, such as the Fund, retain 82% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income (which includes, for this purpose, collateral investment fees) earned across the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex (as defined under “Management—Trustees and Officers”) in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, each applicable fixed-income fund, pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows:

(i) 85% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees) and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

Table of Contents

Because the Fund is newly launched, no services have been provided by BTC as the Fund’s securities lending agent, and the Fund had no income and fees/compensation related to its securities lending activities for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021.

Payments by BFA and its Affiliates. BFA and/or its affiliates (“BFA Entities”) may pay certain broker-dealers, registered investment advisers, banks and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for certain activities related to the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products in general. BFA Entities make these payments from their own assets and not from the assets of the Fund. Although a portion of BFA Entities’ revenue comes directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products, these payments do not increase the price paid by investors for the purchase of shares of, or the cost of owning, the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. BFA Entities make payments for Intermediaries’ participation in activities that are designed to make registered representatives, other professionals and individual investors more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including the Fund and other iShares funds, or for other activities, such as participation in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems (“Education Costs”). BFA Entities also make payments to Intermediaries for certain printing, publishing and mailing costs or materials relating to the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products (“Publishing Costs”). In addition, BFA Entities make payments to Intermediaries that make shares of the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products available to their clients, develop new products that feature iShares or otherwise promote the Fund, other iShares funds and exchange-traded products. BFA Entities may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to Intermediaries or other persons in consideration of services or other activities that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. Payments of the type described above are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments.

Payments to an Intermediary may be significant to the Intermediary, and amounts that Intermediaries pay to your salesperson or other investment professional may also be significant for your salesperson or other investment professional. Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments may create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products over other investments. The same conflicts of interest and financial incentives exist with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

In addition to the payments described above, BFA Entities have developed proprietary tools, calculators and related interactive or digital content that is made available through the www.BlackRock.com website at no additional cost to Intermediaries. BlackRock may configure these tools and calculators and localize the content for Intermediaries as part of its customary digital marketing support and promotion of the Fund, other iShares funds, exchange-traded products and BlackRock mutual funds.

As of March 1, 2013, BFA Entities have contractual arrangements to make payments (in addition to payments for Education Costs or Publishing Costs) to one Intermediary, Fidelity Brokerage Services LLC (“FBS”). Effective June 4, 2016, this relationship was expanded to include National Financial Services, LLC (“NFS”), an affiliate of FBS. Pursuant to this special, long-term and significant arrangement (the “Marketing Program”), FBS, NFS and certain of their affiliates (collectively “Fidelity”) have agreed, among other things, to actively promote iShares funds to customers, investment professionals and other intermediaries and in advertising campaigns as the preferred exchange-traded product, to offer certain iShares funds in certain Fidelity platforms and investment programs, in some cases at a waived or reduced commission rate or ticket charge, and to provide marketing data to BFA Entities. BFA Entities have agreed to facilitate the Marketing Program by, among other things, making certain payments to FBS and NFS for marketing and implementing certain brokerage and investment programs. Upon termination of the arrangement, the BFA Entities will make additional payments to FBS and/or NFS based upon a number of criteria, including the overall success of the Marketing Program and the level of services provided by FBS and NFS during the wind-down period.

Table of Contents

payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Further, BFA Entities make Education Costs and Publishing Costs payments to other Intermediaries that are not listed in the immediately preceding paragraph. BFA Entities may determine to make such payments based on any number of metrics. For example, BFA Entities may make payments at year-end or other intervals in a fixed amount, an amount based upon an Intermediary’s services at defined levels or an amount based on the Intermediary’s net sales of one or more iShares funds in a year or other period, any of which arrangements may include an agreed-upon minimum or maximum payment, or any combination of the foregoing. As of the date of this SAI, BFA anticipates that the payments paid by BFA Entities in connection with the Fund, iShares funds and exchange-traded products in general will be immaterial to BFA Entities in the aggregate for the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Fund, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

The Fund may participate in certain market maker incentive programs of a national securities exchange in which an affiliate of the Fund would pay a fee to the exchange used for the purpose of incentivizing one or more market makers in the securities of the Fund to enhance the liquidity and quality of the secondary market of securities of the Fund. The fee would then be credited by the exchange to one or more market makers that meet or exceed liquidity and market quality standards with respect to the securities of the Fund. Each market maker incentive program is subject to approval from the SEC. Any such fee payments made to an exchange will be made by an affiliate of the Fund solely for the benefit of the Fund and will not be paid from any Fund assets. Other funds managed by BFA may also participate in such programs.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Valuation of Shares. The NAV for the Fund is generally calculated as of the close of regular trading hours on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (currently 4:00 p.m., Eastern Time) on each business day the NYSE is open. Valuation of assets held by the Fund is as follows:

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each, an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless, BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Valued Asset (as defined below).

Table of Contents

assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but the Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with 60 days or less remaining to maturity unless such method does not represent fair value. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the issuer, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which the Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a fair value asset. OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

Underlying Funds. Shares of underlying open-end funds (including money market funds) are valued at NAV. Shares of underlying exchange-traded closed-end funds or other ETFs will be valued at their most recent closing price.

General Valuation Information. Prices obtained from independent third-party pricing services, broker-dealers or market makers to value each Fund's securities and other assets and liabilities are based on information available at the time the Fund values its assets and liabilities. In the event, that a pricing service quotation is revised or updated subsequent to the day on which the Fund valued such security, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination will be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding the revision.

The price the Fund could receive upon the sale of any particular portfolio investment may differ from the Fund’s valuation of the investment, particularly for assets that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair valuation methodology or a price provided by an independent pricing service. As a result, the price received upon the sale of an investment may be less than the value ascribed by the Fund, and the Fund could realize a greater than expected loss or lesser than expected gain upon the sale of the investment. The Fund’s ability to value its investment may also be impacted by technological issues and/or errors by pricing services or other third-party service providers.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund's Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or BlackRock's Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Table of Contents

Use of fair value prices and certain current market valuations could result in a difference between the prices used to calculate the Fund’s NAV and the prices used in its Underlying Index, which, in turn, could result in a difference between the Fund’s performance and the performance of the Underlying Index.

Fair Value. When market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). Fair Value Assets are valued by BlackRock in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. BlackRock may reasonably conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if, among other things, a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source due to its complete lack of trading, if BlackRock believes that a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), or where the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BlackRock determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing the Fund’s assets or liabilities, is likely to cause a material change to the last exchange closing price or closing market price of one or more assets or liabilities held by the Fund. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

BlackRock, with input from portfolio management, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, the Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BlackRock, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of the Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee will seek to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm's-length transaction on the date on which the asset or liability is being valued, and does not seek to determine the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. When determining the fair value of an investment, one or more fair value methodologies may be used (depending on certain factors, including the asset type). For example, the investment may be initially priced based on the original cost of the investment or, alternatively, using proprietary or third-party models that may rely upon one or more unobservable inputs. Prices of actual, executed or historical transactions in the relevant investment (or comparable instruments) or, where appropriate, an appraisal by a third-party experienced in the valuation of similar instruments, may also be used as a basis for establishing the fair value of an investment. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Table of Contents

statement disclosure requirements relating to fair value measurements. Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to funds and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect the Fund. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities to the extent such rules become more stringent would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value. This may in turn increase the costs associated with selling assets or affect their liquidity due to the Fund’s inability to obtain a third-party determination of fair market value. The SEC recently adopted new Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, which will establish an updated regulatory framework for registered investment company valuation practices and may impact the Fund's valuation policies. The Fund will not be required to comply with the new rule until September 8, 2022.

Brokerage Transactions

Subject to policies established by the Board, BFA is primarily responsible for the execution of the Fund’s portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage. BFA does not execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but seeks to obtain the best net results for the Fund, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While BFA generally seeks reasonable trade execution costs, the Fund does not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available, and payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions. Subject to applicable legal requirements, BFA may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to BFA and its clients, including the Fund. In return for such services, BFA may cause the Fund to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if BFA determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

In selecting brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions, BFA seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Fund and may take into account a variety of factors including: (i) the size, nature and character of the security or instrument being traded and the markets in which it is purchased or sold; (ii) the desired timing of the transaction; (iii) BFA’s knowledge of the expected commission rates and spreads currently available; (iv) the activity existing and expected in the market for the particular security or instrument, including any anticipated execution difficulties; (v) the full range of brokerage services provided; (vi) the broker’s or dealer’s capital; (vii) the quality of research and research services provided; (viii) the reasonableness of the commission, dealer spread or its equivalent for the specific transaction; and (ix) BFA’s knowledge of any actual or apparent operational problems of a broker or dealer. Brokers may also be selected because of their ability to handle special or difficult executions, such as may be involved in large block trades, thinly traded securities, or other circumstances.

Section 28(e) of the 1934 Act (“Section 28(e)”) permits a U.S. investment adviser, under certain circumstances, to cause an account to pay a broker or dealer a commission for effecting a transaction in securities that exceeds the amount another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting the same transaction in recognition of the value of brokerage and research services provided by that broker or dealer. This includes commissions paid on riskless principal transactions in securities under certain conditions.

From time to time, the Fund may purchase new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the broker may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide BFA with research services. FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the broker will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Fund will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with the Fund and persons who are affiliated with such affiliated persons are prohibited from dealing with the Fund as principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless a permissive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. Since transactions in the OTC market usually involve transactions with the dealers acting as principal for their own accounts, the Fund will not deal with affiliated persons and affiliated persons of such affiliated persons in connection with such transactions. The Fund will not purchase securities during the existence of any

Table of Contents

underwriting or selling group relating to such securities of which BFA, BRIL or any affiliated person (as defined in the 1940 Act) thereof is a member except pursuant to procedures adopted by the Board in accordance with Rule 10f-3 under the 1940 Act.

Purchases of money market instruments by the Fund are made from dealers, underwriters and issuers. The Fund does not currently expect to incur any brokerage commission expense on such transactions because money market instruments are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission. The price of the security, however, usually includes a profit to the dealer.

BFA may, from time to time, effect trades on behalf of and for the account of the Fund with brokers or dealers that are affiliated with BFA, in conformity with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act and SEC rules and regulations. Under these provisions, any commissions paid to affiliated brokers or dealers must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions charged by other brokers or dealers in comparable transactions.

Securities purchased in underwritten offerings include a fixed amount of compensation to the underwriter, generally referred to as the underwriter’s concession or discount. When securities are purchased or sold directly from or to an issuer, no commissions or discounts are paid.

Investment decisions for the Fund and for other investment accounts managed by BFA and the other Affiliates are made independently of each other in light of differing conditions. A variety of factors will be considered in making investment allocations. These factors include: (i) investment objectives or strategies for particular accounts, including sector, industry, country or region and capitalization weightings; (ii) tax considerations of an account; (iii) risk or investment concentration parameters for an account; (iv) supply or demand for a security at a given price level; (v) size of available investment; (vi) cash availability and liquidity requirements for accounts; (vii) regulatory restrictions; (viii) minimum investment size of an account; (ix) relative size of account; and (x) such other factors as may be approved by BlackRock’s general counsel. Moreover, investments may not be allocated to one client account over another based on any of the following considerations: (i) to favor one client account at the expense of another; (ii) to generate higher fees paid by one client account over another or to produce greater performance compensation to BlackRock; (iii) to develop or enhance a relationship with a client or prospective client; (iv) to compensate a client for past services or benefits rendered to BlackRock or to induce future services or benefits to be rendered to BlackRock; or (v) to manage or equalize investment performance among different client accounts. BFA and the other Affiliates may deal, trade and invest for their own respective accounts in the types of securities in which the Fund may invest.

Initial public offerings (“IPOs”) of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When BFA is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to BFA’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. IPOs of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in the Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

Table of Contents

may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Fund or other clients or funds for which BFA or another Affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

In certain instances, BFA may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts and advisory accounts of affiliates. In general, all contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price (except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted). While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Fund is concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Fund. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

The Fund's purchase and sale orders for securities may be combined with those of other investment companies, clients or accounts that BlackRock manages or advises. If purchases or sales of portfolio securities of the Fund and one or more other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock are considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities are allocated among the Fund and the other accounts in a manner deemed equitable to all by BlackRock. In some cases, this procedure could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as the Fund is concerned. However, in other cases, it is possible that the ability to participate in volume transactions and to negotiate lower transaction costs will be beneficial to the Fund. BlackRock may deal, trade and invest for its own account in the types of securities in which the Fund may invest. BlackRock may, from time to time, effect trades on behalf of and for the account of the Fund with brokers or dealers that are affiliated with BFA, in conformity with the 1940 Act and SEC rules and regulations. Under these provisions, any commissions paid to affiliated brokers or dealers must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions charged by other brokers or dealers in comparable transactions. The Fund will not deal with affiliates in principal transactions unless permitted by applicable SEC rules or regulations, or by SEC exemptive order.

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shares. The Trust currently consists of more than 300 separate investment series or portfolios called funds. The Trust issues shares of beneficial interests in the funds with no par value. The Board may designate additional iShares funds.

Each share issued by a fund has a pro rata interest in the assets of that fund. Shares have no preemptive, exchange, subscription or conversion rights and are freely transferable. Each share is entitled to participate equally in dividends and distributions declared by the Board with respect to the relevant fund, and in the net distributable assets of such fund on liquidation.

Each share has one vote with respect to matters upon which the shareholder is entitled to vote. In any matter submitted to shareholders for a vote, each fund shall hold a separate vote, provided that shareholders of all affected funds will vote together when: (i) required by the 1940 Act, or (ii) the Trustees determine that the matter affects the interests of more than one fund.

Under Delaware law, the Trust is not required to hold an annual meeting of shareholders unless required to do so under the 1940 Act. The policy of the Trust is not to hold an annual meeting of shareholders unless required to do so under the 1940 Act. All shares (regardless of the fund) have noncumulative voting rights in the election of members of the Board. Under Delaware law, Trustees of the Trust may be removed by vote of the shareholders.

Table of Contents

Following the creation of the initial Creation Unit(s) of shares of a fund and immediately prior to the commencement of trading in such fund’s shares, a holder of shares may be a “control person” of the fund, as defined in Rule 0-1 under the 1940 Act. A fund cannot predict the length of time for which one or more shareholders may remain a control person of the fund.

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

Absent an applicable exemption or other relief from the SEC or its staff, beneficial owners of more than 5% of the shares of a fund may be subject to the reporting provisions of Section 13 of the 1934 Act and the SEC’s rules promulgated thereunder. In addition, absent an applicable exemption or other relief from the SEC or its staff, officers and trustees of a fund and beneficial owners of 10% of the shares of a fund (“Insiders”) may be subject to the insider reporting, short-swing profit and short sale provisions of Section 16 of the 1934 Act and the SEC’s rules promulgated thereunder. Beneficial owners and Insiders should consult with their own legal counsel concerning their obligations under Sections 13 and 16 of the 1934 Act and existing guidance provided by the SEC staff.

In accordance with the Trust's current Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration of Trust”), the Board may, without shareholder approval (unless such shareholder approval is required by the Declaration of Trust or applicable law, including the 1940 Act), authorize certain funds to merge, reorganize, consolidate, sell all or substantially all of their assets, or take other similar actions with, to or into another fund. The Trust or a fund may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board, subject to the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders of the Trust or such fund entitled to vote on termination; however, in certain circumstances described in the Declaration of Trust, only a majority vote of the Board is required. Although the shares are not automatically redeemable upon the occurrence of any specific event, the Declaration of Trust provides that the Board will have the unrestricted power to alter the number of shares in a Creation Unit. Therefore, in the event of a termination of the Trust or a fund, the Board, in its sole discretion, could determine to permit the shares to be redeemable in aggregations smaller than Creation Units or to be individually redeemable. In such circumstance, the Trust or a fund may make redemptions in-kind, for cash or for a combination of cash or securities. Further, in the event of a termination of the Trust or a fund, the Trust or a fund might elect to pay cash redemptions to all shareholders, with an in-kind election for shareholders owning in excess of a certain stated minimum amount.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

DTC was created in 1973 to enable electronic movement of securities between its participants (“DTC Participants”), and NSCC was established in 1976 to provide a single settlement system for securities clearing and to serve as central counterparty for securities trades among DTC Participants. In 1999, DTC and NSCC were consolidated within The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”) and became wholly-owned subsidiaries of DTCC. The common stock of DTCC is owned by the DTC Participants, but NYSE and FINRA, through subsidiaries, hold preferred shares in DTCC that provide them with the right to elect one member each to the DTCC board of directors. Access to the DTC system is available to entities, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”).

Beneficial ownership of shares is limited to DTC Participants, Indirect Participants and persons holding interests through DTC Participants and Indirect Participants. Ownership of beneficial interests in shares (owners of such beneficial interests are referred to herein as “Beneficial Owners”) is shown on, and the transfer of ownership is effected only through, records maintained by DTC (with respect to DTC Participants) and on the records of DTC Participants (with respect to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners that are not DTC Participants). Beneficial Owners will receive from or through the DTC Participant a written confirmation relating to their purchase of shares. The laws of some jurisdictions may require that certain purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such laws may impair the ability of certain investors to acquire beneficial interests in shares of the Fund.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of the Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In

Table of Contents

addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares of the Trust. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of the Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

The Trust has no responsibility or liability for any aspect of the records relating to or notices to Beneficial Owners, or payments made on account of beneficial ownership interests in such shares, or for maintaining, supervising or reviewing any records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants. DTC may decide to discontinue providing its service with respect to shares of the Trust at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Trust shall take action to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost.

Distribution of Shares. In connection with the Fund's launch, the Fund was seeded through the sale of one or more Creation Units by the Fund to one or more initial investors. Initial investors participating in the seeding may be Authorized Participants, a lead market maker or other third party investor or an affiliate of the Fund or the Fund’s adviser. Each such initial investor may sell some or all of the shares underlying the Creation Unit(s) held by them pursuant to the registration statement for the Fund (each, a “Selling Shareholder”), which shares have been registered to permit the resale from time to time after purchase. The Fund will not receive any of the proceeds from the resale by the Selling Shareholders of these shares.

Selling Shareholders may sell shares owned by them directly or through broker-dealers, in accordance with applicable law, on any national securities exchange on which the shares may be listed or quoted at the time of sale, through trading systems, in the OTC market or in transactions other than on these exchanges or systems at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected through brokerage transactions, privately negotiated trades, block sales, entry into options or other derivatives transactions or through any other means authorized by applicable law. Selling Shareholders may redeem the shares held in Creation Unit size by them through an Authorized Participant.

Any Selling Shareholder and any broker-dealer or agents participating in the distribution of shares may be deemed to be “underwriters” within the meaning of Section 2(a)(11) of the 1933 Act, in connection with such sales.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

General. The Trust issues and sells shares of the Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load, at a price based on the Fund's NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Distributor or its agent in proper form. On days when the Listing Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, the Fund may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of the Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for the Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of May 10, 2021:

Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
50,000		$5,000,000

Table of Contents

In its discretion, the Trust reserves the right to increase or decrease the number of the Fund’s shares that constitute a Creation Unit. The Board reserves the right to declare a split or a consolidation in the number of shares outstanding of the Fund, and to make a corresponding change in the number of shares constituting a Creation Unit, in the event that the per share price in the secondary market rises (or declines) to an amount that falls outside the range deemed desirable by the Board.

A “Business Day” with respect to the Fund is any day the Fund is open for business, including any day when it satisfies redemption requests as required by Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act. The Fund is open for business any day on which the Listing Exchange on which the Fund is listed for trading is open for business. As of the date of this SAI, the Listing Exchange observes the following holidays, as observed: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of a given Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

The “Cash Component” is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares (per Creation Unit) and the “Deposit Amount,” which is an amount equal to the market value of the Deposit Securities, and serves to compensate for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the Deposit Amount. Payment of any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities are the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant purchasing the Creation Unit.

The identity and number or par value of the Deposit Securities change pursuant to changes in the composition of the Fund's portfolio and as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected from time to time by BFA with a view to the investment objective of the Fund. The composition of the Deposit Securities may also change in response to adjustments to the weighting or composition of the component securities constituting the Underlying Index.

The Fund Deposit may also be modified to minimize the Cash Component by redistributing the cash to the Deposit Securities portion of the Fund Deposit through “systematic rounding.” The rounding methodology “rounds up” position sizes of securities in the Deposit Securities (which in turn reduces the cash portion). However, the methodology limits the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Fund Deposit.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

The Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to be added to the Cash Component to replace any Deposit Security in certain circumstances, including: (i) when instruments are not available in sufficient quantity for delivery; (ii) when instruments are not eligible for transfer through DTC or the clearing process (as discussed below); (iii) when instruments that the Authorized Participant (or an investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting) are not able to be traded due to a trading restriction; (iv) when delivery of the Deposit Security by the Authorized Participant (or by an investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting) would be restricted under applicable securities or other local laws; (v) in connection with distribution payments to be made by the Fund; or (vi) in certain other situations.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Table of Contents

redemptions of Creation Units (“Authorized Participant Agreement”) (discussed below). A member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC which has a written agreement with the Fund or one of its service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units is referred to as an “Authorized Participant.” All shares of the Fund, however created, will be entered on the records of DTC in the name of Cede & Co. for the account of a DTC Participant.

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Fund or one of its service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units. Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

Placement of Creation Orders. Fund Deposits must be delivered through the Federal Reserve System (for cash and U.S. government securities), through DTC (for corporate and municipal securities) or through a central depository account, such as with Euroclear or DTC, maintained by State Street or a sub-custodian (a “Central Depository Account”). Any portion of a Fund Deposit that may not be delivered through the Federal Reserve System or DTC must be delivered through a Central Depository Account. The Fund Deposit transfers made through DTC must be ordered by the DTC Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities through DTC to the account of the Fund generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through the Federal Reserve System must be deposited by the participant institution in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number or amount of Deposit Securities or cash through the Federal Reserve System to the account of the Fund generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through a Central Depository Account must be completed pursuant to the requirements established by the custodian or sub-custodian for such Central Depository Account generally before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for all funds is generally the second business day after the Transmittal Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash equal to the Cash Component must be transferred directly to State Street through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by State Street generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities are not received by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date, the creation order may be canceled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Fund. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor, provided that the relevant Fund Deposit has been received by the Fund prior to such time.

Table of Contents

made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request. Those placing orders to purchase Creation Units through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Distributor or its agent by the Cutoff Time (as defined below) on such Business Day.

The Authorized Participant must also make available on or before the contractual settlement date, by means satisfactory to the Fund, immediately available or same day funds estimated by the Fund to be sufficient to pay the Cash Component next determined after acceptance of the purchase order, together with the applicable purchase transaction fees. Those placing orders should ascertain the deadline for cash transfers by contacting the operations department of the broker or depositary institution effectuating the transfer of the Cash Component. This deadline is likely to be significantly earlier than the Cutoff Time of the Fund. Investors should be aware that an Authorized Participant may require orders for purchases of shares placed with it to be in the particular form required by the individual Authorized Participant.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by the Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of the Fund before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Fund to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. The Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as the Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with the Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units. Subject to the conditions that (i) an irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor's behalf) and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the Fund are in place for payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, the Fund will accept the order, subject to the Fund's right (and the right of the Distributor and BFA) to reject any order until acceptance, as set forth below.

Once the Fund has accepted an order, upon the next determination of the NAV of the shares, the Fund will confirm the issuance of a Creation Unit, against receipt of payment, at such NAV. The Distributor or its agent will then transmit a confirmation of acceptance to the Authorized Participant that placed the order.

The Fund reserves the absolute right to reject or revoke a creation order transmitted to it by the Distributor or its agent if (i) the order is not in proper form; (ii) the investor(s), upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of the Fund; (iii) the Deposit Securities delivered do not conform to the identity and number of shares specified, as described above; (iv) acceptance of the Deposit Securities would have certain adverse tax consequences to the Fund; (v) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (vi) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the discretion of the Fund or BFA, have an adverse effect on the Fund or the rights of beneficial owners; or (vii) circumstances outside the control of the Fund, the Distributor or its agent and BFA make it impracticable to process purchase orders. The Distributor or its agent shall notify a prospective purchaser of a Creation Unit and/or the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such purchaser of its rejection of such order. The Fund, State Street, the sub-custodian and the Distributor or its agent are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Table of Contents

issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date). The Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law.

To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participant Agreement with the Distributor, the Fund will issue Creation Units to such Authorized Participant, notwithstanding the fact that the corresponding Fund Deposits have not been received in part or in whole, in reliance on the undertaking of the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing Deposit Securities as soon as possible, which undertaking shall be secured by such Authorized Participant's delivery and maintenance of collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. The Trust may use such collateral at any time to buy Deposit Securities for the Fund. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by the Fund or its custodian on the contractual settlement date. Information concerning the Fund's current procedures for collateralization of missing Deposit Securities is available from the Distributor or its agent. The Authorized Participant Agreement will permit the Fund to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Fund of purchasing such securities and the collateral including, without limitation, liability for related brokerage, borrowings and other charges.

In certain cases, Authorized Participants may create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date and in these instances, the Fund reserves the right to settle these transactions on a net basis or require a representation from the Authorized Participants that the creation and redemption transactions are for separate beneficial owners. All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by the Fund and the Fund's determination shall be final and binding.

Costs Associated with Creation Transactions. A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant creates a Creation Unit, and is the same, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by the Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. If a purchase consists solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Fund. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$1,100		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Redemption of Creation Units. Shares of the Fund may be redeemed by Authorized Participants only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Distributor or its agent and only on a Business Day. The Fund will not redeem shares in amounts less than Creation Units. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the secondary market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of shares to constitute a Creation Unit that could be redeemed by an Authorized Participant. Beneficial owners also may sell shares in the secondary market.

The Fund generally redeems Creation Units for Fund Securities (as defined below). Please see the Cash Redemption Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the in-kind method for further information on redeeming Creation Units of the Fund.

Table of Contents

below) on that day (“Fund Securities” or “Redemption Basket”), and an amount of cash (the “Cash Amount,” as described below) (each subject to possible amendment or correction) are applicable, in order to effect redemptions of Creation Units of the Fund until such time as the next announced composition of the Fund Securities and Cash Amount is made available. Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Procedures and requirements governing redemption transactions are set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time.

Unless cash redemptions are available or specified for the Fund, the redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit generally consist of Fund Securities, plus the Cash Amount, which is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares being redeemed, as next determined after the receipt of a redemption request in proper form, and the value of Fund Securities, less a redemption transaction fee (as described below).

The Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security in certain circumstances, including: (i) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant (or to an investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting) would be restricted under applicable securities or other local laws or due to a trading restriction; (ii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Fund Security by the Authorized Participant due to restrictions under applicable securities or other local laws; (iii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in unfavorable tax treatment; (iv) when a Fund Security cannot be settled or otherwise delivered in time to facilitate an in-kind redemption; or (v) in certain other situations. The amount of cash paid out in such cases will be equivalent to the value of the substituted security listed as a Fund Security. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the difference is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. The Fund generally redeems Creation Units for Fund Securities, but the Fund reserves the right to utilize a cash option for redemption of Creation Units. The Fund may, in its sole discretion, provide such redeeming Authorized Participant a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities, but does not differ in NAV. The Redemption Basket may also be modified to minimize the Cash Component by redistributing the cash to the Fund Securities portion of the Redemption Basket through systematically rounding. The rounding methodology allows position sizes of securities in the Fund Securities to be “rounded up,” while limiting the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer.

Costs Associated with Redemption Transactions. A standard redemption transaction fee is imposed to offset transfer and other transaction costs that may be incurred by the Fund. The standard redemption transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant redeems a Creation Unit, and is the same regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed by an Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. If a redemption consists solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Fund Securities from the Fund to their account on their order. Certain fees/costs associated with redemption transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to dispose of Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Table of Contents

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$1,100		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Placement of Redemption Orders. Redemption requests for Creation Units of the Fund must be submitted to the Distributor or its agent by or through an Authorized Participant. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable request to redeem shares of the Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. On days when the Listing Exchange closes earlier than normal, the Fund may require orders to redeem Creation Units to be placed earlier that day. Investors, other than Authorized Participants, are responsible for making arrangements for a redemption request to be made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request.

The Authorized Participant must transmit the request for redemption in the form required by the Fund to the Distributor or its agent in accordance with procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that, therefore, requests to redeem Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant who has executed an Authorized Participant Agreement. At any time, only a limited number of broker-dealers will have an Authorized Participant Agreement in effect. Investors making a redemption request should be aware that such request must be in the form specified by such Authorized Participant. Investors making a request to redeem Creation Units should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the request by an Authorized Participant and transfer of the shares to the Fund's transfer agent; such investors should allow for the additional time that may be required to effect redemptions through their banks, brokers or other financial intermediaries if such intermediaries are not Authorized Participants.

A redemption request is considered to be in “proper form” if: (i) an Authorized Participant has transferred or caused to be transferred to the Fund's transfer agent the Creation Unit redeemed through the book-entry system of DTC so as to be effective by the Listing Exchange closing time on any Business Day on which the redemption request is submitted; (ii) a request in form satisfactory to the Fund is received by the Distributor or its agent from the Authorized Participant on behalf of itself or another redeeming investor within the time periods specified above; and (iii) all other procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement are properly followed.

Upon receiving a redemption request, the Distributor or its agent shall notify the Fund and the Fund's transfer agent of such redemption request. The tender of an investor's shares for redemption and the distribution of the securities and/or cash included in the redemption payment made in respect of Creation Units redeemed will be made through DTC and the relevant Authorized Participant to the Beneficial Owner thereof as recorded on the book-entry system of DTC or the DTC Participant through which such investor holds, as the case may be, or by such other means specified by the Authorized Participant submitting the redemption request.

A redeeming Authorized Participant, whether on its own account or acting on behalf of a Beneficial Owner, must maintain appropriate security arrangements with a qualified broker-dealer, bank or other custody providers in each jurisdiction in which any of the portfolio securities are customarily traded, to which account such portfolio securities will be delivered.

Deliveries of redemption proceeds by the Fund are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”). The Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. If the Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, the Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if the Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days. Delayed settlement may occur due to a number of different reasons, including, without limitation, settlement cycles for the underlying securities, unscheduled market closings, an effort to link distribution to dividend record dates and ex-dates and newly announced holidays. For example, the redemption settlement process may be extended beyond T+2 because of the occurrence of a holiday in a non-U.S. market or in the U.S. bond market that is not a holiday observed in the U.S. equity market.

Table of Contents

To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participant's agreement with the Distributor or its agent, in the event an Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to the Fund, at or prior to the time specified by the Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request, the Distributor or its agent will accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant's delivery and maintenance of collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by the Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request and shall be held by State Street and marked-to-market daily. The fees of State Street and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant Agreement permits the Fund to acquire shares of the Fund at any time and subjects the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the aggregate of the cost to the Fund of purchasing such shares, plus the value of the Cash Amount, and the value of the collateral together with liability for related brokerage and other charges.

Because the portfolio securities of the Fund may trade on exchange(s) on days that the Listing Exchange is closed or are otherwise not Business Days for the Fund, shareholders may not be able to redeem their shares of the Fund, or purchase or sell shares of the Fund on the Listing Exchange on days when the NAV of the Fund could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to the Fund: (i) for any period during which the Listing Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (ii) for any period during which trading on the Listing Exchange is suspended or restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of the Fund's portfolio securities or determination of its NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.

Custom Baskets. Creation and Redemption baskets may differ and the Fund will accept “custom baskets.” A custom basket may include any of the following: (i) a basket that is composed of a non-representative selection of the Fund's portfolio holdings; (ii) a representative basket that is different from the initial basket used in transactions on the same business day; or (iii) a basket that contains bespoke cash substitutions for a single Authorized Participant. The Fund has adopted policies and procedures that govern the construction and acceptance of baskets, including heightened requirements for certain types of custom baskets. Such policies and procedures provide the parameters for the construction and acceptance of custom baskets that are in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders, establish processes for revisions to, or deviations from, such parameters, and specify the titles and roles of the employees of BFA who are required to review each custom basket for compliance with those parameters. In addition, when constructing custom baskets for redemptions, the tax efficiency of the Fund may be taken into account. The policies and procedures distinguish among different types of custom baskets that may be used for the Fund and impose different requirements for different types of custom baskets in order to seek to mitigate against potential risks of conflicts and/or overreaching by an Authorized Participant. BlackRock has established a governance process to oversee basket compliance for the Fund, as set forth in the Fund's policies and procedures.

Taxation on Creations and Redemptions of Creation Units. An Authorized Participant generally will recognize either gain or loss upon the exchange of Deposit Securities for Creation Units. This gain or loss is calculated by taking the market value of the Creation Units purchased over the Authorized Participant’s aggregate basis in the Deposit Securities exchanged therefor. However, the IRS may apply the wash sales rules to determine that any loss realized upon the exchange of Deposit Securities for Creation Units is not currently deductible. Authorized Participants should consult their own tax advisors.

Current U.S. federal income tax laws dictate that capital gain or loss realized from the redemption of Creation Units will generally create long-term capital gain or loss if the Authorized Participant holds the Creation Units for more than one year, or short-term capital gain or loss if the Creation Units were held for one year or less, if the Creation Units are held as capital assets.

Taxes

Table of Contents

local and non-U.S. tax consequences of investing in the Fund. The summary is based on the laws and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Regulated Investment Company Qualifications. The Fund intends to qualify for and to elect treatment as a separate RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. To qualify for treatment as a RIC, the Fund must annually distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains) and meet several other requirements. Among such other requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of the Fund’s annual gross income must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or non-U.S. currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than a partnership that derives at least 90% of its income from interest, dividends, capital gains and other traditionally permitted RIC income); and (ii) at the close of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited for purposes of this calculation in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses (other than the securities of other RICs) or the securities of one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

The Fund may be able to cure a failure to derive at least 90% of its income from the sources specified above or a failure to diversify its holdings in the manner described above by paying a tax and/or by disposing of certain assets. If, in any taxable year, the Fund fails one of these tests and does not timely cure the failure, the Fund will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by the Fund in computing its taxable income.

Although in general the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly-traded partnership. The Fund’s investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly-traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or non-U.S. income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Taxation of RICs. As a RIC, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. If the Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Although the Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, the Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. The Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. Moreover, if the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

Table of Contents

In the event that the Fund were to experience an ownership change as defined under the Internal Revenue Code, the loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes of the Fund, if any, may be subject to limitation.

Excise Tax. The Fund will be subject to a 4% excise tax on certain undistributed income if it does not distribute to its shareholders in each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year plus at least 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the 12 months ended October 31 of such year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by the Fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. The Fund intends to declare and distribute dividends and distributions in the amounts and at the times necessary to avoid the application of this 4% excise tax.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders. Dividends and other distributions by the Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or capital gain distribution declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

The Fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its net tax-exempt income, investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the Fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (at a flat rate of 21%) on the amount retained. In that event, the Fund will report such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount in clause (a) over the amount in clause (b). Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the Fund reports as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund. All other dividends of the Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. Long-term capital gains are eligible for taxation at a maximum rate of 15% or 20% for non-corporate shareholders, depending on whether their income exceeds certain threshold amounts.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gain rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period, or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds shares of the Fund as capital assets). Distributions in excess of the Fund’s minimum distribution requirements, but not in excess of the Fund’s earnings and profits, will be taxable to shareholders and will not constitute nontaxable returns of capital. Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to

Table of Contents

such amount. No deduction would be allowed to an investor for interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry shares of the Fund to the extent the interest deduction would relate to exempt-interest dividends received.

A 3.8% U.S. federal Medicare contribution tax is imposed on net investment income, including, but not limited to, interest, dividends, and net gain from investments, of U.S. individuals with income exceeding $200,000 (or $250,000 if married and filing jointly), and of estates and trusts.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (i) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (ii) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

In certain situations, the Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss, then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains, plus the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund. A redemption of shares by the Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends or capital gains distributions, or by an option, or contract to acquire substantially identical shares, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then, on or before January 31 of the following calendar year, acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. In certain cases, the Fund will be required to withhold at a 24% rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury such amounts withheld from any distributions paid to a shareholder who: (i) has failed to provide a correct taxpayer identification number; (ii) is subject to backup withholding by the IRS; (iii) has failed to certify to the Fund that such shareholder is not subject to backup withholding; or (iv) has not certified that such shareholder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder's U.S. federal income tax liability.

Table of Contents

the date of deposit was less than market value on such date, the Fund, upon disposition of the securities, would recognize more taxable gain or less taxable loss than if its basis in the securities had been equal to market value. It is not anticipated that the Trust will exercise the right of rejection except in a case where the Trust determines that accepting the order could result in material adverse tax consequences to the Fund or its shareholders. The Trust also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. The Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. Each Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

The Fund’s investments in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most non-U.S. currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most security indexes, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the Fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the Fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the Fund.

Market Discount. Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount (“OID”). To the extent the Fund does not include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on the Fund’s disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.

Non-U.S. Investments. Under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts, certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the Fund were to elect otherwise.

Original Issue Discount. OID on tax-exempt bonds is recognized over the term of the bond and is tax-exempt to the holder of the bond. Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to inflation-indexed bonds. Generally, all stated interest on such bonds is taken into income by the Fund under its regular method of accounting for interest income. The amount of a positive inflation adjustment, which results in an increase in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, is treated as OID. The OID is included in the Fund’s gross income ratably during the period ending with the maturity of the bond, under the general OID inclusion rules. The amount of the Fund’s OID in a taxable year with respect to a bond will increase the Fund’s taxable income for such year without a corresponding receipt of cash, until the bond matures. As a result, the Fund may need to use other sources of cash to satisfy its distributions for such year. The amount of negative inflation adjustment, which results in a decrease in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, reduces the amount of interest (including stated, interest, OID, and market discount, if any) otherwise includible in the Fund’s income with respect to the bond for the taxable year.

Table of Contents

Reporting. If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to the Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders. Dividends paid by the Fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. Dividends paid by the Fund from net tax-exempt income or long-term capital gains are generally not subject to such withholding tax. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides an IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

Properly-reported dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder or partner, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income); or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Special rules may apply to a foreign shareholder receiving a Fund distribution if at least 50% of the Fund's assets consist of interests in U.S. real property interests, including certain REITs and U.S. real property holding corporations (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury regulations). Fund distributions that are attributable to gain from the disposition of a U.S. real property interest will be taxable as ordinary dividends and subject to withholding at a 30% or lower treaty rate if the foreign shareholder held no more than 5% of the Fund's shares at any time during the one-year period ending on the date of the distribution. If the foreign shareholder held at least 5% of the Fund's shares, the distribution would be treated as income effectively connected with a trade or business within the U.S. and the foreign shareholder would be subject to withholding tax at a rate of 21% and would generally be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return.

Similar consequences would generally apply to a foreign shareholder's gain on the sale of Fund shares unless the Fund is domestically controlled (meaning that more than 50% of the value of the Fund's shares is held by U.S. shareholders) or the foreign shareholder owns no more than 5% of the Fund's shares at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of sale. Finally, a domestically controlled Fund may be required to recognize a portion of its gain on the in-kind distribution of certain U.S. real property interests. Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

The rules laid out in the previous paragraph, other than the withholding rules, will apply notwithstanding the Fund’s participation in a wash sale transaction or its payment of a substitute dividend.

Table of Contents

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Separately, a 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on U.S.-source dividends, interest and other income items paid to: (i) foreign financial institutions, including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to: (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders; comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts; report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained; agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information; and determine certain other information as to their account holders, or (ii) in the event that an applicable intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities will need to provide the name, address and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or provide certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership, unless certain exceptions apply.

Shares of the Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

The foregoing discussion is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations only and is not intended as a substitute for careful tax planning. Purchasers of shares should consult their own tax advisors as to the tax consequences of investing in such shares, including consequences under state, local and non-U.S. tax laws. Finally, the foregoing discussion is based on applicable provisions of the Internal Revenue Code, regulations, judicial authority and administrative interpretations in effect on the date of this SAI. Changes in applicable authority could materially affect the conclusions discussed above, and such changes often occur.

Financial Statements

Financial statements for the Fund are not available because, as of the date of this SAI, the Fund has no financial information to report.

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, audits the Fund's financial statements, and may perform other services.

Shareholder Communications to the Board. The Board has established a process for shareholders to communicate with the Board. Shareholders may contact the Board by mail. Correspondence should be addressed to iShares Board of Trustees, c/o BlackRock Fund Advisors, iShares Fund Administration, 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. Shareholder communications to the Board should include the following information: (i) the name and address of the shareholder; (ii) the number of shares owned by the shareholder; (iii) the Fund(s) of which the shareholder owns shares; and (iv) if these shares are owned indirectly through a broker, financial intermediary or other record owner, the name of the broker, financial intermediary or other record owner. All correspondence received as set forth above shall be reviewed by the Secretary of the Trust and reported to the Board.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

The Boards of Trustees/Directors (“Directors”) of open-end funds (the “Funds”) advised by BlackRock Fund Advisors or BlackRock Advisors, LLC (“BlackRock”), have the responsibility for the oversight of voting proxies relating to portfolio securities of the Funds, and have determined that it is in the best interests of the Funds and their shareholders to delegate the responsibility to vote proxies to BlackRock, subject to the principles outlined in this Policy, as part of BlackRock’s authority to manage, acquire and dispose of account assets, all as contemplated by the Funds’ respective investment management agreements.

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

BlackRock will cast votes on behalf of each of the Funds on specific proxy issues in respect of securities held by each such Fund (or may refrain from voting) in accordance with the BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines.

BlackRock will report on an annual basis to the Directors on (1) a summary of all proxy votes that BlackRock has made on behalf of the Funds in the preceding year together with a representation that all votes were in accordance with the BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines, and (2) any changes to the BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines that have not previously been reported.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

BlackRock’s purpose is to help more and more people experience financial well-being. As a fiduciary to our clients, we provide the investment and technology solutions they need when planning for their most important goals. We manage assets on behalf of institutional and individual clients, across a full spectrum of investment strategies, asset classes and regions. Our client base includes pension plans, endowments, foundations, charities, official institutions, insurers and other financial institutions, as well as individuals around the world.

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

BlackRock Investment Stewardship (“BIS”) activities are focused on maximizing long-term value for our clients. BIS does this through engagement with boards and management of investee companies and, for those clients who have given us authority, through voting at shareholder meetings.

We believe that there are certain fundamental rights attached to shareholding. Companies and their boards should be accountable to shareholders and structured with appropriate checks and balances to ensure that they operate in shareholders’ best interests. Effective voting rights are central to the rights of ownership and there should be one vote for one share. Shareholders should have the right to elect, remove and nominate directors, approve the appointment of the auditor and to amend the corporate charter or by-laws. Shareholders should be able to vote on matters that are material to the protection of their investment, including but not limited to, changes to the purpose of the business, dilution levels and pre-emptive rights, and the distribution of income and capital structure. In order to make informed decisions, we believe that shareholders have the right to sufficient and timely information.

Our primary focus is on the performance of the board of directors. As the agent of shareholders, the board should set the company’s strategic aims within a framework of prudent and effective controls, which enables risk to be assessed and managed. The board should provide direction and leadership to management and oversee management’s performance. Our starting position is to be supportive of boards in their oversight efforts on shareholders’ behalf and we would generally expect to support the items of business they put to a vote at shareholder meetings. Votes cast against or withheld from resolutions proposed by the board are a signal that we are concerned that the directors or management have either not acted in the best interests of shareholders or have not responded adequately to shareholder concerns. We assess voting matters on a case-by-case basis and in light of each company’s unique circumstances taking into consideration regional best practices and long-term value creation.

These principles set out our approach to engaging with companies, provide guidance on our position on corporate governance and outline how our views might be reflected in our voting decisions. Corporate governance practices can vary internationally, so our expectations in relation to individual companies are based on the legal and regulatory framework of each local market. However, we believe there are overarching principles of corporate governance that apply globally and provide a framework for more detailed, market-specific assessments.

We believe BlackRock has a responsibility in relation to monitoring and providing feedback to companies, sometimes known as “stewardship.” These ownership responsibilities include engaging with management or board members on corporate governance matters, voting proxies in the best long -term economic interests of our clients, and engaging with regulatory bodies to ensure a sound policy framework consistent with promoting long -term shareholder value creation. We also believe in the responsibility to our clients to have appropriate resources and oversight structures. Our approach is set out in the section below titled “BlackRock’s oversight of its investment stewardship activities” and is further detailed in a team profile on our website.

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

We recognize that accepted standards of corporate governance differ between markets, but we believe there are sufficient common threads globally to identify an overarching set of principles. The objective of our investment stewardship activities is the protection and enhancement of the value of our clients’ investments in public corporations. Thus, these principles focus on practices and structures that we consider to be supportive of long-term value creation. We discuss below the principles under six key themes. In our regional and market-specific voting guidelines we explain how these principles inform our voting decisions in relation to specific resolutions that may appear on the agenda of a shareholder meeting in the relevant market.

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

At a minimum, we expect companies to observe the accepted corporate governance standards in their domestic market or to explain why doing so is not in the interests of shareholders. Where company reporting and disclosure is inadequate or the approach taken is inconsistent with our view of what is in the best interests of shareholders, we will engage with the company and/or use our vote to encourage a change in practice. In making voting decisions, we perform independent research and analysis, such as reviewing relevant information published by the company and apply our voting guidelines to achieve the outcome we believe best protects our clients’ long -term economic interests. We also work closely with our active portfolio managers, and may take into account internal and external research.

BlackRock views engagement as an important activity; engagement provides us with the opportunity to improve our understanding of the challenges and opportunities that investee companies are facing and their governance structures. Engagement also allows us to share our philosophy and approach to investment and corporate governance with companies to enhance their understanding of our objectives. Our engagements often focus on providing our feedback on company disclosures, particularly where we believe they could be enhanced. There are a range of approaches we may take in engaging companies depending on the nature of the issue under consideration, the company and the market.

BlackRock’s engagements emphasize direct dialogue with corporate leadership on the governance issues identified in these principles that have a material impact on financial performance. These engagements enable us to cast informed votes aligned with clients’ long-term economic interests. We generally prefer to engage in the first instance where we have concerns and give management time to address or resolve the issue. As a long-term investor, we are patient and persistent in working with our portfolio companies to have an open dialogue and develop mutual understanding of governance matters, to promote the adoption of best practices and to assess the merits of a company’s approach to its governance. We monitor the companies in which we invest and engage with them constructively and privately where we believe doing so helps protect shareholders’ interests. We do not try to micro-manage companies, or tell management and boards what to do. We present our views as a long-term shareholder and listen to companies’ responses. The materiality and immediacy of a given issue will generally determine the level of our engagement and whom we seek to engage at the company, which could be management representatives or board directors.

Boards and directors

The performance of the board is critical to the economic success of the company and to the protection of shareholders’ interests. Board members serve as agents of shareholders in overseeing the strategic direction and operation of the company. For this reason, BlackRock focuses on directors in many of our engagements and sees the election of directors as one of our most important responsibilities in the proxy voting context.

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

There should be clear definitions of the role of the board, the committees of the board and senior management such that the responsibilities of each are well understood and accepted. Companies should report publicly the approach taken to

A-5

Table of Contents

governance (including in relation to board structure) and why this approach is in the best interest of shareholders. We will seek to engage with the appropriate directors where we have concerns about the performance of the board or the company, the broad strategy of the company, or the performance of individual board members. We believe that when a company is not effectively addressing a material issue, its directors should be held accountable.

BlackRock believes that directors should stand for re-election on a regular basis. We assess directors nominated for election or re-election in the context of the composition of the board as a whole. There should be detailed disclosure of the relevant credentials of the individual directors in order for shareholders to assess the caliber of an individual nominee. We expect there to be a sufficient number of independent directors on the board to ensure the protection of the interests of all shareholders. Common impediments to independence may include but are not limited to:

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

BlackRock believes that the operation of the board is enhanced when there is a clearly independent, senior non -executive director to chair it or, where the chairman is also the CEO (or is otherwise not independent), an independent lead director. The role of this director is to enhance the effectiveness of the independent members of the board through shaping the agenda, ensuring adequate information is provided to the board and encouraging independent participation in board deliberations. The lead independent board director should be available to shareholders in those situations where a director is best placed to explain and justify a company’s approach.

To ensure that the board remains effective, regular reviews of board performance should be carried out and assessments made of gaps in skills or experience amongst the members. BlackRock believes it is beneficial for new directors to be brought onto the board periodically to refresh the group’s thinking and to ensure both continuity and adequate succession planning. In identifying potential candidates, boards should take into consideration the multiple dimensions of diversity, including personal factors such as gender, ethnicity, and age; as well as professional characteristics, such as a director’s industry, area of expertise, and geographic location. The board should review these dimensions of the current directors and how they might be augmented by incoming directors. We believe that directors are in the best position to assess the optimal size for the board, but we would be concerned if a board seemed too small to have an appropriate balance of directors or too large to be effective.

There are matters for which the board has responsibility that may involve a conflict of interest for executives or for affiliated directors. BlackRock believes that shareholders’ interests are best served when the board forms committees of fully independent directors to deal with such matters. In many markets, these committees of the board specialize in audit, director nominations and compensation matters. An ad hoc committee might also be formed to decide on a special transaction, particularly one with a related party or to investigate a significant adverse event.

Auditors and audit-related issues

Comprehensive disclosure provides investors with a sense of the company’s long-term operational risk management practices and, more broadly, the quality of the board’s oversight. In the absence of robust disclosures, we may reasonably conclude that companies are not adequately managing risk.

BlackRock recognizes the critical importance of financial statements, which should provide a true and fair picture of a company’s financial condition. We will hold the members of the audit committee or equivalent responsible for overseeing the management of the audit function. We take particular note of cases involving significant financial restatements or ad hoc notifications of material financial weakness.

The integrity of financial statements depends on the auditor being free of any impediments to being an effective check on management. To that end, we believe it is important that auditors are, and are seen to be, independent. Where the audit firm provides services to the company in addition to the audit, the fees earned should be disclosed and explained. Audit committees should have in place a procedure for assessing annually the independence of the auditor.

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

The capital structure of a company is critical to its owners, the shareholders, as it impacts the value of their investment and the priority of their interest in the company relative to that of other equity or debt investors. Pre-emptive rights are a key protection for shareholders against the dilution of their interests.

Effective voting rights are central to the rights of ownership and we believe strongly in one vote for one share as a guiding principle that supports good corporate governance. Shareholders, as the residual claimants, have the strongest interest in protecting company value, and voting power should match economic exposure.

We are concerned that the creation of a dual share class may result in an over-concentration of power in the hands of a few shareholders, thus disenfranchising other shareholders and amplifying the potential conflict of interest, which the one share, one vote principle is designed to mitigate. However, we recognize that in certain circumstances, companies may have a valid argument for dual-class listings, at least for a limited period of time. We believe that such companies should review these dual-class structures on a regular basis or as company circumstances change. Additionally, they should receive shareholder approval of their capital structure on a periodic basis via a management proposal in the company’s proxy. The proposal should give unaffiliated shareholders the opportunity to affirm the current structure or establish mechanisms to end or phase out controlling structures at the appropriate time, while minimizing costs to shareholders.

In assessing mergers, asset sales or other special transactions, BlackRock’s primary consideration is the long -term economic interests of shareholders. Boards proposing a transaction need to clearly explain the economic and strategic rationale behind it. We will review a proposed transaction to determine the degree to which it enhances long -term shareholder value. We would prefer that proposed transactions have the unanimous support of the board and have been negotiated at arm’s length. We may seek reassurance from the board that executives’ and/or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction have not adversely affected their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own. Where the transaction involves related parties, we would expect the recommendation to support it to come from the independent directors and it is good practice to be approved by a separate vote of the non-conflicted shareholders.

BlackRock believes that shareholders have a right to dispose of company shares in the open market without unnecessary restriction. In our view, corporate mechanisms designed to limit shareholders’ ability to sell their shares are contrary to basic property rights. Such mechanisms can serve to protect and entrench interests other than those of the shareholders. We believe that shareholders are broadly capable of making decisions in their own best interests. We expect any so-called ‘shareholder rights plans’ proposed by a board to be subject to shareholder approval upon introduction and periodically thereafter for continuation.

Compensation and benefits

BlackRock expects a company’s board of directors to put in place a compensation structure that incentivizes and rewards executives appropriately and is aligned with shareholder interests, particularly generating sustainable long-term shareholder returns. We would expect the compensation committee to take into account the specific circumstances of the company and the key individuals the board is trying to incentivize. We encourage companies to ensure that their compensation plans incorporate appropriate and challenging performance conditions consistent with corporate strategy and market practice. We use third party research, in addition to our own analysis, to evaluate existing and proposed compensation structures. We hold members of the compensation committee or equivalent board members accountable for poor compensation practices or structures.

BlackRock believes that there should be a clear link between variable pay and company performance that drives shareholder returns. We are not supportive of one-off or special bonuses unrelated to company or individual performance. We acknowledge that the use of peer group evaluation by compensation committees can help ensure competitive pay; however, we are concerned when increases in total compensation at a company are justified solely on peer benchmarking rather than outperformance. We support incentive plans that foster the sustainable achievement of results relative to competitors. The vesting timeframes associated with incentive plans should facilitate a focus on long -term value creation. We believe consideration should be given to building claw back provisions into incentive plans such that executives would be required to forgo rewards when they are not justified by actual performance. Compensation committees should guard against contractual arrangements that would entitle executives to material compensation for early termination of their contract. Finally, pension contributions and other deferred compensation arrangements should be reasonable in light of market practice.

A-7

Table of Contents

Non-executive directors should be compensated in a manner that is commensurate with the time and effort expended in fulfilling their professional responsibilities. Additionally, these compensation arrangements should not risk compromising their independence or aligning their interests too closely with those of the management, whom they are charged with overseeing.

Environmental and social issues

Our fiduciary duty to clients is to protect and enhance their economic interest in the companies in which we invest on their behalf. It is within this context that we undertake our corporate governance activities. We believe that well -managed companies will deal effectively with the material environmental and social (“E&S”) factors relevant to their businesses.

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification processes in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

BlackRock has been engaging with companies for several years on disclosure of material E&S factors. Given the increased understanding of sustainability risks and opportunities, and the need for better information to assess them, we specifically ask companies to:

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

We will use these disclosures and our engagements to ascertain whether companies are properly managing and overseeing these risks within their business and adequately planning for the future. In the absence of robust disclosures, investors, including BlackRock, will increasingly conclude that companies are not adequately managing risk.

We believe that when a company is not effectively addressing a material issue, its directors should be held accountable. We will generally engage directly with the board or management of a company when we identify issues. We may vote against the election of directors where we have concerns that a company might not be dealing with E&S factors appropriately.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

We do not see it as our role to make social or political judgments on behalf of clients. Our consideration of these E&S factors is consistent with protecting the long-term economic interest of our clients’ assets. We expect investee companies to comply,

A-8

Table of Contents

at a minimum, with the laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which they operate. They should explain how they manage situations where local laws or regulations that significantly impact the company’s operations are contradictory or ambiguous to global norms.

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long - term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate -related risks and opportunities.

We expect companies to help their investors understand how the company may be impacted by climate risk, in the context of its ability to realize a long-term strategy and generate value over time. We expect companies to convey their governance around this issue through their corporate disclosures aligned with TCFD and SASB. For companies in sectors that are significantly exposed to climate-related risk, we expect the whole board to have demonstrable fluency in how climate risk affects the business and how management approaches assessing, adapting to, and mitigating that risk.

Where a company receives a shareholder proposal related to climate risk, in addition to the factors laid out above, our assessment will take into account the robustness of the company’s existing disclosures as well as our understanding of its management of the issues as revealed through our engagements with the company and board members over time. In certain instances, we may disagree with the details of a climate-related shareholder proposal but agree that the company in question has not made sufficient progress on climate-related disclosures. In these instances, we may not support the proposal, but may vote against the election of relevant directors.

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BlackRock believes that shareholders have a right to timely and detailed information on the financial performance and viability of the companies in which they invest. In addition, companies should also publish information on the governance structures in place and the rights of shareholders to influence these. The reporting and disclosure provided by companies help shareholders assess whether their economic interests have been protected and the quality of the board’s oversight of management. We believe shareholders should have the right to vote on key corporate governance matters, including changes to governance mechanisms, to submit proposals to the shareholders’ meeting and to call special meetings of shareholders.

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

We hold ourselves to a very high standard in our investment stewardship activities, including proxy voting. This function is executed by a team called BlackRock Investment Stewardship (“BIS”) which is comprised of BlackRock employees who do not have other responsibilities other than their roles in BIS. BIS is considered an investment function. The team does not have sales responsibilities.

BlackRock maintains three regional advisory committees (“Stewardship Advisory Committees”) for (a) the Americas; (b) Europe, the Middle East and Africa (“EMEA”); and (c) Asia-Pacific, generally consisting of senior BlackRock investment professionals and/or senior employees with practical boardroom experience. The regional Stewardship Advisory Committees review and advise on amendments to the proxy voting guidelines covering markets within each respective region (“Guidelines”).

In addition to the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees, the Investment Stewardship Global Oversight Committee (“Global Committee”) is a risk-focused committee, comprised of senior representatives from various BlackRock investment teams, BlackRock’s Deputy General Counsel, the Global Head of Investment Stewardship (“Global Head”), and other senior executives with relevant experience and team oversight.

The Global Head has primary oversight of the activities of BIS, including voting in accordance with the Guidelines, which require the application of professional judgment and consideration of each company’s unique circumstances. The Global Committee reviews and approves amendments to these Global Corporate Governance & Engagement Principles. The Global

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

In addition, the Global Committee receives and reviews periodic reports regarding the votes cast by BIS, as well as regular updates on material process issues, procedural changes and other risk oversight considerations. The Global Committee reviews these reports in an oversight capacity as informed by the BIS corporate governance engagement program and Guidelines.

BIS carries out engagement with companies, monitors and executes proxy votes, and conducts vote operations (including maintaining records of votes cast) in a manner consistent with the relevant Guidelines. BIS also conducts research on corporate governance issues and participates in industry discussions to keep abreast of important developments in the corporate governance field. BIS may utilize third parties for certain of the foregoing activities and performs oversight of those third parties. BIS may raise complicated or particularly controversial matters for internal discussion with the relevant investment teams and/or refer such matters to the appropriate regional Stewardship Advisory Committees for review, discussion and guidance prior to making a voting decision.

Vote execution

We carefully consider proxies submitted to funds and other fiduciary account(s) (“Fund” or “Funds”) for which we have voting authority. BlackRock votes (or refrains from voting) proxies for each Fund for which we have voting authority based on our evaluation of the best long-term economic interests of shareholders, in the exercise of our independent business judgment, and without regard to the relationship of the issuer of the proxy (or any shareholder proponent or dissident shareholder) to the Fund, the Fund’s affiliates (if any), BlackRock or BlackRock’s affiliates, or BlackRock employees (see “Conflicts management policies and procedures”, below).

When exercising voting rights, BlackRock will normally vote on specific proxy issues in accordance with the Guidelines for the relevant market. The Guidelines are reviewed regularly and are amended consistent with changes in the local market practice, as developments in corporate governance occur, or as otherwise deemed advisable by BlackRock’s Stewardship Advisory Committees. BIS may, in the exercise of their professional judgment, conclude that the Guidelines do not cover the specific matter upon which a proxy vote is required or that an exception to the Guidelines would be in the best long - term economic interests of BlackRock’s clients.

In the uncommon circumstance of there being a vote with respect to fixed income securities or the securities of privately held issuers, the decision generally will be made by a Fund's portfolio managers and/or BIS based on their assessment of the particular transactions or other matters at issue.

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share-blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

As a consequence, BlackRock votes proxies on a “best-efforts” basis. In addition, BIS may determine that it is generally in the best interests of BlackRock’s clients not to vote proxies if the costs (including but not limited to opportunity costs associated with share-blocking constraints) associated with exercising a vote are expected to outweigh the benefit the client would derive by voting on the proposal.

Portfolio managers have full discretion to vote the shares in the Funds they manage based on their analysis of the economic impact of a particular ballot item. Portfolio managers may from time to time reach differing views on how best to maximize economic value with respect to a particular investment. Therefore, portfolio managers may, and sometimes do, vote shares in the Funds under their management differently from one another. However, because BlackRock’s clients are mostly long-term investors with long-term economic goals, ballots are frequently cast in a uniform manner.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

BIS maintains the following policies and procedures that seek to prevent undue influence on BlackRock’s proxy voting activity. Such influence might stem from any relationship between the investee company (or any shareholder proponent or dissident shareholder) and BlackRock, BlackRock’s affiliates, a Fund or a Fund’s affiliates, or BlackRock employees. The following are examples of sources of perceived or potential conflicts of interest:

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

When so authorized, BlackRock acts as a securities lending agent on behalf of Funds. With regard to the relationship between securities lending and proxy voting, BlackRock’s approach is driven by our clients’ economic interests. The decision whether to recall securities on loan to vote is based on a formal analysis of the revenue producing value to clients of loans, against the assessed economic value of casting votes. Generally, we expect that the likely economic value to clients of casting votes would be less than the securities lending income, either because, in our assessment, the resolutions being voted on will not have significant economic consequences or because the outcome would not be affected by BlackRock recalling loaned securities in order to vote. BlackRock also may, in our discretion, determine that the value of voting outweighs the cost of recalling shares, and thus recall shares to vote in that instance.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

BlackRock, Inc. and its subsidiaries (collectively, “BlackRock”) seek to make proxy voting decisions in the manner most likely to protect and enhance the economic value of the securities held in client accounts. The following issue-specific proxy voting guidelines (the “Guidelines”) are intended to summarize BlackRock Investment Stewardship’s general philosophy and approach to corporate governance issues that most commonly arise in proxy voting for U.S. securities. These Guidelines are not intended to limit the analysis of individual issues at specific companies and are not intended to provide a guide to how BlackRock will vote in every instance. Rather, they share our view about corporate governance issues generally, and provide insight into how we typically approach issues that commonly arise on corporate ballots , as well as our expectations of boards of directors. They are applied with discretion, taking into consideration the range of issues and facts specific to the company and the individual ballot item.

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

In general, BlackRock supports the election of directors as recommended by the board in uncontested elections. However, we believe that when a company is not effectively addressing a material issue, its directors should be held account able. We may withhold votes from directors or members of particular board committees in certain situations, as indicated below .

Independence

We expect a majority of the directors on the board to be independent. In addition, all members of key committees, including audit, compensation, and nominating / governance committees, should be independent. Our view of independence may vary slightly from listing standards.

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

We expect the board to exercise appropriate oversight over management and business activities of the company. We will consider voting against committee members and / or individual directors in the following circumstances:

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

We expect a board to be engaged and responsive to its shareholders. Where we believe a board has not substantially addressed shareholder concerns, we may vote against the appropriate committees and / or individual directors. The following illustrates common circumstances:

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

We expect a board to act with integrity and to uphold governance best practices. Where we believe a board has not acted in the best interests of its shareholders, we may vote against the appropriate committees and / or individual directors. The following illustrates common circumstances:

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to periodically renew their membership to ensure relevant skills and experience within the boardroom. To this end, regular performance reviews and skills assessments should be conducted by the nominating / governance committee.

Furthermore, we expect boards to be comprised of a diverse selection of individuals who bring their personal and professional experiences to bear in order to create a constructive debate of competing views and opinions in the boardroom. We recognize that diversity has multiple dimensions. In identifying potential candidates, boards should take into consideration the full breadth of diversity including personal factors, such as gender, ethnicity, and age; as well as professional characteristics, such as a director’s industry, area of expertise, and geographic location. In addition to other elements of diversity, we encourage companies to have at least two women directors on their board. Our publicly available commentaryexplains our approach to engaging on board diversity.

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

While we support regular board refreshment, we are not opposed in principle to long-tenured directors, nor do we believe that long board tenure is necessarily an impediment to director independence. A variety of director tenures within the boardroom can be beneficial to ensure board quality and continuity of experience.

Our primary concern is that board members are able to contribute effectively as corporate strategy evolves and business conditions change, and that all directors, regardless of tenure, demonstrate appropriate responsiveness to shareholders. We acknowledge that no single person can be expected to bring all relevant skill sets to a board; at the same time, we generally do not believe it is necessary or appropriate to have any particular director on the board solely by virtue of a singular background or specific area of expertise.

Where boards find that age limits or term limits are the most efficient and objective mechanism for ensuring periodic board refreshment, we generally defer to the board’s determination in setting such limits.

To the extent that we believe that a company has not adequately accounted for diversity in its board composition within a reasonable timeframe, we may vote against the nominating / governance committee for an apparent lack of commitment to board effectiveness.

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

We typically defer to the board in setting the appropriate size and believe directors are generally in the best position to assess the optimal board size to ensure effectiveness. However, we may oppose boards that appear too small to allow for effective shareholder representation or too large to function efficiently.

CEO and management succession planning

There should be a robust CEO and senior management succession plan in place at the board level that is reviewed and updated on a regular basis. We expect succession planning to cover both long-term planning consistent with the strategic direction of the company and identified leadership needs over time, as well as short-term planning in the event of an unanticipated executive departure. We encourage the company to explain its executive succession planning process, including where accountability lies within the boardroom for this task, without prematurely divulging sensitive information commonly associated with this exercise.

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

We believe that directors should be re-elected annually and that classification of the board generally limits shareholders’ rights to regularly evaluate a board’s performance and select directors. While we will typically support proposals requesting board de-classification, we may make exceptions, should the board articulate an appropriate strategic rationale for a classified board structure, such as when a company needs consistency and stability during a time of transition, e.g. newly public companies or companies undergoing a strategic restructuring. A classified board structure may also be justified at non-operating companies in certain circumstances. We would, however, expect boards with a classified structure to periodically review the rationale for such structure and consider when annual elections might be appropriate.

Without a voting mechanism to immediately address concerns of a specific director, we may choose to vote against or withhold votes from the available slate of directors by default (see “Shareholder rights” for additional detail).

Contested director elections

The details of contested elections, or proxy contests, are assessed on a case-by-case basis. We evaluate a number of factors, which may include: the qualifications of the dissident and management candidates; the validity of the concerns identified by the dissident; the viability of both the dissident’s and management’s plans; the likelihood that the dissident’s solutions will produce the desired change; and whether the dissident represents the best option for enhancing long -term shareholder value.

Cumulative voting

We believe that a majority vote standard is in the best long -term interest of shareholders. It ensures director accountability via the requirement to be elected by more than half of the votes cast. As such, we will generally oppose proposals requesting the adoption of cumulative voting, which may disproportionately aggregate votes on certain issues or director candidates.

Director compensation and equity programs

We believe that compensation for directors should be structured to attract and retain the best possible directors, while also aligning their interests with those of shareholders. We believe director compensation packages that are based on the company’s long-term value creation and include some form of long-term equity compensation are more likely to meet this goal. In addition, we expect directors to build meaningful share ownership over time.

Majority vote requirements

BlackRock believes that directors should generally be elected by a majority of the shares voted and will normally support proposals seeking to introduce bylaws requiring a majority vote standard for director elections. Majority voting standards assist in ensuring that directors who are not broadly supported by shareholders are not elected to serve as their representatives. Some companies with a plurality voting standard have adopted a resignation policy for directors who do not receive support from at least a majority of votes cast. Where we believe that the company already has a sufficiently robust majority voting process in place, we may not support a shareholder proposal seeking an alternative mechanism.

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Companies should have an established process for identifying, monitoring, and managing key risks. Independent directors should have ready access to relevant management information and outside advice, as appropriate, to ensure they can properly oversee risk management. We encourage companies to provide transparency around risk measurement, mitigation, and reporting to the board. We are particularly interested in understanding how risk oversight processes evolve in response to changes in corporate strategy and / or shifts in the business and related risk environment. Comprehensive disclosure provides investors with a sense of the company’s long -term operational risk management practices and, more broadly, the quality of the board’s oversight. In the absence of robust disclosures, we may reasonably conclude that companies are not adequately managing risk.

Separation of chairman and CEO

We believe that independent leadership is important in the boardroom. In the U.S. there are two commonly accepted structures for independent board leadership: 1) an independent chairman; or 2) a lead independent director when the roles of chairman and CEO are combined.

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

In the event that the board chooses a combined chair / CEO model, we generally support the designation of a lead independent director if they have the power to: 1) provide formal input into board meeting agendas; 2) call meetings of the independent directors; and 3) preside at meetings of independent directors. Furthermore, while we anticipate that most directors will be elected annually, we believe an element of continuity is important for this role for an extended period of time to provide appropriate leadership balance to the chair / CEO.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

BlackRock recognizes the critical importance of financial statements to provide a complete and accurate portrayal of a company’s financial condition. Consistent with our approach to voting on boards of directors, we seek to hold the audit committee of the board responsible for overseeing the management of the audit function at a company, and may withhold votes from the audit committee members where the board has failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing. We look to

A-20

Table of Contents

the audit committee report for insight into the scope of the audit committee responsibilities, including an overview of audit committee processes, issues on the audit committee agenda, and key decisions taken by the audit committee. We take particular note of cases involving significant financial restatements or material weakness disclosures, and we expect timely disclosure and remediation of accounting irregularities.

The integrity of financial statements depends on the auditor effectively fulfilling its role. To that end, we favor an independent auditor. In addition, to the extent that an auditor fails to reasonably identify and address issues that eventually lead to a significant financial restatement, or the audit firm has violated standards of practice that protect the interests of shareholders, we may also vote against ratification.

From time to time, shareholder proposals may be presented to promote auditor independence or the rotation of audit firms. We may support these proposals when they are consistent with our views as described above.

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

BlackRock believes that shareholders should be entitled to voting rights in proportion to their economic interests. We believe that companies that look to add or already have dual or multiple class share structures should review these structures on a regular basis or as company circumstances change. Companies should receive shareholder approval of their capital structure on a periodic basis via a management proposal on the company’s proxy. The proposal should give unaffiliated shareholders the opportunity to affirm the current structure or establish mechanisms to end or phase out controlling structures at the appropriate time, while minimizing costs to shareholders. Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

We frequently oppose proposals requesting authorization of a class of preferred stock with unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights (“blank check” preferred stock) because they may serve as a transfer of authority from shareholders to the board and as a possible entrenchment device. We generally view the board’s discretion to establish voting rights on a when-issued basis as a potential anti-takeover device, as it affords the board the ability to place a block of stock with an investor sympathetic to management, thereby foiling a takeover bid without a shareholder vote.

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

BlackRock considers industry-specific norms in our analysis of these proposals, as well as a company’s history with respect to the use of its common shares. Generally, we are predisposed to support a company if the board believes additional common shares are necessary to carry out the firm’s business. The most substantial concern we might have with an increase is the possibility of use of common shares to fund a poison pill plan that is not in the economic interests of shareholders.

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

We generally support proposals to increase or issue preferred stock in cases where the company specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock where the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable.

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

We generally support stock splits that are not likely to negatively affect the ability to trade shares or the economic value of a share. We generally support reverse stock splits that are designed to avoid delisting or to facilitate trading in the stock, where the reverse split will not have a negative impact on share value (e.g. one class is reduced while others remain at pre- split levels). In the event of a proposal for a reverse split that would not also proportionately reduce the company’s authorized stock, we apply the same analysis we would use for a proposal to increase authorized stock.

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

BlackRock’s primary concern is the best long-term economic interests of shareholders. While merger, asset sales, and other special transaction proposals vary widely in scope and substance, we closely examine certain salient features in our analyses, such as:

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

Where a poison pill is put to a shareholder vote by management, our policy is to examine these plans individually. Although we oppose most plans, we may support plans that include a reasonable “qualifying offer clause.” Such clauses typically require shareholder ratification of the pill and stipulate a sunset provision whereby the pill expires unless it is renewed.

These clauses also tend to specify that an all cash bid for all shares that includes a fairness opinion and evidence of financing does not trigger the pill, but forces either a special meeting at which the offer is put to a shareholder vote, or the board to seek the written consent of shareholders where shareholders could rescind the pill at their discretion. We may also support a pill where it is the only effective method for protecting tax or other economic benefits that may be associated with limiting the ownership changes of individual shareholders.

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

We generally do not support shareholder proposals seeking the reimbursement of proxy contest expenses, even in situations where we support the shareholder campaign. We believe that introducing the possibility of such reimbursement may incentivize disruptive and unnecessary shareholder campaigns.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

We note that there are both management and shareholder proposals related to executive compensation. We generally vote on these proposals as described below, except that we typically oppose shareholder proposals on issues where the company already has a reasonable policy in place that we believe is sufficient to address the issue. We may also oppose a shareholder proposal regarding executive compensation if the company’s history suggests that the issue raised is not likely to present a problem for that company.

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

In cases where there is a Say on Pay vote, BlackRock will respond to the proposal as informed by our evaluation of compensation practices at that particular company and in a manner that appropriately addresses the specific question posed to shareholders. In a commentary on our website, entitled “BlackRock Investment Stewardship’s approach to executive compensation,” we explain our beliefs and expectations related to executive compensation practices, our Say on Pay analysis framework, and our typical approach to engagement and voting on Say on Pay.

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

BlackRock will generally support triennial pay frequency votes, but we defer to the board to determine the appropriate timeframe upon which pay should be reviewed. In evaluating pay, we believe that the compensation committee is responsible for constructing a plan that appropriately incentivizes executives for long-term value creation, utilizing relevant metrics and structure to ensure overall pay and performance alignment. In a similar vein, we defer to the board to establish the most appropriate timeframe for review of pay structure, absent a change in strategy that would suggest otherwise.

However, we may support an annual pay frequency vote in some situations, for example, where we conclude that a company has failed to align pay with performance. In these circumstances, we will also consider voting against the compensation committee members.

Claw back proposals

We generally favor recoupment from any senior executive whose compensation was based on faulty financial reporting or deceptive business practices. In addition to fraudulent acts, we also favor recoupment from any senior executive whose behavior caused direct financial harm to shareholders, reputational risk to the company , or resulted in a criminal investigation, even if such actions did not ultimately result in a material restatement of past results. This includes, but is not limited to, settlement agreements arising from such behavior and paid for directly by the company. We typically support shareholder proposals on these matters unless the company already has a robust claw back policy that sufficiently addresses our concerns.

Employee stock purchase plans

We believe these plans can provide performance incentives and help align employees’ interests with those of shareholders. The most common form of employee stock purchase plan (“ESPP”) qualifies for favorable tax treatment under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. We will typically support qualified ESPP proposals.

Equity compensation plans

BlackRock supports equity plans that align the economic interests of directors, managers, and other employees with those of shareholders. We believe that boards should establish policies prohibiting the use of equity awards in a manner that could disrupt the intended alignment with shareholder interests (e.g. the use of stock as collateral for a loan; the use of stock in a margin account; the use of stock or an unvested award in hedging or derivative transactions). We may support shareholder proposals requesting the establishment of such policies.

Our evaluation of equity compensation plans is based on a company’s executive pay and performance relative to peers and whether the plan plays a significant role in a pay-for-performance disconnect. We generally oppose plans that contain “evergreen” provisions, which allow for the unlimited increase of shares reserved without requiring further shareholder approval after a reasonable time period. We also generally oppose plans that allow for repricing without shareholder approval. We may also oppose plans that provide for the acceleration of vesting of equity awards even in situations where an actual change of control may not occur. We encourage companies to structure their change of control provisions to require the termination of the covered employee before acceleration or special payments are triggered.

Golden parachutes

We generally view golden parachutes as encouragement to management to consider transactions that might be beneficial to shareholders. However, a large potential pay-out under a golden parachute arrangement also presents the risk of motivating a management team to support a sub-optimal sale price for a company. When determining whether to support or oppose an

A-23

Table of Contents

advisory vote on a golden parachute plan, we normally support the plan unless it appears to result in payments that are excessive or detrimental to shareholders. In evaluating golden parachute plans, BlackRock may consider several factors, including:

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

It may be difficult to anticipate the results of a plan until after it has been triggered; as a result, BlackRock may vote against a golden parachute proposal even if the golden parachute plan under review was approved by shareholders when it was implemented.

We may support shareholder proposals requesting that implementation of such arrangements require shareholder approval. We generally support proposals requiring shareholder approval of plans that exceed 2.99 times an executive’s current salary and bonus, including equity compensation.

Option exchanges

We believe that there may be legitimate instances where underwater options create an overhang on a company’s capital structure and a repricing or option exchange may be warranted. We will evaluate these instances on a case -by-case basis. BlackRock may support a request to reprice or exchange underwater options under the following circumstances:

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

In order for executive compensation exceeding $1 million USD to qualify for federal tax deductions, related to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act (“OBRA”) requires companies to link compensation for the company’s top five executives to disclosed performance goals and submit the plans for shareholder approval. The law further requires that a compensation committee comprised solely of outside directors administer these plans. Because the primary objective of these proposals is to preserve the deductibility of such compensation, we generally favor approval in order to preserve net income.

Supplemental executive retirement plans

BlackRock may support shareholder proposals requesting to put extraordinary benefits contained in Supplemental Executive Retirement Plans (“SERP”) agreements to a shareholder vote unless the company’s executive pension plans do not contain excessive benefits beyond what is offered under employee-wide plans.

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

companies will deal effectively with the material environmental and social (“E&S”) factors relevant to their businesses. Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E& S risks and opportunities.

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

Sometimes we may reflect such concerns by supporting a shareholder proposal on the issue, where there seems to be either a significant potential threat or realized harm to shareholders’ interests caused by poor management of material E&S factors. In deciding our course of action, we will assess the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

We do not see it as our role to make social, ethical, or political judgments on behalf of clients, but rather, to protect the ir long-term economic interests as shareholders. We expect investee companies to comply, at a minimum, with the laws and regulations of the jurisdictions in which they operate. They should explain how they manage situations where such laws or regulations are contradictory or ambiguous.

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

Companies may engage in certain political activities, within legal and regulatory limits, in order to influence public policy consistent with the companies’ values and strategies, and thus serve shareholders’ best long-term economic interests. These activities can create risks, including: the potential for allegations of corruption; the potential for reputational issues associated with a candidate, party, or issue; and risks that arise from the complex legal, regulatory , and compliance considerations associated with corporate political activity. We believe that companies which choose to engage in political activities should develop and maintain robust processes to guide these activities and to mitigate risks, including a level of board oversight.

When presented with shareholder proposals requesting increased disclosure on corporate political activities, we may consider the political activities of that company and its peers, the existing level of disclosure, and our view regarding the associated risks. We generally believe that it is the duty of boards and management to determine the appropriate level of disclosure of all types of corporate activity, and we are generally not supportive of proposals that are overly prescriptive in nature. We may decide to support a shareholder proposal requesting additional reporting of corporate political activities where there seems to be either a significant potential threat or actual harm to shareholders’ interests, and where we believe the company has not already provided shareholders with sufficient information to assess the company’s management of the risk.

Finally, we believe that it is not the role of shareholders to suggest or approve corporate political activities; therefore we generally do not support proposals requesting a shareholder vote on political activities or expenditures.

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

We believe that shareholders should have the opportunity to review substantial governance changes individually without having to accept bundled proposals. Where several measures are grouped into one proposal, BlackRock may reject certain positive changes when linked with proposals that generally contradict or impede the rights and economic interests of shareholders.

Exclusive forum provisions

BlackRock generally supports proposals to seek exclusive forum for certain shareholder litigation. In cases where a board unilaterally adopts exclusive forum provisions that we consider unfavorable to the interests of shareholders, we will vote against the independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee.

Multi-jurisdictional companies

Where a company is listed on multiple exchanges or incorporated in a country different from its primary listing, we will seek to apply the most relevant market guideline(s) to our analysis of the company’s governance structure and specific proposals

A-26

Table of Contents

on the shareholder meeting agenda. In doing so, we typically consider the governance standards of the company’s primary listing, the market standards by which the company governs itself, and the market context of each specific proposal on the agenda. If the relevant standards are silent on the issue under consideration, we will use our professional judgment as to what voting outcome would best protect the long-term economic interests of investors. We expect that companies will disclose the rationale for their selection of primary listing, country of incorporation, and choice of governance structures, in particular where there is conflict between relevant market governance practices.

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

Proposals to reincorporate from one state or country to another are most frequently motivated by considerations of anti - takeover protections, legal advantages, and / or cost savings. We will evaluate, on a case-by-case basis, the economic and strategic rationale behind the company’s proposal to reincorporate. In all instances, we will evaluate the changes to shareholder protection under the new charter / articles / bylaws to assess whether the move increases or decreases shareholder protections. Where we find that shareholder protections are diminished, we may support reincorporation if we determine that the overall benefits outweigh the diminished rights.

IPO governance

We expect boards to consider and disclose how the corporate governance structures adopted upon initial public offering (“IPO”) are in shareholders’ best long-term interests. We also expect boards to conduct a regular review of corporate governance and control structures, such that boards might evolve foundational corporate governance structures as company circumstances change, without undue costs and disruption to shareholders. In our letter on unequal voting structures, we articulate our view that “one vote for one share” is the preferred structure for publicly -traded companies. We also recognize the potential benefits of dual class shares to newly public companies as they establish themselves; however, we believe that these structures should have a specific and limited duration. We will generally engage new companies on topics such as classified boards and supermajority vote provisions to amend bylaws, as we believe that such arrangements may not be in the best interest of shareholders in the long-term.

We will typically apply a one-year grace period for the application of certain director-related guidelines (including, but not limited to, director independence and over-boarding considerations), during which we expect boards to take steps to bring corporate governance standards in line with our expectations.

Further, if a company qualifies as an emerging growth company (an “EGC”) under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), we will give consideration to the NYSE and NASDAQ governance exemptions granted under the JOBS Act for the duration such a company is categorized as an EGC. We expect an EGC to have a totally independent audit committee by the first anniversary of its IPO, with our standard approach to voting on auditors and audit -related issues applicable in full for an EGC on the first anniversary of its IPO.

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

We believe that shareholders should have the right to vote on key corporate governance matters, including on changes to governance mechanisms and amendments to the charter / articles / bylaws. We may vote against certain directors where changes to governing documents are not put to a shareholder vote within a reasonable period of time, in particular if those changes have the potential to impact shareholder rights ( see “Director elections” herein). In cases where a board’s unilateral adoption of changes to the charter / articles / bylaws promotes cost and operational efficiency benefits for the company and its shareholders, we may support such action if it does not have a negative effect on shareholder rights or the company’s corporate governance structure.

When voting on a management or shareholder proposal to make changes to the charter / articles / bylaws, we will consider in part the company’s and / or proponent’s publicly stated rationale for the changes, the company’s governance profile and history, relevant jurisdictional laws, and situational or contextual circumstances which may have motivated the proposed

A-27

Table of Contents

changes, among other factors. We will typically support changes to the charter / articles / bylaws where the benefits to shareholders, including the costs of failing to make those changes, demonstrably outweigh the costs or risks of making such changes.

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

In our view, securing the right of shareholders to nominate directors without engaging in a control contest can enhance shareholders’ ability to meaningfully participate in the director election process, stimulate board attention to shareholder interests, and provide shareholders an effective means of directing that attention where it is lacking. Proxy access mechanisms should provide shareholders with a reasonable opportunity to use this right without stipulating overly restrictive or onerous parameters for use, and also provide assurances that the mechanism will not be subject to abuse by short-term investors, investors without a substantial investment in the company, or investors seeking to take control of the board.

In general, we support market-standardized proxy access proposals, which allow a shareholder (or group of up to 20 shareholders) holding three percent of a company’s outstanding shares for at least three years the right to nominate the greater of up to two directors or 20% of the board. Where a standardized proxy access provision exists, we will generally oppose shareholder proposals requesting outlier thresholds.

Right to act by written consent

In exceptional circumstances and with sufficiently broad support, shareholders should have the opportunity to raise issues of substantial importance without having to wait for management to schedule a meeting. We therefore believe that shareholders should have the right to solicit votes by written consent provided that: 1) there are reasonable requirements to initiate the consent solicitation process (in order to avoid the waste of corporate resources in addressing narrowly supported interests); and 2) shareholders receive a minimum of 50% of outstanding shares to effectuate the action by written consent. We may oppose shareholder proposals requesting the right to act by written consent in cases where the proposal is structured for the benefit of a dominant shareholder to the exclusion of others, or if the proposal is written to discourage the board from incorporating appropriate mechanisms to avoid the waste of corporate resources when establishing a right to act by written consent. Additionally, we may oppose shareholder proposals requesting the right to act by written consent if the company already provides a shareholder right to call a special meeting that we believe offers shareholders a reasonable opportunity to raise issues of substantial importance without having to wait for management to schedule a meeting.

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

We generally favor a simple majority voting requirement to pass proposals. Therefore, we will support the reduction or the elimination of supermajority voting requirements to the extent that we determine shareholders’ ability to protect their economic interests is improved. Nonetheless, in situations where there is a substantial or dominant shareholder, supermajority voting may be protective of public shareholder interests and we may support supermajority requirements in those situations.

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

A rating is generally assigned to a fixed-income security at the time of issuance by a credit rating agency designated as a NRSRO by the SEC. While NRSROs may from time to time revise such ratings, they undertake no obligation to do so, and the ratings given to securities at issuance do not necessarily represent ratings which would be given to these securities on a particular subsequent date.

NRSROs may rate specific investments (e.g., bonds), issuers (e.g., corporations, governments and financial institutions) and/or programs (e.g., commercial paper programs). However, certain types of investments generally are not rated by NRSROs, such as certain government/sovereign obligations, US agency securities, commercial paper, time deposits at financial institutions, and derivative instruments such as credit default swaps. For these types of investments, as well as US Treasury securities (some of which are not rated), where a NRSRO has not rated the specific investment but has rated the investment’s issuer, program, financial institution or underlying reference asset, BFA may consider the investment to have the same NRSRO rating as its issuer, program, financial institution or underlying reference asset, as applicable. In the case of municipal securities, where one NRSRO provides multiple ratings for the same security (e.g., “underlying,” “insured” and/or “enhanced” ratings), BFA may consider the security to have the highest of the multiple ratings.

New issue securities (regardless of type) rarely are rated by a NRSRO at the time of their initial offering. Preliminary prospectuses or term sheets for new issue securities often include an expected rating for the security (as determined by the underwriter and/or issuer) or a NRSRO rating for the issuer of the security. If applicable, when deciding whether to purchase a new issue security that has not yet been rated by a NRSRO, BFA may attribute an expected rating to the security based on: (i) the expected rating of the security set forth in the preliminary prospectus or term sheet for the security; (ii) the NRSRO’s rating for the issuer of the security set forth in the preliminary prospectus or term sheet for the security; or (iii) with respect to asset-backed securities, the rating of a prior issuance having a similar structure or the same sponsor.

Where the investment objective of the Fund is to track the performance of an index that includes credit ratings eligibility criteria as part of its index methodology, the Fund may purchase any security within the index, such security having been determined by the index provider as meeting its credit ratings eligibility criteria. The credit ratings practices of an index provider may differ from BlackRock’s practices, as described above. Further, the Fund may invest, directly or indirectly, in securities that are not rated by a rating agency or securities with a credit rating that differs from the credit rating specified in its index methodology in various circumstances, including where a security is downgraded but not yet removed from an index, following the removal of a security from an index prior to its sale by the Fund or as a result of a corporate action or restructuring affecting an issuer of a security held by the Fund.

Fixed-income securities which are unrated expose the investor to risks with respect to capacity to pay interest or repay principal which are similar to the risks of lower-rated speculative bonds. Evaluation of these securities is dependent on the investment adviser’s judgment, analysis and experience in the evaluation of such securities.

Investors should note that the assignment of a rating to a security by an NRSRO may not reflect the effect of recent developments on the issuer’s ability to make interest and principal payments or on the likelihood of default.

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Note: Moody's appends numerical modifiers 1, 2 and 3 in each generic rating classification from Aa through Caa. The modifier 1 indicates that the obligation ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates a ranking in the lower end of that generic rating category.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Withdrawal may occur if new and material circumstances arise, the effects of which preclude satisfactory analysis; if there is no longer available reasonable up-to-date data to permit a judgment to be formed; if a bond is called for redemption; or for other reasons.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

There are three rating categories for short-term municipal obligations that are considered investment grade and are designated as Municipal Investment Grade (MIG). In addition, those short-term obligations that are of speculative quality are designated SG, or speculative grade. MIG ratings expire at the maturity of the obligation.

MIG 1: This designation denotes superior credit quality. Excellent protection is afforded by established cash flows, highly reliable liquidity support, or demonstrated broad-based access to the market for refinancing.

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

A: An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher-rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

BBB: An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

BB; B; CCC; CC; and C: Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such obligations will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these may be outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

BB: An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CCC: An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

CC: An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment. The CC rating is used when a default has not yet occurred, but S&P Global Ratings expects default to be a virtual certainty, regardless of the anticipated time to default.

C: An obligation rated C is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment, and the obligation is expected to have lower relative seniority or lower ultimate recovery compared to obligations that are rated higher.

D: An obligation rated D is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within five business days in the absence of a stated grace period or within the earlier of the stated grace period or 30 calendar days. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation's rating is lowered to D if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

NR: NR indicates no rating has been requested, or that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that S&P Global Ratings does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

A-1: A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

A-2: A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor's capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

A-3: A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

B: A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as vulnerable and has significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitments; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor's inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitments.

C: A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

D: A short-term obligation rated D is in default or in breach of an imputed promise. For non-hybrid capital instruments, the D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due, unless S&P Global Ratings believes that such payments will be made within any stated grace period. However, any stated grace period longer than five business days will be treated as five business days. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action and where default on an obligation is a virtual certainty, for example due to automatic stay provisions. An obligation's rating is lowered to D if it is subject to a distressed exchange offer.

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

An S&P U.S. municipal note rating reflects S&P Global Ratings opinion about the liquidity factors and market access risks unique to the notes. Notes due in three years or less will likely receive a note rating. Notes with an original maturity of more than three years will most likely receive a long-term debt rating.

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: Highest credit quality. AAA ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in cases of exceptionally strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

AA: Very high credit quality. AA ratings denote expectations of very low credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

A: High credit quality. A ratings denote expectations of low credit risk. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to adverse business or economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

BBB: Good credit quality. BBB ratings indicate that expectations of credit risk are currently low. The capacity for payment of financial commitments is considered adequate but adverse business or economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity.

B-4

Table of Contents

BB: Speculative. BB ratings indicate an elevated vulnerability to credit risk, particularly in the event of adverse changes in business or economic conditions over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met.

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Defaulted obligations typically are not assigned RD or D ratings, but are instead rated in the B to C rating categories, depending upon their recovery prospects and other relevant characteristics. This approach better aligns obligations that have comparable overall expected loss but varying vulnerability to default and loss.

Note: The modifiers “+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the AAA obligation rating category, or to corporate finance obligation ratings in the categories below CCC.

The subscript 'emr' is appended to a rating to denote embedded market risk which is beyond the scope of the rating. The designation is intended to make clear that the rating solely addresses the counterparty risk of the issuing bank. It is not meant to indicate any limitation in the analysis of the counterparty risk, which in all other respects follows published Fitch criteria for analyzing the issuing financial institution. Fitch does not rate these instruments where the principal is to any degree subject to market risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

A short-term issuer or obligation rating is based in all cases on the short-term vulnerability to default of the rated entity or security stream and relates to the capacity to meet financial obligations in accordance with the documentation governing the relevant obligation. Short-Term Ratings are assigned to obligations whose initial maturity is viewed as “short-term” based on market convention. Typically, this means up to 13 months for corporate, sovereign, and structured obligations, and up to 36 months for obligations in U.S. public finance markets.

F1: Highest short-term credit quality. Indicates the strongest intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

B: Speculative short-term credit quality. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus heightened vulnerability to near term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

RD: Restricted default. Indicates an entity that has defaulted on one or more of its financial commitments, although it continues to meet other financial obligations. Typically applicable to entity ratings only.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-LQDB-0921

B-5

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Fund

The Fund is managed by BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to track the investment results of the specific benchmark index identified in the Fund's Prospectus (the “Underlying Index”). The Trust adopted the current name of the Fund (previously “iShares Cloud and 5G Multisector ETF”) prior to the commencement of investment operations.

The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Fund are listed and trade on NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “Listing Exchange” or “NYSE Arca”), a national securities exchange. Shares of the Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Portfolio Holdings Information section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 80,000 shares or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks

The Fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in securities issued by issuers that comprise the Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in the Underlying Index. The Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security in the Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security from the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by BFA to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the Fund's Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market capitalization and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as return variability, earnings valuation and yield) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Although the Fund does not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Fund may have a leveraging effect as described below.

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions. The Fund is authorized to enter into a line of credit with State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) that may be used for temporary or emergency purposes, including redemption, settlement of trades and rebalancing of portfolio holdings.

Interest rates related to the line of credit may be based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread. In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, if State Street is unable to ascertain the applicable LIBOR rate, the interest rate on a borrowing will be determined without reference to LIBOR.

Currency Transactions. A currency forward contract is an over-the-counter (“OTC”) obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days greater than two days from the date on which the contract is agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A non-deliverable currency forward is an OTC currency forward settled in a specified currency, on a specified date, based on the difference between the agreed-upon exchange rate and the market exchange rate. A currency futures contract is a contract that trades on an organized futures exchange involving an obligation to deliver or acquire a specified amount of a specific currency, at a specified price and at a specified future time. Currency futures contracts may be settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the underlying currency. To the extent required by law, liquid assets committed to futures contracts will be maintained. The Fund does not expect to engage in currency transactions for the purpose of hedging against declines in the

Table of Contents

value of the Fund's assets that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency. The Fund may enter into non-U.S. currency forward and non-U.S. currency futures transactions to facilitate local securities settlements or to protect against currency exposure in connection with its distributions to shareholders, but may not enter into such contracts for speculative purposes.

Foreign exchange transactions involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which foreign exchange transactions are effected may be highly volatile, highly specialized and highly technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. Foreign exchange trading risks include, but are not limited to, exchange rate risk, counterparty risk, maturity gap, interest rate risk, and potential interference by foreign governments through regulation of local exchange markets, foreign investment or particular transactions in non-U.S. currency. If BFA utilizes foreign exchange transactions at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions, trends or correlations incorrectly, foreign exchange transactions may not serve their intended purpose of improving the correlation of the Fund's return with the performance of the Underlying Index and may lower the Fund’s return. The Fund could experience losses if the value of its currency forwards, options or futures positions were poorly correlated with its other investments or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid market or otherwise. In addition, the Fund could incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with certain non-U.S. currency transactions.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific instrument or index at a specified future time and at a specified price. Stock index contracts are based on investments that reflect the market value of common stock of the firms included in the investments. The Fund may enter into futures contracts to purchase securities indexes when BFA anticipates purchasing the underlying securities and believes prices will rise before the purchase will be made. Upon entering into a futures contract, the Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents known as “initial margin,” which is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract and is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” will be made to and from the broker daily as the price of the instrument or index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, the Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market

Table of Contents

price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of the Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. The Fund may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of its portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Securities options may be used by the Fund to obtain access to securities in the Underlying Index or to dispose of securities in the Underlying Index at favorable prices, to invest cash in a securities index that offers similar exposure to that provided by the Underlying Index or otherwise to achieve the Fund’s objective of tracking the Underlying Index. A call option gives a holder the right to purchase a specific security at a specified price (“exercise price”) within a specified period of time. A put option gives a holder the right to sell a specific security at an exercise price within a specified period of time. The initial purchaser of a call option pays the “writer” a premium, which is paid at the time of purchase and is retained by the writer whether or not such option is exercised. The Fund may purchase put options to hedge its portfolio against the risk of a decline in the market value of securities held and may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities it is committed to purchase. The Fund may write put and call options along with a long position in options to increase its ability to hedge against a change in the market value of the securities it holds or is committed to purchase. The Fund may purchase or sell securities options on a U.S. or non-U.S. securities exchange or in the OTC market through a transaction with a dealer. Options on a securities index are typically settled on a net basis based on the appreciation or depreciation of the index level over the strike price. Options on single name securities may be cash- or physically-settled, depending upon the market in which they are traded. Options may be structured so as to be exercisable only on certain dates or on a daily basis. Options may also be structured to have conditions to exercise (i.e., “Knock-in Events”) or conditions that trigger termination (i.e., “Knock-out Events”). Investments in futures contracts and other investments that contain leverage may require the Fund to maintain liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under these contracts and other investments. Generally, the Fund maintains an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to “cash-settle,” the Fund maintains liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market obligation (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability, if any), rather than the contracts’ notional value (i.e., the value of the underlying asset). By maintaining assets equal to its net obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, the Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to set aside assets equal to the futures contracts’ full notional value. The Fund bases its asset maintenance policies on methods permitted by the SEC and its staff and may modify these policies in the future to comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to time by the SEC or its staff. Changes in SEC guidance regarding the use of derivatives by registered investment companies may adversely impact the Fund’s ability to invest in futures, options or other derivatives or make investments in such instruments more expensive.

Table of Contents

extent that the Fund engages in securities lending, BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. (“BTC”) acts as securities lending agent for the Fund, subject to the overall supervision of BFA. BTC administers the lending program in accordance with guidelines approved by the Trust's Board of Trustees (the “Board,” the trustees of which are the “Trustees”).

Non-U.S. Securities. The Fund may purchase publicly-traded common stocks of non-U.S. issuers. To the extent the Fund invests in stocks of non-U.S. issuers, the Fund's investment in such stocks may be in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) (collectively, “depositary receipts”). Depositary receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust issuer, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. ADRs typically are issued by an American bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as continental depositary receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Generally, ADRs, issued in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, issued in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Depositary receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, depositary receipts expose the Fund to additional risks associated with the non-uniform terms that apply to depositary receipt programs, credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency risk and liquidity risk. Unsponsored programs, which are not sanctioned by the issuer of the underlying common stock, generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in a sponsored depositary receipts.

Table of Contents

which could affect U.S. investments in non-U.S. countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

The Fund may also have investments in “underlying funds” (and such underlying funds themselves may invest in underlying funds) not advised by BFA (the term “underlying fund” for purposes of the no-action letter referenced below may include, but is not limited to, certain securitized vehicles, mortgage or international real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), business development companies, investment companies that may invest in CFTC Derivatives, or in any of the foregoing), and therefore may be viewed by the CFTC as commodity pools. BFA has no transparency into the holdings of these underlying funds because they are not advised by BFA. To address this issue of lack of transparency, the CFTC staff issued a no-action letter on November 29, 2012 permitting the adviser of a fund that invests in such underlying funds and that would otherwise have filed a claim of exclusion pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 to delay registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the adviser of the Fund, has filed a claim with the CFTC for the Fund to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of the Fund.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements and initial margining requirements will be phased in through September 1, 2022. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to the Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in the Fund.

Table of Contents

Securities of Investment Companies. The Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) to the extent permitted by law. Pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund’s investment in registered investment companies is generally limited to, subject to certain exceptions: (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company; (ii) 5% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, the Fund intends from time to time to invest its assets in the securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the general limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which the Fund may invest can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which reflect the Fund’s pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies (as disclosed in the Prospectus, as applicable).

Table of Contents

instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's^® Investors Service, Inc., “F-1” by Fitch Ratings, Inc., or “A-1” by Standard & Poor's^® Global Ratings, a subsidiary of S&P Global, Inc., or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by the Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Tracking Stocks. A tracking stock is a separate class of common stock whose value is linked to a specific business unit or operating division within a larger company and is designed to “track” the performance of such business unit or division. The tracking stock may pay dividends to shareholders independent of the parent company. The parent company, rather than the business unit or division, generally is the issuer of tracking stock. However, holders of the tracking stock may not have the same rights as holders of the company’s common stock.

Future Developments. The Board may, in the future, authorize the Fund to invest in securities contracts and investments, other than those listed in this SAI and in the Prospectus, provided they are consistent with the Fund's investment objective and do not violate any of its investment restrictions or policies.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in the Fund is contained in the Prospectus.

An investment in the Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of stocks in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

Currency Risk. Because the Fund's NAV is determined on the basis of the U.S. dollar, investors may lose money if the currency of a non-U.S. market in which the Fund invests depreciates against the U.S. dollar, even if the local currency value of the Fund’s holdings in that market increases. Generally, when the U.S. dollar rises in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency loses value because the currency is worth fewer U.S. dollars. Conversely, when the U.S.

Table of Contents

dollar decreases in value against a foreign currency, a security denominated in that currency gains value because the currency is worth more U.S. dollars. This risk, generally known as “currency risk,” means that a strong U.S. dollar will reduce returns for U.S. investors, while a weak U.S. dollar will increase those returns.

Foreign exchange transactions involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which foreign exchange transactions are effected are highly volatile, highly specialized and highly technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. If BFA utilizes foreign exchange transactions at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions, trends or correlations incorrectly, foreign exchange transactions may not serve their intended purpose of improving the Fund’s performance and may lower the Fund’s return. The Fund could experience losses if the value of its currency forward positions are poorly correlated with its other investments or if it cannot close out its positions because of an illiquid market. In addition, the Fund could incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with certain non-U.S. currency transactions.

Custody Risk. Custody risk refers to the risks inherent in the process of clearing and settling trades and to the holding of securities, cash and other assets by local banks, agents and depositories. Low trading volumes and volatile prices in less developed markets make trades harder to complete and settle, and governments or trade groups may compel local agents to hold securities in designated depositories that may not be subject to independent evaluation. Local agents are held only to the standards of care of their local markets, and thus may be subject to limited or no government oversight. Communications between the U.S. and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates. In general, the less developed a country’s securities market is, the greater the likelihood of custody problems. Practices in relation to the settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because of the use of brokers and counterparties that are often less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence or undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being lost. In addition, the laws of certain countries may put limits on the Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. The Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such custody problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Dividend Risk. There is no guarantee that issuers of the stocks held by the Fund will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, they will be paid, or that they will either remain at current levels or increase over time.

Illiquid Investments Risk. The Fund may invest up to an aggregate amount of 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment is any investment that the Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without significantly changing the market value of the investment. The liquidity of an investment will be determined based on relevant market, trading and investment specific considerations as set out in the Liquidity Program as required by the Liquidity Rule. Illiquid investments may trade at a discount to comparable, more liquid investments and the Fund may not be able to dispose of illiquid investments in a timely fashion or at their expected prices. If illiquid investments exceed 15% of the Fund’s net assets, the Liquidity Rule and the Liquidity Program will require that certain remedial actions be taken.

LIBOR Risk. The Fund may be exposed to financial instruments that are tied to LIBOR to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies or investment value. The Fund’s investments may pay interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or may be subject to interest caps or floors based on LIBOR. The Fund may also obtain financing at floating rates based on LIBOR. Derivative instruments utilized by the Fund may also reference LIBOR.

LIBOR Replacement Risk. In 2017, the head of the FCA announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. On March 5, 2021, the administrator of LIBOR, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, announced its intention to cease publishing two USD LIBOR settings immediately after publication on December 31, 2021, with the majority of the USD LIBOR settings to end immediately after publication on June 30, 2023. The Fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates, such as the Euro Overnight Index Average (“EONIA”), which may also cease to be published. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there are challenges to converting certain securities and transactions to a new reference rate, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace USD LIBOR.

Table of Contents

U.S. Treasury repo rates, as its recommendation for an appropriate replacement for USD LIBOR. The Federal Reserve Bank of New York began publishing SOFR in 2018, and it has been used increasingly on a voluntary basis in new instruments and transactions. At times, SOFR has proven to be more volatile than the 3-month USD LIBOR. Working groups and regulators in other countries have suggested other alternatives for their markets, including the Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate (“SONIA”) in England.

Risk of Derivatives. A derivative is a financial contract, the value of which depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, such as a security, a commodity (such as gold or silver), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500^® or the prime lending rate). The Fund may invest in futures contracts, securities options and other derivatives. Compared to securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus the Fund’s losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent the Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, the Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

Table of Contents

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Fund's hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Risk of Equity Securities. An investment in the Fund should be made with an understanding of the risks inherent in an investment in equity securities, including the risk that the financial condition of issuers may become impaired or that the general condition of stock markets may deteriorate (either of which may cause a decrease in the value of the portfolio securities and thus in the value of shares of the Fund). Common stocks are susceptible to general stock market fluctuations and to increases and decreases in value as market confidence and perceptions of their issuers change. These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors, including expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies, inflation and interest rates, economic expansion or contraction, and global or regional political, economic or banking crises. Holders of common stocks incur more risks than holders of preferred stocks and debt obligations because common stockholders generally have rights to receive payments from stock issuers that are inferior to the rights of creditors, or holders of debt obligations or preferred stocks. Further, unlike debt securities, which typically have a stated principal amount payable at maturity (the value of which, however, is subject to market fluctuations prior to maturity), or preferred stocks, which typically have a liquidation preference and which may have stated optional or mandatory redemption provisions, common stocks have neither a fixed principal amount nor a maturity date. In addition, issuers may, in times of distress or at their own discretion, decide to reduce or eliminate dividends, which may also cause their stock price to decline.

Although most of the securities in the Underlying Index are listed on a securities exchange, the principal trading market for some of the securities may be in the OTC market. The existence of a liquid trading market for certain securities may depend on whether dealers will make a market in such securities. There can be no assurance that a market will be made or maintained or that any such market will be or remain liquid. The price at which securities may be sold and the value of the Fund’s shares will be adversely affected if trading markets for the Fund’s portfolio securities are limited or absent, or if bid/ask spreads are wide.

Risk of Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. There are several risks accompanying the utilization of futures contracts and options on futures contracts. A position in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed only on the exchange on which the contract was made (or a linked exchange). While the Fund plans to utilize futures contracts only if an active market exists for such contracts, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for the contract at a specified time. Futures contracts, by definition, project price levels in the future and not current levels of valuation; therefore, market circumstances may result in a discrepancy between the price of the future and the movement in the Fund's Underlying Index. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Fund may be required to deliver the instruments underlying the futures contracts it has sold.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered stock index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. The Fund does not plan to use futures and options contracts in this way. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. The Fund, however, intends to utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit the risk exposure to levels comparable to a direct investment in the types of stocks in which it invests.

Utilization of futures and options on futures by the Fund involves the risk of imperfect or even negative correlation to the Underlying Index if the index underlying the futures contract differs from the Underlying Index. There is also the risk of loss of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom the Fund has an open position in the futures contract or option. The purchase of put or call options will be based upon predictions by BFA as to anticipated trends, which predictions could prove to be incorrect.

Table of Contents

futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting the Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Equity Securities. An investment in the Fund involves risks similar to those of investing in portfolios of equity securities traded on non-U.S. exchanges. These risks include market fluctuations caused by such factors as economic and political developments in those foreign countries, changes in interest rates and perceived trends in stock prices. Investing in securities issued by issuers domiciled in countries other than the domicile of the investor and denominated in currencies other than an investor’s local currency entails certain considerations and risks not typically encountered by the investor in making investments in its home country and in that country’s currency. These considerations include favorable or unfavorable changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations and the costs that may be incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies. Investing in the Fund also involves certain risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in a fund whose portfolio contains exclusively securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include generally less liquid and less efficient securities markets; generally greater price volatility; less publicly available information about issuers; the imposition of withholding or other taxes; the imposition of restrictions on the expatriation of funds or other assets of the Fund; higher transaction and custody costs; delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures; difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy and businesses; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and the risk of war.

Securities Lending Risk. The Fund may engage in securities lending. Securities lending involves the risk that the Fund may lose money because the borrower of the loaned securities fails to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. The Fund could also lose money in the event of a decline in the value of collateral provided for loaned securities or a decline in the value of any investments made with cash collateral. These events could also trigger adverse tax consequences for the Fund.

Table of Contents

these relations were to worsen, they could adversely affect Asian issuers that rely on the U.S. for trade. Political, religious, and border disputes persist in India. India has recently experienced and may continue to experience civil unrest and hostilities with certain of its neighboring countries. Increased political and social unrest in these geographic areas could adversely affect the performance of investments in this region.

Table of Contents

by local governments may attempt to make dividend or interest payments to foreign investors in the local currency; (viii) there may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into or litigation against companies and investors may experience difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges may favor the interests of the issuer over those of foreign parties; (ix) bankruptcy judgments may only be permitted to be paid in the local currency; (x) limited public information regarding the issuer may result in greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities; and (xi) lack of financial reporting on a regular basis, substandard disclosure and differences in accounting standards may make it difficult to ascertain the financial health of an issuer. The Fund is not actively managed and does not select investments based on investor protection considerations.

Emerging market securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. In addition, brokerage and other costs associated with transactions in emerging market securities can be higher, sometimes significantly, than similar costs incurred in securities markets in developed countries. Although some emerging markets have become more established and tend to issue securities of higher credit quality, the markets for securities in other emerging market countries are in the earliest stages of their development, and these countries issue securities across the credit spectrum. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging market countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging market country securities may also affect the Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Many emerging market countries suffer from uncertainty and corruption in their legal frameworks. Legislation may be difficult to interpret and laws may be too new to provide any precedential value. Laws regarding foreign investment and private property may be weak or non-existent. Sudden changes in governments may result in policies which are less favorable to investors such as policies designed to expropriate or nationalize “sovereign” assets. Certain emerging market countries in the past have expropriated large amounts of private property, in many cases with little or no compensation, and there can be no assurance that such expropriation will not occur in the future.

Investment in the securities markets of certain emerging market countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions may limit the Fund's investment in certain emerging market countries and may increase the expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer's outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals.

Many emerging market countries lack the social, political, and economic stability characteristic of the U.S. Political instability among emerging market countries can be common and may be caused by an uneven distribution of wealth, social unrest, labor strikes, civil wars, and religious oppression. Economic instability in emerging market countries may take the form of: (i) high interest rates; (ii) high levels of inflation, including hyperinflation; (iii) high levels of unemployment or underemployment; (iv) changes in government economic and tax policies, including confiscatory taxation; and (v) imposition of trade barriers.

The Fund's income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the emerging market countries in which it invests, and treaties between the U.S. and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates.

Emerging markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain of these emerging markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions.

Table of Contents

percentage of total GDP. These foreign obligations have become the subject of political debate and served as fuel for political parties of the opposition, which pressure the government not to make payments to foreign creditors, but instead to use these funds for, among other things, social programs. Either due to an inability to pay or submission to political pressure, foreign governments have been forced to seek a restructuring of their loan and/or bond obligations, have declared a temporary suspension of interest payments or have defaulted. These events have adversely affected the values of securities issued by foreign governments and corporations domiciled in those countries and have negatively affected not only their cost of borrowing, but their ability to borrow in the future as well.

Risk of Investing in Europe. Investing in European countries may expose the Fund to the economic and political risks associated with Europe in general and the specific European countries in which it invests. The economies and markets of European countries are often closely connected and interdependent, and events in one European country can have an adverse impact on other European countries. The Fund makes investments in securities of issuers that are domiciled in, have significant operations in, or that are listed on at least one securities exchange within member states of the European Union (the “EU”). A number of countries within the EU are also members of the Economic and Monetary Union (the “eurozone”) and have adopted the euro as their currency. Eurozone membership requires member states to comply with restrictions on inflation rates, deficits, interest rates, debt levels and fiscal and monetary controls, each of which may significantly affect every country in Europe. Changes in import or export tariffs, changes in governmental or EU regulations on trade, changes in the exchange rate of the euro and other currencies of certain EU countries which are not in the eurozone, the default or threat of default by an EU member state on its sovereign debt, and/or an economic recession in an EU member state may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of other EU member states and their trading partners. Although certain European countries are not in the eurozone, many of these countries are obliged to meet the criteria for joining the eurozone. Consequently, these countries must comply with many of the restrictions noted above. The European financial markets have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including, but not limited to, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Ukraine. In order to prevent further economic deterioration, certain countries, without prior warning, can institute “capital controls.” Countries may use these controls to restrict volatile movements of capital entering and exiting their country. Such controls may negatively affect the Fund’s investments. A default or debt restructuring by any European country would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above. In addition, the credit ratings of certain European countries were downgraded in the past. These events have adversely affected the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including countries that do not use the euro and non-EU member states. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not produce the desired results, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and other entities of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely impact the value of the Fund’s investments in the region. The United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and EU have reached an agreement on the terms of their future trading relationship effective January 1, 2021, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. The Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which the Fund has exposure and any other assets in which the Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Communication Services Sector. The communication services sector consists of both companies in the telecommunication services industry as well as those in the media and entertainment industry. Examples of companies in the telecommunication services industry group include providers of fiber-optic, fixed-line, cellular and wireless telecommunications networks. Companies in the media and entertainment industry group encompass a variety of services and products including television broadcasting, gaming products, social media, networking platforms, online classifieds, online review websites, and Internet search engines. Companies in the communication services sector may be affected by industry competition, substantial capital requirements, government regulation, and obsolescence of communications products and services due to technological advancement. Fluctuating domestic and international demand, shifting demographics and often unpredictable changes in consumer tastes can drastically affect a communication services company's profitability. In addition, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the communication services sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

The communication services sector of a country’s economy is often subject to extensive government regulation. The costs of complying with governmental regulations, delays or failure to receive required regulatory approvals, or the enactment of new regulatory requirements may negatively affect the business of communications companies. Government actions around the world, specifically in the area of pre-marketing clearance of products and prices, can be arbitrary and unpredictable. The communications services industry can also be significantly affected by intense competition for market share, including competition with alternative technologies such as wireless communications, product compatibility and standardization, consumer preferences, rapid product obsolescence, research and development of new products, lack of standardization or compatibility with existing technologies, and a dependency on patent and copyright protections. Companies in the communication services sector may encounter distressed cash flows due to the need to commit substantial capital to meet increasing competition, particularly in developing new products and services using new technology. Technological innovations may make the products and services of certain communications companies obsolete.

Telecommunications providers with exposure to the U.S. are generally required to obtain franchises or licenses in order to provide services in a given location. Licensing and franchise rights in the telecommunications sector are limited, which may provide an advantage to certain participants. Limited availability of such rights, high barriers to market entry and regulatory oversight, among other factors, have led to consolidation of companies within the sector, which could lead to further regulation or other negative effects in the future. Telecommunication providers investing in non-U.S. countries may be subject to similar risks. Additional risks include those related to competitive challenges in the U.S. from non-U.S. competitors engaged in strategic joint ventures with U.S. companies and in non-U.S. markets from both U.S. and non-U.S. competitors.

Companies in the media and entertainment industries can be significantly affected by several factors, including competition, particularly in formulation of products and services using new technologies, cyclicality of revenues and earnings, a potential decrease in the discretionary income of targeted individuals, changing consumer tastes and interests, and the potential increase in government regulation. Companies in the media and entertainment industries may become obsolete quickly. Advertising spending can be an important revenue source for media and entertainment companies. During economic downturns advertising spending typically decreases and, as a result, media and entertainment companies tend to generate less revenue.

Table of Contents

Technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technology, especially those of smaller, less-seasoned companies, tend to be more volatile than the overall market. Companies in the information technology sector are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights. The loss or impairment of these rights may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Information technology companies are facing increased government and regulatory scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or regulatory action. Finally, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the information technology sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses. These risks are heightened for information technology companies in foreign markets.

Risk of Investing in the Materials Sector. Companies in the materials sector may be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, exchange rate fluctuations, social and political unrest, import controls, increased competition, depletion of resources, technical progress, labor relations and government regulations, and mandated expenditures for safety and pollution control, among other factors. Such risks may adversely affect the issuers to which the Fund has exposure. Companies in the materials sector are also at risk of liability for environmental damage and product liability claims. Production of materials may exceed demand as a result of market imbalances or economic downturns, leading to poor investment returns. These risks are heightened for companies in the materials sector located in foreign markets.

Risk of Investing in the Real Estate Industry. Companies in the real estate industry include companies that invest in real estate, such as REITs or real estate holding, operating, management or development companies (collectively, “Real Estate Companies”). Investing in Real Estate Companies exposes investors to the risks of owning real estate directly, as well as to risks that relate specifically to the way in which Real Estate Companies are organized and operated. The real estate industry is highly sensitive to general and local economic conditions and developments, and characterized by intense competition and periodic overbuilding. Investing in Real Estate Companies involves various risks. Some risks that are specific to Real Estate Companies are discussed in greater detail below.

Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policy

Table of Contents

the one hand, and those of BFA, or any affiliated person of the Fund or BFA, on the other. BFA maintains policies and procedures that are designed to prevent undue influence on BFA’s proxy voting activity that might stem from any relationship between the issuer of a proxy (or any dissident shareholder) and BFA, BFA’s affiliates, the Fund or the Fund’s affiliates. Most conflicts are managed through a structural separation of BFA’s Corporate Governance Group from BFA’s employees with sales and client responsibilities. In addition, BFA maintains procedures to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers or dissident shareholders are managed consistently and without regard to BFA’s relationship with the issuer of the proxy or the dissident shareholder. In certain instances, BFA may determine to engage an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Information with respect to how proxies relating to the Fund's portfolio securities were voted during the 12-month period ended June 30 will be available: (i) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or through the Fund's website at www.iShares.com; and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for the Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Fund, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Fund, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain the Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global

Table of Contents

liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of the Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

A description of the Underlying Index is provided below.

With respect to certain underlying indexes of the iShares funds, BFA or its affiliates have held discussions with the index provider regarding their business interest in licensing an index to track a particular market segment and conveyed investment concepts and strategies that could be considered for the index. The index provider designed and constituted the index using concepts conveyed by BFA or its affiliates. For certain of these indices, the relevant fund may be the first or sole user of the underlying index. In its sole discretion, the index provider determines the composition of the securities and other instruments in such underlying index, the rebalance protocols of the underlying index, the weightings of the securities and other instruments in the underlying index, and any updates to the methodology. From time to time, BFA or its affiliates may also provide input relating to possible methodology changes of such underlying index pursuant to the index provider’s consultation process or pursuant to other communications with the index provider.

Morningstar^® Global Digital Infrastructure & Connectivity Index

Number of Components: approximately 50

Index Description. The Morningstar Global Digital Infrastructure & Connectivity Index (the “Underlying Index”) is a new index provided by Morningstar Indexes (“Morningstar”) and is designed to represent the performance of equity securities issued by companies positioned to experience meaningful economic benefits from providing products, services, and technologies related to cloud computing and 5G, (as determined by Morningstar Indexes, or its affiliates (the “Index Provider” or Morningstar)). Constituents are selected by making forward-looking assessments rather than relying on single point-in-time metrics such as percent of current revenues, to identify companies that are producers of promising digital infrastructure technologies consisting of two themes – cloud computing, which enables cloud computing applications through Infrastructure as a Service (IaaS) and Platform as a Service (PaaS) solutions, and 5G, which enables next generation connectivity through fifth generation broadband cellular networks, as defined by Morningstar’s Equity Research team. The Underlying Index selects the top 25 securities within each theme based on the ranking criteria to build a portfolio of 50 companies.

The Underlying Index is rebalanced and reconstituted annually, and float adjusted market-capitalization weighted. A 2.5% cap on the weight of individual securities is applied during the rebalancing process.

Eligibility. The following rules are used for the initial constituent selection and ongoing reconstitution:

•	Companies with a thematic exposure score of 3, 2 or 1 to either theme.
•	Select companies that have:

•	float-adjusted market capitalization of $300 million or greater (USD).
•	3 month ADTV (Average Daily Trading Value) of $2 million or greater (USD); existing constituents could remain if 3 month ADTV is equal or greater than $1.5 million (USD).

Table of Contents

Investment Policies

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding the Fund's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

the ratio that the value of the Fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when the Fund engages in such transactions, the Fund, instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit the Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit the Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the component securities of its Underlying Index or in depositary receipts representing component securities in its Underlying Index. The Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

Table of Contents

Continuous Offering

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index, money market funds and ETFs (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (including ETFs) (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the BlackRock Fund Complex referred to as the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 379 funds as of June 1, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Fund's Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (59)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (49)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met seven times during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2020.

The members of the Securities Lending Committee are John E. Martinez (Chair), Jane D. Carlin and Drew E. Lawton, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Securities Lending Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of the Trust's securities lending activities. These responsibilities include: (i) requesting that certain information be provided to the Committee for its review and consideration prior to such information being provided to the Board; (ii) considering and discussing with BlackRock, Inc. such other matters and information as may be necessary and appropriate for the Board to oversee the Trust's securities lending activities and make required findings and approvals; and (iii) providing a recommendation to the Board regarding the annual approval of the Trust's Securities Lending Guidelines and the required findings with respect to, and annual approval of, the Trust's agreement with the securities lending agent. The Securities Lending Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Fund so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met seven times during the fiscal year ended July 31, 2020.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

The table below sets forth the compensation earned by each Independent Trustee and Interested Trustee for services to the Fund for the fiscal year ended July 31, 2020 and the aggregate compensation paid to them for services to the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

Name	iShares Cloud 5G and Tech ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities. Ownership information is not provided for the Fund, as it has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

Table of Contents

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

Table of Contents

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”), in accordance with policies and procedures approved by the Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

Table of Contents

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be

Table of Contents

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Fund (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with the Fund's custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Fund leaves cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for the Fund in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by a Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Fund and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

Table of Contents

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

For its investment advisory services to the Fund, BFA will be paid a management fee by the Fund, based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets, at an annual rate of 0.47%.

Portfolio Managers. As of March 31, 2021, the individuals named as Portfolio Managers in the Fund's Prospectus were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of other iShares funds and certain other types of portfolios and/or accounts as follows:

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	266	$1,559,789,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	57	86,063,000,000
Other Accounts	25	28,568,000,000

Table of Contents

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	271	$1,560,518,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	2	845,000,000

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	264	$1,548,233,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	2,605,000,000
Other Accounts	65	15,924,000,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	266	$1,557,147,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	96	44,113,000,000
Other Accounts	3	131,000,000

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA’s policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Fund and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Fund, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than it would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Like the Fund, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio’s or account’s gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or any of its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and each of its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intend to do so, shareholders of the Fund should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict of interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

Table of Contents

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of June 1, 2021.

As of June 1, 2021, the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of the Fund.

Table of Contents

Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent. State Street serves as administrator, custodian and transfer agent for the Fund under the Master Services Agreement and related Service Schedule (the “Service Module”). State Street’s principal address is 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111. Pursuant to the Service Module for Fund Administration and Accounting Services with the Trust, State Street provides necessary administrative, legal, tax and accounting and financial reporting services for the maintenance and operations of the Trust and the Fund. In addition, State Street makes available the office space, equipment, personnel and facilities required to provide such services. Pursuant to the Service Module for Custodial Services with the Trust, State Street maintains, in separate accounts, cash, securities and other assets of the Trust and the Fund, keeps all necessary accounts and records and provides other services. State Street is required, upon the order of the Trust, to deliver securities held by State Street and to make payments for securities purchased by the Trust for the Fund. State Street is authorized to appoint certain foreign custodians or foreign custody managers for Fund investments outside the U.S. Pursuant to the Service Module for Transfer Agency Services with the Trust, State Street acts as a transfer agent for the Fund’s authorized and issued shares of beneficial interest, and as dividend disbursing agent of the Trust. As compensation for these services, State Street receives certain out-of-pocket costs, transaction fees and asset-based fees which are accrued daily and paid monthly by BFA from its management fee.

The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Units of Fund shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Authorized Participants (as described below), Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants and/or investor services organizations.

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

(i) international equity funds, such as the Fund, retain 82% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees) and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income (which includes, for this purpose, collateral investment fees) earned across the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex (as defined under “Management—Trustees and Officers”) in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, each applicable international equity fund, pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows:

Table of Contents

Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments may create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products over other investments. The same conflicts of interest and financial incentives exist with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Table of Contents

with respect to the securities of the Fund. Each market maker incentive program is subject to approval from the SEC. Any such fee payments made to an exchange will be made by an affiliate of the Fund solely for the benefit of the Fund and will not be paid from any Fund assets. Other funds managed by BFA may also participate in such programs.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Valuation of Shares. The NAV for the Fund is generally calculated as of the close of regular trading hours on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each business day the NYSE is open. Valuation of assets held by the Fund is as follows:

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Valued Asset (as defined below).

Fixed-Income Investments. Fixed-income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ current market value. The Fund values fixed-income portfolio securities using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by the Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information and by other methods, which may include consideration of: yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity and type; indications as to values from dealers; general market conditions; and/or other factors and assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but the Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with 60 days or less remaining to maturity unless such method does not represent fair value. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the issuer, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Table of Contents

which the Fund valued such security, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination will be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding the revision.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Use of fair value prices and certain current market valuations could result in a difference between the prices used to calculate a Fund’s NAV and the prices used in the Underlying Index, which, in turn, could result in a difference between a Fund’s performance and the performance of the Underlying Index.

Fair Value. When market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). Fair Value Assets are valued by BlackRock in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. BlackRock may reasonably conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if, among other things, a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source due to its complete lack of trading, if BlackRock believes a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), or where the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BlackRock determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing the Fund’s assets or liabilities, is likely to cause a material change to the last exchange closing price or closing market price of one or more assets held by, or liabilities of, the Fund. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

For certain foreign assets, a third-party vendor supplies evaluated, systematic fair value pricing based upon the movement of a proprietary multi-factor model after the relevant foreign markets have closed. This systematic fair value pricing methodology is designed to correlate the prices of foreign assets in one or more non-U.S. markets following the close of the local markets to the prices that might have prevailed as of a Fund’s pricing time.

Table of Contents

be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to funds and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect the Fund. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities, to the extent such rules become more stringent, would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value. This may in turn increase the costs associated with selling assets or affect their liquidity due to the Fund’s inability to obtain a third-party determination of fair market value. The SEC recently adopted new Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, which will establish an updated regulatory framework for registered investment company valuation practices and may impact the Fund’s valuation policies. The Fund will not be required to comply with the new rule until September 8, 2022.

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

The Fund anticipates that brokerage transactions involving foreign equity securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Fund in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the U.S. or Europe, as the case may be. ADRs, like other securities traded in the U.S., will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

Table of Contents

or to produce greater performance compensation to BlackRock; (iii) to develop or enhance a relationship with a client or prospective client; (iv) to compensate a client for past services or benefits rendered to BlackRock or to induce future services or benefits to be rendered to BlackRock; or (v) to manage or equalize investment performance among different client accounts. BFA and the other Affiliates may deal, trade and invest for their own respective accounts in the types of securities in which the Fund may invest.

IPOs of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When BFA is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to BFA’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. IPOs of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in the Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

Because different accounts may have differing investment objectives and policies, BFA may buy and sell the same securities at the same time for different clients based on the particular investment objective, guidelines and strategies of those accounts. For example, BFA may decide that it may be entirely appropriate for a growth fund to sell a security at the same time a value fund is buying that security. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of BFA or the other Affiliates during the same period increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price. For example, sales of a security by BlackRock on behalf of one or more of its clients may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Fund or other clients or funds for which BFA or another Affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

Table of Contents

may invest. BlackRock may, from time to time, effect trades on behalf of and for the account of the Fund with brokers or dealers that are affiliated with BFA, in conformity with the 1940 Act and SEC rules and regulations. Under these provisions, any commissions paid to affiliated brokers or dealers must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions charged by other brokers or dealers in comparable transactions. The Fund will not deal with affiliates in principal transactions unless permitted by applicable SEC rules or regulations, or by SEC exemptive order.

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses.

Creation or redemption transactions, to the extent consisting of cash, may require the Fund to contemporaneously transact with broker-dealers for purchases of Deposit Securities (as defined below under Fund Deposit) or sales of Fund Securities (as defined below under Redemption of Creation Units), as applicable. Such transactions with a particular broker-dealer may be conditioned upon the broker-dealer's agreement to transact at guaranteed price levels in order to reduce transaction costs the Fund would otherwise incur as a consequence of settling creation or redemption baskets in cash rather than in-kind.

Following the Fund’s receipt of an order to purchase or redeem creation or redemption baskets, to the extent such purchases or redemptions consist of a cash portion, the Fund will enter an order with a broker or dealer to purchase or sell the Deposit Securities or Fund Securities, as applicable. The terms of such order may, depending on the timing of the transaction and certain other factors, require the broker or dealer to guarantee that the Fund will achieve execution of its order at a price at least as favorable to the Fund as the Fund’s valuation of the Deposit Securities/Fund Securities used for purposes of calculating the NAV applied to the creation or redemption transaction giving rise to the order (the “Execution Performance Guarantee”). Such orders may be placed with the purchasing or redeeming Authorized Participant in its capacity as a broker-dealer, with its affiliated broker-dealer or with a third-party broker-dealer. The amount payable to the Fund in respect of any Execution Performance Guarantee will depend on the results achieved by the executing firm and will vary depending on market activity, timing and a variety of other factors.

To ensure that an Execution Performance Guarantee will be honored on orders arising from creation transactions executed by an Authorized Participant or its affiliate as broker-dealer, an Authorized Participant is required to deposit an amount with the Fund (the “Execution Performance Deposit”). If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price equal to or more favorable than the Fund’s valuation of the Deposit Securities, the Fund receives the benefit of the favorable executions and returns to the Authorized Participant the Execution Performance Deposit. If, however, the broker-dealer executing the order is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to the Fund’s valuation of the securities, the Fund retains the portion of the Execution Performance Deposit equal to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs) and may require the Authorized Participant to deposit any additional amount required to cover the full amount of the actual Execution Performance Guarantee.

To ensure that an Execution Performance Guarantee will be honored for brokerage orders arising from redemption transactions executed by an Authorized Participant or its affiliate as broker-dealer, an Authorized Participant agrees to pay the shortfall amount (the “Execution Performance Offset”). If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price equal to or more favorable than the Fund’s valuation of the Fund Securities, the Fund receives the benefit of the favorable executions and the Authorized Participant is not called upon to honor the Execution Performance Offset. If, however, the broker-dealer is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to the Fund’s valuation of the securities, the Fund will be entitled to the portion of the Execution Performance Offset equal to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs).

The circumstances under which the Execution Performance Guarantee will be used and the expected amount of any Execution Performance Deposit or Execution Performance Offset for the Fund will be disclosed in the procedures handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time based on the actual experience of the Fund.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Table of Contents

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Table of Contents

Distribution of Shares. In connection with the Fund's launch, the Fund will be seeded through the sale of one or more Creation Units by the Fund to one or more initial investors. Initial investors participating in the seeding may be Authorized Participants, a lead market maker or other third party investor or an affiliate of the Fund or the Fund’s adviser. Each such initial investor may sell some or all of the shares underlying the Creation Unit(s) held by them pursuant to the registration statement for the Fund (each, a “Selling Shareholder”), which shares have been registered to permit the resale from time to time after purchase. The Fund will not receive any of the proceeds from the resale by the Selling Shareholders of these shares.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Table of Contents

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

General. The Trust issues and sells shares of the Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load, at a price based on the Fund's NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Distributor or its agent in proper form. On days when the Listing Exchange closes earlier than normal, the Fund may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of the Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for the Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of June 1, 2021:

Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
80,000		$2,000,000

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund’s portfolio securities is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of the Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities change pursuant to changes in the composition of the Fund's portfolio and as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected from time to time by BFA with a view to the investment objective of the Fund. The composition of the Deposit Securities may also change in response to adjustments to the weighting or composition of the component securities constituting the Underlying Index.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Table of Contents

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified (Creation Units of the Fund are generally offered partially for cash), they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser. The Authorized Participant will also be required to pay certain transaction fees and charges for cash purchases, as described below, and, if transacting as broker with the Fund, may be required to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Procedures for Creation of Creation Units. To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor and to create a Creation Unit of the Fund, an entity must be: (i) a “Participating Party,” i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC (the “Clearing Process”), a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC, or (ii) a DTC Participant, and must have executed an agreement with the Distributor, with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Units (“Authorized Participant Agreement”) (discussed below). A member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC which has a written agreement with the Fund or one of its service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units is referred to as an “Authorized Participant.” All shares of the Fund, however created, will be entered on the records of DTC in the name of Cede & Co. for the account of a DTC Participant.

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Fund or one of its service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units (an “Authorized Participant”). Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

Table of Contents

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by the Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of the Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Fund to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. Orders to create shares of the Fund that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) when the equity markets in the relevant non-U.S. market are closed may not be accepted. The Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as the Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with the Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Table of Contents

issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date). However, the Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For example, the Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2 in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (i.e., the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security) and in certain other circumstances.

Costs Associated with Creation Transactions. A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer, processing and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged on each Creation Unit created by an Authorized Participant on the day of the transaction. The standard creation transaction fee is generally fixed at the amount shown in the table below regardless of the number of Creation Units being purchased, but may be reduced by the Fund if transfer and processing expenses associated with the creation are anticipated to be lower than the stated fee. If a purchase consists of a cash portion, the Authorized Participant may also be required to pay an additional transaction charge (up to the maximum amount shown below) to cover brokerage and certain other costs related to the creation transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Fund. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$950		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

If a purchase consists of a cash portion and the Fund places a brokerage transaction to purchase portfolio securities with the Authorized Participant or its affiliated broker-dealer, the Authorized Participant (or its affiliated broker-dealer) may be required, in its capacity as broker-dealer with respect to that transaction, to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Table of Contents

that there will be sufficient liquidity in the secondary market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of shares to constitute a Creation Unit that could be redeemed by an Authorized Participant. Beneficial owners also may sell shares in the secondary market.

The Fund generally redeems Creation Units partially for cash. However, the Fund reserves the right to distribute securities and other portfolio instruments in-kind as payment for Creation Units being redeemed. Please see the Cash Redemption Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the in-kind method for further information on redeeming Creation Units of the Fund.

The designated portfolio of securities (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities” or “Redemption Basket”), and an amount of cash (the “Cash Amount,” as described below) (each subject to possible amendment or correction) are applicable, in order to effect redemptions of Creation Units of the Fund until such time as the next announced composition of the Fund Securities and Cash Amount is made available. Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Procedures and requirements governing redemption transactions are set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time.

If redemptions are not paid in cash, the redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit generally consist of Fund Securities, plus the Cash Amount, which is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares being redeemed, as next determined after the receipt of a redemption request in proper form, and the value of Fund Securities, less a redemption transaction fee (as described below).

The Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security in certain circumstances, including: (i) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant (or to an investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting) would be restricted under applicable securities or other local laws or due to a trading restriction; (ii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Fund Security by the Authorized Participant due to restrictions under applicable securities or other local laws; (iii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in unfavorable tax treatment; (iv) when a Fund Security cannot be settled or otherwise delivered in time to facilitate an in-kind redemption; or (v) in certain other situations. The amount of cash paid out in such cases will be equivalent to the value of the substituted security listed as a Fund Security. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the difference is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. The Fund generally redeems Creation Units partially for cash. The Fund may, in its sole discretion, provide such redeeming Authorized Participant a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities, but does not differ in NAV. The Redemption Basket may also be modified to minimize the Cash Component by redistributing the cash to the Fund Securities portion of the Redemption Basket through systematically rounding. The rounding methodology allows position sizes of securities in the Fund Securities to be “rounded up,” while limiting the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit full cash redemptions of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified (Creation Units of the Fund are generally redeemed partially for cash), to the extent that cash redemptions are offered, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities and other instruments it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer. The Authorized Participant will also be required to pay certain transaction fees and charges for cash redemptions, as described below, and, if transacting as broker with the Fund, may be required to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Table of Contents

Units being redeemed, but may be reduced by the Fund if transfer and processing expenses associated with the redemption are anticipated to be lower than the stated fee. If a redemption consists of a cash portion, the Authorized Participant may also be required to pay an additional transaction charge (up to the maximum amount shown below) to cover brokerage and certain other costs related to the redemption transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Fund Securities from the Fund to their account on their order. Certain fees/costs associated with redemption transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to dispose of Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$950		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

If a redemption consists of a cash portion and the Fund places a brokerage transaction to sell portfolio securities with the Authorized Participant or its affiliated broker-dealer, the Authorized Participant (or its affiliated broker-dealer) may be required, in its capacity as broker-dealer with respect to that transaction, to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Table of Contents

Deliveries of redemption proceeds by the Fund are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”). However, the Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For example, the Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2 in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (i.e., the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold) and in certain other circumstances consistent with applicable law.

If neither the Authorized Participant nor the Beneficial Owner on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, the Trust may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the Beneficial Owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In such case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the net asset value of its shares based on the NAV of the Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charges specified above to offset the Trust's brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and the Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.

Although the Trust does not ordinarily permit cash redemptions of Creation Units (except that, as noted above, Creation Units of the Fund generally will be redeemed partially for cash), in the event that cash redemptions are permitted or required by the Trust, proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming shares as soon as practicable after the date of redemption (within seven calendar days thereafter). If the Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, the Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if the Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days.

Table of Contents

result of which disposal of the shares of the Fund's portfolio securities or determination of its NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.

Custom Baskets. Creation and Redemption baskets may differ and the Fund may accept “custom baskets.” A custom basket may include any of the following: (i) a basket that is composed of a non-representative selection of the Fund's portfolio holdings; (ii) a representative basket that is different from the initial basket used in transactions on the same business day; or (iii) a basket that contains bespoke cash substitutions for a single Authorized Participant. The Fund has adopted policies and procedures that govern the construction and acceptance of baskets, including heightened requirements for certain types of custom baskets. Such policies and procedures provide the parameters for the construction and acceptance of custom baskets that are in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders, establish processes for revisions to, or deviations from, such parameters, and specify the titles and roles of the employees of BFA who are required to review each custom basket for compliance with those parameters. In addition, when constructing custom baskets for redemptions, the tax efficiency of the Fund may be taken into account. The policies and procedures distinguish among different types of custom baskets that may be used for the Fund and impose different requirements for different types of custom baskets in order to seek to mitigate against potential risks of conflicts and/or overreaching by an Authorized Participant. BlackRock has established a governance process to oversee basket compliance for the Fund, as set forth in the Fund's policies and procedures.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of investing in the Fund. The summary is based on the laws and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Regulated Investment Company Qualifications. The Fund intends to qualify for treatment as a separate RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. To qualify for treatment as a RIC, the Fund must annually distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains) and meet several other requirements. Among such other requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of the Fund’s annual gross income must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or non-U.S. currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive at least 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains and other traditionally permitted RIC income); and (ii) at the close of each quarter of the Fund's taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited for purposes of this calculation in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund's total assets may be invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

Table of Contents

Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships. The Fund's investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly-traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or non-U.S. income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Taxation of RICs. As a RIC, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. If the Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Although the Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, the Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. The Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders. Dividends and other distributions by the Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

Table of Contents

capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount in clause (a) over the amount in clause (b). Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the Fund reports as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund. All other dividends of the Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income, subject to the discussion of qualified dividend income below. Long-term capital gains are eligible for taxation at a maximum rate of 15% or 20% for non-corporate shareholders, depending on whether their income exceeds certain threshold amounts.

If an individual receives a regular dividend qualifying for the long-term capital gains rates and such dividend constitutes an “extraordinary dividend,” and the individual subsequently recognizes a loss on the sale or exchange of stock in respect of which the extraordinary dividend was paid, then the loss will be long-term capital loss to the extent of such extraordinary dividend. An “extraordinary dividend” on common stock for this purpose is generally a dividend (i) in an amount greater than or equal to 10% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within an 85-day period, or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (b) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

In certain situations, the Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss, then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of (i) the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains and (ii) the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Table of Contents

assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends or capital gains distributions, or by an option or contract to acquire substantially identical shares, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then, on or before January 31 of the following calendar year, acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents shareholders from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting their investments within a family of mutual funds.

Sections 351 and 362. The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has the right to reject an order for a purchase of shares of the Fund if the purchaser (or group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund and if, pursuant to Sections 351 and 362 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Fund would have a basis in the securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. If the Fund’s basis in such securities on the date of deposit was less than market value on such date, the Fund, upon disposition of the securities, would recognize more taxable gain or less taxable loss than if its basis in the securities had been equal to market value. It is not anticipated that the Trust will exercise the right of rejection except in a case where the Trust determines that accepting the order could result in material adverse tax consequences to the Fund or its shareholders. The Trust also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. The Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

The Fund’s investments in so-called “Section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most non-U.S. currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most security indexes, are subject to special tax rules. All Section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the Fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the Fund from positions in Section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will

Table of Contents

be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the Fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, the Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Qualified Dividend Income. Distributions by the Fund of investment company taxable income (including any short-term capital gains), whether received in cash or shares, will be taxable either as ordinary income or as qualified dividend income, which is eligible to be taxed at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the Fund receives qualified dividend income on the securities it holds and the Fund reports the distribution as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable U.S. corporations (but generally not from U.S. REITs) and certain non-U.S. corporations (e.g., non-U.S. corporations that are not PFICs and which are incorporated in a possession of the U.S. or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the U.S., or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. (where the dividends are paid with respect to such stock)). Under current IRS guidance, the U.S. has appropriate comprehensive income tax treaties with the following countries: Australia, Austria, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, China (but not with Hong Kong, which is treated as a separate jurisdiction for U.S. tax purposes), Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Morocco, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, the Slovak Republic, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, the U.K. and Venezuela. Substitute payments received by the Fund for securities lent out by the Fund will not be qualified dividend income.

A dividend from the Fund will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that: (i) the shareholder has not held the shares on which the dividend was paid for 61 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend or the Fund fails to satisfy those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder (or, in the case of certain preferred stocks, the holding requirement of 91 days during the 181-day period beginning on the date that is 90 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend); (ii) the Fund or the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property; or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under Section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. Dividends received by the Fund from a REIT or another RIC may be treated as qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are attributable to qualified dividend income received by such REIT or other RIC. It is expected that dividends received by the Fund from a REIT and distributed to a shareholder generally will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income. However, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, a non-corporate taxpayer who is a direct REIT shareholder may claim a 20% “qualified business income” deduction for ordinary REIT dividends, and a RIC may report dividends as eligible for this deduction to the extent the RIC’s income is derived from ordinary REIT dividends (reduced by allocable RIC expenses). A shareholder may treat the dividends as such provided the RIC and the shareholder satisfy applicable holding period requirements. Distributions by the Fund of its net short-term capital gains will be taxable as ordinary income.

Corporate Dividends Received Deduction. Dividends paid by the Fund that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from U.S. corporations may qualify for the U.S. federal dividends received deduction for corporations. A 46-day minimum holding period during the 90-day period that begins 45 days prior to ex-dividend date (or 91-day minimum holding period during the 180 period beginning 90 days prior to ex-dividend date for certain preference dividends) during which risk of loss may not be diminished is required for the applicable shares, at both the Fund and shareholder level, for a dividend to be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Restrictions may apply if indebtedness, including a short sale, is attributable to the investment.

Table of Contents

shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Certain types of income received by the Fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to report some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund shareholders, such excess inclusion income may: (i) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (ii) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (iv) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, are Fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined in Section 664 of the Internal Revenue Code) has UBTI for a taxable year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the trust.

The Fund tries to avoid investing in REITs that are expected to generate excess inclusion income, but the Fund may not always be successful in doing so. Because information about a REIT’s investments may be inadequate or inaccurate, or because a REIT may change its investment program, the Fund may not be successful in avoiding the consequences described above. Avoidance of investments in REITs that generate excess inclusion income may require the Fund to forego otherwise attractive investment opportunities.

Non-U.S. Investments. Under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts and certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the Fund were to elect otherwise.

The Fund may be subject to non-U.S. income taxes withheld at the source. The Fund, if permitted to do so, may elect to “pass through” to its investors the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid by the Fund provided that the Fund held the security on the dividend settlement date and for at least 15 additional days immediately before and/or thereafter, with the result that each investor with respect to shares of the Fund held for a minimum 16-day holding period at the time of deemed distribution will (i) include in gross income, even though not actually received, the investor’s pro rata share of the Fund’s non-U.S. income taxes, and (ii) either deduct (in calculating U.S. taxable income, but only for investors who itemize their deductions on their personal tax returns) or credit (in calculating U.S. federal income tax) the investor’s pro rata share of the Fund’s non-U.S. income taxes. Withholding taxes on dividends on non-U.S. securities while such securities are lent out by the Fund are not eligible for non-U.S. tax credit pass through. Taxes not “passed through” for tax purposes will not be available to shareholders for foreign tax credit purposes. A non-U.S. person invested in the Fund in a year that the Fund elects to “pass through” its non-U.S. taxes may be treated as receiving additional dividend income subject to U.S. withholding tax. A non-U.S. tax credit may not exceed the investor’s U.S. federal income tax otherwise payable with respect to the investor’s non-U.S. source income. For this purpose, shareholders must treat as non-U.S. source gross income (i) their proportionate shares of non-U.S. taxes paid by the Fund and (ii) the portion of any dividend paid by the Fund that represents income derived from non-U.S. sources; the Fund’s gain from the sale of securities will generally be treated as U.S.-source income. Certain limitations will be imposed to the extent to which the non-U.S. tax credit may be claimed. If your Fund shares are loaned pursuant to securities lending arrangements, you may lose the ability to use any non-U.S. tax credits passed through by the Fund or to treat Fund dividends (paid while the shares are held by the borrower) as qualified dividends. Regarding a short sale with respect to shares of the Fund, substitute payments made to the lender of such shares may not be deductible under certain circumstances. Consult your financial intermediary or tax advisor.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If the Fund purchases shares in PFICs, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

Table of Contents

subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, the Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain. Currently proposed IRS regulations, if adopted, would treat such included amounts as nonqualifying RIC income to the Fund unless such amounts were also distributed to the Fund.

Alternatively, the Fund may make a mark-to-market election that would result in the Fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, the Fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by the Fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the IRS. By making the election, the Fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. The Fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

The Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Properly-reported dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder or partner, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Distributions to certain foreign shareholders by the Fund at least 50% of the assets of which are “U.S. real property interests” (as defined in the Internal Revenue Code and Treasury regulations) at any time during the five-year period ending on the date

Table of Contents

of the distributions, to the extent the distributions are attributable to gains from sales or exchanges of U.S. real property interests (including shares in certain “U.S. real property holding corporations” such as certain REITs, although exceptions may apply if any class of stock of such a corporation is regularly traded on an established securities market and the Fund has held no more than 5% of such class of stock at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of the distributions), generally must be treated by such foreign shareholders as income effectively connected to a trade or business within the U.S., which is generally subject to tax at the graduated rates applicable to U.S. shareholders, except for distributions to foreign shareholders that held no more than 5% of any class of stock of the Fund at any time during the previous one-year period ending on the date of the distributions. Such distributions may be subject to U.S. withholding tax and may require a foreign shareholder to file a U.S. federal income tax return. In addition, sales or redemptions of shares held by certain foreign shareholders in the Fund generally will be subject to U.S. withholding tax and generally will require the foreign shareholder to file a U.S. federal income tax return, although exceptions may apply if more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s shares are held by U.S. shareholders or the foreign shareholder selling or redeeming the shares has held no more than 5% of any class of stock of the Fund at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of the sale or redemption.

Provided that more than 50% of the value of the Fund’s stock is held by U.S. shareholders, redemptions and other distributions made in the form of U.S. real property interests (including shares in certain “U.S. real property holding corporations”, although exceptions may apply if any class of stock of such a corporation is regularly traded on an established securities market and the Fund has held no more than 5% of such class of stock at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of the distribution) generally will cause the Fund to recognize a portion of any unrecognized gain in the U.S. real property interests equal to the product of (i) the excess of fair market value of such U.S. real property interests over the Fund’s adjusted bases in such interests and (ii) the greatest foreign ownership percentage of the Fund during the five-year period ending on the date of distribution.

The rules laid out in the previous two paragraphs, other than the withholding rules, will apply notwithstanding the Fund’s participation in a wash sale transaction or its payment of a substitute dividend.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Separately, a 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on U.S.-source dividends, interest and other income items paid to: (i) foreign financial institutions, including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders; and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to: (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information, including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders; comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts; report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained; agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information; and determine certain other information concerning their account holders, or (ii) in the event an intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities may need to report the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or provide certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.

Shares of the Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Financial statements for the Fund are not available because, as of the date of this SAI, the Fund has no financial information to report.

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Investors’ Rights. The Fund relies on the services of BFA and its other service providers, including the Distributor, administrator, custodian and transfer agent. Further information about the duties and roles of these service providers is set out in this SAI. Investors who acquire shares of the Fund are not parties to the relevant agreement with these service providers and do not have express contractual rights against the Fund or its service providers, except certain institutional investors that are Authorized Participants may have certain express contractual rights with respect to the Distributor under the terms of the relevant Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors may have certain legal rights under federal or state law against the Fund or its service providers. In the event that an investor considers that it may have a claim against the Fund, or against any service provider in connection with its investment in the Fund, such investor should consult its own legal advisor.

By contract, Authorized Participants irrevocably submit to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State or U.S. federal court sitting in New York City over any suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to the Authorized Participant Agreement. Jurisdiction over other claims, whether by investors or Authorized Participants, will turn on the facts of the particular case and the law of the jurisdiction in which the proceeding is brought.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated March 1, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

This combined Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the current prospectuses (each, a “Prospectus” and collectively, the “Prospectuses”) for the following series of iShares Trust (the “Trust”):

Fund	Ticker	Listing Exchange
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	SHYG	NYSE Arca
iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	SLQD	NASDAQ
iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF	STIP	NYSE Arca
iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF	ISHG	NASDAQ
iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	QLTA	NYSE Arca
iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF	HYBB	NYSE Arca
iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	USHY	Cboe BZX
iShares CMBS ETF	CMBS	NYSE Arca
iShares Convertible Bond ETF	ICVT	Cboe BZX
iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF	ISTB	NASDAQ
iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	IAGG	Cboe BZX
iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	HYXF	NASDAQ
iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF	FALN	NASDAQ
iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF	FLOT	Cboe BZX
iShares Global Green Bond ETF	BGRN	NASDAQ
iShares GNMA Bond ETF	GNMA	NASDAQ
iShares International Treasury Bond ETF	IGOV	NASDAQ
iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF	EMB	NASDAQ
iShares TIPS Bond ETF	TIP	NYSE Arca
iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF	TFLO	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF	FIBR	Cboe BZX
iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF	GOVT	Cboe BZX

The Prospectuses for the above-listed funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) are dated March 1, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the applicable Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. The Financial Statements and Notes contained in the applicable Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report of the Trust for the Funds are incorporated by reference into and are deemed to be part of this SAI. A copy of each Fund's Prospectus, Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust's distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. Each Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

References to the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act” or the “1940 Act”), or other applicable law, will include any rules promulgated thereunder and any guidance, interpretations or modifications by the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”), SEC staff or other authority with appropriate jurisdiction, including court interpretations, and exemptive, no action or other relief or permission from the SEC, SEC staff or other authority.

iShares^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

References to the name of the Underlying Index in the SAI for each Fund except for the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are hereby revised as follows:

References to the name of the benchmark index in the SAI for each of the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are revised as follows:

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

The section entitled “Determination of Net Asset Value” of the SAI for each of the Funds shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

Valuation of Shares. The NAV for each Fund is generally calculated as of the close of regular trading hours on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) NYSE (currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each business day the NYSE is open. Valuation of assets held by a Fund is as follows:

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Valued Asset (as defined below).

Fixed-Income Investments. Fixed-income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ current market value. A Fund values fixed-income portfolio securities using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by the Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the policies and procedures approved by the Funds’ Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information and by other methods, which may include consideration of: yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity and type; indications as to values from dealers; general market conditions; and/or other factors and assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but the Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with 60 days or less remaining to maturity unless such method does not represent fair value. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the issuer, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by a Fund on a day on which the Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which a Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a fair value asset. OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

Underlying Funds. Shares of underlying open-end funds (including money market funds) are valued at NAV. Shares of underlying exchange-traded closed-end funds or other ETFs will be valued at their most recent closing price.

Prices obtained from independent third-party pricing services, broker-dealers or market makers to value each Fund’s securities and other assets and liabilities are based on information available at the time the Fund values its assets and liabilities. In the event that a pricing service quotation is revised or updated subsequent to the day on which the Fund valued such security, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination will be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding the revision.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Use of fair value prices and certain current market valuations could result in a difference between the prices used to calculate a Fund’s NAV and the prices used in its Underlying Index, which, in turn, could result in a difference between a Fund’s performance and the performance of its Underlying Index.

Fair Value. When market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, a Fund’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). Fair Value Assets are valued by BlackRock in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. BlackRock may reasonably conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if, among other things, a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source due to its complete lack of trading, if BlackRock believes a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), or where the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BlackRock determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing a Fund’s assets or liabilities, is likely to cause a material change to the last exchange closing price or closing market price of one or more assets or liabilities held by the Fund. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

BlackRock, with input from portfolio management, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, the Funds’ accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BlackRock, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of the Funds. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee will seek to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the asset or liability is being valued, and does not seek to determine the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to funds and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect a Fund. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities, to the extent such rules become more stringent, would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value. This may in turn increase the costs associated with selling assets or affect their liquidity due to a Fund’s inability to obtain a third-party determination of fair market value. The SEC recently adopted new Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, which will establish an updated regulatory framework for registered investment company valuation practices and may impact the Fund’s valuation policies. The Fund will not be required to comply with the new rule until September 8, 2022.

Effective immediately, the section of the Fund’s SAI entitled “Investment Adviser” is amended to add the following footnote to “iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF” in the table on pages 97 and 98 of the SAI:

¹²Effective April 1, 2021, the management fee for the iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF is 0.05%.

Prior to April 1, 2021, the management fee for the iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF was 0.15%.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and its Funds

•	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF
•	iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF
•	iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF
•	iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF¹
•	iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF
•	iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF
•	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF
•	iShares CMBS ETF
•	iShares Convertible Bond ETF
•	iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF
•	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF
•	iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF²
•	iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF
•	iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF
•	iShares Global Green Bond ETF
•	iShares GNMA Bond ETF
•	iShares International Treasury Bond ETF³
•	iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF
•	iShares TIPS Bond ETF
•	iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF
•	iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF^4,5
•	iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF

On September 1, 2020, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from the S&P International Sovereign Ex-U.S. 1-3 Year Bond Index to the FTSE World Government Bond Index – Developed Markets 1-3 Years Capped Select Index.

On September 15, 2020, the name of the Fund changed from the iShares iBoxx $ High Yield ex Oil & Gas Corporate Bond ETF to the iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, and the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from the Markit iBoxx USD Liquid High Yield ex-Oil and Gas Index to the Bloomberg Barclays MSCI US High Yield Choice ESG Screened Index.

On September 1, 2020, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from the S&P International Sovereign Ex-U.S. Bond Index to the FTSE World Government Bond Index – Developed Markets Capped Select Index.

⁴

The iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF previously operated as a series of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (the “Predecessor Fund”). Before the Fund commenced operations, all of the assets and liabilities of the Predecessor Fund were transferred to the Fund in a reorganization (the “Reorganization”), which was tax-free for U.S. federal income tax purposes. The Reorganization occurred on February 5, 2018. As a result of the Reorganization, the Fund assumed the performance and accounting history of the Predecessor Fund, which was actively managed by BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA”) using an investment strategy substantially similar to the methodology of the Underlying Index. A portion of the financial and performance information included in this SAI is that of the Predecessor Fund.

⁵

On August 17, 2020, the name of the Fund changed from the iShares Edge U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk ETF to the iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF.

Each Fund is managed by BFA, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to track the investment results of the specific benchmark index identified in the applicable Prospectus for that Fund (each, an

Table of Contents

“Underlying Index”). BlackRock International Limited (“BIL”), an affiliate of BFA, serves as a sub-adviser to the iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF, iShares International Treasury Bond ETF and iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF. BlackRock (Singapore) Limited (“BRS”), an affiliate of BFA, serves as a sub-adviser (together with BIL, the “Sub-Advisers”) to the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF.

Each Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”) (other than the iShares GNMA Bond ETF, which currently issues Creation Units of their shares solely for cash). Shares of the Funds are listed and trade on national securities exchanges such as Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BZX”), The Nasdaq Stock Market (“NASDAQ”) or the NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”) (each, a “Listing Exchange”). Shares of each Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units, by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Portfolio Holdings Information section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI) (other than the iShares GNMA Bond ETF, which currently redeems Creation Units of its shares solely for cash). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally ranging from 50,000 to 100,000 or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

A discussion of exchange listing and trading matters associated with an investment in each Fund is contained in the Shareholder Information section of each Fund's Prospectus. The discussion below supplements, and should be read in conjunction with, that section of the applicable Prospectus.

Shares of each Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the applicable Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of certain Funds may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of a Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of Fund shares, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial owners of shares of a Fund; (ii) a Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (iii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iv) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of a Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of a Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

The Trust reserves the right to adjust the share prices of the Funds in the future to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the Funds or an investor's equity interest in the Funds.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks

Each Fund (other than iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF) seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in both fixed-income securities that comprise its relevant Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in the Underlying Index. Each Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security in a Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security from the Fund’s portfolio.

Each Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by BFA to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the Fund's Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market value and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as yield, credit rating, maturity and duration) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Each of the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in fixed-income securities and other instruments that comprise its relevant Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in the Underlying Index. The iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF also will seek to track the hedging component of the relevant Underlying Index by entering into currency forward contracts and other instruments. Each of the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security or other instrument in each of the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF’s and iShares Global Green Bond ETF's portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security or other instrument from the respective Fund's portfolio.

Although the Funds do not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Funds may have a leveraging effect as described below. Each Fund seeks to track the investment results of its Underlying Index before the fees and expenses of each Fund.

Each Fund (other than the iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF, iShares GNMA Bond ETF and iShares TIPS Bond ETF) generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of its Underlying Index and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates (“BlackRock Cash Funds”), as well as in securities not included in its Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, each Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of its Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in its Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index.

Each of the iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF and iShares GNMA Bond ETF generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of its Underlying Index and in investments that have economic characteristics that are substantially identical to the component securities of its Underlying Index (i.e., “to-be-announced (TBA) transactions”) and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in its Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, each Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of its Underlying Index and in investments that have economic characteristics that are substantially identical to the component securities of its Underlying Index (i.e., TBAs) and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in its Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index.

Each of the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities and other instruments of its Underlying Index and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in its Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, each Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities

Table of Contents

of its Underlying Index and other instruments of its Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in its Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index. Components of each Underlying Index include fixed-income securities and foreign currency forward contracts (both deliverable and non-deliverable) designed to hedge against non-U.S. currency fluctuations. The notional exposure to foreign currency forward contracts (both deliverable and non-deliverable) generally will be a short position that hedges the currency risk of the fixed-income portfolio. Each Fund seeks to track the investment results of its Underlying Index before the fees and expenses of the Fund.

Each Underlying Index for the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF sells forward the total value of the underlying non-U.S. dollar currencies at a one-month forward rate to create a hedge against fluctuations in the relative value of the component currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar. The hedge is reset on a monthly basis. Each Underlying Index is designed to have higher returns than an equivalent unhedged investment when the component currencies are weakening relative to the U.S. dollar and appreciation in some of the component currencies does not exceed the aggregate depreciation of the others. Conversely, each Underlying Index is designed to have lower returns than an equivalent unhedged investment when the component currencies, on a net basis, are rising relative to the U.S. dollar.

In order to replicate the “hedging” component of each Underlying Index for the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF, each Fund intends to enter into foreign currency forward contracts designed to offset the Fund’s exposure to the component currencies. A foreign currency forward contract is an over-the-counter (“OTC”) contract between two parties, each of which is an eligible contract participant, as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), to buy or sell a specified amount of a specific currency in the future at an agreed upon exchange rate. Each Fund's exposure to foreign currency forward contracts is based on the aggregate exposure of the Fund to the component currencies. While this approach is designed to minimize the impact of currency fluctuations on Fund returns, it does not necessarily eliminate each Fund’s exposure to the component currencies. The return of the foreign currency forward contracts may not perfectly offset the actual fluctuations between the component currencies and the U.S. dollar. Moreover, volatility in one or more of the component currencies may offset lower volatility in each Fund and reduce the effectiveness of the hedging transactions.

The iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF may also use non-deliverable forward contracts (“NDF”) to execute its hedging transactions. NDFs are cash-settled, short-term forward contracts that may be thinly traded or are denominated in non-convertible foreign currencies, where the profit or loss at the time of settlement date is calculated by taking the difference between the agreed upon exchange rate and the spot rate at the time of settlement, for an agreed upon notional amount of funds. NDFs generally have a fixing date and a settlement date. The fixing date is the valuation date at which the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate and the agreed upon exchange rate is calculated. The settlement date is the date by which the payment of the difference is due to the party receiving payment. NDFs are commonly quoted for time periods ranging from one month to up to two years, and are normally quoted and settled in U.S. dollars. They are often used to gain exposure to and/or hedge exposure to foreign currencies that are not internationally traded.

Foreign currency forward contracts and NDFs are subject to regulation under The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Physically-settled forwards between eligible contract participants, such as the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF, are generally subject to lighter regulation in the U.S. than NDFs and cash-settled foreign currency forward contracts. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, NDFs are regulated as swaps and are subject to rules requiring central clearing and mandatory trading on an exchange or facility that is regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). NDFs traded in the OTC market are subject to margin requirements that are expected to be finalized over the next year or two. Implementation of the regulations regarding clearing, mandatory trading and margining of NDFs are likely to increase the cost to each Fund of hedging currency risk and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in each Fund.

As a result of regulatory requirements under the 1940 Act, the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF are required to maintain an amount of liquid assets, accrued on a daily basis, having an aggregate value at least equal to the value of each Fund’s obligations under the foreign currency forward contract or NDF. To the extent that foreign currency forward contracts are settled on a physical basis, each Fund will generally be required to maintain an amount of liquid assets equal to the notional value of the contract. In connection with NDFs and cash-settled foreign

Table of Contents

currency forward contracts, on the other hand, which are performed on a net basis, with each Fund receiving or paying only the net amount of a specified exchange rate, each Fund will generally maintain liquid assets, accrued daily, equal to the accrued excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over those of its counterparty under the contract. Accordingly, reliance by each Fund on physically-settled foreign currency forward contracts may adversely impact investors by requiring each Fund to set aside a greater amount of liquid assets than would generally be required if each Fund were relying on cash-settled foreign currency forward contracts or NDFs.

The iShares TIPS Bond ETF generally invests at least 90% of its assets in the bonds of its Underlying Index and at least 95% of its assets in U.S. government bonds. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in U.S. government bonds not included in its Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index. The Fund also may invest up to 5% of its assets in repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government obligations and in cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates.

Bonds. Each Fund (other than the iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares International Treasury Bond ETF) invests a substantial portion of its assets in U.S. dollar-denominated bonds. The iShares 1-3 Year International Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares International Treasury Bond ETF invest a substantial portion of their assets in non-U.S. dollar-denominated bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a U.S. or non-U.S. company, or U.S. or non-U.S. governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. Bonds generally are used by corporations and governments to borrow money from investors.

An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case a fund may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. Similarly, a fund may have to reinvest interest income or payments received when bonds mature, sometimes at lower market rates. Most bonds bear interest income at a “coupon” rate that is fixed for the life of the bond. The value of a fixed-rate bond usually rises when market interest rates fall, and falls when market interest rates rise. Accordingly, a fixed-rate bond’s yield (income as a percent of the bond’s current value) may differ from its coupon rate as its value rises or falls. When an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is greater than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a premium. Conversely, when an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is less than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a discount. Fixed-rate bonds that are purchased at a discount pay less current income than securities with comparable yields that are purchased at face value, with the result that prices for such fixed-rate securities can be more volatile than prices for such securities that are purchased at face value. Other types of bonds bear interest at an interest rate that is adjusted periodically. Interest rates on “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed-rate bonds of comparable quality with similar final maturities. Because of their adjustable interest rates, the value of “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds, but their value may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Each Fund may treat some of these bonds as having a shorter maturity for purposes of calculating the weighted average maturity of its investment portfolio. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated obligations. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (backed by specified collateral).

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

The purchase of securities while borrowings are outstanding may have the effect of leveraging a Fund. The incurrence of leverage increases a Fund’s exposure to risk, and borrowed funds are subject to interest costs that will reduce net income. Purchasing securities while borrowings are outstanding creates special risks, such as the potential for greater volatility in the NAV of Fund shares and in the yield on a Fund’s portfolio. In addition, the interest expenses from borrowings may exceed the income generated by a Fund’s portfolio and, therefore, the amount available (if any) for distribution to shareholders as dividends may be reduced. BFA may determine to maintain outstanding borrowings if it expects that the benefits to a Fund’s shareholders will outweigh the current reduced return.

Table of Contents

Certain types of borrowings by a Fund must be made from a bank or may result in a Fund being subject to covenants in credit agreements relating to asset coverage, portfolio composition requirements and other matters. It is not anticipated that observance of such covenants would impede BFA’s management of a Fund’s portfolio in accordance with a Fund’s investment objectives and policies. However, a breach of any such covenants not cured within the specified cure period may result in acceleration of outstanding indebtedness and require a Fund to dispose of portfolio investments at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

Brady Bonds. Certain of the Funds may invest in Brady bonds. Brady bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to public and private entities in certain emerging markets for new bonds in connection with debt restructurings. Brady bonds have been issued since 1989. In light of the history of defaults of countries issuing Brady bonds on their commercial bank loans, investments in Brady bonds may be viewed as speculative and subject to the same risks as emerging market securities. Brady bonds may be fully or partially collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (but primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in OTC secondary markets. Incomplete collateralization of interest or principal payment obligations results in increased credit risk. U.S. dollar-denominated collateralized Brady bonds, which may be either fixed-rate or floating rate bonds, are generally collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities.

Corporate Bonds. Certain of the Funds may invest in investment-grade and/or high yield corporate bonds. High yield corporate bonds may be deemed speculative and more volatile than higher rated securities of similar maturity. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest earned on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by changes in the market rate of interest, the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

Currency Transactions. A currency forward contract is an OTC obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days greater than two days from the date on which the contract is agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A non-deliverable currency forward is an OTC currency forward settled in a specified currency, on a specified date, based on the difference between the agreed-upon exchange rate and the market exchange rate. A currency futures contract is a contract that trades on an organized futures exchange involving an obligation to deliver or acquire a specified amount of a specific currency, at a specified price and at a specified future time. Currency futures contracts may be settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the underlying currency. To the extent required by law, liquid assets committed to futures contracts will be maintained. The iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF expect to engage in currency transactions for the purpose of hedging against declines in the value of the Fund's assets that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency. A Fund may also enter into physically-settled non-U.S. currency forwards, and non-U.S. currency futures transactions and spot currency transactions to facilitate local securities settlements or to protect against currency exposure in connection with its distributions to shareholders As described above, reliance on physically-settled foreign currency may require the Fund to set aside a greater amount of liquid assets than would generally be required if the Funds were relying on cash-settled foreign currency forward contracts or NDFs. This would also generally be true if the funds were to use other types of physically-settled currency contracts to track the Underlying Index, facilitate local securities settlements or protect against currency exposure. Certain other Funds may also engage in currency transactions.

Foreign exchange transactions may involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which foreign exchange transactions are effected may be highly volatile, highly specialized and highly technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. Foreign exchange trading risks include, but are not limited to, exchange rate risk, counterparty risk, maturity gap, interest rate risk, and potential interference by foreign governments through regulation of local exchange markets, foreign investment or particular transactions in non-U.S. currency. If BFA utilizes foreign exchange transactions at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions, trends or correlations incorrectly, foreign exchange transactions may not serve their intended purpose of improving the correlation of a Fund's return with the performance of its Underlying Index and may lower the Fund’s return. A Fund could experience losses if the value of its currency forwards and other currency transactions positions were poorly correlated with its other investments or with its other currency hedges, if applicable, or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid market or otherwise. In addition, a Fund could incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with non-U.S. currency transactions and costs related to investment opportunities due to the fact it will be required to set aside liquid assets equal to its obligations under its currency forwards in order to satisfy applicable

Table of Contents

requirements under the 1940 Act. Similarly, because iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF seek to hedge currency risk in accordance with its Underlying Index, investors will not share in appreciation in the securities comprising its Underlying Index to the extent that such appreciation is due to increases in the currency value of the underlying securities.

Derivatives. The iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF and iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF may use instruments referred to as derivatives. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from another security, a commodity (such as gold or oil), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 Index or the prime lending rate). Derivatives allow a Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk to which a Fund is exposed more quickly and efficiently than transactions in other types of instruments. The Funds may use derivatives for hedging purposes. The Funds may also use derivatives for speculative purposes to seek to enhance returns. The use of a derivative is speculative if a Fund is primarily seeking to achieve gains, rather than to offset the risk of other positions. When a Fund invests in a derivative for speculative purposes, a Fund will be fully exposed to the risks of loss of that derivative, which may sometimes be greater than the derivative’s cost. Unless otherwise permitted, a Fund may not use any derivatives to gain exposure to an asset or class of assets that it would be prohibited by its investment restrictions from purchasing directly.

Diversification Status. The following table sets forth the diversification status of each Fund:

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF		iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF
iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF		iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF
iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF		iShares Global Green Bond ETF
iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF		iShares International Treasury Bond ETF
iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF
iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF
iShares CMBS ETF
iShares Convertible Bond ETF
iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF
iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF
iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF
iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF
iShares GNMA Bond ETF
iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF
iShares TIPS Bond ETF
iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF
iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF
iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF

Table of Contents

A “non-diversified” fund is a fund that is not limited by the 1940 Act with regard to the percentage of its assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer. The securities of a particular issuer (or securities of issuers in particular industries) may constitute a significant percentage of the underlying index of such a fund and, consequently, the fund’s investment portfolio. This may adversely affect a fund’s performance or subject the fund’s shares to greater price volatility than that experienced by more diversified investment companies.

Each Fund (whether diversified or non-diversified) intends to maintain the required level of diversification and otherwise conduct its operations so as to qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) for purposes of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and to relieve the Fund of any liability for U.S. federal income tax to the extent that its earnings are distributed to shareholders, provided that the Fund satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. Compliance with the diversification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code may limit the investment flexibility of the Funds and may make it less likely that the Funds will meet their respective investment objectives.

Dollar Rolls. A dollar roll transaction involves a sale by a Fund of a mortgage-backed or other security concurrently with an agreement by the Fund to repurchase a similar security at a later date at an agreed-upon price. The securities that are repurchased will bear the same interest rate and a similar maturity as those sold, but pools of mortgages collateralizing those securities may have different prepayment histories than those sold. During the period between the sale and repurchase, the Fund will not be entitled to receive interest and principal payments on the securities sold. Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional instruments for the Fund, and the income from these investments will generate income for the Fund. If such income does not exceed the income, capital appreciation and gain or loss that would have been realized on the securities sold as part of the dollar roll, the use of this technique will diminish the investment performance of the Fund compared with what the performance would have been without the use of dollar rolls. At the time the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction, BFA will designate assets on its books and records in an amount equal to the amount of the Fund’s commitments and will subsequently monitor the account to ensure that its value is maintained.

Dollar rolls involve the risk that the market value of the securities subject to the Fund’s forward purchase commitment may decline below, or the market value of the securities subject to the Fund’s forward sale commitment may increase above, the exercise price of the forward commitment. In the event the buyer of the securities files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the current sale portion of the transaction may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to purchase the similar securities in the forward transaction. Dollar rolls are speculative techniques that can be deemed to involve leverage. At the time the Fund sells securities and agrees to repurchase securities at a future date, the Fund will segregate liquid assets with a value equal to the repurchase price. The Fund may engage in dollar roll transactions to enhance return. Each dollar roll transaction is accounted for as a sale or purchase of a portfolio security and a subsequent purchase or sale of a substantially similar security in the forward market. Successful use of mortgage dollar rolls may depend upon BFA’s ability to correctly predict interest rates and prepayments. There is no assurance that dollar rolls can be successfully employed.

Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options. Futures contracts, options on futures and securities options may be used by a Fund to simulate investment in its Underlying Index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures that are traded on a U.S. or non-U.S. futures exchange. Each Fund will not use futures, options on futures or securities options for speculative purposes. Each Fund intends to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CFTC promulgated under the CEA. BFA, with respect to certain Funds, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to such Funds, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Table of Contents

contract, each Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, each Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of each Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. Certain of the Funds may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of their portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Securities options may be used by a Fund to obtain access to securities in its Underlying Index or to dispose of securities in its Underlying Index at favorable prices, to invest cash in a securities index that offers similar exposure to that provided by its Underlying Index or otherwise to achieve the Fund’s objective of tracking its Underlying Index. A call option gives a holder the right to purchase a specific security at a specified price (“exercise price”) within a specified period of time. A put option gives a holder the right to sell a specific security at an exercise price within a specified period of time. The initial purchaser of a call option pays the “writer” a premium, which is paid at the time of purchase and is retained by the writer whether or not such option is exercised. Each Fund may purchase put options to hedge its portfolio against the risk of a decline in the market value of securities held and may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities it is committed to purchase. Each Fund may write put and call options along with a long position in options to increase its ability to hedge against a change in the market value of the securities it holds or is committed to purchase. Each Fund may purchase or sell securities options on a U.S. or non-U.S. securities exchange or in the OTC market through a transaction with a dealer. Options on a securities index are typically settled on a net basis based on the appreciation or depreciation of the index level over the strike price. Options on single name securities may be cash- or physically-settled, depending upon the market in which they are traded. Options may be structured so as to be exercisable only on certain dates or on a daily basis. Options may also be structured to have conditions to exercise (i.e., “Knock-in Events”) or conditions that trigger termination (i.e., “Knock-out Events”). Investments in futures contracts and other investments that contain leverage may require each Fund to maintain liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under these contracts and other investments. Generally, each Fund maintains an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to “cash-settle,” each Fund maintains liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market obligation (i.e., each Fund’s daily net liability, if any), rather than the contracts’ notional value (i.e., the value of the underlying asset). By maintaining assets equal to its net obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, each Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to set aside assets equal to the futures contracts’ full notional value. Each Fund bases its asset maintenance policies on methods permitted by the SEC and its staff and may modify these policies in the future to comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to time by the SEC or its staff. Changes in SEC guidance regarding the use of derivatives by registered investment companies may adversely impact a Fund’s ability to invest in futures, options or other derivatives or make investments in such instruments more expensive.

Table of Contents

will contract with a foreign or domestic bank, foreign or domestic securities dealer or other intermediary, to make or take future delivery of a specified amount of a particular currency. Physically settled currency contracts are not subject to centralized clearing and trading requirements in the U.S. but may be in other jurisdictions. In the U.S., NDFs must be traded into foreign currency contracts on a regulated exchange or facility and cleared through a central counterparty (a “CCP”). Each Fund may also be subject to position limits in respect to the contracts established by a regulatory authority or exchange. There are no limitations on daily price moves in such foreign currency forward contracts, and banks and dealers are not required to continue to make markets in such contracts. There have been periods during which certain banks or dealers have refused to quote prices for such foreign currency forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which the bank or dealer is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell. Governmental imposition of credit controls might limit any such foreign currency forward contract trading. With respect to its trading of foreign currency forward contracts, if any, each Fund will be subject to the risk of bank or dealer failure and the inability of, or refusal by, a bank or dealer to perform with respect to such contracts or, in the case of cleared contracts, the refusal of a CCP to clear a contract that is subject to mandatory clearing. Any such default would deprive each Fund of any potential profit or force the each to cover its commitments for resale at the then market price and could result in a loss to each Fund. The cost to each Fund of engaging in foreign currency forward contracts varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period, whether the contract is cash settled and, thus, would be subject to posting and collection of margin in the U.S. and the market conditions then prevailing. The inability to close options and futures positions also could have an adverse impact on each Fund’s ability to hedge effectively its portfolio. There is also a risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits or collateral in the event of bankruptcy of a broker or other intermediary with whom the Fund has an open position in a currency forward or NDF, a swap, an option, a futures contract, a related option or another hedging instrument.

High Yield Securities. Certain Funds may invest in non-investment grade securities. Non-investment grade or “high yield” fixed-income or convertible securities, commonly known to investors as “junk bonds” or “high yield bonds,” are generally debt securities that are rated below investment grade by one or more of the major rating agencies or are unrated securities that BFA believes are of comparable quality. While generally providing greater income and opportunity for gain, non-investment grade debt securities may be subject to greater risks than securities that have higher credit ratings, including a high risk of default, and their yields will fluctuate over time. High yield securities will generally be in the lower rating categories of recognized rating agencies (rated below Baa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody's”) or below BBB- by Standard & Poor's^® Global Ratings, a subsidiary of S&P Global (“S&P Global Ratings”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”)) or be unrated. The credit rating of a high yield security does not necessarily address its market value risk, and ratings may from time to time change, positively or negatively, to reflect developments regarding the issuer’s financial condition. High yield securities are considered to be speculative with respect to the capacity of the issuer to timely repay principal and pay interest in accordance with the terms of the obligation and may have more credit risk than higher rated securities.

The major risks of high yield bond investments include the following:

•	High yield bonds may be issued by less creditworthy issuers. These securities are vulnerable to adverse changes in the issuer’s industry or to general economic conditions. Issuers of high yield bonds may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments or the unavailability of additional financing.
•	The issuers of high yield bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade bonds. If the issuer experiences financial stress, it may be unable to meet its debt obligations. The issuer’s ability to pay its debt obligations also may be lessened by specific issuer developments, or the unavailability of additional financing. Issuers of high yield securities are often in the growth stage of their development and/or involved in a reorganization or takeover.
•	High yield bonds are frequently ranked junior to claims by other creditors. If the issuer cannot meet its obligations, the senior obligations are generally paid off before the junior obligations, which will potentially limit a Fund’s ability to fully recover principal, to receive interest payments when senior securities are in default or to receive restructuring benefits paid to holders of more senior classes of debt. Thus, investors in high yield securities frequently have a lower degree of protection with respect to principal and interest payments than do investors in higher rated securities.
•	High yield bonds frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from a Fund before it matures. If an issuer redeems the high yield bonds, a Fund may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields and may lose income.

Table of Contents

•	Prices of high yield bonds are subject to extreme fluctuations. Negative economic developments may have a greater impact on the prices of high yield bonds than on those of other higher rated fixed-income securities.
•	Under certain economic and/or market conditions, a Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. There are fewer dealers in the high yield bond market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted for high yield bonds by dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. Judgment may play a greater role in the prices and values generated for such securities than in the case of securities trading in a more liquid market.
•	The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and, participants in the markets are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. Under certain economic and/or market conditions, a Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. An illiquid secondary market may adversely affect the market price of the high yield security, which may result in increased difficulty selling the particular issue and obtaining accurate market quotations on the issue when valuing a Fund's assets. Market quotations on high yield securities are available only from a limited number of dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. When the secondary market for high yield securities becomes more illiquid, or in the absence of readily available market quotations for such securities, the relative lack of reliable objective data makes it more difficult to value such securities, and judgment plays a more important role in determining such valuations.
•	A Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.
•	The high yield bond markets may react strongly to adverse news about an issuer or the economy, or to the perception or expectation of adverse news, whether or not it is based on fundamental analysis. Additionally, prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These developments could adversely affect a Fund’s NAV and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value and liquidity of outstanding high yield securities, especially in a thinly traded market. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in the past.

Inflation-Protected Obligations. Certain of the Funds invest almost exclusively in inflation-protected public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, commonly known as “TIPS,” and in comparable securities issued by governments of other countries. Inflation-protected obligations are designed to provide inflation protection to investors. Inflation-protected obligations are income-generating instruments whose interest and principal payments are adjusted for inflation - a sustained increase in prices that erodes the purchasing power of money. The inflation adjustment, which is typically applied monthly to the principal of the bond, follows a designated inflation index, the consumer price index (“CPI”), and TIPS’ principal payments are adjusted according to changes in the CPI. A fixed-coupon rate is applied to the inflation-adjusted principal so that as inflation rises, both the principal value and the interest payments increase. This can provide investors with a hedge against inflation, as it helps preserve the purchasing power of an investment. Because of this inflation adjustment feature, inflation-protected bonds typically have lower yields than conventional fixed-rate bonds.

Certain of the Funds are also subject to the risk that inflation rates of certain countries may be significantly higher than the rates indicated by official reports. As a result, the value of the bonds held by the Funds may decline in value even if payments to investors track reported inflation. Such securities are also subject to the risk of default by the issuing country.

Lending Portfolio Securities. Each Fund may lend portfolio securities to certain borrowers that BFA determines to be creditworthy, including borrowers affiliated with BFA. The borrowers provide collateral that is maintained in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned. No securities loan shall be made on behalf of a Fund if, as a result, the aggregate value of all securities loaned by the particular Fund exceeds one-third of the value of such Fund's total assets (including the value of the collateral received). A Fund may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the return of the securities loaned. Each Fund receives, by way of substitute payment, the value of any interest or cash or non-cash

Table of Contents

distributions paid on the loaned securities that it would have received if the securities were not on loan. For the iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF, iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF and iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

With respect to loans that are collateralized by cash, the borrower may be entitled to receive a fee based on the amount of cash collateral. The Funds are typically compensated by the difference between the amount earned on the reinvestment of cash collateral and the fee paid to the borrower. In the case of collateral other than cash, a Fund is typically compensated by a fee paid by the borrower equal to a percentage of the market value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral may be reinvested in certain short-term instruments either directly on behalf of each Fund or through one or more joint accounts or money market funds, including those affiliated with BFA; such investments are subject to investment risk.

Each Fund conducts its securities lending pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC permitting it to lend portfolio securities to borrowers affiliated with the Fund and to retain an affiliate of the Fund to act as securities lending agent. To the extent that a Fund engages in securities lending, BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. (“BTC”) acts as securities lending agent for the Fund, subject to the overall supervision of BFA. BTC administers the lending program in accordance with guidelines approved by the Trust's Board of Trustees (the “Board,” the trustees of which are the “Trustees”).

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees a Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, a Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return a Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for a Fund. A Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by a Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on shareholders caused by this difference in connection with a Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) such as the Funds, to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”) and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Funds have implemented a Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust, has appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, BFA assesses, manages, and periodically reviews each Fund’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by a Fund as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by a Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interest in a Fund. The liquidity of a Fund's portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the Liquidity Program. There are exclusions from certain portions of the liquidity risk management program requirements for “in-kind” ETFs, as defined in the Liquidity Rule. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, a Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

If your Fund shares are loaned pursuant to securities lending arrangements, you may lose the ability to use any non-U.S. tax credits passed through by a Fund or to treat Fund dividends (paid while the shares are held by the borrower) as qualified dividends. Regarding a short sale with respect to shares of a Fund, substitute payments made to the lender of such shares may not be deductible under certain circumstances. Consult your financial intermediary or tax advisor.

Table of Contents

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If a Fund purchases shares in PFICs, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If a Fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Internal Revenue Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, a Fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to a Fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, a Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain. Currently proposed IRS regulations, if adopted, would treat such included amounts as nonqualifying RIC income to a Fund unless such amounts were also distributed to the Fund.

Alternatively, a Fund may make a mark-to-market election that would result in a Fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, a Fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by a Fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the IRS. By making the election, a Fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. A Fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

A Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.

Privately Issued Securities. The iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF, iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Convertible Bond ETF, iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF, iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF and iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF may invest in privately issued securities, including those that may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the 1933 Act (“Restricted Securities”). Restricted Securities are not publicly-traded and are subject to a variety of restrictions, which limit a purchaser's ability to acquire or resell such securities. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Restricted Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund.

The Board has adopted policies and procedures and appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program, which includes the assessment of the liquidity of Restricted Securities. In making determinations regarding the liquidity of a Restricted Security, BFA will take into account relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations. Additional characteristics that may be considered in determining the liquidity of Restricted Securities include: (a) the existence of an active market, including whether the security is listed on an exchange as well as the number, diversity and quality of market participants; (b) frequency of trades or quotes; and (c) restrictions on trading.

Ratings. An investment-grade rating generally means the security or issuer is rated investment-grade by one or more of Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings, Fitch, or another credit rating agency designated as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) by the SEC, or is unrated but considered to be of equivalent quality by BFA. Generally, bonds rated Baa3 or above by Moody’s or BBB- or above by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch are considered “investment-grade” securities, bonds rated Baa are considered medium grade obligations subject to moderate credit risk and may possess certain speculative characteristics, while bonds rated BBB are regarded as having adequate capacity to meet financial commitments.

Subsequent to purchase by a Fund, a rated security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below an investment-grade rating. Bonds rated below Baa3 by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch are generally considered below investment-grade quality and are obligations of issuers that are generally considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal according to the terms of the obligation and, therefore, carry greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy and increased market price volatility. Such lower-rated securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are subject to a substantial degree of credit risk. Please see Appendix B of this SAI for a description of each rating category of Moody's, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch and BFA's treatment of investments that are not rated by any of the rating agencies.

Table of Contents

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The CFTC subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. NDFs and cash-settled currency forwards as well as futures, options on futures, currency options and swaps entered into by the Fund will be treated as CFTC Derivatives for these purposes, whereas physically-settled foreign currency forward contracts generally will not be treated as CFTC Derivatives. To the extent a Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

BFA has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to each of the Funds . BFA is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Funds.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and NDFs, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, NDFs and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through 2020. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to a Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in a Fund.

As a result of regulatory requirements under the 1940 Act, a Fund is currently required to maintain an amount of liquid assets, accrued on a daily basis, having an aggregate value at least equal to the value of a Fund’s obligations under the applicable derivatives contract. To the extent that derivatives contracts are settled on a physical basis, a Fund will generally be required to maintain an amount of liquid assets equal to the notional value of the contract. On the other hand, in connection with derivatives contracts that are performed on a net basis, a Fund will generally be required to maintain liquid assets, accrued daily, equal only to the accrued excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over those of its counterparty under the contract. Accordingly, reliance by a Fund on physically-settled derivatives contracts may adversely impact investors by requiring a Fund to set aside a greater amount of liquid assets than would generally be required if a Fund were relying on cash-settled derivatives contracts.

On October 28, 2020, the SEC adopted new regulations governing the use of derivatives by registered investment companies (“Rule 18f-4”). The Funds will be required to implement and comply with Rule 18f-4 by August 19, 2022. Once implemented, Rule 18f-4 will impose limits on the amount of derivatives a fund can enter into, eliminate the asset segregation framework currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure amount to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.

The iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF, iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares CMBS ETF, iShares Convertible Bond ETF, iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF and iShares GNMA Bond ETF (the “No-Action Letter Funds”) may also have investments in “underlying funds” (and such underlying funds themselves may invest in underlying funds) not advised by BFA (the term “underlying fund” for purposes of the no-action letter referenced below may include, but is not limited to, certain securitized vehicles, mortgage or international real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), business development companies, and investment companies that may invest in CFTC Derivatives or in any of the foregoing), and therefore may be viewed by the CFTC as commodity pools. BFA may not have transparency into the holdings of these underlying funds because they are not advised by BFA. To address this issue of lack of transparency, the CFTC staff issued a no-action letter on November 29, 2012 permitting the adviser of a fund that invests in such underlying funds and that would otherwise have filed a claim of exclusion pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 to delay registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the adviser of the No-Action Letter Funds, has filed a claim with the CFTC for the Funds to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of the Funds.

Table of Contents

Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is an instrument under which the purchaser (i.e., a Fund) acquires a security and the seller agrees, at the time of the sale, to repurchase the security at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the purchaser’s holding period. Repurchase agreements may be construed to be collateralized loans by the purchaser to the seller secured by the securities transferred to the purchaser. If a repurchase agreement is construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities will not be considered to be owned by a Fund but only to constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price, and, in the event of a default by the seller, the Fund may suffer time delays and incur costs or losses in connection with the disposition of the collateral.

Repurchase agreements pose certain risks for a Fund that utilizes them. Such risks are not unique to the Funds, but are inherent in repurchase agreements. Each Fund seeks to minimize such risks, but because of the inherent legal uncertainties involved in repurchase agreements, such risks cannot be eliminated. Lower quality collateral and collateral with a longer maturity may be subject to greater price fluctuations than higher quality collateral and collateral with a shorter maturity. If the repurchase agreement counterparty were to default, lower quality collateral may be more difficult to liquidate than higher quality collateral. Should the counterparty default and the amount of collateral not be sufficient to cover the counterparty’s repurchase obligation, a Fund would likely retain the status of an unsecured creditor of the counterparty (i.e., the position a Fund would normally be in if it were to hold, pursuant to its investment policies, other unsecured debt securities of the defaulting counterparty) with respect to the amount of the shortfall. As an unsecured creditor, a Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Generally, the effect of such transactions is that a Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases the Fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if a Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and a Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of a Fund’s assets. A Fund's exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained by a Fund through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Table of Contents

or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's, “F-1” by Fitch or “A-1” by S&P Global Ratings, or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by a Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Short Sales. The iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF may make short sales of securities, either as a hedge against potential declines in value of a portfolio security or to realize appreciation when a security that the Fund does not own declines in value. When the Fund makes a short sale, it borrows the security sold short and delivers it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale. The Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to turn over any payments received on such borrowed securities to the lender of the securities.

The Fund secures its obligation to replace the borrowed security by depositing collateral with the broker-dealer, usually in cash, U.S. government securities or other liquid securities similar to those borrowed. With respect to uncovered short positions, the Fund is required to deposit similar collateral with its custodian, if necessary, to the extent that the value of both collateral deposits in the aggregate is at all times equal to at least 100% of the current market value of the security sold short. Depending on arrangements made with the broker-dealer from which the Fund borrowed the security, regarding payment received by the Fund on such security, the Fund may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral deposited with such broker-dealer.

Sovereign and Quasi-Sovereign Obligations. Certain of the Funds may invest in sovereign and quasi-sovereign obligations. An investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations. Sovereign debt includes securities issued or guaranteed by a foreign sovereign government. Quasi-sovereign debt includes securities issued or guaranteed by an entity affiliated with or backed by a sovereign government. The issuer of the sovereign debt that controls the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and a Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. Similar to other issuers, changes to the financial condition or credit rating of a non-U.S. government may cause the value of a sovereign debt to decline. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt obligations may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations, which may affect a Fund's NAV. In the past, certain emerging market countries have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts. Several sovereign issuers have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about rising government debt levels, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain. In the past, sovereign issuers have also defaulted on their debt obligations, including Russia, Argentina, Indonesia and Uruguay.

A sovereign debtor's willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its non-U.S. currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange, the relative size of the debt service burden, the sovereign debtor's policy toward principal international lenders and local political constraints. Sovereign debtors may also be dependent on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and other entities to reduce principal and interest arrears on their debt. The failure of a sovereign debtor to implement economic reforms, achieve specified levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of third-party commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor's ability or willingness to service its debts. Quasi-sovereign debt obligations are typically less liquid and less standardized than government debt.

Stripped Securities. Stripped securities are created when the issuer separates the interest and principal components of an instrument and sells them as separate securities. In general, one security is entitled to receive the interest payments on the underlying assets (the interest only, or “IO” security) and the other to receive the principal payments (the principal only, or “PO” security). Some stripped securities may receive a combination of interest and principal payments. The yields to maturity on IOs and POs are sensitive to the expected or anticipated rate of principal payments (including prepayments) on the related

Table of Contents

underlying assets, and principal payments may have a material effect on yield to maturity. If the underlying assets experience greater than anticipated prepayments of principal, the Fund may not fully recoup its initial investment in IOs. Conversely, if the underlying assets experience less than anticipated prepayments of principal, the yield on POs could be adversely affected. Stripped securities may be highly sensitive to changes in interest rates and rates of prepayment.

Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are contracts between parties in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on a pre-determined underlying investment or notional amount. In return, the other party agrees to make periodic payments to the first party based on the return (or a differential in rate of return) earned or realized on the underlying investment or notional amount. Swap agreements will usually be performed on a net basis, with a Fund receiving or paying only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained by the Fund.

Certain of the Funds may enter into swap agreements, including currency swaps, interest rate swaps and index swaps. The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets.

U.S. Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk. Certain of the Funds invest in securities backed by pools of mortgages issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or sponsored entities, including Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”). The market for mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”) has been adversely affected by the value of those MBS held and/or issued by these agencies and sponsored entities. If a U.S. government agency or sponsored entity issues securities in which certain of the Funds invest and such issuer is unable to meet its obligations or ceases to exist, and no plan is made for the repayment of securities, the performance of certain of the Funds will be adversely impacted.

Ginnie Mae. Established in 1968, Ginnie Mae is a wholly owned U.S. government corporation within the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development. Ginnie Mae is authorized to guarantee, with the backing of the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by the institutions approved by Ginnie Mae (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage banks), and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration or guaranteed by the U.S. Department of Veterans Affairs. Ginnie Mae securities also are supported by the authority of Ginnie Mae to borrow funds from the U.S. Treasury Department to make payments under its guarantee. Any actual or potential disruption to Ginnie Mae, or the financial condition or credit of the U.S. government, could cause the value of Ginnie Mae securities to decline. In 2011, S&P Global Ratings downgraded U.S. Treasury securities from AAA rating to AA+ rating. A further downgrade of the ratings of U.S. government debt obligations, which are often used as a benchmark for other borrowing arrangements, could result in higher interest rates for individual and corporate borrowers, cause disruptions in the international bond markets and have a substantial negative effect on the U.S. economy. A downgrade of U.S. Treasury securities from another ratings agency or a further downgrade below AA+ rating by S&P Global Ratings may cause the value of Ginnie Mae securities to decline.

Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac. Fannie Mae was established as a federal agency in 1938 and in 1968 was chartered by Congress as a private shareholder-owned company. Securities issued by Fannie Mae are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by Fannie Mae. The securities are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, but are supported by the right of Fannie Mae to borrow from the U.S. Treasury Department.

Freddie Mac is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered by Congress in 1970. Securities issued by Freddie Mac entitle the holder to timely payment of interests, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac also guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments. While Freddie Mac generally does not guarantee timely payment of principal, Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable. The securities are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the U.S. government or by any Federal Home Loan Banks, but are supported by the right of Freddie Mac to borrow from the U.S. Treasury Department.

Table of Contents

condition. In addition, the U.S. Treasury Department agreed to provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac up to $100 billion of capital each on an as needed basis to ensure that they continue to provide liquidity to the housing and mortgage markets.

Mortgage-Backed Securities. MBS issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or sponsored entities, such as Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, or Freddie Mac, represent interests in pools of mortgages in which payments of both principal and interest on the securities are generally made monthly, in effect “passing through” the payments made by borrowers on the mortgage loans that underlie the securities (net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of the securities). MBS differ from other forms of debt securities, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates, while a MBS payments provide a combination of interest and principal throughout the a bond’s term. As further described below, MBS may be structured as pass-through securities or collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”).

MBS are subject to the general risks associated with investing in real estate securities; that is, they may lose value if the value of the underlying real estate to which a pool of mortgages relates declines. In addition, investments in MBS involve certain specific risks. These risks include the failure of a party to meet its commitments under the related operative documents, adverse interest rate changes and the effects of prepayments on mortgage cash flows. The value of MBS, like that of traditional fixed-income securities, typically increases when interest rates fall and decreases when interest rates rise. However, MBS differ from traditional fixed-income securities because of their potential for prepayment without penalty. The price paid by a Fund for its MBS, the yield a Fund expects to receive from such securities and the weighted average life of the securities are based on a number of factors, including the anticipated rate of prepayment of the underlying mortgages. In a period of declining interest rates, borrowers may prepay the underlying mortgages more quickly than anticipated, thereby reducing the yield to maturity and the average life of the MBS. Moreover, when a Fund reinvests the proceeds of a prepayment in these circumstances, it will likely receive a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on the security that was prepaid.

To the extent that a Fund purchases MBS at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and principal prepayments may result in a loss to the extent of the premium paid. If a Fund buys such securities at a discount, both scheduled payments of principal and unscheduled prepayments will increase current and total returns and will accelerate the recognition of income, which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. In a period of rising interest rates, prepayments of the underlying mortgages may occur at a slower than expected rate, creating maturity extension risk. This particular risk may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Since the value of long-term securities generally fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than that of shorter-term securities, maturity extension risk could increase the inherent volatility of a Fund. Under certain interest rate and prepayment scenarios, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its investment in MBS notwithstanding any direct or indirect U.S. governmental or agency guarantee.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Some MBS, such as U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities, represent a right to receive principal and interest payments collected on a pool of mortgages, which are passed through to security holders. In the basic mortgage pass-through structure, mortgages with similar issuer, term and coupon characteristics are collected and aggregated into a “pool” consisting of multiple mortgage loans. The pool is assigned a CUSIP number and undivided interests in the pool are traded and sold as pass-through securities. The holder of the security is entitled to a pro rata share of principal and interest payments (including unscheduled prepayments) from the pool of mortgage loans.

An investment in a specific pool of mortgage pass-through securities requires an analysis of the specific prepayment risk of mortgages within the covered pool (since mortgagors typically have the option to prepay their loans). The level of prepayments on a pool of MBS is difficult to predict and can impact the subsequent cash flows, value and yield of the mortgage pool. In addition, when trading specific mortgage pools, precise execution, delivery and settlement arrangements must be negotiated for each transaction.

Table of Contents

and “roll over” such agreements prior to the settlement date stipulated in such agreements. This type of TBA transaction is sometimes known as a “TBA roll.” In a TBA roll, such Funds generally will sell the obligation to purchase the pools stipulated in the TBA agreement prior to the stipulated settlement date and will enter into a new TBA agreement for future delivery of pools of MBS. In addition, certain of the Funds may enter into TBA agreements and settle such transactions on the stipulated settlement date by accepting actual receipt or delivery of the pools of MBS stipulated in the TBA agreement.

Certain of the Funds may invest cash pending settlement of TBA transactions in money market instruments, repurchase agreements, or other high quality, liquid short-term instruments, including money market funds advised by BFA. Each such Fund will pay its pro rata share of fees and expenses of any money market fund that it may invest in, in addition to such Fund’s own fees and expenses.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. U.S. agency MBS may also be structured in the form of CMOs. CMOs are created by dividing the principal and interest payments collected on a pool of mortgages into several revenue streams (“tranches”) with different priority rights to portions of the underlying mortgage payments. Certain CMO tranches may represent a right to receive interest only, principal only, or an amount that remains after floating-rate tranches are paid (an “inverse floater”). These securities are frequently referred to as “mortgage derivatives” and may be extremely sensitive to changes in interest rates. Interest rates on inverse floaters, for example, vary inversely with a short-term floating rate (which may be reset periodically). Interest rates on inverse floaters will decrease when short-term rates increase and will increase when short-term rates decrease. These securities have the effect of providing a degree of investment leverage. In response to changes in market interest rates or other market conditions, the value of an inverse floater may increase or decrease at a multiple of the increase or decrease in the value of the underlying securities. If a Fund invests in CMO tranches issued by U.S. government agencies or sponsored entities and interest rates move in a manner not anticipated by Fund management, it is possible that such a Fund could lose all or substantially all of its investment. Certain CMOs in which certain of the Funds may invest may also provide a degree of investment leverage, which could cause such a Fund to lose all or substantially all of its investment.

U.S. Government Obligations. Certain of the Funds may invest in various types of U.S. government obligations. U.S. government obligations are a type of bond and include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Payment of principal and interest on U.S. government obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Federal Home Loan Bank notes). In the latter case, each Fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

U.S.-Registered and Restricted Securities of Non-U.S. Issuers. Each Fund (other than the iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares GNMA Bond ETF, iShares TIPS Bond ETF, and iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF) may invest in U.S.-registered, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds of non-U.S. governments, agencies, supranational entities and corporate issuers. The iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF, iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF and iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF may invest in Restricted Securities issued by non-U.S. issuers. Investing in U.S.-registered, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds (or Restricted Securities for iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF, iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF and iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF) issued by non-U.S. issuers involves some risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions of the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. In addition, the risk that the issuer may fail to meet its obligations on these securities may be affected by fluctuations in non-U.S. currency exchange rates between the issuer's local currency and the U.S. dollar. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

Table of Contents

When Issued Securities, Delayed Delivery Securities and Forward Commitments. Each Fund may purchase or sell securities that it is entitled to receive on a when issued basis. Each Fund may also purchase or sell securities on a delayed delivery basis or through a forward commitment (including on TBA transactions). These transactions involve the purchase or sale of securities by each Fund at an established price with payment and delivery taking place in the future. Each Fund enters into these transactions to obtain what is considered an advantageous price to each Fund at the time of entering into the transaction. When each Fund purchases securities in these transactions, each Fund segregates liquid securities in an amount equal to the amount of its purchase commitments. TBAs also require the Fund entering into the transaction to post margin with the broker-dealer in connection with the transaction, which increases costs to the Fund.

There can be no assurance that a security purchased on a when issued basis will be issued or that a security purchased or sold on a delayed delivery basis or through a forward commitment will be delivered. Also, the value of securities in these transactions on the delivery date may be more or less than the price paid by each Fund to purchase the securities.

Each Fund will lose money if the value of the security in such a transaction declines below the purchase price and will not benefit if the value of the security appreciates above the sale price during the commitment period.

Each Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a commitment after it has been entered into, and may sell securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to each Fund on the settlement date. In these cases each Fund may realize a taxable capital gain or loss.

When each Fund engages in when-issued, TBA transactions or forward commitment transactions, it relies on the other party to consummate the trade. Failure of such party to do so may result in the Fund’s incurring a loss or missing an opportunity to obtain a price considered to be advantageous.

The market value of the securities underlying a commitment to purchase securities, and any subsequent fluctuations in their market value, is taken into account when determining the market value of each Fund starting on the day each Fund agrees to purchase the securities. Each Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has committed to purchase until they are paid for and delivered on the settlement date.

Future Developments. The Board may, in the future, authorize each Fund to invest in securities contracts and investments other than those listed in this SAI and in the applicable Prospectus, provided they are consistent with each Fund's investment objective and do not violate any investment restrictions or policies.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund is contained in each Fund's Prospectus. An investment in a Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of bonds in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

Borrowing Risk. Borrowing may exaggerate changes in the NAV of Fund shares and in the return on a Fund’s portfolio. Borrowing will cause a Fund to incur interest expense and other fees. The costs of borrowing may reduce a Fund’s return. Borrowing may cause a Fund to liquidate positions when it may not be advantageous to do so to satisfy its obligations.

Table of Contents

those in developed markets, in part because of the use of brokers and counterparties that are often less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence or undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being lost. In addition, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such custody problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Illiquid Investments Risk. Each Fund may invest up to an aggregate amount of 15% of its net assets in illiquid investments. An illiquid investment is any investment that a Fund reasonably expects cannot be sold or disposed of in current market conditions in seven calendar days or less without significantly changing the market value of the investment. The liquidity of an investment will be determined based on relevant market, trading and investment specific considerations as set out in the Liquidity Program as required by the Liquidity Rule. Illiquid investments may trade at a discount to comparable, more liquid investments and a Fund may not be able to dispose of illiquid investments in a timely fashion or at their expected prices. If illiquid investments exceed 15% of a Fund’s net assets, the Liquidity Rule and the Liquidity Program will require that certain remedial actions be taken.

During the period of a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, it is unlikely that each Fund will receive any interest payments on the securities of the issuer. Each Fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether the reorganization or restructuring will be completed, and each Fund may bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect and recover its investment. Each Fund will also be subject to significant uncertainty as to when and in what manner and for what value the obligations evidenced by the securities of the issuer held by each Fund will eventually be satisfied. Even if a plan of reorganization or restructuring is adopted with respect to the securities of the issuer held by each Fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by each Fund in connection with such plan of reorganization or restructuring will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated or no value. A Fund may be unable to enforce its claims or rights in any collateral or may have its claims or security interest in any collateral challenged, disallowed or subordinated to the claims or security interests of other creditors. In addition, amendments to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other relevant laws could alter the expected outcome or introduce greater uncertainty regarding the outcome of each Fund's securities holdings in the issuer. In a bankruptcy proceeding, a reorganization or restructuring, the securities of the issuer held by each Fund could be re-characterized or each Fund may receive different securities or other assets, including equity securities. These types of equity securities include, but are not limited to: common stock; preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock); bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock; stock purchase warrants and rights; equity interests in trusts; and depositary receipts. Equity securities are subject to changes in value, and their value may be more volatile than those of other asset classes. Holders of equity securities are subject to more risk than holders of debt securities because the status of equity holders is subordinate to debtholders in an issuer's capital structure. The value of equity securities received by each Fund could decline if the financial condition of the issuer deteriorates or if overall market and economic conditions, or conditions within the issuer’s region or industry, deteriorate. Equity securities received by a Fund through a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or restructuring of an issuer would not be component securities of a Fund’s Underlying Index, which could subject a Fund to additional tracking error risk.

To the extent that each Fund receives other assets in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, each Fund may also be subject to additional risks associated with the assets received. One example of assets that each Fund could receive is an interest in one or more loans made to the issuer as part of a workout agreed to by a consortium of lienholders and creditors of the issuer. A Fund may receive such interests in loans to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Table of Contents

restricted from disposing such securities for a period of time. If each Fund becomes involved in such proceedings, each Fund may have more active participation in the affairs of the issuer than that assumed generally by an investor.

LIBOR Risk. A Fund may be exposed to financial instruments that are tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies or investment value. A Fund’s investments may pay interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or may be subject to interest caps or floors based on LIBOR. A Fund may also obtain financing at floating rates based on LIBOR. Derivative instruments utilized by a Fund may also reference LIBOR.

LIBOR Replacement Risk. In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. On March 5, 2021, the administrator of LIBOR, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, announced its intention to cease publishing two USD LIBOR settings immediately after publication on December 31, 2021, with the majority of the USD LIBOR settings to end immediately after publication on June 30, 2023. A Fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates, such as the Euro Overnight Index Average (“EONIA”), which may also cease to be published. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there are challenges to converting certain securities and transactions to a new reference rate, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace USD LIBOR.

Neither the effect of the LIBOR transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known. The transition process might lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets for, and reduce the effectiveness of, new hedges placed against, instruments whose terms currently include LIBOR. While some existing LIBOR-based instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate-setting methodology, there may be significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies to replicate LIBOR. Not all existing LIBOR-based instruments may have alternative rate-setting provisions and there remains uncertainty regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to add alternative rate-setting provisions in certain existing instruments. In addition, a liquid market for newly-issued instruments that use a reference rate other than LIBOR still may be developing. Instruments with fallback provisions (i.e., contractual provisions specifying the trigger events for a transition to a replacement rate) to facilitate the transition from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate may also include adjustments that do not adequately compensate the holder for the different characteristics of the alternative reference rate. As a result, the fallback provision causes a value transfer from one party to the instrument to the counterparty. Because the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could decline during the transition period, these and related adverse effects could occur prior to the end of 2021 with respect to certain LIBOR settings or mid-2023 for the remaining LIBOR settings. There may also be challenges for a Fund to enter into hedging transactions against such newly-issued instruments until a market for such hedging transactions develops. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on a Fund will vary based on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and the potential renegotiation of existing contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. A Fund's investments may also be tied to other interbank offered rates and currencies, which may face similar issues. In many cases, if an instrument falls back to an alternative reference rate, including SOFR, the alternative reference rate will not perform the same as LIBOR because the alternative reference rate does not include a credit-sensitive component in the rate calculation. Alternative reference rates generally reflect the performance of the market for U.S. Treasury securities, which are secured by the U.S. Treasury, and not the interbank lending markets. Therefore, in the event of a credit crisis, floating rate instruments using certain alternative reference rates could perform differently than those instruments using a rate indexed to the interbank lending market. In addition, pending legislation may affect the transition of LIBOR-based instruments by permitting trustees and calculation agents to transition instruments with no LIBOR transition language to an alternative reference rate selected by such agents. These legislative proposals include safe harbors from liability, meaning that a Fund may have limited recourse if the alternative reference rate does not fully compensate the Fund for the transition of an instrument from LIBOR. It is unclear whether such legislative proposals will be signed into law. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect a Fund’s performance or NAV.

Table of Contents

Liquidity Risk. Liquidity risk exists when particular investments are difficult to purchase or sell. To the extent a Fund invests in illiquid investments, such investments may have a negative effect on the returns of the Fund because the Fund may be unable to sell the illiquid investments at an advantageous time or price.

Municipal Market Disruption Risk. The value of municipal securities may be affected by uncertainties in the municipal market related to legislation or litigation involving the taxation of municipal securities or the rights of municipal securities holders in the event of a bankruptcy. Proposals to restrict or eliminate the U.S. federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal securities are introduced before the U.S. Congress from time to time. Proposals also may be introduced before state legislatures that would affect the state tax treatment of a municipal fund’s distributions. If such proposals were enacted, the availability of municipal securities and the value of a Fund’s holdings would be affected, and the Trustees would reevaluate the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Municipal bankruptcies are relatively rare, and certain provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code governing such bankruptcies are unclear and remain untested. Further, the application of state law to municipal issuers could produce varying results among the states or among municipal securities issuers within a state. These legal uncertainties could affect the municipal securities market generally, certain specific segments of the market, or the relative credit quality of particular securities. Any of these effects could have a significant impact on the prices of some or all of the municipal securities held by a Fund.

Operational Risk. BFA and a Fund's other service providers may experience disruptions or operating errors such as processing errors or human errors, inadequate or failed internal or external processes, or systems or technology failures, that could negatively impact the Funds. While service providers are required to have appropriate operational risk management policies and procedures, their methods of operational risk management may differ from a Fund’s in the setting of priorities, the personnel and resources available or the effectiveness of relevant controls. BFA, through its monitoring and oversight of service providers, seeks to ensure that service providers take appropriate precautions to avoid and mitigate risks that could lead to disruptions and operating errors. However, it is not possible for BFA or the other Fund service providers to identify all of the operational risks that may affect a Fund or to develop processes and controls to completely eliminate or mitigate their occurrence or effects.

Prepayment Risk. During periods of falling interest rates, issuers of certain debt obligations may repay principal prior to the security’s maturity, which may cause a Fund to have to reinvest in securities with lower yields or higher risk of default, resulting in a decline in the Fund’s income or return potential. Also, if a security subject to prepayment had been purchased at a premium, the value of the premium would be lost in the event of prepayment.

Quasi-Sovereign Obligations Risk. The iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF and iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF may invest in quasi-sovereign debt obligations. An investment in quasi-sovereign debt obligations involves special risks generally not present in corporate debt obligations. Quasi-sovereign debt includes investments in securities issued or guaranteed by an entity affiliated with or backed by a sovereign government. Generally, quasi-sovereign debt obligations are issued by companies in which a government owns a majority of the issuer’s voting shares. They are often considered strategically important to the sovereign entity but do not legally carry sovereign status for purposes of debt repayment. While certain quasi-sovereign debt issuers have received sovereign government support in the past, such past support is not a guarantee that it will continue in the future. In fact, in the past certain quasi-sovereign debt issuers have pushed their creditors toward debt restructuring, rather than meeting their payment obligations. Quasi-sovereign debt obligations are typically less liquid and less standardized than sovereign debt obligations.

Repurchase Agreement Risk. A repurchase agreement is an instrument under which the purchaser (i.e., a Fund) acquires a security and the seller agrees, at the time of the sale, to repurchase the security at a mutually agreed upon time and price. Repurchase agreements may be construed to be collateralized loans by the purchaser to the seller secured by the securities transferred to the purchaser. If a repurchase agreement is construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities will not be considered to be owned by a Fund but only to constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price. If the seller defaults on its obligation under the agreement, a Fund may suffer delays and incur costs or lose money in exercising its rights under the agreement. If the seller fails to repurchase the security and the market value of the security declines, a Fund may lose money.

Table of Contents

changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus a Fund's losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent a Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, such Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that a Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains, and in some cases, hedging can cause losses that are not offset by gains, and the Fund will recognize losses on both the investment and the hedge. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that a Fund’s hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Risk of Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. There are several risks accompanying the utilization of futures contracts and options on futures contracts. A position in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed only on the exchange on which the contract was made (or a linked exchange). While each Fund plans to utilize futures contracts only if an active market exists for such contracts, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for the contract at a specified time. Furthermore, because, by definition, futures contracts project price levels in the future and not current levels of valuation, market circumstances may result in a discrepancy between the price of the bond index future and the movement in the relevant Underlying Index. In the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, a Fund may be required to deliver the instruments underlying the futures contracts it has sold.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered bond index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. Each Fund does not plan to use futures and options contracts in this way. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. Each Fund, however, intends to utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit their risk exposure to levels comparable to a direct investment in the types of bonds in which it invests.

Utilization of futures and options on futures by a Fund involves the risk of imperfect or even negative correlation to its Underlying Index if the index underlying the futures contract differs from the Underlying Index. There is also the risk of loss by a Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom a Fund has an open position in the futures contract or option. The purchase of put or call options will be based upon predictions by BFA as to anticipated trends, which predictions could prove to be incorrect.

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day's settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting each Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, each Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Table of Contents

cause the value of debt issued by that particular foreign government’s agencies, subdivisions or instrumentalities to decline. During periods of economic uncertainty, the trading of non-U.S. agency bonds may be less liquid while market prices may be more volatile than prices of U.S. agency bonds. Additional risks associated with non-U.S. agency investing include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries and cause restrictions on the flow of international capital.

Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Debt Securities. Non-U.S. debt securities are traded on foreign exchanges and OTC in the respective countries covered by a Fund. The risks of investing in non-U.S. debt securities typically include market fluctuations caused by such factors as economic and political developments, changes in interest rates and perceived trends in bond prices. Investing in a fund whose portfolio contains securities of non-U.S. issuers involves certain risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include securities markets that may lack sufficient liquidity or may be less efficient; generally greater price volatility; less publicly available information about issuers; the imposition of withholding or other taxes; the imposition of restrictions on the expatriation of funds or other assets of a Fund; higher transaction and custody costs; delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures; difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization of most non-U.S. securities markets; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and different bankruptcy and insolvency regimes which may stay or prevent recovery in the event of an issuer’s default.

A Fund is required to post and collect variation margin (comprised of specified liquid securities subject to haircuts) in connection with trading of OTC swaps. Initial margin requirements are in the process of being phased in, and a Fund may be subject to such requirements as early as September 2021. These requirements may raise the costs for a Fund’s investment in swaps.

Supranational Entities Risk. Certain of the Funds may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by supranational entities (e.g., the World Bank, European Investment Bank, Inter-American Development Bank, and Asia Development Bank), which are often chartered to promote economic development. The government members, or “stockholders,” usually make initial capital contributions to the supranational entity and, in many cases, are committed to make additional capital contributions if such entity is unable to repay its borrowings. There is no guarantee that one or more stockholders of the supranational entity will continue to make any necessary additional capital contributions. If such contributions are not made, the entity may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on its debt securities, certain of the Funds may have limited legal recourse in the event of default, and certain of the Funds may lose money on such investments.

U.S. Treasury Obligations Risk. Certain of the Funds invest in various types of U.S. Treasury securities. U.S. Treasury obligations may differ from other securities in their interest rates, maturities, times of issuance and other characteristics. Similar to other issuers, changes to the financial condition or credit rating of the U.S. government may cause the value of U.S. Treasury obligations to decline. U.S. Treasury obligations typically offer lower interest rates than other obligations. Neither the U.S. government nor any of its agencies or instrumentalities guarantees the market value of the securities it issues.

The total public debt of the U.S. as a percent of GDP has grown rapidly since the 2008 financial crisis and is continuing to grow. Although high debt levels do not necessarily indicate or cause economic problems, they may create systemic risks if sound debt management practices are not implemented. A high national debt level may increase market pressures to meet government funding needs, which may drive debt cost higher and cause a country to sell additional debt, thereby increasing refinancing risk. A high national debt also raises concerns that the U.S. government will not be able to make principal or interest payments when they are due. In the worst case, unsustainable debt levels can cause a decline in the value of the dollar (which may lead to inflation), and can prevent the U.S. government from implementing effective counter-cyclical fiscal policy in economic downturns.

Table of Contents

On August 5, 2011, S&P Global Ratings downgraded U.S. Treasury securities from an AAA rating to AA+. A further downgrade of the ratings of U.S. government debt obligations, which are often used as a benchmark for other borrowing arrangements, could result in higher interest rates for individual and corporate borrowers, cause disruptions in the international bond markets and generally have a substantial negative effect on the U.S. economy. A downgrade of U.S. Treasury securities from another ratings agency or a further downgrade beyond AA+ rating by S&P Global Ratings may cause the value of an Underlying Fund's U.S. Treasury obligations to decline.

Valuation Risk. In certain circumstances, a Fund’s securities may be valued using techniques other than market quotations. The value established for a security may be different from what would be produced through the use of another methodology or if the value had been priced using market quotations. Securities that are valued using methods other than market quotations, including “fair valued” securities, may be subject to greater fluctuation in their value from one day to the next than would be the case if market quotations were used. In addition, there is no assurance that a Fund could sell a security for the value established for it at any time, and it is possible that a Fund could incur a loss if a security is sold for less than its established value.

Risk of Investing in Africa. Investments in securities of issuers in certain African countries involve heightened risks including, among others, expropriation and/or nationalization of assets, confiscatory taxation, political instability, including authoritarian and/or military involvement in governmental decision-making, armed conflict, civil war, and social instability as a result of religious, ethnic and/or socio-economic unrest or widespread outbreaks of disease and, in certain countries, genocidal warfare.

Certain countries in Africa generally have less developed capital markets than traditional emerging market countries, and, consequently, the risks of investing in foreign securities are magnified in such countries. Because securities markets of countries in Africa are generally underdeveloped and are generally less correlated to global economic cycles than those markets located in more developed countries, securities markets in African countries are subject to greater risks associated with market volatility, lower market capitalization, lower trading volume, illiquidity, inflation, greater price fluctuations and uncertainty regarding the existence of trading markets. Moreover, trading on African securities markets may be suspended altogether.

Market volatility may also be heightened by the actions of a small number of investors. Brokerage firms in certain countries in Africa may be fewer in number and less established than brokerage firms in more developed markets. Since a Fund may need to effect securities transactions through these brokerage firms, the Fund is subject to the risk that these brokerage firms will not be able to fulfill their obligations to the Fund (i.e., counterparty risk). This risk is magnified to the extent that a Fund effects securities transactions through a single brokerage firm or a small number of brokerage firms.

Certain governments in African countries restrict or control to varying degrees the ability of foreign investors to invest in securities of issuers located or operating in those countries. Moreover, certain countries in Africa require governmental approval or special licenses prior to investment by foreign investors and may limit the amount of investment by foreign investors in a particular industry and/or issuer, and may limit such foreign investment to a certain class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous rights than the classes available for purchase by domestic investors of the countries and/or impose additional taxes on foreign investors. A delay in obtaining a government approval or a license would delay investments in a particular country, and, as a result, a Fund may not be able to invest in certain securities while approval is pending. The government of a particular country may also withdraw or decline to renew a license that enables a Fund to invest in such country. These factors make investing in issuers located or operating in countries in Africa significantly riskier than investing in issuers located or operating in more developed countries, and any one of these factors could cause a decline in the value of a Fund's investments. Issuers located or operating in countries in Africa are generally not subject to the same rules and regulations as issuers located or operating in more developed countries. Therefore, there may be less financial and other information publicly available with regard to issuers located or operating in countries in Africa and such issuers are generally not subject to the uniform accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards applicable to issuers located or operating in more developed countries.

In addition, governments of certain countries in Africa in which a Fund may invest may levy withholding or other taxes on income such as dividends, interest and realized capital gains. Although in certain countries in Africa a portion of these taxes are recoverable, the non-recovered portion of foreign withholding taxes will reduce the income received from investments in such countries.

Table of Contents

Investment in countries in Africa may be subject to a greater degree of risk associated with governmental approval in connection with the repatriation of investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities by foreign investors. In addition, there is the risk that if an African country’s balance of payments declines, such African country may impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Consequently, a Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments. Additionally, investments in countries in Africa may require a Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to a Fund.

Securities laws in many countries in Africa are relatively new and unsettled and, consequently, there is a risk of rapid and unpredictable change in laws regarding foreign investment, securities regulation, title to securities and shareholder rights. Accordingly, foreign investors may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and regulations. In addition, there may be no single centralized securities exchange on which securities are traded in certain countries in Africa and the systems of corporate governance to which issuers located in countries in Africa are subject may be less advanced than those systems to which issuers located in more developed countries are subject, and, therefore, shareholders of issuers located in such countries may not receive many of the protections available to shareholders of issuers located in more developed countries. Even in circumstances where adequate laws and shareholder rights exist, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law. In addition, the enforcement of systems of taxation at federal, regional and local levels in countries in Africa may be inconsistent and subject to sudden change.

Certain countries in Africa may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, consequently, have been and may continue to be negatively affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These countries also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. Certain countries in Africa depend to a significant extent upon exports of primary commodities such as gold, silver, copper and diamonds. These countries therefore are vulnerable to changes in commodity prices, which may be affected by a variety of factors. In addition, certain issuers located in countries in Africa in which a Fund invests may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations, and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. As a result, an issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer which operates in, or has dealings with, such countries. A Fund, as an investor in such issuers, will be indirectly subject to those risks.

The governments of certain countries in Africa may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector and may own or control many companies. Future government actions could have a significant effect on the economic conditions in such countries, which could have a negative impact on private sector companies. There is also the possibility of diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in certain countries in Africa. Some countries in Africa may be affected by a greater degree of public corruption and crime, including organized crime.

Recent political instability and protests in North Africa and the Middle East have caused significant disruptions to many industries. In addition, the outbreak of Ebola in Western Africa severely challenged health care industries in those countries and adversely impacted the region’s economy due to quarantines and disruptions of trade, which has further increased instability in the region. This instability has demonstrated that political and social unrest can spread quickly through the region, and that developments in one country can influence the political events in neighboring countries. Some protests have turned violent, and civil war and political reconstruction in certain countries such as Libya, Iraq and Syria pose a risk to investments in the region. Continued political and social unrest in these regions, including the ongoing warfare and terrorist activities in the Middle East and Africa, may negatively affect the value of an investment in a Fund.

Table of Contents

securities markets. Indonesia and the Philippines have each experienced violence and terrorism, which has negatively impacted their economies. North Korea and South Korea each have substantial military capabilities, and historical tensions between the two countries present the risk of war. Escalated tensions involving the two countries and any outbreak of hostilities between the two countries, or even the threat of an outbreak of hostilities, could have a severe adverse effect on the entire Asian region. Certain Asian countries have also developed increasingly strained relationships with the U.S., and if these relations were to worsen, they could adversely affect Asian issuers that rely on the U.S. for trade. Political, religious, and border disputes persist in India. India has recently experienced and may continue to experience civil unrest and hostilities with certain of its neighboring countries. Increased political and social unrest in these geographic areas could adversely affect the performance of investments in this region.

Risk of Investing in Australasia. The economies of Australasia, which include Australia and New Zealand, are dependent on exports from the agricultural and mining sectors. This makes Australasian economies susceptible to fluctuations in the commodity markets. Australasian economies are also increasingly dependent on their growing service industries. Australia and New Zealand are located in a part of the world that has historically been prone to natural disasters, such as drought and flooding. Any such event in the future could have a significant adverse impact on the economies of Australia and New Zealand and affect the value of securities held by a relevant Fund. The economies of Australia and New Zealand are dependent on trading with certain key trading partners, including Asia and the U.S. Economic events in the U.S., Asia, or in other key trading countries can have a significant economic effect on the Australian economy. The economies of Australia and New Zealand are heavily dependent on the mining sector. Passage of new regulations limiting foreign ownership of companies in the mining sector or imposition of new taxes on profits of mining companies may dissuade foreign investment, and as a result, have a negative impact on companies to which a Fund has exposure.

Risk of Investing in Central and South America. The economies of certain Central and South American countries have experienced high interest rates, economic volatility, inflation, currency devaluations, government defaults, high unemployment rates and political instability which can adversely affect issuers in these countries. In addition, commodities (such as oil, gas and minerals) represent a significant percentage of exports for the regions and many economies in these regions are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in commodity prices. Adverse economic events in one country may have a significant adverse effect on other countries of these regions.

The governments of certain countries in Central and South America may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector and may own or control many companies. Future government actions could have a significant effect on the economic conditions in such countries, which could have a negative impact on the securities in which the Fund invests. Diplomatic developments may also adversely affect investments in certain countries in Central and South America. Some countries in Central and South America may be affected by public corruption and crime, including organized crime.

Table of Contents

countries also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. In addition, certain issuers located in countries in Central and South America in which the Fund invests may be the subject of sanctions (for example, the U.S. has imposed sanctions on certain Venezuelan individuals, corporate entities and the Venezuelan government) or have dealings with countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. An issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer that has dealings with such countries. The Fund may be adversely affected if it invests in such issuers.

Risk of Investing in the China Bond Market. iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF invests directly in the domestic bond market in the People’s Republic of China (“China” or the “PRC”) (the “China Interbank Bond Market”) through the northbound trading of Bond Connect. Bond Connect is an initiative launched in July 2017 for mutual bond market access between the PRC and Hong Kong, established by the China Foreign Exchange Trade System & National Interbank Funding Centre (“CFETS”), China Central Depository & Clearing Co., Ltd (“CCDC”), Shanghai Clearing House (“SCH”), Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited (“HKEX”) and Central Moneymarkets Unit (“CMU”). The creation of Bond Connect allows investors to trade between the mainland China and Hong Kong markets electronically, which eradicates the need for investor status and quotas that were required under previous access models. Under the prevailing regulations in the PRC, eligible foreign investors are allowed to invest in the bonds circulated in the China Interbank Bond Market through Bond Connect. Eligible foreign investors may submit trade requests for bonds circulated in the China Interbank Bond Market through offshore electronic bond trading platforms (such as Tradeweb), which will in turn transmit their requests for quotation to CFETS. CFETS will send the requests for quotation to a number of approved onshore dealers (including market makers and others engaged in the market making business) in the PRC. The approved onshore dealer(s) will respond to the requests for quotation via CFETS and CFETS will send their responses to those eligible foreign investors through the same offshore electronic bond trading platforms. Once the eligible foreign investor accepts the quotation, the trade is concluded on CFETS.

The settlement and custody of bonds traded in the China Interbank Bond Market under Bond Connect will be effected through the settlement and custody link between CMU, as an offshore custody agent, and CCDC and SCH, as onshore custodians and clearing institutions in the PRC. Under the settlement link, CCDC or SCH will effect gross settlement of confirmed trades onshore and CMU will process bond settlement instructions from CMU members on behalf of eligible foreign investors in accordance with its relevant rules. Since the introduction in August 2018 of delivery versus payment (DVP) settlement in respect of Bond Connect, the movement of cash and securities is carried out simultaneously on a real-time basis. Pursuant to the prevailing regulations in the PRC, CMU, as the offshore custody agent recognized by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority, will open omnibus nominee accounts with the onshore custody agent recognized by the People’s Bank of China (i.e., CCDC and SCH). All bonds traded by eligible foreign investors through Bond Connect will be registered in the name of CMU, which will hold such bonds as a nominee owner. Therefore, a Fund will be exposed to custody risks with respect to CMU. In addition, as the relevant filings, registration with the People’s Bank of China, and account opening have to be carried out by third parties, including CMU, CCDC, SCH, and CFETS, a Fund is subject to the risks of default or errors and omissions on the part of such third parties and may have limited remedies or no legal recourse at all to cure such defaults, errors and omissions.

The precise nature and rights of a Fund as the beneficial owner of the bonds traded in the China Interbank Bond Market through CMU as nominee are relatively new and untested areas of PRC law. The definition of, and distinction between, legal ownership and beneficial ownership under PRC law differs from that in the U.S. and other developed market jurisdictions, there have been few cases involving a nominee account structure in the PRC courts and, as a result, the rights of beneficial owners are uncertain. The exact nature of a Fund’s remedies and methods of enforcement of the rights and interests of a Fund under PRC law are also uncertain.

Market volatility and potential lack of liquidity due to low trading volume of certain bonds in the China Interbank Bond Market may result in prices of certain bonds traded on such market to fluctuate significantly. A Fund investing in such market is therefore subject to liquidity and volatility risks. The bid-ask spreads of the prices of such securities may be large, and a Fund may therefore incur significant costs and may suffer losses when selling such investments. The bonds traded in the China Interbank Bond Market may be difficult or impossible to sell on a timely basis or at all, which may impact a Fund’s ability to acquire or dispose of such securities at their expected prices.

Investing in the China Interbank Bond Market through Bond Connect is also subject to regulatory risks. The relevant rules and regulations are subject to change, which may have potential retrospective effect, and there can be no assurance that Bond

Table of Contents

Connect or certain features or systems thereof will not be materially altered, suspended, discontinued or abolished. Furthermore, the securities regulation regimes and legal systems of the PRC and Hong Kong differ significantly and issues may arise based on these differences. In the event that the relevant authorities suspend account opening or trading on the China Interbank Bond Market, a Fund’s ability to invest in the China Interbank Bond Market will be adversely affected, limited, or curtailed altogether. In such event, a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective will be negatively affected and, after exhausting other trading alternatives, the Fund may suffer substantial losses as a result. Further, if Bond Connect is not operating, a Fund may not be able to acquire or dispose of bonds through Bond Connect in a timely manner, which could adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

Trading through Bond Connect is performed through newly developed trading platforms and operational systems. There is no assurance that such systems will function as expected or will continue to be adapted to changes and developments in the market. In the event that a relevant system does not function as expected, trading through Bond Connect may be disrupted. A Fund’s ability to trade through Bond Connect (and hence to pursue its investment strategy) may therefore be adversely affected. In addition, where a Fund invests in the China Interbank Bond Market through Bond Connect, it may be subject to risks of delays inherent in the order placing and/or settlement systems.

Bond Connect trades are settled in Chinese currency, the renminbi (“RMB”). This means that the Fund will be exposed to currency risk, and it cannot be guaranteed that investors will have timely access to a reliable supply of RMB. The RMB consists of an onshore RMB (“CNY”) and an offshore RMB (“CNH”). The CNY is the official currency of the PRC and is the currency of denomination for all financial transactions between individuals, the state and corporations in the PRC. Hong Kong is the first jurisdiction to allow for the accumulation of RMB deposits in the form of CNH outside the PRC. Since 2010, the CNH market is traded officially and regulated jointly by the Hong Kong Monetary Authority and the PBOC. While CNY and CNH are the same currency, they are traded in different and separate markets. Therefore, CNY and CNH can be subject to different liquidity constraints and market forces, meaning their valuations can vary. The RMB-denominated bonds included in the applicable Underlying Index use CNY as the base currency. As a result, to the extent that the Fund holds RMB-denominated instruments in CNH, it could be subject to tracking error and potential foreign exchange transaction costs associated with converting from CNH to CNY (and vice versa).

Under prevailing tax regulations, a 10% withholding tax is imposed on PRC-sourced dividends and interest from non-government bonds paid to the relevant Fund unless the rate is reduced under an applicable tax treaty. Value Added Tax (VAT) is levied on certain income derived by the relevant Fund, including interest income from non-government bonds and trading gains, unless specifically exempted by the PRC tax authorities. VAT exemptions currently apply to debt securities traded in the China Interbank Bond Market. On November 22, 2018, the PRC’s Ministry of Finance and State Administration of Taxation jointly issued Circular 108 providing foreign institutional investors with a temporary exemption from withholding income tax and VAT with respect to interest income derived from non-government bonds in the domestic bond market for the period from November 7, 2018 to November 6, 2021. Circular 108 is silent on the PRC tax treatment with respect to non-government bond interest derived prior to November 7, 2018. There is a risk the PRC tax authorities may withdraw the temporary tax exemptions in the future and seek to collect withholding income tax and VAT on interest income from non-government bonds to a Fund without prior notice. If the tax exemptions are withdrawn, any taxes arising from or to a Fund may be directly borne by or indirectly passed on to the Fund, which may result in a substantial impact to its NAV. As with any NAV adjustment, investors may be advantaged or disadvantaged depending on when the investors purchased or sold shares of the relevant Fund. Any changes in PRC tax law, future clarifications thereof, and/or subsequent retroactive enforcement by the PRC tax authorities may result in a loss which could be material to the relevant Fund. BFA will keep the provisioning policy for tax liability under review and may, in its discretion from time to time, make a provision for potential tax liabilities if in its opinion such provision is warranted or as further publicly clarified by the PRC.

Table of Contents

many developed countries and their perceived inability to continue to service high debt loads without simultaneously implementing stringent austerity measures. Such concerns have led to tremendous downward pressure on the economies of these countries. As a result, it is possible that interest rates on debt of certain developed countries may rise to levels that make it difficult for such countries to service such debt. Spending on health care and retirement pensions in most developed countries has risen dramatically over the last few years. Medical innovation, extended life expectancy and higher public expectations are likely to continue the increase in health care and pension costs. Any increase in health care and pension costs will likely have a negative impact on the economic growth of many developed countries. Certain developed countries rely on imports of certain key items, such as crude oil, natural gas, and other commodities. As a result, an increase in demand for, or price fluctuations of, certain commodities may negatively affect developed country economies. Developed market countries generally are dependent on the economies of certain key trading partners. Changes in any one economy may cause an adverse impact on several developed countries. In addition, heavy regulation of, among others, labor and product markets may have an adverse effect on certain issuers. Such regulations may negatively affect economic growth or cause prolonged periods of recession. Such risks, among others, may adversely affect the value of a Fund’s investments.

Risk of Investing in Eastern Europe. Investing in the securities of issuers located or operating in Eastern Europe is highly speculative and involves risks not usually associated with investing in the more developed markets of Western Europe. Political and economic reforms are too recent to establish a definite trend away from centrally planned economies and state-owned industries. In the past, some Eastern European governments have expropriated substantial amounts of private property, and many claims of the property owners have never been fully settled.

Many Eastern European countries continue to move toward market economies at different paces with different characteristics. Most Eastern European securities markets suffer from thin trading activity, dubious investor protections, and often a dearth of reliable corporate information. Information and transaction costs, differential taxes, and sometimes political or transfer risk give a comparative advantage to the domestic investor rather than the foreign investor. In addition, these markets are particularly sensitive to social, political, economic, and currency events in Russia and may suffer heavy losses as a result of their trading and investment links to the Russian economy and currency. Russia also may attempt to assert its influence in the region through economic or even military measures, as it did with Georgia in the summer of 2008 and Ukraine beginning in 2014. Eastern European economies may also be particularly susceptible to changes in the international credit markets due to their reliance on bank related inflows of capital. The global economic crisis has restricted international credit supplies, and several Eastern European economies have faced significant credit and economic crises. Although some Eastern European economies are expanding again, major challenges are still present as a result of their continued dependence on the Western European zone for credit.

Risk of Investing in Emerging Markets. Certain of the Funds may invest in securities of issuers domiciled in emerging market countries. Investments in emerging market countries may be subject to greater risks than investments in developed countries. These risks include: (i) less social, political, and economic stability; (ii) greater illiquidity and price volatility due to smaller or limited local capital markets for such securities, or low or non-existent trading volumes; (iii) companies, custodians, clearinghouses, foreign exchanges and broker-dealers may be subject to less scrutiny and regulation by local authorities; (iv) local governments may decide to seize or confiscate securities held by foreign investors and/or local governments may decide to suspend or limit an issuer's ability to make dividend or interest payments; (v) local governments may limit or entirely restrict repatriation of invested capital, profits, and dividends; (vi) capital gains may be subject to local taxation, including on a retroactive basis; (vii) issuers facing restrictions on dollar or euro payments imposed by local governments may attempt to make dividend or interest payments to foreign investors in the local currency; (viii) there may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into or litigation against companies and investors may experience difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges may favor the interests of the issuer over those of foreign parties; (ix) bankruptcy judgments may only be permitted to be paid in the local currency; (x) limited public information regarding the issuer may result in greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities; and (xi) lack of financial reporting on a regular basis, substandard disclosure and differences in accounting standards may make it difficult to ascertain the financial health of an issuer. The Funds are not actively managed and do not select investments based on investor protection considerations.

Table of Contents

credit quality, the markets for securities in other emerging market countries are in the earliest stages of their development, and these countries issue securities across the credit spectrum. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging market countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging market country securities may also affect a Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Investment in the securities markets of certain emerging market countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions may limit a Fund's investment in certain emerging market countries and may increase the expenses of the Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer's outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals.

A Fund's income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the emerging market countries in which it invests, and treaties between the U.S. and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates.

In the past, certain governments in emerging market countries have become overly reliant on the international capital markets and other forms of foreign credit to finance large public spending programs, which in the past have caused huge budget deficits. Often, interest payments have become too overwhelming for a government to meet, representing a large percentage of total GDP. These foreign obligations have become the subject of political debate and served as fuel for political parties of the opposition, which pressure the government not to make payments to foreign creditors, but instead to use these funds for, among other things, social programs. Either due to an inability to pay or submission to political pressure, foreign governments have been forced to seek a restructuring of their loan and/or bond obligations, have declared a temporary suspension of interest payments or have defaulted. These events have adversely affected the values of securities issued by foreign governments and corporations domiciled in those countries and have negatively affected not only their cost of borrowing, but their ability to borrow in the future as well.

Table of Contents

and have adopted the euro as their currency. Eurozone membership requires member states to comply with restrictions on inflation rates, deficits, interest rates, debt levels and fiscal and monetary controls, each of which may significantly affect every country in Europe. Changes in import or export tariffs, changes in governmental or EU regulations on trade, changes in the exchange rate of the euro and other currencies of certain EU countries which are not in the eurozone, the default or threat of default by an EU member state on its sovereign debt, and/or an economic recession in an EU member state may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of other EU member states and their trading partners. Although certain European countries are not in the eurozone, many of these countries are obliged to meet the criteria for joining the eurozone. Consequently, these countries must comply with many of the restrictions noted above. The European financial markets have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including, but not limited to, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Ukraine. In order to prevent further economic deterioration, certain countries, without prior warning, can institute “capital controls.” Countries may use these controls to restrict volatile movements of capital entering and exiting their country. Such controls may negatively affect a Fund’s investments. A default or debt restructuring by any European country would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above. In addition, the credit ratings of certain European countries were downgraded in the past. These events have adversely affected the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including countries that do not use the euro and non-EU member states. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not produce the desired results, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and other entities of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely impact the value of a Fund’s investments in the region. The United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and EU have reached an agreement on the terms of their future trading relationship effective January 1, 2021, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. A Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which a Fund has exposure and any other assets in which a Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

Risk of Investing in France. Investment in French issuers may subject a Fund to legal, regulatory, political, currency, security, and economic risks specific to France. Recently, new concerns emerged in relation to the economic health of the EU. These concerns have led to tremendous downward pressure on certain EU member states, including France. Interest rates on France’s debt may rise to levels that make it difficult for it to service high debt levels without significant financial help from,

Table of Contents

among others, the European Central Bank and could potentially result in default. In addition, the French economy is dependent to a significant extent on the economies of certain key trading partners, including Germany and other Western European countries. Reduction in spending on French products and services, or changes in any of the economies may cause an adverse impact on the French economy. In addition, France may be subject to acts of terrorism. The French economy is dependent on exports from the agricultural sector. Leading agricultural exports include dairy products, meat, wine, fruit and vegetables, and fish. As a result, the French economy is susceptible to fluctuations in demand for agricultural products.

Risk of Investing in Frontier Markets. Investments in frontier market countries may be subject to greater risks than investments in more developed countries. Frontier market countries are subject to similar risks as those of emerging market countries, but the risks are more pronounced in frontier market countries. These risks include: (i) less social, political, and economic stability; (ii) greater illiquidity and price volatility due to smaller or limited local capital markets for such securities, or low or non-existent trading volumes; (iii) foreign exchanges and broker-dealers may be subject to less scrutiny and regulation by local authorities; (iv) local governments may decide to seize or confiscate securities held by foreign investors and/or local governments may decide to suspend or limit an issuer’s ability to make dividend or interest payments; (v) local governments may limit or entirely restrict repatriation of invested capital, profits, and dividends; (vi) capital gains may be subject to local taxation, including on a retroactive basis; (vii) issuers facing restrictions on U.S. dollar or euro payments imposed by local governments may attempt to make dividend or interest payments to foreign investors in the local currency; (viii) investors may experience difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges may favor the interests of the issuer over those of foreign investors; (ix) bankruptcy judgments may only be permitted to be paid in the local currency; (x) limited public information regarding the issuer may result in greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities; and (xi) lax financial reporting on a regular basis, substandard disclosure and differences in accounting standards may make it difficult to ascertain the financial health of an issuer.

Frontier market securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. In addition, brokerage and other costs associated with transactions in frontier securities markets can be higher, sometimes significantly, than similar costs incurred in securities markets in developed countries. The markets for securities in certain frontier countries are in the earliest stages of their development, and these countries issue securities across the credit spectrum. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in frontier countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of frontier country securities may also affect a Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Many frontier market countries suffer from uncertainty and corruption in their legal frameworks. Legislation may be difficult to interpret and laws may be too new to provide any precedential value. Laws regarding foreign investment and private property may be weak or non-existent. Sudden changes in governments may result in policies which are less favorable to investors such as policies designed to expropriate or nationalize “sovereign” assets. Certain frontier market countries in the past have expropriated large amounts of private property, in many cases with little or no compensation, and there can be no assurance that such expropriation will not occur in the future.

Foreign investment in the securities markets of certain frontier countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions may limit a Fund’s investment in certain frontier countries and may indirectly increase the expenses of the Fund. Certain frontier countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer’s outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals.

Many frontier market countries lack the social, political, and economic stability characteristic of the U.S. and other developed countries. Political instability among frontier market countries can be common and may be caused by an uneven distribution of wealth, social unrest, labor strikes, civil wars, and religious oppression. Economic instability in frontier market countries may take the form of: (i) high interest rates; (ii) high levels of inflation, including hyperinflation; (iii) high levels of

Table of Contents

unemployment or underemployment; (iv) changes in government economic and tax policies, including confiscatory taxation; and (v) imposition of trade barriers.

A Fund’s income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the frontier market countries in which it invests, and treaties between the U.S. and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates.

Frontier markets also have different clearance and settlement procedures, and in certain of these frontier markets there have been times when settlements have been unable to keep pace with the volume of securities transactions, making it difficult to conduct such transactions.

In the past, governments within the frontier markets have become overly reliant on the international capital markets and other forms of foreign credit to finance large public spending programs, which in the past have caused huge budget deficits. Often, interest payments have become too overwhelming for a government to meet, representing a large percentage of total GDP. These foreign obligations have become the subject of political debate and served as fuel for political parties of the opposition, which pressure the government not to make payments to foreign creditors, but instead to use these funds for, among other things, social programs. Either due to an inability to pay or submission to political pressure, foreign governments have been forced to seek a restructuring of their loan and/or bond obligations, have declared a temporary suspension of interest payments or have defaulted. These events have adversely affected the values of securities issued by foreign governments and corporations domiciled in those countries and have negatively affected not only their cost of borrowing, but their ability to borrow in the future as well.

Risk of Investing in the Middle East. Many Middle Eastern countries have little or no democratic tradition, and the political and legal systems in such countries may have an adverse impact on a Fund. Many economies in the Middle East are highly reliant on income from the sale of oil and natural gas or trade with countries involved in the sale of oil and natural gas, and their economies are therefore vulnerable to changes in the market for oil and natural gas and foreign currency values. As global demand for oil and natural gas fluctuates, many Middle Eastern economies may be significantly impacted.

In addition, many Middle Eastern governments have exercised and continue to exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. In certain cases, a Middle Eastern country’s government may own or control many companies, including some of the largest companies in the country. Accordingly, governmental actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in Middle Eastern countries. This could affect private sector companies and a Fund, as well as the value of securities in a Fund's portfolio.

Certain Middle Eastern markets are in the earliest stages of development. As a result, there may be a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of investors and financial intermediaries. Brokers in Middle Eastern countries typically are fewer in number and less capitalized than brokers in the U.S.

The legal systems in certain Middle Eastern countries also may have an adverse impact on a Fund. For example, the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation generally is limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment. However, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain Middle Eastern countries. Each Fund therefore may be liable in certain Middle Eastern countries for the acts of a corporation in which it invests for an amount greater than its actual investment in that corporation. Similarly, the rights of investors in Middle Eastern issuers may be more limited than those of shareholders of a U.S. corporation. It may be difficult or impossible to obtain or enforce a legal judgment in a Middle Eastern country. Some Middle Eastern countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities such as a Fund. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investment by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer. Certain Middle Eastern countries may also limit investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the issuer available for purchase by nationals of the relevant Middle Eastern country.

Table of Contents

made aware of certain corporate actions. There also may be instances where a Fund places a purchase order but is subsequently informed, at the time of re-registration, that the permissible allocation of the investment to foreign investors has already been filled and, consequently, a Fund may not be able to invest in the relevant company.

Substantial limitations may exist in certain Middle Eastern countries with respect to a Fund’s ability to repatriate investment income or capital gains. A Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to a Fund of any restrictions on investment.

Certain Middle Eastern countries may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, consequently, have been and may continue to be negatively affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These countries also have been and may continue to be adversely impacted by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. In addition, certain issuers located in Middle Eastern countries in which a Fund invests may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations, and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. As a result, an issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer which operates in, or has dealings with, such countries. A Fund, as an investor in such issuers, will be indirectly subject to those risks.

Certain Middle Eastern countries have strained relations with other Middle Eastern countries due to territorial disputes, historical animosities, international alliances, defense concerns or other reasons, which may adversely affect the economies of these Middle Eastern countries. Certain Middle Eastern countries experience significant unemployment, as well as widespread underemployment. There has also been a recent increase in recruitment efforts and an aggressive push for territorial control by terrorist groups in the region, which has led to an outbreak of warfare and hostilities. Warfare in Syria has spread to surrounding areas, including many portions of Iraq and Turkey. Such hostilities may continue into the future or may escalate at any time due to ethnic, racial, political, religious or ideological tensions between groups in the region or foreign intervention or lack of intervention, among other factors.

The U.S. is Canada's and Mexico's largest trading and investment partner. The Canadian and Mexican economies are significantly affected by developments in the U.S. economy. Since the implementation of the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) in 1994 among Canada, the U.S. and Mexico, total merchandise trade among the three countries has increased. However, political developments including the implementation of tariffs by the U.S., and the renegotiation of NAFTA in the form of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”), which replaced NAFTA on July 1, 2020, could negatively affect North America’s economic outlook and, as a result, the value of securities held by a Fund. Policy and legislative changes in one country may have a significant effect on North American markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities held by a Fund.

Risk of Investing in Russia. Investing in the Russian securities market involves a high degree of risk and special considerations not typically associated with investing in the U.S. securities market, and should be considered highly speculative. Risks include: the absence of developed legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property; the possibility of the loss of all or a substantial portion of a Fund’s assets invested in Russia as a result of expropriation; certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including, without limitation, restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests; and potentially greater price volatility in, significantly smaller capitalization of, and relative illiquidity of, the Russian market. There can also be no assurance that a Fund’s investments in the Russian securities market would not be expropriated, nationalized or otherwise confiscated. In the event of the settlement of any such claims or such expropriation, nationalization or other confiscation, a Fund could lose its entire investment. In addition, it may be difficult and more costly to obtain and enforce a judgment in the Russian court system.

Russia may also be subject to a greater degree of economic, political and social instability than is the case in other developed countries. Such instability may result from, among other things, the following: (i) an authoritarian government or military involvement in political and economic decision-making, including changes in government through extra-constitutional means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection.

Table of Contents

The Russian economy is heavily dependent upon the export of a range of commodities including most industrial metals, forestry products and oil and gas. Accordingly, it is strongly affected by international commodity prices and is particularly vulnerable to any weakening in global demand for these products. Any acts of terrorism or armed conflicts in Russia or internationally could have an adverse effect on the financial and commodities markets and the global economy. As Russia produces and exports large amounts of crude oil and gas, any acts of terrorism or armed conflict causing disruptions of Russian oil and gas exports could negatively affect the Russian economy and, thus, adversely affect the financial condition, results of operations or prospects of related companies. Current and future economic sanctions may also adversely affect the Russian oil, banking, mining, metals, rail, pipeline and gas sectors, among other sectors.

The Russian government may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector and may own or control many companies. Future government actions could have a significant effect on the economic conditions in Russia, which could have a negative impact on private sector companies. There is also the possibility of diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in Russia. In recent years, the Russian government has begun to take bolder steps to re-assert its regional geopolitical influence (including military steps). Additionally, Russia is alleged to have participated in state-sponsored cyberattacks against foreign companies and foreign governments. Such steps may increase tensions between Russia and its neighbors and Western countries and may negatively affect economic growth. Actual and threatened responses by other nation-states to Russia’s alleged cyber activity may have an adverse impact on the Russian economy and the Russian issuers of securities in which a Fund invests. For example, the U.S. has added certain foreign technology companies to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security’s “Entity List,” which is a list of companies believed to pose a national security risk to the U.S. Actions like these may have unanticipated and disruptive effects on the Russian economy.

Russia Sanctions. The U.S. and the Economic and Monetary Union of the EU, along with the regulatory bodies of a number of countries including Japan, Australia, Norway, Switzerland and Canada (collectively, “Sanctioning Bodies”), have imposed economic sanctions, which consist of prohibiting certain securities trades, prohibiting certain private transactions in the energy sector, asset freezes and prohibition of all business, with certain Russian individuals and Russian corporate entities. The Sanctioning Bodies could also institute broader sanctions on Russia. These sanctions, or even the threat of further sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Russian securities, a weakening of the ruble or other adverse consequences to the Russian economy. These sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities and/or funds invested in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets.

The sanctions against certain Russian issuers include prohibitions on transacting in or dealing in issuances of debt or equity of such issuers. Compliance with each of these sanctions may impair the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, hold, receive or deliver the affected securities or other securities of such issuers. If it becomes impracticable or unlawful for a Fund to hold securities subject to, or otherwise affected by, sanctions (collectively, “affected securities”), or if deemed appropriate by BFA, a Fund may prohibit in-kind deposits of the affected securities in connection with creation transactions and instead require a cash deposit, which may also increase a Fund's transaction costs. A Fund may also be legally required to freeze assets in a blocked account.

Also, if an affected security is included in a Fund's Underlying Index, a Fund may, where practicable, seek to eliminate its holdings of the affected security by employing or augmenting its representative sampling strategy to seek to track the investment results of its Underlying Index. The use of (or increased use of) a representative sampling strategy may increase a Fund’s tracking error risk. If the affected securities constitute a significant percentage of the Underlying Index, a Fund may not be able to effectively implement a representative sampling strategy, which may result in significant tracking error between a Fund’s performance and the performance of its Underlying Index.

Current or future sanctions may result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory actions, which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities. These retaliatory measures may include the immediate freeze of Russian assets held by a Fund. In the event of such a freeze of any Fund assets, including depositary receipts, a Fund may need to liquidate non-restricted assets in order to satisfy any Fund redemption orders. The liquidation of Fund assets during this time may also result in a Fund receiving substantially lower prices for its securities.

Table of Contents

a result of any such changes, which may result in transaction costs and increased tracking error. These sanctions, the volatility that may result in the trading markets for Russian securities and the possibility that Russia may impose investment or currency controls on investors may cause a Fund to invest in, or increase a Fund’s investments in, depositary receipts that represent the securities of its Underlying Index. These investments may result in increased transaction costs and increased tracking error.

Risk of Investing in Venezuela. Investments in Venezuela may subject a Fund to legal, regulatory, political, currency, security, expropriation and/or nationalization of assets and economic risk specific to Venezuela. Venezuela is extremely well endowed with natural resources and its economy is heavily dependent on export of natural resources to key trading partners. According to the Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”), Venezuela boasts the world’s largest oil reserves. According to an industry report, Venezuela also has the continent’s largest natural gas reserves at an estimated 152 trn cubic meters. Any act of terrorism, an armed conflict or a breakdown of a key trading relationship that disrupts the production or export of natural resources will likely negatively affect the Venezuelan economy. The investment environment in Venezuela has been severely undermined by nationalist government policies. The government continues to control key sectors of the economy, including upstream oil and gas production, and has sought to increase its role in key sectors, such as telecommunications and steel. Meanwhile, ambiguities in the investment environment remain, such as continued high levels of bureaucracy and corruption, large macroeconomic imbalances, and political and policy uncertainty. Friction continues between the governments of the United States and Venezuela. The U.S. has imposed economic sanctions, which consist of asset freezes and sectoral sanctions, on certain Venezuelan individuals and Venezuelan corporate entities, and on the Venezuelan government. The U.S. could also institute broader sanctions on Venezuela. These sanctions, or even the threat of further sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Venezuelan securities, a weakening of the bolivar or other adverse consequences to the Venezuelan economy. These sanctions impair the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets. Additional sanctions against Venezuela may in the future be imposed by the U.S. or other countries. These factors, among others, can have a negative impact on a Fund’s investments.

Risk of Investing in the Automotive Sub-Industry. The automotive sub-industry can be highly cyclical, and companies in the automotive sub-industry may suffer periodic losses. The automotive sub-industry is also highly competitive and there may be, at times, excess capacity in the global and domestic automotive sub-industry. Over the last several decades, the U.S. automotive sub-industry has experienced periodic downturns; certain automotive companies required stimulus from the U.S. government, while others formed strategic industry alliances in order to weather the substantially difficult market conditions. In general, the automotive sub-industry is susceptible to labor disputes, product defect litigation, patent expiration, increased pension liabilities, rise in material or component prices and changing consumer tastes.

Table of Contents

and products including television broadcasting, gaming products, social media, networking platforms, online classifieds, online review websites, and Internet search engines. Companies in the communication services sector may be affected by industry competition, substantial capital requirements, government regulation, and obsolescence of communications products and services due to technological advancement. Fluctuating domestic and international demand, shifting demographics and often unpredictable changes in consumer tastes can drastically affect a communication services company's profitability. In addition, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the communication services sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Risk of Investing in the Consumer Cyclical Industry. A Fund may invest in consumer cyclical companies, which rely heavily on business cycles and economic conditions. Consumer cyclical companies include automotive manufacturers, retail companies, and housing-related companies. The consumer cyclical industry can be significantly affected by several factors, including, without limitation, the performance of domestic and international economies, exchange rates, changing consumer tastes and trends, marketing campaigns, cyclical revenue generation, consumer confidence, commodity price volatility, labor relations, interest rates, import and export controls, intense competition, technological developments and government regulation.

Risk of Investing in the Consumer Discretionary Sector. Companies engaged in the design, production or distribution of products or services for the consumer discretionary sector (including, without limitation, television and radio broadcasting, manufacturing, publishing, recording and musical instruments, motion pictures, photography, amusement and theme parks, gaming casinos, sporting goods and sports arenas, camping and recreational equipment, toys and games, apparel, travel-related services, automobiles, hotels and motels, and fast food and other restaurants) are subject to the risk that their products or services may become obsolete quickly. The success of these companies can depend heavily on disposable household income and consumer spending. During periods of an expanding economy, the consumer discretionary sector may outperform the consumer staples sector, but may underperform when economic conditions worsen. Moreover, the consumer discretionary sector can be significantly affected by several factors, including, without limitation, the performance

Table of Contents

of domestic and international economies, exchange rates, changing consumer preferences, demographics, marketing campaigns, cyclical revenue generation, consumer confidence, commodity price volatility, labor relations, interest rates, import and export controls, intense competition, technological developments and government regulation.

Risk of Investing in the Consumer Services Industry. The success of firms in the consumer services industry and certain retailers (including food and beverage, general retailers, media, and travel and leisure) is tied closely to the performance of the domestic and international economy, interest rates, exchange rates, competition and consumer confidence. The consumer services industry depends heavily on disposable household income and consumer spending. Companies in the consumer services industry may be subject to severe competition, which may also have an adverse impact on their profitability. Companies in the consumer services industry are facing increased government and regulatory scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or regulatory action. Changes in demographics and consumer preferences may affect the success of consumer service providers.

Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector. Companies in the energy sector are strongly affected by the levels and volatility of global energy prices, energy supply and demand, government regulations and policies, energy production and conservation efforts, technological change, development of alternative energy sources, and other factors that they cannot control. These companies may also lack resources and have limited business lines. Energy companies may have relatively high levels of debt and may be more likely to restructure their businesses if there are downturns in certain energy markets or in the global economy. If an energy company in a Fund's portfolio becomes distressed, a Fund could lose all or a substantial portion of its investment.

The energy sector is cyclical and is highly dependent on commodity prices; prices and supplies of energy may fluctuate significantly over short and long periods of time due to, among other things, national and international political changes, OPEC policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economy of the key energy-consuming countries. Commodity prices have recently been subject to increased volatility and declines, which may negatively affect companies in which a Fund invests. For example, in the context of the COVID-19 outbreak and disputes among oil-producing countries regarding potential limits on the production of crude oil, the energy sector has experienced increased volatility. In particular, significant market volatility occurred in the crude oil markets as well as the oil futures markets, which resulted in the market price of certain crude oil futures contract falling below zero for a period of time.

Table of Contents

violence or labor unrest). Because a significant portion of revenues of companies in this sector is derived from a relatively small number of customers that are largely composed of governmental entities and utilities, governmental budget constraints may have a significant impact on the stock prices of companies in this sector. The energy sector is highly regulated. Entities operating in the energy sector are subject to significant regulation of nearly every aspect of their operations by governmental agencies. Such regulation can change rapidly or over time in both scope and intensity. Stricter laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance costs and may materially adversely affect the financial performance of companies in the energy sector.

Most financial companies are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which limits their activities and may affect their ability to earn a profit from a given line of business. Government regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the financials sector, including effects not intended by the regulation. Direct governmental intervention in the operations of financial companies and financial markets may materially and adversely affect the companies in which a Fund invests, including legislation in many countries that may increase government regulation, repatriation and other intervention. The impact of governmental intervention and legislative changes on any individual financial company or on the financials sector as a whole cannot be predicted. The valuation of financial companies has been and continues to be subject to unprecedented volatility and may be influenced by unpredictable factors, including interest rate risk and sovereign debt default. Certain financial businesses are subject to intense competitive pressures, including market share and price competition. Financial companies in foreign countries are subject to market specific and general regulatory and interest rate concerns. In particular, government regulation in certain foreign countries may include taxes and controls on interest rates, credit availability, minimum capital requirements, bans on short sales, limits on prices and restrictions on currency transfers. In addition, companies in the financials sector may be the targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or customer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Risk of Investing in the Healthcare Sector. Companies in the healthcare sector are often issuers whose profitability may be affected by extensive government regulation, restrictions on government reimbursement for medical expenses, rising or falling costs of medical products and services, pricing pressure, an increased emphasis on outpatient services, a limited number of products, industry innovation, changes in technologies and other market developments. Many healthcare companies are heavily dependent on patent protection and the actual or perceived safety and efficiency of their products.

Table of Contents

lose market share and/or reduce the price charged for the product, resulting in lower profits for the original developer. As a result, the expiration of patents may adversely affect the profitability of these companies.

In addition, because the products and services of many companies in the healthcare sector affect the health and well-being of many individuals, these companies are especially susceptible to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims. Healthcare companies are subject to competitive forces that may make it difficult to raise prices and, in fact, may result in price discounting. Many new products in the healthcare sector may be subject to regulatory approvals. The process of obtaining such approvals may be long and costly, which can result in increased development costs, delayed cost recovery and loss of competitive advantage to the extent that rival companies have developed competing products or procedures, adversely affecting the company’s revenues and profitability. In other words, delays in the regulatory approval process may diminish the opportunity for a company to profit from a new product or to bring a new product to market, which could have a material adverse effect on a company’s business. Healthcare companies may also be strongly affected by scientific biotechnology or technological developments, and their products may quickly become obsolete. Also, many healthcare companies offer products and services that are subject to governmental regulation and may be adversely affected by changes in governmental policies or laws. Changes in governmental policies or laws may span a wide range of topics, including cost control, national health insurance, incentives for compensation in the provision of healthcare services, tax incentives and penalties related to healthcare insurance premiums, and promotion of prepaid healthcare plans. In addition, a number of legislative proposals concerning healthcare have been considered by the U.S. Congress in recent years. It is unclear what proposals will ultimately be enacted, if any, and what effect they may have on companies in the healthcare sector.

Additionally, the expansion of facilities by healthcare-related providers may be subject to “determinations of need” by certain government authorities. This process not only generally increases the time and costs involved in these expansions, but also makes expansion plans uncertain, limiting the revenue and profitability growth potential of healthcare-related facilities operators and negatively affecting the prices of their securities. Moreover, in recent years, both local and national governmental budgets have come under pressure to reduce spending and control healthcare costs, which could both adversely affect regulatory processes and public funding available for healthcare products, services and facilities.

Risk of Investing in the Media Sub-Industry. Companies in the media sub-industry may encounter distressed cash flows due to the need to commit substantial capital to meet increasing competition, particularly in formulating new products and services using new technology. Media companies are subject to risks that include cyclicality of revenues and earnings, a potential decrease in the discretionary income of targeted individuals, changing consumer tastes and interests, competition in the industry and the potential for increased state and federal regulation. Advertising spending is an important source of revenue for media companies. During economic downturns, advertising spending typically decreases and, as a result, media companies tend to generate less revenue.

Table of Contents

periods of time due to national and international political changes, OPEC policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economies of key energy-consuming countries. Disruptions in the oil sub-industry or shifts in energy consumption may significantly impact companies in this industry. For instance, significant oil and gas deposits are located in emerging market countries where corruption and security may raise significant risks, in addition to the other risks of investing in emerging markets. In addition, the Middle East, where many companies in the oil and gas industry may operate, has recently experienced widespread social unrest. Oil and gas companies operate in a highly competitive industry, with intense price competition. A significant portion of their revenues may depend on a relatively small number of customers, including governmental entities and utilities.

Risk of Investing in the Real Estate Industry. Companies in the real estate industry include companies that invest in real estate, such as REITs, real estate holding and operating companies or real estate development companies (collectively, “Real Estate Companies”). Investing in Real Estate Companies exposes investors to the risks of owning real estate directly, as well as to risks that relate specifically to the way in which Real Estate Companies are organized and operated. The real estate industry is highly sensitive to general and local economic conditions and developments, and characterized by intense competition and periodic overbuilding. Investing in Real Estate Companies involves various risks. Some risks that are specific to Real Estate Companies are discussed in greater detail below.

Table of Contents

greater credit risk of default due to the need to service more senior debt of the issuer. Similarly, preferred equity investments involve a greater risk of loss than conventional debt financing due to their non-collateralized nature and subordinated ranking. Investments in CMBS may also be junior in priority in the event of bankruptcy or similar proceedings. Investments in senior loans may be effectively subordinated if the senior loan is pledged as collateral. The ability of a holder of junior claims to proceed against a defaulting issuer is circumscribed by the terms of the particular contractual arrangement, which vary considerably from transaction to transaction.

U.S. Tax Risk. Certain U.S. Real Estate Companies are subject to special U.S. federal tax requirements. A REIT that fails to comply with such tax requirements may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, which may affect the value of the REIT and the characterization of the REIT’s distributions. The U.S. federal tax requirement that a REIT distribute substantially all of its net income to its shareholders may result in a REIT having insufficient capital for future expenditures. A REIT that successfully maintains its qualification may still become subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes, including excise, penalty, franchise, payroll, mortgage recording, and transfer taxes, both directly and indirectly through its subsidiaries. Because REITs often do not provide complete tax information until after the calendar year-end, a Fund may at times need to request permission to extend the deadline for issuing your tax reporting statement or supplement the information otherwise provided to you.

Risk of Investing in the Retail Industry. The retail industry may be affected by changes in domestic and international economies, consumer confidence, disposable household income and spending, and consumer tastes and preferences. Companies in the retail industry face intense competition, which may have an adverse effect on their profitability. The success of companies in the retail industry may be strongly affected by social trends, marketing campaigns and public perceptions. Companies in the retail industry may be dependent on outside financing, which may be difficult to obtain. Many of these companies are dependent on third party suppliers and distribution systems. Retail companies may be unable to protect their intellectual property rights or may be liable for infringing the intellectual property rights of others.

Table of Contents

unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. In addition, a rising interest rate environment tends to negatively affect companies in the technology sector because, in such an environment, those companies with high market valuations may appear less attractive to investors, which may cause sharp decreases in the companies’ market prices. Companies in the technology sector are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights. The loss or impairment of these rights may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Companies in the technology sector are facing increased government and regulatory scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or regulatory action. The technology sector may also be adversely affected by changes or trends in commodity prices, which may be influenced or characterized by unpredictable factors. Finally, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the technology sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Risk of Investing in the Telecommunications Sector. The telecommunications sector of a country’s economy is often subject to extensive government regulation. The costs of complying with governmental regulations, delays or failure to receive required regulatory approvals, or the enactment of new regulatory requirements may negatively affect the business of telecommunications companies. Government actions around the world, specifically in the area of pre-marketing clearance of products and prices, can be arbitrary and unpredictable. Companies in the telecommunications sector may experience distressed cash flows due to the need to commit substantial capital to meet increasing competition, particularly in developing new products and services using new technology. Technological innovations may make the products and services of certain telecommunications companies obsolete. Finally, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the telecommunications sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Risk of Investing in the Utilities Sector. The utilities sector may be adversely affected by changing commodity prices, government regulation stipulating rates charged by utilities, increased tariffs, changes in tax laws, interest rate fluctuations and changes in the cost of providing specific utility services. The utilities industry is also subject to potential terrorist attacks, natural disasters and severe weather conditions, as well as regulatory and operational burdens associated with the operation and maintenance of nuclear facilities. Government regulators monitor and control utility revenues and costs, and therefore may limit utility profits. In certain countries, regulatory authorities may also restrict a company’s access to new markets, thereby diminishing the company’s long-term prospects.

There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will, in the future, grant rate increases. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain of the issuers of securities held in a Fund's portfolio may own or operate nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climate conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.

The rates that traditional regulated utility companies may charge their customers generally are subject to review and limitation by governmental regulatory commissions. Rate changes may occur only after a prolonged approval period or may not occur at all, which could adversely affect utility companies when costs are rising. The value of regulated utility debt securities (and, to a lesser extent, equity securities) tends to have an inverse relationship to the movement of interest rates. Certain utility companies have experienced full or partial deregulation in recent years. These utility companies are frequently more similar to industrial companies in that they are subject to greater competition and have been permitted by regulators to diversify outside of their original geographic regions and their traditional lines of business. As a result, some companies may

Table of Contents

be forced to defend their core business and may be less profitable. Deregulation may also permit a utility company to expand outside of its traditional lines of business and engage in riskier ventures.

Proxy Voting Policy

For the Funds, the Board has delegated the voting of proxies for each Fund’s securities to BFA pursuant to the Funds' Proxy Voting Policy (the “iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy”), and BFA has adopted policies and procedures (the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Policies”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BFA, including the Funds.

Under the BlackRock Proxy Voting Policies, BFA will vote proxies related to Fund securities in the best interests of a Fund and its shareholders. From time to time, a vote may present a conflict between the interests of a Fund’s shareholders, on the one hand, and those of BFA, or any affiliated person of a Fund or BFA, on the other. BFA maintains policies and procedures that are designed to prevent undue influence on BFA’s proxy voting activity that might stem from any relationship between the issuer of a proxy (or any dissident shareholder) and BFA, BFA’s affiliates, a Fund or a Fund’s affiliates. Most conflicts are managed through a structural separation of BFA’s Corporate Governance Group from BFA’s employees with sales and client responsibilities. In addition, BFA maintains procedures to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers or dissident shareholders are managed consistently and without regard to BFA’s relationship with the issuer of the proxy or the dissident shareholder. In certain instances, BFA may determine to engage an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Information with respect to how proxies relating to the Funds' portfolio securities were voted during the 12-month period ended June 30 is available: (i) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or through the Funds' website at www.iShares.com; and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Communications of Data Files: A Fund may make available through the facilities of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) or through posting on the www.iShares.com, prior to the opening of trading on each business day, a list of a Fund’s holdings (generally pro-rata) that Authorized Participants could deliver to a Fund to settle purchases of a Fund (i.e. Deposit Securities) or that Authorized Participants would receive from a Fund to settle redemptions of a Fund (i.e. Fund Securities). These files are known as the Portfolio Composition File and the Fund Data File (collectively, “Files”). The Files are applicable for the next trading day and are provided to the NSCC and/or posted on www.iShares.com after the close of markets in the U.S.

•

Communications with Authorized Participants and Liquidity Providers: Certain employees of BFA are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities a Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that a Fund will provide on a redemption.

BFA employees may also discuss portfolio holdings-related information with broker/dealers, in connection with settling a Fund’s transactions, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with the disclosure in the Funds' current registration statements.

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for a Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who

Table of Contents

manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.

•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Funds, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Funds, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain a Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of a Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust's Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Indexes

Descriptions of the Funds’ respective Underlying Indexes are provided below.

The Bloomberg Barclays Indexes

The Bloomberg Barclays Indexes are maintained by Bloomberg Index Services Limited, which is not affiliated with BFA. BFA will have no role in maintaining the Underlying Indexes.

Bloomberg Barclays Global Aggregate ex USD 10% Issuer Capped (Hedged) Index

Number of Components: approximately 11,578

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays Global Aggregate ex USD 10% Issuer Capped (Hedged) Index measures the performance of the global ex-U.S. dollar denominated, investment-grade debt from twenty-three different local currency markets. The multi-currency benchmark includes investment-grade fixed-rate sovereign and government-related debt, corporate, and securitized bonds from both developed and emerging market issuers.

Table of Contents

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index is a subset of a broader global universe of investment grade bonds. Bonds in the Underlying Index are selected from the universe of eligible bonds using defined rules. The bonds eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index include global bonds that are denominated in one of the following eligible currencies: Australian dollar, British pound sterling, Canadian dollar, Chilean peso, Chinese renminbi, Czech koruna, Danish krone, euro, Hong Kong dollar, Israel shekel, Japanese yen, Korean won, Malaysian ringgit, Mexican peso, New Turkish lira, New Zealand dollar, Norwegian krone, Polish zloty, Russian ruble, South African rand, Singapore dollar, Swedish krona, Swiss franc or Thai baht. Securities must have an average rating that is investment grade based on ratings by Fitch, Moody’s or S&P Global Ratings; have a fixed rate coupon; have at least one year remaining until maturity and must be fully taxable issues. Debt that is publicly issued in the global and regional markets is included in the Underlying Index. The securities in the Underlying Index must have the following minimum outstanding issue size based on the local currency market: 200 million for British pound sterling-denominated bonds; 300 million for Australian dollar, Canadian dollar, euro, and Swiss franc-denominated bonds; 500 million for New Zealand dollar and Singapore dollar-denominated bonds; 2 billion for Danish krone, Hong Kong dollar, Israel shekel, Malaysian ringgit, New Turkish lira, Norwegian krone, Polish zloty, and South African rand-denominated bonds; 2.5 billion for Swedish krona-denominated bonds; 5 billion for Chinese renminbi-denominated bonds; 10 billion for Czech koruna, Mexican peso, and Thai baht-denominated bonds; 20 billion for Russian ruble-denominated bonds; 35 billion for Japanese yen-denominated bonds; 100 billion for Chilean peso-denominated bonds; and 500 billion for Korean won-denominated bonds. The Underlying Index is market capitalization-weighted, and the currency risk of the securities in the Underlying Index are hedged to the U.S. dollar on a monthly basis.

Certain types of securities, such as USD-denominated bonds, contingent capital securities, inflation-linked bonds, floating-rate issues, fixed-rate perpetuals, retail bonds, structured notes, pass-through certificates, private placements (other than those offered pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S promulgated under the 1933 Act), sinkable Russian OFZ bonds issued prior to 2009 and securities where reliable pricing is unavailable are excluded from the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays indices use a “country of risk” approach to determine country classifications. For government, government-related and corporate bond issuers that are operating, domiciled or concentrated within a single market, country classification is generally a straightforward exercise. For corporate bonds or other issuers with geographically diverse operations, complex ownership structures, a presence in multiple locations or other risk exposures that span multiple markets, country classifications are more challenging. The primary criteria for classifying country of risk are:

•	Where a bond’s guarantee comes from if the issuer is backed by a government or parent corporate entity.
•	Where the largest source of revenue, operations or cash flows is generated by the issuer.
•	Where an issuer is headquartered or its centralized decision-making occurs.
•	Additional criteria may be used in the evaluation of a bond’s country of risk, including, but not limited to:
•	Where the issuer is incorporated, legally domiciled and regulated.
•	Where an issuer’s stock is listed and traded.
•	Where existing issuers within the index that are similarly structured or organized are classified.

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are chosen by applying the eligibility rules listed above. The Underlying Index is a market value weighted index with no maximum number of bond issues per eligible issuer. To avoid an over-concentration in any single issuer, the methodology caps single issuer exposure to no more than 10% of the index weight, calculated on the last business day of each month. The Underlying Index is updated monthly after the close of business on the last business day of each month.

Bloomberg Barclays MSCI Global Green Bond Select (USD Hedged) Index

To use the Bloomberg Barclays MSCI Global Green Bond Select (USD Hedged) Index, BFA or its affiliates have entered into a license agreement with MSCI ESG Research LLC (“MSCI ESG Research”), which may license the Bloomberg Barclays MSCI Global Green Bond Select (USD Hedged) Index pursuant to its agreement with Bloomberg Index Services Limited (a subsidiary of Bloomberg Barclays) or an affiliate.

Number of Components: approximately 568

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays MSCI Global Green Bond Select (USD Hedged) Index measures the performance of global investment-grade (as determined by the index provider) green bonds. Green bonds are fixed income securities the

Table of Contents

proceeds of which are exclusively and formally applied to projects or activities that promote climate or other environmental sustainability purposes. For inclusion in the Underlying Index, securities are independently evaluated by MSCI ESG Research pursuant to an agreement between MSCI ESG Research and Bloomberg Index Services Limited (or an affiliate) based on four criteria specified in the Green Bond Principles published by MSCI ESG Research. The first criterion for bond eligibility in the Underlying Index is an evaluation of whether the use of proceeds falls within at least one of six eligible environmental categories defined by MSCI ESG Research (i.e., alternative energy, energy efficiency, pollution prevention and control, sustainable water, green building, and climate adaption). The remaining three criteria for evaluation and inclusion in the Underlying Index are the existence of processes for green project evaluation and selection, the existence of processes for management of proceeds, and the existence of a commitment to ongoing reporting of the environmental impact.

Both self-labeled green bonds and unlabeled bonds are evaluated using these criteria for potential inclusion in the Underlying Index. So long as projects fall within an eligible MSCI ESG Research green bond category and there is sufficient transparency on the use of proceeds, a bond is considered for the Underlying Index even if it is not explicitly marketed as green. Meeting all four criteria is required for bonds issued after the publication of the Green Bond Principles in January 2014. Green bonds issued prior to 2014 that are widely accepted by investors as green bonds may still qualify for the Underlying Index, even if not all four principles are satisfied, since no formal guidelines were available to issuers at the time of issuance. Given the Green Bond Principles were not yet available when the Underlying Index was launched in 2014, the Index Provider assessed the proposed component securities issued prior to 2014 based on the “use of proceeds” principle, which provides that a bond’s proceeds must be used to fund projects that fall within at least one of the six eligible environmental categories defined by MSCI ESG Research (i.e., alternative energy, energy efficiency, pollution prevention and control, sustainable water, green building, and climate adaption). General purpose bonds are not considered for eligibility, even if the issuer is considered pure-play, defined as a legal entity with greater than 90% of activities (as measured by revenues) within one or more of the eligible environmental categories.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index includes investment-grade fixed-rate sovereign and government-related debt, corporate bonds and securitized bonds denominated in currencies determined by the index provider (“Eligible Currencies”) from both developed and emerging market issuers. The Underlying Index includes fixed-rate coupon bonds, and bonds that convert from fixed to floating rate, including fixed-to-float perpetuals. Fixed-to-floating rate bonds are eligible during their fixed-rate term only. Certain types of securities, such as bonds with equity type features (e.g., warrants, convertibles, preferreds, and Dividend Received Deduction (“DRD”)/ Qualified Dividend Income (“QDI”)-eligible issues) (the DRD may offer tax benefits to corporate investors, and QDI dividends generally qualify to be taxed at long term capital gains rate), inflation-linked bonds, floating-rate issues, fixed-rate perpetuals, tax-exempt municipal securities, private placements (other than those offered pursuant to Rule 144A or Regulation S promulgated under the 1933 Act), retail bonds, contingent capital securities (including those with explicit capital ratio or solvency/balance sheet–based triggers), sinkable Russian OFZ bonds issued prior to 2009, USD25/USD50 par bonds, structured notes, pass-through certificates, non-ERISA eligible commercial mortgage-backed securities, U.S. agency mortgage-backed securities with hybrid adjustable rate mortgages, Formosa bonds, and illiquid securities where reliable pricing is unavailable, are excluded from the Underlying Index. The Underlying Index does not have a one year minimum time to maturity requirement and will hold bonds until final maturity. As of October 31, 2020, the weighted average duration of the securities in the Underlying Index was 8.21 years and the weighted average maturity of the securities in the Underlying Index was 9.20 years. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month (the rebalancing date), and the currency risk of the securities in the Underlying Index is hedged to the U.S. dollar on a monthly basis.

The index provider deems securities rated Baa3 / BBB-/BBB- or higher, using the middle rating of Fitch Ratings, Inc., Moody’s Investors Service, Inc., and Standard & Poors Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global (S&P Global Ratings), to be investment-grade. When a rating from only two rating agencies is available, the lower rating is used; when only one rating agency rates a bond, that rating is used. In cases where explicit bond level ratings are not available, the index provider may use other sources to classify securities by credit quality, such as local currency treasury and hard currency sovereign issuers’ ratings, expected ratings at issuance, and other criteria as determined by the index provider.

Bloomberg Barclays MSCI US High Yield Choice ESG Screened Index

Number of Components: approximately 641

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays MSCI US High Yield Choice ESG Screened Index, the Underlying Index, is designed to reflect the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated high yield corporate bonds of companies with favorable ESG

Table of Contents

ratings, as identified by the Index Provider, while applying extensive screens, including, for example, a screen which focuses on removing fossil fuel exposure. Bloomberg Barclays begins with the Bloomberg Barclays US Corporate High Yield Index (the “Parent Index”). From the Parent Index, the Underlying Index selects bonds that have $400 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The Underlying Index also excludes securities of companies with an ESG controversy score less than three (3) or an ESG rating below BB and excludes securities of companies involved in adult entertainment, alcohol, gambling, tobacco, genetically modified organisms, controversial weapons, nuclear weapons, civilian firearms, conventional weapons, palm oil, for-profit prisons, predatory lending, nuclear power, and fossil fuel as detailed below:

•	Adult Entertainment: All companies that derive 5% or more aggregate revenue from the production, distribution and retail, and all companies that produce, direct, or publish adult entertainment materials that fall into the following categories: producer of NC-17- rated films, pay-per-view programming or channels, sexually explicit video games, books or magazines with adult content, live entertainment of an adult nature, adults-only material on the internet;
•	Alcohol: All companies classified as a “producer” that derive $500 million or 5% or more in revenue from manufacturing, distributing, retailing, licensing, and supplying alcoholic products, and all companies deriving 15% or more aggregate revenue from the manufacture, distribution, retailing, licensing, and supply of alcoholic products;
•	Gambling: All companies classified as involved in “operations” that derive $500 million or 5% or more in revenue from ownership or operation of gambling facilities, provision of key products or services fundamental to gambling operations, and licensing of gambling products, and all companies deriving 15% or more aggregate revenue from ownership or operation of gambling facilities, provision of key products or services fundamental to gambling operations, and licensing of gambling products;
•	Tobacco: All companies that manufacture tobacco products, such as cigars, blunts, cigarettes, e-cigarettes, inhalers, beedis, kreteks, smokeless tobacco, snuff, snus, dissolvable and chewing tobacco (including companies that grow or process raw tobacco leaves), and all companies deriving 5% or more aggregate revenue from the manufacture, distribution, retailing, licensing, and supply of tobacco products;
•	Genetically Modified Organisms (GMO): All companies deriving revenue from genetically modifying plants, such as seeds and crops, and other organisms intended for agricultural use or human consumption;
•	Controversial Weapons: All companies that manufacture cluster munitions whole weapons systems, components, or delivery platforms, all companies involved in the production of depleted uranium (DU) weapons, ammunition, and armor, including companies that manufacture armor piercing, fin stabilized, discarding sabot tracing rounds (APFSDS-T), kinetic Energy Missiles made with DU penetrators, and DU-enhanced armor, including composite tank armor, and all companies that manufacture landmines whole systems or components;
•	Nuclear Weapons: All companies that manufacture nuclear warheads and/or whole nuclear missiles (including assembly and integration of warhead and missile body, as well as companies with contracts to operate/manage government-owned facilities that manufacture nuclear warheads and missiles), all companies that manufacture components that were developed or are significantly modified for exclusive use in nuclear weapons (warheads and missiles) (including companies with contracts to operate/manage government-owned facilities that manufacture components for nuclear warheads and missiles), all companies that manufacture or assemble delivery platforms that were developed or significantly modified for the exclusive delivery of nuclear weapons, all companies that manufacture components that were not developed or not significantly modified for exclusive use in nuclear weapons (warheads and missiles) but can be used in nuclear weapons, all companies that manufacture or assemble delivery platforms that were not developed or not significantly modified for the exclusive delivery of nuclear weapons but have the capability to deliver nuclear weapons, all companies that manufacture components for nuclear-exclusive delivery platforms, and all companies that manufacture components for dual-use delivery platforms;
•	Civilian Weapons: All companies that manufacture firearms and small arms ammunitions for civilian markets (but not including companies that cater to the military, government, and law enforcement markets), all companies deriving 5% or more aggregate revenue from the production and distribution (wholesale or retail) of firearms or small arms ammunition intended for civilian use, and all companies deriving $20 million or more revenue from the production and distribution (wholesale or retail) of firearms or small arms ammunition intended for civilian use;
•	Conventional Weapons: All companies deriving 5% or more revenue from the production of conventional weapons and components, all companies deriving 10% or more aggregate revenue from weapons systems, components, and support systems and services for conventional weapons;
•	For Profit Prisons: All companies deriving 50% or more revenue from involvement in the operation of “for profit prisons” (also known as “private prisons”) or the provision of integral services to these types of facilities;

Table of Contents

•	Predatory Lending: All companies deriving 5% or more revenue from products and services associated with certain controversial lending practices;
•	Palm Oil: All companies deriving more than 0% revenue from cultivating oil palm trees and harvesting fresh fruit bunches (FFBs) used to produce palm oil products;
•	Nuclear Power: All companies that own or operate nuclear power plants, or own or operate active uranium mines, or involved in uranium enrichment and processing or the design and engineering of nuclear power reactors, and all companies deriving 15% or more aggregate revenue from ownership or operation of nuclear power plants and supply of key nuclear-specific products or services; and
•	Fossil Fuel: All companies that belong to the Bloomberg Barclays Energy Fixed Income Sector or all companies that have an industry tie to fossil fuels (thermal coal, oil and gas) – in particular, reserve ownership, related revenues and power generation. Companies are not excluded from the Underlying Index solely on the basis of metallurgical coal reserve ownership.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index is a modified market value weighted index with a cap on each issuer of 2% at each monthly rebalancing. From the Parent Index, the Underlying Index (i) selects bonds that have $400 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion, and (ii) excludes securities of companies with an ESG controversy score less than three (3) or an ESG rating below BB and excludes securities of involved in adult entertainment, alcohol, gambling, tobacco, genetically modified organisms , controversial weapons, nuclear weapons, civilian firearms, conventional weapons, palm oil, for-profit prisons, predatory lending, nuclear power, and fossil fuel.

The Index Provider implements the 2% cap on each issuer by redistributing the excess market value over the cap on a pro rata basis to other bonds in the Underlying Index that are under the 2% cap. For example, an issuer that represents 4% of the Underlying Index will have 2% of the Underlying Index’s market value redistributed to each bond from all companies under the 2% cap on a pro rata basis. The process is repeated until no issuer exceeds the 2% limit. Securities in the Underlying Index must be rated high yield (below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch, or below Baa3 by Moody’s) using the middle rating from Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings, and Fitch. When a rating from only two agencies is available, the lower of the two agencies’ ratings is used. When a rating from only one agency is available, that rating is used to determine eligibility in the Underlying Index. In cases where explicit bond level ratings may not be available, the following sources may be used to classify securities by credit quality: (i) expected ratings at issuance may be used to ensure timely index inclusion or to classify split-rated companies properly and (ii) unrated securities may use an issuer rating for index classification purposes if available.

The Underlying Index consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, high-yield corporate bonds having and issued by companies that have positive ESG characteristics (as determined by MSCI ESG Research ratings). In addition, the securities included in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate, taxable corporate securities. Excluded from the Underlying Index include, but are not limited to, structured notes, private placements and floating rate securities. The Underlying Index is market value weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

MSCI ESG Research determines ESG ratings on a scale of “CCC” (lowest) to “AAA” (highest) by evaluating a company’s risks and opportunities using a sector-specific ESG Key Issues (“Key Issues”) (e.g., carbon emissions) selection and weighting model. Each company is scored on a scale of 0 to 10, with 10 being the highest, for each Key Issue before being provided an ESG rating based on average Key Issue score. Additionally, MSCI ESG Research excludes companies involved in very serious business controversies. MSCI ESG Research defines a controversy as an instance or ongoing situation in which company operations and/or products allegedly have a negative environmental, social and/or governance impact. Each controversy case is assessed for the severity of its impact on society. MSCI ESG Research excludes companies involved in very severe business controversies by assessing the possible negative environmental, social, and/or governance impact of a company’s operations or products on a scale from zero to ten, with zero being the most severe controversy rating (the “MSCI Controversies Score”). Only securities of companies with a MSCI Controversies Score of three or higher are eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. CMBS (ERISA Only) Index

Number of Components: approximately 562

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays U.S. CMBS (ERISA Only) Index measures the performance of investment-grade commercial mortgage-backed securities (CMBS), which are classes of securities (known as “certificates”) that represent

Table of Contents

interests in “pools” of commercial mortgages. The Underlying Index includes only CMBS that are Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended (“ERISA”) eligible under the underwriter’s exemption, which will deem ERISA eligible the certificates with the first priority of principal repayment, as long as certain conditions are met, including the requirement that the certificates be rated in one of the three highest rating categories by Fitch, Moody's or S&P Global Ratings.

The Underlying Index includes investment-grade CMBS that are ERISA eligible with $300 million or more of aggregate outstanding transaction size. In addition, the original aggregate transaction must be $500 million or more and the tranche size must be $25 million or more. CMBS certificates must have an expected life of at least one year and must be either fixed-rate or subject to an interest rate cap equal to the weighted average coupon of the underlying asset pool. Excluded from the Underlying Index are non-ERISA eligible securities, agency transactions and privately issued securities, including those which may be resold in accordance with Rule 144A of the 1933 Act. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month.

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Convertible Cash Pay Bond >$250MM Index

Number of Components: approximately 287

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Convertible Cash Pay Bond > $250MM Index is a subset of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Convertibles: Cash Pay Bonds Index, which is one of the four classes of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Convertibles Index (i.e., cash pay, zero coupon, preferred and mandatory convertible bonds) and measures the performance of the U.S. dollar-denominated convertibles market. The Underlying Index is market capitalization-weighted and consists of only cash pay convertible bonds. Cash pay convertible bonds allow the holder of the bond the option to convert into a pre-specified number of shares of the issuer’s common stock, but do not require conversion.

The universe of securities that are eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index includes U.S. dollar-denominated securities that are non-called and non-defaulted, with maturities of 31 days or more, and $250 million or more of outstanding face value issued by corporations. The securities may be investment-grade, high yield (i.e., non-investment grade and commonly referred to as “junk bonds”) or non-rated. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last business day of each month.

Securities eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index must be convertible tranches registered with the SEC or issued under Rule 144A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Aaa - A Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 2,255

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Aaa - A Capped Index is a subset of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index that measures the performance of the Aaa – A rated range of the fixed-rate, U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, corporate bond market. The Underlying Index is market capitalization-weighted with a 3% cap on any one issuer and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index includes U.S. dollar-denominated securities publicly-issued by U.S. and non-U.S. industrial, utility and financial corporate issuers, with maturities of one year or more, that have $500 million or more of outstanding face value. Each corporate bond must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A with registration rights. In addition, only securities rated A3 by Moody’s or higher (or the equivalent on another rating agency’s scale) will be included in the Underlying Index. When ratings from each of Fitch, Moody’s and S&P Global Ratings are available, the median rating is used to determine eligibility. When ratings from only two of these agencies are available, that lower rating is used to determine eligibility. When a rating from only one of these agencies is available, that rating is used to determine eligibility. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month.

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Index

Number of Components: approximately 788

Table of Contents

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Index, the Underlying Index, measures the performance of the corporate and mortgage portion of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Universal Index (the “Parent Index”) while targeting an equal allocation between interest rate and credit spread risk.

The Underlying Index uses a rules-based approach to calculate an equal volatility-weighted allocation to each of five segments of the Parent Index: (1) investment-grade corporate bonds 1-5 year; (2) investment-grade corporate bonds 5-10 year; (3) high yield corporate bonds rated BB or higher; (4) high yield corporate bonds rated below BB; and (5) U.S. agency MBS. Segments with lower credit spread volatility receive a higher weighting, and segments with higher credit spread volatility receive a lower weighting, with the result that the contribution of each segment to overall credit spread volatility is approximately equal. Credit spread volatility for investment-grade corporate securities and MBS components are measured differently than the Fund’s high yield securities, but aim to capture the volatility of the return attributable to the credit quality of the security.

To increase overall yield and credit spread exposure, the Underlying Index incorporates a leverage factor of up to 25% that redeploys MBS exposure, via cash pending settlement from TBA mortgage transactions, toward other index constituent securities. The Underlying Index further adjusts interest rate risk so that it equals credit spread risk, by adding either long positions in U.S. Treasury bonds or short positions in U.S. Treasury futures. The Underlying Index is rebalanced monthly.

Bloomberg Barclays US Floating Rate Note < 5 Years Index

Number of Components: approximately 478

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays US Floating Rate Note < 5 Years Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar denominated, investment grade floating rate notes. Securities in the Underlying Index have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one month and less than five years, and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of debt instruments that pay a variable coupon rate, based on a reference rate such as the 3-month LIBOR or the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) and a fixed spread. The Underlying Index is market capitalization-weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month. Excluded from the Underlying Index are fixed-rate bullet bonds, fixed-rate puttable and fixed-rate callable bonds, fixed-rate and fixed-to-floating capital securities, bonds with equity-linked features (e.g., warrants and convertibles), inflation-linked bonds and securitized bonds.

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. GNMA Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 236

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays U.S. GNMA Bond Index is a market capitalization-weighted index that measures the performance of mortgage-backed pass-through securities issued by GNMA.

The Underlying Index includes fixed-rate mortgage pass-through securities issued by GNMA that have 30- or 15-year maturities. All securities in the Underlying Index must have a weighted average maturity of at least one year and have $1 billion or more of outstanding face value. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month.

Bloomberg Barclays US High Yield Fallen Angel 3% Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 373

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays US High Yield Fallen Angel 3% Capped Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated, high yield corporate bonds that were previously rated investment grade. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index is a rules-based index consisting of approximately 373 U.S. dollar-denominated, high yield corporate bonds that were previously rated investment grade and caps issuers at 3%.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index is a subset of a broader high yield universe of below-investment grade bonds. Bonds in the Underlying Index are selected from the universe of eligible bonds using defined rules. The bonds eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index include U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds that: (i) are issued by companies domiciled in countries classified as developed markets by the index provider (based primarily on World Bank income

Table of Contents

classifications); (ii) have an average rating of below-investment grade (as determined by the index provider); (iii) previously had an average rating of investment grade; (iv) have at least $150 million of outstanding face value; (v) have a fixed-rate coupon; and (vi) have at least one year to maturity. In determining whether a bond has an average rating of investment grade or below-investment grade, ratings from Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch are considered. Securities in the Underlying Index must be rated below-investment grade (below “BBB-” by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch, or below “Baa3” by Moody’s) using the middle rating of Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings, or Fitch after dropping the highest and lowest available ratings. When a rating from only two agencies is available, the lower (“more conservative”) rating is used. When a rating from only one agency is available, that rating is used to determine eligibility in the Underlying Index. If an issue is unrated, the index provider may consider expected ratings and/or issuer-level ratings adopted by a ratings agency.

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are chosen by applying the eligibility rules listed above. The Underlying Index is a modified market value weighted index with a cap on each issuer at 3%. There is no maximum number of bond issues per issuer eligible, but to avoid an over-concentration in any single-issuer, the methodology caps single-issuer exposure to no more than 3% of the index weight, calculated on the last business day of each month. The Underlying Index is updated monthly on the last business day of each month.

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Treasury Floating Rate Index

Number of Components: approximately 10

Index Description. The Underlying Index is a market capitalization-weighted index that measures the performance of floating rate public obligations of the U.S. Treasury. The securities in the Underlying Index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be non-convertible. Excluded from the Underlying Index are fixed-rate securities and certain special issues, such as flower bonds, targeted investor notes, inflation-linked securities (TIPS), state and local government series bonds and coupon issues that have been stripped from bonds. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month.

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (TIPS) 0-5 Years Index (Series-L)

Number of Components: approximately 17

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Treasury Inflation-Protected Securities (TIPS) 0-5 Years Index (Series-L) measures the performance of the inflation-protected public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, commonly known as “TIPS,” that have a remaining maturity of less than five years. TIPS are securities issued by the U.S. Treasury that are designed to provide inflation protection to investors.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index includes all publicly-issued U.S. Treasury inflation-protected securities that have less than five years remaining to maturity, are rated investment grade and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value. In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and have a notional coupon that is fixed-rate or zero. The Underlying Index is market capitalization-weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month.

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS) Index (Series-L)

Number of Components: approximately 50

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Treasury Inflation Protected Securities (TIPS) Index (Series-L) measures the performance of the inflation-protected public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, commonly known as “TIPS.” TIPS are securities issued by the U.S. Treasury that are designed to provide inflation protection to investors.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index includes all publicly-issued, U.S. Treasury inflation-protected securities that have at least one year remaining to maturity, are rated investment grade (must be Baa3/BBB- or higher using the middle rating of Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings, and Fitch), and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value. In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate and non-convertible. The Underlying Index is market capitalization-weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month.

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Universal 1-5 Year Index

Table of Contents

Number of Components: approximately 4,895

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Universal 1-5 Year Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated taxable bonds that are rated either investment-grade or high yield with remaining effective maturities between one and five years.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index includes U.S. Treasury bonds, government-related bonds (i.e., U.S. and non-U.S. agencies, sovereign, quasi-sovereign, supranational and local authority debt), investment-grade and high yield U.S. corporate bonds, mortgage-backed pass-through securities, CMBS, ABS, Eurodollar bonds, bonds registered with the SEC or exempt from registration at the time of issuance, or offered pursuant to Rule 144A with or without registration rights (“Rule 144A Bonds”) and U.S. dollar-denominated emerging market bonds. The Underlying Index is a subset of the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Universal Index. In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and nonconvertible. Excluded from the Underlying Index are tax–exempt municipal securities, coupon issues that have been stripped from bonds, structured notes, private placements (excluding Rule 144A Bonds) and bonds denominated in euros. The Underlying Index is market-capitalization weighted and is rebalanced on the last day of the month.

The FTSE Indexes

FTSE World Government Bond Index – Developed Markets 1-3 Years Capped Select Index

Number of Components: approximately 151

Index Description. The FTSE World Government Bond Index – Developed Markets 1-3 Years Capped Select Index measures the performance of fixed-rate, local currency, investment-grade sovereign bonds, excluding the U.S., with between one and three years remaining maturity. The Underlying Index is a subset of the FTSE World Government Bond Index – Developed Markets (WGBI-DM) Index (the “Parent Index”). As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index included issuers located in Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, Norway, Singapore, Spain, Sweden and the U.K.

Index Methodology. To be eligible for inclusion, the issuing country must be classified by the International Monetary Fund or by the World Bank as a “Developed Country” and must have a minimum market size greater than each of USD 50 billion, EUR 40 billion and JPY 5 trillion. Market size is defined as total outstanding market value of eligible securities. However, the Underlying Index excludes the U.S. Countries will no longer be eligible for index inclusion when their market size falls below each of USD 25B, EUR 20B or JPY 2.5T, and stays below for three consecutive months. Countries are assigned a level of 0, 1 or 2, with 2 representing the highest level of accessibility. Market accessibility levels are assigned to each fixed-rate, local currency government market based on its fulfillment of a set of observable, transparent criteria. The assessment takes place across four dimensions: (i) market, macroeconomic and regulatory environment; (ii) foreign exchange market structure; (iii) bond market structure; and (iv) global settlement and custody. A local currency government debt market must have a value of 2 to satisfy the Parent Index accessibility criteria.

The minimum credit rating for entry to the Underlying Index is A- by S&P and A3 by Moody’s. The credit rating is first mapped to the S&P rating. If a bond is not rated by S&P but it is rated by Moody’s, the S&P equivalent of the Moody’s rating is assigned. If a bond is split-rated (an investment- grade rating by one rating agency and high-yield by the other), the S&P equivalent of the investment-grade rating is assigned to the index quality. These ratings remain unchanged for the entire performance month. Constituents will be removed from the index when their credit rating falls below BBB- by S&P and below Baa3 by Moody’s. The Underlying Index includes bonds having a remaining maturity greater than one year and less than three years.

To be included in the Underlying Index, the minimum issue size must exceed the following thresholds based on the local currency: CAD 2.5 billion (excludes Bank of Canada Cash Management bond buybacks), DKK 20 billion, EUR 2.5 billion, NOK 20 billion, SEK 25 billion, GBP 2 billion (excludes Bank of England holdings), AUD 750 million, JPY 500 billion (20+ year bonds at JPY 450 billion) (excludes Bank of Japan holdings and Ministry of Finance buybacks), and SGD 1.5 billion.

The market value-based weights of each individual country in the Underlying Index are capped at 21%. Furthermore, the total market weights of the countries with more than 4.6% market weight in the index cannot exceed 47% of the total index weight. Constituent securities of each country are assigned weights in proportion to their market value. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on a monthly basis at month end.

Table of Contents

FTSE World Government Bond Index – Developed Markets Capped Select Index

Number of Components: approximately 757

Index Description. The FTSE World Government Bond Index – Developed Markets Capped Select Index measures the performance of fixed-rate, local currency, investment-grade sovereign bonds, excluding the U.S., and is a subset of the FTSE World Government Bond Index – Developed Markets (WGBI-DM) Index (the “Parent Index”). As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index included issuers located in Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Japan, Netherlands, Norway, Singapore, Spain, Sweden and the U.K.

The minimum credit rating for entry to the Underlying Index is A- by S&P and A3 by Moody’s. The credit rating is first mapped to the S&P rating. If a bond is not rated by S&P but it is rated by Moody’s, the S&P equivalent of the Moody’s rating is assigned. If a bond is split-rated (an investment-grade rating by one rating agency and high-yield by the other), the S&P equivalent of the investment-grade rating is assigned to the index quality. These ratings remain unchanged for the entire performance month. Constituents will be removed from the index when their credit rating falls below BBB- by S&P and below Baa3 by Moody’s. The Underlying Index includes bonds having a remaining maturity greater than one year.

ICE Data Indices, LLC

ICE BofA BB US High Yield Constrained Index

Number of Components: approximately 1,030

Index Description. The ICE BofA BB US High Yield Constrained Index is a subset of the ICE BofA US High Yield Constrained Index that measures the performance of the BB, or equivalently rated, fixed-rate, U.S. dollar-denominated, corporate bond market. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index is a rules-based index of approximately 1,030 high yield, U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds.

Index Methodology. The bonds eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index include U.S. dollar-denominated high yield corporate bonds that: (i) are issued by companies having “risk exposure” to countries (i.e., issuers that are subject to the risks of one or more of these countries as a result of the principal country of domicile of the issuers (as determined by the Index Provider)) that are members of the FX-G10, which include Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Cyprus, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the U.K., the U.S. and their respective territories; (ii) have a rating of BB+ through BB- based on an average of Fitch, Moody’s or S&P Global Ratings; (iii) are registered with the SEC, exempt from registration at issuance, or offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, with or without registration rights; (iv) have at

Table of Contents

least $250 million of outstanding face value; (v) have an original maturity date of at least 18 months; and (vi) have at least one year to maturity.

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are chosen by applying the eligibility rules listed above. The Underlying Index is a modified market value-weighted index with a cap on each issuer at 2%. There is no maximum number of bond issues per issuer eligible, but to avoid an over-concentration in any single-issuer, the methodology caps single-issuer exposure to no more than 2% of the index weight, calculated on the last business day of each month. The Underlying Index is updated monthly on the last calendar day of each month.

ICE BofA US High Yield Constrained Index

Number of Components: approximately 2,015

Index Description. The ICE BofA US High Yield Constrained Index (f/k/a, “BofA Merrill Lynch U.S. High Yield Constrained Index”) measures the performance of the broad high yield (as defined by the index provider of the Underlying Index) corporate bond market. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index is a rules-based index consisting of approximately 2,015 high yield, U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds, and the issuers in the Underlying Index are principally located in the U.S.

Index Methodology. The bonds eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index include U.S. dollar-denominated high yield corporate bonds that: (i) are issued by companies having “risk exposure” to countries (i.e., issuers that are subject to the risks of one or more of these countries as a result of the principal country of domicile of the issuers (as determined by the index provider)) that are members of the FX-G10, which include Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Cyprus, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Portugal, Slovakia, Slovenia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, the U.K. and the U.S. and their respective territories; (ii) have an average rating of below investment grade (ratings from Fitch, Moody’s or S&P Global Ratings are considered; if more than one agency provides a rating, the average rating is attached to the bond); (iii) are registered with the SEC, exempt from registration at issuance, or offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, with or without registration rights; (iv) have at least $250 million of outstanding face value; (v) have an original maturity date of at least 18 months; and (vi) have at least one year to maturity.

ICE U.S. Treasury Core Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 261

Index Description. The ICE U.S. Treasury Core Bond Index measures the performance of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index includes publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a remaining maturity greater than one year and less than or equal to thirty years and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve System Open Market Account or bought at issuance by the Federal Reserve. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate and denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, cash management bills, Treasury bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. The Underlying Index is weighted by market capitalization, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve System Open Market Account or bought at issuance by the Federal Reserve, and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

Table of Contents

The J.P. Morgan Index

J.P. Morgan EMBI^® Global Core Index

Number of Components: approximately 520

Index Description. The J.P. Morgan EMBI^® Global Core Index is a broad, diverse, market capitalization-weighted index designed to measure the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated Brady bonds, Eurobonds, traded loans, and securities issued by sovereign and quasi-sovereign entities of emerging market countries. The methodology is designed to distribute the weights of each country within the Underlying Index by limiting the weights of countries with higher debt outstanding and reallocating this excess to countries with lower debt outstanding.

Index Methodology. Eligible issuer countries must have gross national income (“GNI”) below the Index Income Ceiling (“IIC”) or below the Index PPP Ratio (IPR) criterion established by the Index Provider for three consecutive years. J.P. Morgan defines IIC as the GNI per capita level that is adjusted every year by the growth rate of the World GNI per capita, provided by the World Bank annually. For the IPR, it is calculated from the one-year lagged GDP data available in IMF’s World Economic Outlook publication. The EM IPR threshold is an indexed number which mimics the changes to the World IPR.

Component Selection Criteria. Securities that satisfy all the following defined criteria will be eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index: (i) can be fixed or floating-rate (ii) must be issued by sovereign and quasi-sovereign (defined as 100% owned or guaranteed by the government) entities from index-eligible countries as noted above (iii) must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iv) must have a current face amount outstanding of $1 billion or more; (v) must have at least 2.5 years until maturity to be eligible for inclusion and must have at least 2 years until maturity to remain in the index; (vi) must be able to settle internationally through Euroclear or another institution domiciled outside the issuing country; and (vii) must be a security whose bid and offer prices are available on a daily and timely basis — sourced from a third party valuation vendor. Convertible bonds, securities issued by municipalities or provinces, and local law securities are all excluded from the Underlying Index.

Index Maintenance. The Underlying Index is a broad, diverse market capitalization-weighted index. The Underlying Index is priced every business day of the year. Business days are based on the US bond market calendar set by the Emerging Markets Trading Association (EMTA). Underlying Index securities are priced using bid pricing each day. Security level pricing for the Underlying Index is sourced from a third party valuation vendor ensuring transparency and consistency. Daily indicative pricing for each security and FX rate is closely scrutinized and are reconciled using market movements and other pricing sources as guidance. As necessary, an established alternative source will be used to maintain the integrity of the daily index calculation. On any given calculation day, if the primary source is unable to provide a quote, the Index Group reserves the right to consider the use of an appropriate alternative source for the index inputs. If a permanent switch for the primary third party pricing source is necessary, clients will be notified in advance prior to any official switch.

The weight of each security in the Underlying Index is determined by first starting with the face amount outstanding of all eligible securities and aggregating such securities by country. The highest weighted countries are then constrained by capping the total weight within those countries. The result establishes new country weights which are then used to calculate the new eligible face amounts per security within those countries. To calculate the final weights of each security in the Underlying Index, the current day’s price is multiplied by each security’s adjusted face amount. The market capitalization for each security is then divided by the total market capitalization for all securities in the Underlying Index. The result represents the weight of the security expressed as a percentage of the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is generally rebalanced on a monthly basis. A new security that meets the Underlying Index admission requirements is added to the Underlying Index on the first month-end business date after its issuance, provided its issue date falls before the 15th of the month. A new security whose settlement date falls on or after the 15th of the month is added to the Underlying Index on the last business day of the next month. There are two exceptions to this rule. The first exception applies to new securities that are released as part of a debt exchange program. For example, if a country exchanges a portion of its outstanding debt for a new issue after the 15th of the month, at the month-end rebalancing date immediately following this event the amount of debt retired in this exchange would be removed from the Underlying Index. The new security would then be added to the Underlying Index. The second exception concerns Regulation S securities. A security that is issued solely in reliance on Regulation S of the 1933 Act and not pursuant to Rule 144A will be ineligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index until the expiration of the relevant Regulation S restricted period. The date at which the restriction is lifted

Table of Contents

will effectively be the new “issue” date, at which point the 15th of the month rule will apply. In extreme cases, an intra-month rebalancing can occur when more than 2% of the market capitalization of the EMBI Global Diversified^TM index is exchanged or more than 3% of the face amount of the EMBI Global^TM index is exchanged. If an announcement is made for a bond to be called, it is removed from the Underlying Index on the month-end prior to its call date on the basis of having less than 24 months remaining until maturity. However, if an announcement is not made in time for the bond to be removed from the Underlying Index on the prior month-end, it will be removed the first month-end following the announcement, unless the amount to be called triggers an intra-month rebalancing.

The Markit iBoxx Indexes

Markit iBoxx^® USD Liquid High Yield 0-5 Index

Number of Components: approximately 732

Index Description. The Markit iBoxx^® USD Liquid High Yield 0-5 Index is designed to reflect the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated high yield corporate debt. The Underlying Index offers exposure to liquid high yield corporate bonds maturing between zero and five years and is rebalanced on a monthly basis. Only bonds with $350 million minimum face value per bond are included in the Underlying Index, provided they are trading at a minimum price in accordance with Markit Indices Limited’s (“Markit”) liquidity screens. The Underlying Index uses a market-value weighted methodology with a cap on each issuer of 3%.

Index Methodology. Bonds in the Underlying Index are selected from the universe of eligible bonds using defined rules. The bonds eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index include U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds that: (i) are issued by companies domiciled in the countries classified as developed markets by the index provider; (ii) are rated below investment-grade by Fitch, Moody’s or S&P Global Ratings; (iii) are bond issues with at least $350 million of outstanding face value; and (iv) have between zero to five years until maturity.

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are chosen by applying the eligibility rules listed above. The Underlying Index is a modified market-value weighted index with a cap on each issuer at 3%. There is no maximum number of bond issues per issuer eligible, but to avoid an over concentration in any single-issuer, the methodology caps single-issuer exposure to no more than 3% of the index weight, calculated on the last business day of each month. The Underlying Index is updated monthly on the last business day of each month.

Markit iBoxx^® USD Liquid Investment Grade 0-5 Index

Number of Components: approximately 1,993

Index Description. The Markit iBoxx^® USD Liquid Investment Grade 0-5 Index is designed to reflect the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated investment grade corporate debt. The Underlying Index offers exposure to liquid corporate bonds maturing between zero and five years and is rebalanced on a monthly basis. Only bonds from large issuers with at least $1 billion in aggregate outstanding issuance and $500 million face value per bond are included in the Underlying Index. The Underlying Index uses a market-value weighted methodology with a cap on each issuer of 3%.

Index Methodology. Bonds in the Underlying Index are selected from the universe of eligible bonds using defined rules. Currently, the bonds eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index include U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds that: (i) are issued by companies domiciled in the countries classified as developed markets by the index provider; (ii) are rated investment-grade by Fitch, Moody’s, or S& P Global Ratings; (iii) are from issuers with at least $1 billion outstanding face value; (iv) have at least $500 million of outstanding face value; and (v) have between zero to five years until maturity.

Table of Contents

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are chosen by applying the eligibility rules listed above. The Underlying Index is a modified market-value weighted index with a cap on each issuer at 3%. There is no maximum number of bond issues per issuer eligible, but to avoid an over-concentration in any single-issuer, the methodology caps single-issuer exposure to no more than 3% of the index weight, calculated on the last business day of each month. The Underlying Index is updated monthly on the last business day of each month.

The methodologies of the iBoxx^® indexes are owned by Markit Indices Limited and may be covered by one or more patents or pending patent applications.

Investment Policies

The Board has adopted as fundamental policies the following numbered investment policies, which cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the applicable Fund’s outstanding voting securities. A vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund is defined in the Investment Company Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Each Fund has also adopted certain non-fundamental investment policies, including its investment objective. Non-fundamental investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Therefore, each Fund may change its investment objective and its Underlying Index without shareholder approval.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Convertible Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF and iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except each Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by each Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

The iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.

Table of Contents

4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding each Fund's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of each Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to each Fund's industry classifications, each Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to each Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act permits each Fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (The Fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the Investment Company Act requires each Fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of each Fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when each Fund engages in such transactions, the Fund instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit each Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit each Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

Table of Contents

involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause each Fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (7) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit each Fund from making loans (including lending its securities); however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets (including lending its securities), except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments (as applicable), as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

The iShares TIPS Bond ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries), except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities; and (ii) the Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), the Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate mortgages, commodities or commodity contracts, but this restriction shall not prevent the Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including options on currencies to the extent consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

Each of the iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF, iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF, iShares CMBS ETF, iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF, iShares GNMA Bond ETF, iShares International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF and iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF will not:

Concentrate its investments (i.e., invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.

Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no

Table of Contents

	more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from investing in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business or securities or other instruments backed by real estate or mortgages), or commodities or commodity contracts (but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

The iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries), except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities; and (ii) the Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), the Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue “senior securities” as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and orders thereunder, except as permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulation and orders thereunder.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this restriction shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business or securities or other instruments backed by real estate or mortgages), or commodities or commodity contracts (but this restriction shall not prevent the Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including options on currencies to the extent consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Convertible Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF, iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF and iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by each Fund's Prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.

iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF

Table of Contents

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the component securities and other instruments of its Underlying Index. The Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, the Fund's future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

All Funds

In addition to the investment restrictions adopted as fundamental policies, set forth above, each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to invest in the securities of a company for the purpose of exercising management or control, or purchase or otherwise acquire any illiquid investment, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, which currently limits each Fund’s holdings in illiquid investments to 15% of a Fund’s net assets. BFA monitors Fund holdings in illiquid investments pursuant to the Liquidity Program. Except with regard to the fundamental policy relating to senior securities set forth in (3) above for all Funds, if any percentage restriction described above is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values of assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Each Fund (except the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF) has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in component securities in each Fund's Underlying Index and (except for the iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF) in TBA transactions with respect to the percentage of the Underlying Index (if any) that consists of mortgage-pass through securities. Each Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, an 80% requirement is no longer met, a Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act. As a matter of policy, however, each Fund will not purchase shares of any registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust, in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) (the “fund of funds” provisions) of the Investment Company Act, at any time each Fund has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor in reliance on the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1).

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations under each Fund's fundamental or non-fundamental investment policies apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken. Any change in the percentage of each Fund's assets invested in certain securities or other instruments resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in each Fund’s total assets will not require each Fund to dispose of an investment until BFA determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences.

Continuous Offering

The method by which Creation Units are created and traded may raise certain issues under applicable securities laws. Because new Creation Units are issued and sold by the Funds on an ongoing basis, at any point a “distribution,” as such term is used in the 1933 Act, may occur. Broker-dealers and other persons are cautioned that some activities on their part may, depending on the circumstances, result in their being deemed participants in a distribution in a manner that could render them statutory underwriters and subject them to the prospectus delivery requirement and liability provisions of the 1933 Act.

Table of Contents

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Funds are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Management

Trustees and Officers. The Board has responsibility for the overall management and operations of the Funds, including general supervision of the duties performed by BFA and other service providers. Each Trustee serves until he or she resigns, is removed, dies, retires or becomes incapacitated. Each officer shall hold office until his or her successor is elected and qualifies or until his or her death, resignation or removal. Trustees who are not “interested persons” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust are referred to as independent trustees (“Independent Trustees”).

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). Each Fund is included in the BlackRock Fund Complex referred to as the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 376 funds as of March 1, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Funds' Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years		Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)		Trustee (since 2009).		President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).		Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years		Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Salim Ramji² (50)		Trustee (since 2019).		Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).		Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years		Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (71)		Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).		Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).		Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Drew E. Lawton (61)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (59)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Officers

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (49)	President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).
Trent Walker (46)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (45)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

Table of Contents

registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through the Trustee’s educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Board member of the Funds and the other funds in the Trust (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Also, set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of each Trustee that led the Board to conclude that he or she should serve (or continue to serve) as a Trustee.

Table of Contents

of Morgan Stanley from 2006 to 2012. In addition, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Global Head of the Bank Operational Risk Oversight Department of Credit Suisse Group from 2003 to 2006. Prior to that, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Morgan Stanley. Ms. Carlin has over 30 years of experience in the financial sector and has served in a number of legal, regulatory, and risk management positions. Ms. Carlin has served as a member of the Audit Committee and as a Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., each since 2016, and as Chair of the Audit Committee since 2020. Ms. Carlin served as a member of the Audit Committee from 2012 to 2018, Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee from 2017 to 2018 and as an Independent Director on the Board of PHH Corporation from 2012 to 2018. She previously served as a Director on the Boards of Astoria Financial Corporation and Astoria Bank. Ms. Carlin was appointed by the United States Treasury to the Financial Services Sector Coordinating Council for Critical Infrastructure Protection and Homeland Security, where she served as Chairperson from 2010 to 2012 and Vice Chair and Chair of the Cyber Security Committee from 2009 to 2010. Ms. Carlin has a BA degree in political science from State University of New York at Stony Brook and a JD degree from Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law.

Table of Contents

Mr. Martinez has an AB degree in economics from The University of California, Berkeley and holds an MBA degree in finance and statistics from The University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Madhav V. Rajan has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2011 and Chair of the Fixed Income Plus Committee of the Trust since 2019. Mr. Rajan has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of the Fixed Income Plus Committee of each Board since 2019. Mr. Rajan served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2011 to 2015. Mr. Rajan is the Dean and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and also serves as Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC, an affiliate of the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, since 2020. He has served on the Advisory Board of C.M. Capital Corporation since 2016 and as a Director of C.M. Capital Corporation since 2020. From 2001 to 2017, Mr. Rajan was the Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. In April 2017, he received the school’s Robert T. Davis Award for Lifetime Achievement and Service. He has taught accounting for over 25 years to undergraduate, MBA and law students, as well as to senior executives. From 2010 to 2016, Mr. Rajan served as the Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and head of the MBA Program at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Rajan served as editor of “The Accounting Review” from 2002 to 2008 and is co-author of “Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis,” a leading cost accounting textbook. From 2013 to 2018, Mr. Rajan served on the Board of Directors of Cavium Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Rajan holds MS and PhD degrees in Accounting from Carnegie Mellon University.

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Overall responsibility for oversight of the Funds rests with the Board. The Board has engaged BFA to manage the Funds on a day-to-day basis. The Board is responsible for overseeing BFA and other service providers in the operations of the Funds in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act, applicable provisions of state and other laws and the Trust’s charter. The Board is currently composed of nine members, seven of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board currently conducts regular in person meetings four times a year. In addition, the Board frequently holds special in person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees meet regularly outside the presence of management, in executive session or with other service providers to the Trust.

The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Board Chair. The Board Chair’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Board Chair may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board has established seven standing Committees: a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a 15(c) Committee, a Securities Lending Committee, a Risk Committee, an Equity Plus Committee and a Fixed Income Plus Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Funds, and from time to time the Board may establish ad hoc committees or informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Funds with respect to certain specified matters. The Chair of each standing Committee is an Independent Trustee. The role of the Chair of each Committee is to preside at all meetings of the Committee and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees between meetings. Each standing Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to the Committee by the Board and reports its finding to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Independent Trustees and the full Board to enhance effective oversight.

Table of Contents

The Board, directly or through a committee, also reviews reports from, among others, management and the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by each Fund and management’s risk functions. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who oversees the implementation and testing of the Trust's compliance program, including assessments by independent third parties, and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its principal service providers. In testing and maintaining the compliance program, the Chief Compliance Officer (and his or her delegates) assesses key compliance risks affecting each Fund, and addresses them in periodic reports to the Board. In addition, the Audit Committee meets with both the Funds' independent registered public accounting firm and BFA’s internal audit group to review risk controls in place that support each Fund as well as test results. Board oversight of risk is also performed as needed between meetings through communications between BFA and the Board. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities. From time to time, the Board may modify the manner in which it conducts risk oversight. The Board’s oversight role does not make it a guarantor of the Funds' investment performance or other activities.

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

Trust's Securities Lending Guidelines and the required findings with respect to, and annual approval of, the Trust's agreement with the securities lending agent. The Securities Lending Committee met seven times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Funds so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2020, the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by each Trustee in the Funds and in other registered investment companies overseen by the Trustee within the same family of investment companies as the Trust. If a fund is not listed below, the Trustee did not own any securities in that fund as of the date indicated above:

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

As of December 31, 2020, none of the Independent Trustees or their immediate family members owned beneficially or of record any securities of BFA (the Funds' investment adviser), the Distributor or any person controlling, controlled by or under common control with BFA or the Distributor.

Table of Contents

The tables below set forth the compensation earned by each Independent Trustee and Interested Trustee for services to each Fund for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 and the aggregate compensation paid to them for services to the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020.

Name	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF	iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 1,675	$ 902	$ 1,277	$26
Richard L. Fagnani	1,745	940	1,330	27
Cecilia H. Herbert	1,902	1,024	1,449	29
John E. Kerrigan	1,778	957	1,355	27
Drew E. Lawton	1,684	907	1,283	26
John E. Martinez	1,675	902	1,277	26
Madhav V. Rajan	1,675	902	1,277	26

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF¹	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	iShares CMBS ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$668	$ 32	$2,660	$220
Richard L. Fagnani	696	34	2,772	229
Cecilia H. Herbert	758	37	3,020	249
John E. Kerrigan	709	34	2,824	233
Drew E. Lawton	671	33	2,674	221
John E. Martinez	668	32	2,660	220
Madhav V. Rajan	668	32	2,660	220

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Convertible Bond ETF	iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 382	$ 2,113	$ 1,182	$28
Richard L. Fagnani	398	2,202	1,232	29
Cecilia H. Herbert	434	2,399	1,343	31
John E. Kerrigan	405	2,243	1,255	29
Drew E. Lawton	384	2,124	1,189	28
John E. Martinez	382	2,113	1,182	28
Madhav V. Rajan	382	2,113	1,182	28

Table of Contents

Name	iShares Convertible Bond ETF	iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF
Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	$0	$0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF	iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF	iShares Global Green Bond ETF	iShares GNMA Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 145	$2,348	$60	$217
Richard L. Fagnani	151	2,447	63	226
Cecilia H. Herbert	164	2,666	68	246
John E. Kerrigan	154	2,493	64	230
Drew E. Lawton	146	2,360	60	218
John E. Martinez	145	2,348	60	217
Madhav V. Rajan	145	2,348	60	217

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares International Treasury Bond ETF	iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 459	$ 7,444	$ 9,716	$183
Richard L. Fagnani	479	7,758	10,126	191
Cecilia H. Herbert	521	8,451	11,031	208
John E. Kerrigan	488	7,902	10,314	194
Drew E. Lawton	462	7,483	9,767	184
John E. Martinez	459	7,444	9,716	183
Madhav V. Rajan	459	7,444	9,716	183

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF	iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses²	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement²	Total Compensation From the Funds and Fund Complex³
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$58	$ 5,529	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	60	5,762	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	66	6,277	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000

Table of Contents

Name	iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF	iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses²	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement²	Total Compensation From the Funds and Fund Complex³
John E. Kerrigan	61	5,869	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	58	5,558	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	58	5,529	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	58	5,529	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

Compensation reported is from the Fund’s inception to October 31, 2020.

²	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
³	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of each Fund's outstanding shares as of January 29, 2021.

Although the Trust does not have information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants (as defined below), as of January 29, 2021, the name and percentage ownership of each DTC participant that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund were as follows:

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	15.68%
	TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177	10.98%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	8.48%
	Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399	7.81%
	Northern Trust Company (The) 801 South Canal Street Chicago, IL 60607	6.70%
	The Bank of New York Mellon 111 Sanders Creek Parkway 2^nd Floor East Syracuse, NY 13057	6.16%
	JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association 500 Stanton Christiana Road Newark, DE 19713	5.17%

Table of Contents

Potential Conflicts of Interest. Certain activities of BFA, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers and employees, with respect to the Funds and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

BlackRock is one of the world's largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including, the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of a Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Funds. These are considerations of which investors in a Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage a Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by a Fund.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of a Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on a Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of a Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Funds, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Funds, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party's investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Funds. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such

Table of Contents

transactions. On any occasion when a Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Fund's investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of a Fund in which clients of BlackRock or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party's interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by a Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

Table of Contents

contribute to the viability of such derivative products by making them more appealing to funds and accounts managed by third parties, and in turn lead to increased payments to BlackRock. Trading activity in such derivative products could also potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to these iShares funds and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

To the extent authorized by applicable law, BlackRock may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for a Fund. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by BlackRock will be in its view commercially reasonable, although BlackRock, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to BlackRock and such sales personnel, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. Index based funds may use an index provider that is affiliated with another service provider of the Fund or BlackRock that acts as a broker, dealer, agent, lender or in other commercial capacities for a Fund or BlackRock.

When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. A Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund's own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with a Fund's establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund's counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund's creditworthiness.

Table of Contents

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock may select brokers that furnish BlackRock, the Funds, other BlackRock client accounts or personnel, directly or through correspondent relationships, with research or other appropriate services which provide, in BlackRock's view, appropriate assistance to BlackRock in the investment decision-making process (including with respect to futures, fixed-price offerings and OTC transactions). Such research or other services may include, to the extent permitted by law, research reports on companies, industries and securities; economic and financial data; financial publications; proxy analysis; trade industry seminars; computer data bases; research-oriented software and other services and products. Research or other services obtained in this manner may be used in servicing any or all of the Funds and other BlackRock client accounts, including in connection with BlackRock client accounts other than those that pay commissions to the broker relating to the research or other service arrangements. Such products and services may disproportionately benefit other BlackRock client accounts relative to the Funds based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client's commissions may not be used in managing that client's account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Funds and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself.

BlackRock does not currently enter into arrangements to use the Funds' assets for, or participate in, soft dollars, although BlackRock may receive research that is bundled with the trade execution, clearing, and/or settlement services provided by a particular broker-dealer. To the extent that BlackRock receives research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by BlackRock. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer, and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.

Table of Contents

commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Funds. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

BlackRock owns a minority interest in, and is a member of, Members Exchange (“MEMX”), a newly created U.S. stock exchange. Transactions for a Fund may be executed on MEMX if third party brokers select MEMX as the appropriate venue for execution of orders placed by BlackRock traders on behalf of such Funds. In addition, transactions in Fund shares may in the future be executed on MEMX if third party brokers select MEMX as the appropriate venue for the execution of such orders.

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock's fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the Proxy Voting Policy section of this SAI.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of a Fund. Increasing a Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of a Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of a Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

It is possible that a Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. A Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for a Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit a Fund's flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by a Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to a Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of a Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, each Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding a Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Table of Contents

has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of a Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which a Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Funds), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Table of Contents

cash balances for Funds in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

Investment Adviser. BFA serves as investment adviser to each Fund pursuant to an investment advisory agreement between the Trust, on behalf of each Fund, and BFA. BFA is a California corporation indirectly owned by BlackRock, Inc. and is registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended. Under the investment advisory agreement, BFA, subject to the supervision of the Board and in conformity with the stated investment policies of each Fund, manages and administers the Trust and the investment of each Fund’s assets. BFA is responsible for placing purchase and sale orders and providing continuous supervision of the investment portfolio of each Fund.

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, BFA may, from time to time, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of BFA, to perform investment advisory or other services with respect to a Fund. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the investment advisory agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion upon appropriate notice at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Table of Contents

BFA is responsible, under the investment advisory agreement, for substantially all expenses of the Funds, including the cost of transfer agency, custody, fund administration, legal, audit and other services. BFA is not responsible for, and the Funds will bear, the management fees, interest expenses, taxes, expenses incurred with respect to the acquisition and disposition of portfolio securities and the execution of portfolio transactions, including brokerage commissions, distribution fees or expenses, litigation expenses and any extraordinary expenses (as determined by a majority of the Independent Trustees).

The following describes the calculation of the management fee for each Fund whose management fee is subject to breakpoints. The management fee for all Funds is set forth in the table that follows the description of breakpoints.

For its investment advisory services to the iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from the Fund calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF and the iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF. The management fee for the Fund equals the ratio of the Fund's net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.4000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $19 billion, plus 0.3800% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $19 billion, up to and including $33 billion, plus 0.3610% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $33 billion, up to and including $47 billion, plus 0.3430% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $47 billion.

For its investment advisory services to the iShares TIPS Bond ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from the Fund calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF, iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares MBS ETF, iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF, iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF, and iShares TIPS Bond ETF. The management fee for the iShares TIPS Bond ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.2000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $121 billion, plus 0.1900% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $121 billion, up to and including $181 billion, plus 0.1805% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $181 billion, up to and including $231 billion, plus 0.1715% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $231 billion, up to and including $281 billion, plus 0.1630% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $281 billion.

For its investment advisory services to each Fund, BFA received a management fee at the annual rates (as a percentage of such Fund’s average net assets) set forth below for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Management Fees for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	0.30%	10/15/13	$12,674,255	$8,586,927	$9,879,442
iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	0.06%	10/15/13	1,205,059	1,010,028	565,546
iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF¹	0.06%	12/01/10	1,431,764	1,384,635	1,052,016
iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF²	0.35%	01/21/09	97,722	63,382	4,992
iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	0.15%	02/14/12	1,364,157	458,469	212,050
iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF³	0.25%	10/06/20	4,234	N/A	N/A
iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF⁴	0.22%	10/25/17	6,680,494	1,787,852	459,322
iShares CMBS ETF	0.25%	02/14/12	1,108,066	886,494	672,122
iShares Convertible Bond ETF	0.20%	06/02/15	1,242,706	672,542	577,532
iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF⁵	0.06%	10/18/12	2,210,965	1,445,209	996,525
iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF⁶	0.09%	11/10/15	2,218,613	1,221,433	652,372

Table of Contents

Fund	Management Fees for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF⁷	0.35%	06/14/16	192,350	58,399	50,466
iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF	0.25%	06/14/16	496,670	217,824	139,169
iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF	0.20%	06/14/11	15,148,880	20,992,540	17,758,331
iShares Global Green Bond ETF⁸	0.25%	11/13/18	147,331	51,818	N/A
iShares GNMA Bond ETF⁹	0.15%	02/14/12	372,927	167,362	132,405
iShares International Treasury Bond ETF	0.35%	01/21/09	3,177,070	3,225,458	3,250,431
iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF	0.39%	12/17/07	58,033,230	60,648,321	49,813,146
iShares TIPS Bond ETF	0.19%	12/04/03	40,449,923	40,445,166	46,697,755
iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF¹⁰	0.15%	02/03/14	704,942	837,656	178,778
iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF¹¹	0.25%	02/24/15	368,027	291,842	309,697
iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF	0.15%	02/14/12	22,882,172	15,215,302	8,719,187

¹	Effective December 17, 2020, the management fee for the iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF is 0.05%. Prior to December 17, 2020, the management fee for the iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF was 0.06%.
²	For the iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019, and October 31, 2018, BFA voluntarily waived $108,799, $188,754 and $278,214 of its management fees, respectively. The voluntary waiver was discontinued beginning on June 15, 2020.
³	For the iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF, BFA has elected to implement a voluntary fee waiver at an annual rate of ten basis points and currently intends to keep such voluntary fee waiver for the Fund in place for a one-year period through October 31, 2021. Any voluntary waiver or reimbursement implemented by BFA may be eliminated by BFA at any time. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA voluntarily waived $2,823 of its management fees.
⁴	For the iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, effective February 28, 2020, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee so that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after the fee waiver will not exceed 0.15% through February 28, 2022. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to February 28, 2022 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. BFA may from time to time voluntarily waive and/or reimburse fees or expenses in order to limit total annual fund operating expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, if any). Any such voluntary waiver or reimbursement implemented by BFA may be eliminated by BFA at any time. BFA previously voluntarily agreed to waive a portion of its management fee. As of February 28, 2020, the voluntary waiver is no longer in effect. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, BFA waived $3,117,565 and $706,834 of its management fees, respectively.
⁵	For the iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other registered investment companies advised by BFA, or its affiliates, through February 29, 2024. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to February 29, 2024 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $99,941, $67,927 and $76,603 of its management fees, respectively.
⁶	Effective December 17, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF is 0.08%. Prior to December 17, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF was 0.09%.
⁷	Effective September 15, 2020, the management fee for the iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF is 0.35%. Prior to September 15, 2020, the management fee for the iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF was 0.50%.
⁸	For the iShares Global Green Bond ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund's total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.20% through March 1, 2022. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to March 1, 2022 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, BFA waived $36,833 and $12,954 of its management fees, respectively.
⁹	For the iShares GNMA Bond ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other registered investment companies through February 29, 2024. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to February 29, 2024 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $87,285, $28,318 and $39,590 of its management fees, respectively.
¹⁰	For the iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF, for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA voluntarily waived $0, $0 and $0 of its management fees, respectively. The voluntary waiver was discontinued beginning on June 15, 2020.
¹¹	For the iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other registered investment companies advised by BFA, or its affiliates, through February 29, 2024. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to February 29, 2024 only upon written agreement

Table of Contents

of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA contractually waived $12,533, $3,879 and $11,412 of its management fees, respectively.

Investment Sub-Advisers. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between BFA and the Trust entered into on behalf of the Funds, BFA may from time to time, in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of BFA, to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Funds. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the Investment Advisory Agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

BFA has entered into separate investment sub-advisory agreements (each, a “Sub-Advisory Agreement” and together with the Investment Advisory Agreement, the “Advisory Agreements”) with BIL, an affiliate of BFA, with respect to the iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF, iShares International Treasury Bond ETF and iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF, and with BRS, an affiliate of BFA, with respect to the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF. BIL is a registered investment adviser, organized in 1999, located in the U.K. BRS is a registered investment adviser, organized in 2000, located in Singapore.

Subject to the supervision and oversight of the Board and BFA, BIL is primarily responsible for execution of securities transactions and the management of specified assets outside the U.S. and Canada in each of the iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF's, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF's, iShares Global Green Bond ETF's, iShares International Treasury Bond ETF's and iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF's portfolio.

Subject to the supervision and oversight of the Board and BFA, BRS is primarily responsible for execution of securities transactions and the management of specified assets in the PRC for each of the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF's and iShares Global Green Bond ETF's portfolio.

Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreements, BFA pays each of the Sub-Advisers for services it provides either: (i) a fee equal to a percentage of the management fee paid to BFA under the Investment Advisory Agreement, or (ii) an amount based on the cost of the services provided. If a Sub-Adviser provides services relating to both portfolio management and trading, it is entitled to receive, from BFA, an amount equal to 20% of BFA’s management fee, and if the Sub-Adviser provides services related solely to trading, then it is entitled to receive, from BFA, an amount equal to 110% of the actual pre-tax costs incurred by the Sub-Adviser. BIL may be responsible for the day-to-day management of the iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF, iShares International Treasury Bond ETF and iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF or portions of the Funds. BRS may be responsible for the day-to-day management of the iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares Global Green Bond ETF or portions of the Funds.

Unless earlier terminated as described below, each Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for an initial two year period and from year to year if approved annually (i) by the Board or by a vote of a majority of the applicable Fund's outstanding voting securities and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party.

Each Advisory Agreement with respect to each Fund is terminable without penalty, on 60 days' notice, by the Board or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the applicable Fund’s outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) and will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

Portfolio Managers. As of October 31, 2020, the individuals named as Portfolio Managers in each Fund’s Prospectus were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of other iShares funds and certain other types of portfolios and/or accounts as follows:

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	77	$376,708,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	122,075,000,000
Other Accounts	25	18,490,000,000

Table of Contents

Scott Radell*
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	109	$472,797,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	26	30,630,000,000
Other Accounts	9	4,826,000,000

^*	Portfolio Manager for iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF only

Sid Swaminathan*
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	2	$ 224,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	8	7,459,000,000
Other Accounts	7	4,349,000,000

^*	Portfolio Manager for iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF and iShares International Treasury Bond ETF only

Karen Uyehara*
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	32	$167,214,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	36	96,823,000,000
Other Accounts	36	70,094,000,000

^*	Portfolio Manager for all Funds except iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF, iShares International Treasury Bond ETF and iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that compose those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that compose those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Funds and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Funds, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Funds may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than they would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Like the Funds, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio's or account's gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intends to do so, shareholders of the Funds should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict-of-interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers' favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

100

Table of Contents

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Scott Radell*
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	1	$205,000,000

^*	Portfolio Manager for iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF only

Sid Swaminathan*
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	1	$43,000,000

*	Portfolio Manager for iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF and iShares International Treasury Bond ETF only

Karen Uyehara*
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

^*	Portfolio Manager for all Funds except iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares Global Green Bond ETF, iShares International Treasury Bond ETF and iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of October 31, 2020.

101

Table of Contents

compensation, determined based on several components, including: the performance of BlackRock, Inc., the performance of the portfolio manager’s group within BlackRock, the performance of portfolios managed by the portfolio manager and the team relative to the portfolios’ investment objectives (which in the case of index ETFs would be how closely the ETF tracks its Underlying Index), and the individual’s performance and contribution to the overall performance of these portfolios and BlackRock. Discretionary incentive compensation is paid in cash up to a certain threshold with the remaining portion represented by deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards. In some cases, additional deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock may be granted to certain key employees as part of a long-term incentive award to aid in retention, align interests with long-term shareholders and motivate performance.

The discretionary incentive income for James Mauro, Scott Radell, Sid Swaminathan and Karen Uyehara includes as an additional consideration the performance of actively-managed portfolios they manage over 1, 3 and 5 year periods measured against the respective benchmark of each portfolio as well as peer group performance. A portion of the discretionary incentive compensation for James Mauro, Scott Radell, Sid Swaminathan and Karen Uyehara is distributed in the form of deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock, Inc. investment products they manage, which provides direct alignment of portfolio manager discretionary incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash.

As of October 31, 2020, the Portfolio Managers beneficially owned shares of the Funds in the amounts reflected in the following tables:

James Mauro

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF

iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF

iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF

iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares CMBS ETF

iShares Convertible Bond ETF

iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF

iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF

iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF

iShares Global Green Bond ETF

iShares GNMA Bond ETF

iShares International Treasury Bond ETF

iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF

iShares TIPS Bond ETF

iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF

iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF

iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF

102

Table of Contents

Scott Radell

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF

iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF

iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF

iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares CMBS ETF

iShares Convertible Bond ETF

iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF

iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF

iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF

iShares Global Green Bond ETF

iShares GNMA Bond ETF

iShares International Treasury Bond ETF

iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF

iShares TIPS Bond ETF

iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF

iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF

iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF

Sid Swaminathan

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF

iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF

iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF

iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares CMBS ETF

iShares Convertible Bond ETF

iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF

iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF

103

Table of Contents

Sid Swaminathan

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF

iShares Global Green Bond ETF

iShares GNMA Bond ETF

iShares International Treasury Bond ETF

iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF

iShares TIPS Bond ETF

iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF

iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF

iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF

Karen Uyehara (As of January 29, 2021)

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF

iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF

iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF

iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares CMBS ETF

iShares Convertible Bond ETF

iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF

iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF

iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF

iShares Global Green Bond ETF

iShares GNMA Bond ETF

iShares International Treasury Bond ETF

iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF

iShares TIPS Bond ETF

iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF

iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF

iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF

Codes of Ethics. The Trust, BFA, the Sub-Advisers and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The codes of ethics permit personnel subject to the codes of ethics to invest in securities, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. Each code of ethics is available by

104

Table of Contents

contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Anti-Money Laundering Requirements. The Funds are subject to the USA PATRIOT Act (the “Patriot Act”). The Patriot Act is intended to prevent the use of the U.S. financial system in furtherance of money laundering, terrorism or other illicit activities. Pursuant to requirements under the Patriot Act, a Fund may request information from Authorized Participants to enable it to form a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of its Authorized Participants. This information will be used to verify the identity of Authorized Participants or, in some cases, the status of financial professionals; it will be used only for compliance with the requirements of the Patriot Act.

The Funds reserve the right to reject purchase orders from persons who have not submitted information sufficient to allow the Fund to verify their identity. Each Fund also reserves the right to redeem any amounts in a Fund from persons whose identity it is unable to verify on a timely basis. It is the Funds' policy to cooperate fully with appropriate regulators in any investigations conducted with respect to potential money laundering, terrorism or other illicit activities.

Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent. State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) serves as administrator, custodian and transfer agent for the Funds under the Master Services Agreement and related Service Schedule (the “Service Module”). State Street’s principal address is 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111. Pursuant to the Service Module for Fund Administration and Accounting Services with the Trust, State Street provides necessary administrative, legal, tax and accounting and financial reporting services for the maintenance and operations of the Trust and each Fund. In addition, State Street makes available the office space, equipment, personnel and facilities required to provide such services. Pursuant to the Service Module for Custodial Services with the Trust, State Street maintains, in separate accounts, cash, securities and other assets of the Trust and each Fund, keeps all necessary accounts and records and provides other services. State Street is required, upon the order of the Trust, to deliver securities held by State Street and to make payments for securities purchased by the Trust for each Fund. State Street is authorized to appoint certain foreign custodians or foreign custody managers for Fund investments outside the U.S. Pursuant to the Service Module for Transfer Agency Services with the Trust, State Street acts as a transfer agent for each Fund’s authorized and issued shares of beneficial interest, and as dividend disbursing agent of the Trust. As compensation for these services, State Street receives certain out-of-pocket costs, transaction fees and asset-based fees which are accrued daily and paid monthly by BFA from its management fee.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of each Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	10/15/13	$ 46,675	$ 22,323	$ 34,174
iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	10/15/13	32,395	24,929	25,380
iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF	12/01/10	37,564	38,840	27,699
iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF	01/21/09	28,478	26,378	24,589
iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	02/14/12	26,916	21,098	19,541
iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF	10/06/20	3,004	N/A	N/A
iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	10/25/17	63,850	25,253	16,471
iShares CMBS ETF	02/14/12	21,861	20,537	17,966
iShares Convertible Bond ETF	06/02/15	23,133	21,304	15,670
iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF	10/18/12	144,683	115,158	110,721
iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	11/10/15	318,362	166,465	111,955

105

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	06/14/16	21,534	18,037	14,311
iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF	06/14/16	20,952	18,236	15,503
iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF	06/14/11	86,715	104,638	109,655
iShares Global Green Bond ETF	11/13/18	33,564	25,504	N/A
iShares GNMA Bond ETF	02/14/12	74,134	72,609	69,936
iShares International Treasury Bond ETF	01/21/09	115,449	90,060	104,267
iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF	12/17/07	1,615,504	1,619,309	1,345,282
iShares TIPS Bond ETF	12/04/03	290,169	289,813	334,181
iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF	02/03/14	21,176	20,315	13,541
iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF	02/24/15	75,330	74,107	72,150
iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF	02/14/12	209,502	142,976	81,928

Distributor. The Distributor's principal address is 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540. Shares are continuously offered for sale by the Funds through the Distributor or its agent only in Creation Units, as described in the applicable Prospectus and below in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI. Fund shares in amounts less than Creation Units are generally not distributed by the Distributor or its agent. The Distributor or its agent will arrange for the delivery of the applicable Prospectus and, upon request, this SAI to persons purchasing Creation Units and will maintain records of both orders placed with it or its agents and confirmations of acceptance furnished by it or its agents. The Distributor is a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). The Distributor is also licensed as a broker-dealer in all 50 U.S. states, as well as in Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and the District of Columbia.

The Distribution Agreement for each Fund provides that it may be terminated at any time, without the payment of any penalty, on at least 60 days' prior written notice to the other party following (i) the vote of a majority of the Independent Trustees, or (ii) the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the relevant Fund. The Distribution Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

Securities Lending. To the extent that a Fund engages in securities lending, each Fund conducts its securities lending pursuant to SEC exemptive relief, and BTC acts as securities lending agent for the Funds, subject to the overall supervision of BFA, pursuant to a written agreement (the “Securities Lending Agency Agreement”).

Each Fund retains a portion of the securities lending income and remits the remaining portion to BTC as compensation for its services as securities lending agent. Securities lending income is generally equal to the total of income earned from the reinvestment of cash collateral (and excludes collateral investment fees as defined below), and any fees or other payments to and from borrowers of securities. As securities lending agent, BTC bears all operational costs directly related to securities lending. Each Fund is responsible for fees in connection with the investment of cash collateral received for securities on loan in a money market fund managed by BFA (the “collateral investment fees”); however, BTC has agreed to reduce the amount of securities lending income it receives in order to effectively limit the collateral investment fees the Fund bears to an annual rate of 0.04%. Such money market fund shares will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee.

106

Table of Contents

Under the securities lending program, the Funds are categorized into one of several specific asset classes. The determination of a Fund’s asset class category (fixed-income, domestic equity, international equity or fund-of-funds), each of which may be subject to a different fee arrangement, is based on a methodology agreed to by the Trust and BTC.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

(i) fixed-income funds, such as the Funds, retain 82% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

The services provided to the Funds by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Funds with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

(7) in the event of default by a borrower with respect to any securities loan, using the collateral or the proceeds of the liquidation of collateral to purchase replacement securities of the same issue, type, class and series as that of the loaned securities; and

(8) terminating securities loans and arranging for the return of loaned securities to the Funds at loan termination.

The following tables show the dollar amounts of income and fees/compensation related to the securities lending activities of each Fund during its most recent fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Fund	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF	iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	$6,559,016	$824,809	$64,062	N/A
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

107

Table of Contents

BFA Entities make payments for Intermediaries’ participation in activities that are designed to make registered representatives, other professionals and individual investors more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including the Funds and other iShares funds, or for other activities, such as participation in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems (“Education Costs”). BFA Entities also make payments to Intermediaries for certain printing, publishing and mailing costs or materials relating to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products (“Publishing Costs”). In addition, BFA Entities make payments to Intermediaries that make shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products available to their clients, develop new products that feature iShares or otherwise promote the Funds, other iShares funds and exchange-traded products. BFA Entities may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to Intermediaries or other persons in consideration of services or other activities that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. Payments of the type described above are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments.

Payments to an Intermediary may be significant to the Intermediary, and amounts that Intermediaries pay to your salesperson or other investment professional may also be significant for your salesperson or other investment professional. Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments may create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products over other investments. The same conflicts of interest and financial incentives exist with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

In addition to the payments described above, BFA Entities have developed proprietary tools, calculators and related interactive or digital content that is made available through the www.BlackRock.com website at no additional cost to Intermediaries. BlackRock may configure these tools and calculators and localize the content for Intermediaries as part of its customary digital marketing support and promotion of the Funds, other iShares funds, exchange-traded products and BlackRock mutual funds.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

114

Table of Contents

Further, BFA Entities make Education Costs and Publishing Costs payments to other Intermediaries that are not listed in the immediately preceding paragraph. BFA Entities may determine to make such payments based on any number of metrics. For example, BFA Entities may make payments at year-end or other intervals in a fixed amount, an amount based upon an Intermediary’s services at defined levels or an amount based on the Intermediary’s net sales of one or more iShares funds in a year or other period, any of which arrangements may include an agreed-upon minimum or maximum payment, or any combination of the foregoing. As of the date of this SAI, BFA anticipates that the payments paid by BFA Entities in connection with the Funds, iShares funds and exchange-traded products in general will be immaterial to BFA Entities in the aggregate for the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

The Funds may participate in certain market maker incentive programs of a national securities exchange in which an affiliate of the Funds would pay a fee to the exchange used for the purpose of incentivizing one or more market makers in the securities of a Fund to enhance the liquidity and quality of the secondary market of securities of a Fund. The fee would then be credited by the exchange to one or more market makers that meet or exceed liquidity and market quality standards with respect to the securities of a Fund. Each market maker incentive program is subject to approval from the SEC. Any such fee payments made to an exchange will be made by an affiliate of a Fund solely for the benefit of a Fund and will not be paid from any Fund assets. Other funds managed by BFA may also participate in such programs.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Valuation of Shares. The NAV for each Fund is generally calculated as of the close of business on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on each business day the NYSE is open. Valuation of securities held by a Fund is as follows:

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each, an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price on the Exchange on which the security is primarily traded, or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which a Fund’s assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless, in accordance with valuation procedures approved by the Board (the “Valuation Procedures”), BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Fixed-Income Investments. Fixed-income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ current market value. A Fund values fixed-income portfolio securities using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by a Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information and by other methods, which may include consideration of: yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity and type; indications as to values from dealers; general market conditions; and/or other factors and assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but a Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with sixty days or less remaining to maturity unless BlackRock determines in good faith that such method does not represent fair value. Loan participation notes are generally valued at the mean of the last available bid prices from one or more brokers or dealers as obtained from independent third-party pricing services. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the entity, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

115

Table of Contents

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no such bid or ask price is available on a day on which a Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives are valued using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by a Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

Underlying Funds. Shares of underlying ETFs will be valued at their most recent closing price on an Exchange. Shares of underlying money market funds will be valued at their NAV.

General Valuation Information. The price a Fund could receive upon the sale of any particular portfolio investment may differ from a Fund’s valuation of the investment, particularly for securities that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair valuation methodology or a price provided by an independent pricing service. As a result, the price received upon the sale of an investment may be less than the value ascribed by a Fund, and a Fund could realize a greater than expected loss or lesser than expected gain upon the sale of the investment. A Fund’s ability to value its investment may also be impacted by technological issues and/or errors by pricing services or other third-party service providers.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their fair value.

Prices obtained from independent third-party pricing services, broker-dealers or market makers to value a Fund’s securities and other assets and liabilities are based on information available at the time a Fund values its assets and liabilities. In the event that a pricing service quotation is revised or updated subsequent to the day on which a Fund valued such security or other asset or liability, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination will be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding the revision.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or by BlackRock (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities that are denominated in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars using prevailing market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more data service providers.

Certain of the securities acquired by a Fund may be traded on foreign exchanges or OTC markets on days on which a Fund’s NAV is not calculated. In such cases, the NAV of a Fund’s shares may be significantly affected on days when Authorized Participants can neither purchase nor redeem shares of a Fund.

Generally, trading in non-U.S. securities and money market instruments is substantially completed each day at various times prior to the close of business on the NYSE. The values of such securities used in computing the NAV of a Fund are determined as of such times.

116

Table of Contents

where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), or where the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BlackRock determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing a Fund’s assets or liabilities, and that the event is likely to cause a material change to the closing market price of the assets or liabilities held by a Fund. Non-U.S. securities whose values are affected by volatility that occurs in the markets or in related or highly correlated assets (e.g., American Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts or ETFs that invest in components of the Underlying Index) on a trading day after the close of non-U.S. securities markets may be fair valued. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

BlackRock, with input from the BlackRock Investment Strategy Group, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to BlackRock’s Valuation Committee. The BlackRock Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, a Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BlackRock, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of a Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to and, where appropriate, ratified by the Board.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the BlackRock Valuation Committee (or BlackRock’s Pricing Group) will seek to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive upon the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the assets or liabilities are being valued, and does not seek to determine the price that a Fund might expect to receive for selling the asset, or the cost of extinguishing a liability, at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the BlackRock Valuation Committee (or BlackRock’s Pricing Group) deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. When determining the fair value of an asset, one or more of a variety of fair valuation methodologies may be used (depending on certain factors, including the asset type). For example, the asset may be priced on the basis of the original cost of the investment or, alternatively, using proprietary or third-party models (including models that rely upon direct portfolio management pricing inputs and which reflect the significance attributed to the various factors and assumptions being considered). Prices of actual, executed or historical transactions in the relevant asset and/or liability (or related or comparable assets and/or liabilities) or, where appropriate, an appraisal by a third-party experienced in the valuation of similar assets and/or liabilities, may also be used as a basis for establishing the fair value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Each Fund’s annual audited financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), follow the requirements for valuation set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”), which defines and establishes a framework for measuring fair value under US GAAP and expands financial statement disclosure requirements relating to fair value measurements. Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to funds and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect a Fund. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities to the extent such rules become more stringent would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value. This may in turn increase the costs associated with selling assets or affect their liquidity due to a Fund’s inability to obtain a third-party determination of fair market value.

117

Table of Contents

Brokerage Transactions

Subject to policies established by the Board, BFA is primarily responsible for the execution of a Fund’s portfolio transactions and the allocation of brokerage. BFA does not execute transactions through any particular broker or dealer, but seeks to obtain the best net results for the Funds, taking into account such factors as price (including the applicable brokerage commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While BFA generally seeks reasonable trade execution costs, a Fund does not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available, and payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions. Subject to applicable legal requirements, BFA may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to BFA and its clients, including a Fund. In return for such services, BFA may cause a Fund to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if BFA determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

In selecting brokers or dealers to execute portfolio transactions, BFA seeks to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for a Fund and may take into account a variety of factors including: (i) the size, nature and character of the security or instrument being traded and the markets in which it is purchased or sold; (ii) the desired timing of the transaction; (iii) BFA’s knowledge of the expected commission rates and spreads currently available; (iv) the activity existing and expected in the market for the particular security or instrument, including any anticipated execution difficulties; (v) the full range of brokerage services provided; (vi) the broker’s or dealer’s capital; (vii) the quality of research and research services provided; (viii) the reasonableness of the commission, dealer spread or its equivalent for the specific transaction; and (ix) BFA’s knowledge of any actual or apparent operational problems of a broker or dealer. Brokers may also be selected because of their ability to handle special or difficult executions, such as may be involved in large block trades, thinly traded securities, or other circumstances.

From time to time, a Fund may purchase new issues of securities in a fixed price offering. In these situations, the broker may be a member of the selling group that will, in addition to selling securities, provide BFA with research services. FINRA has adopted rules expressly permitting these types of arrangements under certain circumstances. Generally, the broker will provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

Certain of the Funds anticipate that brokerage transactions involving foreign equity securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Funds in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the U.S. or Europe, as the case may be. American Depositary Receipts, like other securities traded in the U.S., will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Funds will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

Under the 1940 Act, persons affiliated with a Fund and persons who are affiliated with such affiliated persons are prohibited from dealing with the Fund as principal in the purchase and sale of securities unless a permissive order allowing such transactions is obtained from the SEC. Since transactions in the OTC market usually involve transactions with the dealers acting as principal for their own accounts, the Funds will not deal with affiliated persons and affiliated persons of such affiliated persons in connection with such transactions. The Funds will not purchase securities during the existence of any

118

Table of Contents

Purchases of money market instruments by the Funds are made from dealers, underwriters and issuers. The Funds do not currently expect to incur any brokerage commission expense on such transactions because money market instruments are generally traded on a “net” basis with dealers acting as principal for their own accounts without a stated commission. The price of the security, however, usually includes a profit to the dealer.

BFA may, from time to time, effect trades on behalf of and for the account of the Funds with brokers or dealers that are affiliated with BFA, in conformity with Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act and SEC rules and regulations. Under these provisions, any commissions paid to affiliated brokers or dealers must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions charged by other brokers or dealers in comparable transactions.

Investment decisions for the Funds and for other investment accounts managed by BFA and the other Affiliates are made independently of each other in light of differing conditions. A variety of factors will be considered in making investment allocations. These factors include: (i) investment objectives or strategies for particular accounts, including sector, industry, country or region and capitalization weightings; (ii) tax considerations of an account; (iii) risk or investment concentration parameters for an account; (iv) supply or demand for a security at a given price level; (v) size of available investment; (vi) cash availability and liquidity requirements for accounts; (vii) regulatory restrictions; (viii) minimum investment size of an account; (ix) relative size of account; and (x) such other factors as may be approved by BlackRock’s general counsel. Moreover, investments may not be allocated to one client account over another based on any of the following considerations: (i) to favor one client account at the expense of another; (ii) to generate higher fees paid by one client account over another or to produce greater performance compensation to BlackRock; (iii) to develop or enhance a relationship with a client or prospective client; (iv) to compensate a client for past services or benefits rendered to BlackRock or to induce future services or benefits to be rendered to BlackRock; or (v) to manage or equalize investment performance among different client accounts. BFA and the other Affiliates may deal, trade and invest for their own respective accounts in the types of securities in which the Funds may invest.

Initial public offerings (“IPOs”) of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When BFA is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to BFA’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. IPOs of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in a Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

119

Table of Contents

may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Funds or other clients or funds for which BFA or another Affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

In certain instances, BFA may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts and advisory accounts of affiliates. In general, all contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price (except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted). While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Funds are concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Funds. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

The table below sets forth the brokerage commissions paid by each Fund for the fiscal years noted. Any differences in brokerage commissions paid by a Fund from year to year are principally due to increases or decreases in that Fund’s assets over those periods or the magnitude of changes to the components of a Fund's Underlying Index:

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	10/15/13	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0
iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	10/15/13	0	0	0
iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF	12/01/10	0	0	0
iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF	01/21/09	440	318	0
iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	02/14/12	0	0	0
iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF	10/06/20	0
iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	10/25/17	127	0	0
iShares CMBS ETF	02/14/12	0	0	0
iShares Convertible Bond ETF	06/02/15	1,516	1,364	1,679
iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF	10/18/12	3	0	1
iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	11/10/15	0	0	0
iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	06/14/16	0	0	0
iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF	06/14/16	0	0	71
iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF	06/14/11	0	0	0
iShares Global Green Bond ETF	11/13/18	97	0	N/A
iShares GNMA Bond ETF	02/14/12	0	0	0
iShares International Treasury Bond ETF	01/21/09	11,056	7,137	0
iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF	12/17/07	0	0	0
iShares TIPS Bond ETF	12/04/03	0	0	0

120

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF	02/03/14	0	0	0
iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF	02/24/15	3,942	1,575	1,736
iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF	02/14/12	319	0	0

None of the Funds paid any brokerage commissions to BRIL, an affiliate of BFA, or to any other broker-dealer that is part of the BlackRock group of companies, during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

The following table sets forth the names of the Funds’ “regular” broker-dealers, as defined under Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act, which derive more than 15% of their gross revenues from securities-related activities and in which the Funds invest, together with the market value of each investment as of the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020:

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 58,836,371
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	55,576,891
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	53,446,792
	Morgan Stanley	39,905,176
	Citigroup, Inc.	39,897,756
	Wells Fargo & Co.	37,813,258
	Barclays PLC	17,849,430
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	16,252,510

iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 46,967,145
	Wells Fargo & Co.	43,308,975
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	42,211,582
	Morgan Stanley	37,373,166
	Citigroup, Inc.	36,305,699
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	35,436,131
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	12,323,533
	Royal Bank of Canada	7,027,332
	Barclays PLC	342,857

iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Deutsche Bank AG	$ 13,348,239

iShares Convertible Bond ETF	Barclays PLC	$ 933,570

iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$36,066,577
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	23,618,934
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	20,812,883
	Wells Fargo & Co.	19,843,375
	Citigroup, Inc.	17,715,787
	Morgan Stanley	14,832,682
	Credit Suisse AG	8,533,021
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	6,403,074
	Barclays PLC	5,930,287
	National Bank of Canada	1,452,221

121

Table of Contents

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment

iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	BNP Paribas SA	$ 5,170,879
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	2,924,734
	HSBC Holdings PLC	2,798,023
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	2,682,359
	Morgan Stanley	2,666,063
	Standared Chartered PLC	1,102,069
	Bank of China Ltd.	467,181

iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Morgan Stanley	$ 55,079

iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF	Deutsche Bank AG	$ 4,907,159
	Barclays PLC	336,198

iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	$ 218,816,736
	Morgan Stanley	184,788,498
	Citigroup, Inc.	178,455,601
	Mizuho Financial Group, Inc.	155,450,013
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	149,453,213
	Bank of America Corp.	135,562,230
	Royal Bank of Canada	73,677,873
	Barclays PLC	63,416,591
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	12,406,233

iShares Global Green Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 1,063,576
	BNP Paribas SA	829,940
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	500,620
	Citigroup, Inc.	491,200
	HSBC Holdings PLC	363,304
	Deutsche Bank AG	122,150
	Barclays PLC	117,245

iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 2,042,061
	Citigroup, Inc.	1,911,856
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	1,510,348
	Morgan Stanley	1,411,115
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	851,965
	Wells Fargo & Co.	518,320
	Barclays PLC	420,888
	Nomura Holdings Inc.	315,825
	Credit Suisse AG	253,090

122

Table of Contents

Funds may invest. BlackRock may, from time to time, effect trades on behalf of and for the account of the Funds with brokers or dealers that are affiliated with BFA, in conformity with the 1940 Act and SEC rules and regulations. Under these provisions, any commissions paid to affiliated brokers or dealers must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions charged by other brokers or dealers in comparable transactions. The Funds will not deal with affiliates in principal transactions unless permitted by applicable SEC rules or regulations, or by SEC exemptive order.

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. Certain Funds may use TBA transactions, which are expected to cause a higher portfolio turnover rate because TBA positions are rolled every month. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses. While each Fund's portfolio turnover rates are generally expected to be low, the portfolio turnover rate for that portion of the iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF's, iShares GNMA Bond ETF's and iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF's assets invested through TBA transactions, if any, is expected to be substantially higher. Higher turnover rates would likely result in comparatively greater transaction costs.

The tables below set forth the portfolio turnover rates of each Fund for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	45%	31%
iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	29%	20%
iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF	72%	58%
iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF	71%	56%
iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	16%	16%
iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF	0%	N/A
iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	21%	19%
iShares CMBS ETF	26%	21%
iShares Convertible Bond ETF	33%	24%
iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF¹	77%	83%
iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	36%	12%
iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	85%	24%
iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF	51%	23%
iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF	29%	23%
iShares Global Green Bond ETF	16%	21%
iShares GNMA Bond ETF¹	699%	529%
iShares International Treasury Bond ETF	41%	9%
iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF	10%	11%
iShares TIPS Bond ETF	53%	17%
iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF	44%	20%
iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF¹	703%	504%
iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF	91%	22%

¹	Portfolio turnover rates include TBA transactions, as described above.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

123

Table of Contents

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Funds. Shares of each Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

DTC was created in 1973 to enable electronic movement of securities between its participants (“DTC Participants”), and NSCC was established in 1976 to provide a single settlement system for securities clearing and to serve as CCP for securities trades among DTC Participants. In 1999, DTC and NSCC were consolidated within The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”) and became wholly-owned subsidiaries of DTCC. The common stock of DTCC is owned by the DTC Participants, but NYSE and FINRA, through subsidiaries, hold preferred shares in DTCC that provide them with the right to elect one member each to the DTCC board of directors. Access to the DTC system is available to entities, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”).

124

Table of Contents

purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such laws may impair the ability of certain investors to acquire beneficial interests in shares of the Fund.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of each Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares of the Trust. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of each Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

Distribution of Shares. In connection with each Fund's launch, each Fund was seeded through the sale of one or more Creation Units by each Fund to one or more initial investors. Initial investors participating in the seeding may be Authorized Participants, a lead market maker or other third party investor or an affiliate of each Fund or each Fund’s adviser. Each such initial investor may sell some or all of the shares underlying the Creation Unit(s) held by them pursuant to the registration statement for each Fund (each, a “Selling Shareholder”), which shares have been registered to permit the resale from time to time after purchase. Each Fund will not receive any of the proceeds from the resale by the Selling Shareholders of these shares.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

125

Table of Contents

Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of a Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for such Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of November 30, 2020:

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	100,000	$4,495,000
iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	50,000	2,607,500
iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF	50,000	5,183,500
iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF	50,000	4,166,500
iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	50,000	2,934,000
iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF	50,000	2,574,000
iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	50,000	2,034,000
iShares CMBS ETF	50,000	2,759,500
iShares Convertible Bond ETF	50,000	4,625,000
iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF	100,000	5,155,000
iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	50,000	2,793,000
iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	50,000	2,619,000
iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF	50,000	1,434,500
iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF	100,000	5,073,000
iShares Global Green Bond ETF	50,000	2,789,000
iShares GNMA Bond ETF	50,000	2,547,000
iShares International Treasury Bond ETF	50,000	2,715,000
iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF	100,000	11,388,000
iShares TIPS Bond ETF	100,000	12,639,000
iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF	100,000	5,028,000
iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF	50,000	5,109,500
iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF	100,000	2,773,000

In its discretion, the Trust reserves the right to increase or decrease the number of a Fund’s shares that constitute a Creation Unit. The Board reserves the right to declare a split or a consolidation in the number of shares outstanding of any Fund, and to make a corresponding change in the number of shares constituting a Creation Unit, in the event that the per share price in the secondary market rises (or declines) to an amount that falls outside the range deemed desirable by the Board.

A “Business Day” with respect to each Fund is any day the Fund is open for business, including any day when it satisfies redemption requests as required by Section 22(e) of the 1940 Act. Each Fund is open for business any day on which the Listing Exchange on which the Fund is listed for trading is open for business. As of the date of this SAI, each Listing Exchange observes the following holidays, as observed: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of a Fund (except for the iShares GNMA Bond ETF (the “Cash Fund”), which is generally offered in Creation Units solely for cash), generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities, is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of any Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of a given Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

126

Table of Contents

The Cash Fund's current policy is to accept cash in substitution for the Deposit Securities it might otherwise accept as in-kind consideration for the purchase of Creation Units. The Cash Fund may, at times, elect to receive Deposit Securities (i.e., the in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities) and a Cash Component as consideration for the purchase of Creation Units. If the Cash Fund elects to accept Deposit Securities, a purchaser's delivery of the Deposit Securities together with the Cash Component will constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which will represent the consideration for a Creation Unit of the Fund. The iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF and iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF generally offer Creation Units partially for cash, but may, in certain circumstances, offer Creation Units solely for cash or solely in-kind. Please see the Cash Purchase Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the Deposit Security method for further information on purchasing Creation Units of the Funds.

The identity and number or par value of the Deposit Securities change pursuant to changes in the composition of a Fund's portfolio and as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected from time to time by BFA with a view to the investment objective of the Fund. The composition of the Deposit Securities may also change in response to adjustments to the weighting or composition of the component securities constituting the relevant Underlying Index.

The Trust may require the substitution of an amount of cash (i.e., a “cash in lieu” amount) to replace any Deposit Security of the iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF or iShares GNMA Bond ETF that is a TBA transaction or an interest in a mortgage pass-through security. The amount of cash contributed will be equivalent to the price of the TBA transaction or mortgage pass-through security interest listed as a Deposit Security. A transaction fee may be charged on the cash amount contributed in lieu of the TBA transaction or mortgage pass-through security.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified (Creation Units of the Cash Fund are generally offered solely for cash and Creation Units of the iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF and iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF are generally offered partially for cash), they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Procedures for Creation of Creation Units. To be eligible to place orders with the Distributor and to create a Creation Unit of the Funds, an entity must be: (i) a “Participating Party,” i.e., a broker-dealer or other participant in the clearing process through the Continuous Net Settlement System of the NSCC (the “Clearing Process”), a clearing agency that is registered with the SEC, or (ii) a DTC Participant, and must have executed an agreement with the Distributor, with respect to creations and redemptions of Creation Units (“Authorized Participant Agreement”) (discussed below). A member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC which has a written agreement with the Funds or one of their service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units is referred to as an “Authorized Participant.” All shares of the Funds, however created, will be entered on the records of DTC in the name of Cede & Co. for the account of a DTC Participant.

127

Table of Contents

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Funds or one of their service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units. Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

Placement of Creation Orders. Fund Deposits must be delivered through the Federal Reserve System (for cash and U.S. government securities), through DTC (for corporate and municipal securities) or through a central depository account, such as with Euroclear or DTC, maintained by State Street or a sub-custodian (a “Central Depository Account”). Any portion of a Fund Deposit that may not be delivered through the Federal Reserve System or DTC must be delivered through a Central Depository Account. The Fund Deposit transfers made through DTC must be ordered by the DTC Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities through DTC to the account of the Funds generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through the Federal Reserve System must be deposited by the participant institution in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number or amount of Deposit Securities or cash through the Federal Reserve System to the account of the Funds generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through a Central Depository Account must be completed pursuant to the requirements established by the custodian or sub-custodian for such Central Depository Account generally before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for all funds is generally the first, second or third Business Day, as applicable, after the Transmittal Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash equal to the Cash Component must be transferred directly to State Street through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by State Street generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities are not received by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date, the creation order may be canceled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using the Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Funds. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the first, second or third Business Day, as applicable, following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor, provided that the relevant Fund Deposit has been received by the Funds prior to such time.

Purchase Orders. To initiate an order for a Creation Unit, an Authorized Participant must submit to the Distributor or its agent an irrevocable order to purchase shares of a Fund, in proper form, generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day to receive that day’s NAV. The Distributor or its agent will notify BFA and the custodian of such order. The custodian will then provide such information to any appropriate sub-custodian. Procedures and requirements governing the delivery of the Fund Deposit are set forth in the procedures handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time. Investors, other than Authorized Participants, are responsible for making arrangements for a creation request to be made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request. Those placing orders to purchase Creation Units through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Distributor or its agent by the Cutoff Time (as defined below) on such Business Day.

128

Table of Contents

The Authorized Participant must also make available on or before the contractual settlement date, by means satisfactory to the Funds, immediately available or same day funds estimated by the Funds to be sufficient to pay the Cash Component next determined after acceptance of the purchase order, together with the applicable purchase transaction fees. Those placing orders should ascertain the applicable deadline for cash transfers by contacting the operations department of the broker or depositary institution effectuating the transfer of the Cash Component. This deadline is likely to be significantly earlier than the Cutoff Time of the Funds. Investors should be aware that an Authorized Participant may require orders for purchases of shares placed with it to be in the particular form required by the individual Authorized Participant.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by a Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of a Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Funds to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. Orders to create shares of a Fund that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) when the equity markets in the relevant non-U.S. market are closed may not be accepted. Each Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as that Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with a Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units. Subject to the conditions that (i) an irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor's behalf) and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the Funds are in place for payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, the Funds will accept the order, subject to each Fund's right (and the right of the Distributor and BFA) to reject any order until acceptance, as set forth below.

Once a Fund has accepted an order, upon the next determination of the NAV of the shares, the Fund will confirm the issuance of a Creation Unit, against receipt of payment, at such NAV. The Distributor or its agent will then transmit a confirmation of acceptance to the Authorized Participant that placed the order.

Each Fund reserves the absolute right to reject or revoke a creation order transmitted to it by the Distributor or its agent if (i) the order is not in proper form; (ii) the investor(s), upon obtaining the shares ordered, would own 80% or more of the currently outstanding shares of the Fund; (iii) the Deposit Securities delivered do not conform to the identity and number of shares specified, as described above; (iv) acceptance of the Deposit Securities would have certain adverse tax consequences to the Fund; (v) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (vi) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the discretion of the Fund or BFA, have an adverse effect on the Fund or the rights of beneficial owners; or (vii) circumstances outside the control of the Fund, the Distributor or its agent and BFA make it impracticable to process purchase orders. The Distributor or its agent shall notify a prospective purchaser of a Creation Unit and/or the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such purchaser of its rejection of such order. The Funds, State Street, the sub-custodian and the Distributor or its agent are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Issuance of a Creation Unit. Except as provided herein, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the applicable Fund of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the sub-custodian has confirmed to the custodian that the securities included in the Fund Deposit (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant sub-custodian or sub-custodians, the Distributor or its agent and BFA shall be notified of such delivery and the applicable Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit. Creation Units are generally issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date). However, for the iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF and iShares TIPS Bond ETF, Creation Units are generally issued on a “T+1 basis” (i.e., one Business Day after trade date). For the iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares

129

Table of Contents

International Treasury Bond ETF, Creation Units are generally issued on a “T+3 basis” (i.e., three Business Days after trade date). Each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+1, T+2 or T+3, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law.

To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participant Agreement with the Distributor, each Fund will issue Creation Units to such Authorized Participant, notwithstanding the fact that the corresponding Fund Deposits have not been received in part or in whole, in reliance on the undertaking of the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing Deposit Securities as soon as possible, which undertaking shall be secured by such Authorized Participant's delivery and maintenance of collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. The Trust may use such collateral at any time to buy Deposit Securities for the Funds. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the contractual settlement date. Information concerning the Funds' current procedures for collateralization of missing Deposit Securities is available from the Distributor or its agent. The Authorized Participant Agreement will permit the Funds to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Funds of purchasing such securities and the collateral including, without limitation, liability for related brokerage, borrowings and other charges.

In certain cases, Authorized Participants may create and redeem Creation Units on the same trade date and in these instances, the Funds reserve the right to settle these transactions on a net basis or require a representation from the Authorized Participants that the creation and redemption transactions are for separate beneficial owners. All questions as to the number of shares of each security in the Deposit Securities and the validity, form, eligibility and acceptance for deposit of any securities to be delivered shall be determined by each Fund and the Fund's determination shall be final and binding.

Costs Associated with Creation Transactions. A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant creates a Creation Unit, and is the same, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by the Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. If a purchase consists solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Funds. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$ 200	3.0%
iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	100	3.0%
iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF	N/A	3.0%
iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF	700	3.0%
iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	300	3.0%
iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF	875	3.0%
iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	200	3.0%
iShares CMBS ETF	400	3.0%
iShares Convertible Bond ETF	475	3.0%
iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF	250	3.0%
iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	650	3.0%
iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	900	3.0%
iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF	450	3.0%
iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF	200	3.0%
iShares Global Green Bond ETF	850	3.0%
iShares GNMA Bond ETF	200	3.0%
iShares International Treasury Bond ETF	1,200	3.0%

130

Table of Contents

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF	700	3.0%
iShares TIPS Bond ETF	N/A	3.0%
iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF	100	3.0%
iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF	500	3.0%
iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF	250	3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Redemption of Creation Units. Shares of a Fund may be redeemed by Authorized Participants only in Creation Units at their NAV next determined after receipt of a redemption request in proper form by the Distributor or its agent and only on a Business Day. The Funds will not redeem shares in amounts less than Creation Units. There can be no assurance, however, that there will be sufficient liquidity in the secondary market at any time to permit assembly of a Creation Unit. Investors should expect to incur brokerage and other costs in connection with assembling a sufficient number of shares to constitute a Creation Unit that could be redeemed by an Authorized Participant. Beneficial owners also may sell shares in the secondary market.

The Cash Fund generally redeems Creation Units solely for cash. However, the Cash Fund reserves the right to distribute securities in-kind as payment for Creation Units being redeemed. The iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF and iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF generally redeem Creation Units partially for cash. All other Funds discussed in this SAI generally redeem Creation Units for Fund Securities (as defined below). Please see the Cash Redemption Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the in-kind method for further information on redeeming Creation Units of the Funds.

The designated portfolio of securities (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities” or “Redemption Basket”), and an amount of cash (the “Cash Amount,” as described below) (each subject to possible amendment or correction) are applicable, in order to effect redemptions of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next announced composition of the Fund Securities and Cash Amount is made available. Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Procedures and requirements governing redemption transactions are set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time.

Unless cash redemptions are available or specified for a Fund, the redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit generally consist of Fund Securities, plus the Cash Amount, which is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares being redeemed, as next determined after the receipt of a redemption request in proper form, and the value of Fund Securities, less a redemption transaction fee (as described below).

The Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security in certain circumstances, including: (i) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant (or to an investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting) would be restricted under applicable securities or other local laws or due to a trading restriction; (ii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Fund Security by the Authorized Participant due to restrictions under applicable securities or other local laws; (iii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in unfavorable tax treatment; (iv) when a Fund Security cannot be settled or otherwise delivered in time to facilitate an in-kind redemption; or (v) in certain other situations. The amount of cash paid out in such cases will be equivalent to the value of the substituted security listed as a Fund Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security of the iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF or iShares GNMA Bond ETF that is a TBA transaction or mortgage pass-through security. In such cases, a transaction fee may be charged on the cash amount paid in lieu of the TBA transaction or mortgage pass-through security. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the difference is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. Each Fund generally redeems Creation Units for Fund Securities (except for the Cash Fund, which generally redeems Creation Units for cash and except for the iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF and iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF, which generally redeem Creation Units partially for cash), but each Fund reserves the right to utilize a cash option for redemption of Creation Units. Each Fund may, in its sole discretion, provide such redeeming

131

Table of Contents

Authorized Participant a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities, but does not differ in NAV. The Redemption Basket may also be modified to minimize the Cash Component by redistributing the cash to the Fund Securities portion of the Redemption Basket through systematically rounding. The rounding methodology allows position sizes of securities in the Fund Securities to be “rounded up,” while limiting the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units of its funds or the Funds, including the Cash Fund, that are normally redeemed on a cash basis only, when partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund (e.g., Creation Units of the Cash Fund are generally redeemed solely for cash and Creation Units for iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF and iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF are generally redeemed partially for cash), they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer.

Costs Associated with Redemption Transactions. A standard redemption transaction fee is imposed to offset transfer and other transaction costs that may be incurred by the relevant Fund. The standard redemption transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant redeems a Creation Unit, and is the same regardless of the number of Creation Units redeemed by an Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. If a redemption consists solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Fund Securities from a Fund to their account on their order. Certain fees/costs associated with redemption transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to dispose of Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$ 200	2.0%
iShares 0-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	100	2.0%
iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF	N/A	2.0%
iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF	700	2.0%
iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	300	2.0%
iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF	875	2.0%
iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	200	2.0%
iShares CMBS ETF	400	2.0%
iShares Convertible Bond ETF	475	2.0%
iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF	250	2.0%
iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	650	2.0%
iShares ESG Advanced High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	900	2.0%
iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF	450	2.0%
iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF	200	2.0%
iShares Global Green Bond ETF	850	2.0%
iShares GNMA Bond ETF	200	2.0%
iShares International Treasury Bond ETF	1,200	2.0%
iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF	700	2.0%
iShares TIPS Bond ETF	N/A	2.0%
iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF	100	2.0%
iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF	500	2.0%

132

Table of Contents

Fund		Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares U.S. Treasury Bond ETF		250		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Placement of Redemption Orders. Redemption requests for Creation Units of the Funds must be submitted to the Distributor or its agent by or through an Authorized Participant. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable request to redeem shares of a Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. On days when the Listing Exchange closes earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to redeem Creation Units to be placed earlier that day. Investors, other than Authorized Participants, are responsible for making arrangements for a redemption request to be made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request.

The Authorized Participant must transmit the request for redemption in the form required by the Funds to the Distributor or its agent in accordance with procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that, therefore, requests to redeem Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant who has executed an Authorized Participant Agreement. At any time, only a limited number of broker-dealers will have an Authorized Participant Agreement in effect. Investors making a redemption request should be aware that such request must be in the form specified by such Authorized Participant. Investors making a request to redeem Creation Units should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the request by an Authorized Participant and transfer of the shares to the Funds' transfer agent; such investors should allow for the additional time that may be required to effect redemptions through their banks, brokers or other financial intermediaries if such intermediaries are not Authorized Participants.

A redemption request is considered to be in “proper form” if: (i) an Authorized Participant has transferred or caused to be transferred to the Funds' transfer agent the Creation Unit redeemed through the book-entry system of DTC so as to be effective by the Listing Exchange closing time on any Business Day on which the redemption request is submitted; (ii) a request in form satisfactory to the applicable Fund is received by the Distributor or its agent from the Authorized Participant on behalf of itself or another redeeming investor within the time periods specified above; and (iii) all other procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement are properly followed.

Upon receiving a redemption request, the Distributor or its agent shall notify the applicable Fund and the Fund's transfer agent of such redemption request. The tender of an investor's shares for redemption and the distribution of the securities and/or cash included in the redemption payment made in respect of Creation Units redeemed will be made through DTC and the relevant Authorized Participant to the Beneficial Owner thereof as recorded on the book-entry system of DTC or the DTC Participant through which such investor holds, as the case may be, or by such other means specified by the Authorized Participant submitting the redemption request.

Deliveries of redemption proceeds by a Fund are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”). However, for the iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF and iShares TIPS Bond ETF, deliveries of redemption proceeds are generally made within one Business Day (i.e., “T+1”). For the iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares International Treasury Bond ETF, deliveries of redemption proceeds are generally made within three Business Days (i.e., “T+3”). If a Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, a Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if a Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days.

Each Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+1, T+2 or T+3, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. Delayed settlement may occur due to a number of different reasons, including, without limitation, settlement cycles for the underlying securities, unscheduled market closings,

133

Table of Contents

an effort to link distribution to dividend record dates and ex-dates and newly announced holidays. For example, the redemption settlement process may be extended beyond T+1, T+2 or T+3 because of the occurrence of a holiday in a non-U.S. market or in the U.S. bond market that is not a holiday observed in the U.S. equity market.

To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participant's agreement with the Distributor or its agent, in the event an Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to a Fund, at or prior to the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request, the Distributor or its agent will accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant's delivery and maintenance of collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request and shall be held by State Street and marked-to-market daily. The fees of State Street and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant Agreement permits the Funds to acquire shares of the Funds at any time and subjects the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the aggregate of the cost to the Funds of purchasing such shares, plus the value of the Cash Amount, and the value of the collateral together with liability for related brokerage and other charges.

Because the portfolio securities of a Fund may trade on exchange(s) on days that the Listing Exchange is closed or are otherwise not Business Days for such Fund, shareholders may not be able to redeem their shares of such Fund, or purchase or sell shares of such Fund on the Listing Exchange on days when the NAV of such a Fund could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to any Fund: (i) for any period during which the applicable Listing Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (ii) for any period during which trading on the applicable Listing Exchange is suspended or restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of the Fund's portfolio securities or determination of its NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.

Custom Baskets. Creation and Redemption baskets may differ and each Fund will accept “custom baskets.” A custom basket may include any of the following: (i) a basket that is composed of a non-representative selection of a Fund's portfolio holdings; (ii) a representative basket that is different from the initial basket used in transactions on the same business day; or (iii) a basket that contains bespoke cash substitutions for a single Authorized Participant. Each Fund has adopted policies and procedures that govern the construction and acceptance of baskets, including heightened requirements for certain types of custom baskets. Such policies and procedures provide the parameters for the construction and acceptance of custom baskets that are in the best interests of a Fund and its shareholders, establish processes for revisions to, or deviations from, such parameters, and specify the titles and roles of the employees of BFA who are required to review each custom basket for compliance with those parameters. In addition, when constructing custom baskets for redemptions, the tax efficiency of a Fund may be taken into account. The policies and procedures distinguish among different types of custom baskets that may be used for each Fund and impose different requirements for different types of custom baskets in order to seek to mitigate against potential risks of conflicts and/or overreaching by an Authorized Participant. BlackRock has established a governance process to oversee basket compliance for the Funds, as set forth in each Fund's policies and procedures.

134

Table of Contents

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of a Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to a Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of investing in a Fund. The summary is based on the laws and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Regulated Investment Company Qualifications. Each Fund intends to continue to qualify for and to elect treatment as a separate RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. To qualify for treatment as a RIC, each Fund must annually distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains) and meet several other requirements. Among such other requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of each Fund’s annual gross income must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or non-U.S. currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than a partnership that derives at least 90% of its income from interest, dividends, capital gains and other traditionally permitted RIC income); and (ii) at the close of each quarter of each Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of each Fund’s total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited for purposes of this calculation in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses (other than the securities of other RICs) or the securities of one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

A Fund may be able to cure a failure to derive at least 90% of its income from the sources specified above or a failure to diversify its holdings in the manner described above by paying a tax and/or by disposing of certain assets. If, in any taxable year, a Fund fails one of these tests and does not timely cure the failure, that Fund will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by that Fund in computing its taxable income.

Although in general the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly-traded partnership. A Fund’s investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly-traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or non-U.S. income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Taxation of RICs. As a RIC, a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, a Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. A Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. If a Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Although each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, a Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. Each Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such

135

Table of Contents

income or gains are not distributed. Moreover, if a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

In the event that a Fund were to experience an ownership change as defined under the Internal Revenue Code, the loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes of a Fund, if any, may be subject to limitation.

The following Funds had tax basis net capital loss carryforwards as set forth in the table below as of October 31, 2020, the tax year-end for the Funds listed:

Fund		Non-Expiring Capital Loss Carryforward
iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF		$316,460,424
iShares 0-5 Year TIPS Bond ETF		5,855,465
iShares 1-3 Year International Treasury Bond ETF		8,085,801
iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF		102,418,819
iShares Core 1-5 Year USD Bond ETF		1,758,779
iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF		414,990
iShares Fallen Angels USD Bond ETF		16,342,830
iShares Floating Rate Bond ETF		67,052,163
iShares GNMA Bond ETF		2,436,184
iShares International Treasury Bond ETF		6,161,140
iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF		874,175,731
iShares TIPS Bond ETF		100,559,932
iShares Treasury Floating Rate Bond ETF		20,703
iShares U.S. Fixed Income Balanced Risk Factor ETF		2,109,584

Excise Tax. A Fund will be subject to a 4% excise tax on certain undistributed income if it does not distribute to its shareholders in each calendar year at least 98% of its ordinary income for the calendar year plus at least 98.2% of its capital gain net income for the 12 months ended October 31 of such year. For this purpose, however, any ordinary income or capital gain net income retained by a Fund that is subject to corporate income tax will be considered to have been distributed by year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. Each Fund intends to declare and distribute dividends and distributions in the amounts and at the times necessary to avoid the application of this 4% excise tax.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders. Dividends and other distributions by a Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or capital gain distribution declared by a Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

136

Table of Contents

Each Fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its net tax-exempt income, investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if a Fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (at a flat rate of 21%) on the amount retained. In that event, the Fund will report such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount in clause (a) over the amount in clause (b). Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that a Fund reports as capital gain dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund. All other dividends of a Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income. Long-term capital gains are eligible for taxation at a maximum rate of 15% or 20% for non-corporate shareholders, depending on whether their income exceeds certain threshold amounts.

Distributions in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds shares of the Fund as capital assets). Distributions in excess of a Fund’s minimum distribution requirements, but not in excess of the Fund’s earnings and profits, will be taxable to shareholders and will not constitute nontaxable returns of capital. Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. No deduction would be allowed to an investor for interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry shares of the Fund to the extent the interest deduction would relate to exempt-interest dividends received.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If a Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (i) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (ii) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, a Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

137

Table of Contents

income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

The iShares Convertible Bond ETF, as a holder of convertible bonds, may at times be allocated phantom taxable income from bond issuers, potentially retroactively or otherwise without notice, which could cause the fund to be subject to past due income or excise taxes and interest charges thereon.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of shares of a Fund, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund. A redemption of shares by a Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends or capital gains distributions, or by an option, or contract to acquire substantially identical shares, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of a Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then, on or before January 31 of the following calendar year, acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents a shareholder from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting his or her investment within a family of mutual funds.

Backup Withholding. In certain cases, a Fund will be required to withhold at a 24% rate and remit to the U.S. Treasury such amounts withheld from any distributions paid to a shareholder who: (i) has failed to provide a correct taxpayer identification number; (ii) is subject to backup withholding by the IRS; (iii) has failed to certify to a Fund that such shareholder is not subject to backup withholding; or (iv) has not certified that such shareholder is a U.S. person (including a U.S. resident alien). Backup withholding is not an additional tax and any amount withheld may be credited against a shareholder's U.S. federal income tax liability.

Sections 351 and 362. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, has the right to reject an order for a purchase of shares of the Fund if the purchaser (or group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of a given Fund and if, pursuant to Sections 351 and 362 of the Internal Revenue Code, that Fund would have a basis in the securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. If a Fund’s basis in such securities on the date of deposit was less than market value on such date, the Fund, upon disposition of the securities, would recognize more taxable gain or less taxable loss than if its basis in the securities had been equal to market value. It is not anticipated that the Trust will exercise the right of rejection except in a case where the Trust determines that accepting the order could result in material adverse tax consequences to a Fund or its shareholders. The Trust also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. A Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise

138

Table of Contents

taxes. Each Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

A Fund’s investments in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most non-U.S. currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most security indexes, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by the Fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the Fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by the Fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by the Fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, a Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. A Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). The cost of any payments made by the Fund on a swap transaction will be netted pro rata against both tax exempt and taxable gross income. With respect to certain types of swaps, a Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Market Discount. Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount (“OID”). To the extent a Fund does not include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on the Fund’s disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.

Under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time a Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time a Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gain or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts, certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the Fund were to elect otherwise.

139

Table of Contents

inflation adjustment, which results in an increase in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, is treated as OID. The OID is included in a Fund’s gross income ratably during the period ending with the maturity of the bond, under the general OID inclusion rules. The amount of a Fund’s OID in a taxable year with respect to a bond will increase a Fund’s taxable income for such year without a corresponding receipt of cash, until the bond matures. As a result, a Fund may need to use other sources of cash to satisfy its distributions for such year. The amount of negative inflation adjustment, which results in a decrease in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, reduces the amount of interest (including stated, interest, OID, and market discount, if any) otherwise includible in a Fund’s income with respect to the bond for the taxable year.

Reporting. If a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to a Fund’s shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the IRS a disclosure statement on IRS Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases exempted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a RIC are not exempted. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisors to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders. Dividends paid by a Fund to non-U.S. shareholders are generally subject to withholding tax at a 30% rate or a reduced rate specified by an applicable income tax treaty to the extent derived from investment income and short-term capital gains. Dividends paid by a Fund from net tax-exempt income or long-term capital gains are generally not subject to such withholding tax. In order to obtain a reduced rate of withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will be required to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN or IRS Form W-8BEN-E certifying its entitlement to benefits under a treaty. The withholding tax does not apply to regular dividends paid to a non-U.S. shareholder who provides an IRS Form W-8ECI, certifying that the dividends are effectively connected with the non-U.S. shareholder’s conduct of a trade or business within the U.S. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

Properly-reported dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of a Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, a Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which a Fund is at least a 10% shareholder or partner, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income); or (ii) are paid in respect of a Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of a Fund’s net short-term capital gain over a Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, a Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

140

Table of Contents

foreign shareholder owns no more than 5% of the Fund's shares at any time during the five-year period ending on the date of sale. Finally, a domestically controlled Fund may be required to recognize a portion of its gain on the in-kind distribution of certain U.S. real property interests. Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Shares of a Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Each Fund's audited Financial Statements, including the Financial Highlights, appearing in the applicable Annual Report to Shareholders and the report therein of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, are hereby incorporated by reference in this SAI. The applicable Annual Report to Shareholders, which contains the referenced audited financial statements, is available upon request and without charge.

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, audits the Funds' financial statements, and may perform other services.

141

Table of Contents

are owned indirectly through a broker, financial intermediary or other record owner, the name of the broker, financial intermediary or other record owner. All correspondence received as set forth above shall be reviewed by the Secretary of the Trust and reported to the Board.

Regulation Under the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive. The Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive (“AIFMD”) imposes detailed and prescriptive obligations on fund managers established in the EU (“EU Operative Provisions”). These do not currently apply to managers established outside of the EU, such as BFA. Rather, non-EU managers are only required to comply with certain disclosure, reporting and transparency obligations of AIFMD (“AIFMD Disclosure Provisions”) if such managers market a fund to EU investors.

Where the AIFMD Disclosure Provisions relate to EU Operative Provisions that do not apply to BFA, no meaningful disclosure can be made. These EU Operative Provisions include prescriptive rules on: measuring and capping leverage in line with known European standards; the treatment of investors; the use of “depositaries”; and coverage for professional liability risks.

AIFMD imposes certain conditions on the marketing of funds, such as the Funds, to EU investors. AIFMD requires that an ‘alternative investment fund manager’ (“AIFM”) be identified to meet such conditions where such marketing is sought. For these purposes BFA, as the legal entity responsible for performing the portfolio and risk management of the Funds, shall be the AIFM.

AIFMD requires disclosure on an ongoing basis of certain information relating to the use of special arrangements, leverage, rights of reuse of collateral, guarantees granted under leverage arrangements and the use of gates, side pockets and similar liquidity management tools. Given that the Funds do not use any special arrangements or allow for collateral reuse, it is not intended that such disclosures will need to be made by the Funds. Each Fund will, however, to the extent relevant and appropriate, disclose in its annual report information on the Fund's leverage, risk profile and risk management systems employed by BFA. Each Fund will also disclose material changes, if any, to the liquidity management systems and procedures employed in respect of the Fund.

BFA has registered the iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF for marketing to investors in Finland, the Netherlands, Sweden, and the U.K.

Investors’ Rights. Each Fund relies on the services of BFA and its other service providers, including the Distributor, administrator, custodian and transfer agent. Further information about the duties and roles of these service providers is set out in this SAI. Investors who acquire shares of a Fund are not parties to the relevant agreement with these service providers and do not have express contractual rights against the Fund or its service providers, except certain institutional investors that are Authorized Participants may have certain express contractual rights with respect to the Distributor under the terms of the relevant Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors may have certain legal rights under federal or state law against a Fund or its service providers. In the event that an investor considers that it may have a claim against a Fund, or against any service provider in connection with its investment in a Fund, such investor should consult its own legal advisor.

142

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

Where the investment objective of a Fund is to track the performance of an index that includes credit ratings eligibility criteria as part of its index methodology, a Fund may purchase any security within the index, such security having been determined by the index provider as meeting its credit ratings eligibility criteria. The credit ratings practices of an index provider may differ from BlackRock’s practices, as described above. Further, a Fund may invest, directly or indirectly, in securities that are not rated by a rating agency or securities with a credit rating that differs from the credit rating specified in its index methodology in various circumstances, including where a security is downgraded but not yet removed from an index, following the removal of a security from an index prior to its sale by the Fund or as a result of a corporate action or restructuring affecting an issuer of a security held by a Fund.

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

B-4

Table of Contents

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-10T-0921

B-5

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated June 15, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the current prospectus (the “Prospectus”) for the following series of iShares Trust (the “Trust”):

Fund		Ticker		Listing Exchange
iShares iBonds Dec 2031 Term Corporate ETF¹ (the “Fund”)		IBDW		NYSE Arca

¹	The iShares iBonds Dec 2031 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2031 Term Corporate ETF.

The Prospectus for the Fund is dated June 15, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. A copy of the Prospectus for the Fund may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust’s distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. The Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

iShares^® , iBonds^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

References to the name of the Underlying Index in the SAI for each Fund except for the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are hereby revised as follows:

References to the name of the benchmark index in the SAI for each of the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are revised as follows:

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Fund

The Trust currently consists of more than 305 investment series or portfolios. The Trust was organized as a Delaware statutory trust on December 16, 1999 and is authorized to have multiple series or portfolios. The Trust is an open-end management investment company registered with the SEC under the 1940 Act. The offering of the Trust’s shares is registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). This SAI relates solely to the Fund.

The Fund is managed by BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to track the investment results of the specific benchmark index identified in the Fund's Prospectus (the “Underlying Index”). The Fund is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2031, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Fund are listed for trading on NYSE Arca, Inc. (the “Listing Exchange” or “NYSE Arca”), a national securities exchange. Shares of the Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Portfolio Holdings Information section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 50,000 or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks

The Fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in both fixed-income securities that compose the Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in the Underlying Index. The Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security in the Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security from the Fund’s portfolio.

Although the Fund does not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Fund may have a leveraging effect as described below.

The Fund generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index, except during the last months of the Fund’s operations, as described below, and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, the Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. The Fund seeks to track the investment results of its Underlying Index before fees and expenses of the Fund.

In the last months of the Fund's operation, as the bonds held by the Fund mature, the proceeds will not be reinvested by the Fund in bonds but instead will be held in cash and cash equivalents. By December 15, 2031, the Underlying Index is expected to consist almost entirely of cash earned in this manner. Around the same time, the Fund will wind up and terminate, and its net assets will be distributed to then-current shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. Similarly, the Fund may have to reinvest interest income or payments received when bonds mature, sometimes at lower market rates. Most bonds bear interest income at a “coupon” rate that is fixed for the life of the bond. The value of a fixed-rate bond usually rises when market interest rates fall, and falls when market interest rates rise. Accordingly, a fixed-rate bond’s yield (income as a percent of the bond’s current value) may differ from its coupon rate as its value rises or falls. When an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is greater than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a premium. Conversely, when an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is less than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a discount. Fixed-rate bonds that are purchased at a discount pay less current income than securities with comparable yields that are purchased at face value, with the result that prices for such fixed-rate securities can be more volatile than prices for such securities that are purchased at face value. Other types of bonds bear interest at an interest rate that is adjusted periodically. Interest rates on “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed-rate bonds of comparable quality with similar final maturities. Because of their adjustable interest rates, the value of “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds, but their value may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. The Fund may treat some of these bonds as having a shorter maturity for purposes of calculating the weighted average maturity of its investment portfolio. Generally, prices of

Table of Contents

higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on an issuer’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated obligations. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (backed by specified collateral).

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Corporate Bonds. The Fund will invest in investment-grade corporate bonds. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest earned on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by changes in the market rate of interest, the credit rating of the issuer, the issuer’s performance and perceptions of the issuer in the marketplace. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

Table of Contents

rise before the purchase will be made. Upon entering into a futures contract, the Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents known as “initial margin,” which is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract and is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” will be made to and from the broker daily as the price of the instrument or index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, the Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of the Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. The Fund may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of its portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Investments in futures contracts and other investments that contain leverage may require the Fund to maintain liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under these contracts and other investments. Generally, the Fund maintains an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to “cash-settle,” the Fund maintains liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market obligation (i.e., the Fund’s daily net liability, if any), rather than the contracts’ notional value (i.e., the value of the underlying asset). By maintaining assets equal to its net obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, the Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to set aside assets equal to the futures contracts’ full notional value. The Fund bases its asset maintenance policies on methods permitted by the SEC and its staff and may modify these policies in the future to comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to time by the SEC or its staff. Changes in SEC guidance regarding the use of derivatives by registered investment companies may adversely impact the Fund’s ability to invest in futures, options or other derivatives or make investments in such instruments more expensive.

Table of Contents

Ratings. An investment-grade rating generally means the security or issuer is rated investment-grade by one or more of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), S&P Global Ratings, Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), or another credit rating agency designated as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization by the SEC, or is unrated but considered to be of equivalent quality by BFA. Generally, bonds rated Baa3 or above by Moody’s or BBB- or above by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch are considered “investment-grade” securities, bonds rated Baa are considered medium grade obligations subject to moderate credit risk and may possess certain speculative characteristics, while bonds rated BBB are regarded as having adequate capacity to meet financial commitments.

Table of Contents

whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure amount to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. The Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's, “F-1” by Fitch, or “A-1” by S&P Global Ratings, or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by the

Table of Contents

Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

U.S.-Registered and Restricted Securities of Non-U.S. Issuers. The Fund may invest in U.S.-registered, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds of non-U.S. corporate issuers. The Fund may invest in Restricted Securities issued by non-U.S. issuers. Investing in U.S.-registered, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds or Restricted Securities issued by non-U.S. issuers involves some risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions of the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. In addition, the risk that the issuer may fail to meet its obligations on these securities may be affected by fluctuations in non-U.S. currency exchange rates between the issuer's local currency and the U.S. dollar. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

General Considerations and Risks

Table of Contents

an investment will be determined based on relevant market, trading and investment specific considerations as set out in the Liquidity Program as required by the Liquidity Rule. Illiquid investments may trade at a discount to comparable, more liquid investments and the Fund may not be able to dispose of illiquid investments in a timely fashion or at their expected prices. If illiquid investments exceed 15% of the Fund’s net assets, the Liquidity Rule and the Liquidity Program will require that certain remedial actions be taken.

Table of Contents

contracts only if an active market exists for such contracts, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for the contract at a specified time. Futures contracts, by definition, project price levels in the future and not current levels of valuation; therefore, market circumstances may result in a discrepancy between the price of the future and the movement in the Fund's Underlying Index. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if the Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, the Fund may be required to deliver the instruments underlying the futures contracts it has sold.

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting the Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Table of Contents

rely on imports of certain key items, such as crude oil, natural gas, and other commodities. As a result, an increase in demand for, or price fluctuations of, certain commodities may negatively affect developed country economies. Developed market countries generally are dependent on the economies of certain key trading partners. Changes in any one economy may cause an adverse impact on several developed countries. In addition, heavy regulation of, among others, labor and product markets may have an adverse effect on certain issuers. Such regulations may negatively affect economic growth or cause prolonged periods of recession. Such risks, among others, may adversely affect the value of the Fund’s investments.

Risk of Investing in Emerging Markets. Investments in emerging market countries may be subject to greater risks than investments in developed countries. These risks include: (i) less social, political, and economic stability; (ii) greater illiquidity and price volatility due to smaller or limited local capital markets for such securities, or low or non-existent trading volumes; (iii) companies, custodians, clearinghouses, foreign exchanges and broker-dealers may be subject to less scrutiny and regulation by local authorities; (iv) local governments may decide to seize or confiscate securities held by foreign investors and/or local governments may decide to suspend or limit an issuer's ability to make dividend or interest payments; (v) local governments may limit or entirely restrict repatriation of invested capital, profits, and dividends; (vi) capital gains may be subject to local taxation, including on a retroactive basis; (vii) issuers facing restrictions on dollar payments imposed by local governments may attempt to make dividend or interest payments to foreign investors in the local currency; (viii) there may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into or litigation against companies and investors may experience difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges may favor the interests of the issuer over those of foreign parties; (ix) bankruptcy judgments may only be permitted to be paid in the local currency; (x) limited public information regarding the issuer may result in greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities; and (xi) lack of financial reporting on a regular basis, substandard disclosure and differences in accounting standards may make it difficult to ascertain the financial health of an issuer. The Fund is not actively managed and does not select investments based on investor protection considerations.

Table of Contents

labor strikes, civil wars, and religious oppression. Economic instability in emerging market countries may take the form of: (i) high interest rates; (ii) high levels of inflation, including hyperinflation; (iii) high levels of unemployment or underemployment; (iv) changes in government economic and tax policies, including confiscatory taxation; and (v) imposition of trade barriers.

Table of Contents

of goods rather than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. The Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which the Fund has exposure and any other assets in which the Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

The U.S. is Canada's and Mexico's largest trading and investment partner. The Canadian and Mexican economies are significantly affected by developments in the U.S. economy. Since the implementation of the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) in 1994 among Canada, the U.S. and Mexico, total merchandise trade among the three countries has increased. However, political developments including the implementation of tariffs by the U.S., and the renegotiation of NAFTA in the form of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”), which replaced NAFTA on July 1, 2020, could negatively affect North America’s economic outlook and, as a result, the value of securities held by the Fund. Policy and legislative changes in one country may have a significant effect on North American markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities held by the Fund.

Table of Contents

Companies in the energy sector may be adversely affected by terrorism, cyber incidents, natural disasters or other catastrophes. Companies in the energy sector are at risk of civil liability from accidents resulting in injury, loss of life or property, pollution or other environmental damage claims. Disruptions in the oil industry or shifts in fuel consumption may significantly impact companies in this sector. Significant oil and gas deposits are located in emerging markets countries where corruption and security may raise significant risks, in addition to the other risks of investing in emerging markets. Additionally, the Middle East, where many companies in the energy sector may operate, has historically and recently experienced widespread social unrest.

Companies in the energy sector may also be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates, interest rates, economic conditions, tax treatment, government regulation and intervention, negative perception, efforts at energy conservation and world events in the regions in which the companies operate (e.g., expropriation, nationalization, confiscation of assets and property or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investments and repatriation of capital, military coups, social unrest, violence or labor unrest). Because a significant portion of revenues of companies in this sector is derived from a relatively small number of customers that are largely composed of governmental entities and utilities, governmental budget constraints may have a significant impact on the stock prices of companies in this sector. The energy sector is highly regulated. Entities operating in the energy sector are subject to significant regulation of nearly every aspect of their operations by governmental agencies. Such regulation can change rapidly or over time in both scope and intensity. Stricter

Table of Contents

laws, regulations or enforcement policies could be enacted in the future which would likely increase compliance costs and may materially adversely affect the financial performance of companies in the energy sector.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Real Estate Industry. Companies in the real estate industry include companies that invest in real estate, such as real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), real estate holding and operating companies or real estate development companies (collectively, “Real Estate Companies”). Investing in Real Estate Companies exposes investors to the risks of owning real estate directly, as well as to risks that relate specifically to the way in which Real Estate Companies are organized and operated. The real estate industry is highly sensitive to general and local economic conditions and developments, and characterized by intense competition and periodic overbuilding. Investing in Real Estate Companies involves various risks. Some risks that are specific to Real Estate Companies are discussed in greater detail below.

Table of Contents

The ability of a holder of junior claims to proceed against a defaulting issuer is circumscribed by the terms of the particular contractual arrangement, which vary considerably from transaction to transaction.

Regulatory Risk. Real estate income and values may be adversely affected by such factors as applicable domestic and foreign laws (including tax laws). Government actions, such as tax increases, zoning law changes, mandated closures or other commercial restrictions or environmental regulations, also may have a major impact on real estate income and values. In addition, quarterly compliance with regulations limiting the proportion of asset types held by a U.S. REIT may force certain Real Estate Companies to liquidate or restructure otherwise attractive investments. Some countries may not recognize REITs or comparable structures as a viable form of real estate funds.

Table of Contents

There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will, in the future, grant rate increases. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain of the issuers of securities held in the Fund's portfolio may own or operate nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climate conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.

Proxy Voting Policy

Table of Contents

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Information with respect to how proxies relating to the Fund's portfolio securities were voted during the 12-month period ending June 30 will be available: (i) without charge, upon request, by calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or through the Fund's website at www.iShares.com; and (ii) on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for the Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Fund, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Fund, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain the Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of the Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Table of Contents

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

A description of the Fund's Underlying Index is provided below.

The Bloomberg Barclays Index

The Bloomberg Barclays Index is maintained by Bloomberg Index Services Limited, which is not affiliated with BFA. BFA will have no role in maintaining the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2031 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 194

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2031 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2031, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature between January 1, 2031 and December 15, 2031, inclusive.

The Underlying Index consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. Further, the securities in the Underlying Index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and have a fixed rate, although they can carry a coupon that steps-up or changes according to a predetermined schedule. In addition, to be included in the Underlying Index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies named below must be rated “investment-grade” by at least two of the three rating agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of the three rating agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment-grade in order to be included in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. The parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range described above. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds that mature in 2031, but had not been eligible for inclusion in the parent index due to being within one year of maturity, will be eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity. Securities are then market-cap weighted within the Underlying Index, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the Underlying Index. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until June 30, 2031. The last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2031. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities that are downgraded to below investment-grade per the

Table of Contents

eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period, existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. To the extent that the Fund invests in money market or similar funds, it will incur the fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2031, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Investment Policies

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding the Fund's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the component securities in the Fund's Underlying Index. The Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

Table of Contents

provisions) of the 1940 Act, at any time the Fund has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor in reliance on the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1).

Continuous Offering

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds and ETFs (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (including ETFs) (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 380 funds as of June 15, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Fund's Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (59)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (50)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Fund so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

The table below sets forth the compensation earned by each Independent Trustee and Interested Trustee for services to the Fund for the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 and the aggregate compensation paid to them for services to the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

Name	iShares iBonds Dec 2031 Term Corporate ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities. Ownership information is not provided for the Fund, as it has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

Table of Contents

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

Table of Contents

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) in accordance with policies and procedures approved by the Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

Table of Contents

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be

Table of Contents

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Fund (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with the Fund's custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Fund leaves cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for the Fund in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by a Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Fund and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

Table of Contents

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

For its investment advisory services to the Fund, BFA will be paid a management fee by the Fund, based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets, at an annual rate of 0.10%. BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2031. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	102	$468,100,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	31	129,145,000,000
Other Accounts	23	22,941,000,000

Table of Contents

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	49	$ 251,527,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	37	100,835,000,000
Other Accounts	35	71,606,000,000

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of June 15, 2021.

Table of Contents

As of June 15, 2021, the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of the Fund.

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

Table of Contents

payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): BNY Mellon Performance & Risk Analytics, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Table of Contents

assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but the Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with 60 days or less remaining to maturity unless such method does not represent fair value. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the issuer, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which the Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

General Valuation Information. Prices obtained from independent third-party pricing services, broker-dealers or market makers to value the Fund’s securities and other assets and liabilities are based on information available at the time the Fund values its assets and liabilities. In the event that a pricing service quotation is revised or updated subsequent to the day on which the Fund valued such security, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination will be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding the revision.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Use of fair value prices and certain current market valuations could result in a difference between the prices used to calculate the Fund’s NAV and the prices used in the Underlying Index, which, in turn, could result in a difference between the Fund’s performance and the performance of the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BlackRock determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing the Fund’s assets or liabilities, is likely to cause a material change to the last exchange closing price or closing market price of one or more assets or liabilities held by the Fund. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee will seek to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the asset or liability is being valued, and does not seek to determine the price the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

commission or dealer spread), size of order, difficulty of execution, operational facilities of the firm and the firm’s risk and skill in positioning blocks of securities. While BFA generally seeks reasonable trade execution costs, the Fund does not necessarily pay the lowest spread or commission available, and payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions. Subject to applicable legal requirements, BFA may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to BFA and its clients, including the Fund. In return for such services, BFA may cause the Fund to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if BFA determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

The Fund anticipates that brokerage transactions involving foreign equity securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Fund in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the U.S. or Europe, as the case may be. American Depositary Receipts, like other securities traded in the U.S., will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

Table of Contents

more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price (except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted). While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Fund is concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Fund. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shares. The Trust currently consists of more than 305 separate investment series or portfolios called funds. The Trust issues shares of beneficial interests in the funds with no par value. The Board may designate additional iShares funds.

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

Table of Contents

addition, absent an applicable exemption or other relief from the SEC or its staff, officers and trustees of a fund and beneficial owners of 10% of the shares of a fund (“Insiders”) may be subject to the insider reporting, short-swing profit and short sale provisions of Section 16 of the 1934 Act and the SEC’s rules promulgated thereunder. Beneficial owners and Insiders should consult with their own legal counsel concerning their obligations under Sections 13 and 16 of the 1934 Act and existing guidance provided by the SEC staff.

By December 15, 2031, the Fund's holdings are expected to consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. Around the same time, the Fund will wind up and terminate. Upon the Fund's termination, it will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. In accordance with the Declaration of Trust, the Fund will terminate on or about the date above, as approved by a majority of the Board, without requiring additional shareholder approval. The Board may extend the termination date if a majority of the Board determines the extension to be in the best interest of the Fund.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Table of Contents

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
50,000		$1,250,000

Table of Contents

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of the Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

As the planned termination date of the Fund approaches, and particularly as the bonds held by the Fund begin to mature, the Fund expects to effect both creations and redemptions increasingly for cash.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Table of Contents

custodian will then provide such information to any appropriate sub-custodian. Procedures and requirements governing the delivery of the Fund Deposit are set forth in the procedures handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time. Investors, other than Authorized Participants, are responsible for making arrangements for a creation request to be made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request. Those placing orders to purchase Creation Units through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Distributor or its agent by the Cutoff Time (as defined below) on such Business Day.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by the Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of the Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Fund to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. The Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as the Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with the Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Table of Contents

delivered to the account of the relevant sub-custodian or sub-custodians, the Distributor or its agent and BFA shall be notified of such delivery and the Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit. Creation Units are generally issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date). The Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$425		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Table of Contents

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$425		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Table of Contents

Taxes

Table of Contents

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

Table of Contents

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. The Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). The cost of any payments made by the Fund on a swap transaction will be netted pro rata against both tax exempt and taxable gross income. With respect to certain types of swaps, the Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Table of Contents

the deduction) for non-U.S. taxes may be claimed. Under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gain or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts, certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the Fund were to elect otherwise.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Table of Contents

qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Shares of the Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Financial statements for the Fund are not available because, as of the date of this SAI, the Fund has no financial information to report.

Table of Contents

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

B-4

Table of Contents

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-IBDW-0921

B-5

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated June 29, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund		Ticker		Listing Exchange
iShares iBonds Dec 2031 Term Treasury ETF¹ (the “Fund”)		IBTL		Nasdaq

¹	The iShares iBonds Dec 2031 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2031 Term Treasury ETF.

The Prospectus for the Fund is dated June 29, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. A copy of the Prospectus for the Fund may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust’s distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. The Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

iShares^® , iBonds^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Fund

The Fund is managed by BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to track the investment results of the specific benchmark index identified in the Fund's Prospectus (the “Underlying Index”). The Fund is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2031, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Fund are listed for trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq” or the “Listing Exchange”), a national securities exchange. Shares of the Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 50,000 or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks

Although the Fund does not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Fund may have a leveraging effect as described below.

Table of Contents

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Diversification Status. The Fund is classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that the Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and (ii) securities of other investment companies) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer or (b) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the Fund may invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

price of the instrument or index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, the Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

Table of Contents

(including the value of the collateral received). The Fund may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the return of the securities loaned. The Fund receives, by way of substitute payment, the value of any interest or cash or non-cash distributions paid on the loaned securities that it would have received if the securities were not on loan.

Table of Contents

and, therefore, carry greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy and increased market price volatility. Such lower-rated securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are subject to a substantial degree of credit risk. Please see Appendix B of this SAI for a description of each rating category of Moody's, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch and BFA's treatment of investments that are not rated by any of the rating agencies.

Table of Contents

General Considerations and Risks

Table of Contents

LIBOR Replacement Risk. In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. On March 5, 2021, the administrator of LIBOR, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, announced its intention to cease publishing two USD LIBOR settings immediately after publication on December 31, 2021, with the majority of the USD LIBOR settings to end immediately after publication on June 30, 2023. The Fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates, such as the Euro Overnight Index Average (“EONIA”), which may also cease to be published. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there are challenges to converting certain securities and transactions to a new reference rate, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace USD LIBOR.

Table of Contents

alternative reference rate will not perform the same as LIBOR because the alternative reference rate does not include a credit-sensitive component in the rate calculation. Alternative reference rates generally reflect the performance of the market for U.S. Treasury securities, which are secured by the U.S. Treasury, and not the interbank lending markets. Therefore, in the event of a credit crisis, floating rate instruments using certain alternative reference rates could perform differently than those instruments using a rate indexed to the interbank lending market. In addition, pending legislation may affect the transition of LIBOR-based instruments by permitting trustees and calculation agents to transition instruments with no LIBOR transition language to an alternative reference rate selected by such agents. These legislative proposals include safe harbors from liability, meaning that the Fund may have limited recourse if the alternative reference rate does not fully compensate the Fund for the transition of an instrument from LIBOR. It is unclear whether such legislative proposals will be signed into law. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect the Fund’s performance or NAV.

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting the Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Table of Contents

U.S. Treasury Obligations Risk. The Fund invests in various types of U.S. Treasury securities. U.S. Treasury obligations may differ from other securities in their interest rates, maturities, times of issuance and other characteristics. Similar to other issuers, changes to the financial condition or credit rating of the U.S. government may cause the value of U.S. Treasury obligations to decline. U.S. Treasury obligations typically offer lower interest rates than other obligations. Neither the U.S. government nor any of its agencies or instrumentalities guarantees the market value of the securities it issues.

The total public debt of the U.S. as a percent of gross domestic product has grown rapidly since the 2008 financial crisis and is continuing to grow. Although high debt levels do not necessarily indicate or cause economic problems, they may create systemic risks if sound debt management practices are not implemented. A high national debt level may increase market pressures to meet government funding needs, which may drive debt cost higher and cause a country to sell additional debt, thereby increasing refinancing risk. A high national debt also raises concerns that the U.S. government will not be able to make principal or interest payments when they are due. In the worst case, unsustainable debt levels can cause a decline in the value of the dollar (which may lead to inflation), and can prevent the U.S. government from implementing effective counter-cyclical fiscal policy in economic downturns.

Proxy Voting Policy

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•	Communications of Data Files: The Fund may make available through the facilities of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) or through posting on the www.iShares.com, prior to the opening of trading on each business

Table of Contents

day, a list of the Fund’s holdings (generally pro-rata) that Authorized Participants could deliver to the Fund to settle purchases of the Fund (i.e. Deposit Securities) or that Authorized Participants would receive from the Fund to settle redemptions of the Fund (i.e. Fund Securities). These files are known as the Portfolio Composition File and the Fund Data File (collectively, “Files”). The Files are applicable for the next trading day and are provided to the NSCC and/or posted on www.iShares.com after the close of markets in the U.S.

•

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for the Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Fund, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Fund, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain the Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of the Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

A description of the Fund's Underlying Index is provided below.

Table of Contents

instruments in such underlying index, the rebalance protocols of the underlying index, the weightings of the securities and other instruments in the underlying index, and any updates to the methodology. From time to time, BFA or its affiliates may also provide input relating to possible methodology changes of such underlying index pursuant to the index provider’s consultation process or pursuant to other communications with the index provider.

The ICE Term Maturity US Treasury Index

lCE 2031 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 3

Index Description. The ICE 2031 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature between January 1, 2031 and December 15, 2031, inclusive.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature between January 1, 2031 and December 15, 2031, inclusive. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve System Open Market Account (“SOMA”). In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2031, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. To the extent that the Fund invests in money market or similar funds, it will incur the fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2031, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Investment Policies

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.

Table of Contents

4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding the Fund's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the Fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy not to make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by the Fund's Prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. As a matter of policy, however, the Fund will not purchase shares of any registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust, in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) (the “fund of funds” provisions) of the 1940 Act, at any time the Fund has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor in reliance on the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1).

Continuous Offering

Table of Contents

prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Fund are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds and ETFs (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (including ETFs) (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 382 funds as of June 29, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Fund's Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)	Trustee (since 2009).	President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).	Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Salim Ramji² (50)	Trustee (since 2019).	Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (60)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (50)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Fund so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	iShares iBonds Dec 2031 Term Treasury ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities. Ownership information is not provided for the Fund, as it has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

Table of Contents

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

Table of Contents

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) in accordance with policies and procedures approved by the Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

Table of Contents

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be

Table of Contents

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Fund (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with the Fund's custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Fund leaves cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for the Fund in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by a Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Fund and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

Table of Contents

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

For its investment advisory services to the Fund, BFA will be paid a management fee by the Fund, based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets, at an annual rate of 0.07%. BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2031. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	102	$468,100,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	31	129,145,000,000
Other Accounts	23	22,941,000,000

Table of Contents

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	49	$ 251,527,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	37	100,835,000,000
Other Accounts	35	71,606,000,000

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of June 29, 2021.

Table of Contents

As of June 29, 2021, the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of the Fund.

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

Table of Contents

payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): BNY Mellon Performance & Risk Analytics, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or, if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Table of Contents

assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but the Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with 60 days or less remaining to maturity unless such method does not represent fair value. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the issuer, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which the Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Table of Contents

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

be beneficial to the Fund. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

Table of Contents

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Table of Contents

Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
50,000		$1,250,000

Table of Contents

Listing Exchange on which the Fund is listed for trading is open for business. As of the date of this SAI, the Listing Exchange observes the following holidays, as observed: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of the Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Table of Contents

Purchase Orders. To initiate an order for a Creation Unit, an Authorized Participant must submit to the Distributor or its agent an irrevocable order to purchase shares of the Fund, in proper form, generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day to receive that day’s NAV. The Distributor or its agent will notify BFA and the custodian of such order. The custodian will then provide such information to any appropriate sub-custodian. Procedures and requirements governing the delivery of the Fund Deposit are set forth in the procedures handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time. Investors, other than Authorized Participants, are responsible for making arrangements for a creation request to be made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request. Those placing orders to purchase Creation Units through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Distributor or its agent by the Cutoff Time (as defined below) on such Business Day.

Table of Contents

determined after acceptance of the purchase order, together with the applicable purchase transaction fees. Those placing orders should ascertain the deadline for cash transfers by contacting the operations department of the broker or depositary institution effectuating the transfer of the Cash Component. This deadline is likely to be significantly earlier than the Cutoff Time of the Fund. Investors should be aware that an Authorized Participant may require orders for purchases of shares placed with it to be in the particular form required by the individual Authorized Participant.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by the Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of the Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Fund to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. The Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as the Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with the Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Table of Contents

forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. The Trust may use such collateral at any time to buy Deposit Securities for the Fund. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by the Fund or its custodian on the contractual settlement date. Information concerning the Fund's current procedures for collateralization of missing Deposit Securities is available from the Distributor or its agent. The Authorized Participant Agreement will permit the Fund to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Fund of purchasing such securities and the collateral including, without limitation, liability for related brokerage, borrowings and other charges.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$100		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$100		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Table of Contents

earlier that day. Investors, other than Authorized Participants, are responsible for making arrangements for a redemption request to be made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request.

Table of Contents

Fund of purchasing such shares, plus the value of the Cash Amount, and the value of the collateral together with liability for related brokerage and other charges.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of investing in the Fund. The summary is based on the laws and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Table of Contents

purposes of this calculation in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses (other than the securities of other RICs) or the securities of one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

Table of Contents

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. The Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

Table of Contents

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). The cost of any payments made by the Fund on a swap transaction will be netted pro rata against both tax exempt and taxable gross income. With respect to certain types of swaps, the Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Table of Contents

business within the U.S. Instead, the effectively connected dividends will be subject to regular U.S. income tax as if the non-U.S. shareholder were a U.S. shareholder. A non-U.S. corporation receiving effectively connected dividends may also be subject to additional “branch profits tax” imposed at a rate of 30% (or lower treaty rate). A non-U.S. shareholder who fails to provide an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or other applicable form may be subject to backup withholding at the appropriate rate.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Table of Contents

Shares of the Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Financial statements for the Fund are not available because, as of the date of this SAI, the Fund has no financial information to report.

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

B-4

Table of Contents

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-IBTL-0921

B-5

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated June 23, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund		Ticker		Listing Exchange
iShares iBonds 2027 Term High Yield and Income ETF¹ (the “Fund”)		IBHG		Cboe BZX

¹	The iShares iBonds 2027 Term High Yield and Income ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds 2027 Term High Yield and Income ETF.

The Prospectus for the Fund is dated June 23, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. A copy of the Prospectus for the Fund may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust’s distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. The Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

iShares^® , iBonds^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

References to the name of the Underlying Index in the SAI for each Fund except for the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are hereby revised as follows:

References to the name of the benchmark index in the SAI for each of the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are revised as follows:

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Fund

The Fund is managed by BFA, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to track the investment results of the specific benchmark index identified in the Fund's Prospectus (the “Underlying Index”).

The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Fund are listed for trading on Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (the “Listing Exchange” or “Cboe BZX”), a national securities exchange. Shares of the Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Procedures for Creation of Creation Units section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 100,000 shares or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks

The Fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in both fixed-income securities that compose its Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in its Underlying Index. The Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security in the Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security from the Fund’s portfolio.

Although the Fund does not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Fund may have a leveraging effect as described below.

The Fund generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index, except during the last months of the Fund’s operations, as described below, and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates (“BlackRock Cash Funds”), as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, the Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. The Fund seeks to track the investment results of the Underlying Index before fees and expenses of the Fund.

In the last months of the Fund's operation, as the bonds held by the Fund mature, the proceeds will not be reinvested by the Fund in bonds but instead will be held in cash and cash equivalents. By December 15, 2027, the Underlying Index is expected to consist almost entirely of cash earned in this manner. Around the same time, the Fund will wind up and terminate, and its net assets will be distributed to then-current shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

Bonds. The Fund invests a substantial portion of its assets in U.S. dollar-denominated bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a U.S. or non-U.S. company or U.S. or non-U.S. governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. Bonds generally are used by issuers to borrow money from investors.

Table of Contents

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Corporate Bonds. The Fund invests a substantial portion of its assets in high yield corporate bonds. High yield corporate bonds may be deemed speculative and more volatile than higher rated securities of similar maturity. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest earned on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by changes in the market rate of interest, the credit rating of the issuer, the issuer’s performance and perceptions of the issuer in the marketplace. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

High Yield Securities. Non-investment grade or “high yield” fixed-income or convertible securities, commonly known to investors as “junk bonds” or “high yield bonds,” are generally debt securities that are rated below investment grade by one or more of the major rating agencies or are unrated securities that BFA believes are of comparable quality. While generally providing greater income and opportunity for gain, non-investment grade debt securities may be subject to greater risks than securities that have higher credit ratings, including a high risk of default, and their yields will fluctuate over time. High yield securities will generally be in the lower rating categories of recognized rating agencies (rated below Baa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody's”) or below BBB- by Standard & Poor's^® Global Ratings, a subsidiary of S&P Global (“S&P Global Ratings”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”)) or be unrated. The credit rating of a high yield security does not necessarily address its market value risk, and ratings may from time to time change, positively or negatively, to reflect developments regarding the issuer’s financial condition. High yield securities are considered to be speculative with respect to the capacity of the issuer to timely repay principal and pay interest in accordance with the terms of the obligation and may have more credit risk than higher rated securities. BBB-rated bonds, although investment-grade, may share some of the same speculative characteristics as “junk bonds.”

Table of Contents

The major risks of high yield bond investments include the following:

•	High yield bonds may be issued by less creditworthy issuers. These securities are vulnerable to adverse changes in the issuer’s industry or to general economic conditions. Issuers of high yield bonds may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments or the unavailability of additional financing.
•	The issuers of high yield bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade bonds. If the issuer experiences financial stress, it may be unable to meet its debt obligations. The issuer’s ability to pay its debt obligations also may be lessened by specific issuer developments, or the unavailability of additional financing. Issuers of high yield securities are often in the growth stage of their development and/or involved in a reorganization or takeover.
•	High yield bonds are frequently ranked junior to claims by other creditors. If the issuer cannot meet its obligations, the senior obligations are generally paid off before the junior obligations, which will potentially limit the Fund’s ability to fully recover principal, to receive interest payments when senior securities are in default or to receive restructuring benefits paid to holders of more senior classes of debt. Thus, investors in high yield securities frequently have a lower degree of protection with respect to principal and interest payments than do investors in higher rated securities.
•	High yield bonds frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from the Fund before it matures. If an issuer redeems the high yield bonds, the Fund may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields and may lose income. Such use of proceeds will occur when the Fund invests in BBB-rated bonds from the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index (the “Corporate Index”).
•	Prices of high yield bonds are subject to extreme fluctuations. Negative economic developments may have a greater impact on the prices of high yield bonds than on those of other higher rated fixed-income securities.
•	Under certain economic and/or market conditions, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. There are fewer dealers in the high yield bond market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted for high yield bonds by dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. Judgment may play a greater role in the prices and values generated for such securities than in the case of securities trading in a more liquid market.
•	The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and, participants in the markets are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. Under certain economic and/or market conditions, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. An illiquid secondary market may adversely affect the market price of the high yield security, which may result in increased difficulty selling the particular issue and obtaining accurate market quotations on the issue when valuing the Fund's assets. Market quotations on high yield securities are available only from a limited number of dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. When the secondary market for high yield securities becomes more illiquid, or in the absence of readily available market quotations for such securities, the relative lack of reliable objective data makes it more difficult to value such securities, and judgment plays a more important role in determining such valuations.
•	The Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.
•	The high yield bond markets may react strongly to adverse news about an issuer or the economy, or to the perception or expectation of adverse news, whether or not it is based on fundamental analysis. Additionally, prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These developments could adversely affect the Fund’s NAV and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value and liquidity of outstanding high yield securities, especially in a thinly traded market. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in the past.

Table of Contents

As a result of regulatory requirements under the 1940 Act, the Fund is required to maintain an amount of liquid assets, accrued on a daily basis, having an aggregate value at least equal to the value of the Fund’s obligations under the applicable derivatives contract. To the extent that derivatives contracts are settled on a physical basis, the Fund will generally be required to maintain an amount of liquid assets equal to the notional value of the contract. On the other hand, in connection with derivatives contracts that are performed on a net basis, the Fund will generally be required to maintain liquid assets, accrued daily, equal only to the accrued excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over those of its counterparty under the contract. Accordingly, reliance by the Fund on physically-settled derivatives contracts may adversely impact investors by requiring the Fund to set aside a greater amount of liquid assets than would generally be required if the Fund were relying on cash-settled derivatives contracts.

Table of Contents

whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure amount to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.

Securities of Investment Companies. The Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) to the extent permitted by law, regulation, exemptive order or SEC staff guidance. Under the 1940 Act, a fund’s investment in investment companies is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of the fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company, and (iii) 10% of the fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, the Fund intends from time to time to invest its assets in securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which the Fund invests can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which reflect a fund's pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies.

Table of Contents

General Considerations and Risks

Table of Contents

investments and the Fund may not be able to dispose of illiquid investments in a timely fashion or at their expected prices. If illiquid investments exceed 15% of the Fund’s net assets, the Liquidity Rule and the Liquidity Program will require that certain remedial actions be taken.

Table of Contents

in bond prices. Investing in a fund whose portfolio contains securities of non-U.S. issuers involves certain risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include securities markets that may lack sufficient liquidity or may be less efficient; generally greater price volatility; less publicly available information about issuers; the imposition of withholding or other taxes; the imposition of restrictions on the expatriation of funds or other assets of the Fund; higher transaction and custody costs; delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures; difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization of most non-U.S. securities markets; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and different bankruptcy and insolvency regimes which may stay or prevent recovery in the event of an issuer’s default.

Certain Asian countries have democracies with relatively short histories, which may increase the risk of political instability. These countries have faced political and military unrest, and further unrest could present a risk to their local economies and securities markets. Indonesia and the Philippines have each experienced violence and terrorism, which has negatively impacted their economies. North Korea and South Korea each have substantial military capabilities, and historical tensions between the two countries present the risk of war; in the recent past, these tensions have escalated. Any outbreak of hostilities between the two countries could have a severe adverse effect on the South Korean economy and securities market. Political, religious, and border disputes persist in India. India has recently experienced and may continue to experience civil unrest and hostilities with certain of its neighboring countries. Increased political and social unrest in these geographic areas could adversely affect the performance of investments in this region.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in Emerging Markets. Investments in emerging market countries may be subject to greater risks than investments in developed countries. These risks include: (i) less social, political, and economic stability; (ii) greater illiquidity and price volatility due to smaller or limited local capital markets for such securities, or low or non-existent trading volumes; (iii) companies, custodians, clearinghouses, foreign exchanges and broker-dealers may be subject to less scrutiny and regulation by local authorities; (iv) local governments may decide to seize or confiscate securities held by foreign investors and/or local governments may decide to suspend or limit an issuer's ability to make dividend or interest payments; (v) local governments may limit or entirely restrict repatriation of invested capital, profits, and dividends; (vi) capital gains may be subject to local taxation, including on a retroactive basis; (vii) issuers facing restrictions on dollar or euro payments imposed by local governments may attempt to make dividend or interest payments to foreign investors in the local currency; (viii) there may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into or litigation against companies and investors may experience difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges may favor the interests of the issuer over those of foreign parties; (ix) bankruptcy judgments may only be permitted to be paid in the local currency; (x) limited public information regarding the issuer may result in greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities; and (xi) lack of financial reporting on a regular basis, substandard disclosure and differences in accounting standards may make it difficult to ascertain the financial health of an issuer. The Fund is not actively managed and does not select investments based on investor protection considerations.

Table of Contents

emerging market country securities may also affect the Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Table of Contents

experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including, but not limited to, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Ukraine. In order to prevent further economic deterioration, certain countries, without prior warning, can institute “capital controls.” Countries may use these controls to restrict volatile movements of capital entering and exiting their country. Such controls may negatively affect the Fund’s investments. A default or debt restructuring by any European country would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above. In addition, the credit ratings of certain European countries were downgraded in the past. These events have adversely affected the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including countries that do not use the euro and non-EU member states. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not produce the desired results, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and other entities of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely impact the value of the Fund’s investments in the region. The United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and EU have reached an agreement on the terms of their future trading relationship effective January 1, 2021, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. The Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which the Fund has exposure and any other assets in which the Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

The U.S. is Canada's and Mexico's largest trading and investment partner. The Canadian and Mexican economies are significantly affected by developments in the U.S. economy. Since the implementation of the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) in 1994 among Canada, the U.S. and Mexico, total merchandise trade among the three countries has increased. However, political developments including the implementation of tariffs by the U.S., and the renegotiation of NAFTA in the form of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”), which replaced NAFTA on July 1, 2020, could negatively affect North America’s economic outlook and, as a result, the value of securities held by the Fund. Policy and legislative changes in one country may have a significant effect on North American markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities held by the Fund.

Table of Contents

increased volatility. In particular, significant market volatility occurred in the crude oil markets as well as the oil futures markets, which resulted in the market price of certain crude oil futures contracts falling below zero for a period of time.

Table of Contents

markets, causing certain financial companies to incur large losses. In these conditions, companies in the financials sector may experience significant declines in the valuation of their assets, take actions to raise capital and even cease operations. Some financial companies may also be required to accept or borrow significant amounts of capital from government sources and may face future government-imposed restrictions on their businesses or increased government intervention. In addition, there is no guarantee that governments will provide any such relief in the future. These actions may cause the securities of many companies in the financials sector to decline in value.

Table of Contents

joint venture investments in certain of its properties, and, consequently, its ability to control decisions relating to such properties may be limited.

Regulatory Risk. Real estate income and values may be adversely affected by such factors as applicable domestic and foreign laws (including tax laws). Government actions, such as tax increases, zoning law changes, mandated closures or other commercial restrictions or environmental regulations, also may have a major impact on real estate income and values. In addition, quarterly compliance with regulations limiting the proportion of asset types held by a U.S. REIT may force certain Real Estate Companies to liquidate or restructure otherwise attractive investments. Some countries may not recognize REITs or comparable structures as a viable form of real estate funds.

Table of Contents

There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will, in the future, grant rate increases. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain of the issuers of securities held in the Fund's portfolio may own or operate nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climate conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.

Proxy Voting Policy

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Table of Contents

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for the Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Fund, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Fund, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain the Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of the Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Table of Contents

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

A description of the Fund's Underlying Index is provided below.

The Bloomberg Barclays Index

The Bloomberg Barclays Index is maintained by Bloomberg Index Services Limited, which is not affiliated with BFA. BFA will have no role in maintaining the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays 2027 Term High Yield and Income Index

Number of Components: approximately 274

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays 2027 Term High Yield and Income Index is a targeted maturity benchmark that measures the performance of USD-denominated, fixed-rate, taxable high yield (which are considered below investment-grade) and BBB-rated corporate bond market maturing between January 1, 2027 and December 15, 2027, inclusive.

Initially, the Underlying Index is completely comprised of taxable, fixed-rate high yield bonds chosen from the High Yield Index. Once the Underlying Index comes within 2.5 years of its maturity date (e.g., June 30, 2025), the Underlying Index will become a composite index, comprised of bonds from the High Yield Index, and, additionally, BBB-rated taxable, fixed-rate corporate bonds chosen from the Corporate Index also maturing between January 1, 2027 and December 15, 2027, inclusive.

In special circumstances, the composite index phase may be triggered early.

Index Methodology. The investable universe of the index includes securities within the Bloomberg Barclays US Corporate and US High Yield indexes. The Underlying Index will be comprised of high yield bonds, and after certain milestones are reached, BBB-rated bonds from the Bloomberg Barclays US Corporate Index are introduced.

The Underlying Index will incorporate BBB-rated bonds under the following conditions: (1) in the last 2.5 years but before the last 6 months of the Underlying Index’s term, the Underlying Index will introduce BBB-rated bonds (which are considered investment-grade) as constituent high yield bonds (which are considered below investment-grade) are called, no longer qualify for inclusion (due to, among other factors, sector reclassifications of issuers, changes in the credit rating of bonds included in the Underlying Index or rebalances to maintain issuer limits), or decline in value compared to a reference point set at 2.5 years from the Underlying Index’s term or (2) if, prior to 2.5 years remaining in the Underlying Index, the market value of the Underlying Index declines below $30B, the Underlying Index will add BBB-rated bonds to maintain its $30B index market value minimum.

The securities in the Index are rebalanced on the last calendar day of each month until six months to maturity. In the first six months of the final year of the Underlying Index’s term, any principal and interest paid by index securities are reinvested pro-rata into the remaining bonds in the High Yield Index or Corporate Index, as applicable; during the final six months of the final year, proceeds are not reinvested and are assumed to be held in cash while earning no interest. The Underlying Index will be subject to issuer limits of 3%, with any excess redistributed among the remaining constituents on a pro-rata basis.

Table of Contents

year. Bonds with a clean price (i.e., the price does not include accrued interest between coupon payments) below $60 are excluded from the Underlying Index and subject to a 3 month lock-out period before they are eligible for inclusion again at rebalance. During the final 2.5 years of the maturity of the index, bonds that fall below $60 at rebalance will be permanently ineligible for the index. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The Underlying Index will be subject to issuer limits of 3%, with any excess redistributed among the remaining constituents on a pro-rata basis. The securities in the Underlying Index may carry a coupon that steps-up according to a predetermined schedule (i.e., the interest rate paid on such securities will increase over time). Bonds that convert from fixed to floating rate, including fixed-to-float perpetuals will exit the index one year prior to conversion to floating-rate. The last rebalance date will be on June 30th of the Underlying Index’s stated maturity year. The Underlying Index includes securities from a universe of corporate issuers (e.g., industrial, financial institutions, utilities) determined by Bloomberg Index Services Limited that are rated high yield by all three of the rating agencies named below for the high yield component and BBB for the investment grade component. The High Yield Index must have a rating equal to or below Ba1/BB+/BB+ and above CC. The Corporate Index must have a rating of BBB (or equivalent). The middle rating of Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch; when a rating from only two agencies is available, the lower is used; when only one agency rates a bond, that rating is used.

Investment Policies

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding the Fund's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to the Fund's industry classifications, the Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Table of Contents

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy not to purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. As a matter of policy, however, the Fund will not purchase shares of any registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust, in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) (the “fund of funds” provisions) of the 1940 Act, at any time the Fund has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor in reliance on the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1).

Continuous Offering

Management

Table of Contents

one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (including ETFs) (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 381 funds as of June 23, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Fund's Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)	Trustee (since 2009).	President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).	Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Salim Ramji² (50)	Trustee (since 2019).	Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (60)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (50)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Fund so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	iShares iBonds 2027 Term High Yield and Income ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities. Ownership information is not provided for the Fund, as it has not commenced operations as of the date of this SAI.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

Table of Contents

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

Table of Contents

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) in accordance with policies and procedures approved by the Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

Table of Contents

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be

Table of Contents

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Fund (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with the Fund's custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Fund leaves cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for the Fund in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by a Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Fund and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

Table of Contents

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

For its investment advisory services to the Fund, BFA will be paid a management fee by the Fund, based on a percentage of the Fund’s average daily net assets, at an annual rate of 0.35%. BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2027. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	71	$132,648,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	31	129,145,000,000
Other Accounts	23	22,941,000,000

Table of Contents

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	18	$ 83,926,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	36	100,613,000,000
Other Accounts	35	71,606,000,000

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of June 23, 2021.

Table of Contents

As of June 23, 2021, the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of the Fund.

Table of Contents

The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Units of Fund shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Authorized Participants (as described below), Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants and/or investor services organizations.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

Table of Contents

payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): BNY Mellon Performance & Risk Analytics, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or, if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Table of Contents

assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but the Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with 60 days or less remaining to maturity unless such method does not represent fair value. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the issuer, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which the Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Table of Contents

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

The Fund anticipates that brokerage transactions involving foreign equity securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Fund in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the U.S. or Europe, as the case may be. American Depositary Receipts, like other securities traded in the U.S., will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

Table of Contents

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

Table of Contents

By December 15, 2027, the Fund's holdings are expected to consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. Around the same time, the Fund will wind up and terminate. Upon the Fund's termination, it will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. In accordance with the Declaration of Trust, the Fund will terminate on or about the date above, as approved by a majority of the Board, without requiring additional shareholder approval. The Board may extend the termination date if a majority of the Board determines the extension to be in the best interest of the Fund.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Table of Contents

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
100,000		$2,500,000

Table of Contents

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of the Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

The Cash Component is an amount equal to the difference between the NAV of the shares (per Creation Unit) and the “Deposit Amount,” which is an amount equal to the market value of the Deposit Securities, and serves to compensate for any differences between the NAV per Creation Unit and the Deposit Amount. Payment of any stamp duty or other similar fees and expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities are the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant purchasing the Creation Unit.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Table of Contents

Placement of Creation Orders. Fund Deposits must be delivered through the Federal Reserve System (the “Fed”) (for cash and U.S. government securities), through DTC (for corporate and municipal securities) or through a central depository account, such as with Euroclear or DTC, maintained by State Street or a sub-custodian (a “Central Depository Account”). Any portion of a Fund Deposit that may not be delivered through the Fed or DTC must be delivered through a Central Depository Account. The Fund Deposit transfers made through DTC must be ordered by the DTC Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities through DTC to the account of the Fund generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through the Fed must be deposited by the participant institution in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number or amount of Deposit Securities or cash through the Fed to the account of the Fund generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through a Central Depository Account must be completed pursuant to the requirements established by the custodian or sub-custodian for such Central Depository Account generally before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for all funds is generally the second business day after the Transmittal Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash equal to the Cash Component must be transferred directly to State Street through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by State Street generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities are not received by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date, the creation order may be canceled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Fund. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor, provided that the relevant Fund Deposit has been received by the Fund prior to such time.

Table of Contents

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by the Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of the Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Fund to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. The Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as the Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with the Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$975		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Table of Contents

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$975		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Deliveries of redemption proceeds by the Fund are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”). The Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. If the Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, the Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if the Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days. Delayed settlement may occur due to a number of different reasons, including, without limitation, settlement cycles for the underlying securities, unscheduled market closings, an effort to link distribution to distribution record dates and ex-dates and newly announced holidays. For example, the redemption settlement process may be extended beyond T+2 because of the occurrence of a holiday in a non-U.S. market or in the U.S. bond market that is not a holiday observed in the U.S. equity market.

Table of Contents

Because the portfolio securities of the Fund may trade on exchange(s) on days that the Listing Exchange is closed or are otherwise not Business Days for the Fund, shareholders may not be able to redeem their shares of the Fund, or purchase or sell shares of the Fund on the Listing Exchange on days when the NAV of such the Fund could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.

Taxes

Table of Contents

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

Table of Contents

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. The Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). The cost of any payments made by the Fund on a swap transaction will be netted pro rata against both tax exempt and taxable gross income. With respect to certain types of swaps, the Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Table of Contents

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Table of Contents

qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Shares of the Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Financial statements for the Fund are not available because, as of the date of this SAI, the Fund has no financial information to report.

Table of Contents

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

B-4

Table of Contents

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-IBHG-0921

B-5

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated June 29, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund	Ticker	Listing Exchange
iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF	SGOV	NYSE Arca
iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	SHY	Nasdaq
iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	IGSB	Nasdaq
iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF	IEI	Nasdaq
iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	IGIB	Nasdaq
iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF	IEF	Nasdaq
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	IGLB	NYSE Arca
iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF	TLH	NYSE Arca
iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF	TLT	Nasdaq
iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF	GOVZ	Cboe BZX
iShares Agency Bond ETF	AGZ	NYSE Arca
iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	USIG	Nasdaq
iShares California Muni Bond ETF	CMF	NYSE Arca
iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	IMTB	NYSE Arca
iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF	ILTB	NYSE Arca
iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	AGG	NYSE Arca
iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF	EUSB	NYSE Arca
iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF	SUSB	Nasdaq
iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	EAGG	NYSE Arca
iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF	SUSC	Nasdaq
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF	GBF	NYSE Arca
iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF	HYDB	Cboe BZX
iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	HYG	NYSE Arca
iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	LQD	NYSE Arca
iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	GVI	Cboe BZX
iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	IGEB	Cboe BZX
iShares MBS ETF	MBB	Nasdaq
iShares National Muni Bond ETF	MUB	NYSE Arca
iShares New York Muni Bond ETF	NYF	NYSE Arca
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF	SUB	NYSE Arca
iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF	SHV	Nasdaq

The Prospectuses for the above-listed funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) are dated June 29, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the applicable Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. The Financial Statements and Notes contained in the applicable Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report of the Trust for the Funds are incorporated by reference into and are deemed to be part of this SAI. A copy of each Fund's Prospectus, Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust's distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. Each Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

iShares^®

Notice to Shareholders

The Board of Trustees (the “Board”) has approved the following changes for the iShares California Muni Bond ETF, iShares National Muni Bond ETF, iShares New York Muni Bond ETF and iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF (collectively, the “Funds” and each a “Fund”) that are expected to be implemented on or around September 15, 2021:

Current Fund Name and Ticker	Current Underlying Index	New Underlying Index
iShares National Muni Bond ETF (MUB)	S&P National AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index	ICE AMT-Free US National Municipal Index
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF (SUB)	S&P Short Term National AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index	ICE Short Maturity AMT-Free US National Municipal Index
iShares California Muni Bond ETF (CMF)	S&P California AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index	ICE AMT-Free California Municipal Index
iShares New York Muni Bond ETF (NYF)	S&P New York AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index	ICE AMT-Free New York Municipal Index

Change in the Fund’s “Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Indexes”

The section entitled “The S& P Fixed Income Indexes” on pages 125-128 of the SAI shall be deleted in its entirety.

The following shall be added immediately preceding the section entitled “The Markit iBoxx Indexes” on page 124 of the SAI:

The ICE AMT-Free US Municipal Index Series

ICE AMT-Free US Municipal Index series includes indexes that track the performance of U.S. dollar denominated investment grade tax-exempt debt publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market by U.S. states and their respective political subdivisions. Qualifying securities must be exempt from Federal income taxes and must not be subject to alternative minimum tax. In addition, qualifying securities must have at least one month remaining term to final maturity, a fixed coupon schedule (including zero coupon and step-up or stepdown bonds) and an investment grade rating (based on lowest rating of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch). Once a bond is removed from an index due to a downgrade it is not eligible to re-enter for six months. Unrated pre-refunded and escrowed-to-maturity securities qualify for inclusion provided they or their original security met the rating criterion at the point of pre-refunding or escrow. Remarketed mandatory put/tender securities are included in the index.

The ICE AMT-Free US Municipal Index series excludes the following instruments:

•	Health, Hospital, Single-Family Housing, Multi-Family Housing and Tobacco sector bonds
•	Securities issued for purposes of student loans, charter schools, prepaid gas or electric contracts, as well as for-profit industrial development or pollution control

•	Securities supporting private activities, including convention centers, stadiums, cultural facilities, parks, recreation, housing and industrial development, that are not a general obligation of a state or municipality

•	Securities issued for conduit obligors with use of proceeds related to student housing, waste removal, office buildings, shopping centers, airlines, hotels, telephone, electricity, private services and economic development

•	Cash flow financing notes (BANs), other than grant anticipation notes

•	Limited placement securities prior to the first settlement date

•	Securities issued by U.S. territories (but debt issued by the District of Columbia is included)

•	Taxable municipal securities

•	Floating rate notes and variable rate demand obligations or notes

•	Secondarily insured securities

•	Custodial receipts

•	Municipal commercial paper and auction-rate notes or bonds

•	Private placements, 144A securities and securities issued under the Municipal Liquidity Facility

•	Securities in legal default

Index constituents are market capitalization weighted, subject to the following capping mechanism and constraints:

•

For each of the ICE AMT-Free US National Municipal Index and ICE Short Maturity AMT-Free US National Municipal Index, individual issuers are capped at 10% of the index, with any excess redistributed across the uncapped issuers of the index on a pro rata basis. For each of the ICE AMT-Free California Municipal Index and ICE AMT-Free New York Municipal Index, individual issuers are capped at 25% of the index, with any excess redistributed across the uncapped issuers of the index on a pro rata basis.

•	After applying the caps in step 1, the index is segmented into a large cap group, consisting of issuers with index weights greater than or equal to 5%, and a small cap group consisting of issuers with less than 5% weight in the index.

•	Issuer weights in the small cap group are capped at 4.5%, with any excess redistributed across the remaining uncapped issuers’ securities in the small cap group on a pro rata basis.

•

For each of the ICE AMT-Free US National Municipal Index and ICE Short Maturity AMT-Free US National Municipal Index, if the combined weight of the large cap group is greater than 25% of the index, the weight of the group is reduced to 25%, with the weights of all issuers in the group reduced on a pro rata basis, provided no issuer is reduced below 5%. For each of the ICE AMT-Free California Municipal Index and ICE AMT-Free New York Municipal Index, if the combined weight of the large cap group is greater than 50% of the index, the weight of the group is reduced to 50%, with the weights of all issuers in the group reduced on a pro rata basis, provided no issuer is reduced below 5%.

•	Any excess weight resulting from the reduction of the large cap group weight in step 4 is redistributed across all issuers in the small cap group on a pro-rata basis, provided no issuer exceeds 4.5%.

•	If all small cap issuers reach the 4.5% cap, any remaining excess weight is redistributed across all index issuers on a pro rata basis.

For purposes of applying the above caps, issuers are defined as issuing entities except for conduit debt, in which case the underlying issuer is used. In addition, an issuing entity’s general obligation debt is considered to be issued by a separate,

distinct issuer from revenue bonds issued by the same entity. Pre-refunded securities are not included in issuer weights and are not subject to any issuer caps, nor do they receive redistributions of any excess weights.

Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. Cash flows from bond payments, including interest coupons and principal repayments of maturing or called bonds that are received during the month, are retained in the index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Cash does not earn any reinvestment income while it is held in the index. Information concerning constituent bond prices, timing and conventions and index governance and administration is provided in the ICE Bond Index Methodologies, which can be accessed on ICE’s public website (https://indices.theice.com), or by sending a request to iceindices@theice.com.

Each index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the following calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the coming month (e.g., an issue must settle on or before November 30 in order to be included in the index on October 31). No changes are made to constituent holdings other than on month end rebalancing dates.

ICE AMT-Free US National Municipal Index

Number of Components: approximately 22,968

Index Description. The ICE AMT-Free US National Municipal Index is a broad, comprehensive, market-value weighted index designed to measure the performance of investment-grade debt publicly issued in the U.S. municipal bond market.

Component Selection Criteria. Qualifying securities must have at least $15 million minimum par amount (i.e., currently outstanding face value) and be part of a deal with an original offering size of at least $100 million.

ICE Short Maturity AMT-Free US National Municipal Index

Number of Components: approximately 24,518

Index Description. The ICE Short Maturity AMT-Free US National Municipal Index is a broad, comprehensive, market-value weighted index designed to measure the performance of short maturity investment grade debt publicly issued in the U.S. municipal bond market.

Component Selection Criteria. Qualifying securities must have at least one month but less than five years remaining term to final maturity, at least $5 million minimum par amount (i.e., currently outstanding face value) and be part of a deal with an original offering size of at least $50 million.

ICE AMT-Free California Municipal Index

Number of Components: approximately 3,904

Index Description. The ICE AMT-Free California Municipal Index is a broad, comprehensive, market-value weighted index designed to measure the performance of investment grade debt publicly issued in the U.S. municipal bond market by the state of California and its political subdivisions.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and its Funds

•	iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF
•	iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF
•	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF¹
•	iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF
•	iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF²
•	iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF
•	iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF³
•	iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF
•	iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF
•	iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF
•	iShares Agency Bond ETF⁴
•	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF
•	iShares California Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF⁵
•	iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF⁶
•	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF⁷
•	iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF⁸
•	iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF⁹
•	iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF¹⁰
•	iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF¹¹
•	iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF¹²
•	iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF¹³
•	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF
•	iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF
•	iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF¹⁴
•	iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF¹⁵
•	iShares MBS ETF¹⁶
•	iShares National Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares New York Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF

¹	On September 30, 2020, the name of the Fund changed from the iShares Short-Term Corporate Bond ETF to the iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF.
²	On September 30, 2020, the name of the Fund changed from the iShares Intermediate-Term Corporate Bond ETF to the iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF.

Table of Contents

³	On September 30, 2020, the name of the Fund changed from the iShares Long-Term Corporate Bond ETF to the iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF.
⁴	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Agency Bond Index to the Bloomberg U.S. Agency Bond Index.
⁵	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Universal 5-10 Year Index to the Bloomberg U.S. Universal 5-10 Year Index.
⁶	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Universal 10+ Year Index to the Bloomberg U.S. Universal 10+ Year Index.
⁷	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Aggregate Bond Index to the Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index.
⁸	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays MSCI US Universal Choice ESG Screened Index to the Bloomberg MSCI US Universal Choice ESG Screened Index.
⁹	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays MSCI US Corporate 1-5 Year ESG Focus Index to the Bloomberg MSCI US Corporate 1-5 Year ESG Focus Index.
¹⁰	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays MSCI US Aggregate ESG Focus Index to the Bloomberg MSCI US Aggregate ESG Focus Index.
¹¹	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays MSCI US Corporate ESG Focus Index to the Bloomberg MSCI US Corporate ESG Focus Index.
¹²	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index to the Bloomberg U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index.
¹³	On August 17, 2020, the name of the Fund changed from the iShares Edge High Yield Defensive Bond ETF to the iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF.
¹⁴	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Intermediate Government/Credit Bond Index to the Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Government/Credit Bond Index.
¹⁵	On August 17, 2020, the name of the Fund changed from the iShares Edge Investment Grade Enhanced Bond ETF to the iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF.
¹⁶	On August 24, 2021, the name of the Fund’s underlying index changed from the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. MBS Index to the Bloomberg U.S. MBS Index.

Each Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Funds are listed for trading on national securities exchanges such as Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BZX”), The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) or NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”) (each a “Listing Exchange”). Shares of each Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally ranging from 10,000 to 100,000 shares or multiples thereof.

Table of Contents

Exchange Listing and Trading

Shares of each Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the applicable Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of certain Funds may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of a Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of Fund shares, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial owners of shares of the Fund for 30 or more consecutive trading days; (ii) a Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (iii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iv) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of a Fund from listing and trading upon termination of such Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of a Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Investment Strategies and Risks

Each Fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in both fixed-income securities that comprise its relevant Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in the Underlying Index. The Underlying Indexes for the iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF are based on a proprietary methodology created and sponsored by BlackRock Index Services, LLC (the “Index Provider”). The Index Provider is an affiliated person of the iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF and of BFA. Each Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security in a Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security from the Fund’s portfolio.

Although the Funds do not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Funds may have a leveraging effect as described below.

Each of the iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF (the “Treasury Bond Funds”) generally invests at least 90% of its assets in the bonds of its Underlying Index and at least 95% of its assets in U.S. government bonds. Each Treasury Bond Fund may invest up to 10% of its assets in U.S. government bonds not included in its Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Treasury Bond Fund track its Underlying Index. For example, a Treasury Bond Fund may invest in bonds not included in its Underlying Index in order to reflect changes in the relevant Underlying Index (such as reconstitutions, additions and deletions). Each Treasury Bond Fund also may invest up to 5% of its assets in repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government obligations and in cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates (“BlackRock Cash Funds”).

Each of the iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF and iShares Intermediate

Table of Contents

Government/Credit Bond ETF generally invests at least 90% of its assets in the securities of its Underlying Index. For example, a Fund may invest in bonds not included in its Underlying Index in order to reflect changes in its Underlying Index (such as reconstitutions, additions and deletions). Each of the iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF and iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF may invest the remainder of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in its Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index.

Each of the iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF, iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF and iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, the Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. The iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF seeks to track the investment results of its Underlying Index before fees and expenses of the Fund.

Each of the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF and iShares Agency Bond ETF generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, the Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. For example, the iShares Agency Bond ETF may invest in securities not included in the Underlying Index in order to reflect various corporate actions (such as mergers) and other changes in the Underlying Index (such as reconstitutions, additions and deletions). The iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF seek to track the investment results of its Underlying Index before fees and expenses of the Fund.

The iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF generally seeks to track the performance of its Underlying Index by investing at least 90% of its net assets in component securities of its Underlying Index and in investments that have economic characteristics that are substantially identical to the economic characteristics of the component securities of its Underlying Index (i.e., to-be-announced (“TBA”) transactions). The Fund may invest up to 10% of its portfolio in bonds not included in its Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index, as well as in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and high-quality, liquid short-term instruments, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds. For example, the Fund may invest in securities not included in the Underlying Index in order to reflect various corporate actions (such as mergers) and other changes in the Underlying Index (such as reconstitutions, additions and deletions).

The iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and in investments that have economic characteristics that are substantially identical to the component securities of the Underlying Index (i.e., TBAs) and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, the Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and in investments that have economic characteristics that are substantially identical to the component securities of the Underlying Index (i.e., TBAs) and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. The Fund seeks to track the investment results of the Underlying Index before fees and expenses of the Fund.

Each of the iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF will invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of its Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain index futures,

Table of Contents

options, options on index futures, swap contracts or other derivatives, as related to its Underlying Index, cash and cash equivalents, other investment companies, as well as in securities and other instruments not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help each Fund track its Underlying Index. Each Fund seeks to track the investment results of its Underlying Index before fees and expenses of the Fund.

The iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF generally invests at least 90% of its assets in component securities of its Underlying Index and at least 95% of its assets in investment-grade corporate bonds. However, the Fund may at times invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents as well as bonds not included in its relevant Underlying Index but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index and which are either: (i) included in the broader index upon which the Underlying Index is based (i.e., the Markit iBoxx USD Index); or (ii) new issues which BFA believes are entering or about to enter the Underlying Index or the Markit iBoxx USD Index. The Fund may invest up to 5% of its assets in repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government obligations and in cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds.

The iShares MBS ETF seeks to track the performance of its Underlying Index by investing at least 90% of its assets in the securities of its Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in the Underlying Index. The Fund may invest the remainder of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index.

Each of the iShares California Muni Bond ETF and iShares New York Muni Bond ETF generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, each Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. The iShares National Muni Bond ETF and iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF generally will invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. For example, each of the iShares California Muni Bond ETF, iShares National Muni Bond ETF, iShares New York Muni Bond ETF and iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF (the “Municipal Bond Funds”) may invest in municipal bonds not included in its Underlying Index in order to reflect prospective changes in its Underlying Index (such as index reconstitutions, additions and deletions). Each of the iShares California Muni Bond ETF and iShares New York Muni Bond ETF generally holds municipal bond securities issued by its respective state and local municipalities whose interest payments are exempt from U.S. federal and state income tax and the federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). Each of the iShares National Muni Bond ETF and iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF will generally hold municipal bond securities issued by state and local municipalities whose interest payments are exempt from U.S. federal income tax and the federal AMT. As of the date of this SAI, interest that is exempt from U.S. federal income tax is also exempt from the federal Medicare contribution tax of 3.8% on “net investment income.” In addition, each Municipal Bond Fund intends to invest any cash assets in one or more affiliated municipal money market funds, which may be advised by BFA or its affiliates.

Asset-Backed Securities Risk. Asset-backed securities (“ABS”) represent interests in “pools” of assets, including consumer loans or receivables held in trust. ABS are “pass-through” securities, meaning that principal and interest payments, net of expenses, made by the borrower on the underlying assets are passed through to the Fund. ABS, like traditional fixed-income securities, are subject to credit, interest rate, call, prepayment, extension, valuation and illiquidity risk. Because of call, prepayment, and extension risk, however, ABS react differently to changes in interest rates than other bonds. Small movements in interest rates (both increases and decreases) may quickly and significantly reduce the value of certain ABS. The price paid by the Fund for its ABS, the yield the Fund expects to receive from such securities and the average life of such securities are based on a number of factors, including the anticipated rate of prepayment of the underlying assets. During periods of difficulty in the credit markets, ABS may decline in value and become less liquid, more volatile, and more difficult to value.

The nature of the assets and the servicing of those assets may subject ABS to additional risks in comparison to mortgage-backed securities. For instance, certain ABS generally do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral that is

Table of Contents

comparable in quality to mortgage-backed assets. The value of the collateral may also be insufficient to cover the principal amount of the obligation. Other ABS, such as those backed by credit card receivables, do not have the benefit of a security interest in collateral at all. Moreover, the values of ABS may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset pools, and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence or malfeasance by their servicers and to the credit risk of their servicers.

ABS are often not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government and are subject to risk of default on the underlying asset, particularly during periods of economic downturn.

Bonds. Each Fund invests a substantial portion of its assets in U.S. dollar-denominated bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a U.S. or non-U.S. company, or U.S. or non-U.S. governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. Bonds generally are used by issuers to borrow money from investors.

An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. Similarly, a fund may have to reinvest interest income or payments received when bonds mature, sometimes at lower market rates. Most bonds bear interest income at a “coupon” rate that is fixed for the life of the bond. The value of a fixed-rate bond usually rises when market interest rates fall, and falls when market interest rates rise. Accordingly, a fixed-rate bond’s yield (income as a percent of the bond’s current value) may differ from its coupon rate as its value rises or falls. When an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is greater than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a premium. Conversely, when an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is less than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a discount. Fixed-rate bonds that are purchased at a discount pay less current income than securities with comparable yields that are purchased at face value, with the result that prices for such fixed-rate securities can be more volatile than prices for such securities that are purchased at face value. Other types of bonds bear interest at an interest rate that is adjusted periodically. Interest rates on “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed-rate bonds of comparable quality with similar final maturities. Because of their adjustable interest rates, the value of “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds, but their value may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Each Fund may treat some of these bonds as having a shorter maturity for purposes of calculating the weighted average maturity of its investment portfolio. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on an issuer’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated obligations. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (backed by specified collateral).

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions. The iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF, along with certain other iShares funds, have entered into a syndicated line of credit with the Bank of New York Mellon (“BNY”), which serves as administrative agent for itself and the other banks. The syndicated line of credit may be used for temporary or emergency purposes, including redemption, settlement of trades and rebalancing of portfolio holdings.

Interest rates related to the syndicated line of credit may be based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread. In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. On March 5, 2021, the administrator of LIBOR, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, announced its intention to cease publishing two USD LIBOR settings immediately after publication on December 31, 2021, with the majority of the USD LIBOR settings to end immediately after publication on June 30, 2023. Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, if LIBOR ceases to be published or representative before the termination of the credit agreement, LIBOR would be replaced under the terms of the credit agreement by a variable rate based on the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) published by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.

Table of Contents

dividends may be reduced. BFA may determine to maintain outstanding borrowings if it expects that the benefits to a Fund’s shareholders will outweigh the current reduced return.

Brady Bonds. Certain of the Funds may invest in Brady bonds. Brady bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to public and private entities in certain emerging markets for new bonds in connection with debt restructurings. Brady bonds have been issued since 1989. In light of the history of defaults of countries issuing Brady bonds on their commercial bank loans, investments in Brady bonds may be viewed as speculative and subject to the same risks as emerging market securities. Brady bonds may be fully or partially collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in U.S. dollars and are actively traded in over-the-counter (“OTC”) secondary markets. Incomplete collateralization of interest or principal payment obligations results in increased credit risk. U.S. dollar-denominated collateralized Brady bonds, which may be either fixed-rate or floating rate bonds, are generally collateralized by U.S. Treasury securities.

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk. The commercial mortgage-backed securities (“CMBS”) in which the Fund invests may be issued by entities, such as banks, mortgage lenders or other institutions. These entities are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. government, and there can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so.

CMBS depend on cash flows generated by underlying commercial real-estate loans, receivables or other assets, and can be significantly affected by changes in interest rates, the availability of information concerning the underlying assets and their structure, and the creditworthiness of the originators of the underlying assets.

Due to the nature of the loans they represent, CMBS are subject to a greater degree of prepayment and extension risk than many other forms of fixed-income securities. Small movements in interest rates (both increases and decreases) may quickly and significantly reduce the value of certain CMBS. Certain CMBS are issued in several classes with different levels of yield and credit protection. The Fund’s investments in CMBS with several classes may be in the lower classes that have greater risks than the higher classes, including greater interest rate, credit, prepayment and extension risks.

In addition, the value of CMBS may be adversely affected by regulatory or tax changes. CMBS issued by non-government entities may offer higher yields than those issued by government entities, but also may be subject to greater volatility than government issues. In the recent past, the market for CMBS has experienced volatility and reduced liquidity.

Corporate Bonds. Each Fund (other than the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF, Treasury Bond Funds and the Municipal Bond Funds) may invest in investment-grade and/or high yield corporate bonds. High yield corporate bonds may be deemed speculative and more volatile than higher rated securities of similar maturity. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest earned on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by changes in the market rate of interest, the credit rating of the issuer, the issuer’s performance and perceptions of the issuer in the marketplace. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

Diversification Status. The following table sets forth the diversification status of each Fund:

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF		iShares California Muni Bond ETF
iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF		iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF
iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF		iShares New York Muni Bond ETF
iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF

Table of Contents

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF
iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF
iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF
iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF
iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF
iShares Agency Bond ETF
iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF
iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF
iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF
iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF
iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF
iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF
iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF
iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF
iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF
iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF
iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF
iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF
iShares MBS ETF
iShares National Muni Bond ETF
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF
iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF

Table of Contents

requirement. Compliance with the diversification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code may limit the investment flexibility of certain Funds and may make it less likely that the Funds will meet their respective investment objectives.

Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options. Futures contracts, options on futures and securities options may be used by a Fund to simulate investment in its Underlying Index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures that are traded on a U.S. or non-U.S. futures exchange. Each Fund will not use futures, options on futures or securities options for speculative purposes. Each Fund intends to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). BFA, with respect to certain Funds, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to such Funds, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific instrument or index at a specified future time and at a specified price. Stock index contracts are based on investments that reflect the market value of common stock of the firms included in the investments. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts to purchase securities indexes when BFA anticipates purchasing the underlying securities and believes prices will rise before the purchase will be made. Upon entering into a futures contract, a Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents known as “initial margin,” which is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract and is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” will be made to and from the broker daily as the price of the instrument or index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, each Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, each Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of each Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. Certain of the Funds may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of their portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Table of Contents

are traded. Options may be structured so as to be exercisable only on certain dates or on a daily basis. Options may also be structured to have conditions to exercise (i.e., “Knock-in Events”) or conditions that trigger termination (i.e., “Knock-out Events”).

Investments in futures contracts and other investments that contain leverage may require each Fund to maintain liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under these contracts and other investments. Generally, each Fund maintains an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to “cash-settle,” each Fund maintains liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market obligation (i.e., each Fund’s daily net liability, if any), rather than the contracts’ notional value (i.e., the value of the underlying asset). By maintaining assets equal to its net obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, each Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to set aside assets equal to the futures contracts’ full notional value. Each Fund bases its asset maintenance policies on methods permitted by the SEC and its staff and may modify these policies in the future to comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to time by the SEC or its staff. Changes in SEC guidance regarding the use of derivatives by registered investment companies may adversely impact a Fund’s ability to invest in futures, options or other derivatives or make investments in such instruments more expensive.

The major risks of high yield bond investments include the following:

•	High yield bonds may be issued by less creditworthy issuers. These securities are vulnerable to adverse changes in the issuer’s industry or to general economic conditions. Issuers of high yield bonds may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments or the unavailability of additional financing.
•	The issuers of high yield bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade bonds. If the issuer experiences financial stress, it may be unable to meet its debt obligations. The issuer’s ability to pay its debt obligations also may be lessened by specific issuer developments, or the unavailability of additional financing. Issuers of high yield securities are often in the growth stage of their development and/or involved in a reorganization or takeover.
•	High yield bonds are frequently ranked junior to claims by other creditors. If the issuer cannot meet its obligations, the senior obligations are generally paid off before the junior obligations, which will potentially limit a Fund’s ability to fully recover principal, to receive interest payments when senior securities are in default or to receive restructuring benefits paid to holders of more senior classes of debt. Thus, investors in high yield securities frequently have a lower degree of protection with respect to principal and interest payments than do investors in higher rated securities.
•	High yield bonds frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from a Fund before it matures. If an issuer redeems the high yield bonds, a Fund may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields and may lose income.
•	Prices of high yield bonds are subject to extreme fluctuations. Negative economic developments may have a greater impact on the prices of high yield bonds than on those of other higher rated fixed-income securities.
•	Under certain economic and/or market conditions, a Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. There are fewer dealers in the high yield bond market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted for high yield bonds by dealers, and

Table of Contents

	such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. Judgment may play a greater role in the prices and values generated for such securities than in the case of securities trading in a more liquid market.
•	The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and, participants in the markets are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. Under certain economic and/or market conditions, a Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. An illiquid secondary market may adversely affect the market price of the high yield security, which may result in increased difficulty selling the particular issue and obtaining accurate market quotations on the issue when valuing a Fund's assets. Market quotations on high yield securities are available only from a limited number of dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. When the secondary market for high yield securities becomes more illiquid, or in the absence of readily available market quotations for such securities, the relative lack of reliable objective data makes it more difficult to value such securities, and judgment plays a more important role in determining such valuations.
•	A Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.
•	The high yield bond markets may react strongly to adverse news about an issuer or the economy, or to the perception or expectation of adverse news, whether or not it is based on fundamental analysis. Additionally, prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These developments could adversely affect a Fund’s NAV and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value and liquidity of outstanding high yield securities, especially in a thinly traded market. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in the past.

Table of Contents

purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for a Fund. A Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by a Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on shareholders caused by this difference in connection with a Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) such as the Funds, to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”) and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Funds have implemented a Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust, has appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, BFA assesses, manages, and periodically reviews each Fund’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by a Fund as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by a Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interest in a Fund. The liquidity of a Fund's portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the Liquidity Program. There are exclusions from certain portions of the liquidity risk management program requirements for “in-kind” ETFs, as defined in the Liquidity Rule. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, a Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Municipal Insurance. A municipal security may be covered by insurance that guarantees the bond’s scheduled payment of interest and repayment of principal. This type of insurance may be obtained by either (i) the issuer at the time the bond is issued (primary market insurance), or (ii) another party after the bond has been issued (secondary market insurance).

Both primary and secondary market insurance guarantee timely and scheduled repayment of all principal and payment of all interest on a municipal security in the event of default by the issuer, and cover a municipal security to its maturity, enhancing its credit quality and value.

Municipal security insurance does not insure against market fluctuations or fluctuations in each of the Municipal Bond Funds' share price. In addition, a municipal security insurance policy will not cover: (i) repayment of a municipal security before maturity (redemption), (ii) nonpayment of principal or interest caused by negligence or bankruptcy of the paying agent, or (iii) prepayment or payment of an acceleration premium (except for a mandatory sinking fund redemption) or any other provision of a bond indenture that advances the maturity of the bond. A mandatory sinking fund redemption may be a provision of a municipal security issue whereby part of the municipal security issue may be retired before maturity.

Because a significant portion of the municipal securities issued and outstanding are insured by a small number of insurance companies, an event involving one or more of these insurance companies could have a significant adverse effect on the value of the securities insured by that insurance company and on the municipal markets as a whole.

Certain significant providers of insurance for municipal securities have recently incurred significant losses as a result of exposure to sub-prime mortgages and other lower credit quality investments that have experienced recent defaults or otherwise suffered extreme credit deterioration. As a result, such losses have reduced the insurers’ capital and called into question their continued ability to perform their obligations under such insurance if they are called upon to do so in the future. While an insured municipal security will typically be deemed to have the rating of its insurer, if the insurer of a municipal security suffers a downgrade in its credit rating or if the market discounts the value of the insurance provided by the insurer, the value of the municipal security would be more, if not entirely, dependent on the rating of the municipal security independent of insurance.

Municipal Securities. Certain of the Funds invest in securities issued in the U.S. market by U.S. states and territories, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities (“municipal securities”), the interest payments of which are not subject to U.S. federal income tax. The municipal securities which such Funds may purchase include general obligation bonds and limited obligation bonds (or “Revenue Bonds”), including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to former U.S. federal tax law.

Table of Contents

source. Revenue Bonds that are issued to finance a particular project often depend on revenues from that project to make principal and interest payments. Adverse conditions and developments affecting a particular project can result in lower revenues to the issuer of the municipal securities. Additionally, the market values of Revenue Bonds may decline in times of higher inflation to the extent that revenues are fixed income streams. In other instances, the prices that certain Revenue Bond issuers are able to charge users of their assets may be linked to inflation, whether by government regulation, contractual arrangement or other factors. In this case, changes in the rate of inflation may affect the issuer’s revenues. Additionally, rising interest rates could result in higher costs of capital for issuers of both general obligation bonds and Revenue Bonds, which could negatively impact their ability to meet payment obligations.

The market for municipal bonds may be less liquid than for taxable bonds. This means that it may be harder to buy and sell municipal securities, especially on short notice, than non-municipal securities. In addition, the municipal securities market is generally characterized as a buy and hold investment strategy. As a result, the accessibility of municipal securities in the market is generally greater closer to the original date of issue of the securities and lessens as the securities move further away from such issuance date.

Some longer-term municipal securities give the investor the right to “put” or sell the security at par (face value) within a specified number of days following the investor’s request - usually one to seven days. This demand feature enhances a security’s liquidity by shortening its effective maturity and enables it to trade at a price equal to or very close to par. If a demand feature terminates prior to being exercised, a Fund would hold the longer-term security, which could experience substantially more volatility.

Municipal securities are subject to credit and market risk. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate more with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues.

Prices and yields on municipal securities are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money-market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the municipal security market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. A number of these factors, including the ratings of particular issues, are subject to change from time to time. Information about the financial condition of an issuer of municipal securities may not be as extensive as that which is made available by corporations whose securities are publicly-traded. As a result, municipal securities may be more difficult to value than securities of public corporations.

Obligations of issuers of municipal securities are subject to insolvency concerns and, unlike obligations of corporate issuers, may not be subject to resolution in the event of insolvency or default through a bankruptcy proceeding. The U.S. Congress or state legislatures may seek to extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or to impose other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. In addition, municipal securities are subject to the risk that their tax treatment could be changed, thereby affecting the value of outstanding municipal securities. There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, such as passing of a referendum, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal securities may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable. Such litigation or conditions may from time to time have the effect of introducing uncertainties in the market for municipal securities or certain segments thereof, or of materially affecting the credit risk with respect to particular bonds. Adverse economic, business, legal or political developments might affect all or a substantial portion of a Fund’s municipal securities in the same manner.

Additionally, certain municipal securities are issued by entities dependent on revenue from a particular sector and thus are subject to the specific risks associated with that sector. These sectors are described in more detail below.

Risk of Investing in Health Care-Related Municipal Securities. Changes to state or federal policy tied to health care services could adversely affect the value of municipal securities backed by revenue from public hospitals and other health care facilities. Regulatory changes that govern cost reimbursements to health care providers under government-funded programs such as Medicare and Medicaid, including policies that award exclusive contracts to certain hospitals, may adversely affect the revenue streams backing certain municipal securities. Additionally, the expansion of healthcare facilities by some issuers may be subject to “determinations of need” by various regulators or other authorities. This process not only generally increases the time and expenses such expansions entail, but also makes expansion plans uncertain, thus potentially limiting the revenue and growth of healthcare facility operators. Moreover, local, state and federal governmental bodies are under increasing pressure to reduce medical spending and control healthcare costs, which could both adversely affect regulatory processes and public funding available for healthcare services and facilities. The value of healthcare-related municipal

Table of Contents

securities could also be affected by a variety of other factors that impact the underlying healthcare facilities including demand for services, the ability of the health care facility to provide the services required, competition with other facilities, and expenses (such as malpractice insurance premiums).

Risk of Investing in Infrastructure-Related Municipal Securities. Entities that issue municipal securities related to infrastructure (“infrastructure issuers”) may be subject to a variety of factors that could adversely affect their capacity to make principal and interest payments, such as high interest costs in connection with capital construction programs, high degrees of leverage, costs associated with governmental, environmental and other regulations, the effects of economic slowdowns, increased competition from other providers of services, uncertainties concerning costs, the level of government spending on infrastructure projects, and other factors. Such issuers may be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, changes in exchange rates, import controls, depletion of resources, technological developments, and labor relations. Infrastructure issuers can be significantly affected by government spending policies.

Leverage Risk. Infrastructure issuers can be highly indebted, which increases investment risk and other risks normally associated with debt financing, which could adversely affect such an issuer’s operations and the market value of related municipal securities in periods of rising interest rates.

Operations Risk. The failure of an infrastructure issuer to carry adequate insurance or to operate its assets appropriately could lead to significant losses. Infrastructure may be adversely affected by environmental clean-up costs and catastrophic events such as earthquakes, hurricanes and terrorist acts.

Regulatory Risk. Infrastructure projects may be subject to significant regulation by various governmental authorities and also may be affected by regulation of rates charged to customers, service interruption due to environmental, operational or other events, the imposition of special tariffs and changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting standards.

Strategic Asset Risk. Infrastructure issuers may control significant strategic assets (e.g., major pipelines or highways), which are assets that have a national or regional profile, and may have monopolistic characteristics. Given their national or regional profile or irreplaceable nature, strategic assets could generate additional risk not common in other industry sectors and they may be targeted for terrorist acts or adverse political actions.

User Risk. Infrastructure issuers can be dependent upon a narrow user base. If these users do not patronize infrastructure projects as expected, significant revenues could be lost and may not be replaceable, in which case infrastructure issuers may fail to pay their obligations.

Risk of Investing in Municipal Securities Issued By School Districts. School districts rely, in part, on funding appropriations from, among others, the federal government and state governments. As a result, municipal securities issued by school districts may be adversely affected by political and economic changes at the state or federal levels, such as decreased tax or other revenues, spending reductions or changes in appropriations. Investors in these securities, similar to investors in municipal securities generally, face heightened risk of loss upon insolvency of the school district issuers because there is often no ready source of funding to pay the bonds other than the local tax base, which a bankruptcy court or administrator does not control.

Risk of Investing in Transportation Infrastructure-Related Municipal Securities. The transportation infrastructure industry may be adversely affected by economic changes, increases in fuel and other operating costs, labor relations, insurance costs, and, in many jurisdictions, the effects of regulatory changes or other government decisions. Municipal securities that are issued to finance a particular transportation project (e.g., toll roads) often depend on revenues from that project to make principal and interest payments.

Risk of Investing in Utility-Related Municipal Securities. Certain municipal securities are issued by public bodies, including state and municipal utility authorities, to, among other things, finance the operation or expansion of utility entities. Various future economic and other conditions may adversely affect utility entities, including inflation, increases in financing requirements, increases in raw material costs and other operating costs, changes in demand for services and the effects of environmental and other governmental regulations. Certain utilities are subject to specific risks. For example, gas utilities are subject to risks of supply conditions and increased competition from other providers of utility services. In addition, gas utilities are affected by gas prices, which may be magnified to the extent that a gas utility enters into long-term contracts for the purchase or sale of gas at a fixed price, since such prices may change significantly and to the disadvantage of the gas utility.

The types of municipal securities in which the Funds may invest include, but are not limited, to the following:

Table of Contents

Industrial Development Bonds

Industrial development bonds generally are also Revenue Bonds and thus are not payable from the issuer’s general revenues. The credit and quality of industrial development bonds are usually related to the credit of the corporate user of the facilities. Payment of interest on and repayment of principal of such bonds is the responsibility of the corporate user (and/or any guarantor).

Private Activity Bonds

Certain of the Funds may invest in private activity bonds, which are bonds issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current U.S. federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues.

Municipal Lease Obligations

The Funds may invest in municipal lease obligations, including certificates of participation (“COPs”) issued by government authorities or entities to finance the acquisition or construction of equipment, land and/or facilities. The COPs represent participations in a lease, an installment purchase contract, or a conditional sales contract relating to equipment, land or facilities. As a result of their structure, COPs are generally not subject to constitutional debt limitations or other statutory requirements that may apply to other municipal securities. Municipal governments may not be obligated to make lease or installment purchase payments in connection with COPs, and, in such circumstances, the COP will be secured only by the leased property. If the issuer of a COP does not fulfill its payment obligation, it may be difficult to sell the property and the proceeds of a sale may not cover the Fund’s loss. Municipal lease obligations may be less liquid than conventional municipal bonds, but otherwise have the same general risk characteristics as other municipal securities.

Tender Option Bonds

Tender option bonds are synthetic floating rate or variable rate securities issued when long-term bonds are purchased in the primary or secondary market and then deposited into a trust. Custodial receipts are then issued to investors in these securities evidencing ownership interests in the trust. The remarketing agent for the trust sets a floating or variable rate on typically a weekly basis. The sponsor of a highly leveraged tender option bond trust generally will retain a liquidity provider to purchase the short-term floating rate interests at their original purchase price upon the occurrence of certain specified events. However, the liquidity provider may not be required to purchase the floating rate interests upon the occurrence of certain other events, for example, the downgrading of the municipal bonds owned by the tender option bond trust below investment-grade or certain events that indicate the issuer of the bonds may be entering bankruptcy. The general effect of these provisions is to pass to the holders of the floating rate interests the most severe credit risks associated with the municipal bonds owned by the tender option bond trust and to leave with the liquidity provider the interest rate risk (subject to a cap) and certain other risks associated with the municipal bonds. Tender option bonds may be considered derivatives, and may expose the Funds to the same risks as investments in derivatives, as well as risks associated with leverage, especially the risk of increased volatility. To the extent the Funds invest in tender option bonds, they also are exposed to credit risk associated with the liquidity provider retained by the sponsor of a tender bond option trust.

Variable Rate Demand Obligations

Variable rate demand obligations (“VRDOs”) are tax-exempt obligations that contain a floating or variable interest rate adjustment formula and a right of demand on the part of the holder thereof to receive payment of the unpaid principal balance plus accrued interest upon a short notice period not to exceed seven days. There is the possibility that because of default or insolvency the demand feature of VRDOs may not be honored. The interest rates are adjustable at intervals (ranging from daily to up to one year) to some prevailing market rate for similar investments, such adjustment formula being calculated to maintain the market rate of the VRDOs at approximately the par value of the VRDOs on the adjustment date. The adjustments typically are based upon the Public Securities Association Index or some other appropriate interest rate adjustment index.

Table of Contents

Because of the interest rate adjustment formula, VRDOs are not comparable to fixed-rate securities. During periods of declining interest rates, a Fund’s yield on a VRDO will decrease and its shareholders will forego the opportunity for capital appreciation. During periods of rising interest rates, however, a Fund’s yield on a VRDO will increase and its shareholders will have a reduced risk of capital depreciation.

Municipal Notes

Municipal notes (also known as municipal commercial paper) are shorter-term municipal debt obligations. They may provide interim financing in anticipation of tax collection, receipt of grants, bond sales or revenue receipts. If there is a shortfall in the anticipated proceeds, repayment on a municipal note may be delayed or the note may not be fully repaid, and the Funds may lose money.

Municipal commercial paper is generally unsecured and issued to meet short-term financing needs. The lack of security presents some risk of loss to the Funds since, in the event of an issuer’s bankruptcy, unsecured creditors are repaid only out of the assets, if any, that remain after secured creditors are repaid.

Privately Issued Securities. The iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF and iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF may not invest in private placements, but may invest in certain bonds registered with the SEC or exempt from registration at the time of issuance, or offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with or without registration rights (“Rule 144A Bonds”).The iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF, iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF, iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF and iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF may invest in privately issued securities, including those that may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the 1933 Act (“Restricted Securities”). Rule 144A Bonds and Restricted Securities are not publicly-traded and are subject to a variety of restrictions, which limit a purchaser's ability to acquire or resell such securities. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Rule 144A Bonds and Restricted Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund.

Subsequent to purchase by a Fund, a rated security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below an investment-grade rating. Bonds rated below Baa3 by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch are considered below investment-grade quality and are obligations of issuers that are generally considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal according to the terms of the obligation and, therefore, carry greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy and increased market price volatility. Such lower-rated securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are subject to a substantial degree of credit risk. Please see Appendix B of this SAI for a description of each rating category of Moody's, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch and BFA's treatment of investments that are not rated by any of the rating agencies.

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The CFTC subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. To the extent a Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

Table of Contents

BFA has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to each of the Funds. BFA is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Funds.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through September 1, 2022. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to a Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in a Fund.

As a result of regulatory requirements under the 1940 Act, each Fund is currently required to maintain an amount of liquid assets, accrued on a daily basis, having an aggregate value at least equal to the value of a Fund’s obligations under the applicable derivatives contract. To the extent that derivatives contracts are settled on a physical basis, a Fund will generally be required to maintain an amount of liquid assets equal to the notional value of the contract. On the other hand, in connection with derivatives contracts that are performed on a net basis, a Fund will generally be required to maintain liquid assets, accrued daily, equal only to the accrued excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over those of its counterparty under the contract. Accordingly, reliance by a Fund on physically-settled derivatives contracts may adversely impact investors by requiring a Fund to set aside a greater amount of liquid assets than would generally be required if a Fund were relying on cash-settled derivatives contracts.

The iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF, iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF and iShares MBS ETF (the “No-Action Letter Funds”) may also have investments in “underlying funds” (and such underlying funds themselves may invest in underlying funds) not advised by BFA (the term “underlying fund” for purposes of the no-action letter referenced below may include, but is not limited to, certain securitized vehicles, mortgage or international real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), business development companies and, investment companies that may invest in CFTC Derivatives or in any of the foregoing), and therefore may be viewed by the CFTC as commodity pools. BFA may not have transparency into the holdings of these underlying funds because they are not advised by BFA. To address this issue of lack of transparency, the CFTC staff issued a no-action letter on November 29, 2012 permitting the adviser of a fund that invests in such underlying funds and that would otherwise have filed a claim of exclusion pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 to delay registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the adviser of the No-Action Letter Funds, has filed a claim with the CFTC for the Funds to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of the Funds.

Table of Contents

entered into, are determined to (A) have exceptionally strong capacity to meet their financial obligations and (B) are sufficiently liquid such that they can be sold at approximately their carrying value in the ordinary course of business within seven days.

Repurchase agreements pose certain risks for a Fund that utilizes them. Such risks are not unique to the Funds, but are inherent in repurchase agreements. The Funds seek to minimize such risks, but because of the inherent legal uncertainties involved in repurchase agreements, such risks cannot be eliminated. Lower quality collateral and collateral with a longer maturity may be subject to greater price fluctuations than higher quality collateral and collateral with a shorter maturity. If the repurchase agreement counterparty were to default, lower quality collateral may be more difficult to liquidate than higher quality collateral. Should the counterparty default and the amount of collateral not be sufficient to cover the counterparty’s repurchase obligation, a Fund would likely retain the status of an unsecured creditor of the counterparty (i.e., the position a Fund would normally be in if it were to hold, pursuant to its investment policies, other unsecured debt securities of the defaulting counterparty) with respect to the amount of the shortfall. As an unsecured creditor, a Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Generally, the effect of such transactions is that a Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases the Fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if a Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and a Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of a Fund’s assets. A Fund's exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained by a Fund through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Securities of Investment Companies. Each Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) to the extent permitted by law, regulation, exemptive order or SEC staff guidance. Under the 1940 Act, a fund’s investment in investment companies is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of the fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company, and (iii) 10% of the fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, the Funds intend from time to time to invest their assets in securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which a Fund invests can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by a Fund. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as acquired fund fees and expenses, which reflect a Fund's pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies (as disclosed in the Prospectus, as applicable). The iShares National Muni Bond ETF may invest in shares of other iShares funds that provide substantially similar exposure to the securities in its Underlying Index. BFA will not charge advisory fees on that portion of the iShares National Muni Bond ETF’s assets invested in shares of other iShares funds. The iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF may invest in shares of other registered investment companies advised by BFA, or its affiliates that provide substantially similar exposure to the securities in its Underlying Index. BFA will not charge advisory fees on that portion of the iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF's assets invested in shares of other registered investment companies advised by BFA, or its affiliates.

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. Each Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including variable rate demand notes, short-term municipal securities, short-term municipal money market funds and money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's, “F-1” by Fitch or “A-1” by S&P Global Ratings, or

Table of Contents

if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by a Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Sovereign and Quasi-Sovereign Obligations. Certain of the Funds may invest in sovereign and quasi-sovereign obligations. An investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations. Sovereign debt includes securities issued or guaranteed by a foreign sovereign government. Quasi-sovereign debt includes securities issued or guaranteed by an entity affiliated with or backed by a sovereign government. Quasi-sovereign debt obligations are typically less liquid and less standardized than sovereign debt obligations. The issuer of the sovereign debt that controls the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and a Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. Similar to other issuers, changes to the financial condition or credit rating of a non-U.S. government may cause the value of a sovereign debt to decline. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt obligations may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations, which may affect a Fund's NAV. In the past, certain emerging market countries have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts. Several sovereign issuers have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about rising government debt levels, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain. In the past, sovereign issuers have also defaulted on their debt obligations, including Russia, Argentina, Indonesia and Uruguay.

Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are contracts between parties in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on a pre-determined underlying investment or notional amount. In return, the other party agrees to make periodic payments to the first party based on the return (or a differential in rate of return) earned or realized on the underlying investment or notional amount. Swap agreements will usually be performed on a net basis, with a Fund receiving or paying only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

Freddie Mac is a stockholder-owned corporation chartered by Congress in 1970. Securities issued by Freddie Mac entitle the holder to timely payment of interests, which is guaranteed by Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac also guarantees either ultimate collection or timely payment of all principal payments. Freddie Mac may remit the amount due on account of its guarantee of ultimate payment of principal at any time after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable. The securities are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the U.S. government or by any Federal Home Loan Banks, but are supported by the right of Freddie Mac to borrow from the U.S. Treasury Department.

In 2008, the Federal Housing Finance Agency placed each of Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac into government conservatorship in an effort to provide stability in the financial markets and put the government-sponsored entities in sound and solvent condition. In addition, the U.S. Treasury Department agreed to provide Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac up to $100 billion of capital each on an as needed basis to ensure that they continue to provide liquidity to the housing and mortgage markets.

Table of Contents

when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. In a period of rising interest rates, prepayments of the underlying mortgages may occur at a slower than expected rate, creating maturity extension risk. This particular risk may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Since the value of long-term securities generally fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than that of shorter-term securities, maturity extension risk could increase the inherent volatility of a Fund. Under certain interest rate and prepayment scenarios, a Fund may fail to recoup fully its investment in MBS notwithstanding any direct or indirect U.S. governmental or agency guarantee.

To-Be-Announced Securities. A Fund may seek to gain exposure to U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities by investing in TBA securities. “TBAs” refer to a commonly used mechanism for the forward settlement of U.S. agency MBS, and not to a separate type of MBS. Most transactions in fixed-rate MBS occur through the use of TBA transactions. TBA transactions generally are conducted in accordance with widely-accepted guidelines which establish commonly observed terms and conditions for execution, settlement, and delivery. In a TBA transaction, the buyer and seller decide on general trade parameters, such as the issuing agency, settlement date, par amount, and price. The actual mortgage pools delivered generally are determined two days prior to settlement date. Certain of the Funds may regularly enter into TBA agreements and “roll over” such agreements prior to the settlement date stipulated in such agreements. This type of TBA transaction is sometimes known as a “TBA roll.” In a TBA roll, such Funds generally will sell the obligation to purchase the pools stipulated in the TBA agreement prior to the stipulated settlement date and will enter into a new TBA agreement for future delivery of pools of MBS. In addition, certain of the Funds may enter into TBA agreements and settle such transactions on the stipulated settlement date by accepting actual receipt or delivery of the pools of MBS stipulated in the TBA agreement.

Table of Contents

backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Federal Home Loan Bank notes). In the latter case, each Fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

U.S.-Registered and Restricted Securities of Non-U.S. Issuers. The Funds (other than the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF, iShares Agency Bond ETF, iShares MBS ETF, Municipal Bond Funds and Treasury Bond Funds) may invest in U.S.-registered, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds of non-U.S. governments, agencies, supranational entities and corporate issuers. The iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF, iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF, iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year Corporate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF, iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF, iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF may invest in Restricted Securities issued by non-U.S. issuers. Investing in U.S.-registered, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds or Restricted Securities issued by non-U.S. issuers involves some risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions of the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. In addition, the risk that the issuer may fail to meet its obligations on these securities may be affected by fluctuations in non-U.S. currency exchange rates between the issuer's local currency and the U.S. dollar. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

General Considerations and Risks

Table of Contents

Custody Risk. Custody risk refers to the risks inherent in the process of clearing and settling trades and to the holding of securities, cash and other assets by local banks, agents and depositories. Low trading volumes and volatile prices in less developed markets make trades harder to complete and settle, and governments or trade groups may compel local agents to hold securities in designated depositories that may not be subject to independent evaluation. Local agents are held only to the standards of care of their local markets, and thus may be subject to limited or no government oversight. Communications between the U.S. and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates. In general, the less developed a country’s securities market is, the greater the likelihood of custody problems. Practices in relation to the settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because of the use of brokers and counterparties that are often less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence or undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being lost. In addition, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such custody problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Extension Risk. During periods of rising interest rates, certain debt obligations may be paid off substantially more slowly than originally anticipated and the value of those securities may fall sharply, resulting in a decline in a Fund’s income and potentially in the value of a Fund’s investments.

During the period of a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, it is unlikely that each Fund will receive any interest payments on the securities of the issuer. Each Fund will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether the reorganization or restructuring will be completed, and each Fund may bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect and recover its investment. Each Fund will also be subject to significant uncertainty as to when and in what manner and for what value the obligations evidenced by the securities of the issuer held by a Fund will eventually be satisfied. Even if a plan of reorganization or restructuring is adopted with respect to the securities of the issuer held by each Fund, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by a Fund in connection with such plan of reorganization or restructuring will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated or no value. A Fund may be unable to enforce its claims or rights in any collateral or may have its claims or security interest in any collateral challenged, disallowed or subordinated to the claims or security interests of other creditors. In addition, amendments to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other relevant laws could alter the expected outcome or introduce greater uncertainty regarding the outcome of each Fund's securities holdings in the issuer. In a bankruptcy proceeding, a reorganization or restructuring, the securities of the issuer held by a Fund could be re-characterized or each Fund may receive different securities or other assets, including equity securities. These types of equity securities include, but are not limited to: common stock; preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock); bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock; stock purchase warrants and rights; equity interests in trusts; and depositary receipts. Equity securities are subject to changes in value, and their value may be more volatile than those of other asset classes. Holders of equity securities are subject to more risk than holders of debt securities because the status of equity holders is subordinate to debtholders in an issuer's capital structure. The value of equity securities received by each Fund could decline if the financial condition of the issuer deteriorates or if overall market and economic conditions, or conditions within the issuer’s region or industry, deteriorate. Equity securities received by a Fund through a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or restructuring of an issuer would not be component securities of a Fund’s Underlying Index, which could subject a Fund to additional tracking error risk.

Table of Contents

To the extent that a Fund receives other assets in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, a Fund may also be subject to additional risks associated with the assets received. One example of assets that a Fund could receive is an interest in one or more loans made to the issuer as part of a workout agreed to by a consortium of lienholders and creditors of the issuer. A Fund may receive such interests in loans to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Securities or other assets received in a reorganization or restructuring typically entail a higher degree of risk than investments in securities of issuers that have not undergone a reorganization or restructuring and may be subject to heavy selling or downward pricing pressure after completion of the reorganization or restructuring. The post-reorganization/restructuring assets and securities may also be illiquid and difficult to sell or value. If a Fund participates in negotiations with respect to a plan of reorganization or restructuring with respect to securities of the issuer held by a Fund, each Fund also may be restricted from disposing such securities for a period of time. If a Fund becomes involved in such proceedings, each Fund may have more active participation in the affairs of the issuer than that assumed generally by an investor.

Neither the effect of the LIBOR transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known. The transition process might lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets for, and reduce the effectiveness of, new hedges placed against, instruments whose terms currently include LIBOR. While some existing LIBOR-based instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate-setting methodology, there may be significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies to replicate LIBOR. Not all existing LIBOR-based instruments may have alternative rate-setting provisions and there remains uncertainty regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to add alternative rate-setting provisions in certain existing instruments. In addition, a liquid market for newly-issued instruments that use a reference rate other than LIBOR still may be developing. Instruments with fallback provisions (i.e., contractual provisions specifying the trigger events for a transition to a replacement rate) to facilitate the transition from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate may also include adjustments that do not adequately compensate the holder for the different characteristics of the alternative reference rate. As a result, the fallback provision causes a value transfer from one party to the instrument to the counterparty. Because the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could decline during the transition period, these and related adverse effects could occur prior to the end of 2021 with respect to certain LIBOR settings or mid-2023 for the remaining LIBOR settings. There may also be challenges for a Fund to enter into hedging transactions against such newly-issued instruments until a market for such hedging transactions develops. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on a Fund will vary based on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and the potential renegotiation of existing contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. A Fund's investments may also be tied to other interbank offered rates and currencies, which may face similar issues. In many cases, if an instrument falls back to an alternative reference rate, including SOFR, the alternative reference rate will not perform the same as LIBOR because the alternative reference rate does not include a credit-sensitive component

Table of Contents

in the rate calculation. Alternative reference rates generally reflect the performance of the market for U.S. Treasury securities, which are secured by the U.S. Treasury, and not the interbank lending markets. Therefore, in the event of a credit crisis, floating rate instruments using certain alternative reference rates could perform differently than those instruments using a rate indexed to the interbank lending market. In addition, pending legislation may affect the transition of LIBOR-based instruments by permitting trustees and calculation agents to transition instruments with no LIBOR transition language to an alternative reference rate selected by such agents. These legislative proposals include safe harbors from liability, meaning that a Fund may have limited recourse if the alternative reference rate does not fully compensate a Fund for the transition of an instrument from LIBOR. It is unclear whether such legislative proposals will be signed into law. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect a Fund’s performance or NAV.

Municipal Market Disruption Risk. The value of municipal securities may be affected by uncertainties in the municipal market related to legislation or litigation involving the taxation of municipal securities or the rights of municipal securities holders in the event of a bankruptcy. Proposals to restrict or eliminate the U.S. federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal securities are introduced before the U.S. Congress from time to time. Proposals also may be introduced before state legislatures that would affect the state tax treatment of a municipal fund’s distributions. If such proposals were enacted, the availability of municipal securities and the value of a Municipal Bond Fund’s holdings would be affected, and the Trustees would reevaluate the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Municipal bankruptcies are relatively rare, and certain provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code governing such bankruptcies are unclear and remain untested. Further, the application of state law to municipal issuers could produce varying results among the states or among municipal securities issuers within a state. These legal uncertainties could affect the municipal securities market generally, certain specific segments of the market, or the relative credit quality of particular securities. Any of these effects could have a significant impact on the prices of some or all of the municipal securities held by a Municipal Bond Fund.

Risk of Derivatives. A derivative is a financial contract, the value of which depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, such as a security, a commodity (such as gold or silver), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 or the prime lending rate). Each Fund may invest in variable rate demand notes and obligations, and tender option bonds, which may be considered derivatives. Compared to securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus a Fund's losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of

Table of Contents

leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent a Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, such Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

Risk of Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. There are several risks accompanying the utilization of futures contracts and options on futures contracts. A position in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed only on the exchange on which the contract was made (or a linked exchange). While each Fund plans to utilize futures contracts only if an active market exists for such contracts, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for the contract at a specified time. Furthermore, because, by definition, futures contracts project price levels in the future and not current levels of valuation, market circumstances may result in a discrepancy between the price of the bond index future and the movement in the relevant Underlying Index. In the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, a Fund may be required to deliver the instruments underlying the futures contracts it has sold.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered bond index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. Each Fund does not plan to use futures and options contracts in this way. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. Each Fund, however, intends to utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit its risk exposure to levels comparable to a direct investment in the types of bonds in which it invests.

Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Agency Debt Securities. Uncollateralized bonds issued by agencies, subdivisions or instrumentalities of foreign governments are generally backed only by the creditworthiness and reputation of the entities issuing the bonds and may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the foreign government. Moreover, a foreign government that explicitly provides its full faith and credit to a particular entity may be, due to changed circumstances, unable or unwilling to actually provide that support. If a non-U.S. agency is unable to meet its obligations, the performance of a Fund will be adversely impacted. A non-U.S. agency’s operations and financial condition are influenced by the foreign government’s economic and other policies. Changes to the financial condition or credit rating of a foreign government may cause the value of debt issued by that particular foreign government’s agencies, subdivisions or instrumentalities to decline. During periods of economic uncertainty, the trading of non-U.S. agency bonds may be less liquid while market prices may be

Table of Contents

more volatile than prices of U.S. agency bonds. Additional risks associated with non-U.S. agency investing include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries and cause restrictions on the flow of international capital.

Securities Lending Risk. A Fund may engage in securities lending. Securities lending involves the risk that a Fund may lose money because the borrower of the loaned securities fails to return the securities in a timely manner or at all. A Fund could also lose money in the event of a decline in the value of collateral provided for loaned securities or a decline in the value of any investments made with cash collateral. These events could also trigger adverse tax consequences for a Fund.

Special Considerations Regarding Investments in California Municipal Securities

Following is a brief summary of some of the factors that may affect the financial condition of the State of California (referred to herein as the “State” or “California”) and its political subdivisions. The summary is neither a complete nor a comprehensive description of these factors nor an analysis of financial conditions and may not be indicative of the financial condition of issuers of obligations or any particular projects financed with the proceeds of such obligations. Many factors not included in the summary, such as the ongoing and evolving economic and health-related impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic on the State, local and national economies, the uncertain impact of federal and State financial assistance available to address the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic, changes in federal policies related to trade, health care and immigration, social and environmental policies and conditions, the national and international markets for products produced in California, developments in municipal bankruptcies and significant unfunded pension liabilities, could have an adverse impact on the financial condition of California and its political subdivisions. The Fund is unable to predict whether or to what extent such factors or other factors may affect the issuers of the municipal securities, the market value or marketability of the municipal securities or the ability of the respective issuers of the municipal securities acquired by the Fund to pay interest on or principal of the municipal securities.

The Fund invests a high proportion of its assets in California municipal securities. The payment of interest on and preservation of principal in these securities are dependent upon the continuing ability of California issuers and/or obligors of state, municipal and public authority debt obligations to meet their obligations thereunder. In addition to general economic pressures, certain California constitutional amendments, legislative measures, executive orders, administrative regulations and voter initiatives could adversely affect a California issuer’s ability to raise revenues to meet its financial obligations.

Table of Contents

The following summary is based upon the most recent publicly available State budget documents, specifically, the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget, which was submitted by the Governor of the State (the “Governor”) on January 8, 2021; the May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget, which was released on May 14, 2021; and the State Legislative Analyst’s Office (“LAO”) review of the State budget documents and offering statements relating to public debt offerings of the State described below. This summary has not been updated nor will it be updated during the year. Neither the Fund nor its legal counsel has independently verified this information. The information provided below is intended only as a general summary and is subject to change rapidly, substantially, and without notice, particularly in light of the ongoing and evolving COVID-19 pandemic, and the inclusion of such information herein shall not create any implication that there has been no change in the affairs of the State or issuers therein since the date of its preparation.

Certain statements included in this summary constitute “forward-looking statements.” Such statements are generally identifiable by the terminology used such as “plan,” “estimate,” “expect,” “budget” or similar words. The achievement of certain results or other expectations contained in such forward-looking statements involve known or unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors that may cause actual results, performance or achievements attained to be materially different from any future results, performances or achievements expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.

Overview; COVID-19 Pandemic

The State’s fiscal year begins on July 1 and ends on June 30 of the following year. The annual State budget is proposed by the Governor by January 10 of each year for the next fiscal year (the “Governor’s Budget”). The Governor submitted his initial budget proposal for fiscal year 2021-22 on January 8, 2021 (the “2021-22 Governor’s Budget”). State law also requires the Governor to update the Governor’s Budget projections and budgetary proposals by May 14 of each year. The Governor released his May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget on May 14, 2021 (the “May Revision”). The Governor is required to sign the budget by the start of the fiscal year on July 1. The LAO releases analysis of the Governor’s various budget proposals throughout the year.

COVID-19 Pandemic-General Impact. The outbreak of COVID-19, a new strain of coronavirus that can result in severe respiratory disease, was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization (the “COVID-19 pandemic”) in March 2020. In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the State, like other state and local government authorities, implemented, and revised from time to time, restrictions on mass gatherings that resulted in widespread closings and modifications of businesses, universities and schools. The severe drop in economic activity in spring 2020 caused by the COVID-19 pandemic resulted in a recession that ended the nation’s record-long economic expansion in February 2020. These efforts initially resulted in declines in State and local revenues from recent levels, as well as increased expenditures by the State and local governments required to manage and mitigate the COVID-19 pandemic’s impact. The State and the State Treasury General Fund (the “General Fund”), as well as local governments throughout the State, were initially adversely impacted by the health-related and economic impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic, which disrupted large sectors of the State economy and remains a risk to the State’s finances as well as the finances of local governments.

The COVID-19 pandemic had an immediate impact on the State’s unemployment rate; however, the impact has lessened since the early days of the pandemic. California’s unemployment rate improved to 8.3% in March 2021, down from a high of 16% in April 2020, which was higher than the highest rate of unemployment during the last national recession (the “Great Recession”) of 12.3% in the fourth quarter of 2010. The COVID-19 pandemic also exacerbated underemployment in the State, which averaged 17.1% in 2020, over twice as high as the 2019 annual average rate of 8.3%. The labor force participation rate in the State normally stays fairly constant. However, during this recession, the percentage of the working age population in the State labor force decreased from 62.3% in the first quarter of 2020 to 59.8% in the second quarter. However, as noted above, as of March 2021, the State’s unemployment rate had dropped to 8.3%, which was 2.3% higher than the national unemployment rate of 6.0%.

The high unemployment rates increased expenditures for unemployment benefits. Although unemployment insurance benefits are primarily supported by federal funding and employer taxes, the State expects to continue to borrow from the federal government to pay its share of unemployment benefits. The State’s unemployment fund deficit funded through federal loans was $21.5 billion as of the end of calendar year 2020; in April 2021, the State projected the deficit would grow to $48.3 billion by the end of calendar year 2021. This would surpass the amount of borrowing during the Great Recession when the State owed $11 billion at its highest point and paid $1.4 billion in interest. This amount was not repaid until 2018.

Table of Contents

However, repayment of the principal of this federal loan to cover the unemployment fund deficit is an employer responsibility and not a liability of the State’s General Fund.

The immediate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the State’s economy was profound. However, since the release of the 2020-21 Budget in June 2020, the economic outlook and revenue forecast for the State have improved dramatically relative to the 2020-21 Budget projections. General Fund revenue is higher than 2020-21 Budget projections by nearly $71 billion from fiscal year 2019-20 through fiscal year 2021-22. In the 2020-21 Budget, the State projected a drop in overall General Fund revenues and transfers to $137.7 billion from the $153.4 billion originally projected for fiscal year 2020-21 in the 2020-21 Governor’s Budget in January 2020. However, the May Revision included a revenue estimate of $187.0 billion for fiscal year 2020-21, which is higher than the projections for the fiscal year made in the 2020-21 Governor’s Budget prior to the COVID-19 pandemic and an increase of $49.3 billion from the projections in the 2020-21 Budget. Compared to a projected budget deficit of $54 billion at the time of the 2020-21 Budget, as of the May Revision, the State is projecting a $75.7 billion surplus that does not include over $25 billion in available federal relief. See “Recent Financial Results” below. Overall, the May Revision noted that the State and its economy will benefit from over $600 billion provided through the six federal COVID-19 relief bills, including approximately $276 billion of funding provided to or through the State and approximately $337 billion provided in direct payments to individuals, families, colleges, businesses and local governments.

The May Revision does not project any structural deficits; however, it does caution that risks to the economic forecast remain, including new coronavirus variants, vaccine hesitancy, higher inflation if disrupted supply chains cannot support increased consumer demand and a stock market decline that would impact State revenues. Furthermore, the May Revision projects that the appropriations limit for the State for fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22 will be exceeded by $16.2 billion. Any funds above this limit are constitutionally required to be allocated evenly between schools and a tax refund. See “Appropriations Limits.” This would be only the second time the State has exceeded the appropriations limit since its passage in 1979. This estimate will continue to be revised until May 2023; however, the May Revision allocates $16.2 billion to comply with the limit, including tax refunds and additional allocations to K-12 public schools and community college districts (collectively, “K-14 schools”). Multi-year economic projections do not assume additional payments for exceeding the appropriations limit in future years due to the variability of calculating the appropriations limit in future years.

The May Revision also included a forecast for the largest three sources (personal income tax, sales tax and corporation tax) of General Fund revenues from fiscal year 2019-20 through fiscal year 2024-25. Development of the forecast for the major General Fund revenues begins with a forecast of national economic activity prepared by an independent economic forecasting firm. After finalizing the forecasts of major national and California economic indicators, revenue estimates are generated using revenue forecasting models developed and maintained by the State Department of Finance. With each forecast, adjustments are made for any legislative, judicial, or administrative changes, as well as for recent cash flow results. The economic forecast reflects economic growth after 2020 with real GDP averaging 2.8% through 2024. The forecasts included in the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget were revised in the May Revision to account for the effects of the faster-than-expected deployment of COVID-19 vaccines and the late December federal COVID-19 relief bill as well as any other federal legislation passed prior to the May Revision economic forecast, which is generally completed in April.

The long-term General Fund revenue forecast table below shows the State’s forecast for its main General Fund revenue sources as of the May Revision for fiscal years 2019-20 through 2024-25. Total General Fund revenues from these largest three sources are expected to rise steadily from $139.1 billion in fiscal year 2019-20 to $181.3 billion in fiscal year 2024-25. Generally, these three sources constitute over 90% of all General Fund revenues. See also, “Recent Financial Results” below.

Long-Term Revenue Forecast

(General Fund Revenue — Dollars in Billions)¹

	2019-20	2020-21	2021-22	2022-23	2023-24	2024-25	Average Year- Over-Year Growth

Personal Income Tax	$ 99.6	$124.2	$123.3	$128.5	$131.2	$133.6	6.4%
Sales and Use Tax	$ 25.5	$ 27.9	$ 29.0	$ 29.1	$ 29.8	$ 30.5	3.7%
Corporation Tax	$ 14.0	$ 20.1	$ 18.1	$ 17.4	$ 16.8	$ 17.2	5.9%
Total	$139.1	$ 172.2	$ 170.4	$ 175.0	$ 177.8	$ 181.3	5.8%

Table of Contents

	2019-20	2020-21	2021-22	2022-23	2023-24	2024-25	Average Year- Over-Year Growth

Growth ²	-0.3%	23.8%	-1.1%	2.7%	1.6%	2.0%

¹	From the May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget.
²	Totals may not add due to rounding.

The personal income tax forecast has been significantly upgraded since the forecast included in the 2020-21 Budget due to a more optimistic economic outlook, but particularly wages, proprietorship income and capital gains. The personal income tax is the State’s largest revenue source and is expected to comprise 70% of all General Fund revenues in fiscal year 2021-22. From fiscal year 2019-20 through 2024-25, annual growth in personal income tax revenue is projected to be around 6%. In comparison, personal income tax revenue fell by 3.3% during the Great Recession (from “peak to trough”). The forecast assumes that there will not be a significant change in migration patterns between California and other states with net outflows continuing. As described herein, the State has a very progressive income tax structure with the top one% of taxpayers generally paying more than 40% of all personal income tax. See “Recent Financial Results.” Starting in 2018, net domestic out-migration began to outpace net international immigration, leaving natural increases as the only source of population growth, which declined with slowing births and increased deaths in calendar year 2020. However, the State projects that positive population growth will resume in 2022.

The severity of the COVID-19 pandemic’s effects on taxable spending and sales tax revenues has also been smaller than expected due in part to a shift in spending from services to goods, which are more likely to have sales tax levied on them than services. The State has also benefitted from legislation passed in the wake of the South Dakota vs. Wayfair, Inc. case, which has allowed the State to capture taxes on sales that have shifted online due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Increases in revenue forecasts for corporation tax as compared to the 2020-21 Budget reflect an improved forecast for C-corporation profits as large businesses that pay the significant majority of the state corporate taxes have, in large part, been able to adapt to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Financial Condition of the State General Fund. The State entered fiscal year 2020-21 with a General Fund positive cash balance at June 30, 2020 of $5.7 billion, which included an outstanding internal loan balance of $20 billion. The State’s cash flow for fiscal year 2019-20 indicated that internal resources were sufficient and available to meet the normal peaks and valleys of the State’s cash needs, while maintaining a cushion of at least $2.5 billion at all times. The State did not issue any revenue anticipation notes in fiscal year 2019-20, the fifth consecutive year in which external borrowing was not required. In April 2021, the State disclosed that the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget cash flow projections show an estimated cash cushion of unused internal borrowable resources of at least $26 billion at the end of each month through the end of fiscal year 2020-21 and through fiscal year 2021-22. Due to the unprecedented nature of the COVID-19 pandemic, and the volatile and adverse impacts of COVID-19 on the global, national and State economies, there can be no assurances that actual results will not materially adversely vary from these projections. In the event that the State does not have sufficient available cash and internal borrowable resources as a result of increased expenses and/or reduced revenues from the amounts assumed, the State can implement a variety of cash management tools. See “Cash Management” below.

Impact of COVID-19 Pandemic on Obligations of Local Governments. Local governments in the State also initially experienced material adverse effects to their finances as a result of COVID-19 pandemic effects on local revenue sources as well as temporarily reduced distributions from the State. However, after issuing negative views for all public finance sectors in April 2020, S&P has now revised all public finance sector views back to stable (with the exception of higher education (including community colleges and student housing)) and not-for-profit health care, which remain negative. A negative sector view indicates that there will likely be more negative ratings actions in a sector than positive ratings actions. S&P cited marked improvement in economic conditions as well as the receipt of federal stimulus money from the federal American Rescue Plan Act of 2021, which was passed in March 2021 and provides financial support for the operation of local governments and acts to offset revenue declines. See “Bond Ratings” and “Obligations of Other Issuers” herein.

While it is impossible to describe in detail the impact on specific local bond issuances, the economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic may continue to affect or impair the credit quality of a variety of local California issuances, including airport and port revenue bonds, toll road revenue bonds, bonds supported by hotel or occupancy use taxes, sales tax revenue bonds,

Table of Contents

housing or developments secured by incremental tax revenue, and bonds supported directly or indirectly by convention center, stadium or arena revenue depending on the specific effects on specific local governments. In addition, local governments that have general funds largely supported by sales tax, hotel or occupancy taxes or similar revenues may continue to be affected. The ability of local governments to address any budget shortfalls are constrained by constitutional limitations, included limited taxing and borrowing powers and balanced budget requirements, among other factors. Unfunded pension and other post-retirement liabilities also weigh heavily upon many local governments and have been the principal cause of several well-publicized municipal bankruptcy filings.

Economic Factors

California is by far the most populous state in the nation; indeed, California is almost 40% larger than Texas, the second-ranked state, according to the most recent population estimates released by the United States Census Bureau. The January 2021 preliminary estimate of the State’s population is 39.5 million, which represents approximately 12% of the total United States population. California’s population decreased by 0.46% between January 2020 and January 2021, marking the first time the State has measured a 12-month population decline. Three factors explain this 12-month drop in population: continuing declines in natural increase (births minus deaths); continuing declines in foreign immigration; and increased deaths in 2020 associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. In long-term projections, last updated in March 2021 and using data from 2019, the State’s population was projected to continue to grow over the long term and reach 44 million residents by 2060. See, however, “Other Factors – Federal Census” below.

California’s economy, the largest among the 50 states, has major components in high technology, trade, entertainment, agriculture, manufacturing, government, tourism, construction and services. The relative proportion of the various components of the California economy closely resembles the make-up of the national economy. California’s economy accounted for 14.8% of the U.S. gross domestic product (“GDP”) through the first three quarters of 2020. California remained the fifth largest economy in the world in 2019, with a GDP of $3.1 trillion in current dollars. California’s real GDP contracted by a record 31.5% in the second quarter of 2020, after falling by 4.3% in the first quarter of 2020, and bringing it back to first quarter of 2017 levels. California real GDP then grew by 31.2% in the third quarter of 2020, bringing it to first quarter 2019 levels.

The expiration of temporary sales tax increases and increased percentages diverted to local governments due to realignment have reduced the amount of sales tax available to the State’s General Fund. See “The State Budget — Proposition 30 and Proposition 55” and “Local Governments — Realigning Services to Local Governments” below. Nevertheless, sales and use taxes remain a principal source of General Fund revenues. See “Recent Financial Results” below for a discussion of the percentage of State General Fund revenues that are derived from sales and use taxes. Total taxable transactions for the State were estimated at $746 billion for 2019 by the State Department of Finance, an increase of 5.5% over the prior year. According to estimates in the May Revision, taxable sales are expected to increase by 8.1% in 2020-21 and a further 5.7% in fiscal year 2021-22, resulting in increases in the sales tax forecast of $1.4 billion in fiscal year 2020-21 and $3.1 billion in fiscal year 2021-22. In the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget, taxable sales were expected to grow 4.1% in 2020-21 and decline by 0.8% in 2021-22.

In March 2021, the statewide median home price reached a record high of $758,990, an increase of 30.9% from February 2020. Residential building permitting, which suffered a long, steady decline from calendar years 2005 through 2009, increased steadily, from 36,421 in 2009 (approximately $12 billion valuation) to 116,000 on a seasonally-adjusted annualized rate in February 2021, down from 136,000 in January 2021 but above the 2020 average of 105,000 units. Multi-family units fell from 71,000 in January 2021 to 41,000 in February 2021 while single-family units increased to 75,000 in February from 66,000 in January. The May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget projects total permits for new construction to have declined by 4.7% to around 105,000 units in 2020, a smaller decline than the drop of 4.9% in 2019, as long-term issues of permitting and housing supply constraints predate the recession. Permitted housing units are projected to increase by 10.2% to 116,000 units in 2021 and to reach 135,000 units by 2024.

California continues to face a critical housing shortage that has been decades in the making. However, the COVID-19 pandemic further exacerbated the statewide housing shortage and impacted housing affordability. With fewer permits issued, the unprecedented increase in unemployment and potential for subsequent evictions along with the reluctance of builders to build homes during an economic downturn have worsened the housing shortage. In April 2021, the State disclosed that given its structural housing supply constraints and shortage, lower-income populations will be especially vulnerable to evictions. The State further disclosed that this may negatively impact the State as Californians will face

Table of Contents

increasing affordability issues, which may affect their decisions about where to live. Businesses may subsequently leave as they base their location decisions on the ability of their employees and customers to live nearby.

After slowing sharply in 2009, nonresidential construction in the State had increased steadily from a total valuation of approximately $10.9 billion in 2009 to $33.6 billion in 2018 before dropping slightly to $31.4 billion in 2019. Preliminary estimates show a drop to a $22.1 billion valuation in 2020.

Constitutional Limitations on Taxes, Other Charges, Appropriations and General Fund Revenues

Over the years, a number of constitutional amendments have been enacted, often through voter initiatives, that have increased the difficulty of raising State taxes or restricted the use of General Fund revenues. Some of the most significant of these approved constitutional amendments are described below. Because of the complex nature of these initiatives and the ambiguities and possible inconsistencies in their terms, it is not possible to predict with certainty the impact on California debt obligations or on the ability of the State or local governments to pay debt service on such California debt obligations. Further initiatives or legislative changes in laws or the California Constitution may also affect the ability of the State or local governments to repay their obligations.

Limitation on Property Taxes. Certain California debt obligations may be obligations of local government issuers that rely in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, on ad valorem property taxes as a source of revenue. The taxing powers of California local governments are limited by Article XIIIA of the California Constitution (“Article XIIIA”), enacted by the voters in 1978 and commonly known as “Proposition 13.” Briefly, Article XIIIA limits the rate of ad valorem property taxes to 1% of the full cash value of real property and generally restricts the reassessment of property to 2% per year, except upon new construction or change of ownership (subject to a number of exemptions). Local government taxing entities, however, may raise ad valorem taxes above the 1% limit to pay debt service on voter-approved bonded indebtedness. See “Obligations of Other Issuers” herein.

Under Article XIIIA, the basic 1% ad valorem tax levy is applied against the assessed value of property as of the owner’s date of acquisition (or as of March 1, 1975, if acquired earlier), subject to certain adjustments. This system has resulted in widely varying amounts of tax on similarly situated properties. Several lawsuits were filed challenging the acquisition-based assessment system of Proposition 13, but it was upheld by the U.S. Supreme Court in 1992.

For further discussion on Proposition 13, see “Local Governments — Constitutional and Statutory Limitations on Local Government” below. For further discussion on voter approval requirements under Article XIIIA, see “— Voter Requirements for Taxes and Fees” below.

Limitations on Other Taxes, Fees and Charges. In 1996, the voters of the State approved Proposition 218, called the “Right to Vote on Taxes Act.” Proposition 218 added Article XIIIC (“Article XIIIC”) and Article XIIID (“Article XIIID”) to the State Constitution, each of which contains a number of provisions affecting the ability of local governments to levy and collect both existing and future taxes, assessments, fees and charges.

Article XIIIC requires that all new or increased local taxes be submitted to the voters before they become effective. Proposition 26, discussed below under the caption entitled “— Voter Requirements for Taxes and Fees,” amended Article XIIIC by adding an expansive definition of “taxes” to include many regulatory fees currently imposed by the State and its municipalities. Taxes for general governmental purposes require a majority vote and taxes for specific purposes require a two-thirds vote.

Article XIIID contains several provisions making it generally more difficult for local governments to levy and maintain “assessments” for municipal services and programs. Article XIIID also contains several provisions affecting “fees” and “charges,” defined for purposes of Article XIIID to mean “any levy other than an ad valorem tax, a special tax, or an assessment, imposed by a local government upon a parcel or upon a person as an incident of property ownership, including a user fee or charge for a property related service.” All new and existing property-related fees and charges must conform to requirements prohibiting, among other things, fees and charges that generate revenues exceeding the funds that are required to provide the property-related service or are used for unrelated purposes. Article XIIID imposes notice, hearing and protest procedures for levying or increasing property-related fees and charges, and, except for fees or charges for sewer, water and refuse collection services (or fees for electrical and gas service, which are not treated as “property related” for purposes of Article XIIID), no property-related fee or charge may be imposed or increased without majority approval by the

Table of Contents

property owners subject to the fee or charge or, at the option of the local government, two-thirds voter approval by the electorate residing in the affected area.

In addition to the provisions described above, Article XIIIC removes limitations on the initiative power in matters of local taxes, assessments, fees and charges. Consequently, local voters, by future initiative, could repeal, reduce or prohibit the future imposition or increase of any local tax, assessment, fee or charge. It is unclear how this right of local initiative may be used in cases where taxes or charges have been or will be specifically pledged to secure debt issues.

Limitations on the State’s Ability to Transfer Funds from Local Governments. In 2010, voters in the State approved Proposition 22, a constitutional initiative. Proposition 22, known as the “Local Taxpayer, Public Safety, and Transportation Protection Act of 2010,” eliminated or reduced the State’s authority to (i) temporarily shift property taxes from cities, counties and special districts to schools, (ii) use vehicle license fee revenues to reimburse local governments for State-mandated costs (i.e., the State will have to use other revenues to reimburse local governments), (iii) redirect property tax increment from redevelopment agencies (which have since been dissolved, see “Obligations of Other Issuers — Tax Increment and the Dissolution of Redevelopment Agencies” below) to any other local government, (iv) use State fuel tax revenues to pay debt service on State transportation bonds, or (v) borrow or change the distribution of State fuel tax revenues.

Voter Requirements for Taxes and Fees. Proposition 26, known as the “Supermajority Vote to Pass New Taxes and Fees Act” was approved by State voters in 2010. Proposition 26 amended provisions of Article XIIIA and Article XIIIC governing the imposition of taxes. Proposition 26 requires a two-thirds supermajority vote in the California State Legislature (the “State Legislature”) prior to the imposition of any change in State statute that results in any taxpayer paying a higher tax. This requirement eliminated the prior practice that allowed, via majority vote, one tax to be increased if another tax is lowered by an equivalent amount. Furthermore, any increase in a fee beyond the amount needed to provide the specific service or benefit is deemed a “tax” and thus would require two-thirds vote of any governmental units for passage. As noted, Proposition 26 requires taxes for general governmental purposes to be approved by a majority vote and taxes for specific purposes to be approved by a two-thirds vote. Proposition 26 applied retroactively to any measures passed on or after January 1, 2010.

Appropriations Limits. The State and its local governments are subject to an annual “appropriations limit” imposed by Article XIIIB of the California Constitution (“Article XIIIB”), enacted by the voters in 1979 and significantly amended by Propositions 98 and 111 in 1988 and 1990, respectively. Article XIIIB prohibits the State or any covered local government from spending “appropriations subject to limitation” in excess of the appropriations limit imposed. “Appropriations subject to limitation” are authorizations to spend “proceeds of taxes,” which consist of tax revenues and certain other funds, including proceeds from regulatory licenses, user charges or other fees, to the extent that such proceeds exceed the cost of providing the product or service, but “proceeds of taxes” exclude most State subventions to local governments. No limit is imposed on appropriations of funds that are not “proceeds of taxes,” such as reasonable user charges or fees and certain other non-tax funds, including bond proceeds.

Among the expenditures not included in the Article XIIIB appropriations limit are (i) the debt service cost of bonds issued or authorized prior to January 1, 1979, or subsequently authorized by the voters, (ii) appropriations to comply with mandates of courts or the federal government, (iii) appropriations for certain capital outlay projects, (iv) appropriations by the State of post-1989 increases in gasoline taxes and vehicle weight fees, and (v) appropriations made in certain cases of emergency.

The appropriations limit for each year is adjusted annually to reflect changes in cost of living and population and any transfers of service responsibilities between government units. “Excess” revenues are measured over a two-year cycle. Local governments must return any excess to taxpayers by rate reductions. The State must refund 50% of any excess to taxpayers, with the other 50% paid to schools and community colleges. With more liberal annual adjustment factors since 1988, few local governments have been operating near their spending limits, but this condition may change over time. Local governments may by majority voter approval exceed their spending limits for up to four years.

The State has rarely exceeded its appropriations limit. In recent years, however, State appropriations have trended closer to the limit. In fiscal year 2018-19, total spending exceeded the limit by $1.9 billion and is currently expected to exceed the limit in fiscal year 2020-21. Strong revenue growth, coupled with more moderate growth in the appropriations limit, served to shrink the room under the limit. Any excess of the aggregate “proceeds of taxes” received over such two-year period above the combined appropriations limits for those two years is divided equally between transfers to K-14 education districts and refunds to taxpayers. As noted above, the State reported that it is currently estimating that it will be approximately $16.2

Table of Contents

billion above its appropriations limit for fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22, which could result in required transfers of the excess to K-14 education and refunds to taxpayers.

Dedication of General Fund Revenues to Schools. The single largest portion of the State budget is support for K-14 schools. In 1988, the voters of the State approved Proposition 98, a combined initiative constitutional amendment and statute, which (subject to suspension by a two-thirds vote of the State Legislature and the Governor) guarantees local school districts and community college districts a minimum share of General Fund revenues (the “Proposition 98 Guarantee”) with the balance of school funding provided by a share of local property taxes. Proposition 98 is extremely complex and results in significant fiscal problems when General Fund revenues fall short of the projections on which the original appropriations to schools were made. In the 2020-21 Budget, the State committed to a supplemental payment on top of the Proposition 98 Guarantee because funding for schools had significantly declined due to declining revenues for the State. The May Revision’s improved revenue estimates have resulted in not only significantly more funding for schools but also the highest funding level ever, and the State is no longer planning to provide additional one-time funds to schools for additional costs associated with the COVID-19 pandemic. For further discussion regarding Proposition 98, see “Proposition 98 and K-14 Funding” below.

Obligations of the State

The State has always paid when due the principal of and interest on its general obligation bonds, general obligation commercial paper notes, lease revenue obligations and short-term obligations, including revenue anticipation notes and revenue anticipation warrants. The State Constitution prohibits the creation of general obligation indebtedness of the State unless a bond measure is approved by a majority of the electorate voting at a general election or a direct primary.

Capital Facilities Financing. The State builds and acquires capital facilities primarily through the use of general obligation bonds and lease-purchase borrowing. Under the State Constitution, debt service on outstanding general obligation bonds is the second charge to the General Fund after support of the public school system and public institutions of higher education. New general obligation bonds, lease revenue bonds and other General Fund-supported debt are authorized by the voters and/or the State Legislature with lease revenue bonds generally authorized by the State Legislature. As of April 1, 2021, the State had approximately $70.4 billion of outstanding general obligation bonds payable principally from the State’s General Fund and approximately $33.6 billion of authorized and unissued General Fund-supported general obligation bonds. As of April 1, 2021, the State had approximately $8.1 billion in outstanding lease revenue bonds payable from lease payments paid from the operating budget of the respective lessees, the operating budgets of which are primarily, but not exclusively, derived from the General Fund. As of January 1, 2021, the State had $7.6 billion of authorized but unissued lease revenue bonds.

As of April 2021, debt service on General Fund-supported general obligation bonds and lease revenue debt was estimated to equal approximately 4.9% of General Fund revenues in fiscal year 2020-21 and 5.1% of General Fund revenues in fiscal year 2021-22. This debt service cost is calculated based on the amount of debt service to be paid without adjusting for reimbursement from various special funds and subsidy payments from the federal government for taxable “Build America Bonds.” Including those estimated offsets would reduce debt service on General Fund-supported general obligation bonds and lease revenue debt to approximately 3.6% of General Fund revenues in fiscal year 2020-21 and 4.0% of General Fund revenues in fiscal year 2021-22. These amounts fluctuate as assumptions for future debt issuance and revenue projections are updated from time to time.

Future Bond Issuance Plans. The amount of outstanding General Fund-supported debt, primarily general obligation bonds, may increase in coming years given the amount of authorized and unissued General Fund-supported bonds the State can issue. See “— Capital Facilities Financing” above. Based on estimates from the Department of Finance in April 2021, approximately $3.1 billion of new money general obligation bonds (some of which may initially be in the form of commercial paper notes) and approximately $695 million of new money lease revenue bonds are expected to be issued in fiscal year 2020-21. As of April 2021, the Department of Finance estimated issuance in fiscal year 2021-22 of approximately $4.5 billion of new money general obligation bonds (some of which may initially be in the form of commercial paper notes) and approximately $2.0 billion in lease revenue bonds. However, the exact amount that may be issued will depend on overall budget constraints, market conditions and other factors including updated information provided to the Department of Finance by other departments in the State. The State also issues refunding bonds as markets warrant.

Cash Management. As part of its cash management program, the State has regularly issued short-term obligations to meet cash flow needs. External borrowing is typically done with revenue anticipation notes that are payable later in the fiscal year in which they are issued. However, the State has not issued revenue anticipation notes since fiscal year 2014-15. In April 2021, the State observed that, even with the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, the State is not expected to issue revenue

Table of Contents

anticipation notes in fiscal year 2020-21 or fiscal year 2021-22. In April 2021, the State estimated a cash cushion of unused internal borrowable resources of at least $26 billion at the end of each month through the end of fiscal year 2021-22.

The State is also authorized under certain circumstances to issue revenue anticipation warrants that are payable in the succeeding fiscal year, as well as registered refunding warrants issued to refund revenue anticipation warrants. The State has issued revenue anticipation warrants to bridge short-term cash flow shortages in five years since 1992. In April 2020, the Governor authorized the State Controller to open and transfer funds to the General Cash Revolving Fund during the period beginning April 1, 2020, and until revoked in writing, from any special funds and other State accounts containing moneys that may lawfully be transferred therefrom. Although the State does not currently expect to issue revenue anticipation warrants, these actions will allow for the issuance of revenue anticipation warrants, if necessary. From time to time, the State Legislature has deferred various payments due under State statute in order to more closely align the State’s revenues with its expenditures. This technique has been used in past budgets in order to reduce the State’s need for external borrowing to bridge any cash flow deficit. Further, State law gives the State Controller some flexibility to delay payments to various payees, including State vendors, when the State Controller foresees a relatively short-term cash flow shortage. In addition, the State issued IOUs in lieu of cash payments in July and August 2009, the second such issuance since the 1930s.

Obligations of State Agencies

A number of State agencies and authorities issue obligations secured or payable from specified revenue streams. These obligations are not payable from the General Fund and carry different ratings than the State’s general obligation bonds. None of these revenue bonds are backed by the State’s faith and credit or taxing power. As of December 31, 2020, the various State revenue bond financing programs had approximately $38.6 billion in outstanding bonds, and the various State financing authorities had approximately $32.0 billion of outstanding revenue bonds. The Regents of the University of California has been one of the largest issuers of revenue bonds in recent years, with approximately $23.7 billion of outstanding revenue bonds secured by certain revenues of the University of California as of December 31, 2020. Other State agencies and authorities with significant bond programs include the California State University system, with approximately $7.9 billion of outstanding revenue bonds secured by certain revenues of the California State University; the State Department of Water Resources, which had approximately $2.9 billion of outstanding revenue bonds secured by power and water users; the California Health Facilities Financing Authority, which had $15.6 billion in outstanding revenue bonds secured primarily by revenues of various health facilities; and the California Education Facilities Authority, which had approximately $4.3 billion of outstanding revenue bonds secured primarily by revenues of various educational facilities, as of December 31, 2020.

Recent Financial Results

Historically, the principal sources of General Fund revenues are personal income tax, sales and use tax and corporation tax. The May Revision revised the personal income tax revenues up by approximately $38 billion; sales tax receipts, up by $4.5 billion; and corporation tax revenues, up by almost $4.6 billion. The May Revision projects that personal income tax, sales and use tax and corporation tax will contribute 70.1%, 16.5% and 10.3%, respectively, of total General Fund revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2021-22, for a cumulative estimated total of 92.6% of General Fund revenues after accounting for $3.4 billion in transfers out of the General Fund in fiscal year 2021-22.

The State’s personal income tax structure is highly progressive, with rates ranging from 1% to 12.3%. For example, for the 2018 tax year, the State reported that the top one% of income earners paid over 46% of personal income taxes. This percentage has been greater than 40% in every year since 2004, except for 2009. The personal income tax was made even more progressive with the passage of Proposition 30 (defined below), which imposed additional taxes on earnings over $250,000, resulting in an income tax of 12.3% on earnings over $1 million. In November 2016, the voters in the State approved an extension of this portion of Proposition 30 through the end of calendar year 2030. A large portion of personal income tax receipts is derived from capital gains realizations and stock option income. These revenue sources can be particularly volatile. For example, over the last 10 years, capital gains tax receipts accounted for over 10% of General Fund revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2016-17 but were less than 5% in fiscal year 2010-11. However, because the economic hardship of the COVID-19 pandemic largely impacted low-income taxpayers, the State’s progressive tax structure resulted in only a moderate slowdown of personal income tax revenue during the pandemic.

During the Great Recession, capital gains tax receipts dropped from nearly $9 billion in fiscal year 2007-08 to just under $3 billion in fiscal year 2009-10, a 67% decline. The 2020-21 Budget projected that capital gains would account for approximately 10.9% of General Fund revenues and transfers in fiscal year 2018-19, declining to 10.5% in fiscal year 2019-20 and 7.2% in fiscal year 2020-21. However, the strong recent stock market performance means that capital gains, which

Table of Contents

accrue largely to high-income households, are likely to show growth in 2020 and 2021 and account for over 11% of General Fund revenues in fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22. The State has observed that forecasting revenues associated with capital gains is subject to significant uncertainty because realizations are heavily dependent upon stock market performance and when taxpayers choose to buy or sell stock. The volatility in the percentage of General Fund revenues and transfers attributable to capital gains tax receipts is primarily due to an underlying volatility in the level of capital gains tax revenues, rather than to volatility in other General Fund revenues and transfers. Proposition 2 (defined below) mitigates some of the capital gains volatility by requiring spikes in capital gains tax revenue to be used to repay the State’s debts and liabilities and to be deposited in the Budget Stabilization Account (“BSA).

The State is required to maintain the Special Fund for Economic Uncertainties (“SFEU”), derived from General Fund revenues, as a reserve to meet cash needs of the General Fund, but the SFEU is required to be replenished as soon as sufficient revenues are available. Year-end balances in the SFEU are included for financial reporting purposes in the General Fund balance. On March 25, 2020, the Department of Finance transferred the entire $1.3 billion available in the SFEU to the Disaster Response-Emergency Operations Account, a subaccount of the SFEU, to procure items necessary to support the State’s efforts to protect public health and safety and reduce the spread of the COVID-19 outbreak. As a result, the 2020-21 Budget projected that the State would end fiscal year 2019-20 with a shortfall of $1.2 billion in the SFEU. However, that balance has been replenished and the State now projects a balance in the SFEU of $24.2 billion at the end of fiscal year 2020-21.

Proposition 98 and K-14 Funding

Throughout the 1980s, State spending increased rapidly as the State population and economy also grew rapidly. Such spending included increased spending for many assistance programs to local governments, which were constrained by Proposition 13 and other laws. The largest State assistance program is to local public school districts. In 1988, the voters of the State approved Proposition 98, a combined initiative constitutional amendment and statute, which provides for the Proposition 98 Guarantee. The Proposition 98 Guarantee is calculated each fiscal year using one of three tests that apply under varying fiscal and economic conditions. Test 1 earmarks a minimum portion of State revenue for K-14 education, and Test 2 and Test 3 are based on prior-year Proposition 98 funding adjusted for key factors including changes in student enrollment, as measured by K-12 average daily attendance. Test 2 further adjusts for the change in inflation. The test that provides the highest level of funding applies. Test 2 and Test 3 are generally used in times of economic distress although the State also has the ability to suspend the Proposition 98 funding mechanism. In fiscal year 2010-11, the State suspended the Proposition 98 funding mechanism as it emerged from the Great Recession.

The COVID-19 pandemic initially had a significant negative impact on the economy and the State's General Fund revenues. This had an equally significant initial negative impact on the Proposition 98 Guarantee for fiscal year 2020-21. The 2020-21 Budget estimated that the Proposition 98 Guarantee payable from the General Fund in fiscal year 2020-21 would decline by approximately $12.8 billion to $35.1 billion from the revised $47.9 billion in fiscal year 2019-20. However, due to improved revenue estimates including the significant growth in capital gains, the May Revision now projects that the portion of the Proposition 98 Guarantee payable from the General Fund will be $70.0 billion in fiscal year 2021-22. For further information on the limitations on General Fund revenues imposed by Proposition 98, see “Constitutional Limitations on Taxes, Other Charges, Appropriations and General Fund Revenues — Dedication of General Fund Revenues to Schools” above. In addition, the federal government allocated $17.3 billion in relief to K-14 schools in the State, and schools may be eligible for approximately $8 billion in additional funds in fiscal year 2022-23 as a result of the State potentially exceeding its appropriations limit. See “Appropriations Limits” above.

State and Local Pension and Post-Retirement Liabilities

State. The financial condition of the State and its localities is also subject to pension and other post-retirement benefit risks.

Pension. The pension funds managed by the State’s retirement systems, the California Public Employees’ Retirement System (“CalPERS”) and the California State Teachers’ Retirement System (“CalSTRS”), sustained significant investment losses during the Great Recession and currently have substantial unfunded liabilities that may be exacerbated by the COVID-19 pandemic. These unfunded liabilities will require increased contributions from the General Fund in future years. In April 2021, the State noted that its actuarially determined fiscal year 2020-21 General Fund contributions to CalPERS and CalSTRS were projected to be approximately $3.1 billion and $3.4 billion, respectively. In the May Revision, the State noted that its actuarially determined fiscal year 2021-22 General Fund contributions to CalPERS and CalSTRS were projected to be approximately $3.2 billion and $3.9 billion, respectively. In addition to these required payments, the May Revision includes proposals for

Table of Contents

additional discretionary payments to CalPERS and CalSTRS. See also “The State Budget — Balanced Budget Amendment (Proposition 58 and Proposition 2)” below.

The Great Recession called into question the reliability of assumed rates of return used to determine actuarial unfunded pension liabilities. For actuarial valuations prior to June 30, 2011, CalPERS and CalSTRS had used an assumed 7.75% rate of return to calculate their respective unfunded liabilities. The investment earnings assumptions were lowered to 7.50% for both funds commencing for actuarial valuations dated June 30, 2011. These assumption changes resulted in significant increases in unfunded liability. The assumption changes for CalPERS also increased retirement contributions for many local governments that contract with CalPERS to manage their pension programs. In December 2016, the CalPERS Board voted to lower the investment earnings assumptions for 2017-18 to 7.375%, for 2018-19 to 7.25% and for 2019-20 to 7.0%. In February 2017, the CalSTRS Board lowered its investment return assumption to 7.25% for fiscal year 2017-18 and 7.0% for fiscal year 2018-19. These assumption changes will result in additional increases of unfunded liabilities for the systems. In February 2018, CalPERS adopted revisions to its actuarial authorization policy that are applied to amortizations of gains, losses and actuarial surplus experienced after June 30, 2019 and affect contributions starting in fiscal year 2020-21. At the present time, neither CalPERS nor CalSTRS has indicated that there will be further changes to their assumed rates of return.

The most recent CalPERS and CalSTRS investment returns have varied widely, and their respective 10-year time weighted average returns are below even the lower assumed rates of return adopted by their Boards. CalPERS and CalSTRS generally report their investment returns for the prior fiscal year (ending June 30) in July of each year. The most recent reported investment results for both CalPERS and CalSTRS (based on market value) are set forth below.

CalPERS Return on Investments for Fiscal Years 2016 through 2020
Fiscal Year		Return on Investments
2015-16		0.6%
2016-17		11.2%
2017-18		8.6%
2018-19		6.7%
2019-20		4.7%

CalSTRS Return on Investments for Fiscal Years 2016 through 2020
Fiscal Year		Return on Investments
2015-16		1.4%
2016-17		13.4%
2017-18		9.0%
2018-19		6.8%
2019-20		3.9%

Based on those expected returns for the 12 months ended June 30, 2020, CalPERS estimated 5-year, 10-year and 20-year time weighted average returns of 6.3, 8.5 and 5.5%, respectively. In 2019, CalPERS publicly indicated that it expected actual investment returns in the following 10-year period to be less than the actuarially assumed 7% rate of return. Actual investment returns lower than the actuarially assumed level will result in decreased funding status and increased actuarially required contribution. As of June 30, 2020, CalSTRS reported 5-year, 10-year and 20-year time weighted average returns of 6.8, 9.3 and 5.8%, respectively. CalSTRS 3-year, 5-year and 20-year rates of return are below the 7.00% rate of return, CalSTRS’ actuarially assumed rate of return for fiscal year 2019-20.

The CalPERS Board reported an unfunded accrued liability allocable to State employees (excluding judges and elected officials), as of June 30, 2020, of $63.0 billion on a market value of assets (“MVA”) basis. CalPERS no longer measures on an actuarial value of assets (“AVA”) basis. This represents a funded ratio of 70.6%. CalSTRS reported the unfunded accrued actuarial liability of its Defined Benefit Plan as of June 30, 2019 at $102.6 billion on an MVA basis. This represents a funded ratio of 67%.

In April 2013, CalPERS approved new actuarial policies that are aimed at returning the CalPERS system to fully-funded status within 30 years. These new policies include a rate-smoothing method with a 30-year fixed amortization period for gains and

Table of Contents

losses (rather than the current 30-year rolling amortization method). CalPERS delayed the implementation of the new policy until fiscal year 2015-16 for the State, schools and all public agencies. In February 2014, the CalPERS Board approved new demographic assumptions that take into account increased life expectancies (2.1 years for men; 1.6 years for women). All of these policies have increased or are projected to increase required State and local contributions to CalPERS. See “— Local” below for a discussion of steps taken to eliminate the current CalSTRS unfunded liability.

OPEB. The State also provides other post-employment health care and dental benefits to its employees and certain of their spouses and dependents (hereinafter referred to as “OPEB”), which benefits utilize a “pay-as-you-go” funding policy. As of April 2021, General Fund contributions to OPEB were estimated to be approximately $2.7 billion (or 1.7%) of total General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2020-21 and approximately $3.7 billion (or 2.3%) of total General Fund expenditures for fiscal year 2021-22. The amount for 2021-22 includes a one-time prefunding contribution of $616 million.

The State’s most recent OPEB actuarial accrued liability report estimated approximately $93.5 billion of total OPEB actuarial accrued liability as of June 30, 2019 (compared to $86.5 billion estimated as of June 30, 2018), of which $91.9 billion was unfunded as of June 30, 2019. Government Accounting Standards Board (“GASB”) Statements 74 and 75, each of which affects OPEB financial reporting, were issued in June 2015. As a result, there is an increased focus on OPEB liability as GASB Statement No. 74 became effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2016 and GASB Statement No. 75 became effective for fiscal years beginning after June 15, 2017. In January 2016, the State Controller noted that, if OPEB funding is left unchanged, the OPEB actuarial accrued liability could rise to more than $100 billion by fiscal year 2020-21 and to more than $300 billion by fiscal year 2047-48. Statutory language passed as part of the 2015-16 Budget Act, which proposed prefunding the entire unfunded liability by fiscal year 2044-45, contained the framework designed to support the elimination of the unfunded OPEB actuarial accrued liability through the use of a prefunding trust fund to pay for future retiree health benefits. The State currently has more than $3.8 billion set aside in the prefunding trust fund to pay for future retiree health benefits. By the end of fiscal year 2021-22, the trust fund balance is projected to approach $5.7 billion in assets.

General. In the future, the State may be forced to significantly increase its pension fund and post-retirement benefit contributions, reducing discretionary funds available for other State programs. In addition, the State’s credit ratings may be adversely affected if the State does not reduce or manage these unfunded liabilities. See “Bond Ratings” below.

Local. Many local governments in the State, many of which are current members of CalPERS, face similar and, in many cases, more severe issues relating to unfunded pension and OPEB liabilities. The credit ratings, and even the solvency, of these local governments may be at risk in the future if these liabilities are not appropriately addressed through wage concessions and restructuring of benefits. Cities are particularly at risk because one of their primary missions is safety, and safety personnel labor and retirement benefit costs are significantly greater than labor and retirement costs of general municipal employees. Three cities – Vallejo, Stockton and San Bernardino – entered bankruptcy under Chapter 9 of the Federal bankruptcy code, largely as a result of escalating labor costs and unfunded pension and other post-retirement liabilities. All three of these cities have agreements with CalPERS to administer their pension obligations, and their respective obligations to CalPERS were a significant reason for their insolvency. Other cities (including some that contract with CalPERS) and counties have expressed public concerns about their ability to meet their unfunded pension and other post-retirement liabilities, and a willingness to entertain bankruptcy as an option to resolve their fiscal problems. One federal bankruptcy judge stated that obligations to CalPERS could be adjusted in federal bankruptcy proceedings; however, the plan of adjustment in those proceedings was confirmed without reducing such obligations to CalPERS. Any definitive ruling that allowed obligations to CalPERS to be adjusted downward might encourage other financially stressed municipalities to explore a Chapter 9 bankruptcy. The fiscal stress and cash pressures facing the State’s localities prior to the COVID-19 pandemic may be exacerbated as a result of the pandemic for certain local governments depending on the makeup of their economy or revenue sources as well as the overall makeup of their outstanding debt. See “Obligations of Other Issuers.”

School districts in the State are required to make contributions to CalSTRS for their teachers and staff. Chapter 47, Statutes of 2014 (“AB 1469”) increased statutorily required contributions to CalSTRS from the State, school districts, and teachers beginning July 1, 2014. The AB 1469 funding plan included additional increases in contribution rates for the State, school districts, and teachers in order to eliminate the current CalSTRS unfunded liability by 2045-46.

State Law Regarding Pensions and Pension Reform. California courts have been largely supportive of the vested or earned pension rights of State and local employees. Thus, pension reform efforts have been focused largely on limitations on future benefits for new employees, bringing limited, if any, immediate financial relief. Both constitutional initiatives and State legislation have been circulated or proposed attempting to reform the State’s pension systems on a State and local basis.

Table of Contents

In September 2012, the Governor signed into law a comprehensive pension reform package affecting State and local governments known as the California Public Employees’ Pension Reform Act of 2013 (“PEPRA”), which became effective January 1, 2013. PEPRA implements lower defined-benefit formulas with higher retirement ages for new State employees hired on or after January 1, 2013, and includes provisions to increase employee contributions. As noted above, AB 1469 increased required State contributions to CalSTRS beginning in July 2014. OPEB costs were not addressed in PEPRA; however, the State has disclosed that the higher retirement ages included in PEPRA will reduce OPEB liabilities in the long term and has taken other actions to address OPEB liabilities. See “State and Local Pension and Post-Retirement Liabilities – State – OPEB” above.

The State Budget

Overview. The State’s fiscal year begins on July 1 and ends on June 30 of the following year. The annual budget is proposed by the Governor by January 10 of each year for the next fiscal year. Under State law, the Governor’s Budget cannot provide for projected expenditures in excess of projected revenues for the ensuing fiscal year. State law also requires the Governor to update the Governor’s Budget projections and budgetary proposals in the May Revision by May 14 of each year. The May Revision is generally the basis for final negotiations between the Governor and the State Legislature to reach agreement on appropriations and other legislation to fund State government and thus finalize the Budget Act for upcoming fiscal year. The budget must be balanced, as required by Proposition 58 (discussed below). Pursuant to Proposition 25, which was enacted in 2010, the budget must be approved by a majority (instead of two-thirds, under prior law) of each house of the State Legislature. State law requires the Governor to sign the budget by the start of the fiscal year on July 1, a requirement that, prior to Proposition 25’s enactment, had been met only 12 times in the preceding three decades. In every year since the enactment of Proposition 25, the Legislature has approved and the Governor has signed Budget Acts before the start of each such fiscal year. See “Status of State General Fund; May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget” below.

Constraints on the Budget Process. Recent State constitutional amendments approved by State voters have affected the budget process. Several such amendments are described below.

Balanced Budget Amendment (Proposition 58 and Proposition 2).

Proposition 58. In 2004, voters approved Proposition 58, a constitutional amendment called the “Balanced Budget Amendment,” which requires the State to enact a balanced budget and establish a special reserve and restricts future borrowing to cover fiscal year-end deficits. As a result of the provisions requiring the enactment of a balanced budget and restricting borrowing, the State would in some cases have to take more immediate actions to correct budgetary shortfalls. Proposition 58 requires the State Legislature to pass a balanced budget and provides for mid-year adjustments in the event that the budget falls out of balance and the Governor calls a special legislative session to address the shortfall. The balanced budget determination is made by subtracting expenditures from all available resources, including prior-year balances.

Under Proposition 58, if the Governor determines that the State is facing substantial revenue shortfalls or spending increases, the Governor is authorized to declare a fiscal emergency. The Governor would then be required to propose legislation to address the emergency and call the State Legislature into special session for that purpose. If the State Legislature fails to pass and send to the Governor legislation to address the fiscal emergency within 45 days, the State Legislature would be prohibited from acting on any other bills or adjourning in joint recess until such legislation is passed. Although no fiscal emergency has been declared as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the State initially projected transfers out of the BSA, which was established by Proposition 58, for several fiscal years.

The BSA is a special reserve account funded by annual transfers of specified amounts from the General Fund, unless suspended or reduced by the Governor or until a specified maximum amount has been deposited. Until the 2014-15 Budget Act, the Governor had suspended the annual transfer of money from the General Fund to the BSA every year since 2007. Proposition 2 intended to strengthen the BSA by, among other things, basing deposits on when capital gains revenues rise above 8%, creating a Proposition 98 reserve and doubling the maximum size of the BSA from 5% to 10% of General Fund revenues. Funding for the BSA is estimated by the May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget to be approximately $12.5 billion as of June 30, 2021 and approximately $15.9 billion as of June 30, 2022. Certain other provisions of Proposition 58 relating to the BSA were replaced by the provisions of Proposition 2. See “—Proposition 2” below.

Proposition 58 also prohibits certain future borrowing to cover fiscal year-end deficits. This restriction applies to general obligation bonds, revenue bonds, and certain other forms of long-term borrowing. The restriction does not apply to certain other types of borrowing, such as short-term borrowing to cover cash shortfalls in the General Fund (including revenue

Table of Contents

anticipation notes or revenue anticipation warrants currently used by the State), or inter-fund borrowings. See “Cash Management” above.

Proposition 2. In addition to the provisions described above, other provisions of Proposition 58 relating to the BSA were replaced by the provisions of Proposition 2 (“Proposition 2”). Proposition 2 requires that 1.5% of annual General Fund revenues be deposited each year into the BSA until the BSA balance reaches an amount equal to 10% of General Fund revenues. Proposition 2 also requires that half of the revenues that otherwise would have been deposited into the BSA through fiscal year 2030-31 be used for supplemental payments to pay down long-term liabilities. After fiscal year 2030-31, the revenues that otherwise would have been deposited into the BSA may be used for either supplemental debt payments or savings. Proposition 2 further requires that withdrawal of funds from the BSA be only for a disaster or if spending remains at or below the highest level of spending from the prior three years. Proposition 2 limits the maximum amount that could be withdrawn in the first year of a recession to half of the BSA’s balance. It also requires the State to provide a multiyear budget forecast to help better manage the State’s longer-term finances and to create a Proposition 98 reserve, whereby spikes in funding are to be saved for future years to smooth school spending and minimize future cuts. The State expected to withdraw a portion of the balance in the BSA during fiscal year 2020-21 before largely replenishing the fund by the end of fiscal year 2021-22.

State-Local Fiscal Relations. The enactment of Proposition 1A in November 2004 (“Proposition 1A of 2004”) and Proposition 22, or the “Local Taxpayer, Public Safety, and Transportation Protection Act of 2010”, in November 2010 (“Proposition 22”), significantly changed the fiscal relationship between the State and local governments by severely limiting the State’s access to local funding sources.

Specifically, Proposition 1A of 2004 amended the State Constitution to, among other things, reduce the State’s access to property tax, sales tax and vehicle license fee revenues raised by local governments. Proposition 1A of 2004 also prohibits the State from mandating activities on cities, counties or special districts without providing funding to comply with the mandates. If the State does not provide funding for the mandated activity, the requirement to abide by the mandate is suspended.

In addition, Proposition 22 prohibits the State Legislature from, among other things, (i) taking or reallocating money raised by local governments for local purposes, (ii) making changes in the allocation of property taxes among local governments designed to aid State finances, (iii) using State fuel tax revenues to pay debt service on State transportation bonds, (iv) borrowing or changing the distribution of State fuel tax revenues, and (v) using vehicle licensing fee revenues to reimburse local governments for State-mandated costs. The inability of the State to borrow or redirect funds from these sources, as it did during the Great Recession in fiscal years 2008-09 and 2009-10, will reduce the State’s flexibility in reaching budget solutions in the future. On the other hand, both Proposition 1A of 2004 and Proposition 22 made the allocation of revenues to local jurisdictions more predictable.

Proposition 30 and Proposition 55. In 2012, voters approved “The Schools and Local Public Safety Protection Act of 2012” (“Proposition 30”), which provided temporary increases in personal income tax rates for high-income taxpayers and a temporary increase in the State’s sales tax rate. A portion of the tax increases has been and will be used to pay for the State’s Proposition 98 school funding obligations. See “Proposition 98 and K-14 Funding” above. The sales tax portion of Proposition 30 expired on December 31, 2016. In November 2016, voters approved Proposition 55 (“Proposition 55”), which extended the personal income tax portion of Proposition 30 until December 31, 2030. The May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget projected the revenue from these additional tax brackets to be $11.1 billion in fiscal year 2020-21 and $9.5 billion in fiscal year 2021-22, which was an increase of $1.6 billion for fiscal year 2020-21 from the amount estimated in the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget.

Health Care Services. Medi-Cal, California’s Medicaid program, is a health care entitlement program for qualified low-income individuals and families who receive public assistance or otherwise lack health care coverage and is one of the State’s largest expenditures. Medi-Cal serves approximately one-third of all Californians. Medi-Cal caseload and expenditures increased starting in fiscal year 2014-15, largely due to the implementation of federal health care reform. Caseload reached an average monthly peak of 13.5 million in fiscal year 2016-17 and slowly declined through fiscal year 2019-20. However, due to the COVID-19 pandemic, the May Revision estimates that the Medi-Cal caseload will continue to increase, and it is projected to cover approximately 14.5 million people (or over one-third of the State’s population) in fiscal year 2021-22. The increase is driven primarily by the continuous coverage requirement in the federal COVID-19 relief bill, which requires continuous

Table of Contents

Medicaid coverage for beneficiaries through the duration of the federal public health emergency as a condition for receiving additional federal funds.

The May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget includes $115.6 billion ($21.5 billion General Fund) in fiscal year 2020-21 and $123.8 billion ($27.6 billion General Fund) in fiscal year 2021-22 for the Medi-Cal program. This represents a $3.5 billion General Fund decrease in the Medi-Cal program in fiscal year 2020-21 compared to the 2020-21 Budget, primarily attributable to a lower projected COVID-19 caseload in fiscal year 2020-21 and lower estimated federal repayments. The $8.2 billion ($6.1 billion General Fund) year-over-year increase in fiscal year 2021-22 is largely due to costs associated with increased caseload projections, underlying program cost growth and assumed termination of certain federal programs related to COVID-19 relief in December 2021.

The overall Medi-Cal budget may significantly change over time, including within a single fiscal year, due to its size, financial complexity, federal requirements, and the fact that Medi-Cal operates on a cash, rather than an accrual, basis of accounting, which means that the timing of transactions can significantly disrupt fiscal year budgetary estimates. In addition, the federal administration and leaders in Congress continue to consider and propose numerous changes to health and human services programs. Many of the proposals could have far-reaching impacts on health care in California and significant impacts to Medicaid (Medi-Cal in California).

The State’s implementation of the Affordable Care Act (“ACA”) included the mandatory and optional Medi-Cal expansions. The mandatory Medi-Cal expansion simplified eligibility, enrollment, and retention rules that make it easier to enroll in and stay on Medi-Cal. The optional expansion of Medi-Cal extended eligibility to adults without children, and to parents and caretaker relatives with incomes up to 138% of the federal poverty level. With implementation of the ACA, the federal government took responsibility for 100% of costs for the optional expansion population, with the State share increasing thereafter. Beginning January 1, 2020, California is responsible for 10% of the costs for this population. As such, 2020-21 is the first full fiscal year with the 10% state share.

In addition, because the federal government provides a significant share of funding for health care programs in the State, the State must comply with various federal laws and regulations to receive those funds. Recently, the federal government has modified its interpretation of, and has proposed changes to, existing law and regulations. The State has noted that such actions, if successful, could cost the General Fund tens of billions of dollars annually.

The Covered California marketplace has provided individual health insurance through private plans supported by federally funded tax subsidies and products for individuals and small businesses since 2014. It is a self-sustaining entity funded through fees assessed on the participating health plans. The federal tax reform bill passed in December 2017 eliminated penalties for the individual mandate starting in 2019, which was expected to put fiscal pressure on Covered California. However, the 2019-20 Budget included a statewide requirement for State residents to obtain comprehensive health care coverage or pay a penalty consistent with the federal penalties and mandate exemptions originally outlined under ACA beginning January 1, 2020. The 2019-20 Budget also included premium assistance subsidies to individuals with household incomes below certain federal poverty levels beginning January 1, 2020. For fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22, federal COVID-19 relief funding provides more generous subsidies than the current State subsidy program, which has effectively eliminated the need for those State subsidies in fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22, resulting in a savings of $732.7 million for the General Fund. This State subsidy program is not an entitlement and is set to sunset on January 1, 2023.

The net impact of health care costs on the General Fund continues to depend on a variety of factors, including the nature and extent of any repeal or replacement of ACA or associated interpretations of existing federal law or regulations, levels of individual and employer participation, changes in insurance premiums, and the approval or enactment of solutions by the State to address health care costs.

Status of State General Fund; May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget

On January 8, 2021, the Governor proposed a state budget for fiscal year 2021-22 and on May 14, 2021 released the May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget. The 2021-22 Governor’s Budget projected total general fund revenues and transfers of $158.4 billion for fiscal year 2021-22, authorized expenditures of $164.5 billion for fiscal year 2021-22, and projected that the State will end the 2021-22 fiscal year with total available general fund reserves of $21.9 billion, including $2.9 billion in the SFEU, $15.6 billion in the BSA, $450 million in the Safety Net Reserve Fund and $3 billion in the Public School System Stabilization Account. In contrast, the May Revision projected total general fund revenues and transfers of $175.9 billion for fiscal year 2021-22, authorized expenditures of $196.8 billion for fiscal year 2021-22, and projected that the

Table of Contents

State will end fiscal year 2021-22 with total available general fund reserves of $24.4 billion, including $3.4 billion in the SFEU, $15.9 billion in the BSA, $450 million in the Safety Net Reserve Fund and $4.6 billion in the Public School System Stabilization Account.

A summary of the condition of the State’s General Fund, including revised results from fiscal year 2019-20 and May Revision numbers for fiscal years 2020-21 and 2021-22, is set forth below.

General Fund Condition
(Dollars in Millions)¹

		May Revision
	Revised 2019-20²	Revised 2020-21³	Percent Change	Proposed 2021-22³	Percent Change
Prior-year General Fund balance	$ 11,442	$ 5,658	-49.9 %	$ 27,435	384.9%
Revenues and transfers	140,400	187,020	31.8%	175,921	-5.9%
Expenditures	(146,185)	(165,243)	12.0%	(196,795)	19.1%
Ending General Fund Balance	$ 5,657	$ 27,435		$ 6,561
Encumbrances	(3,175)	(3,175)		(3,175)
SFEU balance	$ 2,482	$ 24,260		$ 3,386
BSA balance	$ 17,350	$ 12,494		$ 15,939
Other reserve balances⁴	$ 900	$ 2,434		$ 5,051

¹	Totals may not add-up due to rounding.
²	From the LAO report on the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget.
³	From the May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget.
⁴	Safety Net Reserve and Public School System Stabilization Account.

LAO Overview of the May Revision to the 2021-22 Budget. In its report on the May Revision to the 2021-22 Governor’s Budget, the LAO estimates that the State has $38 billion in discretionary state funds to allocate in the 2021-22 budget process, which differs from the Governor’s estimate of $76 billion. The Governor’s estimate includes constitutionally required spending on schools and community colleges, reserves, and debt payments. The LAO does not consider these spending amounts part of the surplus because they must be allocated to specified purposes. The LAO also observed that the May Revision includes roughly 400 new spending proposals. The LAO noted that the surplus, in combination with federal fiscal recovery funds, represents resources equal to about half of annual pre-COVID-19 pandemic General Fund budgets. Departments’ capacity to allocate this funding in a timely and effective manner likely will be significantly constrained. More importantly, the Legislature’s time to deliberate over choices made in the May Revision is extremely limited. The LAO recommended that the Legislature delay some spending decisions so that they could be better implemented.

Future Budgets

The State’s ability to balance its budget going forward may be affected by short- and long-term budget pressures, including particularly the ongoing and evolving economic effects of the COVID-19 pandemic, potential significant increases in required State contributions to pension funds or other post-employment benefits, health care costs, the impact of federal tax legislation and other federal policies, increased debt service payments and potential adverse decisions in litigation.

Pending Litigation

There are currently numerous legal proceedings pending against the State that, if determined adversely against the State, could affect the State’s expenditures and, in some cases, its revenues and cash flow. Information regarding some of the more significant litigation pending against the State would ordinarily be included in various public documents issued by the State, such as the official statements prepared in connection with the issuance of general obligation bonds of California. See “Additional Information” below for information on how to obtain such official statements.

Bond Ratings

Table of Contents

As of May 21, 2021, the following ratings for the State’s general obligation bonds have been received from Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), S&P Global Ratings, a Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC business (“S&P”), and Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”):

Moody’s		S&P		Fitch
Aa2		AA-		AA

These ratings apply only to the State’s general obligation bonds and are not indicative of the ratings assigned to bonds issued by local governments, such as counties, cities, school districts and other local governments of the State. After issuing negative views for all public finance sectors in April 2020, S&P has now revised all public finance sector views back to stable, with the exception of higher education (including community colleges and student housing) and not-for-profit health care, which remain negative.

Any explanation of the significance of such ratings may be obtained only from the rating agency furnishing such ratings. There is no assurance that such ratings will continue for any given period of time or that they will not be revised downward or withdrawn entirely if, in the judgment of the particular rating agency, circumstances so warrant.

Additional Information

Information regarding the State’s financial condition is included in various public documents issued by the State, such as the official statements prepared in connection with the issuance of general obligation bonds of California. Such official statements may be obtained by contacting the State Treasurer’s Office at (800) 900-3873 or at www.buycaliforniabonds.com.

Periodic reports on revenues and/or expenditures during the fiscal year are issued by the Administration, the State Controller’s Office and the LAO. The Department of Finance issues a monthly bulletin, which reports the most recent revenue receipts as reported by State departments, comparing those receipts to budget projections. The State Controller issues a monthly report on General Fund cash receipts and disbursements. These reports are normally released on the 10^th day of every calendar month for the period ended on the last day of the prior month. The Administration also formally updates its budget projections three times during each fiscal year — in January, May and at the time of budget enactment. Currently, many of these bulletins and reports are available on the State’s investor relations website (www.buycaliforniabonds.com) or on websites maintained by the applicable agencies and by contacting the agencies at their offices in Sacramento, California. Investors are cautioned that interim financial information is not necessarily indicative of results for a fiscal year.

Publications from the LAO can be read in full by accessing the LAO’s website (www.lao.ca.gov) or by contacting the LAO at (916) 445-4656.

Complete text of the Budget Acts may be found at the Electronic Budget website of the Department of Finance (www.ebudget.ca.gov).

Complete text of the State Controller’s monthly Summary Analysis may be accessed at the State Controller’s website (www.sco.ca.gov).

None of the information on the above websites is incorporated herein by reference.

Local Governments

General. The primary units of local government in California are the 58 counties, which range in population from approximately 1,200 in Alpine County to approximately 10 million in Los Angeles County.

Counties are responsible for the provision of many basic services, including indigent health care, welfare, jails, and public safety in unincorporated areas. As of July 1, 2011, the California League of Cities reported that there are 482 incorporated cities in California and thousands of special districts formed for education, utilities, and other services.

To the extent the State is constrained by its obligation to schools under Proposition 98 or other fiscal considerations, the absolute level (or the rate of growth) of State assistance to local governments may be affected. Any such reductions in State aid could compound the serious fiscal constraints already experienced by many local governments, particularly counties and

Table of Contents

schools. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, the level of funding that the State is required to provide to schools under Proposition 98 was temporarily reduced. See “Proposition 98 and K-14 Funding.” Schools may also face increased costs related to physical plant and staffing costs associated with social distancing protocols. School districts generally maintain some level of operating reserves; however, for certain school districts this may not be sufficient to address any drop in revenue available to schools due to reductions in the Proposition 98 Guarantee, other revenue losses and increased costs associated with responses to the COVID-19 pandemic. See “Proposition 98 and K-14 Funding” above.

Initial economic and tax revenue losses associated with the COVID-19 pandemic were stark and immediate for local governments in the State; however, many of these projected revenue losses have subsequently turned out to be smaller than expected and expected reductions in State aid have largely been reversed. In addition, the six federal COVID-19 relief bills have provided billions of dollars in additional revenue to local governments as well as economic support through direct payments to individuals, families, colleges and businesses. However, local governments that have continued to be affected by declining revenues and increased expenses due to the COVID-19 pandemic or other local factors are limited in their ability to levy and raise property taxes and other forms of taxes, fees or assessments, due to State constitutional as well as (in some cases) local initiatives. Local governments are also constrained by balanced budget requirements and prohibitions on long-term borrowing for operating costs. As a consequence of these factors, local governments may increasingly be forced to cut local services to address budget shortfalls or to take even more drastic actions, such as a bankruptcy filing.

Many local governments are also facing substantial increases in pension liabilities and health care costs for retirees. Any declines in the U.S. and global stock markets could have a material impact on the investments in the State pension trusts, which could materially increase the unfunded actuarial accrued liability for CalPERS and CalSTRS, which, in turn, could result in material changes to required contribution rates for local governments in future fiscal years. In the case of school districts, contributions to CalSTRS are determined by the State legislature, and the State had previously enacted legislation to increase required contributions to pay rising pension costs. In light of the COVID-19 pandemic, the State has proposed delays in these increased contributions and taken other steps to reduce local government contributions in the short term. However, to the extent such required contributions exceed available funding, local government finances will continue to be adversely affected. For more information regarding pension liabilities, see “State and Local Pension and Post-Retirement Liabilities” above.

Constitutional and Statutory Limitations on Local Government. The fiscal condition of local governments was changed when Proposition 13, which added Article XIIIA to the State Constitution, was approved by California voters in 1978. Proposition 13 reduced and limited the future growth of property taxes and limited the ability of local governments to impose “special taxes” (i.e., those devoted to a specific purpose) without two-thirds voter approval. Although Proposition 13 limited property tax growth rates, it also has had a smoothing effect on property tax revenues, ensuring greater stability in annual revenues than existed before Proposition 13 passed. For further information on Proposition 13, see “Constitutional Limitations on Taxes, Other Charges, Appropriations and General Fund Revenues — Limitation on Property Taxes” above.

Proposition 218, a constitutional amendment enacted by initiative in 1996, further limited the ability of local governments to raise taxes, fees, and other exactions. See “Constitutional Limitations on Taxes, Other Charges, Appropriations and General Fund Revenues — Limitations on Other Taxes, Fees and Charges” above. Proposition 62, a statutory initiative adopted by the voters in 1986, includes limitations on the ability of local governments to raise taxes that are similar to those included in the later constitutional amendments of Proposition 218.

In the aftermath of Proposition 13, the State provided aid to local governments from the General Fund to make up some of the loss of property tax moneys, including assuming principal responsibility for funding K-12 schools and community colleges. During the recession of the early 1990s, the State Legislature reduced the post-Proposition 13 aid to local government entities other than K-12 schools and community colleges by requiring cities and counties to transfer some of their property tax revenues to school districts. However, the State Legislature also provided additional funding sources, such as sales taxes, and reduced certain mandates for local services funded by cities and counties.

Beginning in 2000, and in part caused by the “internet bubble,” the State was faced with increasing financial stress and began to divert local revenue resources, including sales tax, vehicle license fees and redevelopment moneys, to the State coffers. The 2004-05 Budget Act, related legislation and the enactment of Proposition 1A of 2004 and Proposition 22 dramatically changed the State-local fiscal relationship.

Proposition 1A of 2004 amended the State Constitution to, among other things, reduce the State Legislature’s authority over local government revenue sources by placing restrictions on the State’s access to local governments’ property, sales, and

Table of Contents

vehicle license fee revenues as of November 3, 2004. Proposition 22, which supersedes Proposition 1A of 2004, completely prohibits any future borrowing by the State from local government funds and generally prohibits the State Legislature from making changes in local government funding sources. For further discussion regarding Proposition 22 and Proposition 1A of 2004, see “The State Budget — Balanced Budget Amendment (Proposition 58 and Proposition 2) — State-Local Fiscal Relations” above.

Realigning Services to Local Governments. Commencing with the 2011-12 Budget, the State implemented a realignment plan to shift certain State program costs to counties and provided a comparable amount of funds to support these new county commitments. Under the realignment plan, ongoing funds for such programs after fiscal year 2010-11 are required to be provided to counties for court security, corrections and public safety, mental health services, substance abuse treatment, child welfare programs, adult protective services, and CalWORKs. However, State transfers do not cover all the costs of such programs. Consequently, local governments, particularly counties, have borne an increased part of the financial burden of providing program services, including the risks of cost overruns, revenue declines and insufficient revenue growth. Nevertheless, the May Revision projects that revenue available to local governments under realignment will continue to grow from $7.8 billion in fiscal year 2019-20 to $8.5 billion in fiscal year 2020-21 and $8.8 billion in fiscal year 2021-22.

Obligations of Other Issuers

Other Issuers of California Debt Obligations. There are a number of State agencies, instrumentalities and political subdivisions of the State that issue municipal obligations, some of which may be conduit revenue obligations payable from payments from private borrowers. These entities are subject to various economic risks and uncertainties, and the credit quality of the securities issued by them may vary considerably from the credit quality of obligations backed by the full faith and credit of the State. See “Local Governments — General” above. For example, assessment bonds may be adversely affected by a general decline in real estate values or a slowdown in real estate sales activity. As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, bonds backed solely by sales taxes, hotel and other tourism-related taxes, senior housing and other health care facility revenue and payments from private borrowers may be particularly susceptible to payment default.

California Long-Term Lease Obligations. Based on a series of court decisions, certain long-term lease obligations, though typically payable from the General Fund or a municipality, are not considered “indebtedness” requiring voter approval. Such leases, however, are subject to “abatement” in the event the facility being leased is unavailable for beneficial use and occupancy by the municipality during the term of the lease. Abatement is not a default, and there may be no remedies available to the holders of the certificates evidencing the lease obligation in the event abatement occurs. The most common cases of abatement are failure to complete construction of the facility before the end of the period during which lease payments have been capitalized and uninsured casualty losses to the facility (e.g., due to earthquake). In the event abatement occurs with respect to a lease obligation, lease payments may be interrupted (if all available insurance proceeds and reserves are exhausted) and the certificates may not be paid when due. Further, lease obligations may represent executory contracts that could be rejected in a bankruptcy proceeding under Chapter 9 of the United States Bankruptcy Code. In recent bankruptcy proceedings involving the City of Stockton, the confirmed plan of adjustment included the discharge of lease obligations at significant discounts from their face value.

Statutory Lien Securing General Obligation Bonds. Certain local governments, particularly school districts, issue general obligation bonds secured by ad valorem property taxes. Effective January 1, 2016, provisions were added to the California Education Code and the California Government Code to provide that general obligation bonds issued and sold by local governments in California are secured by a statutory lien on the ad valorem property taxes levied and collected to pay the principal and interest on such general obligation bonds. A statutory lien provides bondholders with a security interest in ad valorem property taxes intended to survive a bankruptcy of the local government. It is unclear whether these provisions apply to bonds issued prior to the effective date.

Tax Increment and the Dissolution of Redevelopment Agencies. Until 2011, local redevelopment agencies throughout the State issued “tax allocation” bonds or similar obligations secured by the increase in assessed valuation of a redevelopment project area after the start of redevelopment activity. Throughout the years, redevelopment agencies issued billions of dollars of tax allocation bonds. In addition, the State regularly borrowed or appropriated redevelopment tax increments to address its budget shortfalls.

In December 2011, the State Supreme Court upheld the validity of legislation, enacted earlier in 2011, that eliminated redevelopment agencies (as well as the issuance of tax allocation bonds) in the State. On February 1, 2012, all redevelopment agencies in California were dissolved and the process of unwinding their financial affairs began.

Table of Contents

The legislation dissolving redevelopment agencies preserved the pledge of tax increment revenues to the payment of tax allocation bonds or tax allocation supported obligations. Over time, the elimination of redevelopment agencies and the redirection of tax increment revenues to local governments will provide additional discretionary revenues to the State as well as local governments.

Other Considerations. The repayment of industrial development securities or single-family mortgage revenue bonds secured by real property may be affected by California laws limiting foreclosure rights of creditors. Under California law, mortgage loans secured by single-family homes can be prepaid at any time without penalty, except in the first five years of the loan, and are subject to limits on the size of the penalty. Such prepayments may affect the ability of the issuer of single-family mortgage bonds to repay the bonds. Securities backed by health care and hospital revenues may be affected by changes in State regulations governing cost reimbursements to health care providers under Medi-Cal (the State’s Medicaid program), including risks related to the policy of awarding exclusive contracts to certain hospitals. See “Obligations of State Agencies” and “Obligations of Other Issuers — Other Issuers of California Debt Obligations” above.

Other Factors

Earthquake Risk. Substantially all of California is within an active geologic region subject to major seismic activity. Northern California in 1989 and Southern California in 1994 experienced major earthquakes causing billions of dollars in damages. The federal government provided more than $13 billion in aid for both earthquakes, and neither event has had any long-term negative economic impact. Any obligation of a local government in the State could be affected by an interruption of revenues because of damaged facilities or, consequently, income tax deductions for casualty losses or property tax assessment reductions. Compensatory financial assistance could be constrained by the inability of (i) an issuer to have obtained earthquake insurance coverage; (ii) an insurer to perform on its contracts of insurance in the event of widespread losses; or (iii) the federal or State government to appropriate sufficient funds within their respective budget limitations.

Global Relations and Trade. Given increased globalization and interconnectedness of physical and financial world markets, disruptions in large markets due to economic slowdowns in other countries or regions (such as the slowdown in many European countries or economic crises in emerging markets), geopolitical tensions and deteriorating international trade relations (for example, Brexit), or the global impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic (such as travel restrictions) may have significant negative impacts on the nation’s economy, including the State.

The COVID-19 pandemic created supply chain disruptions that impacted domestic manufacturing and transportation logistics and reduced trade volumes for the nation and the State. From January through November 2020, exports of goods from the State were 11.2% lower than in the same period in 2019. State imports of goods from January to November 2020 were 4.1% lower than the same period in 2019. Continued uncertainty surrounding the stability of global supply chains and the unknown duration of the COVID-19 pandemic present ongoing risks to trade by the U.S. and the State.

A material change in or imposition of tariffs by the federal government on the State’s trading partners could directly and indirectly impact the State’s economy. In 2019, the U.S. imposed tariffs of up to 25% on $250 billion worth of Chinese products, equivalent to half of the nation’s imports from China. These tariffs triggered Chinese retaliatory tariffs of 25% on over $50 billion worth of U.S. exports. Because California is a transport hub, and China is the State’s largest trading partner, by total trade value of goods (based on 2019 annual average data), a trade war could have negative effects on the State’s economy. In 2019, merchandise imports from China entering through California totaled 31.7% of the State’s total imports, down 19.8% from the 2018 pre-tariff level and the largest year-over-year decline since the 9.6% drop in 2009, during the Great Recession. California’s merchandise exports to China accounted for 9.1% of the State’s total exports in 2019, down 3.2% from 2018.

The persistence of trade barriers exacerbates the supply chain issues triggered by the COVID-19 pandemic, increasing the costs of imports purchased from abroad and leading to decreased revenues for companies. These effects potentially impact wages and employment in the short run and could trigger a change in the business model of companies that until now have made significant investment decisions based on a system of free global trade.

Health Care Costs. Medi-Cal is one of the state’s largest expenditures. The State also provides health benefits to its own employees and retirees. General Fund spending on health care costs is thus heavily dependent upon the rate of health care cost inflation. If this inflation rises faster than expected, annual General Fund spending could quickly rise by hundreds of millions of dollars. The consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic may also significantly increase General Fund health care costs. See “The State Budget – Health Care Services.”

Table of Contents

Housing Constraints. The State continues to face a critical housing shortage. Residential housing units authorized by building permits in the State in the first three quarters of 2020 averaged 9.8% lower than in the same period in 2019. Multi-family units were down by 18.9% in the first three quarters of 2020 relative to the same period in 2019, whereas single-family units were down by only 0.7%. With fewer permits issued, the unprecedented increase in unemployment and potential for subsequent evictions along with the reluctance of builders to build homes during an economic downturn may worsen the housing shortage. In April 2021, the State disclosed that given its structural housing supply constraints and shortage, lower-income populations will be especially vulnerable to evictions. The State further disclosed that this may negatively impact the State as Californians will face increasing affordability issues, which may affect their decisions about where to live. Businesses may subsequently leave as they base their location decisions on the ability of their employees and customers to live nearby.

Climate Change. The State historically has been susceptible to wildfires and hydrologic variability. However, as greenhouse gas emissions continue to accumulate, climate change will intensify and increase the frequency of extreme weather events, such as coastal storm surges, drought, wildfires, floods and heat waves, and raise sea levels along the coast. Over the past several years, the State has already experienced the impacts of climate change through unprecedented wildfires and a multi-year drought. In 2020, over 4 million acres burned in the State, more than twice the previous record of over 2 million acres in 2018. Wildfires may increase health care costs for Californians. Destruction of housing also increases the demand for construction resources from rebuilding and worsens the State’s housing imbalances. The future fiscal impact of climate change on the State budget is difficult to predict, but it could be significant. However, the State is in the process of implementing various resilience measures to reduce the impacts of climate change, including significant investments in wildfire prevention and water infrastructure projects.

Flooding and Subsidence. California’s water management infrastructure consists of a complex system of dams, reservoirs, canals, pipes, and pumping facilities. As of 2018, the American Society of Civil Engineers Report Card for California Infrastructure identified 678 of California’s 1,476 regulated dams as “high-hazard”, meaning that their failure or mis-operation will probably cause loss of human life and significant economic losses. Long-term subsidence, or sinking, poses serious and challenging concerns for California’s water managers, putting water management and flood control infrastructure, including aqueducts, levees, bridges and roads, at risk. Vast sections of the San Joaquin Valley have subsided as much as 28 feet since the 1920s. The failure of high hazard dams or other critical flood control infrastructure could materially impact the operations or finances of the State or its local governments.

Cybersecurity Risks. The State, like many other large public and private entities, relies on a large and complex technology environment to conduct its operations. The State’s reliance on this environment has increased due to higher rates of telework as mandated by public health measures. As a recipient and provider of personal, private or sensitive information, the State is subject to multiple cyber threats including, but not limited to, hacking, viruses, malware and other attacks on computer and other sensitive digital networks and systems.

Entities or individuals may attempt to gain unauthorized access to the State’s digital systems for the purposes of misappropriating assets or information or causing operational disruption and damage. In 2017 the State established a statewide security operations center to protect against malicious activity targeting critical technology infrastructure. Local governments in the State have experienced similar threats and taken similar measures; however, no assurances can be given that the efforts to manage cyber threats and attacks will be successful or that any such attack will not materially impact the operations or finances of the State or its local governments.

Federal Census. An undercount in the 2020 Census could particularly disadvantage the state for the next decade when federal funds and legislative seats are apportioned. The State has a significant share of the population designated “hard-to-count” by the Census Bureau including the foreign-born, children under 5, the non-white population, and renters. While the State accounts for 12% of the U.S. population, it has nearly 22% of the hard-to-count national population. Although the State implemented a campaign to mitigate the risk of undercount, the COVID-19 pandemic increased the risk of an undercount, particularly when considering mass movement of college-age populations. Data from the 2020 Census will become the new State benchmark starting with July 2021 estimates to be released in December 2021 and new population projections released in mid-2022.

Special Considerations Regarding Investments in New York Municipal Securities

The following information is a brief summary of factors affecting the economy of New York City (the “City” or “New York City”) or New York State (the “State”, “New York” or “NYS”) and does not purport to be a complete description of such factors. Other factors will affect issuers.

Table of Contents

The summary is based primarily upon the most recent publicly available offering statements relating to debt offerings of state and local issuers and other financial and demographic information, as of March 10, 2021 with respect to the City and March 9, 2021 with respect to the State, and it does not reflect recent developments since the dates of such offering statements and other information. Neither the Fund nor its legal counsel has independently verified this information.

The State, some of its agencies, instrumentalities and public authorities and certain of its municipalities have sometimes faced serious financial difficulties that could have an adverse effect on the sources of payment for, or the market value of, the New York municipal bonds in which the Fund invests.

New York City

General. The City, with an estimated population of approximately 8.3 million, is an international center of business and culture. Its non-manufacturing economy is broadly based, with the banking, securities, insurance, technology, information, publishing, fashion, design, retailing, education and health care industries accounting for a significant portion of the City’s total employment earnings. Additionally, the City is a leading tourist destination. Manufacturing activity in the City is conducted primarily in apparel and printing.

For each of the 1981 through 2020 fiscal years, the City’s General Fund had an operating surplus, before discretionary and other transfers, and achieved balanced operating results as reported in accordance with then-applicable generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”), after discretionary and other transfers and except for the application of Governmental Accounting Standards Board (“GASB”) Statement No. 49 (“GASB 49”) and without regard to changes in certain fund balances described in GML Section 25 (as defined below), as described below. City fiscal years end on June 30 and are referred to by the calendar year in which they end. The City has been required to close substantial gaps between forecast revenues and forecast expenditures in order to maintain balanced operating results. There can be no assurance that the City will continue to maintain balanced operating results as required by State law without proposed tax or other revenue increases or reductions in City services or entitlement programs, which could adversely affect the City’s economic base.

As required by the New York State Financial Emergency Act For The City of New York (the “Financial Emergency Act”) and the New York City Charter (the “City Charter”), the City prepares a four-year annual financial plan, which is reviewed and revised on a quarterly basis and which includes the City’s capital, revenue and expense projections and outlines proposed gap-closing programs for years with projected budget gaps. The City’s current financial plan projects budget balance in the 2021 and 2022 fiscal years in accordance with GAAP, except for the application of GASB 49 and without regard to changes in certain fund balances pursuant to GML Section 25 (as defined below). In 2010, the Financial Emergency Act was amended to waive the budgetary impact of GASB 49 by enabling the City to continue to finance with bond proceeds certain pollution remediation costs. In 2019, Section 25 of the State General Municipal Law (“GML Section 25”) was amended to address the application to the City of GASB Statement No. 84, which contained updated requirements for fiduciary funds of state and local governments. Pursuant to GML Section 25, the City may, without violating Expense Budget (as defined below) balance requirements, carry forward to a subsequent fiscal year unspent fund balances that are restricted as to their use by requirements of State or federal law or regulation or by requirements of private or other governmental parties. The City may also continue to carry forward unspent balances held in its Health Stabilization Fund, School Crossing Guards Health Insurance Fund and Management Benefits Fund. The City’s current financial plan projects budget gaps for the 2023 through 2025 fiscal years. A pattern of current year balance and projected future year budget gaps has been consistent through the entire period since 1982, during which the City has achieved an excess of revenues over expenditures, before discretionary transfers, for each fiscal year. The City is required to submit its financial plans to the New York State Financial Control Board (the “Control Board”).

For its normal operations, the City depends on aid from the State both to enable the City to balance its budget and to meet its cash requirements. There can be no assurance that there will not be delays or reductions in State aid to the City from amounts currently projected; that State budgets for future State fiscal years will be adopted by the April 1 statutory deadline, or interim appropriations will be enacted; or that any such reductions or delays will not have adverse effects on the City’s cash flow or expenditures. In addition, the City has made various assumptions with respect to federal aid. Future federal actions or inactions could have adverse effects on the City, both directly and indirectly through reductions in State aid to localities that will need to be taken in the absence of additional federal aid to the State.

The Mayor is responsible under the City Charter for preparing the City’s annual expense and capital budgets (as adopted, the “Expense Budget” and the “Capital Budget,” respectively, and collectively, the “Budgets”) and for submitting the Budgets to the City Council for its review and adoption. The Expense Budget covers the City’s annual operating expenditures for

Table of Contents

municipal services, while the Capital Budget covers expenditures for capital projects, as defined in the City Charter. Operations under the Expense Budget must reflect the aggregate expenditure limitations contained in financial plans.

The Mayor is also responsible for preparing the City’s financial plan, which relates to the City and certain entities that receive funds from the City. The financial plan is modified quarterly. The projections set forth in the financial plan are based on various assumptions and contingencies that are uncertain and that may not materialize. Such assumptions and contingencies include the condition of the international, national, regional and local economies, the provision of State and federal aid, the impact on City revenues and expenditures of any future federal or State legislation and policies affecting the City and the costs of pension structures and healthcare.

Implementation of the financial plan is dependent on the City’s ability to market successfully its bonds and notes. Implementation of the financial plan is also dependent upon the ability to market the securities of other financing entities including the New York City Municipal Water Finance Authority (the “Water Authority”) and the New York City Transitional Finance Authority (“TFA”). The success of projected public sales of City, Water Authority, TFA and other bonds and notes is subject to prevailing market conditions. Future developments in the financial markets generally, as well as future developments concerning the City, and public discussion of such developments, may affect the market for outstanding City general obligation bonds and notes.

The City Comptroller and other agencies and public officials, from time to time, issue reports and make public statements that, among other things, state that projected revenues and expenditures may be different from those forecast in the City’s financial plans.

City Financial Plan. For the 2020 fiscal year, the City’s General Fund had a total surplus of $3.8 billion, before discretionary and other transfers, and achieved balanced operating results in accordance with GAAP, except for the application of GASB 49 and without regard to changes in certain fund balances pursuant to GML Section 25, as described above, after discretionary and other transfers. The 2020 fiscal year is the 40th consecutive year that the City has achieved balanced operating results when reported in accordance with GAAP, except for the application of GASB 49 and without regard to changes in certain fund balances pursuant to GML Section 25, as described above.

COVID-19

The City has been severely affected by the coronavirus disease, referred to herein as “COVID-19.” The Governor declared a state of emergency in the State on March 7, 2020, and the Mayor declared a state of emergency in the City on March 12, 2020, each of which remains in effect. During the pandemic, many businesses in the City have been ordered to close, public schools have operated at various levels of remote and in-person learning, and limitations have been imposed on large gatherings.

The City experienced a surge in cases and deaths during the spring of 2020. Although cases and deaths declined during the late spring and summer of 2020, they increased again in the fall and winter of 2020-2021. As of February 15, 2021, the City reported a cumulative total of 571,336 COVID-19 cases and 28,341 deaths, including those that were confirmed and those that were probably related to COVID-19, representing approximately 2.1% of COVID-19 cases in the U.S., 5.8% of deaths in the U.S., and 1.2% of deaths globally, with communities of color suffering disproportionately. COVID-19 cases, hospitalizations and death rates will likely fluctuate in the future, and there can be no assurance that COVID-19 cases, hospitalizations and deaths in the City will not increase above current levels or that business closures and other restrictions will not be expanded during the course of the pandemic.

In December 2020, the United States Food and Drug Administration issued emergency use authorizations for COVID-19 vaccines developed by two manufacturers. Through February 15, 2021, 925,204 individuals have received at least one dose (of the two recommended doses) of a COVID-19 vaccine in the City, based on eligibility criteria established by the State.

As a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, unemployment applications throughout the State increased substantially, with approximately 2.4 million in the City between mid-March 2020 and mid-February 2021, as compared to approximately 300,000 for the same period in 2019 and 2020. Following a period of historically low unemployment in late 2019 and the first two months of 2020, the City’s unemployment rate reached 20.4% in June 2020 and was 11.0% as of December 2020, compared to 3.9% in June 2019 and 3.1% in December 2019. The sudden cessation of business activity, travel and tourism resulting from the pandemic, and the government’s response to it, has had a devastating impact on the retail, cultural, hospitality and entertainment sectors in the City.

Table of Contents

The City’s hotel occupancy rate declined by approximately 80% at the end of March and beginning of April 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. For the month of December 2020, the City’s hotel occupancy rate declined approximately 58.3% compared to December 2019. International arrivals to City airports declined 99% in both April and May 2020 compared to the same period in 2019, and declined 86% in October 2020, the most recent month for which such data is available, compared to the same period in 2019.

Higher unemployment as well as increased numbers of employees working from home due to the pandemic have stressed the City’s office market. Strict COVID-19 prevention mandates, as well as an essential shutdown of tourism activity, have reduced income for retail stores and hotels. Residential rent delinquencies significantly higher than average have been reported. Residential sales in the City were down approximately 37% in April through December 2020 compared to the same period in 2019. The City’s property tax revenue projections have declined, as further described below. The longer-term impact on commercial real estate will depend on decisions of major office tenants regarding density, remote work and relocation of operations out of the City.

The COVID-19 pandemic and economic disruption resulting from measures to contain it have resulted in reductions in the City’s fiscal year 2020 revenues and projected revenues. Total revenues from City funds are projected to be $4.6 billion (6.5%), $5.7 billion (7.8%), $5.1 billion (6.8%) and $4.86 billion (6.8%) lower in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively, than projected in the financial plan in January 2020. Such reductions include projected reductions in property tax revenues of $324 million (1%), $2.9 billion (9%), $3.2 billion (9.7%) and $3.5 billion (10.2%) in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively, from amounts projected in the financial plan in January 2020. The ultimate impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the amount and timing of collections of City revenues cannot be determined at this time. Further reductions in property tax revenues may occur. Additional changes in employment and earnings subject to the personal income tax, as well as reductions in economic activity subject to the sales tax, may also occur, including, but not limited to, reductions in personal income tax revenues due to changes in residency status resulting from remote work outside the City and other employment-related changes. No assurance can be provided that the COVID-19 pandemic and resulting economic disruption will not result in revenues to the City that are lower than projected herein.

As a result of the American Rescue Plan Act of 2021 (“American Rescue Plan”), signed into law by President Biden on March 11, 2021, the City expects to receive additional federal stimulus aid of approximately $2.9 billion in each of fiscal years 2021 and 2022. Such federal aid is expected to be available for purposes related to the COVID-19 pandemic, including replacing reduced tax revenues, and is not currently assumed in the Financial Plan.

2021-2025 Financial Plan

On June 30, 2020, the City submitted to the Control Board the financial plan for the 2021 through 2024 fiscal years (the “June Financial Plan”), which was consistent with the City’s capital and expense budgets as adopted for the 2020 fiscal year. On November 23, 2020, the City submitted to the Control Board a modification to the June Financial Plan (as so modified, the “November Financial Plan”). On January 14, 2021, the Mayor released his preliminary budget for the 2022 fiscal year and the City submitted to the Control Board a modification to the financial plan for the 2021 through 2025 fiscal years (as so modified, the “Financial Plan”).

The Financial Plan projects revenues and expenses for the 2021 and 2022 fiscal years balanced in accordance with GAAP, except for the application of GASB 49 and without regard to changes in certain fund balances pursuant to GML Section 25, and projects gaps of approximately $4.31 billion, $4.19 billion and $4.28 billion in fiscal years 2023 through 2025, respectively. The June Financial Plan had projected revenues and expenses for the 2021 fiscal year balanced in accordance with GAAP, except for the application of GASB 49 and without regard to changes in certain fund balances pursuant to GML Section 25, and had projected gaps of approximately $4.18 billion, $3.04 billion and $3.18 billion in fiscal years 2022 through 2024, respectively.

The Financial Plan reflects, since the June Financial Plan, an increase in projected net revenues of $2.50 billion in fiscal year 2021 and decreases in projected net revenues of $1.58 billion, $1.88 billion and $1.22 billion in fiscal years 2022 through 2024, respectively. Changes in projected revenues include: (i) decreases in real property tax revenues of $2.50 billion, $2.70 billion and $2.64 billion in fiscal years 2022 through 2024, respectively; (ii) increases in personal income tax revenues of $1.07 billion, $531 million, $528 million and $506 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively; (iii) increases in business tax revenues of $1.04 billion, $637 million, $529 million and $613 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively; (iv) decreases in sales tax revenues of $213 million, $441 million and $253 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2023, respectively, and an increase in sales tax revenues of $76 million in fiscal year 2024; (v) increases in real estate transaction tax revenues of

Table of Contents

$348 million, $336 million, $308 million and $372 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively; (vi) decreases in hotel tax revenues of $193 million, $335 million, $297 million and $139 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively; (vii) decreases in State School Tax Relief Program (the “STAR Program”) revenues of $8 million in fiscal year 2021 and $7 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2024; and (viii) an increase in other tax revenues of $116 million in fiscal year 2021 and decreases in other tax revenues of $5 million, $3 million and $19 million in fiscal years 2022 through 2024, respectively. Changes in projected revenues also include (i) increases in tax audit revenues of $250 million and $200 million in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, respectively; (ii) an increase of $212 million representing a debt service reimbursement payment from New York City Health and Hospitals (“NYCHH”); (iii) increases in various revenues included in the Citywide Savings Program (described below) of $19 million, $36 million, $48 million and $48 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively; and (iv) net decreases in non-tax revenues of $145 million, $36 million, $33 million and $32 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively.

The Financial Plan also reflects, since the June Financial Plan, decreases in projected net expenditures of $855 million, $2.40 billion, $616 million and $211 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively. Changes in projected expenditures include: (i) increases in agency expenses of $1.53 billion, $140 million, $81 million and $92 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively; (ii) decreases in various expenses included in the Citywide Savings Program of $424 million, $1.24 billion, $585 million and $592 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively (including savings of $57.2 million and $292.1 million in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, respectively, related to a hiring plan that allows for the hiring of only one employee for every three departures); (iii) decreases in debt service of $900 million, $625 million, $206 million and $301 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively, primarily as a result of lower interest rates and debt refinancing; (iv) a decrease of $100 million in reimbursement of the prior year’s Medicaid expenses in fiscal year 2021; (v) decreases in pension contributions of $430 million and $220 million in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, respectively, and increases in pension contributions of $94 million and $590 million in fiscal years 2023 and 2024, respectively, primarily as a result of the net impact of changes in assumptions and methods proposed by the City Actuary and subject to adoption by the respective pension boards, whereby gains from investments (fiscal year 2019 and prior) are recognized immediately instead of over a six-year period and the costs of a phased-in reduction over four years of the actuarial interest rate assumption from 7% (which is expiring) to 6.8%, subject to State legislative approval; (vi) decreases in the general reserve of $50 million and $900 million in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, respectively; (vii) a decrease in the capital stabilization reserve of $250 million in fiscal year 2022; and (viii) a decrease of $421 million in fiscal year 2021 reflecting a re-estimate of prior years’ expenses and receivables.

The Financial Plan reflects, since the June Financial Plan, provision for $3.36 billion for the prepayment in fiscal year 2021 of fiscal year 2022 expenses and an expenditure reduction of $3.36 billion in fiscal year 2022.

The Financial Plan reflects the deferral of $691 million in fiscal year 2021 labor costs into fiscal year 2022 as agreed to with various municipal unions through voluntary agreements or arbitration decisions. This includes the United Federation of Teachers (“UFT”), the District Council 37 of AFSME (“DC 37”), and Council of School Supervisors & Administrators. The Financial Plan also recognizes approximately $60 million in labor savings in fiscal year 2021 for costs that were to be paid by the City that are now being funded by NYCHH. In addition, the Financial Plan continues to recognize an additional $290 million of as yet to be identified labor savings in fiscal year 2021.

The Financial Plan reflects total federal aid of $11.87 billion, $7.01 billion, $6.95 billion, $6.93 billion and $6.92 billion in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively, including $3.54 billion of federal aid in fiscal year 2021 relating to the outbreak of COVID-19, all of which has been authorized. Although the City is seeking additional federal aid to address the impact of COVID-19, such additional aid is not reflected in the Financial Plan. Although the City previously sought State legislation authorizing the issuance of bonds to finance costs arising from the COVID-19 pandemic, it is not seeking such legislation at this time.

The Financial Plan reflects $41 million in fiscal year 2021 and $53 million in fiscal year 2022 for the cost of the Fair Fares Program, which provides reduced fares to low-income subway and bus riders, but does not reflect funding beyond fiscal year 2022. It is expected that funding sources for the continuation of the program will be identified in coordination with the City Council.

The Financial Plan reflects the intercept by the State of $250 million and $150 million in sales taxes in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, respectively, otherwise payable to the City, to provide assistance to distressed hospitals and nursing homes.

Table of Contents

The Financial Plan assumes the continued sale of real property tax liens through the lien sale program in each fiscal year, with the exception of fiscal year 2021, for which no lien sale is assumed. The Financial Plan reflects revenues in fiscal year 2021 from the lien sale program of $16 million from trusts established in connection with prior lien sales, along with a deferral of $96 million until fiscal year 2022. The Financial Plan further assumes that, due to COVID-19, real property tax delinquencies as a percentage of property tax levy will change from 1.8% in fiscal year 2020 to 2.6%, 2.5%, 1.6% 1.5% and 1.4% in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively. The authorization to sell real property tax liens expired on December 31, 2020. On January 28, 2021, the City Council passed a bill extending the City’s lien sale authorization through March 1, 2022. In the event that the program is not re-authorized beyond such date, real property tax delinquencies could increase beyond the rates assumed in the Financial Plan. Each 1% increase in delinquencies would reduce property tax revenues by $318 million in fiscal year 2022, $323 million in fiscal year 2023, $328 million in fiscal year 2024 and $332 million in fiscal year 2025.

The Financial Plan does not reflect the potential impact of proposals contained in the Governor’s Executive Budget, which was released on January 19, 2021 (the “Governor’s Executive Budget”). Such proposals, if enacted, are projected to have a total cost to the City of $310 million and $309 million in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, respectively, and $251 million in each of fiscal years 2023 through 2025. Such costs include (i) elimination of charter school facilities aid of $150 million in fiscal year 2021 and $100 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025; (ii) no reimbursement from the State for $92 million in transportation expenses incurred during school closures due to COVID-19 in fiscal year 2021; (iii) a reduction in the charter school per-pupil tuition rate of $29 million in fiscal year 2021; (iv) reduction of reimbursement for public health services of approximately $35 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025; (v) a 5% across the board reduction in Office of Children and Family Services and the Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance funding, which would result in combined payments to the City of $28.3 million in fiscal year 2021 and $43.75 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025 lower than assumed in the Financial Plan; (vi) a reduction of annual State funding that offsets the City’s subsidies for MTA Bus and the Staten Island Ferry, which would reduce payments to the City by $6.35 million in fiscal year 2021, and $25.38 million each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025. The Financial Plan also does not reflect the Governor’s proposal to require employers to provide eight hours of paid time off for COVID-19 vaccinations, which is one additional hour beyond the City’s proposal and would cost $10 million in fiscal year 2021 and $20 million in fiscal year 2022 beyond the amounts assumed in the Financial Plan. The Governor’s Executive Budget also includes proposed legislation that would enable to State to discontinue its annual payments covering debt service on STAR Corp. bonds if such bonds were refinanced with State supported debt.

State legislation authorizes the State Budget Director to make periodic adjustments to nearly all State spending, including State aid, in the event that actual State revenues come in below 99% of estimates or if actual disbursements exceed 101% of estimates. Specifically, the legislation provides that the State Budget Director will determine whether the State 2021 Budget is balanced during three “measurement periods”: April 1 to April 30, May 1 to June 30, and July 1 to December 31. According to the legislation, if a State General Fund imbalance has occurred during any measurement period, the State Budget Director will be empowered to adjust or reduce any general fund and/or State special revenue fund appropriation and related cash disbursement by any amount needed to maintain a balanced budget. The legislation further provides that, prior to making any adjustments or reductions, the State Budget Director must notify the Legislature in writing and the Legislature has 10 days following receipt of such notice to prepare and approve its own plan. If the Legislature fails to approve its own plan, the State Budget Director’s reductions will take effect automatically. Additionally, the State Budget Director may withhold State aid in the event there is a budgetary imbalance and such withholdings are necessary to address the financial, economic, and social effects of COVID-19. A budgetary imbalance is defined as actual State revenues being below 99% of estimates or if actual disbursements exceed 101% of estimates, for any period during the State fiscal year. Withholdings made under this authorization require notification to the Legislature, but the Legislature does not have an opportunity to approve any alternative withholding plan. On April 25, 2020, the State projected a $13.3 billion shortfall as a consequence of the COVID-19 pandemic, and in October 2020 increased the projected shortfall to $14.9 billion. To address budget gaps, the State has delayed payments of at least $800 million to the City in fiscal year 2021. However, the Governor announced that 75% of such withholdings will be restored by March 2021. Additionally, the Governor’s Executive Budget contains authorization for the New York State Division of the Budget to withhold appropriations in the State’s 2021-2022 fiscal year if the State does not receive at least $3 billion in unrestricted federal aid by August 31, 2021. Reductions or continued delays in the payment of State aid as described above could adversely affect the financial condition of the City.

The Financial Plan does not reflect (i) estimated school aid that is at least $721 million, $827 million, $497 million, and $152 million lower than assumed in the Financial Plan in fiscal years 2022 through 2025, respectively; (ii) the potential impact on the City of a State initiative to redesign its Medicaid program to achieve $2.5 billion in savings statewide, which is unknown at this time; and (iii) $2.8 billion of the $3 billion the City is required to contribute to the MTA 2020-2024 capital plan, on a schedule concurrent with the State’s $3 billion contribution to be set by the State Budget Director. The Financial Plan also

Table of Contents

does not reflect the impact, in fiscal years 2022 through 2024, respectively, of a requirement that the City increase its funding of the MTA’s net paratransit operating deficit from 33% to 50%. The Financial Plan reflects $238 million in fiscal year 2021 and $175 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2024 to cover the City’s contributions for paratransit services, compared to MTA’s estimate of such costs of $201 million, $256 million, $285 million and $304 million in such fiscal years.

The Financial Plan does not reflect future increases in the charter school per-pupil tuition rate, which, if not offset by changes to State education aid to the City that occur each year during the State budget process, are preliminarily estimated to cost the City $154 million in fiscal year 2022, $282 million in fiscal year 2023, $433 million in fiscal year 2024 and $625 million in fiscal year 2025. These figures are based on preliminary data. Final figures that would determine the actual costs to the City will not be finalized until the time of the State budget process for the applicable year. The Financial Plan also does not reflect approximately $70 million in increased charter school costs in fiscal year 2021 attributable to an increase in enrollment for such year.

The Financial Plan does not reflect funding to cover projected increases in the annual operating deficit of the MTA Bus Company, which the City is obligated to fund. The Financial Plan reflects $456 million in each of fiscal years 2021 through 2024, compared to MTA’s estimate of such costs of $588 million, $726 million, $701 million and $693 million in such fiscal years, based on the MTA’s financial plan released in November 2020.

The Financial Plan does not reflect: (i) the restoration of Fair Student Funding, which provides direct funding to support schools, at a cost of $150 million in fiscal year 2022; (ii) the restoration of the expansion for the 3K pre-school program at a cost of approximately $44 million in fiscal year 2022; and (iii) funding for a tax rebate for certain one-to-three family homes currently estimated to be up to $90 million in fiscal year 2022, each of which was proposed by the Mayor after the release of the Financial Plan.

State legislation provides for congestion tolling for vehicles entering a designated congestion zone in Manhattan below 60th Street, the revenues from which will be directed to the MTA for transit improvements. Details of the plan, including pricing and the start date, have yet to be determined. The start date could be delayed until 2023 due to a delay in receiving guidance from the federal government on an environmental assessment.

The Financial Plan assumes that the City’s direct costs (including costs of NYCHH and NYCHA) as a result of Superstorm Sandy (“Sandy”) will largely be paid from non-City sources, primarily the federal government. In addition to such direct costs, the City is delivering Sandy-related disaster recovery assistance services, benefiting impacted communities, businesses, homeowners and renters (“Community Costs”). The City anticipates that funding for Community Costs will be primarily reimbursed with federal funds. However, the City is responsible for $134 million of such Community Costs, which are reflected in the Financial Plan. The City may also be responsible for up to approximately $150 million of additional Community Costs, which are not currently reflected in the Financial Plan.

On January 31, 2019, the New York City Housing Authority (“NYCHA”), the City and the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development (“HUD”) entered into an agreement relating to lead-based paint and other health and safety concerns in NYCHA’s properties. Pursuant to this agreement, a federal monitor has been appointed to oversee NYCHA’s compliance with the terms of the agreement and federal regulations, and the City will provide additional funding. Pursuant to the agreement, the City’s five-year capital commitment plan for fiscal years 2021 through 2025, which covers the current fiscal year and the four-year capital plan for fiscal years 2022 through 2025 (the “2021-2025 Capital Commitment Plan”), reflects $1.2 billion in additional City capital funds, with an additional $1 billion in City capital funds reflected in the remaining years of the Ten-Year Capital Strategy for fiscal years 2020 through 2029. NYCHA has announced that it may be out of compliance with federal requirements beyond the regulations concerning lead-based paint and other health and safety concerns that were the subject of such agreement. NYCHA’s 2017 Physical Needs Assessment estimated its projected capital costs at approximately $32 billion over the next five years. In January 2020, NYCHA’s Chairman and Chief Executive Officer stated that such costs were $40 billion. In July 2020, NYCHA announced a plan to carry out capital improvements to approximately 110,000 public housing units through a federal disposition process that would utilize a newly created public entity, the creation of which would require State legislative approval. The plan seeks to generate funds by borrowing against pooled federal Tenant Protection Vouchers, which are federal rental vouchers with a higher value than the Section 9 operating subsidy that NYCHA currently receives. The plan does not explicitly require City investment or directly impact the Financial Plan.

Table of Contents

On May 31, 2018, the Mayor and the Speaker of the City Council established the New York City Advisory Commission on Property Tax Reform (the “Commission”) to consider changes to the City’s property taxation system, without reducing property tax revenues to the City. On January 31, 2020, the Commission released its preliminary report and recommendations which, among other things, would align the taxable value of certain properties more closely with market value. The Commission is expected to hold public hearings to solicit public input on its preliminary report. The implementation of a new property tax system would require State legislation.

On February 11, 2021, the Mayor signed an Executive Order establishing a Revenue Stabilization Account, which had been previously authorized by an amendment to the City Charter and the enactment of enabling State legislation. The initial deposit into such Revenue Stabilization Account consists of approximately $493 million, representing accumulated surpluses from prior fiscal years.

Section 1518 of the City Charter provides that tax warrants authorizing the imposition of property taxes by the City are to be signed by the Public Advocate and counter-signed by the City Clerk. On July 1, 2020, Public Advocate Jumaane Williams announced he would not sign tax warrants for City property taxes due on January 1, 2021 and April 1, 2021 for policy reasons related to the City budget but unrelated to the imposition of property taxes and, to the date of the Financial Plan, has not signed the tax warrants. The City issued bills for property taxes due on January 1, 2021 and April 1, 2021 and intends to collect payments on all such bills. On March 8, 2021, the Public Advocate filed an Article 78 petition in New York State Supreme Court in New York County asking the Court to issue an order prohibiting the City from filing borough property tax assessment rolls and warrants or issuing adjusted property tax bills and quarterly statements unless the related tax warrants have been signed by the Public Advocate and countersigned by the City Clerk. The City maintains that the City Charter requirement that the Public Advocate sign the tax warrants is ministerial in nature and that the property taxes were properly imposed. The City intends to vigorously challenge the Public Advocate’s petition.

The City’s Preliminary Ten-Year Capital Strategy for fiscal years 2022 through 2031 (the “Preliminary Ten-Year Capital Strategy”) reflects approximately $1.6 billion for reconstruction work on the Brooklyn Queens Expressway Triple Cantilever. The ultimate cost and scope of such reconstruction are uncertain at this time, but costs could be significantly higher than currently provided in the City’s Capital Budget.

From time to time, the City Comptroller, the Control Board staff, the Office of the State Deputy Comptroller for the City of New York (“OSDC”), the Independent Budget Office (“IBO”) and others issue reports and make public statements regarding the City’s financial condition, commenting on, among other matters, the City’s financial plans, projected revenues and expenditures and actions by the City to eliminate projected operating deficits. It is reasonable to expect that reports and statements will continue to be issued and may contain different perspectives on the City’s budget and economy and may engender public comment. For information on reports issued on the November Financial Plan and the Financial Plan by the City Comptroller and others reviewing, commenting on and identifying various risks therein, see “Certain Reports.”

Job Growth. The City is a leading center for the banking and securities industry, life insurance, communications, fashion design, health care, education, technology, information services, hospitality and retail fields. Over the past two decades, the City has experienced a number of business cycles. From 1992 to 2000, the City added 456,500 private sector jobs (growth of 17%). From 2000 to 2003, the City lost 173,200 private sector jobs (decline of 5%). From 2003 to 2008, the City added 257,600 private sector jobs (growth of 9%). From 2008 to 2009, the City lost 103,100 private sector jobs (decline of 3%). From 2009 to 2019, the City added 918,800 private sector jobs (growth of 29%). All such changes are based on average annual employment levels through and including the years referenced.

As of December 2020, total employment in the City was 4,161,800 compared to 4,739,800 in December 2019, a decrease of approximately 12.2% based on data provided by the New York State Department of Labor, which is not seasonally adjusted. Following the onset of the COVID-19 pandemic and the City and State actions to mitigate the spread of COVID-19, the City has seen a large increase in initial claims for unemployment. Since the week ending March 14, 2020 through the week ending February 6, 2021, there have been 2,379,605 initial claims for unemployment insurance in New York City, compared to 299,522 over the same period in 2019.

Assumptions. The Financial Plan is based on numerous assumptions, including the condition of the City’s and the region’s economies and the concomitant receipt of economically sensitive tax revenues in the amounts projected. The Financial Plan is subject to various other uncertainties and contingencies relating to, among other factors, the extent, if any, to which wage increases for City employees exceed the annual wage costs assumed; realization of projected earnings for pension fund assets and current assumptions with respect to wages for City employees affecting the City’s required pension fund

Table of Contents

contributions; the willingness and ability of the State to provide the aid contemplated by the Financial Plan and to take various other actions to assist the City; the ability of NYCHH and other such entities to maintain balanced budgets; the willingness of the federal government to provide the amount of federal aid contemplated in the Financial Plan; the impact on City revenues and expenditures of federal and State legislation affecting Medicare or other entitlement programs; adoption of the City’s budgets by the City Council in substantially the forms submitted by the Mayor; the ability of the City to implement cost reduction initiatives, and the success with which the City controls expenditures; the impact of conditions in the real estate market on real estate tax revenues; the ability of the City and other financing entities to market their securities successfully in the public credit markets; the impact of the outbreak of COVID-19; and the extension of the authorization to sell real property tax liens. Certain of these assumptions are reviewed in reports issued by the City Comptroller and other public officials. See “Certain Reports” herein.

The projections and assumptions contained in the Financial Plan are subject to revision, which may be substantial. No assurance can be given that these estimates and projections, which include actions the City expects will be taken but are not within the City’s control, will be realized.

Real Estate Tax. Projections of real estate tax revenues are based on a number of assumptions, including, among others, assumptions relating to the tax rate, the assessed valuation of the City’s taxable real estate, the delinquency rate, debt service needs, a reserve for uncollectible taxes and the operating limit.

Projections of real estate tax revenues include net revenues from the sale of real property tax liens of $16 million in fiscal year 2021, $128 million in fiscal year 2022 and $80 million in each of fiscal years 2023 through 2025. Projections of real estate tax revenues include the effects of the STAR Program, which will reduce the real estate tax revenues by an estimated $154 million in fiscal year 2021 and $152 million, $150 million, $148 million and $146 million in fiscal years 2022 through 2025, respectively. Projections of real estate tax revenues reflect the estimated cost of extending the current tax reduction for owners of cooperative and condominium apartments amounting to $667 million, $614 million, $624 million, $632 million and $639 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively.

The delinquency rate was 1.4% in fiscal year 2016, 1.3% in fiscal year 2017, 1.2% in fiscal year 2018, 1.2% in fiscal year 2019 and 1.8% in fiscal year 2020. The Financial Plan projects delinquency rates of 2.6% in fiscal year 2021, 2.5% in fiscal year 2022, 1.6% in fiscal year 2023, 1.5% in fiscal year 2024 and 1.4% in fiscal year 2025.

On April 24, 2017, a lawsuit was filed challenging the City’s real property tax system and valuation methodology. The action alleges that the City’s real property tax system violates the State and federal constitutions as well as the Fair Housing Act. The action further alleges the valuation methodology as mandated by certain provisions of the State Real Property Tax Law results in a disparity and inequality in the amount of taxes paid by Black and Hispanic Class 1 property owners and renters. In a decision dated February 27, 2020, the Appellate Division, First Department granted the City’s motion to dismiss and dismissed all claims against the City. On September 15, 2020, the New York Court of Appeals dismissed a motion for the plaintiffs’ purported appeal as of right of the First Department rulings. Plaintiff has indicated that it intends to explore its appellate options. The City plans to mount a vigorous defense against all claims made in the action.

Other Taxes. The Financial Plan reflects the following assumptions regarding projected baseline revenues from other Taxes: (i) with respect to the personal income tax, a steep drop in fiscal year 2021 revenues triggered by both a lower forecast for total wages and lower non-wage sources attributable to the continued effects of COVID-19, moderate to strong growth in fiscal year 2022 revenues, as total wages are expected to recover, and continued moderate growth on average in fiscal years 2023 through 2025; (ii) with respect to the business corporation tax, a steep decline in fiscal year 2021 reflecting the losses both Main Street and Wall Street businesses face due to the worsening economy resulting from COVID-19, strong growth in fiscal year 2022 as the impact of COVID-19 wanes, and moderate to slightly negative changes in fiscal years 2023 through 2025; (iii) with respect to the unincorporated business income tax, a small decline in growth for fiscal year 2021 following the prior year’s decline, reflecting a drop in tax payments due to the impact of COVID-19 on many industry sectors such as hospitality, entertainment, food and beverage and general retail, a return to more average growth in fiscal year 2022 reflecting an improved economic situation in the City, and a return to moderate growth in fiscal years 2023 through 2025 reflecting the control of the pandemic and, consequently, economic growth; (iv) with respect to the sales tax, a decline in growth in fiscal year 2021 following the prior year’s decline, reflecting that consumer spending due to the pandemic will remain constrained through most of fiscal year 2021 as economic uncertainty and job loss will influence individuals to save and spend mainly on essentials, with tourism, hospitality and entertainment spending remaining severely hampered due to COVID-19, a rebound in growth in fiscal years 2022 and 2023 from increased consumer spending due to pent-up demand

Table of Contents

and the recovery of the tourism, hospitality and entertainment industries as COVID-19 is controlled, and moderate growth in fiscal years 2024 and 2025 reflecting economic growth; (v) with respect to the real property transfer tax, a steep decline in fiscal year 2021 reflecting a drop in the number of transactions due to the impact of COVID-19 as well as weakness in high end residential transactions that existed before the COVID-19 shut-down, strong growth in fiscal years 2022 and 2023 as the City’s economy rebounds and steady trend growth in fiscal years 2024 and 2025 reflecting steady economic growth; (vi) with respect to the mortgage recording tax, a decline in fiscal year 2021 mirroring weakness in transaction activity, a strong rebound in fiscal year 2022 before returning to the long-term trend growth rate in fiscal years 2023 through 2025 reflecting steady economic growth; and (vii) with respect to the commercial rent tax, a decline in fiscal year 2021 reflecting the COVID-19 impact with growth returning in fiscal years 2022 through 2025, as the local office market improves with employment gains.

Intergovernmental Aid. For its normal operations, the City depends on aid from the State both to enable the City to balance its budget and to meet its cash requirements. There can be no assurance that there will not be delays or reductions in State aid to the City from amounts currently projected; that State budgets for future State fiscal years will be adopted by the April 1 statutory deadline, or interim appropriations will be enacted; or that any such reductions or delays will not have adverse effects on the City’s cash flow or expenditures. In addition, the City and the State have made various assumptions with respect to federal aid. Future federal actions or inactions could have adverse effects on the City, both directly and indirectly through reductions in State aid to localities that will need to be taken in the absence of additional federal aid to the State.

Personal Service Costs and Other Post-Employment Benefits. The Financial Plan projects that the authorized number of City-funded full-time and full-time equivalent employees will decrease from an estimated level of 270,999 as of June 30, 2021 to an estimated level of 270,512 by June 30, 2025.

Other fringe benefits includes $2.751 billion, $3.075 billion, $3.219 billion, $3.426 billion and $3.592 billion in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively, for post-employment benefits other than pensions (“OPEB”) expenditures for current retirees, which costs are currently paid by the City on a pay-as-you-go basis.

The Financial Plan reflects contract settlements with DC 37 and the UFT and others (which, together, represent nearly 84% of the City’s unionized workforce) and the application of the pattern increases established in those settlements to the entire workforce over a 43-month contract period. The pattern framework provides for a 2% wage increase on the first month of the contract, a 2.25% wage increase on the 13th month, and a 3% wage increase on the 26th month. The pattern also provides funding equivalent to 0.5% of wages to be used to fund benefit items. The DC 37 settlement covers the period from September 26, 2017 through May 25, 2021. The UFT settlement covers the period from February 14, 2019 through September 13, 2022. Such settlements also include health insurance savings as part of a new Municipal Labor Committee (“MLC”) agreement (the “2018 MLC Agreement”), in addition to those previously agreed upon.

In December 2019, the Uniformed Officers Coalition, consisting of eight uniformed unions, reached a settlement with the City. The settlement set the pattern for uniformed force employees in the 2017-2021 round of collective bargaining over a 36-month period, with increases of 2.25% effective the first day, 2.5% as of the 13th month, and 3% as of the 25th month. The cost of the uniformed pattern settlement is reflected in the reserve for collective bargaining in the Financial Plan. Contracts with the five remaining uniformed unions remain unsettled. One of the unsettled unions, the Police Benevolent Association, has filed for arbitration over new contract terms. Arbitration proceedings are currently on hold as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The amounts in the Financial Plan reflect the offsets from health insurance savings of $600 million in fiscal year 2021 and thereafter. These savings are pursuant to the 2018 MLC Agreement. The City has the right to enforce the agreement through a binding arbitration process. If total health insurance savings in fiscal year 2021 are greater than $600 million, the first $68 million of such additional savings will be used by the City to make a $100 per member per year increase to welfare funds effective July 1, 2021. If a savings amount over $600 million but less than $668 million is achieved, the $100 per member per year increase will be prorated. Any savings thereafter are to be divided equally between the City and the unions. These savings are in addition to the $3.4 billion of health insurance savings the City achieved in fiscal years 2015 through 2018, $1.3 billion of which are recurring, which were negotiated pursuant to a previous MLC agreement.

The Financial Plan reflects no wage increases for two years following the expiration of the current labor contracts covering the 2017-2021 round of collective bargaining, followed by annual 1% wage increases. The Financial Plan further reflects decreases in labor expenses of $1 billion in each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025. The Financial Plan reflects the deferral of $691 million in fiscal year 2021 labor costs into fiscal year 2022 as agreed to with various municipal unions through voluntary

Table of Contents

agreements or arbitration decisions. This includes the UFT, DC 37, and Council of School Supervisors & Administrators. The Financial Plan also recognizes approximately $20 million in savings from more than 9,000 unrepresented employees being furloughed for five days between October 2020 and March 2021. The Financial Plan also reflects savings of $57.2 million, $292.1 million, $351.0 million, $357.4 million and $363.8 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively, related to a hiring plan that allows for the hiring of one only employee for every three departures. In fiscal year 2022, the hiring plan is expected to reduce City headcount by approximately 5,000 positions. In addition, the Financial Plan continues to recognize an additional $290 million of as yet to be identified labor savings in fiscal year 2021. The unions covered by the deferrals are covered by a no-layoff pledge that expires on June 30, 2021 unless the City receives federal stimulus or borrowing authority totaling $5 billion, in which case the no-layoff pledge would be extended to June 30, 2022. Employees not represented by those groups are not covered by the no-layoff pledge.

Administrative Other Than Personal Services (“OTPS”) and Energy Costs. The Financial Plan contains estimates of the City’s administrative OTPS expenditures for general supplies and materials, equipment and selected contractual services, and the impact of agency gap-closing actions relating to such expenditures in the 2021 fiscal year. Thereafter, to account for inflation, administrative OTPS expenditures are projected to rise by 2.5% annually in fiscal years 2021 through 2025. Energy costs for each of the 2021 through 2025 fiscal years are assumed to vary annually, with total energy expenditures projected at $884 million in fiscal year 2021 and increasing to $1.1 billion by fiscal year 2025.

Public Assistance. Of total cash assistance expenditures in the City, the City-funded portion is projected to be $845 million in fiscal year 2021 and $890 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025.

Medical Assistance. Medical assistance payments projected in the Financial Plan consist of payments to voluntary hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, intermediate care facilities, home care providers, pharmacies, managed care organizations, physicians and other medical practitioners. The City-funded portion of medical assistance payments is estimated at $5.5 billion for the 2021 fiscal year and is expected to be $5.8 billion in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025. Such payments include the City’s capped share of local Medicaid expenditures as well as Supplemental Medicaid payments to NYCHH.

New York City Health and Hospitals. NYCHH, which provides essential services to over 1.1 million New Yorkers annually, faces near- and long-term financial challenges resulting from, among other things, changes in hospital reimbursement under the Affordable Care Act and the statewide transition to managed care. On April 26, 2016, the City released “One New York: Health Care for Our Neighborhoods,” a report outlining the City’s plan to address NYCHH’s financial shortfall.

In February 2021, NYCHH released a cash-based financial plan, which projected City-funded expenditures of $1.9 billion and $1.5 billion in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, respectively, and $1.3 billion in each of fiscal years 2023 through 2025, in addition to the forgiveness of debt service in fiscal years 2022 through 2025 and the City’s contribution to supplemental Medicaid payments, which is consistent with the City’s Financial Plan. NYCHH’s financial plan projected total receipts of $11.0 billion, $8.8 billion, $9.0 billion, $8.5 billion and $8.4 billion, and total disbursements of $11.1 billion, $9.1 billion, $8.8 billion, $8.7 billion and $8.6 billion in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively.

NYCHH relies on significant projected revenue from Medicaid, Medicare and other third-party payor programs. Future changes to such programs could have adverse impacts on NYCHH’s financial condition.

Other. The projections set forth in the Financial Plan for OTPS-Other include the City’s contributions to New York City Transit (“NYCT”), NYCHA, City University of New York (“CUNY”) and subsidies to libraries and various cultural institutions. They also include projections for the cost of future judgments and claims, which are discussed below under “Judgments and Claims.” In the past, the City has provided additional assistance to certain State governmental agencies, public authorities or public benefit corporations which receive or may receive monies from the City directly, indirectly or contingently (“Covered Organizations”) that had exhausted their financial resources prior to the end of the fiscal year. No assurance can be given that similar additional assistance will not be required in the future.

New York City Transit. NYCT operates under its own section of the Financial Plan as a Covered Organization. A financial plan for NYCT covering its 2021 through 2024 fiscal years was published in November 2020 (the “2021 NYCT Financial Plan”). An updated NYCT financial plan was released on February 18, 2021 and is currently under review by OMB. The statement below presents information from the 2021 NYCT Financial Plan released in November 2020. The NYCT fiscal year coincides with the calendar year. The 2021 NYCT Financial Plan reflects the impacts of the outbreak of COVID-19 on MTA costs and the resulting ridership decline. The 2021 NYCT Financial Plan reflects City assistance to the NYCT operating budget of $366.8. million in 2020, increasing to $536.3 million in 2024. In addition, the 2021 NYCT Financial Plan projects real estate transfer tax revenue

Table of Contents

dedicated for NYCT use of $384.3 million in 2020, increasing to $438.2 million in 2024. The 2021 NYCT Financial Plan includes decreased expected fare box revenue based on projected lower ridership and reflects funding for MTA’s COVID-19 relief efforts. Based on OMB review and analysis, the NYCT accrual-based financial plan reflects $9.0 billion in revenues and $14.3 billion in expenses for 2020, leaving a budget gap of $5.3 billion. After accounting for accrual adjustments and cash carried over from 2019, operating budget gaps of $1.6 billion in 2020, $6.5 billion in 2021, $9.2 billion in 2021, $11.1 billion in 2023 and $13.1 billion in 2024 are projected.

In 2009, a Payroll Mobility Tax (“PMT”) was enacted into State law to provide $0.34 for every $100 of payroll in the MTA’s 12-county service area. The PMT is currently expected to generate revenues for the MTA of $637.0 million in 2020, increasing to $851.7 million in 2024.

The MTA faces serious budget shortfalls from historic declines in fare, toll, and tax revenues as a result of the outbreak of COVID-19. City-subsidized services such as Paratransit, the MTA Bus Company, and Staten Island Rapid Transit Operating Authority have been negatively impacted by COVID-19. While funding from the federal Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (“CARES Act”) has offset shortfalls in revenues and helped to pay for additional cleaning costs, the impact on the City’s payments to the MTA is dependent on future uncertainties such as additional federal funding, ridership trends, ongoing cleaning costs, and service adjustments. The MTA expects to receive an additional $4 billion from the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021, signed into law by President Trump on December 27, 2020. After the new federal aid is applied in 2021, the MTA anticipates a remaining $8 billion cumulative operating deficit through 2024 based on the financial plan published in November 2020.

The 2015-2019 Capital Program currently includes $33.9 billion for all MTA agencies, including $16.7 billion to be invested in the NYCT core system and $1.7 billion for NYCT network expansion. The State has agreed to contribute $9.1 billion towards the 2015-2019 Capital Program. The City has agreed to contribute $2.656 billion. Of the City’s contribution, $2.056 billion has been reflected in the City’s 2021-2025 Capital Commitment Plan, including $164.0 million for the Subway Action Plan. The remaining $600 million will come from joint ventures, such as development deals, which will not flow through the City budget.

On September 19, 2019, the MTA released its 2020-2024 Capital Program, which took effect by default in January 2020. The program includes $54.8 billion for all MTA agencies, including $37.3 billion to be invested in subways and $3.5 billion for buses. The entire 2020-2024 Capital Program is on hold indefinitely as the MTA seeks emergency federal funding.

Legislation adopted in 2019 includes the enactment of congestion tolling for vehicles entering a designated congestion zone in Manhattan below 60th Street, with a start date no earlier than December 31, 2020, the revenues from which will be directed to the MTA for transit improvements. Details of the plan, including pricing and the start date, have yet to be determined. The December 31, 2020 start date was not achieved given federal government inaction on providing guidance on environmental assessment, and the program could be delayed until 2023.

In addition, the State budget for State fiscal year 2020 (the “State 2020 Budget”) included legislation authorizing the imposition of sales tax on certain additional internet sales and providing that City sales tax revenues of $127.5 million in State fiscal year 2020 (reflecting the portion of the year in which it is effective) and $170 million in State fiscal year 2021, and thereafter increasing by one percent per year, will be directed to the MTA for transit improvements. Revenues from such additional sales tax are currently estimated to be approximately $170 million per year and are in addition to existing sales taxes attributable to certain other internet transactions. Additionally, such legislation provides that State sales tax revenues of $112.5 million in State fiscal year 2020 and $150 million in State fiscal year 2021, and thereafter increasing by one percent per year, will be directed to the MTA for transit improvements. The State 2020 Budget also includes legislation increasing real estate transfer taxes on properties valued at more than $2 million, which will also be directed to the MTA for transit improvements.

The State 2021 Budget requires the City to contribute $3 billion towards the 2020-2024 Capital Program, concurrent with the State’s $3 billion contribution. Neither the City nor the State can use operating funds dedicated to the MTA to supplant their capital commitment and must pay on a schedule determined by the State Budget Director. $2.8 billion of the City’s $3 billion contribution has not yet been appropriated. OMB does not anticipate the appropriations will be needed within the current City fiscal year.

The State 2021 Budget included a requirement that the City increase its funding of the MTA’s net paratransit operating deficit from 33% to 50%. The Financial Plan reflects $238 million in fiscal year 2021 and $175 million in each of fiscal years 2022

Table of Contents

through 2024 to cover the City’s contributions for paratransit services, compared to MTA’s estimate of such costs of $201 million, $256 million, $285 million and $304 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2024. Spending on paratransit is significantly impacted by ridership levels, and it is unknown what the long-term impacts of COVID-19 will be on use. The City will continue to monitor the anticipated paratransit costs for future years.

Department of Education. State law requires the City to provide City funds for the Department of Education (“DOE”) each year in an amount not less than the amount appropriated for the preceding fiscal year, excluding amounts for debt service and pensions for the DOE. Such City funding must be maintained, unless total City funds for the fiscal year are estimated to be lower than in the preceding fiscal year, in which case the mandated City funding for the DOE may be reduced by an amount up to the percentage reduction in total City funds.

Judgments and Claims. In the fiscal year ended on June 30, 2020, the City expended $709.0 million for judgments and claims. The Financial Plan includes provisions for judgments and claims of $727.1 million, $742.3 million, $758.2 million, $774.6 million and $791.2 million for the 2021 through 2025 fiscal years, respectively. These projections incorporate a substantial amount of claims costs attributed to NYCHH, estimated to be $140 million in each year of the Financial Plan, for which NYCHH reimburses the City unless otherwise forgiven by the City, which was the case in fiscal years 2013 and 2016. The City is a party to numerous lawsuits and is the subject of numerous claims and investigations. The City has estimated that its potential future liability on account of outstanding claims against it as of June 30, 2020 amounted to approximately $7.1 billion. This estimate was made by categorizing the various claims and applying a statistical model, based primarily on actual settlements by type of claim during the preceding ten fiscal years, and by supplementing the estimated liability with information supplied by the City’s Corporation Counsel.

In addition to the above claims, numerous real estate tax certiorari proceedings involving allegations of inequality of assessment, illegality and overvaluation are currently pending against the City. The City’s Financial Statements for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2020 include an estimate that the City’s liability in the certiorari proceedings, as of June 30, 2020, could amount to approximately $1.124 billion. Provision has been made in the Financial Plan for estimated refunds of $400 million in each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025.

Certain Reports. Set forth below are summaries of the most recent reports of the City Comptroller, OSDC and the staff of the Control Board. These summaries do not purport to be comprehensive or definitive.

On March 2, 2021, the City Comptroller released a report titled “Comments on New York City’s Preliminary Budget for Fiscal Year 2022 and Financial Plan for Fiscal Years 2021-2025.” The report notes that, since the November Financial Plan, there have been several positive developments with implications for the City’s recovery and fiscal outlook, including Congressional approval of stimulus payments, the extension of unemployment benefits and the rollout of the COVID-19 vaccination efforts. However, the report also notes that challenges to a full economic recovery remain. Seasonally adjusted December private employment in the City is more than 600,000 jobs below the pre-pandemic peak and declined by over 31,000 in the last two months of 2020.

The report notes that the City’s preliminary budget for fiscal year 2022 is balanced and closes the $3.75 billion gap projected in the November Financial Plan. Overall, tax revenues in fiscal year 2022 are $1.58 billion less than projected in the November Financial Plan. While the City has benefited from stronger income and business tax receipts than previously anticipated, the impact of the pandemic on property values was greater than expected, resulting in a reduction of property tax revenues by about $2.5 billion annually beginning in fiscal year 2022. A decline from the November Financial Plan in City-funds expenditures offset the drop in tax revenue and balanced the budget. More than half of the reduction in City-funds spending is from an increase of $2.75 billion in the fiscal year 2021 budget stabilization account for the prepayment of fiscal year 2022 debt service.

In the report, the City Comptroller projects additional resources of $396 million in fiscal year 2021 and net risks of $1.43 billion, $2.13 billion, $2.29 billion and $2.61 billion in fiscal years 2022 through 2025, respectively, which, when added to the results projected in the Financial Plan, would result in a surplus of $396 million in fiscal year 2021 and gaps of approximately $1.43 billion, $6.44 billion, $6.48 billion and $6.89 billion in fiscal years 2022 through 2025, respectively.

The differences from the Financial Plan projections result in part from the City Comptroller’s net expenditure projections, which are higher than the Financial Plan projections by $472 million, $1.50 billion, $1.73 billion, $1.90 billion and $2.09 billion in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively, as a result of: (i) additional overtime expenditures of $287 million and $107 million in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, respectively, and $130 million in each of fiscal years 2023 through 2025; (ii) increased

Table of Contents

expenditures associated with increases in charter school tuition rates of $154 million, $282 million, $433 million and $600 million in fiscal years 2022 through 2025, respectively; (iii) increased expenditures associated with payments to parents who legally seek reimbursement for placing special needs children in non-public schools of $150 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025; (iv) increased expenditures for student transportation of $75 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025; (v) uncertainty of federal Medicaid reimbursement for special education services of $20 million in each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025; (vi) increased expenditures to fund the Fair Fares program of $47 million in fiscal year 2022 and $100 million in each of fiscal years 2023 through 2025; (vii) increased homeless shelter operation expenditures of $12 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025; (viii) increased expenditures associated with unspecified labor savings of $290 million in fiscal year 2021 and $1 billion in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025; and (ix) increased expenditures associated with paratransit funding of $81 million, $111 million, $130 million and $150 million in fiscal years 2022 through 2025, respectively.

The report also projects: (i) decreased expenditures associated with pre-K special education of $50 million in each of fiscal years 2021 through 2025; (ii) anticipated debt service savings from low interest rates on variable rate bonds of $25 million in fiscal year 2021 and $100 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025; and (iii) anticipated savings in the general reserve of $50 million in fiscal year 2021.

The differences from the Financial Plan projections also result from the City Comptroller’s net revenue projections, which are higher than the Financial Plan projections by $868 million and $70 million in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, and lower than the Financial Plan projections by $400 million, $387 million and $527 million in fiscal years 2023 through 2025, respectively. The report projects that: (i) personal income tax revenues will be higher by $495 million and $29 million in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, respectively; (ii) business tax revenue will be higher by $350 million in fiscal year 2021; (iii) sales tax revenue will be higher by $24 million, $66 million, $89 million, $142 million and $131 million in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively; (iv) real-estate-related tax revenues will be higher by $15 million in fiscal year 2022; and (v) revenues from audit collections will be higher by $200 million in each of fiscal years 2023 through 2025.

The report also identifies certain risks to projected revenues that result in the following differences from the Financial Plan: (i) personal income revenues will be lower by $237 million, $77 million and $51 million in fiscal years 2023 through 2025, respectively; (ii) business tax revenues will be lower by $40 million, $178 million, $187 million and $173 million in fiscal years 2022 through 2025, respectively; and (iii) real estate-related tax revenues will be lower by $1 million in fiscal year 2021 and $274 million, $465 million and $634 million in fiscal years 2023 through 2025, respectively.

The report notes that the Financial Plan does not reflect potential federal budget relief from actions taken by the Biden administration, although it does assume FEMA reimbursement for 75 percent of eligible expenditures, which has since been increased to 100 percent of eligible COVID-19 related spending. This additional reimbursement is estimated to provide an additional $1 billion of FEMA funding to the City and will allow the City to rescind or reduce some of the service reductions in the Financial Plan and use the balance towards budget relief. In addition, a federal $1.9 trillion stimulus bill was enacted in March 2021 that is not included in the Financial Plan but includes $5.9 billion for the City. However, the report notes that the Governor’s Executive Budget includes provisions to shift costs to the City, including the use of STAR Program reimbursement to offset some of the federal relief. Since many of these cost shifts extend beyond the expiration of federal COVID-19 relief, the Governor’s Executive Budget, if adopted as proposed, would have a negative impact on the City in the long term.

On February 23, 2021, the OSDC released a review of the Financial Plan. The report notes that the City was able to balance the fiscal year 2021 budget by one-shot actions, noting the use of retiree health reserves, spending cuts, $1 billion in unidentified labor savings and federal pandemic relief funds. While the gross city product is expected to decline by only 0.6% in 2020, due to the limited impact of COVID-19 on higher-income workers who are able to rely on telework, the City’s unemployment rate is well behind the national rate as demand for leisure and accommodations services remains low. At the same time, there is increased demand for social safety net services with significant increases in unemployment compensation, Medicaid and cash assistance rolls.

The report notes that the City should be able to generate a surplus of nearly $3.4 billion for fiscal year 2021 due to better than projected revenues from income and corporate taxes, front-loaded debt service savings from refinancings and deferred labor costs. The City’s outlook for Financial Plan years beyond 2021 has worsened as the City expects declines in property tax collections in fiscal year 2022 and not returning to pre-pandemic levels until fiscal year 2025. The report states that the City needs to close projected outyear budget gaps but has few good options for doing so. The report recommends that the best short-term option is savvy management of federal relief to enable recovery.

Table of Contents

The OSDC report quantifies certain risks to the Financial Plan. The report identifies net risks of $384 million, $1.99 billion, $4.25 billion, $3.57 billion and $2.58 billion in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively. When combined with the results projected in the Financial Plan, the report estimates budget gaps of $384 million, $1.99 billion, $8.56 billion, $7.76 billion and $6.86 billion in fiscal years 2021 through 2025, respectively. These estimates include reductions to planned local assistance appropriations as proposed in the Governor’s Executive Budget of $94 million in fiscal year 2021 and $333 million in each of fiscal years 2023 through 2025, as well as additional appropriations of $378 million in fiscal year 2022.

The risks to the Financial Plan identified in the report include: (i) reductions in tax revenues of $816 million, $726 million and $436 million in fiscal years 2022 through 2024, respectively; (ii) reductions in labor savings of $290 million in fiscal year 2021 and $1.00 billion in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025; (iii) increased expenditures associated with education funding of $380 million, $1.88 billion, $1.47 billion and $980 million in fiscal years 2022 through 2025, respectively; (iv) increased uniform services overtime costs of $100 million in fiscal year 2021 and $200 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2025; and (v) increased cost of providing MTA paratransit funding of $81 million and $110 million in fiscal years 2022 and 2023, respectively, and $129 million in each of fiscal years 2024 and 2025. The report also identifies (i) additional tax revenues of $100 million and $61 million in fiscal years 2021 and 2025, respectively, and (ii) additional debt service savings of $100 million in fiscal year 2022.

On December 30, 2020, the staff of the Control Board issued a report reviewing the November Financial Plan. The report states that COVID-19 and the resulting containment efforts continue to negatively impact the City’s economy and revenues. The report also notes that while the November Financial Plan recognized some improvement to non-property tax collections and a budget surplus in fiscal year 2021, the City has yet to develop either material recurring actions to constrain agency spending over the years of the November Financial Plan or a larger surplus in fiscal year 2021 that can be applied to subsequent years.

The report finds the City’s plan to deal with the COVID-19 crisis to be deficient in several areas. It states that the City has relied on employee payment deferment, furlough, debt service savings and the use of reserves early in the budget process to keep fiscal year 2021 in balance with only the statutorily required amount maintained in the general reserve. There are large risks surrounding future proposed labor savings, and the deferment of employee payments reduces expenditures in fiscal year 2021 while simultaneously increasing the fiscal year 2022 budget gap. Additionally, projected agency savings are composed primarily of debt service reductions, vacancy reductions in headcount and re-estimates of personal and other than personal services expenditures, with few initiatives of recurring value. The report finds that the City is relying on good budget practice to create debt service savings, but is not proactively managing agency spending in the operating budget. Given the uncertainty surrounding State and federal aid and tax revenue growth, the report suggests that it is in the City’s best interest to develop a plan with recurring savings to deal with the projected budget deficits in fiscal years 2022 through 2024.

The report identifies net risks to the November Financial Plan of $304 million and $1.68 billion in fiscal years 2021 and 2022, respectively, and $1.56 billion in each of fiscal years 2023 and 2024. When combined with the gaps estimated in the November Financial Plan, the total estimated gaps are $304 million, $5.44 billion, $4.53 billion and $4.66 billion in fiscal years 2021 through 2024, respectively. Such net risks and offsets result from: (i) an increase in tax revenues of $200 million in fiscal years 2021, followed by a reduction in tax revenues of $300 million in fiscal year 2022 and $200 million in each of fiscal years 2023 and 2024; (ii) a reduction in miscellaneous revenue of $25 million in each of fiscal years 2021 and 2022; (iii) increased uniform services overtime expenses of $137 million in fiscal year 2021; (iv) increased expenses due to reductions in State education aid of $360 million in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2024; and (v) uncertainty with respect to the implementation of unspecified labor savings of $342 million in fiscal year 2021 and $1 billion in each of fiscal years 2022 through 2024. The report also notes that the risks could be higher if there are additional State aid cuts due to the lack of federal assistance.

Outstanding General Obligation Indebtedness. As of December 31, 2020, approximately $37.59 billion of City general obligation bonds were outstanding.

Currently, the Hudson Yards Infrastructure Corporation (“HYIC”) has outstanding $2.72 billion aggregate principal amount of bonds. In addition, HYIC has entered into a term loan facility with Bank of America, N.A. pursuant to which HYIC may draw up to an aggregate amount of $200 million, approximately $1 million of which has been drawn. The bonds financed the extension of the Number 7 subway line and other public improvements in the Hudson Yards area, and the term loan will be used to finance any remaining costs of completion of the original project and the expansion of the park in the Hudson Yards

Table of Contents

area. HYIC’s bonds and, on a subordinate basis, draws under the term loan facility are secured by and payable from payments in lieu of taxes and other revenues generated by development in the Hudson Yards area. However, HYIC expects to repay amounts drawn under the term loan facility with the proceeds of its long-term bonds prior to maturity on June 30, 2022. To the extent payments in lieu of taxes and other HYIC revenues are insufficient to pay interest on the HYIC bonds or the term loan, the City has agreed to pay the amount of any shortfall in interest, subject to appropriation. The Financial Plan does not reflect the need for such interest support payments. The City has no obligation to pay the principal of such bonds or of such term loan.

Water and Sewer. The City’s financing program includes the issuance of water and sewer revenue bonds by the Water Authority, which is authorized to issue bonds to finance capital investment in the City’s water and sewer system. Pursuant to State law, debt service on Water Authority indebtedness is secured by water and sewer fees paid by users of the water and sewer system. Such fees are revenues of the Water Board, which holds a lease interest in the City’s water and sewer system. After providing for debt service on obligations of the Water Authority and certain incidental costs, the revenues of the Water Board are paid to the City to cover the City’s costs of operating the water and sewer system and as rental for the system. In fiscal years 2017, 2018 and 2019, the City did not request the rental payment due to the City from the Water Board. In fiscal year 2020, on account of the outbreak of COVID-19, the City requested a rental payment of $128 million. The Financial Plan further reflects the City requesting a rental payment of $137 million in fiscal year 2021, with no additional rental payment requests for fiscal years 2022 through 2025. The City’s Preliminary Ten-Year Capital Strategy applicable to the City’s water and sewer system covering fiscal years 2022 through 2031 projects City-funded water and sewer investment (which is expected to be financed with proceeds of Water Authority debt) at approximately $23.1 billion. The 2021-2025 Capital Commitment Plan reflects total anticipated City-funded water and sewer commitments of $12.4 billion, which are expected to be financed with the proceeds of Water Authority debt.

New York City Transitional Finance Authority. The TFA is authorized to have outstanding $13.5 billion of Future Tax Secured Bonds (excluding Recovery Bonds). The TFA may have outstanding Future Tax Secured Bonds in excess of $13.5 billion provided that the amount of the Future Tax Secured Bonds, together with the amount of indebtedness contracted by the City, do not exceed the debt limit of the City. Future Tax Secured Bonds are issued for general City capital purposes and are secured by the City’s personal income tax revenues and, to the extent such revenues do not satisfy specified debt ratios, sales tax revenues. In addition, the TFA is authorized to have outstanding $9.4 billion of Building Aid Revenue Bonds to pay for a portion of the City’s five-year educational facilities capital plan. Building Aid Revenue Bonds are secured by State building aid, which the Mayor has assigned to the TFA. The Financial Plan reflects the issuance of $200 million, $194 million, $197 million, $204 million and $186 million of Building Aid Revenue Bonds by TFA in fiscal years 2021 through 2025.

Implementation of the financing program is dependent upon the ability of the City and other financing entities to market their securities successfully in the public credit markets, which will be subject to prevailing market conditions at the times of sale. No assurance can be given that the credit markets will absorb the projected amounts of public bond sales. A significant portion of bond financing is used to reimburse the City’s General Fund for capital expenditures already incurred. If the City and such other entities are unable to sell such amounts of bonds, it would have an adverse effect on the City’s cash position. In addition, the need of the City to fund future debt service costs from current operations may also limit the City’s capital program. The Preliminary Ten-Year Capital Strategy for fiscal years 2022 through 2031 totals $118.8 billion, of which approximately 95% is to be financed with funds borrowed by the City and such other entities. Congressional developments affecting federal taxation generally could reduce the market value of tax-favored investments and increase the debt-service costs of carrying out the major portion of the City’s capital plan, which is currently eligible for tax-exempt financing.

New York State

New York is the fourth most populous state in the nation, after California, Texas, and Florida, and has a relatively high level of personal wealth. The State’s economy is diverse, with a comparatively large share of the nation’s financial activities, information, education, and health services employment, and a small share of the nation’s farming and mining activity. The State’s location and its air transport facilities and natural harbors have made it an important hub for international commerce. Travel and tourism constitute an important part of the economy. Like the rest of the nation, New York has a declining proportion of its workforce engaged in manufacturing and an increasing proportion engaged in service industries.

Manufacturing employment continues to decline as a share of total State employment, as in most other states, and as a result New York’s economy is less reliant on this sector than in the past. However, it remains an important sector of the State economy, particularly for the upstate region, which hosts high concentrations of manufacturers. As defined under the North

Table of Contents

American Industry Classification System (NAICS), the trade, transportation, and utilities supersector accounts for the second largest component of State nonfarm employment, but only the fifth largest when measured by wage share. This sector accounts for proportionally less employment and wages for the State than for the nation. New York City is the nation’s leading center of banking and finance, and hence this is a far more important sector for the State than for the nation. Although this sector accounts for less than one-tenth of all nonfarm jobs in the State, it contributes about one-fifth of total wages. The remaining service-producing sectors include information, professional and business services, private education and healthcare, leisure and hospitality services, and other services. Combined, these industries account for half of all nonfarm jobs in New York. Information, education and health, and other services account for a higher proportion of total State employment than for the nation. Farming is an important part of the State’s rural economy, although it constitutes only about 0.2 percent of total State GDP. Principal agricultural products of the State include dairy products, greenhouse and nursery products, fruits, and vegetables.

Federal, State, and local governments together comprise the third largest sector in terms of nonfarm jobs, with the bulk of the employment accounted for by local governments. Public education is the source of over 40 percent of total State and local government employment.

Annual Information Statement. The Annual Information Statement, dated June 3, 2020 (the “AIS”), reflects the State’s Enacted Budget Financial Plan (the “Enacted Budget Financial Plan”) for fiscal year (FY) 2021¹ and sets forth the State’s official Financial Plan projections for fiscal year 2021 through fiscal year 2024. The State updates the Annual Information Statement quarterly and released its first quarterly update on October 1, 2020, its second quarterly update on December 3, 2020 and its third quarterly update on March 9, 2021 (the “AIS Update”). The AIS Update reflects extracts from the Governor’s Executive Budget Financial Plan for FY 2022, as amended (the “Financial Plan”) issued by the Division of the Budget (“DOB”) in February 2021, a summary of third-quarter operating results for FY 2021 and updates to the State’s official financial projections for FY 2021 through FY 2024.

¹	The State fiscal year is identified by the calendar year in which it ends. For example, fiscal year 2020 (“FY 2020”) is the fiscal year that began on April 1, 2019 and ends on March 31, 2020.

Financial Plan Overview

Summary

•	The United States remains in the grip of the COVID-19 pandemic. The virus has killed over 500,000 people since it began circulating in the United States in early 2020. The federal government’s response to the evolving public health crisis has been slow and inconsistent. States and local governments have filled the void by instituting a patchwork of public health measures, with mixed results.
•	At the same time, the economic well-being of millions of Americans has been shattered by the pandemic-induced recession. The official national unemployment rate stood at 6.3 percent in January 2021, nearly twice as high as the unemployment rate in February 2020, the month before urgent public health measures were instituted to limit the spread of COVID-19. The Bureau of Labor Statistics (BLS) reports that, in addition to the 10.1 million people counted as unemployed in the January 2021 official statistics, an additional 7.0 million people were unable to find employment. The job losses throughout the pandemic have fallen disproportionately on low-wage workers.
•	In New York, as in other states, the recession has upended government finances. DOB reports that the estimates for General Fund receipts for FY 2021 through FY 2024 in the Financial Plan are $33 billion lower than in the February 2020 Financial Plan, the last public estimates before the pandemic struck. A modest increase in tax receipts estimates since the Mid-Year Update to the Financial Plan in October 2020 has not fundamentally altered the State’s fiscal challenges. The projected aggregate two-year budget gap (FY 2021 and FY 2022) that must be closed in the FY 2022 Executive Budget (“Executive Budget”) is projected to total $12.7 billion.
•	As states struggle to meet rising service needs amid revenue losses, federal aid has been confined to pandemic response, health care, and related costs. As of the date of the Financial Plan, proposals for direct financial relief to state and local governments had been stalled in Congress. The American Rescue Plan was subsequently passed, but is not included in the Financial Plan. BLS reports that employment in the state and local government sector has fallen by 1.3 million (-6.5 percent) from January 2020 to January 2021. The National Association of State Budget Officers, in its most recent survey, found that expenditures by the states in FY 2021 were anticipated to fall by 1.1 percent compared to FY 2020.

Table of Contents

•	As of the date of the Financial Plan, it appeared more likely that the federal government would approve federal aid to the states in 2021 following the election of Joseph R. Biden as President and a change in party control in the U.S. Senate.
•	As of the date of the Financial Plan, the timing and amount of new federal aid, was unclear. The American Rescue Plan and other federal aid will ultimately determine the level of spending cuts and tax increases that must be enacted by the State in FY 2022. The Governor has asked Congress for $15 billion in COVID relief aid to maintain State services. The requested aid would replace less than half of the State’s estimated receipts losses through FY 2024.
•	The Financial Plan includes $6 billion in new aid. The aid in the Financial Plan is apportioned evenly over two years, with $3 billion in both FY 2022 and FY 2023, to reduce the FY 2022 budget risk if such aid is delayed or approved at a lower level than expected.
•	With this level of new aid, the Executive Budget recommends difficult spending cuts in local aid and agency operations. It also proposes tax increases. Both would slow the State’s economic and fiscal recovery. These potential reductions and tax increases are explained in greater detail later in the AIS Update.
•	If the Governor’s full $15 billion federal aid request is approved, the State would be able to reverse or modify many of these proposals. The Executive Budget includes a contingency appropriation to enable these restorations in the event that the federal government provides the full amount of aid requested by the Governor.
•	On March 1, 2021, the Director of the Budget and all secretaries of the Senate Finance Committee and Assembly Ways and Means Committee issued a joint report containing a consensus forecast for the economy and projections of certain receipts for the current and ensuing fiscal years. In the consensus forecast report, the parties forecast that the level of receipts over the two-year period (FYs 2021 and 2022) would exceed the Executive Budget forecast by $2.5 billion. All parties agreed that there remain multiple and elevated risks to the economic outlook, including the resolution of the COVID-19 pandemic and the planned reopening of the economy. Note that the consensus forecast is not reflected in the tables, values or narrative discussion throughout the AIS Update. Any revisions to the receipts forecast from the consensus forecast process will be reflected in the FY 2022 Enacted Budget Financial Plan.

Updated “Base” Budget Gaps

The Mid-Year Update to the Financial Plan showed a balanced budget in FY 2021 and a budget gap of $8.7 billion in FY 2022. The estimates in the Mid-Year Update were predicated on the assumption that DOB would execute $8.2 billion in mid-year cuts in local assistance programs to maintain a balanced budget in FY 2021. At the time, the cuts were expected to be needed to bridge the estimated difference between $79.1 billion in General Fund disbursements (prior to the execution of mid-year cuts) and $70.9 billion in General Fund resources. It was further anticipated that the FY 2022 Executive Budget would propose making the FY 2021 local assistance cuts permanent. The mid-year budget gaps without the reductions were thus $8.2 billion in FY 2021 and $16.7 billion in FY 2022, a two-year gap of $24.9 billion.

Tax receipts showed sustained improvement through December 2020 and into the important first week of collections in January 2021. Personal income tax (“PIT”) collections, the largest source of State tax receipts, were $2.25 billion above the estimate in the Enacted Budget Financial Plan through the first three quarters of FY 2021. The improvement continued through January 2021, prompting the revisions to PIT receipts summarized herein.

Sales and use tax (“SUT”) collections through the same period were $515 million higher than expected. At the same time, business tax collections, principally related to audits, were weaker than expected, which partially offset the significant improvements in PIT and sales tax collections.

Based on collections to the date of the Financial Plan and an updated economic forecast, DOB increased the annual estimates for General Fund tax receipts by $4.9 billion in FY 2021 and $7.9 billion in FY 2022, exclusive of debt service revisions and proposed tax law changes in the Executive Budget, as described below. Changes in the PIT net collection estimates account for $11.6 billion of the increased tax receipts estimate over the two years (FY 2021, $4.0 billion; FY 2022, $7.6 billion), reflecting strength in both the withholding and estimated components of the tax, as well as a downward revision in estimated refunds. SUT collections have been revised upward by $1.5 billion in FY 2021 and $537 million in FY 2022, reflecting strength in consumer purchasing. A reduction of $868 million to the annual estimates over two years for business taxes partially offsets these changes. A minor increase to non-tax receipts was also made. The improved receipts forecast, net of the growth in Medicaid enrollment costs, reduced the budget gap by $5.0 billion in the current year and $7.2 billion in FY 2022, leaving a combined gap of $12.7 billion. The outyear gaps after forecast revisions are projected at $9.3 billion in FY 2023, $9.2 billion in FY 2024, and $10.7 billion in FY 2025.

Table of Contents

With these changes, estimated General Fund receipts in FY 2021 and FY 2022 are still $18.1 billion below the pre-pandemic February 2020 Financial Plan (FY 2021,-$9.9 billion; FY 2022, -$8.2 billion). On a year-over-year basis, FY 2021 all fund tax receipts are expected to decline by 4.3 percent from FY 2020. These downward shocks to tax receipts, along with the then lack of new federal aid, drive the need for the spending reductions and tax increases proposed in the Executive Budget.

FY 2021 Financial Plan

Receipts. General Fund receipts, including transfers from other funds, are estimated to total $73 billion in FY 2021, a decrease of $6.2 billion (7.8 percent) from FY 2020 results, due mainly to the shock to the economy from the global pandemic.

General Fund PIT receipts and miscellaneous receipts are affected by the PIT note liquidity financings that the State entered into to manage the budgetary impact on monthly cash flows of the deferral of the April 15, 2020 tax payments to July 15, 2020. The note proceeds are recorded as miscellaneous receipts, while the repayment results in a reduction of PIT receipts. PIT receipts are further affected by planned prepayments, in FY 2021 and FY 2022, of PIT debt service due in FY 2023 through FY 2025. These transactions reduce reported PIT receipts in the fiscal year in which the prepayments are made and increase PIT receipts in the fiscal years in which the debt service was originally scheduled to be paid. Such transactions are expected to reduce reported General Fund PIT receipts by $1.6 billion in FY 2021 and $676 million in FY 2022, and to increase reported PIT receipts by $759 million annually in FY 2023 through FY 2025.

PIT receipts, including transfers after payment of debt service on State PIT Revenue Bonds, are estimated to drop from $50.5 billion in FY 2020 to $42.6 billion in FY 2021, a decrease of $7.9 billion (15.7 percent). The decrease reflects declines in both bonus and non-bonus wages impacting withholding and estimated payments. In addition, refunds are expected to decline as a result of a steep decline in advance credit payments related to tax year 2020, due to the expired Property Tax Relief Credit program, as well as a decrease in the administrative cap on the amount of refunds paid from January to March 2021. In addition, General Fund PIT receipts in FY 2021 are estimated to be reduced by the repayment in March 2021 of the remaining $3.5 billion outstanding of PIT notes issued earlier in FY 2021.

Consumption/use tax receipts, including transfers after payment of debt service on Local Government Assistance Corporation and Sales Tax Revenue Bonds, are estimated to total over $12.5 billion in FY 2021, a drop of $1.7 billion (11.8 percent) from FY 2020. The drop reflects an estimated decline in the sales tax base of 13.1 percent due to the impact of the pandemic. This is partly offset by the full-year impact of the new requirements that online marketplace providers must collect SUT on sales that they facilitate and that energy service companies are subject to sales tax.

Business tax receipts are estimated at $5.9 billion in FY 2021, a decrease of $449 million (7.0 percent) from FY 2020. The decrease is primarily attributable to a decline in corporate franchise tax (“CFT”) receipts, driven by lower gross and audit receipts.

Other tax receipts, including transfers after payment of debt service on Clean Water/Clean Air Bonds, are expected to total $2.0 billion in FY 2021, a decrease of $83 million (4.1 percent) from FY 2020, primarily due to an estimated decrease in real estate transfer tax receipts resulting from a large estimated decline in housing starts stemming from the impact of COVID-19. This decline is partly offset by an increase in estate tax receipts, primarily due to the receipt of multiple extraordinary payments through the early part of 2021.

Non-tax receipts and transfers are estimated at $10.1 billion in FY 2021, an increase of nearly $4 billion from FY 2020. This increase reflects $4.5 billion in proceeds from liquidity financing offset by a reduction in new extraordinary monetary settlements (e.g., from financial institutions) from FY 2020 to FY 2021, and the use of certain resources available in FY 2020 that either do not recur or recur at a lower amount in FY 2021.

Disbursements. General Fund disbursements, including transfers to other funds, are expected to total $74.7 billion in FY 2021, a decrease of $2.7 billion (3.5 percent) from FY 2020. Spending in FY 2021 is reduced by the movement of roughly $3 billion of certain health and public safety payroll costs to the Common Retirement Fund (“CRF”).

Local assistance spending is estimated at $52 billion in FY 2021, an increase of $148 million (0.3 percent) from FY 2020. The modest increase is due to projected growth that is almost entirely offset by $2.2 billion in spending reductions to close the current year budget gap. General Fund spending for education and health care represents 75 percent of total local assistance spending. General Fund support for these programs is affected by the level of financing sources (i.e., Health Care Reform Act

Table of Contents

(“HCRA”) and lottery/gaming receipts) available in other funds as well as the impact of the federal share of Medicaid (“eFMAP”) that temporarily lowers State spending and increases the federal share of Medicaid costs.

General Fund agency operations costs, including fringe benefits, are expected to total $16.7 billion in FY 2021, a decrease of $2.8 billion (14.4 percent) from FY 2020. The decrease mainly reflects the movement of $3 billion of certain health and public safety payroll costs to the CRF, the interest-free deferral of the employer’s share of Social Security taxes through December 2020, and savings from the planned 10 percent reduction to agency budgets compared to the amounts authorized in the Enacted Budget beginning in FY 2021. These reductions are partly offset by costs incurred in responding to the pandemic that are expected to be reimbursed through FEMA, as well as projected growth in pension and health insurance costs for State employees and retirees.

General Fund transfers to other funds are projected to total $6 billion in FY 2021, a decrease of $61 million from FY 2020. The decline in transfers to support debt service costs is attributable to the prepayment of FY 2021 debt at the end of FY 2020. The need for hard dollar resources to fund capital projects is expected to decline in FY 2021 mainly due to a slowdown in projects brought on by the pandemic and the timing of bond reimbursements for projects previously funded by the General Fund. Transfers for other purposes are projected to increase, primarily to support school aid as a result of lower video lottery and commercial gaming revenues.

FY 2021 Closing Balance. The State’s liquidity position is dependent on the performance of tax receipts, the management of cash disbursements, and the execution of reductions in aid-to-localities programs and State agency operations. All of these actions are subject to risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, designated reserves are not used to help close the FY 2021 budget gap, but instead are held to preserve liquidity.

DOB projects the State will end FY 2021 with a General Fund cash balance of $7.2 billion, a decrease of $1.7 billion from FY 2020. The balance declines for two reasons. First, the State deferred $1.3 billion in planned payments at the end of FY 2020 as a cash preservation measure at the start of the COVID-19 pandemic. The payments were later made in FY 2021, reducing the temporary balance that occurred at the end of FY 2020. In addition, the FY 2020 Enacted Budget programmed the use of surplus balances over two years, FY 2021 and FY 2022. This includes the use of $1.9 billion in available cash at the end of FY 2020 to fund payments not made at the close of FY 2020 that are expected to be made in FY 2021 ($1.3 billion) and to reduce the budget gap in FY 2021 ($553 million). In addition, the expected use of extraordinary monetary settlements for initiatives approved in prior budgets reduces the balance in the General Fund by $425 million in FY 2021. The State also received a total of $600 million in extraordinary monetary settlements that has been set aside in the reserve for economic uncertainties.

FY 2022 Detailed Gap Closing Plan

General Fund Gap Closing Plan. The proposed General Fund gap closing plan, if adopted and executed as proposed, would eliminate the $12.7 billion two-year budget gap and reduce the outyear gaps by $31.1 billion, from $41.9 billion to $10.8 billion. A brief summary of the significant actions and revisions with an emphasis on the savings projected in FYs 2021 and 2022 follows.

Receipts

The Executive Budget proposes the following tax actions:

•	PIT High-Income Rate. The current top PIT rate is 8.82 percent for married taxpayers with a taxable income above $2.155 million. Taxpayers with incomes over $5 million will have the option to pre-pay two years of excess liability based on five new tax brackets. A new deduction will return the prepayment to affected taxpayers between 2024 and 2025.
•	Middle-Class PIT Cut Phase-in. The Executive Budget pauses the phase-in of the middle-class tax cut, which began in 2018 and was scheduled to fully phase in by 2025. Tax year 2020 rates will remain in effect for an additional year.
•	Local District Funding Adjustment. The Executive Budget includes a local district funding adjustment that reduces reimbursements to school districts by $1.35 billion in FY 2022. This reduction would not exceed any school district’s federal CRRSAA allocation.² The adjustment recurs in the outyears.

In addition, the Executive Budget closes the Enhanced STAR Exemption Program to new entrants, who will be required to access the enhanced benefits through the credit program, improves the administration of STAR benefits to mobile homeowners and moves forward the date to voluntarily switch from a STAR exemption to a STAR credit from June 15 to May 1 in 2021, which has no impact on benefits to taxpayers while making the program easier to administer for assessors.

Table of Contents

•

Other Revenue Actions. The Executive Budget proposes the expansion to sports wagering that is expected to provide additional State support for education costs. It also includes certain extensions, enforcement initiatives and reforms. Other new tax actions include the imposition of sales tax on vacation rentals, establishment of a regulatory structure for the adult use of cannabis and creation of a new tax credit to support businesses in rehiring workers displaced by the COVID-19 pandemic.

²	The federal Coronavirus Relief Response and Relief Supplemental Appropriations Act (“CRRSAA”), enacted on December 27, 2020, provides $3.9 billion to school districts.

Federal Aid. The Executive Budget includes $6 billion in new direct federal aid that, if received, will be utilized to offset the budget gaps evenly over the next two years.

Debt Service Transfers. Debt service spending estimates are revised to reflect bond sale results to the date of the Executive Budget, refunding savings, and the adjustment of debt issuances to align with projected bond-financed capital spending. The spending changes are offset in FY 2021 and FY 2022 by prepayments of debt service due in FY 2023 through FY 2025, as described earlier.

Non-Tax Transfers. Excess balances created by spending reductions in various programs and activities funded outside the General Fund are expected to be transferred to the General Fund, and include transit, gaming, social services, public safety and regulatory activities. In addition, a voluntary contribution of $110 million to the State associated with the managed care organization acquisition of Affinity by Molina is expected to be received in FY 2022 and will be used to offset State-only costs funded under the Medicaid Global Cap (i.e., the 10-year rolling average of the medical component of the Consumer Price Index).

Disbursements

Local Assistance. Targeted actions, continuation of prior-year cost containment, revisions to estimated costs, and the extension of eFMAP are expected to generate roughly $5.3 billion in General Fund local assistance savings in FYs 2021 and 2022 compared to the current services estimate. The Executive Budget includes the following proposed actions:

•

eFMAP Extension. On January 7, 2021, the U.S. Secretary of Health and Human Services issued an extension to the public health emergency declaration through April 21, 2021, which would span two additional quarters through June 2021. The Executive Budget includes the assured extension from January 1 through March 30, 2021, as well as the then-likely extension of an additional quarter (from April 1 through June 30, 2021). The enhanced rate at which the federal government reimburses eligible State Medicaid expenditures (56.2 percent compared to the regular rate of 50 percent) reduces State-share expenditures and increases federal expenditures by an equal amount, and therefore has no impact on total Medicaid payments. DOB estimates State-share savings of $497 million in FY 2021 and $995 million in FY 2022.

•

Education. General Fund savings are achieved from the consolidation of certain expense-based aids into a new block grant and the reduction of its school year (SY) 2022 funding level by $693 million compared to the SY 2022 projections of its components under current law. These reductions, as well as the $1.35 billion local district funding adjustment to school districts, would be more than offset by $3.85 billion in CRRSAA funding to school districts. The Executive Budget recommends a total of $31.7 billion in school district funding for SY 2022, including school aid, STAR reimbursement payments, the local district funding adjustment, and CRRSAA funding. This represents an increase of $2.1 billion, or 7.1 percent, over the statewide SY 2021 funding level, including federal CARES Act funds, driven by $3.9 billion in CRRSAA funding to districts. Additionally, all formula-based school aid payments previously on hold (approximately $390 million) would be repaid to school districts before the end of the fiscal year.

Additionally, the Executive Budget proposes to capture roughly half of the savings to school districts from a reduction in 2021-22 charter school tuition rates, lowering State reimbursement through supplemental tuition payments in FY 2022 by roughly $35 million. Further, the Executive Budget proposes to eliminate State reimbursement to New York City for its charter school rental assistance in order to encourage the use of available co-located space in public facilities instead of leasing space in privately owned facilities. Other education aid savings include downward revisions to special education spending related to enrollment declines, 5 percent recurring reductions to library aid and public broadcasting, a temporary two-year elimination of aid to private colleges (Bundy Aid), elimination of certain teacher support and training programs, elimination of New York City’s discretionary Fiscal Stabilization Grant, and elimination of funding for school districts’ prior year aid claims.

•	Health Care. The Executive Budget includes General Fund savings of roughly $1.2 billion in FY 2021 and roughly $600

Table of Contents

million in FY 2022 mainly driven by a downward revision to managed care rates based on lower health care utilization due to the pandemic, use of available inter-governmental transfers balances and unspent Vital Access Provider Assurance Program funds to offset costs and other revisions. Prior to revisions and savings, the updated forecast of Medicaid costs is expected to exceed the Global Cap, attributable to increased enrollment and utilization. The savings include a comprehensive package of telehealth reforms, achieving programmatic efficiency savings in the home and community-based care sector with the implementation of the new Electronic Visit Verification system, enhancing pharmacy oversight by eliminating “prescriber prevails” and coverage for certain over-the-counter products, reducing supplemental pools for certain health care plans and providers, and other continued cost-containment measures that are expected to control the level of spending permitted under the Global Cap index. Other health care savings include modifying, reducing or eliminating certain public health programs, specifically reducing New York City reimbursement rates for the General Public Health Work program from 20 percent to 10 percent, savings efficiencies in the Early Intervention program and reducing the excess medical malpractice payment by 50 percent and revising the payment schedule.

•	Mental Hygiene. Spending revisions reflect updated assumptions and revised timelines for ongoing transformation efforts to ensure efficient use of State resources in mental hygiene service delivery systems as well as continued support of programs and services to ensure individuals with developmental disabilities, mental illness and addiction have appropriate access to care. These investments are supported in part by continued efficiencies in program operations and reductions in excess institutional capacity. In addition, savings are expected from the reduction in Medicaid rates for Office for People with Developmental Disabilities (OPWDD) services, and 5 percent reductions to OPWDD non-Medicaid local assistance and Office of Mental Health non-residential provider payments.
•	Human Services. Savings reflect proposed 5 percent reductions for various social services programs, the shift of the State share for Committee on Special Education costs to school districts outside of New York City, the use of available federal Child Care Development Block Grant funds to offset State costs for child care, and the use of alternative resources to support the consolidated homeless and adult shelter programs. The savings are partly offset by higher costs for childcare and safety net assistance resulting from increases in the public assistance caseload forecasts.
•	Higher Education. Savings reflect declining enrollments and revised estimates of spending for student financial aid and FY 2022 formula aid for community colleges. Additional savings are realized through a targeted 5 percent reduction in general operating support for the State University of New York (“SUNY”) State-operated campuses, City University of New York (“CUNY”) senior colleges and FY 2021 aid for community colleges.
•	All Other. Savings are expected as a result of targeted actions, including a 5 percent reduction in Aid and Incentives to Municipalities (AIM) and video lottery terminal (VLT) aid, the shifting of AIM for current towns and villages to AIM-related payments, and elimination of VLT aid to 15 municipalities outside of Yonkers.

Agency Operations. Reductions to agency operations contribute approximately $2.2 billion over two years to the General Fund gap closing plan.

•	Fund Eligible Expenses from CRF. Additional personnel expenses of public health and public safety employees have been charged to the CRF consistent with federal guidance, which reduces State personal service and fringe benefit costs in FY 2021. The Financial Plan reflects $2.5 billion in payroll charges to the CRF. The Financial Plan includes funding for direct COVID-19 expenses, which DOB continues to assume will be funded from federal sources. The remaining balance in the CRF is expected to be fully expended for, among other things, vaccine distribution costs by the end of calendar year 2021.
•	Pandemic Expenses/FEMA Reimbursement. The Financial Plan continues to assume that the federal government will fully fund the State’s direct pandemic response costs, but timing differences between State outlays and FEMA reimbursement will occur. The State is expected to incur an estimated $1 billion in COVID-19 expenses that are eligible for FEMA reimbursement (at 100 percent of cost). FEMA reimbursement is currently expected in FY 2022 ($600 million), FY 2023 ($200 million), and FY 2024 ($200 million). The timing difference between the State outlay and FEMA reimbursement creates a current-year cost of $1 billion and commensurate savings from FY 2022 through FY 2024.
•	Executive Agencies. Executive agency budgets, with exceptions for facility operations and public health and safety, have been reduced by 10 percent from budgeted levels beginning in FY 2021. These reductions were allocated to agencies in the Mid-Year Update to the Financial Plan and are expected to be achieved through adhering strict freeze on hiring and transfers and limiting new contracts or purchase orders for non-personal service expenditures to those needed to protect the health, safety and security of employees and citizens and to ensure the continuation of high-priority operations and services. Savings are also expected to be achieved in part from the deferral of general salary increases

Table of Contents

scheduled to go into effect on April 1, 2020 and April 1, 2021, which will instead be paid beginning in FY 2023. In addition, the Executive Budget reflects savings from the planned reduction of excess capacity in the mental health and prison systems.

•

Fringe Benefits/Fixed Costs. Pension estimates reflect the planned payment of the full FY 2022 Employees’ Retirement System (“ERS”)/Police and Fire Retirement System (“PFRS”) pension bills in June 2021. Health insurance savings are projected from eliminating taxpayer-subsidized reimbursements for high-income public sector retirees through the Income-Related Monthly Adjustment Amount New York State Health Insurance Program (“NYSHIP”), maintaining Medicare Part B premium reimbursements at $148.50 per month, developing a sliding scale for retiree health insurance coverage for new retirees and developing a dependent eligibility verification audit to assure that divorcees and children who aged out are no longer being covered.

The Executive Budget also proposes, for the fourth consecutive year, lowering the interest charged on judgments against the State from as high as 9 percent (currently authorized) to a fair market-based interest rate. The current rate was established in 1982, when interest rates were at 12 percent, to avoid unnecessary taxpayer costs. The recommended rate is in line with the interest rate applied to judgments in federal courts and would ensure that neither side in a lawsuit will be disadvantaged by an interest rate above or below what otherwise could be earned while cases are being adjudicated. This will save New York taxpayers millions of dollars annually.

Debt Service Transfers. The Executive Budget reflects savings from expected refundings, continued use of competitive bond sales, and other debt management actions.

Capital Projects Transfers. The Executive Budget reflects lower than expected capital spending in FY 2021, as well as higher than anticipated receipts related to the reimbursement of capital spending, previously financed by the General Fund, with bond proceeds. Increased costs in FY 2022 reflect the timing of bond proceed reimbursements and additional costs associated with NYC security and national guard deployment, supportive housing, and the judiciary’s capital budget request.

New Unrestricted Federal Aid (FY 2021, $0; FY 2022, $3 billion)

The timing and amount of federal aid will ultimately determine the level of spending cuts and tax increases that must be enacted in FY 2022. For now, until further information is available, DOB is incorporating a cautious estimate of $3 billion in new federal aid in both FY 2022 and FY 2023. The aid is apportioned evenly over the two years to reduce the risk to the FY 2022 budget if such aid is delayed or approved at a lower level than expected.

The Executive Budget includes a provision that will trigger automatic across-the-board reductions to planned local assistance appropriations and cash disbursements if unrestricted federal aid is not approved by August 31, 2021 or is approved at an amount less than the amount budgeted in the Financial Plan. The reductions would be calculated to generate savings equal to the difference between the federal aid assumed in the Financial Plan and the approved amount.

The Governor at the time of the Executive Budget had asked Congress for $15 billion in COVID relief aid to maintain State services. The requested aid would replace less than 40 percent of the State’s estimated receipts losses over four years. The difference between the new federal aid assumed in the Financial Plan ($6 billion) and the Governor’s request to maintain services ($15 billion) is $9 billion.

If aid were to be approved at the level requested, it would allow the State to reverse or modify, in the State’s opinion, the most harmful spending reductions and tax increases. The aid amounts are generally two-year totals to conform with the apportionment of the $6 billion in aid assumed in the Financial Plan.

Stabilization Payments

The Financial Plan applies the FY 2021 and FY 2022 surpluses to reduce the budget gaps in FY 2023 through FY 2025 by equal amounts. For planning purposes, DOB expects to accomplish this goal through the prepayment of debt service due in those years.

Local Aid Payment Withholds

In June 2020, DOB began temporarily withholding 20 percent of most local aid payments. It initiated the withholds to ensure that up to $8.2 billion in local aid payments could be withheld permanently, if needed, by the end of FY 2021. This was consistent with the assumptions in the Mid-Year Update.

Table of Contents

Withholds through December 2020 are estimated to have totaled $2.9 billion. An improved receipts picture, the availability of COVID-19 relief resources, and the extension of the higher federal matching rate on Medicaid expenditures through June 30, 2021 has reduced the need for local assistance reductions.

DOB now expects to reduce most local aid payments by a total of 5 percent from the Enacted Budget estimate, rather than the 20 percent anticipated in the Mid-Year Update and executed as of the date of the Executive Budget. Amounts that have been withheld in excess of the 5 percent are expected to be reconciled and repaid in the final quarter of FY 2021.

The local aid reductions will be executed pursuant to section 1 of the FY 2021 Aid to Localities bill, which allows the Director of the Budget to withhold payments in response to the direct and indirect financial effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

Liquidity and Debt

In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the FY 2021 Enacted Budget authorized the State to access external liquidity during FY 2021, in the form of short-term notes and a line of credit. The Executive Budget proposes continuing these authorizations in FY 2022 as the State continues to respond to the pandemic.

Accordingly, legislation supporting the Executive Budget authorizes the issuance of up to $8 billion of short-term borrowing in the form of PIT revenue notes and/or sales tax revenue notes (or bond anticipation notes) during FY 2022. The statutory authorization requires any such notes to be issued on a subordinated basis by December 31, 2021, with an initial maturity no later than March 31, 2022. The notes can be renewed once for up to a year and, as a contingency option, may be refinanced on a long-term basis.

In addition, legislation supporting the Executive Budget continues existing authorization for the State to enter into up to $3 billion of credit facilities in the form of a line of credit with one or more banks. The line of credit would be authorized for a three-year period, through FY 2024, and would allow draws in any year, subject to sufficient annual appropriation. The FY 2021 authorization was for a one-year facility that could be extended, but allowed draws only in the first year. As a contingency option, any line of credit balance may be refinanced on a long-term basis.

The Executive Budget does not currently assume any PIT note sales or use of the line of credit in FY 2022. DOB will evaluate cash results regularly and may adjust the size and use of note sales and/or the line of credit based on liquidity needs, market considerations, and other factors.

In FY 2021, the State issued $4.5 billion of PIT notes to manage a delay in State PIT receipts after the federal government extended the April 15, 2020 PIT filing deadline. As of the date of the Executive Budget, $3.5 billion of PIT notes remain outstanding. The budget reflects full repayment of the remaining notes when they matured in March 2021. In FY 2021, the interest expense on the notes and the commitment fee on the credit facility are being reimbursed with federal aid provided for in the CRF, as the financings are due solely to the federal decision to extend tax filing deadlines in response to the pandemic.

Lastly, legislation supporting the Executive Budget authorizes a continuation of the suspension of the Debt Reform Act of 2000 (“Debt Reform Act”) for all FY 2022 issuances of State-supported debt in FY 2022. State legislation enacted in connection with the adoption of the FY 2021 Enacted Budget suspended the Debt Reform Act for FY 2021 bond issuances, as part of the State response to the COVID-19 pandemic. Accordingly, any State-supported debt issued in FY 2021 and FY 2022 is not limited to capital purposes and is not counted towards the statutory caps on debt outstanding and debt service. In addition, issuances of State-supported debt in FY 2022 would not be limited by a maximum maturity (currently limited to 30 years by the Debt Reform Act), although such State-supported debt would still be subject to federal tax law limitations. This change would allow State-supported debt to be issued over the full useful life of the assets being financed, which may be over 30 years in limited circumstances (i.e., MTA projects).

FY 2022 Executive Budget Financial Plan

Receipts. General Fund receipts, including transfers from other funds, are estimated to total $81.4 billion in FY 2022, an increase of $8.3 billion (11.4 percent) from FY 2021 projections. General Fund PIT receipts and miscellaneous receipts are affected by the PIT note liquidity financings executed to manage the impact of the April 15, 2020 tax filing extension on monthly cash flows. The note proceeds are recorded as miscellaneous receipts, while the repayment results in a reduction of PIT receipts.

Table of Contents

PIT receipts, including transfers after payment of debt service on State PIT Revenue Bonds, are estimated to total $51.8 billion in FY 2022, an increase of $9.2 billion from FY 2021. Almost half of the increase is due to the planned repayment of the FY 2021 liquidity financings, which reduces PIT receipts by $4.5 billion in FY 2021. The remaining PIT growth is largely attributable to the one-year pause in the phase-in of the middle-class tax cut and the enactment of a high-income PIT surcharge.

PIT receipts are further affected by planned prepayments, in FY 2021 and FY 2022, of PIT debt service due in FY 2023 through FY 2025. These transactions reduce reported PIT receipts in the fiscal year in which the payments are made and increase PIT receipts in the fiscal years in which the debt service was originally scheduled to be paid. Such transactions are expected to reduce reported General PIT receipts by $1.6 billion in FY 2021 and $676 million in FY 2022 and to increase reported PIT receipts by $759 million annually in FY 2023 through FY 2025.

Consumption/use tax receipts, including transfers after payment of debt service on Local Government Assistance Corporation and Sales Tax Revenue Bonds, are estimated to total $13.4 billion in FY 2022, an increase of $909 million (7.3 percent) from FY 2021. Increases reflect sales tax base growth of 7.6 percent as the economy continues to recover from the impact of the COVID-19 economic downturn.

Business tax receipts are estimated at $6 billion in FY 2022, an increase of $98 million (1.7 percent) from FY 2021. The increase is primarily attributable to an increase in CFT audit receipts as audits are expected to return to trend levels. CFT gross receipts are also expected to increase slightly over FY 2021.

Other tax receipts, including transfers after payment of debt service on Clean Water/Clean Air Bonds, are expected to total $1.9 billion in FY 2022, a decrease of $47 million (2.4 percent) from FY 2021. This is primarily due to a decline in the estate tax due to a higher-than-typical number of extraordinary payments in FY 2021.

Non-tax receipts and transfers are estimated at $5.2 billion in FY 2022, a decrease of $4.5 billion from FY 2021. The decline largely reflects FY 2021 receipts for liquidity financing ($4.5 billion) and extraordinary monetary settlements ($600 million). In addition, the realignment of certain debt service transfers to simplify reporting increases the transfers from other funds and reduces transfers from the Revenue Bond Tax Fund (“RBTF”), with no financial plan impact.

The Executive Budget reflects the expected receipt of $3 billion in unrestricted federal aid in FY 2022 that would be recorded as a miscellaneous receipt.

Disbursements. General Fund disbursements, including transfers to other funds, are expected to total nearly $82.9 billion in FY 2022, an increase of $8.1 billion (10.9 percent) from FY 2021. The growth is impacted by several transactions in FY 2022 that lower spending, including the shift of $3 billion of certain health and public safety payroll costs to the CRF, three months (April through June) of a higher federal share of Medicaid (eFMAP) expenses, and the deferment of social security costs. In addition, General Fund disbursements reflect conservative estimates of disbursements in each financial category, a practice that provides a cushion for potential receipts shortfalls and other unanticipated costs.

Local assistance spending is estimated at $55.5 billion in FY 2022, an increase of $3.5 billion (6.7 percent) from FY 2021. The increase is mainly due to the decline in the eFMAP, which shifts Medicaid costs from the State to the federal share of $3.5 billion in FY 2021 to $995 million in FY 2022. General Fund spending for education and health care represent 75 percent of total local assistance spending. General Fund support for these programs are affected by the level of financing sources (i.e., HCRA and lottery/gaming receipts) available in other funds, as well as the impact of eFMAP, which temporarily lowers State spending and increases the federal share of Medicaid costs.

General Fund agency operation costs, including fringe benefits, are expected to total $20.3 billion in FY 2022, an increase of $3.6 billion from FY 2021. The growth is almost entirely due the reclassification of $3 billion of personnel expenses for public health and public safety employees to the CRF in FY 2021, the deferral of the employer’s share of Social Security taxes that moved $674 million of expenses from FY 2021 proportionately to FY 2022 and FY 2023, and the 27^th administrative payroll in FY 2021. Excluding these anomalies, most executive agencies are expected to hold operations spending at FY 2021 levels, which were reduced by 10 percent from the FY 2021 Enacted Budget levels.

General Fund transfers to other funds are projected to total $7.1 billion in FY 2022, an increase of $1.1 billion from FY 2021. Debt service supported by transfers from the General Fund is projected to increase by $115 million. Transfers for capital projects are projected to increase by $1.2 billion, reflecting an increase in hard dollar resources to fund capital projects and

Table of Contents

the timing of bond reimbursements for projects in FY 2021. Transfers for other purposes are projected to decline by $259 million, reflecting non-recurring General Fund support for school aid in FY 2021.

FY 2022 Closing Balance. DOB projects the State will end FY 2022 with a General Fund cash balance of $5.7 billion, a decrease of $1.5 billion from FY 2021. The decline is due to the planned use of a portion of the FY 2020 cash balance to reduce the budget gap in FY 2022 and the expected use of extraordinary monetary settlements for initiatives approved in prior budgets.

The General Fund balance, excluding extraordinary monetary settlements, is estimated at $4.5 billion. The Executive Budget maintains all Rainy Day Reserves, as well as $500 million for debt management purposes and $1.5 billion for economic uncertainties.

Cash Flow. State Finance Law authorizes the General Fund to borrow money temporarily from available funds held in the Short-Term Investment Pool (“STIP”). The Enacted Budget amended the statute to permit the borrowings until the end of FY 2021. Previously, the borrowing period was limited to four months from the start of a fiscal year. The State last used this authorization in April 2011 when the General Fund needed to borrow funds from STIP for a period of five days. The amount of resources that can be borrowed by the General Fund is limited to available balances in STIP, as determined by the State Comptroller. Available balances include money in the State’s governmental funds and a relatively small amount of other money belonging to the State, held in internal service and enterprise funds, as well as certain agency funds. Several accounts in debt service funds and capital projects funds that are part of all governmental funds are excluded from the balances deemed available in STIP. These excluded funds consist of bond proceeds and money obligated for debt service payments.

Pursuant to authorization included in the Enacted Budget, the State completed two PIT note sales for cash flow purposes in the first quarter of FY 2021. The note sales generated a total of $4.5 billion in net proceeds, consistent with the assumptions in the Enacted Budget Financial Plan. The sales were done to meet anticipated liquidity needs arising from the federal government’s decision to extend the income tax filing deadline from April 15, 2020 to July 15, 2020 as a result of the pandemic. The receipt and expected repayments are shown in the monthly cash balances. The legislation adopted in connection with the Enacted Budget authorized the State to issue up to $8 billion in PIT notes for cash flow purposes in FY 2021 by December 31, 2020. The notes may be renewed once for up to a year and, as a contingency option, refinanced on a long-term basis. A line of credit for $3.0 billion was also established during FY 2021. Draws on the line of credit were permitted through March 31, 2021, subject to available appropriation. Any balance on the line of credit may be refinanced twice for up to one year at each refinancing and, as a contingency option, refinanced on a long-term basis. No draws have been made pursuant to the authorization included in the Enacted Budget as of the date of the AIS Update, and none were planned at the date of the AIS Update.

The State continues to reserve money on a quarterly basis for debt service payments financed with General Fund resources. Money to pay debt service on bonds secured by dedicated receipts, including PIT bonds and Sales Tax Revenue bonds, continues to be set aside as required by law and bond covenants.

Other Matters Affecting the Financial Plan

General. The Financial Plan is subject to complex economic, social, financial, political, public health, and environmental risks and uncertainties, many of which are outside the ability of the State to predict or control. DOB states that the projections of receipts and disbursements in the Financial Plan are based on reasonable assumptions, but there can be no assurance that results will not differ materially and adversely from these projections. For example, in past years, tax receipts collections have varied substantially from the levels forecasted, and entitlement-based programmatic spending has also varied significantly from initial projections. More recently, DOB recognized the need to correct a structural imbalance under the Medicaid Global Cap as spending levels exceeded the indexed levels. Similarly, there are inherent risks related to the financial condition of health care providers and enrollment in public health insurance programs driven directly or indirectly by the COVID-19 pandemic. Financial Plan projections include recurring savings associated with reductions implemented in FY 2020 and the Medicaid Redesign Team II (“MRT II”) actions authorized in the Enacted Budget to limit Medicaid spending, which also included increased General Fund support.

DOB routinely executes cash management actions to manage the State’s large and complex budget. These actions are intended for a variety of purposes that include improving the State’s cash flow, managing resources within and across State fiscal years, assisting in adherence to spending targets, and better positioning the State to address future risks and

Table of Contents

unanticipated costs, such as economic downturns, unexpected revenue deterioration, and unplanned expenditures. As such, the State has regularly made certain payments above those initially planned, subject to available resources, to maintain budget flexibility.

The Financial Plan is based on numerous assumptions including the condition of the State and national economies, and the concomitant collection of economically sensitive tax receipts in the amounts projected. Other uncertainties and risks concerning the economic and receipts forecasts include impacts of national and international events; ongoing financial risks in the Eurozone; changes in consumer confidence; the price and supply of oil and gas; major terrorist events and hostilities or war; climate change and extreme weather events; severe epidemic or pandemic events; cybersecurity threats; federal statutory and regulatory changes concerning financial sector activities; changes to federal tax law; changes to federal programs; changes concerning financial sector bonus payouts, as well as any future legislation governing the structure of such compensation; shifts in monetary policy affecting interest rates and the financial markets; credit rating agency actions; financial and real estate market developments that may adversely affect bonus income and capital gains realizations; technology industry developments and employment; the effect of household debt on consumer spending and State tax collections; and outcomes of litigation and other claims affecting the State.

The Financial Plan is subject to various uncertainties and contingencies relating to: wage and benefit increases for State employees that exceed projected annual costs; changes in the size of the State’s workforce; the realization of the projected rate of return for pension fund assets, and current assumptions with respect to wages for State employees affecting the State’s required pension fund contributions; the willingness and ability of the federal government to provide the aid projected in the Financial Plan; the ability of the State to implement cost reduction initiatives, including reductions in State agency operations, and the success with which the State controls expenditures; unanticipated growth in Medicaid program costs; and the ability of the State and its public authorities to issue securities successfully in public credit markets. Some of these issues are described in more detail herein. The projections and assumptions contained in the Financial Plan are subject to revisions that may result in substantial changes. No assurance can be given that these estimates and projections, which depend in part upon actions the State expects to be taken but which are not within the State’s control, will be realized.

Potential Long-Term Risks to the Financial Plan from COVID-19 Pandemic

It is not possible to assess or forecast with any degree of certainty or precision the long-term impacts of COVID-19 on commuting patterns, remote working, business activity, educational opportunities, social gatherings, tourism, use of public transportation, aviation and more. Adverse results in the foregoing could have long-term trend impacts on the sources of revenues in the State’s Financial Plan, including PIT, consumption and corporate taxes, fees and more, and such impacts could be material.

For example, the COVID-19 pandemic has led to changes in the behavior of resident and nonresident taxpayers. Consistent with the growth in remote work arrangements, many nonresidents are no longer commuting into New York and instead are working remotely from home offices. However, under long-standing State policy, a nonresident working from home pays New York taxes on wages from a New York employer unless that employer has established the nonresident’s home office as a bona fide office of the employer. The COVID-19 pandemic has also led some New York residents to shelter in locations outside of the State. In addition, some taxpayers domiciled in New York may have relocated during the pandemic.

Budget Risks and Uncertainties

There can be no assurance that the State’s financial position will not change materially and adversely from current projections. If this were to occur, the State would be required to take additional gap closing actions. Such actions may include, but are not limited to reductions in State agency operations; delays or reductions in payments to local governments or other recipients of State aid; delays in or suspension of capital maintenance and construction; extraordinary financing of operating expenses; use of nonrecurring resources; or other measures. In some cases, the ability of the State to implement such actions requires the approval of the Legislature and cannot be implemented solely by the Governor. The Enacted Budget granted the Budget Director the authority to reduce aid-to-localities appropriations and disbursements by any amount needed to maintain a balanced budget, as estimated by DOB. The Budget Director’s powers are activated if actual state operating funds tax receipts are less than 99 percent of estimated tax receipts, or actual state operating funds disbursements are more than 101 percent of estimated disbursements, as measured at three points during the year (April 1-30, May 1-June 30, and July 1-December 31). As of the initial measurement period (April 1-30), the Budget Director’s powers were activated and are in force for the remainder of FY 2021 to maintain a balanced budget. The Budget Director is authorized to transmit a plan to the Legislature identifying the specific appropriations and cash disbursements that would be reduced to maintain a

Table of Contents

balanced budget. The Legislature would then have 10 days to adopt, by concurrent resolution, its own balanced budget plan. If no plan is adopted, the plan submitted by the Budget Director would take effect automatically. The process exempts certain types of local assistance appropriations from uniform reduction, including public assistance and Supplemental Security Income payments.

Any reductions made pursuant to this authorization may be paid in full or in part if one or both of the following events occur: (i) actual state operating funds tax receipts through February 28, 2021 are not less than 98 percent of estimated state operating funds tax receipts through February 28, 2021; or (ii) the federal government provides aid that the Budget Director deems sufficient to reduce or eliminate the imbalance in the General Fund for FY 2021 and does not adversely impact the projected budget gap in FY 2022.

In addition, to maintain a balanced budget in the General Fund, the Budget Director is authorized to withhold any payments, including amounts that are to be paid on specific dates prescribed in law or regulation, if such action is necessary to respond to the direct and indirect economic, financial, and social effects of the COVID-19 pandemic.

The Financial Plan forecast assumes various transactions will occur as planned including, but not limited to, receipt of certain payments from public authorities; receipt of revenue sharing payments under the tribal-state compacts; receipt of miscellaneous revenues at the levels set forth in the Financial Plan; and achievement of cost-saving measures including, but not limited to, transfer of available fund balances to the General Fund at levels currently projected and federal approvals necessary to implement the MRT II savings actions authorized in the Enacted Budget. Such risks and uncertainties, if they were to materialize, could adversely impact the Financial Plan in current or future years, or both.

The Financial Plan also includes actions that affect spending reported on a state operating funds basis, including accounting and reporting changes. If these and other transactions are not implemented or reported as planned, the annual spending change in state operating funds would increase above current estimates.

In developing the Financial Plan, DOB attempts to mitigate financial risks from receipts volatility, litigation, and unexpected costs, with an emphasis on the General Fund. It does this by, among other things, exercising caution when calculating total General Fund disbursements and managing the accumulation of financial resources that can be used to offset new costs. Such resources include, but are not limited to, fund balances not needed each year, reimbursement for capital advances, acceleration of tax refunds above the level budgeted each year, and prepayment of expenses. There can be no assurance that such resources will be enough to address risks that may materialize in a given fiscal year.

In FY 2012, the State enacted legislation intended to limit the year-to-year growth in the State’s two largest local assistance programs, school aid and Medicaid. These limitations on spending growth are described further in the following sections.

School Aid. The school aid growth cap was previously calculated based on the annual growth in the State Personal Income Growth Index (PIGI). With the exception of the 2013 school year increase (based on a five-year average), the PIGI was based on a one-year growth index. However, in FYs 2014 through 2019, the authorized school aid increases were above the indexed levels. In FY 2020, the authorized school aid increase was within the indexed levels. Beginning in FY 2021, the statutory PIGI for school aid has been amended to limit school aid increases to no more than the average annual income growth over a 10-year period. This change will reduce volatility in allowable growth and align the school aid cap with the statutory Medicaid cap.

The FY 2022 Executive Budget recommends an $838 million (3.2 percent) increase in school aid for SY 2022, or $300 million less than the maximum $1.14 billion increase permitted under the final 4.3 percent PIGI for SY 2022. In SY 2023 and thereafter, school aid is projected to increase consistent with the rates allowed by the growth cap.

Medicaid Global Cap. A portion of Department of Health (DOH) State Funds Medicaid spending growth is subject to the Global Cap, the 10-year rolling average of the medical component of the Consumer Price Index (CPI). Thus, the Global Cap allows for growth attributable to increasing costs, but not increasing utilization.

Table of Contents

The statutory provisions of the Global Cap allow for flexibility in adjusting Medicaid projections to meet unanticipated costs resulting from a disaster and grant the Commissioner of Health certain powers to limit Medicaid disbursements to the level authorized by the Global Cap. The Commissioner’s powers are intended to limit the annual growth rate to the levels set by the Global Cap indexed rate for the then-current fiscal year, through actions that may include reducing reimbursement rates to providers. These actions may be dependent upon timely federal approvals and other elements of the program that govern implementation. Major changes to the State share of Medicaid spending, outside of the Global Cap, include State costs for the takeover of Medicaid growth from local governments and reimbursement to providers for increased minimum wage costs. It should be further noted that General Fund spending remains sensitive to revenue performance in the State’s HCRA fund, which finances approximately one-quarter of DOH State-share costs in the Medicaid program. Limitations on elective procedures, changes in consumer behavior, and other factors attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic may have a material and adverse impact on HCRA revenues.

Since enactment of the Global Cap, subject to the management action described below, the portion of DOH State Funds Medicaid spending subject to the Global Cap has remained at or below indexed levels. However, DOH has taken management actions, including adjustments to the timing of Medicaid payments, consistent with contractual terms, to ensure compliance with the Global Cap.

At the close of FY 2019, DOH deferred, for three business days into FY 2020, the final cycle payment to Medicaid managed care organizations, as well as other payments. The FY 2019 deferral had a State-share value of $1.7 billion and was paid from available funds in the General Fund in April 2019, consistent with contractual obligations. Absent the deferral and any other actions, Medicaid spending under the Global Cap would have exceeded the statutorily indexed rate for FY 2019 and the State would have used available General Fund resources to fund the payments in FY 2019. According to DOH, the deferral had no impact on provider services and was attributable to growth in managed care and long-term managed care enrollment and utilization costs above initial projections, as well as timing of certain savings actions and offsets not processed by the end of FY 2019.

MRT II Solutions to Global Cap Imbalance. Following the need to defer FY 2019 Medicaid payments, DOB recognized that a structural imbalance existed within the Global Cap based on a review of price and utilization trends, and other factors.³ A structural imbalance in this case meant that estimated expense growth in State-share Medicaid subject to the Global Cap, absent measures to control costs, was growing faster than allowed under the Global Cap spending growth index.⁴

³	Factors that place upward pressure on State-share Medicaid spending include, but are not limited to, reimbursement to providers for the cost of the increase in the minimum wage; phase-out of enhanced federal funding; and increased enrollment and costs in managed long-term care.
⁴	Under State law, annual growth in Medicaid spending subject to the Global Cap is limited to the 10-year rolling average of the medical component of the CPI.

DOB estimated that, absent actions to control costs, State-share Medicaid spending subject to the Global Cap would have exceeded the indexed growth amount by upwards of $3-$4 billion annually, inclusive of the FY 2019 deferral of $1.7 billion.

In response to the estimated Global Cap imbalance, the Governor formed the MRT II as part of the FY 2021 Executive Budget, with the objective of restoring financial sustainability to the Medicaid program while connecting other programmatic initiatives that would advance the core healthcare strategies pursued by the Governor since taking office in 2011. The Enacted Budget included $2.2 billion in recommendations put forward by the MRT II to create efficiencies within the Medicaid program and address the Medicaid imbalance, including identifying efficiencies in managed care and managed long-term care as well as administrative reforms.

Additionally, policy initiatives such as the carve-out of pharmacy services from managed care and the centralization of a transportation broker will increase transparency and identify efficiencies within these areas. The MRT II also focuses on greater program integrity within the Medicaid program and includes reforms to modernize regulations to eliminate fraud, waste and abuse. The Executive Budget continues these reforms, including additional savings to preserve Global Cap balance for the duration of the Financial Plan. If these measures are insufficient or federal approvals necessary to implement such savings do not materialize, the Financial Plan in current or future years, or both, could be adversely impacted.

Public Health Insurance Programs/Public Assistance. Historically, the State has experienced growth in Medicaid enrollment and public assistance caseloads during economic downturns resulting from increased unemployment. DOB is evaluating public health insurance program enrollment and public assistance caseload trends connected to the economic downturn attributable to the COVID-19 pandemic. Many who were laid off or otherwise experienced a decrease in family income in

Table of Contents

2020 due to the COVID-19 pandemic became qualifying enrollees and began to participate in public health insurance programs such as Medicaid, the Essential Plan (“EP”) and Child Health Plus (“CHP”). As Medicaid enrollees remain eligible for coverage for 12 continuous months, the costs associated with increased enrollment continue into outyear projections. In FY 2021, the cost of the enrollment increase will be partially offset by eFMAP provided in the Families First Coronavirus Response Act (“FFCRA”) retroactive to January 2020.

As the economic downturn and associated unemployment related to COVID-19 persist, the public assistance caseload is projected to increase, particularly in New York City. However, federal aid for rental assistance coupled with the extension of eviction moratoriums will help mitigate sharp increases.

Federal Impacts to the Financial Plan

The federal government influences the economy and budget of New York State through grants, direct spending on its own programs, such as Medicare and Social Security, and through federal tax policy. Federal policymakers may place conditions on grants, mandate certain state actions, preempt state laws, change state and local tax (“SALT”) bases and taxpayer behavior through tax policies, and influence industries through regulatory action. Federal resources support vital services such as health care, education, transportation, as well as severe weather and emergency response and recovery. Any changes to federal policy or funding levels could have a materially adverse impact on the Financial Plan.

Federal funding is a significant component of New York’s budget, constituting approximately 40 percent of total revenues in FY 2022, including $3 billion of new unrestricted federal aid. Federal funds are predominantly targeted at programs that support vulnerable populations and those living at or near the poverty level, such as Medicaid, Temporary Assistance for Needy Families (“TANF”), Elementary and Secondary Education Act Title I grants, and Individuals with Disabilities Education Act grants. Other federal resources are directed at infrastructure and public protection. Overall, the federal resources expected to be utilized in the FY 2022 Budget include:

•	Medicaid ($48.4 billion). Funding shared by the federal government helps support health care costs for more than seven million New Yorkers, including more than two million children. Medicaid is the single largest category of federal funding.
•	eFMAP ($1.2 billion - state and local share benefit). In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government increased its share of Medicaid funding (eFMAP) by 6.2 percent for each calendar quarter occurring during the public health emergency. The enhanced funding began January 1, 2020 and is currently expected to continue through June 2021, providing a total of $5.4 billion in additional federal resources that reduce State and local government costs. State savings total $3.5 billion and $995 million in FY 2021 and FY 2022, respectively. Due to the timing of reconciliations to draw down the eFMAP, savings for the month of March 2021 will be realized in FY 2022.
•	Education ($3.9 billion). Funding supports K-12 education and special education. Similar to Medicaid and the human services programs, much of federal education funding received is directed toward vulnerable New Yorkers, such as students in high-poverty schools or those with disabilities.
•	Social Services ($3.6 billion). Funding provides assistance for several programs managed by the Office of Temporary and Disability Assistance , including TANF-funded public assistance benefits and the Flexible Fund for Family Services, Home Energy Assistance Program benefits, Supplemental Nutrition Assistance Program administrative costs, and child support administrative costs.
•	Public Health ($8 billion). The federal government provides support for several health programs administered by DOH, including the EP, which provides health care coverage for low-income individuals who do not qualify for Medicaid or CHP.
•	Children and Families ($1 billion). The Federal government provides assistance for programs managed by the Office of Children and Family Services, such as the foster care program.
•	Transportation ($1.6 billion). Federal resources support infrastructure investments in highway and transit systems throughout the State, including funding participation in ongoing transportation capital plans.
•	Public Protection ($1.3 billion). Federal funding supports various programs and operations of the State Police, the Department of Corrections and Community Supervision, the Office of Victim Services, the Division of Homeland Security and Emergency Services, and the Division of Military and Naval Affairs. Federal funds are also passed on to municipalities to support a variety of public safety programs.

Table of Contents

•

All Other Funding ($1.1 billion). Other programs supported by federal resources include housing and homeless services, economic development, mental hygiene, parks and environmental conservation, higher education, and general government areas.

•

COVID-19 Funding (FY 2021, $9.0 billion; FY 2022, $5.5 billion). In response to the COVID-19 pandemic, the federal government has authorized various funding to states and other entities, including $5.1 billion from the CRF established in the CARES Act to provide funding for states and local governments to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic, and the Lost Wages Assistance program, which provided funding to grant eligible claimants who are unemployed or partially unemployed due to the pandemic a supplemental payment of $300 per week through December 27, 2020, in addition to their unemployment benefits. In addition, the CARES Act included grants to provide educational agencies with emergency assistance to address the impact of COVID-19. The CRRSAA established the Emergency Rental Assistance program to assist households that are unable to pay rent and utilities due to the COVID-19 pandemic and provided additional funding for the Elementary and Secondary School Emergency Relief Fund and the Governor’s Emergency Education Relief Fund.

Federal Funding Trends

Federal funds spending is expected to total $75.6 billion in FY 2022, a decrease of $2.7 billion (3 percent) compared to FY 2021. This reduction is driven primarily by COVID-19 related funding received in FY 2021 that is not enacted at the federal level for FY 2022.

Federal Coronavirus Response Legislation

The federal government has taken legislative, administrative, and Federal Reserve actions intended to stabilize financial markets; extend aid to large and small businesses, health care providers, and individuals; and reimburse governments for the direct costs of pandemic response. An approximate total of $27.1 billion of funding from five federal bills for expenses related to COVID-19 has been awarded to the State (not including the latest legislation, the American Rescue Plan, which had not been enacted into law as of the date of the AIS Update). For a majority of the enacted legislation, the economic benefits do not flow to or through the State’s Financial Plan, but instead flow directly to individuals in the form of tax rebates and to large and small businesses in the form of loans or grants. Specifically, the federal government enacted five pieces of legislation (not including the American Rescue Plan) in response to the ongoing COVID-19 pandemic at the time of the AIS Update:

(i) The Coronavirus Preparedness and Response Supplemental Appropriations Act, which provides an initial $8 billion in emergency funding to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic, including support for vaccine development, the Public Health Emergency Preparedness program, and small businesses ($40 million);

(ii) The Families First Coronavirus Response Act, which provides $192 billion in aid and includes paid sick leave, free testing, expanded food assistance and unemployment benefits, protections for health care workers, and increased Medicaid funding in response to the COVID-19 pandemic ($9.8 billion);

(iii) The CARES Act, which provides approximately $1.8 trillion in aid for federal agencies, individuals, businesses, states and localities, as well as $100 billion in provider relief funds for hospitals and health care providers, to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic. The law also authorized the Federal Reserve to purchase revenue and bond anticipation notes of states and certain local governments through the Municipal Liquidity Facility (CRF, $5.1 billion; other, $3.5 billion);

(iv) The Paycheck Protection Program and Health Care Enhancement Act, which provides $484 billion in overall funding for small business programs and healthcare programs, including $75 billion for hospitals, health care providers, and testing and tracing activities ($704 million);

(v) The CRRSAA, which provides $935 billion in funding for education, testing, tracing and vaccine distribution, unemployment assistance, small business programs, and housing ($7.9 billion).

Assistance to states through the CARES Act is generally restricted to specific purposes and includes the CRF ($5.1 billion State allocation) and the Education Stabilization Fund ($1.2 billion State allocation). The FFCRA includes an emergency 6.2 percent increase to the Federal Medicaid Assistance Percentage (“FMAP”) during the public health emergency. This increase is estimated to provide the State with roughly $3.5 billion in savings in FY 2021 and $995 million in FY 2022; however, projected Medicaid enrollment growth as a result of the recession erodes the value of the FMAP benefit. The majority of additional funds for the State included in the CRRSAA will be additional education funding.

Table of Contents

In response to the President’s major disaster declaration for the State in 2020, FEMA is also expected to provide funding for costs related to emergency protective measures conducted as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. However, there can be no assurance that FEMA will approve claims in time for the State to receive reimbursement within the same year the costs are incurred. The State also received additional federal aid in the form of enhanced unemployment insurance funding.

It is expected that State agencies will continue to incur costs to respond to the COVID-19 pandemic in FY 2022. The Financial Plan continues to assume that nearly all direct COVID-19 costs incurred by agencies will be fully covered by federal aid. In addition, the Financial Plan reflects reclassifications of eligible expenses incurred in FY 2020 and payroll expenses for public health and safety employees through December 31, 2020 to the federal CRF pursuant to U.S. Treasury eligibility guidelines.

The federal legislation the date of the AIS Update, however, provides only limited unrestricted aid to replace the expected severe loss in State receipts — nearly $33 billion over four years. A modest increase in tax receipts estimates since the Mid-Year Update to the Financial Plan in October 2020 has not fundamentally altered the State’s fiscal challenges. The projected aggregate two-year budget gap (FY 2021 and FY 2022) that must be closed in the FY 2022 Executive Budget is projected to total $12.7 billion. The timing and amount of new federal aid, if any, will ultimately determine the level of spending cuts and tax increases that must be enacted by the State in FY 2022. The Governor has asked Congress for $15 billion in COVID-19 relief aid to maintain State services. About 90 percent of State funding supports schools, healthcare, local grants and services for the most vulnerable populations. The FY 2022 Executive Budget recommends difficult spending cuts in local aid and agency operations. It also proposes tax increases. Both would slow the State’s economic and fiscal recovery. If the Governor’s full $15 billion aid request is approved, the State would be able to reverse or modify many of these proposals. The Executive Budget includes a contingency appropriation to enable these restorations in the event that the federal government provides the full amount of aid requested by the Governor.

Federal Risks

The amount and composition of federal funds received by the State have changed over time as a result of legislative and regulatory actions at the federal level and will likely continue to change in the coming year. Notable areas with potential for change include health care, human services and infrastructure policy. Any reductions in federal aid could have a materially adverse impact on the Financial Plan.

Notable federal risks include:

•	Additional COVID-19 Relief. As of the date of the AIS Update, New York State needed an estimated $15 billion in addition to funds for local governments to close its deficit caused by revenue losses resulting from the pandemic. Without these funds, necessary State and local services will be in jeopardy.
•	Vaccine Distribution. The federal government must increase the pace of vaccine distribution to bring the pandemic to an end. The State’s economy and revenues cannot completely recover until the pandemic is abated.
•	MTA Congestion Pricing. The Federal Highway Administration has delayed approval of the MTA’s congestion pricing plan by over 18 months. Continued delay of this approval would cost the MTA an estimated $1 billion in annual revenues.
•	Surface Transportation Reauthorization. The Fixing America’s Surface Transportation Act, which funds federal highway, transit, intercity rail, freight, highway traffic safety, and motor carrier safety programs, is set to expire on September 30, 2021. In federal fiscal year (“FFY”) 2021, the State and State transit authorities are expected to receive $3.3 billion in highway and transit funding alone. This funding will be at risk if the federal government does not act to capitalize the Federal Highway Trust Fund and ensure an extension of current law or enact a new authorization prior to October 1, 2021.

The Financial Plan may also be adversely affected by other federal government actions including audits, disallowances, and changes to federal participation rates or other Medicaid rules. For instance, the Financial Plan includes reimbursement to the federal government of $100 million annually through FY 2027 pursuant to a March 2015 agreement between the State and the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (“CMS”). The agreement resolved a pending disallowance for FY 2011 and all related payment disputes for State-operated services prior to April 1, 2013, including home and community-based waiver services. Pursuant to the agreement, the State must adjust the federal /State share of future Medicaid costs to reimburse the federal government. The State used $850 million in extraordinary monetary settlement payments, previously set aside for financial risks, to finance the initial repayment amount in FY 2016.

Table of Contents

Current Federal Aid

Former President Trump proposed significant cuts to mandatory and discretionary domestic programs in recent FFYs, including the current FFY 2021, which were largely rejected in the final appropriations bills approved for each of those years. FFY 2021 appropriations were enacted on December 27, 2020.

President Biden, who took office on January 20, 2021, had yet to release a FFY 2022 budget proposal (which was expected to be released on February 1, 2021, but often is delayed during transition years) as of the date of the AIS Update. While the Biden Administration is expected to have its own priorities for the federal partnership with the states, there can be no assurance of levels of federal aid or other changes affecting the State. However, to the date of the AIS Update, the Administration had submitted a $1.9 trillion plan to stimulate economic recovery and control the COVID-19 pandemic to Congress. The Biden plan includes $350 billion in direct aid to states and localities to maintain essential services that are at risk as governments contend with dramatic losses in tax receipts.

Federal Debt Limit

The Bipartisan Budget Act of 2019 suspended the federal debt limit through July 31, 2021 and brought to a close the extraordinary measures that the U.S. Treasury had been operating under since the prior suspension expired on March 1, 2019. A federal government default on payments, particularly for a prolonged period, could have a materially adverse effect on national and state economies, financial markets, and intergovernmental aid payments. Specific effects on the Financial Plan of a future federal government default are unknown and impossible to predict. However, data from past economic downturns suggests that the State’s revenue loss could be substantial if there were an economic downturn due to a federal default.

A payment default by the federal government may also adversely affect the municipal bond market. Municipal issuers, including the State, could face higher borrowing costs and impaired access to capital markets. This would jeopardize planned capital investments in transportation infrastructure, higher education facilities, hazardous waste remediation, environmental projects, and economic development projects. Additionally, the market for and market value of outstanding municipal obligations, including municipal obligations of the State, could be adversely affected.

Federal Tax Law Changes

On December 22, 2017, President Trump signed into law the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“TCJA”), making major changes to the federal Internal Revenue Code, most of which were effective in the 2018 tax year. The federal tax law made extensive changes to federal personal income taxes, corporate income taxes, and estate taxes.

The State’s income tax system interacts with the federal system in numerous ways. Changes to the federal tax code have significant flow-through effects on State tax burdens and State tax receipts. From the standpoint of individual New York State taxpayers, the effect of the new $10,000 limit on the deductibility of SALT payments, effective beginning in tax year 2018, is substantial.

The SALT deduction originated with the first federal income tax implemented to fund the Civil War effort and has been in place continuously since 1913. The TCJA’s SALT deduction limit represents a large increase in the State’s effective tax rate relative to historical experience and may adversely affect New York State’s economic competitiveness.

Moreover, the TCJA contains numerous provisions that may adversely affect residential real estate prices in New York State and elsewhere, of which the SALT deduction limit is the most significant. A loss of wealth associated with a decline in home prices could have a significant impact on household spending in the State through the wealth effect, whereby consumers perceive the rise and fall of the value of an asset, such as a home, as a corresponding increase or decline in income, causing them to alter their spending practices. Reductions in household spending by New York residents, if they were to occur, would be expected to result in lower sales for the State’s businesses, which, in turn, would p further reductions in economic activity and employment. Lastly, falling home prices could result in homeowners delaying the sale of their homes. The combined impact of lower home prices and fewer sales transactions could result in lower real estate transfer tax collections.

In sum, the federal tax law changes may intensify migration pressures and the drag on the value of home prices, thereby posing risks to the State’s tax base and current Financial Plan projections.

State Response to Federal Tax Law Changes

Table of Contents

As part of the State’s continuing response to federal tax law changes, legislation is being proposed for adoption by the State Legislature in support of the Executive Budget that provides for an optional pass-through entity tax (“PTET”) on the New York-sourced income of partnerships and S corporations that are composed solely of individual partners or shareholders. Qualifying entities that elect to pay PTET will pay a 6.85 percent tax on their New York-sourced ordinary income (and guaranteed payments for partnerships) at the partnership or corporation level, and their individual partners, members and shareholders will receive a refundable tax credit equal to 92 percent of the proportionate or pro rata share of taxes paid by the electing entity. Additionally, the proposal includes a resident tax credit that allows reciprocity with other states that have implemented substantially similar taxes, such as Connecticut and New Jersey.

DOB expects that the PTET legislation, if adopted as proposed, would be revenue neutral for the State, although personal income tax receipts would decrease to the extent that qualifying entities elect to pay PTET. However, to hold harmless the Revenue Bond Tax Fund and to maintain comparable security for PIT bondholders, the State is also proposing legislation that would cause 50 percent of receipts from PTET to be deposited into the RBTF. Accordingly, aggregate contributions to the RBTF are expected to be unaffected because 50 percent of net revenues from both PIT and the proposed PTET, as well as 50 percent of the net revenues from the Employer Compensation Expense Program (“ECEP”), will be deposited into the RBTF.

The Financial Plan does not currently include an estimate for PTET receipts or the corresponding decrease in PIT receipts as the opt-in rates for electing entities will not be known until December 2021. DOB expects to include estimates as opt-in rates and other information become known. In November 2020, the IRS released Notice 2020-75, which announced that the Treasury and IRS intend to issue proposed regulations to clarify that State and local income taxes imposed on and paid by a partnership or an S corporation on its income, such as the PTET, are allowable as a federal deduction to taxable income, which may increase participation in the program.

Previously, the State enacted tax reforms in tax year 2018 intended to mitigate issues arising from the federal law, including decoupling many State tax provisions from the federal changes, creation of an optional payroll tax program, and establishment of a new State charitable giving vehicle, as described below.

The State developed the ECEP and the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund, as described below, based on a review of existing laws, regulations, and precedents. However, there can be no assurance that the IRS will allow taxes paid under the ECEP by an electing employer or donations made by taxpayers to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund to be deductible for federal tax purposes under current law and the TCJA. As noted below, the IRS issued regulations that impair the ability of taxpayers to deduct donations to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund from federally taxable income while receiving State tax credits for such donations.

On July 17, 2018, the State, joined by Connecticut, Maryland, and New Jersey, filed a lawsuit to protect New York taxpayers from the new federal limit on the SALT deduction. The lawsuit claimed the new SALT limit was enacted to target New York and similarly situated states, interfered with states’ rights to make their own fiscal decisions, and disproportionately harmed taxpayers in these states. On September 30, 2019, the Southern District of New York found that the states failed to make a valid legal claim that the SALT limit unconstitutionally encroaches on states’ sovereign authority to determine their own taxation and fiscal policies. The State, along with Connecticut, Maryland, and New Jersey, filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Second Circuit on November 26, 2019, and briefing for the appeal was completed as of June 29, 2020. Oral argument was held on December 3, 2020, and a decision is pending.

On June 13, 2019, the IRS issued final regulations, known as Treasury Decision 9864, that provided final rules and additional guidance on the availability of federal income tax deductions for charitable contributions when a taxpayer receives or expects to receive a State or local tax credit for such charitable contributions. In the case of State tax credits received by a taxpayer making a charitable contribution, the regulations require the taxpayer to reduce the federal income tax deduction by the amount of the State tax credit received for such charitable contribution. This rule does not apply, however, if the value of the State tax credit does not exceed 15 percent of the charitable contribution. The regulations were made retroactive to August 27, 2018 (the date on which the U.S. Treasury and IRS first published proposed regulatory changes).

On July 17, 2019, New York State, joined by Connecticut and New Jersey, filed a federal lawsuit challenging Treasury Decision 9864. Among other things, the lawsuit seeks to restore the full federal income tax deduction for charitable contributions, regardless of the amount of any State tax credit provided to taxpayers as a result of contributions made to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund, in accordance with the precedent since 1917. The federal defendants moved to dismiss the complaint, in the alternative for summary judgment, on December 23, 2019, and the states responded and filed their own motion for summary judgment on February 28, 2020. Briefing on the motions was completed in July 2020, and the states’ request for oral

Table of Contents

argument remains pending. If the lawsuit is successful, it is expected that donations to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund in future years could be higher than the $93 million in donations made in 2018.

As part of the State tax reforms enacted in 2018, taxpayers may claim reimbursement from the State for interest on underpayments of federal tax liability for the 2019, 2020 and 2021 tax years if the underpayments arise from reliance on the 2018 amendments to State Tax Law. To receive reimbursement, taxpayers are required to submit their reimbursement claims to the Department of Taxation and Finance (“DTF”) within 60 days of making an interest payment to the IRS.

The State would incur costs if taxpayer participation in the ECEP and Charitable Gifts initiatives for the 2019, 2020 and 2021 tax years results in federal determinations of underpayment of federal income tax. Any cost to the Financial Plan from State reimbursement of interest charges would occur in FY 2021 at the earliest for determinations on 2019 tax payments due in July 2020 or thereafter.

The Financial Plan does not include any estimate of the magnitude of the possible interest expense to the State, which depends on several factors, including the rates of participation in the ECEP; magnitude of donations to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund; aggregate amount of determinations of underpayment attributable to reliance on the 2018 amendments to State Tax Law; amount of time between the due date of the return and the date any federal determination is issued; interest rate applied; and frequency at which taxpayers submit timely reimbursement claims to the State. Interest on unpaid federal tax generally accrues from the due date of the return until the date of payment in full. Under current federal law, the interest rate is determined quarterly and is the federal short-term rate plus 3 percent, compounded daily.

Essential Plan

Due to the economic downturn caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, the number of eligible recipients for EP coverage increased as unemployment increased, employer-sponsored coverage ended and incomes fell below the eligibility threshold. New costs associated with increased EP coverage are expected to continue in the outyears as the economy recovers. Since the EP is fully federally funded, additional enrollment costs will draw in additional federal revenues and are not anticipated to increase State support in FY 2021 and beyond. Although the EP is not a Medicaid program, EP resources are managed within the Medicaid Global Cap. Accordingly, State savings associated with the EP local assistance program are realized within the Global Cap.

Medicaid Redesign Team (MRT) Medicaid Waiver

The CMS and the State have an existing agreement authorizing up to $8 billion in federal funding through March 31, 2021 to transform New York’s health care system and ensure access to quality care for all Medicaid beneficiaries. This funding was provided through an amendment to the State’s Partnership Plan 1115 Medicaid waiver. Since January 1, 2014, in accordance with provisions of the ACA, the State has been eligible for eFMAP funding associated with childless adults.

Due to the demonstrated success of the Delivery System Reform Incentive Payment (“DSRIP”) waiver, the State submitted a waiver request to CMS on November 25, 2019, seeking an extension of the original waiver to authorize the remaining $625 million of spending in FY 2021 for an additional period of four years (through FY 2024) and up to $8 billion in additional federal funding for continued health care beginning in FY 2022.

However, CMS denied the State’s request on February 21, 2020, ’on the basis that the original DSRIP award was time-limited and meant to be a one-time investment, and that it was not in a position to authorize a conceptual agreement beyond the current demonstration program. ’On May 11, 2020, the State submitted a subsequent 1115 Medicaid waiver request that aligns with the expiration of the MRT waiver on March 31, 2021. If approved, the COVID-19 1115 Waiver would provide the State with $1.9 billion and new flexibilities to respond to the public health emergency.

As a result of the Governor’s MRT II initiatives, DOH is building on prior successes in transforming the State’s ability to provide Medicaid services by preparing a waiver extension of the MRT 1115 waiver. DOH was preparing at the time of the AIS Update to file a three-year extension to the existing MRT 1115 Waiver by March 2021.

Once the MRT waiver is extended, additional funding requests can be pursued. New York will explore new initiatives through amendments to the approved waiver on Medicaid policy priorities, including telehealth, alternative payment methodologies, workforce and health equity and social determinants of health, and to address the COVID-19 pandemic impact on the State’s health care delivery system.

Table of Contents

Employer Compensation Expense Program

Employers that elect to participate in the ECEP are subject to a 5 percent State tax on all annual payroll expenses in excess of $40,000 per employee, phased in over three years beginning on January 1, 2019, as follows: 1.5 percent in tax year 2019, 3 percent in tax year 2020, and 5 percent in tax year 2021. Employers must elect to participate in the ECEP for the upcoming tax year by December 1 of the preceding calendar year. For tax year 2019, 262 employers elected to participate in the ECEP and remitted $1.5 million, with the number of participating employers increasing to 299 for tax year 2020.

The ECEP is intended to mitigate the tax burden for employees affected by the SALT deduction limit. While the TCJA limits deductibility for individuals, it does not cap deductibility for ordinary and necessary business expenses paid or incurred by employers in carrying on a trade or business. The ECEP is expected to be State revenue neutral, with any decrease in New York State PIT receipts expected to be offset by a comparable increase in ECEP revenue. A State PIT credit is available to employees whose wages are subject to the tax. Any decrease in New York State PIT receipts is expected to be offset by a comparable increase in ECEP revenue because the formula used to calculate the State PIT credit corresponds in value to the ECEP. Remittance of ECEP revenue to the State began in the fourth quarter of FY 2019.

Charitable Gifts Trust Fund

Starting in tax year 2018, the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund was established to accept gifts for the purposes of funding health care and education in New York State. Taxpayers who itemize deductions may claim these charitable contributions as deductions on their federal and State income tax returns. Any taxpayer who donates may also claim a State tax credit equal to 85 percent of the donation amount for the tax year after the donation is made. State PIT receipts will be reduced by the State tax deduction and 85 percent tax credit.⁵

⁵	SUNY Research Foundation, CUNY Research Foundation, and Health Research, Inc. are allowed to accept up to $10 million each in charitable gifts on an annual basis. State PIT receipts will also be reduced by the State tax deduction and an 85 percent credit for those donations.

Through FY 2020, the State received $93 million in charitable gifts deposited to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund for healthcare and education ($58 million and $35 million, respectively). Charitable gifts are appropriated for the authorized purposes.

Impact of State Tax Law Changes on PIT Revenue Bonds

To offset the potential reduction in the level of New York State PIT receipts resulting from activity of the ECEP and donations to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund, State Finance Law provisions creating the Revenue Bond Tax Fund were amended to increase the percentage of New York State PIT receipts required to be deposited upon receipt in the RBTF, from 25 percent to 50 percent. In addition, the legislation that created the ECEP required that 50 percent of ECEP receipts received by the State be deposited to the RBTF. These changes became effective April 1, 2018.

The amendments also increased the amount of all New York State PIT receipts collected from payroll withholding and ECEP receipts that must be deposited in the RBTF if (a) the State Legislature fails to appropriate amounts required to make all debt service payments on State PIT Revenue Bonds or (b) having been appropriated and set aside pursuant to a certificate of the Director of the Budget, debt service payments and other cash requirements under the applicable financing agreements have not been made when due on the State PIT Revenue Bonds. Under prior law, New York State PIT receipts from payroll withholding were to be deposited to the RBTF until amounts on deposit in the RBTF equaled the greater of 25 percent of annual New York State PIT receipts or $6 billion. Under the new law, New York State PIT receipts and ECEP receipts are deposited to the RBTF until amounts on deposit in the RBTF equal the greater of 40 percent of the aggregate of annual New York State PIT receipts and ECEP receipts or $12 billion.

Donations to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund could reduce State PIT receipts by nearly one dollar for every dollar donated. If Treasury Decision 9864 is upheld in federal court, taxpayer participation in the future will likely be reduced. However, if the legal challenge is successful in restoring the full federal tax deduction for charitable contributions, donations to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund in future years could be higher than in 2018, when donations totaled $93 million. In such event, the amount of donations to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund would pose a risk to the amount of New York State PIT receipts deposited to the RBTF in future years. To address this risk, the State increased the amount of PIT receipts deposited to the RBTF from 25 percent to 50 percent as part of the State tax reforms enacted in 2018.

DOB and DTF performed a calculation of the maximum amount of charitable donations to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund that could occur annually under varying assumptions. This calculation of the maximum amount of potential contributions to

Table of Contents

the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund was intended to serve as a stress test on State PIT receipts that may flow to the RBTF under different levels of assumed taxpayer participation. Accordingly, the calculation should not, under any circumstances, be viewed as a projection of likely donations in any future year. The factors that may influence donation activity are complex and include, but are not limited to, possible statements, actions, or interpretive guidance by the IRS or others relating to the deductibility of such donations; the liquidity position, risk tolerance, and knowledge of individual taxpayers; advice or guidance of tax advisors or other professionals; changes in general economic conditions; adoption of similar trusts in other states; and tax reciprocity agreements among states.

The calculation of the maximum amount of potential donations from 2020 through 2024 is on average in the range of $22 billion annually. The calculation assumes that every resident taxpayer who has an incentive to donate will do so, and such donations will be equal to the total value of each resident taxpayer’s SALT payments, less the value of the $10,000 federal SALT deduction limit, up to the value of the taxpayer’s total State tax liability. The calculation is dependent on several assumptions concerning the number of itemized filers. It relies on the most recent PIT population study file, as trended forward, as well as the impact of the TCJA and State law changes on the number and distribution of itemized and standardized filers. The calculation also assumes that no further changes in federal tax law occur and DOB projections of the level of State taxpayer liability for the forecast period as set forth in the Financial Plan are materially accurate.

In general, assumptions made regarding taxpayer behavior were intended to maximize the calculated impact of charitable giving on PIT receipts in each year. After factoring in all of the foregoing adjustments and with inclusion of ECEP revenues, RBTF receipts are projected to remain above the level of receipts that would have been expected under statutes in effect prior to April 2018, even in a maximum participation scenario.

The DOB and DTF calculation of the projected maximum amount of potential contributions to the Charitable Gifts Trust Fund is necessarily based on many assumptions that may change materially over time. While DOB believes that these factors can be expected to constrain donation activity, there can be no assurance that, under conditions of maximum participation, the amount of annual charitable gifts will not reduce the level of PIT receipts deposited into the RBTF below the levels projected in February 2018 before State tax reforms were enacted. If that were to occur, it is DOB’s expectation that changes to the tax law would be recommended to further increase the percentage of PIT receipts deposited into the RBTF.

Climate Change Adaptation. Climate change poses significant long-term threats to physical, biological and economic systems in New York and around the world. Potential hazards and risks related to climate change for the State include, among other things, rising sea levels, more severe coastal flooding and erosion hazards, and more intense storms. Storms in recent years, including Superstorm Sandy, Hurricane Irene, and Tropical Storm Lee, have demonstrated vulnerabilities in the State’s infrastructure (including mass transit systems, power transmission and distribution systems, and other critical lifelines) to extreme weather events including coastal flooding caused by storm surges. The potential effects of climate change could adversely impact the Financial Plan in current or future years. To mitigate and manage these impacts, significant long-term planning and investments by the federal government, the State, municipalities, and public utilities are expected to be needed to adapt existing infrastructure to climate change risks.

The State continues to recover from the damage sustained during three powerful storms that crippled entire regions of the State. In August 2011, Hurricane Irene disrupted power and caused extensive flooding in various counties. In September 2011, Tropical Storm Lee caused flooding in additional counties and, in some cases, exacerbated the damage caused by Hurricane Irene. On October 29, 2012, Superstorm Sandy struck the East Coast, causing widespread infrastructure damage and economic losses to the greater New York region. The frequency and intensity of these storms present economic and financial risks to the State. Reimbursement claims for costs of the immediate response, recovery, and future mitigation efforts continue, largely supported by federal funds. In January 2013, the federal government approved approximately $60 billion in federal disaster aid for general recovery, rebuilding, and mitigation activity nationwide in response to Superstorm Sandy. A total of $28.9 billion has been committed to repairing impacted homes and businesses, restoring community services, and mitigating future storm risks to the State and its localities.

Financial markets participants are increasingly acknowledging climate change risks. In June 2017, an industry-led Task Force on Climate-Related Financial Disclosures convened by the Financial Stability Board (an international body that monitors the global financial system) published recommendations stating that climate risk affects most market sectors and that climate-related risk should be publicly disclosed to investors in annual financial filings. In November 2017, Moody’s Investors Service issued guidance to state and local governments that climate change is forecast to heighten exposure to economic losses, placing potential pressure on credit ratings. The Moody’s report identified rising sea levels and their effect on coastal

Table of Contents

infrastructure as the primary climate risks for the northeastern United States, including New York State. These risks are heightened by population and critical infrastructure concentration in coastal counties.

An October 2018 special report released by the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change of the United Nations (“IPCC”) found that human activity has already caused approximately 1.0°C of warming and is continuing to increase average global temperatures at 0.2°C per decade due to past and ongoing emissions. The IPCC states that global warming is likely to reach 1.5°C of warming between 2030 and 2052 if temperatures continue to increase at the current rate. This increase is expected to produce a range of adverse outcomes“”. For example, the IPCC rates global risks of extreme weather events and coastal flooding as increasing from moderate (“detectable”) today to high (“severe and widespread”) at 1.5°C of warming. The risk of severe impacts increases further at higher temperatures. Using current trends, climate change risks increasingly fall within the term of current outstanding bonds of the State, its public authorities and municipalities. State bonds may be issued with a term of up to 30 years under State statute.

The State is participating in efforts to reduce greenhouse gas emissions in order to mitigate the risk of severe impacts from climate change. The Climate Leadership and Community Protection Act of 2019 set the State on a path toward developing regulations to reduce statewide greenhouse gas emissions to 85 percent below the 1990 level by 2050. As part of this target, the State plans to fully transition its electricity sector away from carbon emissions by 2040. The State is a member of the Regional Greenhouse Gas Initiative and has used a cap and trade mechanism to regulate carbon dioxide emissions from electric power plants since 2008.

Extraordinary Monetary Settlements

Beginning in FY 2015, the State began receiving extraordinary monetary settlements for violations of State laws by major financial institutions and other entities. Effective April 1, 2019, DOB no longer classifies or distinctly identifies any settlement of less than $25 million as an extraordinary monetary settlement.

State Government Employment

As of March 31, 2020, the State had approximately 183,700 FTE annual salaried employees funded from all funds including some part-time and temporary employees, independently elected agencies and university systems, but excluding seasonal, legislative and judicial employees. The workforce is now substantially smaller than it was in 1990, when it peaked at approximately 230,000 positions. The State workforce is projected to total 184,059 positions at the end of FY 2021. The State workforce subject to direct Executive control is expected to total 118,850 FTE positions at the end of FY 2021.

Status of Current Labor Negotiations. The State has multi-year labor agreements in place with most of the unionized workforce and continues to negotiate new agreements with unions whose contracts are expiring or have expired. The State continues to withhold the general salary increases that were scheduled to go into effect on April 1, 2020 and planned at the time of the AIS Update to withhold the April 1, 2021 general salary increases.

The Judiciary also has contracts in place with all 12 unions represented within its workforce through FY 2021, which include the Civil Service Employees Association (FY 2018 to FY 2021); the New York State Supreme Court Officers Association, the New York State Court Officers Association and the Court Clerks Association (FY 2012 to FY 2021); and eight other unions (FY 2020 to FY 2021).

State Retirement System (“System”). The System provides pension benefits to public employees of the State and its localities (except employees of New York City and public school teachers and administrators, who are covered by separate public retirement systems). State employees made up about 32 percent of the System’s membership as of March 31, 2020. There were 2,962 public employers participating in the System, including the State, all cities and counties (except New York City), most towns, villages and school districts (with respect to non-teaching employees), and many public authorities.

As of March 31, 2020, 673,336 persons were members of the System and 487,407 pensioners or beneficiaries were receiving pension benefits. Article 5, section 7 of the State Constitution considers membership in any State pension or retirement system to be “a contractual relationship, the benefits of which shall not be diminished or impaired.”

The State Comptroller is the administrative head of New York State and Local Retirement System (“NYSLRS”) and the trustee and custodian of the Common Retirement Fund , a trust created pursuant to the Retirement and Social Security Law (“RSSL”) to hold the System’s assets and, as such, is responsible for investing the assets of the System.

Table of Contents

The State makes annual contributions to the NYSLRS for employees in the New York State and Local Employees’ Retirement System and the New York State and Local Police and Fire Retirement System. This section discusses contributions from the State, including the Judiciary, to the NYSLRS, which account for the majority of the State’s pension costs.⁶ All projections are based on estimated market returns and numerous actuarial assumptions that, if unrealized, could change these projections materially.

⁶	The State’s aggregate pension costs also include costs for State employees in the Teachers’ Retirement System for both SUNY and the State Education Department (“SED”), the Optional Retirement Program for both SUNY and SED, and the New York State Voluntary Defined Contribution Plan.

New York State Retirement and Social Security Law Section 11 directs the Actuary for NYSLRS to provide a quinquennial report on the System’s’ experience and to propose assumptions and methods for the actuarial valuations. The Actuary issued the quinquennial report in August 2020. The report did not recommend significant changes due the economic uncertainty surrounding the COVID-19 pandemic but recommended revisiting the assumptions in August 2021.

As such, in FY 2022, the economic assumptions for NYSLRS remain unchanged, including inflation and cost-of-living adjustment (2.5 percent I 1.5 percent), investment return (6.8 percent), salary scale (4.5 percent for ERS and 5.7 percent for PFRS), and asset valuation method (five-year level smoothing of gains or losses above or below the assumed return applied to all assets and cash flows). However, demographic assumptions were updated including pension mortality (gender/collar specific tables based upon FY 2016-2020 experience with Society of Actuaries Scale MP-2019 loading for mortality improvement) and active member decrements (based upon FY 2016-2020 experience). The impact of the updated demographic assumptions and a valuation date during a bear market is an increase in the average employer contribution rates in 2020, to 16.2 percent for ERS and 28.3 percent for PFRS. The percentage increases are 11 percent higher for ERS and 16 percent higher for PFRS than the previous fiscal year’s rates.

The FY 2022 ERS/PFRS pension estimate of $2.7 billion relied upon the December 2020 estimate from the State Comptroller, which reflects a negative 2.68 percent return in the Common Retirement Fund in FY 2020. This was partially offset by the lower cost of Tier 6 entrants and the use of a new mortality improvement scale. The State will continue to pay $400 million towards the balance outstanding on prior-year deferrals. The Office of the State Comptroller (“OSC”) does not forecast pension liability estimates beyond the budget year, thus estimates for FY 2023 and beyond are developed by DOB. DOB’s forecast assumes growth in the salary base consistent with collective bargaining agreements and a conservative rate of return compared to the assumed rate of return by NYSLRS. The current Financial Plan forecast does not reflect the potential losses in asset value as a result of the COVID-19 outbreak and recession.

The pension liability also reflects changes to military service credit provisions found in Section 1000 of the Retirement and Social Security Law enacted during the 2016 legislative session (Chapter 41 of the Laws of 2016). All veterans who are members of NYSLRS may, upon application, receive extra service credit for up to three years of military duty if such veterans (a) were honorably discharged, (b) have achieved five years of credited service in a public retirement system, and (c) have agreed to pay the employee share of such additional pension credit. Costs to the State for employees in the ERS are incurred at the time each member purchases credit, as documented by the OSC at the end of each calendar year. Costs for employees in PFRS are distributed across PFRS employers and billed on a two-year lag (e.g., FY 2017 costs were first billed in FY 2019). Additionally, Section 25 of the RSSL requires the State to pay the ERS employer contributions associated with this credit on behalf of local governments. The State is also permitted to amortize the cost of past service credits that are newly incurred in a given fiscal year. The ERS cost to the State (including costs covered for local ERS) was $20.7 million in FY 2021 based on actual credit purchased through December 31, 2020. DOB has revised estimates to reflect stronger participation in the program. ERS costs are estimated to be $25 million in FY 2022 and $15 million annually in the outyears.

The amount of future annual employer contribution rates will depend, in part, on the value of the assets held by the CRF as of each April 1, as well as on the present value of the anticipated benefits to be paid by the System as of each April 1. Contribution rates for FY 2022 were released in August 2020. The average ERS rate increased by 1.6 percent from 14.6 percent of salary in FY 2021 to 16.2 percent of salary in FY 2022, while the average PFRS rate increased by 3.9 percent from 24.4 percent of salary in FY 2021 to 28.3 percent of salary in FY 2022.

The System’s assets are held by the CRF for the exclusive benefit of members, retirees and beneficiaries. Investments for the System are made by the State Comptroller as trustee of the CRF. The System reports that the net position restricted for pension benefits as of March 31, 2020 was $198.1 billion (including $5.0 billion in receivables, which consist of employer contributions, amortized amounts, member contributions, member loans, accrued interest and dividends, investment sales

Table of Contents

and other miscellaneous receivables), a decrease of $17.1 billion or 7.9 percent from the FY 2019 level of $215.2 billion. The decrease in net position restricted for pension benefits from FY 2019 to FY 2020 is primarily the result of the net depreciation of the fair value of the investment portfolio.⁷ The System’s audited financial statement reports a time-weighted investment rate of return of negative 2.7 percent (gross rate of return before the deduction of certain fees) for FY 2020.

⁷

On February 8, 2021, the State Comptroller announced that the Common Retirement Fund's estimated time-weighted return (gross of certain investment fees) for the third quarter of FY 2021 was 10.01 percent for the three-month period ended December 31, 2020, and the CRF ended the quarter with an estimated value of $247.7 billion. These quarterly returns reflect unaudited data for the invested assets of the System. The value of the invested assets changes daily.

The System reports that the present value of anticipated benefits for current members, retirees, and beneficiaries increased to $268.9 billion (including $139.7 billion for retirees and beneficiaries) as of April 1, 2020, up from $260.3 billion as of April 1, 2019. The funding method used by the System anticipates that the plan net position, plus future actuarially determined contributions, will be sufficient to pay for the anticipated benefits of current members, retirees and beneficiaries. The valuation used by the System’s Actuary was based on the audited net position restricted for pension benefits as of March 31, 2020. Actuarially determined contributions are calculated using actuarial assets and the present value of anticipated benefits. Actuarial assets differed from plan net position on April 1, 2020 in that the determination of actuarial assets utilized a smoothing method that recognized 20 percent of the unexpected loss for FY 2020, 40 percent of the unexpected gain for FY 2019, 60 percent of the unexpected gain for FY 2018, and 80 percent of the unexpected gain for FY 2017. The asset valuation method smooths gains and losses based on the market value of all investments. Actuarial assets increased from $213.0 billion on April 1, 2019 to $214.1 billion on April 1, 2020.

The ratio of the fiduciary net position to the total pension liability for ERS, as of March 31, 2020, calculated by the System’s Actuary, was 86.4 percent. The ratio of the fiduciary net position to the total pension liability for PFRS, as of March 31, 2020, calculated by the System’s Actuary, was 84.9 percent.⁸

⁸

The System previously disclosed a funded ratio in accordance with GASB Statements 25 and 27, which have been amended by GASB Statements 67 and 68. The GASB Statements 67 and 68 amendments had the effect, among other things, of no longer requiring the disclosure of a funded ratio. GASB now requires the disclosure of the ratio of the fiduciary net position to the total pension liability. This ratio is not called a funded ratio and is not directly comparable to the funded ratio disclosed in prior years.

Other Post-Employment Benefits. State employees become eligible for post-employment benefits (e.g., health insurance) if they reach retirement while working for the State, are enrolled in either NYSHIP or the NYSHIP opt-out program at the time they reach retirement and have the required years of eligible service. The cost of providing post-retirement health insurance is shared between the State and the retired employee. Contributions are established by law and may be amended by the Legislature. The State pays its share of costs on a pay-as-you-go (“PAYGO”) basis as required by law.

The State Comptroller adopted Governmental Accounting Standards Board Statement (“GASBS”) 75, Accounting and Financial Reporting for Postemployment Benefits Other Than Pensions, for the State’s basic financial statements for FY 2019. GASBS 75, which replaces GASBS 45 and GASBS 57, addresses accounting and financial reporting for OPEB provided to the employees of state and local governmental employers. GASBS 75 establishes standards for recognizing and measuring liabilities and expenses/expenditures, as well as identifying the methods and assumptions that are required to be used to project benefit payments, discount projected benefit payments to their actuarially determined present value, and attribute that present value to periods of employee service. Specifically, GASBS 75 now requires the full liability to be recognized.

The State’s total OPEB liability equals the employer’s share of the actuarially determined present value of projected benefit payments attributed to past periods of employee service. The total OPEB obligation less any OPEB assets set aside in an OPEB trust or similar arrangement represents the net OPEB obligation.

As reported in the State’s basic financial statements for FY 2020, the total ending OPEB liability for FY 2020 is $63.9 billion ($51.1 billion for the State and $12.8 billion for SUNY). The total OPEB liability as of March 31, 2020 was measured as of March 31, 2019 and was determined using an actuarial valuation as of April 1, 2018, with update procedures used to roll forward the total OPEB liability to March 31, 2019. The total beginning OPEB liability for FY 2020 was $63.45 billion ($50.9 billion for the State and $12.5 billion for SUNY). The total OPEB liability was calculated using the entry age normal cost method. The discount rate is based on the Bond Buyer 20-year general obligation municipal bond index rate at March 31 (3.89 percent in FY 2019 and 3.79 percent in FY 2020). The total OPEB liability increased by $529 million (0.8 percent) during FY 2020.

Table of Contents

The contribution requirements of NYSHIP members and the State are established and may be amended by the Legislature. The State is not required to provide funding above the PAYGO amount necessary to provide current benefits to retirees and has not funded a qualified trust or its equivalent as defined in GASBS 75. The State continues to fund these costs, along with all other employee health care expenses, on a PAYGO basis, meaning the State pays these costs as they become due.

The FY 2018 Enacted Budget included legislation creating a Retiree Health Benefit Trust Fund (the “Trust Fund”), a qualified trust under GASBS 75, that authorizes the State to reserve money for the payment of health benefits of retired employees and their dependents. Under the legislation, the State may deposit into the Trust Fund, in any given fiscal year, up to 0.5 percent of total then-current unfunded actuarial accrued OPEB liability. The Financial Plan does not currently include any deposits to the Trust Fund.

GASBS 75 is not expected to alter the Financial Plan cash PAYGO projections for health insurance costs. DOB’s methodology for forecasting these costs over a multi-year period already incorporates factors and considerations consistent with the new actuarial methods and calculations required by the GASBS 75.

Litigation. Litigation against the State may include, among other things, potential challenges to the constitutionality of various actions. The State may also be affected by adverse decisions that are the result of various lawsuits. Such adverse decisions may not meet the materiality threshold to warrant a description herein but, in the aggregate, could still adversely affect the Financial Plan.

Cybersecurity. New York State government, like many other large public and private entities, relies on a large and complex technology environment to conduct its operations. As a recipient and provider of personal, private, or sensitive information, the State and its public corporations and municipalities face multiple cyber threats including, but not limited to, hacking, viruses, malware and other attacks on computer and other sensitive digital networks and systems. Entities or individuals may attempt to gain unauthorized access to ’digital systems for the purposes of misappropriating assets or information or causing operational disruption and damage. To mitigate the risk of business operations impact and/or damage from cyber incidents or cyberattacks, the State invests in multiple forms of cybersecurity and operational controls. The State’s Chief Information Security Office (“CISO”) within the State’s Office of Information Technology Services maintains comprehensive policies and standards, programs, and services relating to the security of State government networks and geographic information systems and annually assesses the implementation of security policies and standards to ensure compliance through the Nationwide Cyber Security Review. In addition, the CISO maintains the New York State Cyber Command Center team, which provides a security operations center, digital forensics capabilities, and related procedures for cyber incident reporting and response. The CISO distributes real-time advisories and alerts, provides managed security services, and implements statewide information security awareness and training. While controls are routinely reviewed and tested, no assurances can be given that such security and operational control measures will be completely successful at guarding against cyber threats and attacks. The results of any such attack could impact business operations and/or damage State digital networks and systems or State and local infrastructure, and the costs of remedying any such damage could be substantial.

The State has also adopted regulations designed to protect the financial services industry from cyberattacks. Banks, insurance companies and other covered entities regulated by the Department of Financial Services (“DFS”) are, unless eligible for limited exemptions, required to (a) maintain a cybersecurity program, (b) create written cybersecurity policies and perform risk assessments, (c) designate a CISO with responsibility to oversee the cybersecurity program, (d) annually certify compliance with the cybersecurity regulations, and (e) report to DFS cybersecurity events that have a reasonable likelihood of materially harming any material part of the entity’s normal operation(s) or for which notice is required to any government body, self-regulatory agency, or supervisory body.

Financial Condition of New York State Localities. The State’s localities rely in part on State aid to balance their budgets and meet their cash requirements. As such, unanticipated financial need among localities can adversely affect the State financial projections. Certain localities outside New York City, including cities and counties, have experienced financial problems and have requested and received additional State assistance during the last several State fiscal years. In 2013, the Financial Restructuring Board for Local Governments was created to provide assistance to distressed local governments. The Restructuring Board performs comprehensive reviews and provides grants and loans on the condition of implementing recommended efficiency initiatives.

The wide-ranging economic, health, and social disruptions caused by the COVID-19 outbreak are having an adverse impact on State authorities and localities, including the MTA and the City of New York. The aid-to-localities reductions that are

Table of Contents

expected to be taken as set forth in the Financial Plan may materially and adversely affect the financial position of the MTA, the City of New York, and other localities.

Bond Market. Successful implementation of the Financial Plan is dependent on the State’s ability to market bonds. The State finances much of its capital spending, in the first instance, from the General Fund or the Short-Term Investment Pool, which it then reimburses with proceeds from the sale of bonds. An in ability of the State to sell bonds at the levels or on the timetable it expects could have a material and adverse impact on the State’s financial position and the implementation of its capital plan. The success of projected public sales will be subject to prevailing market conditions and related ratings issued by national credit rating agencies, among other factors. The outbreak of COVID-19 in the United States significantly disrupted the municipal bond market. In response, the federal CARES Act created the Municipal Liquidity Facility, which authorizes the Federal Reserve to purchase revenue and bond anticipation notes of states and certain other municipal issuers. The facility was authorized to purchase up to $500 billion of short-term notes through December 31, 2020. DOB will continue to monitor any further Federal Reserve actions that impact municipal markets. Future developments in the financial markets, including possible changes in federal tax law relating to the taxation of interest on municipal bonds, as well as future developments concerning the State and public discussion of such developments generally, may affect the market for outstanding State-supported and State-related debt.

The major rating agencies, Fitch, Kroll, Moody’s, and Standard & Poor’s, have assigned the State general credit ratings of AA+, AA+, Aa2, and AA+, respectively. On December 11, 2020, Standard & Poor’s changed the State’s outlook from “stable” to “negative” due to risks including “potentially weaker economic growth compared to the rest of the country, uncertainty surrounding continuing Federal aid, and contagion risk from financial and economic stress associated with the MTA and New York City.” On October 1, 2020, Moody’s downgraded the State’s credit rating from Aa1 to Aa2, noting the financial consequences to the State of the disproportionate impact of the coronavirus pandemic. On April 10, 2020, Fitch changed the State’s credit outlook from “stable” to “negative,” citing “the considerable economic and fiscal uncertainty faced by the state as it confronts the coronavirus pandemic.”

The State, through its public authorities and general obligation issuances, is one of the largest issuers of municipal bonds in the United States. The State relies on regular bond sales to fund its capital program. In addition, in FY 2021, the State was authorized to sell short-term notes to meet temporary liquidity needs caused by the pandemic. The Executive Budget proposes continuing this authorization in FY 2022 as the State continues to respond to the pandemic.

Debt Reform Act. The Debt Reform Act of 2000 “”restricts the issuance of State-supported debt to capital purposes only and for a maximum term of bonds to 30 years. The Debt Reform Act limits the amount of new State-supported debt to 4 percent of State personal income, and new State-supported debt service costs to 5 percent of receipts. The restrictions apply to all new State-supported debt issued since April 1, 2000. DOB, as administrator of the Debt Reform Act, determined that the State was in compliance with the statutory caps in the most recent calculation period.

State legislation enacted in connection with the adoption of the FY 2021 Enacted Budget suspended the Debt Reform Act for FY 2021 bond issuances as part of the State response to the COVID-19 pandemic. The Executive Budget proposes continuing the suspension for FY 2022 issuances. Accordingly, any State-supported debt issued in FY 2021 and FY 2022 is not limited to capital purposes and is not counted towards the statutory caps on debt outstanding and debt service. In addition, FY 2022 issuances would not be limited by a maximum maturity, currently capped at 30 years by the Debt Reform Act. Bonds would still be subject to federal tax law limitations, but this change allows bonds to be issued over the full useful life of the assets being financed, which may be over 30 years in limited circumstances (i.e., MTA capital projects). The suspension of the Debt Reform Act also includes up to $8 billion of PIT notes and up to $3.0 billion of line of credit facilities that were authorized in FY 2021 and that the Executive Budget proposes reauthorizing in FY 2022, as well as any short- or long-term refinancing of such borrowings in future years. Current projections anticipate that debt outstanding and debt service will continue to remain below limits imposed by the Debt Reform Act, due to the suspension of the debt cap during FY 2021 and FY 2022.

Based on the most recent personal income and debt outstanding forecasts, the available debt capacity under the debt outstanding cap is expected to fluctuate from $12.2 billion in FY 2021 to a low point of $5.8 billion in FY 2026. This calculation excludes all State-supported debt issuances in FY 2021 and FY 2022 but includes the estimated impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on personal income calculations and of funding increased capital commitment levels with State bonds after FY 2022. The debt service on State-supported debt issued after April 1, 2000 and subject to the statutory cap is projected at $5.1 billion in FY 2021, or roughly $4.6 billion below the statutory debt service limit.

Table of Contents

The State uses personal income estimates published by the federal Bureau of Economic Analysis (“BEA”) to calculate the cap on debt outstanding, as required by statute. The BEA revises these estimates on a quarterly basis, and such revisions can be significant. For federal reporting purposes, BEA reassigns income from the state where it was earned to the state in which a person resides for situations where a person lives and earns income in different states (the “residency adjustment”). The BEA residency adjustment has the effect of reducing reported New York State personal income because income earned in New York by nonresidents regularly exceeds income earned in other states by New York residents. The State taxes all personal income earned in New York, regardless of place of residency.

The FY 2022 Executive Budget includes new bond-financed capital commitments that add $2.7 billion in new debt over the five-year capital plan period. To help MTA, the State also converted its $10.3 billion contribution for the MTA’s 2015-19 and 2020-24 capital plans to bond-financed capital in the Executive Budget; prior to the pandemic, the State had expected to offset debt service on MTA bonds through additional local aid payments to the MTA.

Changes in the State’s available debt capacity reflect personal income forecast adjustments, debt amortizations, and bond sale results. The debt capacity reflects the suspension of the Debt Reform Act for FY 2021 and FY 2022 issuances in response to the COVID-19 pandemic, as discussed previously. The State may adjust capital spending priorities and debt financing practices from time to time to preserve available debt capacity and stay within the statutory limits, as events warrant.

Secured Hospital Program. Under the Secured Hospital Program, the State entered into service contracts to enable certain financially distressed not-for-profit hospitals to have tax-exempt debt issued on their behalf, to pay for upgrading their primary health care facilities. Revenues pledged to pay debt service on the bonds include hospital payments made under loan agreements between the Dormitory Authority of the State of New York (“DASNY”) and the hospitals, and certain reserve funds held by the applicable trustees for the bonds. In the event of revenue shortfalls to pay debt service on the Secured Hospital bonds, the service contracts obligate the State to pay debt service, subject to annual appropriations by the Legislature, on bonds issued by DASNY through the Secured Hospital Program. As of March 31, 2020, there were approximately $135 million of bonds outstanding for this program.

Three of the four remaining hospitals in the State’s Secured Hospital Program are in poor financial condition. In relation to the Secured Hospital Program, the State’s contingent contractual obligation was invoked to pay debt service for the first time in FY 2014. Since then the State has paid $182 million for debt service costs. DASNY estimates the State will pay debt service costs of approximately $29 million in FY 2022, $22 million in each of FY 2023 and FY 2024, $13 million in FY 2025 and $11 million in FY 2026. These amounts are based on the actual experience of the participants in the program and would cover debt service costs for one hospital whose debt service obligation was discharged in bankruptcy, a second hospital that closed in 2010, and a third hospital that is currently delinquent in its payments. The State has estimated additional exposure of up to $6 million annually in FY 2021 and FY 2022 if all hospitals in the program failed to meet the terms of their agreements with DASNY and if available reserve funds were depleted.

The Executive Budget includes authorization to issue PIT or Sales Tax bonds to refund bonds issued under the Secured Hospital Program. Therefore, the State plans to refund the remaining hospital debt where the State is responsible for the entirety of the debt service payments, which will provide savings to the State.

The U.S. and Global Economy

The International Monetary Fund revised upward its forecast for 2021 global economic growth and growth in several key economies in its January 2021 outlook, compared to the October 2020 outlook. As COVID-19 infections continue to persist in various nations across the globe, bringing about new waves of preventive lockdown measures, the timing of the global economy’s return to pre-pandemic normalcy remains uncertain. There is considerable downside risk to the Eurozone’s economic growth in the first half of calendar year 2021 and therefore to global growth and trade.

The second estimate of U.S. real gross domestic product (“GDP”) growth in the fourth quarter of calendar year 2020 was 4.1 percent, after surging a record-breaking 33.4 percent in the third quarter. Real GDP fell a record-breaking 31.4 percent in the second quarter of 2020, as economic activity reached a trough in April 2020, and then began to recover in May and June 2020. The level of real GDP in the fourth quarter of 2020 was 2.4 percent below the peak level reached in the fourth quarter of 2019. Overall real GDP growth for 2020 fell 3.5 percent, the weakest annual growth rate since 1946.

U.S. Economic Forecast

Table of Contents

DOB’s U.S. economic forecast incorporates the first estimate of 2020 fourth-quarter GDP, the December 2020 personal income and outlays estimates, the December 2020 CPI report, and the initial estimate of January 2021 employment. Real GDP growth is projected at 4.5 percent for 2021, aided by strong growth in real consumption, investment and exports.

The COVID-19 pandemic’s damaging effects on labor markets are still mounting and will be a major obstacle to a balanced economic recovery. Real GDP is expected to recover to its previous peak (reached in the fourth quarter of 2019) by the second half of 2021, but employment is not expected to reach a full recovery until the first quarter of 2023. Employment registered a 5.7 percent decline in 2020, with monthly employment decreases occurring in March, April, and December 2020. The employment recovery is continuing to lose momentum, with the level of employment still well below the February 2020 peak. The payroll count in January 2021 was approximately 9.9 million below the level of February 2020. Total nonfarm employment growth of 2.7 percent is projected for 2021. Meanwhile, nonfarm employment growth of 3.2 percent is projected for 2022. The unemployment rate went down to 6.3 percent in January 2021, compared to a peak of 14.8 percent in April 2020. The unemployment rate is projected to edge lower in 2021, reaching an estimated 5.5 percent in the fourth quarter of 2021 and 5.0 percent in the fourth quarter of 2022. Growth in wages and salaries for 2021 is estimated to be 6.4 percent, and personal income growth for 2021 is estimated to be 2.4 percent.

The main transmission channel for the unprecedented swings in real GDP in 2020 was consumer spending. Fluctuations were driven by the COVID-19 pandemic as business restrictions and pandemic fears caused consumers to pull back on spending. As a consequence, consumer spending is expected to dictate the path of the recovery and in turn will be primarily influenced by the future timing and severity of the pandemic. Additional income support due to a second round of federal fiscal stimulus (as a part of the Consolidated Appropriations Act of 2021 enacted at the end of 2020) is likely to keep consumption growth from entering negative territory in the first quarter of 2021. After a 3.9 percent decline in 2020, real consumption is forecast to grow 4.9 percent in 2021 and 3.8 percent in 2022.

Consumer price inflation is expected to reach 2.3 percent in 2021, following 1.2 percent price growth in 2020. Acceleration in inflation is expected due to higher oil prices, a weaker dollar and higher inflation expectations. The outlook for monetary policy is premised on the Federal Reserve’s responses to the coronavirus pandemic, and the Federal Open Market Committee’s (“FOMC”) formal adoption of a revised framework for monetary policy in August 2020. The FOMC is expected to remain on hold with respect to monetary policy for the foreseeable future.

The residential housing market evolved into an economic bright spot as the COVID-19 pandemic appears to have increased demand for spacious houses in suburban areas. New and existing home sales have recovered rapidly. Residential building activities were among the first that resumed in the summer of 2020 after the pandemic lockdowns since social distancing is relatively easy to implement among construction workers. Real residential investment is forecast to surge from a 6.0 percent gain in 2020 to an 11.0 percent growth rate in 2021, followed by 0.2 percent growth in 2022.

Real nonresidential fixed investment declined 4.0 percent in 2020. DOB projects real nonresidential investment growth for 2021 of 6.5 percent.

Upside risks include an effective containment of COVID-19 through wide distribution and implementation of vaccinations, fast recovery of the worst-affected service sectors, a housing market boom due to remote-work policies, additional fiscal stimulus such as the Biden Administration’s American Rescue Plan, and better global economic conditions. Downside risks to the forecast include worsening of the COVID-19 pandemic, prolonged business and labor market disruptions, anemic global economic growth, commodity and oil price instability, a stock market correction, and the elevated federal budget deficit and mounting debt burden.

The New York State Economy

After unprecedented employment declines during March and April 2020, New York State’s steady job recovery came to a halt in December 2020. Employment declined by 37,200 month-over-month due largely to the seasonal surge in confirmed COVID-19 cases. This most recent wave resulted in a tightening of restrictions on restaurants, bars, and other industries where social distancing remains a challenge. Weak U.S. payroll growth in January 2021 and rising unemployment insurance claims for New York State indicate a fragile labor market. On a positive note, increases in vaccine availability and restrictions imposed during January 2021 led to noticeable declines in confirmed COVID-19 cases during February 2021. This progress will allow State and local governments to judiciously roll back some of the restrictions.

Table of Contents

Based on the above economic information, DOB’s overall 2021 employment forecast is 4.7 percent growth. However, the long-term implications of vaccinations are expected to speed up the recovery in 2022. DOB’s overall 2022 State employment forecast is 3.5 percent growth.

Current projections for finance and insurance sector bonuses show a narrow increase for FY 2021. DOB projects a 2.5 percent decline in wage growth for FY 2021. As economic and financial conditions continue to improve, total wages are projected to increase 5.2 percent in FY 2022.

The most recent forecast shows a 2.4 percent decline in New York State property income and a 3.1 percent decline in proprietor’s’ income for FY 2021.⁹ Aided by the CARES Act and Emergency Coronavirus Relief Act, State transfer income is projected to increase by 49.3 percent in FY 2021. Current projections for personal income growth show a 6.0 percent increase for FY 2021. As the COVID-19 relief payments come to an end, transfer income is projected to decline by 20.4 percent for FY 2022, leading to a decline of 1.0 percent in personal income for the year.¹⁰

⁹	DOB's New York State economic forecast incorporates the 2020 third-quarter BEA State personal income report released on December 17, 2020.
¹⁰	The current forecast does not incorporate the Biden Administration's American Rescue Plan.

New York State faces many of the same forecasting risks as the U.S. As the nation‘s financial capital, the volume of financial market activity and volatility in equity markets pose a significant degree of exposure to the New York State economy. The State successfully curbed the number of confirmed COVID-19 cases from the most recent seasonal wave and made advances in vaccine distribution and availability, but ’a potential COVD-19 resurgence continues to pose a significant downside risk. Furthermore, the threat posed by new variants of the virus, including vaccine-resistant strains, represents a further risk to the State’s economy. The American Rescue Plan could provide a substantial boost to incomes and provide aid to state and local governments, all of which would contribute to higher economic growth in the short run.

Tax Risks Associated with Municipal Securities. As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in shares of each Municipal Bond Fund will be taxed. The tax information in the relevant Prospectus and this SAI is provided as general information. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in shares of each Municipal Bond Fund.

Unless your investment in shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-deferred retirement account, such as an individual retirement account, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when each Municipal Bond Fund makes distributions or you sell Municipal Bond Fund shares. In general, each Municipal Bond Fund seeks to produce income that is generally exempt from federal income tax and will not benefit investors in tax deferred retirement accounts such as IRAs or investors not subject to federal income tax. Further, the iShares California Muni Bond ETF seeks to produce income that is generally exempt from California's income tax, which will not provide any state tax benefit to investors who are not subject to California's state income tax and the iShares New York Muni Bond ETF seeks to produce income that is generally exempt from New York's income tax, which will not provide any state tax benefit to investors who are not subject to New York's state income tax.

In response to the national economic downturn in recent years, governmental cost burdens may be reallocated among federal, state and local governments. Also, as a result of the downturn, many state and local governments are experiencing significant reductions in revenues and are consequently experiencing difficulties meeting ongoing expenses. Certain of these state or local governments may have difficulty paying principal or interest on their outstanding debt and may experience ratings downgrades of their debt.

Table of Contents

U.S. Economic Trading Partners Risk. The U.S. is a significant, and in some cases the most significant, trading partner of, or foreign investor in, the country or countries in which a Fund invests. As a result, economic conditions of such countries may be particularly affected by changes in the U.S. economy. The U.S. economy has recently experienced very difficult conditions and increased volatility, as well as significant adverse trends. While government intervention and recent legislation has been enacted to improve the U.S. economy, the recovery has been fragile and modest. A decrease in U.S. imports or exports, new trade and financial regulations or tariffs, changes in the U.S. dollar exchange rate or an economic slowdown in the U.S. may have a material adverse effect on a country’s economic conditions and, as a result, securities to which a Fund has exposure.

The U.S. has developed increasingly strained relations with a number of foreign countries, including traditional allies, such as certain European countries, and historical adversaries, such as North Korea, Iran, China and Russia. If these relations were to worsen, it could adversely affect U.S. issuers as well as non-U.S. issuers that rely on the U.S. for trade. The U.S. has also experienced increased internal unrest and discord. If this trend were to continue, it may have an adverse impact on the U.S. economy and many of the issuers in which a Fund invests.

Table of Contents

identified as an issuer which operates in, or has dealings with, such countries. A Fund, as an investor in such issuers, will be indirectly subject to those risks.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in Central and South America. The economies of certain Central and South American countries have experienced high interest rates, economic volatility, inflation, currency devaluations, government defaults, high unemployment rates and political instability which can adversely affect issuers in these countries. In addition, commodities (such as oil, gas and minerals) represent a significant percentage of the region's exports and many economies in this region are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in commodity prices. Adverse economic events in one country may have a significant adverse effect on other countries of this region.

Certain countries in Central and South America may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, consequently, have been and may continue to be negatively affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These countries also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. In addition, certain issuers located in countries in Central and South America in which the Fund invests may be the subject of sanctions (for example, the U.S. has imposed sanctions on certain Venezuelan individuals, corporate entities and the Venezuelan government) or have dealings with countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. An issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer that has dealings with such countries. The Fund may be adversely affected if it invests in such issuers.

Table of Contents

an adverse impact on several developed countries. In addition, heavy regulation of, among others, labor and product markets may have an adverse effect on certain issuers. Such regulations may negatively affect economic growth or cause prolonged periods of recession. Such risks, among others, may adversely affect the value of a Fund’s investments.

Emerging market securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. In addition, brokerage and other costs associated with transactions in emerging market securities can be higher, sometimes significantly, than similar costs incurred in securities markets in developed countries. Although some emerging markets have become more established and tend to issue securities of higher credit quality, the markets for securities in other emerging market countries are in the earliest stages of their development, and these countries issue securities across the credit spectrum. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging market countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging market country securities may also affect a Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Table of Contents

underemployment; (iv) changes in government economic and tax policies, including confiscatory taxation; and (v) imposition of trade barriers.

Risk of Investing in Europe. Investing in European countries may expose a Fund to the economic and political risks associated with Europe in general and the specific European countries in which it invests. The economies and markets of European countries are often closely connected and interdependent, and events in one European country can have an adverse impact on other European countries. A Fund makes investments in securities of issuers that are domiciled in, have significant operations in, or that are listed on at least one securities exchange within member states of the EU. A number of countries within the EU are also members of the EMU (the “eurozone”) and have adopted the euro as their currency. Eurozone membership requires member states to comply with restrictions on inflation rates, deficits, interest rates, debt levels and fiscal and monetary controls, each of which may significantly affect every country in Europe. Changes in import or export tariffs, changes in governmental or EU regulations on trade, changes in the exchange rate of the euro and other currencies of certain EU countries which are not in the eurozone, the default or threat of default by an EU member state on its sovereign debt, and/or an economic recession in an EU member state may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of other EU member states and their trading partners. Although certain European countries are not in the eurozone, many of these countries are obliged to meet the criteria for joining the eurozone. Consequently, these countries must comply with many of the restrictions noted above. The European financial markets have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including, but not limited to, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Ukraine. In order to prevent further economic deterioration, certain countries, without prior warning, can institute “capital controls.” Countries may use these controls to restrict volatile movements of capital entering and exiting their country. Such controls may negatively affect a Fund’s investments. A default or debt restructuring by any European country would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above. In addition, the credit ratings of certain European countries were downgraded in the past. These events have adversely affected the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including countries that do not use the euro and non-EU member states. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not produce the desired results, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and other entities of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely impact the value of a Fund’s investments in the region. The United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and EU have reached an agreement on the terms of their future trading relationship effective January 1, 2021, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. A Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow

Table of Contents

Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which a Fund has exposure and any other assets in which a Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

The legal systems in certain Middle Eastern countries also may have an adverse impact on a Fund. For example, the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation generally is limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment. However, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain Middle Eastern countries. A Fund therefore may be liable in certain Middle Eastern countries for the acts of a corporation in which it invests for an amount greater than its actual investment in that corporation. Similarly, the rights of investors in Middle Eastern issuers may be more limited than those of shareholders of a U.S. corporation. It may be difficult or impossible to obtain or enforce a legal judgment in a Middle Eastern country. Some Middle Eastern countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities such as a Fund. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investment by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer. Certain Middle Eastern countries may also limit investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the issuer available for purchase by nationals of the relevant Middle Eastern country.

Table of Contents

in a delay during which a Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor, including rights as to dividends or to be made aware of certain corporate actions. There also may be instances where a Fund places a purchase order but is subsequently informed, at the time of re-registration, that the permissible allocation of the investment to foreign investors has already been filled and, consequently, a Fund may not be able to invest in the relevant company.

Table of Contents

means; (ii) popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and social conditions; (iii) internal insurgencies; (iv) hostile relations with neighboring countries; and (v) ethnic, religious and racial disaffection.

Russia Sanctions. The U.S. and the Economic and Monetary Union (the “EMU”) of the European Union (the “EU”), along with the regulatory bodies of a number of countries including Japan, Australia, Norway, Switzerland and Canada (collectively, “Sanctioning Bodies”), have imposed economic sanctions, which consist of prohibiting certain securities trades, prohibiting certain private transactions in the energy sector, asset freezes and prohibition of all business, against certain Russian individuals and Russian corporate entities. The Sanctioning Bodies could also institute broader sanctions on Russia. These sanctions, or even the threat of further sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Russian securities, a weakening of the ruble or other adverse consequences to the Russian economy. These sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities and/or funds invested in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets. Additional sanctions against Russia have been, and may in the future be, imposed by the U.S. or other countries.

100

Table of Contents

These sanctions may also lead to changes in a Fund’s Underlying Index. A Fund’s index provider may remove securities from its Underlying Index or implement caps on the securities of certain issuers that have been subject to recent economic sanctions. In such an event, it is expected that a Fund will rebalance its portfolio to bring it in line with its Underlying Index as a result of any such changes, which may result in transaction costs and increased tracking error. These sanctions, the volatility that may result in the trading markets for Russian securities and the possibility that Russia may impose investment or currency controls on investors may cause a Fund to invest in, or increase a Fund’s investments in, depositary receipts that represent the securities of its Underlying Index. These investments may result in increased transaction costs and increased tracking error.

Risk of Investing in Saudi Arabia. The ability of foreign investors (such as the Funds) to invest in the securities of Saudi Arabian issuers is relatively new. Such ability could be restricted by the Saudi Arabian government at any time, and unforeseen risks could materialize with respect to foreign ownership in such securities. In addition, the Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) places investment limitations on the ownership of the securities of Saudi Arabian issuers by foreign investors, including a limitation on a Fund’s ownership of the securities of any single issuer listed on the Saudi Arabian Stock Exchange, which may prevent a Fund from investing in accordance with its strategy and contribute to tracking error against the Underlying Index. These restrictions may be changed or new restrictions, such as licensing requirements, special approvals or additional foreign taxes, may be instituted at any time. A Fund may not be able to obtain or maintain any such licenses or approvals and may not be able to buy and sell securities at full value. Major disruptions or regulatory changes could occur in the Saudi Arabian market, any of which could negatively impact a Fund. These risks may be exacerbated, compared to more developed markets, given the limited history of foreign investment in the Saudi Arabian market. Investments in Saudi Arabia may also be subject to loss due to expropriation or nationalization of assets and property or the imposition of restrictions on additional foreign investments and repatriation of capital. Such heightened risks may include, among others, restrictions on and government intervention in international trade, confiscatory taxation, political instability, including authoritarian and/or military involvement in governmental decision making, armed conflict, crime and instability as a result of religious, ethnic and/or socioeconomic unrest. Saudi Arabia has privatized, or has begun the process of privatizing, certain entities and industries. Newly privatized companies may face strong competition from government-sponsored competitors that have not been privatized. In some instances, investors in newly privatized entities have suffered losses due to the inability of the newly privatized entities to adjust quickly to a competitive environment or changing regulatory and legal standards or, in some cases, due to re-nationalization of such privatized entities. There is no assurance that similar losses will not recur. Saudi Arabia is highly reliant on income from the sale of petroleum and trade with other countries involved in the sale of petroleum, and its economy is therefore vulnerable to changes in foreign currency values and the market for petroleum, as well as acts targeting petroleum production or processing facilities in Saudi Arabia. As global demand for petroleum fluctuates, Saudi Arabia may be significantly impacted. In the recent past, the Saudi Arabian government has explored privatization and diversification of the economy in the wake of a diminished petroleum market.

Like most Middle Eastern governments, the government of Saudi Arabia exercises substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. Although liberalization in the wider economy is underway, in many areas it has lagged significantly: restrictions on foreign ownership persist, and the government has an ownership stake in many key industries. The situation is exacerbated by the fact that Saudi Arabia is governed by an absolute monarchy. Saudi Arabia has historically experienced strained relations with economic partners worldwide, including other countries in the Middle East, due to geopolitical events. Incidents involving a Middle Eastern country’s or the region’s security, including terrorism, may cause uncertainty in their markets and may adversely affect its economy and a Fund’s investments.

Governmental actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in Saudi Arabia, which could affect private sector companies and a Fund, as well as the value of securities in a Fund’s portfolio. Any economic sanctions on Saudi Arabian individuals or Saudi Arabian corporate entities, or even the threat of sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Saudi Arabian securities, a weakening of the Saudi riyal or other adverse consequences to the Saudi Arabian economy. Any sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Saudi Arabian securities and/or funds investing in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets. In addition, Saudi Arabia’s economy relies heavily on cheap, foreign labor, and changes in the availability of this labor supply could have an adverse effect on the economy.

The securities markets in Saudi Arabia may not be as developed as those in other countries. As a result, securities markets in Saudi Arabia are subject to greater risks associated with market volatility, lower market capitalization, lower trading volume, illiquidity, inflation, greater price fluctuations, uncertainty regarding the existence of trading markets, governmental control and heavy regulation of labor and industry. Shares of certain Saudi Arabian companies tend to trade less frequently than

101

Table of Contents

those of companies on exchanges in more developed markets. Such infrequent trading may adversely affect the pricing of these securities and a Fund’s ability to sell these securities in the future.

Although the political situation in Saudi Arabia is largely stable, Saudi Arabia has historically experienced political instability, and there remains the possibility that the stability will not hold in the future or that instability in the larger Middle East region could adversely impact the economy of Saudi Arabia. Instability may be caused by military developments, government interventions in the marketplace, terrorism, extremist attitudes, attempted social or political reforms, religious differences, or other factors. Additionally, anti-Western views held by certain groups in the Middle East may influence government policies regarding foreign investment. Further developments in U.S. relations with Saudi Arabia and other Middle-Eastern countries may affect these attitudes and policies. The U.S. is a significant trading partner of, or foreign investor in, Saudi Arabia. As a result, economic conditions of Saudi Arabia may be particularly affected by changes in the U.S. economy. A decrease in U.S. imports or exports, new trade and financial regulations or tariffs, changes in the U.S. dollar exchange rate or an economic slowdown in the U.S. may have a material adverse effect on the economic conditions of Saudi Arabia and, as a result, securities to which a Fund has exposure. Political instability in North Africa and the larger Middle East region has caused significant disruptions to many industries. Continued political and social unrest in these areas may negatively affect the value of securities in a Fund’s portfolio.

Certain issuers located in Saudi Arabia may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. As a result, an issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer which operates in, or has dealings with, such countries. A Fund, as an investor in such issuers, will be indirectly subject to those risks.

102

Table of Contents

including, without limitation, the performance of domestic and international economies, exchange rates, changing consumer tastes and trends, marketing campaigns, cyclical revenue generation, consumer confidence, commodity price volatility, labor relations, interest rates, import and export controls, intense competition, technological developments and government regulation.

Risk of Investing in the Consumer Goods Industry. Companies in the consumer goods industry include companies involved in the design, production or distribution of goods for consumers, including food, household, home, personal and office products, clothing and textiles. The success of the consumer goods industry is tied closely to the performance of the domestic and international economy, interest rates, exchange rates, competition, consumer confidence and consumer disposable income. The consumer goods industry may be affected by trends, marketing campaigns and other factors affecting consumer demand. Governmental regulation affecting the use of various food additives may affect the profitability of certain companies in the consumer goods industry. Moreover, international events may affect food and beverage companies that derive a substantial portion of their net income from foreign countries. In addition, tobacco companies may be adversely affected by new laws, regulations and litigation. Many consumer goods may be marketed globally, and consumer goods companies may be affected by the demand and market conditions in other countries and regions. Companies in the consumer goods industry may be subject to severe competition, which may also have an adverse impact on their profitability. Changes in demographics and consumer preferences may affect the success of consumer products.

103

Table of Contents

companies may also lack resources and have limited business lines. Energy companies may have relatively high levels of debt and may be more likely to restructure their businesses if there are downturns in certain energy markets or in the global economy. If an energy company in a Fund's portfolio becomes distressed, a Fund could lose all or a substantial portion of its investment.

The energy sector is cyclical and is highly dependent on commodity prices; prices and supplies of energy may fluctuate significantly over short and long periods of time due to, among other things, national and international political changes, Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economy of the key energy-consuming countries. Commodity prices have recently been subject to increased volatility and declines, which may negatively affect companies in which a Fund invests. For example, in the context of the COVID-19 outbreak and disputes among oil-producing countries regarding potential limits on the production of crude oil, the energy sector has experienced increased volatility. In particular, significant market volatility occurred in the crude oil markets as well as the oil futures markets, which resulted in the market price of certain crude oil futures contracts falling below zero for a period of time.

Most financial companies are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which limits their activities and may affect their ability to earn a profit from a given line of business. Government regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the financials sector, including effects not intended by the regulation. Direct governmental intervention in the operations of financial companies and financial markets may materially and adversely affect the companies in which a Fund invests, including legislation in many countries that may increase government regulation, repatriation and other intervention. The impact of governmental intervention and legislative changes on any individual financial company or on the financials sector as a whole cannot be predicted. The valuation of financial companies has been and continues to be subject to unprecedented volatility and may be influenced by unpredictable factors, including interest rate risk and sovereign debt default. Certain financial businesses are subject to intense competitive pressures, including market share and price competition. Financial companies in foreign countries are subject to market specific and general regulatory and interest rate concerns. In particular, government regulation in certain foreign countries may include taxes and controls on interest rates, credit availability, minimum capital requirements, bans on short sales, limits on prices and restrictions on currency transfers. In addition, companies in the financials sector may be the targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or customer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

104

Table of Contents

Patents have a limited duration, and, upon expiration, other companies may market substantially similar “generic” products that are typically sold at a lower price than the patented product, which can cause the original developer of the product to lose market share and/or reduce the price charged for the product, resulting in lower profits for the original developer. As a result, the expiration of patents may adversely affect the profitability of these companies.

105

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Infrastructure Industry. Companies in the infrastructure industry may be subject to a variety of factors that could adversely affect their business or operations, including high interest costs in connection with capital construction programs, high degrees of leverage, costs associated with governmental, environmental and other regulations, the effects of economic slowdowns, increased competition from other providers of services, uncertainties concerning costs, the level of government spending on infrastructure projects, and other factors. Infrastructure companies may be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, changes in exchange rates, import controls, depletion of resources, technological developments, and labor relations. There is also the risk that corruption may negatively affect publicly funded infrastructure projects, especially in emerging markets, resulting in delays and cost overruns. Infrastructure issuers can be significantly affected by government spending policies because companies involved in this industry rely to a significant extent on U.S. and other government demand for their products.

Infrastructure companies in the oil and gas industry may be adversely affected by government regulation or world events in the regions where the companies operate (e.g., expropriation, nationalization, confiscation of assets and property or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investments and repatriation of capital, military coups, social unrest, violence or labor unrest). Infrastructure companies may have significant capital investments in, or engage in transactions involving, emerging market countries, which may heighten these risks.

Operations Risk. The failure of an infrastructure company to carry adequate insurance or to operate its assets appropriately could lead to significant losses. Infrastructure may be adversely affected by environmental clean-up costs and catastrophic events such as earthquakes, hurricanes and terrorist acts.

Customer Risk. Infrastructure companies can be dependent upon a narrow customer base. Additionally, if these customers fail to pay their obligations, significant revenues could be lost and may not be replaceable.

Regulatory Risk. Infrastructure companies may be subject to significant regulation by various governmental authorities and also may be affected by regulation of rates charged to customers, service interruption due to environmental, operational or other events, the imposition of special tariffs and changes in tax laws, regulatory policies and accounting standards.

Strategic Asset Risk. Infrastructure companies may control significant strategic assets (e.g., major pipelines or highways), which are assets that have a national or regional profile, and may have monopolistic characteristics. Given their national or regional profile or irreplaceable nature, strategic assets could generate additional risk not common in other industry sectors and they may be targeted for terrorist acts or adverse political actions.

Interest Rate Risk. Rising interest rates could result in higher costs of capital for infrastructure companies, which could negatively impact their ability to meet payment obligations.

Leverage Risk. Infrastructure companies can be highly leveraged, which increases investments risk and other risks normally associated with debt financing and could adversely affect an infrastructure company's operations and market value in periods of rising interest rates.

Inflation Risk. Many infrastructure companies may have fixed income streams. Consequently, their market values may decline in times of higher inflation. Additionally, the prices that an infrastructure company is able to charge users of its assets may be linked to inflation, whether by government regulation, contractual arrangement or other factors. In this case, changes in the rate of inflation may affect the company's profitability.

106

Table of Contents

Transportation Risk. The stock prices of companies in the transportation industry group are affected by both supply and demand for their specific product. Government regulation, world events and economic conditions may affect the performance of companies in the transportation industry group.

Oil and Gas Risk. The profitability of oil and gas companies is related to worldwide energy prices, exploration, and production spending.

Utilities Risk. Utilities companies face intense competition, both domestically and internationally, which may have an adverse effect on their profit margins. The rates charged by regulated utility companies are subject to review and limitation by governmental regulatory commissions.

Risk of Investing in Municipal Securities in the Utilities Sector. Certain municipal securities are issued by public bodies, including state and municipal utility authorities, to, among other things, finance the operation or expansion of utility entities. Various future economic and other conditions may adversely affect utility entities, including inflation, increases in financing requirements, increases in raw material costs and other operating costs, changes in demand for services and the effects of environmental and other governmental regulations. Municipal securities that are issued to finance a particular utility project often depend on revenues from that project to make principal and interest payments. Adverse conditions and developments affecting a particular utility project can result in lower revenues to the issuer of the municipal securities. Certain utilities are subject to specific risks. Gas utilities are subject to risks of supply conditions and increased competition from other providers of utility services. In addition, gas utilities are affected by gas prices, which may be magnified to the extent that a gas utility enters into long-term contracts for the purchase or sale of gas at a fixed price, since such prices may change significantly and to the disadvantage of the gas utility.

Risk of Investing in the Oil and Gas Industry. Companies in the oil and gas industry are strongly affected by the levels and volatility of global energy prices, oil and gas supply and demand, government regulations and policies, oil and gas production and conservation efforts and technological change. The oil and gas industry is cyclical and from time to time may experience a shortage of drilling rigs, equipment, supplies or qualified personnel, or due to significant demand, such services may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. Prices and supplies of oil and gas may fluctuate significantly over short and long periods of time due to national and international political changes, OPEC policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economies of key energy-consuming countries. Disruptions in the oil sub-industry or shifts in energy consumption may significantly impact companies in this industry. For instance, significant oil and gas deposits are located in emerging market countries where corruption and security may raise significant risks, in addition to the other risks of investing in emerging markets. In addition, the Middle East, where many companies in the oil and gas industry may operate, has recently experienced widespread social unrest. Oil and gas companies operate in a highly competitive industry, with intense price competition. A significant portion of their revenues may depend on a relatively small number of customers, including governmental entities and utilities.

107

Table of Contents

industry is highly sensitive to general and local economic conditions and developments, and characterized by intense competition and periodic overbuilding. Investing in Real Estate Companies involves various risks. Some risks that are specific to Real Estate Companies are discussed in greater detail below.

108

Table of Contents

commercial restrictions or environmental regulations, also may have a major impact on real estate income and values. In addition, quarterly compliance with regulations limiting the proportion of asset types held by a U.S. REIT may force certain Real Estate Companies to liquidate or restructure otherwise attractive investments. Some countries may not recognize REITs or comparable structures as a viable form of real estate funds.

Underlying Investment Risk. Real Estate Companies make investments in a variety of debt and equity instruments with varying risk profiles. For instance, Real Estate Companies may invest in debt instruments secured by commercial property that have higher risks of delinquency and foreclosure than loans on single family homes due to a variety of factors associated with commercial property, including the tie between income available to service debt and productive use of the property. Real Estate Companies may also invest in debt instruments and preferred equity that are junior in an issuer’s capital structure and that involve privately negotiated structures. Subordinated debt investments, such as B-Notes and mezzanine loans, involve a greater credit risk of default due to the need to service more senior debt of the issuer. Similarly, preferred equity investments involve a greater risk of loss than conventional debt financing due to their non-collateralized nature and subordinated ranking. Investments in CMBS may also be junior in priority in the event of bankruptcy or similar proceedings. Investments in senior loans may be effectively subordinated if the senior loan is pledged as collateral. The ability of a holder of junior claims to proceed against a defaulting issuer is circumscribed by the terms of the particular contractual arrangement, which vary considerably from transaction to transaction.

U.S. Tax Risk. Certain U.S. Real Estate Companies are subject to special U.S. federal tax requirements. A REIT that fails to comply with such tax requirements may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, which may affect the value of the REIT and the characterization of the REIT’s distributions. The U.S. federal tax requirement that a REIT distribute substantially all of its net income to its shareholders may result in a REIT having insufficient capital for future expenditures. A REIT that successfully maintains its qualification may still become subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes, including excise, penalty, franchise, payroll, mortgage recording, and transfer taxes, both directly and indirectly through its subsidiaries. Because REITs often do not provide complete tax information until after the calendar year-end, a Fund may at times need to request permission to extend the deadline for issuing your tax reporting statement or supplement the information otherwise provided to you.

109

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Transportation Infrastructure Industry. Municipal securities include, among others, bonds payable from fuel taxes and tolls for municipal toll roads, as well as general airport bonds. Issuers in the transportation infrastructure industry can be significantly affected by economic changes, fuel prices, labor relations, technology developments, exchange rates, industry competition, insurance costs and deteriorating public infrastructure, such as bridges, roads, rails, ports and airports. Municipal securities that are issued to finance a particular transportation project often depend on revenues from that project to make principal and interest payments. Adverse conditions and developments affecting a particular project can result in lower revenues to the issuer of the municipal securities. Other risk factors that may affect the transportation infrastructure industry include the risk of increases in fuel and other operating costs and the effects of regulatory changes or other government decisions.

Proxy Voting Policy

110

Table of Contents

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

On each Business Day (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI), prior to the opening of regular trading on the Fund’s primary listing exchange, a Fund discloses on its website (www.iShares.com) certain information relating to the portfolio holdings that will form the basis of a Fund’s next net asset value per share calculation or calculations (in the case of each of the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF, the information will relate to each net asset value per share calculation or calculations).

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Communications with Authorized Participants and Liquidity Providers: Certain employees of BFA are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities a Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that a Fund will provide on a redemption.

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for a Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Funds, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with

111

Table of Contents

such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Funds, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.

•

Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain a Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of a Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Indexes

Descriptions of the Underlying Indexes are provided below.

With respect to certain underlying indexes of the iShares funds, BFA or its affiliates have held discussions with the applicable index provider regarding their business interest in licensing an index to track a particular market segment and conveyed investment concepts and strategies that could be considered for the index. The index provider designed and constituted the index using concepts conveyed by BFA or its affiliates. For certain of these indices, the relevant fund may be the first or sole user of the underlying index. In its sole discretion, the index provider determines the composition of the securities and other instruments in such underlying index, the rebalance protocols of the underlying index, the weightings of the securities and other instruments in the underlying index, and any updates to the methodology. From time to time, BFA or its affiliates may also provide input relating to possible methodology changes of such underlying index pursuant to the index provider’s consultation process or pursuant to other communications with the index provider.

The BlackRock Indexes

BlackRock High Yield Defensive Bond Index

The Underlying Index is maintained by the Index Provider. The Index Provider will also calculate the Underlying Index. The Fund will use the Underlying Index pursuant to a licensing agreement with the Index Provider. The license states that the Index Provider must provide the use of the Underlying Index and related intellectual property at no cost to the Fund.

Number of Components: approximately 248

Index Description. The BlackRock High Yield Defensive Bond Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated, high yield corporate bonds for sale in the U.S., as determined by the index provider. Component securities include publicly-issued debt of U.S. corporations, U.S. dollar-denominated, publicly issued debt of non-U.S. corporations or similar entities, and bonds offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with or without registration rights. Components of the Underlying Index primarily include securities of industrials companies. The bonds in the index are referred to as “defensive” by comparison to other groupings of high yield bonds in market-value-weighted indexes because those included in the Underlying Index possess specific characteristics that the Underlying Index methodology has identified as reducing the risk of default.

112

Table of Contents

risk-adjusted returns by weighting more heavily to bonds with attractive default-adjusted spreads (a measure of value) while mitigating portfolio risks and limiting turnover. Key investment characteristics like duration and yield are constrained to be within a specified range of a broader market-value-weighted high yield corporate bond universe. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last business day of each month.

Index Methodology. Bonds in the Underlying Index are selected from the universe of eligible bonds using defined rules. Securities that satisfy all the following defined criteria will be eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index: (i) must be fixed-rate; (ii) must have a composite rating below investment grade; (iii) must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iv) must have a current face amount outstanding of at least $350 million; and (v) must have at least one year remaining to final maturity. In determining whether a bond has a composite rating of below-investment grade, ratings from Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings, or Fitch are considered. The securities in the Underlying Index must be rated below-investment grade, which is below Baa3 by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. Eligibility in the Underlying Index is determined by the middle of the three available ratings. When a rating from only two agencies is available, the lower rating is used. When a rating from only one agency is available, that rating is used to determine eligibility in the Underlying Index. The Underlying Index determines constituent weights by optimizing to maximize risk-adjusted returns, and the weights must be within a specified range around a broader market-value-weighted universe of high yield corporate bonds.

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are chosen by applying the eligibility rules and optimization methodology listed above. There is no maximum number of bond issues included per eligible issuer. The Underlying Index is updated monthly on the last business day of each month.

BlackRock Investment Grade Enhanced Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 419

Index Description. The BlackRock Investment Grade Enhanced Bond Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade corporate bonds for sale in the U.S., as determined by the Index Provider. Component securities include publicly-issued debt of U.S. corporations and U.S. dollar-denominated, publicly issued debt of non-U.S. corporations or similar entities. Components of the Underlying Index primarily include securities of financials and industrials companies. The bonds in the index are referred to as “enhanced” by comparison to other groupings of investment grade bonds in market-value-weighted indexes because those included in the Underlying Index possess specific characteristics that the Underlying Index methodology has identified as providing superior risk-adjusted and total returns over longer periods of time.

The securities in the Underlying Index must meet eligibility criteria described in the “Index Methodology” section below. The Underlying Index determines constituent weights based on a proprietary methodology which first aims to systematically screen out certain bonds with the highest probability of default (a measure of credit quality) and then optimizes to improve risk-adjusted returns by weighting more heavily to bonds with attractive default-adjusted spreads (a measure of value) while mitigating portfolio risks and limiting turnover. This methodology, unlike the methodologies used by traditional capitalization-weighted bond indexes, selects a portion of the component bonds from the broader universe of investment-grade bonds based on the application of analytics measuring the probability of default. The resulting grouping of bonds is referred to as “enhanced,” by comparison to other groupings of investment-grade bonds, because the Underlying Index seeks to provide superior risk-adjusted and total returns over longer periods of time than a comparable market capitalization weighted index. Key investment characteristics like duration are constrained to be within a specified range of a broader market-value-weighted investment-grade bond universe. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last business day of each month.

113

Table of Contents

Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings, or Fitch. Eligibility in the Underlying Index is determined by the middle of the three available ratings. When a rating from only two agencies is available, the lower (“more conservative”) rating is used. When a rating from only one agency is available, that rating is used to determine eligibility in the Underlying Index. The Underlying Index determines constituent weights by optimizing to maximize risk-adjusted returns, and the weights must be within a specified range around a broader market-value-weighted universe of investment grade corporate bonds.

The Bloomberg Indexes

The Bloomberg Indexes are maintained by Bloomberg Barclays Capital Inc (“Bloomberg Barclays”), which is the index provider and is not affiliated with BFA. BFA will have no role in maintaining the Underlying Indexes.

To use the Bloomberg MSCI US Aggregate ESG Focus Index, Bloomberg MSCI US Corporate 1-5 Year ESG Focus Index, Bloomberg MSCI US Corporate ESG Focus Index and Bloomberg MSCI US Universal Choice ESG Screened Index, BFA or its affiliates have entered into a license agreement with MSCI ESG Research LLC (“MSCI ESG Research”), which may license the Bloomberg MSCI US Aggregate ESG Focus Index, Bloomberg MSCI US Corporate 1-5 Year ESG Focus Index, Bloomberg MSCI US Corporate ESG Focus Index and Bloomberg MSCI US Universal Choice ESG Screened Index pursuant to its agreement with Bloomberg Index Services Limited (a subsidiary of Bloomberg Barclays) or an affiliate.

Bloomberg MSCI US Aggregate ESG Focus Index

Number of Components: approximately 7,833

Index Description. The Bloomberg MSCI US Aggregate ESG Focus Index, the Underlying Index, is designed to maximize exposure to favorable environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) practices while seeking to exhibit risk and return characteristics similar to those of the Bloomberg US Aggregate Bond Index, the parent index. The Underlying Index is constructed by selecting constituents from the parent index and applying an optimization process to certain constituents using ESG rating inputs from MSCI ESG Research in an effort to maximize exposure to ESG factors for a target tracking error constraint of 10 basis points relative to the parent index. To construct the Underlying Index, the Fund’s index provider begins with the parent index and replicates its U.S. Treasury bond, MBS, CMBS and ABS exposures. These exposures are preserved at the weights of the parent index and are not subject to the index provider’s optimization process, which is a quantitative process that seeks to determine optimal weights for securities to maximize exposure to securities of entities with higher MSCI ESG Research ratings subject to seeking to maintain risk and return characteristics similar to the parent index. For the remaining constituents of the parent index, the index provider excludes securities of entities without an MSCI ESG Research rating and:

•	tobacco producers or companies with 15% or more of their revenue derived from tobacco products;
•	civilian firearms producers or retailers that derive 5% or more of their revenue, or more than $20 million in revenue, from civilian firearms-related products;
•	cluster bomb, landmine, depleted uranium, or chemical/biological weapon systems or components manufacturers; and
•	any issuer with 5% or more revenue derived from thermal coal (power and heat) or oil sands.

The index provider also excludes securities of entities involved in very severe business controversies (as determined by MSCI ESG Research), and then follows the index provider’s optimization process. MSCI ESG Research identifies key ESG controversies, including, among other things, issues involving: (i) the environment (e.g., biodiversity and land use, toxic emissions and waste, energy and climate change, water stress, non-hazardous operational waste, and supply chain management); (ii) human rights and communities (e.g., impact on local communities, human rights concerns, and civil liberties); (iii) labor rights and supply chains (e.g., child labor, collective bargaining and union, health and safety, discrimination and workforce diversity, and labor management relations); (iv) customers (e.g., anti-competitive practices, customer relations, privacy and data security, product safety and quality, and marketing and advertising); and (v) governance (e.g., bribery and fraud, governance structures, and controversial investments). MSCI ESG Research then rates each entity’s exposure to these ESG issues and evaluates the extent to which the entity has created strategies and programs to manage

114

Table of Contents

ESG risks and opportunities. Entities are scored by MSCI ESG Research based on both their risk exposure and risk management, and then ranked in comparison to their industry peers. Using MSCI ESG Research’s ESG ratings, the index provider then follows its optimization process.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade bonds from issuers generally evaluated for favorable ESG practices (as determined by MSCI ESG Research) while seeking to exhibit risk and return characteristics similar to those of the parent index. The securities in the Underlying Index must have remaining maturities of greater than or equal to one year (except for ABS and CMBS, which must have a remaining average life of at least one year, and for MBS, which must have a weighted average maturity of at least one year). In addition, the securities included in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate, taxable securities. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

Bloomberg MSCI US Corporate 1-5 Year ESG Focus Index

Number of Components: approximately 1,528

Index Description. The Bloomberg MSCI US Corporate 1-5 Year ESG Focus Index, the Underlying Index, is designed to maximize exposure to positive ESG characteristics while seeking to exhibit risk and return characteristics similar to those of the Bloomberg US Corporate 1-5 Years Index, the parent index. The Underlying Index is constructed by selecting constituents from the parent index through an optimization process using ESG rating inputs from MSCI ESG Research in an effort to maximize exposure to ESG factors for a target tracking error constraint of 10 basis points relative to the parent index. The Fund’s index provider begins with the parent index, excludes securities of companies without an MSCI ESG Research rating and:

•	tobacco producers or companies with 15% or more of their revenue derived from tobacco products;
•	civilian firearms producers or retailers that derive 5% or more of their revenue, or more than $20 million in revenue, from civilian firearms-related products;
•	cluster bomb, landmine, depleted uranium, or chemical/biological weapon systems or components manufacturers; and
•	any issuer with 5% or more revenue derived from thermal coal (power and heat) or oil sands.

The index provider also excludes securities of companies involved in very severe business controversies (as determined by MSCI ESG Research), and then follows the index provider’s optimization process. MSCI ESG Research identifies key ESG controversies, including, among other things, issues involving: (i) the environment (e.g., biodiversity and land use, toxic emissions and waste, energy and climate change, water stress, non-hazardous operational waste, and supply chain management); (ii) human rights and communities (e.g., impact on local communities, human rights concerns, and civil liberties); (iii) labor rights and supply chains (e.g., child labor, collective bargaining and union, health and safety, discrimination and workforce diversity, and labor management relations); (iv) customers (e.g., anti-competitive practices, customer relations, privacy and data security, product safety and quality, and marketing and advertising); and (v) governance (e.g., bribery and fraud, governance structures, and controversial investments). MSCI ESG Research then rates each company’s exposure to these ESG issues and evaluates the extent to which the company has created strategies and programs to manage ESG risks and opportunities. Companies are scored by MSCI ESG Research based on both their risk exposure and risk management, and then ranked in comparison to their industry peers. Using MSCI ESG Research’s ESG ratings, the index provider then follows a quantitative process in an effort to determine optimal weights for securities to maximize exposure to securities of companies with higher ESG ratings subject to seeking to maintain risk and return characteristics similar to those of the parent index.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade corporate bonds having remaining maturities between one and five years and issued by companies that have positive ESG characteristics (as determined by MSCI ESG Research ratings). In addition, the securities included in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate, taxable corporate securities. Excluded from the Underlying Index include, but are not limited to, structured notes, private placements and floating rate securities. The Underlying Index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

Bloomberg MSCI US Corporate ESG Focus Index

Number of Components: approximately 3,837

115

Table of Contents

Index Description. The Bloomberg MSCI US Corporate ESG Focus Index, the Underlying Index, is designed to maximize exposure to positive ESG characteristics while seeking to exhibit risk and return characteristics similar to those of the Bloomberg US Corporate Index, the parent index. The Underlying Index is constructed by selecting constituents from the parent index through an optimization process using ESG rating inputs from MSCI ESG Research in an effort to maximize exposure to ESG factors for a target tracking error constraint of 10 basis points relative to the parent index. The Fund’s index provider begins with the parent index, excludes companies without an MSCI ESG Research rating and:

•	tobacco producers or companies with 15% or more of their revenue derived from tobacco products;
•	civilian firearms producers or retailers that derive 5% or more of their revenue, or more than $20 million in revenue, from civilian firearms-related products;
•	cluster bomb, landmine, depleted uranium, or chemical/biological weapon systems or components manufacturers; and
•	any issuer with 5% or more revenue derived from thermal coal (power and heat) or oil sands.

The index provider also excludes companies involved in very severe business controversies (as determined by MSCI ESG Research), and then follows the index provider’s optimization process. MSCI ESG Research identifies key ESG controversies, including, among other things, issues involving: (i) the environment (e.g., biodiversity and land use, toxic emissions and waste, energy and climate change, water stress, non-hazardous operational waste, and supply chain management); (ii) human rights and communities (e.g., impact on local communities, human rights concerns, and civil liberties); (iii) labor rights and supply chains (e.g., child labor, collective bargaining and union, health and safety, discrimination and workforce diversity, and labor management relations); (iv) customers (e.g., anti-competitive practices, customer relations, privacy and data security, product safety and quality, and marketing and advertising); and (v) governance (e.g., bribery and fraud, governance structures, and controversial investments). MSCI ESG Research then rates each company’s exposure to these ESG issues and evaluates the extent to which the company has created strategies and programs to manage ESG risks and opportunities. Companies are scored by MSCI ESG Research based on both their risk exposure and risk management, and then ranked in comparison to their industry peers. Using MSCI ESG Research’s ESG ratings, the index provider then follows a quantitative process in an effort to determine optimal weights for securities to maximize exposure to securities of companies with higher ESG ratings subject to seeking to maintain risk and return characteristics similar to those of the parent index.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade corporate bonds issued by companies that have positive ESG characteristics (as determined by MSCI ESG Research ratings) and have remaining maturities of greater than or equal to one year. In addition, the securities included in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate, taxable corporate securities. Excluded from the Underlying Index include, but are not limited to, structured notes, private placements and floating rate securities. The Underlying Index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

Bloomberg U.S. Agency Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 458

Index Description. The Bloomberg U.S. Agency Bond Index measures the performance of the agency sector of the U.S. government bond market and is comprised of investment-grade U.S. dollar-denominated publicly-issued government agency bonds or debentures. The Underlying Index includes callable and non-callable securities issued by U.S. government agencies, quasi-federal corporations (as described under Index Methodology below), and corporate or foreign debt guaranteed by the U.S. government. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate and non-convertible and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value. As of February 28, 2021, approximately 77% of the composite market value of the bonds represented in the Underlying Index was in the form of U.S. agency debentures. The largest issues within the Underlying Index were FHLB, Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, with a composite market value weight in the Underlying Index of approximately 29%, 28%, and 20%, respectively.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index measures the performance of both callable and non-callable U.S. dollar-denominated government agency debentures, including securities of the following categories:

•	U.S. government guaranteed securities: corporate and non-U.S. issuances that carry direct guarantees from the U.S. government;
•	U.S. government owned, not guaranteed, securities: issuances of quasi-federal corporations (i.e., entities that are partially

116

Table of Contents

or wholly-owned by the U.S. government); such issuances generally carry no explicit guarantee of repayment from the U.S. government; and

•

U.S. government sponsored securities: issuances of U.S. government sponsored entities (including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac), which are not 100% government owned, but carry out government policies and benefit from implied involvement of central governments, such as by benefiting from certain government subsidies, credit provisions, or other government support; such issuances generally have no guarantees from the U.S. government.

The Underlying Index is market value weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

The Underlying Index represents the U.S. Agency portion of the Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index, whose eligible universe is defined by total market issuance, meeting the selection criteria mentioned above.

Index Maintenance. The Underlying Index constituents are reset on the last business day of each month and remain static throughout the month. The universe of Underlying Index constituents adjust for securities that become ineligible for inclusion in an Underlying Index during the month (e.g., because of downgrades or called bonds) or for issues that are newly eligible (e.g., up-grades or newly issued bonds) on the last business day of each month. The Bloomberg Indexes are valued using end of day bid side prices, as marked by Bloomberg. Intra-month cash flows contribute to monthly returns, but they are not reinvested during the month and do not earn a reinvestment return. Total returns are calculated based on the sum of price changes, gain/loss on repayments of principal, and coupon received or accrued, expressed as a percentage of beginning market value. The Bloomberg Indexes are calculated once a day and are available from major data vendors.

Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 12,007

Index Description. The Bloomberg U.S. Aggregate Bond Index represents the securities of the total U.S. investment-grade bond market.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index provides a measure of the performance of the U.S. investment-grade bond market, which includes investment-grade (must be Baa3/BBB- or higher using the middle rating of Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings, and Fitch) U.S. Treasury bonds, government-related bonds, investment-grade corporate bonds, MBS, CMBS and ABS that are publicly offered for sale in the U.S. The securities in the Underlying Index must have $300 million or more of outstanding face value and must have at least one year remaining to maturity, with the exception of amortizing securities such as ABS and MBS, which have lower minimum thresholds as defined by the index provider. In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate, non-convertible, and taxable. Certain types of securities, such as SLGs, are excluded from the Underlying Index. Also excluded from the Underlying Index are structured notes with embedded swaps or other special features, private placements, floating rate securities and Eurobonds. The Underlying Index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month. As of February 28, 2021, approximately 27.3% of the bonds represented in the Underlying Index were U.S. fixed-rate agency MBS. U.S. fixed-rate agency MBS are securities issued by entities such as Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac and Fannie Mae that are backed by pools of mortgages. Most transactions in fixed-rate MBS occur through standardized contracts for future delivery in which the exact mortgage pools to be delivered are not specified until a few days prior to settlement (TBA transactions). The Fund may enter into such contracts on a regular basis. The Fund, pending settlement of such contracts, will invest its assets in high-quality, liquid short-term instruments, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds. The Fund will assume its pro rata share of the fees and expenses of any money market fund that it may invest in, in addition to the Fund's own fees and expenses. The Fund may also acquire interests in mortgage pools through means other than such standardized contracts for future delivery.

Bloomberg U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 8,187

Index Description. The Bloomberg U.S. Government/Credit Bond Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated U.S. Treasury bonds, government-related bonds (i.e., U.S. and foreign agencies, sovereign, supranational and local authority debt), and investment-grade U.S. corporate bonds that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one year.

117

Table of Contents

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of U.S. government, government-related and investment-grade U.S. credit securities that have greater than or equal to one year remaining to maturity and have more than $300 million or more of outstanding face value. In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate and non-convertible. Excluded from the Underlying Index are certain special issues, such as TINs, SLGs, and coupon issues that have been stripped from assets that are already included in the Underlying Index. Also excluded from the Underlying Index are structured notes with embedded swaps or other special features, private placements, floating rate securities and Eurobonds. The Underlying Index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Government/Credit Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 5,318

Index Description. The Bloomberg U.S. Intermediate Government/Credit Bond Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated U.S. Treasury bonds, government-related bonds (i.e., U.S. and foreign agencies, sovereign, supranational and local authority debt), and investment-grade U.S. corporate bonds that have a remaining maturity of greater than one year and less than ten years.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of U.S. government, government-related and investment-grade U.S. credit securities that have greater than one year and less than ten years remaining to maturity and have more than $300 million or more of outstanding face value. In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate and non-convertible. Excluded from the Underlying Index are certain special issues, such as TINs, SLGs, and coupon issues that have been stripped from assets that are already included in the Underlying Index. Also excluded from the Underlying Index are structured notes with embedded swaps or other special features, private placements, floating rate securities and Eurobonds. The Underlying Index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

Bloomberg U.S. MBS Index

Number of Components: approximately 437

Index Description. The Bloomberg U.S. MBS Index measures the performance of investment-grade MBS issued or guaranteed by U.S. government agencies. As of February 28, 2021, there were 437 issues in the Underlying Index.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index includes fixed-rate MBS issued by Ginnie Mae, Freddie Mac, and Fannie Mae that have 30-, 15-, 20-year maturities. All securities in the Underlying Index must have a remaining weighted average maturity of at least one year. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be non-convertible. The Underlying Index is market capitalization weighted, and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month. As of February 28, 2021, approximately 100% of the bonds represented in the Underlying Index were U.S. agency MBS. Most transactions in MBS occur through standardized contracts for future delivery in which the exact mortgage pools to be delivered are not specified until a few days prior to settlement TBA transactions. The Fund may enter into such contracts for fixed-rate pass-through securities on a regular basis. The Fund, pending settlement of such contracts, will invest its assets in liquid, short-term instruments, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds. The Fund will assume its pro rata share of the fees and expenses of any money market fund that it may invest in, in addition to the Fund's own fees and expenses. The Fund may also acquire interests in mortgage pools through means other than such standardized contracts for future delivery.

Bloomberg U.S. Universal 5-10 Year Index

Number of Components: approximately 6,733

Index Description. The Bloomberg U.S. Universal 5-10 Year Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated taxable bonds that are rated either investment-grade or high yield with remaining effective maturities between five and ten years.

118

Table of Contents

Underlying Index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and non-convertible. Excluded from the Underlying Index are tax- exempt municipal securities, coupon issues that have been stripped from bonds, structured notes, private placements (excluding Rule 144A Bonds) and inflation-linked bonds. A significant portion of the Underlying Index is comprised of MBS that include 20-year and 30-year mortgages. These MBS are included in the Underlying Index because their effective duration has historically been more consistent with the duration of non-callable 5-10 year bonds due to prepayments.

Bloomberg U.S. Universal 10+ Year Index

Number of Components: approximately 3,731

Index Description. The Bloomberg U.S. Universal 10+ Year Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated bonds that are rated either investment grade or high-yield with remaining maturities greater than ten years.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index includes U.S. Treasury bonds, government-related bonds (i.e., U.S. and non-U.S. agencies, sovereign, quasi-sovereign, supranational and local authority debt), investment-grade and high yield U.S. corporate bonds, Eurodollar bonds (i.e., U.S. dollar-denominated bonds issued by foreign issuers outside the U.S.), bonds registered with the SEC or exempt from registration at the time of issuance, or offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with or without registration rights (“Rule 144A Bonds”) and emerging market bonds. The Underlying Index is a subset of the Bloomberg U.S. Universal Index. The securities in the Underlying Index must have at least 10 years remaining to maturity, or at least 10 years remaining to the first call date in the case of callable perpetual securities. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and be non-convertible. Excluded from the Underlying Index are tax-exempt municipal securities, coupon issues that have been stripped from bonds, structured notes and private placements (excluding Rule 144A Bonds). The Underlying Index is market-capitalization weighted and is rebalanced on the last day of the month.

The investment-grade securities in the Underlying Index have $300 million or more par amount outstanding and the high yield securities have $150 million or more par amount outstanding. The U.S. dollar-denominated emerging market bonds in the Underlying Index have $500 million or more at the security level and corporate issuers have $1 billion or more in outstanding debt. The SEC Rule 144A issues in the Underlying Index have $250 million or more par amount outstanding.

Bloomberg MSCI US Universal Choice ESG Screened Index

Number of Components: approximately 9,426

Index Description. The Bloomberg MSCI US Universal Choice ESG Screened Index is a modified market value-weighted index designed to reflect the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated taxable bonds with favorable ESG ratings (as determined by MSCI ESG Research) while applying extensive screens, including, for example, a screen which focuses on removing fossil fuel exposure. Bloomberg Barclays begins with the Bloomberg U.S. Universal Index (the “parent index”) and selects companies with favorable ESG ratings while excluding:

•	All companies that derive 5% or more aggregate revenue from the production, distribution and retail, and all companies that produce, direct, or publish adult entertainment materials that fall into the following categories: producer of NC-17-rated films, pay-per-view programming or channels, sexually explicit video games, books or magazines with adult content, live entertainment of an adult nature, adults-only material on the internet;
•	All companies classified as a “producer” that derive $500 million or 5% or more in revenue from manufacturing, distributing, retailing, licensing, and supplying alcoholic products, and all companies deriving 15% or more aggregate revenue from the manufacture, distribution, retailing, licensing, and supply of alcoholic products;
•	All companies classified as involved in “operations” that derive $500 million or 5% or more in revenue from ownership or operation of gambling facilities, provision of key products or services fundamental to gambling operations, and licensing of gambling products, and all companies deriving 15% or more aggregate revenue from ownership or operation of gambling facilities, provision of key products or services fundamental to gambling operations, and licensing of gambling products;
•	All companies that manufacture tobacco products, such as cigars, blunts, cigarettes, e-cigarettes, inhalers, beedis, kreteks, smokeless tobacco, snuff, snus, dissolvable and chewing tobacco (including companies that grow or process raw tobacco leaves), and all companies deriving 5% or more aggregate revenue from the manufacture, distribution, retailing, licensing, and supply of tobacco products;

119

Table of Contents

•	All companies deriving revenue from genetically modifying plants, such as seeds and crops, and other organisms intended for agricultural use or human consumption;
•	All companies that manufacture cluster munitions whole weapons systems, components, or delivery platforms, all companies involved in the production of depleted uranium (DU) weapons, ammunition, and armor, including companies that manufacture armor piercing, fin stabilized, discarding sabot tracing rounds (APFSDS-T), kinetic Energy Missiles made with DU penetrators, and DU-enhanced armor, including composite tank armor, and all companies that manufacture landmines whole systems or components;
•	All companies that manufacture nuclear warheads and/or whole nuclear missiles (including assembly and integration of warhead and missile body, as well as companies with contracts to operate/manage government-owned facilities that manufacture nuclear warheads and missiles), all companies that manufacture components that were developed or are significantly modified for exclusive use in nuclear weapons (warheads and missiles) (including companies with contracts to operate/manage government-owned facilities that manufacture components for nuclear warheads and missiles), all companies that manufacture or assemble delivery platforms that were developed or significantly modified for the exclusive delivery of nuclear weapons, all companies that manufacture components that were not developed or not significantly modified for exclusive use in nuclear weapons (warheads and missiles) but can be used in nuclear weapons, all companies that manufacture or assemble delivery platforms that were not developed or not significantly modified for the exclusive delivery of nuclear weapons but have the capability to deliver nuclear weapons, all companies that manufacture components for nuclear-exclusive delivery platforms, and all companies that manufacture components for dual-use delivery platforms;
•	All companies that manufacture firearms and small arms ammunitions for civilian markets (but not including companies that cater to the military, government, and law enforcement markets), all companies deriving 5% or more aggregate revenue from the production and distribution (wholesale or retail) of firearms or small arms ammunition intended for civilian use, and all companies deriving $20 million or more revenue from the production and distribution (wholesale or retail) of firearms or small arms ammunition intended for civilian use;
•	All companies deriving 5% or more revenue from the production of conventional weapons and components, all companies deriving 10% or more aggregate revenue from weapons systems, components, and support systems and services for conventional weapons;
•	All companies deriving 50% or more revenue from involvement in the operation of “for profit prisons” (also known as “private prisons”) or the provision of integral services to these types of facilities;
•	All companies deriving 5% or more revenue from products and services associated with certain controversial lending practices;
•	All companies deriving revenue from cultivating oil palm trees and harvesting fresh fruit bunches (FFBs) used to produce palm oil products;
•	All companies that own or operate nuclear power plants, own or operate active uranium mines, are involved in uranium enrichment and processing, are involved in the design and engineering of nuclear power reactors, or derive 15% or more aggregate revenue from ownership or operation of nuclear power plants and supply of key nuclear-specific products or services; and
•	All companies that belong to the Bloomberg Barclays Energy Fixed Income Sector and all companies with an industry tie to fossil fuels (thermal coal, oil and gas) - in particular, reserve ownership, related revenues and power generation, but not including companies providing evidence of owning metallurgical coal reserves.

Additionally, Bloomberg Barclays excludes companies involved in very serious business controversies.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated taxable bonds that are rated either investment-grade or high yield and are from issuers generally evaluated for favorable ESG practices (as determined by MSCI ESG Research) while exhibiting risk and return characteristics similar to those of the parent index, which includes securities with at least one year until final maturity, without regard to optionality features such as call provisions or conversion provisions. The Underlying Index includes U.S. Treasury bonds, government-related bonds (i.e., U.S. and non-U.S. agencies, sovereign, quasi-sovereign, supranational and local authority debt), investment-grade and high yield (as well as unrated) corporate bonds, mortgage-backed pass-through securities, CMBS, ABS, Eurodollar bonds, bonds registered with the SEC or exempt from registration at the time of issuance or offered pursuant to Rule 144A with or without registration

120

Table of Contents

rights and U.S. dollar-denominated emerging market bonds. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

The ICE^® Securities Indexes

ICE 0-3 Month US Treasury Securities Index

Number of Components: approximately 34

Index Description. The ICE 0-3 Month US Treasury Securities Index measures the performance of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury that have a remaining maturity of less than or equal to three months.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding of issuances consisting of publicly issued U.S. Treasury securities with a remaining term to final maturity of less than or equal to three months as of the rebalance date and have $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve System Open Market Account. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, cash management bills and zero-coupon bonds that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds (e.g., Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities). However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying coupon securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of each month. Cash flows from bond payments and redemptions are retained in the Underlying Index until end of the month and then removed as part of the rebalancing. Cash does not earn any reinvestment income while it is held in the Underlying Index. New issues must be auctioned on or before the rebalancing date in order to qualify for the coming month.

ICE Short US Treasury Securities Index

Number of Components: approximately 82

Index Description. The ICE Short US Treasury Securities Index measures the performance of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury that have a remaining maturity of less than or equal to one year.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding of issuances consisting of publicly issued U.S. Treasury securities with at least 50 days to final maturity at the time of issuance, a remaining term to final maturity of less than or equal to one year as of the rebalance date and have $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve System Open Market Account. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, cash management bills, and zero-coupon bonds that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds (e.g., Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”)). However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying coupon securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of each month. Cash flows from bond payments and redemptions are retained in the Underlying Index until end of the month and then removed as part of the rebalancing. Cash does not earn any reinvestment income while it is held in the Underlying Index. New issues must be auctioned on or before the rebalancing date in order to qualify for the coming month.

The ICE^® BofA^® Bond Indexes

ICE BofA 1-5 Year US Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 3,196

Index Description. The ICE BofA 1-5 Year US Corporate Index measures the performance of investment-grade corporate bonds of both U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are U.S. dollar-denominated and publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market and have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one year and less than five years.

121

Table of Contents

in the U.S. domestic market, and have more than $250 million or more of outstanding face value. The Index Provider deems securities as “investment grade” based on the average rating of Fitch (BBB or better), Moody’s (Baa or better) and/or S&P Global Ratings are considered (BBB or better). In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate. Original issue zero coupon bonds, 144a securities (with and without registration rights), and pay-in-kind securities are included in the index. Callable perpetual securities are included provided they are at least one year from the first call date. Fixed-to-floating rate securities are included provided they are callable within the fixed rate period and are at least one year from the last call prior to the date the bond transitions from a fixed to a floating rate security. Excluded from the Underlying Index are equity-linked securities, securities in legal default, hybrid securitized corporate bonds, Eurodollar bonds (U.S. dollar-denominated securities not issued in the U.S. domestic market), taxable and tax-exempt U.S. municipal securities and dividends-received-deduction-eligible securities. The Underlying Index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month.

ICE BofA 5-10 Year US Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 2,528

Index Description. The ICE BofA 5-10 Year US Corporate Index measures the performance of investment-grade corporate bonds of both U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are U.S. dollar-denominated and publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market and have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to five years and less than ten years.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of investment-grade U.S. corporate bonds of both U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to five years and less than ten years, have been publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market, and have more than $250 million or more of outstanding face value. The Index Provider deems securities as “investment grade” based on the average rating of Fitch (BBB or better), Moody’s (Baa or better) and/or S&P Global Ratings are considered (BBB or better). In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate. Original issue zero coupon bonds, 144a securities (with and without registration rights), and pay-in-kind securities are included in the index. Callable perpetual securities are included provided they are at least five years from the first call date. Fixed-to-floating rate securities are included provided they are callable within the fixed rate period and are at least five years from the last call prior to the date the bond transitions from a fixed to a floating rate security. Excluded from the Underlying Index are equity-linked securities, securities in legal default, hybrid securitized corporates, Eurodollar bonds (U.S. dollar-denominated securities not issued in the U.S. domestic market), taxable and tax-exempt U.S. municipal securities and dividends-received-deduction-eligible securities. The Underlying Index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month.

ICE BofA 10+ Year US Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 3,105

Index Description. The ICE BofA 10+ Year US Corporate Index measures the performance of investment-grade corporate bonds of both U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are U.S. dollar-denominated and publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market and have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to ten years.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of investment-grade U.S. corporate bonds of both U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to ten years, have been publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market, and have more than $250 million or more of outstanding face value. The Index Provider deems securities as “investment grade” based on the average rating of Fitch (BBB or better), Moody’s (Baa or better) and/or S&P Global Ratings are considered (BBB or better). In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate. Original issue zero coupon bonds, 144a securities (with and without registration rights), and pay-in-kind securities are included in the index. Callable perpetual securities are included provided they are at least ten years from the first call date. Fixed-to-floating rate securities are included provided they are callable within the fixed rate period and are at least ten years from the last call prior to the date the bond transitions from a fixed to a floating rate security. Excluded from the Underlying Index are equity-linked securities, securities in legal default, hybrid securitized corporates, Eurodollar bonds (U.S. dollar-denominated securities not issued in the U.S. domestic market), taxable and tax-exempt U.S. municipal securities and dividends-received-deduction-eligible securities. The Underlying Index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month.

ICE BofA Long US Treasury Principal STRIPS Index

Number of Components: approximately 20

122

Table of Contents

Index Description. The ICE BofA Long US Treasury Principal STRIPS Index measures the performance of long maturity Separate Trading of Registered Interest and Principal of Securities (“STRIPS”) representing the final principal payment of U.S. Treasury bonds. Qualifying principal STRIPS must have at least 25 years remaining term to final maturity and must be stripped from U.S. Treasury bonds having at least $1 billion in outstanding face value.

Index Methodology. Underlying Index constituents are weighted based on the market price of each constituent multiplied by an assumed face value of $1 billion per constituent. The Underlying Index is rebalanced quarterly, on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the rebalancing month. Issues that meet the qualifying criteria are included in the Underlying Index for the following quarter. Constituents that no longer meet the criteria during the course of the quarter remain in the Underlying Index until the next rebalancing at which point they are removed from the Underlying Index.

ICE BofA US Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 8,829

Index Description. The ICE BofA US Corporate Index measures the performance of investment-grade corporate bonds of both U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that are U.S. dollar-denominated and publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market and have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one year.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of investment-grade U.S. corporate bonds of both U.S. and non-U.S. issuers that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one year, have been publicly issued in the U.S. domestic market, and have more than $250 million or more of outstanding face value. The Index Provider deems securities as “investment grade” based on the average rating of Fitch (BBB or better), Moody’s (Baa or better) and/or S&P Global Ratings are considered (BBB or better). In addition, the securities must be denominated in U.S. dollars and must be fixed-rate. Original issue zero coupon bonds, 144a securities (with and without registration rights), and pay-in-kind securities are included in the index. Callable perpetual securities are included provided they are at least one year from the first call date. Fixed-to-floating rate securities are included provided they are callable within the fixed rate period and are at least one year from the last call prior to the date the bond transitions from a fixed to a floating rate security. Excluded from the Underlying Index are equity-linked securities, securities in legal default, hybrid securitized corporate bonds, Eurodollar bonds (U.S. dollar-denominated securities not issued in the U.S. domestic market), taxable and tax-exempt U.S. municipal securities and dividends-received-deduction-eligible securities. The Underlying Index is market capitalization weighted and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month.

The ICE^® U.S. Treasury Bond Index Series

ICE U.S. Treasury 1-3 Year Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 93

Index Description. The ICE U.S. Treasury 1-3 Year Bond Index measures the performance of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one year and less than three years.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to one year and less than three years and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Fed. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate and denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. The Underlying Index is market value weighted, and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

ICE U.S. Treasury 3-7 Year Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 95

Index Description. The ICE U.S. Treasury 3-7 Year Bond Index measures the performance of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to three years and less than seven years.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to three years and less than seven years and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value,

123

Table of Contents

excluding amounts held by the Fed. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate and denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. The Underlying Index is market value weighted, and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

ICE U.S. Treasury 7-10 Year Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 18

Index Description. The ICE U.S. Treasury 7-10 Year Bond Index measures the performance of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to seven years and less than ten years.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to seven years and less than ten years and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Fed. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate and denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. The Underlying Index is market value weighted, and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

ICE U.S. Treasury 10-20 Year Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 18

Index Description. The ICE U.S. Treasury 10-20 Year Bond Index measures the performance of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to ten years and less than twenty years.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a remaining maturity of greater than or equal to ten years and less than twenty years and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Fed. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate and denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. The Underlying Index is market value weighted, and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

ICE U.S. Treasury 20+ Year Bond Index

Number of Components: approximately 40

Index Description. The ICE U.S. Treasury 20+ Year Bond Index measures the performance of public obligations of the U.S. Treasury that have a remaining maturity greater than or equal to twenty years.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that have a remaining maturity greater than or equal to twenty years and have $300 million or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Fed. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must be fixed-rate and denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. The Underlying Index is market value weighted, and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last business day of each month.

The Markit iBoxx Indexes

Markit iBoxx^® USD Liquid High Yield Index

Number of Components: approximately 1,219

Index Description. The Markit iBoxx^® USD Liquid High Yield Index measures the performance of the liquid high yield corporate bond market. As of February 28, 2021, the Underlying Index is a rules-based index consisting of approximately 1,219 liquid high yield, U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds that seeks to maximize liquidity while maintaining representation of the broader corporate bond market.

124

Table of Contents

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index is a subset of a broader high yield universe of sub- investment-grade bonds. Bonds in the Underlying Index are selected from the universe of eligible bonds in the Markit iBoxx USD Corporate Bond Index using defined rules. The bonds eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index include U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds that: (i) are issued by companies domiciled in the countries classified as developed markets by the index provider; (ii) have an average rating of sub-investment grade (ratings from Fitch, Moody's or S&P Global Ratings are considered; if more than one agency provides a rating, the average rating is attached to the bond); (iii) are from issuers with at least $1 billion of outstanding face value (iv) are bond issues with at least $400 million of outstanding face value; (v) have an original maturity date of less than 15 years; (vi) have at least one year remaining to maturity; and (vii) have at least one year and 6 months to maturity for new index insertions.

Markit iBoxx^® USD Liquid Investment Grade Index

Number of Components: approximately 2,349

Index Description. The Markit iBoxx^® USD Liquid Investment Grade Index measures the performance as of February 28, 2021, of approximately 2,349 highly liquid investment-grade corporate bonds. The Underlying Index is a rules-based index consisting of highly liquid, investment-grade, U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds that seeks to maximize liquidity while maintaining representation of the broader corporate bond market.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index is a subset of the Markit iBoxx USD Corporate Bond Index, which as of February 28, 2021 is an index of 6,785 investment-grade bonds. Bonds in the Underlying Index are selected from the universe of eligible bonds in the Markit iBoxx USD Corporate Bond Index using defined rules. Currently, the bonds eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index consist of U.S. dollar-denominated corporate bonds that: (i) are issued by companies domiciled in the countries classified as developed markets by the index provider; (ii) have an average rating of investment grade (ratings from Fitch, Moody’s, or S&P Global Ratings are considered; if more than one agency provides a rating, the average rating is attached to the bond); (iii) are from issuers with at least $2 billion outstanding face value; (iv) have at least $750 million of outstanding face value; (v) have at least three years to maturity; and (vi) have at least three years and 6 months to maturity for new index insertions.

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are chosen by applying the eligibility rules listed above. The Underlying Index is a modified market value weighted index with a cap on each issuer at 3%. The number of bonds in the Underlying Index may change and there is no constraint on the number of index constituents. There is no maximum number of bond issues per issuer eligible, but to avoid an over-concentration in any single-issuer, the methodology caps single-issuer exposure to no more than 3% of the index weight, calculated on the last business day of each month. The Underlying Index is updated monthly on the last business day of each month.

Markit^® and iBoxx^® are registered trademarks of Markit Group Limited and Markit Indices Limited, respectively. The methodologies of the iBoxx^® indexes are owned by Markit Indices Limited and may be covered by one or more patents or pending patent applications.

The S&P Fixed Income Indexes

Issue Changes. General oversight responsibility for the S&P Indexes, including overall policy guidelines and methodology, is handled by an S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC (“SPDJI”) Index Committee. Maintenance of component investments, including

125

Table of Contents

additions and deletions to these investments, is the responsibility of separate regional index committees composed of S&P index staff specialized in the various regional equity markets and, in some cases with the assistance of local stock exchanges. Public announcements of index changes as the result of committee decisions will generally be made two business days in advance of the anticipated effective date whenever possible, although for exceptional corporate events announcements may be made earlier.

Index Maintenance. Maintaining the S&P Fixed Income Indexes includes monitoring and completing the adjustments for bond additions and deletions, par amount changes, rating changes and corporate actions. Each S&P Fixed Income Index is a market-value weighted index. Securities Evaluations | ICE Data Services (“Securities Evaluations”), the pricing division of Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”), Securities Evaluations, reports the price of each bond in the index each day. The prices used in the index calculation will add the accrued interest for each bond to the price reported by S&P. The total return is calculated by aggregating the interest return, reflecting the return due to paid and accrued interest, and principal return, reflecting the capital gains or losses due to changes in S&P's end-of-day price and principal repayments and the reinvestment return, excluding the reinvestment of related cash flows. Each index is generally reviewed and rebalanced on a monthly basis. The SPDJI Index Committee, nevertheless, reserves the right to make adjustments to each index at any time that it believes appropriate. Additions, deletions and other changes to each index arising from the monthly rebalancing are published three business days prior to the last business day of the month (the “Announcement Date”). Publicly available information, up to and including the close on the fourth business day preceding the Rebalancing Date, is considered in the rebalancing. Index changes published in the announcement will not normally be subject to revision and will become effective after the close. Any index bond that is downgraded below investment grade between rebalancing dates is removed at the next rebalancing date.

Index Availability. All S&P Fixed-Income Indexes are calculated at the end of the business day. Most S&P Indexes are available from major data vendors.

S&P California AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 3,592

Index Description. The S&P California AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market-value weighted index designed to measure the performance of the investment-grade, tax-exempt bond issues within the California segment of the U.S. municipal bond market. As of February 28, 2021, the Underlying Index consisted of 3,592 constituents, with a total market value of $191.8 billion.

Index Methodology. To be included in the Underlying Index, bonds must meet all of the following criteria: (i) the bond issuer is from a California State or local government or agency whose interest payments are exempt from U.S. federal income taxes and the federal AMT as determined by the index provider in accordance with its methodology; (ii) the bond must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iii) the bond must have a rating of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch. A bond must be rated by at least one of these three rating agencies in order to qualify for the Underlying Index, and the lowest rating will be used in determining if a bond is investment-grade; (iv) each bond in the Underlying Index must be a constituent of an offering where the original offering amount was at least $100 million, and must have a minimum par amount of $15 million. To remain in the Underlying Index, bonds must maintain a minimum par amount greater than or equal to $15 million as of the next rebalancing date and must maintain a minimum Par Amount greater than or equal to $15 million as of four days prior to last business day of each month (“Rebalancing Reference Date”); and (v) as of the last business day of each month (“Rebalancing Date”), the bond must have a minimum term to maturity and/or pre-refunded or call date greater than one calendar month. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by the Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association (“SIFMA”). Bonds that are completely called or tendered during the course of the month and bonds that are scheduled to be completely called or redeemed, during the course of the month following the Rebalancing Date, will be removed on the Rebalancing Date. At each monthly rebalancing, no one issuer can represent more than 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index; and individual issuers that represent at least 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index cannot account for more than 50% of the weight of the Underlying Index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, bonds issued by U.S. territories and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, bonds issued under SEC Rule 144A, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), housing bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, tobacco bonds, and variable rate debt and certain conduit financed municipal securities.

126

Table of Contents

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are approved by the SPDJI Index Committee who oversees the management of the Underlying Index and are added to the Underlying Index on the next Rebalancing Date, subject to the schedule of the monthly rebalancing procedures.

S&P National AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 12,635

Index Description. The S&P National AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market-value weighted index designed to measure the performance of the investment-grade, tax-exempt U.S. municipal bond market. As of February 28, 2021, the Underlying Index consisted of 12,635 constituents, with a total market value of $814.7 billion.

Index Methodology. In order for a bond to be classified as eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index, a bond must meet all of the following criteria: (i) the bond issuer is a state or local government or agency such that interest on each bond is exempt from U.S. federal income taxes and the federal AMT as determined by the index provider in accordance with its methodology; (ii) the bond must be denominated in U.S. dollars; and (iii) the bond must have a rating of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch. A bond must be rated by at least one of these three rating agencies in order to qualify for the index, and the lowest rating will be used in determining if a bond is investment-grade; (iv) each bond in the Underlying Index must be a constituent of an offering where the original offering amount was at least $100 million, and must have a minimum par amount of $25 million. To remain in the Underlying Index, bonds must maintain a minimum par amount greater than or equal to $25 million as of the next rebalancing date and must maintain a minimum Par Amount greater than or equal to $25 million as of four days prior to last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Reference Date”); and (v) as of the last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Date”), the bond must have a minimum term to maturity and/or pre-refunded or call date greater than one calendar month. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by the SIFMA. Bonds that are completely called or tendered during the course of the month and bonds that are scheduled to be completely called or redeemed, during the course of the month following the Rebalancing Date, will be removed on the Rebalancing Date. At each monthly rebalancing, no one issuer can represent more than 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index; and individual issuers that represent at least 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index cannot account for more than 50% of the weight of the Underlying Index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, bonds issued by U.S. territories and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, bonds issued under SEC Rule 144A, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), housing bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, tobacco bonds, and variable rate debt and certain conduit financed municipal securities.

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are approved by the SPDJI Index Committee who oversees the management of the Underlying index and are added to the Underlying Index on the next Rebalancing Date, subject to the schedule of the monthly rebalancing procedures.

S&P New York AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 6,733

Index Description. The S&P New York AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market-value weighted index designed to measure the performance of the investment-grade, tax-exempt bond issues within the New York segment of the U.S. municipal bond market. As of February 28, 2021, the Underlying Index consisted of 6,733 constituents, with a total market value of $247.2 billion.

Index Methodology. To be included in the Underlying Index, bonds must meet all of the following criteria: (i) the bond issuer is from New York State or a local government or agency whose interest payments are exempt from U.S. federal income taxes and the federal AMT, as determined by the index provider in accordance with its methodology; (ii) the bond must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iii) the bond must have a rating of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch. A bond must be rated by at least one of these three rating agencies in order to qualify for the index, and the lowest rating will be used in determining if a bond is investment-grade; (iv) each bond in the Underlying Index must be a constituent of an offering where the original offering amount was at least $20 million, and must have a minimum par amount of $5 million. To remain in the Underlying Index, bonds must maintain a minimum par amount greater than or equal to $5 million as of the next rebalancing date and must maintain a minimum Par Amount greater than or equal to $5 million as of four days prior to last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Reference Date”); and (v) as of the last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Date”), the bond must have a minimum term to maturity and/or pre-refunded or call date greater than one calendar month. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by the

127

Table of Contents

SIFMA. Bonds that are completely called or tendered during the course of the month and bonds that are scheduled to be completely called or redeemed, during the course of the month following the Rebalancing Date, will be removed on the Rebalancing Date. At each monthly rebalancing, no one issuer can represent more than 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index; and individual issuers that represent at least 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index cannot account for more than 50% of the weight of the Underlying Index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, bonds issued by U.S. territories and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, bonds issued under SEC Rule 144A, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), housing bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, tobacco bonds, and variable rate debt and certain conduit financed municipal securities.

S&P Short Term National AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 3,564

Index Description. The S&P Short Term National AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market-value weighted index designed to measure the performance of the short-term investment-grade U.S. municipal bond market. As of February 28, 2021, the Underlying Index consisted of 3,564 constituents, with a total market value of $211.5 billion. The Underlying Index is a subset of the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index^TM and represented approximately 25.96% of the weight of the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal Bond Index^TM as of February 28, 2021.

Index Methodology. In order for a bond to be classified as eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index, a bond must meet all of the following criteria: (i) the bond issuer is a state or local government or agency such that interest on the bond is exempt from U.S. federal income taxes and the federal AMT, as determined by the index provider in accordance with its methodology; (ii) the bond must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iii) the bond must have a rating of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch. A bond must be rated by at least one of these three rating agencies in order to qualify for the Underlying Index, and the lowest rating will be used in determining if a bond is investment-grade; (iv) each bond in the index must be a constituent of an offering where the original offering amount was at least $100 million, and must have a minimum par amount of $25 million. To remain in the Underlying Index, a bond must maintain a minimum par amount greater than or equal to $25 million as of four days prior to last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Reference Date”); and (v) as of the last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Date”), the bond must have a remaining term to maturity and/or pre-refunded or call date that is less than five years and greater than or equal to one calendar month. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by SIFMA and/or NYSE. Bonds that are completely called or tendered during the course of the month and bonds that are scheduled to be completely called or redeemed, during the course of the month following the Rebalancing Date, will be removed on the Rebalancing Date. At each monthly rebalancing, no one issuer can represent more than 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index; and individual issuers that represent at least 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index cannot account for more than 50% of the weight of the Underlying Index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, bonds issued by U.S. territories and the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, bonds issued under SEC Rule 144A, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), housing bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, tobacco bonds, and variable rate debt and certain conduit financed municipal securities.

Changes in Circumstances Affecting Index Use. If, in the future, a Fund’s Underlying Index is discontinued by its index provider or the Trustees determine that it would not be beneficial to shareholders for the Fund to continue operations using its Underlying Index, the Trustees may change the Underlying Index as described in the Investment Limitations section of this SAI or cause a Fund to effect a merger or reorganization with another Fund. To the extent permitted by law, such change or merger or reorganization may be effected without a vote of shareholders.

Investment Policies

128

Table of Contents

securities present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Each Fund has also adopted certain non-fundamental investment policies, including its investment objective. Non-fundamental investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Therefore, each Fund may change its investment objective and its Underlying Index without shareholder approval.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF and iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries), except that a Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities; and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate mortgages, commodities or commodity contracts, but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies). (Notwithstanding the foregoing, the iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF may purchase or sell MBS, commercial MBS and real estate mortgages.)
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

The iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF, iShares Agency Bond ETF, iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares California Muni Bond ETF, iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF, iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF, iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF, iShares MBS ETF, iShares National Muni Bond ETF, iShares New York Muni Bond ETF, iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF will not:

Concentrate its investments (i.e., invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries), except that a Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.

129

Table of Contents

	more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from investing in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business or securities or other instruments backed by real estate or mortgages), or commodities or commodity contracts (but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

The iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF, iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF, iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, except that a Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the 1940 Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the 1940 Act.

Notations Regarding each of the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF's, iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF's, iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF's, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF's, iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF's, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF's, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF's, iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF's and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of each Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to each Fund's industry classifications, each Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized

130

Table of Contents

market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to each Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act permits each Fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (The Fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the Investment Company Act requires each Fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of each Fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when each Fund engages in such transactions, the Fund, instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit each Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit each Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (5) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit each Fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, in the case of diversified funds, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of each Fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the Fund’s investments in issuers where each Fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause each Fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

All funds other than the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF, iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF, iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF.

131

Table of Contents

Under normal circumstances (i) each of the iShares National Muni Bond ETF and the iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in investments the income of which is free from federal income tax, including AMT; (ii) the iShares California Muni Bond ETF will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in investments the income of which is free from federal income tax, including AMT, and California income tax; and (iii) the iShares New York Muni Bond ETF will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in investments the income of which is free from federal income tax, including AMT, and New York income tax. These policies are fundamental policies of the Municipal Bond Funds and may not be changed without a vote of a majority of each Fund’s outstanding voting securities, as defined in the 1940 Act. Each Fund (except the Municipal Bond Funds, iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF) has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in securities in the Fund's Underlying Index and (except the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF, iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF, iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF) in TBA transactions with respect to the percentage of the Underlying Index (if any) that consists of mortgage pass-through securities. The iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF has adopted a non-fundamental policy to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the component securities in the Fund's Underlying Index and in TBA transactions with respect to the percentage of its Underlying Index that consists of mortgage pass-through securities. Each of the iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF and iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF have adopted an additional non-fundamental policy under which the iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF and iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, under normal circumstances, will invest, at least 80% of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in securities of U.S. issuers. The iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF have adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the component securities in the Fund’s Underlying Index. The iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in component securities in the Fund’s Underlying Index and in TBA transactions with respect to the percentage of the Underlying Index that consists of mortgage pass-through securities. The iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF have adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in securities in its Underlying Index and in to-be-announced transactions with respect to the percentage of its Underlying Index (if any) that consists of mortgage pass-through securities. Each Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, an 80% requirement is no longer met, a Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. As a matter of policy, however, a Fund will not purchase shares of any registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust, in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) (the “fund of funds” provisions) of the 1940 Act, at any time the Fund has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor in reliance on the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1).

132

Table of Contents

securities or other instruments resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in each Fund’s total assets will not require each Fund to dispose of an investment until BFA determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences.

Continuous Offering

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Funds are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds and ETFs (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (including ETFs) (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). Each Fund is included in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 381 funds as of June 29, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Funds' Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

133

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

135

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (60)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (50)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

136

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

The Board has concluded that, based on each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Board. Among the attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Funds' investment adviser, other service providers, counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through the Trustee’s educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Board member of the Funds and the other funds in the Trust (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Also, set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of each Trustee that led the Board to conclude that he or she should serve (or continue to serve) as a Trustee.

137

Table of Contents

138

Table of Contents

139

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Board Chair. The Board Chair’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Board Chair may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board has established seven standing Committees: a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a 15(c) Committee, a Securities Lending Committee, a Risk Committee, an Equity Plus Committee and a Fixed Income Plus Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Funds, and from time to time the Board may establish ad hoc committees or informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Funds with respect to certain specified matters. The Chair of each standing Committee is an Independent Trustee. The role of the Chair of each Committee is to preside at all meetings of the Committee and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees between meetings. Each standing Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to the Committee by the Board and reports its finding to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Independent Trustees and the full Board to enhance effective oversight.

Day-to-day risk management with respect to the Funds is the responsibility of BFA or other service providers (depending on the nature of the risk), subject to the supervision of BFA. Each Fund is subject to a number of risks, including investment, compliance, operational, reputational, counterparty and valuation risks, among others. While there are a number of risk management functions performed by BFA and other service providers, as applicable, it is not possible to identify and eliminate all of the risks applicable to the Funds. The Trustees have an oversight role in this area, satisfying themselves that risk management processes and controls are in place and operating effectively. Risk oversight forms part of the Board’s general oversight of each Fund and is addressed as part of various Board and committee activities. In some cases, risk management issues are specifically addressed in presentations and discussions. For example, BFA has an independent dedicated Risk and Quantitative Analysis Group (“RQA”) that assists BFA in managing fiduciary and corporate risks, including investment, operational, counterparty credit and enterprise risk. Representatives of RQA meet with the Board to discuss their analysis and methodologies, as well as specific risk topics such as operational and counterparty risks relating to the Funds. The Board, directly or through a committee, also reviews reports from, among others, management and the independent registered public accounting firm for the Trust, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by each Fund and management’s risk functions. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who oversees the implementation and testing of the Trust's compliance program, including assessments by independent third parties, and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its principal service providers. In testing and maintaining the compliance program, the Chief Compliance Officer (and his or her delegates) assesses key compliance risks affecting each Fund, and addresses them in periodic reports to the Board. In addition, the Audit Committee meets with both the Funds' independent registered public accounting firm and BFA’s internal audit group to review risk controls in place that support each Fund as well as test results. Board oversight of risk is also performed as needed between meetings through communications between BFA and the Board.

140

Table of Contents

141

Table of Contents

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Funds so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

142

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000

143

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000

144

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

The tables below set forth the compensation earned by each Independent Trustee and Interested Trustee for services to each Fund for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021 and the aggregate compensation paid to them for services to the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020.

Name		iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF¹		iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF		iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF		iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

145

Table of Contents

Name	iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF¹	iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF

Jane D. Carlin	$ 331	$ 8,313	$ 9,188	$5,006
Richard L. Fagnani	352	8,839	9,770	5,323
Cecilia H. Herbert	375	9,432	10,426	5,680
John E. Kerrigan	351	8,821	9,751	5,312
Drew E. Lawton	339	8,534	9,433	5,139
John E. Martinez	331	8,313	9,188	5,006
Madhav V. Rajan	331	8,313	9,188	5,006

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF	iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 4,707	$ 6,224	$ 760	$504
Richard L. Fagnani	5,005	6,618	808	536
Cecilia H. Herbert	5,341	7,062	862	572
John E. Kerrigan	4,995	6,604	806	535
Drew E. Lawton	4,832	6,389	780	517
John E. Martinez	4,707	6,224	760	504
Madhav V. Rajan	4,707	6,224	760	504

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF	iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF²	iShares Agency Bond ETF	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 6,293	$ 13	$ 354	$2,471
Richard L. Fagnani	6,691	14	377	2,628
Cecilia H. Herbert	7,140	14	402	2,804
John E. Kerrigan	6,678	14	376	2,623
Drew E. Lawton	6,460	13	364	2,537
John E. Martinez	6,293	13	354	2,471
Madhav V. Rajan	6,293	13	354	2,471

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

146

Table of Contents

Name	iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	iShares MBS ETF	iShares National Muni Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 1,041	$ 71	$ 11,328	$9,068
Richard L. Fagnani	1,107	76	12,045	9,642
Cecilia H. Herbert	1,181	81	12,853	10,289
John E. Kerrigan	1,104	76	12,021	9,623
Drew E. Lawton	1,068	73	11,629	9,309
John E. Martinez	1,041	71	11,328	9,068
Madhav V. Rajan	1,041	71	11,328	9,068

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares New York Muni Bond ETF	iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF	iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$223	$ 1,926	$6,945
Richard L. Fagnani	237	2,048	7,385
Cecilia H. Herbert	253	2,185	7,881
John E. Kerrigan	237	2,044	7,371
Drew E. Lawton	229	1,977	7,130
John E. Martinez	223	1,926	6,945
Madhav V. Rajan	223	1,926	6,945

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0

Name	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses⁴	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement⁴	Total Compensation From the Funds and Fund Complex⁵
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$ 0

148

Table of Contents

Name		Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses⁴		Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement⁴		Total Compensation From the Funds and Fund Complex⁵
Salim Ramji		Not Applicable		Not Applicable		0

¹	Compensation is reported from the Fund’s inception to May 26, 2020.
²	Compensation is reported from the Fund’s inception to September 22, 2020.
³	Compensation is reported from the Fund’s inception to June 23, 2020.
⁴	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
⁵	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of each Fund's outstanding shares as of May 31, 2021.

Although the Trust does not have information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants (as defined below), as of May 31, 2021, the name and percentage ownership of each DTC participant that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund were as follows:

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	81.50%

iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	13.28%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	7.92%
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated - TS Sub 101 Hudson Street 9th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997	7.73%
	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004	7.56%
	TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177	6.47%
	Ameriprise Enterprise Investment Services, Inc. 901 3^rd Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55474	6.43%
	Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399	5.76%
	JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association 500 Stanton Christiana Road Newark, DE 19713	5.63%

149

Table of Contents

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
	SEI Private Trust Company/C/O GWP 1 Freedom Valley Drive Oaks, PA 19456	6.24%
	UBS Financial Services Inc. 1000 Harbor Blvd. Weehawken, NJ 07086	6.20%
	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004	6.14%
	Northern Trust Company (The) 801 South Canal Street Chicago, IL 60607	6.00%
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated - TS Sub 101 Hudson Street 9th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997	5.19%

iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF	Citibank, N.A. 3800 CitiBank Center Tampa Building B/1st Floor Zone 8 Tampa, FL 33610-9122	35.83%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	9.91%
	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004	7.76%
	Apex Clearing Corporation One Dallas Center 350 M. St. Paul Suite 1300 Dallas, TX 75201	5.66%

Potential Conflicts of Interest. Certain activities of BFA, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers and employees, with respect to the Funds and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

BlackRock is one of the world's largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of a Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Funds. These are considerations of which investors in a Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage a Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by a Fund.

160

Table of Contents

same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on a Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of a Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Funds.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Funds, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Funds, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party's investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Funds. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions. On any occasion when a Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of a Fund's investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

161

Table of Contents

For example, the investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and accounts under its management may limit the investment opportunities for a Fund in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.

BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of a Fund in which clients of BlackRock or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party's interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by a Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

162

Table of Contents

When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. A Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund's own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with a Fund's establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund's counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund's creditworthiness.

163

Table of Contents

decisions for different accounts are made separately, or if they determine that bunching or aggregating is not practicable or required, or in cases involving client direction.

164

Table of Contents

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock's fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the Proxy Voting Policy section of this SAI.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of a Fund. Increasing a Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of a Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of a Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

It is possible that a Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. A Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for a Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit a Fund's flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by a Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to a Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

165

Table of Contents

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, each Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) in accordance with policies and procedures approved by a Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of a Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for a Fund. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, each Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding a Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, a Fund, except that a Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the 1940 Act engage in transactions with another Fund or accounts that are affiliated with a Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Funds and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for a Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or the Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock's internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of a Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which a Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

166

Table of Contents

corporate or regulatory ownership restrictions, or invest in certain futures or other derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount invested by BlackRock for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts (including the Funds) that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Funds or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Funds), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Funds (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with certain Funds' custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Funds leave cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for Funds in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

BlackRock may enter into contractual arrangements with third-party service providers to a Fund (e.g., custodians, administrators and index providers) pursuant to which BlackRock receives fee discounts or concessions in recognition of BlackRock’s overall relationship with such service providers. BlackRock may also enter into contractual arrangements with such service providers pursuant to which BlackRock incurs additional costs if the service provider’s services are terminated with respect to a Fund. To the extent that BlackRock is responsible for paying these service providers out of its management fee, the benefits of any such fee discounts or concessions, or any additional costs, may accrue, in whole or in part, to BlackRock, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to the use or termination of service providers to a Fund.

167

Table of Contents

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with ICE to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Funds and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, BFA may, from time to time, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of BFA, to perform investment advisory or other services with respect to a Fund. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the investment advisory agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion upon appropriate notice at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

For its investment advisory services to the iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from the Fund based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF and iShares J.P. Morgan USD Emerging Markets Bond ETF. The management fee for the Fund equals the ratio of the Fund's net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.5000%

168

Table of Contents

per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $19 billion, plus 0.4750% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $19 billion, up to and including $33 billion, plus 0.4513% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $33 billion, up to and including $47 billion, plus 0.4287% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $47 billion.

For its investment advisory services to the iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF and iShares MBS ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from each Fund calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF, iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares MBS ETF, iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF, iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF and iShares TIPS Bond ETF. The management fee for the iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.1500% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $121 billion, plus 0.1425% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $121 billion, up to and including $181 billion, plus 0.1354% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $181 billion, up to and including $231 billion, plus 0.1287% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $231 billion, up to and including $281 billion, plus 0.1222% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $281 billion. The management fee for each of the iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF and iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.0600% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $121 billion, plus 0.0570% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $121 billion, up to and including $181 billion, plus 0.0542% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $181 billion, up to and including $231 billion, plus 0.0515% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $231 billion, up to and including $281 billion, plus 0.0489% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $281 billion.

The management fee for the iShares MBS ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.0600% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $121 billion, plus 0.0570% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $121 billion, up to and including $181 billion, plus 0.0542% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $181 billion, up to and including $231 billion, plus 0.0515% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $231 billion, up to and including $281 billion, plus 0.0489% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $281 billion.

The following table sets forth the management fee at the annual rate (as a percentage of each Fund's average daily net assets) BFA received from each Fund for the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021 and the management fees (net of waivers) each Fund paid BFA for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Management Fee	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2021	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended February 29, 2020	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2019
iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF¹	0.12%	05/26/20	$ 162,126	N/A	N/A
iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	0.15%	07/22/02	32,106,936	$ 27,203,599	$22,390,413
iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF^{2, 3}	0.06%	01/05/07	10,705,449	7,161,508	9,812,498
iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF	0.15%	01/05/07	17,168,658	12,312,560	11,248,775
iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF^{4, 5}	0.06%	01/05/07	5,827,292	4,405,430	6,014,525
iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF	0.15%	07/22/02	28,670,072	25,057,814	14,043,473
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF^{6, 7}	0.06%	12/08/09	1,169,310	821,007	589,980
iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF	0.15%	01/05/07	1,958,386	1,604,008	969,243
iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF	0.15%	07/22/02	27,770,333	23,317,479	11,891,664
iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF⁸	0.15%	09/22/20	4,960	N/A	N/A

169

Table of Contents

Fund	Management Fee	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2021	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended February 29, 2020	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2019
iShares Agency Bond ETF	0.20%	11/05/08	1,610,512	1,097,360	890,651
iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF^{9, 10}	0.06%	01/05/07	3,098,584	2,140,943	1,456,303
iShares California Muni Bond ETF	0.25%	10/04/07	3,911,631	3,294,707	2,560,119
iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF¹¹	0.06%	11/01/16	57,076	38,240	20,821
iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF	0.06%	12/08/09	241,944	179,158	128,199
iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF^{12, 13}	0.04%	09/22/03	26,526,094	29,892,747	24,520,617
iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF¹⁴	0.12%	06/23/20	71,650	N/A	N/A
iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF	0.12%	07/11/17	468,841	157,596	48,884
iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF¹⁵	0.10%	10/18/18	437,376	88,365	17,965
iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF	0.18%	07/11/17	823,272	106,337	30,486
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF	0.20%	01/05/07	444,376	449,460	246,220
iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF	0.35%	07/11/17	144,014	95,106	53,810
iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	0.48%	04/04/07	118,223,615	85,967,152	72,959,257
iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	0.14%	07/22/02	72,561,952	49,932,021	46,920,280
iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	0.20%	01/05/07	4,506,647	4,114,455	4,009,715
iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	0.18%	07/11/17	256,032	167,005	93,328
iShares MBS ETF^{16, 17}	0.06%	03/13/07	10,391,914	11,981,461	9,532,175
iShares National Muni Bond ETF^{18, 19}	0.07%	09/07/07	12,577,499	9,735,281	11,118,956
iShares New York Muni Bond ETF	0.25%	10/04/07	1,176,607	1,035,392	773,951
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF^20, 21	0.07%	11/05/08	2,497,984	1,730,249	1,897,351
iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF²²	0.15%	01/05/07	31,357,144	32,575,354	23,400,691

¹	Effective September 30, 2020, for the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee so that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after the fee waiver will not exceed 0.03% through June 30, 2022. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to June 30, 2022 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. Prior to September 30, 2020, BFA had contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee so that the Fund's total annual fund operating expenses after the fee waiver would not exceed 0.07%. The contractual waiver was discontinued as of September 30, 2020, by written agreement of the Trust and BFA. BFA may from time to time voluntarily waive and/or reimburse fees or expenses in order to limit total annual fund operating expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, if any). Any voluntary waiver or reimbursement implemented by BFA may be eliminated by BFA at any time. Prior to September 30, 2020, BFA had implemented a voluntary fee waiver at an annual rate of four basis points. As of September 30, 2020, the voluntary waiver is no longer in effect. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021, BFA waived $557,585 of management fees.
²	For the iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.06% effective June 1, 2018 through May 30, 2023. The contractual waiver was discontinued as of June 26, 2018, by written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2019, BFA waived $991,409 of management fees.
³	Effective June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF is 0.06%. Prior to June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF was 0.20%.
⁴	For the iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.06% effective June 1, 2018 through May 30, 2023. The contractual waiver was discontinued as of June 26, 2018, by written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2019, BFA waived $633,342 of management fees.
⁵	Effective June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF is 0.06%. Prior to June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF was 0.20%.
⁶	For the iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.06% effective June 1, 2018 through May 30, 2023. The contractual waiver was discontinued as of June 26, 2018, by written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2019, BFA waived $58,784 of management fees.

170

Table of Contents

⁷	Effective June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF is 0.06%. Prior to June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF was 0.20%.
⁸	For the iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee so that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after the fee waiver will not exceed 0.07% through September 30, 2021. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to September 30, 2021 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. In addition, BFA may from time to time voluntarily waive and/or reimburse fees or expenses in order to limit total annual fund operating expenses (excluding acquired fund fees and expenses, if any). Effective May 20, 2021, BFA has elected to implement a voluntary fee waiver in order to limit the Fund’s total annual operating expenses after fee waiver to four basis points and currently intends to keep such voluntary fee waiver for the Fund in place through June 30, 2022. Any voluntary waiver or reimbursement implemented by BFA may be eliminated by BFA at any time. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021, BFA waived $5,669 of management fees.
⁹	For the iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.06% effective June 1, 2018 through May 30, 2023. The contractual waiver was discontinued as of June 26, 2018, by written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2019, BFA waived $93,301 of management fees.
¹⁰	Effective April 1, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF is 0.04%. From June 26, 2018 to March 31, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF was 0.06%. Prior to June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF was 0.15%.
¹¹	For the iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the acquired fund fees and expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other registered investment companies advised by BFA, or its affiliates, through February 28, 2026. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to February 28, 2026 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended February 28, 2021, February 29, 2020 and February 28, 2019, BFA waived $18,174, $12,130 and $8,907 of management fees, respectively.
¹²	For the iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to acquired fund fees and expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other registered investment companies advised by BFA, or its affiliates, through June 30, 2026. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to June 30, 2026 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended February 28, 2021, February 29, 2020 and February 28, 2019, BFA waived $5,419,096, $2,632,257 and $3,192,260 of management fees, respectively.
¹³	Effective March 27, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF is 0.04%. Prior to March 27, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF was 0.05%.
¹⁴	For the iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other registered investment companies advised by BFA, or its affiliates, through June 30, 2025. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to June 30, 2025 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021, BFA waived $9,318 of management fees.
¹⁵	For the iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the acquired fund fees and expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other registered investment companies advised by BFA, or its affiliates, through June 30, 2024. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to June 30, 2024 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended February 28, 2021, February 29, 2020 and February 28, 2019, BFA waived $84,769, $11,106 and $2,171 of management fees, respectively.
¹⁶	Effective December 13, 2019, the management fee for the iShares MBS ETF is 0.06%. From June 20, 2019 to December 12, 2019, the management fee for the iShares MBS ETF was 0.07%. Prior to June 20, 2019, the management fee for the iShares MBS ETF was 0.09%.
¹⁷	Effective December 13, 2019, for the iShares MBS ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.06% through February 29, 2024. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to February 29, 2024 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.07% through February 29, 2024 effective June 20, 2019 through December 12, 2019. BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.09% through February 28, 2023 effective July 13, 2017 through June 19, 2019. For the fiscal years ended February 28, 2021, February 29, 2020 and February 28, 2019, BFA waived $2,679,408, $1,082,076 and $1,170,259 of management fees, respectively.
¹⁸	For the iShares National Muni Bond ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to acquired fund fees and expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other series of iShares Trust and iShares, Inc. through June 30, 2026. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to June 30, 2026 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. BFA contractually agreed to waive its management fee by an additional amount such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.07% effective June 1, 2018 through May 30, 2023. The contractual waiver was discontinued as of June 26, 2018, by written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended February 28, 2021, February 29, 2020 and February 28, 2019, BFA waived $0, $0 and $1,159,422 of management fees, respectively.
¹⁹	Effective June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares National Muni Bond ETF is 0.07%. Prior to June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares National Muni Bond ETF was 0.25%.
²⁰	For the iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.07% effective June 1, 2018 through May 30, 2023. The contractual waiver was discontinued as of June 26, 2018, by written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended February 28, 2019, BFA waived $191,036 of management fees.
²¹	Effective June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF is 0.07%. Prior to June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF was 0.25%.

171

Table of Contents

²²	For the iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF, for the fiscal years ended February 29, 2020 and February 28, 2019, BFA waived $0 and $0 of its management fees, respectively. The voluntary waiver was discontinued beginning on June 15, 2020.

The investment advisory agreement with respect to each Fund continues in effect for two years from its effective date, and thereafter is subject to annual approval by (i) the Board, or (ii) the vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the applicable Fund, provided that in either event such continuance also is approved by a majority of the Board members who are not interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the applicable Fund, by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

The investment advisory agreement with respect to each Fund is terminable without penalty, on 60 days’ notice, by the Board or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the applicable Fund’s outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act). The investment advisory agreement is also terminable upon 60 days’ notice by BFA and will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

Portfolio Managers. As of February 28, 2021, the individuals named as Portfolio Managers in each Fund’s Prospectus were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of other iShares funds and certain other types of portfolios and/or accounts as follows:

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	71	$132,648,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	31	129,145,000,000
Other Accounts	23	22,941,000,000

Scott Radell*
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	78	$136,565,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	26	31,047,000,000
Other Accounts	8	3,566,000,000

*	Portfolio Manager for iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF only.

Karen Uyehara*
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	18	$ 83,926,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	36	100,613,000,000
Other Accounts	35	71,606,000,000

*	Portfolio Manager for all Funds except iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF.

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that compose those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that compose those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Funds and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Funds, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Funds may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than they would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

172

Table of Contents

Like the Funds, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio's or account's gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intends to do so, shareholders of the Funds should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict of interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers' favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Scott Radell*
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

*	Portfolio Manager for iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF only.

Karen Uyehara*
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

*	Portfolio Manager for all Funds except iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF, iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF and iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF.

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of February 28, 2021.

173

Table of Contents

components and may vary from year to year based on a number of factors. The principal components of compensation include a base salary, a performance-based discretionary bonus, participation in various benefits programs and one or more of the incentive compensation programs established by BlackRock, Inc.

The discretionary incentive income for James Mauro, Scott Radell and Karen Uyehara includes as an additional consideration the performance of actively-managed portfolios they manage over 1, 3 and 5 year periods measured against the respective benchmark of each portfolio as well as peer group performance. A portion of the discretionary incentive compensation for James Mauro, Scott Radell and Karen Uyehara is distributed in the form of deferred cash awards that notionally track the returns of select BlackRock, Inc. investment products they manage, which provides direct alignment of portfolio manager discretionary incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash.

As of February 28, 2021, the Portfolio Managers beneficially owned shares of the Funds in the amounts reflected in the following tables:

James Mauro

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF

iShares Agency Bond ETF

iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares California Muni Bond ETF

iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF

iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF

iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF

174

Table of Contents

James Mauro

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF

iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF

iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF

iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF

iShares MBS ETF

iShares National Muni Bond ETF

iShares New York Muni Bond ETF

iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF

iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF

Scott Radell

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF

iShares Agency Bond ETF

iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares California Muni Bond ETF

iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF

iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF

iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF

iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF

175

Table of Contents

Scott Radell

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF

iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF

iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF

iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF

iShares MBS ETF

iShares National Muni Bond ETF

iShares New York Muni Bond ETF

iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF

iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF

Karen Uyehara

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF

iShares Agency Bond ETF

iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares California Muni Bond ETF

iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF

iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF

iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF

iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF

176

Table of Contents

Karen Uyehara

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF

iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF

iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF

iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF

iShares MBS ETF

iShares National Muni Bond ETF

iShares New York Muni Bond ETF

iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF

iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF

Codes of Ethics. The Trust, BFA and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The codes of ethics permit personnel subject to the codes of ethics to invest in securities, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

The Funds reserve the right to reject purchase orders from persons who have not submitted information sufficient to allow a Fund to verify their identity. Each Fund also reserves the right to redeem any amounts in a Fund from persons whose identity it is unable to verify on a timely basis. It is the Funds' policy to cooperate fully with appropriate regulators in any investigations conducted with respect to potential money laundering, terrorism or other illicit activities.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of each Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

177

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Administration, Custodian & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2021	Administration, Custodian & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended February 29, 2020	Administration, Custodian & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2019
iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF	05/26/20	$ 18,453	N/A	N/A
iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	07/22/02	293,086	$ 254,730	$ 207,237
iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	01/05/07	259,137	155,480	135,882
iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF	01/05/07	157,721	118,004	109,221
iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	01/05/07	147,375	111,040	95,534
iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF	07/22/02	259,581	231,727	132,149
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	12/08/09	36,954	29,045	21,211
iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF	01/05/07	28,196	26,006	20,429
iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF	07/22/02	251,775	216,528	114,635
iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF	09/22/20	8,110	N/A	N/A
iShares Agency Bond ETF	11/05/08	25,162	21,925	18,958
iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	01/05/07	81,315	54,985	33,524
iShares California Muni Bond ETF	10/04/07	30,586	28,578	20,084
iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	11/01/16	53,340	48,814	46,487
iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF	12/08/09	24,041	21,538	18,065
iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	09/22/03	1,101,230	892,266	797,471
iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF	06/23/20	34,188	N/A	N/A
iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF	07/11/17	21,850	18,937	15,823
iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	10/18/18	27,685	33,033	13,136
iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF	07/11/17	23,974	18,407	15,224
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF	01/05/07	21,031	20,178	17,229
iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF	07/11/17	18,621	19,229	16,094
iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	04/04/07	327,838	157,481	136,601
iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	07/22/02	681,410	447,603	396,097
iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	01/05/07	40,864	36,208	34,110
iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	07/11/17	23,273	22,456	20,559
iShares MBS ETF	03/13/07	366,128	306,162	243,946
iShares National Muni Bond ETF	09/07/07	248,725	184,212	138,197
iShares New York Muni Bond ETF	10/04/07	21,220	20,656	13,140
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF	11/05/08	63,452	41,223	25,945
iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF	01/05/07	262,116	87,648	208,527

178

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income (which includes, for this purpose, collateral investment fees) earned across the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex (as defined under “Management—Trustees and Officers”) in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, each applicable fixed income fund, pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows:

Prior to January 1, 2021, fixed-income funds, such as the Funds were subject to a different securities lending fee arrangement and were also subject to a different securities lending fee arrangement prior to January 1, 2020.

The services provided to the Funds by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended February 28, 2021 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Funds with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

179

Table of Contents

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

(8) terminating securities loans and arranging for the return of loaned securities to the Funds at loan termination.

The following tables show the dollar amounts of income and fees/compensation related to the securities lending activities of each Fund during its most recent fiscal year ended February 28, 2021.

Fund	iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF	iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	$1,151	$ 209,781	$4,522,238	$102,542
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services
Securities lending income paid to BTC for services as securities lending agent	154	17,069	689,392	12,125
Cash collateral management expenses not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	165	36,430	303,642	13,519
Administrative fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0	0	0
Indemnification fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0	0	0
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	57	19,676	387,782	5,395
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0	0	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$ 376	$ 73,175	$ 1,380,816	$ 31,039
Net income from securities lending activities	$ 775	$136,606	$ 3,141,422	$ 71,503

180

Table of Contents

Fund	iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	iShares MBS ETF	iShares National Muni Bond ETF
Net income from securities lending activities	$58,274	$16,882	N/A	N/A

Fund	iShares New York Muni Bond ETF	iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF	iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	N/A	N/A	$ 4,119,795
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services
Securities lending income paid to BTC for services as securities lending agent	N/A	N/A	483,361
Cash collateral management expenses not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	N/A	N/A	413,310
Administrative fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	N/A	N/A	0
Indemnification fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	N/A	N/A	0
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	N/A	N/A	783,244
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	N/A	N/A	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	N/A	N/A	$ 1,679,915
Net income from securities lending activities	N/A	N/A	$2,439,880

186

Table of Contents

representatives, other professionals and individual investors more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including the Funds and other iShares funds, or for other activities, such as participation in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems (“Education Costs”). BFA Entities also make payments to Intermediaries for certain printing, publishing and mailing costs or materials relating to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products (“Publishing Costs”). In addition, BFA Entities make payments to Intermediaries that make shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products available to their clients, develop new products that feature iShares or otherwise promote the Funds, other iShares funds and exchange-traded products. BFA Entities may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to Intermediaries or other persons in consideration of services or other activities that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. Payments of the type described above are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments.

Payments to an Intermediary may be significant to the Intermediary, and amounts that Intermediaries pay to your salesperson or other investment professional may also be significant for your salesperson or other investment professional. Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments may create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products over other investments. The same conflicts of interest and financial incentives exist with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

In addition to the payments described above, BFA Entities have developed proprietary tools, calculators and related interactive or digital content that is made available through the www.BlackRock.com website at no additional cost to Intermediaries. BlackRock may configure these tools and calculators and localize the content for Intermediaries as part of its customary digital marketing support and promotion of the Funds, other iShares funds, exchange-traded products and BlackRock mutual funds.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): BNY Mellon Performance & Risk Analytics, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Riskalyze, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

187

Table of Contents

Further, BFA Entities make Education Costs and Publishing Costs payments to other Intermediaries that are not listed in the immediately preceding paragraph. BFA Entities may determine to make such payments based on any number of metrics. For example, BFA Entities may make payments at year-end or other intervals in a fixed amount, an amount based upon an Intermediary’s services at defined levels or an amount based on the Intermediary’s net sales of one or more iShares funds in a year or other period, any of which arrangements may include an agreed-upon minimum or maximum payment, or any combination of the foregoing. As of the date of this SAI, BFA anticipates that the payments paid by BFA Entities in connection with the Funds, iShares funds and exchange-traded products in general will be immaterial to BFA Entities in the aggregate for the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Valuation of Shares. The NAV for each Fund (except for the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF) is generally calculated as of the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each business day the NYSE is open. The NAV of each of the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF is generally calculated twice per day: as of 12:00 p.m., Eastern time and as of the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time), on each business day the NYSE is open. Valuation of assets held by a Fund is as follows:

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or, if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Fixed-Income Investments. Fixed-income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ current market value. A Fund values fixed-income portfolio securities using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by a Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information and by other methods, which may include consideration of: yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity and type; indications as to values from dealers; general market conditions; and/or other factors and assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but a Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with 60 days or less remaining to maturity unless such method does not represent fair value. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the issuer, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

188

Table of Contents

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which a Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

General Valuation Information. Prices obtained from independent third-party pricing services, broker-dealers or market makers to value a Fund’s securities and other assets and liabilities are based on information available at the time a Fund values its assets and liabilities. In the event that a pricing service quotation is revised or updated subsequent to the day on which a Fund valued such security, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination will be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding the revision.

The price a Fund could receive upon the sale of any particular portfolio investment may differ from a Fund’s valuation of the investment, particularly for assets that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair valuation methodology or a price provided by an independent pricing service. As a result, the price received upon the sale of an investment may be less than the value ascribed by a Fund, and a Fund could realize a greater than expected loss or lesser than expected gain upon the sale of the investment. A Fund’s ability to value its investment may also be impacted by technological issues and/or errors by pricing services or other third-party service providers.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Fair Value. When market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, a Fund’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). Fair Value Assets are valued by BlackRock in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. BlackRock may reasonably conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if, among other things, a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source due to its complete lack of trading, if BlackRock believes a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), or where the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BlackRock determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing a Fund’s assets or liabilities, is likely to cause a material change to the last exchange closing price or closing market price of one or more assets or liabilities held by a Fund. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

189

Table of Contents

BlackRock, with input from portfolio management, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, a Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BlackRock, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of a Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee will seek to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the asset or liability is being valued, and does not seek to determine the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Each Fund’s annual audited financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with US GAAP, follow the requirements for valuation set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”), which defines and establishes a framework for measuring fair value under US GAAP and expands financial statement disclosure requirements relating to fair value measurements.

Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to funds and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect a Fund. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities, to the extent such rules become more stringent, would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value. This may in turn increase the costs associated with selling assets or affect their liquidity due to a Fund’s inability to obtain a third-party determination of fair market value. The SEC recently adopted new Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, which will establish an updated regulatory framework for registered investment company valuation practices and may impact a Fund’s valuation policies. A Fund will not be required to comply with the new rule until September 8, 2022.

Brokerage Transactions

190

Table of Contents

or instrument being traded and the markets in which it is purchased or sold; (ii) the desired timing of the transaction; (iii) BFA’s knowledge of the expected commission rates and spreads currently available; (iv) the activity existing and expected in the market for the particular security or instrument, including any anticipated execution difficulties; (v) the full range of brokerage services provided; (vi) the broker’s or dealer’s capital; (vii) the quality of research and research services provided; (viii) the reasonableness of the commission, dealer spread or its equivalent for the specific transaction; and (ix) BFA’s knowledge of any actual or apparent operational problems of a broker or dealer. Brokers may also be selected because of their ability to handle special or difficult executions, such as may be involved in large block trades, thinly traded securities, or other circumstances.

OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Funds will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

191

Table of Contents

account; (ix) relative size of account; and (x) such other factors as may be approved by BlackRock’s general counsel. Moreover, investments may not be allocated to one client account over another based on any of the following considerations: (i) to favor one client account at the expense of another; (ii) to generate higher fees paid by one client account over another or to produce greater performance compensation to BlackRock; (iii) to develop or enhance a relationship with a client or prospective client; (iv) to compensate a client for past services or benefits rendered to BlackRock or to induce future services or benefits to be rendered to BlackRock; or (v) to manage or equalize investment performance among different client accounts. BFA and the other Affiliates may deal, trade and invest for their own respective accounts in the types of securities in which the Funds may invest.

Initial public offerings (“IPOs”) of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When BFA is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to BFA’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. IPOs of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in a Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

Because different accounts may have differing investment objectives and policies, BFA may buy and sell the same securities at the same time for different clients based on the particular investment objective, guidelines and strategies of those accounts. For example, BFA may decide that it may be entirely appropriate for a growth fund to sell a security at the same time a value fund is buying that security. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of BFA or the other Affiliates during the same period increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price. For example, sales of a security by BlackRock on behalf of one or more of its clients may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Funds or other clients or funds for which BFA or another Affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

In certain instances, BFA may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts and advisory accounts of affiliates. In general, all contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price (except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted). While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Funds are concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Funds. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

192

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Feb. 28, 2021	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Feb. 29, 2020	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Feb. 28, 2019
iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF	05/26/20	$ 0	N/A	N/A
iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	07/22/02	0	$ 0	$ 0
iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	01/05/07	0	0	19,483
iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF	01/05/07	0	0	0
iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	01/05/07	0	0	17,201
iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF	07/22/02	0	0	0
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	12/08/09	0	0	267
iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF	01/05/07	0	0	0
iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF	07/22/02	0	0	0
iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF	09/22/20	0	N/A	N/A
iShares Agency Bond ETF	11/05/08	0	0	0
iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	01/05/07	0	0	0
iShares California Muni Bond ETF	10/04/07	0	0	0
iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	11/01/16	4	0	0
iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF	12/08/09	0	0	0
iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	09/22/03	0	0	0
iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF	06/23/20	0	N/A	N/A
iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF	07/11/17	0	0	0
iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	10/18/18	0	0	0
iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF	07/11/17	0	0	0
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF	01/05/07	0	0	0
iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF	07/11/17	0	0	0
iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	04/04/07	5,494	0	3,737
iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	07/22/02	0	0	2,822
iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	01/05/07	0	0	0
iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	07/11/17	0	0	2
iShares MBS ETF	03/13/07	0	0	0
iShares National Muni Bond ETF	09/07/07	0	0	0
iShares New York Muni Bond ETF	10/04/07	0	0	0
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF	11/05/08	0	0	0
iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF	01/05/07	0	0	0

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 28,726,997
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	26,682,633

193

Table of Contents

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
	Wells Fargo & Co.	21,792,761
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	20,873,241
	Citigroup Inc.	18,627,925
	Morgan Stanley	16,293,446
	Barclays PLC	3,329,411

iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 499,523,730
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	444,402,879
	Morgan Stanley	383,054,778
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	326,302,231
	Wells Fargo & Co.	310,454,821
	Citigroup Inc.	302,841,741
	Credit Suisse AG	183,934,635
	Barclays PLC	143,578,726
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	101,475,936

iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 261,407,896
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	250,858,887
	Citigroup Inc.	195,251,026
	Wells Fargo & Co.	165,968,475
	Morgan Stanley	147,298,838
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	111,297,545
	Barclays PLC	62,610,102
	BNP Paribas SA	61,192,761
	Credit Suisse AG	46,739,912

iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 106,909,398
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	99,845,860
	Citigroup Inc.	72,024,692
	Morgan Stanley	71,071,828
	Wells Fargo & Co.	69,469,730
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	59,659,543
	BNP Paribas SA	25,693,308
	Credit Suisse AG	24,078,550
	Barclays PLC	23,402,626
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	15,921,420

iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 2,930,631
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	2,847,559
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	2,172,279
	Citigroup Inc.	1,984,620
	Morgan Stanley	1,709,553
	Barclays PLC	363,387

iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 583,462
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	494,374
	Citigroup Inc.	471,816
	Wells Fargo & Co.	396,319

194

Table of Contents

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 2,168,737
	Bank of America Corp.	2,118,333
	Morgan Stanley	1,601,011
	Citigroup Inc.	1,280,828
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	1,106,796
	HSBC Holdings PLC	791,541
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	680,962
	Barclays PLC	484,248

iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Deutsche Bank AG	$ 86,952,679

iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$1,307,967,885
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	1,274,327,055
	Wells Fargo & Co.	983,513,620
	Citigroup Inc.	973,933,431
	Morgan Stanley	910,508,047
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	875,981,295
	Barclays PLC	300,191,013
	Credit Suisse AG	157,614,335
	Deutsche Bank AG	93,125,198
	Royal Bank of Canada	90,382,795

iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 21,968,608
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	20,894,304
	Morgan Stanley	17,019,621
	Citigroup Inc.	15,195,430
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	12,173,190
	HSBC Holdings PLC	9,191,042
	Barclays PLC	4,825,738
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	4,211,722
	Deutsche Bank AG	2,066,955

iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	Citigroup Inc.	$ 2,502,756
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	1,764,196
	Wells Fargo & Co.	945,873
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	378,929
	Bank of America Corp.	213,205
	Morgan Stanley	67,096

The Funds' purchase and sale orders for securities may be combined with those of other investment companies, clients or accounts that BlackRock manages or advises. If purchases or sales of portfolio securities of the Funds and one or more other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock are considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities are allocated among the Funds and the other accounts in a manner deemed equitable to all by BlackRock. In some cases, this procedure could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as the Funds are concerned. However, in other cases, it is possible that the ability to participate in volume transactions and to negotiate lower transaction costs will be beneficial to the Funds. BlackRock may deal, trade and invest for its own account in the types of securities in which the Funds may invest. BlackRock may, from time to time, effect trades on behalf of and for the account of the Funds with brokers or dealers that are affiliated with BFA, in conformity with the 1940 Act and SEC rules and regulations. Under these provisions, any commissions paid to affiliated brokers or dealers must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions charged by

196

Table of Contents

other brokers or dealers in comparable transactions. The Funds will not deal with affiliates in principal transactions unless permitted by applicable SEC rules or regulations, or by SEC exemptive order.

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. Certain Funds may use TBA transactions, which are expected to cause a higher portfolio turnover rate and may cause significant variation in portfolio turnover rate because TBA positions are rolled every month. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses. While each Fund's portfolio turnover rates are generally expected to be low, the portfolio turnover rate for that portion of the iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF's, iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF's, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF's, iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF's and iShares MBS ETF's assets invested through TBA transactions, if any, is expected to be substantially higher because TBA positions are rolled every month. Higher turnover rates would likely result in comparatively greater transaction costs.

The table below sets forth the portfolio turnover rates of each Fund for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fiscal Year Ended February 28, 2021	Fiscal Year Ended February 29, 2020
iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF	326% ^{1, 2}	N/A
iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	79%	56%
iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	29%	38%
iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF	49%	38%
iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	23%	26%
iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF	76%	57%
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	10%	15%
iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF	214% ³	63%
iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF	65%	25%
iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF	36% ^{4, 5}	N/A
iShares Agency Bond ETF	158%	72%
iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	13%	13%
iShares California Muni Bond ETF	8%	9%
iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF¹⁰	384%	377%
iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF	17%	9%
iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF¹⁰	179%	108%
iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF¹⁰	216% ^{6, 7}	N/A
iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF	38%	24%
iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF¹⁰	384% ⁸	266%
iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF	25%	11%
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF	24%	16%
iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF	67%	46%
iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	20%	20%
iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	14%	13%
iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	26%	19%
iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	46%	75%
iShares MBS ETF¹⁰	405% ⁹	253%
iShares National Muni Bond ETF	10%	8%
iShares New York Muni Bond ETF	5%	7%
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF	18%	19%
iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF	115%	42%

¹	The portfolio turnover for the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF relates to the period of May 26, 2020 to February 21, 2021 and is not annualized.
²	The inception date for the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF was May 26, 2020.
³	The variation in the portfolio turnover rate in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021 when compared to the prior fiscal year was primarily due to changes in the Fund’s Underlying Index resulting from the introduction of 20-year bonds into the Underlying Index and rebalancing by the Fund.
⁴	The portfolio turnover for the iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF relates to the period of September 22, 2020 to February 21, 2021 and is not annualized.
⁵	The inception date for the iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF was September 22, 2020.

197

Table of Contents

⁶	The portfolio turnover for the iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF relates to the period of June 23, 2020 to February 21, 2021 and is not annualized.
⁷	The inception date for the iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF was June 23, 2020.
⁸	The variation in the portfolio turnover rate in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021 when compared to the prior fiscal year was primarily due to significant inflows to the Fund by Fund shareholders.
⁹	The variation in the portfolio turnover rate in the fiscal year ended February 28, 2021 when compared to the prior fiscal year was primarily due to increased inflows to and outflows from the Fund by Fund shareholders and volatility in the mortgage-backed securities market.
¹⁰	Portfolio turnover rate includes TBA transactions, as described above.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

198

Table of Contents

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Funds. Shares of each Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of each Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares of the Trust. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of each Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

199

Table of Contents

the OTC market or in transactions other than on these exchanges or systems at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected through brokerage transactions, privately negotiated trades, block sales, entry into options or other derivatives transactions or through any other means authorized by applicable law. Selling Shareholders may redeem the shares held in Creation Unit size by them through an Authorized Participant.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

General. The Trust issues and sells shares of each Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load, at a price based on each Fund's NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Distributor or its agent in proper form. On days when the applicable Listing Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of a Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for such Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of March 31, 2021:

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.)
iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF	50,000	$5,001,000
iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	100,000	8,624,000
iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	50,000	2,730,500
iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF	100,000	12,985,000
iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	50,000	2,956,000
iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF	100,000	11,291,000
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	100,000	6,638,000
iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF	100,000	14,008,000
iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF	100,000	13,550,000
iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF	50,000	953,500
iShares Agency Bond ETF	50,000	5,880,000
iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	50,000	2,945,500
iShares California Muni Bond ETF	50,000	3,103,000
iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	100,000	5,092,000
iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF	50,000	3,420,500
iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	100,000	11,375,000
iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF	100,000	4,899,000
iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF	50,000	1,297,000
iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	100,000	5,446,000
iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF	50,000	1,345,000
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF	50,000	5,997,000
iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF	50,000	2,557,500
iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	100,000	8,680,000
iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	100,000	12,977,000
iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	50,000	5,747,000
iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	50,000	2,633,000
iShares MBS ETF	100,000	10,844,000
iShares National Muni Bond ETF	100,000	11,576,000
iShares New York Muni Bond ETF	50,000	2,883,500
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF	50,000	5,372,500

200

Table of Contents

Fund		Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.)
iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF		10,000		1,105,200

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of a Fund, generally consists of the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with a Fund’s portfolio securities, is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of any Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of a given Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

The iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF, iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF and iShares MBS ETF (the “Partial Cash Funds”) generally offer Creation Units partially for cash, but may, in certain circumstances, offer Creation Units solely for cash or solely in-kind. The iShares California Muni Bond ETF and iShares New York Muni Bond ETF generally offer Creation Units for cash, but may offer Creation Units partially for cash or solely in-kind. Please see the Cash Purchase Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the Deposit Security method for further information on purchasing Creation Units of the Funds.

The Trust may require the substitution of an amount of cash (i.e., a “cash in lieu” amount) to replace any Deposit Security of the Partial Cash Funds that is a TBA transaction or an interest in a mortgage pass-through security. The amount of cash contributed will be equivalent to the price of the TBA transaction or mortgage pass-through security interest listed as a Deposit Security. A transaction fee may be charged on the cash amount contributed in lieu of the TBA transaction or mortgage pass-through security.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

201

Table of Contents

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund (Creation Units of the Partial Cash Funds are generally offered partially for cash and all or a substantial portion of the Deposit Securities of iShares California Muni Bond ETF, iShares National Muni Bond ETF, iShares New York Muni Bond ETF and iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF may be substituted for cash), they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Funds or one of their service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units. Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

202

Table of Contents

transfers made through a Central Depository Account must be completed pursuant to the requirements established by the custodian or sub-custodian for such Central Depository Account generally before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for all funds is generally the second business day after the Transmittal Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash equal to the Cash Component must be transferred directly to State Street through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by State Street generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities are not received by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date, the creation order may be canceled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Funds. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor, provided that the relevant Fund Deposit has been received by the Funds prior to such time.

Purchase Orders. To initiate an order for a Creation Unit, an Authorized Participant must submit to the Distributor or its agent an irrevocable order to purchase shares of a Fund (except for the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF), in proper form, generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day to receive that day’s NAV. For the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF, shares of a Fund are sold or redeemed only in Creation Units at a price based on the Fund’s NAV next determined, on any business day, of an order tendered to, and received by, the Distributor or its agent in proper form. Generally, an order will be implemented as of the next determined NAV, as described in the handbook for Authorized Participants. The Distributor or its agent will notify BFA and the custodian of such order. The custodian will then provide such information to any appropriate sub-custodian. Procedures and requirements governing the delivery of the Fund Deposit are set forth in the procedures handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time. Investors, other than Authorized Participants, are responsible for making arrangements for a creation request to be made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request. Those placing orders to purchase Creation Units through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Distributor or its agent by the Cutoff Time (as defined below) on such Business Day.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by a Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of a Fund (except for the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF) generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. For the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF, shares of a Fund are sold or redeemed only in Creation Units at a price based on the Fund’s NAV next determined, on any business day, of an order tendered to, and received by, the Distributor or its agent in proper form. Generally, an order will be implemented as of the next determined NAV, as described in the handbook for Authorized Participants. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Funds to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. Each Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as that Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with a Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

203

Table of Contents

Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units. Subject to the conditions that (i) an irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor's behalf) and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the Funds are in place for payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, the Funds will accept the order, subject to each Fund's right (and the right of the Distributor and BFA) to reject any order until acceptance, as set forth below.

Issuance of a Creation Unit. Except as provided herein, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the applicable Fund of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the sub-custodian has confirmed to the custodian that the securities included in the Fund Deposit (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant sub-custodian or sub-custodians, the Distributor or its agent and BFA shall be notified of such delivery and the applicable Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit. Creation Units are generally issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date) (except for the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF). Each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a different basis, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF, for creation orders tendered before 12:00 p.m., Eastern time, creation units are generally issued on a “T+0 basis” (i.e., on trade date) and all other orders for creation units are generally settled on a “T+1 basis”.

204

Table of Contents

solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Funds. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF	$ 125	3.0%
iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	N/A	3.0%
iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$ 500	3.0%
iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF	$ 500	3.0%
iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$ 500	3.0%
iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF	N/A	3.0%
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$ 300	3.0%
iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF	$ 500	3.0%
iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF	N/A	3.0%
iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF	$ 150	3.0%
iShares Agency Bond ETF	$ 100	3.0%
iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$ 500	3.0%
iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$ 250	3.0%
iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	$ 275	3.0%
iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF	$ 300	3.0%
iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$ 500	3.0%
iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF	$ 775	3.0%
iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF	$ 150	3.0%
iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$1,275	3.0%
iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF	$ 150	3.0%
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF	$ 500	3.0%
iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF	$ 550	3.0%
iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$ 500	3.0%
iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$ 500	3.0%
iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	$ 500	3.0%
iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	$ 875	3.0%
iShares MBS ETF	$ 300	3.0%
iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$ 400	3.0%
iShares New York Muni Bond ETF	$ 250	3.0%
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF	$ 100	3.0%
iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF	$ 250	3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

205

Table of Contents

The Partial Cash Funds generally redeem Creation Units partially for cash. However, the Funds reserve the right to distribute securities and other portfolio instruments in-kind as payment for Creation Units being redeemed. Please see the Cash Redemption Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the in-kind method for further information on redeeming Creation Units of the Funds.

The designated portfolio of securities (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities” or “Redemption Basket”), and an amount of cash (the “Cash Amount,” as described below) (each subject to possible amendment or correction) are applicable, in order to effect redemptions of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next announced composition of the Fund Securities and Cash Amount is made available. Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Procedures and requirements governing redemption transactions are set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time.

The Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security in certain circumstances, including: (i) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant (or to an investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting) would be restricted under applicable securities or other local laws or due to a trading restriction; (ii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Fund Security by the Authorized Participant due to restrictions under applicable securities or other local laws; (iii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in unfavorable tax treatment; (iv) when a Fund Security cannot be settled or otherwise delivered in time to facilitate an in-kind redemption; or (v) in certain other situations. The amount of cash paid out in such cases will be equivalent to the value of the substituted security listed as a Fund Security. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security of the Partial Cash Funds that is a TBA transaction or mortgage pass-through security. In such cases, a transaction fee may be charged on the cash amount paid in lieu of the TBA transaction or mortgage pass through security. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the difference is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. Each Fund generally redeems Creation Units for Fund Securities (except for the Partial Cash Funds, which generally redeem Creation Units partially for cash), and the iShares California Muni Bond ETF, iShares National Muni Bond ETF, iShares New York Muni Bond ETF and iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF which may substitute all or a substantial portion of the Fund Securities for cash, but each Fund reserves the right to utilize a cash option for redemption of Creation Units. Each Fund may, in its sole discretion, provide such redeeming Authorized Participant a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities, but does not differ in NAV. The Redemption Basket may also be modified to minimize the Cash Component by redistributing the cash to the Fund Securities portion of the Redemption Basket through systematically rounding. The rounding methodology allows position sizes of securities in the Fund Securities to be “rounded up,” while limiting the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit full cash redemptions of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified (e.g., Creation Units of the Partial Cash Funds are generally redeemed partially for cash and the iShares California Muni Bond ETF, iShares National Muni Bond ETF, iShares New York Muni Bond ETF and iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF which may substitute cash for all or a substantial portion of the Fund Securities for cash), they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities and other instruments it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer.

206

Table of Contents

number of Creation Units redeemed by an Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. If a redemption consists solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Fund Securities from a Fund to their account on their order. Certain fees/costs associated with redemption transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to dispose of Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF	$ 125	2.0%
iShares 1-3 Year Treasury Bond ETF	N/A	2.0%
iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$ 500	2.0%
iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF	$ 500	2.0%
iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$ 500	2.0%
iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF	N/A	2.0%
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$ 300	2.0%
iShares 10-20 Year Treasury Bond ETF	$ 500	2.0%
iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF	N/A	2.0%
iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF	$ 150	2.0%
iShares Agency Bond ETF	$ 100	2.0%
iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$ 500	2.0%
iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$ 250	2.0%
iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	$ 275	2.0%
iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF	$ 300	2.0%
iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$ 500	2.0%
iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF	$ 775	2.0%
iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF	$ 150	2.0%
iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$1,275	2.0%
iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF	$ 150	2.0%
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF	$ 500	2.0%
iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF	$ 550	2.0%
iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$ 500	2.0%
iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$ 500	2.0%
iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF	$ 500	2.0%
iShares Investment Grade Bond Factor ETF	$ 875	2.0%
iShares MBS ETF	$ 300	2.0%
iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$ 400	2.0%
iShares New York Muni Bond ETF	$ 250	2.0%
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF	$ 100	2.0%
iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF	$ 250	2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Placement of Redemption Orders. Redemption requests for Creation Units of the Funds must be submitted to the Distributor or its agent by or through an Authorized Participant. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable request to redeem shares of a Fund (except for the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF) generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. For the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF, shares of a Fund are redeemed only in creation units at a price based on the Fund’s NAV next determined, on any business day, of an order tendered to, and received by, the Distributor or its agent in proper form. Generally, an order will be implemented as of the next determined NAV, as described in the

207

Table of Contents

handbook for Authorized Participants. On days when the Listing Exchange closes earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to redeem Creation Units to be placed earlier that day. Investors, other than Authorized Participants, are responsible for making arrangements for a redemption request to be made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request.

Deliveries of redemption proceeds by each Fund are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”) (except for the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF). Each Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a different basis, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF, for redemption orders tendered before 12:00 p.m., Eastern time, creation units are generally settled on a “T+0 basis” (i.e., on trade date) and all other redemption orders are generally settled on a “T+1 basis”.

If a Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, a Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if a Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days. Delayed settlement may occur due to a number of different reasons, including, without limitation, settlement cycles for the underlying securities, unscheduled market closings, an effort to link distribution to dividend record dates and ex-dates and newly announced holidays. For example, the redemption settlement process may be extended because of the occurrence of a holiday in a non-U.S. market or in the U.S. bond market that is not a holiday observed in the U.S. equity market.

208

Table of Contents

after the date of submission of such redemption request and shall be held by State Street and marked-to-market daily. The fees of State Street and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant Agreement permits the Funds to acquire shares of the Funds at any time and subjects the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the aggregate of the cost to the Funds of purchasing such shares, plus the value of the Cash Amount, and the value of the collateral together with liability for related brokerage and other charges.

Under normal circumstances, each of the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF may postpone and/or suspend redemption and payment beyond one business day only as follows: (i) for any period during which there is a non-routine closure of the Fedwire or applicable Federal Reserve Banks; (ii) for any period during which the Listing Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (iii) for any period during which trading on the Listing Exchange is suspended or restricted; (iv) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of the Fund’s portfolio securities or determination of its net asset value is not reasonably practicable; (v) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC; (vi) for any period during which the Fund, as part of a necessary liquidation of the Fund, has properly postponed and/or suspended redemption of shares and payment in accordance with federal securities laws; or (vii) on the Fund’s ex-dividend dates. Any such suspension or postponement described above will be consistent with the Fund’s obligations under Section 22(e)of the 1940 Act.

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to any Fund (other than the iShares 0-3 Month Treasury Bond ETF and iShares Short Treasury Bond ETF): (i) for any period during which the Listing Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (ii) for any period during which trading on the Listing Exchange is suspended or restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of the Fund's portfolio securities or determination of its NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.

209

Table of Contents

Taxes

Although in general the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly-traded partnership. A Fund’s investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly-traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or non-U.S. income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

210

Table of Contents

two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

The following Funds had tax basis net capital loss carryforwards as set forth in the table below as of February 28, 2021, the tax year-end for the Funds listed:

Fund		Non-Expiring Capital Loss Carryforward
iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF		$ 13,108,668
iShares 3-7 Year Treasury Bond ETF		28,169,140
iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF		528,543
iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF		16,168,823
iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF		258,917,225
iShares 25+ Year Treasury STRIPS Bond ETF		251,423
iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF		3,217,327
iShares California Muni Bond ETF		1,588,678
iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF		6,670,167
iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF		46,245
iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF		1,235,826
iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF		2,112,180
iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF		1,535,010,585
iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF		12,166,301
iShares Intermediate Government/Credit Bond ETF		56,976
iShares MBS ETF		26,952,373
iShares National Muni Bond ETF		42,707,408
iShares Short-Term National Muni Bond ETF		2,099,015

211

Table of Contents

record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

Distributions in excess of a Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits will, as to each shareholder, be treated as a tax-free return of capital to the extent of a shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund, and as a capital gain thereafter (if the shareholder holds shares of the Fund as capital assets). Distributions in excess of a Fund’s minimum distribution requirements, but not in excess of the Fund’s earnings and profits, will be taxable to shareholders and will not constitute nontaxable returns of capital. The Fund's capital loss carryovers, if any, carried from taxable years beginning before 2011 do not reduce current earnings and profits, even if such carryforwards offset current year realized gains. Shareholders receiving dividends or distributions in the form of additional shares should be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as receiving a distribution in an amount equal to the amount of money that the shareholders receiving cash dividends or distributions will receive and should have a cost basis in the shares received equal to such amount. No deduction would be allowed to an investor for interest on indebtedness incurred or continued to purchase or carry shares of the Fund to the extent the interest deduction would relate to exempt-interest dividends received.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If a Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (i) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (ii) the date the Fund acquired

212

Table of Contents

such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, a Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

In certain situations, a Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss, then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains, plus the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Tax-Exempt Interest Income. Dividends paid by the Municipal Bond Funds that are properly reported as exempt-interest dividends will not be subject to regular federal income tax. Each Municipal Bond Fund intends to invest its assets in a manner such that dividend distributions to its shareholders will generally be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation. Dividends paid by the Fund will be exempt from federal income tax (though not necessarily exempt from state and local taxation) to the

213

Table of Contents

extent of the Fund’s tax-exempt interest income as long as 50% or more of the value of the Fund’s assets at the end of each quarter is invested in state, municipal and other bonds that are excluded from gross income for federal income tax purposes and as long as the Fund properly reports such dividends as exempt-interest dividends.

So long as, at the close of each quarter of the taxable year of the California Fund, at least 50% of the value of the California Fund’s total assets consists of obligations of the U.S. and of the State of California and its political subdivisions, the interest on which is exempt from California personal income tax and California corporate income tax (“CA-exempt Obligations”), exempt-interest dividends (i) paid by the California Fund in an amount not exceeding the interest received on such CA-exempt Obligations during the California Fund’s taxable year, and (ii) reported by the California Fund as exempt-interest dividends (in a written notice mailed to the California Fund’s shareholders) will be treated as an item of interest excludable from income for California personal income tax purposes and corporate income tax purposes. Exempt-interest dividends paid to a corporate shareholder subject to California corporate franchise tax, however, will be taxable as ordinary income for purposes of such tax. Distributions derived from interest on tax-exempt obligations issued by governmental authorities in states other than California or on other obligations or investments the interest on which is not exempt from California personal income tax or corporate income tax, and distributions to shareholders derived from short-term or long-term capital gains, will be taxed as ordinary income for California personal and corporate income tax purposes and California corporate franchise tax purposes. Interest on indebtedness incurred or continued by a shareholder of the California Fund to purchase or carry shares of the California Fund generally will not be deductible for California personal or corporate income tax purposes. It should be noted that California law deviates from the provisions of Subchapter M of Chapter 1 of Subtitle A of the Internal Revenue Code, relating to regulated investment companies in certain potentially material respects.

The foregoing is a general, abbreviated summary of certain of the provisions of California law presently in effect that govern the taxation of the shareholders of the California Fund. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive. Shareholders are advised to consult with their own tax advisors for more detailed information concerning California tax matters.

Individual shareholders of the iShares New York Muni Bond ETF will not be required to include in their gross income for New York State and City purposes any portion of distributions received from the Fund that are directly attributable to (i) interest earned on tax-exempt obligations issued by New York State or any political subdivision thereof (including New York City) or (ii) interest earned on obligations of U.S. possessions or territories that is exempt from state taxation pursuant to federal law, provided that the Fund qualifies as a RIC and satisfies the requirement that at least 50% of its assets at the close of each quarter of its taxable year constitute such obligations. Distributions from the Fund that are attributable to sources other than those described in the preceding sentence (including interest on obligations of other states and their political subdivisions) will generally be taxable to individual shareholders as ordinary income.

Shareholders of the iShares New York Muni Bond ETF that are subject to New York State corporation franchise tax or New York City general corporation tax will be required to include exempt-interest dividends paid by the Fund in their “entire net income” for purposes of such taxes and will be required to include their shares of the Fund in their investment capital for purposes of such taxes. If a shareholder is subject to unincorporated business taxation by New York City, income and gains distributed by the Fund will be subject to such taxation except to the extent such distributions are directly attributable to interest earned on tax-exempt obligations issued by New York State or any political subdivision thereof (including New York City). However, shareholders of the Fund will not be subject to the unincorporated business tax imposed by New York City solely by reason of their ownership of shares in the Fund. Shares of the iShares New York Muni Bond ETF will not be subject to property taxes imposed by New York State or City.

Interest on indebtedness incurred by shareholders to purchase or carry shares of New York Municipal Income generally will not be deductible for New York State personal income tax purposes.

Interest income on the Fund that is distributed to its shareholders will generally not be taxable to the Fund for purposes of New York State corporation franchise tax or New York City general corporation tax.

The foregoing is a general, abbreviated summary of certain of the provisions of the tax laws of New York State and City presently in effect as they directly govern the taxation of shareholders of the Fund. These provisions are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, and any such change may be retroactive with respect to New York Municipal Income transactions. Shareholders are advised to consult with their own tax advisers for more detailed information concerning New York State and City matters.

214

Table of Contents

Market Discount. Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount (“OID”). To the extent a Fund does not include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on the Fund’s disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.

215

Table of Contents

Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gain or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts, certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the Fund were to elect otherwise.

Original Issue Discount. OID on tax-exempt bonds is recognized over the term of the bond and is tax-exempt to the holder of the bond. STRIPS are treated as newly issued debt instruments having OID. Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to inflation-indexed bonds. Generally, all stated interest on such bonds is taken into income by a Fund under its regular method of accounting for interest income. The amount of a positive inflation adjustment, which results in an increase in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, is treated as OID. The OID is included in a Fund’s gross income ratably during the period ending with the maturity of the bond, under the general OID inclusion rules. The amount of a Fund’s OID in a taxable year with respect to a bond will increase a Fund’s taxable income for such year without a corresponding receipt of cash, until the bond matures. As a result, a Fund may need to use other sources of cash to satisfy its distributions for such year. The amount of negative inflation adjustment, which results in a decrease in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, reduces the amount of interest (including stated, interest, OID, and market discount, if any) otherwise includible in a Fund’s income with respect to the bond for the taxable year.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

216

Table of Contents

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Shares of a Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

217

Table of Contents

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, audits the Funds' financial statements, and may perform other services.

BFA has registered the following Funds for marketing to investors in Finland, the Netherlands, Sweden, and the U.K.:

iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares 7-10 Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares 20+ Year Treasury Bond ETF

iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF

iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF

iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF

218

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

B-4

Table of Contents

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-02-0921

B-5

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated March 1, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund		Ticker		Listing Exchange
iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF¹(the “Fund”)		IBCE		NYSE Arca

¹	The iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF.

The Prospectus for the Fund is dated March 1, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. The Financial Statements and Notes contained in the Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report of the Trust for the Fund are incorporated by reference into and are deemed to be part of this SAI. A copy of the Prospectus, Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust’s distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. The Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

iShares^® , iBonds^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

References to the name of the Underlying Index in the SAI for each Fund except for the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are hereby revised as follows:

References to the name of the benchmark index in the SAI for each of the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are revised as follows:

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Fund

The Fund is managed by BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to track the investment results of the specific benchmark index identified in the Fund's Prospectus (the “Underlying Index”). The Fund is a term fund that will terminate on or about March 31 of the relevant year identified in its Prospectus, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Fund are listed for trading on NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca” or the “Listing Exchange”), a national securities exchange. Shares of the Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units, and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 50,000 or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

Shares of the Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of the Fund may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of the Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of the Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) the Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (ii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iii) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of the Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks

Although the Fund does not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Fund may have a leveraging effect as described below.

The Fund generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index, except during the last months of the Fund’s operations, as described below, and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates (“BlackRock Cash Funds”), as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, the Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. In the last months of the Fund's operation, as the bonds held by the Fund mature, the proceeds will not be reinvested by the Fund in bonds but instead will be held in cash and cash equivalents. By March 31 of the relevant year, the Fund's Underlying Index is expected to consist almost entirely of cash earned in this manner. Around the same time, the Fund will wind up and terminate, and its net assets will be distributed to then-current shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case a fund may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. Similarly, the Fund may have to reinvest interest income or payments received when bonds mature, sometimes at lower market rates. Most bonds bear interest income at a “coupon” rate that is fixed for the life of the bond. The value of a fixed-rate bond usually rises when market interest rates fall, and falls when market interest rates rise. Accordingly, a fixed-rate bond’s yield (income as a percent of the bond’s current value) may differ from its coupon rate as its value rises or falls. When an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is greater than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a premium. Conversely, when an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is less than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a discount. Fixed-rate bonds that are purchased at a discount pay less current income than securities with comparable yields that are purchased at face value, with the result that prices for such fixed-rate securities can be more volatile than prices for such securities that are purchased at face value. Other types of bonds bear interest at an interest rate that is adjusted periodically. Interest rates on “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed-rate bonds of comparable quality with similar final maturities. Because of their adjustable interest rates, the value of “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds, but their value may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. The Fund may treat some of these bonds as having a shorter maturity for purposes of calculating the weighted average maturity of its investment portfolio. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated obligations. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (backed by specified collateral).

Table of Contents

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Table of Contents

lending agent for the Fund, subject to the overall supervision of BFA. BTC administers the lending program in accordance with guidelines approved by the Trust's Board of Trustees (the “Board,” the trustees of which are the “Trustees”).

Ratings. An investment-grade rating generally means the security or issuer is rated investment-grade by one or more of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), S&P Global Ratings, Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), or another credit rating agency designated as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) by the SEC, or is unrated but considered to be of equivalent quality by BFA. Generally, bonds rated Baa3 or above by Moody’s or BBB- or above by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch are considered “investment-grade” securities, bonds rated Baa are considered medium grade obligations subject to moderate credit risk and may possess certain speculative characteristics, while bonds rated BBB are regarded as having adequate capacity to meet financial commitments.

Subsequent to purchase by the Fund, a rated security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below an investment-grade rating. Bonds rated lower than Baa3 by Moody’s or BBB- by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch are generally considered below investment-grade quality and are obligations of issuers that are generally considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal according to the terms of the obligation and, therefore, carry greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy and increased market price volatility. Such lower-rated securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are subject to a substantial degree

Table of Contents

of credit risk. Please see Appendix B of this SAI for a description of each rating category of Moody's, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch and BFA's treatment of investments that are not rated by any of the rating agencies.

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. To the extent the Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

BFA has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to the Fund. BFA is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Fund.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through 2020. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to the Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in the Fund.

Repurchase agreements pose certain risks for the Fund that utilizes them. Such risks are not unique to the Fund, but are inherent in repurchase agreements. The Fund seeks to minimize such risks, but because of the inherent legal uncertainties

Table of Contents

involved in repurchase agreements, such risks cannot be eliminated. Lower quality collateral and collateral with a longer maturity may be subject to greater price fluctuations than higher quality collateral and collateral with a shorter maturity. If the repurchase agreement counterparty were to default, lower quality collateral may be more difficult to liquidate than higher quality collateral. Should the counterparty default and the amount of collateral not be sufficient to cover the counterparty’s repurchase obligation, the Fund would likely retain the status of an unsecured creditor of the counterparty (i.e., the position the Fund would normally be in if it were to hold, pursuant to its investment policies, other unsecured debt securities of the defaulting counterparty) with respect to the amount of the shortfall. As an unsecured creditor, the Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. The Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper, including asset-backed commercial paper; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by the Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Table of Contents

In the latter case, the Fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

General Considerations and Risks

Table of Contents

Extension Risk. During periods of rising interest rates, certain debt obligations may be paid off substantially more slowly than originally anticipated and the value of those securities may fall sharply, resulting in a decline in the Fund’s income and potentially in the value of the Fund’s investments.

Table of Contents

In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021, and it is expected that LIBOR will cease to be published after that time. The ICE Benchmark Administration, which is appointed by the FCA as the administrator of LIBOR recently announced that it will issue a consultation on extending the discontinuation date for USD LIBOR to June 30, 2023. By extending the publication of USD LIBOR to June 30, 2023 it would allow most legacy USD LIBOR contracts to mature before LIBOR experiences disruptions. The Fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates, such as the Euro Overnight Index Average (“EONIA”), which may also cease to be published. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there are challenges to converting certain securities and transactions to a new reference rate (e.g., the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace the U.S. dollar LIBOR).

Repurchase Agreement Risk. A repurchase agreement is an instrument under which the purchaser (i.e., the Fund) acquires a security and the seller agrees, at the time of the sale, to repurchase the security at a mutually agreed upon time and price. Repurchase agreements may be construed to be collateralized loans by the purchaser to the seller secured by the securities transferred to the purchaser. If a repurchase agreement is construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities will not be considered to be owned by the Fund but only to constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price. If the seller defaults on its obligation under the agreement, the Fund may suffer delays and incur costs or lose money in exercising its rights under the agreement. If the seller fails to repurchase the security and the market value of the security declines, the Fund may lose money.

Risk of Derivatives. A derivative is a financial contract, the value of which depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, such as a security, a commodity (such as gold or silver), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 or the prime lending rate). The Fund may invest in variable rate demand notes and obligations, and tender option bonds, which may be considered derivatives. Compared to securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus the Fund's losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent the Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, the Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

Table of Contents

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains, and in some cases, hedging can cause losses that are not offset by gains, and the Fund will recognize losses on both the investment and the hedge. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Fund’s hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Table of Contents

border disputes persist in India. India has recently experienced and may continue to experience civil unrest and hostilities with certain of its neighboring countries. Increased political and social unrest in these geographic areas could adversely affect the performance of investments in this region.

Table of Contents

there may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into or litigation against companies and investors may experience difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges may favor the interests of the issuer over those of foreign parties; (ix) bankruptcy judgments may only be permitted to be paid in the local currency; (x) limited public information regarding the issuer may result in greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities; and (xi) lack of financial reporting on a regular basis, substandard disclosure and differences in accounting standards may make it difficult to ascertain the financial health of an issuer. The Fund is not actively managed and does not select investments based on investor protection considerations.

Emerging market securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. In addition, brokerage and other costs associated with transactions in emerging market securities can be higher, sometimes significantly, than similar costs incurred in securities markets in developed countries. Although some emerging markets have become more established and tend to issue securities of higher credit quality, the markets for securities in other emerging market countries are in the earliest stages of their development, and these countries issue securities across the credit spectrum. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging market countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging market country securities may also affect a Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Table of Contents

parties of the opposition, which pressure the government not to make payments to foreign creditors, but instead to use these funds for, among other things, social programs. Either due to an inability to pay or submission to political pressure, foreign governments have been forced to seek a restructuring of their loan and/or bond obligations, have declared a temporary suspension of interest payments or have defaulted. These events have adversely affected the values of securities issued by foreign governments and corporations domiciled in those countries and have negatively affected not only their cost of borrowing, but their ability to borrow in the future as well.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the U.S. The Fund has significant exposure to U.S. issuers. A decrease in imports or exports, changes in trade regulations and/or an economic recession in the U.S. may have a material adverse effect on the U.S. economy and the securities listed on U.S. exchanges. Proposed and adopted policy and legislative changes in the U.S. are changing many aspects of financial and other regulation and may have a significant effect on the U.S. markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities. In addition, a continued rise in the U.S. public debt level or U.S. austerity measures may adversely affect U.S. economic growth and the securities to which the Fund has exposure.

The U.S. has developed increasingly strained relations with a number of foreign countries. If these relations were to worsen, it could adversely affect U.S. issuers as well as non-U.S. issuers that rely on the U.S. for trade. The U.S. has also experienced increased internal unrest and discord. If this trend were to continue, it may have an adverse impact on the U.S. economy and many of the issuers in which the Fund invests.

Table of Contents

regulatory requirements may negatively affect the business of communications companies. Government actions around the world, specifically in the area of pre-marketing clearance of products and prices, can be arbitrary and unpredictable. The communications services industry can also be significantly affected by intense competition for market share, including competition with alternative technologies such as wireless communications, product compatibility and standardization, consumer preferences, rapid product obsolescence, research and development of new products, lack of standardization or compatibility with existing technologies, and a dependency on patent and copyright protections. Companies in the communication services sector may encounter distressed cash flows due to the need to commit substantial capital to meet increasing competition, particularly in developing new products and services using new technology. Technological innovations may make the products and services of certain communications companies obsolete.

Table of Contents

the operations, financial condition and liquidity of companies in the transportation industry and cause insurance premiums to increase dramatically or result in insurance coverage becoming unavailable for certain business lines or assets. Securities of companies in the transportation industry are generally cyclical and occasionally subject to sharp price movements.

There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will, in the future, grant rate increases. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain of the issuers of securities held in the Fund's portfolio may own or operate nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climate conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.

Proxy Voting Policy

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Table of Contents

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for the Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Fund, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Fund, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics” seek to ascertain the Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, which include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of the Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Table of Contents

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

Descriptions of the Fund's Underlying Index is provided below.

The Bloomberg Barclays Index

The Bloomberg Barclays Index is maintained by Bloomberg Index Services Limited, which is not affiliated with BFA. BFA will have no role in maintaining the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays 2023 Maturity High Quality Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 243

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about March 31, 2023, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, scheduled to mature after March 31, 2022 and before April 1, 2023, and excludes financial issuers. Components primarily include industrials companies and utilities companies. The components of the Underlying Index, and the degree to which the components represent certain industries, may change over time. The Fund does not seek to return any predetermined amount at maturity or in periodic distributions.

The Underlying Index includes U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF’s investment in non-U.S. corporate issuers consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. Each bond must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A with registration rights. In addition, to be included in the index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies below must be rated “investment-grade” by at least two of the three agencies, defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of these agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment-grade to be included in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. A parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of financial issuers, stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range as defined above, and divided into two subsets by rating. One subset contains Aaa - A3 rated bonds, and the other contains Baa1 - Baa3 rated bonds. Securities are then market-cap weighted within each subset, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the subset. The two subsets are then combined in a proportion required to achieve an initial weighted average rating of approximately A2. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until one year prior to March 31, 2023. During this final one year period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded below investment grade by any of the three ratings agencies. Additionally, during this period existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value and the average weighted rating previously described will not apply. If bond ratings change during this time, weights will not be adjusted, which means that the average credit quality may change over time as bond ratings change and securities are added to and removed from the Underlying Index. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds

Table of Contents

which are screened from the parent index due to being within one year to maturity will be added back into the Underlying Index until such issues reach maturity.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By March 31, 2023, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

The iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index.

Investment Policies

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding the Fund's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to the Fund's industry classifications, the Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (The Fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the Investment Company Act requires the Fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the Fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when the Fund engages in such transactions, the Fund instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit the Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit the Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in component securities in the Fund's Underlying Index. The Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, an 80%

Table of Contents

requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

Continuous Offering

Management

Table of Contents

Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Fund's Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)	Trustee (since 2009).	President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).	Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Salim Ramji² (50)	Trustee (since 2019).	Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (71)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School.	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (61)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (59)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (49)	President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).
Trent Walker (46)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (45)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

Table of Contents

Cecilia H. Herbert has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2005 and Chair of the Trust's Board since 2016. Ms. Herbert has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. since 2005, a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of each Board since 2016. Ms. Herbert served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2010 to 2015. In addition, Ms. Herbert served as Trustee of the Forward Funds from 2009 to 2018 and Trustee of Salient Funds from 2015 to 2018. She has served since 1992 on the Investment Council of the Archdiocese of San Francisco and was Chair from 1994 to 2005. She has served as a member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees and Trustee of Stanford Health Care since 2016 and became Chair of the Finance Committee of Stanford Health Care in 2019. She has served as a Trustee of WNET, New York’s public media station, since 2011 and a Member of its Audit Committee since 2018. She became a member of the Governing Council of the Independent Directors Forum in 2018 and joined the board of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund in 2019. She was President of the Board of Catholic Charities CYO, the largest social services agency in the San Francisco Bay Area, from 2007 to 2011 and a member of that board from 1992 to 2013. She previously served as Trustee of the Pacific Select Funds from 2004 to 2005 and Trustee of the Montgomery Funds from 1992 to 2003. She worked from 1973 to 1990 at J.P. Morgan/Morgan Guaranty Trust doing international corporate finance and corporate lending, retiring as Managing Director and Head of the West Coast Office. Ms. Herbert has been on numerous non-profit boards, chairing investment and finance committees. She holds a double major in economics and communications from Stanford University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Jane D. Carlin has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2015 and Chair of the Risk Committee since 2016. Ms. Carlin has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2015, and Chair of the Risk Committee of each Board since 2016. Ms. Carlin has served as a consultant since 2012 and formerly served as Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley from 2006 to 2012. In addition, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Global Head of the Bank Operational Risk Oversight Department of Credit Suisse Group from 2003 to 2006. Prior to that, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Morgan Stanley. Ms. Carlin has over 30 years of experience in the financial sector and has served in a number of legal, regulatory, and risk management positions. Ms. Carlin has served as a member of the Audit Committee and as a Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., each since 2016. Ms. Carlin served as a member of the Audit Committee from 2012 to 2018, Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee from 2017 to 2018 and as an Independent Director on the Board of PHH Corporation from 2012 to 2018. She previously served as a Director on the Boards of Astoria Financial Corporation and Astoria Bank. Ms. Carlin was appointed by the United States Treasury to the Financial Services Sector Coordinating Council for Critical Infrastructure Protection and Homeland Security, where she served as Chairperson from 2010 to 2012 and Vice Chair and Chair of the Cyber Security Committee from 2009 to 2010. Ms. Carlin has a BA degree in political science from State University of New York at Stony Brook and a JD degree from Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law.

Table of Contents

member of the School of Business Advisory Board at LaSalle University from 2006 to 2014. Mr. Fagnani has a BS degree in Accounting from LaSalle University.

Madhav V. Rajan has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2011 and Chair of the Fixed Income Plus Committee of the Trust since 2019. Mr. Rajan has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of the Fixed Income Plus Committee of each Board since 2019. Mr. Rajan served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2011 to 2015. Mr. Rajan is the Dean and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and also serves as Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC, an affiliate of the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, since 2020. From 2001 to 2017, Mr. Rajan was the Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. In April 2017, he received the school’s Robert T. Davis Award for Lifetime Achievement and Service. He has taught accounting for over 25 years to undergraduate, MBA and law students, as well as to senior executives. From 2010 to 2016, Mr. Rajan served as the Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and head of the MBA Program at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Rajan served as editor of “The Accounting Review” from 2002 to 2008 and is co-author of “Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis,” a leading cost accounting textbook. From 2013 to 2018, Mr. Rajan served on the Board of Directors of Cavium Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Rajan holds MS and PhD degrees in Accounting from Carnegie Mellon University.

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Table of Contents

Board is currently composed of nine members, seven of whom are Independent Trustees. The Board currently conducts regular in person meetings four times a year. In addition, the Board frequently holds special in person or telephonic meetings or informal conference calls to discuss specific matters that may arise or require action between regular meetings. The Independent Trustees meet regularly outside the presence of management, in executive session or with other service providers to the Trust.

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

risk related matters of the Fund so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

Name	iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 11	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	11	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	12	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	12	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	11	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	11	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	11	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$ 0

Table of Contents

Name		iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF		Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹		Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹		Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Salim Ramji		0		Not Applicable		Not Applicable		0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of the Fund's outstanding shares as of January 29, 2021.

Name		Percentage of Ownership
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014		29.37%
BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. 400 Howard Street San Francisco, CA 94105		11.73%
National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310		8.72%
Raymond, James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway P.O. Box 12749 St. Petersburg, FL 33733		7.02%
Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004		6.65%
LPL Financial Corporation 9785 Towne Centre Drive San Diego, CA 92121-1968		5.16%

BlackRock is one of the world's largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including, the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Fund. These are considerations of which investors in the Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Fund.

Table of Contents

and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

When BlackRock seeks to purchase or sell the same assets for managed accounts, including the Fund, the assets actually purchased or sold may be allocated among the accounts on a basis determined in its good faith discretion to be equitable. In some cases, this system may adversely affect the size or price of the assets purchased or sold for the Fund. In addition, transactions in investments by one or more other accounts managed by BlackRock may have the effect of diluting or otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of the Fund, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to small-capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur with respect to BlackRock-advised accounts when investment decisions regarding the Fund are based on research or other information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for the Fund, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Fund receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could be increased or the Fund could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause the Fund to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.

Conflicts may also arise because portfolio decisions regarding the Fund may benefit other accounts managed by BlackRock. For example, the sale of a long position or establishment of a short position by the Fund may impair the price of the same security sold short by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by the Fund may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, certain Funds may invest their assets in other funds advised by BlackRock, including funds that are managed by one or more of the same portfolio managers, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to asset allocation, timing of Fund purchases and sales, and increased remuneration and profitability for BlackRock, and/or its personnel, including portfolio managers.

Table of Contents

advised by BlackRock, and/or the internal policies of BlackRock designed to comply with such requirements. As a result, there may be periods, for example, when BlackRock will not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions in certain securities or instruments with respect to which BlackRock is performing services or when position limits have been reached. For example, the investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and accounts under its management may limit the investment opportunities for the Fund in certain emerging and other markets in which limitations are imposed upon the amount of investment, in the aggregate or in individual issuers, by affiliated foreign investors.

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

Table of Contents

including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to BlackRock and such sales personnel, which may have an adverse effect on the Fund. Index based funds may use an index provider that is affiliated with another service provider of the Fund or BlackRock that acts as a broker, dealer, agent, lender or in other commercial capacities for the Fund or BlackRock.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

Table of Contents

In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

Table of Contents

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

Table of Contents

determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by BlackRock (pursuant to Board-adopted procedures) at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, the Fund, except that the Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the 1940 Act engage in transactions with another Fund or accounts that are affiliated with the Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Funds and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for the Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or a Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of the Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock's internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of the Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Fund may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

The investment activities of BlackRock for its proprietary accounts and for client accounts may also limit the investment strategies and rights of the Fund. For example, in certain circumstances where the Fund invest in securities issued by companies that operate in certain regulated industries or in certain emerging or international markets, or are subject to corporate or regulatory ownership restrictions, or invest in certain futures or other derivative transactions, there may be limits on the aggregate amount invested by BlackRock for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts (including the Fund) that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Fund or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions.

Table of Contents

investments, or exercise rights or undertake business transactions, may be restricted by regulation or otherwise impaired. As a result, BlackRock, on behalf of its clients (including the Fund), may limit purchases, sell existing investments, or otherwise restrict, forgo or limit the exercise of rights (including transferring, outsourcing or limiting voting rights or forgoing the right to receive dividends) when BlackRock, in its sole discretion, deems it appropriate in light of potential regulatory or other restrictions on ownership or other consequences resulting from reaching investment thresholds.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

BlackRock may maintain securities indices. To the extent permitted by applicable laws, the Fund may seek to license and use such indices as part of its investment strategy. Index based funds that seek to track the performance of securities indices also may use the name of the index or index provider in the fund name. Index providers, including BlackRock (to the extent permitted by applicable law), may be paid licensing fees for use of their index or index name. BlackRock may benefit from the Fund using BlackRock indices by creating increasing acceptance in the marketplace for such indices. BlackRock is not obligated to license its indices to the Fund and the Fund are under no obligation to use BlackRock indices. Any Fund that enters into a license for a BlackRock index cannot be assured that the terms of any index licensing agreement with BlackRock will be as favorable as those terms offered to other licensees.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Fund (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with the Fund's custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Fund leaves cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for the Fund in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by a Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

Table of Contents

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Fund and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

For its investment advisory services to the Fund, BFA received a management fee at the annual rates (as a percentage of the Fund’s average net assets) set forth below for the fiscal years noted:

Table of Contents

Management Fee for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020		Fund Inception Date		Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020		Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019		Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
0.10% ¹		04/17/13		$26,093		$31,910		$45,080

BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about March 31, 2023. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $225, $266 and $299 of its management fees, respectively.

Portfolio Managers. As of October 31, 2020, the individuals named as Portfolio Managers in the Fund’s Prospectus were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of other iShares funds and certain other types of portfolios and/or accounts as follows:

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	98	$ 467,984,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	122,075,000,000
Other Accounts	25	18,490,000,000

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	48	$254,015,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	36	96,823,000,000
Other Accounts	36	70,094,000,000

Table of Contents

would otherwise be the case if BFA or its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intends to do so, shareholders of the Fund should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict-of-interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers' favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance-Based Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance-Based Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash.

As of October 31, 2020 (and as of January 29, 2021 for Karen Uyehara), the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own any shares of the Fund.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of the Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund Inception Date		Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020		Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019		Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
04/17/13		$17,589		17,503		14,276

Table of Contents

registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), and a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. (“FINRA”). The Distributor is also licensed as a broker-dealer in all 50 U.S. states, as well as in Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands and the District of Columbia.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

The services provided to the Fund by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Fund with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

Table of Contents

Fund	iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	9,112
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$11,522
Net income from securities lending activities	$ 8,107

Table of Contents

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Valuation of Shares. The NAV for the Fund is generally calculated as of the close of business on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on each business day the NYSE is open. Valuation of securities held by the Fund is as follows:

Table of Contents

“Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price on the Exchange on which the security is primarily traded, or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the Fund’s assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless, in accordance with valuation procedures approved by the Board (the “Valuation Procedures”), BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Fixed-Income Investments. Fixed-income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ current market value. The Fund values fixed-income portfolio securities using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by the Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information and by other methods, which may include consideration of: yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity and type; indications as to values from dealers; general market conditions; and/or other factors and assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but the Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with sixty days or less remaining to maturity unless BlackRock determines in good faith that such method does not represent fair value. Loan participation notes are generally valued at the mean of the last available bid prices from one or more brokers or dealers as obtained from independent third-party pricing services. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the entity, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no such bid or ask price is available on a day on which the Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives are valued using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by the Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

Underlying Funds. Shares of underlying ETFs will be valued at their most recent closing price on an Exchange. Shares of underlying money market funds will be valued at their NAV.

General Valuation Information. The price the Fund could receive upon the sale of any particular portfolio investment may differ from the Fund’s valuation of the investment, particularly for securities that trade in thin or volatile markets or that are valued using a fair valuation methodology or a price provided by an independent pricing service. As a result, the price received upon the sale of an investment may be less than the value ascribed by the Fund, and the Fund could realize a greater than expected loss or lesser than expected gain upon the sale of the investment. The Fund’s ability to value its investment may also be impacted by technological issues and/or errors by pricing services or other third-party service providers.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their fair value.

Table of Contents

event that a pricing service quotation is revised or updated subsequent to the day on which the Fund valued such security or other asset or liability, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination will be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding the revision.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or by BlackRock (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities that are denominated in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars using prevailing market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more data service providers.

Certain of the securities acquired by the Fund may be traded on foreign exchanges or OTC markets on days on which the Fund’s NAV is not calculated. In such cases, the NAV of the Fund’s shares may be significantly affected on days when Authorized Participants can neither purchase nor redeem shares of the Fund.

Fair Value. When market quotations are not readily available or are believed in good faith by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). Fair Value Assets are valued by BlackRock in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. BlackRock may reasonably conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if, among other things, a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source due to its complete lack of trading, if BlackRock believes in good faith that a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), or where the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BlackRock determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing the Fund’s assets or liabilities, and that the event is likely to cause a material change to the closing market price of the assets or liabilities held by the Fund. Non-U.S. securities whose values are affected by volatility that occurs in the markets or in related or highly correlated assets (e.g., American Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts or ETFs that invest in components of the Underlying Index) on a trading day after the close of non-U.S. securities markets may be fair valued. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

BlackRock, with input from the BlackRock Investment Strategy Group, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to BlackRock’s Valuation Committee. The BlackRock Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, the Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BlackRock, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of the Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to and, where appropriate, ratified by the Board.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the BlackRock Valuation Committee (or BlackRock’s Pricing Group) will seek to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive upon the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the assets or liabilities are being valued, and does not seek to determine the price that the Fund might expect to receive for selling the asset, or the cost of extinguishing a liability, at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the BlackRock

Table of Contents

Valuation Committee (or BlackRock’s Pricing Group) deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. When determining the fair value of an asset, one or more of a variety of fair valuation methodologies may be used (depending on certain factors, including the asset type). For example, the asset may be priced on the basis of the original cost of the investment or, alternatively, using proprietary or third-party models (including models that rely upon direct portfolio management pricing inputs and which reflect the significance attributed to the various factors and assumptions being considered). Prices of actual, executed or historical transactions in the relevant asset and/or liability (or related or comparable assets and/or liabilities) or, where appropriate, an appraisal by a third-party experienced in the valuation of similar assets and/or liabilities, may also be used as a basis for establishing the fair value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

The Fund’s annual audited financial statements, which are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“US GAAP”), follow the requirements for valuation set forth in Financial Accounting Standards Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures” (“ASC 820”), which defines and establishes a framework for measuring fair value under US GAAP and expands financial statement disclosure requirements relating to fair value measurements. Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to funds and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect the Fund. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities to the extent such rules become more stringent would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value. This may in turn increase the costs associated with selling assets or affect their liquidity due to the Fund’s inability to obtain a third-party determination of fair market value.

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

services provided by that broker or dealer. This includes commissions paid on riskless principal transactions in securities under certain conditions.

The Fund anticipates that brokerage transactions involving foreign equity securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Fund in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the U.S. or Europe, as the case may be. American Depositary Receipts, like other securities traded in the U.S., will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

Table of Contents

accounts. BFA and the other Affiliates may deal, trade and invest for their own respective accounts in the types of securities in which the Fund may invest.

There were no brokerage commissions paid on behalf of the Fund for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018.

The Fund did not pay any brokerage commissions to BRIL, an affiliate of BFA, or to any other broker-dealer that is part of the BlackRock group of companies, during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

procedure could have a detrimental effect on the price or volume of the security as far as the Fund is concerned. However, in other cases, it is possible that the ability to participate in volume transactions and to negotiate lower transaction costs will be beneficial to the Fund. BlackRock may deal, trade and invest for its own account in the types of securities in which the Fund may invest. BlackRock may, from time to time, effect trades on behalf of and for the account of the Fund with brokers or dealers that are affiliated with BFA, in conformity with the 1940 Act and SEC rules and regulations. Under these provisions, any commissions paid to affiliated brokers or dealers must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions charged by other brokers or dealers in comparable transactions. The Fund will not deal with affiliates in principal transactions unless permitted by applicable SEC rules or regulations, or by SEC exemptive order.

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses. The table below sets forth the portfolio turnover rates of the Fund for the fiscal years noted:

	Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020		Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019
	9%		9%

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

Table of Contents

take other similar actions with, to or into another fund. The Trust or a fund may be terminated by a majority vote of the Board, subject to the affirmative vote of a majority of the shareholders of the Trust or such fund entitled to vote on termination; however, in certain circumstances described in the Declaration of Trust, only a majority vote of the Board is required. Although the shares are not automatically redeemable upon the occurrence of any specific event, the Declaration of Trust provides that the Board will have the unrestricted power to alter the number of shares in a Creation Unit. Therefore, in the event of a termination of the Trust or a fund, the Board, in its sole discretion, could determine to permit the shares to be redeemable in aggregations smaller than Creation Units or to be individually redeemable. In such circumstance, the Trust or a fund may make redemptions in-kind, for cash or for a combination of cash or securities. Further, in the event of a termination of the Trust or a fund, the Trust or a fund might elect to pay cash redemptions to all shareholders, with an in-kind election for shareholders owning in excess of a certain stated minimum amount.

By March 31 of the relevant year, the Fund's holdings are expected to consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. Around the same time, the Fund will wind up and terminate. Upon the Fund's termination, it will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. In accordance with the Declaration of Trust, the Fund will terminate on or about the date above, as approved by a majority of the Board, without requiring additional shareholder approval. The Board may extend the termination date if a majority of the Board determines the extension to be in the best interest of the Fund.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Table of Contents

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

General. The Trust issues and sells shares of the Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load, at a price based on the Fund's NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Distributor or its agent in proper form. On days when the Listing Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, the Fund may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of the Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for such Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of November 30, 2020:

Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
50,000		$1,252,500

Table of Contents

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities, is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of a given Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Table of Contents

Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

Placement of Creation Orders. Fund Deposits must be delivered through the Federal Reserve System (for cash and U.S. government securities), through DTC (for corporate and municipal securities) or through a central depository account, such as with Euroclear or DTC, maintained by State Street or a sub-custodian (a “Central Depository Account”). Any portion of a Fund Deposit that may not be delivered through the Federal Reserve System or DTC must be delivered through a Central Depository Account. The Fund Deposit transfers made through DTC must be ordered by the DTC Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities through DTC to the account of the Fund generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through the Federal Reserve System must be deposited by the participant institution in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number or amount of Deposit Securities or cash through the Federal Reserve System to the account of the Fund generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through a Central Depository Account must be completed pursuant to the requirements established by the Custodian or sub-custodian for such Central Depository Account generally before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for all funds is generally the second business day after the Transmittal Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash equal to the Cash Component must be transferred directly to State Street through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by State Street generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities are not received by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date, the creation order may be canceled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Fund. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor, provided that the relevant Fund Deposit has been received by the Fund prior to such time.

Table of Contents

Time of the Fund. Investors should be aware that an Authorized Participant may require orders for purchases of shares placed with it to be in the particular form required by the individual Authorized Participant.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by the Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of the Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Fund to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. The Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as the Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with the Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Table of Contents

available from the Distributor or its agent. The Authorized Participant Agreement will permit the Fund to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Fund of purchasing such securities and the collateral including, without limitation, liability for related brokerage, borrowings and other charges.

Costs Associated with Creation Transactions. A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant creates a Creation Unit, and is the same, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by the Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. If a redemption consists solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Fund. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge for Creations*
$150		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Please see the Cash Redemption Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the in-kind method for further information on redeeming Creation Units of the Fund.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge for Redemptions*
$150		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Table of Contents

particular broker may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that, therefore, requests to redeem Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant who has executed an Authorized Participant Agreement. At any time, only a limited number of broker-dealers will have an Authorized Participant Agreement in effect. Investors making a redemption request should be aware that such request must be in the form specified by such Authorized Participant. Investors making a request to redeem Creation Units should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the request by an Authorized Participant and transfer of the shares to the Fund's transfer agent; such investors should allow for the additional time that may be required to effect redemptions through their banks, brokers or other financial intermediaries if such intermediaries are not Authorized Participants.

Table of Contents

sell shares of the Fund on the Listing Exchange on days when the NAV of the Fund could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of investing in the Fund. The summary is based on the laws and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Table of Contents

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

As of October 31, 2020, the tax year-end of the Fund, the Fund had non-expiring capital loss carryforwards in the amount of $978,265 available to offset future realized capital gains.

Table of Contents

shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

Table of Contents

Sections 351 and 362. The Trust, on behalf of the Fund, has the right to reject an order for a purchase of shares of the Fund if the purchaser (or group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of a given Fund and if, pursuant to Sections 351 and 362 of the Internal Revenue Code, the Fund would have a basis in the securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. If the Fund’s basis in such securities on the date of deposit was less than market value on such date, the Fund, upon disposition of the securities, would recognize more taxable gain or less taxable loss than if its basis in the securities had been equal to market value. It is not anticipated that the Trust will exercise the right of rejection except in a case where the Trust determines that accepting the order could result in material adverse tax consequences to the Fund or its shareholders. The Trust also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.

Table of Contents

taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, the Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. The Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if the Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). The cost of any payments made by the Fund on a swap transaction will be netted pro rata against both tax exempt and taxable gross income. With respect to certain types of swaps, the Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Non-U.S. Investments. Income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by the Fund from investments in non-U.S. securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by non-U.S. countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. If more than 50% of the Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund may elect for U.S. income tax purposes to treat non-U.S. income taxes paid by it as paid by its shareholders. The Fund may qualify for and make this election in some, but not necessarily all, of its taxable years. If the Fund were to make an election, shareholders of the Fund would be required to take into account an amount equal to their pro rata portions of such non-U.S. taxes in computing their taxable income and then treat an amount equal to those non-U.S. taxes as a U.S. federal income tax deduction or as a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income taxes. Shortly after any year for which it makes such an election, the Fund will report to its shareholders the amount per share of such non-U.S. income tax that must be included in each shareholder’s gross income and the amount which will be available for the deduction or credit. No deduction for non-U.S. taxes may be claimed by a shareholder who does not itemize deductions. Certain limitations will be imposed on the extent to which the credit (but not the deduction) for non-U.S. taxes may be claimed. Under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gain or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts, certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the Fund were to elect otherwise.

Table of Contents

general OID inclusion rules. The amount of the Fund’s OID in a taxable year with respect to a bond will increase the Fund’s taxable income for such year without a corresponding receipt of cash, until the bond matures. As a result, the Fund may need to use other sources of cash to satisfy its distributions for such year. The amount of negative inflation adjustment, which results in a decrease in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, reduces the amount of interest (including stated, interest, OID, and market discount, if any) otherwise includible in the Fund’s income with respect to the bond for the taxable year.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Table of Contents

sale. Finally, a domestically controlled Fund may be required to recognize a portion of its gain on the in-kind distribution of certain U.S. real property interests. Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Shares of the Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

The Fund's audited Financial Statements, including the Financial Highlights, appearing in the Annual Report to Shareholders and the report therein of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, are hereby incorporated by reference in this SAI. The Annual Report to Shareholders, which contains the referenced audited financial statements, is available upon request and without charge.

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

B-4

Table of Contents

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-IBC-0921

B-5

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated March 1, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the current prospectuses (each, a “Prospectus” and collectively, the “Prospectuses”) for the following series of iShares Trust (the “Trust”):

Fund	Ticker	Listing Exchange
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF¹	IBMJ	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF²	IBMK	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF³	IBML	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF⁴	IBMM	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF⁵	IBMN	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF⁶	IBMO	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF⁷	IBMP	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF⁸	IBMQ	Cboe BZX

¹	The iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF.
²	The iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF.
³	The iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF.
⁴	The iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF.
⁵	The iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF.
⁶	The iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF.
⁷	The iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF.
⁸	The iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF.

iShares^®, iBonds^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Funds

•	iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF

Each Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). However, each Fund generally expects to issue Creation Units in exchange for cash. Shares of the Funds are listed for trading on national securities exchanges (a “Listing Exchange”) such as Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BZX”) or NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”). Shares of the Funds are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units, and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). As the planned termination date of each Fund approaches, and particularly as bonds begin to mature, each Fund expects to effect redemptions increasingly for cash. Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Portfolio Holdings Information section of this SAI) typically are a specified number of shares, generally 50,000 or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

Table of Contents

requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of a Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of Fund shares, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial owners of shares of a Fund; (ii) a Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (iii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iv) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of a Fund from listing and trading upon termination of such Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of a Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Investment Strategies and Risks

Each Fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in both fixed-income securities issued by issuers that comprise the Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in the Underlying Index. Each Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security in a Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security from the Fund’s portfolio.

Although the Funds do not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Funds may have a leveraging effect as described below.

Each Fund generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of its Underlying Index, except during the last months of the Fund's operations, as described below, and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates (“BlackRock Cash Funds”), as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, each Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index, and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track its Underlying Index. Additionally, under normal circumstances, each Fund will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in investments the income of which is free from federal income tax, including the federal alternative minimum tax (“AMT”). This policy is a fundamental policy of each Fund and may not be changed without a vote of a majority of such Fund’s outstanding voting securities, as defined in the 1940 Act.

In addition, the Funds may invest any cash assets in one or more affiliated money market funds. In the last months of a Fund's operation, as the bonds held by the Fund mature, the proceeds will not be reinvested in bonds, but instead will be held in cash and cash equivalents, including without limitation, AMT-free tax-exempt municipal notes (tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes, grant anticipation notes and bond anticipation notes); variable rate demand notes and obligations; tender option bonds; and municipal commercial paper, which will facilitate liquidation at the Funds' termination dates. These cash equivalents may not be included in the Underlying Index.

On or about December 1, 2021, the iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF will wind up and terminate. Upon its termination, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders.

Table of Contents

On or about December 1, 2022, the iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF will wind up and terminate. Upon its termination, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders.

On or about December 1, 2023, the iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF will wind up and terminate. Upon its termination, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders.

On or about December 1, 2024, the iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF will wind up and terminate. Upon its termination, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders.

On or about December 1, 2025, the iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF will wind up and terminate. Upon its termination, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders.

On or about December 1, 2026, the iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF will wind up and terminate. Upon its termination, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders.

On or about December 1, 2027, the iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF will wind up and terminate. Upon its termination, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders.

On or about December 1, 2028, the iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF will wind up and terminate. Upon its termination, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders.

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Table of Contents

Diversification Status. The following table sets forth the diversification status of each Fund:

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF		iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF		iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF		iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF

A non-diversified fund is a fund that is not limited by the 1940 Act with regard to the percentage of its assets that may be invested in the securities of a single issuer. The securities of a particular issuer (or securities of issuers in particular industries) may constitute a significant percentage of the underlying index of such a fund and, consequently, the fund’s investment portfolio. This may adversely affect a fund’s performance or subject the fund’s shares to greater price volatility than that experienced by more diversified investment companies.

Each Fund (whether diversified or non-diversified) intends to maintain the required level of diversification and otherwise conduct its operations so as to qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) for purposes of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and to relieve the Fund of any liability for U.S. federal income tax to the extent that its earnings are distributed to shareholders, provided that the Fund satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. Compliance with the diversification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code may limit the investment flexibility of the Fund and may make it less likely that the Fund will meet its investment objective.

Lending Portfolio Securities. Each Fund may lend portfolio securities to certain borrowers that BFA determines to be creditworthy, including borrowers affiliated with BFA. The borrowers provide collateral that is maintained in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned. No securities loan shall be made on behalf of a Fund if, as a result, the aggregate value of all securities loaned by the Fund exceeds one-third of the value of the Fund's total assets (including the value of the collateral received). A Fund may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the return of the securities loaned. Each Fund receives, by way of substitute payment, the value of any interest or cash or non-cash distributions paid on the loaned securities that it would have received if the securities were not on loan. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Table of Contents

cash collateral and the fee paid to the borrower. In the case of collateral other than cash, a Fund is typically compensated by a fee paid by the borrower equal to a percentage of the market value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral may be reinvested in certain short-term instruments either directly on behalf of each Fund or through one or more joint accounts or money market funds, including those affiliated with BFA; such investments are subject to investment risk.

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees a Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, a Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return a Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for a Fund. A Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by a Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on shareholders caused by this difference in connection with a Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) such as the Funds, to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”) and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Funds have implemented a Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust, has appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, BFA assesses, manages, and periodically reviews each Fund’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by a Fund as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by a Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interest in a Fund. The liquidity of a Fund's portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the Liquidity Program. There are exclusions from certain portions of the liquidity risk management program requirements for “in-kind” ETFs, as defined in the Liquidity Rule. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, a Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Table of Contents

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“CFTC”) subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. To the extent a Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

BFA has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”) pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to the Funds. BFA is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Funds.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through 2020. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to a Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in a Fund.

As a result of regulatory requirements under the 1940 Act, a Fund is currently required to maintain an amount of liquid assets, accrued on a daily basis, having an aggregate value at least equal to the value of the Fund's obligations under the applicable derivatives contract. To the extent that derivatives contracts are settled on a physical basis, the Fund will generally be required to maintain an amount of liquid assets equal to the notional value of the contract. On the other hand, in connection with derivatives contracts that are performed on a net basis, the Fund will generally be required to maintain liquid assets, accrued daily, equal only to the accrued excess, if any, of the Fund's obligations over those of its counterparty under the contract. Accordingly, reliance by a Fund on physically-settled derivatives contracts may adversely impact investors by requiring a Fund to set aside a greater amount of liquid assets than would generally be required if a Fund was relying on cash-settled derivatives contracts.

The iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF (the “No-Action Letter Fund”) may also have investments in “underlying funds” (and such underlying funds themselves may invest in underlying funds) not advised by BFA (the term “underlying fund” for purposes of the no-action letter referenced below may include, but is not limited to, certain securitized vehicles, mortgage or international real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), business development companies and, investment companies that may invest in CFTC Derivatives or in any of the foregoing), and therefore may be viewed by the CFTC as commodity pools. BFA may not have transparency into the holdings of these underlying funds because they are not advised by BFA. To address this issue of lack of transparency, the CFTC staff issued a no-action letter on November 29, 2012 permitting the adviser of a fund that invests in such underlying funds and that would otherwise have filed a claim of exclusion pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 to delay registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the adviser of the No-Action Letter Fund, has filed a claim with the CFTC for such fund to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of such fund.

Table of Contents

agreement is construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities will not be considered to be owned by a Fund but only to constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price, and, in the event of a default by the seller, the Fund may suffer time delays and incur costs or losses in connection with the disposition of the collateral.

Repurchase agreements pose certain risks for a Fund, should it decide to utilize them. Such risks are not unique to the Fund, but are inherent in repurchase agreements. Each Fund seeks to minimize such risks, but because of the inherent legal uncertainties involved in repurchase agreements, such risks cannot be eliminated. Lower quality collateral and collateral with a longer maturity may be subject to greater price fluctuations than higher quality collateral and collateral with a shorter maturity. If the repurchase agreement counterparty were to default, lower quality collateral may be more difficult to liquidate than higher quality collateral. Should the counterparty default and the amount of collateral not be sufficient to cover the counterparty’s repurchase obligation, a Fund would likely retain the status of an unsecured creditor of the counterparty (i.e., the position a Fund would normally be in if it were to hold, pursuant to its investment policies, other unsecured debt securities of the defaulting counterparty) with respect to the amount of the shortfall. As an unsecured creditor, a Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Generally, the effect of such transactions is that a Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases the Fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if a Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and a Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of a Fund’s assets. A Fund's exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained by a Fund through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Table of Contents

General Considerations and Risks

Call Risk. During periods of falling interest rates, an issuer of a callable bond held by certain Funds may “call” or repay the security before its stated maturity, and a Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities with lower yields, which would result in a decline in the Fund's income, or in securities with greater risks or with other less favorable features. Issuers of longer maturity securities may be more likely to call such securities as interest rates fall. As a result, the iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF's, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF's and iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF's investment in certain callable securities maturing outside the term of the Fund may increase the likelihood that securities held by the Fund are called prior to December 2 of the relevant year.

Issuer Insolvency Risk. Each Fund's potential exposure to financially or operationally troubled issuers involves a high degree of credit and market risk, which may be heightened during an economic downturn or recession. Should an issuer of securities held by a Fund become involved in a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, a wide variety of considerations make an evaluation of the outcome of a Fund’s exposure to the issuer uncertain. Insolvency of municipal issuers exposes investors to increased uncertainty and risks as compared to corporate issuers because municipalities typically are not subject to formalized bankruptcy proceedings and there often is not a process whereby creditor claims can be considered and addressed.

Table of Contents

there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by each Fund in connection with such plan of reorganization or restructuring will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated or no value. A Fund may be unable to enforce its claims or rights in any collateral or may have its claims or security interest in any collateral challenged, disallowed or subordinated to the claims or security interests of other creditors. In addition, amendments to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other relevant laws could alter the expected outcome or introduce greater uncertainty regarding the outcome of each Fund's securities holdings in the issuer. In a bankruptcy proceeding, a reorganization or restructuring, the securities of the issuer held by each Fund could be re-characterized or each Fund may receive different securities or other assets, including equity securities. These types of equity securities include, but are not limited to: common stock; preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock); bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock; stock purchase warrants and rights; equity interests in trusts; and depositary receipts. The value of equity securities received by each Fund could decline if the financial condition of the issuer deteriorates or if overall market and economic conditions, or conditions within the issuer’s region or industry, deteriorate. Equity securities received by a Fund through a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or restructuring of an issuer would not be component securities of a Fund’s Underlying Index, which could subject a Fund to additional tracking error risk.

Securities or other assets received in a reorganization or restructuring typically entail a higher degree of risk than investments in securities of issuers that have not undergone a reorganization or restructuring and may be subject to heavy selling or downward pricing pressure after completion of the reorganization or restructuring. The post-reorganization/restructuring assets and securities may also be illiquid and difficult to sell or value. If each Fund participates in negotiations with respect to a plan of reorganization or restructuring with respect to securities of the issuer held by each Fund, each Fund also may be restricted from disposing such securities for a period of time. If each Fund becomes involved in such proceedings, each Fund may have more active participation in the affairs of the issuer than that assumed generally by an investor.

In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021, and it is expected that LIBOR will cease to be published after that time. The ICE Benchmark Administration, which is appointed by the FCA as the administrator of LIBOR recently announced that it will issue a consultation on extending the discontinuation date for USD LIBOR to June 30, 2023. By extending the publication of USD LIBOR to June 30, 2023 it would allow most legacy USD LIBOR contracts to mature before LIBOR experiences disruptions. A Fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates, such as the Euro Overnight Index Average (“EONIA”), which may also cease to be published. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there are challenges to converting certain securities and transactions to a new reference rate (e.g., the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace the U.S. dollar LIBOR).

Table of Contents

Municipal security insurance does not insure against market fluctuations or fluctuations in each of the Fund's share price. In addition, a municipal security insurance policy will not cover: (i) repayment of a municipal security before maturity (redemption), (ii) nonpayment of principal or interest caused by negligence or bankruptcy of the paying agent, or (iii) prepayment or payment of an acceleration premium (except for a mandatory sinking fund redemption) or any other provision of a bond indenture that advances the maturity of the bond. A mandatory sinking fund redemption may be a provision of a municipal security issue whereby part of the municipal security issue may be retired before maturity.

Municipal Market Disruption Risk. The value of municipal securities may be affected by uncertainties in the municipal market related to legislation or litigation involving the taxation of municipal securities or the rights of municipal securities holders in the event of a bankruptcy. Proposals to restrict or eliminate the U.S. federal income tax exemption for interest on municipal securities are introduced before the U.S. Congress from time to time. Proposals also may be introduced before state legislatures that would affect the state tax treatment of a municipal fund’s distributions. If such proposals were enacted, the availability of municipal securities and the value of a Fund’s holdings would be affected, and the Trustees would reevaluate the Fund’s investment objective and policies. Municipal bankruptcies are relatively rare, and certain provisions of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code governing such bankruptcies are unclear and remain untested. In many cases, there may be no bankruptcy proceedings available to handle claims in the face of a municipal issuer’s default or insolvency. Although the issuers of the majority of the bonds targeted for investment by each Fund is expected to have a comparatively higher credit rating than municipal bond issuers that have defaulted on their obligations, there can be no assurance that those issuers will not default. Further, the application of state law to municipal issuers could produce varying results among the states or among municipal securities issuers within a state. These legal uncertainties could affect the municipal securities market generally, certain specific segments of the market, or the relative credit quality of particular securities. Any of these effects could have a significant impact on the prices of some or all of the municipal securities held by a Fund.

Municipal Securities. The Funds invest in securities issued in the U.S. market by U.S. states and territories, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities (“municipal securities”), the interest payments of which are not subject to U.S. federal income tax. The municipal securities which the Funds may purchase include general obligation bonds and limited obligation bonds (or “Revenue Bonds”), including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to former U.S. federal tax law.

General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from such issuer’s general revenues and not from any particular source. Revenue Bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Revenue Bonds that are issued to finance a particular project often depend on revenues from that project to make principal and interest payments. Adverse conditions and developments affecting a particular project can result in lower revenues to the issuer of the municipal securities. Additionally, the market values of Revenue Bonds may decline in times of higher inflation to the extent that revenues are fixed income streams. In other instances, the prices that certain Revenue Bond

Table of Contents

issuers are able to charge users of their assets may be linked to inflation, whether by government regulation, contractual arrangement or other factors. In this case, changes in the rate of inflation may affect the issuer’s revenues. Additionally, rising interest rates could result in higher costs of capital for issuers of both general obligation bonds and Revenue Bonds, which could negatively impact their ability to meet payment obligations.

Table of Contents

The types of municipal securities in which the Funds may invest include, but are not limited, to the following:

Industrial Development Bonds

Table of Contents

Private Activity Bonds

The Funds may invest in private activity bonds, which are bonds issued by or on behalf of public authorities to obtain funds to provide privately operated housing facilities, airport, mass transit or port facilities, sewage disposal, solid waste disposal or hazardous waste treatment or disposal facilities and certain local facilities for water supply, gas or electricity. Other types of private activity bonds, the proceeds of which are used for the construction, equipment, repair or improvement of privately operated industrial or commercial facilities, may constitute municipal securities, although the current U.S. federal tax laws place substantial limitations on the size of such issues.

Municipal Notes

New or Unseasoned Municipal Issuers. A Fund may invest in municipal securities issued by entities that have not previously issued securities or that do not have an extensive history of issuing securities. Information regarding these issuers may be more limited than for other issuers. Securities of these issuers may be subject to volatility in their prices and may have a limited trading market, which could adversely affect a Fund’s ability to dispose of them and could reduce the price a Fund might be able to obtain for them.

Risk of Derivatives. A derivative is a financial contract, the value of which depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, such as a security, a commodity (such as gold or silver), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 or the prime lending rate). Each Fund may invest in variable rate demand notes and obligations, and tender option bonds, which may be considered derivatives. Compared to securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus a Fund's losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of

Table of Contents

Tax Risks Associated with Municipal Securities. As with any investment, you should consider how your investment in shares of each Fund will be taxed. The tax information in the relevant Prospectus and this SAI is provided as general information. You should consult your own tax professional about the tax consequences of an investment in shares of each Fund.

Unless your investment in shares is made through a tax-exempt entity or tax-deferred retirement account, such as an individual retirement account, you need to be aware of the possible tax consequences when each Fund makes distributions or you sell Fund shares. In general, given its investment strategy, the Fund would not be an appropriate investment for a tax deferred retirement account such as an IRA or a tax-exempt investor.

Risk of Investing in the U.S. Decreasing imports or exports, changes in trade regulations and/or an economic recession in the U.S. may have a material adverse effect on the U.S. economy and the securities listed on U.S. exchanges. Proposed and adopted policy and legislative changes in the U.S. are changing many aspects of financial and other regulation and may have a significant effect on the U.S. markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities. In addition, a continued rise in the U.S. public debt level or U.S. austerity measures may adversely affect U.S. economic growth and the securities to which a Fund has exposure.

Proxy Voting Policy

Table of Contents

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Communications with Authorized Participants and Liquidity Providers: Certain employees of BFA are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities a Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that a Fund will provide on a redemption.

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for a Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Funds, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Funds, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics” seek to ascertain a Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, which include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of a Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Table of Contents

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

A description of the Underlying Indexes are provided below.

The S&P Fixed Income Indexes

Issue Changes. General oversight responsibility for the Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”) indexes, including overall policy guidelines and methodology, is handled by an S&P Index Committee. Maintenance of component investments, including additions and deletions to these investments, is the responsibility of separate regional index committees composed of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC (“S&P DJI”) staff specialized in the various fixed-income markets. Public announcements of index changes as the result of committee decisions will generally be made two business days in advance of the anticipated effective date whenever possible, although for exceptional corporate events announcements may be made earlier.

Index Maintenance. Maintaining the S&P Fixed Income Indexes includes monitoring and completing the adjustments for bond additions and deletions, par amount changes, rating changes and corporate actions. Each S&P Fixed Income Index is a market-value weighted index. Securities Evaluations/ICE Data Services, the pricing division of Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”), reports the price of each bond in the index each day. The prices used in the index calculation will add the accrued interest for each bond to the price reported by S&P. The total return is calculated by aggregating the interest return, reflecting the return due to paid and accrued interest, and principal return, reflecting the capital gains or losses due to changes in S&P's end-of-day price and principal repayments and the reinvestment return, excluding the reinvestment of related cash flows. Each index is generally reviewed and rebalanced on a monthly basis. The S&P Index Committee, nevertheless, reserves the right to make adjustments to each index at any time that it believes appropriate. Additions, deletions and other changes to each index arising from the monthly rebalancing are published three business days prior to the last business day of the month (the Announcement Date). Publicly available information, up to and including the close on the fourth business day preceding the Rebalancing Date, is considered in the rebalancing. Index changes published in the announcement will not normally be subject to revision and will become effective after the close. Any index bond that is downgraded below investment grade between rebalancing dates is removed at the next rebalancing date.

For more information about S&P DJI, including its limited relationship with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates and the limitations of the S&P DJI indices, please refer to the applicable Prospectus.

Index Availability. All S&P Fixed Income Indexes are calculated at the end of the business day. Most S&P Indexes are available from major data vendors.

Component Selection Criteria. Eligible bonds are approved by the S&P Index Committee that oversees the management of the Underlying Index and are added to the Underlying Index on the next Rebalancing Reference Date, subject to the schedule of the monthly rebalancing procedures.

S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2021 Index^TM

Table of Contents

Number of Components: approximately 14,820

Index Description. The S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2021 Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market value weighted index designed to measure the performance of investment-grade, non-callable U.S. municipal bonds maturing in 2021. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index consisted of 14,820 bonds, with a total market value of approximately $128,549,171,129.17 billion.

Index Methodology. In order for a bond to be classified as eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index, a bond must meet all of the following criteria: (i) the bond issuer is a state or local government or agency such that interest on the bonds is exempt from U.S. federal income taxes and the federal AMT as determined by the Index Provider in accordance with its methodology; (ii) the bond must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iii) the bond must have a rating of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody's, or BBB- by Fitch. A bond must be rated by at least one of these three rating agencies in order to qualify for the index. A bond with an “expected” rating, as denoted by data providers, of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch will qualify for the index as well. For the avoidance of doubt, the lowest rating will be used in determining if a bond is investment grade; and (iv) each bond in the Underlying Index must have a minimum maturity par amount of $2 million to be eligible for inclusion. To remain in the Underlying Index, bonds must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of each rebalancing date and must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of four days prior to last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Reference Date”); (v) Securities Evaluations | ICE Data Services must provide daily pricing on the bond; and (vi) New additions must have a dated date later than December 31, 2010 to be eligible for index inclusion. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and/or the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”). All bonds in the Underlying Index will mature after December 31, 2020 and before December 2, 2021. Bonds in the Underlying Index that mature or are pre-refunded in their respective year of maturity do not accrue interest past the maturity or pre-refund date. When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures or is pre-refunded, the proceeds are reinvested at the daily rate of return of the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal VRDO Index for the duration of the Underlying Index's term. By December 2, 2021, the Underlying Index value will be represented by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index. At each monthly rebalancing, no index constituent can represent more than 30% of the weight of the Underlying Index, and the five highest weighted index constituents do not account for more than 65% of the weight of the index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, bonds with early redemption dates (callable provisions), bonds with sinking fund provisions, tobacco bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, variable rate debt, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), conduit bonds where the obliger is a for-profit institution, health care bonds, housing bonds and industrial bonds.

S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2022 Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 13,181

Index Description. The S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2022 Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market value weighted index designed to measure the performance of investment-grade, non-callable U.S. municipal bonds maturing in 2022. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index consisted of 13,181 bonds, with a total market value of approximately $119,043,105,979.24 billion.

Table of Contents

NYSE. All bonds in the Underlying Index will mature after December 31, 2021 and before December 2, 2022. Bonds in the Underlying Index that mature or are pre-refunded in their respective year of maturity do not accrue interest past the maturity or pre-refund date. When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures or is pre-refunded, the proceeds are reinvested at the daily rate of return of the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal VRDO Index for the duration of the Underlying Index's term. By December 2, 2022, the Underlying Index value will be represented by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index. At each monthly rebalancing, no index constituent can represent more than 30% of the weight of the Underlying Index, and the five highest weighted index constituents do not account for more than 65% of the weight of the index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, bonds with early redemption dates (callable provisions), bonds with sinking fund provisions, tobacco bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, variable rate debt, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), conduit bonds where the obliger is a for-profit institution, health care bonds, housing bonds and industrial bonds.

S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2023 Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 10,822

Index Description. The S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2023 Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market value weighted index designed to measure the performance of investment-grade, non-callable U.S. municipal bonds maturing in 2023. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index consisted of 10,822 bonds, with a total market value of approximately $98,552,066,715.54 billion.

Index Methodology. In order for a bond to be classified as eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index, a bond must meet all of the following criteria: (i) the bond issuer is a state or local government or agency such that interest on the bonds is exempt from U.S. federal income taxes and the federal AMT as determined by the Index Provider in accordance with its methodology; (ii) the bond must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iii) the bond must have a rating of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody's, or BBB- by Fitch. A bond must be rated by at least one of these three rating agencies in order to qualify for the index. A bond with an “expected” rating, as denoted by data providers, of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch will qualify for the index as well. For the avoidance of doubt, the lowest rating will be used in determining if a bond is investment grade; and (iv) each bond in the Underlying Index must have a minimum maturity par amount of $2 million to be eligible for inclusion. To remain in the Underlying Index, bonds must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of each rebalancing date and must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of four days prior to last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Reference Date”); (v) Securities Evaluations | ICE Data Services must provide daily pricing on the bond; and (vi) new additions must have a dated date later than December 31, 2010 to be eligible for index inclusion. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and/or the NYSE. All bonds in the Underlying Index will mature after December 31, 2022 and before December 2, 2023. Bonds in the Underlying Index that mature or are pre-refunded in their respective year of maturity do not accrue interest past the maturity or pre-refund date. When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures or is pre-refunded, the proceeds are reinvested at the daily rate of return of the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal VRDO Index for the duration of the Underlying Index's term. By December 2, 2023, the Underlying Index value will be represented by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index. At each monthly rebalancing, no index constituent can represent more than 30% of the weight of the Underlying Index, and the five highest weighted index constituents do not account for more than 65% of the weight of the index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, bonds with early redemption dates (callable provisions), bonds with sinking fund provisions, tobacco bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, variable rate debt, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), conduit bonds where the obliger is a for-profit institution, health care bonds, housing bonds and industrial bonds.

S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2024 Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 8,846

Index Description. The S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2024 Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market value weighted index designed to measure the performance of investment-grade, non-callable U.S. municipal bonds maturing in 2024. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index consisted of 8,846 bonds, with a total market value of approximately $84,561,224,830.11 billion.

Table of Contents

from U.S. federal income taxes and the federal AMT as determined by the Index Provider in accordance with its methodology; (ii) the bond must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iii) the bond must have a rating of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody's, or BBB- by Fitch. A bond must be rated by at least one of these three rating agencies in order to qualify for the index. A bond with an “expected” rating, as denoted by data providers, of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch will qualify for the index as well. For the avoidance of doubt, the lowest rating will be used in determining if a bond is investment grade; and (iv) each bond in the Underlying Index must have a minimum maturity par amount of $2 million to be eligible for inclusion. To remain in the Underlying Index, bonds must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of each rebalancing date and must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of four days prior to last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Reference Date”); (v) Securities Evaluations | ICE Data Services must provide daily pricing on the bond; and (vi) new additions must have a dated date later than December 31, 2010 to be eligible for index inclusion. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and/or the NYSE. All bonds in the Underlying Index will mature after December 31, 2023 and before December 2, 2024. Bonds in the Underlying Index that mature or are pre-refunded in their respective year of maturity do not accrue interest past the maturity or pre-refund date. When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures or is pre-refunded, the proceeds are reinvested at the daily rate of return of the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal VRDO Index for the duration of the Underlying Index's term. By December 2, 2024, the Underlying Index value will be represented by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index. At each monthly rebalancing, no index constituent can represent more than 30% of the weight of the Underlying Index, and the five highest weighted index constituents do not account for more than 65% of the weight of the index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, bonds with early redemption dates (callable provisions), bonds with sinking fund provisions, tobacco bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, variable rate debt, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), conduit bonds where the obliger is a for-profit institution, health care bonds, housing bonds and industrial bonds.

S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2025 Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 7,163

Index Description. The S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Dec 2025 Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market value weighted index designed to measure the performance of investment-grade, non-callable U.S. municipal bonds maturing in 2025. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index consisted of 7,163 bonds, with a total market value of approximately $69,447,507,649.16 billion.

Index Methodology. In order for a bond to be classified as eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index, a bond must meet all of the following criteria: (i) the bond issuer is a state or local government or agency such that interest on the bonds is exempt from U.S. federal income taxes and the federal AMT as determined by the Index Provider in accordance with its methodology; (ii) the bond must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iii) the bond must have a rating of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch. A bond must be rated by at least one of these three rating agencies in order to qualify for the index. A bond with an “expected” rating, as denoted by data providers, of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch will qualify for the index as well. For the avoidance of doubt, the lowest rating will be used in determining if a bond is investment grade; and (iv) each bond in the Underlying Index must have a minimum maturity par amount of $2 million to be eligible for inclusion. To remain in the Underlying Index, bonds must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of each rebalancing date and must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of four days prior to last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Reference Date”); (v) Securities Evaluations | ICE Data Services must provide daily pricing on the bond; and (vi) new additions must have a dated date later than December 31, 2010 to be eligible for index inclusion. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and/or the NYSE. All bonds in the Underlying Index will mature after December 31, 2024 and before December 2, 2025. Bonds in the Underlying Index that mature or are pre-refunded in their respective year of maturity do not accrue interest past the maturity or pre-refund date. When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures or is pre-refunded, the proceeds are reinvested at the daily rate of return of the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal VRDO Index for the duration of the Underlying Index's term. By December 2, 2025, the Underlying Index value will be represented by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index. At each monthly rebalancing, no index constituent can represent more than 30% of the weight of the Underlying Index, and the five highest weighted index constituents do not account for more than 65% of the weight of the index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, bonds with early redemption dates (callable provisions), tobacco bonds, bonds with sinking fund provisions, non-rated

Table of Contents

bonds, notes, taxable municipals, variable rate debt, commercial paper and derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), conduit bonds where the obliger is a for-profit institution, health care bonds, housing bonds and industrial bonds.

S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Callable-Adjusted Dec 2026 Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 14,065

Index Description. The S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Callable-Adjusted Dec 2026 Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market value weighted index designed to measure the performance of investment-grade, non-callable and callable U.S. municipal bonds expected to mature or be redeemed after December 31, 2025 and prior to December 2, 2026. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index consisted of 14,065 bonds, with a total market value of approximately $140,028,460,658.27 billion.

Index Methodology. In order for a bond to be classified as eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index, a bond must meet all of the following criteria: (i) the bond issuer is a state, federal district, or local government or agency such that interest on the bonds is exempt from U.S. federal income taxes and the federal AMT as determined by the Index Provider in accordance with its methodology; (ii) the bond must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iii) the bond must have a rating of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch. A bond must be rated by at least one of these three rating agencies in order to qualify for the index. A bond with an “expected” rating, as denoted by data providers, of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch will qualify for the index as well. For the avoidance of doubt, the lowest rating will be used in determining if a bond is investment grade; and (iv) each bond in the Underlying Index must have a minimum maturity par amount of $2 million to be eligible for inclusion. To remain in the Underlying Index, bonds must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of each rebalancing date and must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of four days prior to last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Reference Date”); (v) Securities Evaluations | ICE Data Services must provide daily pricing on the bond; and (vi) new additions must have a dated date later than December 31, 2010 to be eligible for index inclusion. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and/or the NYSE. All non-callable bonds in the Underlying Index will mature or be redeemed after December 31, 2025 and before December 2, 2026. Callable bonds are eligible subject to the following: (i) a final maturity date after December 31, 2025 and before December 2, 2026, and a next call date no sooner than two years prior to final maturity; or (ii) a final maturity date up to four years after the index maturity year, if the next call date is within the index maturity range. Bonds in the Underlying Index that mature or are pre-refunded in their respective year of maturity do not accrue interest past the maturity or pre-refund date. When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures or is pre-refunded, the proceeds are reinvested at the daily rate of return of the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal VRDO Index for the duration of the Underlying Index's term. By December 2, 2026, the Underlying Index value will be represented by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index. At each monthly rebalancing, no index constituent can represent more than 30% of the weight of the Underlying Index, and the five highest weighted index constituents do not account for more than 65% of the weight of the index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, tobacco bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, variable rate debt, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), and conduit bonds where the obliger is a for-profit institution.

Index Maintenance. Outside of five years prior to the term of the Fund, the Underlying Index will be market value weighted. Five years prior to the term of the Fund, monthly rebalances occurring in rolling two year periods will remove bonds with a maturity year outside the term of the Fund from the Underlying Index. Such rebalancing will begin with those bonds whose effective maturity date is furthest from that of the Underlying Index. As a result, as of December 31, 2025, the Underlying Index will not contain bonds with an effective maturity date later than December 2, 2026.

S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Callable-Adjusted Dec 2027 Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 11,732

Index Description. The S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Callable-Adjusted Dec 2027 Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market value weighted index designed to measure the performance of investment-grade, non-callable and callable U.S. municipal bonds expected to mature or be redeemed after December 31, 2026 and prior to December 2, 2027. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index consisted of 11,732 bonds, with a total market value of approximately $118,774,927,034.85 billion.

Table of Contents

Index Methodology. In order for a bond to be classified as eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index, a bond must meet all of the following criteria: (i) the bond issuer is a state, federal district, or local government or agency such that interest on the bonds is exempt from U.S. federal income taxes and the federal AMT as determined by the Index Provider in accordance with its methodology; (ii) the bond must be denominated in U.S. dollars; (iii) the bond must have a rating of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch. A bond must be rated by at least one of these three rating agencies in order to qualify for the index. A bond with an “expected” rating, as denoted by data providers, of at least BBB- by S&P Global Ratings, Baa3 by Moody’s, or BBB- by Fitch will qualify for the index as well. For the avoidance of doubt, the lowest rating will be used in determining if a bond is investment grade; and (iv) each bond in the Underlying Index must have a minimum maturity par amount of $2 million to be eligible for inclusion. To remain in the Underlying Index, bonds must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of each rebalancing date and must maintain a minimum maturity par amount greater than or equal to $2 million as of four days prior to last Business Day of each month (“Rebalancing Reference Date”); (v) Securities Evaluations | ICE Data Services must provide daily pricing on the bond; and (vi) new additions must have a dated date later than December 31, 2010 to be eligible for index inclusion. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and/or the NYSE. All non-callable bonds in the Underlying Index will mature or be redeemed after December 31, 2026 and before December 2, 2027. Callable bonds are eligible subject to the following: (i) a final maturity date after December 31, 2026 and before December 2, 2027, and a next call date no sooner than two years prior to final maturity; or (ii) a final maturity date up to four years after the index maturity year, if the next call date is within the index maturity range. Bonds in the Underlying Index that mature or are pre-refunded in their respective year of maturity do not accrue interest past the maturity or pre-refund date. When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures or is pre-refunded, the proceeds are reinvested at the daily rate of return of the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal VRDO Index for the duration of the Underlying Index's term. By December 2, 2027, the Underlying Index value will be represented by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index. At each monthly rebalancing, no index constituent can represent more than 30% of the weight of the Underlying Index, and the five highest weighted index constituents do not account for more than 65% of the weight of the index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, tobacco bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, variable rate debt, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), and conduit bonds where the obliger is a for-profit institution.

Index Maintenance. Outside of five years prior to the term of the Fund, the Underlying Index will be market value weighted. Five years prior to the term of the Fund, monthly rebalances occurring in rolling two year periods will remove bonds with a maturity year outside the term of the Fund from the Underlying Index. Such rebalancing will begin with those bonds whose effective maturity date is furthest from that of the Underlying Index. As a result, as of December 31, 2026, the Underlying Index will not contain bonds with an effective maturity date later than December 2, 2027.

S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Callable-Adjusted Dec 2028 Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 8,700

Index Description. The S&P AMT-Free Municipal Series Callable-Adjusted Dec 2028 Index^TM is a broad, comprehensive, market value weighted index designed to measure the performance of investment-grade, non-callable and callable U.S. municipal bonds expected to mature or be redeemed after December 31, 2027 and prior to December 2, 2028. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index consisted of 8,700 bonds, with a total market value of approximately $89,883,488,001.70 billion.

Table of Contents

new additions must have a dated date later than December 31, 2010 to be eligible for index inclusion. “Business Day” is defined as any day that U.S. municipal bonds are traded, as determined by The Securities Industry and Financial Markets Association and/or the NYSE. All non-callable bonds in the Underlying Index will mature or be redeemed after December 31, 2027 and before December 2, 2028. Callable bonds are eligible subject to the following: (i) a final maturity date after December 31, 2027 and before December 2, 2028, and a next call date no sooner than two years prior to final maturity; or (ii) a final maturity date up to four years after the index maturity year, if the next call date is within the index maturity range. Bonds in the Underlying Index that mature or are pre-refunded in their respective year of maturity do not accrue interest past the maturity or pre-refund date. When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures or is pre-refunded, the proceeds are reinvested at the daily rate of return of the S&P National AMT-Free Municipal VRDO Index for the duration of the Underlying Index's term. By December 2, 2028, the Underlying Index value will be represented by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index. At each monthly rebalancing, no index constituent can represent more than 30% of the weight of the Underlying Index, and the five highest weighted index constituents do not account for more than 65% of the weight of the index in aggregate. The following types of bonds are specifically excluded from the Underlying Index: bonds subject to AMT, tobacco bonds, non-rated bonds, notes, taxable municipals, variable rate debt, commercial paper, derivative securities (inverse floaters, forwards, and swaps), and conduit bonds where the obliger is a for-profit institution.

Index Maintenance. Outside of five years prior to the term of the Fund, the Underlying Index will be market value weighted. Five years prior to the term of the Fund, monthly rebalances occurring in rolling two year periods will remove bonds with a maturity year outside the term of the Fund from the Underlying Index. Such rebalancing will begin with those bonds whose effective maturity date is furthest from that of the Underlying Index. As a result, as of December 31, 2027, the Underlying Index will not contain bonds with an effective maturity date later than December 2, 2028.

Investment Policies

The Board has adopted as fundamental policies the following numbered investment policies, which cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. A vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund is defined in the Investment Company Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Each Fund has also adopted certain non-fundamental investment policies, including its investment objective. Non-fundamental investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Therefore, each Fund may change its investment objective and its Underlying Index without shareholder approval.

Fundamental Investment Policies

Each Fund may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Each Fund has adopted a fundamental policy that, under normal circumstances, each Fund will invest at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in investments the income of which is free from federal income tax, including AMT.

Table of Contents

Notations Regarding the Funds' Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of each Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to each Fund's industry classifications, each Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to each Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

Table of Contents

debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments (as applicable), as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in component securities in each Fund's Underlying Index. Each Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, a Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Funds into compliance with this policy.

Continuous Offering

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Funds are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Table of Contents

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). Each Fund is included in the BlackRock Fund Complex referred to as the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 376 funds as of March 1, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Funds' Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)	Trustee (since 2009).	President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).	Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Salim Ramji² (50)	Trustee (since 2019).	Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (71)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School.	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (61)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (59)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (49)	President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).
Trent Walker (46)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (45)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

The Board has concluded that, based on each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Board. Among the attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Funds' investment adviser, other service providers, counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through the Trustee’s educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Board member of the Funds and the other funds in the Trust (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Also, set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of each Trustee that led the Board to conclude that he or she should serve (or continue to serve) as a Trustee.

Table of Contents

Cecilia H. Herbert has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2005 and Chair of the Trust's Board since 2016. Ms. Herbert has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. since 2005, a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of each Board since 2016. Ms. Herbert served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2010 to 2015. In addition, Ms. Herbert served as Trustee of the Forward Funds from 2009 to 2018 and Trustee of Salient Funds from 2015 to 2018. She has served since 1992 on the Investment Council of the Archdiocese of San Francisco and was Chair from 1994 to 2005. She has served as a member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees and Trustee of Stanford Health Care since 2016 and became Chair of the Finance Committee of Stanford Health Care in 2019. She has served as a Trustee of WNET, New York’s public media station, since 2011 and a Member of its Audit Committee since 2018. She became a member of the Governing Council of the Independent Directors Forum in 2018 and joined the board of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund in 2019. She was President of the Board of Catholic Charities CYO, the largest social services agency in the San Francisco Bay Area, from 2007 to 2011 and a member of that board from 1992 to 2013. She previously served as Trustee of the Pacific Select Funds from 2004 to 2005 and Trustee of the Montgomery Funds from 1992 to 2003. She worked from 1973 to 1990 at J.P. Morgan/Morgan Guaranty Trust doing international corporate finance and corporate lending, retiring as Managing Director and Head of the West Coast Office. Ms. Herbert has been on numerous non-profit boards, chairing investment and finance committees. She holds a double major in economics and communications from Stanford University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Jane D. Carlin has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2015 and Chair of the Risk Committee since 2016. Ms. Carlin has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2015, and Chair of the Risk Committee of each Board since 2016. Ms. Carlin has served as a consultant since 2012 and formerly served as Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley from 2006 to 2012. In addition, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Global Head of the Bank Operational Risk Oversight Department of Credit Suisse Group from 2003 to 2006. Prior to that, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Morgan Stanley. Ms. Carlin has over 30 years of experience in the financial sector and has served in a number of legal, regulatory, and risk management positions. Ms. Carlin has served as a member of the Audit Committee and as a Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., each since 2016. Ms. Carlin served as a member of the Audit Committee from 2012 to 2018, Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee from 2017 to 2018 and as an Independent Director on the Board of PHH Corporation from 2012 to 2018. She previously served as a Director on the Boards of Astoria Financial Corporation and Astoria Bank. Ms. Carlin was appointed by the United States Treasury to the Financial Services Sector Coordinating Council for Critical Infrastructure Protection and Homeland Security, where she served as Chairperson from 2010 to 2012 and Vice Chair and Chair of the Cyber Security Committee from 2009 to 2010. Ms. Carlin has a BA degree in political science from State University of New York at Stony Brook and a JD degree from Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law.

Table of Contents

member of the School of Business Advisory Board at LaSalle University from 2006 to 2014. Mr. Fagnani has a BS degree in Accounting from LaSalle University.

Madhav V. Rajan has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2011 and Chair of the Fixed Income Plus Committee of the Trust since 2019. Mr. Rajan has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of the Fixed Income Plus Committee of each Board since 2019. Mr. Rajan served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2011 to 2015. Mr. Rajan is the Dean and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and also serves as Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC, an affiliate of the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, since 2020. From 2001 to 2017, Mr. Rajan was the Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. In April 2017, he received the school’s Robert T. Davis Award for Lifetime Achievement and Service. He has taught accounting for over 25 years to undergraduate, MBA and law students, as well as to senior executives. From 2010 to 2016, Mr. Rajan served as the Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and head of the MBA Program at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Rajan served as editor of “The Accounting Review” from 2002 to 2008 and is co-author of “Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis,” a leading cost accounting textbook. From 2013 to 2018, Mr. Rajan served on the Board of Directors of Cavium Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Rajan holds MS and PhD degrees in Accounting from Carnegie Mellon University.

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Table of Contents

The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Board Chair. The Board Chair’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Board Chair may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board has established seven standing Committees: a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a 15(c) Committee, a Securities Lending Committee, a Risk Committee, an Equity Plus Committee and a Fixed Income Plus Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Funds, and from time to time the Board may establish ad hoc committees or informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Funds with respect to certain specified matters. The Chair of each standing Committee is an Independent Trustee. The role of the Chair of each Committee is to preside at all meetings of the Committee and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees between meetings. Each standing Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to the Committee by the Board and reports its finding to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Independent Trustees and the full Board to enhance effective oversight.

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

risk related matters of the Funds so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

Name	iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 139	$ 160	$ 124	$81
Richard L. Fagnani	145	167	129	84
Cecilia H. Herbert	158	182	141	92
John E. Kerrigan	148	170	132	86
Drew E. Lawton	140	161	125	81
John E. Martinez	139	160	124	81
Madhav V. Rajan	139	160	124	81

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Table of Contents

Name	iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$54	$28	$ 17	$23
Richard L. Fagnani	56	30	18	24
Cecilia H. Herbert	61	32	19	26
John E. Kerrigan	57	30	18	25
Drew E. Lawton	54	28	17	23
John E. Martinez	54	28	17	23
Madhav V. Rajan	54	28	17	23

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Funds and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of each Fund's outstanding shares as of January 29, 2021.

Table of Contents

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership

iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF	Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399	24.24%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	16.34%
	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004	7.97%
	TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177	7.88%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	6.16%
	Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC 2801 Market Street St Louis, MO 63103	5.14%
	U.S. Bank N.A. 1555 North Rivercenter Dr. Suite 302 Milwaukee, WI 53212	5.01%

Potential Conflicts of Interest. Certain activities of BFA, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers and employees, with respect to the Funds and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of a Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on a Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of a Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

otherwise disadvantaging the values, prices or investment strategies of a Fund, particularly, but not limited to, with respect to small-capitalization, emerging market or less liquid strategies. This may occur with respect to BlackRock-advised accounts when investment decisions regarding a Fund are based on research or other information that is also used to support decisions for other accounts. When BlackRock implements a portfolio decision or strategy on behalf of another account ahead of, or contemporaneously with, similar decisions or strategies for a Fund, market impact, liquidity constraints, or other factors could result in the Fund receiving less favorable trading results and the costs of implementing such decisions or strategies could be increased or the Fund could otherwise be disadvantaged. BlackRock may, in certain cases, elect to implement internal policies and procedures designed to limit such consequences, which may cause a Fund to be unable to engage in certain activities, including purchasing or disposing of securities, when it might otherwise be desirable for it to do so.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Funds, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Funds, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party's investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Funds. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions. On any occasion when a Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Fund's investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

Table of Contents

BlackRock, or the activities or strategies used for accounts managed by BlackRock or other client accounts could conflict with the transactions and strategies employed by BlackRock in managing a Fund.

BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of a Fund in which clients of BlackRock or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party's interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by a Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Markit Indices Limited, the index provider for underlying fixed-income indexes used by certain iShares funds, related to derivative fixed-income products that are based on such iShares funds. BlackRock will receive certain payments for licensing intellectual property belonging to BlackRock and for facilitating the provision of data in connection with such derivative products, which may include payments based on the trading volumes of, or revenues generated by, the derivative products. Other funds and accounts managed by BlackRock may from time to time transact in such derivative products, which could contribute to the viability of such derivative products by making them more appealing to funds and accounts managed by third parties, and in turn lead to increased payments to BlackRock. Trading activity in such derivative products could also potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to these iShares funds and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

To the extent authorized by applicable law, BlackRock may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for a Fund. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by BlackRock will be in its view commercially reasonable, although BlackRock, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to BlackRock and such sales personnel, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. Index based funds may use an index provider that is affiliated with another service provider of the Fund or BlackRock that acts as a broker, dealer, agent, lender or in other commercial capacities for a Fund or BlackRock.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Funds as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Funds or their shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Funds or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

Table of Contents

obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with a Fund's establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund's counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund's creditworthiness.

Table of Contents

BlackRock client accounts relative to the Funds based on the amount of brokerage commissions paid by the Funds and such other BlackRock client accounts. For example, research or other services that are paid for through one client's commissions may not be used in managing that client's account. In addition, other BlackRock client accounts may receive the benefit, including disproportionate benefits, of economies of scale or price discounts in connection with products and services that may be provided to the Funds and to such other BlackRock client accounts. To the extent that BlackRock uses soft dollars, it will not have to pay for those products and services itself.

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock's fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the Proxy Voting Policy section of this SAI.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of a Fund. Increasing a Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of a Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of a Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

Table of Contents

It is possible that a Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. A Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for a Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit a Fund's flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by a Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to a Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

Table of Contents

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of a Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, each Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding a Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, a Fund, except that a Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the 1940 Act engage in transactions with another Fund or accounts that are affiliated with a Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Funds and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for a Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or a Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock's internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of a Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which a Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

Table of Contents

applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Funds (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with certain Funds' custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Funds leave cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for Funds in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

Table of Contents

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

For its investment advisory services to each Fund, BFA received a management fee at the annual rates (as a percentage of such Fund’s average net assets) set forth below.

Fund	Management Fee for Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2020	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF	0.18%	09/01/15	$544,466	$ 487,347	$ 336,148
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF	0.18%	09/01/15	614,632	503,409	346,729
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF	0.18%	04/11/17	432,177	293,338	114,323
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF	0.18%	03/20/18	247,403	105,314	12,025
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF	0.18%	11/13/18	131,884	37,810	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF	0.18%	04/02/19	60,933	8,813	N/A

Table of Contents

Fund	Management Fee for Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2020	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF	0.18%	04/09/19	43,131	7,864	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF	0.18%	04/16/19	68,615	9,012	N/A

Portfolio Managers. As of October 31, 2020, the individuals named as Portfolio Managers in each Fund's Prospectus were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of other iShares funds and certain other types of portfolios and/or accounts as follows:

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	91	$ 466,617,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	122,075,000,000
Other Accounts	25	18,490,000,000

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	41	$252,648,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	36	96,823,000,000
Other Accounts	36	70,094,000,000

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that compose those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that compose those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Funds and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Funds, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Funds may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than it would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Table of Contents

arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intends to do so, shareholders of the Funds should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict-of-interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers' favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash.

As of October 31, 2020 (and as of January 29, 2021 for Karen Uyehara), the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of the Funds.

Codes of Ethics. The Trust, BFA and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The codes of ethics permit personnel subject to the codes of ethics to invest in securities, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of each Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF	09/01/15	$20,204	$ 21,192	$ 16,658
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF	09/01/15	21,496	21,536	17,067
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF	04/11/17	21,074	21,016	15,679
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF	03/20/18	20,875	20,748	9,966
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF	11/13/18	21,047	19,084	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF	04/02/19	19,100	10,731	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF	04/09/19	18,382	10,136	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF	04/16/19	18,598	10,201	N/A

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

The services provided to the Funds by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 primarily included the following:

Table of Contents

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Funds with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

(8) terminating securities loans and arranging for the return of loaned securities to the Funds at loan termination.

Each Fund had no income and fees/compensation related to its securities lending activities during its most recent fiscal year.

Payments by BFA and its Affiliates. BFA and/or its affiliates (“BFA Entities”) may pay certain broker-dealers, registered investment advisers, banks and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for certain activities related to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products in general. BFA Entities make these payments from their own assets and not from the assets of the Funds. Although a portion of BFA Entities’ revenue comes directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products, these payments do not increase the price paid by investors for the purchase of shares of, or the cost of owning, the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. BFA Entities make payments for Intermediaries’ participation in activities that are designed to make registered representatives, other professionals and individual investors more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including the Funds and other iShares funds, or for other activities, such as participation in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems (“Education Costs”). BFA Entities also make payments to Intermediaries for certain printing, publishing and mailing costs or materials relating to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products (“Publishing Costs”). In addition, BFA Entities make payments to Intermediaries that make shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products available to their clients, develop new products that feature iShares or otherwise promote the Funds, other iShares funds and exchange-traded products. BFA Entities may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to Intermediaries or other persons in consideration of services or other activities that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. Payments of the type described above are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments.

Payments to an Intermediary may be significant to the Intermediary, and amounts that Intermediaries pay to your salesperson or other investment professional may also be significant for your salesperson or other investment professional. Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments may create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products over other investments. The same conflicts of interest and financial incentives exist with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

In addition to the payments described above, BFA Entities have developed proprietary tools, calculators and related interactive or digital content that is made available through the www.BlackRock.com website at no additional cost to Intermediaries. BlackRock may configure these tools and calculators and localize the content for Intermediaries as part of its customary digital marketing support and promotion of the Funds, other iShares funds, exchange-traded products and BlackRock mutual funds.

Table of Contents

relationship was expanded to include National Financial Services, LLC (“NFS”), an affiliate of FBS. Pursuant to this special, long-term and significant arrangement (the “Marketing Program”), FBS, NFS and certain of their affiliates (collectively “Fidelity”) have agreed, among other things, to actively promote iShares funds to customers, investment professionals and other intermediaries and in advertising campaigns as the preferred exchange-traded product, to offer certain iShares funds in certain Fidelity platforms and investment programs, in some cases at a waived or reduced commission rate or ticket charge, and to provide marketing data to BFA Entities. BFA Entities have agreed to facilitate the Marketing Program by, among other things, making certain payments to FBS and NFS for marketing and implementing certain brokerage and investment programs. Upon termination of the arrangement, the BFA Entities will make additional payments to FBS and/or NFS based upon a number of criteria, including the overall success of the Marketing Program and the level of services provided by FBS and NFS during the wind-down period.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Further, BFA Entities make Education Costs and Publishing Costs payments to other Intermediaries that are not listed in the immediately preceding paragraph. BFA Entities may determine to make such payments based on any number of metrics. For example, BFA Entities may make payments at year-end or other intervals in a fixed amount, an amount based upon an Intermediary’s services at defined levels or an amount based on the Intermediary’s net sales of one or more iShares funds in a year or other period, any of which arrangements may include an agreed-upon minimum or maximum payment, or any combination of the foregoing. As of the date of this SAI, BFA anticipates that the payments paid by BFA Entities in connection with the Funds, iShares funds and exchange-traded products in general will be immaterial to BFA Entities in the aggregate for the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Valuation of Shares. The NAV for each Fund is generally calculated as of the close of business on the NYSE (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) on each business day the NYSE is open. Valuation of securities held by a Fund is as follows:

Table of Contents

other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless, in accordance with valuation procedures approved by the Board (the “Valuation Procedures”), BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no such bid or ask price is available on a day on which a Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives are valued using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by a Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

Underlying Funds. Shares of underlying ETFs will be valued at their most recent closing price on an Exchange. Shares of underlying money market funds will be valued at their NAV.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their fair value.

Table of Contents

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or by BlackRock (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities that are denominated in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars using prevailing market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more data service providers.

Fair Value. When market quotations are not readily available or are believed in good faith by BlackRock to be unreliable, a Fund’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). Fair Value Assets are valued by BlackRock in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. BlackRock may reasonably conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if, among other things, a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source due to its complete lack of trading, if BlackRock believes in good faith that a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), or where the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BlackRock determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing a Fund’s assets or liabilities, and that the event is likely to cause a material change to the closing market price of the assets or liabilities held by a Fund. Non-U.S. securities whose values are affected by volatility that occurs in the markets or in related or highly correlated assets (e.g., American Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts or ETFs that invest in components of the Underlying Index) on a trading day after the close of non-U.S. securities markets may be fair valued. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

Table of Contents

proprietary or third-party models (including models that rely upon direct portfolio management pricing inputs and which reflect the significance attributed to the various factors and assumptions being considered). Prices of actual, executed or historical transactions in the relevant asset and/or liability (or related or comparable assets and/or liabilities) or, where appropriate, an appraisal by a third-party experienced in the valuation of similar assets and/or liabilities, may also be used as a basis for establishing the fair value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

provide research “credits” in these situations at a rate that is higher than that available for typical secondary market transactions. These arrangements may not fall within the safe harbor of Section 28(e).

OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Funds will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

Table of Contents

shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in a Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

Because different accounts may have differing investment objectives and policies, BFA may buy and sell the same securities at the same time for different clients based on the particular investment objective, guidelines and strategies of those accounts. For example, BFA may decide that it may be entirely appropriate for a growth fund to sell a security at the same time a value fund is buying that security. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of BFA or the other Affiliates during the same period increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price. For example, sales of a security by BlackRock on behalf of one or more of its clients may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Funds or other clients or funds for which BFA or another Affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

In certain instances, BFA may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts and advisory accounts of affiliates. In general, all contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price (except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted). While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Funds are concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Funds. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

There were no brokerage commissions paid on behalf of each Fund for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018.

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses.

Table of Contents

The tables below set forth the portfolio turnover rates of each Fund for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF	0%	0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF	0%	0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF	1%	0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF	0%	0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF	0%	0% ^{1, 2}
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF	0%	0% ^{3, 4}
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF	0%	0% ^{5, 6}
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF	0%	0% ^{7, 8}

¹	The portfolio turnover for the iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF relates to the period of November 13, 2018 to October 31, 2019 and is not annualized.
²	The inception date for the iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF was November 13, 2018.
³	The portfolio turnover for the iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF relates to the period of April 2, 2019 to October 31, 2019 and is not annualized.
⁴	The inception date for the iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF was April 2, 2019.
⁵	The portfolio turnover for the iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF relates to the period of April 9, 2019 to October 31, 2019 and is not annualized.
⁶	The inception date for the iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF was April 9, 2019.
⁷	The portfolio turnover for the iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF relates to the period of April 16, 2019 to October 31, 2019 and is not annualized.
⁸	The inception date for the iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF was April 16, 2019.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

Table of Contents

owners of 10% of the shares of a fund (“Insiders”) may be subject to the insider reporting, short-swing profit and short sale provisions of Section 16 of the 1934 Act and the SEC’s rules promulgated thereunder. Beneficial owners and Insiders should consult with their own legal counsel concerning their obligations under Sections 13 and 16 of the 1934 Act and existing guidance provided by the SEC staff.

Each Fund will wind up and terminate on or about December 1 of the relevant year. Upon each Fund's termination, it will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. In accordance with the Declaration of Trust, each Fund will terminate on or about the date above as approved by a majority of the Board without requiring additional shareholder approval. The Board may extend the termination date if a majority of the Board determines the extension to be in the best interest of the Fund.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Funds. Shares of each Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of each Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Table of Contents

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares of the Trust. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of each Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

General. The Trust issues and sells shares of each Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load, at a price based on each Fund's NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Distributor or its agent in proper form. On days when the Listing Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of a Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for such Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of November 30, 2020:

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF	50,000	$1,290,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF	50,000	1,320,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF	50,000	1,310,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF	50,000	1,353,000

Table of Contents

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF	50,000	1,406,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF	50,000	1,350,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF	50,000	1,361,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF	50,000	1,374,000

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of a Fund generally consists of the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with a Fund's portfolio securities is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of any Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of a given Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

As the planned termination date of each Fund approaches, and particularly as the bonds held by the Fund begin to mature, the Fund expects to effect both creations and redemptions increasingly for cash.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Table of Contents

Cash Purchase Method. When partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Funds or one of its service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units. Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

Table of Contents

constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Funds. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor, provided that the relevant Fund Deposit has been received by the applicable Fund prior to such time.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by a Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of a Fund before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Funds to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. Each Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as the Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with each Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units. Subject to the conditions that (i) an irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor's behalf) and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the Funds are in place for payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, the Funds will accept the order, subject to each Fund's right (and the right of the Distributor and BFA) to reject any order until acceptance, as set forth below.

Table of Contents

Participant acting on behalf of such purchaser of its rejection of such order. The Funds, State Street, the sub-custodian and the Distributor or its agent are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Costs Associated with Creation Transactions. A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant creates a Creation Unit, and is the same, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by the Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. If a purchase consists solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Funds. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF	$ 150	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF	150	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF	150	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF	275	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF	300	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF	300	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF	300	3.0%

Table of Contents

Fund		Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF		300		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

The designated portfolio of securities (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities” or “Redemption Basket”), and an amount of cash (the “Cash Amount,” as described below) (each subject to possible amendment or correction) are applicable, in order to effect redemptions of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next announced composition of the Fund Securities and Cash Amount is made available. Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Procedures and requirements governing redemption transactions are set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time.

Unless cash redemptions are available or specified for a Fund, the redemption proceeds for a Creation Unit generally consist of Fund Securities, plus the Cash Amount, which is an amount equal to the difference between the net asset value of the shares being redeemed, as next determined after the receipt of a redemption request in proper form, and the value of Fund Securities, less a redemption transaction fee (as described below).

The Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security in certain circumstances, including: (i) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant (or to an investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting) would be restricted under applicable securities or other local laws or due to a trading restriction; (ii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Fund Security by the Authorized Participant due to restrictions under applicable securities or other local laws; (iii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in unfavorable tax treatment; (iv) when a Fund Security cannot be settled or otherwise delivered in time to facilitate an in-kind redemption; or (v) in certain other situations. For these reasons, all or a substantial portion of the Fund Securities of each Fund may be substituted for cash. The amount of cash paid out in such cases will be equivalent to the value of the substituted security listed as a Fund Security. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the difference is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. Each Fund redeems Creation Units for Fund Securities, but each Fund reserves the right to utilize a cash option for redemption of Creation Units. Each Fund may, in its sole discretion, provide such redeeming Authorized Participant a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities, but does not differ in NAV. The Redemption Basket may also be modified to minimize the Cash Component by redistributing the cash to the Fund Securities portion of the Redemption Basket through systematically rounding. The rounding methodology allows position sizes of securities in the Fund Securities to be “rounded up,” while limiting the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. When partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF	$ 150	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF	150	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF	150	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF	275	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Muni Bond ETF	300	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF	300	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Muni Bond ETF	300	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Muni Bond ETF	300	2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard transaction fee.

Placement of Redemption Orders. Redemption requests for Creation Units of a Fund must be submitted to the Distributor or its agent by or through an Authorized Participant. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable request to redeem shares of a Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. On days when the Listing Exchange closes earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to redeem Creation Units to be placed earlier that day. Investors, other than Authorized Participants, are responsible for making arrangements for a redemption request to be made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request.

The Authorized Participant must transmit the request for redemption in the form required by the Funds to the Distributor or its agent in accordance with procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that, therefore, requests to redeem Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant who has executed an Authorized Participant Agreement. At any time, only a limited number of broker-dealers will have an Authorized Participant Agreement in effect. Investors making a redemption request should be aware that such request must be in the form specified by such Authorized Participant. Investors making a request to redeem Creation Units should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the request by an Authorized Participant and transfer of the shares to a Fund's transfer agent; such investors should allow for the additional time that may be required to effect redemptions through their banks, brokers or other financial intermediaries if such intermediaries are not Authorized Participants.

Table of Contents

Participant through which such investor holds, as the case may be, or by such other means specified by the Authorized Participant submitting the redemption request.

If neither the redeeming Beneficial Owner nor the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such redeeming Beneficial Owner has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, a Fund may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming Beneficial Owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In such case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the net asset value of its shares based on the NAV of the relevant Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charges specified above to offset the Fund’s brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and each Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.

Prior to the final year of each Fund's operations, the Trust does not ordinarily permit cash redemptions of Creation Units. However, in the event that cash redemptions are permitted or required by the Trust, proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming shares as soon as practicable after the date of redemption (within seven calendar days thereafter). If a Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, a Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if a Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days.

To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participant's agreement with the Distributor or its agent, in the event an Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to a Fund, at or prior to the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request, the Distributor or its agent will accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant's delivery and maintenance of collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request and shall be held by State Street and marked-to-market daily. The fees of State Street and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant Agreement permits the Funds to acquire shares of the Funds at any time and subjects the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the aggregate of the cost to the Funds of purchasing such shares, plus the value of the Cash Amount, and the value of the collateral together with liability for related brokerage and other charges.

The right of redemption may be suspended or the date of payment postponed with respect to any Fund: (i) for any period during which the Listing Exchange is closed (other than customary weekend and holiday closings); (ii) for any period during which trading on the Listing Exchange is suspended or restricted; (iii) for any period during which an emergency exists as a result of which disposal of the shares of the Fund's portfolio securities or determination of its NAV is not reasonably practicable; or (iv) in such other circumstance as is permitted by the SEC.

Table of Contents

Taxes

Regulated Investment Company Qualifications. Each Fund intends to qualify for and to elect treatment as a separate RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. To qualify for treatment as a RIC, each Fund must annually distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains) and meet several other requirements. Among such other requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of each Fund’s annual gross income must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or non-U.S. currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than a partnership that derives at least 90% of its income from interest, dividends, capital gains and other traditionally permitted RIC income); and (ii) at the close of each quarter of each Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of each Fund’s total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited for purposes of this calculation in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses (other than the securities of other RICs) or the securities of one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

Table of Contents

year, a Fund fails one of these tests and does not timely cure the failure, that Fund will be taxed in the same manner as an ordinary corporation and distributions to its shareholders will not be deductible by that Fund in computing its taxable income.

Although in general the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly-traded partnership. A Fund’s investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly-traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or non-U.S. income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Taxation of RICs. As a RIC, a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, a Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. A Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. If a Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends-received deduction. Although each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, a Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. The Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. Moreover, if a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

The following Funds had tax basis net capital loss carryforwards as of October 31, 2020, the tax year-end for the Funds listed:

Fund		Non-Expiring Capital Loss Carryforward
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Muni Bond ETF		$ 15,148
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Muni Bond ETF		15,797
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Muni Bond ETF		1,361
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Muni Bond ETF		176
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Muni Bond ETF		10

Table of Contents

year-end. In addition, the minimum amounts that must be distributed in any year to avoid the excise tax will be increased or decreased to reflect any underdistribution or overdistribution, as the case may be, from the previous year. Each Fund intends to declare and distribute dividends and distributions in the amounts and at the times necessary to avoid the application of this 4% excise tax.

Table of Contents

may nevertheless be taxable to them. If a Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (i) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (ii) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, a Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

Table of Contents

Tax-Exempt Interest Income. Dividends paid by a Fund that are properly reported as exempt-interest dividends will not be subject to regular federal income tax. Dividends paid on Fund shares that are loaned out pursuant to securities lending arrangements will not be exempt from income tax. Each Fund intends to invest its assets in a manner such that dividend distributions to its shareholders will generally be exempt from U.S. federal income taxation, including the federal AMT. In the last year of operation, when a Fund’s target date is reached, the Fund may invest in AMT-free tax-exempt municipal notes, including tax anticipation notes, revenue anticipation notes, tax and revenue anticipation notes, grant anticipation notes and bond anticipation notes; municipal commercial paper; tender option bonds and variable rate demand notes and obligations. The 3.8% Medicare contribution tax (discussed above) will not apply to exempt interest dividends paid by a Fund.

Dividends paid by a Fund reported as exempt-interest dividends will be exempt from federal income tax (though not necessarily exempt from state and local taxation) to the extent of the Fund’s net tax-exempt income as long as 50% or more of the value of the Fund’s assets at the end of each quarter is invested in state, municipal or other bonds that are excluded from gross income for U.S. federal income tax purposes as long as the Fund properly reports such dividends as exempt-interest dividends. Exempt-interest dividends paid by the Fund allocable to interest income from the municipal bonds of a particular state may be exempt from income taxation for shareholders who are residents of such state. Exempt-interest dividends from interest from municipal bonds of other states generally are not so exempt. However, the receipt of exempt-interest dividends may require a shareholder to recharacterize a portion of certain non-taxable social security and railroad retirement benefit payments as taxable income. Shareholders should consult their own tax advisors. A Fund may engage in derivative transactions with respect to obligations producing tax-exempt interest that may cause the Fund to not be treated as the owner of such obligations for purposes of the 50% threshold described above.

A Fund’s investments in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most non-U.S. currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most security indexes, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the Fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by a Fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by a Fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, a Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. A Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if a Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). The cost of any payments made by the Fund on a swap transaction will be netted pro rata against both tax exempt and taxable gross income. With respect to certain types of swaps, a Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss. Periodic net payments that would otherwise constitute ordinary deductions but are allocable under the Internal Revenue Code to exempt-interest dividends will not be allowed as deductions but instead will reduce net tax-exempt income.

Table of Contents

Market Discount. Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount (“OID”). To the extent a Fund does not include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on the Fund’s disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.

Original Issue Discount. OID on tax-exempt bonds is recognized over the term of the bond and is tax-exempt to the holder of the bond. Special U.S. federal income tax rules apply to inflation-indexed bonds. Generally, all stated interest on such bonds is taken into income by a Fund under its regular method of accounting for interest income. The amount of a positive inflation adjustment, which results in an increase in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, is treated as OID. The OID is included in a Fund’s gross income ratably during the period ending with the maturity of the bond, under the general OID inclusion rules. The amount of a Fund’s OID in a taxable year with respect to a bond will increase a Fund’s taxable income for such year without a corresponding receipt of cash, until the bond matures. As a result, a Fund may need to use other sources of cash to satisfy its distributions for such year. The amount of negative inflation adjustment, which results in a decrease in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, reduces the amount of interest (including stated, interest, OID, and market discount, if any) otherwise includible in a Fund’s income with respect to the bond for the taxable year.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Table of Contents

such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Shares of a Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, audits the Funds' financial statements, and may perform other services.

Investors’ Rights. Each Fund relies on the services of BFA and its other service providers, including the Distributor, administrator, custodian and transfer agent. Further information about the duties and roles of these service providers is set out in this SAI. Investors who acquire shares of a Fund are not parties to the relevant agreement with these service providers and do not have express contractual rights against the Funds or its service providers, except certain institutional investors that are Authorized Participants may have certain express contractual rights with respect to the Distributor under the terms of the relevant Authorized Participant Agreement. Investors may have certain legal rights under federal or state law against a Fund or its service providers. In the event that an investor considers that it may have a claim against a Fund, or against any service provider in connection with its investment in a Fund, such investor should consult its own legal advisor.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

B-4

Table of Contents

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-MUNI-0921

B-5

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated March 1, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund		Ticker		Listing Exchange
iShares Yield Optimized Bond ETF (the “Fund”)		BYLD		NYSE Arca

The Fund invests substantially all of its assets in other iShares funds that, in turn, invest in equities, bonds, alternatives and/or short-term instruments based on an index (each, an “Underlying Fund” and collectively, the “Underlying Funds”). BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA” or the “Investment Adviser”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., serves as investment adviser to the Fund and also serves as investment adviser to each of the Underlying Funds. References to the investments and risks of the Fund, unless otherwise indicated, should be understood as references to the investments and risks of the related Underlying Funds.

iShares^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BFA and its affiliates.

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

The section entitled “Determination of Net Asset Value” of the SAI for the Fund shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

BlackRock, with input from portfolio management, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, the Funds’ accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BlackRock, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of the Funds. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee will seek to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the asset or liability is being valued, and does not seek to determine the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Fund

The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Fund are listed for trading on NYSE Arca (the “Listing Exchange”), a national securities exchange. Shares of the Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units, and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 50,000 or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

Shares of the Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of the Fund may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of the Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of the Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) the Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (ii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iii) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of the Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks

The Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by BFA to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the Fund's Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market value and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as return variability, earnings valuation and yield) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Although the Fund does not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Fund may have a leveraging effect as described below.

The Fund generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities (including indirect investments through the Underlying Funds) of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates (“BlackRock Cash Funds”), as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, the Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities (including indirect investments through the Underlying Funds) of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. The Fund seeks to track the investment results of the Underlying Index before fees and expenses of the Fund.

Set forth below is more detailed information regarding types of instruments in which the Underlying Funds, and in some cases, the Fund, may invest, strategies BFA may employ in pursuit of the Fund's or an Underlying Fund's investment objective, and related risks.

Bonds. Certain of the Underlying Funds may invest in U.S. and non-U.S. dollar-denominated bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a U.S. or non-U.S. company, or U.S. or non-U.S. governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. Bonds generally are used by corporations and governments to borrow money from investors.

An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case the Fund or an Underlying Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. Similarly, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may have to reinvest interest income or payments received when bonds mature, sometimes at lower market rates. Most bonds bear interest income at a “coupon” rate that is fixed for the life of the bond. The value of a fixed-rate bond usually rises when market interest rates fall, and falls when market interest rates rise. Accordingly, a fixed-rate bond’s yield (income as a percent of the bond’s current value) may differ from its coupon rate as its value rises or falls. When an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is greater than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a premium. Conversely, when an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is less than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a discount. Fixed-rate bonds that are purchased at a discount pay less current income than securities with comparable yields that are purchased at face value, with the result that prices for such fixed-rate securities can be more volatile than prices for such securities that are purchased at face value. Other types of bonds bear interest at an interest rate that is adjusted periodically. Interest rates on “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed-rate bonds of comparable quality with similar final maturities. Because of their adjustable interest rates, the value of “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds, but their value may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may treat some of these bonds as having a shorter maturity for purposes of calculating the weighted average maturity of its investment portfolio. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s

Table of Contents

earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated obligations. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (backed by specified collateral).

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Corporate Bonds. Certain of the Underlying Funds may invest in investment grade and/or high yield corporate bonds. High yield corporate bonds may be deemed speculative and more volatile than higher rated securities of similar maturity. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest earned on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by changes in the market rate of interest, the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

Currency Transactions. A currency forward contract is an over-the-counter (“OTC”) obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days greater than two days from the date on which the contract is agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A non-deliverable currency forward is an OTC currency forward settled in a specified currency, on a specified date, based on the difference between the agreed-upon exchange rate and the market exchange rate. A currency futures contract is a contract that trades on an organized futures exchange involving an obligation to deliver or acquire a specified amount of a specific currency, at a specified price and at a specified future time. Currency futures contracts may be settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the underlying currency. To the extent required by law, liquid assets committed to futures contracts will be maintained. The Fund may engage in currency transactions but does not expect to engage in currency transactions for the purpose of hedging against declines in the value of the Underlying Funds' assets that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency. The Underlying Fund may enter into non-U.S. currency forward and non-U.S. currency futures transactions to facilitate local securities settlements or to protect against currency exposure in connection with its distributions to shareholders, but may not enter into such contracts for speculative purposes.

Foreign exchange transactions involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which foreign exchange transactions are effected may be highly volatile, highly specialized and highly technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. Foreign exchange trading risks include, but are not limited to, exchange rate risk, counterparty risk, maturity gap, interest rate risk, and potential interference by foreign governments through regulation of local exchange markets, foreign investment or particular transactions in non-U.S. currency. If BFA utilizes foreign exchange transactions at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions, trends or correlations incorrectly, foreign exchange transactions may not serve their intended purpose of improving the correlation of the Fund's return with the performance of its Underlying Index and may lower an Underlying Fund’s return. Each Underlying Fund could experience losses if the value of its currency forwards, options or futures positions were poorly correlated with its other investments or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid market or otherwise. In addition, each Underlying Fund could incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with certain non-U.S. currency transactions.

Table of Contents

Equity Securities. Equity securities generally have greater price volatility than fixed-income securities. The market price of equity securities may go up or down, sometimes rapidly or unpredictably. Equity securities may decline in value due to factors affecting equity securities markets generally; particular industries, sectors or geographic regions represented in those markets; or individual issuers. The types of developments that may affect an issuer of an equity security include management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer's goods or services. Common and preferred stock represent equity or ownership interests in an issuer. Preferred stock, however, pays dividends at a specified rate and has precedence over common stock in the payment of dividends. In the event an issuer is liquidated or declares bankruptcy, the claims of owners of bonds and preferred stock take precedence over the claims of those who own common stock.

Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options. Futures contracts, options on futures and securities options may be used by the Fund and certain of the Underlying Funds to simulate investment in their respective underlying index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures that are traded on a U.S. or non-U.S. futures exchange. The Fund or an Underlying Fund will not use futures, options on futures or securities options for speculative purposes. The Fund and each Underlying Fund intend to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). BFA, with respect to the Fund and the Underlying Funds, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to such Funds, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific instrument or index at a specified future time and at a specified price. Stock index contracts are based on investments that reflect the market value of common stock of the firms included in the investments. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may enter into futures contracts to purchase securities indexes when BFA anticipates purchasing the underlying securities and believes prices will rise before the purchase will be made. Upon entering into a futures contract, the Fund or an Underlying Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents known as “initial margin,” which is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract and is returned to the Fund or an Underlying Fund upon termination of the futures contract if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” will be made to and from the broker daily as the price of the instrument or index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund's existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, the Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no

Table of Contents

daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of the Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of its portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Securities options may be used by the Fund or an Underlying Fund to obtain access to securities in the Underlying Index or to dispose of securities in the Underlying Index at favorable prices, to invest cash in a securities index that offers similar exposure to that provided by the Underlying Index or otherwise to achieve the Fund’s objective of tracking the Underlying Index. A call option gives a holder the right to purchase a specific security at a specified price (“exercise price”) within a specified period of time. A put option gives a holder the right to sell a specific security at an exercise price within a specified period of time. The initial purchaser of a call option pays the “writer” a premium, which is paid at the time of purchase and is retained by the writer whether or not such option is exercised. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may purchase put options to hedge its portfolio against the risk of a decline in the market value of securities held and may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities it is committed to purchase. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may write put and call options along with a long position in options to increase its ability to hedge against a change in the market value of the securities it holds or is committed to purchase. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may purchase or sell securities options on a U.S. or non-U.S. securities exchange or in the OTC market through a transaction with a dealer. Options on a securities index are typically settled on a net basis based on the appreciation or depreciation of the index level over the strike price. Options on single name securities may be cash- or physically-settled, depending upon the market in which they are traded. Options may be structured so as to be exercisable only on certain dates or on a daily basis. Options may also be structured to have conditions to exercise (i.e., “Knock-in Events”) or conditions that trigger termination (i.e., “Knock-out Events”). Investments in futures contracts and other investments that contain leverage may require the Fund or such Underlying Fund to maintain liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under these contracts and other investments. Generally, the Fund or such Underlying Fund maintains an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to “cash-settle,” the Fund or such Underlying Fund maintains liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund's daily marked-to-market obligation (i.e., the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund's daily net liability, if any), rather than the contracts’ notional value (i.e., the value of the underlying asset). By maintaining assets equal to its net obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund or such Underlying Fund were required to set aside assets equal to the futures contracts’ full notional value. The Fund or an Underlying Fund bases its asset maintenance policies on methods permitted by the SEC and its staff and may modify these policies in the future to comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to time by the SEC or its staff. Changes in SEC guidance regarding the use of derivatives by registered investment companies may adversely impact the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund's ability to invest in futures, options or other derivatives or make investments in such instruments more expensive.

High Yield Securities. Non-investment grade or “high yield” fixed-income or convertible securities, commonly known to investors as “junk bonds” or “high yield bonds,” are generally debt securities that are rated below investment grade by one or more of the major rating agencies or are unrated securities that BFA believes are of comparable quality. While generally providing greater income and opportunity for gain, non-investment grade debt securities may be subject to greater risks than securities that have higher credit ratings, including a high risk of default, and their yields will fluctuate over time. High yield securities will generally be in the lower rating categories of recognized rating agencies (rated below Baa3 by Moody's Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody's”) or below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”)) or be unrated. The credit rating of a high yield security does not necessarily address its market value risk, and ratings may from time to time change, positively or negatively, to reflect developments regarding the issuer’s financial condition. High yield securities are considered to be speculative with respect to the capacity of the issuer to timely repay principal and pay interest in accordance with the terms of the obligation and may have more credit risk than higher rated securities.

The major risks of high yield bond investments include the following:

•	High yield bonds may be issued by less creditworthy issuers. These securities are vulnerable to adverse changes in the issuer’s industry or to general economic conditions. Issuers of high yield bonds may be unable to meet their

Table of Contents

	interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments or the unavailability of additional financing.
•	The issuers of high yield bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade bonds. If the issuer experiences financial stress, it may be unable to meet its debt obligations. The issuer’s ability to pay its debt obligations also may be lessened by specific issuer developments, or the unavailability of additional financing. Issuers of high yield securities are often in the growth stage of their development and/or involved in a reorganization or takeover.
•	High yield bonds are frequently ranked junior to claims by other creditors. If the issuer cannot meet its obligations, the senior obligations are generally paid off before the junior obligations, which will potentially limit an Underlying Fund’s ability to fully recover principal, to receive interest payments when senior securities are in default or to receive restructuring benefits paid to holders of more senior classes of debt. Thus, investors in high yield securities frequently have a lower degree of protection with respect to principal and interest payments than do investors in higher rated securities.
•	High yield bonds frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from an Underlying Fund before it matures. If an issuer redeems the high yield bonds, an Underlying Fund may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields and may lose income.
•	Prices of high yield bonds are subject to extreme fluctuations. Negative economic developments may have a greater impact on the prices of high yield bonds than on those of other higher rated fixed-income securities.
•	Under certain economic and/or market conditions, an Underlying Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. There are fewer dealers in the high yield bond market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted for high yield bonds by dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. Judgment may play a greater role in the prices and values generated for such securities than in the case of securities trading in a more liquid market.
•	The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and, participants in the markets are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. Under certain economic and/or market conditions, an Underlying Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. An illiquid secondary market may adversely affect the market price of the high yield security, which may result in increased difficulty selling the particular issue and obtaining accurate market quotations on the issue when valuing an Underlying Fund's assets. Market quotations on high yield securities are available only from a limited number of dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. When the secondary market for high yield securities becomes more illiquid, or in the absence of readily available market quotations for such securities, the relative lack of reliable objective data makes it more difficult to value such securities, and judgment plays a more important role in determining such valuations.
•	An Underlying Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.
•	The high yield bond markets may react strongly to adverse news about an issuer or the economy, or to the perception or expectation of adverse news, whether or not it is based on fundamental analysis. Additionally, prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These developments could adversely affect an Underlying Fund’s NAV and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value and liquidity of outstanding high yield securities, especially in a thinly traded market. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in the past.

Inflation-Protected Obligations. Certain of the Underlying Funds invest almost exclusively in inflation-protected public obligations of the U.S. Treasury, commonly known as “TIPS.” TIPS are a type of U.S. government obligation issued by the U.S. Treasury that are designed to provide inflation protection to investors. TIPS are income-generating instruments whose

Table of Contents

interest and principal payments are adjusted for inflation - a sustained increase in prices that erodes the purchasing power of money. The inflation adjustment, which is typically applied monthly to the principal of the bond, follows a designated inflation index, the consumer price index (“CPI”), and TIPS’ principal payments are adjusted according to changes in the CPI. A fixed-coupon rate is applied to the inflation-adjusted principal so that as inflation rises, both the principal value and the interest payments increase. This can provide investors with a hedge against inflation, as it helps preserve the purchasing power of an investment. Because of this inflation adjustment feature, inflation-protected bonds typically have lower yields than conventional fixed-rate bonds.

Investments in Underlying Funds. Each Underlying Fund is a type of investment company referred to as an exchange-traded fund (“ETF”). Each Underlying Fund is designed to track a particular index and is advised by BFA. Shares of the Underlying Funds are listed for trading on national securities exchanges and trade throughout the day on those exchanges and other secondary markets. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the national securities exchanges necessary to maintain the listing of shares of the Underlying Funds will continue to be met. A national securities exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of the Underlying Funds from listing if, among other things: (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of an Underlying Fund, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial holders of the shares for 30 or more consecutive trading days, (ii) the value of an Underlying Fund's underlying index is no longer calculated or available, or (iii) any other event shall occur or condition exist that, in the opinion of the national securities exchange, makes further dealings on the national securities exchange inadvisable. A national securities exchange will remove the shares of an Underlying Fund from listing and trading upon termination of such Underlying Fund. Shares of each Underlying Fund trade on exchanges at prices at, above or below their most recent NAV. The per share NAV of each Underlying Fund is calculated at the end of each business day and fluctuates with changes in the market value of such Underlying Fund's holdings since the most recent calculation. The trading prices of an Underlying Fund's shares fluctuate continuously throughout trading hours based on market supply and demand rather than NAV. The trading prices of an Underlying Fund's shares may deviate significantly from NAV during periods of market volatility. Any of these factors may lead to an Underlying Fund's shares trading at a premium or discount to NAV. Exchange prices are not expected to correlate exactly with an Underlying Fund's NAV due to timing reasons as well as market supply and demand factors. In addition, disruptions to an Underlying Fund's creations and redemptions or the existence of extreme market volatility may result in trading prices of Underlying Fund shares that differ significantly from NAV. If the Fund purchases shares of the Underlying Funds at a time when the market price of an Underlying Fund's shares are at a premium to the NAV or sells at a time when the market price of an Underlying Fund is at a discount to the NAV, then the Fund may sustain losses.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, brokers' commissions on buying or selling shares of the Underlying Funds will be based on negotiated commission rates at customary levels. An investment in an ETF generally presents the same primary risks as an investment in an open-end investment company that is not exchange-traded and that has the same investment objectives, strategies, and policies. However, ETFs are subject to the following risks that do not apply to an open-end investment company that is not exchange-traded: (i) the market price of the ETF's shares may trade at a discount to their net asset value; (ii) an active trading market for an ETF's shares may not develop or be maintained; or (iii) trading of an ETF's shares may be halted if the listing exchange's officials deem such action appropriate, the shares are delisted from the exchange, or the activation of market-wide “circuit breakers” (which are tied to large swings in stock prices) halts stock trading generally.

Lending Portfolio Securities. The Fund and each Underlying Fund may lend portfolio securities to certain borrowers that BFA determines to be creditworthy, including borrowers affiliated with BFA. The borrowers provide collateral that is maintained in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned. No securities loan shall be made on behalf of the Fund or an Underlying Fund if, as a result, the aggregate value of all securities loaned by the Fund or the Underlying Fund exceeds one-third of the value of the Fund's or an Underlying Fund's total assets (including the value of the collateral received). The Fund or an Underlying Fund may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the return of the securities loaned. The Fund or an Underlying Fund receives, by way of substitute payment, the value of any interest or cash or non-cash distributions paid on the loaned securities that it would have received if the securities were not on loan.

With respect to loans that are collateralized by cash, the borrower may be entitled to receive a fee based on the amount of cash collateral. The Fund or the Underlying Funds are typically compensated by the difference between the amount earned on the reinvestment of cash collateral and the fee paid to the borrower. In the case of collateral other than cash, the Fund or an Underlying Fund is typically compensated by a fee paid by the borrower equal to a percentage of the market value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral may be reinvested in certain short-term instruments either directly on behalf of the fund or through one or more joint accounts or money market funds, including those affiliated with BFA; such investments are

Table of Contents

subject to investment risk. Other investment companies in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund or an Underlying Fund.

The Fund and each Underlying Fund conduct its securities lending pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC permitting it to lend portfolio securities to borrowers affiliated with the Fund or an Underlying Fund and to retain an affiliate of the Fund or an Underlying Fund to act as securities lending agent. To the extent that the Fund or an Underlying Fund engages in securities lending, BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. (“BTC”) acts as securities lending agent for the Fund or an Underlying Fund, subject to the overall supervision of BFA. BTC administers the lending program in accordance with guidelines approved by the Trust's Board of Trustees (the “Board,” the trustees of which are the “Trustees”).

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees the Fund or an Underlying Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, the Fund or an Underlying Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund's securities as agreed, the Fund or an Underlying Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for the Fund or an Underlying Fund. The Fund or an Underlying Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by the Fund or an Underlying Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund or an Underlying Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on shareholders caused by this difference in connection with the Fund’s or an Underlying Fund's securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, including ETFs such as the Fund, to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”) and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Fund has implemented a Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust, has appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, BFA assesses, manages, and periodically reviews the Fund’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by the Fund as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that the Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by the Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interest in the Fund. The liquidity of the Fund's portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the Liquidity Program. There are exclusions from certain portions of the liquidity risk management program requirements for “in-kind” ETFs, as defined in the Liquidity Rule. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, the Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Certain of the Underlying Funds may invest in mortgage pass-through securities which are a category of pass-through securities backed by pools of mortgages and issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”), or by one of several U.S. government-sponsored enterprises, such as the Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), or Federal Home Loan Banks (“FHLBs”). In the basic mortgage pass-through structure, mortgages with similar issuer, term and coupon characteristics are collected and aggregated into a “pool” consisting of multiple mortgage loans. The pool is assigned a CUSIP number and undivided interests in the pool are traded and sold as pass-through securities. The holder of the security is entitled to a pro rata share of principal and interest payments (including unscheduled prepayments) from the pool of mortgage loans.

Mortgage securities issued by non-government entities may be subject to greater credit risk than those issued by government entities. The performance of privately-issued mortgage securities may depend on the integrity and competence of the institutions that originate the underlying mortgages, yet investors in these mortgage securities may have only limited access to information required to evaluate the practices of these mortgage originators. In order to prevent defaults by troubled mortgage borrowers, the sponsors of mortgage securities may have to renegotiate and investors in mortgage securities may have to accept less favorable interest rates or other terms on the mortgages underlying these securities. Unanticipated mortgage defaults or renegotiations of mortgage terms are likely to depress the prices of related mortgage

Table of Contents

securities. Although mortgage securities may be supported by some form of government or private guarantee and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will meet their obligations. Guarantees, insurance and other forms of credit enhancement supporting mortgage securities may also be insufficient to cover all losses on underlying mortgages if mortgage borrowers default at a greater than expected rate.

An investment in a specific pool of pass-through securities requires an analysis of the specific prepayment risk of mortgages within the covered pool (since mortgagors typically have the option to prepay their loans). The level of prepayments on a pool of mortgage securities is difficult to predict and can impact the subsequent cash flows and value of the mortgage pool. In addition, when trading specific mortgage pools, precise execution, delivery and settlement arrangements must be negotiated for each transaction. These factors combine to make trading in mortgage pools somewhat cumbersome. For these and other reasons, an Underlying Fund may obtain exposure to U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities primarily through the use of “to-be-announced” or “TBA transactions.” “TBA” refers to a commonly used mechanism for the forward settlement of U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities, and not to a separate type of mortgage-backed securities (“MBS”). Most transactions in mortgage pass-through securities occur through the use of TBA transactions. TBA transactions generally are conducted in accordance with widely-accepted guidelines that establish commonly observed terms and conditions for execution, settlement and delivery. In a TBA transaction, the buyer and seller decide on general trade parameters, such as agency, settlement date, par amount, and price. The actual pools delivered generally are determined two days prior to the settlement date. An Underlying Fund may use TBA transactions in several ways. For example, an Underlying Fund may regularly enter into TBA agreements and “roll over” such agreements prior to the settlement date stipulated in such agreements. This type of TBA transaction is sometimes known as a “TBA roll.” In a “TBA roll,” an Underlying Fund generally will sell the obligation to purchase the pools stipulated in the TBA agreement prior to the stipulated settlement date and will enter into a new TBA agreement for future delivery of pools of mortgage pass-through securities. In addition, an Underlying Fund may enter into TBA agreements and settle such transactions on the stipulated settlement date by accepting actual receipt or delivery of the pools of mortgage pass-through securities stipulated in the TBA agreement. Default by or bankruptcy of a counterparty to a TBA transaction would expose an Underlying Fund to possible loss because of adverse market action, expenses or delays in connection with the purchase or sale of the pools of mortgage pass-through securities specified in the TBA transaction. To minimize this risk, an Underlying Fund will enter into TBA transactions only with established counterparties (such as major broker-dealers) and BFA will monitor the creditworthiness of such counterparties. The use of “TBA rolls” may cause an Underlying Fund to experience higher portfolio turnover and to pay higher capital gain distributions, which may result in larger amounts of short-term capital gains allocable to interest holders. The Underlying Funds maintain liquid assets in connection with TBA transactions.

Mortgage Securities. Certain of the Underlying Funds may invest in mortgage securities. Mortgage securities are issued by government and non-government entities such as banks, mortgage lenders, or other institutions. A mortgage security is an obligation of the issuer that is backed by a mortgage or pool of mortgages or a direct interest in an underlying pool of mortgages. Some mortgage securities, such as collateralized mortgage obligations, make payments of both principal and interest at a range of specified intervals; others make semi-annual interest payments at a pre-determined rate and repay principal at maturity (like a typical bond). Mortgage securities are based on different types of mortgages, including those on commercial real estate or residential properties. Stripped mortgage securities are created when the interest and principal components of a mortgage security are separated and sold as individual securities. In the case of a stripped mortgage security, the holder of the “principal-only” security (PO) receives the principal payments made by the underlying mortgage, while the holder of the “interest-only” security (IO) receives interest payments from the same underlying mortgage.

The value of mortgage securities may change due to shifts in the market's perception of the creditworthiness of issuers and changes in interest rates or liquidity. The value of some MBS may be particularly sensitive to changes in prevailing interest rates. In addition, regulatory or tax changes may adversely affect the mortgage securities market as a whole. Mortgage securities issued by non-government entities may be subject to greater credit risk than those issued by government entities. The performance of privately-issued mortgage securities may depend on the integrity and competence of the institutions that originate the underlying mortgages, yet investors in these mortgage securities may have only limited access to information required to evaluate the practices of these mortgage originators. In order to prevent defaults by troubled mortgage borrowers, the sponsors of mortgage securities may have to renegotiate and investors in mortgage securities may have to accept less favorable interest rates or other terms on the mortgages underlying these securities. Unanticipated mortgage defaults or renegotiations of mortgage terms are likely to depress the prices of related mortgage securities. Although mortgage securities may be supported by some form of government or private guarantee and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will meet their obligations. Guarantees, insurance and other forms of

Table of Contents

credit enhancement supporting mortgage securities may also be insufficient to cover all losses on underlying mortgages if mortgage borrowers default at a greater than expected rate.

Non-government mortgage securities may be subject to greater price changes than government issues. Mortgage securities are subject to prepayment risk. Prepayment risk is the risk that early principal payments made on the underlying mortgages, usually in response to a reduction in interest rates, will result in the return of principal to the investor, causing the investor to be invested subsequently at a lower current interest rate. Alternatively, in a rising interest rate environment, mortgage security values may be adversely affected when prepayments on underlying mortgages do not occur as anticipated, resulting in the extension of the security's effective maturity and the related increase in interest rate sensitivity of a longer-term instrument. The prices of stripped mortgage securities tend to be more volatile in response to changes in interest rates than those of non-stripped mortgage securities. In addition, although mortgages and mortgage-related securities are generally supported by some form of government or private guarantee and/or insurance, there is no assurance that private guarantors or insurers will meet their obligations.

Non-Diversification Risk. Certain of the Underlying Funds may be classified as “non-diversified.” This means that such Underlying Funds may invest a large percentage of its assets in securities issued by or representing a small number of issuers. As a result, such Underlying Funds may be more susceptible to the risks associated with these particular issuers, or to a single economic, political or regulatory occurrence affecting these issuers.

Non-U.S. Securities and Emerging Markets Securities. Investing in the securities of non-U.S. issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, the possibility of expropriation or potentially confiscatory taxation, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability which could affect U.S. investments in non-U.S. countries, potential restrictions of the flow of international capital, generally less liquid and less efficient securities markets, generally greater price volatility, less publicly available information about issuers, higher transaction and custody costs, delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures, difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations, less developed judicial systems to settle disputes, lesser liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization of most non-U.S. securities markets, substantial government interference with the economy and transaction costs of foreign currency conversions. The Underlying Funds may have difficulty valuing such securities due to these or other considerations. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. Moreover, individual foreign economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy with respect to growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions. In addition, changes in foreign exchange rates also will affect the value of securities denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. Certain foreign markets have specific geographical risks such as a heightened likelihood of earthquakes, tsunamis, or volcanoes. Certain foreign markets also experience acts of terrorism, territorial disputes or other defense concerns. These situations may have a significant impact on the economies of, and investments in, these geographic areas.

To the extent the Fund and certain of the Underlying Funds invest in publicly traded common stocks of non-U.S. issuers, certain of the Fund or Underlying Fund’s investments in such stocks may be in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) (collectively, “depositary receipts”). Depositary receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust issuer, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. ADRs typically are issued by an American bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a foreign corporation. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as Continental depositary receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Generally, ADRs, issued in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world. An Underlying Fund may invest in Depositary Receipts through “sponsored” or “unsponsored” facilities. A sponsored facility is established jointly by the issuer of the underlying security and a depositary, whereas a depositary may establish an unsponsored facility without participation by the issuer of the deposited security. Holders of unsponsored Depositary Receipts generally bear all the costs of such facilities and the depositary of an unsponsored facility frequently is under no obligation to distribute interest holder communications received from the issuer of the deposited security or to pass through voting rights to the holders of such receipts in respect of the deposited securities. The issuers of unsponsored Depositary Receipts are not obligated to disclose material information in the U.S. and,

Table of Contents

therefore, there may be less information available regarding such issuers and there may not be a correlation between such information and the market value of the Depositary Receipts.

Depositary receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, depositary receipts expose the Fund and each Underlying Fund to additional risks associated with the non-uniform terms that apply to depositary receipt programs, credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency risk and liquidity risk. Unsponsored programs, which are not sanctioned by the issuer of the underlying common stock, generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in sponsored depositary receipts.

Obligations of Foreign Governments, Supranational Entities and Banks. Certain of the Underlying Funds may invest in U.S. dollar-denominated short-term obligations issued or guaranteed by one or more foreign governments or any of their political subdivisions, agencies or instrumentalities that are determined by BFA to be of comparable quality to the other obligations in which the Fund and certain of the Underlying Funds may invest. Certain foreign governments, specifically foreign governments in emerging markets, historically have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments of principal and interest, and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts. The Fund and certain of the Underlying Funds may also invest in debt obligations of supranational entities. Supranational entities include international organizations designated or supported by governmental entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and international banking institutions and related government agencies. Examples include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the Asian Development Bank and the InterAmerican Development Bank. The percentage of the Fund's and certain of the Underlying Funds' assets invested in obligations of foreign governments and supranational entities will vary depending on the relative yields of such securities, the economic and financial markets of the countries in which the investments are made and the interest rate climate of such countries. The Fund and certain of the Underlying Funds may invest a portion of their total assets in high-quality, short-term (one year or less) debt obligations of foreign branches of U.S. banks or U.S. branches of foreign banks that are denominated in and pay interest in U.S. dollars.

Emerging Markets. Some non-U.S. markets in which certain of the Underlying Funds invest are considered to be emerging markets. Investment in these emerging markets subjects an Underlying Fund to a greater risk of loss than investments in developed markets. This is due to, among other things, greater market volatility, lower trading volume, political and economic instability, greater risk of market shut down and more governmental limitations on foreign investment policy than those typically found in developed markets.

Subsequent to purchase by the applicable Underlying Fund, a rated security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below an investment-grade rating. Bonds rated below Baa3 by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch are generally considered below investment-grade quality and are obligations of issuers that are generally considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal according to the terms of the obligation and, therefore, carry greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy and increased market price volatility. Such lower-rated securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are subject to a substantial degree of credit risk. Please see Appendix B of this SAI for a description of each rating category of Moody's, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch and BFA's treatment of investments that are not rated by any of the rating agencies.

Table of Contents

by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. To the extent the Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

The Fund (the “No-Action Letter Fund”) may also have investments in “underlying funds” (and such underlying funds themselves may invest in underlying funds) not advised by BFA (the term “underlying fund” for purposes of the no-action letter referenced below may include, but is not limited to, certain securitized vehicles, mortgage or international real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), business development companies and, investment companies that may invest in CFTC Derivatives or in any of the foregoing), and therefore may be viewed by the CFTC as commodity pools. BFA may not have transparency into the holdings of these underlying funds because they are not advised by BFA. To address this issue of lack of transparency, the CFTC staff issued a no-action letter on November 29, 2012 permitting the adviser of a fund that invests in such underlying funds and that would otherwise have filed a claim of exclusion pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 to delay registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the adviser of the No-Action Letter Fund, has filed a claim with the CFTC for such fund to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of such fund.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through 2020. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to the Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in the Fund.

Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is an instrument under which the purchaser (i.e., an Underlying Fund) acquires a security and the seller agrees, at the time of the sale, to repurchase the security at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the purchaser’s holding period. Repurchase agreements may be construed to be collateralized loans by the purchaser to the seller secured by the securities transferred to the purchaser. If a repurchase agreement is construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities will not be considered to be owned by an Underlying Fund but only to constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price, and, in the event of a default by the seller, such Underlying Fund may suffer time delays and incur costs or losses in connection with the disposition of the collateral.

Table of Contents

Repurchase agreements pose certain risks for an Underlying Fund, should it decide to utilize them. Such risks are not unique to the Underlying Funds, but are inherent in repurchase agreements. The Underlying Funds seek to minimize such risks, but because of the inherent legal uncertainties involved in repurchase agreements, such risks cannot be eliminated. Lower quality collateral and collateral with a longer maturity may be subject to greater price fluctuations than higher quality collateral and collateral with a shorter maturity. If the repurchase agreement counterparty were to default, lower quality collateral may be more difficult to liquidate than higher quality collateral. Should the counterparty default and the amount of collateral not be sufficient to cover the counterparty’s repurchase obligation, an Underlying Fund would likely retain the status of an unsecured creditor of the counterparty (i.e., the position an Underlying Fund would normally be in if it were to hold, pursuant to its investment policies, other unsecured debt securities of the defaulting counterparty) with respect to the amount of the shortfall. As an unsecured creditor, an Underlying Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Generally, the effect of such transactions is that each Underlying Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases the Fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if each Underlying Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and each Underlying Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to such Underlying Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of each Underlying Fund’s assets. Exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Securities of Investment Companies. The Fund and each Underlying Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) to the extent permitted by law, regulation, exemptive order or SEC staff guidance. Under the 1940 Act, a fund’s investment in investment companies is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of the fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company, and (iii) 10% of the fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, the Fund and each Underlying Fund intends from time to time to invest its assets in securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which the Fund or an Underlying Fund invests can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund or an Underlying Fund. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which reflect the Fund's pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies (as disclosed in the Prospectus, as applicable).

An Underlying Fund may purchase shares of ETFs for the same reason it would purchase (and as an alternative to purchasing) futures contracts – to obtain relatively low-cost exposure to the stock market while maintaining flexibility to meet the liquidity needs of such Underlying Fund. ETF shares enjoy several advantages over futures contracts. Depending on the market, the holding period, and other factors, ETF shares can be less costly than futures contracts. In addition, ETF shares can be purchased for smaller sums and offer exposure to market sectors and styles for which there is no suitable or liquid futures contract. An Underlying Fund may also purchase ETF shares for other purposes, including improving its ability to track its underlying index. An Underlying Fund may invest in shares of ETFs that are advised by BFA.

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. The Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S.

Table of Contents

government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's, “F-1” by Fitch, or “A-1” by Standard & Poor's^® Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global, Inc. (“S&P Global Ratings”), or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by the Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Sovereign and Quasi-Sovereign Obligations. Certain of the Underlying Funds may invest in sovereign obligations. An investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations. Sovereign debt includes securities issued or guaranteed by a foreign sovereign government. The issuer of the sovereign debt that controls the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and an Underlying Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. Similar to other issuers, changes to the financial condition or credit rating of a non-U.S. government may cause the value of a sovereign debt to decline. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt obligations may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations, which may affect an Underlying Fund's NAV. Several sovereign issuers have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about rising government debt levels, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain.

A sovereign debtor's willingness or ability to repay principal and pay interest in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its non-U.S. currency reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange, the relative size of the debt service burden, the sovereign debtor's policy toward principal international lenders and local political constraints. The failure of a sovereign debtor to implement economic reforms, achieve specified levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of third-party commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such debtor's ability or willingness to service its debts.

Supranational Entities. Certain of the Underlying Funds may invest in debt securities of supranational entities. Examples of such entities include the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (the World Bank), the European Steel and Coal Community, the Asian Development Bank and the Inter-American Development Bank. The government members, or “stockholders,” usually make initial capital contributions to the supranational entity and in many cases are committed to make additional capital contributions if the supranational entity is unable to repay its borrowings. There is no guarantee that one or more stockholders of a supranational entity will continue to make any necessary additional capital contributions. If such contributions are not made, the entity may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on its debt securities, and the Fund may lose money on such investments.

Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are contracts between parties in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on a pre-determined underlying investment or notional amount. In return, the other party agrees to make periodic payments to the first party based on the return (or a differential in rate of return) earned or realized on the underlying investment or notional amount. Swap agreements will usually be performed on a net basis, with each Underlying Fund receiving or paying only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of an Underlying Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained by such Underlying Fund.

The Fund and the Underlying Funds may enter into swap agreements, including currency swaps, interest rate swaps and index swaps. The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets.

Table of Contents

agencies and sponsored entities. If a U.S. government agency or sponsored entity issues securities in which the Fund invests and such issuer is unable to meet its obligations or ceases to exist, and no plan is made for the repayment of securities, the performance of the Fund will be adversely impacted.

MBS are subject to the general risks associated with investing in real estate securities; that is, they may lose value if the value of the underlying real estate to which a pool of mortgages relates declines. In addition, investments in MBS involve certain specific risks. These risks include the failure of a party to meet its commitments under the related operative documents, adverse interest rate changes and the effects of prepayments on mortgage cash flows. The value of MBS, like that of traditional fixed-income securities, typically increases when interest rates fall and decreases when interest rates rise. However, MBS differ from traditional fixed-income securities because of their potential for prepayment without penalty. The price paid by the Fund for its MBS, the yield the Fund expects to receive from such securities and the weighted average life of the securities are based on a number of factors, including the anticipated rate of prepayment of the underlying mortgages. In a period of declining interest rates, borrowers may prepay the underlying mortgages more quickly than anticipated, thereby

Table of Contents

reducing the yield to maturity and the average life of the MBS. Moreover, when the Fund reinvests the proceeds of a prepayment in these circumstances, it will likely receive a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on the security that was prepaid.

To the extent that the Fund purchases MBS at a premium, mortgage foreclosures and principal prepayments may result in a loss to the extent of the premium paid. If the Fund buys such securities at a discount, both scheduled payments of principal and unscheduled prepayments will increase current and total returns and will accelerate the recognition of income, which, when distributed to shareholders, will be taxable as ordinary income. In a period of rising interest rates, prepayments of the underlying mortgages may occur at a slower than expected rate, creating maturity extension risk. This particular risk may effectively change a security that was considered short- or intermediate-term at the time of purchase into a long-term security. Since the value of long-term securities generally fluctuates more widely in response to changes in interest rates than that of shorter-term securities, maturity extension risk could increase the inherent volatility of the Fund. Under certain interest rate and prepayment scenarios, the Fund may fail to recoup fully its investment in MBS notwithstanding any direct or indirect U.S. governmental or agency guarantee.

To-Be-Announced Securities. The Fund may seek to gain exposure to U.S. agency mortgage pass-through securities by investing in to-be-announced (“TBA”) securities. “TBAs” refer to a commonly used mechanism for the forward settlement of U.S. agency MBS, and not to a separate type of MBS. Most transactions in fixed-rate MBS occur through the use of TBA transactions. TBA transactions generally are conducted in accordance with widely-accepted guidelines which establish commonly observed terms and conditions for execution, settlement, and delivery. In a TBA transaction, the buyer and seller decide on general trade parameters, such as the issuing agency, settlement date, par amount, and price. The actual mortgage pools delivered generally are determined two days prior to settlement date. The Fund may regularly enter into TBA agreements and “roll over” such agreements prior to the settlement date stipulated in such agreements. This type of TBA transaction is sometimes known as a “TBA roll.” In a TBA roll, the Fund generally will sell the obligation to purchase the pools stipulated in the TBA agreement prior to the stipulated settlement date and will enter into a new TBA agreement for future delivery of pools of MBS. In addition, the Fund may enter into TBA agreements and settle such transactions on the stipulated settlement date by accepting actual receipt or delivery of the pools of MBS stipulated in the TBA agreement.

The Fund intends to invest cash pending settlement of TBA transactions in money market instruments, repurchase agreements, or other high quality, liquid short-term instruments, including money market funds advised by BFA. The Fund will pay its pro rata share of fees and expenses of any money market fund that it may invest in, in addition to the Fund’s own fees and expenses.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. U.S. agency MBS may also be structured in the form of CMOs. CMOs are created by dividing the principal and interest payments collected on a pool of mortgages into several revenue streams (“tranches”) with different priority rights to portions of the underlying mortgage payments. Certain CMO tranches may represent a right to receive interest only, principal only, or an amount that remains after floating-rate tranches are paid (an “inverse floater”). These securities are frequently referred to as “mortgage derivatives” and may be extremely sensitive to changes in interest rates. Interest rates on inverse floaters, for example, vary inversely with a short-term floating rate (which may be reset periodically). Interest rates on inverse floaters will decrease when short-term rates increase and will increase when short-term rates decrease. These securities have the effect of providing a degree of investment leverage. In response to changes in market interest rates or other market conditions, the value of an inverse floater may increase or decrease at a multiple of the increase or decrease in the value of the underlying securities. If the Fund invests in CMO tranches issued by U.S. government

Table of Contents

agencies or sponsored entities and interest rates move in a manner not anticipated by Fund management, it is possible that the Fund could lose all or substantially all of its investment. Certain CMOs in which the Fund may invest may also provide a degree of investment leverage, which could cause the Fund to lose all or substantially all of its investment.

U.S. Government Obligations. Certain of the Underlying Funds may invest in various types of U.S. government obligations. U.S. government obligations are a type of bond and include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Payment of principal and interest on U.S. government obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and FHLB notes). In the latter case, the Fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

Future Developments. The board of each Fund or Underlying Fund may, in the future, authorize each Underlying Fund to invest in securities contracts and investments, other than those listed in this SAI and in the Prospectus, provided they are consistent with each Underlying Fund's investment objective and do not violate any of its investment restrictions or policies.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in the Fund is contained in the Prospectus. Because the Fund expects to obtain its exposure to the securities in the Underlying Index substantially through its investment in the Underlying Funds, shareholders should be aware that the risks of investment in particular types of securities, economic sectors and geographic locations discussed below may be borne by the Fund through its investment in the Underlying Funds. Through its investment in the Underlying Funds, the Fund will also bear the risks described below associated with the Underlying Funds' use of portfolio management techniques, such as borrowing arrangements and use of derivatives, in addition to the risks associated with those activities if the Fund engages in them directly.

An investment in the Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities, including its investment in the Underlying Funds, may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of stocks in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

Table of Contents

Issuer Insolvency Risk. The Fund's and the Underlying Funds' potential exposure to financially or operationally troubled issuers involves a high degree of credit and market risk, which may be heightened during an economic downturn or recession. Should an issuer of securities held by the Fund become involved in a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, a wide variety of considerations make an evaluation of the outcome of the Fund’s exposure to the issuer uncertain.

During the period of a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, it is unlikely that the Fund or the Underlying Funds will receive any interest payments on the securities of the issuer. The Fund or the Underlying Funds will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether the reorganization or restructuring will be completed, and the Fund or the Underlying Funds may bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect and recover its investment. The Fund or the Underlying Funds will also be subject to significant uncertainty as to when and in what manner and for what value the obligations evidenced by the securities of the issuer held by the Fund or the Underlying Funds will eventually be satisfied. Even if a plan of reorganization or restructuring is adopted with respect to the securities of the issuer held by the Fund or the Underlying Funds, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by the Fund or the Underlying Funds in connection with such plan of reorganization or restructuring will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated or no value. The Fund or the Underlying Funds may be unable to enforce its claims or rights in any collateral or may have its claims or security interest in any collateral challenged, disallowed or subordinated to the claims or security interests of other creditors. In addition, amendments to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other relevant laws could alter the expected outcome or introduce greater uncertainty regarding the outcome of the Fund's securities holdings in the issuer. In a bankruptcy proceeding, a reorganization or restructuring, the securities of the issuer held by the Fund or the Underlying Funds could be re-characterized or the Fund or the Underlying Funds may receive different securities or other assets, including equity securities. These types of equity securities include, but are not limited to: common stock; preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock); bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock; stock purchase warrants and rights; equity interests in trusts; and depositary receipts. The value of equity securities received by the Fund or the Underlying Funds could decline if the financial condition of the issuer deteriorates or if overall market and economic conditions, or conditions within the issuer’s region or industry, deteriorate. Equity securities received by the Fund through a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or restructuring of an issuer would not be component securities of the Fund’s Underlying Index, which could subject the Fund to additional tracking error risk.

To the extent that the Fund or the Underlying Funds receives other assets in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, the Fund or the Underlying Funds may also be subject to additional risks associated with the assets received. One example of assets that the Fund or the Underlying Funds could receive is an interest in one or more loans made to the issuer as part of a workout agreed to by a consortium of lienholders and creditors of the issuer. The Fund or the Underlying Funds may receive such interests in loans to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Securities or other assets received in a reorganization or restructuring typically entail a higher degree of risk than investments in securities of issuers that have not undergone a reorganization or restructuring and may be subject to heavy selling or downward pricing pressure after completion of the reorganization or restructuring. The post-reorganization/restructuring assets and securities may also be illiquid and difficult to sell or value. If the Fund or the Underlying Funds participates in negotiations with respect to a plan of reorganization or restructuring with respect to securities of the issuer held by the Fund or the Underlying Funds, the Fund also may be restricted from disposing such securities for a period of time. If the Fund or the Underlying Funds becomes involved in such proceedings, the Fund or the Underlying Funds may have more active participation in the affairs of the issuer than that assumed generally by an investor.

Table of Contents

LIBOR Risk. An Fund may be exposed to financial instruments that are tied to the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies or investment value. An Fund’s investments may pay interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or may be subject to interest caps or floors based on LIBOR. An Fund may also obtain financing at floating rates based on LIBOR. Derivative instruments utilized by the Fund may also reference LIBOR.

In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021, and it is expected that LIBOR will cease to be published after that time. The ICE Benchmark Administration, which is appointed by the FCA as the administrator of LIBOR recently announced that it will issue a consultation on extending the discontinuation date for USD LIBOR to June 30, 2023. By extending the publication of USD LIBOR to June 30, 2023 it would allow most legacy USD LIBOR contracts to mature before LIBOR experiences disruptions. An Fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates, such as the Euro Overnight Index Average (“EONIA”), which may also cease to be published. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there are challenges to converting certain securities and transactions to a new reference rate (e.g., the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace the U.S. dollar LIBOR).

Risk of Derivatives. A derivative is a financial contract, the value of which depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, such as a security, a commodity (such as gold or silver), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 or the prime lending rate). Each Underlying Fund may invest in variable rate demand notes and obligations, and tender option bonds, which may be considered derivatives. Compared to securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus the Fund's or an Underlying Fund's losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent the Fund or an Underlying Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, the Fund or Underlying Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains, and in some cases, hedging can cause losses that are not offset by gains, and the Fund will recognize losses on both the investment and the hedge. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Fund’s hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Table of Contents

Risk of Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. There are several risks accompanying the utilization of futures contracts and options on futures contracts. A position in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed only on the exchange on which the contract was made (or a linked exchange). While each Underlying Fund plans to utilize futures contracts only if an active market exists for such contracts, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for the contract at a specified time. Furthermore, because, by definition, futures contracts project price levels in the future and not current levels of valuation, market circumstances may result in a discrepancy between the price of the bond index future and the movement in the relevant underlying indexes. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if an Underlying Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, an Underlying Fund may be required to deliver the instruments underlying the futures contracts it has sold.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered bond index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. Each Underlying Fund does not plan to use futures and options contracts in this way. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. Each Underlying Fund, however, intends to utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit its risk exposure to levels comparable to a direct investment in the types of bonds in which it invests.

Utilization of futures and options on futures by an Underlying Fund involves the risk of imperfect or even negative correlation to its underlying index if the index underlying the futures contract differs from the underlying index. There is also the risk of loss by an Underlying Fund of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom such Underlying Fund has an open position in the futures contract or option. The purchase of put or call options will be based upon predictions by BFA as to anticipated trends, which predictions could prove to be incorrect.

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day's settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting an Underlying Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, an Underlying Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Agency Debt Securities. Uncollateralized bonds issued by agencies, subdivisions or instrumentalities of foreign governments are generally backed only by the creditworthiness and reputation of the entities issuing the bonds and may not be backed by the full faith and credit of the foreign government. Moreover, a foreign government that explicitly provides its full faith and credit to a particular entity may be, due to changed circumstances, unable or unwilling to actually provide that support. If a non-U.S. agency is unable to meet its obligations, the performance of the Fund will be adversely impacted. A non-U.S. agency’s operations and financial condition are influenced by the foreign government’s economic and other policies. Changes to the financial condition or credit rating of a foreign government may cause the value of debt issued by that particular foreign government’s agencies, subdivisions or instrumentalities to decline. During periods of economic uncertainty, the trading of non-U.S. agency bonds may be less liquid while market prices may be more volatile than prices of U.S. agency bonds. Additional risks associated with non-U.S. agency investing include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards, adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations, political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries and cause restrictions on the flow of international capital.

Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Debt Securities. Non-U.S. debt securities are traded on foreign exchanges and OTC in the respective countries covered by the Underlying Funds. The risks of investing in non-U.S. debt securities typically include market fluctuations caused by such factors as economic and political developments, changes in interest rates and perceived trends in bond prices. Investing in a fund whose portfolio contains securities of non-U.S. issuers involves certain risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include securities markets that may lack sufficient liquidity or may be less efficient; generally greater price volatility; less publicly available information

Table of Contents

about issuers; the imposition of withholding or other taxes; the imposition of restrictions on the expatriation of funds or other assets of the Underlying Funds; higher transaction and custody costs; delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures; difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization of most non-U.S. securities markets; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and different bankruptcy and insolvency regimes which may stay or prevent recovery in the event of an issuer’s default.

U.S. Treasury Obligations Risk. Certain of the Underlying Funds invest in various types of U.S. Treasury securities. U.S. Treasury obligations may differ from other securities in their interest rates, maturities, times of issuance and other characteristics. Similar to other issuers, changes to the financial condition or credit rating of the U.S. government may cause the value of U.S. Treasury obligations to decline. U.S. Treasury obligations typically offer lower interest rates than other obligations. Neither the U.S. government nor any of its agencies or instrumentalities guarantees the market value of the securities it issues.

Table of Contents

world, specifically in the area of pre-marketing clearance of products and prices, can be arbitrary and unpredictable. The communications services industry can also be significantly affected by intense competition for market share, including competition with alternative technologies such as wireless communications, product compatibility and standardization, consumer preferences, rapid product obsolescence, research and development of new products, lack of standardization or compatibility with existing technologies, and a dependency on patent and copyright protections. Companies in the communication services sector may encounter distressed cash flows due to the need to commit substantial capital to meet increasing competition, particularly in developing new products and services using new technology. Technological innovations may make the products and services of certain communications companies obsolete.

Risk of Investing in the Consumer Cyclical Industry. The Fund and each Underlying Fund may invest in consumer cyclical companies, which rely heavily on business cycles and economic conditions. Consumer cyclical companies include automotive manufacturers, retail companies, and housing-related companies. The consumer cyclical industry can be significantly affected by several factors, including, without limitation, the performance of domestic and international economies, exchange rates, changing consumer tastes and trends, marketing campaigns, cyclical revenue generation, consumer confidence, commodity price volatility, labor relations, interest rates, import and export controls, intense competition, technological developments and government regulation.

Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector. Companies in the energy sector are strongly affected by the levels and volatility of global energy prices, energy supply and demand, government regulations and policies, energy production and conservation efforts, technological change, development of alternative energy sources, and other factors that they cannot control. These companies may also lack resources and have limited business lines. Energy companies may have relatively high levels of debt and may be more likely to restructure their businesses if there are downturns in certain energy markets or in the global economy. If an energy company in an Underlying Fund's portfolio becomes distressed, such Underlying Fund could lose all or a substantial portion of its investment.

Table of Contents

Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economy of the key energy-consuming countries. Commodity prices have recently been subject to increased volatility and declines, which may negatively affect companies in which the Underlying Funds invest. For example, in the context of the COVID-19 outbreak and disputes among oil-producing countries regarding potential limits on the production of crude oil, the energy sector has experienced increased volatility. In particular, significant market volatility occurred in the crude oil markets as well as the oil futures markets, which resulted in the market price of certain crude oil futures contract falling below zero for a period of time.

Most financial companies are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which limits their activities and may affect their ability to earn a profit from a given line of business. Government regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the financials sector, including effects not intended by the regulation. Direct governmental intervention in the operations of financial companies and financial markets may materially and adversely affect the companies in which an Underlying Fund invests, including legislation in many countries that may increase government regulation, repatriation and other intervention. The impact of governmental intervention and legislative changes on any individual financial company or on the financials sector as a whole cannot be predicted. The valuation of financial companies has been and continues to be subject to unprecedented volatility and may be influenced by unpredictable factors, including interest rate risk and sovereign debt default. Certain financial businesses are subject to intense competitive pressures, including market share and price competition. Financial companies in foreign countries are subject to market specific and general regulatory and interest rate concerns. In particular, government regulation in certain foreign countries may include taxes and controls on interest rates, credit availability, minimum capital requirements, bans on short sales, limits on prices and restrictions on currency transfers. In addition, companies in the financials sector may be the targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or customer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Table of Contents

There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will, in the future, grant rate increases. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain of the issuers of securities held in an Underlying Fund's portfolio may own or operate nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climate conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.

Proxy Voting Policy

Table of Contents

between the issuer of a proxy (or any dissident shareholder) and BFA, BFA’s affiliates, the Fund or the Fund’s affiliates. Most conflicts are managed through a structural separation of BFA’s Corporate Governance Group from BFA’s employees with sales and client responsibilities. In addition, BFA maintains procedures to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers or dissident shareholders are managed consistently and without regard to BFA’s relationship with the issuer of the proxy or the dissident shareholder. In certain instances, BFA may determine to engage an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest or as otherwise required by applicable law.

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for the Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Fund, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Fund, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics” seek to ascertain the Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, which include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of the Fund’s NAV invested in a particular

Table of Contents

liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

A description of the Underlying Index is provided below.

Morningstar^® U.S. Bond Market Yield-Optimized Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 9

The Morningstar^® U.S. Bond Market Yield-Optimized Index^SM is broadly diversified within the fixed-income asset class and seeks to deliver current income. The Underlying Index consists exclusively of U.S.-listed ETFs that collectively target fixed-income asset class sectors in allocation weights with certain upper limit weights set at a sector level. As of October 31, 2020, the Underlying Index consisted of 9 constituent ETFs.

Index Construction. The Underlying Index is governed by transparent, objective rules for security election, exclusion, rebalancing, and adjustments for corporate actions; all of which are described in the Morningstar U.S. Bond Market Yield-Optimized Index Rulebook (the “Index Rulebook”). Morningstar, Inc. (“Morningstar”) makes no subjective determinations related to index composition.

To be eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index, an ETF must track a benchmark that is broadly representative of the asset class and be registered as an investment company under the 1940 Act. It must trade on a U.S. exchange, at least 100MM in AUM, have at least one year of trading history, a history of dividend payments, a three-month average daily trading volume more than 20,000 shares, and meet certain asset minimums as elaborated in the Index Rulebook. The goal of the Underlying Index is to represent an allocation strategy to distinct fixed-income sectors between 10% to 50% for each of U.S. government and government related, U.S. securitized, and U.S. investment-grade credit sectors, and no more than 20% for U.S. non-investment-grade credit and no more than 10% for emerging market debt sectors, which consists of Underlying Funds that, in aggregate, the index provider, Morningstar, considers to exhibit high risk adjusted yield characteristics. Each fixed-income sector has its own risk profile.

Ineligible ETFs include those that had more than 10 non-trading days in the prior quarter, as defined in the Index Rulebook. Once Morningstar has identified the investable universe, a proprietary model with an explicit preference for risk adjusted yield developed is applied to identify index constituents, which are then further subject to liquidity and minimum asset screens. This proprietary model is developed by Ibbotson Associates, Inc., a registered investment adviser and wholly owned subsidiary of Morningstar. A fixed asset allocation and capping is then applied.

Table of Contents

Issue Changes. Securities are added or deleted from each index, on a quarterly basis, based on rules outlined for security selection, exclusion, rebalancing, and adjustments for corporate actions as set forth in the Index Rulebook.

Scheduled Reconstitution Dates. The Index is reconstituted – i.e., the Index membership is reset – quarterly. Adjustments are made on the last business day of the month in February, May, August, and November. The market data used for reconstitution and rebalance is as of previous month end.

Scheduled Rebalancing Dates. The index is rebalanced – i.e., the target allocation percentage of each constituent ETF is adjusted – quarterly. Adjustments are made at the close of trade on the last business day in February, May, August, and November. The changes become effective on the next business day. Market data used for rebalancing is as of previous month end.

Index Availability. Morningstar Indexes are calculated continuously and are available from major data vendors.

Investment Policies

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.
8.	Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund's classification as a diversified company under the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding the Fund’s Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to the Fund’s industry classifications, the Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (The Fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the Investment Company Act requires the Fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the Fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when the Fund engages in such transactions, the Fund instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit the Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit the Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

The Fund is currently classified as a diversified fund under the Investment Company Act. This means that the Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and (ii) securities of other investment companies) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the Fund's total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer or (b) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the Fund can invest more

Table of Contents

than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the Investment Company Act, the Fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by the Fund’s Prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in component securities in the Fund's Underlying Index. The Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days' prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, the Fund's future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to invest in the securities of a company for the purpose of exercising management or control, or purchase or otherwise acquire any illiquid investment, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, which currently limits the Fund’s holdings in illiquid investments to 15% of the Fund’s net assets. BFA monitors Fund holdings in illiquid investments pursuant to the Liquidity Program. Except with regard to the fundamental policy relating to senior securities set forth in (3) above, if any percentage restriction described above is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values of assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction.

Although the SEC has granted an exemptive order to the Trust permitting registered investment companies and unit investment trusts that enter into a participation agreement with the Trust (“Investing Funds”) to invest in iShares Funds beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act subject to certain terms and conditions, the exemptive order is not applicable to the Fund. Accordingly, Investing Funds must adhere to the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act when investing in the Fund.

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations under the Fund’s fundamental or non-fundamental investment policies apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken. Any change in the percentage of the Fund’s assets invested in certain securities or other instruments resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the Fund’s total assets will not require the Fund to dispose of an investment until BFA determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences.

Continuous Offering

Table of Contents

Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the BlackRock Fund Complex referred to as the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 376 funds as of March 1, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Fund's Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)	Trustee (since 2009).	President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).	Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Salim Ramji² (50)	Trustee (since 2019).	Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (71)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School.	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (61)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (59)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (49)	President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).
Trent Walker (46)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (45)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

Table of Contents

Cecilia H. Herbert has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2005 and Chair of the Trust's Board since 2016. Ms. Herbert has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. since 2005, a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of each Board since 2016. Ms. Herbert served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2010 to 2015. In addition, Ms. Herbert served as Trustee of the Forward Funds from 2009 to 2018 and Trustee of Salient Funds from 2015 to 2018. She has served since 1992 on the Investment Council of the Archdiocese of San Francisco and was Chair from 1994 to 2005. She has served as a member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees and Trustee of Stanford Health Care since 2016 and became Chair of the Finance Committee of Stanford Health Care in 2019. She has served as a Trustee of WNET, New York’s public media station, since 2011 and a Member of its Audit Committee since 2018. She became a member of the Governing Council of the Independent Directors Forum in 2018 and joined the board of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund in 2019. She was President of the Board of Catholic Charities CYO, the largest social services agency in the San Francisco Bay Area, from 2007 to 2011 and a member of that board from 1992 to 2013. She previously served as Trustee of the Pacific Select Funds from 2004 to 2005 and Trustee of the Montgomery Funds from 1992 to 2003. She worked from 1973 to 1990 at J.P. Morgan/Morgan Guaranty Trust doing international corporate finance and corporate lending, retiring as Managing Director and Head of the West Coast Office. Ms. Herbert has been on numerous non-profit boards, chairing investment and finance committees. She holds a double major in economics and communications from Stanford University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Jane D. Carlin has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2015 and Chair of the Risk Committee since 2016. Ms. Carlin has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2015, and Chair of the Risk Committee of each Board since 2016. Ms. Carlin has served as a consultant since 2012 and formerly served as Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley from 2006 to 2012. In addition, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Global Head of the Bank Operational Risk Oversight Department of Credit Suisse Group from 2003 to 2006. Prior to that, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Morgan Stanley. Ms. Carlin has over 30 years of experience in the financial sector and has served in a number of legal, regulatory, and risk management positions. Ms. Carlin has served as a member of the Audit Committee and as a Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., each since 2016. Ms. Carlin served as a member of the Audit Committee from 2012 to 2018, Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee from 2017 to 2018 and as an Independent Director on the Board of PHH Corporation from 2012 to 2018. She previously served as a Director on the Boards of Astoria Financial Corporation and Astoria Bank. Ms. Carlin was appointed by the United States Treasury to the Financial Services Sector Coordinating Council for Critical Infrastructure Protection and Homeland Security, where she served as Chairperson from 2010 to 2012 and Vice Chair and Chair of the Cyber Security Committee from 2009 to 2010. Ms. Carlin has a BA degree in political science from State University of New York at Stony Brook and a JD degree from Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law.

Table of Contents

member of the School of Business Advisory Board at LaSalle University from 2006 to 2014. Mr. Fagnani has a BS degree in Accounting from LaSalle University.

Madhav V. Rajan has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2011 and Chair of the Fixed Income Plus Committee of the Trust since 2019. Mr. Rajan has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of the Fixed Income Plus Committee of each Board since 2019. Mr. Rajan served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2011 to 2015. Mr. Rajan is the Dean and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and also serves as Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC, an affiliate of the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, since 2020. From 2001 to 2017, Mr. Rajan was the Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. In April 2017, he received the school’s Robert T. Davis Award for Lifetime Achievement and Service. He has taught accounting for over 25 years to undergraduate, MBA and law students, as well as to senior executives. From 2010 to 2016, Mr. Rajan served as the Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and head of the MBA Program at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Rajan served as editor of “The Accounting Review” from 2002 to 2008 and is co-author of “Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis,” a leading cost accounting textbook. From 2013 to 2018, Mr. Rajan served on the Board of Directors of Cavium Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Rajan holds MS and PhD degrees in Accounting from Carnegie Mellon University.

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

Name	iShares Yield Optimized Bond ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$86	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	89	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	97	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	91	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	86	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	86	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	86	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$ 0

Table of Contents

Name		iShares Yield Optimized Bond ETF		Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹		Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹		Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Salim Ramji		0		Not Applicable		Not Applicable		0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of the Fund's outstanding shares as of January 29, 2021.

Name and Address		Percentage of Ownership
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014		22.46%
National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310		21.74%
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177		15.01%
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated - TS Sub 101 Hudson Street 9th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997		7.65%
The Bank of New York Mellon 111 Sanders Creek Parkway 2^nd Floor East Syracuse, NY 13057		6.41%
Raymond, James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway P.O. Box 12749 St. Petersburg, FL 33733		5.18%
Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399		5.07%

Table of Contents

considerations of which investors in the Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Fund.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

or advises. It is possible that one or more accounts managed or advised by BlackRock and such other accounts will achieve investment results that are substantially more or less favorable than the results achieved by the Fund. Moreover, it is possible that the Fund will sustain losses during periods in which one or more proprietary or other accounts managed or advised by BlackRock achieve significant profits. The opposite result is also possible.

Table of Contents

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

Table of Contents

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

Table of Contents

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing

Table of Contents

vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section of the Fund’s Prospectus and this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock in accordance with procedures adopted by the Board. When determining “fair value price,” BlackRock seeks to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by BlackRock (pursuant to Board-adopted procedures) at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Table of Contents

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Fund (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with the Fund's custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Fund leaves cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for the Fund in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

Table of Contents

BlackRock’s overall relationship with such service providers. To the extent that BlackRock is responsible for paying these service providers out of its management fee, the benefits of any such fee discounts or concessions may accrue, in whole or in part, to BlackRock.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by a Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Fund and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

For its investment advisory services to the Fund, BFA received a management fee at the annual rate (as a percentage of the Fund’s average net assets) set forth below for the fiscal years noted.

Table of Contents

Management Fee for Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2020		Fund Inception Date		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2020		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2019		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2018
0.28% ¹		04/22/14		$0		$0		$0

BFA has contractually agreed to waive its management fee through February 28, 2026. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to February 28, 2026 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $522,417, $164,997 and $101,167 of its management fees, respectively.

Portfolio Managers. As of October 31, 2020, the individuals named as Portfolio Managers in the Fund's Prospectus were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of other iShares funds and certain other types of portfolios and/or accounts as follows:

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	98	$ 467,820,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	122,075,000,000
Other Accounts	25	18,490,000,000

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	48	$253,852,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	36	96,823,000,000
Other Accounts	36	70,094,000,000

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA’s policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Fund and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Fund, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than it would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Table of Contents

fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and each of its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intend to do so, shareholders of the Fund should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict of interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

incentive compensation with investment product results. Deferred cash awards vest ratably over a number of years and, once vested, settle in the form of cash.

As of October 31, 2020 (and as of January 29, 2021 for Karen Uyehara), the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of the Fund.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of the Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund Inception Date		Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020		Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019		Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
04/22/14		$15,997		$15,375		$12,158

Table of Contents

The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Units of Fund shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Authorized Participants (as described below), Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants and/or investor services organizations.

The Fund and each Underlying Fund retain a portion of the securities lending income and remit the remaining portion to BTC as compensation for its services as securities lending agent. Securities lending income is generally equal to the total of income earned from the reinvestment of cash collateral (and excludes collateral investment fees as defined below), and any fees or other payments to and from borrowers of securities. As securities lending agent, BTC bears all operational costs directly related to securities lending. The Fund and each Underlying Fund are responsible for fees in connection with the investment of cash collateral received for securities on loan in a money market fund managed by BFA (the “collateral investment fees”); however, BTC has agreed to reduce the amount of securities lending income it receives in order to effectively limit the collateral investment fees the Fund bears to an annual rate of 0.04%. Such money market fund shares will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

(i) fund-of-funds, such as the Fund, retain 82% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income (which includes, for this purpose, collateral investment fees) earned across the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex (as defined under “Management—Trustees and Officers”) in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, each applicable fund-of-fund, pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows:

Prior to January 1, 2021, fund-of-funds, such as the Fund were subject to a different securities lending fee arrangement and were also subject to a different securities lending fee arrangement prior to January 1, 2020.

The services provided to the Fund by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Fund with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

Table of Contents

Fund	iShares Yield Optimized Bond ETF
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$ 205,666
Net income from securities lending activities	$222,634

Table of Contents

certain Fidelity platforms and investment programs, in some cases at a waived or reduced commission rate or ticket charge, and to provide marketing data to BFA Entities. BFA Entities have agreed to facilitate the Marketing Program by, among other things, making certain payments to FBS and NFS for marketing and implementing certain brokerage and investment programs. Upon termination of the arrangement, the BFA Entities will make additional payments to FBS and/or NFS based upon a number of criteria, including the overall success of the Marketing Program and the level of services provided by FBS and NFS during the wind-down period.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each, an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price on the Exchange on which the security is primarily traded, or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the Fund’s assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be

Table of Contents

used, unless, in accordance with valuation procedures approved by the Board (the “Valuation Procedures”), BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Fixed-Income Investments. Fixed-income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ current market value. The Fund values fixed-income portfolio securities using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by the Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information and by other methods, which may include consideration of: yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity and type; indications as to values from dealers; general market conditions; and/or other factors and assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but the Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with sixty days or less remaining to maturity unless BlackRock determines in good faith that such method does not represent fair value. Loan participation notes are generally valued at the mean of the last available bid prices from one or more brokers or dealers as obtained from independent third-party pricing services. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the entity, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no such bid or ask price is available on a day on which the Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives are valued using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by the Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

Underlying Funds. Shares of underlying ETFs will be valued at their most recent closing price on an Exchange. Shares of underlying money market funds will be valued at their NAV.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their fair value.

Prices obtained from independent third-party pricing services, broker-dealers or market makers to value the Fund’s securities and other assets and liabilities are based on information available at the time the Fund values its assets and liabilities. In the event that a pricing service quotation is revised or updated subsequent to the day on which the Fund valued such security or other asset or liability, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination will be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding the revision.

Table of Contents

for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or by BlackRock (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities that are denominated in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars using prevailing market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more data service providers.

Fair Value. When market quotations are not readily available or are believed in good faith by BlackRock to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). Fair Value Assets are valued by BlackRock in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. BlackRock may reasonably conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if, among other things, a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source due to its complete lack of trading, if BlackRock believes in good faith that a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), or where the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BlackRock determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing the Fund’s assets or liabilities, and that the event is likely to cause a material change to the closing market price of the assets or liabilities held by the Fund. Non-U.S. securities whose values are affected by volatility that occurs in the markets or in related or highly correlated assets (e.g., ADRs, GDRs or ETFs that invest in components of the Underlying Index) on a trading day after the close of non-U.S. securities markets may be fair valued. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

BlackRock, with input from the BlackRock Investment Strategy Group, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to BlackRock’s Valuation Committee. The BlackRock Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, the Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BlackRock, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of the Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to and, where appropriate, ratified by the Board.

Table of Contents

appropriate, an appraisal by a third-party experienced in the valuation of similar assets and/or liabilities, may also be used as a basis for establishing the fair value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in the Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

The table below sets forth the brokerage commissions paid by the Fund for the fiscal years noted. Any differences in brokerage commissions paid by the Fund from year to year are principally due to increases or decreases in the Fund’s assets over those periods or the magnitude of changes to the components of the Fund's Underlying Index:

Fund Inception Date		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2020		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2019		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2018
04/22/14		$47,240		$ 7,239		$4,001

Table of Contents

beneficial to the Fund. BlackRock may deal, trade and invest for its own account in the types of securities in which the Fund may invest. BlackRock may, from time to time, effect trades on behalf of and for the account of the Fund with brokers or dealers that are affiliated with BFA, in conformity with the 1940 Act and SEC rules and regulations. Under these provisions, any commissions paid to affiliated brokers or dealers must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions charged by other brokers or dealers in comparable transactions. The Fund will not deal with affiliates in principal transactions unless permitted by applicable SEC rules or regulations, or by SEC exemptive order.

	Fiscal Year ended Oct. 31, 2020		Fiscal Year ended Oct. 31, 2019
	118%		58%

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

Table of Contents

Trust provides that the Board will have the unrestricted power to alter the number of shares in a Creation Unit. Therefore, in the event of a termination of the Trust or a fund, the Board, in its sole discretion, could determine to permit the shares to be redeemable in aggregations smaller than Creation Units or to be individually redeemable. In such circumstance, the Trust or a fund may make redemptions in-kind, for cash or for a combination of cash or securities. Further, in the event of a termination of the Trust or a fund, the Trust or a fund might elect to pay cash redemptions to all shareholders, with an in-kind election for shareholders owning in excess of a certain stated minimum amount.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Table of Contents

may sell some or all of the shares underlying the Creation Unit(s) held by them pursuant to the registration statement for the Fund (each, a “Selling Shareholder”), which shares have been registered to permit the resale from time to time after purchase. The Fund will not receive any of the proceeds from the resale by the Selling Shareholders of these shares.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
50,000		$1,295,500

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the Fund generally consists of the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities, is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of a given Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

Table of Contents

expenses payable upon transfer of beneficial ownership of the Deposit Securities are the sole responsibility of the Authorized Participant purchasing the Creation Unit.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Fund or one of its service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units (an “Authorized Participant”). Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact

Table of Contents

with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by the Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Table of Contents

purchase orders. The Distributor or its agent shall notify a prospective purchaser of a Creation Unit and/or the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such purchaser of its rejection of such order. The Fund, State Street, the sub-custodian and the Distributor or its agent are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$100		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Table of Contents

transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Fund Securities from the Fund to their account on their order. Certain fees/costs associated with redemption transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to dispose of Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$100		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Table of Contents

extended beyond T+2 because of the occurrence of a holiday in a non-U.S. market or in the U.S. bond market that is not a holiday observed in the U.S. equity market.

If neither the Authorized Participant nor the Beneficial Owner on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, the Fund may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming Beneficial Owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In such case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the net asset value of its shares based on the NAV of the Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charges specified above to offset the Fund's brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and the Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.

Although the Trust does not ordinarily permit cash redemptions of Creation Units, in the event that cash redemptions are permitted or required by the Trust, proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming shares as soon as practicable after the date of redemption (within seven calendar days thereafter). If the Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, the Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if the Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days.

Table of Contents

compliance with those parameters. In addition, when constructing custom baskets for redemptions, the tax efficiency of the Fund may be taken into account. The policies and procedures distinguish among different types of custom baskets that may be used for the Fund and impose different requirements for different types of custom baskets in order to seek to mitigate against potential risks of conflicts and/or overreaching by an Authorized Participant. BlackRock has established a governance process to oversee basket compliance for the Fund, as set forth in the Fund's policies and procedures.

Taxes

Table of Contents

Taxation of RICs. As a RIC, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. If the Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Although the Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, the Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. The Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Short-term capital gain earned by the Underlying Fund will be ordinary income when distributed to the Fund and will not be offset by the Fund’s capital losses. Upon the sale or other disposition by the Fund of shares of the Underlying Fund, the Fund will realize a capital gain or loss which will be long-term or short-term, generally depending on the Fund’s holding period for the shares. Losses realized upon such redemptions may result in a substantial number of “wash sales” and deferral, perhaps indefinitely, of realized losses to the Fund.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

The Fund did not have tax basis net capital loss carryforwards as of October 31, 2020, the tax year-end for the Fund.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders. Dividends and other distributions by the Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

Table of Contents

as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount in clause (a) over the amount in clause (b). Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the Fund reports as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund. All other dividends of the Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income, subject to the discussion of qualified dividend income below. Short-term capital gains earned by an Underlying Fund will be ordinary income when distributed to the Fund and will not be offset by the Fund’s capital losses. Long-term capital gains are eligible for taxation at a maximum rate of 15% or 20% for non-corporate shareholders, depending on whether their income exceeds certain threshold amounts.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (b) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

In certain situations, the Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss, then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of (i) the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains and (ii) the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Table of Contents

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund. A redemption of shares by the Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends or capital gains distributions, or by an option or contract to acquire substantially identical shares, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then, on or before January 31 of the following calendar year, acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents shareholders from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting their investments within a family of mutual funds.

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. An Underlying Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require each Underlying Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause an Underlying Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Fund and each Underlying Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of an Underlying Fund as a RIC.

An Underlying Fund’s investments in so-called “Section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most non-U.S. currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most security indexes, are subject to special tax rules. All Section 1256 contracts held by an Underlying Fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their

Table of Contents

market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in an Underlying Fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by an Underlying Fund from positions in Section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by an Underlying Fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, an Underlying Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. An Underlying Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if an Underlying Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). With respect to certain types of swaps, an Underlying Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Corporate Dividends Received Deduction. Dividends paid by the Fund that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from the Underlying Funds and that are attributable to dividends paid by U.S. corporations may qualify for the U.S. federal dividends received deduction for corporations. A 46-day minimum holding period during the 90-day period that begins 45 days prior to ex-dividend date (or 91-day minimum holding period during the 180 period beginning 90 days prior

Table of Contents

to ex-dividend date for certain preference dividends) during which risk of loss may not be diminished is required for the applicable shares, at the Fund level, the Underlying Funds' level and shareholder level, for a dividend to be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Restrictions may apply if indebtedness, including a short sale, is attributable to the investment.

Excess Inclusion Income. Under current law, the Fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Certain types of income received by an Underlying Fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to report some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund shareholders, such excess inclusion income may: (i) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (ii) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (iv) cause the Fund or an Underlying Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, are Fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined in Section 664 of the Internal Revenue Code) has UBTI for a taxable year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the trust.

The Underlying Fund tries to avoid investing in REITs that are expected to generate excess inclusion income, but the Fund may not always be successful in doing so. Because information about a REIT’s investments may be inadequate or inaccurate, or because a REIT may change its investment program, the Fund may not be successful in avoiding the consequences described above. Avoidance of investments in REITs that generate excess inclusion income may require the Fund to forego otherwise attractive investment opportunities.

Non-U.S. Investments. Under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time an Underlying Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time the Underlying Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts and certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless an Underlying Fund were to elect otherwise.

Table of Contents

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If an Underlying Fund purchases shares in PFICs, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on the Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

If an Underlying Fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Internal Revenue Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, an Underlying Fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the Underlying Fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, an Underlying Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain. Currently proposed IRS regulations, if adopted, would treat such included amounts as nonqualifying RIC income to the Fund unless such amounts were also distributed to the Fund.

Alternatively, an Underlying Fund may make a mark-to-market election that would result in the Underlying Fund being treated as if it had sold and repurchased its PFIC stock at the end of each year. In such case, an Underlying Fund would report any such gains as ordinary income and would deduct any such losses as ordinary losses to the extent of previously recognized gains. The election must be made separately for each PFIC owned by an Underlying Fund and, once made, would be effective for all subsequent taxable years, unless revoked with the consent of the IRS. By making the election, an Underlying Fund could potentially ameliorate the adverse tax consequences with respect to its ownership of shares in a PFIC, but in any particular year may be required to recognize income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. An Underlying Fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

An Underlying Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Table of Contents

or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Separately, a 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on U.S.-source dividends, interest and other income items paid to: (i) foreign financial institutions, including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders; and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to: (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information, including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders; comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts; report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained; agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information; and determine certain other information concerning their account holders, or (ii) in the event an intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities may need to report the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or provide certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.

Shares of the Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

B-4

Table of Contents

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-BYLD-0921

B-5

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated March 1, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund		Ticker		Listing Exchange
iShares Core Total USD Bond Market ETF (the “Fund”)		IUSB		NASDAQ

iShares^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

References to the name of the Underlying Index in the SAI for each Fund except for the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are hereby revised as follows:

References to the name of the benchmark index in the SAI for each of the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are revised as follows:

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Fund

The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Fund are listed for trading on The Nasdaq Stock Market (“NASDAQ” or the “Listing Exchange”), a national securities exchange. Shares of the Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units, and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 100,000 or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

Shares of the Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of the Fund may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of the Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of the Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) the Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (ii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iii) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of the Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks

Although the Fund does not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Fund may have a leveraging effect as described below.

The Fund generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates (“BlackRock Cash Funds”), as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, the Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. The Fund seeks to track the investment results of the Underlying Index before the fees and expenses of the Fund.

An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case a fund may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. Similarly, the Fund may have to reinvest interest income or payments received when bonds mature, sometimes at lower market rates. Most bonds bear interest income at a “coupon” rate that is fixed for the life of the bond. The value of a fixed-rate bond usually rises when market interest rates fall, and falls when market interest rates rise. Accordingly, a fixed-rate bond’s yield (income as a percent of the bond’s current value) may differ from its coupon rate as its value rises or falls. When an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is greater than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a premium. Conversely, when an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is less than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a discount. Fixed-rate bonds that are purchased at a discount pay less current income than securities with comparable yields that are purchased at face value, with the result that prices for such fixed-rate securities can be more volatile than prices for such securities that are purchased at face value. Other types of bonds bear interest at an interest rate that is adjusted periodically. Interest rates on “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed-rate bonds of comparable quality with similar final maturities. Because of their adjustable interest rates, the value of “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds, but their value may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. The Fund may treat some of these bonds as having a shorter maturity for purposes of calculating the weighted average maturity of its investment portfolio. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated obligations. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (backed by specified collateral).

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Table of Contents

delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of the Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. The Fund may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of its portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Table of Contents

Mortgage-Backed Pass-Through Securities. The Fund may invest in mortgage backed pass-through securities issued by Federal National Mortgage Association (“Fannie Mae”), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (“Freddie Mac”), or the Government National Mortgage Association (“Ginnie Mae”). In the basic mortgage-backed pass-through structure, mortgages with similar issuer, term and coupon characteristics are collected and aggregated into a “pool” consisting of multiple mortgage loans. The pool is assigned a CUSIP number and undivided interests in the pool are traded and sold as pass-through securities. The holder of the security is entitled to a pro rata share of principal and interest payments (including unscheduled prepayments) from the pool of mortgage loans.

For these and other reasons, the Fund seeks to obtain exposure to the fixed-rate portion of the U.S. agency MBS, which represent a significant portion of the Fund's portfolio, in whole or in part through the use of to-be-announced (“TBA”) transactions. “TBA” refers to a commonly used mechanism for the forward settlement of U.S. agency MBS, and not to a separate type of MBS. Most transactions in fixed-rate MBS occur through the use of TBA transactions. TBA transactions generally are conducted in accordance with widely-accepted guidelines which establish commonly observed terms and conditions for execution, settlement and delivery. In a TBA transaction, the buyer and seller decide on general trade parameters, such as agency, settlement date, par amount, and price. The actual pools delivered generally are determined two days prior to settlement date. The Fund may use TBA transactions in several ways. For example, the Fund expects that it will regularly enter into TBA agreements and “roll over” such agreements prior to the settlement date stipulated in such

Table of Contents

agreements. This type of TBA transaction is sometimes known as a “TBA roll.” In a TBA roll, the Fund generally will sell the obligation to purchase the pools stipulated in the TBA agreement prior to the stipulated settlement date and will enter into a new TBA agreement for future delivery of pools of MBS. In addition, the Fund may enter into TBA agreements and settle such transactions on the stipulated settlement date by accepting actual receipt or delivery of the pools of MBS stipulated in the TBA agreement. The Fund is not required to use TBA transactions to gain exposure to mortgage pools, and the Fund may choose to purchase those interests in any manner believed by BFA to be in the best interests of the Fund. The Fund’s use of TBA rolls may cause the Fund to experience higher portfolio turnover, higher transaction costs, and to pay higher capital gain distributions to shareholders (which may be taxable) than other iShares funds that do not use TBA rolls.

The Fund intends to invest cash pending settlement of any TBA transactions in money market instruments, repurchase agreements or other high-quality, liquid short-term instruments, including money market funds advised by BFA. The Fund will assume its pro rata share of fees and expenses of any money market fund that it may invest in, in addition to the Fund's own fees and expenses.

Ratings. An investment-grade rating generally means the security or issuer is rated investment-grade by one or more of Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), S&P Global Ratings, Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), or another credit rating agency designated as a nationally recognized statistical rating organization (“NRSRO”) by the SEC, or is unrated but considered to be of equivalent quality by BFA. Generally, bonds rated Baa3 or above by Moody’s or BBB- or above by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch are considered “investment-grade” securities, bonds rated Baa are considered medium grade obligations subject to moderate credit risk and may possess certain speculative characteristics, while bonds rated BBB are regarded as having adequate capacity to meet financial commitments.

Table of Contents

registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the adviser of the No-Action Letter Fund, has filed a claim with the CFTC for such fund to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of such fund.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through 2020. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to a Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in a Fund.

Table of Contents

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. The Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including variable rate demand notes, short-term municipal securities, short-term municipal money market funds and money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's, “F-1” by Fitch or “A-1” by S&P Global Ratings, or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by the Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Sovereign and Quasi-Sovereign Obligations. The Fund may invest in sovereign and quasi-sovereign obligations. An investment in sovereign debt obligations involves special risks not present in corporate debt obligations. Sovereign debt includes securities issued or guaranteed by a foreign sovereign government. Quasi-sovereign debt includes securities issued or guaranteed by an entity affiliated with or backed by a sovereign government. Quasi-sovereign debt obligations are typically less liquid and less standardized than sovereign debt obligations. The issuer of the sovereign debt that controls the repayment of the debt may be unable or unwilling to repay principal or interest when due, and the Fund may have limited recourse in the event of a default. Similar to other issuers, changes to the financial condition or credit rating of a non-U.S. government may cause the value of a sovereign debt to decline. During periods of economic uncertainty, the market prices of sovereign debt obligations may be more volatile than prices of U.S. debt obligations, which may affect the Fund's NAV. In the past, certain emerging market countries have encountered difficulties in servicing their debt obligations, withheld payments

Table of Contents

of principal and interest and declared moratoria on the payment of principal and interest on their sovereign debts. Several sovereign issuers have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about rising government debt levels, including Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal and Spain.

U.S. Agency Mortgage-Backed Securities Risk. The Fund invests in securities backed by pools of mortgages issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government or one of its agencies or sponsored entities, including Ginnie Mae, Fannie Mae, and the Freddie Mac. The market for MBS has been adversely affected by the value of those MBS held and/or issued by these agencies and sponsored entities. If a U.S. government agency or sponsored entity issues securities in which the Fund invests and such issuer is unable to meet its obligations or ceases to exist, and no plan is made for the repayment of securities, the performance of the Fund will be adversely impacted.

Table of Contents

after default on an underlying mortgage, but in no event later than one year after it becomes payable. The securities are not backed by or entitled to the full faith and credit of the U.S. government or by any Federal Home Loan Banks, but are supported by the right of Freddie Mac to borrow from the U.S. Treasury Department.

MBS are subject to the general risks associated with investing in real estate securities; that is, they may lose value if the value of the underlying real estate to which a pool of mortgages relates declines. In addition, investments in MBS involve certain specific risks. These risks include the failure of a party to meet its commitments under the related operative documents, adverse interest rate changes and the effects of prepayments on mortgage cash flows. The value of MBS, like that of traditional fixed-income securities, typically increases when interest rates fall and decreases when interest rates rise. However, MBS differ from traditional fixed-income securities because of their potential for prepayment without penalty. The price paid by the Fund for its MBS, the yield the Fund expects to receive from such securities and the weighted average life of the securities are based on a number of factors, including the anticipated rate of prepayment of the underlying mortgages. In a period of declining interest rates, borrowers may prepay the underlying mortgages more quickly than anticipated, thereby reducing the yield to maturity and the average life of the MBS. Moreover, when the Fund reinvests the proceeds of a prepayment in these circumstances, it will likely receive a rate of interest that is lower than the rate on the security that was prepaid.

Table of Contents

U.S. agency MBS, and not to a separate type of MBS. Most transactions in fixed-rate MBS occur through the use of TBA transactions. TBA transactions generally are conducted in accordance with widely-accepted guidelines which establish commonly observed terms and conditions for execution, settlement, and delivery. In a TBA transaction, the buyer and seller decide on general trade parameters, such as the issuing agency, settlement date, par amount, and price. The actual mortgage pools delivered generally are determined two days prior to settlement date. The Fund may regularly enter into TBA agreements and “roll over” such agreements prior to the settlement date stipulated in such agreements. This type of TBA transaction is sometimes known as a “TBA roll.” In a TBA roll, the Fund generally will sell the obligation to purchase the pools stipulated in the TBA agreement prior to the stipulated settlement date and will enter into a new TBA agreement for future delivery of pools of MBS. In addition, the Fund may enter into TBA agreements and settle such transactions on the stipulated settlement date by accepting actual receipt or delivery of the pools of MBS stipulated in the TBA agreement.

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. U.S. agency MBS may also be structured in the form of CMOs. CMOs are created by dividing the principal and interest payments collected on a pool of mortgages into several revenue streams (“tranches”) with different priority rights to portions of the underlying mortgage payments. Certain CMO tranches may represent a right to receive interest only, principal only, or an amount that remains after floating-rate tranches are paid (an “inverse floater”). These securities are frequently referred to as “mortgage derivatives” and may be extremely sensitive to changes in interest rates. Interest rates on inverse floaters, for example, vary inversely with a short-term floating rate (which may be reset periodically). Interest rates on inverse floaters will decrease when short-term rates increase and will increase when short-term rates decrease. These securities have the effect of providing a degree of investment leverage. In response to changes in market interest rates or other market conditions, the value of an inverse floater may increase or decrease at a multiple of the increase or decrease in the value of the underlying securities. If the Fund invests in CMO tranches issued by U.S. government agencies or sponsored entities and interest rates move in a manner not anticipated by Fund management, it is possible that the Fund could lose all or substantially all of its investment. Certain CMOs in which the Fund may invest may also provide a degree of investment leverage, which could cause the Fund to lose all or substantially all of its investment.

U.S. Government Obligations. The Fund may invest in various types of U.S. government obligations. U.S. government obligations are a type of bond and include securities issued or guaranteed as to principal and interest by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities. Payment of principal and interest on U.S. government obligations (i) may be backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. or (ii) may be backed solely by the issuing or guaranteeing agency or instrumentality itself (as with Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac and Federal Home Loan Bank notes). In the latter case, the Fund must look principally to the agency or instrumentality issuing or guaranteeing the obligation for ultimate repayment, which agency or instrumentality may be privately owned. There can be no assurance that the U.S. government would provide financial support to its agencies or instrumentalities where it is not obligated to do so. As a general matter, the value of debt instruments, including U.S. government obligations, declines when market interest rates increase and rises when market interest rates decrease. Certain types of U.S. government obligations are subject to fluctuations in yield or value due to their structure or contract terms.

Some government agencies, including Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac, purchase and guarantee residential mortgages and form MBS that they issue to the market. These agencies also hold their own MBS as well as those of other institutions with funding from the agency debentures they issue. Recent events in the markets for MBS have adversely affected the value of those MBS held and/or issued by these agencies.

Table of Contents

and the U.S. dollar. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

General Considerations and Risks

High Yield Securities. Non-investment grade or “high yield” fixed-income or convertible securities, commonly known to investors as “junk bonds” or “high yield bonds,” are generally debt securities that are rated below investment grade by one or more of the major rating agencies or are unrated securities that BFA believes are of comparable quality. While generally providing greater income and opportunity for gain, non-investment grade debt securities may be subject to greater risks than securities that have higher credit ratings, including a high risk of default, and their yields will fluctuate over time. High yield securities will generally be in the lower rating categories of recognized rating agencies (rated below Baa3 by Moody's or below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch) or be unrated. The credit rating of a high yield security does not necessarily address its market value risk, and ratings may from time to time change, positively or negatively, to reflect developments regarding the issuer’s financial condition. High yield securities are considered to be speculative with respect to the capacity of the issuer to timely repay principal and pay interest in accordance with the terms of the obligation and may have more credit risk than higher rated securities.

The major risks of high yield bond investments include the following:

•	High yield bonds may be issued by less creditworthy issuers. These securities are vulnerable to adverse changes in the issuer’s industry or to general economic conditions. Issuers of high yield bonds may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments or the unavailability of additional financing.
•	The issuers of high yield bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of

Table of Contents

	investment grade bonds. If the issuer experiences financial stress, it may be unable to meet its debt obligations. The issuer’s ability to pay its debt obligations also may be lessened by specific issuer developments, or the unavailability of additional financing. Issuers of high yield securities are often in the growth stage of their development and/or involved in a reorganization or takeover.
•	High yield bonds are frequently ranked junior to claims by other creditors. If the issuer cannot meet its obligations, the senior obligations are generally paid off before the junior obligations, which will potentially limit the Fund’s ability to fully recover principal, to receive interest payments when senior securities are in default or to receive restructuring benefits paid to holders of more senior classes of debt. Thus, investors in high yield securities frequently have a lower degree of protection with respect to principal and interest payments than do investors in higher rated securities.
•	High yield bonds frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from the Fund before it matures. If an issuer redeems the high yield bonds, the Fund may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields and may lose income.
•	Prices of high yield bonds are subject to extreme fluctuations. Negative economic developments may have a greater impact on the prices of high yield bonds than on those of other higher rated fixed-income securities.
•	Under certain economic and/or market conditions, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. There are fewer dealers in the high yield bond market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted for high yield bonds by dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. Judgment may play a greater role in the prices and values generated for such securities than in the case of securities trading in a more liquid market.
•	The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and, participants in the markets are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. Under certain economic and/or market conditions, the Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. An illiquid secondary market may adversely affect the market price of the high yield security, which may result in increased difficulty selling the particular issue and obtaining accurate market quotations on the issue when valuing the Fund's assets. Market quotations on high yield securities are available only from a limited number of dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. When the secondary market for high yield securities becomes more illiquid, or in the absence of readily available market quotations for such securities, the relative lack of reliable objective data makes it more difficult to value such securities, and judgment plays a more important role in determining such valuations.
•	The Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.
•	The high yield bond markets may react strongly to adverse news about an issuer or the economy, or to the perception or expectation of adverse news, whether or not it is based on fundamental analysis. Additionally, prices for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These developments could adversely affect the Fund’s NAV and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value and liquidity of outstanding high yield securities, especially in a thinly traded market. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in the past.

Table of Contents

Risk of Derivatives. A derivative is a financial contract, the value of which depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, such as a security, a commodity (such as gold or silver), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 or the prime lending rate). The Fund may invest in variable rate demand notes and obligations, and tender option bonds, which may be considered derivatives. Compared to securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus the Fund's losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent the Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, the Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains, and in some cases, hedging can cause losses that are not offset by gains, and the Fund will recognize losses on both the investment and the hedge. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Fund’s hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Table of Contents

difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization of most non-U.S. securities markets; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and different bankruptcy and insolvency regimes which may stay or prevent recovery in the event of an issuer’s default.

Supranational Entities Risk. The Fund may invest in obligations issued or guaranteed by supranational entities (e.g., the World Bank, European Investment Bank, Inter-American Development Bank, and Asia Development Bank), which are often chartered to promote economic development. The government members, or “stockholders,” usually make initial capital contributions to the supranational entity and, in many cases, are committed to make additional capital contributions if such entity is unable to repay its borrowings. There is no guarantee that one or more stockholders of the supranational entity will continue to make any necessary additional capital contributions. If such contributions are not made, the entity may be unable to pay interest or repay principal on its debt securities, the Fund may have limited legal recourse in the event of default, and the Fund may lose money on such investments.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in Central and South America. The economies of certain Central and South American countries have experienced high interest rates, economic volatility, inflation, currency devaluations, government defaults, high unemployment rates and political instability which can adversely affect issuers in these countries. In addition, commodities (such as oil, gas and minerals) represent a significant percentage of the region's exports and many economies in this region are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in commodity prices. Adverse economic events in one country may have a significant adverse effect on other countries of this region.

Table of Contents

subject of sanctions (for example, the U.S. has imposed sanctions on certain Venezuelan individuals, corporate entities and the Venezuelan government) or have dealings with countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. An issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer that has dealings with such countries. The Fund may be adversely affected if it invests in such issuers.

Table of Contents

size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging market country securities may also affect the Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Middle East. Many Middle Eastern countries have little or no democratic tradition, and the political and legal systems in such countries may have an adverse impact on the Fund. Many economies in the Middle East are highly reliant on income from the sale of oil and natural gas or trade with countries involved in the sale of oil and natural gas, and their economies are therefore vulnerable to changes in the market for oil and natural gas and foreign currency values. As global demand for oil and natural gas fluctuates, many Middle Eastern economies may be significantly impacted.

Table of Contents

significant effect on economic conditions in Middle Eastern countries. This could affect private sector companies and the Fund, as well as the value of securities in the Fund's portfolio.

The legal systems in certain Middle Eastern countries also may have an adverse impact on the Fund. For example, the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation generally is limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment. However, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain Middle Eastern countries. The Fund therefore may be liable in certain Middle Eastern countries for the acts of a corporation in which it invests for an amount greater than its actual investment in that corporation. Similarly, the rights of investors in Middle Eastern issuers may be more limited than those of shareholders of a U.S. corporation. It may be difficult or impossible to obtain or enforce a legal judgment in a Middle Eastern country. Some Middle Eastern countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities such as the Fund. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investment by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer. Certain Middle Eastern countries may also limit investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the issuer available for purchase by nationals of the relevant Middle Eastern country.

The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain Middle Eastern countries, as well as limitations on those investments, may have an adverse impact on the operations of the Fund. For example, in certain of these countries, the Fund may be required to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares that were purchased re-registered in the name of the Fund. Re-registration in some instances may not be possible on a timely basis. This may result in a delay during which the Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor, including rights as to dividends or to be made aware of certain corporate actions. There also may be instances where the Fund places a purchase order but is subsequently informed, at the time of re-registration, that the permissible allocation of the investment to foreign investors has already been filled and, consequently, the Fund may not be able to invest in the relevant company.

Substantial limitations may exist in certain Middle Eastern countries with respect to the Fund’s ability to repatriate investment income or capital gains. The Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investment.

Certain Middle Eastern countries may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, consequently, have been and may continue to be negatively affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These countries also have been and may continue to be adversely impacted by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. In addition, certain issuers located in Middle Eastern countries in which the Fund invests may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations, and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. As a result, an issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer which operates in, or has dealings with, such countries. The Fund, as an investor in such issuers, will be indirectly subject to those risks.

Table of Contents

The U.S. is Canada's and Mexico's largest trading and investment partner. The Canadian and Mexican economies are significantly affected by developments in the U.S. economy. Since the implementation of the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) in 1994 among Canada, the U.S. and Mexico, total merchandise trade among the three countries has increased. However, political developments including the implementation of tariffs by the U.S., and the renegotiation of NAFTA in the form of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”), which replaced NAFTA on July 1, 2020, could negatively affect North America’s economic outlook and, as a result, the value of securities held by the Fund. Policy and legislative changes in one country may have a significant effect on North American markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities held by the Fund.

Risk of Investing in Russia. Investing in the Russian securities market involves a high degree of risk and special considerations not typically associated with investing in the U.S. securities market, and should be considered highly speculative. Risks include: the absence of developed legal structures governing private and foreign investments and private property; the possibility of the loss of all or a substantial portion of the Fund’s assets invested in Russia as a result of expropriation; certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including, without limitation, restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests; and potentially greater price volatility in, significantly smaller capitalization of, and relative illiquidity of, the Russian market. There can also be no assurance that the Fund’s investments in the Russian securities market would not be expropriated, nationalized or otherwise confiscated. In the event of the settlement of any such claims or such expropriation, nationalization or other confiscation, the Fund could lose its entire investment. In addition, it may be difficult and more costly to obtain and enforce a judgment in the Russian court system.

The Russian government may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector and may own or control many companies. Future government actions could have a significant effect on the economic conditions in Russia, which could have a negative impact on private sector companies. There is also the possibility of diplomatic developments that could adversely affect investments in Russia. In recent years, the Russian government has begun to take bolder steps to re-assert its regional geopolitical influence (including military steps). Additionally, Russia is alleged to have participated in state-sponsored cyberattacks against foreign companies and foreign governments. Such steps may increase tensions between Russia and its neighbors and Western countries and may negatively affect economic growth. Actual and threatened responses by other nation-states to Russia’s alleged cyber activity may have an adverse impact on the Russian economy and the Russian issuers of securities in which the Fund invests. For example, the U.S. has added certain foreign technology companies to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security’s “Entity List,” which is a list of companies believed to pose a national security risk to the U.S. Actions like these may have unanticipated and disruptive effects on the Russian economy.

Table of Contents

consequences to the Russian economy. These sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities and/or funds invested in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of the Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets.

The sanctions against certain Russian issuers include prohibitions on transacting in or dealing in issuances of debt or equity of such issuers. Compliance with each of these sanctions may impair the ability of the Fund to buy, sell, hold, receive or deliver the affected securities or other securities of such issuers. If it becomes impracticable or unlawful for the Fund to hold securities subject to, or otherwise affected by, sanctions (collectively, “affected securities”), or if deemed appropriate by BFA, the Fund may prohibit in-kind deposits of the affected securities in connection with creation transactions and instead require a cash deposit, which may also increase the Fund's transaction costs. The Fund may also be legally required to freeze assets in a blocked account.

Also, if an affected security is included in the Fund's Underlying Index, the Fund may, where practicable, seek to eliminate its holdings of the affected security by employing or augmenting its representative sampling strategy to seek to track the investment results of its Underlying Index. The use of (or increased use of) a representative sampling strategy may increase the Fund’s tracking error risk. If the affected securities constitute a significant percentage of the Underlying Index, the Fund may not be able to effectively implement a representative sampling strategy, which may result in significant tracking error between the Fund’s performance and the performance of its Underlying Index.

Current or future sanctions may result in Russia taking counter measures or retaliatory actions, which may further impair the value and liquidity of Russian securities. These retaliatory measures may include the immediate freeze of Russian assets held by the Fund. In the event of such a freeze of any Fund assets, including depositary receipts, the Fund may need to liquidate non-restricted assets in order to satisfy any Fund redemption orders. The liquidation of Fund assets during this time may also result in the Fund receiving substantially lower prices for its securities.

These sanctions may also lead to changes in the Fund’s Underlying Index. The Fund’s Index Provider may remove securities from the Underlying Index or implement caps on the securities of certain issuers that have been subject to recent economic sanctions. In such an event, it is expected that the Fund will rebalance its portfolio to bring it in line with the Underlying Index as a result of any such changes, which may result in transaction costs and increased tracking error. These sanctions, the volatility that may result in the trading markets for Russian securities and the possibility that Russia may impose investment or currency controls on investors may cause the Fund to invest in, or increase the Fund’s investments in, depositary receipts that represent the securities of the Underlying Index. These investments may result in increased transaction costs and increased tracking error.

Table of Contents

number of factors, including, without limitation, changes in government agricultural support programs, exchange rates, import and export controls, changes in international agricultural and trading policies, and seasonal and weather conditions. Companies in the consumer staples sector may be subject to severe competition, which may also have an adverse impact on their profitability.

Table of Contents

rate risk and sovereign debt default. Certain financial businesses are subject to intense competitive pressures, including market share and price competition. Financial companies in foreign countries are subject to market specific and general regulatory and interest rate concerns. In particular, government regulation in certain foreign countries may include taxes and controls on interest rates, credit availability, minimum capital requirements, bans on short sales, limits on prices and restrictions on currency transfers. In addition, companies in the financials sector may be the targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or customer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Table of Contents

utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain of the issuers of securities held in the Fund's portfolio may own or operate nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climate conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.

Proxy Voting Policy

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Table of Contents

•

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for the Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Fund, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Fund, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics” seek to ascertain the Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, which include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of the Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

A description of the Fund's Underlying Index is provided below.

Table of Contents

The Bloomberg Barclays Index

The Underlying Index is maintained by Bloomberg Index Services Limited, which is not affiliated with BFA. BFA will have no role in maintaining the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Universal Index

Number of Components: approximately 10,954

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Universal Index represents the securities of the total U.S. dollar-denominated bond market. The Underlying Index was comprised of the following countries or regions as of October 31, 2020: Angola, Argentina, Armenia, Australia, Austria, Azerbaijan, Bahamas, Bahrain, Belarus, Belgium, Belize, Bermuda, Bolivia, Brazil, Cameroon, Canada, Cayman Islands, Chile, China, Colombia, Congo, Costa Rica, Croatia, Czech Republic, Denmark, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Egypt, El Salvador, Ethiopia, Finland, France, Gabon, Georgia, Germany, Ghana, Greece, Guatemala, Guernsey, Honduras, Hong Kong, Hungary, India, Indonesia, Iraq, Ireland, Israel, Italy, the Ivory Coast, Jamaica, Japan, Jersey, Jordan, Kazakhstan, Kenya, Kuwait, Latvia, Lebanon, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Macau, Malaysia, Mexico, Mongolia, Morocco, Mozambique, Namibia, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Nigeria, Norway, Oman, Pakistan, Panama, Papua New Guinea, Paraguay, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Qatar, Romania, Russia, Saudi Arabia, Senegal, Singapore, Slovakia, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, Suriname, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Tajikistan, Thailand, Togo, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, the United Arab Emirates, the U.K., the U.S., Uruguay, Uzbekistan, Vietnam and Zambia.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index measures the performance of U.S. dollar-denominated taxable bonds that are rated either investment-grade or high yield. The Underlying Index includes U.S. Treasury bonds, government-related bonds (i.e., U.S. and non-U.S. agencies, sovereign, quasi-sovereign, supranational and local authority debt), investment-grade and high yield U.S. corporate bonds, mortgage-backed pass-through securities, CMBS, ABS, Eurodollar bonds, bonds registered with the SEC or exempt from registration at the time of issuance or offered pursuant to Rule 144A with or without registration rights and U.S. dollar-denominated emerging market bonds. The securities in the Underlying Index must be denominated in U.S. dollars.

Investment Policies

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.

Table of Contents

6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.
8.	Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund's classification as a diversified company under the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding the Fund's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (The Fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the Investment Company Act requires the Fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the Fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when the Fund engages in such transactions, the Fund instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit the Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit the Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

Table of Contents

transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in component securities in the Fund's Underlying Index and in TBA transactions with respect to the percentage of the Underlying Index that consists of mortgage pass-through securities. The Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

Continuous Offering

Table of Contents

facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a categorization as an underwriter.

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the BlackRock Fund Complex referred to as the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 376 funds as of March 1, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Fund's Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years		Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)		Trustee (since 2009).		President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).		Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years		Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Salim Ramji² (50)		Trustee (since 2019).		Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).		Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years		Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (71)		Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).		Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School.		Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Drew E. Lawton (61)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (59)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Officers

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (49)	President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).
Trent Walker (46)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (45)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

Table of Contents

registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through the Trustee’s educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Board member of the Fund and the other funds in the Trust (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Also, set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of each Trustee that led the Board to conclude that he or she should serve (or continue to serve) as a Trustee.

Cecilia H. Herbert has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2005 and Chair of the Trust's Board since 2016. Ms. Herbert has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. since 2005, a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of each Board since 2016. Ms. Herbert served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2010 to 2015. In addition, Ms. Herbert served as Trustee of the Forward Funds from 2009 to 2018 and Trustee of Salient Funds from 2015 to 2018. She has served since 1992 on the Investment Council of the Archdiocese of San Francisco and was Chair from 1994 to 2005. She has served as a member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees and Trustee of Stanford Health Care since 2016 and became Chair of the Finance Committee of Stanford Health Care in 2019. She has served as a Trustee of WNET, New York’s public media station, since 2011 and a Member of its Audit Committee since 2018. She became a member of the Governing Council of the Independent Directors Forum in 2018 and joined the board of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund in 2019. She was President of the Board of Catholic Charities CYO, the largest social services agency in the San Francisco Bay Area, from 2007 to 2011 and a member of that board from 1992 to 2013. She previously served as Trustee of the Pacific Select Funds from 2004 to 2005 and Trustee of the Montgomery Funds from 1992 to 2003. She worked from 1973 to 1990 at J.P. Morgan/Morgan Guaranty Trust doing international corporate finance and corporate lending, retiring as Managing Director and Head of the West Coast Office. Ms. Herbert has been on numerous non-profit boards, chairing investment and finance committees. She holds a double major in economics and communications from Stanford University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Table of Contents

of Morgan Stanley from 2006 to 2012. In addition, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Global Head of the Bank Operational Risk Oversight Department of Credit Suisse Group from 2003 to 2006. Prior to that, Ms. Carlin served as Managing Director and Deputy General Counsel of Morgan Stanley. Ms. Carlin has over 30 years of experience in the financial sector and has served in a number of legal, regulatory, and risk management positions. Ms. Carlin has served as a member of the Audit Committee and as a Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., each since 2016. Ms. Carlin served as a member of the Audit Committee from 2012 to 2018, Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee from 2017 to 2018 and as an Independent Director on the Board of PHH Corporation from 2012 to 2018. She previously served as a Director on the Boards of Astoria Financial Corporation and Astoria Bank. Ms. Carlin was appointed by the United States Treasury to the Financial Services Sector Coordinating Council for Critical Infrastructure Protection and Homeland Security, where she served as Chairperson from 2010 to 2012 and Vice Chair and Chair of the Cyber Security Committee from 2009 to 2010. Ms. Carlin has a BA degree in political science from State University of New York at Stony Brook and a JD degree from Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law.

Table of Contents

Mr. Martinez has an AB degree in economics from The University of California, Berkeley and holds an MBA degree in finance and statistics from The University of Chicago Booth School of Business.

Madhav V. Rajan has been a Trustee of the Trust since 2011 and Chair of the Fixed Income Plus Committee of the Trust since 2019. Mr. Rajan has also served as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust since 2011, and Chair of the Fixed Income Plus Committee of each Board since 2019. Mr. Rajan served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2011 to 2015. Mr. Rajan is the Dean and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and also serves as Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC, an affiliate of the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, since 2020. From 2001 to 2017, Mr. Rajan was the Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. In April 2017, he received the school’s Robert T. Davis Award for Lifetime Achievement and Service. He has taught accounting for over 25 years to undergraduate, MBA and law students, as well as to senior executives. From 2010 to 2016, Mr. Rajan served as the Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and head of the MBA Program at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Rajan served as editor of “The Accounting Review” from 2002 to 2008 and is co-author of “Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis,” a leading cost accounting textbook. From 2013 to 2018, Mr. Rajan served on the Board of Directors of Cavium Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Rajan holds MS and PhD degrees in Accounting from Carnegie Mellon University.

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Table of Contents

registered public accounting firm for the Trust, as appropriate, regarding risks faced by the Fund and management’s risk functions. The Board has appointed a Chief Compliance Officer who oversees the implementation and testing of the Trust's compliance program, including assessments by independent third parties, and reports to the Board regarding compliance matters for the Trust and its principal service providers. In testing and maintaining the compliance program, the Chief Compliance Officer (and his or her delegates) assesses key compliance risks affecting the Fund, and addresses them in periodic reports to the Board. In addition, the Audit Committee meets with both the Fund's independent registered public accounting firm and BFA’s internal audit group to review risk controls in place that support the Fund as well as test results. Board oversight of risk is also performed as needed between meetings through communications between BFA and the Board. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities. From time to time, the Board may modify the manner in which it conducts risk oversight. The Board’s oversight role does not make it a guarantor of the Fund's investment performance or other activities.

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Fund so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	iShares Core Total USD Bond Market ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 1,681	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	1,752	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	1,909	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	1,784	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	1,690	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	1,681	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	1,681	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of the Fund's outstanding shares as of January 29, 2021.

Name and Address		Percentage of Ownership
National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310		21.99%
BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. 400 Howard Street San Francisco, CA 94105		18.32%
Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399		10.88%
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014		6.51%
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177		6.01%
Edward D. Jones & Co. 12555 Manchester Road Saint Louis, MO 63131		5.87%

Table of Contents

BlackRock is one of the world's largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including, the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of the Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Fund. These are considerations of which investors in the Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Fund.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

On any occasion when the Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

Table of Contents

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

Table of Contents

(i.e., indemnification exposure limit and counterparty credit limits); (ii) the lending portfolio must hold the asset at the time a loan opportunity arrives; and (iii) the lending portfolio must also have enough inventory, either on its own or when aggregated with other portfolios into one single market delivery, to satisfy the loan request. In doing so, BlackRock seeks to provide equal lending opportunities for all portfolios, independent of whether BlackRock indemnifies the portfolio. Equal opportunities for lending portfolios does not guarantee equal outcomes. Specifically, short and long-term outcomes for individual clients may vary due to asset mix, asset/liability spreads on different securities, and the overall limits imposed by the firm.

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

Table of Contents

Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

Table of Contents

may defray the costs of such activities to BlackRock, and may provide an incentive to BlackRock to retain such third parties to provide services to the Fund.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Table of Contents

(e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Fund may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Fund (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with the Fund's custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Fund leaves cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for the Fund in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s

Table of Contents

actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by a Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Fund and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

Table of Contents

portfolio securities and the execution of portfolio transactions, including brokerage commissions, distribution fees or expenses, litigation expenses and any extraordinary expenses (as determined by a majority of the Independent Trustees).

For its investment advisory services to the Fund, BFA received a management fee at the annual rate, (as a percentage of the Fund’s average net assets) set forth below for the fiscal years noted:

Management Fee for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020		Fund Inception Date		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
0.06% ¹		06/10/14		$2,548,727		$1,781,469		$1,060,059

BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other registered investment companies advised by BFA, or its affiliates, through February 29, 2024. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to February 29, 2024 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $338,040, $226,033 and $221,835 of its management fees, respectively. To adjust to low interest rate conditions, minimize tracking error at initial assets under management levels, or for other purposes, BFA may from time to time voluntarily waive and/or reimburse fees or expenses to reduce the Fund’s Total Annual Fund Operating Expense. Such voluntary waivers or reimbursements, if employed, would occur within the first year from inception, and would not exceed ten basis points. Any such voluntary waiver or reimbursement may be eliminated by BFA at any time. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA voluntarily waived $0, $0 and $0 of its management fees, respectively.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	98	$462,481,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	122,075,000,000
Other Accounts	25	18,490,000,000

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	48	$248,512,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	36	96,823,000,000
Other Accounts	36	70,094,000,000

Table of Contents

legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Fund, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than it would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Like the Fund, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio's or account's gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intends to do so, shareholders of the Fund should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict-of-interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers' favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

BlackRock. Discretionary incentive compensation is paid in cash up to a certain threshold with the remaining portion represented by deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock awards. In some cases, additional deferred BlackRock, Inc. stock may be granted to certain key employees as part of a long-term incentive award to aid in retention, align interests with long-term shareholders and motivate performance.

As of October 31, 2020, the Portfolio Managers beneficially owned shares of the Fund in the amounts reflected in the following tables:

James Mauro

Dollar Range

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

Karen Uyehara

Dollar Range

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

Table of Contents

required, upon the order of the Trust, to deliver securities held by State Street and to make payments for securities purchased by the Trust for the Fund. State Street is authorized to appoint certain foreign custodians or foreign custody managers for Fund investments outside the U.S. Pursuant to the Service Module for Transfer Agency Services with the Trust, State Street acts as a transfer agent for the Fund’s authorized and issued shares of beneficial interest, and as dividend disbursing agent of the Trust. As compensation for these services, State Street receives certain out-of-pocket costs, transaction fees and asset-based fees which are accrued daily and paid monthly by BFA from its management fee.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of the Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund Inception Date		Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020		Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019		Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
06/10/14		$154,614		$122,394		$115,419

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

The services provided to the Fund by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Fund with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

(8) terminating securities loans and arranging for the return of loaned securities to the Fund at loan termination.

The following table shows the dollar amounts of income and fees/compensation related to the securities lending activities of the Fund during its most recent fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Fund	iShares Core Total USD Bond Market ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	$477,510
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services

Table of Contents

Fund	iShares Core Total USD Bond Market ETF
Securities lending income paid to BTC for services as securities lending agent	53,506
Cash collateral management expenses not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	17,722
Administrative fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Indemnification fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	162,053
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$ 233,281
Net income from securities lending activities	$244,229

Table of Contents

Intermediaries that make shares of the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products available to their clients, develop new products that feature iShares or otherwise promote the Fund, other iShares funds and exchange-traded products. BFA Entities may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to Intermediaries or other persons in consideration of services or other activities that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. Payments of the type described above are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Table of Contents

the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Fund, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each, an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price on the Exchange on which the security is primarily traded, or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the Fund’s assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless, in accordance with valuation procedures approved by the Board (the “Valuation Procedures”), BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Fixed-Income Investments. Fixed-income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ current market value. The Fund values fixed-income portfolio securities using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by the Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information and by other methods, which may include consideration of: yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity and type; indications as to values from dealers; general market conditions; and/or other factors and assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but the Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with sixty days or less remaining to maturity unless BlackRock determines in good faith that such method does not represent fair value. Loan participation notes are generally valued at the mean of the last available bid prices from one or more brokers or dealers as obtained from independent third-party pricing services. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the entity, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Table of Contents

value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives are valued using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by the Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

Underlying Funds. Shares of underlying ETFs will be valued at their most recent closing price on an Exchange. Shares of underlying money market funds will be valued at their NAV.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or by BlackRock (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities that are denominated in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars using prevailing market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more data service providers.

Table of Contents

whose values are affected by volatility that occurs in the markets or in related or highly correlated assets (e.g., American Depositary Receipts, Global Depositary Receipts or ETFs that invest in components of the Underlying Index) on a trading day after the close of non-U.S. securities markets may be fair valued. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BlackRock is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

BlackRock, with input from the BlackRock Investment Strategy Group, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to BlackRock’s Valuation Committee. The BlackRock Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, the Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BlackRock, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of the Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to and, where appropriate, ratified by the Board.

Fair value represents a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. When determining the fair value of an asset, one or more of a variety of fair valuation methodologies may be used (depending on certain factors, including the asset type). For example, the asset may be priced on the basis of the original cost of the investment or, alternatively, using proprietary or third-party models (including models that rely upon direct portfolio management pricing inputs and which reflect the significance attributed to the various factors and assumptions being considered). Prices of actual, executed or historical transactions in the relevant asset and/or liability (or related or comparable assets and/or liabilities) or, where appropriate, an appraisal by a third-party experienced in the valuation of similar assets and/or liabilities, may also be used as a basis for establishing the fair value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining the Fund’s NAV. As a result, the Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

pay the lowest spread or commission available, and payment of the lowest commission or spread is not necessarily consistent with obtaining the best price and execution in particular transactions. Subject to applicable legal requirements, BFA may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to BFA and its clients, including the Fund. In return for such services, BFA may cause the Fund to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if BFA determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

Table of Contents

Fund Inception Date		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2020		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2019		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended October 31, 2018
06/10/14		$8		$0		$1

The following table sets forth the names of the Fund's “regular broker dealers,” as defined under Rule 10b-1 of the 1940 Act, which derive more than 15% of their gross revenues from securities-related activities and in which the Fund invests, together with the market value of each investment as of the Fund’s fiscal year ended October 31, 2020:

Issuer		Market Value of Investment
Bank of America Corp.		$ 29,935,735
JPMorgan Chase & Co.		26,366,343
Wells Fargo & Co.		21,854,771
Citigroup, Inc.		20,203,035
Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)		17,952,270
Morgan Stanley		16,405,252
Barclays PLC		6,086,474
Credit Suisse AG		6,052,851
Deutsche Bank AG		3,742,930
Nomura Holdings Inc.		753,215

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. The Fund uses TBA transactions, which are expected to cause a higher portfolio turnover rate because TBA positions are rolled every month. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses. While the Fund's portfolio turnover rates are generally expected to be low, the portfolio turnover rate for that portion of the Fund's assets invested through TBA transactions is expected to be substantially higher. The table below sets forth the portfolio turnover rates of the Fund for the fiscal years noted:

	Fiscal Year ended Oct. 31, 2020		Fiscal Year ended Oct. 31, 2019
	180%		172%

Table of Contents

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Table of Contents

owned by the DTC Participants, but NYSE and FINRA, through subsidiaries, hold preferred shares in DTCC that provide them with the right to elect one member each to the DTCC board of directors. Access to the DTC system is available to entities, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”).

Table of Contents

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
100,000		$5,461,000

The Trust may require the substitution of an amount of cash (i.e., a “cash-in-lieu” amount) to replace any Deposit Security of the Fund that is a TBA transaction or an interest in a mortgage pass-through security. The amount of cash contributed will be equivalent to the price of the TBA transaction or mortgage pass-through security interest listed as a Deposit Security. A transaction fee may be charged on the cash amount contributed in lieu of the TBA transaction or mortgage pass-through security.

Table of Contents

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Table of Contents

Fund Deposit that may not be delivered through the Federal Reserve System or DTC must be delivered through a Central Depository Account. The Fund Deposit transfers made through DTC must be ordered by the DTC Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities through DTC to the account of the Fund generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through the Federal Reserve System must be deposited by the participant institution in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number or amount of Deposit Securities or cash through the Federal Reserve System to the account of the Fund generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through a Central Depository Account must be completed pursuant to the requirements established by the custodian or sub-custodian for such Central Depository Account generally before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for all funds is generally the second business day after the Transmittal Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash equal to the Cash Component must be transferred directly to State Street through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by State Street generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities are not received by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date, the creation order may be canceled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Fund. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor, provided that the relevant Fund Deposit has been received by the Fund prior to such time.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by the Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Table of Contents

transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Fund. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$1,000		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Table of Contents

portion of the Redemption Basket through systematically rounding. The rounding methodology allows position sizes of securities in the Fund Securities to be “rounded up,” while limiting the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified (e.g., Creation Units of the Fund are generally redeemed partially for cash), they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$1,000		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Table of Contents

itself or another redeeming investor within the time periods specified above; and (iii) all other procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement are properly followed.

Table of Contents

baskets that are in the best interests of the Fund and its shareholders, establish processes for revisions to, or deviations from, such parameters, and specify the titles and roles of the employees of BFA who are required to review each custom basket for compliance with those parameters. In addition, when constructing custom baskets for redemptions, the tax efficiency of the Fund may be taken into account. The policies and procedures distinguish among different types of custom baskets that may be used for the Fund and impose different requirements for different types of custom baskets in order to seek to mitigate against potential risks of conflicts and/or overreaching by an Authorized Participant. BlackRock has established a governance process to oversee basket compliance for the Fund, as set forth in the Fund's policies and procedures.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of the Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to the Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of investing in the Fund. The summary is based on the laws and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Table of Contents

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

The Fund did not have tax basis net capital loss carryforwards as of October 31, 2020, the tax year-end for the Fund.

Table of Contents

such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Table of Contents

acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. The Fund’s transactions will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

Table of Contents

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Table of Contents

taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Shares of the Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Table of Contents

Financial Statements

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

B-4

Table of Contents

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-IUSB-0921

B-5

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated July 30, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund		Ticker		Listing Exchange
iShares Currency Hedged JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF (the “Fund”)		HJPX		NYSE Arca

The Fund invests its assets in individual securities, including shares of another iShares fund that, in turn, invests in equities and/or short-term instruments based on an index (the “Underlying Fund”), as well as in currency hedging instruments. BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA” or the “Investment Adviser”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., serves as investment adviser to the Fund and also serves as investment adviser to the Underlying Fund. References to the investments and risks of the Fund, unless otherwise indicated, should be understood as references to the investments and risks of both the Fund and the Underlying Fund as applicable.

The Prospectus for the Fund is dated July 30, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. The Financial Statements and Notes contained in the Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report of the Trust for the Fund are incorporated by reference into and are deemed to be part of this SAI. A copy of the Prospectus for the Fund may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust’s distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. The Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

iShares^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Fund

The Fund is managed by BFA, an indirect wholly owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to track the investment results of the specific benchmark index identified in the Fund's Prospectus (the “Underlying Index”).

The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Fund are listed and trade on NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca” or the “Listing Exchange”), a national securities exchange. Shares of the Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 50,000 or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

Shares of the Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of the Fund may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of the Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of the Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) the Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (ii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iii) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of the Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

The Trust reserves the right to adjust the share price of the Fund in the future to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the Fund or an investor's equity interest in the Fund.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks

The Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing a substantial portion of its assets in one Underlying Fund, the iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF. The Fund may also invest in securities and other instruments that compose the Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in the Underlying Index. The Fund also seeks to track the currency hedging transactions embedded in the Underlying Index by entering into currency forward contracts. The Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security or currency hedging transaction in the Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security or currency hedging transaction from the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by BFA to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the securities or other instruments comprising the Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market capitalization and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as return variability, earnings valuation and yield) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Although the Fund does not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Fund may have a leveraging effect as described below.

The Fund generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities (including indirect investments through the Underlying Fund) and other instruments of the Underlying Index and in investments that have economic characteristics that are substantially identical to the component securities of the Underlying Index (i.e., depositary receipts representing securities of the Underlying Index) and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. Components of the Underlying Index include equity securities and foreign currency forward contracts (both deliverable and non-deliverable) designed to hedge against non-U.S. currency fluctuations. The notional exposure to foreign currency forward contracts (both deliverable and non-deliverable) generally will be a short position that hedges the currency risk of the equity portfolio. The Fund seeks to track the investment results of the Underlying Index before the fees and expenses of the Fund.

The Underlying Index applies a methodology that sells forward the total value of the non-U.S. dollar denominated securities included in the Underlying Index at a one-month forward rate to effectively create a “hedge” against fluctuations in the relative value of the Japanese yen in relation to the U.S. dollar. The hedge is reset on a monthly basis. The Underlying Index is designed to have higher returns than an equivalent unhedged investment when the Japanese yen is weakening relative to the U.S. dollar. Conversely, the Underlying Index is designed to have lower returns than an equivalent unhedged investment when the Japanese yen is rising relative to the U.S. dollar.

In order to track the “hedging” component of the Underlying Index, the Fund intends to enter into foreign currency forward contracts designed to offset the Fund’s exposure to the Japanese yen. A foreign currency forward contract is an over-the-counter (“OTC”) contract between two parties, each of which is an eligible contract participant, as defined in the Commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), to buy or sell a specified amount of a specific currency in the future at an agreed-upon exchange rate. The Fund’s exposure to foreign currency forward contracts is based on the aggregate exposure of the Fund to the Japanese yen. While this approach is designed to minimize the impact of currency fluctuations on Fund returns, it does not necessarily eliminate the Fund’s exposure to the Japanese yen. The return of the foreign currency forward contracts may not perfectly offset the actual fluctuations between the Japanese yen and the U.S. dollar.

The Fund may also use non-deliverable forward (“NDF”) contracts to execute its hedging transactions. NDFs are cash settled, short-term forward contracts that may be thinly traded or are denominated in non-convertible foreign currencies, where the profit or loss at the time of settlement date is calculated by taking the difference between the agreed-upon exchange rate and the spot rate at the time of settlement, for an agreed-upon notional amount of funds. NDFs generally have a fixing date and a settlement date. The fixing date is the valuation date at which the difference between the prevailing market exchange rate and the agreed-upon exchange rate is calculated. The settlement date is the date by which the payment of the difference is due to the party receiving payment. NDFs are commonly quoted for time periods ranging from one month to up to two years, and are normally quoted and settled in U.S. dollars. They are often used to gain exposure to and/or hedge exposure to foreign currencies that are not internationally traded.

Table of Contents

Foreign currency forward contracts and NDFs are subject to regulation under The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Physically-settled forwards between eligible contract participants, such as the Fund, are generally subject to lighter regulation in the U.S. than NDFs and cash-settled foreign currency forward contracts. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, NDFs are regulated as swaps and are subject to rules requiring central clearing and mandatory trading on an exchange or facility that is regulated by the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”). NDFs traded in the OTC market are subject to margin requirements that are expected to be finalized in the near future. Implementation of the regulations regarding clearing, mandatory trading and margining of NDFs are likely to increase the cost to the Fund of hedging currency risk and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in the Fund.

As a result of regulatory requirements under the 1940 Act, the Fund is required to maintain an amount of liquid assets, accrued on a daily basis, having an aggregate value at least equal to the value of the Fund’s obligations under a foreign currency forward contract or NDF. To the extent that foreign currency forward contracts are settled on a physical basis, the Fund will generally be required to maintain an amount of liquid assets equal to the notional value of the contract. In connection with NDFs and cash-settled foreign currency forward contracts, on the other hand, which are performed on a net basis, with the Fund receiving or paying only the net amount of a specified exchange rate, the Fund will generally maintain liquid assets, accrued daily, equal to the accrued excess, if any, of the Fund’s obligations over those of its counterparty under the contract. Accordingly, reliance by the Fund on physically-settled foreign currency forward contracts may adversely impact investors by requiring the Fund to set aside a greater amount of liquid assets than would generally be required if the Fund were relying on cash-settled foreign currency forward contracts or NDFs.

Set forth below is more detailed information regarding types of instruments in which the Fund or the Underlying Fund may invest, strategies BFA may employ in pursuit of the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund’s investment objective and related risks.

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Currency Transactions. A currency forward contract is an OTC obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days greater than two days from the date on which the contract is agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A non-deliverable currency forward is an OTC currency forward settled in a specified currency, on a specified date, based on the difference between the agreed-upon exchange rate and the market exchange rate. A currency futures contract is a contract that trades on an organized futures exchange involving an obligation to deliver or acquire a specified amount of a specific currency, at a specified price and at a specified future time. Currency futures contracts may be settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the underlying currency. To the extent required by law, liquid assets committed to futures contracts will be maintained. The Fund expects to engage in currency transactions for the purpose of hedging against declines in the value of the Fund's assets that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency. The Fund may also enter into physically-settled non-U.S. currency forwards, and non-U.S. currency futures transactions and spot currency transactions to facilitate local securities settlements or to protect against currency exposure in connection with its distributions to shareholders. As described above, reliance on physically-settled foreign currency may require the Fund to set aside a greater amount of liquid assets than would generally be required if the fund were relying on

Table of Contents

cash-settled foreign currency forward contracts or NDFs. This would also generally be true if the Fund were to use other types of physically-settled currency contracts to track the Underlying Index, facilitate local securities settlements or protect against currency exposure.

Foreign exchange transactions may involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which foreign exchange transactions are effected may be highly volatile, highly specialized and highly technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. Foreign exchange trading risks include, but are not limited to, exchange rate risk, counterparty risk, maturity gap, interest rate risk, and potential interference by foreign governments through regulation of local exchange markets, foreign investment or particular transactions in non-U.S. currency. If BFA utilizes foreign exchange transactions at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions, trends or correlations incorrectly, foreign exchange transactions may not serve their intended purpose of improving the correlation of the Fund's return with the performance of its Underlying Index and may lower the Fund’s return. The Fund could experience losses if the value of its currency forwards and other currency transactions positions were poorly correlated with its other investments or with its other currency hedges or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid market or otherwise. In addition, the Fund could incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with non-U.S. currency transactions and costs related to investment opportunities due to the fact it will be required to set aside liquid assets equal to its obligations under its currency forwards in order to satisfy applicable requirements under the 1940 Act. Similarly, because the Fund seeks to hedge currency risk in accordance with the Underlying Index, investors will not share in appreciation in the securities comprising the Underlying Index to the extent that such appreciation is due to increases in the currency value of the underlying securities.

Derivatives. The Fund may use instruments referred to as derivatives. Derivatives are financial instruments the value of which is derived from another security, a commodity (such as gold or oil), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500 Index or the prime lending rate). Derivatives allow the Fund to increase or decrease the level of risk to which the Fund is exposed more quickly and efficiently than transactions in other types of instruments. The Fund may use derivatives for hedging purposes. The Fund may also use derivatives for speculative purposes to seek to enhance returns. The use of a derivative is speculative if the Fund is primarily seeking to achieve gains, rather than to offset the risk of other positions. When the Fund invests in a derivative for speculative purposes, the Fund will be fully exposed to the risks of loss of that derivative, which may sometimes be greater than the derivative’s cost. Unless otherwise permitted, the Fund may not use any derivatives to gain exposure to an asset or class of assets that it would be prohibited by its investment restrictions from purchasing directly.

Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options. Futures contracts, options on futures and securities options may be used by the Fund to simulate investment in its Underlying Index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. The Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures that are traded on a U.S. or non-U.S. futures exchange. The Fund does not currently intend to use futures, options on futures or securities options for speculative purposes. The Fund intends to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the CFTC promulgated under the CEA. BFA, with respect to the Fund, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to the Fund, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Table of Contents

articulated from time to time by the SEC or its staff. Changes in SEC guidance regarding the use of derivatives by registered investment companies may adversely impact the Fund’s ability to invest in futures, options or other derivatives or make investments in such instruments more expensive.

Hedging. Hedging is a strategy in which a derivative is used to offset particular risks associated with other Fund holdings. Losses on the other investment may be substantially reduced by gains on a derivative that reacts in an opposite manner to market movements. While hedging can reduce losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains or cause losses if the market moves in a manner different from that anticipated by the Fund or if the cost of the derivative outweighs the benefit of the hedge. Establishment of hedges, if not tailored properly or timed in accordance with market changes, may not be effective in meeting the Fund’s intended objectives. This is due to the fact that hedging also involves correlation risk, i.e., the risk that changes in the value of the derivative will not match those of the holdings being hedged as expected by the Fund, in which case any losses on the holdings being hedged may not be reduced or may be increased. In connection with its trading in foreign currency forward contracts, the Fund will contract with a foreign or domestic bank, foreign or domestic securities dealer or other intermediary, to make or take future delivery of a specified amount of a particular currency. Physically settled currency contracts are not subject to centralized clearing and trading requirements in the U.S. but may be in other jurisdictions. In the U.S., NDFs must be traded into foreign currency contracts on a regulated exchange or facility and cleared through a central counterparty (a “CCP”). The Fund may also be subject to position limits in respect to the contracts established by a regulatory authority or exchange. There are no limitations on daily price moves in such foreign currency forward contracts, and banks and dealers are not required to continue to make markets in such contracts. There have been periods during which certain banks or dealers have refused to quote prices for such foreign currency forward contracts or have quoted prices with an unusually wide spread between the price at which the bank or dealer is prepared to buy and that at which it is prepared to sell. Governmental imposition of credit controls might limit any such foreign currency forward contract trading. With respect to its trading of foreign currency forward contracts, if any, the Fund will be subject to the risk of bank or dealer failure and the inability of, or refusal by, a bank or dealer to perform with respect to such contracts or, in the case of cleared contracts, the refusal of a CCP to clear a contract that is subject to mandatory clearing. Any such default would deprive the Fund of any potential profit or force the Fund to cover its commitments for resale at the then market price and could result in a loss to the Fund. The cost to the Fund of engaging in foreign currency forward contracts varies with such factors as the currencies involved, the length of the contract period, whether the contract is cash settled and, thus, would be subject to posting and collection of margin in the U.S. and the market conditions then prevailing. The inability to close options and futures positions also could have an adverse impact on the Fund’s ability to hedge effectively its portfolio. There is also a risk of loss by the Fund of margin deposits or collateral in the event of bankruptcy of a broker or other intermediary with whom the Fund has an open position in a currency forward or NDF, a swap, an option, a futures contract, a related option or another hedging instrument.

Investments in Underlying Funds and Other Investment Companies. To implement its strategy, the Fund may invest some or all of its assets in the Underlying Fund. The Underlying Fund generally invests directly in portfolio securities. The Fund and the Underlying Fund may also invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (commonly referred to as “ETFs”) that are not iShares ETFs, to the extent permitted by law.

Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Securities. The Fund, either directly or through its investments in the Underlying Fund, intends to purchase publicly-traded common stocks of non-U.S. issuers. To the extent the Fund invests in stocks of non-U.S. issuers, the Fund's investment in such stocks may be in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) (collectively, “depositary receipts”). Depositary receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust issuer, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as continental depositary receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Generally, ADRs, issued in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, issued in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Table of Contents

Investing in the securities of non-U.S. issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in non-U.S. countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product, rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The CFTC subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. NDFs and cash-settled currency forwards as well as futures, options on futures, currency options and swaps entered into by the Fund will be treated as CFTC Derivatives for these purposes, whereas physically-settled foreign currency forward contracts generally will not be treated as CFTC Derivatives. To the extent the Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Act in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through September 1, 2022. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to the Fund of trading in these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in the Fund.

Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Generally, the effect of such transactions is that the Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases the Fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if the Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and the Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s assets. The Fund's exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Securities of Investment Companies. The Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) to the extent permitted by law. Pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund’s investment in registered investment companies is generally limited to, subject to certain exceptions: (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company; (ii) 5% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of the Fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, the Fund intends from time to time to invest their assets in the securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the general limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which the Fund may invest can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which reflect the Fund’s pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies (as disclosed in the Prospectus, as applicable).

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. The Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's^® Investors Service, Inc., “F-1” by Fitch Ratings, Inc., or “A-1” by Standard & Poor's^® Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global, Inc. (“S&P Global Ratings”), or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by the Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Table of Contents

Future Developments. The board of the Fund or Underlying Fund may, in the future, authorize the Fund to invest in securities contracts and investments, other than those listed in this SAI and in the Prospectus, provided they are consistent with the Fund's investment objective and do not violate any of its investment restrictions or policies.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in the Fund is contained in the Prospectus. Because the Fund expects to obtain its exposure to the securities in the Underlying Index substantially through its investment in the Underlying Fund, shareholders should be aware that the risks of investment in particular types of securities, economic sectors and geographic locations discussed below may be borne by the Fund through its investment in the Underlying Fund. Through its investment in the Underlying Fund, the Fund will also bear the risks described below associated with the Underlying Fund’s use of portfolio management techniques, such as borrowing arrangements and use of derivatives, in addition to the risks associated with those activities if the Fund engages in them directly.

An investment in the Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities, including its investment in the Underlying Fund, may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of stocks in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

Table of Contents

other factors, could result in ownership registration being lost. In addition, the laws of certain countries may put limits on the Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. The Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such custody problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

LIBOR Replacement Risk. In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. On March 5, 2021, the administrator of LIBOR, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, announced its intention to cease publishing two USD LIBOR settings immediately after publication on December 31, 2021, with the majority of the USD LIBOR settings to end immediately after publication on June 30, 2023. The Fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates, such as the Euro Overnight Index Average (“EONIA”), which may also cease to be published. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there are challenges to converting certain securities and transactions to a new reference rate, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace USD LIBOR.

Table of Contents

whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. The Fund's investments may also be tied to other interbank offered rates and currencies, which may face similar issues. In many cases, if an instrument falls back to an alternative reference rate, including SOFR, the alternative reference rate will not perform the same as LIBOR because the alternative reference rate does not include a credit-sensitive component in the rate calculation. Alternative reference rates generally reflect the performance of the market for U.S. Treasury securities, which are secured by the U.S. Treasury, and not the interbank lending markets. Therefore, in the event of a credit crisis, floating rate instruments using certain alternative reference rates could perform differently than those instruments using a rate indexed to the interbank lending market. In addition, pending legislation may affect the transition of LIBOR-based instruments by permitting trustees and calculation agents to transition instruments with no LIBOR transition language to an alternative reference rate selected by such agents. These legislative proposals include safe harbors from liability, meaning that the Fund may have limited recourse if the alternative reference rate does not fully compensate the Fund for the transition of an instrument from LIBOR. It is unclear whether such legislative proposals will be signed into law. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect the Fund’s performance or NAV.

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains and, in some cases, hedging can cause losses that are not offset by gains, and the Fund will recognize losses on both the investment and the hedge. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Fund's hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Table of Contents

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting the Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Table of Contents

Risk of Swap Agreements. The risk of loss with respect to swaps (including NDFs) is generally limited to the net amount of payments that the Fund is contractually obligated to make. Swap agreements are subject to the risk that the swap counterparty will default on its obligations. If such a default occurs, the Fund will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. However, such remedies may be subject to bankruptcy and insolvency laws, which could affect the Fund’s rights as a creditor (e.g., the Fund may not receive the net amount of payments that it is contractually entitled to receive), which could result in the Fund losing the benefits of any hedging position.

Risk of Investing in Small-Capitalization Companies. Stock prices of small-capitalization companies may be more volatile than those of larger companies, and, therefore, the Fund's share price may be more volatile than that of funds that invest a larger percentage of their assets in stocks issued by large-capitalization or mid-capitalization companies. Stock prices of small-capitalization companies are generally more vulnerable than those of large-capitalization or mid-capitalization companies to adverse business and economic developments. The stocks of small-capitalization companies may be thinly traded, making it difficult for the Fund to buy and sell them. In addition, small-capitalization companies are typically less financially stable than larger, more established companies and may depend on a small number of essential personnel, making them more vulnerable to loss of personnel. Small-capitalization companies also normally have less diverse product lines than large-capitalization companies and are more susceptible to adverse developments concerning their products.

Table of Contents

and any changes in trading relationships between China and other Asian countries may affect the region as a whole. Adverse economic conditions or developments in neighboring countries may increase investors' perception of the risk of investing in the region as a whole, which may adversely impact the market value of the securities issued by companies in the region.

U.S. Economic Trading Partners Risk. The U.S. is a significant, and in some cases the most significant, trading partner of, or foreign investor in, the country or countries in which the Fund invests. As a result, economic conditions of such countries may be particularly affected by changes in the U.S. economy. The U.S. economy has recently experienced very difficult conditions and increased volatility, as well as significant adverse trends. While government intervention and recent legislation has been enacted to improve the U.S. economy, the recovery has been fragile and modest. A decrease in U.S. imports or exports, new trade and financial regulations or tariffs, changes in the U.S. dollar exchange rate or an economic slowdown in the U.S. may have a material adverse effect on a country’s economic conditions and, as a result, securities to which the Fund has exposure.

Table of Contents

and loss of competitive advantage to the extent that rival companies have developed competing products or procedures, adversely affecting the company’s revenues and profitability. In other words, delays in the regulatory approval process may diminish the opportunity for a company to profit from a new product or to bring a new product to market, which could have a material adverse effect on a company’s business. Healthcare companies may also be strongly affected by scientific biotechnology or technological developments, and their products may quickly become obsolete. Also, many healthcare companies offer products and services that are subject to governmental regulation and may be adversely affected by changes in governmental policies or laws. Changes in governmental policies or laws may span a wide range of topics, including cost control, national health insurance, incentives for compensation in the provision of healthcare services, tax incentives and penalties related to healthcare insurance premiums, and promotion of prepaid healthcare plans. In addition, a number of legislative proposals concerning healthcare have been considered by the U.S. Congress in recent years. It is unclear what proposals will ultimately be enacted, if any, and what effect they may have on companies in the healthcare sector.

Interest Rate Risk. Rising interest rates could result in higher costs of capital for infrastructure companies, which could negatively impact their ability to meet payment obligations.

Table of Contents

Oil and Gas Risk. The profitability of oil and gas companies is related to worldwide energy prices, exploration, and production spending.

Risk of Investing in the Metals and Mining Industry. The Fund may invest in securities that are issued by and/or have exposure to, companies primarily involved in the metals and mining industry. Investments in metals and mining industry companies may be speculative and subject to greater price volatility than investments in other types of companies. The profitability of companies in the metals and mining industry is related to, among other things, worldwide metal prices, and extraction and production costs. Worldwide metal prices may fluctuate substantially over short periods of time, so the Fund’s investment in metals and mining industry companies may be more volatile than other types of investments. In addition, metals and mining companies may be significantly affected by changes in global demand for certain metals, economic developments, energy conservation, exchange rates, the success of exploration projects, interest rates, economic conditions, tax treatment, government regulation and intervention, and world events in the regions that the companies to which the Fund has exposure operate (e.g., expropriation, nationalization, confiscation of assets and property or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investments and repatriation of capital, military coups, social unrest, violence and labor unrest). Metals and mining companies may also be subject to the effects of competitive pressures in the metals and mining industry.

Table of Contents

There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will, in the future, grant rate increases. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain of the issuers of securities held in the Fund's portfolio may own or operate nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climate conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.

Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policy

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for the Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.

Table of Contents

•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Fund, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Fund, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain the Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of the Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

A description of the Underlying Index is provided below.

JPX-Nikkei 400 Net Total Return USD Hedged Index

Number of Components: approximately 399

Index Description. The JPX-Nikkei 400 Net Total Return USD Hedged Index provides exposure to broad-based Japanese equities with the currency risk of the securities included in the Underlying Index hedged to the U.S. dollar on a monthly basis.

Calculation Methodology. The daily return of the Underlying Index is calculated by the combination of the following two returns: (1) the return of the JPX-Nikkei 400 Net Total Return Index (the “Target Index”) in foreign currency, which is the return accruing from an unhedged Target Index investment to an investor whose home currency is not the Japanese yen; and (2) the return from the hedge, calculated by a linear interpolation of spot and forward prices. The hedge ratio is 100%.

Investment Policies

Table of Contents

outstanding voting securities of the Fund is defined in the Investment Company Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund. The Fund has also adopted certain non-fundamental investment policies, including its investment objective. Non-fundamental investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Therefore, the Fund may change its investment objective and its Underlying Index without shareholder approval.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding the Fund's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit the Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit the Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the component securities (including indirect investments through the Underlying Fund) and other instruments of its Underlying Index or in depositary receipts representing component securities in the Underlying Index. The Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

Table of Contents

Continuous Offering

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds and ETFs (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (including ETFs) (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 382 funds as of July 30, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Fund's Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (66)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (60)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (50)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Chief Financial Officer of iShares Delaware Trust Sponsor LLC, BlackRock Funds, BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Funds IV, BlackRock Funds V and BlackRock Funds VI (since 2021); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

Table of Contents

companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Also, set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of each Trustee that led the Board to conclude that he or she should serve (or continue to serve) as a Trustee.

Table of Contents

the Audit Committee and as a Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc., each since 2016, and as Chair of the Audit Committee since 2020. Ms. Carlin served as a member of the Audit Committee from 2012 to 2018, Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee from 2017 to 2018 and as an Independent Director on the Board of PHH Corporation from 2012 to 2018. She previously served as a Director on the Boards of Astoria Financial Corporation and Astoria Bank. Ms. Carlin was appointed by the United States Treasury to the Financial Services Sector Coordinating Council for Critical Infrastructure Protection and Homeland Security, where she served as Chairperson from 2010 to 2012 and Vice Chair and Chair of the Cyber Security Committee from 2009 to 2010. Ms. Carlin has a BA degree in political science from State University of New York at Stony Brook and a JD degree from Benjamin N. Cardozo School of Law.

Table of Contents

the Fixed Income Plus Committee of each Board since 2019. Mr. Rajan served as a Director of iShares MSCI Russia Capped ETF, Inc. from 2011 to 2015. Mr. Rajan is the Dean and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting at the University of Chicago Booth School of Business and also serves as Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC, an affiliate of the University of Chicago Booth School of Business, since 2020. He has served on the Advisory Board of C.M. Capital Corporation since 2016 and as a Director of C.M. Capital Corporation since 2020. From 2001 to 2017, Mr. Rajan was the Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. In April 2017, he received the school’s Robert T. Davis Award for Lifetime Achievement and Service. He has taught accounting for over 25 years to undergraduate, MBA and law students, as well as to senior executives. From 2010 to 2016, Mr. Rajan served as the Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and head of the MBA Program at the Stanford University Graduate School of Business. Mr. Rajan served as editor of “The Accounting Review” from 2002 to 2008 and is co-author of “Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis,” a leading cost accounting textbook. From 2013 to 2018, Mr. Rajan served on the Board of Directors of Cavium Inc., a semiconductor company. Mr. Rajan holds MS and PhD degrees in Accounting from Carnegie Mellon University.

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Table of Contents

Compliance Officer (and his or her delegates) assesses key compliance risks affecting the Fund, and addresses them in periodic reports to the Board. In addition, the Audit Committee meets with both the Fund's independent registered public accounting firm and BFA’s internal audit group to review risk controls in place that support the Fund as well as test results. Board oversight of risk is also performed as needed between meetings through communications between BFA and the Board. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities. From time to time, the Board may modify the manner in which it conducts risk oversight. The Board’s oversight role does not make it a guarantor of the Fund's investment performance or other activities.

Table of Contents

The members of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are Madhav V. Rajan (Chair), Jane D. Carlin and Richard L. Fagnani, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of Trust performance and related matters for fixed-income or multi-asset funds. These responsibilities include: (i) reviewing quarterly reports regarding Trust performance, secondary market trading and changes in net assets to identify any matters that should be brought to the attention of the Board; and (ii) considering any performance or investment related matters as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board from time to time and providing a report or recommendation to the Board as appropriate. The Fixed Income Plus Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

The table below sets forth the compensation earned by each Independent Trustee and Interested Trustee for services to the Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 and the aggregate compensation paid to them for services to the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

Name	iShares Currency Hedged JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$2	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	2	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	2	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	2	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	2	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	2	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	2	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of the Fund's outstanding shares as of June 30, 2021.

Although the Trust does not have information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants (as defined below), as of June 30, 2021, the name and percentage ownership of each DTC participant that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund were as follows:

Name		Percentage of Ownership
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated 101 Hudson Street 9^th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997		44.85%
Goldman, Sachs & Co. 30 Hudson Street 16^th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302		24.00%
Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399		6.49%
J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC/JPMC 500 Stanton Christiana Road Newark, DE 19713		5.83%

Table of Contents

activities and business operations of the Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Fund. These are considerations of which investors in the Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage the Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by the Fund.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which the Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Markit Indices Limited, the index provider for underlying fixed-income indexes used by certain iShares funds, related to derivative fixed-income products that are based on such iShares funds. BlackRock may receive certain payments for licensing intellectual property belonging to BlackRock and for facilitating the provision of data in connection with such derivative products, which may include payments based on the trading volumes of, or revenues generated by, the derivative products. However, BlackRock will not receive any such payments on those derivative products utilized by the Fund or other BlackRock funds or accounts. Other funds and accounts managed by BlackRock may from time to time transact in such derivative products, which could contribute to the viability or success of such derivative products by making them more appealing to funds and accounts managed by third parties, and in turn lead to increased

Table of Contents

payments to BlackRock. Trading activity in such derivative products could also potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to these iShares funds and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

Table of Contents

aggregated with other portfolios into one single market delivery, to satisfy the loan request. In doing so, BlackRock seeks to provide equal lending opportunities for all portfolios, independent of whether BlackRock indemnifies the portfolio. Equal opportunities for lending portfolios does not guarantee equal outcomes. Specifically, short and long-term outcomes for individual clients may vary due to asset mix, asset/liability spreads on different securities, and the overall limits imposed by the firm.

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

Table of Contents

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

Table of Contents

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, a Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) in accordance with policies and procedures approved by a Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Table of Contents

limits on the aggregate amount invested by BlackRock for their proprietary accounts and for client accounts (including the Fund) that may not be exceeded without the grant of a license or other regulatory or corporate consent or, if exceeded, may cause BlackRock, the Fund or other client accounts to suffer disadvantages or business restrictions.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Fund (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with the Fund's custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Fund leaves cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for the Fund in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

Table of Contents

provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Fund and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

The following table sets forth the management fee at the annual rate (as a percentage of the Fund's average daily net assets) BFA received from the Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 and the management fees (net of waivers) the Fund paid BFA for the fiscal years noted:

Table of Contents

Management Fee for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021¹		Fund Inception Date		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
0.59%		09/29/15		$0		$0		$0

BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees so that the Fund's total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver is equal to the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses attributable to the Fund's investment in the iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF (“JPXN”), after taking into account any fee waivers by JPXN through July 31, 2025. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to July 31, 2025 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2021, March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, BFA waived $17,706, $16,555, and $16,850 of management fees, respectively.

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	265	$1,559,785,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	57	86,063,000,000
Other Accounts	25	28,568,000,000

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	270	$1,560,515,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	2	845,000,000

Orlando Montalvo
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	11	$ 3,935,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	21	8,826,000,000
Other Accounts	1	231,000,000

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	263	$1,548,230,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	2,605,000,000
Other Accounts	65	15,924,000,000

Table of Contents

the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA’s policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Fund and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Fund, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than it would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Like the Fund, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio’s or account’s gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or any of its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and each of its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intend to do so, shareholders of the Fund should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict of interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Orlando Montalvo
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Table of Contents

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	1	$2,998,410,000

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of March 31, 2021.

As of March 31, 2021, the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of the Fund.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of the Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund Inception Date		Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021		Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020		Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
09/29/15		$14,571		$14,867		$13,406

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement: (i) fund-of-funds, such as the Fund, retain 82% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income (which includes, for this purpose, collateral investment fees) earned across the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex (as defined under “Management—Trustees and Officers”) in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, each applicable fund-of-funds, pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows:

The services provided to the Funds by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Funds with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

(8) terminating securities loans and arranging for the return of loaned securities to the Funds at loan termination.

The following tables show the dollar amounts of income and fees/compensation related to the securities lending activities of the Fund during its most recent fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

Fund	iShares Currency Hedged JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	$0
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services
Securities lending income paid to BTC for services as securities lending agent	0
Cash collateral management expenses not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0

Table of Contents

Fund	iShares Currency Hedged JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF
Administrative fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Indemnification fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	0
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$0
Net income from securities lending activities	$0

Table of Contents

customary digital marketing support and promotion of the Fund, other iShares funds, exchange-traded products and BlackRock mutual funds.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): BNY Mellon Performance & Risk Analytics, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Table of Contents

Determination of Net Asset Value

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or, if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which the Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

Table of Contents

methodology or a price provided by an independent pricing service. As a result, the price received upon the sale of an investment may be less than the value ascribed by the Fund, and the Fund could realize a greater than expected loss or lesser than expected gain upon the sale of the investment. The Fund’s ability to value its investment may also be impacted by technological issues and/or errors by pricing services or other third-party service providers.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Fair Value. When market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BFA to be unreliable, the Fund’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). Fair Value Assets are valued by BFA in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. BFA may reasonably conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if, among other things, a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source due to its complete lack of trading, if BFA believes a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), or where the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BFA determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing the Fund’s assets or liabilities, is likely to cause a material change to the last exchange closing price or closing market price of one or more assets held by, or liabilities of, the Fund. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BFA is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

BFA, with input from portfolio management, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, the Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BFA, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of the Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee will seek to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the asset or liability is being valued, and does not seek to determine the price the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BFA using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

Table of Contents

or third-party models that may rely upon one or more unobservable inputs. Prices of actual, executed or historical transactions in the relevant investment (or comparable instruments) or, where appropriate, an appraisal by a third-party experienced in the valuation of similar instruments, may also be used as a basis for establishing the fair value of an investment.

Brokerage Transactions

When transacting in securities traded on a non-U.S. exchange or in the secondary market, the Fund will generally be required to trade through a locally-licensed firm. As a result, the Fund may be more limited in the number of firms it will be able to select from in seeking to obtain the best price and most favorable execution for the Fund.

Table of Contents

services provided by that broker or dealer. This includes commissions paid on riskless principal transactions in securities under certain conditions.

Table of Contents

accounts. BFA and the other Affiliates may deal, trade and invest for their own respective accounts in the types of securities in which the Fund may invest.

Fund Inception Date		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
09/29/15		$76		$77		$64

Table of Contents

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021		Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020
	8%		9%

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

Table of Contents

consult with their own legal counsel concerning their obligations under Sections 13 and 16 of the 1934 Act and existing guidance provided by the SEC staff.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

DTC was created in 1973 to enable electronic movement of securities between its participants (“DTC Participants”), and NSCC was established in 1976 to provide a single settlement system for securities clearing and to serve as CCP for securities trades among DTC Participants. In 1999, DTC and NSCC were consolidated within The Depository Trust & Clearing Corporation (“DTCC”) and became wholly-owned subsidiaries of DTCC. The common stock of DTCC is owned by the DTC Participants, but NYSE and FINRA, through subsidiaries, hold preferred shares in DTCC that provide them with the right to elect one member each to the DTCC board of directors. Access to the DTC system is available to entities, such as banks, brokers, dealers and trust companies, that clear through or maintain a custodial relationship with a DTC Participant, either directly or indirectly (“Indirect Participants”).

Table of Contents

records relating to such beneficial ownership interests, or for any other aspect of the relationship between DTC and the DTC Participants or the relationship between such DTC Participants and the Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners owning through such DTC Participants. DTC may decide to discontinue providing its service with respect to shares of the Trust at any time by giving reasonable notice to the Trust and discharging its responsibilities with respect thereto under applicable law. Under such circumstances, the Trust shall take action to find a replacement for DTC to perform its functions at a comparable cost.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

General. The Trust issues and sells shares of the Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load, at a price based on the Fund's NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Distributor or its agent in proper form. On days when the Listing Exchange closes earlier than normal, the Fund may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of the Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for the Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of April 30, 2021:

Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
10,000		$341,700

Table of Contents

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund’s portfolio securities is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of the Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Table of Contents

NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by the Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Table of Contents

Issuance of a Creation Unit. Except as provided herein, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the Fund of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the sub-custodian has confirmed to the custodian that the securities included in the Fund Deposit (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant sub-custodian or sub-custodians, the Distributor or its agent and BFA shall be notified of such delivery and the Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit. Creation Units are generally issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date). However, the Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For example, the Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2 in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (i.e., the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security) and in certain other circumstances.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$100		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$100		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Table of Contents

Authorized Participant to the Beneficial Owner thereof as recorded on the book-entry system of DTC or the DTC Participant through which such investor holds, as the case may be, or by such other means specified by the Authorized Participant submitting the redemption request.

Deliveries of redemption proceeds by the Fund are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”). However, the Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For example, the Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2 in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (i.e., the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold) and in certain other circumstances consistent with applicable law.

If neither the redeeming Beneficial Owner nor the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such redeeming Beneficial Owner has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, the Fund may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming Beneficial Owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In such case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the net asset value of its shares based on the NAV of the Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charges specified above to offset the Fund's brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and the Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.

Table of Contents

Taxes

Table of Contents

total assets may be invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

Taxation of RICs. As a RIC, the Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, the Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. The Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. If the Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Although the Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, the Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. The Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

The Fund had tax basis net capital loss carryforwards as set forth in the table below as of March 31, 2021, the tax year-end for the Fund:

Non-Expiring Capital Loss
Carryforward

$361,000

Table of Contents

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders. Dividends and other distributions by the Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

The Fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if the Fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (at a flat rate of 21%) on the amount retained. In that event, the Fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount in clause (a) over the amount in clause (b). Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that the Fund reports as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund. All other dividends of the Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income, subject to the discussion of qualified dividend income below. Short-term capital gains earned by the Underlying Fund will be ordinary income when distributed to the Fund and will not be offset by the Fund’s capital losses. Long-term capital gains are eligible for taxation at a maximum rate of 15% or 20% for non-corporate shareholders, depending on whether their income exceeds certain threshold amounts.

Table of Contents

buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (b) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

In certain situations, the Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss, then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of (i) the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains and (ii) the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund. A redemption of shares by the Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends or capital gains distributions, or by an option or contract to acquire substantially identical shares, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then, on or before January 31 of the following calendar year, acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents shareholders from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting their investments within a family of mutual funds.

Table of Contents

These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

Qualified Dividend Income. Distributions by the Fund of investment company taxable income (including any short-term capital gains), whether received in cash or shares, will be taxable either as ordinary income or as qualified dividend income, which is eligible to be taxed at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the Fund receives qualified dividend income on the securities it holds and the Fund reports the distribution as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable U.S. corporations (but generally not from U.S. REITs) and certain non-U.S. corporations (e.g., non-U.S. corporations that are not PFICs and which are incorporated in a possession of the U.S. or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the U.S., or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. (where the dividends are paid with respect to such stock)). Under current IRS guidance, the U.S. has appropriate comprehensive income tax treaties with the following countries: Australia, Austria, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, China (but not with Hong Kong, which is treated as a separate jurisdiction for U.S. tax purposes), Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Morocco, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, the Slovak Republic, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, the United Kingdom and Venezuela. Substitute payments received by the Fund for securities lent out by the Fund will not be qualified dividend income.

Table of Contents

extent the RIC’s income is derived from ordinary REIT dividends (reduced by allocable RIC expenses). A shareholder may treat the dividends as such provided the RIC and the shareholder satisfy applicable holding period requirements. Distributions by the Fund of its net short-term capital gains will be taxable as ordinary income.

Excess Inclusion Income. Under current law, the Fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Certain types of income received by the Fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to report some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund shareholders, such excess inclusion income may: (i) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (ii) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (iv) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, are Fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined in Section 664 of the Internal Revenue Code) has UBTI for a taxable year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the trust.

Non-U.S. Investments. Under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts and certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the Fund were to elect otherwise.

Table of Contents

non-U.S. sources; the Fund’s gain from the sale of securities will generally be treated as U.S.-source income. Certain limitations will be imposed to the extent to which the non-U.S. tax credit may be claimed. If your Fund shares are loaned pursuant to securities lending arrangements, you may lose the ability to use any non-U.S. tax credits passed through by a Fund or to treat Fund dividends (paid while the shares are held by the borrower) as qualified dividends. Regarding a short sale with respect to shares of a Fund, substitute payments made to the lender of such shares may not be deductible under certain circumstances. Consult your financial intermediary or tax advisor.

The Underlying Fund invests in non-U.S. positions and may be subject to non-U.S. income taxes and non-U.S. financial transactions taxes. The Underlying Fund may elect to “pass through” to its investors, including the Fund, the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid by the Underlying Fund. The Fund will be eligible to elect to “pass through” such amounts to their stockholders and may do so, depending upon circumstances.

If the Fund were to invest in a PFIC and elect to treat the PFIC as a “qualified electing fund” under the Internal Revenue Code, in lieu of the foregoing requirements, the Fund might be required to include in income each year a portion of the ordinary earnings and net capital gains of the qualified electing fund, even if not distributed to the Fund, and such amounts would be subject to the 90% and excise tax distribution requirements described above. In order to make this election, the Fund would be required to obtain certain annual information from the PFICs in which it invests, which may be difficult or impossible to obtain. Currently proposed IRS regulations, if adopted, would treat such included amounts as nonqualifying RIC income to the Fund unless such amounts were also distributed to the Fund.

The Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Table of Contents

Properly-reported dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder or partner, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

The rules laid out in the previous two paragraphs, other than the withholding rules, will apply notwithstanding the Fund's participation in a wash sale transaction or its payment of a substitute dividend.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Separately, a 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on U.S.-source dividends, interest and other income items paid to: (i) foreign financial institutions, including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders; and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to: (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information, including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders; comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts; report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained; agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information; and determine certain other information concerning their account holders, or (ii) in the event an intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities may need to report the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or provide certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.

Table of Contents

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated March 1, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund	Ticker	Listing Exchange
iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF¹	IBHA	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF²	IBHB	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF³	IBHC	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF⁴	IBHD	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF⁵	IBHE	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF⁶	IBHF	Cboe BZX
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF⁷	IBDM	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF⁸	IBDN	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF⁹	IBDO	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF¹⁰	IBDP	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF¹¹	IBDQ	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF¹²	IBDR	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF¹³	IBDS	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF¹⁴	IBDT	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF¹⁵	IBDU	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF¹⁶	IBDV	NYSE Arca
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF¹⁷	IBTA	NASDAQ
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF¹⁸	IBTB	NASDAQ
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF¹⁹	IBTD	NASDAQ
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF²⁰	IBTE	NASDAQ
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF²¹	IBTF	NASDAQ
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF²²	IBTG	NASDAQ
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF²³	IBTH	NASDAQ
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF²⁴	IBTI	NASDAQ
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF²⁵	IBTJ	NASDAQ
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF²⁶	IBTK	NASDAQ
iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF²⁷	IBDD	NYSE Arca

The iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF.

The iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF.

The iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF.

⁴	The iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF.
⁵	The iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF.
⁶	The iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF.
⁷	The iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF.
⁸	The iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF.
⁹	The iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF.
¹⁰	The iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF.
¹¹	The iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF.
¹²	The iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF.
¹³	The iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF.
¹⁴	The iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF.

¹⁵	The iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF.
¹⁶	The iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF.
¹⁷	The iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF.
¹⁸	The iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF.
¹⁹	The iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF.
²⁰	The iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF.
²¹	The iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF.
²²	The iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF.
²³	The iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF.
²⁴	The iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF.
²⁵	The iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF.
²⁶	The iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF.
²⁷

The iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF may also conduct business as the iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF.

Each Fund invests its assets in individual securities and/or in other iShares funds that, in turn, invest in bonds and/or short-term instruments based on an index (each, an “Underlying Fund” and collectively, the “Underlying Funds”). BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA” or the “Investment Adviser”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., serves as investment adviser to the Funds and also serves as investment adviser to each of the Underlying Funds.

The Prospectuses for the above-listed Funds are dated March 1, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the applicable Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. The Financial Statements and Notes contained in the applicable Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report of the Trust for the Funds are incorporated by reference into and are deemed to be part of this SAI. A copy of each Fund's Prospectus, Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust's distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. Each Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

iShares^®, iBonds^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BFA and its affiliates.

The section of each Fund’s SAI entitled “Potential Conflicts of Interest” shall be deleted in its entirety and replaced with the following:

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA) its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

References to the name of the Underlying Index in the SAI for each Fund except for the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are hereby revised as follows:

References to the name of the benchmark index in the SAI for each of the BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF and BlackRock Short Maturity Municipal Bond ETF are revised as follows:

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and its Funds

•	iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF
•	iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF
•	iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF
•	iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF
•	iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF
•	iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF
•	iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF
•	iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF

The iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF is managed by BFA, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to meet its investment objective by investing in the securities of one or more underlying funds that themselves seek investment results corresponding to their own underlying benchmark indexes and in individual securities that satisfy the criteria of a particular underlying index identified in each Fund's Prospectus (each, an “Underlying Index”).

Each of the iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF is managed by BFA, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to meet its investment objective by investing in individual securities that satisfy the criteria of a particular Underlying Index identified in the Fund's Prospectus either directly

Table of Contents

or through holding shares of one or more Underlying Funds. Each Fund may also periodically invest in the securities of one or more Underlying Funds that themselves seek investment results corresponding to their own underlying benchmark indexes. The iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about March 31 of the year identified in its Prospectus, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

The iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF is managed by BFA, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to track the investment results of the specific benchmark index identified in the Fund’s Prospectus.

Each of the iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15 of the relevant year identified in its Prospectus, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

Each of the iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF is managed by BFA, an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to track the investment results of their own specific benchmark index identified in the Fund's Prospectus. Each of the iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15 of the relevant year identified in its Prospectus, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

Each Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of each Fund are listed and trade on national securities exchanges such as Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BZX”), The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“NASDAQ”) and NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”) (each, a “Listing Exchange”). Shares of each Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units, and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally ranging from 50,000 to 100,000 shares or multiples thereof.

Table of Contents

than the transaction fees and other costs associated with in-kind creations or redemptions. In all cases, conditions with respect to creations and redemptions of shares and fees will be limited in accordance with the requirements of SEC rules and regulations applicable to management investment companies offering redeemable securities.

Exchange Listing and Trading

Shares of each Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of the Funds may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of a Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of Fund shares, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial owners of shares of a Fund; (ii) a Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (iii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iv) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of a Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of a Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Investment Strategies and Risks

The iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF seeks to achieve its objective generally by investing in the securities of one or more underlying funds that themselves seek investment results corresponding to their own underlying benchmark indexes and in individual securities that satisfy the criteria of a particular Underlying Index. Each of the iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF is managed by BFA and generally seeks to meet its investment objective by investing in securities of its Underlying Index and may, under certain circumstances, invest in one or more Underlying Funds. Because a Fund may periodically obtain its exposure to the securities in the Underlying Index by investing in one or more Underlying Funds, shareholders should be aware that the Fund’s exposure to the types of investments discussed below may be obtained by the Fund through an investment in the Underlying Funds. Each of the iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in both fixed-income securities that comprise its Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in its Underlying Index. Each Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security in a Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security from the Fund’s portfolio.

Table of Contents

maturity and duration) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Although the Funds do not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Funds may have a leveraging effect as described below.

The iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities (including indirect investments through the Underlying Fund) of the Underlying Index, except during the last months of the Fund’s operations, as described below, and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of money market funds advised by BFA or its affiliates (“BlackRock Cash Funds”), as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, the Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities (including indirect investments through the Underlying Fund) of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index.

Each of the iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF and iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF generally will invest at least 90% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index, except during the last months of the Fund’s operations, as described below, and may invest up to 10% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help the Fund track the Underlying Index. From time to time when conditions warrant, however, each Fund may invest at least 80% of its assets in the component securities of the Underlying Index and may invest up to 20% of its assets in certain futures, options and swap contracts, cash and cash equivalents, including shares of BlackRock Cash Funds, as well as in securities not included in the Underlying Index, but which BFA believes will help each Fund track the Underlying Index. Each Fund seeks to track the investment results of its Underlying Index before fees and expenses of the Fund.

In the last months of each Fund's operation, as the bonds held by each Fund mature, the proceeds will not be reinvested by the Fund in bonds but instead will be held in cash and cash equivalents. By March 31 and December 15 of the relevant year, each Fund's Underlying Index is expected to consist almost entirely of cash earned in this manner. Around the same time, the Fund will wind up and terminate, and its net assets will be distributed to then-current shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

Bonds. Each Fund, either directly or through its investments in one or more Underlying Funds, invests a substantial portion of its assets in U.S. dollar-denominated bonds. A bond is an interest-bearing security issued by a U.S. or non-U.S. company, or U.S. or non-U.S. governmental unit. The issuer of a bond has a contractual obligation to pay interest at a stated rate on specific dates and to repay principal (the bond’s face value) periodically or on a specified maturity date. Bonds generally are used by corporations and governments to borrow money from investors.

An issuer may have the right to redeem or “call” a bond before maturity, in which case a fund may have to reinvest the proceeds at lower market rates. Similarly, the Funds may have to reinvest interest income or payments received when bonds mature, sometimes at lower market rates. Most bonds bear interest income at a “coupon” rate that is fixed for the life of the bond. The value of a fixed-rate bond usually rises when market interest rates fall, and falls when market interest rates rise. Accordingly, a fixed-rate bond’s yield (income as a percent of the bond’s current value) may differ from its coupon rate as its value rises or falls. When an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is greater than its face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a premium. Conversely, when an investor purchases a fixed-rate bond at a price that is less than its

Table of Contents

face value, the investor is purchasing the bond at a discount. Fixed-rate bonds that are purchased at a discount pay less current income than securities with comparable yields that are purchased at face value, with the result that prices for such fixed-rate securities can be more volatile than prices for such securities that are purchased at face value. Other types of bonds bear interest at an interest rate that is adjusted periodically. Interest rates on “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds may be higher or lower than current market rates for fixed-rate bonds of comparable quality with similar final maturities. Because of their adjustable interest rates, the value of “floating rate” or “variable rate” bonds fluctuates much less in response to market interest rate movements than the value of fixed-rate bonds, but their value may decline if their interest rates do not rise as much, or as quickly, as interest rates in general. Each Fund or an Underlying Fund may treat some of these bonds as having a shorter maturity for purposes of calculating the weighted average maturity of its investment portfolio. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. Bonds may be senior or subordinated obligations. Senior obligations generally have the first claim on a corporation’s earnings and assets and, in the event of liquidation, are paid before subordinated obligations. Bonds may be unsecured (backed only by the issuer’s general creditworthiness) or secured (backed by specified collateral).

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Corporate Bonds. Both the Funds and the Underlying Funds invest a substantial portion of their assets in investment-grade corporate bonds. The investment return of corporate bonds reflects interest earned on the security and changes in the market value of the security. The market value of a corporate bond may be affected by changes in the market rate of interest, the credit rating of the corporation, the corporation’s performance and perceptions of the corporation in the marketplace. There is a risk that the issuers of the securities may not be able to meet their obligations on interest or principal payments at the time called for by an instrument.

Diversification Status. The following table sets forth the diversification status of each Fund:

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF		iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF		iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF		iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF		iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF		iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF		iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF		iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF		iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF
iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF		iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF

Table of Contents

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
		iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF
		iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF
		iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF
		iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF
		iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF
		iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF
		iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF
		iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF
		iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF

Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options. Futures contracts, options on futures and securities options may be used by a Fund to simulate investment in their respective underlying index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures that are traded on a U.S. or non-U.S. futures exchange. Each Fund will not use futures, options on futures or securities options for speculative purposes. Each Fund and each Underlying Fund intend to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). BFA, with respect to the Funds, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to such Funds, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Table of Contents

contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, each Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, each Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract. The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of each Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. The Funds may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of its portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Securities options may be used by a Fund to obtain access to securities in its Underlying Index or to dispose of securities in its Underlying Index at favorable prices, to invest cash in a securities index that offers similar exposure to that provided by its Underlying Index or otherwise to achieve the Fund’s objective of tracking its Underlying Index. A call option gives a holder the right to purchase a specific security at a specified price (“exercise price”) within a specified period of time. A put option gives a holder the right to sell a specific security at an exercise price within a specified period of time. The initial purchaser of a call option pays the “writer” a premium, which is paid at the time of purchase and is retained by the writer whether or not such option is exercised. Each Fund may purchase put options to hedge its portfolio against the risk of a decline in the market value of securities held and may purchase call options to hedge against an increase in the price of securities it is committed to purchase. Each Fund may write put and call options along with a long position in options to increase its ability to hedge against a change in the market value of the securities it holds or is committed to purchase. Each Fund may purchase or sell securities options on a U.S. or non-U.S. securities exchange or in the over-the-counter (“OTC”) market through a transaction with a dealer. Options on a securities index are typically settled on a net basis based on the appreciation or depreciation of the index level over the strike price. Options on single name securities may be cash- or physically-settled, depending upon the market in which they are traded. Options may be structured so as to be exercisable only on certain dates or on a daily basis. Options may also be structured to have conditions to exercise (i.e., “Knock-in Events”) or conditions that trigger termination (i.e., “Knock-out Events”). Investments in futures contracts and other investments that contain leverage may require each Fund to maintain liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under these contracts and other investments. Generally, each Fund maintains an amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to “cash-settle,” each Fund maintains liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s daily marked-to-market obligation (i.e., each Fund’s daily net liability, if any), rather than the contracts’ notional value (i.e., the value of the underlying asset). By maintaining assets equal to its net obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, each Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to set aside assets equal to the futures contracts’ full notional value. Each Fund bases its asset maintenance policies on methods permitted by the SEC and its staff and may modify these policies in the future to comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to time by the SEC or its staff. Changes in SEC guidance regarding the use of derivatives by registered investment companies may adversely impact a Fund’s ability to invest in futures, options or other derivatives or make investments in such instruments more expensive.

Table of Contents

Global Ratings”) or Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”)) or be unrated. The credit rating of a high yield security does not necessarily address its market value risk, and ratings may from time to time change, positively or negatively, to reflect developments regarding the issuer’s financial condition. High yield securities are considered to be speculative with respect to the capacity of the issuer to timely repay principal and pay interest in accordance with the terms of the obligation and may have more credit risk than higher rated securities. BBB-rated bonds, although investment-grade, may share some of the same speculative characteristics as “junk bonds.”

The major risks of high yield bond investments include the following:

•	High yield bonds may be issued by less creditworthy issuers. These securities are vulnerable to adverse changes in the issuer’s industry or to general economic conditions. Issuers of high yield bonds may be unable to meet their interest or principal payment obligations because of an economic downturn, specific issuer developments or the unavailability of additional financing.
•	The issuers of high yield bonds may have a larger amount of outstanding debt relative to their assets than issuers of investment grade bonds. If the issuer experiences financial stress, it may be unable to meet its debt obligations. The issuer’s ability to pay its debt obligations also may be lessened by specific issuer developments, or the unavailability of additional financing. Issuers of high yield securities are often in the growth stage of their development and/or involved in a reorganization or takeover.
•	High yield bonds are frequently ranked junior to claims by other creditors. If the issuer cannot meet its obligations, the senior obligations are generally paid off before the junior obligations, which will potentially limit a Fund’s ability to fully recover principal, to receive interest payments when senior securities are in default or to receive restructuring benefits paid to holders of more senior classes of debt. Thus, investors in high yield securities frequently have a lower degree of protection with respect to principal and interest payments than do investors in higher rated securities.
•	High yield bonds frequently have redemption features that permit an issuer to repurchase the security from a Fund before it matures. If an issuer redeems the high yield bonds, a Fund may have to invest the proceeds in bonds with lower yields and may lose income. Such use of proceeds will occur when a Fund invests in BBB-rated bonds from the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index (the “Corporate Index”).
•	Prices of high yield bonds are subject to extreme fluctuations. Negative economic developments may have a greater impact on the prices of high yield bonds than on those of other higher rated fixed-income securities.
•	Under certain economic and/or market conditions, a Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. There are fewer dealers in the high yield bond market, and there may be significant differences in the prices quoted for high yield bonds by dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. Judgment may play a greater role in the prices and values generated for such securities than in the case of securities trading in a more liquid market.
•	The secondary markets for high yield securities are not as liquid as the secondary markets for higher rated securities. The secondary markets for high yield securities are concentrated in relatively few market makers and, participants in the markets are mostly institutional investors, including insurance companies, banks, other financial institutions and mutual funds. In addition, the trading volume for high yield securities is generally lower than that for higher rated securities and the secondary markets could contract under adverse market or economic conditions independent of any specific adverse changes in the condition of a particular issuer. Under certain economic and/or market conditions, a Fund may have difficulty disposing of certain high yield securities due to the limited number of investors in that sector of the market. An illiquid secondary market may adversely affect the market price of the high yield security, which may result in increased difficulty selling the particular issue and obtaining accurate market quotations on the issue when valuing a Fund's assets. Market quotations on high yield securities are available only from a limited number of dealers, and such quotations may not be the actual prices available for a purchase or sale. When the secondary market for high yield securities becomes more illiquid, or in the absence of readily available market quotations for such securities, the relative lack of reliable objective data makes it more difficult to value such securities, and judgment plays a more important role in determining such valuations.
•	A Fund may incur expenses to the extent necessary to seek recovery upon default or to negotiate new terms with a defaulting issuer.
•	The high yield bond markets may react strongly to adverse news about an issuer or the economy, or to the perception or expectation of adverse news, whether or not it is based on fundamental analysis. Additionally, prices

Table of Contents

for high yield securities may be affected by legislative and regulatory developments. These developments could adversely affect a Fund’s NAV and investment practices, the secondary market for high yield securities, the financial condition of issuers of these securities and the value and liquidity of outstanding high yield securities, especially in a thinly traded market. For example, federal legislation requiring the divestiture by federally insured savings and loan associations of their investments in high yield bonds and limiting the deductibility of interest by certain corporate issuers of high yield bonds adversely affected the market in the past.

Investments in Underlying Funds and Other Investment Companies. To implement its asset allocation strategy, each Fund may invest some or all of its assets in one or more Underlying Funds. Each Underlying Fund generally invests directly in portfolio securities. Each Fund may also invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (commonly referred to as “ETFs”) that are not iShares ETFs, to the extent permitted by law.

Lending Portfolio Securities. Each Fund may lend portfolio securities to certain borrowers that BFA determines to be creditworthy, including borrowers affiliated with BFA. The borrowers provide collateral that is maintained in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned. No securities loan shall be made on behalf of a Fund if, as a result, the aggregate value of all securities loaned by the Fund exceeds one-third of the value of the Fund's total assets (including the value of the collateral received). A Fund may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the return of the securities loaned. Each Fund receives, by way of substitute payment, the value of any interest or cash or non-cash distributions paid on the loaned securities that it would have received if the securities were not on loan.

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees a Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, a Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return a Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for a Fund. A Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by a Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on shareholders caused by this difference in connection with a Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, including ETFs such as the Funds, to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”) and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Funds have implemented a Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust, has appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, BFA assesses, manages, and periodically reviews each Fund’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by a Fund as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by a Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interest in a Fund. The liquidity of a Fund's portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under

Table of Contents

the Liquidity Program. There are exclusions from certain portions of the liquidity risk management program requirements for “in-kind” ETFs, as defined in the Liquidity Rule. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, a Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Privately Issued Securities. The Funds or an Underlying Fund may invest in privately issued securities, including those that may be resold only in accordance with Rule 144A or Regulation S under the 1933 Act (“Restricted Securities”). Restricted Securities are not publicly-traded and are subject to a variety of restrictions, which limit a purchaser's ability to acquire or resell such securities. Accordingly, the liquidity of the market for specific Restricted Securities may vary. Delay or difficulty in selling such securities may result in a loss to a Fund.

Subsequent to purchase by a Fund or an Underlying Fund, a rated security may cease to be rated or its rating may be reduced below an investment-grade rating. Bonds rated below Baa3 by Moody’s or below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch are generally considered below investment-grade quality and are obligations of issuers that are generally considered predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal according to the terms of the obligation and, therefore, carry greater investment risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy and increased market price volatility. Such lower-rated securities are commonly referred to as “junk bonds” and are subject to a substantial degree of credit risk. Please see Appendix B of this SAI for a description of each rating category of Moody's, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch and BFA's treatment of investments that are not rated by any of the rating agencies.

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The CFTC subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. To the extent a Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

BFA has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to each Fund. BFA is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Funds.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through 2020. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to a Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in a Fund.

Table of Contents

contract. Accordingly, reliance by a Fund on physically-settled derivatives contracts may adversely impact investors by requiring a Fund to set aside a greater amount of liquid assets than would generally be required if a Fund were relying on cash-settled derivatives contracts.

The iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF (the “No-Action Letter Fund”) may also have investments in “underlying funds” (and such underlying funds themselves may invest in underlying funds) not advised by BFA (the term “underlying fund” for purposes of the no-action letter referenced below may include, but is not limited to, certain securitized vehicles, mortgage or international real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), business development companies and, investment companies that may invest in CFTC Derivatives or in any of the foregoing), and therefore may be viewed by the CFTC as commodity pools. BFA may not have transparency into the holdings of these underlying funds because they are not advised by BFA. To address this issue of lack of transparency, the CFTC staff issued a no-action letter on November 29, 2012 permitting the adviser of a fund that invests in such underlying funds and that would otherwise have filed a claim of exclusion pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 to delay registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the adviser of the No-Action Letter Fund, has filed a claim with the CFTC for such Fund to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of such Fund.

Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is an instrument under which the purchaser (i.e., a Fund or an Underlying Fund) acquires a security and the seller agrees, at the time of the sale, to repurchase the security at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the purchaser’s holding period. Repurchase agreements may be construed to be collateralized loans by the purchaser to the seller secured by the securities transferred to the purchaser. If a repurchase agreement is construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities will not be considered to be owned by a Fund or an Underlying Fund but only to constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price, and, in the event of a default by the seller, the Fund may suffer time delays and incur costs or losses in connection with the disposition of the collateral.

Repurchase agreements pose certain risks for a Fund or an Underlying Fund that utilizes them. Such risks are not unique to the Funds, but are inherent in repurchase agreements. Each Fund seeks to minimize such risks, but because of the inherent legal uncertainties involved in repurchase agreements, such risks cannot be eliminated. Lower quality collateral and collateral with a longer maturity may be subject to greater price fluctuations than higher quality collateral and collateral with a shorter maturity. If the repurchase agreement counterparty were to default, lower quality collateral may be more difficult to liquidate than higher quality collateral. Should the counterparty default and the amount of collateral not be sufficient to cover the counterparty’s repurchase obligation, a Fund or an Underlying Fund would likely retain the status of an unsecured creditor of the counterparty (i.e., the position a Fund or an Underlying Fund would normally be in if it were to hold, pursuant to its investment policies, other unsecured debt securities of the defaulting counterparty) with respect to the amount of the shortfall. As an unsecured creditor, a Fund or an Underlying Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.

Securities of Investment Companies. Each Fund and each Underlying Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) to the extent permitted by law, regulation, exemptive order or SEC staff guidance. Under the 1940 Act, a fund’s investment in investment companies is limited to, subject to certain exceptions, (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company, (ii) 5% of the fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company, and (iii) 10% of the fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate.

Table of Contents

To the extent allowed by law or regulation, the Funds and each Underlying Fund intend from time to time to invest their assets in securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which a Fund invests can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by a Fund. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which reflect a Fund's pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies (as disclosed in the Prospectus, as applicable).

An Underlying Fund may purchase shares of ETFs for the same reason it would purchase (and as an alternative to purchasing) futures contracts – to obtain relatively low-cost exposure to the stock market while maintaining flexibility to meet the liquidity needs of the Underlying Fund. ETF shares enjoy several advantages over futures contracts. Depending on the market, the holding period, and other factors, ETF shares can be less costly than futures contracts. In addition, ETF shares can be purchased for smaller sums and offer exposure to market sectors and styles for which there is no suitable or liquid futures contract. An Underlying Fund may also purchase ETF shares for other purposes, including improving its ability to track its underlying index. An Underlying Fund may invest in shares of ETFs that are advised by BFA.

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. Each Fund and the Underlying Funds may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's, “F-1” by Fitch, or “A-1” by S&P Global Ratings, or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by a Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

U.S.-Registered and Restricted Securities of Non-U.S. Issuers. The Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest in U.S.-registered, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds of non-U.S. corporate issuers. Each Fund or an Underlying Fund may invest in Restricted Securities issued by non-U.S. issuers. Investing in U.S.-registered, U.S. dollar-denominated bonds or Restricted Securities issued by non-U.S. issuers involves some risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions of the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. In addition, the risk that the issuer may fail to meet its obligations on these securities may be affected by fluctuations in non-U.S. currency exchange rates between the issuer's local currency and the U.S. dollar. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

Future Developments. The board of each Fund may, in the future, authorize each Fund to invest in securities contracts and investments, other than those listed in this SAI and in the applicable Prospectus, provided they are consistent with the Fund's investment objective and do not violate any of its investment restrictions or policies.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund is contained in the applicable Prospectus. Because the iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF expects to obtain its exposure to the securities in its Underlying Index substantially through its

Table of Contents

investment in the iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ex-Financials ETF (its “Underlying Fund”), shareholders should be aware that the risks of investment in particular types of securities, economic sectors and geographic locations discussed below may be borne by the iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF through its investment in its Underlying Fund. Through its investment in its Underlying Fund, the iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF will also bear the risks described below associated with its Underlying Fund's use of portfolio management techniques, such as borrowing arrangements and use of derivatives, in addition to the risks associated with those activities if the iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF engages in them directly.

An investment in a Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities, including its investment in the Underlying Fund, may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of bonds in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

Call Risk. During periods of falling interest rates, an issuer of a callable bond held by the Funds or an Underlying Fund may “call” or repay the security before its stated maturity, and a Fund or an Underlying Fund may have to reinvest the proceeds in securities with lower yields, which would result in a decline in the Fund's income, or in securities with greater risks or with other less favorable features.

Custody Risk. Custody risk refers to the risks inherent in the process of clearing and settling trades and to the holding of securities, cash and other assets by local banks, agents and depositories. Low trading volumes and volatile prices in less developed markets make trades harder to complete and settle, and governments or trade groups may compel local agents to hold securities in designated depositories that may not be subject to independent evaluation. Local agents are held only to the standards of care of their local markets, and thus may be subject to limited or no government oversight. Communications between the U.S. and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates. In general, the less developed a country’s securities market is, the greater the likelihood of custody problems. Practices in relation to the settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because of the use of brokers and counterparties that are often less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence or undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being lost. In addition, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s or an Underlying Fund's ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such custody problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Investment in Underlying Funds Risk. Certain Funds may under certain circumstances invest a substantial portion of their assets in one or more Underlying Funds, in which case such Funds’ investment performance is likely to be directly related to the performance of the Underlying Funds. A Fund may also invest in other funds, including money market funds. A Fund’s NAV will change with changes in the value of the Underlying Funds and other securities in which the Fund invests based on their market valuations. An investment in a Fund that invests a substantial portion of its assets in one of more Underlying Funds will entail more direct and indirect costs and expenses than a direct investment in the Underlying Funds. For example, such a Fund indirectly pays a portion of the expenses (including operating expenses and management fees) incurred by the Underlying Funds.

An investor in such a Fund may receive taxable gains from portfolio transactions by the Underlying Funds, as well as taxable gains from transactions in shares of the Underlying Funds by the Fund. Certain of the Funds may also hold common portfolio securities.

Table of Contents

As the Underlying Funds or a Fund’s allocations to the Underlying Funds change from time to time, or to the extent that the expense ratio of the Underlying Funds changes, the weighted average operating expenses borne by a Fund may increase or decrease.

Issuer Insolvency Risk. Each Fund's and each Underlying Fund's potential exposure to financially or operationally troubled issuers involves a high degree of credit and market risk, which may be heightened during an economic downturn or recession. Should an issuer of securities held by a Fund become involved in a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, a wide variety of considerations make an evaluation of the outcome of a Fund’s exposure to the issuer uncertain.

During the period of a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, it is unlikely that each Fund or the Underlying Funds will receive any interest payments on the securities of the issuer. Each Fund or the Underlying Funds will be subject to significant uncertainty as to whether the reorganization or restructuring will be completed, and each Fund or the Underlying Funds may bear certain extraordinary expenses to protect and recover its investment. Each Fund or the Underlying Funds will also be subject to significant uncertainty as to when and in what manner and for what value the obligations evidenced by the securities of the issuer held by a Fund or the Underlying Funds will eventually be satisfied. Even if a plan of reorganization or restructuring is adopted with respect to the securities of the issuer held by each Fund or the Underlying Funds, there can be no assurance that the securities or other assets received by a Fund or the Underlying Funds in connection with such plan of reorganization or restructuring will not have a lower value or income potential than may have been anticipated or no value. A Fund or the Underlying Funds may be unable to enforce its claims or rights in any collateral or may have its claims or security interest in any collateral challenged, disallowed or subordinated to the claims or security interests of other creditors. In addition, amendments to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code or other relevant laws could alter the expected outcome or introduce greater uncertainty regarding the outcome of each Fund's securities holdings in the issuer. In a bankruptcy proceeding, a reorganization or restructuring, the securities of the issuer held by a Fund or the Underlying Funds could be re-characterized or each Fund or the Underlying Funds may receive different securities or other assets, including equity securities. These types of equity securities include, but are not limited to: common stock; preferred stock (including convertible preferred stock); bonds, notes and debentures convertible into common or preferred stock; stock purchase warrants and rights; equity interests in trusts; and depositary receipts. The value of equity securities received by each Fund or the Underlying Funds could decline if the financial condition of the issuer deteriorates or if overall market and economic conditions, or conditions within the issuer’s region or industry, deteriorate. Equity securities received by a Fund through a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or restructuring of an issuer would not be component securities of a Fund’s Underlying Index, which could subject a Fund to additional tracking error risk.

To the extent that a Fund or the Underlying Funds receives other assets in connection with a bankruptcy proceeding, reorganization or financial restructuring, a Fund or the Underlying Funds may also be subject to additional risks associated with the assets received. One example of assets that a Fund or the Underlying Funds could receive is an interest in one or more loans made to the issuer as part of a workout agreed to by a consortium of lienholders and creditors of the issuer. A Fund or the Underlying Funds may receive such interests in loans to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act.

Securities or other assets received in a reorganization or restructuring typically entail a higher degree of risk than investments in securities of issuers that have not undergone a reorganization or restructuring and may be subject to heavy selling or downward pricing pressure after completion of the reorganization or restructuring. The post-reorganization/restructuring assets and securities may also be illiquid and difficult to sell or value. If a Fund or the Underlying Funds participates in negotiations with respect to a plan of reorganization or restructuring with respect to securities of the issuer held by a Fund or the Underlying Funds, each Fund also may be restricted from disposing such securities for a period of time. If a Fund or the Underlying Funds becomes involved in such proceedings, each Fund or the Underlying Funds may have more active participation in the affairs of the issuer than that assumed generally by an investor.

LIBOR Replacement Risk. In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. On March 5, 2021, the administrator of LIBOR, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, announced its intention to cease publishing two USD LIBOR settings immediately after

Table of Contents

publication on December 31, 2021, with the majority of the USD LIBOR settings to end immediately after publication on June 30, 2023. A Fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates, such as the Euro Overnight Index Average (“EONIA”), which may also cease to be published. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there are challenges to converting certain securities and transactions to a new reference rate, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace USD LIBOR.

Neither the effect of the LIBOR transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known. The transition process might lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets for, and reduce the effectiveness of, new hedges placed against, instruments whose terms currently include LIBOR. While some existing LIBOR-based instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate-setting methodology, there may be significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies to replicate LIBOR. Not all existing LIBOR-based instruments may have alternative rate-setting provisions and there remains uncertainty regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to add alternative rate-setting provisions in certain existing instruments. In addition, a liquid market for newly-issued instruments that use a reference rate other than LIBOR still may be developing. Instruments with fallback provisions (i.e., contractual provisions specifying the trigger events for a transition to a replacement rate) to facilitate the transition from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate may also include adjustments that do not adequately compensate the holder for the different characteristics of the alternative reference rate. As a result, the fallback provision causes a value transfer from one party to the instrument to the counterparty. Because the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could decline during the transition period, these and related adverse effects could occur prior to the end of 2021 with respect to certain LIBOR settings or mid-2023 for the remaining LIBOR settings. There may also be challenges for a Fund to enter into hedging transactions against such newly-issued instruments until a market for such hedging transactions develops. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on a Fund will vary based on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and the potential renegotiation of existing contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. A Fund's investments may also be tied to other interbank offered rates and currencies, which may face similar issues. In many cases, if an instrument falls back to an alternative reference rate, including SOFR, the alternative reference rate will not perform the same as LIBOR because the alternative reference rate does not include a credit-sensitive component in the rate calculation. Alternative reference rates generally reflect the performance of the market for U.S. Treasury securities, which are secured by the U.S. Treasury, and not the interbank lending markets. Therefore, in the event of a credit crisis, floating rate instruments using certain alternative reference rates could perform differently than those instruments using a rate indexed to the interbank lending market. In addition, pending legislation may affect the transition of LIBOR-based instruments by permitting trustees and calculation agents to transition instruments with no LIBOR transition language to an alternative reference rate selected by such agents. These legislative proposals include safe harbors from liability, meaning that a Fund may have limited recourse if the alternative reference rate does not fully compensate the Fund for the transition of an instrument from LIBOR. It is unclear whether such legislative proposals will be signed into law. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect a Fund’s performance or NAV.

Table of Contents

Risk of Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. There are several risks accompanying the utilization of futures contracts and options on futures contracts. A position in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed only on the exchange on which the contract was made (or a linked exchange). While each Fund plans to utilize futures contracts only if an active market exists for such contracts, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for the contract at a specified time. Futures contracts, by definition, project price levels in the future and not current levels of valuation; therefore, market circumstances may result in a discrepancy between the price of the future and the movement in a Fund's Underlying Index. In the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, a Fund may be required to deliver the instruments underlying the futures contracts it has sold.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered stock index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. The Fund does not plan to use futures and options contracts in this way. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. The Funds, however, intend to utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit their risk exposure to levels comparable to a direct investment in the types of stocks in which they invest.

Utilization of futures and options on futures by a Fund involves the risk of imperfect or even negative correlation to the Underlying Index if the index underlying the futures contract differs from the Underlying Index. There is also the risk of loss of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom a Fund has an open position in the futures contract or option. The purchase of put or call options will be based upon predictions by BFA as to anticipated trends, which predictions could prove to be incorrect.

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting each Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, each Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Debt Securities. Non-U.S. debt securities are traded on foreign exchanges and OTC in the respective countries covered by a Fund or an Underlying Fund. The risks of investing in non-U.S. debt securities typically include market fluctuations caused by such factors as economic and political developments, changes in interest rates and perceived trends in bond prices. Investing in a fund whose portfolio contains securities of non-U.S. issuers involves certain risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in the securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include securities markets that may lack sufficient liquidity or may be less efficient; generally greater price volatility; less publicly available information about issuers; the imposition of withholding or other taxes; the imposition of restrictions on the expatriation of funds or other assets of a Fund or an Underlying Fund; higher transaction and custody costs; delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures; difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization of most non-U.S. securities markets; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and different bankruptcy and insolvency regimes which may stay or prevent recovery in the event of an issuer’s default.

Valuation Risk. In certain circumstances, a Fund’s or an Underlying Fund's securities may be valued using techniques other than market quotations. The value established for a security may be different from what would be produced through the use of another methodology or if the value had been priced using market quotations. Securities that are valued using methods other than market quotations, including “fair valued” securities, may be subject to greater fluctuation in their value from one day to the next than would be the case if market quotations were used. In addition, there is no assurance that a Fund and an Underlying Fund could sell a security for the value established for it at any time, and it is possible that a Fund or an Underlying Fund could incur a loss if a security is sold for less than its established value.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in Australasia. The economies of Australasia, which include Australia and New Zealand, are dependent on exports from the agricultural and mining sectors. This makes Australasian economies susceptible to fluctuations in the commodity markets. Australasian economies are also increasingly dependent on their growing service industries. Australia and New Zealand are located in a part of the world that has historically been prone to natural disasters, such as drought and flooding. Any such event in the future could have a significant adverse impact on the economies of Australia and New Zealand and affect the value of securities held by the Fund. The economies of Australia and New Zealand are dependent on trading with certain key trading partners, including Asia and the U.S. Economic events in the U.S., Asia, or in other key trading countries can have a significant economic effect on the Australian economy. The economies of Australia and New Zealand are heavily dependent on the mining sector. Passage of new regulations limiting foreign ownership of companies in the mining sector or imposition of new taxes on profits of mining companies may dissuade foreign investment, and as a result, have a negative impact on companies to which a Fund has exposure.

Table of Contents

dislocations in the financial sector and perceived or actual governmental influence over certain financial companies may lead to credit rating downgrades and, as a result, impact, among other things, revenue growth for such companies. If financial companies experience a prolonged decline in revenue growth, certain developed countries that rely heavily on financial companies as an economic driver may experience a correlative slowdown. Recently, new concerns have emerged with respect to the economic health of certain developed countries. These concerns primarily stem from heavy indebtedness of many developed countries and their perceived inability to continue to service high debt loads without simultaneously implementing stringent austerity measures. Such concerns have led to tremendous downward pressure on the economies of these countries. As a result, it is possible that interest rates on debt of certain developed countries may rise to levels that make it difficult for such countries to service such debt. Spending on health care and retirement pensions in most developed countries has risen dramatically over the last few years. Medical innovation, extended life expectancy and higher public expectations are likely to continue the increase in health care and pension costs. Any increase in health care and pension costs will likely have a negative impact on the economic growth of many developed countries. Certain developed countries rely on imports of certain key items, such as crude oil, natural gas, and other commodities. As a result, an increase in demand for, or price fluctuations of, certain commodities may negatively affect developed country economies. Developed market countries generally are dependent on the economies of certain key trading partners. Changes in any one economy may cause an adverse impact on several developed countries. In addition, heavy regulation of, among others, labor and product markets may have an adverse effect on certain issuers. Such regulations may negatively affect economic growth or cause prolonged periods of recession. Such risks, among others, may adversely affect the value of a Fund’s investments.

Risk of Investing in Emerging Markets. Investments in emerging market countries may be subject to greater risks than investments in developed countries. These risks include: (i) less social, political, and economic stability; (ii) greater illiquidity and price volatility due to smaller or limited local capital markets for such securities, or low or non-existent trading volumes; (iii) companies, custodians, clearinghouses, foreign exchanges and broker-dealers may be subject to less scrutiny and regulation by local authorities; (iv) local governments may decide to seize or confiscate securities held by foreign investors and/or local governments may decide to suspend or limit an issuer's ability to make dividend or interest payments; (v) local governments may limit or entirely restrict repatriation of invested capital, profits, and dividends; (vi) capital gains may be subject to local taxation, including on a retroactive basis; (vii) issuers facing restrictions on dollar payments imposed by local governments may attempt to make dividend or interest payments to foreign investors in the local currency; (viii) there may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into or litigation against companies and investors may experience difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges may favor the interests of the issuer over those of foreign parties; (ix) bankruptcy judgments may only be permitted to be paid in the local currency; (x) limited public information regarding the issuer may result in greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities; and (xi) lack of financial reporting on a regular basis, substandard disclosure and differences in accounting standards may make it difficult to ascertain the financial health of an issuer. The Funds are not actively managed and do not select investments based on investor protection considerations.

Emerging market securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. In addition, brokerage and other costs associated with transactions in emerging market securities can be higher, sometimes significantly, than similar costs incurred in securities markets in developed countries. Although some emerging markets have become more established and tend to issue securities of higher credit quality, the markets for securities in other emerging market countries are in the earliest stages of their development, and these countries issue securities across the credit spectrum. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging market countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging market country securities may also affect a Fund's or an Underlying Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Table of Contents

favorable to investors such as policies designed to expropriate or nationalize “sovereign” assets. Certain emerging market countries in the past have expropriated large amounts of private property, in many cases with little or no compensation, and there can be no assurance that such expropriation will not occur in the future.

Investment in the securities markets of certain emerging market countries is restricted or controlled to varying degrees. These restrictions may limit a Fund's or an Underlying Fund's investment in certain emerging market countries and may increase the expenses of the Fund or an Underlying Fund. Certain emerging market countries require governmental approval prior to investments by foreign persons or limit investment by foreign persons to only a specified percentage of an issuer's outstanding securities or a specific class of securities which may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the company available for purchase by nationals.

A Fund's or an Underlying Fund's income and, in some cases, capital gains from foreign securities will be subject to applicable taxation in certain of the emerging market countries in which it invests, and treaties between the U.S. and such countries may not be available in some cases to reduce the otherwise applicable tax rates.

Table of Contents

or debt restructuring by any European country would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above. In addition, the credit ratings of certain European countries were downgraded in the past. These events have adversely affected the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including countries that do not use the euro and non-EU member states. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not produce the desired results, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and other entities of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely impact the value of a Fund’s investments in the region. The United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and EU have reached an agreement on the terms of their future trading relationship effective January 1, 2021, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. A Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which a Fund has exposure and any other assets in which a Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

Table of Contents

or economic downturns, leading to poor investment returns. Issuers in the basic materials industry are at risk for environmental damage and product liability claims and may be adversely affected by depletion of resources, delays in technical progress, labor relations, tax and government regulations related to changes to, among other things, energy and environmental policies.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector. Companies in the energy sector are strongly affected by the levels and volatility of global energy prices, energy supply and demand, government regulations and policies, energy production and conservation efforts, technological change, development of alternative energy sources, and other factors that they cannot control. These companies may also lack resources and have limited business lines. Energy companies may have relatively high levels of debt and may be more likely to restructure their businesses if there are downturns in certain energy markets or in the global economy. If an energy company in a Fund's portfolio becomes distressed, a Fund could lose all or a substantial portion of its investment.

The energy sector is cyclical and is highly dependent on commodity prices; prices and supplies of energy may fluctuate significantly over short and long periods of time due to, among other things, national and international political changes, Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economy of the key energy-consuming countries. Commodity prices have recently been subject to increased volatility and declines, which may negatively affect companies in which a Fund invests. For example, in the context of the COVID-19 outbreak and disputes among oil-producing countries regarding potential limits on the production of crude oil, the energy sector has experienced increased volatility. In particular, significant market volatility occurred in the crude oil markets as well as the oil futures markets, which resulted in the market price of certain crude oil futures contract falling below zero for a period of time.

Table of Contents

Most financial companies are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which limits their activities and may affect their ability to earn a profit from a given line of business. Government regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the financials sector, including effects not intended by the regulation. Direct governmental intervention in the operations of financial companies and financial markets may materially and adversely affect the companies in which a Fund invests, including legislation in many countries that may increase government regulation, repatriation and other intervention. The impact of governmental intervention and legislative changes on any individual financial company or on the financials sector as a whole cannot be predicted. The valuation of financial companies has been and continues to be subject to unprecedented volatility and may be influenced by unpredictable factors, including interest rate risk and sovereign debt default. Certain financial businesses are subject to intense competitive pressures, including market share and price competition. Financial companies in foreign countries are subject to market specific and general regulatory and interest rate concerns. In particular, government regulation in certain foreign countries may include taxes and controls on interest rates, credit availability, minimum capital requirements, bans on short sales, limits on prices and restrictions on currency transfers. In addition, companies in the financials sector may be the targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or customer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Table of Contents

resulting in abrupt or erratic price fluctuations. In addition, real estate is relatively illiquid, and, therefore, a Real Estate Company may have a limited ability to vary or liquidate properties in response to changes in economic or other conditions.

U.S. Tax Risk. Certain U.S. Real Estate Companies are subject to special U.S. federal tax requirements. A REIT that fails to comply with such tax requirements may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, which may affect the value of the REIT and the characterization of the REIT’s distributions. The U.S. federal tax requirement that a REIT distribute substantially all of its net income to its shareholders may result in a REIT having insufficient capital for future expenditures. A REIT that successfully maintains its qualification may still become subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes, including excise, penalty, franchise, payroll, mortgage recording, and transfer taxes, both directly and indirectly through its subsidiaries. Because REITs often do not provide complete tax information until after the calendar year-end, a Fund may at times need to request permission to extend the deadline for issuing your tax reporting statement or supplement the information otherwise provided to you.

Table of Contents

by severe weather events, mass casualty accidents or environmental catastrophes, acts of terrorism and other similar events that target or damage transportation infrastructure or vessels, war or risk of war, widespread disruption of technology systems and increasing equipment and operational costs. Such global or regional events and conditions may adversely affect the operations, financial condition and liquidity of companies in the transportation industry and cause insurance premiums to increase dramatically or result in insurance coverage becoming unavailable for certain business lines or assets. Securities of companies in the transportation industry are generally cyclical and occasionally subject to sharp price movements.

Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policy

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Communications with Authorized Participants and Liquidity Providers: Certain employees of BFA are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities a Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that a Fund will provide on a redemption.

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for a Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.

Table of Contents

•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Funds, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Funds, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain a Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of a Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust's Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

Descriptions of the Underlying Indexes are provided below.

The Bloomberg Barclays Indexes

The Bloomberg Barclays Indexes are maintained by Bloomberg Index Services Limited, which is not affiliated with BFA. BFA will have no role in maintaining the Underlying Indexes.

Bloomberg Barclays 2021 Term High Yield and Income Index

Number of Components: approximately 246

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays 2021 Term High Yield and Income Index is a targeted maturity benchmark that measures the performance of USD-denominated, fixed-rate, taxable high yield (which are considered below investment-grade) and BBB-rated corporate bond market maturing between January 1, 2021 and December 15, 2021, inclusive.

Initially, the Underlying Index is completely comprised of taxable, fixed-rate high yield bonds chosen from the Bloomberg U.S. Corporate High Yield Index (the “High Yield Index”). Once the Underlying Index comes within 2.5 years of its maturity date (e.g., June 30, 2019), the Underlying Index will become a composite index, comprised of bonds from the High Yield Index,

Table of Contents

and, additionally, BBB-rated taxable, fixed-rate corporate bonds chosen from the Corporate Index also maturing between January 1, 2021 and December 15, 2021, inclusive.

In special circumstances, the composite index phase may be triggered early.

The Underlying Index will incorporate BBB-rated bonds under the following conditions: (1) in the last 2.5 years but before the last 6 months of the Underlying Index’s term, the Underlying Index will introduce BBB-rated bonds (which are considered investment-grade) as constituent high yield bonds are called, no longer qualify for inclusion (due to, among other factors, sector reclassifications of issuers, changes in the credit rating of bonds included in the Underlying Index or rebalances to maintain issuer limits), or decline in value compared to a reference point set at 2.5 years from the Underlying Index’s term or (2) if, prior to 2.5 years remaining in the Underlying Index, the market value of the Underlying Index declines below $30B, the Underlying Index will add BBB-rated bonds to maintain its $30B index market value minimum.

Rules for inclusion allow USD-denominated, fixed-rate coupon corporate bonds with a clean price at or above $60 and $250 mm par amount outstanding that mature between January 1st and December 15th in the Underlying Index’s stated maturity year. Bonds with a clean price (i.e., the price does not include accrued interest between coupon payments) below $60 at rebalance on or after April 1, 2021 are permanently excluded from the Underlying Index. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The Underlying Index will be subject to issuer limits of 3%, with any excess redistributed among the remaining constituents on a pro-rata basis. The securities in the Underlying Index may carry a coupon that steps-up according to a predetermined schedule (i.e., the interest rate paid on such securities will increase over time). Bonds that convert from fixed to floating rate, including fixed-to-float perpetuals will exit the index one year prior to conversion to floating-rate. The last rebalance date will be on June 30th of the Underlying Index’s stated maturity year. The Underlying Index includes securities from a universe of corporate issuers (e.g., industrial, financial institutions, utilities) determined by Bloomberg Index Services Limited that are rated high yield by all three of the rating agencies named below for the high yield component and BBB for the investment grade component. The High Yield Index must have a rating equal to or below Ba1/BB+/BB+ and above CC. The Corporate Index must have a rating of BBB (or equivalent). The middle rating of Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch; when a rating from only two agencies is available, the lower is used; when only one agency rates a bond, that rating is used.

Bloomberg Barclays 2022 Term High Yield and Income Index

Number of Components: approximately 372

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays 2022 Term High Yield and Income Index is a targeted maturity benchmark that measures the performance of USD-denominated, fixed-rate, taxable high yield (which are considered below investment-grade) and BBB-rated corporate bond market maturing between January 1, 2022 and December 15, 2022, inclusive.

Initially, the Underlying Index is completely comprised of taxable, fixed-rate high yield bonds chosen from the High Yield Index. Once the Underlying Index comes within 2.5 years of its maturity date (e.g., June 30, 2020), the Underlying Index will become a composite index, comprised of bonds from the High Yield Index, and, additionally, BBB-rated taxable, fixed-rate corporate bonds chosen from the Corporate Index also maturing between January 1, 2022 and December 15, 2022, inclusive.

In special circumstances, the composite index phase may be triggered early.

Table of Contents

The Underlying Index will incorporate BBB-rated bonds under the following conditions: (1) in the last 2.5 years but before the last 6 months of the Underlying Index’s term, the Underlying Index will introduce BBB-rated bonds (which are considered investment-grade) as constituent high yield bonds are called, no longer qualify for inclusion (due to, among other factors, sector reclassifications of issuers, changes in the credit rating of bonds included in the Underlying Index or rebalances to maintain issuer limits), or decline in value compared to a reference point set at 2.5 years from the Underlying Index’s term or (2) if, prior to 2.5 years remaining in the Underlying Index, the market value of the Underlying Index declines below $30B, the Underlying Index will add BBB-rated bonds to maintain its $30B index market value minimum.

Bloomberg Barclays 2023 Term High Yield and Income Index

Number of Components: approximately 156

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays 2023 Term High Yield and Income Index is a targeted maturity benchmark that measures the performance of USD-denominated, fixed-rate, taxable high yield (which are considered below investment-grade) and BBB-rated corporate bond market maturing between January 1, 2023 and December 15, 2023, inclusive.

Initially, the Underlying Index is completely comprised of taxable, fixed-rate high yield bonds chosen from the High Yield Index. Once the Underlying Index comes within 2.5 years of its maturity date (e.g., June 30, 2021), the Underlying Index will become a composite index, comprised of bonds from the High Yield Index, and, additionally, BBB-rated taxable, fixed-rate corporate bonds chosen from the Corporate Index also maturing between January 1, 2023 and December 15, 2023, inclusive.

In special circumstances, the composite index phase may be triggered early.

Table of Contents

investment-grade) as constituent high yield bonds are called, no longer qualify for inclusion (due to, among other factors, sector reclassifications of issuers, changes in the credit rating of bonds included in the Underlying Index or rebalances to maintain issuer limits), or decline in value compared to a reference point set at 2.5 years from the Underlying Index’s term or (2) if, prior to 2.5 years remaining in the Underlying Index, the market value of the Underlying Index declines below $30B, the Underlying Index will add BBB-rated bonds to maintain its $30B index market value minimum.

Rules for inclusion allow USD-denominated, fixed-rate coupon corporate bonds with a clean price at or above $60 and $250 mm par amount outstanding that mature between January 1st and December 15th in the Underlying Index’s stated maturity year. Bonds with a clean price (i.e., the price does not include accrued interest between coupon payments) below $60 are excluded from the Underlying Index and subject to a 3 month lock-out period before they are eligible for inclusion again at rebalance. During the final 2.5 years of the maturity of the index, bonds that fall below $60 at rebalance will be permanently ineligible for the index. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The Underlying Index will be subject to issuer limits of 3%, with any excess redistributed among the remaining constituents on a pro-rata basis. The securities in the Underlying Index may carry a coupon that steps-up according to a predetermined schedule (i.e., the interest rate paid on such securities will increase over time). Bonds that convert from fixed to floating rate, including fixed-to-float perpetuals will exit the index one year prior to conversion to floating-rate. The last rebalance date will be on June 30th of the Underlying Index’s stated maturity year. The Underlying Index includes securities from a universe of corporate issuers (e.g., industrial, financial institutions, utilities) determined by Bloomberg Index Services Limited that are rated high yield by all three of the rating agencies named below for the high yield component and BBB for the investment grade component. The High Yield Index must have a rating equal to or below Ba1/BB+/BB+ and above CC. The Corporate Index must have a rating of BBB (or equivalent). The middle rating of Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch; when a rating from only two agencies is available, the lower is used; when only one agency rates a bond, that rating is used.

Bloomberg Barclays 2024 Term High Yield and Income Index

Number of Components: approximately 216

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays 2024 Term High Yield and Income Index is a targeted maturity benchmark that measures the performance of USD-denominated, fixed-rate, taxable high yield (which are considered below investment-grade) and BBB-rated corporate bond market maturing between January 1, 2024 and December 15, 2024, inclusive.

Initially, the Underlying Index is completely comprised of taxable, fixed-rate high yield bonds chosen from the High Yield Index. Once the Underlying Index comes within 2.5 years of its maturity date (e.g., June 30, 2022), the Underlying Index will become a composite index, comprised of bonds from the High Yield Index, and, additionally, BBB-rated taxable, fixed-rate corporate bonds chosen from the Corporate Index also maturing between January 1, 2024 and December 15, 2024, inclusive.

In special circumstances, the composite index phase may be triggered early.

The Underlying Index will incorporate BBB-rated bonds under the following conditions: (1) in the last 2.5 years but before the last 6 months of the Underlying Index’s term, the Underlying Index will introduce BBB-rated bonds (which are considered investment-grade) as constituent high yield bonds are called, no longer qualify for inclusion (due to, among other factors, sector reclassifications of issuers, changes in the credit rating of bonds included in the Underlying Index or rebalances to maintain issuer limits), or decline in value compared to a reference point set at 2.5 years from the Underlying Index’s term or (2) if, prior to 2.5 years remaining in the Underlying Index, the market value of the Underlying Index declines below $30B, the Underlying Index will add BBB-rated bonds to maintain its $30B index market value minimum.

Table of Contents

Rules for inclusion allow USD-denominated, fixed-rate coupon corporate bonds with a clean price at or above $60 and $250 mm par amount outstanding that mature between January 1st and December 15th in the Underlying Index’s stated maturity year. Bonds with a clean price (i.e., the price does not include accrued interest between coupon payments) below $60 are excluded from the Underlying Index and subject to a 3 month lock-out period before they are eligible for inclusion again at rebalance. During the final 2.5 years of the maturity of the index, bonds that fall below $60 at rebalance will be permanently ineligible for the index. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The Underlying Index will be subject to issuer limits of 3%, with any excess redistributed among the remaining constituents on a pro-rata basis. The securities in the Underlying Index may carry a coupon that steps-up according to a predetermined schedule (i.e., the interest rate paid on such securities will increase over time). Bonds that convert from fixed to floating rate, including fixed-to-float perpetuals will exit the index one year prior to conversion to floating-rate. The last rebalance date will be on June 30th of the Underlying Index’s stated maturity year. The Underlying Index includes securities from a universe of corporate issuers (e.g., industrial, financial institutions, utilities) determined by Bloomberg Index Services Limited that are rated high yield by all three of the rating agencies named below for the high yield component and BBB for the investment grade component. The High Yield Index must have a rating equal to or below Ba1/BB+/BB+ and above CC. The Corporate Index must have a rating of BBB (or equivalent). The middle rating of Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch; when a rating from only two agencies is available, the lower is used; when only one agency rates a bond, that rating is used.

Bloomberg Barclays 2025 Term High Yield and Income Index

Number of Components: approximately 377

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays 2025 Term High Yield and Income Index is a targeted maturity benchmark that measures the performance of USD-denominated, fixed-rate, taxable high yield (which are considered below investment-grade) and BBB-rated corporate bond market maturing between January 1, 2025 and December 15, 2025, inclusive.

Initially, the Underlying Index is completely comprised of taxable, fixed-rate high yield bonds chosen from the High Yield Index. Once the Underlying Index comes within 2.5 years of its maturity date (e.g., June 30, 2023), the Underlying Index will become a composite index, comprised of bonds from the High Yield Index, and, additionally, BBB-rated taxable, fixed-rate corporate bonds chosen from the Corporate Index also maturing between January 1, 2025 and December 15, 2025, inclusive.

In special circumstances, the composite index phase may be triggered early.

The Underlying Index will incorporate BBB-rated bonds under the following conditions: (1) in the last 2.5 years but before the last 6 months of the Underlying Index’s term, the Underlying Index will introduce BBB-rated bonds (which are considered investment-grade) as constituent high yield bonds are called, no longer qualify for inclusion (due to, among other factors, sector reclassifications of issuers, changes in the credit rating of bonds included in the Underlying Index or rebalances to maintain issuer limits), or decline in value compared to a reference point set at 2.5 years from the Underlying Index’s term or (2) if, prior to 2.5 years remaining in the Underlying Index, the market value of the Underlying Index declines below $30B, the Underlying Index will add BBB-rated bonds to maintain its $30B index market value minimum.

Table of Contents

Rules for inclusion allow USD-denominated, fixed-rate coupon corporate bonds with a clean price at or above $60 and $250 mm par amount outstanding that mature between January 1st and December 15th in the Underlying Index’s stated maturity year. Bonds with a clean price (i.e., the price does not include accrued interest between coupon payments) below $60 are excluded from the Underlying Index and subject to a 3 month lock-out period before they are eligible for inclusion again at rebalance. During the final 2.5 years of the maturity of the index, bonds that fall below $60 at rebalance will be permanently ineligible for the index. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The Underlying Index will be subject to issuer limits of 3%, with any excess redistributed among the remaining constituents on a pro-rata basis. The securities in the Underlying Index may carry a coupon that steps-up according to a predetermined schedule (i.e., the interest rate paid on such securities will increase over time). Bonds that convert from fixed to floating rate, including fixed-to-float perpetuals will exit the index one year prior to conversion to floating-rate. The last rebalance date will be on June 30th of the Underlying Index’s stated maturity year. The Underlying Index includes securities from a universe of corporate issuers (e.g., industrial, financial institutions, utilities) determined by Bloomberg Index Services Limited that are rated high yield by all three of the rating agencies named below for the high yield component and BBB for the investment grade component. The High Yield Index must have a rating equal to or below Ba1/BB+/BB+ and above CC. The Corporate Index must have a rating of BBB (or equivalent). The middle rating of Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch; when a rating from only two agencies is available, the lower is used; when only one agency rates a bond, that rating is used.

Bloomberg Barclays 2026 Term High Yield and Income Index

Number of Components: approximately 208

Index Description. The Bloomberg Barclays 2026 Term High Yield and Income Index is a targeted maturity benchmark that measures the performance of USD-denominated, fixed-rate, taxable high yield (which are considered below investment-grade) and BBB-rated corporate bond market maturing between January 1, 2026 and December 15, 2026, inclusive.

Initially, the Underlying Index is completely comprised of taxable, fixed-rate high yield bonds chosen from the High Yield Index. Once the Underlying Index comes within 2.5 years of its maturity date (e.g., June 30, 2024), the Underlying Index will become a composite index, comprised of bonds from the High Yield Index, and, additionally, BBB-rated taxable, fixed-rate corporate bonds chosen from the Corporate Index also maturing between January 1, 2026 and December 15, 2026, inclusive.

In special circumstances, the composite index phase may be triggered early.

Table of Contents

excluded from the Underlying Index and subject to a 3 month lock-out period before they are eligible for inclusion again at rebalance. During the final 2.5 years of the maturity of the index, bonds that fall below $60 at rebalance will be permanently ineligible for the index. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act. The Underlying Index will be subject to issuer limits of 3%, with any excess redistributed among the remaining constituents on a pro-rata basis. The securities in the Underlying Index may carry a coupon that steps-up according to a predetermined schedule (i.e., the interest rate paid on such securities will increase over time). Bonds that convert from fixed to floating rate, including fixed-to-float perpetuals will exit the index one year prior to conversion to floating-rate. The last rebalance date will be on June 30th of the Underlying Index’s stated maturity year. The Underlying Index includes securities from a universe of corporate issuers (e.g., industrial, financial institutions, utilities) determined by Bloomberg Index Services Limited that are rated high yield by all three of the rating agencies named below for the high yield component and BBB for the investment grade component. The High Yield Index must have a rating equal to or below Ba1/BB+/BB+ and above CC. The Corporate Index must have a rating of BBB (or equivalent). The middle rating of Moody’s, S&P Global Ratings and Fitch; when a rating from only two agencies is available, the lower is used; when only one agency rates a bond, that rating is used.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2021 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 456

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2021, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2020 and before December 16, 2021.

The Underlying Index includes U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. In addition, to be included in the index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies below must be rated “investment grade” by at least two of the agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of these agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment grade or are excluded from the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. A parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range defined above. Securities are then market-cap weighted within the index, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the index. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. The last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2021. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded below investment grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds which are screened from the parent index due to being within one year to maturity will be added back into the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By December 15, 2021, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2022 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 533

Table of Contents

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2022, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2021 and before December 16, 2022.

The Underlying Index includes U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. In addition, to be included in the index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies below must be rated “investment grade” by at least two of the agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of these agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment grade or are excluded from the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. A parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range defined above. Securities are then market-cap weighted within the index, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the index. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. The last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2022. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded below investment grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds which are screened from the parent index due to being within one year to maturity will be added back into the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By December 15, 2022, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2023 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 542

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2023, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2022 and before December 16, 2023.

The Underlying Index includes U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. In addition, to be included in the index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies below must be rated “investment grade” by at least two of the agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of these agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment grade or are excluded from the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. The last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2023. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded below investment grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds which are screened from the parent index due to being within one year to maturity will be added back into the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By December 15, 2023, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2024 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 475

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2024, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2023 and before December 16, 2024.

The Underlying Index includes U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. In addition, to be included in the index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies below must be rated “investment grade” by at least two of the agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of these agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment grade or are excluded from the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. A parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range defined above. Securities are then market-cap weighted within the index, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the index. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. The last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2024. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded below investment grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds which are screened from the parent index due to being within one year to maturity will be added back into the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By December 15, 2024, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2025 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 562

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2025, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation.

Table of Contents

The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2024 and before December 16, 2025.

The Underlying Index includes U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. In addition, to be included in the index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies below must be rated “investment grade” by at least two of the agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of these agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment grade or are excluded from the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. A parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range defined above. Securities are then market-cap weighted within the index, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the index. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. The last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2025. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded below investment grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds which are screened from the parent index due to being within one year to maturity will be added back into the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By December 15, 2025, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2026 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 403

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2026, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2025 and before December 16, 2026.

The Underlying Index includes U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. In addition, to be included in the index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies below must be rated “investment grade” by at least two of the agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of these agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. When a rating from only one agency is available, that rating is used to determine index eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment grade or are excluded from the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2026. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded below investment grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds which are screened from the parent index due to being within one year to maturity will be added back into the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By December 15, 2026, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2027 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 391

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2027, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2026 and before December 16, 2027.

The Underlying Index consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. Further, the securities in the Underlying Index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and have a fixed-rate, although they can carry a coupon that steps-up or changes according to a predetermined schedule. In addition, to be included in the Underlying Index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies named below must be rated “investment-grade” by at least two of the three rating agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of the three rating agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment-grade in order to be included in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. The parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range defined above. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds that mature in 2027 but had been screened out of the parent index due to being within one year of maturity will be added back into the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity. Securities are then market-cap weighted within the Underlying Index, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the Underlying Index. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. The last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2027. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded to below investment-grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period, existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By December 15, 2027, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2028 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 298

Table of Contents

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2028, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2027 and before December 16, 2028.

The Underlying Index consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. Further, the securities in the Underlying Index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and have a fixed-rate, although they can carry a coupon that steps-up or changes according to a predetermined schedule. In addition, to be included in the Underlying Index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies named below must be rated “investment-grade” by at least two of the three rating agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of the three rating agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment-grade in order to be included in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. The parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range defined above. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds that mature in 2028 but had been screened out of the parent index due to being within one year of maturity will be added back into the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity. Securities are then market-cap weighted within the Underlying Index, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the Underlying Index. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. The last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2028. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded to below investment-grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period, existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By December 15, 2028, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2029 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 295

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2029, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2028 and before December 16, 2029.

The Underlying Index consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. Further, the securities in the Underlying Index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and have a fixed-rate, although they can carry a coupon that steps-up or changes according to a predetermined schedule. In addition, to be included in the Underlying Index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies named below must be rated “investment-grade” by at least two of the three rating agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of the three rating agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment-grade in order to be included in the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. The parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range described above. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds that mature in 2029, but had not been eligible for inclusion in the parent index due to being within one year of maturity, will be eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity. Securities are then market-cap weighted within the Underlying Index, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the Underlying Index. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. The last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2029. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded to below investment-grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period, existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By December 15, 2029, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Bloomberg Barclays December 2030 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 435

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about December 15, 2030, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2029 and before December 16, 2030.

The Underlying Index consists of U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond included in the Underlying Index must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act with registration rights. Further, the securities in the Underlying Index must be denominated in U.S. dollars and have a fixed-rate, although they can carry a coupon that steps-up or changes according to a predetermined schedule. In addition, to be included in the Underlying Index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies named below must be rated “investment-grade” by at least two of the three rating agencies, which is defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of the three rating agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment-grade in order to be included in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. The parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range described above. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds that mature in 2030, but had not been eligible for inclusion in the parent index due to being within one year of maturity, will be eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity. Securities are then market-cap weighted within the Underlying Index, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the Underlying Index. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until June 30, 2030. The last rebalance date will be on June 30, 2030. During this final six month period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded to below investment-grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period, existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By December 15, 2030, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

Bloomberg Barclays 2023 Maturity Corporate Index

Number of Components: approximately 567

Index Description. The iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF is a term fund that will terminate on or about March 31, 2023, at which time it will distribute its remaining net assets to shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. The Underlying Index is composed of U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds scheduled to mature after March 31, 2022 and before April 1, 2023.

The Underlying Index includes U.S. dollar-denominated, investment-grade securities issued by U.S. and non-U.S. corporate issuers, that have $300 million or more of outstanding face value at the time of inclusion. The non-U.S. corporate issuers included in the Underlying Index consist primarily of corporate bonds issued by companies domiciled in developed countries. The Fund will invest in non-U.S. issuers to the extent necessary for it to track the Underlying Index. Each bond must be registered with the SEC, have been exempt from registration at issuance, or have been offered pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act, with registration rights. In addition, to be included in the index, securities that are rated by all three of the rating agencies below must be rated “investment-grade” by at least two of the three rating agencies, as defined as Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or BBB- or higher by S&P Global Ratings or Fitch. When ratings from only two of these agencies are available, the lower rating is used to determine eligibility. Securities with a rating from only one of the three ratings agencies must be rated investment-grade to be included in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is constructed with the following methodology. A parent index, the Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Corporate Index, representing U.S. dollar-denominated, taxable, investment-grade corporate bonds, is stripped of securities maturing outside of the maturity range defined above. Securities are then market-cap weighted within the index, with a 3% cap on any one issuer, and a pro rata distribution of any excess weight across the remaining issuers in the index. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until one year prior to March 31, 2023. During this final one year period, the Underlying Index will no longer be updated or rebalanced, except to remove securities which are downgraded below investment grade per the eligibility criteria described above. Additionally, during this period existing bond weights will be allowed to float based on changes in market value. During the final two years of the Underlying Index, bonds which are screened from the parent index due to being within one year to maturity will be added back into the Underlying Index until such bonds reach maturity.

When a bond that is included in the Underlying Index matures, its maturity value will be represented in the Underlying Index by cash throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market or similar funds may increase, either directly, or through its holdings of the Underlying Funds, causing the Fund to incur the fees and expenses of these funds. By March 31, 2023, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

The ICE^® Term Maturity US Treasury Indexes

ICE 2021 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 51

Index Description. The ICE 2021 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of the U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2020 and before December 16, 2021.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature after December 31, 2020 and before December 16, 2021. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve System Open Market Account (“SOMA”). In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2021, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market funds or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2021, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

ICE 2022 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 47

Index Description. The ICE 2022 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of the U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2021 and before December 16, 2022.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature after December 31, 2021 and before December 16, 2022. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2022, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market funds or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2022, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

ICE 2023 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 38

Index Description. The ICE 2023 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of the U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2022 and before December 16, 2023.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature after December 31, 2022 and before December 16, 2023. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2023, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market funds or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2023, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

ICE 2024 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 25

Index Description. The ICE 2024 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of the U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2023 and before December 16, 2024.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature after December 31, 2023 and before December 16, 2024. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2024, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market funds or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2024, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

ICE 2025 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 26

Index Description. The ICE 2025 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of the U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2024 and before December 16, 2025.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature after December 31, 2024 and before December 16, 2025. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2025, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market funds or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2025, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

ICE 2026 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 18

Index Description. The ICE 2026 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of the U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2025 and before December 16, 2026.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature after December 31, 2025 and before December 16, 2026. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2026, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market funds or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2026, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

ICE 2027 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 16

Index Description. The ICE 2027 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of the U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2026 and before December 16, 2027.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature after December 31, 2026 and before December 16, 2027. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2027, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market funds or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2027, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

ICE 2028 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 6

Index Description. The ICE 2028 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of the U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2027 and before December 16, 2028.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature after December 31, 2027 and before December 16, 2028. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2028, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market funds or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2028, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

ICE 2029 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 6

Index Description. The ICE 2029 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of the U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2028 and before December 16, 2029.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature after December 31, 2028 and before December 16, 2029. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2029, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market funds or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2029, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

ICE 2030 Maturity US Treasury Index

Number of Components: approximately 4

Index Description. The ICE 2030 Maturity US Treasury Index measures the performance of the U.S. Treasury bonds scheduled to mature after December 31, 2029 and before December 16, 2030.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index consists of publicly-issued U.S. Treasury securities that are scheduled to mature after December 31, 2029 and before December 16, 2030. Qualifying securities are U.S. Treasury notes and bonds having $1 billion or more of outstanding face value, excluding amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. In addition, the securities in the Underlying Index must have a fixed coupon schedule and be denominated in U.S. dollars. Excluded from the Underlying Index are inflation-linked securities, Treasury bills, cash management bills, any government agency debt issued with or without a government guarantee and zero-coupon issues that have been stripped from coupon-paying bonds. However, the amounts outstanding of qualifying securities in the Underlying Index are not reduced by any individual components of such securities (i.e., coupon or principal) that have been stripped after inclusion in the Underlying Index.

The Underlying Index is market value weighted based on amounts outstanding reduced by amounts held by the Federal Reserve SOMA. Accrued interest is calculated assuming next-day settlement. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on the last calendar day of the month, based on information available up to and including the third business day before the last business day of the month. New issues must settle on or before the calendar month end rebalancing date in order to qualify for the upcoming month. The securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar day of each month until six months prior to maturity. Cash flows from bond payments that are received during the month are retained in the Underlying Index until the end of the month and then are removed as part of the rebalancing. Beginning June 30, 2030, the Underlying Index will not remove interest payments and matured securities at each rebalancing but instead will retain those amounts as a growing cash position throughout the remaining life of the Underlying Index. As the Fund approaches its termination date, its holdings of money market funds or similar funds may increase, causing the Fund to incur fees and expenses of such funds. By December 15, 2030, the Underlying Index value will be represented almost entirely by cash as no securities will remain in the Underlying Index.

Investment Policies

The Board has adopted as fundamental policies the following numbered investment policies, which cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the Fund’s outstanding voting securities. A vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund is defined in the Investment Company Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Each Fund has also adopted certain non-fundamental investment policies, including its investment objective. Non-fundamental investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Therefore, each Fund may change its investment objective and its Underlying Index without shareholder approval.

Fundamental Investment Policies

Each Fund may not:

Table of Contents

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding each Fund’s Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of each Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The Commission staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to the Fund’s industry classifications, the Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (The Fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the Investment Company Act requires the Fund to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the Fund’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with Commission staff guidance and interpretations, when the Fund engages in such transactions, the Fund instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the Commission). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit the Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit the Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

Table of Contents

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (5) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the Fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, in the case of diversified funds, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the Fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the Fund’s investments in issuers where the Fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Although it is not believed that the application of the Securities Act provisions described above would cause the Fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the Securities Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (7) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the Fund from making loans (including lending its securities); however, Commission staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets (including lending its securities), except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments (as applicable), as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy not to make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by each Fund's Prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the component securities of its respective Underlying Index. Each Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, an 80% requirement is no longer met, a Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

The iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF may not:

Provided that such policy will only be in effect if the Fund does not invest its assets in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(G) in an Underlying Fund: Purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act. As a matter of policy, however, the Fund will not purchase shares of any registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust, in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) (the “fund of funds” provisions) of the Investment Company Act, at any time the Fund has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor in reliance on the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1).

Although the SEC has granted an exemptive order to the Trust permitting registered investment companies and unit investment trusts that enter into a participation agreement with the Trust (“Investing Funds”) to invest in iShares Funds beyond the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act subject to certain terms and conditions, the exemptive order is not applicable to the iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF. Accordingly, Investing Funds must adhere to the limits set forth in Section 12(d)(1) of the 1940 Act when investing in the iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF.

The iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury

Table of Contents

ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF have adopted a non-fundamental policy not to purchase securities of other investment companies, except to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act. As a matter of policy, however, each Fund will not purchase shares of any registered open-end investment company or registered unit investment trust, in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) (the “fund of funds” provisions) of the 1940 Act, at any time the Fund has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor in reliance on the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1).

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations under each Fund's fundamental or non-fundamental investment policies apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken. Any change in the percentage of a Fund's assets invested in certain securities or other instruments resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in a Fund’s total assets will not require a Fund to dispose of an investment until BFA determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences.

Continuous Offering

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Funds are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). Each Fund is included in the BlackRock Fund Complex referred to as the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 376 funds as of March 1, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The

Table of Contents

address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Funds' Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)	Trustee (since 2009).	President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).	Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Salim Ramji² (50)	Trustee (since 2019).	Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (71)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (61)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (59)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (49)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (46)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (45)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

The Board has concluded that, based on each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Board. Among the attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Funds' investment adviser, other service providers, counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through the Trustee’s educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Board member of the Funds and the other funds in the Trust (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public companies, or non-profit entities or other organizations; and/or other life experiences. Also, set forth below is a brief discussion of the specific experience, qualifications, attributes or skills of each Trustee that led the Board to conclude that he or she should serve (or continue to serve) as a Trustee.

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Board Chair. The Board Chair’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Board Chair may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board has established seven standing Committees: a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a 15(c) Committee, a Securities Lending Committee, a Risk Committee, an Equity Plus Committee and a Fixed Income Plus Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Funds, and from time to time the Board may establish ad hoc committees or informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Funds with respect to certain specified matters. The Chair of each standing Committee is an Independent Trustee. The role of the Chair of each Committee is to preside at all meetings of the Committee and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees between meetings. Each standing Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to the Committee by the Board and reports its finding to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Independent Trustees and the full Board to enhance effective oversight.

Table of Contents

Committees of the Board of Trustees. The members of the Audit Committee are Richard L. Fagnani (Chair), John E. Kerrigan and Madhav V. Rajan, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The purposes of the Audit Committee are to assist the Board (i) in its oversight of the Trust's accounting and financial reporting principles and policies and related controls and procedures maintained by or on behalf of the Trust; (ii) in its oversight of the Trust's financial statements and the independent audit thereof; (iii) in selecting, evaluating and, where deemed appropriate, replacing the independent accountants (or nominating the independent accountants to be proposed for shareholder approval in any proxy statement); (iv) in evaluating the independence of the independent accountants; (v) in complying with legal and regulatory requirements that relate to the Trust's accounting and financial reporting, internal controls, compliance controls and independent audits; and (vi) to assume such other responsibilities as may be delegated by the Board. The Audit Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Funds so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met six times during the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

Name	iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF	iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF	iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF
Independent Trustees:

Table of Contents

Name	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses²	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement²	Total Compensation From the Funds and Fund Complex³
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$ 0

¹	Compensation reported is from the Fund’s inception to October 31, 2020.
²	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
³	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of each Fund's outstanding shares as of January 29, 2021.

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF	Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC 2801 Market Street St Louis, MO 63103	20.50%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	20.43%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	14.64%
	J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC/JPMC 500 Stanton Christiana Road Newark, DE 19713	6.75%
	Goldman, Sachs & Co. 30 Hudson Street 16^th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302	5.74%
	Raymond, James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway P.O. Box 12749 St. Petersburg, FL 33733	5.70%

Table of Contents

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
	U.S. Bank N.A. 1555 North Rivercenter Dr. Suite 302 Milwaukee, WI 53212	8.97%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	7.09%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	6.30%

Potential Conflicts of Interest. Certain activities of BFA, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers and employees, with respect to the Funds and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of a Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on a Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of a Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

sold short by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds, and the purchase of a security or covering of a short position in a security by a Fund may increase the price of the same security held by (and therefore benefit) BlackRock or its other accounts or funds. In addition, to the extent permitted by applicable law, certain Funds may invest their assets in other funds advised by BlackRock, including funds that are managed by one or more of the same portfolio managers, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to asset allocation, timing of Fund purchases and sales, and increased remuneration and profitability for BlackRock, and/or its personnel, including portfolio managers.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Funds, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Funds, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party's investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Funds. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions. On any occasion when a Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of the Fund's investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of a Fund in which clients of BlackRock or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party's interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by a Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Markit Indices Limited, the index provider for underlying fixed-income indexes used by certain iShares funds, related to derivative fixed-income products that are based on such iShares funds. BlackRock will receive certain payments for licensing intellectual property belonging to BlackRock and for facilitating the provision of data in connection with such derivative products, which may include payments based on the trading volumes of, or revenues generated by, the derivative products. Other funds and accounts managed by BlackRock may from time to time transact in such derivative products, which could contribute to the viability of such derivative products by making them more appealing to funds and accounts managed by third parties, and in turn lead to increased payments to BlackRock. Trading activity in such derivative products could also potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to these iShares funds and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

To the extent authorized by applicable law, BlackRock may act as broker, dealer, agent, lender or adviser or in other commercial capacities for a Fund. It is anticipated that the commissions, mark-ups, mark-downs, financial advisory fees, underwriting and placement fees, sales fees, financing and commitment fees, brokerage fees, other fees, compensation or profits, rates, terms and conditions charged by BlackRock will be in its view commercially reasonable, although BlackRock, including its sales personnel, will have an interest in obtaining fees and other amounts that are favorable to BlackRock and such sales personnel, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. Index based funds may use an index provider that is affiliated with another service provider of the Fund or BlackRock that acts as a broker, dealer, agent, lender or in other commercial capacities for a Fund or BlackRock.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Funds as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Funds or their shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Funds or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. A Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund's own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with a Fund's establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund's counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund's creditworthiness.

Table of Contents

of collateral shortfall upon counterparty default (“shortfall risk”) under the securities lending program for both indemnified and non-indemnified clients. On a periodic basis, RQA also determines the maximum amount of potential indemnified shortfall risk arising from securities lending activities (“indemnification exposure limit”) and the maximum amount of counterparty-specific credit exposure (“credit limits”) BlackRock is willing to assume as well as the program’s operational complexity. RQA oversees the risk model that calculates projected shortfall values using loan-level factors such as loan and collateral type and market value as well as specific borrower counterparty credit characteristics. When necessary, RQA may further adjust other securities lending program attributes by restricting eligible collateral or reducing counterparty credit limits. As a result, the management of the indemnification exposure limit may affect the amount of securities lending activity BlackRock may conduct at any given point in time and impact indemnified and non-indemnified clients by reducing the volume of lending opportunities for certain loans (including by asset type, collateral type and/or revenue profile).

Table of Contents

BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer, and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock's fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the Proxy Voting Policy section of this SAI.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of a Fund. Increasing a Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of a Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of a Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

It is possible that a Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. A Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for a Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit a Fund's flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb. An independent director of certain BlackRock-advised funds also serves as an independent director of Chubb and has no interest or involvement in the Re Co transaction.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by a Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to a Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of a Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, each Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding a Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Table of Contents

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, a Fund, except that a Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the 1940 Act engage in transactions with another Fund or accounts that are affiliated with a Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Funds and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for a Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or a Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock's internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of a Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which a Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Funds), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Table of Contents

also may use the name of the index or index provider in the fund name. Index providers, including BlackRock (to the extent permitted by applicable law), may be paid licensing fees for use of their index or index name. BlackRock may benefit from the Funds using BlackRock indices by creating increasing acceptance in the marketplace for such indices. BlackRock is not obligated to license its indices to a Fund and the Funds are under no obligation to use BlackRock indices. Any Fund that enters into a license for a BlackRock index cannot be assured that the terms of any index licensing agreement with BlackRock will be as favorable as those terms offered to other licensees.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Funds (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with certain Funds' custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Funds leave cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for Funds in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Table of Contents

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, BFA may, from time to time, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of BFA, to perform investment advisory or other services with respect to a Fund. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the investment advisory agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion upon appropriate notice at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

For its investment advisory services to each Fund, BFA received a management fee at the annual rates (as a percentage of such Fund’s average net assets) set forth below for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Management Fee for the Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF¹	0.35%	05/07/19	$ 60,228	$ 20,969	N/A
iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF²	0.35%	05/07/19	48,329	16,843	N/A
iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF³	0.35%	05/07/19	46,609	20,875	N/A
iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF⁴	0.35%	05/07/19	38,955	21,150	N/A
iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF⁵	0.35%	05/07/19	48,331	21,060	N/A
iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF⁶	0.35%	11/10/20	N/A	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF⁷	0.10%	03/10/15	1,392,700	1,078,756	651,609
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF⁸	0.10%	03/10/15	1,213,232	785,339	434,461
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF⁹	0.10%	03/11/15	1,066,658	665,539	365,801
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF¹⁰	0.10%	03/11/15	835,673	459,365	231,838
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF¹¹	0.10%	03/11/15	641,658	407,883	293,673
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF¹²	0.10%	09/13/16	447,378	248,763	116,824
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF¹³	0.10%	09/12/17	289,803	169,231	94,371
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF¹⁴	0.10%	09/18/18	150,962	62,181	1,950
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF¹⁵	0.10%	09/17/19	54,591	1,511	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF¹⁶	0.10%	06/23/20	9,801	N/A	N/A

Table of Contents

Fund	Management Fee for the Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Management Fees Paid, Net of Waivers, for Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF¹⁷	0.07%	02/25/20	3,245	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF¹⁸	0.07%	02/25/20	1,783	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF¹⁹	0.07%	02/25/20	6,213	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF²⁰	0.07%	02/25/20	5,289	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF²¹	0.07%	02/25/20	6,891	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF²²	0.07%	02/25/20	8,741	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF²³	0.07%	02/25/20	5,338	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF²⁴	0.07%	02/25/20	5,602	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF²⁵	0.07%	02/25/20	8,756	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF²⁶	0.07%	07/14/20	520	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF²⁷	0.10%	07/09/13	78,117	68,684	74,460

¹	Effective June 30, 2020, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2021. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $139 of its management fees.
²	Effective June 30, 2020, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2022. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $95 of its management fees.
³	Effective June 30, 2020, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2023. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $96 of its management fees.
⁴	Effective June 30, 2020, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2024. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $59 of its management fees.
⁵	Effective June 30, 2020, BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2025. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $60 of its management fees.
⁶	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2026. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA.
⁷	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2021. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $31,499, $5,305 and $5,681 of its management fees, respectively.
⁸	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2022. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $10,810, $4,046 and $2,980 of its management fees, respectively.
⁹	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2023. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $4,383, $2,235 and $1,482 of its management fees, respectively.
¹⁰	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2024. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $3,239, $1,361 and $1,379 of its management fees, respectively.
¹¹	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2025.

Table of Contents

	The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $2,529, $1,963 and $1,312 of its management fees, respectively.
¹²	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2026. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $1,712, $1,143 and $596 of its management fees, respectively.
¹³	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2027. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $846, $760 and $572 of its management fees, respectively.
¹⁴	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2028. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $692, $290 and $14 of its management fees, respectively.
¹⁵	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2029. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020 and October 31, 2019, BFA waived $ 279 and $9 of its management fees, respectively.
¹⁶	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2030. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $34 of its management fees.
¹⁷	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2021. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $140 of its management fees.
¹⁸	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2022. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $11 of its management fees.
¹⁹	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2023. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $245 of its management fees.
²⁰	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2024. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $45 of its management fees.
²¹	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2025. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $77 of its management fees.
²²	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2026. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $71 of its management fees.
²³	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2027. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $58 of its management fees.
²⁴	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2028. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $85 of its management fees.
²⁵	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2029. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $119 of its management fees.
²⁶	BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about December 15, 2030. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund’s termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended October 31, 2020, BFA waived $0 of its management fees.

Table of Contents

²⁷

BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other funds advised by BFA or its Affiliates through the termination date of the Fund, on or about March 31, 2023. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to the Fund's termination only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018, BFA waived $4,065, $3,648 and $3,359 of its management fees, respectively.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	72	$ 460,337,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	122,075,000,000
Other Accounts	25	18,490,000,000

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	22	$246,368,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	36	96,823,000,000
Other Accounts	36	70,094,000,000

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that compose those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that compose those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Funds and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Funds, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Funds may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than they would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Table of Contents

including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict-of-interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers' favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

James Mauro
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance-Based Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Karen Uyehara
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance-Based Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of October 31, 2020.

As of October 31, 2020 (and as of January 29, 2021 for Karen Uyehara), the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own any shares of the Funds.

Table of Contents

Codes of Ethics. The Trust, BFA and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The codes of ethics permit personnel subject to the codes of ethics to invest in securities, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of each Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF	05/07/19	$ 18,057	$ 9,440	N/A
iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF	05/07/19	18,011	9,767	N/A
iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF	05/07/19	18,013	9,906	N/A
iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF	05/07/19	18,873	9,010	N/A
iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF	05/07/19	19,460	8,999	N/A
iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF	11/10/20	N/A	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF	03/10/15	27,441	22,959	20,367

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019	Administration, Custody & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2018
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF	03/10/15	26,304	21,296	18,855
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF	03/11/15	26,022	22,065	18,053
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF	03/11/15	24,272	21,464	16,505
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF	03/11/15	23,050	20,766	17,233
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF	09/13/16	21,160	19,790	15,163
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF	09/12/17	20,154	19,173	14,039
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF	09/18/18	18,701	18,328	2,435
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF	09/17/19	18,201	2,793	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF	06/23/20	6,943	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF	02/25/20	12,417	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF	02/25/20	12,378	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF	02/25/20	12,313	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF	02/25/20	12,298	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF	02/25/20	12,312	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF	02/25/20	12,297	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF	02/25/20	12,270	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF	02/25/20	12,228	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF	02/25/20	12,311	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF	07/14/20	5,421	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF	07/09/13	18,121	17,608	15,115

Table of Contents

lending. Each Fund is responsible for fees in connection with the investment of cash collateral received for securities on loan in a money market fund managed by BFA (the “collateral investment fees”); however, BTC has agreed to reduce the amount of securities lending income it receives in order to effectively limit the collateral investment fees the Fund bears to an annual rate of 0.04%. Such money market fund shares will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

The services provided to the Funds by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended October 31, 2020 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Funds with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

(8) terminating securities loans and arranging for the return of loaned securities to the Funds at loan termination.

The following tables show the dollar amounts of income and fees/compensation related to the securities lending activities of each Fund during its most recent fiscal year ended October 31, 2020.

Fund	iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF	iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF	iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	$ 17,653	$ 10,995	$ 22,997

Table of Contents

Fund	iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF	iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF
Indemnification fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	N/A	0
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	17	N/A	16,638
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	N/A	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$ 82	N/A	$ 21,267
Net income from securities lending activities	$157	N/A	$ 15,591

Payments by BFA and its Affiliates. BFA and/or its affiliates (“BFA Entities”) may pay certain broker-dealers, registered investment advisers, banks and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for certain activities related to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products in general. BFA Entities make these payments from their own assets and not from the assets of the Funds. Although a portion of BFA Entities’ revenue comes directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products, these payments do not increase the price paid by investors for the purchase of shares of, or the cost of owning, the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. BFA Entities make payments for Intermediaries’ participation in activities that are designed to make registered representatives, other professionals and individual investors more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including the Funds and other iShares funds, or for other activities, such as participation in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems (“Education Costs”). BFA Entities also make payments to Intermediaries for certain printing, publishing and mailing costs or materials relating to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products (“Publishing Costs”). In addition, BFA Entities make payments to Intermediaries that make shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products available to their clients, develop new products that feature iShares or otherwise promote the Funds, other iShares funds and exchange-traded products. BFA Entities may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to Intermediaries or other persons in consideration of services or other activities that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. Payments of the type described above are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments.

Payments to an Intermediary may be significant to the Intermediary, and amounts that Intermediaries pay to your salesperson or other investment professional may also be significant for your salesperson or other investment professional. Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments may create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products over other investments. The same conflicts of interest and financial incentives exist with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

In addition to the payments described above, BFA Entities have developed proprietary tools, calculators and related interactive or digital content that is made available through the www.BlackRock.com website at no additional cost to Intermediaries. BlackRock may configure these tools and calculators and localize the content for Intermediaries as part of its customary digital marketing support and promotion of the Funds, other iShares funds, exchange-traded products and BlackRock mutual funds.

100

Table of Contents

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Further, BFA Entities make Education Costs and Publishing Costs payments to other Intermediaries that are not listed in the immediately preceding paragraph. BFA Entities may determine to make such payments based on any number of metrics. For example, BFA Entities may make payments at year-end or other intervals in a fixed amount, an amount based upon an Intermediary’s services at defined levels or an amount based on the Intermediary’s net sales of one or more iShares funds in a year or other period, any of which arrangements may include an agreed-upon minimum or maximum payment, or any combination of the foregoing. As of the date of this SAI, BFA anticipates that the payments paid by BFA Entities in connection with the Funds, iShares funds and exchange-traded products in general will be immaterial to BFA Entities in the aggregate for the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

Determination of Net Asset Value

101

Table of Contents

“Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price on the Exchange on which the security is primarily traded, or if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which a Fund’s assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless, in accordance with valuation procedures approved by the Board (the “Valuation Procedures”), BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no such bid or ask price is available on a day on which a Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines in good faith that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives are valued using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by a Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

Underlying Funds. Shares of underlying ETFs will be valued at their most recent closing price on an Exchange. Shares of underlying money market funds will be valued at their NAV.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their fair value.

102

Table of Contents

event that a pricing service quotation is revised or updated subsequent to the day on which a Fund valued such security or other asset or liability, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination will be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding the revision.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or by BlackRock (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities that are denominated in a foreign currency are converted into U.S. dollars using prevailing market rates on the date of valuation as quoted by one or more data service providers.

103

Table of Contents

Brokerage Transactions

104

Table of Contents

The Funds anticipate that brokerage transactions involving foreign equity securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Funds in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the U.S. or Europe, as the case may be. American Depositary Receipts, like other securities traded in the U.S., will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Funds will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

105

Table of Contents

Initial public offerings (“IPOs”) of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When BFA is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to BFA’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. IPOs of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in a Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

Because different accounts may have differing investment objectives and policies, BFA may buy and sell the same securities at the same time for different clients based on the particular investment objective, guidelines and strategies of those accounts. For example, BFA may decide that it may be entirely appropriate for a growth fund to sell a security at the same time a value fund is buying that security. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of BFA or the other Affiliates during the same period increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price. For example, sales of a security by BlackRock on behalf of one or more of its clients may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Funds or other clients or funds for which BFA or another Affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

In certain instances, BFA may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts and advisory accounts of affiliates. In general, all contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price (except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted). While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Funds are concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Funds. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

There were no brokerage commissions paid on behalf of each Fund for the fiscal years ended October 31, 2020, October 31, 2019 and October 31, 2018.

106

Table of Contents

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF	Morgan Stanley	$ 54,132

iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF	Morgan Stanley	$ 45,125,827
	Wells Fargo & Co.	44,585,342
	Citigroup, Inc.	31,264,954
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	31,120,101
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	26,513,962
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	16,614,995
	Barclays PLC	16,044,714
	Bank of America Corp.	13,147,909

iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	$ 23,918,117
	Wells Fargo & Co.	19,681,363
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	18,696,065
	Morgan Stanley	17,037,109
	Bank of America Corp.	11,343,532
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	7,207,038
	Barclays PLC	6,439,925
	Credit Suisse AG	5,183,280

iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 21,995,312
	Morgan Stanley	18,980,169
	Bank of America Corp.	17,788,526
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	12,648,938
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	12,547,453
	Citigroup, Inc.	9,054,531
	Credit Suisse AG	4,854,266
	Barclays PLC	4,578,529
	BNP Paribas SA	3,292,117

iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF	Bank of America Corp.	$ 19,389,712
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	17,696,620
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	16,672,938
	Morgan Stanley	15,881,659
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	7,588,627
	Mitsubishi UFJ Financial Group, Inc.	5,941,016
	Citigroup, Inc.	4,308,954
	Barclays PLC	3,980,759

iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	$ 17,216,420
	Bank of America Corp.	12,298,686
	Citigroup, Inc.	11,709,372
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	9,795,442
	Morgan Stanley	9,695,452
	Barclays PLC	3,848,516
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	3,533,238

iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 13,717,071

107

Table of Contents

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
	Citigroup, Inc.	13,309,087
	Morgan Stanley	12,803,265
	Bank of America Corp.	10,370,183
	Barclays PLC	6,629,538
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	6,590,421
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	2,445,534

iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF	Morgan Stanley	$ 5,347,759
	Bank of America Corp.	4,818,725
	Citigroup, Inc.	4,287,776
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	3,463,987
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	3,357,318
	U.S. Bancorp	1,576,382
	Jefferies Group LLC	1,296,991
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	946,764

iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF	Barclays PLC	$ 2,661,135
	Citigroup, Inc.	2,091,885
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	1,539,549
	U.S. Bancorp	778,279

iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF	Wells Fargo & Co.	$ 978,608
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	328,053

iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	$ 472,299
	U.S. Bancorp	59,141

iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF	Morgan Stanley	$ 1,702,012
	Wells Fargo & Co.	1,442,882
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	1,187,912
	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	1,119,168
	Bank of America Corp.	1,080,932
	Citigroup, Inc.	803,147
	Barclays PLC	492,630
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	408,379
	U.S. Bancorp	291,763

108

Table of Contents

Fund	Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2020	Fiscal Year Ended Oct. 31, 2019
iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF	50%	17% ^{1, 2}
iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF	68%	14% ^{1, 2}
iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF	51%	9% ^{1, 2}
iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF	42%	10% ^{1, 2}
iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF	42%	5% ^{1, 2}
iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF	N/A	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF	11%	8%
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF	16%	9%
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF	12%	5%
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF	8%	14%
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF	14%	6%
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF	5%	9%
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF	10%	4%
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF	7%	6%
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF	9%	1%
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF	4% ^{3, 4}	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF	32% ^{5, 6}	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF	29% ^{5, 6}	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF	1% ^{5, 6}	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF	7% ^{5, 6}	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF	2% ^{5, 6}	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF	5% ^{5, 6}	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF	45% ^{5, 6}	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF	10% ^{5, 6}	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF	19% ^{5, 6}	N/A
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF	36% ^{7, 8}	N/A
iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF	13%	5%

¹	The portfolio turnover for the iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF, and iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF relates to the period from May 7, 2019 to October 31, 2019 and is not annualized.
²	The inception date for the iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF, iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF, and iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF was May 7, 2019.
³	The portfolio turnover for the iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF relates to the period of June 23, 2020 to October 31, 2020 and is not annualized.
⁴	The inception date for the iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF was June 23, 2020.
⁵	The portfolio turnover for the iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF relates to the period of February 25, 2020 to October 31, 2020 and is not annualized.
⁶	The inception date for the iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF, iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF and iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF was February 25, 2020.
⁷	The portfolio turnover for the iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF relates to the period of July 14, 2020 to October 31, 2020 and is not annualized.
⁸	The inception date for the iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF was July 14, 2020.

109

Table of Contents

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

By March 31 and December 15 of the relevant year, each Fund's holdings are expected to consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents. Around the same time, the Fund will wind up and terminate. Upon a Fund's termination, it will distribute substantially all of its net assets, after making appropriate provision for any liabilities of the Fund, to then-current shareholders pursuant to a plan of liquidation. In accordance with the Declaration of Trust, each Fund will terminate on or about the date above, as approved by a majority of the Board, without requiring additional shareholder approval. The Board may extend the termination date if a majority of the Board determines the extension to be in the best interest of the Fund.

110

Table of Contents

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Funds. Shares of each Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of each Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares of the Trust. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of each Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

111

Table of Contents

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

General. The Trust issues and sells shares of each Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load, at a price based on each Fund's NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Distributor or its agent in proper form. On days when the Listing Exchange or the bond markets close earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of a Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for such Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of November 30, 2020:

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF	100,000	$2,424,000
iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF	100,000	2,414,000
iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF	100,000	2,417,000
iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF	100,000	2,407,000
iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF	100,000	2,473,000
iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF	100,000	2,512,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF	100,000	2,497,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF	100,000	2,558,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF	50,000	1,312,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF	50,000	1,325,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF	50,000	1,362,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF	50,000	1,349,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF	50,000	1,371,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF	50,000	1,471,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF	50,000	1,369,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF	50,000	1,308,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF	50,000	1,268,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF	50,000	1,277,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF	50,000	1,285,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF	50,000	1,297,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF	50,000	1,304,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF	50,000	1,310,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF	50,000	1,312,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF	50,000	1,318,000
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF	50,000	1,316,500
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF	50,000	1,232,000
iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF	50,000	1,366,000

112

Table of Contents

to make a corresponding change in the number of shares constituting a Creation Unit, in the event that the per share price in the secondary market rises (or declines) to an amount that falls outside the range deemed desirable by the Board.

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of a Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with a Fund's portfolio securities, is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of a Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of a given Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

As the planned termination date of each Fund approaches, and particularly as the bonds held by each Fund begin to mature, the Fund expects to effect both creations and redemptions increasingly for cash.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

113

Table of Contents

and redemptions of Creation Units (“Authorized Participant Agreement”) (discussed below). A member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC which has a written agreement with the Funds or one of their service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units is referred to as an “Authorized Participant.” All shares of the Funds, however created, will be entered on the records of DTC in the name of Cede & Co. for the account of a DTC Participant.

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Funds or one of its service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units. Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

Placement of Creation Orders. Fund Deposits must be delivered through the Federal Reserve System (for cash and U.S. government securities), through DTC (for corporate and municipal securities) or through a central depository account, such as with Euroclear or DTC, maintained by State Street or a sub-custodian (a “Central Depository Account”). Any portion of a Fund Deposit that may not be delivered through the Federal Reserve System or DTC must be delivered through a Central Depository Account. The Fund Deposit transfers made through DTC must be ordered by the DTC Participant in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number of Deposit Securities through DTC to the account of the Funds generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through the Federal Reserve System must be deposited by the participant institution in a timely fashion so as to ensure the delivery of the requisite number or amount of Deposit Securities or cash through the Federal Reserve System to the account of the Funds generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. Fund Deposit transfers made through a Central Depository Account must be completed pursuant to the requirements established by the custodian or sub-custodian for such Central Depository Account generally before 2:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. The “Settlement Date” for all funds is generally the second business day after the Transmittal Date. All questions as to the number of Deposit Securities to be delivered, and the validity, form and eligibility (including time of receipt) for the deposit of any tendered securities, will be determined by the Trust, whose determination shall be final and binding. The amount of cash equal to the Cash Component must be transferred directly to State Street through the Federal Reserve Bank wire transfer system in a timely manner so as to be received by State Street generally before 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date. If the Cash Component and the Deposit Securities are not received by 3:00 p.m., Eastern time on the Settlement Date, the creation order may be canceled. Upon written notice to the Distributor, such canceled order may be resubmitted the following Business Day using a Fund Deposit as newly constituted to reflect the then current NAV of the Funds. The delivery of Creation Units so created generally will occur no later than the second Business Day following the day on which the purchase order is deemed received by the Distributor, provided that the relevant Fund Deposit has been received by the Funds prior to such time.

114

Table of Contents

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by a Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of a Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Funds to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. Each Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as that Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with a Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units. Subject to the conditions that (i) an irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor's behalf) and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the Funds are in place for payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, the Funds will accept the order, subject to each Fund's right (and the right of the Distributor and BFA) to reject any order until acceptance, as set forth below.

115

Table of Contents

generally issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date). Each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law.

Costs Associated with Creation Transactions. A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant creates a Creation Unit, and is the same, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by the Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. If a purchase consists solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Funds. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge for Creations*
iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF	$ 650	3.0%
iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF	825	3.0%
iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF	925	3.0%
iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF	900	3.0%
iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF	975	3.0%
iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF	800	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF	375	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF	625	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF	600	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF	600	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF	250	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF	375	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF	300	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF	650	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF	350	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF	425	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF	250	3.0%

116

Table of Contents

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge for Creations*
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF	200	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF	175	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF	175	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF	150	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF	150	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF	125	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF	125	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF	125	3.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF	125	3.0%
iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF	150	3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Please see the Cash Redemption Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the in-kind method for further information on redeeming Creation Units of the Funds.

The designated portfolio of securities (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities” or “Redemption Basket”), and an amount of cash (the “Cash Amount,” as described below) (each subject to possible amendment or correction) are applicable, in order to effect redemptions of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next announced composition of the Fund Securities and Cash Amount is made available. Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Procedures and requirements governing redemption transactions are set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time.

117

Table of Contents

Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge for Redemptions*
iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF	$ 650	2.0%
iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF	825	2.0%
iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF	925	2.0%
iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF	900	2.0%
iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF	975	2.0%
iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF	800	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF	375	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF	625	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF	600	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF	600	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF	250	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF	375	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF	300	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF	650	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF	350	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF	425	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF	250	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF	200	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF	175	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF	175	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF	150	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF	150	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF	125	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF	125	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF	125	2.0%
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF	125	2.0%
iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF	150	2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

118

Table of Contents

Deliveries of redemption proceeds by each Fund are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”). Each Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. If a Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, a Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if a Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days. Delayed settlement may occur due to a number of different reasons, including, without limitation, settlement cycles for the underlying securities, unscheduled market closings, an effort to link distribution to dividend record dates and ex-dates and newly announced holidays. For example, the redemption settlement process may be extended beyond T+2 because of the occurrence of a holiday in a non-U.S. market or in the U.S. bond market that is not a holiday observed in the U.S. equity market.

119

Table of Contents

Taxes

120

Table of Contents

and meet several other requirements. Among such other requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of each Fund’s annual gross income must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or non-U.S. currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than a partnership that derives at least 90% of its income from interest, dividends, capital gains and other traditionally permitted RIC income); and (ii) at the close of each quarter of each Fund’s taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of each Fund’s total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited for purposes of this calculation in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in the securities of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses (other than the securities of other RICs) or the securities of one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

Although in general the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to an interest in a qualified publicly-traded partnership. A Fund’s investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly-traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or non-U.S. income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

In the event that a Fund were to experience an ownership change as defined under the Internal Revenue Code, the loss carryforwards and other favorable tax attributes of a Fund and the Underlying Funds, if any, may be subject to limitation.

The following Funds had tax basis net capital loss carryforwards as of October 31, 2020, the tax year-end for the Funds listed:

121

Table of Contents

Fund		Non-Expiring Capital Loss Carryforward
iShares iBonds 2021 Term High Yield and Income ETF		$ 652,399
iShares iBonds 2022 Term High Yield and Income ETF		735,106
iShares iBonds 2023 Term High Yield and Income ETF		906,272
iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF		922,647
iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF		938,284
iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF		1,360,903
iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF		1,514,006
iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF		6,523,551
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF		3,168,781
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF		2,268,146
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF		1,279,019
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF		503,660
iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF		832
iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF		7,740
iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF		4,232
iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Treasury ETF		4,834
iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Treasury ETF		12,075
iShares iBonds Mar 2023 Term Corporate ETF		573,177

122

Table of Contents

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If a Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (i) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (ii) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, a Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

123

Table of Contents

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. A Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause a Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. Each Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

124

Table of Contents

Each Fund’s investments in so-called “section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most non-U.S. currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most security indexes, are subject to special tax rules. All section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in the Fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by a Fund from positions in section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by a Fund.

As a result of entering into swap contracts, a Fund may make or receive periodic net payments. Each Fund may also make or receive a payment when a swap is terminated prior to maturity through an assignment of the swap or other closing transaction. Periodic net payments will generally constitute ordinary income or deductions, while termination of a swap will generally result in capital gain or loss (which will be a long-term capital gain or loss if a Fund has been a party to the swap for more than one year). The cost of any payments made by a Fund on a swap transaction will be netted pro rata against both tax exempt and taxable gross income. With respect to certain types of swaps, a Fund may be required to currently recognize income or loss with respect to future payments on such swaps or may elect under certain circumstances to mark such swaps to market annually for tax purposes as ordinary income or loss.

Market Discount. Any market discount recognized on a bond is taxable as ordinary income. A market discount bond is a bond acquired in the secondary market at a price below redemption value or adjusted issue price if issued with original issue discount (“OID”). To the extent a Fund does not include the market discount in income as it accrues, gain on the Fund’s disposition of such an obligation will be treated as ordinary income rather than capital gain to the extent of the accrued market discount.

Non-U.S. Investments. Income (including, in some cases, capital gains) received by certain of the Funds from investments in non-U.S. securities may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by non-U.S. countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes in some cases. If more than 50% of a Fund’s total assets at the close of its taxable year consists of securities of non-U.S. corporations, the Fund may elect for U.S. income tax purposes to treat non-U.S. income taxes paid by it as paid by its shareholders. A Fund may qualify for and make this election in some, but not necessarily all, of its taxable years. If a Fund were to make an election, shareholders of the Fund would be required to take into account an amount equal to their pro rata portions of such non-U.S. taxes in computing their taxable income and then treat an amount equal to those non-U.S. taxes as a U.S. federal income tax deduction or as a foreign tax credit against their U.S. federal income taxes. Shortly after any year for which it makes such an election, a Fund will report to its shareholders the amount per share of such non-U.S. income tax that must be included in each shareholder’s gross income and the amount which will be available for the deduction or credit. No deduction for non-U.S. taxes may be claimed by a shareholder who does not itemize deductions. Certain limitations will be imposed on the extent to which the credit (but not the deduction) for non-U.S. taxes may be claimed. Under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time a Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gain or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts, certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts and the disposition of debt securities denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless a Fund were to elect otherwise.

The Underlying Funds, if invested in non-U.S. positions, may be subject to non-U.S. income taxes and non-U.S. financial transactions taxes. Each Underlying Fund that is permitted to do so may elect to “pass through” to its investors, including the Funds, the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid by the Underlying Fund. Each Fund itself will be eligible to elect to “pass through” such amounts to its stockholders and may do so, depending upon circumstances.

125

Table of Contents

The OID is included in a Fund’s gross income ratably during the period ending with the maturity of the bond, under the general OID inclusion rules. The amount of a Fund’s OID in a taxable year with respect to a bond will increase a Fund’s taxable income for such year without a corresponding receipt of cash, until the bond matures. As a result, a Fund may need to use other sources of cash to satisfy its distributions for such year. The amount of negative inflation adjustment, which results in a decrease in the inflation-adjusted principal amount of the bond, reduces the amount of interest (including stated, interest, OID, and market discount, if any) otherwise includible in a Fund’s income with respect to the bond for the taxable year.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

126

Table of Contents

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Shares of a Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, audits the Funds' financial statements, and may perform other services.

127

Table of Contents

128

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate -related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

Table of Contents

Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings

Securities deemed to be high yield are rated below Baa3 by Moody’s and below BBB- by S&P Global Ratings and Fitch.

The descriptions below relate to general long-term and short-term obligations of an issuer.

Moody’s Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

Aaa: Obligations rated Aaa are judged to be of the highest quality, subject to the lowest level of credit risk.

Aa: Obligations rated Aa are judged to be of high quality and are subject to very low credit risk.

A: Obligations rated A are judged to be upper-medium grade and are subject to low credit risk.

Baa: Obligations rated Baa are judged to be medium-grade and subject to moderate credit risk and as such may possess certain speculative characteristics.

B-1

Table of Contents

Ba: Obligations rated Ba are judged to be speculative and are subject to substantial credit risk.

B: Obligations rated B are considered speculative and are subject to high credit risk.

Caa: Obligations rated Caa are judged to be speculative, of poor standing and are subject to very high credit risk.

Ca: Obligations rated Ca are highly speculative and are likely in, or very near, default, with some prospect of recovery of principal and interest.

C: Obligations rated C are the lowest rated and are typically in default, with little prospect for recovery of principal or interest.

Absence of Rating: Where no rating has been assigned or where a rating has been withdrawn, it may be for reasons unrelated to the creditworthiness of the issue.

Should no rating be assigned, the reason may be one of the following:

1. An application was not received or accepted.

2. The issue or issuer belongs to a group of securities or entities that are not rated as a matter of policy.

3. There is a lack of essential data pertaining to the issue or issuer.

4. The issue was privately placed, in which case the rating is not published in Moody’s publications.

Short-Term Obligations

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to honor short-term financial obligations, generally with an original maturity not exceeding thirteen months.

Moody's employs the following designations to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

P-1: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-1 have a superior ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-2: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-2 have a strong ability to repay short-term debt obligations.

P-3: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Prime-3 have an acceptable ability to repay short-term obligations.

NP: Issuers (or supporting institutions) rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

US Municipal Short-Term Debt Obligations

MIG 2: This designation denotes strong credit quality. Margins of protection are ample, although not as large as in the preceding group.

MIG 3: This designation denotes acceptable credit quality. Liquidity and cash-flow protection may be narrow, and market access for refinancing is likely to be less well-established.

B-2

Table of Contents

SG: This designation denotes speculative-grade credit quality. Debt instruments in this category may lack sufficient margins of protection.

S&P Global Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by S&P Global Ratings. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest-rated obligations only to a small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment is very strong.

Note: The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus (+) or minus (-) sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

Short-Term Obligations

B-3

Table of Contents

Municipal Short-Term Obligations

SP-1: Strong capacity to pay principal and interest. An issue determined to possess a very strong capacity to pay debt service is given a plus (+) designation.

SP-2: Satisfactory capacity to pay principal and interest, with some vulnerability to adverse financial and economic changes over the term of the notes.

SP-3: Speculative capacity to pay principal and interest.

Fitch Ratings

Long-Term Obligations

B-4

Table of Contents

B: Highly speculative. B ratings indicate that material credit risk is present.

CCC: Substantial credit risk. CCC ratings indicate that substantial credit risk is present.

CC: Very high levels of credit risk. CC ratings indicate very high levels of credit risk.

C: Exceptionally high levels of credit risk. C indicates exceptionally high levels of credit risk.

Short-Term Obligations (Corporate and Public Finance)

F2: Good short-term credit quality. Good intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments.

F3: Fair short-term credit quality. The intrinsic capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate.

C: High short-term default risk. Default is a real possibility.

D: Default. Indicates a broad-based default event for an entity, or the default of a short-term obligation.

IS-SAI-IBD-0921

B-5

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated July 30, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund	Ticker	Listing Exchange
iShares Biotechnology ETF	IBB	Nasdaq
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	IVV	NYSE Arca
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	IJH	NYSE Arca
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	IJR	NYSE Arca
iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	ITOT	NYSE Arca
iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	IUSG	Nasdaq
iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	IUSV	Nasdaq
iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF	XVV	Cboe BZX
iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF	XJH	Cboe BZX
iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF	XJR	Cboe BZX
iShares Europe ETF	IEV	NYSE Arca
iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	IGM	NYSE Arca
iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	IGV	Cboe BZX
iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF	STLC	Cboe BZX
iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF	STLG	Cboe BZX
iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF	STMB	Cboe BZX
iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF	STSB	Cboe BZX
iShares Factors US Value Style ETF	STLV	Cboe BZX
iShares Focused Value Factor ETF	FOVL	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	KXI	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Energy ETF	IXC	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Financials ETF	IXG	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Industrials ETF	EXI	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	IGF	Nasdaq
iShares Global Utilities ETF	JXI	NYSE Arca
iShares International Developed Property ETF	WPS	NYSE Arca
iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF	ISVL	Cboe BZX
iShares International Preferred Stock ETF	IPFF	Cboe BZX
iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF	JPXN	NYSE Arca
iShares Micro-Cap ETF	IWC	NYSE Arca
iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	REM	Cboe BZX
iShares North American Natural Resources ETF	IGE	Cboe BZX
iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF	IGN	NYSE Arca
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	PFF	Nasdaq
iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF	REZ	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell 1000 ETF	IWB	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF	IWF	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF	AMCA	Nasdaq
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	IWD	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell 2000 ETF	IWM	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF	IWO	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF	IWN	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell 3000 ETF	IWV	NYSE Arca

Fund	Ticker	Listing Exchange
iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF	IWR	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF	IWP	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF	IWS	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell Top 200 ETF	IWL	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF	IWY	NYSE Arca
iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF	IWX	NYSE Arca
iShares S&P 100 ETF	OEF	NYSE Arca
iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF	IVW	NYSE Arca
iShares S&P 500 Value ETF	IVE	NYSE Arca
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF	IJK	NYSE Arca
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF	IJJ	NYSE Arca
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF	IJT	Nasdaq
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF	IJS	NYSE Arca
iShares Semiconductor ETF	SOXX	Nasdaq
iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF	ITA	Cboe BZX
iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF	IAI	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF	IHF	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF	ITB	Cboe BZX
iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	IFRA	Cboe BZX
iShares U.S. Insurance ETF	IAK	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	IHI	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF	IEO	Cboe BZX
iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF	IEZ	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF	IHE	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF	IYR	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF	IAT	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF	IYZ	Cboe BZX
iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF	SVAL	Cboe BZX

The Prospectuses for the above-listed funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) are dated July 30, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the applicable Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. The Financial Statements and Notes contained in the applicable Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report of the Trust for the Funds are incorporated by reference into and are deemed to be part of this SAI. A copy of each Fund's Prospectus, Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust's distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. Each Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

iShares^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

The information in this Supplement updates information in, and should be read in conjunction with, the SAI for the iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF (IYZ) (the “Fund”).

Prior to September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index is Dow Jones U.S. Select Telecommunications Index.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the first paragraph of the section of the Summary Prospectus and Prospectus entitled “Principal Investment Strategies” is the following, instead of the current first four paragraphs of the section:

The Fund seeks to track the investment results of the Dow Jones U.S. Select Telecommunications Index (the “Underlying Index”), which measures the performance of the telecommunications sector of the U.S. equity market, as defined by S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC (the “Index Provider” or “SPDJI”). The Underlying Index may include large-, mid- or small-capitalization companies. As of March 31, 2020, a significant portion of the Underlying Index is represented by securities of companies in the information technology and telecommunications industries or sectors. The components of the Underlying Index are likely to change over time.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the last paragraph of the section of the Summary Prospectus and Prospectus entitled “Principal Investment Strategies” is the following, instead of the current last paragraph of the section:

The Underlying Index is sponsored by SPDJI, which is independent of the Fund and BFA. The Index Provider determines the composition and relative weightings of the securities in the Underlying Index and publishes information regarding the market value of the Underlying Index.

Prior to September 20, 2021, references to the “Russell 1000 Telecommunications RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index,” each footnote “2” reference and footnote “2” in the “Average Annual Total Returns” table on page S-8 of the Summary Prospectus and Prospectus are deleted.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the second paragraph in the section of the Prospectus entitled “More Information About the Fund” is deleted in its entirety.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the section entitled “Index Provider” on page 27 of the Prospectus of the Fund is the following, instead of the current two paragraphs:

SPDJI is the Index Provider for the Underlying Index and is not affiliated with the Trust, BFA, State Street, the Distributor or any of their respective affiliates.

SPDJI is a resource for index-based concepts, data and research. SPDJI provides financial, economic and investment information and analytical services to the financial community. SPDJI calculates and maintains the S&P Global 1200, which includes the S&P 500^® for the U.S., the S&P Europe 350 for

Continental Europe, Ireland and the U.K., the S&P/TOPIX 150 for Japan, the S&P Asia 50, the S&P/TSX 60TM for Canada, the S&P/ASX 50 and the S&P Latin America 40. SPDJI also publishes the S&P MidCap 400^®, S&P SmallCap 600^®, S&P Total Market Index and S&P U.S. REIT for the U.S. SPDJI calculates and maintains the S&P Global Broad Market Index (BMI) Series, a set of rules-based equity benchmarks covering developed and emerging countries around the world. Company additions to and deletions from an S&P equity index do not in any way reflect an opinion on the investment merits of the company.

BFA or its affiliates have entered into a license agreement with SPDJI to use the Underlying Index. BFA or its affiliates sublicense rights in the Underlying Index to the Trust at no charge.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the paragraph at the bottom of page i of the Prospectus for the Fund is the following, instead of the current paragraph:

The Dow Jones U.S. Select Telecommunications IndexTM is a product of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC or its affiliates (“SPDJI”), and has been licensed for use by BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA”) or its affiliates. Standard & Poor’s^® and S&P^® are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a division of S&P Global (“S&P”); Dow Jones^® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”); iShares^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BFA and its affiliates, and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by iShares Trust. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P or their respective affiliates, and none of such parties makes any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product(s), nor do they have any liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions of the Dow Jones U.S. Select Telecommunications Index.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the section entitled “Disclaimers” on pages 27-28 of the Prospectus for the Fund is the following, instead of the current five paragraphs:

The Underlying Index is a product of SPDJI, and has been licensed for use by BFA or its affiliates. Standard & Poor’s^® and S&P^® are registered trademarks of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a division of S&P Global (“S&P”); Dow Jones^® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”); iShares^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BFA and its affiliates; and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by the Trust. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P, or any of their respective affiliates (collectively, “S&P Dow Jones Indices”). S&P Dow Jones Indices make no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of shares of the Fund or any member of the public regarding the advisability of investing in securities generally or in the Fund in particular or the ability of the Underlying Index to track general market performance. S&P Dow Jones Indices’ only relationship to the Trust and BFA and their affiliates with respect to the Underlying Index is the licensing of the Underlying Index and certain trademarks, service marks and/or trade names of S&P Dow Jones Indices and/or its third party licensors. The Underlying Index is determined, composed and calculated by S&P Dow Jones Indices without regard to the Trust, BFA or its affiliates or the Fund. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation to take the needs of BFA or its affiliates or the owners of shares of the Fund into consideration in determining, composing or calculating the Underlying Index. S&P Dow Jones Indices are not responsible for and have not participated in the determination of the prices, and amount of shares of the Fund or the timing of the issuance or sale of such shares or in the determination or calculation of the equation by which shares of the Fund are to be converted into cash, surrendered or redeemed, as the case may be. S&P Dow Jones Indices have no obligation or liability in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of shares of the Fund. There is no assurance that investment products based on the Underlying Index will accurately track index performance or provide positive investment returns. SPDJI is not an investment adviser. Inclusion of a security within an index is not a recommendation by S&P Dow Jones Indices to buy, sell, or hold such security, nor is it considered to be investment advice.

S&P DOW JONES INDICES DO NOT GUARANTEE THE ADEQUACY, ACCURACY, TIMELINESS AND/OR THE COMPLETENESS OF THE UNDERLYING INDEX OR ANY DATA RELATED THERETO OR ANY COMMUNICATION, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ORAL OR WRITTEN COMMUNICATION

(INCLUDING ELECTRONIC COMMUNICATIONS) WITH RESPECT THERETO. S&P DOW JONES INDICES SHALL NOT BE SUBJECT TO ANY DAMAGES OR LIABILITY FOR ANY ERRORS, OMISSIONS, OR DELAYS THEREIN. S&P DOW JONES INDICES MAKE NO EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL WARRANTIES, OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR USE OR AS TO RESULTS TO BE OBTAINED BY BFA OR ITS AFFILIATES, OWNERS OF SHARES OF THE FUND, OR ANY OTHER PERSON OR ENTITY FROM THE USE OF THE UNDERLYING INDEX OR WITH RESPECT TO ANY DATA RELATED THERETO. WITHOUT LIMITING ANY OF THE FOREGOING, IN NO EVENT WHATSOEVER SHALL S&P DOW JONES INDICES BE LIABLE FOR ANY INDIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, PUNITIVE, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS, TRADING LOSSES, LOST TIME OR GOODWILL, EVEN IF THEY HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, TORT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR OTHERWISE. THERE ARE NO THIRD PARTY BENEFICIARIES OF ANY AGREEMENTS OR ARRANGEMENTS BETWEEN S&P DOW JONES INDICES AND BFA OR ITS AFFILIATES, OTHER THAN THE LICENSORS OF S&P DOW JONES INDICES.

Shares of the Fund are not sponsored, endorsed or promoted by Cboe BZX. Cboe BZX makes no representation or warranty, express or implied, to the owners of shares of the Fund or any member of the public regarding the ability of the Fund to track the total return performance of the Underlying Index or the ability of the Underlying Index to track stock market performance. Cboe BZX is not responsible for, nor has it participated in, the determination of the compilation or the calculation of the Underlying Index, nor in the determination of the timing of, prices of, or quantities of shares of the Fund to be issued, nor in the determination or calculation of the equation by which the shares are redeemable. Cboe BZX has no obligation or liability to owners of shares of the Fund in connection with the administration, marketing or trading of shares of the Fund.

Cboe BZX does not guarantee the accuracy and/or the completeness of the Underlying Index or any data included therein. Cboe BZX makes no warranty, express or implied, as to results to be obtained by the Trust on behalf of the Fund as licensee, licensee’s customers and counterparties, owners of shares of the Fund, or any other person or entity from the use of the Underlying Index or any data included therein in connection with the rights licensed as described herein or for any other use. Cboe BZX makes no express or implied warranties and hereby expressly disclaims all warranties of merchantability or fitness for a particular purpose with respect to the Underlying Index or any data included therein. Without limiting any of the foregoing, in no event shall Cboe BZX have any liability for any direct, indirect, special, punitive, consequential or any other damages (including lost profits) even if notified of the possibility of such damages.

Change in the Fund’s “Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Indexes”

Prior to September 20, 2021, the first paragraph of the section entitled Component Selection Criteria on pages 38-39 of the SAI is the following instead of the current paragraph:

The following indexes are collectively referred to herein as the “Dow Jones U.S. Select Sectors Specialty Indexes”: Dow Jones U.S. Select Aerospace & Defense Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Health Care Providers Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Home Construction Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Insurance Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Investment Services Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Medical Equipment Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Oil Equipment & Services Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Oil Exploration & Production Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Pharmaceuticals Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Regional Banks Index and Dow Jones U.S. Select Telecommunications Index. The Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Capped Index is part of the Dow Jones Global Indices family. On a quarterly basis, SPDJI conducts reviews of the float-adjusted market capitalizations and weightings of the securities in the Underlying Indexes.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the third paragraph of the section entitled Component Selection Criteria on pages 38-39 of the SAI is the following instead of the current paragraph:

Other than the Dow Jones U.S. Select Home Construction Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Regional Banks Index and the Dow Jones U.S. Select Telecommunications Index, on the last business day of the month prior to the quarterly review, a security must have a $500 million float-adjusted market capitalization to be added to a Dow Jones U.S. Select Sector Specialty Index or the Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Capped Index; securities with a float-adjusted market capitalization below $250 million will be removed from the applicable Underlying Index.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the fourth paragraph of the section entitled Component Selection Criteria on page 39 of the SAI is the following instead of the current paragraph:

On the last business day of the month prior to the quarterly review, a security must have a $500 million float-adjusted market capitalization to be added to each of the Dow Jones U.S. Select Home Construction Index and Dow Jones U.S. Select Telecommunications Index; securities with a float-adjusted market capitalization below $100 million will be removed from the applicable Index.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the SAI does not include the section entitled Russell 1000 Telecommunications RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index and includes the following:

Index Description. The constituents in the Dow Jones U.S. Select Telecommunications Index are classified as telecommunication companies within the Dow Jones U.S. Broad Stock Market Index.

Additional Information. The Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Capped Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Aerospace & Defense Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Health Care Providers Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Home Construction Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Insurance Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Investment Services Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Medical Equipment Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Oil Equipment & Services Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Oil Exploration & Production Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Pharmaceuticals Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Regional Banks Index and the Dow Jones U.S. Select Telecommunications Index (collectively, the “Dow Jones Indexes”) are products of SPDJI, and have been licensed for use by BFA or its affiliates. S&P^® is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”); Dow Jones^® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by BFA and its affiliates. The Funds are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, S&P or their respective affiliates or third party licensors and none of such parties make any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product(s) nor do they have any liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions of the Dow Jones Indexes.

iShares^® is a registered trademark of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

The Funds have liquidated effective August 26, 2021. All references to the Funds in the SAIs are hereby removed.

iShares^®is a registered trademark of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates. IS-A-FC-0821

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and its Funds

•	iShares Biotechnology ETF¹
•	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF
•	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF
•	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF
•	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF
•	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF
•	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF
•	iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF
•	iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF
•	iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF
•	iShares Europe ETF
•	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF
•	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF
•	iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF
•	iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF
•	iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF
•	iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF
•	iShares Factors US Value Style ETF
•	iShares Focused Value Factor ETF
•	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF
•	iShares Global Energy ETF
•	iShares Global Financials ETF
•	iShares Global Industrials ETF
•	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF
•	iShares Global Utilities ETF²
•	iShares International Developed Property ETF
•	iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF
•	iShares International Preferred Stock ETF
•	iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF
•	iShares Micro-Cap ETF
•	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF
•	iShares North American Natural Resources ETF
•	iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF
•	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF
•	iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF³

Table of Contents

•	iShares Russell 1000 ETF
•	iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF
•	iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF
•	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF
•	iShares Russell 2000 ETF
•	iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF
•	iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF
•	iShares Russell 3000 ETF
•	iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF
•	iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF
•	iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF
•	iShares Russell Top 200 ETF
•	iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF
•	iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF
•	iShares S&P 100 ETF
•	iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF
•	iShares S&P 500 Value ETF
•	iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF
•	iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF
•	iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF
•	iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF
•	iShares Semiconductor ETF⁴
•	iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF
•	iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF
•	iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF
•	iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF
•	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF
•	iShares U.S. Insurance ETF
•	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF
•	iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF
•	iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF
•	iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF
•	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF⁵
•	iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF
•	iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF⁶
•	iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF

¹	On June 21, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from the NASDAQ Biotechnology Index to the ICE Biotechnology Index. On June 21, 2021, the name of the Fund changed from the iShares NASDAQ Biotechnology ETF to the iShares Biotechnology ETF.
²	On May 3, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from the S&P Global 1200 Utilities Index to the S&P Global 1200 Utilities (Sector) Capped Index.
³	On September 18, 2020, the name of the Fund changed from the iShares Residential Real Estate ETF to the iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF.

Table of Contents

⁴	On June 21, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from the PHLX Semiconductor Sector Index to the ICE Semiconductor Index. On June 21, 2021, the name of the Fund changed from the iShares PHLX Semiconductor ETF to the iShares Semiconductor ETF.
⁵	On January 25, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from the Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Index to the Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Capped Index.
⁶	On September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index will change from the Dow Jones U.S. Select Telecommunications Index to the Russell 1000 Telecommunications RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index.

Each Fund is managed by BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., and generally seeks to track the investment results of the specific benchmark index identified in the applicable Prospectus for that Fund (each, an “Underlying Index”). BlackRock International Limited, an affiliate of BFA, serves as the sub-adviser (the “Sub-Adviser”) to the iShares International Preferred Stock ETF.

Each Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Funds are listed for trading on national securities exchanges such as Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BZX”), The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) or NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”) (each a “Listing Exchange”). Shares of each Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally ranging from 50,000 to 150,000 shares or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of a Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

The Trust reserves the right to adjust the share price of the Funds in the future to maintain convenient trading ranges for investors. Any adjustments would be accomplished through stock splits or reverse stock splits, which would have no effect on the net assets of the Funds or an investor's equity interest in the Funds.

Investment Strategies and Risks

Each Fund seeks to achieve its objective by investing primarily in securities issued by issuers that compose its relevant Underlying Index and in investments that provide substantially similar exposure to securities in the Underlying Index. Each Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security in a Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security from the Fund’s portfolio.

Each Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by BFA to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the Fund's Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market capitalization and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as return variability, earnings valuation and yield) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Although the Funds do not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Funds may have a leveraging effect as described below.

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions. The iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, and iShares Semiconductor ETF, along with certain other iShares funds, have entered into a line of credit with State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) that may be used for temporary or emergency purposes, including redemption, settlement of trades and rebalancing of portfolio holdings.

Interest rates related to the line of credit may be based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread. In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, if State Street is unable to ascertain the applicable LIBOR rate, the interest rate on a borrowing will be determined without reference to LIBOR.

Currency Transactions. A currency forward contract is an over-the-counter (“OTC”) obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days greater than two days from the date on which the contract is agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A non-deliverable currency forward is an OTC currency forward settled in a specified currency, on a specified date, based on the difference between the agreed-upon exchange rate and the market exchange rate. A currency futures contract is a contract that trades on an organized futures exchange involving an obligation to deliver or acquire a specified amount of a specific currency, at a specified price and at a specified future time. Currency futures contracts may be settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the underlying currency. To the extent required by law, liquid assets committed to futures contracts will be maintained. Certain of the Funds do not expect to engage in currency transactions for the purpose of hedging against

Table of Contents

declines in the value of the Funds' assets that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency. A Fund may enter into non-U.S. currency forwards, non-deliverable currency forwards and non-U.S. currency futures transactions to facilitate local securities settlements or to protect against currency exposure in connection with its distributions to shareholders, but may not enter into such contracts for speculative purposes.

Foreign exchange transactions involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which foreign exchange transactions are effected may be highly volatile, highly specialized and highly technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. Foreign exchange trading risks include, but are not limited to, exchange rate risk, counterparty risk, maturity gap, interest rate risk, and potential interference by foreign governments through regulation of local exchange markets, foreign investment or particular transactions in non-U.S. currency. If BFA utilizes foreign exchange transactions at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions, trends or correlations incorrectly, foreign exchange transactions may not serve their intended purpose of improving the correlation of a Fund's return with the performance of its Underlying Index and may lower the Fund’s return. A Fund could experience losses if the value of its currency forwards, options or futures positions were poorly correlated with its other investments or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid market or otherwise. In addition, a Fund could incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with certain non-U.S. currency transactions.

Diversification Status. The following table sets forth the diversification status of each Fund:

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF		iShares Biotechnology ETF
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF		iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF		iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF
iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF		iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF
iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF*		iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF
iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF		iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF
iShares Europe ETF		iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF		iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF
iShares Global Financials ETF		iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF
iShares Global Industrials ETF		iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF
iShares Global Infrastructure ETF		iShares Factors US Value Style ETF
iShares Global Utilities ETF		iShares Focused Value Factor ETF
iShares International Developed Property ETF		iShares Global Energy ETF
iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF		iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF
iShares Micro-Cap ETF		iShares International Preferred Stock ETF
iShares North American Natural Resources ETF		iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF		iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF
iShares Russell 1000 ETF		iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF
iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF*		iShares Semiconductor ETF
iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF		iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF		iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF
iShares Russell 2000 ETF		iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF
iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF		iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF
iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF		iShares U.S. Insurance ETF
iShares Russell 3000 ETF		iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF
iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF		iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF

Table of Contents

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF		iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF		iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF
iShares Russell Top 200 ETF		iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF
iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF*		iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF
iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF
iShares S&P 100 ETF*
iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF*
iShares S&P 500 Value ETF
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF
iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF

The iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF, iShares S&P 100 ETF and iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF intend to be diversified in approximately the same proportion as their Underlying Indexes are diversified. The iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF, iShares S&P 100 ETF and iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF may become non-diversified, as defined in the 1940 Act, solely as a result of a change in relative market capitalization or index weighting of one or more constituents of their Underlying Indexes. Shareholder approval will not be sought if the iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF, iShares S&P 100 ETF or iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF crosses from diversified to non-diversified status due solely to a change in its relative market capitalization or index weighting of one or more constituents of its Underlying Index. The Funds disclose their portfolio holdings and weightings at www.iShares.com.

A fund classified as “diversified” under the 1940 Act may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and (ii) securities of other investment companies) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund may invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, a fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval. However, while the iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF, iShares S&P 100 ETF and iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF are classified as “diversified,” under applicable no-action relief from the SEC staff, the funds may become non-diversified, as defined in the 1940 Act, solely as a result of a change in relative market capitalization or index weighting of one or more constituents of their Underlying Indexes and such a change does not require shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options. Futures contracts, options on futures and securities options may be used by a Fund to simulate investment in its Underlying Index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures that are traded on a U.S. or non-U.S. futures exchange. Each Fund will not use futures, options on futures or securities options for speculative purposes. Each Fund intends to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). BFA, with respect to certain Funds, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to such Funds, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific instrument or index at a specified future time and at a specified price. Stock index contracts are based on investments that reflect the market value of common stock of the firms included in the investments. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts to purchase securities indexes when BFA anticipates purchasing the underlying securities and believes prices will rise before the purchase will be made. Upon entering into a futures contract, a Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents known as “initial margin,” which is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract and is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” will be made to and from the broker daily as the price of the instrument or index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, each Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, each Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of each Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. Certain of the Funds may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of their portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Table of Contents

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees a Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, a Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return a Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for a Fund. A Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by a Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on shareholders caused by this difference in connection with a Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) such as the Funds, to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”) and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Funds have implemented a Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust, has appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, BFA assesses, manages, and periodically reviews each Fund’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by a Fund as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by a Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interest in a Fund. The liquidity of a Fund's portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading

Table of Contents

and investment-specific considerations under the Liquidity Program. There are exclusions from certain portions of the liquidity risk management program requirements for “in-kind” ETFs, as defined in the Liquidity Rule. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, a Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Non-U.S. Securities. Certain Funds purchase publicly-traded common stocks of non-U.S. issuers. To the extent a Fund invests in stocks of non-U.S. issuers, certain of the Fund's investments in such stocks may be in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) (collectively, “depositary receipts”). Depositary receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust issuer, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as continental depositary receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Generally, ADRs, issued in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, issued in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Depositary receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, depositary receipts expose a Fund to additional risks associated with the non-uniform terms that apply to depositary receipt programs, credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency risk and liquidity risk. Unsponsored programs, which are not sanctioned by the issuer of the underlying common stock, generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in a sponsored depositary receipts.

Investing in the securities of non-U.S. issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in non-U.S. countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The CFTC subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. To the extent a Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

BFA has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to each of the Funds. BFA is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Funds.

The iShares Biotechnology ETF, iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares Europe ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Factors US Value Style ETF, iShares International Developed Property ETF, iShares Micro-Cap ETF, iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF, iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF, iShares Russell 1000 ETF, iShares Russell 100 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF, iShares Russell 2000 ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF, iShares Russell 3000 ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF, iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF, iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF and iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF (the “No-Action Letter Funds”) may also have investments in “underlying funds” (and such underlying funds themselves may invest in underlying funds) not advised by BFA (the term “underlying fund” for purposes of the no-action letter referenced below may include, but is not limited to, certain securitized vehicles, mortgage or

Table of Contents

international real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), business development companies, and investment companies that may invest in CFTC Derivatives or in any of the foregoing), and therefore may be viewed by the CFTC as commodity pools. BFA may not have transparency into the holdings of these underlying funds because they are not advised by BFA. To address this issue of lack of transparency, the CFTC staff issued a no-action letter on November 29, 2012 permitting the adviser of a fund that invests in such underlying funds and that would otherwise have filed a claim of exclusion pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 to delay registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the adviser of the No-Action Letter Funds, has filed a claim with the CFTC for the Funds to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of the Funds.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through September 1, 2022. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to a Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in a Fund.

Table of Contents

Fund would normally be in if it were to hold, pursuant to its investment policies, other unsecured debt securities of the defaulting counterparty) with respect to the amount of the shortfall. As an unsecured creditor, a Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Generally, the effect of such transactions is that a Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases the Fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if a Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and a Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of a Fund’s assets. A Fund's exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained by a Fund through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Securities of Investment Companies. Each Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) to the extent permitted by law. Pursuant to the 1940 Act, a Fund’s investment in registered investment companies is generally limited to, subject to certain exceptions: (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company; (ii) 5% of a Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of a Fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, each Fund intends from time to time to invest its assets in the securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the general limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which a Fund may invest can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which reflect a Fund’s pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies (as disclosed in the Prospectus, as applicable).

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. Each Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's^® Investors Service, Inc., “F-1” by Fitch Ratings, Inc., or “A-1” by Standard & Poor's^® Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global, Inc. (S&P Global Ratings), or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by a Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are contracts between parties in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on a pre-determined underlying investment or notional amount. In return, the other party agrees to make periodic payments to the first party based on the return (or a differential in rate of return) earned or realized on the underlying investment or notional amount. Swap agreements will usually be performed on a net basis, with a Fund receiving or paying only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

Certain of the Funds may enter into swap agreements, including currency swaps, interest rate swaps and index swaps, or for the iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF and iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF, total return swaps (some of which may be referred to as contracts for difference or “CFDs”). The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets.

Future Developments. The Board may, in the future, authorize each Fund to invest in securities contracts and investments, other than those listed in this SAI and in the applicable Prospectus, provided they are consistent with each Fund's investment objective and do not violate any of its investment restrictions or policies.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund is contained in the applicable Prospectus.

An investment in a Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of preferred or common stocks in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

Custody Risk. Custody risk refers to the risks inherent in the process of clearing and settling trades and to the holding of securities, cash and other assets by local banks, agents and depositories. Low trading volumes and volatile prices in less developed markets make trades harder to complete and settle, and governments or trade groups may compel local agents to hold securities in designated depositories that may not be subject to independent evaluation. Local agents are held only to the standards of care of their local markets, and thus may be subject to limited or no government oversight. Communications between the U.S. and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates. In general, the less developed a country’s securities market is, the greater the likelihood of custody problems. Practices in relation to the settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because of the use of brokers and counterparties that are often less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence or undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being lost. In addition, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such custody problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Dividend Risk. There is no guarantee that issuers of the stocks held by a Fund will declare dividends in the future or that, if declared, they will be paid, or that they will either remain at current levels or increase over time.

Table of Contents

investments and a Fund may not be able to dispose of illiquid investments in a timely fashion or at their expected prices. If illiquid investments exceed 15% of a Fund’s net assets, the Liquidity Rule and the Liquidity Program will require that certain remedial actions be taken.

LIBOR Risk. A Fund may be exposed to financial instruments that are tied to LIBOR to determine payment obligations, financing terms, hedging strategies or investment value. A Fund’s investments may pay interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or may be subject to interest caps or floors based on LIBOR. A Fund may also obtain financing at floating rates based on LIBOR. Derivative instruments utilized by a Fund may also reference LIBOR.

Neither the effect of the LIBOR transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known. The transition process might lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets for, and reduce the effectiveness of, new hedges placed against, instruments whose terms currently include LIBOR. While some existing LIBOR-based instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate-setting methodology, there may be significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies to replicate LIBOR. Not all existing LIBOR-based instruments may have alternative rate-setting provisions and there remains uncertainty regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to add alternative rate-setting provisions in certain existing instruments. In addition, a liquid market for newly-issued instruments that use a reference rate other than LIBOR still may be developing. Instruments with fallback provisions (i.e., contractual provisions specifying the trigger events for a transition to a replacement rate) to facilitate the transition from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate may also include adjustments that do not adequately compensate the holder for the different characteristics of the alternative reference rate. As a result, the fallback provision causes a value transfer from one party to the instrument to the counterparty. Because the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could decline during the transition period, these and related adverse effects could occur prior to the end of 2021 with respect to certain LIBOR settings or mid-2023 for the remaining LIBOR settings. There may also be challenges for a Fund to enter into hedging transactions against such newly-issued instruments until a market for such hedging transactions develops. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on a Fund will vary based on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and the potential renegotiation of existing contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. A Fund's investments may also be tied to other interbank offered rates and currencies, which may face similar issues. In many cases, if an instrument falls back to an alternative reference rate, including SOFR, the alternative reference rate will not perform the same as LIBOR because the alternative reference rate does not include a credit-sensitive component in the rate calculation. Alternative reference rates generally reflect the performance of the market for U.S. Treasury securities, which are secured by the U.S. Treasury, and not the interbank lending markets. Therefore, in the event of a credit crisis, floating rate instruments using certain alternative reference rates could perform differently than those instruments using a rate indexed to the interbank lending market. In addition, pending legislation may affect the transition of LIBOR-based instruments by permitting trustees and calculation agents to transition instruments with no LIBOR transition language to an alternative reference rate selected by such agents. These legislative proposals include safe harbors from liability, meaning that a Fund may have limited recourse if the alternative reference rate does not fully compensate a Fund for the transition of an instrument from LIBOR. It is unclear whether such legislative proposals will be signed into law. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect a Fund’s performance or NAV.

Table of Contents

National Closed Market Trading Risk. To the extent that the underlying securities held by a Fund trade on foreign exchanges or in foreign markets that are closed when the securities exchange on which a Fund’s shares trade is open, there are likely to be deviations between the current price of such an underlying security and the last quoted price for the underlying security (i.e., a Fund’s quote from the closed foreign market). These deviations may result in premiums or discounts to a Fund’s NAV that may be greater than those experienced by other ETFs.

Risk of Derivatives. A derivative is a financial contract, the value of which depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, such as a security, a commodity (such as gold or silver), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500^® or the prime lending rate). A Fund may invest in futures contracts, securities options, CFDs (for the iShares Core S& P Small-Cap ETF, iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF and iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF) and other derivatives. Compared to securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus a Fund’s losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent a Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, such Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that a Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains, and in some cases, hedging can cause losses that are not offset by gains, and the Fund will recognize losses on both the investment and the hedge. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that a Fund's hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Risk of Equity Securities. An investment in a Fund should be made with an understanding of the risks inherent in an investment in equity securities, including the risk that the financial condition of issuers may become impaired or that the general condition of stock markets may deteriorate (either of which may cause a decrease in the value of the portfolio securities and thus in the value of shares of the Fund). Common stocks are susceptible to general stock market fluctuations and to increases and decreases in value as market confidence and perceptions of their issuers change. These investor perceptions are based on various and unpredictable factors, including expectations regarding government, economic, monetary and fiscal policies, inflation and interest rates, economic expansion or contraction, and global or regional political, economic or banking crises. Holders of common stocks incur more risks than holders of preferred stocks and debt obligations because common stockholders generally have rights to receive payments from stock issuers that are inferior to the rights of creditors, or holders of debt obligations or preferred stocks. Further, unlike debt securities, which typically have a stated principal amount payable at maturity (the value of which, however, is subject to market fluctuations prior to maturity), or preferred stocks, which typically have a liquidation preference and which may have stated optional or mandatory redemption provisions, common stocks have neither a fixed principal amount nor a maturity date. In addition, issuers may, in times of distress or at their own discretion, decide to reduce or eliminate dividends, which may also cause their stock price to decline.

Each of the iShares International Preferred Stock ETF and the iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF invests a significant portion of its assets in preferred stock, although all of the Funds may invest in preferred stock. A Fund that invests in preferred stock may be exposed to certain risks not typically encountered by investing in common stock. Many preferred stocks pay dividends at a fixed rate, therefore, a preferred stock’s market price may be sensitive to changes in interest rates in a manner similar to bonds — that is, as interest rates rise, the value of the preferred stock is likely to decline. Many preferred stocks also allow holders to convert the preferred stock into common stock of the issuer; the market price of such preferred

Table of Contents

stocks may be sensitive to changes in the value of the issuer’s common stock. In addition, the ability of an issuer of preferred stock to pay dividends may deteriorate or the issuer may default (i.e., fail to make scheduled dividend payments on the preferred stock or scheduled interest payments on other obligations of the issuer), which would negatively affect the value of any such holding. Dividend payments on a preferred stock typically must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. An issuer’s board of directors is generally not under any obligation to pay a dividend (even if such dividends have accrued), and may suspend payment of dividends on preferred stock at any time. Preferred stock is also subject to market volatility and the price of preferred stock will fluctuate based on market demand. Preferred stock often has a call feature which allows the issuer to redeem the security at its discretion. Therefore, preferred stocks having a higher than average yield may be called by the issuer, which may cause a decrease in the yield of a Fund that invested in the preferred stock.

Although most of the securities in each Underlying Index are listed on a securities exchange, the principal trading market for some of the securities may be in the OTC market. The existence of a liquid trading market for certain securities may depend on whether dealers will make a market in such securities. There can be no assurance that a market will be made or maintained or that any such market will be or remain liquid. The price at which securities may be sold and the value of a Fund’s shares will be adversely affected if trading markets for the Fund’s portfolio securities are limited or absent, or if bid/ask spreads are wide.

Risk of Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. There are several risks accompanying the utilization of futures contracts and options on futures contracts. A position in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed only on the exchange on which the contract was made (or a linked exchange). While each Fund plans to utilize futures contracts only if an active market exists for such contracts, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for the contract at a specified time. Futures contracts, by definition, project price levels in the future and not current levels of valuation; therefore, market circumstances may result in a discrepancy between the price of the future and the movement in a Fund's Underlying Index. In the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, a Fund may be required to deliver the instruments underlying the futures contracts it has sold.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered stock index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. The Funds do not plan to use futures and options contracts in this way. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. The Funds, however, intend to utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit their risk exposure to levels comparable to a direct investment in the types of stocks in which they invest.

Utilization of futures and options on futures by a Fund involves the risk of imperfect or even negative correlation to its Underlying Index if the index underlying the futures contract differs from the Underlying Index. There is also the risk of loss of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom a Fund has an open position in the futures contract or option. The purchase of put or call options will be based upon predictions by BFA as to anticipated trends, which predictions could prove to be incorrect.

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting each Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, each Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Table of Contents

domiciled in countries other than the domicile of the investor and denominated in currencies other than an investor’s local currency entails certain considerations and risks not typically encountered by the investor in making investments in its home country and in that country’s currency. These considerations include favorable or unfavorable changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations and the costs that may be incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies. Investing in any of these Funds also involves certain risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in a fund whose portfolio contains exclusively securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include generally less liquid and less efficient securities markets; generally greater price volatility; less publicly available information about issuers; the imposition of withholding or other taxes; the imposition of restrictions on the expatriation of funds or other assets of the Funds; higher transaction and custody costs; delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures; difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy and businesses; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and the risk of war.

Risk of Investing in Large-Capitalization Companies. Large-capitalization companies may be less able than smaller capitalization companies to adapt to changing market conditions. Large-capitalization companies may be more mature and subject to more limited growth potential compared to smaller capitalization companies. During different market cycles, the performance of large-capitalization companies has trailed the overall performance of the broader securities markets.

Risk of Investing in Micro-Capitalization Companies. Certain of the Funds may invest in securities of micro-capitalization companies. Micro-capitalization companies may have limited operational histories and new or unproven product lines, or may have product lines that are still in development. These companies may be more vulnerable than larger companies to key personnel losses due to reliance on a smaller number of management personnel. Micro-capitalization companies may have limited financial resources and little or no access to additional credit and therefore may be more susceptible to market down turns or rising credit costs than larger, more established companies. Share prices of micro-capitalization companies may be more volatile than those of larger companies and therefore a Fund’s share price may be more volatile than the share prices of funds that invest a larger percentage of assets in shares issued by small-, mid-, or large-capitalization companies. The shares of micro-capitalization companies may be thinly traded and may be at risk for delisting from a securities exchange, making it difficult for a Fund to buy and sell shares of a particular micro-capitalization company. In addition, there may be less public information available about these companies.

Risk of Investing in Mid-Capitalization Companies. Stock prices of mid-capitalization companies may be more volatile than those of large-capitalization companies, and, therefore, a Fund’s share price may be more volatile than that of funds that invest a larger percentage of their assets in stocks issued by large-capitalization companies. Stock prices of mid-capitalization companies are also more vulnerable than those of large-capitalization companies to adverse business or economic developments, and the stocks of mid-capitalization companies may be less liquid than those of large-capitalization companies, making it more difficult for the Funds to buy and sell shares of mid-capitalization companies. In addition, mid-capitalization companies generally have less diverse product lines than large-capitalization companies and are more susceptible to adverse developments related to their products.

Risk of Investing in Small-Capitalization Companies. Stock prices of small-capitalization companies may be more volatile than those of larger companies, and, therefore, a Fund's share price may be more volatile than that of funds that invest a larger percentage of their assets in stocks issued by large-capitalization or mid-capitalization companies. Stock prices of small-capitalization companies are generally more vulnerable than those of large-capitalization or mid-capitalization companies to adverse business and economic developments. The stocks of small-capitalization companies may be thinly traded, making it difficult for the Funds to buy and sell them. In addition, small-capitalization companies are typically less financially stable than larger, more established companies and may depend on a small number of essential personnel, making them more vulnerable to loss of personnel. Small-capitalization companies also normally have less diverse product lines than large-capitalization companies and are more susceptible to adverse developments concerning their products.

Risk of Non-U.S. Preferred Stock. A Fund that invests in preferred stock may be exposed to certain risks not typically encountered by investing in common stock. Many preferred stocks pay dividends at a fixed rate, therefore, a preferred stock’s market price may be sensitive to changes in interest rates in a manner similar to bonds — that is, as interest rates rise, the value of the preferred stock is likely to decline. Many preferred stocks also allow holders to convert the preferred stock into common stock of the issuer; the market price of such preferred stocks can be sensitive to changes in the value of the issuer’s common stock. In addition, the ability of an issuer of preferred stock to pay dividends may deteriorate or the issuer may

Table of Contents

default (i.e., fail to make scheduled dividend payments on the preferred stock or scheduled interest payments on other obligations of the issuer), which would negatively affect the value of any such holding. Dividend payments on a preferred stock typically must be declared by the issuer’s board of directors. An issuer’s board of directors is generally not under any obligation to pay a dividend (even if such dividends have accrued), and may suspend payment of dividends on preferred stock at any time. Preferred stock is also subject to market volatility and the price of preferred stock will fluctuate based on market demand. Preferred stock often has a call feature which allows the issuer to redeem the security at its discretion. Therefore, preferred stocks having a higher than average yield may be called by the issuer, which may cause a decrease in the yield of a fund that invested in the preferred stock. Also, non U.S. preferred stock may have different rights or privileges than those commonly associated with U.S. preferred stock. In addition to the risks listed above, investors in non U.S. preferred stock may experience difficulty or uncertainty in determining and enforcing their rights related to preferred stock.

Risk of Swap Agreements. The risk of loss with respect to swaps is generally limited to the net amount of payments that a Fund is contractually obligated to make. Swap agreements are subject to the risk that the swap counterparty will default on its obligations to pay a Fund and the risk that a Fund will not be able to meet its obligations to pay the other party to the agreement. If such a default occurs, the parties will have contractual remedies pursuant to the agreements related to the transaction. However, such remedies may be subject to bankruptcy and insolvency laws, which could affect such Fund’s rights as a creditor (e.g., a Fund may not receive the net amount of payments that it is contractually entitled to receive). Swap agreements may also involve the risk that there is an imperfect correlation between the return on the Fund’s obligation to its counterparty and the return on the referenced asset. In addition, swap agreements are subject to market and liquidity risk, leverage risk and hedging risk.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in Australasia. The economies of Australasia, which include Australia and New Zealand, are dependent on exports from the agricultural and mining sectors. This makes Australasian economies susceptible to fluctuations in the commodity markets. Australasian economies are also increasingly dependent on their growing service industries. Australia and New Zealand are located in a part of the world that has historically been prone to natural disasters, such as drought and flooding. Any such event in the future could have a significant adverse impact on the economies of Australia and New Zealand and affect the value of securities held by a Fund. The economies of Australia and New Zealand are dependent on trading with certain key trading partners, including Asia and the U.S. Economic events in the U.S., Asia, or in other key trading countries can have a significant economic effect on the Australian economy. The economies of Australia and New Zealand are heavily dependent on the mining sector. Passage of new regulations limiting foreign ownership of companies in the mining sector or imposition of new taxes on profits of mining companies may dissuade foreign investment, and as a result, have a negative impact on companies to which a Fund has exposure.

Risk of Investing in Canada. The U.S. is Canada’s largest trading and investment partner, and the Canadian economy is significantly affected by developments in the U.S. economy. Since the implementation of the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) in 1994 among Canada, the U.S. and Mexico, total two-way merchandise trade between the U.S. and Canada has more than doubled. Any downturn in U.S. or Mexican economic activity is likely to have an adverse impact on the Canadian economy. Political developments, including the implementation of tariffs by the U.S. and the renegotiation of NAFTA in the form of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”), which replaced NAFTA on or around July 1, 2020, could have an adverse impact on Canadian securities. The Canadian economy is also dependent upon external trade with other key trading partners, specifically China and the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”). As a result, Canada is dependent on the economies of these other countries. In addition, Canada is a large supplier of natural resources (e.g., oil, natural gas and agricultural products). As a result, the Canadian economy is sensitive to fluctuations in certain commodity prices.

The governments of certain countries in Central and South America may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector and may own or control many companies. Future government actions could have a significant effect on the economic conditions in such countries, which could have a negative impact on the securities in which a Fund invests. Diplomatic developments may also adversely affect investments in certain countries in Central and South America. Some countries in Central and South America may be affected by public corruption and crime, including organized crime.

Certain countries in Central and South America may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, consequently, have been and may continue to be negatively affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These countries also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. In addition, certain issuers located in countries in Central and South America in which a Fund invests may be the subject of sanctions (for example, the U.S. has imposed sanctions on certain Venezuelan individuals, corporate entities and the Venezuelan government) or have dealings with countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S.

Table of Contents

government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. An issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer that has dealings with such countries. A Fund may be adversely affected if it invests in such issuers.

Risk of Investing in Emerging Markets. Investments in emerging market countries may be subject to greater risks than investments in developed countries. These risks include: (i) less social, political, and economic stability; (ii) greater illiquidity and price volatility due to smaller or limited local capital markets for such securities, or low or non-existent trading volumes; (iii) companies, custodians, clearinghouses, foreign exchanges and broker-dealers may be subject to less scrutiny and regulation by local authorities; (iv) local governments may decide to seize or confiscate securities held by foreign investors and/or local governments may decide to suspend or limit an issuer's ability to make dividend or interest payments; (v) local governments may limit or entirely restrict repatriation of invested capital, profits, and dividends; (vi) capital gains may be subject to local taxation, including on a retroactive basis; (vii) issuers facing restrictions on dollar or euro payments imposed by local governments may attempt to make dividend or interest payments to foreign investors in the local currency; (viii) there may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into or litigation against companies and investors may experience difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges may favor the interests of the issuer over those of foreign parties; (ix) bankruptcy judgments may only be permitted to be paid in the local currency; (x) limited public information regarding the issuer may result in greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities; and (xi) lack of financial reporting on a regular basis, substandard disclosure and differences in accounting standards may make it difficult to ascertain the financial health of an issuer. The Funds are not actively managed and do not select investments based on investor protection considerations.

Table of Contents

control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging market country securities may also affect a Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Table of Contents

European countries are not in the eurozone, many of these countries are obliged to meet the criteria for joining the eurozone. Consequently, these countries must comply with many of the restrictions noted above. The European financial markets have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including, but not limited to, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Ukraine. In order to prevent further economic deterioration, certain countries, without prior warning, can institute “capital controls.” Countries may use these controls to restrict volatile movements of capital entering and exiting their country. Such controls may negatively affect a Fund’s investments. A default or debt restructuring by any European country would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above. In addition, the credit ratings of certain European countries were downgraded in the past. These events have adversely affected the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including countries that do not use the euro and non-EU member states. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not produce the desired results, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and other entities of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely impact the value of a Fund’s investments in the region. The U.K. left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and EU have reached an agreement on the terms of their future trading relationship effective January 1, 2021, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. A Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which a Fund has exposure and any other assets in which a Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

Risk of Investing in Japan. Japan may be subject to political, economic, nuclear, labor and other risks. Any of these risks, individually or in the aggregate, can impact an investment made in Japan.

Economic Risk. The growth of Japan’s economy has recently lagged that of its Asian neighbors and other major developed economies. Since 2000, Japan’s economic growth rate has generally remained low relative to other advanced economies, and it may remain low in the future. The Japanese economy is heavily dependent on international trade and has been adversely affected by trade tariffs, other protectionist measures, competition from emerging economies and the economic conditions of its trading partners. Japan is also heavily dependent on oil imports, and higher commodity prices could therefore have a negative impact on the Japanese economy.

Table of Contents

become an important trading partner with Japan. Japan’s political relationship with China, however, has been strained. Should political tension increase, it could adversely affect the Japanese economy and destabilize the region as a whole.

Large Government and Corporate Debt Risk. The Japanese economy faces several concerns, including a financial system with large levels of nonperforming loans, over-leveraged corporate balance sheets, extensive cross-ownership by major corporations, a changing corporate governance structure, and large government deficits. These issues may cause a slowdown of the Japanese economy.

Currency Risk. The Japanese yen has fluctuated widely at times and any increase in its value may cause a decline in exports that could weaken the Japanese economy. Japan has, in the past, intervened in the currency markets to attempt to maintain or reduce the value of the yen. Japanese intervention in the currency markets could cause the value of the yen to fluctuate sharply and unpredictably and could cause losses to investors.

Labor Risk. Japan has an aging workforce and has experienced a significant population decline in recent years. Japan’s labor market appears to be undergoing fundamental structural changes, as a labor market traditionally accustomed to lifetime employment adjusts to meet the need for increased labor mobility, which may adversely affect Japan’s economic competitiveness.

Geographic Risk. Natural disasters, such as earthquakes, volcanic eruptions, typhoons and tsunamis, could occur in Japan or surrounding areas and could negatively affect the Japanese economy, and, in turn, could negatively affect a Fund.

Security Risk. Japan's relations with its neighbors, particularly China, North Korea, South Korea and Russia, have at times been strained due to territorial disputes, historical animosities and defense concerns. Most recently, the Japanese government has shown concern over the increased nuclear and military activity by North Korea and China. Strained relations may cause uncertainty in the Japanese markets and adversely affect the overall Japanese economy, particularly in times of crisis.

The legal systems in certain Middle Eastern countries also may have an adverse impact on a Fund. For example, the potential liability of a shareholder in a U.S. corporation with respect to acts of the corporation generally is limited to the amount of the shareholder’s investment. However, the notion of limited liability is less clear in certain Middle Eastern countries. A Fund therefore may be liable in certain Middle Eastern countries for the acts of a corporation in which it invests for an amount greater than its actual investment in that corporation. Similarly, the rights of investors in Middle Eastern issuers may be more limited than those of shareholders of a U.S. corporation. It may be difficult or impossible to obtain or enforce a legal judgment in a Middle Eastern country. Some Middle Eastern countries prohibit or impose substantial restrictions on investments in their capital markets, particularly their equity markets, by foreign entities such as a Fund. For example, certain countries may require governmental approval prior to investment by foreign persons or limit the amount of investment by foreign persons in a particular issuer. Certain Middle Eastern countries may also limit investment by foreign persons to only a specific class of securities of an issuer that may have less advantageous terms (including price) than securities of the issuer available for purchase by nationals of the relevant Middle Eastern country.

Table of Contents

The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain Middle Eastern countries, as well as limitations on those investments, may have an adverse impact on the operations of a Fund. For example, in certain of these countries, a Fund may be required to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares that were purchased re-registered in the name of a Fund. Re-registration in some instances may not be possible on a timely basis. This may result in a delay during which a Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor, including rights as to dividends or to be made aware of certain corporate actions. There also may be instances where a Fund places a purchase order but is subsequently informed, at the time of re-registration, that the permissible allocation of the investment to foreign investors has already been filled and, consequently, a Fund may not be able to invest in the relevant company.

The U.S. is Canada's and Mexico's largest trading and investment partner. The Canadian and Mexican economies are significantly affected by developments in the U.S. economy. Since the implementation of NAFTA in 1994 among Canada, the U.S. and Mexico, total merchandise trade among the three countries has increased. However, political developments including the implementation of tariffs by the U.S., and the renegotiation of NAFTA in the form of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”), which replaced NAFTA on July 1, 2020, could negatively affect North America’s economic outlook and, as a result, the value of securities held by a Fund. Policy and legislative changes in one country may have a significant effect on North American markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities held by a Fund.

Risk of Investing in the United Kingdom. Investment in U.K. issuers may subject a Fund to regulatory, political, currency, security, and economic risks specific to the U.K. The U.K. economy relies heavily on the export of financial services to the U.S. and other European countries. A prolonged slowdown in the financial services sector may have a negative impact on the U.K.’s economy. In the past, the U.K. has been a target of terrorism. Acts of terrorism in the U.K. or against U.K. interests abroad may cause uncertainty in the U.K. financial markets and adversely affect the performance of the issuers to which a Fund has exposure. Secessionist movements, such as the Catalan movement in Spain and the independence movement in Scotland, may have an adverse effect on the U.K. economy. The U.K. left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020, subject to a transitional period ending December 31, 2020. During the transitional period, although the U.K. is no longer a member state of the EU, it remains subject to EU law and regulations as if it were still a member state. The U.K. and the EU are to negotiate the terms of their future trading relationship during the transitional period. Accordingly, the terms of such trading relationship remain uncertain. The outcome of such negotiations may give rise to significant uncertainties and instability in the financial markets as the U.K. negotiates the terms of its future relationship with the EU. The Fund will face risks

Table of Contents

associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit could also lead to legal uncertainty and politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which the Fund has exposure and any other assets that the Fund invests in. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. may be less stable than it has been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent rises and falls in value. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. seeks to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU. Recently, the U.K.'s real estate sector has experienced significant volatility and declines in the value of many real estate securities, including real estate funds, real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) and real estate holding companies. Increased volatility and investor redemption requests in real estate funds may result in the continued decline in the value and liquidity of real estate securities, which may impair the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities.

Risk of Investing in the Aerospace and Defense Industry. The aerospace and defense industry can be significantly affected by government defense and aerospace regulation and spending policies. The aerospace industry in particular has recently been affected by adverse economic conditions and consolidation within the industry.

Risk of Investing in the Biotechnology Industry. Biotechnology companies depend on the successful development of new and proprietary technologies. There can be no assurance that the development of new technologies will be successful or that intellectual property rights will be obtained with respect to new technologies. The loss or impairment of intellectual property rights may adversely affect the profitability of biotechnology companies. In addition, companies in the biotechnology industry spend heavily on research and development and their products or services may not prove commercially successful or may become obsolete quickly. The risks of high development costs may be exacerbated by the inability to raise prices as a result of managed care pressure, government regulation or price controls. Biotechnology companies can suffer persistent losses during the transition of new products from development to production or when products are or may be subject to regulatory approval processes or regulatory scrutiny and, as a consequence, the earnings of biotechnology companies may be erratic. Companies in the biotechnology industry are also exposed to the risk that they will be subject to products liability

Table of Contents

claims. Companies involved in the biotechnology industry may be subject to extensive government regulations by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Agriculture, among other foreign and domestic regulators. Such regulation may significantly affect and limit biotechnology research, product development and approval of products.

Risk of Investing in the Chemicals Industry. The success of companies in the chemicals industry can be significantly affected by intense competition, product obsolescence, raw materials prices, and government regulation. As regulations are developed and enforced, chemicals companies could be required to alter or cease production of a product, pay fines, pay for cleaning up a disposal site or agree to restrictions on their operations. In addition, chemicals companies may be subject to risks associated with production, handling, and disposal, as some of the materials and processes used by these companies involve hazardous components.

Risk of Investing in the Clean Energy Sub-Industry. Many clean energy companies are involved in the development and commercialization of new technologies, which may be subject to delays resulting from budget constraints and technological difficulties. Clean energy companies may be highly dependent upon government subsidies and contracts with government entities, and may be negatively affected if such subsidies or contracts are unavailable. Clean energy companies may depend on the successful development of new and proprietary technologies. There can be no assurance that the development of new technologies will be successful or that intellectual property rights will be obtained with respect to new technologies. The loss or impairment of intellectual property rights may adversely affect the profitability of clean energy companies. In addition, seasonal weather conditions, fluctuations in supply of, and demand for, clean energy products, changes in energy prices, international political events, the success of project development and change in government regulatory policies may cause fluctuations in the performance of clean energy companies and the prices of their securities.

Risk of Investing in the Commercial and Professional Services Industry. The success of commercial and professional service providers is tied closely to the performance of domestic and international economies, interest rates, exchange rates, competition, availability of qualified personnel and corporate demand. The commercial and professional services industry depends heavily on corporate spending. Companies in the commercial and professional services industry may be subject to severe competition, which may also have an adverse impact on their profitability.

Table of Contents

competition with alternative technologies such as wireless communications, product compatibility and standardization, consumer preferences, rapid product obsolescence, research and development of new products, lack of standardization or compatibility with existing technologies, and a dependency on patent and copyright protections. Companies in the communication services sector may encounter distressed cash flows due to the need to commit substantial capital to meet increasing competition, particularly in developing new products and services using new technology. Technological innovations may make the products and services of certain communications companies obsolete.

Table of Contents

profitability. Companies in the consumer services industry are facing increased government and regulatory scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or regulatory action. Changes in demographics and consumer preferences may affect the success of consumer service providers.

Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector. Companies in the energy sector are strongly affected by the levels and volatility of global energy prices, energy supply and demand, government regulations and policies, energy production and conservation efforts, technological change, development of alternative energy sources, and other factors that they cannot control. These companies may also lack resources and have limited business lines. Energy companies may have relatively high levels of debt and may be more likely to restructure their businesses if there are downturns in certain energy markets or in the global economy. If an energy company in a Fund's portfolio becomes distressed, a Fund could lose all or a substantial portion of its investment.

The energy sector is cyclical and is highly dependent on commodity prices; prices and supplies of energy may fluctuate significantly over short and long periods of time due to, among other things, national and international political changes, Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economy of the key energy-consuming countries. Commodity prices have recently been subject to increased volatility and declines, which may negatively affect companies in which a Fund invests. For example, in the context of the COVID-19 outbreak and disputes among oil-producing countries regarding potential limits on the production of crude oil, the energy sector has experienced increased volatility. In particular, significant market volatility occurred in the crude oil markets as well as the oil futures markets, which resulted in the market price of certain crude oil futures contracts falling below zero for a period of time.

Table of Contents

Most financial companies are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which limits their activities and may affect their ability to earn a profit from a given line of business. Government regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the financials sector, including effects not intended by the regulation. Direct governmental intervention in the operations of financial companies and financial markets may materially and adversely affect the companies in which a Fund invests, including legislation in many countries that may increase government regulation, repatriation and other intervention. The impact of governmental intervention and legislative changes on any individual financial company or on the financials sector as a whole cannot be predicted. The valuation of financial companies has been and continues to be subject to unprecedented volatility and may be influenced by unpredictable factors, including interest rate risk and sovereign debt default. Certain financial businesses are subject to intense competitive pressures, including market share and price competition. Financial companies in foreign countries are subject to market specific and general regulatory and interest rate concerns. In particular, government regulation in certain foreign countries may include taxes and controls on interest rates, credit availability, minimum capital requirements, bans on short sales, limits on prices and restrictions on currency transfers. In addition, companies in the financials sector may be the targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or customer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Home Construction Industry. The home construction industry may be significantly affected by changes in government spending, zoning laws, economic conditions, interest rates, commodity prices, consumer confidence and spending, taxation, demographic patterns, real estate values, overbuilding, housing starts, and new and existing home sales. Rising interest rates, reductions in mortgage availability to consumers, increasing foreclosure rates or increases in the costs of owning a home could reduce the market for new homes and adversely affect the profitability of home construction companies. Different segments of the home construction industry can be significantly affected by environmental clean-up costs and catastrophic events such as earthquakes, hurricanes and terrorist acts. Home construction companies may lack diversification, due to ownership of a limited number of properties and concentration in a particular geographic region or property type.

Risk of Investing in the Hotel & Lodging REITs Sub-Industry. Hotel and lodging properties are management and labor intensive and particularly susceptible to the impact of general and local economic conditions. Unlike other types of properties, to meet competition in the industry, to maintain franchise standards, or to maintain economic values, continuing expenditures must be made for modernizing, refurnishing, and maintaining existing facilities prior to the expiration of their anticipated useful lives. If such expenditures are not made, the value and profitability of the hotels may be diminished. In addition, inflationary pressures could increase operating expenses of the hotels, including energy costs, above expected levels, and have secondary effects upon occupancy rates in such hotels by increasing the expense or decreasing the availability of means of travel. All of the factors noted above may contribute to producing operating results of wider variation than for other types of properties.

Risk of Investing in the Industrials Sector. The value of securities issued by companies in the industrials sector may be adversely affected by supply of and demand for both their specific products or services and for industrials sector products in general. The products of manufacturing companies may face obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction. Government regulations, trade disputes, world events and economic conditions may affect the performance of companies in the industrials sector. The industrials sector may also be adversely affected by changes or trends in commodity prices, which may be influenced by unpredictable factors. Aerospace and defense companies, a component of the industrials sector, can be significantly affected by government spending policies because companies involved in this industry rely, to a significant extent, on government demand for their products and services. Thus, the financial condition of, and investor interest in, aerospace and defense companies are heavily influenced by governmental defense spending policies, which are typically under pressure from efforts to control government budgets. Transportation stocks, a component of the industrials sector, are cyclical and can be significantly affected by economic changes, fuel prices, labor relations and insurance costs. Transportation companies in certain countries may also be subject to significant government regulation and oversight, which may adversely affect their businesses. For example, commodity price declines and unit volume reductions resulting from an over-supply of materials used in the industrials sector can adversely affect the sector. Furthermore, companies in the industrials sector may be subject to liability for environmental damage, product liability claims, depletion of resources, and mandated expenditures for safety and pollution control.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Information Technology Sector. Information technology companies face intense competition, both domestically and internationally, which may have an adverse effect on profit margins. Like other technology companies, information technology companies may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources or personnel. The products of information technology companies may face product obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction, unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. Technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technology, especially those of smaller, less-seasoned companies, tend to be more volatile than the overall market. Companies in the information technology sector are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights. The loss or impairment of these rights may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Information technology companies are facing increased government and regulatory scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or regulatory action. Finally, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the information technology sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses. These risks are heightened for information technology companies in foreign markets.

Interest Rate Risk. Rising interest rates could result in higher costs of capital for infrastructure companies, which could negatively impact their ability to meet payment obligations.

Table of Contents

linked to inflation, whether by government regulation, contractual arrangement or other factors. In this case, changes in the rate of inflation may affect the company's profitability.

Oil and Gas Risk. The profitability of oil and gas companies is related to worldwide energy prices, exploration, and production spending.

Risk of Investing in the Life Science and Tools Industry. The profitability of companies in the Life Science and Tools Industry may be affected by limited product focus, rapidly changing technology, product development costs, product liability risks, extensive government regulation, intellectual property rights, and intense competition, any of which may have a material adverse effect on securities prices of a company in which the Fund has invested.

Cost containment measures already implemented by the federal government, state governments and the private sector have adversely affected certain sectors of companies related to healthcare. If not repealed, the continued implementation or expansion of the ACA may create increased demand for healthcare products and services but also may have an adverse effect on some companies in the life sciences and tools industry. Increased emphasis on managed care in the United States may put pressure on the price and usage of products sold by life sciences and tools companies in which the Fund may invest and may adversely affect the sales and revenues of these companies. In addition, the restructuring or repeal of the ACA may result in lower utilization of life science and tools products and services. A reduction in the research budget of the National Institutes of Health may also result in reduced annual research outlays and adversely impact the demand for life science and tools products and services.

Risk of Investing in the Materials Sector. Companies in the materials sector may be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, exchange rate fluctuations, social and political unrest, import controls, increased competition, depletion of resources, technical progress, labor relations and government regulations, and mandated expenditures for safety and pollution control, among other factors. Such risks may adversely affect the issuers to which a Fund has exposure. Companies in the materials sector are also at risk of liability for environmental damage and product liability claims. Production of materials may exceed demand as a result of market imbalances or economic downturns, leading to poor investment returns. These risks are heightened for companies in the materials sector located in foreign markets.

Risk of Investing in the Medical Equipment Industry. Many companies in the medical equipment industry are heavily dependent on patent protection, and the expiration of patents may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Companies in the medical equipment industry may be subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims as well as competitive forces that may make it difficult to raise prices and, in fact, may result in price discounting. The profitability of some medical equipment companies may be dependent on a relatively limited number of products. In addition, their products can become obsolete due to industry innovation, changes in technologies or other market developments. Many new products in the medical equipment industry are subject to regulatory approvals, and the process of obtaining such approvals is long and costly.

Risk of Investing in Mortgage Real Estate Investment Trusts. Mortgage REITs lend money to developers and owners of properties and invest primarily in mortgages and similar real estate interests. The mortgage REITs receive interest payments from the owners of the mortgaged properties. Accordingly, mortgage REITs are subject to the credit risk of the borrowers to whom they extend funds. Credit risk is the risk that the borrower will not be able to make timely interest and principal

Table of Contents

payments on the loan to the REIT. Mortgage REITs also are subject to the risk that the value of mortgaged properties may be less than the amounts owed on the properties. If a mortgage REIT is required to foreclose on a borrower, the amount recovered in connection with the foreclosure may be less than the amount owed to the mortgage REIT.

Mortgage REITs are subject to significant interest rate risk. During periods when interest rates are declining, mortgages are often refinanced or prepaid. Refinancing or prepayment of mortgages may reduce the yield of mortgage REITs. When interest rates decline, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to rise. Conversely, when interest rates rise, the value of a REIT’s investment in fixed rate obligations can be expected to decline. In addition, rising interest rates generally increase the costs of obtaining financing, which could cause the value of a mortgage REIT’s investments to decline. A REIT’s investment in adjustable rate obligations may react differently to interest rate changes than an investment in fixed rate obligations. As interest rates on adjustable rate mortgage loans are reset periodically, yields on a REIT’s investment in such loans will gradually align themselves to reflect changes in market interest rates, causing the value of such investments to fluctuate less dramatically in response to interest rate fluctuations than would investments in fixed rate obligations.

Mortgage REITs typically use leverage (and in many cases, may be highly leveraged), which increases investment risk and could adversely affect a REIT’s operations and market value in periods of rising interest rates, increased interest rate volatility, downturns in the economy and reductions in the availability of financing or deterioration in the conditions of the REIT’s mortgage-related assets.

Risk of Investing in the Natural Resources Industry. The profitability of companies in the natural resources industry can be affected by worldwide energy prices, limits on exploration, and production spending. Companies in the natural resources industry are affected by government regulation, world events and economic conditions. Companies in the natural resources industry are at risk for environmental damage claims. Companies in the natural resources industry could be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, changes in exchange rates, imposition of import controls and increased competition. Companies in the natural resources industry may be adversely affected by depletion of natural resources, technological developments, and labor relations.

Risk of Investing in the Oil Equipment and Services Sub-Industry. The profitability of companies in the oil equipment and services sub-industry is related to worldwide energy prices, exploration, and production spending. Companies in the oil equipment and services sub-industry may be adversely affected by natural disasters or other catastrophes. Companies in the oil equipment and services sub-industry may be at risk for environmental damage claims and other types of litigation. Companies in the oil equipment and services sub-industry may be adversely affected by changes in exchange rates, interest rates, economic conditions, tax treatment, imposition of import controls and increased competition. Companies in the oil equipment and services sub-industry may be adversely affected by oil deposits, technological developments and labor relations. Companies in the oil equipment and services sub-industry may be adversely affected by government regulation and intervention, negative perception and world events in the regions that the companies operate (e.g., expropriation, nationalization, confiscation of assets and property or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investments and repatriation of capital, military coups, social unrest, violence or labor unrest). Companies in the oil equipment and services sub-industry may have significant capital investments in, or engage in transactions involving, emerging market countries, which may heighten these risks.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Pharmaceuticals Industry. Companies in the pharmaceuticals industry are subject to competitive forces that may make it difficult to raise prices and, in fact, may result in price discounting. The profitability of some companies in the pharmaceuticals industry may be dependent on a relatively limited number of products. In addition, their products can become obsolete due to industry innovation, changes in technologies or other market developments. Many new products in the pharmaceuticals industry are subject to government approvals, regulation and reimbursement rates. The process of obtaining government approvals may be long and costly. Many companies in the pharmaceuticals industry are heavily dependent on patents and intellectual property rights. The loss or impairment of these rights may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Companies in the pharmaceutical industry may be subject to extensive litigation based on product liability and similar claims.

Risk of Investing in the Producer Durables Industry. The producer durables industry includes companies involved in the design, manufacture or distribution of industrial durables such as electrical equipment and components, industrial products, and housing and telecommunications equipment. These companies may be affected by changes in domestic and international economies and politics, consolidation, and excess capacity. Companies in the producer durables industry face intense competition, which may have an adverse effect on their profitability. The success of companies in the producer durables industry may be strongly affected by changes in consumer demands, spending, tastes and preferences. Companies in the producer durables industry may be dependent on outside financing, which may be difficult to obtain. Producer durables companies may be unable to protect their intellectual property rights or may be liable for infringing the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, these companies may be significantly affected by other factors such as economic cycles, rapid technical obsolescence, government regulations, labor relations, delays in modernization, overall capital spending levels and product liability lawsuits.

Table of Contents

income to meet operating expenses, including, where applicable, debt service, ground lease payments, tenant improvements, third-party leasing commissions and other capital expenditures, the income and ability of a Real Estate Company to make payments of any interest and principal on its debt securities will be adversely affected.

Regulatory Risk. Real estate income and values may be adversely affected by such factors as applicable domestic and foreign laws (including tax laws). Government actions, such as tax increases, zoning law changes, mandated closures or other commercial restrictions or environmental regulations, also may have a major impact on real estate income and values. In addition, quarterly compliance with regulations limiting the proportion of asset types held by a U.S. REIT may force certain Real Estate Companies to liquidate or restructure otherwise attractive investments. Some countries may not recognize REITs or comparable structures as a viable form of real estate funds.

U.S. Tax Risk. Certain U.S. Real Estate Companies are subject to special U.S. federal tax requirements. A REIT that fails to comply with such tax requirements may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, which may affect the value of the REIT and the characterization of the REIT’s distributions. The U.S. federal tax requirement that a REIT distribute substantially all of its net income to its shareholders may result in a REIT having insufficient capital for future expenditures. A REIT that successfully maintains its qualification may still become subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes, including excise, penalty, franchise, payroll, mortgage recording, and transfer taxes, both directly and indirectly through its subsidiaries. Because REITs often do not provide complete tax information until after the calendar year-end, a Fund may at times need to request permission to extend the deadline for issuing your tax reporting statement or supplement the information otherwise provided to you.

Risk of Investing in the Residential and Residential-Related REIT Sub-Industry. The Residential and Residential-Related REIT Sub-Industry consists of REITs with exposure to residential real estate and certain types of commercial real estate that complements residential real estate, including properties operated by healthcare providers and self-storage companies. In

Table of Contents

addition to the risks related to REITs generally, investments in these REITs are subject to additional subsector-specific risks. Residential real estate may be affected by unique supply and demand factors that do not apply to other REIT sub-sectors. In addition, certain investors may already have exposure to residential real estate through ownership of a primary residence or direct ownership of rental property. The value of healthcare-focused REITs may be affected by changes in federal or state regulation of healthcare providers and reimbursement rates to healthcare providers under Medicare, Medicaid and other public or private health insurance plans. Unlike less specialized commercial real estate, when tenants vacate healthcare-related properties, the ability of property management to find replacement tenants may be impaired by the properties’ specialized healthcare uses. Investments in self-storage REITs are subject to changes in demand levels for self-storage. In addition, self-storage operators may be liable for unplanned environmental and hazardous waste compliance costs associated with operating self-storage locations.

Risk of Investing in the Semiconductor Industry. The Fund invests in semiconductor companies, which face intense competition, both domestically and internationally; such competition may have an adverse effect on profit margins. Semiconductor companies may have limited product lines, markets, financial resources or personnel. The products of semiconductor companies may face obsolescence due to rapid technological developments and frequent new product introduction, unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. Capital equipment expenditures could be substantial and equipment generally suffers from rapid obsolescence. Companies in the semiconductor industry are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights. The loss or impairment of these rights would adversely affect the profitability of these companies.

Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policy

Table of Contents

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Communications with Authorized Participants and Liquidity Providers: Certain employees of BFA are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities a Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that a Fund will provide on a redemption.

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for a Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Funds, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Funds, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain a Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of a Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Table of Contents

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Indexes

Descriptions of the Underlying Indexes are provided below.

The Dow Jones Indexes

Weighting. The component stocks are weighted according to the float-adjusted market capitalization. The impact of a component’s price change is proportional to the issue’s total market value, which is the share price multiplied by the number of shares outstanding. Each Underlying Index is adjusted to reflect changes in capitalization resulting from mergers, acquisitions, stock rights, substitutions and other capital events. Each of the Underlying Indexes (subject to any applicable capping as described below) is a free-float adjusted market capitalization-weighted index, so the impact of a component’s price change is proportional to the component’s free-float adjusted market value, which is the share price multiplied by the number of float-adjusted shares outstanding. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC (“SPDJI”) defines the free-float of a security as the proportion of shares outstanding that are deemed to be available for purchase in the public equity markets by investors. In practice, limitations on free-float available to investors include: cross ownership (shares that are owned by other companies), ownership by governments (central or municipal) or their agencies, certain substantial levels of private ownership (by individuals, families or charitable trusts and foundations), and restricted shares. Under SPDJI's free-float adjustment methodology, a company’s outstanding shares are adjusted if, and only if, an entity in any of the four qualified categories listed above owns 5% or more of the company. The company’s shares will not be adjusted if the block ownership is less than 5%. A constituent’s inclusion factor is equal to its estimated percentage of free-float shares outstanding. For example, a constituent security with a free-float of 67% will be included in the index at 67% of its market capitalization. However, a company’s outstanding shares are not adjusted by institutional investors’ holdings, which include, but are not limited to, the following categories: custodian nominees, trustee companies, mutual funds (open-end and closed-end funds), and other investment companies.

Index Availability. The Underlying Indexes are calculated continuously and are available from major data vendors.

Component Selection Criteria. The following indexes are collectively referred to herein as the “Dow Jones U.S. Select Sectors Specialty Indexes”: Dow Jones U.S. Select Aerospace & Defense Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Health Care Providers Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Home Construction Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Insurance Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Investment Services Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Medical Equipment Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Oil Equipment & Services Index, Dow

Table of Contents

Jones U.S. Select Oil Exploration & Production Index, Dow Jones U.S. Select Pharmaceuticals Index and Dow Jones U.S. Select Regional Banks Index. The Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Capped Index is part of the Dow Jones Global Indices family. On a quarterly basis, SPDJI conducts reviews of the float-adjusted market capitalizations and weightings of the securities in the Underlying Indexes.

Securities of companies listed on a major U.S. exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (“NYSE”), the NYSE MKT Equities or the Nasdaq) are considered for inclusion in the Underlying Indexes, with the following general rules and exceptions. Foreign issues, including ADRs and GDRs, non-common equity issues such as preferred stocks, convertible notes, warrants, rights, closed-end funds, trust receipts, limited liabilities companies, royalty trusts, units, limited partnerships, OTC bulletin boards and pink sheet stocks generally are not eligible for inclusion in the indexes.

Other than the Dow Jones U.S. Select Home Construction Index and the Dow Jones U.S. Select Regional Banks Index on the last business day of the month prior to the quarterly review, a security must have a $500 million float-adjusted market capitalization to be added to a Dow Jones U.S. Select Sector Specialty Index or the Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Capped Index; securities with a float-adjusted market capitalization below $250 million will be removed from the applicable Underlying Index.

On the last business day of the month prior to the quarterly review, a security must have a $500 million float-adjusted market capitalization to be added to the Dow Jones U.S. Select Home Construction Index; securities with a float-adjusted market capitalization below $100 million will be removed from the Dow Jones U.S. Select Home Construction Index.

The Underlying Indexes are rebalanced quarterly, effective at the open of trading on the Monday following the third Friday of March, June, September and December. Component eligibility is determined as of the last trading day of the month prior to rebalancing.

With respect to the Dow Jones U.S. Select Specialty Sector Indexes, at each quarterly rebalance,

•	no single Underlying Index component may have a weight greater than 22.5% of the Index; and
•	the sum of the weights of the Index components that are individually greater than 4.5% may not be greater than 45% of the Index.

Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 82

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Real Estate Capped Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes only companies in the real estate sector of the Dow Jones U.S. Index.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to limit the weight of the securities of any single issuer to a maximum of 10% of the Underlying Index. Additionally, the Underlying Index constrains at each quarterly review: (i) the weight of any single issuer to a maximum of 10%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.50% of the index weight to a maximum of 22.50%. Between scheduled quarterly index reviews, the Underlying Index is rebalanced at the end of any day on which all issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index constitute more than 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In implementing this capping methodology, SPDJI may consider two or more companies as belonging to the same issuer where there is reasonable evidence of common control.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Aerospace & Defense Index

Number of Components: approximately 35

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Select Aerospace & Defense Index is designed to measure the performance of U.S. companies in the aerospace and defense sector.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Health Care Providers Index

Number of Components: approximately 59

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Select Health Care Providers Index is designed to measure performance of U.S. companies in the health care sector.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Home Construction Index

Table of Contents

Number of Components: approximately 46

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Select Home Construction Index measures the performance of constructors of residential homes, including manufacturers of mobile and prefabricated homes intended for use in one place; manufacturers and distributors of furniture, including chairs, tables, desks, carpeting, and wallpaper; retailers and wholesalers concentrating on the sale of home improvement products, including garden equipment, carpets, wallpaper, paint, home furniture, blinds and curtains, and building materials; producers of materials used in the construction and refurbishment of buildings and structures, including cement and other aggregates, wooden beams and frames, paint, glass, roofing and flooring materials other than carpets. Companies classified as Building Materials & Fixtures, Furnishings, and Home Improvement Retailers are, in aggregate, capped at 35% of the index.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Insurance Index

Number of Components: approximately 63

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Select Insurance Index is designed to measure full-line insurance companies, property and casualty insurance companies and life insurance companies.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Investment Services Index

Number of Components: approximately 24

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Select Investment Services Index is designed to measure the performance of U.S. companies in the investment services sector.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Medical Equipment Index

Number of Components: approximately 66

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Select Medical Equipment Index is designed to measure manufacturers and distributors of medical devices such as MRI scanners, prosthetics, pacemakers, X-ray machines and other non-disposable medical devices.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Oil Equipment & Services Index

Number of Components: approximately 26

Index Description. The constituents in the Dow Jones U.S. Select Oil Equipment & Services Index are classified as oil equipment and services companies within the Dow Jones U.S. Broad Stock Market Index.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Oil Exploration & Production Index

Number of Components: approximately 44

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Select Oil Exploration & Production Index is designed to measure companies engaged in the exploration for drilling, production, refining and supply of oil and gas products.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Pharmaceuticals Index

Number of Components: approximately 45

Index Description. The constituents in the Dow Jones U.S. Select Pharmaceuticals Index are classified as pharmaceutical companies within the Dow Jones U.S. Broad Stock Market Index.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Regional Banks Index

Number of Components: approximately 54

Index Description. The constituents in the Dow Jones U.S. Select Regional Banks Index are banks that provide a broad range of financial services and that individually account for less than 5% of banking industry assets.

Component Selection Criteria. The index composition is reconstituted annually as part of the June rebalancing. However, if a constituent is deleted from the Dow Jones U.S. Banks Index (i.e. the index selection universe) during a quarterly rebalancing, it is also deleted from the Dow Jones U.S. Select Regional Banks Index at that quarter’s rebalancing. A company is excluded from the Dow Jones U.S. Select Regional Banks Index if its three-year average total assets account for more than 5% of the three-year average total assets of the index selection universe. Any company that failed this asset screen during the previous

Table of Contents

annual reconstitution and that accounts for at least 4% of the selection universe’s three-year average total assets at the next review will continue to be excluded from the index.

The FTSE Nareit Indexes

Component Selection Criteria. The FTSE Nareit U.S. Real Estate Indexes (“FTSE Nareit Indexes”) are primarily rule-based, but are also monitored by the FTSE Nareit Index Advisory Committee. All tax-qualified REITs that are listed on the NYSE, the NYSE Amex Equities or the Nasdaq are eligible for inclusion in the FTSE Nareit Indexes. Potential constituents for the FTSE Nareit All Mortgage Capped Index and the FTSE Nareit All Residential Capped Index are determined by sector classifications of constituents in the FTSE Nareit Composite Index. The FTSE Nareit Indexes are reviewed for changes in free-float on a quarterly basis in March, June, September and December for companies which do not qualify for fast entry, but which meet the criteria for eligible securities set out in the index rules. Meetings to review the constituents will be held on the Thursday following the first Friday of March, June, September and December. The review is based on data at the close of business on the last trading day of February, May, August and November. The FTSE Nareit Index Advisory Committee meets quarterly, in March, June, September and December or more frequently, if required.

When calculating index component weights, component companies’ shares are adjusted for available free-float. In general, shares held by governments, corporations, strategic partners, or other control groups are excluded from a constituent company’s outstanding shares.

Index Maintenance. FTSE International Limited (“FTSE”) is responsible for the daily operation of the FTSE Nareit Indexes. FTSE will maintain records of the market capitalization of all constituents, and will make changes to the constituents and their weightings in accordance with index rules. FTSE will also carry out the periodic company reviews of the FTSE Nareit Indexes and implement the resulting constituent changes as required by index rules.

Issue Changes. New issues of companies that do not qualify for “Fast Entry” but meet the criteria for eligible securities and have been listed for over 20 business trading days will be eligible for inclusion in the FTSE Nareit Indexes. The data will be compiled as of the close of business on the last business day in February, May, August and November. The changes will be effective after the close of business on the third Friday in March, June, September and December.

If a constituent is delisted, or ceases to have a firm quotation, or is subject to a takeover offer which has been declared wholly unconditional, it will be removed from the indexes of which it is a constituent.

Index Availability. The FTSE Nareit Indexes are calculated continuously during normal trading hours of the Nasdaq, NYSE Amex Equities and NYSE, and are closed on U.S. holidays.

Exchange Rates and Pricing. The prices used to calculate the FTSE Nareit Indexes are the Reuters daily closing prices or those figures accepted as such. FTSE Nareit reserves the right to use an alternative pricing source on any given day. For end-of-day alternative currency calculations, FTSE Nareit uses the WM/Reuters Closing Spot Rates.

FTSE Developed ex US ex Korea Small Cap Focused Value Index

Number of Components: approximately 483

Index Description. The FTSE Developed ex US ex Korea Small Cap Focused Value Index measures the performance of international developed small-capitalization companies, excluding the U.S. and Korea, with prominent value factor characteristics, as determined by FTSE International Limited. The Underlying Index is a subset of the FTSE Developed ex US ex Korea Small Cap Index (the “Parent Index”), which measures the performance of the small-capitalization segment of the international developed equity market, excluding the U.S. and Korea, as defined by FTSE International Limited.

Eligibility. The eligible universe of securities for the Underlying Index includes all issuers within the Parent Index, subject to the following rules and exceptions:

● If a company has issued multiple lines of equity capital, only one eligible line is included. The eligible line is the line with the highest 60 days average daily dollar trading volume (“ADDTV”). A minimum of 30 days of daily observations are required to calculate ADDTV. If a line has missing ADDTV, the line is excluded. If all lines have no ADDTV, the line with the highest free float market cap is selected.

Table of Contents

● Securities ranked within the least liquid 20% by count based on 60-day ADDTV are excluded.

● Securities ranked within the top 20% highest risk or with missing data are excluded. Risk is defined as the 1-year trailing realized volatility of daily total returns. A minimum of 200 days of daily return observations are required to calculate volatility.

● Securities ranked within the top 20% highest leverage or with missing data are excluded. Leverage is defined as total debt to total assets sourced from a third party data provider.

● Also excluded are preferred and convertible preferred stock, participating preferred stock, redeemable shares, warrants and rights, trust receipts, royalty trusts, limited liability issuers, OTC bulletin boards and pink sheet stocks, mutual funds, and limited partnerships.

A sentiment score is calculated using estimates for earnings per share sourced from third party data providers. The sentiment score is calculated as follows:

(Number of upgrades for earnings per share for current and next fiscal year - Number of downgrades for earnings per share for current and next fiscal year)/ Total number of estimates for earnings per share for current and next fiscal year.

Negative price momentum is determined based on monthly price returns over the trailing 12 months, excluding the latest month. Securities with both a negative sentiment score and negative price momentum are excluded.

Eligible securities are ranked by a weighted composite score of three value metrics (price-to-book (10%), price-to-earnings (30%) and price-to-cash flow from operations (60%)) (the “Composite Score”). The top ranked stocks are selected until the number of securities is 25% of the Parent Index by count to form the Target Index (the “Target Index”), which is re-evaluated each month. Each security included in the Target Index is weighted in proportion to their float adjusted market capitalization with a country cap that is +/- 10% relative to the Parent Index.

Index Maintenance and Issue Changes. The Underlying Index will be reviewed monthly, with changes arising from review being announced after the close of business on the fifth business day preceding the implementation after the close of business on the third Friday of the month. The Underlying Index is rebalanced to the Target Index if any of the following conditions are met:

● The Underlying Index’s Composite Score is less than 90% of the Target Index’s Composite Score.

● The number of securities in the Underlying Index is fewer than 20% of the Parent Index securities by count.

If no rebalance is triggered, the index weights and constituents remain unchanged.

A constituent will be removed from the Underlying Index if it is also removed from the Parent Index. The deletion will be concurrent with the deletion from the Parent Index and its weight will be distributed pro-rata amongst the remaining constituents. Thus, the number of securities in the Underlying Index over the year will fluctuate according to corporate activity.

Additions to the Parent Index will be considered for inclusion in the Underlying Index at the next review.

FTSE Nareit All Mortgage Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 33

Index Description. The FTSE Nareit All Mortgage Capped Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that measures the performance of the residential and commercial mortgage real estate, mortgage finance and savings associations sectors of the U.S. equity market. The FTSE Nareit All Mortgage Capped Index generally measures the performance of the residential and commercial mortgage real estate sector and generally invests all of its assets in REITs. If the number of constituents in the FTSE Nareit All Mortgage Capped Index would otherwise fall below 20, FTSE will consider companies from the mortgage finance and savings associations sectors for inclusion in the FTSE Nareit All Mortgage Capped Index and each company in the mortgage finance and savings associations sector will be capped at 3%, and in aggregate not exceed 30%. FTSE caps the weight of the constituent securities in the Underlying Index.

FTSE Nareit All Residential Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 42

Table of Contents

Index Description. The FTSE Nareit All Residential Capped Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that measures the performance of the residential, healthcare and self-storage real estate sectors of the U.S. equity market. FTSE caps the weight of the constituent securities in the Underlying Index.

The ICE^® Securities Indexes

ICE Biotechnology Index

Number of Components: approximately 277

Index Description. The ICE Biotechnology Index is a rules-based, modified float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted index that tracks the performance of qualifying U.S.-listed biotechnology companies.

Eligibility. Underlying Index eligibility includes common stocks, ordinary shares, ADRs, and shares of beneficial interest or limited partnership interests that are listed on one of the following U.S exchanges: New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), NYSE American, Cboe BZX, NASDAQ Global Select Market, NASDAQ Global Market. Companies must be classified within the Biotechnology Sub-Industry Group of the ICE Uniform Sector Classification schema and meet certain minimum market capitalization, liquidity, and other criteria to be eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index.

Weighting. The Underlying Index is float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted subject to certain exposure limits. First, all constituents are capped at 8% with any excess weight redistributed on a pro-rata basis to constituents below that cap, provided none can be increased above 8%. Next, the weights of constituents outside the initial five largest are capped at 4% with any excess weight redistributed on a pro-rata basis to (i) any of the five largest constituents that are below 8% (provided they cannot be increased above 8%), and (ii) any other constituents that are below 4% (provided none are increased above 4%). Finally, the cumulative weight of all ADRs is capped at 10% with the reductions applied proportionately across that group. Excess weight is redistributed on a pro-rata basis to (i) any non-ADR constituents among the resulting five largest constituents that are below 8% (provided they cannot be increased above 8%) and (ii) any other non-ADR constituents that are below 4% (provided they cannot be increased above 4%).

Issue Changes. The Underlying Index undergoes a full reconstitution of constituent holdings annually in December. At the annual reconstitution, qualifying constituents are re-selected based on the eligibility criteria, and float-adjusted market capitalization weights are determined subject to the weighting exposure limits. The reference date for the input data used to determine security qualification is the close of the last trading day of October, and reference data for the input data used to determine weights is the close of the last trading day of November. The announcement date is the close of the first Friday of December.

Quarterly Index Rebalancing. In addition to the annual reconstitution, the Underlying Index is rebalanced after the close of the third Friday of March, June, and September. At the quarterly rebalances, no constituents are added to or removed from the Underlying Index; however, constituent weights are recalculated based on updated float-adjusted market capitalizations subject to the weighting exposure limits. The reference date for all input data used in the quarterly rebalances is the close of the last trading day of the month preceding the month of effectiveness (February, May, August) and the announcement date is the close of the first Friday of the rebalance month.

Index Maintenance. The Underlying Index is adjusted for corporate actions that affect constituents and implements any intra-quarter float-adjusted shares outstanding updates greater than 10% in scheduled monthly share updates that take effect after the close of the last trading day of each month. Securities are removed from the Underlying Index only when both the transaction and delisting is either confirmed or deemed imminent. If a security is suspended prior to its removal from the Underlying Index, then the security is deleted at the close of the next trading day at either the last traded price (cash only terms) or the value of the deal terms (share or cash/share terms), if available. There are no intra-quarter replacements of constituents in the Underlying Index. The Underlying Index implements a zero-price spin-off policy. A spin-co is added into the Underlying Index effective for the spin-off ex-date with a $0 price and no price adjustment is made on the parent company. After the close of the first day of trading for the spin-co, it is deleted from the Underlying Index at its last traded price.

ICE Exchange-Listed Preferred & Hybrid Securities Index

Number of Components: approximately 83

Table of Contents

Index Description. The ICE Exchange-Listed Preferred & Hybrid Securities Index tracks the performance of a select group of exchange-listed, U.S. dollar-denominated preferred securities, hybrid securities and convertible preferred securities.

Index Methodology. Qualifying securities must be exchange listed and have either the NASDAQ or NYSE as their primary exchange in order to be included in the Underlying Index. The Underlying Index constituents must also meet minimum price, liquidity, trading volume, maturity and other requirements relating to continuous listing standards of the listing exchange. The total allocation to an individual issuer across the entire index is limited to 4.75%. The Underlying Index is market capitalization-weighted subject to certain constraints, and the securities in the Underlying Index are updated on the last calendar date of each month.

Component Selection Criteria. Hybrid corporate debt issued in $1,000 or greater par amounts must have a coupon deferral feature, at least $250 million face amount outstanding and at least 18 months to final maturity at the time of issuance to qualify. Fixed-to-floating rate securities are included provided they are callable within the fixed rate period and are at least one month from the last call prior to the date the bond transitions from a fixed to a floating rate security. Contingent capital securities (“cocos”) are excluded, but capital securities where conversion can be mandated by a regulatory authority, but which have no specified trigger, are included. Other hybrid capital securities, such as those issues that potentially convert into preference shares, those with both cumulative and noncumulative coupon deferral provisions, and those with alternative coupon satisfaction mechanisms, are also included in the index. 144A securities (both with and without registration rights) and corporate pay-in-kind securities (including toggle notes) are included. Securities in legal default, securitized debt and Eurodollar bonds (USD securities not issued in the U.S. domestic market) are excluded.

Preferred stock and notes issued in $25, $50, or $100 par/liquidation preference increments, must have a minimum amount outstanding of $100 million. In addition, qualifying securities must have an investment grade rated country of risk (based on an average of Moody’s, S&P and Fitch foreign currency long-term sovereign debt ratings). Both fixed and adjustable rate preferred stock and notes are included in the index. Preference shares (perpetual preferred securities), American Depository Shares/Receipts (ADS/R), domestic and Yankee trust preferreds, are included. Auction market securities, purchase units, purchase contracts, securities issued by closed end funds and derivative instruments such as repackaged securities and credit default swaps are excluded.

Convertible preferred stock must have at least $50 million face amount outstanding. The underlying equity of qualifying securities must be publicly listed and actively trading. Convertible securities where the underlying is a basket of equities, and mandatory convertibles are included in the index. Securities in legal default, synthetic and reverse convertibles, pay-in-kind convertibles, and convertibles with suspended or inactive underlying equities are excluded from the index.

ICE Semiconductor Index

Number of Components: approximately 30

Index Description. The ICE Semiconductor Index is a rules-based, modified float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted index that tracks the performance of the thirty largest U.S.-listed semiconductor companies.

Eligibility. Underlying Index eligibility includes common stocks, ordinary shares, ADRs, and shares of beneficial interest or limited partnership interests that are listed on one of the following U.S exchanges: New York Stock Exchange (NYSE), NYSE American, Cboe BZX, NASDAQ Global Select Market, NASDAQ Global Market, NASDAQ Capital Market. Companies must be classified within the Semiconductors Industry of the ICE Uniform Sector Classification schema and meet certain minimum market capitalization, liquidity, and other criteria to be eligible for inclusion in the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

Issue Changes. The Underlying Index undergoes a full reconstitution of constituent holdings annually in September. At the annual reconstitution, qualifying constituents are re-selected based on the eligibility criteria, and float-adjusted market capitalization weights are determined subject to the weighting exposure limits. The reference date for the input data used to determine security qualification is the close of the last trading day of July, and reference data for the input data used to determine weights is the close of the last trading day of August. The announcement date is the close of the first Friday of September.

Quarterly Index Rebalancing. In addition to the annual reconstitution, the Underlying Index is rebalanced after the close of the third Friday of March, June, and December. At the quarterly rebalances, no constituents are added to or removed from the Underlying Index; however, constituent weights are recalculated based on updated float-adjusted market capitalizations subject to the weighting exposure limits. The reference date for all input data used in the quarterly rebalances is the close of the last trading day of the month preceding the month of effectiveness (February, May, November) and the announcement date is the close of the first Friday of the rebalance month.

JPX-Nikkei 400 Net Total Return Index

Number of Components: approximately 399

Index Description. The JPX-Nikkei 400 Net Total Return Index was jointly developed by Japan Exchange Group, Inc. and Tokyo Stock Exchange, Inc. (“TSE”) (collectively referred to as the “JPX Group”) and Nikkei Inc. (the “Nikkei”). The JPX-Nikkei 400 Net Total Return Index is constructed based on market capitalization adjusted by free-float weight. Free-float weight is the percentage of listed shares deemed to be available for trading in the market. As a general matter, shares held by the top 10 major shareholders, treasury and other similar shares, shares held by board members and other representatives, and other shares deemed by the JPX Group and the Nikkei to be unavailable for trading in the market are considered to be non-free float shares.

Eligibility. Underlying Index eligibility is limited to (i) common stocks traded primarily on the TSE, including the First Section, Second Section, Mothers and JASDAQ market (“JASDAQ”) market (in principle) and (ii) TSE First Section, TSE Second Section, Mothers or JASDAQ-listed securities other than common stocks that are regarded by the JPX Group and the Nikkei as equivalent to common stocks in each case if their inclusion is deemed to be particularly necessary- as determined by the JPX Group and the Nikkei.

Index Maintenance and Issue Changes. The constituents are reviewed annually at the end of August. Selection as particularly necessary is based on: (i) trading value over the past three years, (ii) market value on the selection base date (the end of June), (iii) scoring by stock by three-year average returns on equity, cumulative operating profit and market value on the selection base date using specified weightings and (iv) qualitative factors tied to corporate governance and disclosure. The JPX Group and the Nikkei have indicated that securities will be dropped from the Underlying Index during the year if they are delisted or are the subject of a merger or bankruptcy and that new securities will not be added to replace dropped securities until the annual review. As a result, at different points throughout the calendar year, the Underlying Index may have less than 400 components.

Index Availability. Information regarding adjustments to the Underlying Index and other related data is available through Tokyo Market Information service provided by TSE.

Table of Contents

NYSE^® FactSet U.S. Infrastructure Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 154

Index Description. The NYSE^® FactSet U.S. Infrastructure Index^TM is designed to measure the performance of equity securities of U.S. companies involved in U.S. focused infrastructure activities (as determined by the index provider of the Underlying Index).

Companies are eligible to be included in the Underlying Index if they are classified to be under one of the 95 infrastructure-related industries as defined by FactSet Revere Business Industry Classification System (“RBICS”). Each company in the Underlying Index is classified as either Category 1 or Category 2, where Category 1 companies are infrastructure enablers and Category 2 are infrastructure asset owners and operators.

Infrastructure enablers are potential beneficiaries of infrastructure investment in the U.S. Category 1 companies in the Underlying Index include companies in construction and engineering services, machineries and materials. Infrastructure asset owners and operators are companies associated with traditional equity infrastructure investing, which generally exhibit characteristics such as having stable cash flows, a high barrier to entry, and being an inflation hedge. Category 2 companies in the Underlying Index include companies in energy transportation and storage, railroad transportation, and utilities.

At the time of inclusion, eligible companies must derive 50% or more of their annual revenues from the U.S. The Underlying Index applies an equal weighting to Category 1 and Category 2, and within each category, an equal weighting is also applied to all individual securities.

The Underlying Index will be reviewed and reconstituted annually in March each year. Constituent weights of the Underlying Index are rebalanced quarterly in March, June, September and December.

Eligibility. The following rules are used for the initial constituent selection and ongoing reconstitution:

•	Underlying Index eligibility is limited to common stocks traded primarily on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), NYSE American and NASDAQ, excluding master limited partnerships (MLPs), royalty trusts, business development companies (BDCs), and American depository receipts (ADRs).
•	Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) securities that have been trading for less than 3 months prior to the reconstitution day are excluded.
•	The securities must have a minimum float-adjusted market capitalization of U.S. $300 million or greater, and three-month Average Daily Trading Value (“ADTV”) of U.S. $1 million or greater on selection day.

Existing constituents may remain in the Underlying Index if they have a minimum float-adjusted market capitalization of U.S. $225 million or greater, and a three-month ADTV of U.S. $0.75 million or greater on selection day.

•	The securities must be classified as having a focus (deriving 50% or more revenues) in one of the 95 infrastructure-related industries as defined by RBICS in either Category 1 or 2, where Category 1 companies are infrastructure enablers and Category 2 companies are infrastructure asset owners and operators.
•	An eligible company must derive 50% or more of its annual revenues from the U.S. to be included in the Underlying Index.

Existing constituents may remain in the Underlying Index if they derive 40% or more its annual revenues from the U.S.

•	If a company has multiple share classes, only the most liquid issue based on the highest three-month ADTV on selection day will be included.

The Russell Indexes

Component Selection Criteria. The securities in the Russell indexes (sometimes referred to as the “components”) are reviewed and reconstituted annually, typically after the close on the last Friday in June to reflect changes in the marketplace. The Russell Top 200^® Index, Russell 2000^® Index, Russell 1000^® Index, Russell US Large Cap Factors Value Style Index, Russell US Large Cap Factors Growth Style Index, Russell 1000 Growth Index and Russell 1000 Value Index are subsets of the Russell 3000^® Index.

Table of Contents

The Russell 3000^® Index measures the performance of approximately the largest 3,000 U.S. companies, representing approximately 98% of the investable U.S. equity market. The Russell 3000^® Index is constructed to provide a comprehensive, unbiased, and stable barometer of the broad market and is completely reconstituted annually, typically after the close on the last Friday in June, to ensure new and growing equities are included.

The starting universe for the Russell 3000^® Index includes all issuers listed on a U.S. Exchange that are either U.S. incorporated or incorporated in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions as Benefit-Driven Incorporations (typically tax benefit incorporations), subject to the following rules and exceptions:

•	stocks must trade at or above $1.00 on the last business day of August to be eligible for inclusion. If a stock in the index has a price lower than $1, it can remain in the index if the average price for the month is greater than $1;
•	for ranking and membership determination, all common share classes for a single company are combined to determine total market capitalization;
•	in cases where there are multiple common stock share classes and the share classes act independently of each other, each class is considered for inclusion separately; and
•	also excluded are preferred and convertible preferred stock, participating preferred stock, redeemable shares, warrants and rights, trust receipts, royalty trusts, limited liability issuers, OTC bulletin boards and pink sheet stocks, mutual funds, limited partnerships, and foreign stocks.

All eligible securities are sorted by decreasing total market capitalization to determine index eligibility.

The Russell 1000 Index is constructed to provide a comprehensive and unbiased barometer for the large- and mid-capitalization segments of the investable U.S. equity market. It is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index consisting approximately 1000 of the largest issuers in the Russell 3000 Index.

For the Russell 3000^® Index and the Russell 1000^® Index, the weights of component issuers are adjusted based on available float-weighted capitalization according to the market value of their available outstanding shares. The impact of a component security’s price change is proportional to the issuer’s total market value, which is the share price times the number of shares available. Each Russell Index is adjusted to reflect changes in capitalization resulting from mergers, acquisitions, stock rights, substitutions and other capital events.

Frank Russell Company uses a probability measure to assign stocks to the growth and value style indexes. The probability measure is used to indicate the degree of certainty that a stock is value or growth, based on three fundamental indicators: relative price-to-book (“PB”) ratio, Institutional Brokers’ Estimate System forecast medium-term growth (2 years) and sales per share historical growth (5 years). This method allows stocks to be represented as having both growth and value characteristics, while preserving the additive nature of the indexes. As a result, a stock may be a component of a Russell growth style index and also a component of the corresponding value style index, although the stock would likely have a different weight in each index.

Issue Changes. Securities that leave the Russell Indexes between reconstitution dates are not replaced. Thus, the number of securities in the investments over the year will fluctuate according to corporate activity. When a stock is acquired, delisted or moves to the pink sheets or OTC bulletin boards, the stock is deleted from the relevant indexes.

When acquisitions or mergers take place, the stock’s capitalization moves to the acquiring stock, hence, mergers have no effect on index total capitalization if the acquiring stock is part of the index. The only additions between reconstitution dates are as a result of spin-offs and IPOs.

Issue Changes for the Focused Value Select Index. The Focused Value Select Index will be reviewed monthly, with changes being implemented after the close of the 6^th business day. Changes arising from review are announced after the close of the 4^th business day. The Underlying Index is rebalanced to the Target Index if any of the following conditions are met:

•	The Underlying Index’s Composite Score is less than 80% of the Target Index’s Composite Score.
•	The Underlying Index has fewer than 40 securities.
•	The Underlying Index includes a security with weight greater than 20% of the Underlying Index.
•	The largest 5 securities by weight in the Underlying Index have a weight that is greater than 50% of the Underlying Index.

Table of Contents

If no rebalance is triggered, the index weights and constituents remain unchanged.

A constituent will be removed from the Underlying Index if it is also removed from the Parent Index. The deletion will be concurrent with the deletion from the Underlying Index and its weight will be distributed pro-rata amongst the remaining constituents. Thus, the number of securities in the investments over the year will fluctuate according to corporate activity.

Additions to the Parent Index will be considered for inclusion in the Underlying Index at the next review.

Index Maintenance. Maintaining the Russell indexes includes monitoring and completing the adjustments for company additions and deletions, share changes, stock splits, stock dividends, and stock price adjustments due to restructuring and spin-offs and quarterly initial public offerings. In addition, significant share capital changes are made at month-end. The divisor is adjusted for all changes in company market value to leave the value of the investments unaffected. All divisor adjustments are made after the close of trading and after the calculation of the closing value of the Russell indexes.

Index Availability. The Russell indexes are calculated continuously and are available from major data vendors.

Focused Value Select Index

Number of Components: approximately 40

Index Description. The Focused Value Select Index measures the performance of large- and mid-capitalization U.S. companies with prominent value factor characteristics, as determined by Russell. The Underlying Index is a subset of the Russell 1000^® Index (the Parent Index), which measures the performance of the large- and mid-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market, as defined by Russell. The starting universe for the Underlying Index includes all issuers within the Parent Index that are listed on a U.S. exchange and that are either U.S. incorporated or incorporated in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions as benefit-driven corporations (typically tax benefit corporations), subject to the following rules and exceptions:

•	If a company has issued multiple lines of equity capital, only one eligible line is included. The eligible line is the line with the highest 252 days ADDTV. A minimum of 200 days of daily observations are required to calculate ADDTV. If a line has missing ADDTV, the line is excluded. If all lines have no ADDTV, the line with the highest free float market cap is selected.
•	Securities ranked within the top 10% highest risk or with missing data are excluded. Risk is defined as the 1 year trailing realized volatility of daily total returns. A minimum of 200 days of daily return observations are required to calculate volatility.
•	Securities ranked within the top 10% highest leverage or with missing data are excluded. Leverage is defined as total debt to total assets sourced from third party data provider.
•	Also excluded are preferred and convertible preferred stock, participating preferred stock, redeemable shares, warrants and rights, trust receipts, royalty trusts, limited liability issuers, OTC bulletin boards and pink sheet stocks, mutual funds, limited partnerships, and foreign stocks.

To determine constituents exhibiting prominent value characteristics, the Underlying Index uses a ‘sentiment’ screen. A sentiment score is calculated using estimates for earnings per share sourced from third party data providers. The sentiment score is calculated as follows:

Securities with a negative sentiment score or missing data are excluded. Eligible securities are ranked by a weighted composite score of four value metrics (price-to-book, price-to-earnings, price-to-cash flow from operations and price-to-dividend) (the Composite Score). The top 40 ranked stocks are selected to form the Target Index, which is re-evaluated each month. Each security included in the Target Index is equally weighted.

Russell 1000^® Index

Number of Components: approximately 1,024

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Index measures the performance of the large- and mid-capitalization segments of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the Russell 3000 Index and serves as the parent index for, among others, (e.g. also the Pure Domestic Exposure sub-index) the Russell 1000 Growth and Value Indexes, the Russell Top 200 Index, and the Russell

Table of Contents

Midcap Index. It is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index consisting approximately 1000 of the largest issuers in the Russell 3000 Index. The Underlying Index represents approximately 92% of the market capitalization of listed U.S. equities and is a leading benchmark of the large cap U.S. market.

Russell 1000^® Growth Index

Number of Components: approximately 465

Index Description. The Russell 1000Growth Index measures the performance of the large- and mid-capitalization growth sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the Russell 1000 Index. It is a style factor weighted index consisting of those issuers within the Russell 1000 Index that have higher PB ratios and higher forecasted growth, and represents approximately 49% of the total market value of the Russell 1000 Index.

Russell 1000^® Pure Domestic Exposure Index

Number of Components: approximately 407

Index Description. The Russell 1000^® Pure Domestic Exposure Index is designed to reflect the performance of the common stock of companies that earn a higher percentage of their revenues through sales in the U.S. as compared to other large- and mid-capitalization companies in the U.S. equity market. The Russell 1000^® Pure Domestic Exposure Index is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index and is reviewed annually in September using data at the close of the last business day of August (the data cut-off date), incorporating eligible index constituents as of the Monday following the third Friday of September. All companies in the Russell 1000 Index that have a domestic sales ratio of 90% or greater will be included in the Russell 1000^® Pure Domestic Exposure Index. Once included in the Russell 1000^® Pure Domestic Exposure Index, a security must maintain a domestic sales ratio of 85%.

Russell 1000 Telecommunications RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 24

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Telecommunications RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of large- and-mid-capitalization companies in the telecommunications sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index. The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to constrain at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weights of any single issuer (as determined by Russell) to a maximum of 22.5%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.5% of the index weight to a maximum of 45%.

Russell 1000^® Value Index

Number of Components: approximately 861

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Value Index measures the performance of the large- and mid-capitalization value sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the Russell 1000 Index. It is a style factor weighted index consisting of those issuers within the Russell 1000 Index that have lower PB ratios and lower forecasted growth, and represents approximately 51% of the total market value of the Russell 1000 Index.

Russell 2000^® Index

Number of Components: approximately 2,056

Index Description. The Russell 2000Index measures the performance of the small-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the Russell 3000 Index and serves as the parent index for the Russell 2000 Growth and Value Indexes. It is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index consisting approximately 2,056 of the smallest issuers in the Russell 3000 Index. The Underlying Index represents approximately 7% of the market capitalization of listed U.S. equities and is a leading benchmark of the U.S. small cap equity market. The Underlying Index has a total market capitalization of approximately $3.4 trillion.

Russell 2000 Focused Value Select Index

Number of Components: approximately 247

Index Description. The Russell 2000 Focused Value Select Index measures the performance of small-capitalization U.S. companies with prominent value factor characteristics, as determined by Russell. The Underlying Index is a subset of the

Table of Contents

Russell 2000^® Index (the “Parent Index”), which measures the performance of the small-capitalization segment of the U.S. equity market, as defined by Russell. The starting universe for the Underlying Index includes all issuers within the Parent Index that are listed on a U.S. exchange and that are either U.S. incorporated or incorporated in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions as benefit-driven corporations (typically tax benefit corporations), subject to the following rules and exceptions:

•	● If a company has issued multiple lines of equity capital, only one eligible line is included. The eligible line is the line with the highest 60 days ADDTV. A minimum of 30 days of daily observations are required to calculate ADDTV. If a line has missing ADDTV, the line is excluded. If all lines have no ADDTV, the line with the highest free float market cap is selected.
•	● Securities ranked within the least liquid 20% by count (i.e. approximately 400 securities) based on 60-day ADDTV are excluded.
•	● Securities ranked within the top 20% highest risk or with missing data are excluded. Risk is defined as the 1-year trailing realized volatility of daily total returns. A minimum of 200 days of daily return observations are required to calculate volatility.
•	● Securities ranked within the top 20% highest leverage or with missing data are excluded. Leverage is defined as total debt to total assets sourced from a third party data provider.
•	● Also excluded are preferred and convertible preferred stock, participating preferred stock, redeemable shares, warrants and rights, trust receipts, royalty trusts, limited liability issuers, OTC bulletin boards and pink sheet stocks, mutual funds, limited partnerships, and foreign stocks.

To determine constituents exhibiting prominent value characteristics, the Underlying Index uses a “sentiment” screen. Securities with a negative sentiment score or missing data are excluded. A sentiment score is calculated using estimates for earnings per share sourced from third party data providers. The sentiment score is calculated as follows:

The Underlying Index will be reviewed monthly, with changes being implemented after the close of the 6^th business day. Changes arising from review are announced after the close of the 4^th business day. The Underlying Index is rebalanced to the Target Index if any of the following conditions are met:

•	● The Underlying Index’s Composite Score is less than 90% of the Target Index’s Composite Score.
•	● The Underlying Index has fewer than 200 securities.

If no rebalance is triggered, the index weights and constituents remain unchanged.

Additions to the Parent Index will be considered for inclusion in the Underlying Index at the next review.

Russell 2000^® Growth Index

Number of Components: approximately 1,147

Index Description. The Russell 2000Growth Index measures the performance of the small-capitalization growth sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the Russell 2000Index. It is a style factor weighted index consisting of those issuers within the Russell 2000Index that have higher PB ratios and higher forecasted growth, and represents approximately 49% of the total market value of the Russell 2000Index.

Russell 2000^® Value Index

Number of Components: approximately 1,508

Table of Contents

Index Description. The Russell 2000 Value Index measures the performance of the small-capitalization value sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the Russell 2000Index. It is a style factor weighted index consisting of those issuers within the Russell 2000Index that have lower PB ratios and lower forecasted growth, and represents approximately 51% of the total market value of the Russell 2000Index.

Russell 3000^® Index

Number of Components: approximately 3,079

Index Description. The Russell 3000 Index measures the performance of the broad U.S. equity market. It serves as the parent index for Russell 3000 Growth and Value Indexes as well as the Russell 1000 and Russell 2000 Indexes. It is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index of the 3000 largest issuers determined to have the U.S. as their primary country of risk. The Russell 3000 Index represents approximately 100% of the market capitalization of listed U.S. equities and is a leading benchmark of the broad U.S. equity market.

Russell Microcap^® Index

Number of Components: approximately 1,325

Index Description. The Russell Microcap Index measures the performance of the microcap sector of the U.S. equity market. The Russell Microcap Index consists of approximately the 1,000 smallest issuers in the Russell 3000 Index plus up to the next smallest 1,000 issuers in the equity universe as determined by Russell. The Russell Microcap Index is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index and includes issuers ranging in total market capitalization from approximately $4 million to $4.6 billion, though these amounts may change from time to time. The Russell Microcap Index includes issuers representing less than approximately 3% of the total market capitalization of listed U.S. equity securities.

Russell Midcap^® Index

Number of Components: approximately 830

Index Description. The Russell MidcapIndex is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index that measures the performance of the mid-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market. The Russell MidcapIndex consists of approximately 830 of the smallest issuers in the Russell 1000 Index reflecting issuers which range in size between approximately $1.6 billion and $41.8 billion, though these amounts may change from time to time. The Russell MidcapIndex represents approximately 25% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 1000 companies.

Russell Midcap^® Growth Index

Number of Components: approximately 359

Index Description. The Russell Midcap Growth Index is a style factor weighted index that measures the performance of the mid-capitalization growth sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the Russell MidcapIndex, representing approximately 33% of the total market value of the Russell MidcapIndex. The Underlying Index measures the performance of those Russell MidcapIndex issuers with higher PB ratios and higher forecasted growth.

Russell Midcap^® Value Index

Number of Components: approximately 708

Index Description. The Russell MidcapValue Index is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index that measures the performance of the mid-capitalization value sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the Russell MidcapIndex, representing approximately 67% of the total market value of the Russell MidcapIndex. The Underlying Index measures the performance of those Russell MidcapIndex issuers with lower PB ratios and lower forecasted growth.

Russell Top 200^® Index

Number of Components: approximately 195

Index Description. The Russell Top 200 Index measures the performance of the largest capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index consisting of approximately 195 of the largest issuers in the Russell 3000 Index. The Russell Top 200 Index represents approximately 73% of the total market capitalization of all publicly-traded U.S. equity securities.

Table of Contents

Russell Top 200^® Growth Index

Number of Components: approximately 107

Index Description. The Russell Top 200 Growth Index measures the largest capitalization growth sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the Russell Top 200 Index, which consists of approximately the 200 largest issuers in the Russell 3000 Index. The Underlying Index is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index consisting of those issuers within the Russell Top 200 Index that have higher PB ratios and higher forecasted growth, and represents approximately 55% of the total market value of the Russell Top 200 Index. Many issuers are represented in both the Russell Top 200 Growth Index and the Russell Top 200 Value Index.

Russell Top 200^® Value Index

Number of Components: approximately 154

Index Description. The Russell Top 200 Value Index measures the largest capitalization value sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the Russell Top 200 Index, which consists of approximately the 200 largest issuers in the Russell 3000 Index. The Underlying Index is a style factor weighted index consisting of those issuers within the Russell Top 200 Index that have lower PB ratios and lower forecasted growth, and represents approximately 45% of the total market value of the Russell Top 200 Index. Many issuers are represented in both the Russell Top 200 Growth Index and the Russell Top 200 Value Index.

Russell US Large Cap Factors Blend Style Index

Number of Components: approximately 269

Index Description. The Russell US Large Cap Factors Blend Style Index is a subset of the Russell 1000 Index (the “Parent Index”), which measures the performance of the large- and mid-capitalization segments of the U.S. equity market, as defined by Russell. The Underlying Index is reviewed monthly using an optimization process designed to maximize, in aggregate, the Underlying Index’s exposure to the weighted combination of five target investment style factors (momentum, value, quality, size, and low volatility) while maintaining total risk similar to that of the Parent Index. The value score is calculated from the following value factor metrics: 12-month trailing book-to-price, dividend yield, earnings yield and cash flow yield (i.e., cash flow divided by the full market capitalization). The momentum score is calculated from three momentum factor metrics: price momentum, earnings momentum and earnings announcement drift (i.e., the difference between a stock’s performance on and immediately following an earnings announcement date). The quality score is calculated from four quality factor metrics: gross profitability, dilution, accruals and changes in net operating assets. The low volatility score is calculated based on a 12-month trailing realized volatility, and the size score seeks to measure the market capitalization of each company as compared to other companies of the Parent Index.

Index Methodology. The methodology uses a composite score (by using a weighting of the five factor scores determined by the Index Provider) as an input to the optimizer. At each monthly review, the optimizer aims to maximize the overall exposure to the five style factors via the composite score and maintain a level of forecast risk similar that of the Parent Index, while also limiting exposures to sectors, countries and component weights relative to the parent index. The optimizer selects securities from the Parent Index and assigns weights such that the optimization objective and constraints are best satisfied. Changes arising from each monthly review are announced after the close of fourth business day of each month and implemented after the close of the sixth business day of each month.

Russell US Large Cap Factors Growth Style Index

Number of Components: approximately 133

Index Description. The Russell US Large Cap Factors Growth Style Index is a subset of the Russell 1000 Growth Index (the “Parent Index”), which measures the performance of the large- and mid-capitalization growth sector of the U.S. equity market, as defined by Russell. The Parent Index is a subset of the Russell 1000 Index, which measures the performance of the large- and mid-capitalization segments of the U.S. equity market. The Underlying Index is reviewed monthly using an optimization process designed to maximize, in aggregate, the Underlying Index’s exposure to the weighted combination of five target investment style factors (momentum, value, quality, size, and low volatility) while maintaining total risk similar to that of the Parent Index. The value score is calculated from the following value factor metrics: 12-month trailing book-to-price, dividend yield, earnings yield and cash flow yield (i.e., cash flow divided by the full market capitalization). The

Table of Contents

momentum score is calculated from three momentum factor metrics: price momentum, earnings momentum and earnings announcement drift (i.e., the difference between a stock’s performance on and immediately following an earnings announcement date). The quality score is calculated from four quality factor metrics: gross profitability, dilution, accruals and changes in net operating assets. The low volatility score is calculated based on a 12-month trailing realized volatility, and the size score seeks to measure the market capitalization of each company as compared to other companies of the Parent Index.

Russell US Large Cap Factors Value Style Index

Number of Components: approximately 234

Index Description. The Russell US Large Cap Factors Value Style Index is a subset of the Russell 1000 Value Index (the “Parent Index”), which measures the performance of the large- and mid-capitalization value sector of the U.S. equity market, as defined by Russell. The Parent Index is a subset of the Russell 1000 Index, which measures the performance of the large- and mid-capitalization segments of the U.S. equity market. The Underlying Index is reviewed monthly using an optimization process designed to maximize, in aggregate, the Underlying Index’s exposure to the weighted combination of five target investment style factors (momentum, value, quality, size, and low volatility) while maintaining total risk similar to that of the Parent Index. The value score is calculated from the following value factor metrics: 12-month trailing book-to-price, dividend yield, earnings yield and cash flow yield (i.e., cash flow divided by the full market capitalization). The momentum score is calculated from three momentum factor metrics: price momentum, earnings momentum and earnings announcement drift (i.e., the difference between a stock's performance on and immediately following an earnings announcement date). The quality score is calculated from four quality factor metrics: gross profitability, dilution, accruals and changes in net operating assets. The low volatility score is calculated based on a 12-month trailing realized volatility, and the size score seeks to measure the market capitalization of each company as compared to other companies of the Parent Index.

Russell US Mid Cap Factors Blend Style Index

Number of Components: approximately 391

Index Description. The Russell US Mid Cap Factors Blend Style Index is a subset of the Russell Midcap Index (the “Parent Index”), which is a subset of the Russell 1000 that measures the performance of the mid-capitalization segments of the U.S. equity market, as defined by Russell. The Parent Index is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index consisting of approximately 800 of the smallest issuers in the Russell 1000 Index The Underlying Index is reviewed monthly using an optimization process designed to maximize, in aggregate, the Underlying Index’s exposure to the weighted combination of five target investment style factors (momentum, value, quality, size, and low volatility) while maintaining total risk similar to that of the Parent Index. The value score is calculated from the following value factor metrics: 12-month trailing book-to-price, dividend yield, earnings yield and cash flow yield (i.e., cash flow divided by the full market capitalization). The momentum score is calculated from three momentum factor metrics: price momentum, earnings momentum and earnings announcement drift (i.e., the difference between a stock’s performance on and immediately following an earnings announcement date). The quality score is calculated from four quality factor metrics: gross profitability, dilution, accruals and changes in net operating assets. The low volatility score is calculated based on a 12-month trailing realized volatility, and the size score seeks to measure the market capitalization of each company as compared to other companies of the Parent Index.

Table of Contents

Russell US Small Cap Factors Blend Style Index

Number of Components: approximately 835

Index Description. The Russell US Small Cap Factors Blend Style Index is a subset of the Russell 2000 Index (the “Parent Index”), which is a subset of the Russell 3000 Index that measures the performance of the small-capitalization segment of the U.S. equity market, as defined by Russell. The Parent Index is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index consisting of approximately 2,000 of the smallest issuers in the Russell 3000 Index. The Underlying Index excludes constituents in the Parent Index that rank in the least liquid 20%, as determined by the Index Provider (i.e., approximately 400 constituents).The Underlying Index is reviewed monthly using an optimization process designed to maximize, in aggregate, the Underlying Index’s exposure to the weighted combination of five target investment style factors (momentum, value, quality, size, and low volatility) while maintaining total risk similar to that of the Parent Index. The value score is calculated from the following value factor metrics: 12-month trailing book-to-price, dividend yield, earnings yield and cash flow yield (i.e., cash flow divided by the full market capitalization). The momentum score is calculated from three momentum factor metrics: price momentum, earnings momentum and earnings announcement drift (i.e., the difference between a stock’s performance on and immediately following an earnings announcement date). The quality score is calculated from four quality factor metrics: gross profitability, dilution, accruals and changes in net operating assets. The low volatility score is calculated based on a 12-month trailing realized volatility, and the size score seeks to measure the market capitalization of each company as compared to other companies of the Parent Index.

The S&P Indexes

Component Selection Criteria for Domestic Indexes. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC’s (“SPDJI”) various Index Committees are responsible for the overall management of SPDJI's indices (“S&P DJI Indices”). Issuers (i.e., the “components”) selected for the S&P U.S. indexes represent a broad range of industry segments within the U.S. economy. The starting universe of publicly traded U.S. issuers classified by the Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS^®) is screened to eliminate ADRs, mutual funds, limited partnerships, royalty trusts, certain holding issuers, OTC bulletin board issues, pink sheet-listed issues, closed-end funds, ETFs and tracking stocks. REITs, except for mortgage REITs, are eligible for inclusion in the Indexes. The stock of each constituent must trade on either the NYSE, the NYSE Amex Equities or on NASDAQ. Additionally, only one share class per constituent will be included in an Index. The share class is selected by SPDJI and is generally defined as the largest, most liquid share class. Issuers with multiple share classes will have the classes combined for purposes of calculation of market capitalization. The following criteria are then analyzed to determine an issuer’s eligibility for inclusion in the S&P Indexes: (i) ownership of an issuer’s outstanding common stock, in order to screen out closely held issuers; (ii) trading volume of an issuer’s shares, in order to ensure ample liquidity and efficient share pricing; and (iii) the financial and operating condition of an issuer.

Table of Contents

minimum market capitalization at the time it is being considered for Index inclusion. The market capitalizations of an Index’s components are adjusted to reflect changes in capitalization resulting from mergers, acquisitions, stock rights, substitutions and other capital events. The market capitalizations of an Index’s constituent are adjusted for all strategic holdings, including private, corporate, and government holdings.

Component Selection Criteria for International Indexes. Stocks are eligible for the S&P Global Indices if they meet criteria for size, liquidity, profitability, and sector and market representation. Each of the S&P Global Indices is balanced across country and sector weights in the region/market. The S&P Global Indices begin with an eligible investable universe of stocks covering approximately 95% of each country’s total market capitalization. In some cases, the S&P Global Indexes may include ADRs and GDRs. Stocks with relatively small market capitalization or insufficient liquidity are excluded by SPDJI. To identify a candidate pool for index constituent selection, all stocks are carefully examined using a set of general criteria. The specific securities are then screened for industry sector classification; thus, the eligible securities are ranked according to GICS. Then, the Index components, now determined, are weighted on the basis of SPDJI’s float-adjusted, market capitalization methodology. Generally, SPDJI observes a prospective constituent’s liquidity over a period of at least twelve months before consideration for inclusion. However, there may be extraordinary situations when issuers should be added immediately (e.g., certain privatizations). When a particular issuer dominates its home market, it may be excluded from an Index if analysis of the sectors reveals that its securities are not as liquid as those of similar issuers in other countries. Once a year, the float adjustments will be reviewed and potentially changed based on such review. The values of an Index’s components are adjusted to reflect changes in capitalization resulting from mergers, acquisitions, stock rights, substitutions and other capital events. The market capitalization of index constituent issuers is adjusted for all strategic holdings, including private, corporate, and government holdings.

With respect to the non-U.S. components of the S&P Global Indexes, the eligible universe of index components that are considered for inclusion are from the following S&P DJI Indices: (i) the S&P/TSX 60 (Toronto Stock Exchange), which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks of the publicly listed issuers in the Canadian equities market; (ii) the S&P/TOPIX 150 (TSE) which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks of the publicly-listed issuers in the Japanese equities market; (iii) S&P/ASX All-Australian 50 Index (Australian Stock Exchange), which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks in the Australian equities market; (iv) the S&P Asia 50, which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks of four major equities markets in Asia (Hong Kong, South Korea, Taiwan and Singapore); (v) the S&P Latin America 40, which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks from major sectors of the Mexico, Brazil, Peru, Colombia and Chilé equity markets; and (vi) the S&P Europe 350, which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks of the publicly listed issuers in the region, covering approximately 70% of the region’s market capitalization.

Issue Changes. General oversight responsibility for the S&P DJI Indices, including overall policy guidelines and methodology, is handled by the S&P Global Index Committee. Maintenance of component investments, including additions and deletions to these investments, is the responsibility of separate regional index committees composed of S&P staff specialized in the various regional equity markets and, in some cases, with the assistance of local stock exchanges. Public announcements of index changes as the result of committee decisions will generally be made two business days in advance of the anticipated effective date whenever possible, although for exceptional corporate events announcements may be made earlier.

Index Maintenance. Maintaining the S&P DJI Indices includes monitoring and completing the adjustments for issuer additions and deletions, share changes, stock splits, stock dividends, and stock price adjustments due to restructuring and spin-offs. An issuer will be removed from the S&P DJI Indices as a result of mergers/acquisitions, bankruptcy, or restructuring. An issuer is removed from the relevant index as close as possible to the actual date on which the event occurred. An issuer can be removed from an index because it no longer meets current criteria for inclusion and/or is no longer representative of its industry group. All replacement issuers are selected based on the above component section criteria.

When calculating index weights, individual components shares held by governments, corporations, strategic partners, or other control groups are excluded from the issuer’s shares outstanding. Shares owned by other issuers are also excluded regardless of whether they are index components. In countries with regulated environments, where a foreign investment limit exists at the sector or issuer level, the constituent’s weight will reflect either the foreign investment limit or the percentage float, whichever is the more restrictive.

Table of Contents

factor used to calculate the float adjustment. If a change in IWF is caused by a major corporate action (i.e., privatization, merger, takeover, or share offering) and the change equal to or greater than 5%, a float adjustment will be implemented as soon as reasonably possible.

Changes in the number of shares outstanding driven by corporate events such as stock dividends, splits, and rights issues will be adjusted on the ex-date. Share changes of 5% or greater are implemented when they occur. Share changes of less than 5% are only updated on a quarterly basis on the Friday near the end of the calendar quarter. Generally, index changes due to rebalancing are announced two days before the effective date by way of a news release posted on www.us.spindices.com.

Index Availability. The S&P Indexes are calculated continuously and are available from major data vendors.

Exchange Rates. SPDJI uses the World Markets/Reuters Closing Spot Rates taken at 4:00 p.m. London time for the following funds: iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF, iShares ESG Screened S& P Mid-Cap ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares Europe ETF, iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF, iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares North American Natural Resources ETF and iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF. Prior to January 31, 2013, SPDJI used the currency exchange (FX) rate corresponding to 5:15 p.m. Eastern time. In case World Markets/Reuters does not provide rates for specific markets on given days (for example, Christmas Day and New Year’s Day), the previous business day’s rates are normally used. SPDJI independently monitors the exchange rates on all its indexes. SPDJI may under exceptional circumstances elect to use alternative sources of exchange rates if the World Markets/Reuters rates are not available, or if SPDJI determines that the World Markets/Reuters rates are not reflective of market circumstances for a given currency on a particular day.

S&P 100^®

Number of Components: approximately 101

Index Description. The S&P 100^® is a capitalization-weighted index representing stocks from a broad range of industries, chosen for market size, liquidity and industry group representation. It is a subset of the S&P 500^® and consists of blue chip stocks from diverse industries in the S&P 500^® with exchange listed options. The Underlying Index is a widely tracked index for blue-chip stocks. The S&P 100^® serves as the basis for the S&P 100^® options contract which trades on the Chicago Board of Options Exchange.

S&P 500^®

Number of Components: approximately 505

Index Description. The S&P 500^® serves as the parent index for the S&P 500^® Growth and Value Index series and the S&P 100^®. It is a capitalization-weighted index representing stocks from a broad range of industries chosen for market size, liquidity and industry group representation. The S&P 500^® measures the performance of the large-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market.

S&P 500 Growth Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 237

Index Description. The S&P 500 Growth Index^TM is a capitalization-weighted index representing stocks with growth characteristics from a broad range of industries.

S&P 500 Sustainability Screened Index

Number of Components: approximately 463

Index Description. The S&P 500 Sustainability Screened Index (the “Underlying Index”) is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index which measures the performance of the large-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market, excluding companies involved in controversies and controversial business activities, as determined by the Index Provider. The Index Provider uses data and research analysis from Trucost, Sustainalytics and SAM ESG Research (“SAM”) in the construction and maintenance of the Underlying Index.

S&P 500 Value Index^TM

Table of Contents

Number of Components: approximately 435

Index Description. The S&P 500 Value Index^TM is a capitalization-weighted index representing stocks with value characteristics from a broad range of industries.

S&P 900 Growth Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 463

Index Description. The S&P 900 Growth Index^TM is a capitalization-weighted index representing stocks with growth characteristics from a broad range of industries in the U.S. equity market.

The Index is rebalanced annually in December. Rebalances occur after the close on the third Friday of December and are based on growth and value metrics after the close of the last trading date in November.

S&P 900 Value Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 742

Index Description. The S&P 900 Value Index^TM is a capitalization-weighted index representing stocks with value characteristics from a broad range of industries in the U.S. equity market.

S&P Developed Ex-U.S. Property Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 378

Index Description. The S&P Developed Ex-U.S. Property Index^TM is a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that defines and measures the investable universe of publicly-traded property companies domiciled in developed countries outside of the U.S.

S&P Europe 350^TM

Number of Components: approximately 366

Index Description. The S&P Europe 350^TM is a capitalization-weighted index of approximately 366 stocks providing geographic and economic diversity over S&P’s 11 Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS^®) Sectors and 16 major developed European markets, each chosen for market size, liquidity and industry group representation. The market capitalization of index constituent companies is adjusted for all strategic holdings, including private, corporate, and government holdings. The Underlying Index is adjusted to reflect changes in capitalization resulting from mergers, acquisitions, stock rights, substitutions and other capital events. The market capitalization of constituent companies is adjusted to reflect the available float and, if necessary, any foreign investment restrictions.

S&P Global 1200 Consumer Staples (Sector) Capped Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 90

Index Description. The S&P Global 1200 Consumer Staples (Sector) Capped Index^TM measures the performance of companies that S&P deems to be part of the consumer staples sector of the economy and that S&P believes are important to global markets. It is a subset of the S&P Global 1200^TM.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to limit the weight of the securities of any single issuer to a maximum of 10% of the Underlying Index. Additionally, the capping methodology limits the sum of the weights of the securities of all issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index to a maximum of 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In order to implement this capping methodology, the Underlying Index constrains at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weight of any single issuer to a maximum of 10%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.50% of the index weight to maximum of 22.50%. Between scheduled quarterly index reviews, the Underlying Index is rebalanced at the end of any day on which the following constraints are breached: 25.00% for all issuers that individually represent more than 5.00% of the weight of the Underlying Index. In implementing this capping methodology, SPDJI may consider two or more companies as belonging to the same issuer where there is reasonable evidence of common control.

Table of Contents

S&P Global 1200 Energy Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 55

Index Description. The S&P Global 1200 Energy Index^TM measures the performance of companies that S&P deems to be part of the energy sector of the economy and that S&P believes are important to global markets. The Underlying Index is a subset of the S&P Global 1200^TM.

S&P Global 1200 Financials Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 189

Index Description. The S&P Global 1200 Financials Index^TM measures the performance of companies that S&P deems to be part of the financials sector of the economy and that S& P believes are important to global markets. The Underlying Index is a subset of the S&P Global 1200^TM.

S&P Global 1200 Industrials Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 200

Index Description. The S&P Global 1200 Industrials Index^TM measures the performance of companies that S&P deems to be part of the industrials sector of the economy and that S& P believes are important to global markets. It is a subset of the S&P Global 1200^TM.

S&P Global 1200 Utilities (Sector) Capped Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 66

Index Description. The S&P Global 1200 Utilities (Sector) Capped Index measures the performance of companies that S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC (“SPDJI”) deems to be part of the utilities sector of the economy. The Underlying Index is a subset of the S&P Global 1200, which is designed to measure the performance of large-capitalization stocks from major global markets, as determined by SPDJI. The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to limit the weight of the securities of any single issuer (as determined by SPDJI) to a maximum of 10% of the Underlying Index. Additionally, the capping methodology limits the sum of the weights of the securities of all issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index to a maximum of 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In order to implement this capping methodology, the Underlying Index constrains at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weight of any single issuer to a maximum of 10%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.5% of the index weight to a maximum of 22.5%. Between scheduled quarterly index reviews, the Underlying Index is rebalanced at the end of any day on which all issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index constitute more than 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In implementing this capping methodology, SPDJI considers two or more companies as belonging to the same issuer where more than 20% of all voting shares in a subsidiary are controlled by the same issuer control group.

S&P Global Infrastructure Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 75

Index Description. The S&P Global Infrastructure Index^TM is designed to track the performance of the stocks of large infrastructure companies in developed or emerging markets. Only developed market listings are eligible for stocks domiciled in emerging markets. The Underlying Index includes companies involved in: utilities, energy and transportation infrastructure, such as the management or ownership of oil and gas storage and transportation; airport services; highways and rail tracks; marine ports and services; and electric, gas and water utilities.

S&P International Preferred Stock Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 83

Index Description. The S&P International Preferred Stock Index^TM measures the performance of a select group of preferred stocks trading on non-U.S. developed market exchanges, as defined by S&P. The preferred stocks included in the Underlying Index are selected by S&P using the methodology described below.

In general terms, the Underlying Index includes developed-market preferred stocks with a market capitalization of over $125 million that meet minimum price, liquidity, maturity and other requirements determined by S&P. S&P excludes from the Underlying Index: (i) preferred stocks which are structured products and brand-name products issued by financial

Table of Contents

institutions or are packaged securities linked to indexes, baskets of stocks or another company’s stock; (ii) preferred stocks that are issued by special ventures such as highway, airport, or dam operators; (iii) preferred stocks that have a mandatory conversion or scheduled maturity within the next 12 months; and (iv) trust preferred stocks. Once an issue of preferred stock is included in the Underlying Index, the removal criteria listed below are used to test its continuing eligibility as opposed to the exclusion factors listed above.

All additions to the Underlying Index are made on a quarterly rebalancing date, and there are no intra-quarter additions made to the Underlying Index. Inclusion in the Underlying Index is limited to issues whose indicated dividend yield is greater than or equal to 1% and less than or equal to 20%. In addition, for initial inclusion eligibility, each individual issue must be a preferred stock which has traded an average of 250,000 shares per month over the previous six months, as of the rebalancing reference date. Issues with fewer than six months of trading history are evaluated over the available period and may be included should size and available trading history infers the issue satisfies this requirement.

Preferred stocks are removed from the Underlying Index on a quarterly rebalancing date if they: (i) have an outstanding market capitalization of less than $100 million; (ii) have a six-month average monthly trading volume of less than 100,000 shares and have been a component of the Index for at least 12 months; or (iii) have an undetermined indicated dividend yield or an indicated dividend yield of less than 1% or greater than 20%.

Share changes for existing Underlying Index components occur semiannually in January and July. The data reference date for additions to and deletions from the Underlying Index is five business days prior to the first Friday of the rebalancing month. The Underlying Index is rebalanced on a quarterly basis; and changes are effective after the close of trading on the third Friday of January, April, July and October. The Underlying Index is calculated with a capped market capitalization weighting scheme, with modifications being made to Underlying Index shares to prevent single stock concentration. There is no limit to the number of lines of a single company’s preferred stock is allowed in the Underlying Index; however, a maximum weight of 10% is set per issuer. All eligible lines for an issuer are included in the Underlying Index and capped on a pro rata basis to a maximum of 4% individual stock cap. In addition, the weight of preferred stocks with trading volumes of less than 250,000 shares per month on average over the previous six months must not exceed 25% of the Underlying Index. In the event the market capitalization weight of an issuer would exceed 10% or an issue would exceed 4% of the Underlying Index, all other stock weights in the Underlying Index are increased proportionately to account for such difference.

A constituent is removed intra-quarter if it is called or undergoes mandatory conversion or redemption. Subject to market conditions, S&P will provide clients with five-days advance notice of a deletion. Should an existing member of the Underlying Index delist during the five-day notification period, it is removed at the closing price from its last day of trading. The quarterly rebalancing also results in deletions if constituents no longer meet continued eligibility requirements.

S&P MidCap 400^®

Number of Components: approximately 401

Index Description. The S&P MidCap 400^® serves as the parent index for the S&P MidCap 400^® Growth and Value Index series. The Underlying Index measures the performance of the mid-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market. The securities added to the Underlying Index have a market capitalization between $2.4 billion and $8.2 billion at the time of inclusion (which may fluctuate depending on the overall level of the equity markets) and are selected for liquidity and industry group representation.

S&P MidCap 400 Growth Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 226

Index Description. The S&P MidCap 400 Growth Index^TM is a capitalization-weighted index representing stocks with growth characteristics from a broad range of industries.

S&P MidCap 400 Sustainability Screened Index

Number of Components: approximately 375

Index Description. The S&P MidCap 400 Sustainability Screened Index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index which measures the performance of the mid-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market, excluding companies

Table of Contents

involved in controversies and controversial business activities, as determined by the Index Provider. The Index Provider uses data and research analysis from Trucost, Sustainalytics and SAM in the construction and maintenance of the Underlying Index.

S&P MidCap 400 Value Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 307

Index Description. The S&P MidCap 400 Value Index^TM is a capitalization-weighted index representing stocks with value characteristics from a broad range of industries.

S&P North American Expanded Technology Sector Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 316

Index Description. The S&P North American Expanded Technology Sector Index^TM is designed to measure the performance of U.S.-traded stocks from the technology sector and select technology-related companies from the communication services and consumer discretionary sectors in the U.S. and Canada.

The Underlying Index is rebalanced semi-annually in June and December. Rebalances occur after the close on the third Friday of June and December, respectively.

S&P North American Expanded Technology Software Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 111

Index Description. The S&P North American Expanded Technology Software Index^TM is designed to measure the performance of U.S.-traded stocks from the software industry and select companies from the interactive home entertainment and interactive media and services sub-industries in the U.S. and Canada.

The Underlying Index is rebalanced semi-annually in June and December. Rebalances occur after the close on the third Friday of June and December, respectively.

S&P North American Natural Resources Sector Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 86

Index Description. The S&P North American Natural Resources Sector Index^TM is designed to measure the performance of U.S.-traded stocks of natural resource-related companies in the U.S. and Canada.

S&P North American Technology Multimedia Networking Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 21

Index Description. The S&P North American Technology Multimedia Networking Index^TM is designed to measure the performance of U.S.-traded stocks of communication equipment companies in the U.S. and Canada.

S&P SmallCap 600 Growth Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 332

Index Description. The S&P SmallCap 600 Growth Index^TM is a capitalization-weighted index representing stocks with growth characteristics from a broad range of industries.

S&P SmallCap 600^®

Number of Components: approximately 602

Index Description. The S&P SmallCap 600^® serves as the parent index for the S&P SmallCap 600^® Growth and Value Index series. It is a capitalization-weighted index from a broad range of industries chosen for market size, liquidity and industry group representation. The Underlying Index measures the performance of publicly-traded securities in the small-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market. The stocks in the Underlying Index have a market capitalization between $600 million and $2.4 billion (which may fluctuate depending on the overall performance of the equity markets) and are selected for liquidity and industry group representation.

S&P SmallCap 600 Sustainability Screened Index

Table of Contents

Number of Components: approximately 572

Index Description. The S&P SmallCap 600 Sustainability Screened Index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index which measures the performance of the small-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market, excluding companies involved in controversies and controversial business activities, as determined by the Index Provider. The Index Provider uses data and research analysis from Trucost, Sustainalytics and SAM in the construction and maintenance of the Underlying Index.

S&P SmallCap 600 Value Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 471

Index Description. The S&P SmallCap 600 Value Index^TM is a capitalization-weighted index representing stocks with value characteristics from a broad range of industries.

S&P Total Market Index™

Number of Components: approximately 3,898

Index Description. The S&P Total Market Index™ is composed of S&P 500^® members and S&P Completion Index™ members, which together are designed to track the broad equity market, including large-, mid-, small- and micro-capitalization companies. The index includes all eligible common equities listed on the NYSE (including NYSE Arca and NYSE American), the NASDAQ Global Select Market, the NASDAQ Select Market, the NASDAQ Capital Market and Cboe BZX, Cboe BYX, Cboe EDGA and Cboe EDGX, Inc. The securities in the S&P Total Market Index™ are weighted based on the float-adjusted market value of their outstanding shares. Securities with higher float-adjusted market values have a larger representation in the S&P Total Market Index™. The S&P 500^® measures the performance of the large-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market excluding S&P 500 constituents. The S&P Completion Index™ measures the performance of the mid-, small- and micro-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market.

For more information about SPDJI, including its limited relationship with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates and the limitations of the S&P DJI indices, please refer to the applicable Prospectus.

Investment Policies

The Board has adopted as fundamental policies the following numbered investment policies, which cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the applicable Fund’s outstanding voting securities. A vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Each Fund has also adopted certain non-fundamental investment policies, including its investment objective. Non-fundamental investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Therefore, each Fund may change its investment objective and its Underlying Index without shareholder approval.

Fundamental Investment Policies

Each Fund (other than the iShares Core S&P 500 ETF, iShares Focused Value Factor ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares International Developed Property ETF, iShares International Preferred Stock, iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF, iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Russell Top 200 ETF, iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF, iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF, iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF, iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF, iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF, iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF, iShares U.S. Insurance ETF, iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF, iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF, iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF, iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF and iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF) will not:

Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets in the stocks of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the stocks of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S.

Table of Contents

	government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate mortgages, commodities or commodity contracts, but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

Each of the iShares Core S&P 500 ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF and iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets in the stocks of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the stocks of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue “senior securities” as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and orders thereunder, except as permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and orders thereunder.
4.	Make loans. This restriction does not apply to: (i) the purchase of debt obligations in which each Fund may invest consistent with its investment objectives and policies; (ii) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements; and (iii) loans of its portfolio securities, to the fullest extent permitted under the 1940 Act.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate mortgages, commodities or commodity contracts, but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act in disposing of portfolio securities.

Each of the iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF and iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF, iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF, iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF, iShares U.S. Insurance ETF, iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF, iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF, iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF, iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF and iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets in the stocks of a particular industry or group of

Table of Contents

	industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the stocks of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate mortgages, commodities or commodity contracts, but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act in disposing of portfolio securities.

Each of the iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares International Developed Property ETF, iShares International Preferred Stock ETF, iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Russell Top 200 ETF, iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF and iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities; and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from investing in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business or securities or other instruments backed by real estate or mortgages), or commodities or commodity contracts (but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

Each of the iShares ESG Screened S& P 500 ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF, iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Value Style ETF, iShares Focused Value Factor ETF, iShares

Table of Contents

International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF, iShares U.S. Infrastructure and iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the 1940 Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except each Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and each Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by each Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the 1940 Act.

Notations Regarding the iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF's, iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF's, iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF's, iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF's, iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF's, iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF's, iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF's, iShares Factors US Value Style ETF's, iShares Focused Value Factor ETF's, iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF's, iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF's, iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF's and iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of each Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to a Fund's industry classifications, each Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to a Fund as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

Table of Contents

policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit each Fund to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit each Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (5) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit each Fund from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, in the case of diversified funds, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of each Fund’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the Fund’s investments in issuers where each Fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause a Fund to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF, iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Value Style ETF, iShares Focused Value Factor ETF, iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF, iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF and iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF Only

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by each Fund’s Prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.

All Funds Other Than the iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF, iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Value Style ETF, iShares Focused Value Factor ETF, iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF, iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF and iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to invest in the securities of a company for the purpose of exercising management or control, or purchase or otherwise acquire any illiquid investment, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, which currently limits each Fund's holdings in illiquid investments to 15% of a Fund's net assets. BFA monitors Fund holdings in illiquid investments, pursuant to the Liquidity Program.

If any percentage restriction described above is complied with at the time of an investment, a later increase or decrease in percentage resulting from a change in values of assets will not constitute a violation of such restriction, except that certain percentage limitations will be observed continuously in accordance with applicable law.

All Funds

Table of Contents

purposes, for all Funds other than the iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF, in component securities of the Underlying Index or in depositary receipts representing component securities in the Underlying Index, and for the iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF, in component securities of its Underlying Index. Each Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, a Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

Continuous Offering

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Funds are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Management

Table of Contents

Fund is included in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 382 funds as of July 30, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Funds' Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)	Trustee (since 2009).	President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).	Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Salim Ramji² (51)	Trustee (since 2019).	Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (66)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (60)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (50)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Chief Financial Officer of iShares Delaware Trust Sponsor LLC, BlackRock Funds, BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Funds IV, BlackRock Funds V and BlackRock Funds VI (since 2021); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

The Board has concluded that, based on each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Board. Among the attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Funds' investment adviser, other service providers, counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through the Trustee’s educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Board member of the Funds and the other funds in the Trust (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Board Chair. The Board Chair’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Board Chair may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board has established seven standing Committees: a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a 15(c) Committee, a Securities Lending Committee, a Risk Committee, an Equity Plus Committee and a Fixed Income Plus Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Funds, and from time to time the Board may establish ad hoc committees or informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Funds with respect to certain specified matters. The Chair of each standing Committee is an Independent Trustee. The role of the Chair of each Committee is to preside at all meetings of the Committee and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees between meetings. Each standing Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to the Committee by the Board and reports its finding to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Independent Trustees and the full Board to enhance effective oversight.

Table of Contents

Compliance Officer (and his or her delegates) assesses key compliance risks affecting each Fund, and addresses them in periodic reports to the Board. In addition, the Audit Committee meets with both the Funds' independent registered public accounting firm and BFA’s internal audit group to review risk controls in place that support each Fund as well as test results. Board oversight of risk is also performed as needed between meetings through communications between BFA and the Board. The Independent Trustees have engaged independent legal counsel to assist them in performing their oversight responsibilities. From time to time, the Board may modify the manner in which it conducts risk oversight. The Board’s oversight role does not make it a guarantor of the Funds' investment performance or other activities.

Table of Contents

The members of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are Madhav V. Rajan (Chair), Jane D. Carlin and Richard L. Fagnani, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of Trust performance and related matters for fixed-income or multi-asset funds. These responsibilities include: (i) reviewing quarterly reports regarding Trust performance, secondary market trading and changes in net assets to identify any matters that should be brought to the attention of the Board; and (ii) considering any performance or investment related matters as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board from time to time and providing a report or recommendation to the Board as appropriate. The Fixed Income Plus Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Funds so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

The table below sets forth the compensation earned by each Independent Trustee and Interested Trustee for services to each Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 and the aggregate compensation paid to them for services to the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

Name		iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF		iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF		iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF		iShares Russell 1000 ETF
Salim Ramji		0		0		0		0

Name	iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF	iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	iShares Russell 2000 ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$28,620	$2	$ 23,212	$30,183
Richard L. Fagnani	30,402	2	24,658	32,062
Cecilia H. Herbert	32,470	2	26,335	34,243
John E. Kerrigan	30,370	2	24,632	32,029
Drew E. Lawton	29,352	2	23,806	30,955
John E. Martinez	28,620	2	23,212	30,183
Madhav V. Rajan	28,620	2	23,212	30,183

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF	iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF	iShares Russell 3000 ETF	iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 5,447	$ 7,398	$ 4,877	$12,344
Richard L. Fagnani	5,786	7,859	5,181	13,113
Cecilia H. Herbert	6,180	8,393	5,534	14,005
John E. Kerrigan	5,780	7,851	5,176	13,099
Drew E. Lawton	5,586	7,587	5,002	12,660
John E. Martinez	5,447	7,398	4,877	12,344
Madhav V. Rajan	5,447	7,398	4,877	12,344

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF	iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF	iShares Russell Top 200 ETF	iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$6,653	$ 5,978	$ 395	$1,609
Richard L. Fagnani	7,068	6,351	419	1,709
Cecilia H. Herbert	7,548	6,782	448	1,825
John E. Kerrigan	7,060	6,344	419	1,707
Drew E. Lawton	6,824	6,131	405	1,650
John E. Martinez	6,653	5,978	395	1,609

Table of Contents

Name	iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF	iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF	iShares US Small Cap Value Factor⁵
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 307	$ 194	$52
Richard L. Fagnani	326	206	55
Cecilia H. Herbert	348	220	58
John E. Kerrigan	326	206	55
Drew E. Lawton	315	199	53
John E. Martinez	307	194	52
Madhav V. Rajan	307	194	52

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0

Name	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses⁶	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement⁶	Total Compensation From the Funds and Fund Complex⁷
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	For the iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF, compensation reported is from the Fund's inception date of September 22, 2020 to March 31, 2021.
²	For the iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF, compensation reported is from the Fund's inception date of September 22, 2020 to March 31, 2021.
³	For the iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, compensation reported is from the Fund's inception date of September 22, 2020 to March 31, 2021.
⁴	For the iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF, compensation reported is from the Fund's inception date of March 23, 2021 to March 31, 2021.
⁵	For the iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF, compensation reported is from the Fund's inception date of October 27, 2020 to March 31, 2021.
⁶	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
⁷	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of each Fund's outstanding shares as of June 30, 2021.

Table of Contents

Although the Trust does not have information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants (as defined below), as of June 30, 2021,¹ the name and percentage ownership of each DTC participant that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund were as follows:

¹	With respect to the iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF, beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of the DTC participants is provided as of July 16, 2021.

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
iShares Biotechnology ETF	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated - TS Sub 101 Hudson Street 9th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997	18.79%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	11.99%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	11.27%
	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004	8.44%

iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	15.85%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	9.00%
	Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399	6.64%

iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	14.07%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	10.59%
	Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399	6.87%
	Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC 2801 Market Street St Louis, MO 63103	5.13%

iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	16.84%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	12.45%

Table of Contents

Fund		Name		Percentage of Ownership
		Interactive Brokers Retail Equity Clearing 8 Greenwich Office Park Greenwich, CT 06831		6.80%

¹	With respect to the iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF, beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of the DTC participants is provided as of July 16, 2021.

Potential Conflicts of Interest. Certain activities of BFA, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers and employees, with respect to the Funds and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

BlackRock is one of the world's largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of a Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Funds. These are considerations of which investors in a Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage a Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by a Fund.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of a Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Funds. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on a Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of a Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Funds.

112

Table of Contents

could result in conflicts of interest relating to asset allocation, timing of Fund purchases and sales, and increased remuneration and profitability for BlackRock, and/or its personnel, including portfolio managers.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Funds, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Funds, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party's investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Funds. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions. On any occasion when a Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of a Fund's investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

113

Table of Contents

may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by a Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. A Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund's own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with a Fund's establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund's counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund's creditworthiness.

114

Table of Contents

that would provide more revenue to BlackRock. As described further below, BlackRock seeks to mitigate this conflict by providing its securities lending clients with equal lending opportunities over time in order to approximate pro rata allocation.

115

Table of Contents

particular broker-dealer. To the extent that BlackRock receives research on this basis, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist. For example, the research effectively will be paid by client commissions that also will be used to pay for the execution, clearing, and settlement services provided by the broker-dealer and will not be paid by BlackRock. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer, and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock's fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the Proxy Voting Policy section of this SAI.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of a Fund. Increasing a Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of a Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of a Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

It is possible that a Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. A Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for a Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit a Fund's flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb.

116

Table of Contents

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by a Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to a Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, a Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) in accordance with policies and procedures approved by a Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of a Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, each Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding a Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

117

Table of Contents

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, a Fund, except that a Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the 1940 Act engage in transactions with another Fund or accounts that are affiliated with a Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Funds and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for a Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or a Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock's internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of a Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which a Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Funds), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

118

Table of Contents

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Funds (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with certain Funds' custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Funds leave cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for Funds in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

119

Table of Contents

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, BFA may, from time to time, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of BFA, to perform investment advisory or other services with respect to a Fund. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the investment advisory agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion upon appropriate notice at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Prior to July 14, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, for its investment advisory services to iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF, iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF, iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF, iShares U.S. Insurance ETF, iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF, iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF, iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF, iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF, iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF, iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF and iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF, BFA was paid a management fee from such Funds corresponding to each Fund’s allocable portion of an aggregate management fee calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares Funds: iShares Transportation Average ETF, iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF, iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF, iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Goods ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Services ETF, iShares U.S. Energy ETF, iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF, iShares U.S. Financials ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF, iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF, iShares U.S. Industrials ETF, iShares U.S. Insurance ETF, iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF, iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF, iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF, iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF, iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF, iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF, iShares U.S. Technology ETF, iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF and iShares U.S. Utilities ETF. The aggregate management fee was calculated as follows: 0.4800% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $10.0 billion, plus 0.4300% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $10.0 billion, up to and including $20.0 billion, plus 0.3800% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $20.0 billion, up to and including $30.0 billion, plus 0.3400% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $30.0 billion, up to and including $40.0 billion, plus 0.3300% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $40.0 billion, up to and including $50.0 billion, plus 0.3100% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $50.0 billion.

Effective July 14, 2021, for its investment advisory services to iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF, iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF, iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF, iShares U.S. Insurance ETF, iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF, iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF, iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF, iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF, iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF, iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF and iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from such Funds corresponding to each Fund’s allocable portion of an aggregate management fee calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares Funds: iShares Transportation Average ETF, iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF, iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF, iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Goods ETF, iShares U.S.

120

Table of Contents

Consumer Services ETF, iShares U.S. Energy ETF, iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF, iShares U.S. Financials ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF, iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF, iShares U.S. Industrials ETF, iShares U.S. Insurance ETF, iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF, iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF, iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF, iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF, iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF, iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF, iShares U.S. Technology ETF, iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF and iShares U.S. Utilities ETF. The aggregate management fee is calculated as follows: 0.4800% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $10.0 billion, plus 0.4300% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $10.0 billion, up to and including $20.0 billion, plus 0.3800% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $20.0 billion, up to and including $30.0 billion, plus 0.3400% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $30.0 billion, up to and including $40.0 billion, plus 0.3300% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $40.0 billion, up to and including $50.0 billion, plus 0.3100% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $50.0 billion, up to and including $60.0 billion, plus 0.2945% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $60.0 billion.

For its investment advisory services to the iShares Europe ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from the Fund calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Europe ETF, iShares International Select Dividend ETF and iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF. The management fee for the Fund equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.6000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $12.0 billion, plus 0.5700% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $12.0 billion, up to and including $18.0 billion, plus 0.5415% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $18.0 billion, up to an including $24.0 billion, plus 0.5145% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $24.0 billion, up to and including $30.0 billion, plus 0.4888% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $30.0 billion.

As of July 1, 2020, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF, iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF, iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares North American Natural Resources ETF, iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF and iShares Semiconductor ETF, BFA was paid a management fee from each Fund corresponding to the Fund’s allocable portion of an aggregate management fee calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF, iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF, iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, iShares Global Comm Services ETF, iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF, iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares North American Natural Resources ETF, iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF and iShares Semiconductor ETF. The aggregate management fee is calculated as follows: 0.48% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $10.0 billion, plus 0.43% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $10.0 billion, up to and including $20.0 billion, plus 0.38% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $20.0 billion, up to and including $30.0 billion, plus 0.342% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $30.0 billion.

Prior to July 14, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF, iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares North American Natural Resources ETF, iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF and iShares Semiconductor ETF, BFA was paid a management fee from the Fund corresponding to the Fund’s allocable portion of an aggregate management fee calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF, iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF, iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, iShares Global Comm Services ETF, iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF, iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares North American Natural Resources ETF, iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF and iShares Semiconductor ETF. The aggregate management fee is calculated as follows: 0.48% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $10.0 billion, plus 0.43% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $10.0 billion, up to and including $20.0 billion, plus 0.38% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $20.0 billion, up to and including $30.0 billion, plus 0.342% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $30.0 billion.

Effective July 14, 2021, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF, iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares

121

Table of Contents

Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares North American Natural Resources ETF, iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF and iShares Semiconductor ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from the Fund corresponding to the Fund's allocable portion of an aggregate management fee calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF, iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF, iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, iShares Global Comm Services ETF, iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF, iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares North American Natural Resources ETF, iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF and iShares Semiconductor ETF. The aggregate management fee is calculated as follows: 0.4800% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $10.0 billion, plus 0.4300% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $10.0 billion, up to and including $20.0 billion, plus 0.3800% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $20.0 billion, up to and including $30.0 billion, plus 0.3420% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $30.0 billion, up to and including $40.0 billion, plus 0.3078% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $40.0 billion.

Prior to July 14, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Russell 2000 ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF and iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF, BFA was paid a management fee from each Fund calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Latin America 40 ETF, iShares MSCI Pacific ex Japan ETF, iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Russell 2000 ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF and iShares Select Dividend ETF. The management fee for the iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.4800% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $46.0 billion, plus 0.4560% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $46.0 billion, up to and including $81.0 billion, plus 0.4332% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $81.0 billion, up to and including $111.0 billion, plus 0.4116% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $111.0 billion, up to and including $141.0 billion, plus 0.3910% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $141.0 billion. The management fee for the iShares Russell 2000 ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.2000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $46.0 billion, plus 0.1900% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $46.0 billion, up to and including $81.0 billion, plus 0.1805% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $81.0 billion, up to and including $111.0 billion, plus 0.1715% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $111.0 billion, up to and including $141.0 billion, plus 0.1630% of the per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $141.0 billion. The management fee for each of the iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF and iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.2500% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $46.0 billion, plus 0.2375% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $46.0 billion, up to and including $81.0 billion, plus 0.2257% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $81.0 billion, up to and including $111.0 billion, plus 0.2144% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $111.0 billion, up to and including $141.0 billion, plus 0.2037% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $141.0 billion.

Effective July 14, 2021, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Russell 2000 ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF and iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from each Fund calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Latin America 40 ETF, iShares MSCI Pacific ex Japan ETF, iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Russell 2000 ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF and iShares Select Dividend ETF. The management fee for the iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.4800% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $46.0 billion, plus 0.4560% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $46.0 billion, up to and including $81.0 billion, plus 0.4332% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $81.0 billion, up to an including $111.0 billion, plus 0.4116% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $111.0 billion, up to and including $141.0 billion, plus 0.3910% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $141.0 billion, up to and including $171.0 billion, plus 0.3714% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $171.0 billion. The management fee for the iShares Russell 2000 ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.2000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $46.0 billion, plus 0.1900% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $46.0 billion, up to and including $81.0 billion, plus 0.1805% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $81.0 billion, up to an including $111.0 billion, plus 0.1715% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $111.0 billion, up to and including

122

Table of Contents

$141.0 billion, plus 0.1630% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $141.0 billion, up to and including $171.0 billion, plus 0.1548% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $171.0 billion. The management fee for the iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF and iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.2500% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $46.0 billion, plus 0.2375% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $46.0 billion, up to and including $81.0 billion, plus 0.2257% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $81.0 billion, up to an including $111.0 billion, plus 0.2144% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $111.0 billion, up to and including $141.0 billion, plus 0.2037% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $141.0 billion, up to and including $171.0 billion, plus 0.1935% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $171.0 billion.

For its investment advisory services to the iShares Biotechnology ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF and iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from each Fund calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Biotechnology ETF, iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF, iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares MBS ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF, iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF and the iShares TIPS Bond ETF. The management fee for the iShares Biotechnology ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.4800% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $121.0 billion, plus 0.4560% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $121.0 billion, up to and including $181.0 billion, plus 0.4332% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $181.0 billion, up to and including $231.0 billion, plus 0.4116% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $231.0 billion, up to and including $281.0 billion, plus 0.3910% of the per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $281.0 billion. The management fee for each of the iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF and iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.2000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $121.0 billion, plus 0.1900% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $121.0 billion, up to and including $181.0 billion, plus 0.1805% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $181.0 billion, up to and including $231.0 billion, plus 0.1715% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $231.0 billion, up to and including $281.0 billion, plus 0.1630% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $281.0 billion. The management fee for each of the iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF and iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.2500% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $121.0 billion, plus 0.2375% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $121.0 billion, up to and including $181.0 billion, plus 0.2257% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $181.0 billion, up to and including $231.0 billion, plus 0.2144% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $231.0 billion, up to and including $281.0 billion, plus 0.2037% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $281.0 billion. Effective October 19, 2020, the management fee for the iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.1800% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $121.0 billion, plus 0.1710% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $121.0 billion, up to and including $181.0 billion, plus 0.1624% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $181.0 billion, up to and including $231.0 billion, plus 0.1543% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $231.0 billion, up to and including $281.0 billion, plus 0.1465% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $281.0 billion.

The following table sets forth the management fee at the annual rate (as a percentage of each Fund's average daily net assets) BFA received from each Fund for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 and the management fees (net of waivers) each Fund paid BFA for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Management Fee for the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares Biotechnology ETF	0.45%	02/05/01	$ 43,022,522	33,317,845	40,352,267
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF¹	0.03%	05/15/00	69,436,582	$ 74,924,021	$ 62,132,849
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF²	0.05%	05/22/00	24,781,969	33,218,024	32,885,361

123

Table of Contents

Fund	Management Fee for the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF³	0.06%	05/22/00	29,516,775	30,926,871	29,770,009
iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	0.03%	01/20/04	8,566,779	6,752,170	4,621,214
iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF^4,5	0.04%	07/24/00	3,779,834	2,802,987	2,053,877
iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF^6,7	0.04%	07/24/00	2,764,320	2,410,447	1,821,335
iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF	0.08%	09/22/20	4,340	N/A	N/A
iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF	0.12%	09/22/20	7,032	N/A	N/A
iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF	0.12%	09/22/20	4,603	N/A	N/A
iShares Europe ETF	0.59%	07/25/00	8,644,209	10,144,672	13,701,876
iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	0.43%	03/13/01	11,758,120	7,891,981	7,000,292
iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	0.43%	07/10/01	21,759,846	12,995,214	9,059,494
iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF	0.25%	04/14/20	13,553	N/A	N/A
iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF	0.25%	01/14/20	12,194	2,452	N/A
iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF	0.30%	04/14/20	16,653	N/A	N/A
iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF	0.35%	04/14/20	20,838	N/A	N/A
iShares Factors US Value Style ETF	0.25%	01/14/20	15,225	2,360	N/A
iShares Focused Value Factor ETF	0.25%	03/19/19	60,220	75,293	2,584
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	0.43%	09/12/06	2,645,526	3,590,044	2,775,830
iShares Global Energy ETF	0.43%	11/12/01	4,371,486	4,063,298	6,618,817
iShares Global Financials ETF	0.43%	11/12/01	1,199,466	1,605,234	2,193,570
iShares Global Industrials ETF	0.43%	09/12/06	1,249,849	1,037,852	1,066,835
iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	0.43%	12/10/07	13,298,158	14,567,869	12,129,701
iShares Global Utilities ETF	0.43%	09/12/06	653,563	975,604	808,901
iShares International Developed Property ETF	0.48%	07/30/07	418,471	573,387	740,643
iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF⁸	0.40%	03/23/21	397	N/A	N/A
iShares International Preferred Stock ETF	0.55%	11/15/11	218,824	237,144	351,058
iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF	0.48%	10/23/01	431,089	504,105	552,066
iShares Micro-Cap ETF	0.60%	08/12/05	5,201,740	4,949,924	5,879,853
iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	0.48%	05/01/07	5,232,076	6,239,681	5,537,565
iShares North American Natural Resources ETF	0.43%	10/22/01	1,561,611	2,539,091	4,158,779
iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF	0.43%	07/10/01	243,993	440,707	295,744
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	0.46%	03/26/07	78,580,680	74,532,199	71,662,596
iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF	0.48%	05/01/07	1,826,559	2,433,983	1,557,123
iShares Russell 1000 ETF	0.15%	05/15/00	35,516,656	31,099,669	28,891,918
iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF	0.19%	05/22/00	109,342,698	88,623,531	81,066,625
iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF	0.15%	08/08/17	5,098	10,775	15,037
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	0.19%	05/22/00	73,057,751	75,215,158	72,296,148
iShares Russell 2000 ETF	0.19%	05/22/00	90,697,637	82,712,541	86,432,537
iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF	0.24%	07/24/00	23,925,121	21,923,827	23,820,419
iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF	0.24%	07/24/00	23,543,815	21,691,959	23,374,879
iShares Russell 3000 ETF	0.20%	05/22/00	19,785,315	19,171,357	17,791,366
iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF	0.19%	07/17/01	41,419,168	38,318,932	34,171,037
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF	0.23%	07/17/01	31,531,084	26,392,390	22,011,635
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF	0.23%	07/17/01	24,870,342	26,350,943	26,404,854
iShares Russell Top 200 ETF	0.15%	09/22/09	1,134,570	424,813	250,017
iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF	0.20%	09/22/09	5,931,864	3,141,738	2,332,597
iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF	0.20%	09/22/09	1,497,672	932,744	687,009

124

Table of Contents

Fund	Management Fee for the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares S&P 100 ETF	0.20%	10/23/00	13,525,268	10,413,242	9,563,478
iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF	0.18%	05/22/00	53,306,907	42,676,987	38,556,294
iShares S&P 500 Value ETF	0.18%	05/22/00	30,589,520	28,889,406	27,220,301
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF⁹	0.17%	07/24/00	14,082,702	17,626,271	18,717,827
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF¹⁰	0.18%	07/24/00	10,954,940	15,415,355	14,907,782
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF¹¹	0.18%	07/24/00	10,104,212	13,150,607	15,147,750
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF¹²	0.18%	07/24/00	11,995,641	15,214,258	15,183,210
iShares Semiconductor ETF	0.43%	07/10/01	17,190,459	8,388,652	6,666,118
iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF	0.42%	05/01/06	11,919,557	21,997,510	23,331,067
iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF	0.41%	05/01/06	647,588	993,296	1,386,691
iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF	0.42%	05/01/06	4,161,177	3,633,778	3,478,792
iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF	0.41%	05/01/06	7,732,555	5,122,351	4,768,073
iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	0.40%	04/03/18	292,940	25,910	13,679
iShares U.S. Insurance ETF	0.42%	05/01/06	271,933	427,882	471,811
iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	0.41%	05/01/06	32,322,722	17,643,706	11,341,826
iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF	0.42%	05/01/06	778,748	924,540	1,841,405
iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF	0.41%	05/01/06	504,616	403,788	1,041,699
iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF	0.42%	05/01/06	1,465,895	1,433,214	1,706,911
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF	0.41%	06/12/00	16,342,186	18,802,776	16,465,653
iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF	0.41%	05/01/06	1,180,280	1,770,835	3,277,841
iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF	0.42%	05/22/00	1,562,055	1,774,010	1,886,454
iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF¹³	0.30%	10/27/20	43,166	N/A	N/A

¹	Effective June 25, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P 500 ETF is 0.03%. Prior to June 25, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P 500 ETF was 0.04%.
²	Effective June 25, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF is 0.05%. From December 13, 2019 to June 24, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF was 0.06%. Prior to December 13, 2019, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF was 0.07%.
³	Effective June 25, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF is 0.06%. Prior to June 25, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF was 0.07%.
⁴	Effective June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF is 0.04%. Prior to June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF was 0.05%.
⁵	For the iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.04% effective June 1, 2018 through May 30, 2023. The contractual waiver was discontinued beginning on June 26, 2018. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, BFA waived $29,398 of management fees.
⁶	Effective June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF is 0.04%. Prior to June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF was 0.05%.
⁷	For the iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.04% effective June 1, 2018 through May 30, 2023. The contractual waiver was discontinued beginning on June 26, 2018. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2019, BFA waived $26,299 of management fees.
⁸	For the iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.30% effective November 9, 2020 through March 31, 2023. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to March 31, 2023 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, BFA waived $132 of management fees.
⁹	Effective October 19, 2020, the management fee for the iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF is 0.17%. Prior to October 19, 2020, the management fee for the iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF was 0.24%.
¹⁰	Effective October 19, 2020, the management fee for the iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF is 0.18%. Prior to October 19, 2020, the management fee for the iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF was 0.25%.
¹¹	Effective October 19, 2020, the management fee for the iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF is 0.18%. Prior to October 19, 2020, the management fee for the iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF was 0.25%.

125

Table of Contents

¹²

Effective October 19, 2020, the management fee for the iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF is 0.18%. Prior to October 19, 2020, the management fee for the iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF was 0.25%.

¹³

Effective November 9, 2020, for the iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee such that the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver will not exceed 0.20% effective November 9, 2020 through March 31, 2023. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to March 31, 2023 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, BFA waived $21,391 of management fees.

Investment Sub-Adviser. Pursuant to the Investment Advisory Agreement between BFA and the Trust entered into on behalf of the iShares International Preferred Stock ETF, BFA may from time to time, in its sole discretion, to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of BFA, to perform investment advisory services with respect to the Fund. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the Investment Advisory Agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

BFA has entered into an investment sub-advisory agreement (the “Sub-Advisory Agreement” and together with the Investment Advisory Agreement, the “Advisory Agreements”) with the Sub-Adviser. The Sub-Adviser is an investment adviser located in the U.K. The Sub-Adviser is an affiliate of BFA and is an SEC registered investment adviser and a commodity pool operator organized in 1999.

Under the Sub-Advisory Agreement, subject to the supervision and oversight of the Board and BFA, the Sub-Adviser will be primarily responsible for execution of securities transactions outside the U.S. and Canada and may, from time to time, participate in the management of specified assets in the Fund’s portfolio.

Pursuant to the Sub-Advisory Agreement, BFA pays the Sub-Adviser for services it provides either: (i) a fee equal to a percentage of the management fee paid to BFA under the Investment Advisory Agreement, or (ii) an amount based on the cost of the services provided. If the Sub-Adviser provides services related to both portfolio management and trading it is entitled to receive, from BFA, an amount equal to 20% of BFA’s management fee, and if the Sub-Adviser provides services related solely to trading then it is entitled to receive, from BFA, an amount equal to 110% of the actual pre-tax costs incurred by the Sub-Adviser. The Sub-Adviser may be responsible for the day-to-day management of the Fund or portions of the Fund.

Unless earlier terminated as described below, each Advisory Agreement will remain in effect for an initial two year period and from year to year if approved annually (i) by the Board or by a vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund, and (ii) by a majority of the Trustees who are not parties to such agreement or interested persons (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any such party by a vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval.

Each Advisory Agreement with respect to each Fund is terminable without penalty, on 60 days' notice, by the Board or by a vote of the holders of a majority of the applicable Fund’s outstanding voting securities (as defined in the 1940 Act). The Investment Advisory Agreement is also terminable upon 60 days' notice by BFA. The Sub-Advisory Agreement is also terminable on 60 days' written notice at the option of either BFA or the Sub-Adviser. Each Advisory Agreement will terminate automatically in the event of its assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

Portfolio Managers. As of March 31, 2021, the individuals named as Portfolio Managers in the Funds' Prospectuses were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of other iShares funds and certain other types of portfolios and/or accounts as follows:

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	195	$634,081,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	57	86,063,000,000
Other Accounts	25	28,568,000,000

126

Table of Contents

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	200	$634,811,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	2	845,000,000

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	193	$622,526,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	2,605,000,000
Other Accounts	65	15,924,000,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	195	$631,439,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	96	44,113,000,000
Other Accounts	3	131,000,000

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA’s policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Funds and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Funds, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time each Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than they would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Like the Funds, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio’s or account’s gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or any of its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and each of its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intend to do so, shareholders of the Funds should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict of interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A

127

Table of Contents

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	1	$2,998,410,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of March 31, 2021.

As of March 31, 2021, the Portfolio Managers beneficially owned shares of the Funds, for which they are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management, in the amounts reflected in the following tables:

128

Table of Contents

Jennifer Hsui

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Biotechnology ETF

iShares Core S&P 500 ETF

iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF

iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF

iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF

iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF

iShares Europe ETF

iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF

iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF

iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF

iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Value Style ETF

iShares Focused Value Factor ETF

iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF

iShares Global Energy ETF

iShares Global Financials ETF

iShares Global Industrials ETF

iShares Global Infrastructure ETF

iShares Global Utilities ETF

iShares International Developed Property ETF

iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF

iShares International Preferred Stock ETF

iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF

iShares Micro-Cap ETF

iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF

iShares North American Natural Resources ETF

iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF

iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF

iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF

iShares Russell 1000 ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF

iShares Russell 2000 ETF

iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF

iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF

iShares Russell 3000 ETF

129

Table of Contents

Jennifer Hsui

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF

iShares S&P 100 ETF

iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF

iShares S&P 500 Value ETF

iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF

iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF

iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF

iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF

iShares Semiconductor ETF

iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF

iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF

iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF

iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF

iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF

iShares U.S. Insurance ETF

iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF

iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF

iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF

iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF

iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF

iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF

iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF

iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF

Alan Mason

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Biotechnology ETF

iShares Core S&P 500 ETF

iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF

iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF

iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF

iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF

130

Table of Contents

Alan Mason

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Europe ETF

iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF

iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF

iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF

iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Value Style ETF

iShares Focused Value Factor ETF

iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF

iShares Global Energy ETF

iShares Global Financials ETF

iShares Global Industrials ETF

iShares Global Infrastructure ETF

iShares Global Utilities ETF

iShares International Developed Property ETF

iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF

iShares International Preferred Stock ETF

iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF

iShares Micro-Cap ETF

iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF

iShares North American Natural Resources ETF

iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF

iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF

iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF

iShares Russell 1000 ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF

iShares Russell 2000 ETF

iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF

iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF

iShares Russell 3000 ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF

iShares S&P 100 ETF

iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF

iShares S&P 500 Value ETF

iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF

131

Table of Contents

Alan Mason

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF

iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF

iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF

iShares Semiconductor ETF

iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF

iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF

iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF

iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF

iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF

iShares U.S. Insurance ETF

iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF

iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF

iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF

iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF

iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF

iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF

iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF

iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF

Greg Savage

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Biotechnology ETF

iShares Core S&P 500 ETF

iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF

iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF

iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF

iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF

iShares Europe ETF

iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF

iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF

iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF

iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Value Style ETF

iShares Focused Value Factor ETF

iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF

132

Table of Contents

Greg Savage

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Global Energy ETF

iShares Global Financials ETF

iShares Global Industrials ETF

iShares Global Infrastructure ETF

iShares Global Utilities ETF

iShares International Developed Property ETF

iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF

iShares International Preferred Stock ETF

iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF

iShares Micro-Cap ETF

iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF

iShares North American Natural Resources ETF

iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF

iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF

iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF

iShares Russell 1000 ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF

iShares Russell 2000 ETF

iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF

iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF

iShares Russell 3000 ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF

iShares S&P 100 ETF

iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF

iShares S&P 500 Value ETF

iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF

iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF

iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF

iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF

iShares Semiconductor ETF

iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF

iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF

iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF

iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF

iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF

133

Table of Contents

Greg Savage

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares U.S. Insurance ETF

iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF

iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF

iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF

iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF

iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF

iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF

iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF

iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF

Amy Whitelaw

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Biotechnology ETF

iShares Core S&P 500 ETF

iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF

iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF

iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF

iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF

iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF

iShares Europe ETF

iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF

iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF

iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF

iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF

iShares Factors US Value Style ETF

iShares Focused Value Factor ETF

iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF

iShares Global Energy ETF

iShares Global Financials ETF

iShares Global Industrials ETF

iShares Global Infrastructure ETF

iShares Global Utilities ETF

iShares International Developed Property ETF

iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF

iShares International Preferred Stock ETF

iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF

134

Table of Contents

Amy Whitelaw

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Micro-Cap ETF

iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF

iShares North American Natural Resources ETF

iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF

iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF

iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF

iShares Russell 1000 ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF

iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF

iShares Russell 2000 ETF

iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF

iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF

iShares Russell 3000 ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF

iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF

iShares S&P 100 ETF

iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF

iShares S&P 500 Value ETF

iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF

iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF

iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF

iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF

iShares Semiconductor ETF

iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF

iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF

iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF

iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF

iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF

iShares U.S. Insurance ETF

iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF

iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF

iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF

iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF

iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF

iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF

iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF

iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF

135

Table of Contents

Codes of Ethics. The Trust, BFA, the Sub-Adviser and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The codes of ethics permit personnel subject to the codes of ethics to invest in securities, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent. State Street serves as administrator, custodian and transfer agent for the Funds under the Master Services Agreement and related Service Schedule (the “Service Module”). State Street’s principal address is 1 Lincoln Street, Boston, MA 02111. Pursuant to the Service Module for Fund Administration and Accounting Services with the Trust, State Street provides necessary administrative, legal, tax and accounting and financial reporting services for the maintenance and operations of the Trust and each Fund. In addition, State Street makes available the office space, equipment, personnel and facilities required to provide such services. Pursuant to the Service Module for Custodial Services with the Trust, State Street maintains, in separate accounts, cash, securities and other assets of the Trust and each Fund, keeps all necessary accounts and records and provides other services. State Street is required, upon the order of the Trust, to deliver securities held by State Street and to make payments for securities purchased by the Trust for each Fund. State Street is authorized to appoint certain foreign custodians or foreign custody managers for Fund investments outside the U.S. Pursuant to the Service Module for Transfer Agency Services with the Trust, State Street acts as a transfer agent for each Fund’s authorized and issued shares of beneficial interest, and as dividend disbursing agent of the Trust. As compensation for these services, State Street receives certain out-of-pocket costs, transaction fees and asset-based fees which are accrued daily and paid monthly by BFA from its management fee.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of each Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares Biotechnology ETF	02/05/01	$ 261,294	92,172	113,346
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	05/15/00	2,182,733	$1,896,029	$1,657,166
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	05/22/00	656,482	625,958	583,103
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	05/22/00	692,110	604,191	577,960
iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	01/20/04	391,023	298,666	221,627
iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	07/24/00	142,702	116,387	81,221
iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	07/24/00	116,429	102,143	84,585
iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF	09/22/20	17,072	N/A	N/A
iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF	09/22/20	30,999	N/A	N/A
iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF	09/22/20	41,057	N/A	N/A
iShares Europe ETF	07/25/00	108,508	120,682	162,827
iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	03/13/01	48,703	39,286	34,840
iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	07/10/01	76,294	46,216	33,395

136

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF	04/14/20	29,322	N/A	N/A
iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF	01/14/20	22,814	5,804	N/A
iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF	04/14/20	33,246	N/A	N/A
iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF	04/14/20	53,086	N/A	N/A
iShares Factors US Value Style ETF	01/14/20	29,738	6,850	N/A
iShares Focused Value Factor ETF	03/19/19	20,200	20,887	915
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	09/12/06	44,670	47,346	42,252
iShares Global Energy ETF	11/12/01	63,849	47,516	57,802
iShares Global Financials ETF	11/12/01	41,688	39,004	43,689
iShares Global Industrials ETF	09/12/06	36,816	32,222	33,691
iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	12/10/07	163,188	150,576	128,091
iShares Global Utilities ETF	09/12/06	30,229	29,009	28,281
iShares International Developed Property ETF	07/30/07	82,772	81,049	59,793
iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF	03/23/21	17,310	N/A	N/A
iShares International Preferred Stock ETF	11/15/11	33,345	32,669	35,211
iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF	10/23/01	25,121	25,051	24,503
iShares Micro-Cap ETF	08/12/05	56,803	56,035	54,641
iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	05/01/07	29,998	32,462	27,685
iShares North American Natural Resources ETF	10/22/01	24,622	27,352	28,782
iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF	07/10/01	18,691	19,229	17,366
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	03/26/07	245,821	212,448	204,570
iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF	05/01/07	22,546	24,332	21,181
iShares Russell 1000 ETF	05/15/00	331,747	287,634	274,420
iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF	05/22/00	773,811	607,098	566,868
iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF	08/08/17	22,291	23,775	25,289
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	05/22/00	528,366	540,592	506,526
iShares Russell 2000 ETF	05/22/00	664,749	530,342	540,529
iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF	07/24/00	160,841	141,436	139,561
iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF	07/24/00	177,515	146,654	154,826
iShares Russell 3000 ETF	05/22/00	144,971	144,026	135,898
iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF	07/17/01	310,416	277,934	229,417
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF	07/17/01	191,951	159,516	127,045
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF	07/17/01	157,748	167,221	148,536
iShares Russell Top 200 ETF	09/22/09	26,387	24,222	23,628
iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF	09/22/09	47,824	32,418	27,835
iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF	09/22/09	28,882	27,784	26,793
iShares S&P 100 ETF	10/23/00	98,438	78,778	74,017
iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF	05/22/00	401,491	317,049	299,846
iShares S&P 500 Value ETF	05/22/00	242,848	229,163	212,125
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF	07/24/00	123,900	113,788	121,152
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF	07/24/00	95,799	104,011	105,499
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF	07/24/00	106,967	101,886	119,961
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF	07/24/00	118,363	108,842	103,879
iShares Semiconductor ETF	07/10/01	60,977	34,569	39,531
iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF	05/01/06	46,219	79,605	66,182

137

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF	05/01/06	19,927	20,923	20,012
iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF	05/01/06	27,063	25,289	20,547
iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF	05/01/06	34,373	28,534	26,653
iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	04/03/18	28,579	23,964	21,218
iShares U.S. Insurance ETF	05/01/06	20,440	21,211	20,218
iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	05/01/06	110,311	64,175	46,842
iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF	05/01/06	20,870	20,493	22,787
iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF	05/01/06	20,982	20,769	20,375
iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF	05/01/06	22,516	23,426	21,345
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF	06/12/00	63,809	71,744	61,450
iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF	05/01/06	23,707	24,783	26,001
iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF	05/22/00	23,091	23,296	21,769
iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF	10/27/20	23,242	N/A	N/A

Each Fund retains a portion of the securities lending income and remits the remaining portion to BTC as compensation for its services as securities lending agent. Securities lending income is generally equal to the total of income earned from the reinvestment of cash collateral (and excludes collateral investment fees as defined below), and any fees or other payments to and from borrowers of securities. As securities lending agent, BTC bears all operational costs directly related to securities lending. Each Fund is responsible for fees in connection with the investment of cash collateral received for securities on loan in a money market fund managed by BFA (the “collateral investment fees”); however, BTC has agreed to reduce the amount of securities lending income it receives in order to effectively limit the collateral investment fees a Fund bears to an annual rate of 0.04%. Such money market fund shares will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee.

138

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement: (i) domestic equity funds, such as all Funds except for the iShares Europe ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares International Developed Property ETF, iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF, iShares International Preferred Stock ETF and iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF (“Domestic Equity Funds”), retain 77% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement: (i) international equity funds, such as the iShares Europe ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares International Developed Property ETF, iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF, iShares International Preferred Stock ETF and iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF (“International Equity Funds”), retain 82% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income (which includes, for this purpose, collateral investment fees) earned across the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex (as defined under “Management—Trustees and Officers”) in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, each applicable Fund, pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows:

Domestic Equity Funds

(i) 81% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees); and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

International Equity Funds

(i) 85% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees); and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

Prior to January 1, 2021, the Domestic Equity Funds were subject to a different securities lending fee arrangement and were also subject to a different securities lending fee arrangement prior to January 1, 2020.

The services provided to the Funds by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Funds with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

139

Table of Contents

Fund	iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF	IShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF	iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF	iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
Net income from securities lending activities	$56,680	$94,753	$117,844	$154,827

Fund	iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF	iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF	iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	$ 4,070	$114,275	$293
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services
Securities lending income paid to BTC for services as securities lending agent	894	26,734	47
Cash collateral management expenses not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	298	5,289	41
Administrative fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0	0
Indemnification fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0	0
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	5	187	0
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$ 1,197	$ 32,210	$ 88
Net income from securities lending activities	$2,873	$ 82,065	$205

156

Table of Contents

Payments to an Intermediary may be significant to the Intermediary, and amounts that Intermediaries pay to your salesperson or other investment professional may also be significant for your salesperson or other investment professional. Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments may create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products over other investments. The same conflicts of interest and financial incentives exist with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

In addition to the payments described above, BFA Entities have developed proprietary tools, calculators and related interactive or digital content that is made available through the www.BlackRock.com website at no additional cost to Intermediaries. BlackRock may configure these tools and calculators and localize the content for Intermediaries as part of its customary digital marketing support and promotion of the Funds, other iShares funds, exchange-traded products and BlackRock mutual funds.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): BNY Mellon Performance & Risk Analytics, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

157

Table of Contents

Further, BFA Entities make Education Costs and Publishing Costs payments to other Intermediaries that are not listed in the immediately preceding paragraph. BFA Entities may determine to make such payments based on any number of metrics. For example, BFA Entities may make payments at year-end or other intervals in a fixed amount, an amount based upon an Intermediary’s services at defined levels or an amount based on the Intermediary’s net sales of one or more iShares funds in a year or other period, any of which arrangements may include an agreed-upon minimum or maximum payment, or any combination of the foregoing. As of the date of this SAI, BFA anticipates that the payments paid by BFA Entities in connection with the Funds, iShares funds and exchange-traded products in general will be immaterial to BFA Entities in the aggregate for the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Valuation of Shares. The NAV for each Fund is generally calculated as of the close of regular trading hours on the NYSE (currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each business day the NYSE is open. Valuation of assets held by a Fund is as follows:

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or, if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Fixed-Income Investments. Fixed-income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ current market value. A Fund values fixed-income portfolio securities using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by a Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information and by other methods, which may include consideration of: yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity and type; indications as to values from dealers; general market conditions; and/or other factors and assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but a Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with 60 days or less remaining to maturity unless such method does not represent fair value. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the issuer, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

158

Table of Contents

a day on which a Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which a Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Fair Value. When market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BFA to be unreliable, a Fund’s investments are valued at fair value (“Fair Value Assets”). Fair Value Assets are valued by BFA in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. BFA may reasonably conclude that a market quotation is not readily available or is unreliable if, among other things, a security or other asset or liability does not have a price source due to its complete lack of trading, if BFA believes a market quotation from a broker-dealer or other source is unreliable (e.g., where it varies significantly from a recent trade, or no longer reflects the fair value of the security or other asset or liability subsequent to the most recent market quotation), or where the security or other asset or liability is only thinly traded or due to the occurrence of a significant event subsequent to the most recent market quotation. For this purpose, a “significant event” is deemed to occur if BFA determines, in its reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing a Fund’s assets or liabilities, is likely to cause a material change to the last exchange closing price or closing market price of one or more assets held by, or liabilities of, a Fund. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BFA is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

159

Table of Contents

methodology is designed to correlate the prices of foreign assets in one or more non-U.S. markets following the close of the local markets to the prices that might have prevailed as of a Fund’s pricing time.

BFA, with input from portfolio management, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, a Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BFA, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of a Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee will seek to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the asset or liability is being valued, and does not seek to determine the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BFA using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to funds and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect a Fund. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities, to the extent such rules become more stringent, would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value. This may in turn increase the costs associated with selling assets or affect their liquidity due to a Fund’s inability to obtain a third-party determination of fair market value. The SEC recently adopted new Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, which will establish an updated regulatory framework for registered investment company valuation practices and may impact a Fund’s valuation policies. A Fund will not be required to comply with the new rule until September 8, 2022.

Brokerage Transactions

160

Table of Contents

return for such services, BFA may cause a Fund to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if BFA determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

The Funds anticipate that brokerage transactions involving foreign equity securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Funds in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the U.S. or Europe, as the case may be. ADRs, like other securities traded in the U.S., will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Funds will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

161

Table of Contents

Initial public offerings (“IPOs”) of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When BFA is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to BFA’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. IPOs of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in a Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

Because different accounts may have differing investment objectives and policies, BFA may buy and sell the same securities at the same time for different clients based on the particular investment objective, guidelines and strategies of those accounts. For example, BFA may decide that it may be entirely appropriate for a growth fund to sell a security at the same time a value fund is buying that security. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of BFA or the other Affiliates during the same period increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price. For example, sales of a security by BlackRock on behalf of one or more of its clients may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Funds or other clients or funds for which BFA or another Affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

162

Table of Contents

could be beneficial to the Funds. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares Biotechnology ETF	02/05/01	$ 834,068	$ 674,765	$ 350,923
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	05/15/00	1,409,732	1,250,816	983,907
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	05/22/00	2,847,172	2,084,841	1,861,056
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	05/22/00	6,734,154	4,708,435	3,355,926
iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	01/20/04	494,569	243,415	376,879
iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	07/24/00	72,148	176,924	85,378
iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	07/24/00	205,781	210,750	143,200
iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF	09/22/20	66	N/A	N/A
iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF	09/22/20	273	N/A	N/A
iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF	09/22/20	864	N/A	N/A
iShares Europe ETF	07/25/00	28,948	38,602	73,306
iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	03/13/01	18,927	18,969	10,688
iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	07/10/01	102,456	110,042	55,448
iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF	04/14/20	1,161	N/A	N/A
iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF	01/14/20	614	38	N/A
iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF	04/14/20	1,493	N/A	N/A
iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF	04/14/20	4,416	N/A	N/A
iShares Factors US Value Style ETF	01/14/20	2,816	109	N/A
iShares Focused Value Factor ETF	03/19/19	5,899	12,050	0
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	09/12/06	15,923	18,174	14,813
iShares Global Energy ETF	11/12/01	46,221	24,006	25,871
iShares Global Financials ETF	11/12/01	10,348	9,318	11,079
iShares Global Industrials ETF	09/12/06	10,285	3,470	4,566
iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	12/10/07	347,323	130,189	313,520
iShares Global Utilities ETF	09/12/06	6,445	4,143	5,758
iShares International Developed Property ETF	07/30/07	9,990	5,283	6,022
iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF	03/23/21	28	N/A	N/A
iShares International Preferred Stock ETF	11/15/11	21,220	20,039	31,655
iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF	10/23/01	5,455	4,639	4,939
iShares Micro-Cap ETF	08/12/05	342,706	235,016	167,681
iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	05/01/07	570,146	501,081	260,546
iShares North American Natural Resources ETF	10/22/01	26,241	37,745	28,527
iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF	07/10/01	8,882	10,077	3,507
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	03/26/07	2,045,323	2,183,048	1,426,788
iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF	05/01/07	9,842	19,227	12,787
iShares Russell 1000 ETF	05/15/00	199,947	165,354	145,057

163

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF	05/22/00	556,228	707,442	338,714
iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF	08/08/17	89	592	267
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	05/22/00	860,614	898,426	651,445
iShares Russell 2000 ETF	05/22/00	5,497,730	3,864,228	2,989,237
iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF	07/24/00	988,881	821,463	683,155
iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF	07/24/00	1,864,464	969,394	796,255
iShares Russell 3000 ETF	05/22/00	95,042	114,610	114,454
iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF	07/17/01	640,260	360,657	237,962
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF	07/17/01	327,319	218,731	110,510
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF	07/17/01	511,031	367,974	300,612
iShares Russell Top 200 ETF	09/22/09	3,031	1,699	852
iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF	09/22/09	16,199	25,477	10,118
iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF	09/22/09	12,689	7,779	4,545
iShares S&P 100 ETF	10/23/00	52,086	36,028	30,608
iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF	05/22/00	174,278	374,287	379,985
iShares S&P 500 Value ETF	05/22/00	422,154	520,693	319,577
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF	07/24/00	455,474	473,048	485,964
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF	07/24/00	465,920	482,724	396,262
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF	07/24/00	927,092	754,745	496,965
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF	07/24/00	1,698,044	1,299,177	714,970
iShares Semiconductor ETF	07/10/01	103,868	40,713	42,714
iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF	05/01/06	210,740	115,303	282,806
iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF	05/01/06	9,128	7,740	13,368
iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF	05/01/06	33,014	43,409	69,253
iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF	05/01/06	50,988	49,446	48,890
iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	04/03/18	28,398	1,032	577
iShares U.S. Insurance ETF	05/01/06	1,408	1,815	2,828
iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	05/01/06	84,901	78,960	170,082
iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF	05/01/06	28,194	23,130	13,532
iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF	05/01/06	124,746	27,448	47,025
iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF	05/01/06	38,901	34,596	52,126
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF	06/12/00	296,838	180,998	178,504
iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF	05/01/06	8,550	7,877	15,643
iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF	05/22/00	65,572	58,227	67,997
iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF	10/27/20	5,286	N/A	N/A

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 3,613,771,986
	Bank of America Corp.	2,286,642,297
	Wells Fargo & Co.	1,256,522,222

164

Table of Contents

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
	Morgan Stanley	3,417,506
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	3,410,937

iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 43,324,810
	Bank of America Corp.	28,118,229
	Citigroup Inc.	14,232,155
	Wells Fargo & Co.	13,931,229
	Morgan Stanley	10,194,739
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	10,175,259

iShares S&P 100 ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 145,357,272
	Bank of America Corp.	91,975,996
	Wells Fargo & Co.	50,541,343
	Citigroup Inc.	47,516,371
	Morgan Stanley	36,466,806
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	35,205,801
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	11,972,410

iShares S&P 500 Value ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 604,026,110
	Bank of America Corp.	382,202,260
	Wells Fargo & Co.	210,022,426
	Citigroup Inc.	197,452,594
	Morgan Stanley	151,536,715
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	146,294,895

iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF	Morgan Stanley	$ 82,809,402
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	79,945,614

iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF	Cowen Inc.	$ 587,638

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses.

The table below sets forth the portfolio turnover rates of each Fund for the fiscal years noted:

167

Table of Contents

Fund	Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020
iShares Biotechnology ETF	34%	29%
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	5%	4%
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	20%	15%
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	20%	16%
iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	5%	4%
iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	14%	35%
iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	25%	34%
iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF	6% ^1,2	N/A
iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF	11% ^1,2	N/A
iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF	18% ^1,2	N/A
iShares Europe ETF	5%	5%
iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	9%	10%
iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	22%	18%
iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF	97% ^3,4	N/A
iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF	103%	13% ⁵
iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF	105% ^3,4	N/A
iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF	111% ^3,4	N/A
iShares Factors US Value Style ETF	148%	16% ⁶
iShares Focused Value Factor ETF	70%	149% ⁷
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	7%	7%
iShares Global Energy ETF	5%	7%
iShares Global Financials ETF	4%	7%
iShares Global Industrials ETF	8%	5%
iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	25%	9%
iShares Global Utilities ETF	7%	6%
iShares International Developed Property ETF	16%	8%
iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF	0% ^8,9	N/A
iShares International Preferred Stock ETF	68%	54%
iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF	10%	7%
iShares Micro-Cap ETF	35%	24%
iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	30%	29%
iShares North American Natural Resources ETF	14%	16%
iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF	38%	33%
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	28%	46%
iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF	7%	12%
iShares Russell 1000 ETF	5%	5%
iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF	14%	18%
iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF	13%	23%
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	18%	16%
iShares Russell 2000 ETF	20%	18%
iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF	35%	33%
iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF	28%	25%
iShares Russell 3000 ETF	4%	5%
iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF	14%	10%
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF	23%	23%
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF	25%	20%
iShares Russell Top 200 ETF	5%	5%
iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF	11%	20%
iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF	17%	17%
iShares S&P 100 ETF	8%	4%
iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF	13%	27%
iShares S&P 500 Value ETF	26%	32%

168

Table of Contents

Fund	Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF	50%	51%
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF	43%	46%
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF	52%	64%
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF	52%	53%
iShares Semiconductor ETF	23%	14%
iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF	49%	20%
iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF	37%	15%
iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF	27%	30%
iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF	14%	15%
iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	65%	23%
iShares U.S. Insurance ETF	10%	8%
iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	9%	9%
iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF	21%	25%
iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF	71%	23%
iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF	52%	40%
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF	14%	8%
iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF	6%	5%
iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF	40%	41%
iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF	14% ^10,11	N/A

¹ The inception date for the iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF and iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF was September 22, 2020.

² The portfolio turnover for the iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF and iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF relates to the period of September 22, 2020 to March 31, 2021 and is not annualized.

³ The inception date for the iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF and iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF was April 14, 2020.

⁴ The portfolio turnover for the iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF, iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF and iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF relates to the period of April 14, 2020 to March 31, 2021 and is not annualized.

⁵ The portfolio turnover for the iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF relates to the period of January 14, 2020 to March 31, 2020 and is not annualized.

⁶ The portfolio turnover for the iShares Factors US Value Style ETF relates to the period of January 14, 2020 to March 31, 2020 and is not annualized.

⁷ Portfolio turnover for fiscal year end March 31, 2020, includes turnover resulting from the rebalancing of the Underlying Index.

⁸ The inception date for the iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF was March 23, 2021.

⁹ The portfolio turnover for the iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF relates to the period of March 23, 2021 to March 31, 2021 and is not annualized.

¹⁰ The inception date for the iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF was October 27, 2020.

¹¹ The portfolio turnover for the iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF relates to the period of October 27, 2020 to March 31, 2021 and is not annualized.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

169

Table of Contents

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Funds. Shares of each Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

170

Table of Contents

purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive form. Such laws may impair the ability of certain investors to acquire beneficial interests in shares of the Fund.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of each Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares of the Trust. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of each Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

171

Table of Contents

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

General. The Trust issues and sells shares of each Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load, at a price based on the NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Distributor or its agent in proper form. On days when the applicable Listing Exchange closes earlier than normal, the Funds may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of a Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for such Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of April 30, 2021:

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
iShares Biotechnology ETF	50,000	$7,739,000
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	50,000	20,928,000
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	50,000	13,593,000
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	50,000	5,527,000
iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	50,000	4,811,000
iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	50,000	4,841,000
iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	50,000	3,572,000
iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF	50,000	1,599,000
iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF	50,000	1,878,000
iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF	50,000	1,981,000
iShares Europe ETF	50,000	2,627,000
iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	50,000	19,168,000
iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	50,000	18,046,000
iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF	50,000	1,976,500
iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF	50,000	1,705,500
iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF	50,000	2,137,000
iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF	50,000	2,408,000
iShares Factors US Value Style ETF	50,000	1,424,000
iShares Focused Value Factor ETF	50,000	2,778,000
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	50,000	2,996,000
iShares Global Energy ETF	150,000	3,712,500
iShares Global Financials ETF	50,000	3,840,000
iShares Global Industrials ETF	50,000	5,947,500
iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	100,000	4,664,000
iShares Global Utilities ETF	50,000	3,123,500
iShares International Developed Property ETF	100,000	3,771,000
iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF	100,000	3,574,000
iShares International Preferred Stock ETF	50,000	857,000
iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF	150,000	10,786,500
iShares Micro-Cap ETF	50,000	7,354,500
iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	50,000	1,842,500
iShares North American Natural Resources ETF	50,000	1,426,500
iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF	50,000	3,337,000
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	50,000	1,930,000
iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF	50,000	3,982,500
iShares Russell 1000 ETF	50,000	11,786,500
iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF	50,000	12,977,000
iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF	50,000	1,820,000
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	50,000	7,873,500
iShares Russell 2000 ETF	50,000	11,252,500
iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF	50,000	15,334,000

172

Table of Contents

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF	50,000	8,117,500
iShares Russell 3000 ETF	50,000	12,469,500
iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF	50,000	3,884,000
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF	50,000	5,386,000
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF	50,000	5,720,500
iShares Russell Top 200 ETF	50,000	4,991,000
iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF	50,000	7,197,500
iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF	50,000	3,291,000
iShares S&P 100 ETF	50,000	9,493,500
iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF	50,000	3,476,500
iShares S&P 500 Value ETF	50,000	7,317,000
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF	50,000	4,077,500
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF	50,000	5,334,500
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF	50,000	6,527,000
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF	50,000	5,125,000
iShares Semiconductor ETF	50,000	21,100,500
iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF	50,000	5,320,500
iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF	50,000	4,859,500
iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF	50,000	13,136,500
iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF	50,000	3,661,000
iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	50,000	1,785,000
iShares U.S. Insurance ETF	50,000	3,952,000
iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF¹	50,000	3,050,500
iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF	50,000	2,471,000
iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF	50,000	641,500
iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF	50,000	8,956,500
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF	50,000	4,959,000
iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF	50,000	2,982,500
iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF	50,000	1,643,500
iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF	50,000	6,240,000

The approximate value per creation unit for the iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF is as of July 19, 2021.

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of a Fund generally consists of the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities, is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of any Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of a given Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

173

Table of Contents

The identity and number of shares of the Deposit Securities change pursuant to changes in the composition of a Fund's portfolio and as rebalancing adjustments and corporate action events are reflected from time to time by BFA with a view to the investment objective of the Fund. The composition of the Deposit Securities may also change in response to adjustments to the weighting or composition of the component securities constituting the relevant Underlying Index.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Funds or one of their service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units (an “Authorized Participant”). Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a

174

Table of Contents

small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by a Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units. Subject to the conditions that (i) an irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor's behalf) and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the Funds are in place for payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, the Funds will accept the order, subject to each Fund's right (and the right of the Distributor and BFA) to reject any order until acceptance, as set forth below.

175

Table of Contents

to the Fund; (v) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the opinion of counsel, be unlawful; (vi) acceptance of the Fund Deposit would, in the discretion of the Fund or BFA, have an adverse effect on the Fund or the rights of beneficial owners; or (vii) circumstances outside the control of the Fund, the Distributor or its agent and BFA make it impracticable to process purchase orders. The Distributor or its agent shall notify a prospective purchaser of a Creation Unit and/or the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such purchaser of its rejection of such order. The Funds, State Street, the sub-custodian and the Distributor or its agent are under no duty, however, to give notification of any defects or irregularities in the delivery of Fund Deposits nor shall any of them incur any liability for failure to give such notification.

Issuance of a Creation Unit. Except as provided herein, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the applicable Fund of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the sub-custodian has confirmed to the custodian that the securities included in the Fund Deposit (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant sub-custodian or sub-custodians, the Distributor or its agent and BFA shall be notified of such delivery and the applicable Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit. Creation Units are generally issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date). However, each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For example, each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (i.e., the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security) and in certain other circumstances.

Costs Associated with Creation Transactions. A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant creates a Creation Unit, and is the same, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by the Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. If a purchase consists solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Funds. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund		Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge for Creations¹
iShares Biotechnology ETF		$300		3.0%

176

Table of Contents

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge for Creations¹
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	1,250	3.0%
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	1,000	3.0%
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	1,500	3.0%
iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	3,000	3.0%
iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	3,000	3.0%
iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	3,000	3.0%
iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF	1,250	3.0%
iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF	1,000	3.0%
iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF	1,400	3.0%
iShares Europe ETF	10,000	3.0%
iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	650	3.0%
iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	250	3.0%
iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF	600	3.0%
iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF	400	3.0%
iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF	800	3.0%
iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF	1,650	3.0%
iShares Factors US Value Style ETF	475	3.0%
iShares Focused Value Factor ETF	150	3.0%
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	1,800	3.0%
iShares Global Energy ETF	600	7.0%
iShares Global Financials ETF	4,000	7.0%
iShares Global Industrials ETF	2,200	7.0%
iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	1,600	7.0%
iShares Global Utilities ETF	1,600	7.0%
iShares International Developed Property ETF	4,500	7.0%
iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF	8,350	3.0%
iShares International Preferred Stock ETF	700	3.0%
iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF	3,000	3.0%
iShares Micro-Cap ETF	3,000	3.0%
iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	250	3.0%
iShares North American Natural Resources ETF	500	3.0%
iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF	250	3.0%
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	750	3.0%
iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF	250	3.0%
iShares Russell 1000 ETF	2,500	3.0%
iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF	1,450	3.0%
iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF	1,200	3.0%
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	1,750	3.0%
iShares Russell 2000 ETF	3,000	3.0%
iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF	2,800	3.0%
iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF	3,000	3.0%
iShares Russell 3000 ETF	3,000	3.0%
iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF	2,000	3.0%
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF	1,150	3.0%
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF	1,400	3.0%
iShares Russell Top 200 ETF	500	3.0%
iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF	300	3.0%
iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF	300	3.0%
iShares S&P 100 ETF	250	3.0%
iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF	700	3.0%
iShares S&P 500 Value ETF	900	3.0%
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF	550	3.0%

177

Table of Contents

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge for Creations¹
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF	700	3.0%
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF	900	3.0%
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF	1,100	3.0%
iShares Semiconductor ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	475	3.0%
iShares U.S. Insurance ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF	250	3.0%
iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF	675	3.0%

¹	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Redemption of iShares Russell 2000 ETF During Certain Market Conditions. By submitting a redemption request, an Authorized Participant is deemed to represent to the Trust, consistent with the Authorized Participant Agreement, that (1) it has the requisite number of shares to deliver to the Trust to satisfy the redemption request, (2) such shares have not been loaned or pledged to any other party and are free and clear of any liens and encumbrances, and (3) it will not lend, hypothecate or otherwise encumber the shares after the submission of the redemption request. These deemed representations are subject to verification under certain circumstances with respect to the iShares Russell 2000 ETF. Specifically, if an Authorized Participant submits a redemption request with respect to the iShares Russell 2000 ETF on a Business Day on which the Trust determines, based on information available to the Trust on such Business Day, that (i) the short interest of the Fund in the marketplace is greater than or equal to 150% and (ii) the orders in the aggregate from all Authorized Participants redeeming Fund shares on such Business Day represent 25% or more of the shares outstanding of the Fund, such Authorized Participant will be required to verify to the Trust (in a form specified by the Trust) the accuracy of its deemed representations. If, after receiving notice of the verification requirement, the Authorized Participant does not verify the accuracy of its deemed representations in accordance with this requirement, its redemption request will be considered not to have been timely received in proper form.

Each Fund generally redeems Creation Units for Fund Securities (as defined below). Please see the Cash Redemption Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the in-kind method for further information on redeeming Creation Units of the Funds.

178

Table of Contents

Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Procedures and requirements governing redemption transactions are set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time.

The Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security in certain circumstances, including: (i) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant (or to an investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting) would be restricted under applicable securities or other local laws or due to a trading restriction; (ii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Fund Security by the Authorized Participant due to restrictions under applicable securities or other local laws; (iii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in unfavorable tax treatment; (iv) when a Fund Security cannot be settled or otherwise delivered in time to facilitate an in-kind redemption; or (v) in certain other situations. The amount of cash paid out in such cases will be equivalent to the value of the substituted security listed as a Fund Security. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the difference is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. Each Fund generally redeems Creation Units for Fund Securities, but each Fund reserves the right to utilize a cash option for redemption of Creation Units. Each Fund may, in its sole discretion, provide such redeeming Authorized Participant a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities, but does not differ in NAV. The Redemption Basket may also be modified to minimize the Cash Component by redistributing the cash to the Fund Securities portion of the Redemption Basket through systematically rounding. The rounding methodology allows position sizes of securities in the Fund Securities to be “rounded up,” while limiting the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge for Redemptions*
iShares Biotechnology ETF	$ 300	2.0%
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	1,250	2.0%
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	1,000	2.0%
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	1,500	2.0%

179

Table of Contents

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge for Redemptions*
iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	3,000	2.0%
iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	3,000	2.0%
iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	3,000	2.0%
iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF	1,250	2.0%
iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF	1,000	2.0%
iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF	1,400	2.0%
iShares Europe ETF	10,000	2.0%
iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	650	2.0%
iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	250	2.0%
iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF	600	2.0%
iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF	400	2.0%
iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF	800	2.0%
iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF	1,650	2.0%
iShares Factors US Value Style ETF	475	2.0%
iShares Focused Value Factor ETF	150	2.0%
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	1,800	2.0%
iShares Global Energy ETF	600	2.0%
iShares Global Financials ETF	4,000	2.0%
iShares Global Industrials ETF	2,200	2.0%
iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	1,600	2.0%
iShares Global Utilities ETF	1,600	2.0%
iShares International Developed Property ETF	4,500	2.0%
iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF	8,350	2.0%
iShares International Preferred Stock ETF	700	2.0%
iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF	3,000	2.0%
iShares Micro-Cap ETF	3,000	2.0%
iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	250	2.0%
iShares North American Natural Resources ETF	500	2.0%
iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF	250	2.0%
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	750	2.0%
iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF	250	2.0%
iShares Russell 1000 ETF	2,500	2.0%
iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF	1,450	2.0%
iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF	1,200	2.0%
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	1,750	2.0%
iShares Russell 2000 ETF	3,000	2.0%
iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF	2,800	2.0%
iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF	3,000	2.0%
iShares Russell 3000 ETF	3,000	2.0%
iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF	2,000	2.0%
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF	1,150	2.0%
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF	1,400	2.0%
iShares Russell Top 200 ETF	500	2.0%
iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF	300	2.0%
iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF	300	2.0%
iShares S&P 100 ETF	250	2.0%
iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF	700	2.0%
iShares S&P 500 Value ETF	900	2.0%
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF	550	2.0%
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF	700	2.0%
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF	900	2.0%
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF	1,100	2.0%

180

Table of Contents

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge for Redemptions*
iShares Semiconductor ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	475	2.0%
iShares U.S. Insurance ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF	250	2.0%
iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF	675	2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

181

Table of Contents

Deliveries of redemption proceeds are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”). However, each Fund reserves the right to settle deliveries of redemption proceeds on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliance with applicable law. For example, certain Funds reserve the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2 to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (i.e., the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold) and in certain other circumstances consistent with applicable law.

If neither the redeeming Beneficial Owner nor the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such redeeming Beneficial Owner has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, a Fund may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming Beneficial Owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In such case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the net asset value of its shares based on the NAV of the relevant Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charges specified above to offset the Fund's brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and each Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.

Although the Trust does not ordinarily permit cash redemptions of Creation Units, in the event that cash redemptions are permitted or required by the Trust, proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming shares as soon as practicable after the date of redemption (within seven calendar days thereafter). If a Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, a Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if a Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days.

To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participant’s agreement with the Distributor or its agent, in the event an Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to a Fund, at or prior to the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request, the Distributor or its agent will accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant’s delivery and maintenance of collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request and shall be held by State Street and marked-to-market daily. The fees of State Street and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant Agreement permits the Funds to acquire shares of the Funds at any time and subjects the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the aggregate of the cost to the Funds of purchasing such shares, plus the value of the Cash Amount, and the value of the collateral together with liability for related brokerage and other charges.

182

Table of Contents

Custom Baskets. Creation and Redemption baskets may differ and each Fund may accept “custom baskets.” A custom basket may include any of the following: (i) a basket that is composed of a non-representative selection of a Fund's portfolio holdings; (ii) a representative basket that is different from the initial basket used in transactions on the same business day; or (iii) a basket that contains bespoke cash substitutions for a single Authorized Participant. Each Fund has adopted policies and procedures that govern the construction and acceptance of baskets, including heightened requirements for certain types of custom baskets. Such policies and procedures provide the parameters for the construction and acceptance of custom baskets that are in the best interests of a Fund and its shareholders, establish processes for revisions to, or deviations from, such parameters, and specify the titles and roles of the employees of BFA who are required to review each custom basket for compliance with those parameters. In addition, when constructing custom baskets for redemptions, the tax efficiency of a Fund may be taken into account. The policies and procedures distinguish among different types of custom baskets that may be used for each Fund and impose different requirements for different types of custom baskets in order to seek to mitigate against potential risks of conflicts and/or overreaching by an Authorized Participant. BlackRock has established a governance process to oversee basket compliance for the Funds, as set forth in each Fund's policies and procedures.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of a Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to a Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of investing in a Fund. The summary is based on the laws and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Regulated Investment Company Qualifications. Each Fund intends to continue to qualify for treatment as a separate RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. To qualify for treatment as a RIC, each Fund must annually distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains) and meet several other requirements. Among such other requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of each Fund’s annual gross income must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or non-U.S. currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive at least 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains and other traditionally permitted RIC income); and (ii) at the close of each quarter of each Fund's taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of each Fund’s total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited for purposes of this calculation in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of each Fund's total assets may be invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

183

Table of Contents

Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships. A Fund's investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly-traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or non-U.S. income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Taxation of RICs. As a RIC, a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, a Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. A Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. If a Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Although each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, a Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. Each Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

The following Funds had net capital loss carryforwards, as set forth in the table below, as of March 31, 2021, the tax year-end for the Funds:

Fund		Non-Expiring Capital Loss Carryforward
iShares Biotechnology ETF		$ 1,428,052,267
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF		4,128,046,808
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF		1,737,798,510
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF		2,388,028,988
iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF		358,810,939

184

Table of Contents

Fund		Non-Expiring Capital Loss Carryforward
iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF		365,934,964
iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF		580,422,122
iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF		34,318
iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF		53,137
iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF		18,543
iShares Europe ETF		302,262,836
iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF		22,125,503
iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF		111,306,889
iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF		N/A
iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF		11,990
iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF		N/A
iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF		N/A
iShares Factors US Value Style ETF		219,929
iShares Focused Value Factor ETF		9,634,428
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF		18,103,372
iShares Global Energy ETF		160,867,572
iShares Global Financials ETF		57,818,192
iShares Global Industrials ETF		22,646,604
iShares Global Infrastructure ETF		316,510,669
iShares Global Utilities ETF		38,361,599
iShares International Developed Property ETF		28,214,572
iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF		N/A
iShares International Preferred Stock ETF		20,714,596
iShares JPX-Nikkei 400 ETF		21,100,759
iShares Micro-Cap ETF		167,055,446
iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF		174,144,121
iShares Residential and Multisector Real Estate ETF		3,314,269
iShares North American Natural Resources ETF		477,090,865
iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF		70,375,105
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF		1,737,916,306
iShares Russell 1000 ETF		613,444,581
iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF		1,417,611,778
iShares Russell 1000 Pure U.S. Revenue ETF		174,043
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF		3,119,799,282
iShares Russell 2000 ETF		8,500,766,227
iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF		1,322,036,379
iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF		1,580,502,649
iShares Russell 3000 ETF		133,494,308
iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF		1,132,451,882
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF		998,195,710
iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF		1,155,965,224

185

Table of Contents

Fund		Non-Expiring Capital Loss Carryforward
iShares Russell Top 200 ETF		10,254,466
iShares Russell Top 200 Growth ETF		73,641,477
iShares Russell Top 200 Value ETF		39,591,117
iShares S&P 100 ETF		275,370,205
iShares S&P 500 Growth ETF		1,141,109,830
iShares S&P 500 Value ETF		1,158,584,208
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF		248,986,573
iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Value ETF		516,161,831
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Growth ETF		161,202,613
iShares S&P Small-Cap 600 Value ETF		648,307,766
iShares Semiconductor ETF		83,206,150
iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF		722,874,076
iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF		36,996,700
iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF		122,243,181
iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF		145,185,143
iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF		3,063,692
iShares U.S. Insurance ETF		3,367,681
iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF		133,226,956
iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF		184,967,068
iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF		287,690,727
iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF		189,661,444
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF		322,683,818
iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF		20,030,231
iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF		229,710,211
iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF		56,600

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders. Dividends and other distributions by a Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by a Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

Each Fund intends to distribute annually to its shareholders substantially all of its investment company taxable income and any net realized long-term capital gains in excess of net realized short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers). However, if a Fund retains for investment an amount equal to all or a portion of its net long-term capital gains in excess of its net short-term capital losses (including any capital loss carryovers), it will be subject to a corporate tax (at a flat rate of 21%) on the amount retained. In that event, the Fund will designate such retained amounts as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who (a) will be required to include in income for U.S. federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gains, their proportionate shares of the undistributed amount, (b) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on the undistributed amount against their U.S. federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent their credits exceed their liabilities, if any, and (c) will be entitled to increase their tax basis, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, in their shares by an amount equal to the excess of the amount in clause (a) over the amount in clause (b). Organizations or persons not subject to U.S. federal income tax on such capital gains will be entitled to a refund of their pro rata share of such taxes paid by the Fund upon filing appropriate returns or claims for refund with the IRS.

186

Table of Contents

All other dividends of a Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income, subject to the discussion of qualified dividend income below. Long-term capital gains are eligible for taxation at a maximum rate of 15% or 20% for non-corporate shareholders, depending on whether their income exceeds certain threshold amounts.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If a Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (b) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, a Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

In certain situations, a Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss, then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of (i) the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains and (ii) the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of shares of a Fund, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund. A redemption of shares by a Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends or capital gains distributions, or by an option or contract to acquire substantially identical shares, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

187

Table of Contents

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of a Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then, on or before January 31 of the following calendar year, acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents shareholders from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting their investments within a family of mutual funds.

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. A Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause a Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. Each Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of a Fund as a RIC.

A Fund’s investments in so-called “Section 1256 contracts,” such as regulated futures contracts, most non-U.S. currency forward contracts traded in the interbank market and options on most security indexes, are subject to special tax rules. All Section 1256 contracts held by a Fund at the end of its taxable year are required to be marked to their market value, and any unrealized gain or loss on those positions will be included in a Fund’s income as if each position had been sold for its fair market value at the end of the taxable year. The resulting gain or loss will be combined with any gain or loss realized by a Fund from positions in Section 1256 contracts closed during the taxable year. Provided such positions were held as capital assets and were not part of a “hedging transaction” nor part of a “straddle,” 60% of the resulting net gain or loss will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss, and 40% of such net gain or loss will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss, regardless of the period of time the positions were actually held by a Fund.

188

Table of Contents

Qualified Dividend Income. Distributions by a Fund of investment company taxable income (including any short-term capital gains), whether received in cash or shares, will be taxable either as ordinary income or as qualified dividend income, which is eligible to be taxed at long-term capital gain rates to the extent a Fund receives qualified dividend income on the securities it holds and a Fund reports the distribution as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable U.S. corporations (but generally not from U.S. REITs) and certain non-U.S. corporations (e.g., non-U.S. corporations that are not PFICs and which are incorporated in a possession of the U.S. or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the U.S., or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. (where the dividends are paid with respect to such stock)). Under current IRS guidance, the U.S. has appropriate comprehensive income tax treaties with the following countries: Australia, Austria, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, China (but not with Hong Kong, which is treated as a separate jurisdiction for U.S. tax purposes), Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Morocco, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, the Slovak Republic, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, the U.K. and Venezuela. Substitute payments received by a Fund for securities lent out by a Fund will not be qualified dividend income.

A dividend from a Fund will not be treated as qualified dividend income to the extent that: (i) the shareholder has not held the shares on which the dividend was paid for 61 days during the 121-day period that begins on the date that is 60 days before the date on which the shares become ex-dividend with respect to such dividend or a Fund fails to satisfy those holding period requirements with respect to the securities it holds that paid the dividends distributed to the shareholder (or, in the case of certain preferred stocks, the holding requirement of 91 days during the 181-day period beginning on the date that is 90 days before the date on which the stock becomes ex-dividend with respect to such dividend); (ii) a Fund or the shareholder is under an obligation (whether pursuant to a short sale or otherwise) to make related payments with respect to substantially similar or related property; or (iii) the shareholder elects to treat such dividend as investment income under Section 163(d)(4)(B) of the Internal Revenue Code. Dividends received by a Fund from a REIT or another RIC may be treated as qualified dividend income only to the extent the dividend distributions are attributable to qualified dividend income received by such REIT or other RIC. It is expected that dividends received by a Fund from a REIT and distributed to a shareholder generally will be taxable to the shareholder as ordinary income. However, for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017 and before January 1, 2026, a non-corporate taxpayer who is a direct REIT shareholder may claim a 20% “qualified business income” deduction for ordinary REIT dividends, and a RIC may report dividends as eligible for this deduction to the extent the RIC’s income is derived from ordinary REIT dividends (reduced by allocable RIC expenses). A shareholder may treat the dividends as such provided the RIC and the shareholder satisfy applicable holding period requirements. Distributions by a Fund of its net short-term capital gains will be taxable as ordinary income.

Corporate Dividends Received Deduction. Dividends paid by a Fund that are attributable to dividends received by the Fund from U.S. corporations may qualify for the U.S. federal dividends received deduction for corporations. A 46-day minimum holding period during the 90-day period that begins 45 days prior to ex-dividend date (or 91-day minimum holding period during the 180 period beginning 90 days prior to ex-dividend date for certain preference dividends) during which risk of loss may not be diminished is required for the applicable shares, at both the Fund and shareholder level, for a dividend to be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Restrictions may apply if indebtedness, including a short sale, is attributable to the investment.

Excess Inclusion Income. Under current law, the Funds serve to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by their respective tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Certain types of income received by a Fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to report some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund shareholders, such excess inclusion income may: (i) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (ii) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (iv) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, are Fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined in Section 664 of the Internal Revenue Code) has UBTI for a taxable year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the trust.

189

Table of Contents

A Fund tries to avoid investing in REITs that are expected to generate excess inclusion income, but a Fund may not always be successful in doing so. Because information about a REIT’s investments may be inadequate or inaccurate, or because a REIT may change its investment program, a Fund may not be successful in avoiding the consequences described above. Avoidance of investments in REITs that generate excess inclusion income may require a Fund to forego otherwise attractive investment opportunities.

Non-U.S. Investments. Under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time a Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time a Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts and certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless a Fund was to elect otherwise.

Each Fund may be subject to non-U.S. income taxes withheld at the source. Each Fund, if permitted to do so, may elect to “pass through” to its investors the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid by the Fund provided that the Fund held the security on the dividend settlement date and for at least 15 additional days immediately before and/or thereafter, with the result that each investor with respect to shares of the Fund held for a minimum 16-day holding period at the time of deemed distribution will (i) include in gross income, even though not actually received, the investor’s pro rata share of the Fund’s non-U.S. income taxes, and (ii) either deduct (in calculating U.S. taxable income, but only for investors who itemize their deductions on their personal tax returns) or credit (in calculating U.S. federal income tax) the investor’s pro rata share of the Fund’s non-U.S. income taxes. Withholding taxes on dividends on non-U.S. securities while such securities are lent out by the Fund are not eligible for non-U.S. tax credit pass through. Taxes not “passed through” for tax purposes will not be available to shareholders for foreign tax credit purposes. A non-U.S. person invested in a Fund in a year that the Fund elects to “pass through” its non-U.S. taxes may be treated as receiving additional dividend income subject to U.S. withholding tax. A non-U.S. tax credit may not exceed the investor’s U.S. federal income tax otherwise payable with respect to the investor’s non-U.S. source income. For this purpose, shareholders must treat as non-U.S. source gross income (i) their proportionate shares of non-U.S. taxes paid by a Fund and (ii) the portion of any dividend paid by the Fund that represents income derived from non-U.S. sources; the Fund’s gain from the sale of securities will generally be treated as U.S.-source income. Certain limitations will be imposed to the extent to which the non-U.S. tax credit may be claimed. If your Fund shares are loaned pursuant to securities lending arrangements, you may lose the ability to use any non-U.S. tax credits passed through by a Fund or to treat Fund dividends (paid while the shares are held by the borrower) as qualified dividends. Regarding a short sale with respect to shares of a Fund, substitute payments made to the lender of such shares may not be deductible under certain circumstances. Consult your financial intermediary or tax advisor.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If a Fund purchases shares in PFICs, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on a Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

190

Table of Contents

income in excess of the distributions it receives from PFICs and its proceeds from dispositions of PFIC stock. A Fund may have to distribute this “phantom” income and gain to satisfy the 90% distribution requirement and to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

A Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Properly-reported dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of a Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder or partner, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of a Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, a Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

191

Table of Contents

certain U.S. real property interests. Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

The rules laid out in the previous two paragraphs, other than the withholding rules, will apply notwithstanding a Fund’s participation in a wash sale transaction or its payment of a substitute dividend.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Separately, a 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on U.S.-source dividends, interest and other income items paid to: (i) foreign financial institutions, including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders; and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to: (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information, including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders; comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts; report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained; agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information; and determine certain other information concerning their account holders, or (ii) in the event an intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities may need to report the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or provide certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.

Shares of a Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Each Fund's (except for the iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF and iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF) audited Financial Statements, including the Financial Highlights, appearing in the applicable Annual Report to Shareholders and the report therein of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, are hereby incorporated by reference in this SAI. The applicable Annual Report to Shareholders, which contains the referenced audited financial statements, is available upon request and without charge. Financial statements for the iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF and iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF are not available because, as of the date of this SAI, the iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF, iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF, iShares International Developed Small Cap Value Factor ETF and iShares US Small Cap Value Factor ETF have no financial information to report.

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, audits the Funds' financial statements, and may perform other services.

192

Table of Contents

BFA has registered the following Funds for marketing to investors in Finland, the Netherlands, Sweden, and the U.K.:

iShares Biotechnology ETF
iShares Core S&P 500 ETF
iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF
iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF
iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF
iShares Global Energy ETF
iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF
iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF
iShares Russell 2000 ETF
iShares Russell 3000 ETF
iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF
iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF

193

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated July 30, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund	Ticker	Listing Exchange
iShares Asia 50 ETF	AIA	Nasdaq
iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF	EMIF	Nasdaq
iShares Global 100 ETF	IOO	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	ICLN	Nasdaq
iShares Global Comm Services ETF	IXP	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF	RXI	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Healthcare ETF	IXJ	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Materials ETF	MXI	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Tech ETF	IXN	NYSE Arca
iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF	WOOD	Nasdaq
iShares India 50 ETF	INDY	Nasdaq
iShares International Dividend Growth ETF	IGRO	Cboe BZX
iShares Latin America 40 ETF	ILF	NYSE Arca

iShares^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Funds

•	iShares Asia 50 ETF
•	iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF
•	iShares Global 100 ETF
•	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF
•	iShares Global Comm Services ETF
•	iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF
•	iShares Global Healthcare ETF
•	iShares Global Materials ETF
•	iShares Global Tech ETF
•	iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF
•	iShares India 50 ETF
•	iShares International Dividend Growth ETF
•	iShares Latin America 40 ETF

Each Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”) (other than the iShares India 50 ETF, which currently issues Creation Units of its shares solely for cash). Shares of the Funds are listed for trading on national securities exchanges such as Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BZX”), The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) or NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”) (each, a “Listing Exchange”). Shares of each Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI) (other than the iShares India 50 ETF, which currently redeems Creation Units of its shares solely for cash). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally ranging from 50,000 to 250,000 shares or multiples thereof.

Table of Contents

Exchange Listing and Trading

Shares of each Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the applicable Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of each Fund may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of a Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) following the initial 12-month period beginning upon the commencement of trading of Fund shares, there are fewer than 50 record and/or beneficial owners of shares of a Fund; (ii) a Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (iii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iv) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of a Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of a Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Investment Strategies and Risks

The iShares India 50 ETF seeks to achieve its objective by investing all its assets that are invested in Indian securities in a wholly-owned subsidiary located in the Republic of Mauritius (the “Subsidiary”). BFA serves as investment adviser to both the Fund and the Subsidiary. Unless otherwise indicated, references made in this SAI to the iShares India 50 ETF refer to the Subsidiary and/or the Fund as applicable.

Each Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by BFA to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the Fund's Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market capitalization and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as return variability, earnings valuation and yield) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Although the Funds do not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Funds may have a leveraging effect as described below.

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions. The iShares Asia 50 ETF, iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, iShares Global Comm Services ETF, iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF, iShares Global Timer & Forestry ETF, iShares International Dividend Growth ETF, and iShares Latin America 40 ETF, along with certain other iShares funds, have entered into a line of credit with State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) that may be used for temporary or emergency purposes, including redemption, settlement of trades and rebalancing of portfolio holdings.

Table of Contents

end of 2021. Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, if State Street is unable to ascertain the applicable LIBOR rate, the interest rate on a borrowing will be determined without reference to LIBOR.

Currency Transactions. A currency forward contract is an over-the-counter (“OTC”) obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days greater than two days from the date on which the contract is agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A non-deliverable currency forward is an OTC currency forward settled in a specified currency, on a specified date, based on the difference between the agreed-upon exchange rate and the market exchange rate. A currency futures contract is a contract that trades on an organized futures exchange involving an obligation to deliver or acquire a specified amount of a specific currency, at a specified price and at a specified future time. Currency futures contracts may be settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the underlying currency. To the extent required by law, liquid assets committed to futures contracts will be maintained. Each Fund does not expect to engage in currency transactions for the purpose of hedging against declines in the value of the Funds' assets that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency. A Fund may enter into non-U.S. currency forward and non-U.S. currency futures transactions to facilitate local securities settlements or to protect against currency exposure in connection with its distributions to shareholders, but may not enter into such contracts for speculative purposes.

Foreign exchange transactions involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which foreign exchange transactions are effected may be highly volatile, highly specialized and highly technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. Foreign exchange trading risks include, but are not limited to, exchange rate risk, counterparty risk, maturity gap, interest rate risk, and potential interference by foreign governments through regulation of local exchange markets, foreign investment or particular transactions in non-U.S. currency. If BFA utilizes foreign exchange transactions at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions, trends or correlations incorrectly, foreign exchange transactions may not serve their intended purpose of improving the correlation of a Fund's return with the performance of its Underlying Index and may lower the Fund’s return. A Fund could experience losses if the value of its currency forwards, options or futures positions were poorly correlated with its other investments or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid market or otherwise. In addition, a Fund could incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with certain non-U.S. currency transactions.

Diversification Status. The following table sets forth the diversification status of each Fund:

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
iShares Global 100 ETF*		iShares Asia 50 ETF
iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF		iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF
iShares Global Healthcare ETF		iShares Global Clean Energy ETF
iShares Global Materials ETF		iShares Global Comm Services ETF
iShares International Dividend Growth ETF		iShares Global Tech ETF
		iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF
		iShares India 50 ETF

Table of Contents

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
		iShares Latin America 40 ETF

The iShares Global 100 ETF intends to be diversified in approximately the same proportion as its Underlying Index is diversified. The iShares Global 100 ETF may become non-diversified, as defined in the 1940 Act, solely as a result of a change in relative market capitalization or index weighting of one or more constituents of its Underlying Index. Shareholder approval will not be sought if the iShares Global 100 ETF crosses from diversified to non-diversified status due solely to a change in its relative market capitalization or index weighting of one or more constituents of its Underlying Index. The Funds disclose their portfolio holdings and weightings at www.iShares.com.

A fund classified as “diversified” under the 1940 Act may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and (ii) securities of other investment companies) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer or (b) the fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, the fund may invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, a fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval. However, while the iShares Global 100 ETF is classified as “diversified,” under applicable no-action relief from the SEC staff, the fund may become non-diversified, as defined in the 1940 Act, solely as a result of a change in relative market capitalization or index weighting of one or more constituents of its Underlying Index and such a change does not require shareholder approval.

Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options. Futures contracts, options on futures and securities options may be used by a Fund to simulate investment in its Underlying Index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures that are traded on a U.S. or non-U.S. futures exchange. Each Fund will not use futures, options on futures or securities options for speculative purposes. Each Fund intends to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). BFA, with respect to certain Funds, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to such Funds, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Table of Contents

underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of each Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. Certain of the Funds may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of their portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Table of Contents

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees a Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, a Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return a Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for a Fund. A Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by a Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on shareholders caused by this difference in connection with a Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) such as the Funds, to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”) and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Funds have implemented a Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust, has appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, BFA assesses, manages, and periodically reviews each Fund’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by a Fund as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by a Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interest in a Fund. The liquidity of a Fund's portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the Liquidity Program. There are exclusions from certain portions of the liquidity risk management program requirements for “in-kind” ETFs, as defined in the Liquidity Rule. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, a Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Non-U.S. Securities. Each Fund intends to purchase publicly-traded common stocks of non-U.S. issuers. To the extent a Fund invests in stocks of non-U.S. issuers, the Fund's investment in such stocks may be in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) (collectively, “depositary receipts”). Depositary receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust issuer, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as continental depositary receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Generally, ADRs, issued in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, issued in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Depositary receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, depositary receipts expose a Fund to additional risks associated with the non-uniform terms that apply to depositary receipt programs, credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency risk and liquidity risk. Unsponsored programs, which are not sanctioned by the issuer of the underlying common stock,

Table of Contents

generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in a sponsored depositary receipts.

Investing in the securities of non-U.S. issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in non-U.S. countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The CFTC subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. To the extent a Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

BFA has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to each of the Funds. BFA is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Funds.

The iShares Asia 50 ETF, iShares Global 100 ETF and iShares Latin America ETF (the “No-Action Letter Funds”) may also have investments in “underlying funds” (and such underlying funds themselves may invest in underlying funds) not advised by BFA ( the term “underlying fund” for purposes of the no-action letter referenced below may include, but is not limited to, certain securitized vehicles, mortgage or international real estate investment trusts (“REITs”), business development companies, and investment companies that may invest in CFTC Derivatives or in any of the foregoing), and therefore may be viewed by the CFTC as commodity pools. BFA has no transparency into the holdings of these underlying funds because they are not advised by BFA. To address this issue of lack of transparency, the CFTC staff issued a no-action letter on November 29, 2012 permitting the advisor of a fund that invests in such underlying funds and that would otherwise have filed a claim of exclusion pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 to delay registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the advisor of the No-Action Letter Funds, has filed a claim with the CFTC for such Fund to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of such Fund.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through September 1, 2022. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to a Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in a Fund.

Table of Contents

currently used by funds to comply with Section 18 of the 1940 Act, treat derivatives as senior securities and require funds whose use of derivatives is more than a limited specified exposure amount to establish and maintain a comprehensive derivatives risk management program and appoint a derivatives risk manager.

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Generally, the effect of such transactions is that a Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases the Fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if a Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and a Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of a Fund’s assets. A Fund's exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained by a Fund through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Securities of Investment Companies. Each Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) to the extent permitted by law. Pursuant to the 1940 Act, a Fund’s investment in registered investment companies is generally limited to, subject to certain exceptions: (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company; (ii) 5% of a Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of a Fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, each Fund intends from time to time to invest its assets in the securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the general limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which a Fund may invest can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund. In addition, the iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF, in order to improve its portfolio liquidity and its ability to track its Underlying Index, may invest up to 10% of its assets in shares of other iShares funds that provide exposure similar to certain of the markets included in its Underlying Index. BFA has contractually agreed to waive its management fees and expenses in an amount equal to the iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF's pro rata share of the fees and expenses attributable to

Table of Contents

the Fund's investments in other iShares funds. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which reflect a Fund’s pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies (as disclosed in the Prospectus, as applicable).

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. Each Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (CDs), bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's^® Investors Service, Inc., “F-1” by Fitch Ratings, Inc., or “A-1” by Standard & Poor's^® Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global, Inc., or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by a Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are contracts between parties in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on a pre-determined underlying investment or notional amount. In return, the other party agrees to make periodic payments to the first party based on the return (or a differential in rate of return) earned or realized on the underlying investment or notional amount. Swap agreements will usually be performed on a net basis, with a Fund receiving or paying only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained by the Fund.

Certain of the Funds may enter into swap agreements, including currency swaps, interest rate swaps and index swaps, or for the iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, total return swaps (some of which may be referred to as contracts for difference or “CFDs”). The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund is contained in the applicable Prospectus.

An investment in a Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of stocks in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

Table of Contents

Custody Risk. Custody risk refers to the risks inherent in the process of clearing and settling trades and to the holding of securities, cash and other assets by local banks, agents and depositories. Low trading volumes and volatile prices in less developed markets make trades harder to complete and settle, and governments or trade groups may compel local agents to hold securities in designated depositories that may not be subject to independent evaluation. Local agents are held only to the standards of care of their local markets, and thus may be subject to limited or no government oversight. Communications between the U.S. and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates. In general, the less developed a country’s securities market is, the greater the likelihood of custody problems. Practices in relation to the settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because of the use of brokers and counterparties that are often less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence or undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being lost. In addition, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such custody problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Dividend-Paying Stock Risk. A Fund's strategy of investing in dividend-paying stocks involves the risk that such stocks may fall out of favor with investors and underperform the market. Companies that issue dividend-paying stocks are not required to continue to pay dividends on such stocks. Therefore, there is the possibility that such companies could reduce or eliminate the payment of dividends in the future or an anticipated acceleration of dividends may not occur. Depending upon market conditions, dividend-paying stocks that meet the Fund’s investment criteria may not be widely available and/or may be highly concentrated in only a few market sectors.

Table of Contents

transactions. At times, SOFR has proven to be more volatile than the 3-month USD LIBOR. Working groups and regulators in other countries have suggested other alternatives for their markets, including the Sterling Overnight Interbank Average Rate (“SONIA”) in England.

Neither the effect of the LIBOR transition process nor its ultimate success can yet be known. The transition process might lead to increased volatility and illiquidity in markets for, and reduce the effectiveness of, new hedges placed against, instruments whose terms currently include LIBOR. While some existing LIBOR-based instruments may contemplate a scenario where LIBOR is no longer available by providing for an alternative rate-setting methodology, there may be significant uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies to replicate LIBOR. Not all existing LIBOR-based instruments may have alternative rate-setting provisions and there remains uncertainty regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to add alternative rate-setting provisions in certain existing instruments. In addition, a liquid market for newly-issued instruments that use a reference rate other than LIBOR still may be developing. Instruments with fallback provisions (i.e., contractual provisions specifying the trigger events for a transition to a replacement rate) to facilitate the transition from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate may also include adjustments that do not adequately compensate the holder for the different characteristics of the alternative reference rate. As a result, the fallback provision causes a value transfer from one party to the instrument to the counterparty. Because the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could decline during the transition period, these and related adverse effects could occur prior to the end of 2021 with respect to certain LIBOR settings or mid-2023 for the remaining LIBOR settings. There may also be challenges for a Fund to enter into hedging transactions against such newly-issued instruments until a market for such hedging transactions develops. The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on a Fund will vary based on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and the potential renegotiation of existing contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. A Fund's investments may also be tied to other interbank offered rates and currencies, which may face similar issues. In many cases, if an instrument falls back to an alternative reference rate, including SOFR, the alternative reference rate will not perform the same as LIBOR because the alternative reference rate does not include a credit-sensitive component in the rate calculation. Alternative reference rates generally reflect the performance of the market for U.S. Treasury securities, which are secured by the U.S. Treasury, and not the interbank lending markets. Therefore, in the event of a credit crisis, floating rate instruments using certain alternative reference rates could perform differently than those instruments using a rate indexed to the interbank lending market. In addition, pending legislation may affect the transition of LIBOR-based instruments by permitting trustees and calculation agents to transition instruments with no LIBOR transition language to an alternative reference rate selected by such agents. These legislative proposals include safe harbors from liability, meaning that a Fund may have limited recourse if the alternative reference rate does not fully compensate a Fund for the transition of an instrument from LIBOR. It is unclear whether such legislative proposals will be signed into law. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect a Fund’s performance or NAV.

Risk of Derivatives. A derivative is a financial contract, the value of which depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, such as a security, a commodity (such as gold or silver), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500^® or the prime lending rate). A Fund may invest in futures contracts, securities options and other derivatives. Compared to securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus a Fund’s losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent a Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, such Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

Table of Contents

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that a Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains and, in some cases, hedging can cause losses that are not offset by gains, and a Fund will recognize losses on both the investment and the hedge. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that a Fund's hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Risk of Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. There are several risks accompanying the utilization of futures contracts and options on futures contracts. A position in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed only on the exchange on which the contract was made (or a linked exchange). While each Fund plans to utilize futures contracts only if an active market exists for such contracts, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for the contract at a specified time. Futures contracts, by definition, project price levels in the future and not current levels of valuation; therefore, market circumstances may result in a discrepancy between the price of the future and the movement in a Fund's Underlying Index. In the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, a Fund may be required to deliver the instruments underlying the futures contracts it has sold.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered stock index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. The Funds do not plan to use futures and options contracts in this way. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. The Funds, however, intend to utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit their risk exposure to levels comparable to a direct investment in the types of stocks in which they invest.

Utilization of futures and options on futures by a Fund involves the risk of imperfect or even negative correlation to its Underlying Index if the index underlying the futures contract differs from the Underlying Index. There is also the risk of loss of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom a Fund has an open position in the futures contract or option. The purchase of put or call options will be based upon predictions by BFA as to anticipated trends, which predictions could prove to be incorrect.

Table of Contents

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting each Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, each Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Equity Securities. An investment in each Fund involves risks similar to those of investing in portfolios of equity securities traded on non-U.S. exchanges. These risks include market fluctuations caused by such factors as economic and political developments in those foreign countries, changes in interest rates and perceived trends in stock prices. Investing in securities issued by issuers domiciled in countries other than the domicile of the investor and denominated in currencies other than an investor’s local currency entails certain considerations and risks not typically encountered by the investor in making investments in its home country and in that country’s currency. These considerations include favorable or unfavorable changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations and the costs that may be incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies. Investing in the Funds also involves certain risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in a fund whose portfolio contains exclusively securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include generally less liquid and less efficient securities markets; generally greater price volatility; less publicly available information about issuers; the imposition of withholding or other taxes; the imposition of restrictions on the expatriation of funds or other assets of the Funds; in the case of the iShares India 50 ETF, restrictions on ownership of Indian and other foreign countries' securities by foreign entities; higher transaction and custody costs; delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures; difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy and businesses; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and the risk of war.

Treaty/Tax Risk. The iShares India 50 ETF operates, in part, through the Subsidiary, which in turn invests in securities of Indian issuers. The Subsidiary should be eligible to take advantage of the benefits of the Double Tax Avoidance Agreement between India and Mauritius (“DTAA”) in relation to investments in shares made until March 31, 2017. Numerous investors have relied on the benefits of the DTAA to invest in India through Mauritius in the past.

An investor is required to submit the tax residency certificate (“TRC”) as issued in the country of residence and provide other documents and information as prescribed by the Government of India to claim benefits under the DTAA.

Under the DTAA, India has the right to tax capital gains that arise from alienation of shares of an Indian company acquired by a Mauritian tax resident. However, the DTAA provides for grandfathering of investments in shares made before April 1, 2017. The application of such provisions of the DTAA could result in the imposition of withholding and capital gains taxes and/or other taxes on the Subsidiary by tax authorities in India. This could significantly reduce the return to the iShares India 50 ETF on its investments in shares and the return received by the Fund’s shareholders. The Indian government has notified the Multilateral Instrument to Implement Tax Treaty Related Measures to Prevent BEPS (the “MLI”), which would apply and modify tax treaties which have been notified by both the countries, being parties to the tax treaty, as a Covered Tax Agreement (“CTA”). However, Mauritius has not notified its tax treaty with India as a CTA; therefore the MLI will not apply to

Table of Contents

the DTAA. India and Mauritius may again renegotiate the DTAA, which could impact the returns received by the Fund on its investments and returns received by the shareholders of the Fund.

Criteria for Residence of Companies in India.

A foreign company will be considered a resident in India if its place of effective management (“POEM”) (defined as a place where key management and commercial decisions that are necessary for the conduct of the business of an entity as a whole are in substance made) is in India in the relevant financial year. This test is to be applied taking the relevant financial year as a whole into consideration. The Central Board of Direct Taxes (“CBDT”) has clarified that the provisions of POEM shall not apply to a company having turnover of INR 500 million or less in a year.

Indirect Transfers.

The Income Tax Act, 1961 (“IT Act”) imposes Indian tax and withholding obligations with respect to the transfer of shares and interest in an overseas company that derives its value substantially from assets situated in India (“indirect transfers”).

It has been clarified that the share or interest of the foreign entity shall be deemed to derive its value substantially from the assets located in India, if the value of such Indian assets exceeds INR 100 million, and represents at least 50% of the value of all the assets owned by the foreign entity. The value of an asset shall be the fair market value as of the specified date, of such an asset without reduction of liabilities. The fair market value will be determined in accordance with the final Rule 11UB of the Income Tax Rules, 1962 (“IT Rules”). It has also been provided that where all the assets of the foreign entity are not located in India, only such part of the income as is reasonably attributable to the Indian assets shall be subject to capital gains tax in India. The indirect transfer shall not be applicable in following cases:

•

With respect to a foreign entity that holds the Indian assets directly, if the transferor of share or interest in such a foreign entity (along with its associated enterprises), at any time in the twelve months preceding the year of transfer neither holds the right of control or management in the foreign entity, nor holds voting power or share capital or interest exceeding 5% of the total voting power or total share capital or total interest in such foreign entity.

•

With respect to a foreign entity that holds the Indian assets indirectly, if the transferor of share or interest in such foreign entity (along with its associated enterprises), at any time in the twelve months preceding the year of transfer does not hold the right of control or management in relation to the foreign entity, which would entitle them to the right of control or management in the foreign entity which directly holds the Indian assets; or does not hold voting power or share capital or interest exceeding 5% of the total voting power or total share capital or total interest in the foreign entity, which results in holding the same share capital or voting power in the entity which directly holds the Indian assets.

If the gains arising from transfer of share or interest in a foreign entity are taxable in India in accordance with the aforementioned provisions of indirect transfer, the purchaser of the securities will be required to withhold applicable Indian taxes.

Gains realized when a non-resident acquires shares of a foreign company from another non-resident and the foreign company derives “substantial value” from Indian assets, (meaning that the value of Indian assets (i) exceeds INR 100 million, and (ii) represents at least 50% of the value of the company’s assets), such gains are taxable in India and subject to withholding, to the extent that they are reasonably attributable to the Indian assets.

Because the iShares India 50 ETF invests in Indian securities through the Subsidiary, the Subsidiary or the iShares India 50 ETF may be considered to derive “substantial value” from Indian assets. Accordingly, shareholder redemptions of the iShares India 50 ETF shares and sales of the iShares India 50 ETF shares may have been subject to Indian tax and withholding obligations. However, non-resident investors, investing directly or indirectly in Category I Foreign Portfolio Investors (“FPI”), registered under SEBI (Foreign Portfolio Investors) Regulations, 2019 (“2019 Regulations”), are exempt from the applicability of indirect transfer taxation under the IT Act. The Subsidiary has been registered as a Category I FPI under the 2019 Regulations. Therefore, any redemptions or transfers by the iShares India 50 ETF or by shareholders in the iShares India 50 ETF should not be subject to Indian indirect transfer tax.

General Anti-Avoidance Rules.

The current legislation provides for the general anti-avoidance rules (“GAAR”) to curb aggressive tax planning with the use of sophisticated structures. CBDT has clarified that where a FPI (such as the Subsidiary) is located in a particular jurisdiction

Table of Contents

based on non-tax commercial reasons and the main purpose of the choice of location/residence of the FPI is not to obtain a treaty benefit, the GAAR provisions will not be resorted to by the tax authorities.

As per the provisions of GAAR, an arrangement entered into by a taxpayer may be declared to be an impermissible avoidance arrangement, if the “main purpose” of the arrangement is to obtain a “tax benefit” and the arrangement:

•	creates rights, or obligations, which are not ordinarily created between persons dealing at arm's length;
•	results, directly or indirectly, in the misuse, or abuse, of the provisions of IT Act;
•	lacks commercial substance; or
•	is entered into, or carried out, by means, or in a manner, which are not ordinarily employed for bona fide purposes.

Once an arrangement is declared to be an impermissible avoidance arrangement, wide powers have been granted to tax authorities to deny tax treaty benefits, disregard or re-characterize transactions, re-characterize equity into debt and vice versa.

As per the provisions of IT Rules, GAAR shall not apply in the following circumstances:

•	any arrangement where the aggregate tax benefit to all the parties of the arrangement in the relevant financial year does not exceed INR 30 Million;
•	foreign institutional investors (“FIIs”) that choose not to take any benefit under any tax treaty entered with India and has invested in listed or unlisted securities with prior permission of the competent authority in accordance with the applicable regulations;
•	non-resident investor in an FII who has invested in an FII, directly or indirectly, by way of an offshore derivative instrument or otherwise; or
•	any income derived from the transfer of shares or interests made prior to April 1, 2017.

GAAR may, irrespective of existing treaty provisions, lead to the imposition of tax liabilities and withholding obligations, and may lead the iShares India 50 ETF to modify the structure.

Indian Minimum Alternate Tax.

The IT Act provides that Minimum Alternate Tax (“MAT”) is not applicable on a foreign company where the foreign company is a resident of a country with which India has signed a DTAA and the foreign company does not have a permanent establishment in India in accordance with such DTAA.

Recent amendments to the DTAA and GAAR could change the manner in which the Subsidiary is currently taxed in India and could adversely impact the returns to the iShares India 50 ETF/Subsidiary and their shareholders. The iShares India 50 ETF will continue to monitor developments in India with respect to these matters. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to their own tax situations and the tax consequences of an investment in the iShares India 50 ETF.

Table of Contents

financially stable than larger, more established companies and may depend on a small number of essential personnel, making them more vulnerable to loss of personnel. Small-capitalization companies also normally have less diverse product lines than large-capitalization companies and are more susceptible to adverse developments concerning their products.

Table of Contents

corporate governance to which issuers located in countries in Africa are subject may be less advanced than those systems to which issuers located in more developed countries are subject, and, therefore, shareholders of issuers located in such countries may not receive many of the protections available to shareholders of issuers located in more developed countries. Even in circumstances where adequate laws and shareholder rights exist, it may not be possible to obtain swift and equitable enforcement of the law. In addition, the enforcement of systems of taxation at federal, regional and local levels in countries in Africa may be inconsistent and subject to sudden change.

Table of Contents

respective countries and may own or control many companies. Future government actions could have a significant effect on the economic conditions in this region, which in turn could have a negative impact on private sector companies. There is also the possibility of diplomatic developments adversely affecting investments in the region.

Risk of Investing in Australasia. The economies of Australasia, which include Australia and New Zealand, are dependent on exports from the agricultural and mining sectors. This makes Australasian economies susceptible to fluctuations in the commodity markets. Australasian economies are also increasingly dependent on their growing service industries. Australia and New Zealand are located in a part of the world that has historically been prone to natural disasters, such as drought and flooding. Any such event in the future could have a significant adverse impact on the economies of Australia and New Zealand and affect the value of securities held by a Fund. The economies of Australia and New Zealand are dependent on trading with certain key trading partners, including Asia and the U.S. Economic events in the U.S., Asia, or in other key trading countries can have a significant economic effect on the Australian economy. The economies of Australia and New Zealand are heavily dependent on the mining sector. Passage of new regulations limiting foreign ownership of companies in the mining sector or imposition of new taxes on profits of mining companies may dissuade foreign investment, and as a result, have a negative impact on companies to which a Fund has exposure.

Risk of Investing in Brazil. Investment in securities of companies domiciled in Brazil involves a high degree of risk and special considerations not typically associated with investing in the U.S. securities markets. Such heightened risks include, among others, a high level of price volatility in the Brazilian equity and currency markets, chronic structural public sector deficits, a rising unemployment rate and disparities of wealth.

Brazil has historically experienced high rates of inflation and may continue to do so in the future. An increase in prices for commodities, the depreciation of the Brazilian currency (the real) and potential future governmental measures seeking to maintain the value of the real in relation to the U.S. dollar, may trigger increases in inflation in Brazil and may slow the rate of growth of the Brazilian economy. Inflationary pressures also may limit the ability of certain Brazilian issuers to access foreign financial markets and may lead to further government intervention in the economy, including the introduction of government policies that may adversely affect the overall performance of the Brazilian economy, which in turn could adversely affect a Fund's investments.

The Brazilian government has exercised, and continues to exercise, significant influence over the Brazilian economy, which may have significant effects on Brazilian companies and on market conditions and prices of Brazilian securities. The Brazilian economy has been characterized by frequent, and occasionally drastic, intervention by the Brazilian government. The Brazilian government has often changed monetary, taxation, credit, tariff and other policies to influence the core of Brazil’s economy. The Brazilian government’s actions to control inflation and affect other economic policies have involved, among others, the setting of wage and price controls, blocking access to bank accounts, fluctuation of the base interest rates, imposing exchange controls and limiting imports into Brazil. In the past, the Brazilian government has maintained domestic price controls, and no assurances can be given that price controls will not be re-imposed in the future.

Investments in Brazilian securities may be subject to certain restrictions on foreign investment. Brazilian law provides that whenever a serious imbalance in Brazil’s balance of payments exists or is anticipated, the Brazilian government may impose temporary restrictions on the remittance to foreign investors of the proceeds of their investment in Brazil and on the conversion of Brazilian currency into foreign currency. The likelihood of such restrictions may be affected by the extent of Brazil’s foreign currency reserves, the size of Brazil’s debt service burden relative to the economy as a whole, and political constraints to which Brazil may be subject. There can be no assurance that the Brazilian government will not impose

Table of Contents

restrictions or restrictive exchange control policies in the future, which could have the effect of preventing or restricting access to foreign currency.

The market for Brazilian securities is directly influenced by the flow of international capital, and economic and market conditions of certain countries, especially other emerging market countries in Central and South America. Adverse economic conditions or developments in other emerging market countries have at times significantly affected the availability of credit in the Brazilian economy and resulted in considerable outflows of funds and declines in the amount of foreign currency invested in Brazil. Crises in neighboring emerging market countries also may increase investors’ risk aversion, which may adversely impact the market value of the securities issued by Brazilian companies, including securities in which a Fund may invest.

The governments of certain countries in Central and South America may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector and may own or control many companies. Future government actions could have a significant effect on the economic conditions in such countries, which could have a negative impact on the securities in which a Fund invests. Diplomatic developments may also adversely affect investments in certain countries in Central and South America. Some countries in Central and South America may be affected by public corruption and crime, including organized crime.

Certain countries in Central and South America may be heavily dependent upon international trade and, consequently, have been and may continue to be negatively affected by trade barriers, exchange controls, managed adjustments in relative currency values and other protectionist measures imposed or negotiated by the countries with which they trade. These countries also have been and may continue to be adversely affected by economic conditions in the countries with which they trade. In addition, certain issuers located in countries in Central and South America in which a Fund invests may be the subject of sanctions (for example, the U.S. has imposed sanctions on certain Venezuelan individuals, corporate entities and the Venezuelan government) or have dealings with countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. An issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer that has dealings with such countries. A Fund may be adversely affected if it invests in such issuers.

Risk of Investing in China. Investments in securities of companies domiciled in China involve a high degree of risk and special considerations not typically associated with investing in the U.S. securities markets. Such heightened risks include, among others, an authoritarian government, popular unrest associated with demands for improved political, economic and social conditions, the impact of regional conflict on the economy and hostile relations with neighboring countries.

Military conflicts, either in response to internal social unrest or conflicts with other countries, could disrupt economic development. The Chinese economy is vulnerable to the long-running disagreements and religious and nationalist disputes with Tibet and the Xinjiang region. Since 1997, there have been tensions between the Chinese government and many people in Hong Kong who perceive China as tightening control over Hong Kong’s semi-autonomous liberal political, economic, legal, and social framework. Recent protests and unrest have increased tensions even further. Due to the interconnected nature of the Hong Kong and Chinese economies, this instability in Hong Kong may cause uncertainty in the Hong Kong and Chinese markets. China has a complex territorial dispute regarding the sovereignty of Taiwan that has included threats of invasion; Taiwan-based companies and individuals are significant investors in China. Military conflict between China and Taiwan may adversely affect securities of Chinese issuers. In addition, China has strained international relations with Japan, India, Russia and other neighbors due to territorial disputes, historical animosities and other defense concerns. Additionally, China is alleged to have participated in state-sponsored cyberattacks against foreign companies and foreign governments. Actual and threatened responses to such activity, including purchasing restrictions, sanctions, tariffs or cyberattacks on the Chinese government or Chinese companies, may impact China’s economy and Chinese issuers of securities in which a Fund invests. China could be affected by military events on the Korean peninsula or internal instability within North Korea. These situations may cause uncertainty in the Chinese market and may adversely affect performance of the Chinese economy.

The Chinese government has implemented significant economic reforms in order to liberalize trade policy, promote foreign investment in the economy, reduce government control of the economy and develop market mechanisms. However, there

Table of Contents

can be no assurance that these reforms will continue or that they will be effective. Despite reforms and privatizations of companies in certain sectors, the Chinese government still exercises substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector and may own or control many companies. The Chinese government continues to maintain a major role in economic policy making and investing in China involves risk of loss due to expropriation, nationalization, confiscation of assets and property or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investments and on repatriation of capital invested. In addition, there is less regulation and monitoring of Chinese securities markets and the activities of investors, brokers and other participants than in the U.S.

Accordingly, issuers of securities in China, including Chinese companies that are listed on U.S. exchanges, are not subject to the same degree of regulation as are U.S. issuers with respect to such matters as insider trading rules, tender offer regulation, accounting standards or auditor oversight, stockholder proxy requirements and the requirements mandating timely and accurate disclosure of information. The Chinese government has taken positions that prevent the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (“PCAOB”) from inspecting the audit work and practices of accounting firms in mainland China and Hong Kong for compliance with U.S. law and professional standards. Audits performed by PCAOB-registered accounting firms in mainland China and Hong Kong may be less reliable than those performed by firms subject to PCAOB inspection. Accordingly, information about the Chinese securities in which the Funds invests may be less reliable or complete. Stock markets in China are in the process of change and further development. This may lead to trading volatility, difficulty in the settlement and recording of transactions and difficulty in interpreting and applying the relevant regulation.

There may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into or litigation against Chinese companies and shareholders may have limited legal remedies. The Funds are not actively managed and do not select investments based on investor protection considerations.

While the Chinese economy has experienced past periods of rapid growth, there is no assurance that such growth rates will recur. China may experience substantial rates of inflation or economic recessions, causing a negative effect on the economy and securities market. China’s economy is heavily dependent on export growth. Reduction in spending on Chinese products and services, institution of additional tariffs or other trade barriers (including as a result of heightened trade tensions between China and the U.S. or in response to actual or alleged Chinese cyber activity) or a downturn in any of the economies of China’s key trading partners may have an adverse impact on the Chinese economy and the Chinese issuers of securities in which a Fund invests. For example, the U.S. has added certain foreign technology companies to the U.S. Department of Commerce’s Bureau of Industry and Security’s “Entity List,” which is a list of companies believed to pose a national security risk to the U.S. Actions like these may have unanticipated and disruptive effects on the Chinese economy. Any such response that targets Chinese financial markets or securities exchanges could interfere with orderly trading, delay settlement or cause market disruptions.

The tax laws and regulations in the People’s Republic of China (“PRC”) are subject to change, including the issuance of authoritative guidance or enforcement, possibly with retroactive effect. The interpretation, applicability and enforcement of such laws by PRC tax authorities are not as consistent and transparent as those of more developed nations, and may vary over time and from region to region. The application and enforcement of PRC tax rules could have a significant adverse effect on a Fund and its investors, particularly in relation to capital gains withholding tax imposed upon non-residents. In addition, the accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices applicable to Chinese companies may be less rigorous, and may result in significant differences between financial statements prepared in accordance with the PRC accounting standards and practice and those prepared in accordance with international accounting standards.

Risk of Investing in the Chinese Equity Markets. Certain Funds may invest in H-shares (securities of companies incorporated in the PRC that are denominated in Hong Kong dollars and listed on the Stock Exchange of Hong Kong (“SEHK”)) and/or B-shares (securities of companies incorporated in the PRC that are denominated in U.S. dollars (in the case of the Shanghai Stock Exchange (“SSE”)) or Hong Kong dollars (in the case of the Shenzhen Stock Exchange (“SZSE”)) and listed on the SSE and the SZSE). Certain Funds may also invest in certain Hong Kong listed securities known as Red-Chips (securities issued by companies incorporated in certain foreign jurisdictions, which are controlled, directly or indirectly, by entities owned by the national government or local governments in the PRC and derive substantial revenues from or allocate substantial assets in the PRC) and P-Chips (securities issued by companies incorporated in certain foreign jurisdictions, which are controlled, directly or indirectly, by individuals in the PRC and derive substantial revenues from or allocate substantial assets in the PRC).

Table of Contents

Securities listed on the SSE or the SZSE are divided into two classes: A-shares (securities of companies incorporated in the PRC that are denominated in renminbi and listed on the SSE and SZSE), which are mostly limited to domestic investors, and B-shares, which are allocated for both international and domestic investors. The A-shares market is generally subject to greater government restrictions, including trading suspensions, which may lead to increased liquidity risks. The B-shares market is generally smaller, less liquid and has a smaller issuer base than the A-shares market, which may lead to significant price volatility. B-shares, H-shares, P-Chips or Red-Chips of issuers that also issue A-shares may trade at significant discounts to their A-shares counterparts. The issuance of B-shares and H-shares by Chinese companies and the ability to obtain a “back-door listing” through Red-Chips or P-Chips is still regarded by the Chinese authorities as an experiment in economic reform. “Back-door listing” is a means by which a mainland Chinese company issues Red-Chips or P-Chips to obtain quick access to international listing and international capital. All of these share mechanisms are relatively untested and subject to political and economic policies in China. Market developments, adverse investor perceptions, regulatory and government intervention (including the possibility of widespread trading suspensions implemented by regulators) and other factors may make it difficult to acquire, dispose of or value Chinese securities, which would lead to adverse effects to a Fund.

Risk of Investing in A-shares through Stock Connect.

The iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF, iShares Exponential Technologies ETF, iShares MSCI ACWI ETF, iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF, iShares MSCI ACWI Low Carbon Target ETF, iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF and iShares MSCI Global Multifactor ETF may invest in A-shares through the Shanghai-Hong Kong Stock Connect (“Shanghai Connect”) or the Shenzhen-Hong Kong Stock Connect program (“Shenzhen Connect,” and together with Shanghai Connect, “Stock Connect”). Stock Connect is a securities trading and clearing program with an aim to achieve mutual stock market access between the PRC and Hong Kong. Stock Connect was developed by Hong Kong Exchanges and Clearing Limited, the SSE (in the case of Shanghai Connect) or the SZSE (in the case of Shenzhen Connect), and China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited (“CSDCC”). Under Stock Connect, a Fund’s trading of eligible A-shares listed on the SSE or the SZSE, as applicable, would be effectuated through its Hong Kong brokers. Investing in A-shares through Stock Connect is subject to trading, clearance, settlement and other procedures, which could pose risks to a Fund.

Although no individual investment quotas or licensing requirements apply to investors in Stock Connect, trading through Stock Connect is subject to a daily quota (the “Daily Quota”), which limits the maximum net purchases under Stock Connect each day. The Daily Quota does not belong to a Fund and is utilized on a first-come-first-serve basis. As such, buy orders for A-shares would be rejected once the Daily Quota is exceeded (although a Fund will be permitted to sell A-shares regardless of the Daily Quota balance). The Daily Quota may restrict a Fund’s ability to invest in A-shares through Stock Connect on a timely basis, which could affect the Fund’s ability to effectively pursue its investment strategy. The Daily Quota is also subject to change.

A-shares purchased through Stock Connect generally may only be sold or otherwise transferred through Stock Connect and in accordance with applicable rules. In order to comply with applicable local market rules and to facilitate orderly operations of a Fund, including the timely settlement of Stock Connect trades placed by or on behalf of the Fund, BFA utilizes an operating model that will only be used by iShares ETFs with investments in A-shares through Stock Connect. Such operating model may reduce the risks of trade failures; however, it will also allow Stock Connect trades to be settled without the prior verification by a Fund. Accordingly, this operating model may subject a Fund to additional risks, including an increased risk of inadvertently exceeding certain trade or other restrictions or limits placed on the Fund and/or its affiliates, and a heightened risk of erroneous trades, which may negatively impact the Fund.

While A-shares must be designated as eligible to be traded under Stock Connect (such eligible A-shares listed on the SSE, the “SSE Securities,” and such eligible A-shares listed on the SZSE, the “SZSE Securities”), those A-shares may also lose such designation, and if this occurs, such A-shares may be sold but could no longer be purchased through Stock Connect. With respect to sell orders under Stock Connect, the SEHK carries out pre-trade checks to ensure an investor has sufficient A-shares in its account before the market opens on the trading day. Accordingly, if there are insufficient A-shares in an investor’s account before the market opens on the trading day, the sell order will be rejected, which may adversely impact a Fund’s performance.

In addition, Stock Connect will only operate on days when both the Chinese and Hong Kong markets are open for trading and when banking services are available in both markets on the corresponding settlement days. Therefore, an investment in A-shares through Stock Connect may subject a Fund to the risk of price fluctuations on days when the Chinese markets are open, but Stock Connect is not trading. Each of the SEHK, SSE and SZSE reserves the right to suspend trading under Stock

Table of Contents

Connect under certain circumstances. Where such a suspension of trading is effected, a Fund’s ability to access A-shares through Stock Connect will be adversely affected. In addition, if one or both of the Chinese and Hong Kong markets are closed on a U.S. trading day, a Fund may not be able to acquire or dispose of A-shares through Stock Connect in a timely manner, which could adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

A Fund’s investments in A-shares though Stock Connect are held by its custodian in accounts in Central Clearing and Settlement System (“CCASS”) maintained by the Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited (“HKSCC”), which in turn holds the A-shares, as the nominee holder, through an omnibus securities account in its name registered with the CSDCC. The precise nature and rights of a Fund as the beneficial owner of the SSE Securities or SZSE Securities through HKSCC as nominee is not well defined under PRC law. There is a lack of a clear definition of, and distinction between, legal ownership and beneficial ownership under PRC law and there have been few cases involving a nominee account structure in the PRC courts. The exact nature and methods of enforcement of the rights and interests of a Fund under PRC law is also uncertain. In the unlikely event that HKSCC becomes subject to winding up proceedings in Hong Kong, there is a risk that the SSE Securities or SZSE Securities may not be regarded as held for the beneficial ownership of a Fund or as part of the general assets of HKSCC available for general distribution to its creditors.

Notwithstanding the fact that HKSCC does not claim proprietary interests in the SSE Securities or SZSE Securities held in its omnibus stock account in the CSDCC, the CSDCC as the share registrar for SSE- or SZSE-listed companies will still treat HKSCC as one of the shareholders when it handles corporate actions in respect of such SSE Securities or SZSE Securities. HKSCC monitors the corporate actions affecting SSE Securities and SZSE Securities and keeps participants of CCASS informed of all such corporate actions that require CCASS participants to take steps in order to participate in them. A Fund will therefore depend on HKSCC for both settlement and notification and implementation of corporate actions.

The HKSCC is responsible for the clearing, settlement and the provisions of depositary, nominee and other related services of the trades executed by Hong Kong market participants and investors. Accordingly, investors do not hold SSE Securities or SZSE Securities directly – they are held through their brokers’ or custodians’ accounts with CCASS. The HKSCC and the CSDCC establish clearing links and each has become a participant of the other to facilitate clearing and settlement of cross-border trades. Should CSDCC default and the CSDCC be declared as a defaulter, HKSCC’s liabilities in Stock Connect under its market contracts with clearing participants will be limited to assisting clearing participants in pursuing their claims against the CSDCC. In that event, a Fund may suffer delays in the recovery process or may not be able to fully recover its losses from the CSDCC.

Market participants are able to participate in Stock Connect subject to meeting certain information technology capability, risk management and other requirements as may be specified by the relevant exchange and/or clearing house. Further, the “connectivity” in Stock Connect requires the routing of orders across the borders of Hong Kong and the PRC. This requires the development of new information technology systems on the part of the SEHK and exchange participants. There is no assurance that these systems will function properly or will continue to be adapted to changes and developments in both markets. In the event that the relevant systems fail to function properly, trading in A-shares through Stock Connect could be disrupted, and a Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective may be adversely affected.

The Shanghai Connect program, launched in November 2014, and the Shenzhen Connect program, launched in December 2016, are both in their initial stages and do not have an extensive operating history. Stock Connect is subject to regulations promulgated by regulatory authorities and implementation rules made by the stock exchanges in the PRC and Hong Kong. The current regulations are untested and there is no certainty as to how they will be applied or interpreted going forward. In addition, the current regulations are subject to change and there can be no assurance that Stock Connect will not be discontinued or abolished. New regulations may be issued from time to time by the regulators and stock exchanges in China and Hong Kong in connection with operations, legal enforcement and cross-border trades under Stock Connect. A Fund may be adversely affected as a result of such changes. Furthermore, the securities regimes and legal systems of China and Hong Kong differ significantly and issues may arise based on these differences. Further, different fees, costs and taxes are imposed on foreign investors acquiring A-shares through Stock Connect, and these fees, costs and taxes may be higher than comparable fees, costs and taxes imposed on owners of other Chinese securities providing similar investment exposure.

A-Share Market Suspension Risk.

A-shares may only be bought from, or sold to, a Fund at times when the relevant A-shares may be sold or purchased on the relevant Chinese stock exchange. The A-shares market can have a higher propensity for trading suspensions than many other global equity markets. Trading suspensions in certain stocks could lead to greater market execution risk, valuation

Table of Contents

risks, liquidity risks and costs for a Fund, as well as for Authorized Participants that create and redeem Creation Units of the Fund. The SSE and SZSE currently apply a daily limit, set at 10%, of the amount of fluctuation permitted in the prices of A-shares during a single trading day. The daily limit refers to price movements only and does not restrict trading within the relevant limit. There can be no assurance that a liquid market on an exchange will exist for any particular A-share or for any particular time. This could increase a Fund’s tracking error and/or cause a Fund to trade in the market at greater bid-ask spreads or greater premiums or discounts to the Fund’s NAV. Given that the A-share market is considered volatile and unstable (with the risk of widespread trading suspensions or government intervention), the creation and redemption of Creation Units may also be disrupted.

Risk of Investing in Eastern Europe. Investing in the securities of issuers located or operating in Eastern Europe is highly speculative and involves risks not usually associated with investing in the more developed markets of Western Europe. Certain Eastern European countries have high public debt levels, significant underground economies, high unemployment and emigration of skilled workers. Such countries generally have a history of political instability, limited infrastructure and an inefficient public sector prone to endemic corruption. Political and economic reforms are too recent to establish a definite trend away from centrally planned economies and state-owned industries. In the past, some Eastern European governments have expropriated substantial amounts of private property, and many claims of the property owners have never been fully settled.

Many Eastern European countries continue to move toward market economies at different paces with different characteristics. Many Eastern European securities markets are generally underdeveloped with low, irregular trading volumes, dubious investor protections, and often a dearth of reliable corporate information. Eastern European securities markets are generally subject to less government supervision and regulation and may be less liquid and more volatile than securities markets in the U.S. or Western European countries. Legal institutions governing private and foreign investments and private property may be relatively nascent, inefficient, and unevenly enforced or inequitably enforced. Certain Eastern European governments may exercise substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector and may own or control many companies. Future government actions could have a significant effect on the economic conditions in such countries, which could have a negative impact on a Fund’s investments. Information and transaction costs, differential taxes, and sometimes political or transfer risk give a comparative advantage to the domestic investor rather than the foreign investor.

Geopolitical events and other instability in certain Eastern European countries may cause uncertainty in the region’s financial markets and adversely affect the performance of the issuers to which a Fund has exposure. These markets may be particularly sensitive to social, political, economic, and currency events in Russia and may suffer heavy losses as a result of

Table of Contents

their trading and investment links to the Russian economy and currency. Russia has historically asserted its influence in the region using diplomatic, informational, military, and economic (DIME) instruments of national power, as it did with Georgia in the summer of 2008 and Ukraine beginning in 2014.

Eastern European economies may also be particularly susceptible to changes in the international credit markets due to their reliance on bank related inflows of capital. Changes to the economies of countries with substantial foreign direct investment in certain Eastern European countries may negatively affect the region’s economy. The economy of certain Eastern European countries may be adversely affected by global prices for manufactured goods or commodity prices decline to the extent that a country relies on the export of such products.

Risk of Investing in Emerging Markets. Investments in emerging market countries may be subject to greater risks than investments in developed countries. These risks include: (i) less social, political, and economic stability; (ii) greater illiquidity and price volatility due to smaller or limited local capital markets for such securities, or low or non-existent trading volumes; (iii) companies, custodians, clearinghouses, foreign exchanges and broker-dealers may be subject to less scrutiny and regulation by local authorities; (iv) local governments may decide to seize or confiscate securities held by foreign investors and/or local governments may decide to suspend or limit an issuer's ability to make dividend or interest payments; (v) local governments may limit or entirely restrict repatriation of invested capital, profits, and dividends; (vi) capital gains may be subject to local taxation, including on a retroactive basis; (vii) issuers facing restrictions on dollar or euro payments imposed by local governments may attempt to make dividend or interest payments to foreign investors in the local currency; (viii) there may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into or litigation against companies and investors may experience difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges may favor the interests of the issuer over those of foreign parties; (ix) bankruptcy judgments may only be permitted to be paid in the local currency; (x) limited public information regarding the issuer may result in greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities; and (xi) lack of financial reporting on a regular basis, substandard disclosure and differences in accounting standards may make it difficult to ascertain the financial health of an issuer. The Funds are not actively managed and do not select investments based on investor protection considerations.

Emerging market securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. In addition, brokerage and other costs associated with transactions in emerging market securities can be higher, sometimes significantly, than similar costs incurred in securities markets in developed countries. Although some emerging markets have become more established and tend to issue securities of higher credit quality, the markets for securities in other emerging market countries are in the earliest stages of their development, and these countries issue securities across the credit spectrum. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging market countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging market country securities may also affect a Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Table of Contents

investments in the region. The United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and EU have reached an agreement on the terms of their future trading relationship effective January 1, 2021, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. A Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which a Fund has exposure and any other assets in which a Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

Risk of Investing in India. India is an emerging market and demonstrates significantly higher volatility from time to time in comparison to more developed markets. Political, religious, and border disputes persist in India. India has recently experienced and may continue to experience civil unrest and hostilities with certain of its neighboring countries, including Pakistan, and the Indian government has confronted separatist movements in several Indian states, including Kashmir. Government control over the economy, currency fluctuations or blockage, and the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets offer higher potential for losses. Governmental actions could have a negative effect on the economic conditions in India, which could adversely affect the value and liquidity of investments made by a Fund. The securities markets in India are comparatively underdeveloped and with some exceptions, consist of a small number of listed companies with small market capitalization, greater price volatility and substantially less liquidity than companies in more developed markets. Stockbrokers and other intermediaries in India may not perform as well as their counterparts in the U.S. or other, more developed countries. The limited liquidity of the Indian securities markets may also affect a Fund’s ability to acquire or dispose of securities at the price or time that it desires or the Fund’s ability to track its Underlying Index.

Global factors and foreign actions may inhibit the flow of foreign capital on which India is dependent to sustain its growth. In addition, the Reserve Bank of India has imposed limits on foreign ownership of Indian companies, which may decrease the liquidity of a Fund’s portfolio and result in extreme volatility in the prices of Indian securities. In November 2016, the Indian government eliminated certain large denomination cash notes as legal tender, causing uncertainty in certain financial markets. These factors, coupled with the lack of extensive accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices, as applicable in the U.S., may increase the risk of loss for a Fund.

Securities laws in India are relatively new and unsettled and, as a result, there is a risk of significant and unpredictable change in laws governing foreign investment, securities regulation, title to securities and shareholder rights. Foreign investors in particular may be adversely affected by new or amended laws and regulations. Certain Indian regulatory approvals, including approvals from the Securities and Exchange Board of India (“SEBI”), the central government and the tax authorities (to the extent that tax benefits need to be utilized), may be required before a Fund can make investments in Indian companies. Capital gains from Indian securities may be subject to local taxation.

Table of Contents

Technology and software sectors represent a significant portion of the total capitalization of the Indian securities markets. The value of these companies will generally fluctuate in response to technological and regulatory developments, and, as a result, a Fund’s holdings are expected to experience correlated fluctuations.

Natural disasters, such as tsunamis, flooding or droughts, could occur in India or surrounding areas and could negatively affect the Indian economy or operations of a Subsidiary, and, in turn, could negatively affect a Fund.

Risk of Investing in Latin America. A number of Latin American countries are among the largest debtors of developing countries and have a long history of foreign debt and default. In 2001, Argentina defaulted on its debt and many investors suffered significant losses.

The majority of the region's economies have become highly dependent upon foreign credit and loans from external sources to fuel their state-sponsored economic plans. Historically, government profligacy and ill-conceived plans for modernization have exhausted these resources with little benefit accruing to the economy. Most countries have been forced to restructure their loans or risk default on their debt obligations. In addition, interest on the debt is subject to market conditions and may reach levels that would impair economic activity and create a difficult and costly environment for borrowers. Accordingly, these governments may be forced to reschedule or freeze their debt repayment, which could negatively affect local markets. Because of their dependence on foreign credit and loans, a number of Latin American economies face significant economic difficulties and some economies fell into recession as the recent global economic crisis tightened international credit supplies. While the region has recently shown signs of economic improvement, recovery from past economic downturns in Latin America has historically been slow, and any such recovery, if sustained, may be gradual.

Substantial limitations may exist in certain Latin American countries with respect to a Fund’s ability to repatriate investment income, capital or the proceeds of sales of securities. A Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, any required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments and difficulties in enforcing legal judgments in non-U.S. courts. Legal remedies available to investors in certain Latin American countries may be less extensive than those available to investors in the U.S. or other countries. In addition, certain Latin American countries may have legal systems that may make it difficult for the Fund to vote proxies, exercise shareholder rights, and pursue legal remedies with respect to its investments. In the past, many Latin American countries have experienced substantial, and in some periods extremely high, rates of inflation for many years. For companies that keep accounting records in the local currency, inflation accounting rules in some Latin American countries require, for both tax and accounting purposes, that certain assets and liabilities be restated on the company’s balance sheet in order to express items in terms of currency of constant purchasing power. Inflation accounting may indirectly generate losses or profits for certain Latin American companies.

Certain Latin American countries have entered into regional trade agreements that are designed to, among other things, reduce barriers between countries, increase competition among companies and reduce government subsidies in certain industries. No assurance can be given that these changes will be successful in the long term, or that these changes will result in the economic stability intended. There is a possibility that these trade arrangements will not be fully implemented, or will be partially or completely unwound. It is also possible that a significant participant could choose to abandon a trade agreement, which could diminish its credibility and influence. Any of these occurrences could have adverse effects on the markets of both participating and non-participating countries, including sharp appreciation or depreciation of participants’ national currencies and a significant increase in exchange rate volatility, a resurgence in economic protectionism, an undermining of confidence in the Latin American markets, an undermining of Latin American economic stability, the collapse or slowdown of the drive towards Latin American economic unity, and/or reversion of the attempts to lower government debt and inflation rates that were introduced in anticipation of such trade agreements. Such developments could have an adverse impact on a Fund’s investments in Latin America generally or in specific countries participating in such trade agreements.

Risk of Investing in Mexico. Investment in Mexican issuers involves risks that are specific to Mexico, including regulatory, political, currency and economic risks. In the past, Mexico has experienced high interest rates, economic volatility, significant devaluation of its currency (the peso), and high unemployment rates. The Mexican economy, among other things, is dependent upon external trade with other economies, specifically with the U.S. and certain Latin American countries. Recent political developments in the U.S. have potential implications for the current trade arrangements between the U.S. and Mexico, which could negatively affect the value of securities held by a Fund.

Table of Contents

As a result, Mexico is dependent on, among other things, the U.S. economy and the economies of other Central and South American countries, and any change in the price or demand for Mexican exports may have an adverse impact on the Mexican economy. Because commodities such as oil and gas, minerals and metals represent a large portion of the region’s exports, the economies of these countries are particularly sensitive to fluctuations in commodity prices. For example, lower prices have negatively impacted Petróleos Mexicanos, the Mexican state-owned petroleum company, which accounts for approximately 30% of the Mexican government’s revenue.

Mexico’s economy has become increasingly oriented toward manufacturing, including electronic equipment and machinery, in the years since the North American Free Trade Agreement (“NAFTA”) entered into force. As Mexico’s top export is automotive vehicles, its economy is strongly tied to the U.S. automotive market, and changes to certain segments in the U.S. market could have an impact on the Mexican economy. In addition, political developments, including the implementation of tariffs by the U.S. and the renegotiation of NAFTA in the form of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”), which replaced NAFTA on July 1, 2020, could negatively affect North America’s economic outlook and, as a result, the value of securities held by the Fund. The automotive industry and other industrial products can be highly cyclical, and companies in these industries may suffer periodic operating losses. These industries can be significantly affected by labor relations and fluctuating component prices.

The agricultural and mining sectors of Mexico’s economy also account for a large portion of its exports; Mexico is therefore susceptible to fluctuations in the price and demand for agricultural products and natural resources. In addition, Mexico has privatized or has begun the process of privatization of certain entities and industries, and some investors have suffered losses due to the inability of the newly privatized entities to adjust to a competitive environment and changing regulatory standards.

Recently, Mexico has experienced an outbreak of violence related to criminal gang activity, drug trafficking and terrorist actions. Violence near border areas, border-related political disputes, and other social upheaval may lead to strained international relations. Incidents involving Mexico’s security may have an adverse effect on the Mexican economy and cause uncertainty in its financial markets. Mexico has also experienced contentious and very closely decided elections. Changes in political parties and other political events may affect the economy and contribute to additional instability.

Table of Contents

The manner in which foreign investors may invest in companies in certain Middle Eastern countries, as well as limitations on those investments, may have an adverse impact on the operations of a Fund. For example, in certain of these countries, a Fund may be required to invest initially through a local broker or other entity and then have the shares that were purchased re-registered in the name of a Fund. Re-registration in some instances may not be possible on a timely basis. This may result in a delay during which a Fund may be denied certain of its rights as an investor, including rights as to dividends or to be made aware of certain corporate actions. There also may be instances where a Fund places a purchase order but is subsequently informed, at the time of re-registration, that the permissible allocation of the investment to foreign investors has already been filled and, consequently, a Fund may not be able to invest in the relevant company.

The U.S. is Canada's and Mexico's largest trading and investment partner. The Canadian and Mexican economies are significantly affected by developments in the U.S. economy. Since the implementation of NAFTA in 1994 among Canada, the U.S. and Mexico, total merchandise trade among the three countries has increased. However, political developments including the implementation of tariffs by the U.S., and the renegotiation of NAFTA in the form of the United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement (“USMCA”), which replaced NAFTA on July 1, 2020, could negatively affect North America’s economic outlook and, as a result, the value of securities held by a Fund. Policy and legislative changes in one country may have a significant effect on North American markets generally, as well as on the value of certain securities held by a Fund.

Table of Contents

Russia Sanctions. The U.S. and the EMU of the EU, along with the regulatory bodies of a number of countries including Japan, Australia, Norway, Switzerland and Canada (collectively, “Sanctioning Bodies”), have imposed economic sanctions, which consist of prohibiting certain securities trades, prohibiting certain private transactions in the energy sector, asset freezes and prohibition of all business, with certain Russian individuals and Russian corporate entities. The Sanctioning Bodies could also institute broader sanctions on Russia. These sanctions, or even the threat of further sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Russian securities, a weakening of the ruble or other adverse consequences to the Russian economy. These sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Russian securities and/or funds invested in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of a Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in South Korea. Investments in South Korean issuers involve risks that are specific to South Korea, including legal, regulatory, political, currency, security and economic risks. Substantial political tensions exist between North Korea and South Korea. Escalated tensions involving the two nations and the outbreak of hostilities between the two nations, or even the threat of an outbreak of hostilities, could have a severe adverse effect on the South Korean economy. In addition, South Korea's economic growth potential has recently been on a decline, because of a rapidly aging population and structural problems, among other factors. The South Korean economy is heavily reliant on trading exports and disruptions or decreases in trade activity could lead to further declines.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Consumer Defensive Industry. A Fund is subject to risks faced by companies in the consumer defensive industry, including: governmental regulation affecting the permissibility of using various food additives and production methods, which could affect profitability; new laws or litigation that may adversely affect tobacco companies; fads, marketing campaigns and other factors affecting supply and demand that may strongly affect securities prices and profitability of food, beverage and fashion related products; and international events that may affect food and beverage companies that derive a substantial portion of their net income from foreign countries.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector. Companies in the energy sector are strongly affected by the levels and volatility of global energy prices, energy supply and demand, government regulations and policies, energy production and conservation efforts, technological change, development of alternative energy sources, and other factors that they cannot control. These companies may also lack resources and have limited business lines. Energy companies may have relatively high levels of debt and may be more likely to restructure their businesses if there are downturns in certain energy markets or in the global economy. If an energy company in a Fund's portfolio becomes distressed, a Fund could lose all or a substantial portion of its investment.

The energy sector is cyclical and is highly dependent on commodity prices; prices and supplies of energy may fluctuate significantly over short and long periods of time due to, among other things, national and international political changes, Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economy of the key energy-consuming countries. Commodity prices have recently been subject to increased volatility and declines, which may negatively affect companies in which a Fund invests. For example, in the context of the COVID-19 outbreak and disputes among oil-producing countries regarding potential limits on the production of crude oil, the energy sector has experienced increased volatility. In particular, significant market volatility occurred in the crude oil markets as well as the oil futures markets, which resulted in the market price of certain crude oil futures contracts falling below zero for a period of time.

Table of Contents

Most financial companies are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which limits their activities and may affect their ability to earn a profit from a given line of business. Government regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the financials sector, including effects not intended by the regulation. Direct governmental intervention in the operations of financial companies and financial markets may materially and adversely affect the companies in which a Fund invests, including legislation in many countries that may increase government regulation, repatriation and other intervention. The impact of governmental intervention and legislative changes on any individual financial company or on the financials sector as a whole cannot be predicted. The valuation of financial companies has been and continues to be subject to unprecedented volatility and may be influenced by unpredictable factors, including interest rate risk and sovereign debt default. Certain financial businesses are subject to intense competitive pressures, including market share and price competition. Financial companies in foreign countries are subject to market specific and general regulatory and interest rate concerns. In particular, government regulation in certain foreign countries may include taxes and controls on interest rates, credit availability, minimum capital requirements, bans on short sales, limits on prices and restrictions on currency transfers. In addition, companies in the financials sector may be the targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or customer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Table of Contents

and may face future government-imposed restrictions on their businesses or increased government intervention. In addition, there is no guarantee that governments will provide any such relief in the future. These actions may cause the securities of many companies in the financials sector to decline in value.

Table of Contents

companies involved in this industry rely, to a significant extent, on government demand for their products and services. Thus, the financial condition of, and investor interest in, aerospace and defense companies are heavily influenced by governmental defense spending policies, which are typically under pressure from efforts to control government budgets. Transportation stocks, a component of the industrials sector, are cyclical and can be significantly affected by economic changes, fuel prices, labor relations and insurance costs. Transportation companies in certain countries may also be subject to significant government regulation and oversight, which may adversely affect their businesses. For example, commodity price declines and unit volume reductions resulting from an over-supply of materials used in the industrials sector can adversely affect the sector. Furthermore, companies in the industrials sector may be subject to liability for environmental damage, product liability claims, depletion of resources, and mandated expenditures for safety and pollution control.

Table of Contents

Interest Rate Risk. Rising interest rates could result in higher costs of capital for infrastructure companies, which could negatively impact their ability to meet payment obligations.

Oil and Gas Risk. The profitability of oil and gas companies is related to worldwide energy prices, exploration, and production spending.

Risk of Investing in the Materials Sector. Companies in the materials sector may be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, exchange rate fluctuations, social and political unrest, import controls, increased competition, depletion of resources, technical progress, labor relations and government regulations, and mandated expenditures for safety and pollution control, among other factors. Such risks may adversely affect the issuers to which a Fund has exposure. Companies in the materials sector are also at risk of liability for environmental damage and product liability claims. Production of materials may exceed demand as a result of market imbalances or economic downturns, leading to poor investment returns. These risks are heightened for companies in the materials sector located in foreign markets.

Risk of Investing in the Metals and Mining Industry. Certain of the Funds may invest in securities that are issued by and/or have exposure to, companies primarily involved in the metals and mining industry. Investments in metals and mining industry companies may be speculative and subject to greater price volatility than investments in other types of companies. The profitability of companies in the metals and mining industry is related to, among other things, worldwide metal prices, and extraction and production costs. Worldwide metal prices may fluctuate substantially over short periods of time, so a Fund’s investment in metals and mining industry companies may be more volatile than other types of investments. In addition, metals and mining companies may be significantly affected by changes in global demand for certain metals, economic developments, energy conservation, exchange rates, the success of exploration projects, interest rates, economic conditions, tax treatment, government regulation and intervention, and world events in the regions that the companies to which a Fund has exposure operate (e.g., expropriation, nationalization, confiscation of assets and property or the imposition of restrictions on foreign investments and repatriation of capital, military coups, social unrest, violence and labor unrest). Metals and mining companies may also be subject to the effects of competitive pressures in the metals and mining industry.

Table of Contents

Indian Tax Risk: The IT Act has been amended by the Finance Act, 2020 to tax the distributions made by REITS, out of the dividends received, in the hands of the unit holders. Earlier, a company distributing dividends to a REIT, was not liable to pay dividend distribution tax on such dividends, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. Such dividends were considered a pass through income for the REIT and the distributions made by the REIT to the unit holders from such dividends was also exempt from tax in the hands of the non-resident unit holders.

Pursuant to the Finance Act, 2020, the dividend distribution tax has been abolished. Accordingly, under the amended IT Act, a company distributing dividends to a REIT would not be liable to pay dividend distribution tax irrespective of the satisfaction of any condition. However, the amended IT Act provides that though such dividend income would continue to be treated as pass through income for the REIT, the distributions made from such dividends by the REITs may be taxed in the hands of the

Table of Contents

unit holders (i.e. investors) in the REIT depending on the taxation regime adopted by the investee company. This may have a bearing on the returns of the Subsidiary and the Fund from investments in Indian REITs.

Regulatory Risk. Real estate income and values may be adversely affected by such factors as applicable domestic and foreign laws (including tax laws). Government actions, such as tax increases, zoning law changes, mandated closures or other commercial restrictions or environmental regulations, also may have a major impact on real estate income and values. In addition, quarterly compliance with regulations limiting the proportion of asset types held by a U.S. REIT may force certain Real Estate Companies to liquidate or restructure otherwise attractive investments. Some countries may not recognize REITs or comparable structures as a viable form of real estate funds.

Table of Contents

U.S. Tax Risk. Certain U.S. Real Estate Companies are subject to special U.S. federal tax requirements. A REIT that fails to comply with such tax requirements may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, which may affect the value of the REIT and the characterization of the REIT’s distributions. The U.S. federal tax requirement that a REIT distribute substantially all of its net income to its shareholders may result in a REIT having insufficient capital for future expenditures. A REIT that successfully maintains its qualification may still become subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes, including excise, penalty, franchise, payroll, mortgage recording, and transfer taxes, both directly and indirectly through its subsidiaries. Because REITs often do not provide complete tax information until after the calendar year-end, a Fund may at times need to request permission to extend the deadline for issuing your tax reporting statement or supplement the information otherwise provided to you.

Risk of Investing in the Timber and Forestry Industry. The market value of timber and forestry companies may be negatively affected by events occurring in nature and by international and local politics. Natural disasters such as wild fires, volcanic eruptions, flooding, and severe weather conditions may affect the output of timber and timber-related products, and demand for timber and timber-related products in the U.S. and internationally may decrease due to new or changed tariffs, quotas or trade agreements. Rising interest rates or unfavorable economic conditions could also negatively affect the prices of or demand for timber and timber-related products.

Table of Contents

grant rate increases. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain of the issuers of securities held in a Fund's portfolio may own or operate nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climate conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.

Proxy Voting Policy

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Table of Contents

File (collectively, “Files”). The Files are applicable for the next trading day and are provided to the NSCC and/or posted on www.iShares.com after the close of markets in the U.S.

•

Communications with Authorized Participants and Liquidity Providers: Certain employees of BFA are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities a Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that a Fund will provide on a redemption.

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for a Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Funds, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Funds, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain a Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of a Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Indexes

Descriptions of the Underlying Indexes are provided below.

Table of Contents

Nifty 50 Index^TM

Number of Components: 52

Index Description. The Nifty 50 Index^TM is designed to measure the equity performance of the top 50 companies by free float market capitalization whose equity securities trade in the Indian securities markets that are available to international investors on the National Stock Exchange of India Ltd. (“NSE”). The securities in the Underlying Index are free float market capitalization-weighted so that securities with higher total free float market capitalization have a larger representation in the Underlying Index.

Index Committee. NSE Indices Ltd. (formerly known as India Index Services & Products Limited) (“NSEI”) indexes are primarily rules-based and monitored by a governing committee.

NSEI has constituted an Index Advisory Committee – Equity that provides guidance on macro issues pertaining to equity indices. The Index Maintenance Subcommittee takes all decisions on additions and deletions of companies in indices.

Index Maintenance. Changes in the Nifty 50 Index^TM level reflect changes in the free-float market capitalization of the constituents of the Nifty 50 Index^TM which are caused by stock price movements in the market. When a stock is replaced by another stock within the Nifty 50 Index^TM, the index divisor is adjusted so the change in Nifty 50 Index^TM market value that results from the addition and deletion does not change the index level.

Index Availability. The Nifty 50 Index^TM is calculated continuously and is available from major data vendors. For purposes of reporting performance of the Fund, the index provider will also make available to the Fund Nifty 50 Index^TM values in U.S. dollars on an end of day basis by applying a foreign exchange rate calculation to the Nifty 50 Index^TM as determined by the index provider.

Component Selection Criteria. In addition to domicile within India and a listing on the NSE, component security selection decisions include the following criteria:

Eligible Securities:

Constituents of Nifty 100 Index that are available for trading in NSE’s Futures & Options segment are eligible for inclusion in the Nifty 50 Index^TM.

Trading Frequency:

The company’s trading frequency should be 100% in the last six months.

Liquidity:

For inclusion in the index, the security should have traded at an average impact cost of 0.50% or less during the last six months for 90% of the observations for a portfolio of 100 million Indian Rupees. Impact cost is the cost of executing a transaction in a security in proportion to its index weight, measured by market capitalization at any point in time. This is the percentage mark-up suffered while buying/selling the desired quantity of a security compared to its ideal price – (best buy + best sell)/2.

Float-Adjusted Market Capitalization:

Companies will be eligible for inclusion in the Nifty 50 Index^TMprovided the average free-float market capitalization is at least 1.5 times the average free-float market capitalization of the smallest constituent in the index.

Listing History:

A company which comes out with an Initial Public Offering (“IPO”) is eligible for inclusion in the index if it fulfills the normal eligibility criteria for the index – impact cost and float-adjusted market capitalization – for a three-month period instead of a six-month period.

The Morningstar Indexes

Component Selection Criteria. The Morningstar^® Global ex-US Dividend Growth Index^SM is a subset of the Morningstar^® Global Markets ex-US Index^SM, which is a diversified broad market index that represents approximately 97% of the market

Table of Contents

capitalization in international developed and emerging markets. To be eligible for inclusion in the Morningstar^® Global ex-US Dividend Growth Index^SM, companies must pay a qualified dividend, must have at least five years of uninterrupted annual dividend growth and their earnings payout ratio must be less than 75%. Companies that are in the top decile based on dividend yield are excluded from the Underlying Index prior to the dividend growth and payout ratio screens.

Issue Changes. Securities are added or deleted from the index based on rules outlined for security selection, exclusion, rebalancing, and adjustments for corporate actions as set forth in the Morningstar Index Rulebook. Morningstar makes no subjective determinations related to index composition.

Index Maintenance. The Morningstar^® Global Markets ex-US Index^SM is reconstituted twice annually, on the Monday following the third Friday of June and the Monday following the third Friday of December. The Morningstar^® Global ex-US Dividend Growth Index^SM is reconstituted once annually on the Monday following the third Friday December. If the Monday is a holiday, reconstitution occurs on the Tuesday immediately following. Reconstitution is carried out after the day’s closing index values have been determined.

Index Availability. Morningstar Indexes are calculated continuously and are available from major data vendors.

Morningstar^® Global ex-US Dividend Growth Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 476

Index Description. The Morningstar^® Global ex-US Dividend Growth Index^SM, the Underlying Index, is a dividend dollars weighted index that seeks to measure the performance of international equities selected based on a consistent history of growing dividends. The Underlying Index is a subset of the Morningstar^® Global Markets ex-US Index^SM, which is a diversified broad market index that represents approximately 97% of the market capitalization in international developed and emerging markets. As of March 31, 2021, the Underlying Index was comprised of securities of companies in the following markets: Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, China, Colombia, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hong Kong, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Malaysia, Mexico, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, the Philippines, Poland, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, Thailand, Turkey, United Arab Emirates and the U.K. Eligible companies must pay a qualified dividend, must have at least five years of uninterrupted annual dividend growth and their earnings payout ratio must be less than 75%. Companies that are in the top decile based on dividend yield are excluded from the Underlying Index prior to the dividend growth, payout ratio, and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) screens.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index methodology is as follows:

(1) a security must be a member of the Morningstar^® Global Markets ex-US Index^SM

(2) security must pay a qualified dividend (e.g., REITs are excluded);

(3) top decile yield payers are excluded;

(4.1) apply dividend growth screen: must be currently paying dividends and have at least five years of uninterrupted annual dividend growth; dividend growth condition is considered met if the trailing twelve months aggregated dividend increased from the previous to the current reconstitution date;

(4.2) spinoff exception to growth rule: for a current constituent of the index, the requirement to raise dividend year-over-year to remain in the index after reconstitution will be waived if the constituent completed a spin-off in the preceding twelve months; any publicly trading spun-off entity of a current constituent will be immediately included in the index, but it will have to start increasing its dividend starting with the year following the next reconstitution to remain in the index. The current constituent will not require dividend growth in the spin-off year, where “year” means the twelve-month period between annual index reconstitutions;

(4.3) share repurchase exception to growth rule: for a current constituent of the index, the requirement to raise dividend year-over-year to remain in the index after reconstitution will be waived if the constituent kept the dividend constant and executed share repurchases in the preceding twelve months resulting in net decrease in its shares outstanding; this exception does not apply to constituents that decreased their dividend;

Table of Contents

(5) apply growth sustainability screen: payout ratio must be less than 75%, and must have positive consensus earnings forecast. Payout ratio is forward looking and is calculated by the trailing twelve month divided by the forward 12 month consensus earnings forecast;

(6) apply PFIC screen: exclude PFICs based on best efforts to identify them;

(7) weight by dividend dollars (float adjusted common shares multiplied by the current trailing twelve month dividend rate per share);

(8) apply 3% weight cap on individual names to maintain sufficient diversification. The weight capping algorithm will preserve, starting with the smallest security, the relative weights between as many constituents as possible while enforcing the weight cap;

(9) apply 20% single country cap to maintain sufficient geographical diversification. The weight capping algorithm will preserve, starting with the smallest country, the relative weights between as many countries as possible while enforcing the weight cap; and

(10) the index is reconstituted annually and rebalanced quarterly; at rebalance, index constituent list is not altered, but the weights of the constituents are re-adjusted back to the dividend dollar weighting and the weight constraints are re-applied.

The S&P Indexes

Component Selection Criteria for Domestic Indexes. S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC’s (“SPDJI”) various Index Committees are responsible for the overall management of S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC's indices (“S&P DJI Indices”). Issuers (i.e., the “components”) selected for the Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“S&P”) U.S. indexes represent a broad range of industry segments within the U.S. economy. The starting universe of publicly traded U.S. issuers classified by the Global Industry Classification Standard (GICS^®) is screened to eliminate ADRs, mutual funds, limited partnerships, royalty trusts, certain holding issuers, OTC bulletin board issues, pink sheet-listed issues, closed-end funds, ETFs and tracking stocks. REITs, except for mortgage REITs, are eligible for inclusion in the Indexes. The stock of each constituent must trade on either the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”), the NYSE Amex Equities or on NASDAQ. Additionally, only one share class per constituent will be included in an Index. The share class is selected by SPDJI and is generally defined as the largest, most liquid share class. Issuers with multiple share classes will have the classes combined for purposes of calculation of market capitalization. The following criteria are then analyzed to determine an issuer’s eligibility for inclusion in the S&P Indexes: (i) ownership of an issuer’s outstanding common stock, in order to screen out closely held issuers; (ii) trading volume of an issuer’s shares, in order to ensure ample liquidity and efficient share pricing; and (iii) the financial and operating condition of an issuer.

The S&P DJI’s Indices are capitalization-weighted, based on the following formula: number of outstanding shares of a constituent (as determined by the float-adjusted market capitalization using SPDJI’s methodology) multiplied by the constituent’s share price. Issuers with float-adjusted market capitalizations below certain thresholds are not eligible for the Indexes. In addition, the market capitalization of an issuer eligible for inclusion typically must be greater than the Index’s minimum market capitalization at the time it is being considered for Index inclusion. The market capitalizations of an Index’s components are adjusted to reflect changes in capitalization resulting from mergers, acquisitions, stock rights, substitutions and other capital events. The market capitalizations of an Index’s constituent are adjusted for all strategic holdings, including private, corporate, and government holdings.

Table of Contents

the sectors reveals that its securities are not as liquid as those of similar issuers in other countries. Once a year, the float adjustments will be reviewed and potentially changed based on such review. The values of an Index’s components are adjusted to reflect changes in capitalization resulting from mergers, acquisitions, stock rights, substitutions and other capital events. The market capitalization of index constituent issuers is adjusted for all strategic holdings, including private, corporate, and government holdings.

With respect to the non-U.S. components of the S&P Global Indexes, the eligible universe of index components that are considered for inclusion are from the following S&P DJI Indices: (i) the S&P/TSX 60 (Toronto Stock Exchange), which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks of the publicly listed issuers in the Canadian equities market; (ii) the S&P/TOPIX 150 (Tokyo Stock Exchange) which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks of the publicly-listed issuers in the Japanese equities market; (iii) S&P/ASX All-Australian 50 Index (Australian Stock Exchange), which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks in the Australian equities market; (iv) the S&P Asia 50, which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks of four major equities markets in Asia (Hong Kong, South Korea, Taiwan and Singapore); (v) the S&P Latin America 40, which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks from major sectors of the Mexico, Brazil, Peru, Colombia and Chilé equity markets; and (vi) the S&P Europe 350, which represents the liquid, large-cap stocks of the publicly listed issuers in the region, covering approximately 70% of the region’s market capitalization.

Index Availability. The S&P Indexes are calculated continuously and are available from major data vendors.

Exchange Rates. SPDJI uses the World Markets/Reuters Closing Spot Rates taken at 4:00 p.m. London time for the following funds: iShares Global 100 ETF, iShares Global Clean Energy, iShares Global Comm Services ETF, iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF and iShares Latin America 40 ETF. Prior to January 31, 2013, SPDJI used the currency exchange (FX) rate corresponding to 5:15 p.m. Eastern time (with the exception of iShares Asia 50 ETF). In case World Markets/Reuters does not provide rates for specific markets

Table of Contents

on given days (for example, Christmas Day and New Year’s Day), the previous business day’s rates are normally used. SPDJI independently monitors the exchange rates on all its indexes. SPDJI may under exceptional circumstances elect to use alternative sources of exchange rates if the World Markets/Reuters rates are not available, or if SPDJI determines that the World Markets/Reuters rates are not reflective of market circumstances for a given currency on a particular day.

S&P Asia 50^TM

Number of Components: approximately 50

Index Description. The S&P Asia 50^TM is a float-adjusted, market capitalization-weighted index that is designed to measure the performance of the 50 leading companies listed in four Asian countries or regions: Hong Kong, Singapore, South Korea and Taiwan. The S&P Asia 50^TM generally has representation from each of the eleven sectors of the GICS.

S&P Emerging Markets Infrastructure Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 30

Index Description. The S&P Emerging Markets Infrastructure Index^TM is designed to track the performance of 30 of the largest publicly listed companies in the infrastructure industry in emerging markets.

The index provider starts with the S&P Emerging BMI plus South Korea the starting universe. Companies domiciled in an emerging or developed market country are eligible for inclusion as long as the majority of the company's revenues are derived from emerging market operations. Listing criteria gives preference to developed market listings such as ADRs, GDRs or H Shares that meet liquidity criterion. To be eligible, constituents must have 3-month Average Daily Value Traded of at least $1 million, a minimum total market capitalization of $250 million and a minimum float-adjusted market capitalization of $200 million.

The index provider begins by classifying eligible securities into one of three clusters: energy, transportation or utilities. Within each cluster, the index provider first selects developed market securities in order of float-adjusted market capitalization until it reaches a target of 6 constituents for the energy cluster, 12 constituents for the transportation cluster, and 12 constituents for the utilities cluster. If necessary to reach the target number of constituents in each cluster, the index provider next selects from emerging market securities in order of float-adjusted market capitalization. If there is an insufficient number of securities to meet the target in any cluster, the largest companies from the eligible universe are added until the total number of constituents is 30.

Each individual constituent is limited to a weight of 10%, while the energy cluster is limited to an aggregate weight of 20% and the transportation and utilities clusters are each limited to an aggregate weight of 40%.

S&P Global 100^TM

Number of Components: approximately 104

Index Description. The S&P Global 100^TM measures the performance of 104 large multi-national companies that are of major importance in the global markets. A global company is defined as a corporation that has production facilities and/or other fixed assets in at least one foreign country outside the company's home country, and makes its major management decisions in a global context. The degree to which sales are executed outside the home country is a factor in determining a company’s global reach. The market capitalization of index constituent companies is adjusted for all strategic holdings, including private, corporate, and government holdings. The composition of the Underlying Index is derived from the S&P Global 1200^TM and only includes transnational corporations under the above definition which had a minimum adjusted market capitalization of US $5 billion. The Underlying Index is adjusted to reflect changes in capitalization resulting from mergers, acquisitions, stock rights, substitutions and other capital events.

S&P Global 1200 Communication Services 4.5/22.5/45 Capped Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 67

Index Description. The S&P Global 1200 Communication Services 4.5/22.5/45 Capped Index^TM measures the performance of companies that S&P deems to be part of the communication services sector of the economy and that S&P believes are important to global markets. The Underlying Index is a subset of the S&P Global 1200^TM.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to limit the weight of the securities of any single issuer to a maximum of 25% of the Underlying Index. Additionally, the capping methodology limits the sum of the weights of the securities of all

Table of Contents

issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index to a maximum of 50% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In order to implement this capping methodology, the Underlying Index constrains at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weight of any single issuer to a maximum of 22.5%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.5% of the index weight to maximum of 45.00%. In implementing this capping methodology, SPDJI may consider two or more companies as belonging to the same issuer where there is reasonable evidence of common control.

S&P Global 1200 Consumer Discretionary (Sector) Capped Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 156

Index Description. The S&P Global 1200 Consumer Discretionary (Sector) Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of global equities in the consumer discretionary sector. Component companies include consumer product manufacturing, service and retail companies.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to limit the weight of the securities of any single issuer to a maximum of 10% of the Underlying Index. Additionally, the capping methodology limits the sum of the weights of the securities of all issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index to a maximum of 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In order to implement this capping methodology, the Underlying Index rebalances quarterly to limit: (i) the weight of any single issuer to a maximum of 10%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.50% of the index weight to maximum of 22.50%. Between scheduled quarterly index reviews, the Underlying Index is rebalanced at the end of any day on which issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index collectively represent more than 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In implementing this capping methodology, SPDJI may consider two or more companies as belonging to the same issuer where there is reasonable evidence of common control.

S&P Global 1200 Health Care Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 115

Index Description. The S&P Global 1200 Health Care Index^TM measures the performance of companies that S&P deems to be part of the healthcare sector of the economy and that S& P believes are important to global markets. The Underlying Index is a subset of the S&P Global 1200^TM. Component companies include healthcare providers, biotechnology companies and manufacturers of medical supplies, advanced medical devices and pharmaceuticals.

S&P Global 1200 Information Technology Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 127

Index Description. The S&P Global 1200 Information Technology Index^TM measures the performance of companies S&P deems to be part of the information technology sector of the economy and that S&P believes are important to global markets. The Underlying Index is a subset of the S&P Global 1200^TM.

S&P Global 1200 Materials Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 103

Index Description. The S&P Global 1200 Materials Index^TM measures the performance of companies that S&P deems to be part of the materials sector of the economy and that S&P believes are important to global markets. It is a subset of the S&P Global 1200^TM.

S&P Global Clean Energy Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 30

Index Description. The S&P Global Clean Energy Index is designed to track the performance of approximately 100 clean energy-related companies. The Underlying Index is a subset of the S&P Global Broad Market Index, which seeks to measure global stock market performance and which includes all companies in developed and emerging markets with float-adjusted market capitalizations greater than $100 million meeting 6- and 12-month median value traded requirements, as determined by SPDJI. The Underlying Index is limited to those stocks traded on a developed market exchange which meet or exceed, at the time of inclusion, $300 million in total market capitalization, $100 million in float-adjusted market capitalization, and $3 million median daily value traded over a six-month period. After the Index Provider determines the eligible universe, the Index Provider selects the index constituents as follows:

Table of Contents

1. Index Provider defines exposure scores for each company based on its primary business. Companies determined by the Index Provider to have maximum clean energy exposure are assigned a score of 1. Companies determined by the Index Provider to have significant clean energy exposure are assigned a score of 0.75, and companies determined by the Index Provider to have moderate clean energy exposure are assigned a score of 0.5.

2. All exposure score 1 stocks are selected, with a target constituent count of 100. If more than 100 exposure score 1 stocks are eligible, all exposure score 1 stocks are selected. If fewer than 100 exposure score 1 stocks are eligible the following selection steps are performed:

3. Stocks are ranked by the Index Provider based on float-adjusted market capitalization, and the highest-ranking stock with an exposure score of 0.75 is selected and added to the index. This process continues iteratively until the target constituent count is reached.

4. If, after step 3 there are still not 100 constituents, the highest-ranking stock with an exposure score of 0.5 is selected until the target constituent count of 100 is reached, or all eligible companies with exposure scores of 1, 0.75, and 0.5 are selected.

SPDJI next replaces any components with a “carbon intensity” score (as calculated by SPDJI) of greater than three standard deviations of the mean of all components (excluding the top and bottom five percent) with the next highest-ranked stock in order to satisfy the index’s target constituent count of approximately 100 securities. If after these steps the index’s weighted average exposure score falls below 0.85, the lowest-ranking stock with an exposure score of 0.5 is removed until the index’s weighted average exposure score reaches 0.85. Therefore, while the Underlying Index targets a constituent count of 100 securities, it is possible for the final index constituent count to be below 100 securities. Constituents are weighted based on the product of each constituent’s float-adjusted market capitalization and exposure score, with the weights of constituents capped at the lower of either a single constituent weight cap by exposure score, or five times its liquidity weight. The Index Provider determines the liquidity weight of a security as follows: index weight assigned to a security based on the relative six-month median daily value traded of the security compared to that measure for the overall index. In addition, the cumulative weight of all stocks within the index which have a weight greater than 4.5% cannot exceed 40%. The single constituent weight caps by exposure score are:

1. Constituents with an exposure score of 1 are capped at 8%.

2. Constituents with an exposure score of 0.75 are capped at 6%.

3. Constituents with an exposure score of 0.5 are capped at 4%.

S&P Global Timber & Forestry Index^TM

Number of Components: approximately 25

Index Description. The S&P Global Timber & Forestry Index^TM is comprised of approximately 25 of the largest publicly-traded companies engaged in the ownership, management or upstream supply chain of forests and timberlands. These include forest products companies, timber REITs, paper products companies, paper packaging companies, and agricultural product companies.

S&P Latin America 40^TM

Number of Components: approximately 42

Index Description. The S&P Latin America 40^TM is comprised of selected equities trading on the exchanges of five Latin American countries and includes securities that S&P DJI considers to be highly liquid from major economic sectors of the Mexican and South American equity markets. Companies from Brazil, Chilé, Colombia, Mexico and Peru are represented in the Underlying Index and mirror the sector weights of the broader universe of stocks from the five markets. Similarly, the Underlying Index mirrors the country weights of the five markets within that same universe of stocks.

For more information about SPDJI, including its limited relationship with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates and the limitations of the S&P DJI indices, please refer to the applicable Prospectus.

Investment Policies

Table of Contents

of the outstanding voting securities of a Fund is defined in the 1940 Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of outstanding voting securities of the Fund. Each Fund has also adopted certain non-fundamental investment policies, including its investment objective. Non-fundamental investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Therefore, each Fund may change its investment objective and its Underlying Index without shareholder approval.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The iShares Global 100 ETF and iShares Global Comm Services ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets in the stocks of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the stocks of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate mortgages, commodities or commodity contracts, but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

The iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF and iShares Latin America 40 ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets in the stocks of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the stocks of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue “senior securities” as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and orders thereunder, except as permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and orders thereunder.
4.	Make loans. This restriction does not apply to: (i) the purchase of debt obligations in which each Fund may invest consistent with its investment objectives and policies; (ii) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements; and (iii) loans of its portfolio securities, to the fullest extent permitted under the 1940 Act.

Table of Contents

5.	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate mortgages, commodities or commodity contracts, but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act in disposing of portfolio securities.

The iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF and iShares Global Materials ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets in the stocks of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the stocks of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate mortgages, commodities or commodity contracts, but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act in disposing of portfolio securities.

Each of the iShares Asia 50 ETF, iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF and iShares India 50 ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities; and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by any regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from investing in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business or securities or other instruments backed by real estate or mortgages), or commodities or commodity contracts (but this

Table of Contents

	restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

The iShares International Dividend Growth ETF may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the 1940 Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of real estate investment trusts, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the 1940 Act.

Notations Regarding the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF’s Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF's fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF's industry classifications, the Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act permits the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (The iShares International Dividend Growth ETF’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the Investment Company Act requires the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF's total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF engages in such transactions, the Fund instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets,

Table of Contents

or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit the Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (5) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, in the case of diversified funds, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF's underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the Fund’s investments in issuers where the Fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (7) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF from making loans (including lending its securities); however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets (including lending its securities), except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments (as applicable), as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

iShares International Dividend Growth ETF

All Funds Other Than the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF

All Funds

Table of Contents

investment company or registered unit investment trust, in reliance on Section 12(d)(1)(F) or (G) (the “fund of funds” provisions) of the 1940 Act, at any time the Fund has knowledge that its shares are purchased by another investment company investor in reliance on the provisions of subparagraph (G) of Section 12(d)(1).

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations under each Fund’s fundamental or non-fundamental investment policies apply only at the time that a transaction is undertaken. Any change in the percentage of each Fund’s assets invested in certain securities or other instruments resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in each Fund’s total assets will not require each Fund to dispose of an investment until BFA determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences.

Continuous Offering

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Funds are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds and ETFs (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (including ETFs) (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). Each Fund is included in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 382 funds as of July 30, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Funds' Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (66)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (60)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (50)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Chief Financial Officer of iShares Delaware Trust Sponsor LLC, BlackRock Funds, BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Funds IV, BlackRock Funds V and BlackRock Funds VI (since 2021); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

The Board has concluded that, based on each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Board. Among the attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Funds' investment adviser, other service providers, counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through the Trustee’s educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Board member of the Funds and the other funds in the Trust (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Board Chair. The Board Chair’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Board Chair may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board has established seven standing Committees: a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a 15(c) Committee, a Securities Lending Committee, a Risk Committee, an Equity Plus Committee and a Fixed Income Plus Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Funds, and from time to time the Board may establish ad hoc committees or informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Funds with respect to certain specified matters. The Chair of each standing Committee is an Independent Trustee. The role of the Chair of each Committee is to preside at all meetings of the Committee and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees between meetings. Each standing Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to the Committee by the Board and reports its finding to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Independent Trustees and the full Board to enhance effective oversight.

Table of Contents

The members of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are Madhav V. Rajan (Chair), Jane D. Carlin and Richard L. Fagnani, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of Trust performance and related matters for fixed-income or multi-asset funds. These responsibilities include: (i) reviewing quarterly reports regarding Trust performance, secondary market trading and changes in net assets to identify any matters that should be brought to the attention of the Board; and (ii) considering any performance or investment related matters as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board from time to time and providing a report or recommendation to the Board as appropriate. The Fixed Income Plus Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Funds so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

For the iShares Global Clean Energy ETF fiscal period April 1, 2021 to April 30, 2021, the Committees did not meet.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	iShares Asia 50 ETF	iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF	iShares Global 100 ETF	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF³
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 1,151	$7	$626	$0
Richard L. Fagnani	1,222	8	665	0
Cecilia H. Herbert	1,305	8	710	0
John E. Kerrigan	1,221	8	664	0
Drew E. Lawton	1,180	8	642	0
John E. Martinez	1,151	7	626	0
Madhav V. Rajan	1,151	7	626	0

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Global Comm Services ETF	iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF	iShares Global Healthcare ETF	iShares Global Materials ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 130	$ 151	$ 762	$323
Richard L. Fagnani	139	160	809	343
Cecilia H. Herbert	148	171	864	366
John E. Kerrigan	138	160	808	343
Drew E. Lawton	134	155	781	331
John E. Martinez	130	151	762	323
Madhav V. Rajan	130	151	762	323

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Global Tech ETF	iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF	iShares India 50 ETF	iShares International Dividend Growth ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 1,749	$ 156	$283	$87
Richard L. Fagnani	1,858	166	301	92
Cecilia H. Herbert	1,984	177	321	98
John E. Kerrigan	1,856	166	300	92
Drew E. Lawton	1,794	160	290	89
John E. Martinez	1,749	156	283	87
Madhav V. Rajan	1,749	156	283	87

Table of Contents

Name	iShares Global Tech ETF	iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF	iShares India 50 ETF	iShares International Dividend Growth ETF
Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	$0	$0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name		iShares Latin America 40 ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin		$792
Richard L. Fagnani		842
Cecilia H. Herbert		899
John E. Kerrigan		841
Drew E. Lawton		813
John E. Martinez		792
Madhav V. Rajan		792

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito		$0
Salim Ramji		0

Name	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Funds and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.
³	The compensation earned by each Independent Trustee and Interested Trustee for services to iShares Global Clean Energy ETF for the fiscal period from April 1, 2021 through April 30, 2021 was as follows: Jane D. Carlin, $2,662; Richard L. Fagnani, $2,825; Cecila H. Herbert, $3,020; John E. Kerrigan, $2,825; Drew E. Lawton, $2,728; John E. Martinez, $2,662; Madhav V. Rajan, $2,662; Robert S. Kapito, $0; Salim Ramji, $0; Mark K. Wiedman, $0. Effective April 30, 2021, the Fund changed its fiscal year end from March 31 to April 30.

The Board of Directors of the Subsidiary is responsible for the overall management and operations of the Subsidiary. The Board of Directors is comprised of certain members of the Board of Trustees of the Trust.

Table of Contents

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of each Fund's outstanding shares as of June 30, 2021.

Although the Trust does not have information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants (as defined below), as of June 30, 2021, the name and percentage ownership of each DTC participant that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund were as follows:

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
iShares Asia 50 ETF	Citibank, N.A. 3800 CitiBank Center Tampa Building B/1st Floor Zone 8 Tampa, FL 33610-9122	35.75%
	JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association 500 Stanton Christiana Road Newark, DE 19713	27.58%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	8.12%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	6.55%

iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF	UBS Financial Services Inc. 1000 Harbor Blvd. Weehawken, NJ 07086	12.52%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	12.51%
	TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177	12.25%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	10.48%
	VANGUARD Marketing Corporation 100 Vanguard Boulevard Malvern, PA 19355	5.78%
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated - TS Sub 101 Hudson Street 9th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997	5.30%

iShares Global 100 ETF	JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association 500 Stanton Christiana Road Newark, DE 19713	58.49%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	6.18%

Table of Contents

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
	UBS Financial Services Inc. 1000 Harbor Blvd. Weehawken, NJ 07086	7.47%
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated - TS Sub 101 Hudson Street 9th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997	7.38%
	TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177	6.05%
	J.P. Morgan Securities, LLC/JPMC 500 Stanton Christiana Road Newark, DE 19713	5.77%
	Raymond, James & Associates, Inc. 880 Carillon Parkway P.O. Box 12749 St. Petersburg, FL 33733	5.02%

iShares Latin America 40 ETF	Brown Brothers Harriman & Co. 525 Washington Blvd. 11^th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07310	16.44%
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated - TS Sub 101 Hudson Street 9th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997	15.43%
	Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399	10.17%
	Citibank, N.A. 3800 CitiBank Center Tampa Building B/1st Floor Zone 8 Tampa, FL 33610-9122	6.53%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	6.12%
	JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association 500 Stanton Christiana Road Newark, DE 19713	5.73%
	UBS Financial Services Inc. 1000 Harbor Blvd. Weehawken, NJ 07086	5.59%

Potential Conflicts of Interest. Certain activities of BFA, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers and employees, with respect to the Funds and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

Table of Contents

activities and business operations of a Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Funds. These are considerations of which investors in a Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage a Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by a Fund.

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of a Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Funds. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on a Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of a Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Funds.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Funds, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Funds, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party's investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Funds. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions. On any occasion when a Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of a Fund's investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of a Fund in which clients of BlackRock or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party's interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by a Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

Table of Contents

When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. A Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund's own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with a Fund's establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund's counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund's creditworthiness.

Table of Contents

loan opportunity arrives; and (iii) the lending portfolio must also have enough inventory, either on its own or when aggregated with other portfolios into one single market delivery, to satisfy the loan request. In doing so, BlackRock seeks to provide equal lending opportunities for all portfolios, independent of whether BlackRock indemnifies the portfolio. Equal opportunities for lending portfolios does not guarantee equal outcomes. Specifically, short and long-term outcomes for individual clients may vary due to asset mix, asset/liability spreads on different securities, and the overall limits imposed by the firm.

Table of Contents

Funds. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock's fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the Proxy Voting Policy section of this SAI.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of a Fund. Increasing a Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of a Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of a Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

It is possible that a Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. A Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for a Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit a Fund's flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb.

Table of Contents

or determinations to a Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, a Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) in accordance with policies and procedures approved by a Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of a Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, each Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding a Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, a Fund, except that a Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the 1940 Act engage in transactions with another Fund or accounts that are affiliated with a Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Funds and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for a Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or a Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock's internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of a Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which a Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

Table of Contents

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Funds), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Funds (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with certain Funds' custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Funds leave cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for Funds in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

Table of Contents

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, BFA may, from time to time, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of BFA, to perform investment advisory or other services with respect to a Fund. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the investment advisory agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion upon appropriate notice at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Table of Contents

Prior to July 14, 2021, and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, iShares Global Comm Services ETF, iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF and iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF, BFA was paid a management fee from the Fund corresponding to the Fund’s allocable portion of an aggregate management fee calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF, iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF, iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, iShares Global Comm Services ETF, iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF, iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares North American Natural Resources ETF, iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF and iShares Semiconductor ETF. The aggregate management fee is calculated as follows: 0.48% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $10.0 billion, plus 0.43% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $10.0 billion, up to and including $20.0 billion, plus 0.38% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $20.0 billion, up to and including $30.0 billion, plus 0.342% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $30.0 billion.

Effective July 14, 2021, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, iShares Global Comm Services ETF, iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF and iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from the Fund corresponding to the Fund's allocable portion of an aggregate management fee calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF, iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF, iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, iShares Global Comm Services ETF, iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF, iShares Global Energy ETF, iShares Global Financials ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Industrials ETF, iShares Global Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF, iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF, iShares Global Utilities ETF, iShares North American Natural Resources ETF, iShares North American Tech-Multimedia Networking ETF and iShares Semiconductor ETF. The aggregate management fee is calculated as follows: 0.4800% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $10.0 billion, plus 0.4300% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $10.0 billion, up to and including $20.0 billion, plus 0.3800% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $20.0 billion, up to and including $30.0 billion, plus 0.3420% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $30.0 billion, up to and including $40.0 billion, plus 0.3078% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $40.0 billion.

Prior to July 14, 2021 and for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Latin America 40 ETF, BFA was paid a management fee from the iShares Latin America 40 ETF calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Latin America 40 ETF, iShares MSCI Pacific ex Japan ETF, iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Russell 2000 ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF and iShares Select Dividend ETF. The management fee for the Fund equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.5000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $46.0 billion, plus 0.4750% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $46.0 billion, up to and including $81.0 billion, plus 0.4513% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $81.0 billion, up to an including $111.0 billion, plus 0.4287% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $111.0 billion, up to and including $141.0 billion, plus 0.4073% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $141.0 billion.

Effective July 14, 2021, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Latin America 40 ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from the iShares Latin America 40 ETF calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Latin America 40 ETF, iShares MSCI Pacific ex Japan ETF, iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Russell 2000 ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF and iShares Select Dividend ETF. The management fee for the Fund equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.5000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $46.0 billion, plus 0.4750% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $46.0 billion, up to and including $81.0 billion, plus 0.4513% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $81.0 billion, up to an including $111.0 billion, plus 0.4287% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $111.0 billion, up to and including $141.0 billion, plus 0.4073% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $141.0 billion, up to and including $171.0 billion, plus 0.3869% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $171.0 billion.

Table of Contents

Fund	Management Fee for the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares Asia 50 ETF	0.50%	11/13/07	$ 9,930,078	$ 5,512,376	$ 5,047,562
iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF^1,2	0.60%	06/16/09	88,034	176,784	249,915
iShares Global 100 ETF	0.40%	12/05/00	10,087,938	8,239,730	7,467,525
iShares Global Clean Energy ETF³	0.42%	06/24/08	10,983,487	1,653,503	801,229
iShares Global Comm Services ETF	0.43%	11/12/01	1,316,614	1,154,795	1,389,217
iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF	0.43%	09/12/06	1,249,561	975,752	1,219,886
iShares Global Healthcare ETF	0.43%	11/13/01	10,172,169	9,388,488	8,083,844
iShares Global Materials ETF	0.43%	09/12/06	1,801,883	1,069,390	1,347,050
iShares Global Tech ETF	0.43%	11/12/01	18,541,018	13,148,855	10,509,153
iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF	0.43%	06/24/08	1,046,251	1,064,093	1,900,127
iShares India 50 ETF	0.89%	11/18/09	5,343,329	6,955,615	7,308,380
iShares International Dividend Growth ETF⁴	0.15%	05/17/16	218,810	175,007	138,032
iShares Latin America 40 ETF	0.48%	10/25/01	5,351,342	7,302,827	6,395,659

For the iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF, BFA has contractually agreed to waive its management fees in an amount equal to the “Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses,” if any, attributable to investments by the Fund in other series of iShares Trust and iShares, Inc., through July 31, 2022. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to July 31, 2022 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2021, March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, BFA waived $0, $0 and $0 of management fees.

Effective March 27, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF is 0.60%. Prior to March 27, 2020, the management fee for the iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF was 0.75%.

The management fee for the fiscal period from April 1, 2021 through April 30, 2021 was 0.41%. The management fees paid net of waivers for the fiscal period from April 1, 2021 through April 30, 2021 was $1,925,292. Effective April 30, 2021, the Fund changed its fiscal year end from March 31 to April 30.

⁴

Effective December 17, 2020, the management fee for the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF is 0.15%. Prior to December 17, 2020, the management fee for the iShares International Dividend Growth ETF was 0.22%.

For the iShares India 50 ETF, the Subsidiary has entered into a separate contract with BFA whereby BFA provides investment advisory services to the Subsidiary. BFA does not receive separate compensation from the Subsidiary for providing it with investment advisory services. The Fund pays BFA a management fee based on the Fund's assets, including the assets invested in the Subsidiary. The Subsidiary has also entered into separate arrangements that provide for the provision of other services to the Subsidiary (including administrative, custody, transfer agency and other services), and BFA shall pay the costs and expenses related to the provision of those services.

Table of Contents

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	253	$1,535,776,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	57	86,063,000,000
Other Accounts	25	28,568,000,000

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	258	$1,536,505,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	2	845,000,000

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	251	$1,524,220,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	2,605,000,000
Other Accounts	65	15,924,000,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	253	$1,533,134,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	96	44,113,000,000
Other Accounts	3	131,000,000

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA’s policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Funds and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Funds, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time each Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than it would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Like the Funds, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio’s or account’s gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or any of its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and each of its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intend to do so, shareholders of the Funds should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict of interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

Table of Contents

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	1	$2,998,410,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of March 31, 2021.

As of March 31, 2021, the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of the Fund.

Table of Contents

Codes of Ethics. The Trust, BFA and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The codes of ethics permit personnel subject to the codes of ethics to invest in securities, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of each Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares Asia 50 ETF	11/13/07	$ 293,208	$ 146,136	$144,077
iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF	06/16/09	26,440	28,586	31,265
iShares Global 100 ETF	12/05/00	75,561	64,817	65,868
iShares Global Clean Energy ETF¹	06/24/08	204,799	40,106	35,170
iShares Global Comm Services ETF	11/12/01	41,047	37,123	39,754
iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF	09/12/06	39,214	32,542	31,400
iShares Global Healthcare ETF	11/13/01	79,044	61,812	57,543
iShares Global Materials ETF	09/12/06	45,417	37,610	35,909
iShares Global Tech ETF	11/12/01	152,023	103,097	92,574
iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF	06/24/08	32,996	31,523	37,975
iShares India 50 ETF	11/18/09	18,368	20,915	22,872
iShares International Dividend Growth ETF	05/17/16	88,668	73,560	52,391

Table of Contents

Fund		Fund Inception Date		Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021		Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020		Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares Latin America 40 ETF		10/25/01		303,325		284,817		270,886

The administration, custodian, and transfer agency expenses paid during the fiscal period from April 1, 2021 through April 30, 2021 were $32,365. Effective April 30, 2021, the Fund charged its fiscal year end from March 31 to April 30.

Subsidiary Administrator. For the iShares India 50 ETF, International Financial Services Limited (“IFS”) serves as the Subsidiary's Mauritius administrator. Pursuant to an agreement with IFS, the Subsidiary pays a fee for administrative, legal, tax and accounting services to IFS, for certain shareholder services and for providing office space, equipment, personnel and facilities required to provide such services to the Subsidiary.

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement: (i) domestic equity funds, such as the iShares Global 100 ETF and iShares Global Tech ETF (“Domestic Equity Fund”) retain 77% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement: (i) international equity funds, such as all Funds other than the iShares Global 100 ETF and iShares Global Tech ETF (“International Equity Funds”), retain 82% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income (which includes, for this purpose, collateral investment fees) earned across the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex (as defined under “Management—Trustees and Officers”) in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, each applicable Fund, pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows:

Domestic Equity Funds

International Equity Funds

The services provided to the Funds by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 or, for iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, for the most recent fiscal year ended April 30, 2021, primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Funds with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

(8) terminating securities loans and arranging for the return of loaned securities to the Funds at loan termination.

The following tables show the dollar amounts of income and fees/compensation related to the securities lending activities of each Fund during its most recent fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

Table of Contents

Fund	iShares Latin America 40 ETF
Cash collateral management expenses not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	14,299
Administrative fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Indemnification fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	859
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$ 51,735
Net income from securities lending activities	$167,011

For the fiscal period from April 1, 2021 through April 30, 2021, the Fund had $393,105 in gross income from securities lending activities; $67,603 in securities lending income paid to BTC for services as securities lending agent; $17,086 in cash collateral management expenses not included in securities lending income paid to BTC; $0 in administrative fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC; $0 in indemnification fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC; $448 in rebates (paid to borrowers); $0 in other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC; $85,137 in aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities; and $307,968 in net income from securities lending activities. Effective April 30, 2021, the Fund changed its fiscal year end from March 31 to April 30.

Payments by BFA and its Affiliates. BFA and/or its affiliates (“BFA Entities”) may pay certain broker-dealers, registered investment advisers, banks and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for certain activities related to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products in general. BFA Entities make these payments from their own assets and not from the assets of the Funds. Although a portion of BFA Entities’ revenue comes directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products, these payments do not increase the price paid by investors for the purchase of shares of, or the cost of owning, the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. BFA Entities make payments for Intermediaries’ participation in activities that are designed to make registered representatives, other professionals and individual investors more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including the Funds and other iShares funds, or for other activities, such as participation in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems (“Education Costs”). BFA Entities also make payments to Intermediaries for certain printing, publishing and mailing costs or materials relating to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products (“Publishing Costs”). In addition, BFA Entities make payments to Intermediaries that make shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products available to their clients, develop new products that feature iShares or otherwise promote the Funds, other iShares funds and exchange-traded products. BFA Entities may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to Intermediaries or other persons in consideration of services or other activities that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. Payments of the type described above are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments.

Table of Contents

Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments may create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products over other investments. The same conflicts of interest and financial incentives exist with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

In addition to the payments described above, BFA Entities have developed proprietary tools, calculators and related interactive or digital content that is made available through the www.BlackRock.com website at no additional cost to Intermediaries. BlackRock may configure these tools and calculators and localize the content for Intermediaries as part of its customary digital marketing support and promotion of the Funds, other iShares funds, exchange-traded products and BlackRock mutual funds.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): BNY Mellon Performance & Risk Analytics, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Further, BFA Entities make Education Costs and Publishing Costs payments to other Intermediaries that are not listed in the immediately preceding paragraph. BFA Entities may determine to make such payments based on any number of metrics. For example, BFA Entities may make payments at year-end or other intervals in a fixed amount, an amount based upon an Intermediary’s services at defined levels or an amount based on the Intermediary’s net sales of one or more iShares funds in a year or other period, any of which arrangements may include an agreed-upon minimum or maximum payment, or any combination of the foregoing. As of the date of this SAI, BFA anticipates that the payments paid by BFA Entities in connection with the Funds, iShares funds and exchange-traded products in general will be immaterial to BFA Entities in the aggregate for the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

Table of Contents

be credited by the exchange to one or more market makers that meet or exceed liquidity and market quality standards with respect to the securities of a Fund. Each market maker incentive program is subject to approval from the SEC. Any such fee payments made to an exchange will be made by an affiliate of a Fund solely for the benefit of a Fund and will not be paid from any Fund assets. Other funds managed by BFA may also participate in such programs.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or, if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Fixed-Income Investments. Fixed-income securities for which market quotations are readily available are generally valued using such securities’ current market value. A Fund values fixed-income portfolio securities using the last available bid prices or current market quotations provided by dealers or prices (including evaluated prices) supplied by a Fund’s approved independent third-party pricing services, each in accordance with the Valuation Procedures. The pricing services may use matrix pricing or valuation models that utilize certain inputs and assumptions to derive values, including transaction data (e.g., recent representative bids and offers), credit quality information, perceived market movements, news, and other relevant information and by other methods, which may include consideration of: yields or prices of securities of comparable quality, coupon, maturity and type; indications as to values from dealers; general market conditions; and/or other factors and assumptions. Pricing services generally value fixed-income securities assuming orderly transactions of an institutional round lot size, but a Fund may hold or transact in such securities in smaller, odd lot sizes. Odd lots may trade at lower prices than institutional round lots. The amortized cost method of valuation may be used with respect to debt obligations with 60 days or less remaining to maturity unless such method does not represent fair value. Certain fixed-income investments, including asset-backed and mortgage-related securities, may be valued based on valuation models that consider the estimated cash flows of each tranche of the issuer, establish a benchmark yield and develop an estimated tranche-specific spread to the benchmark yield based on the unique attributes of the tranche.

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which a Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

Table of Contents

which a Fund valued such security, the revised pricing service quotation generally will be applied prospectively. Such determination will be made considering pertinent facts and circumstances surrounding the revision.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

BFA, with input from portfolio management, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, a Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BFA, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of a Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.

Table of Contents

be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BFA using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to funds and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect a Fund. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities, to the extent such rules become more stringent, would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value. This may in turn increase the costs associated with selling assets or affect their liquidity due to a Fund’s inability to obtain a third-party determination of fair market value. The SEC recently adopted new Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, which will establish an updated regulatory framework for registered investment company valuation practices and may impact a Fund’s valuation policies. A Fund will not be required to comply with the new rule until September 8, 2022.

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

The Funds anticipate that brokerage transactions involving foreign equity securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Funds in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the U.S. or Europe, as the case may be. ADRs, like other securities traded in the U.S., will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Funds will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

Table of Contents

IPOs of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When BFA is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to BFA’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. IPOs of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in a Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

Because different accounts may have differing investment objectives and policies, BFA may buy and sell the same securities at the same time for different clients based on the particular investment objective, guidelines and strategies of those accounts. For example, BFA may decide that it may be entirely appropriate for a growth fund to sell a security at the same time a value fund is buying that security. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of BFA or the other Affiliates during the same period increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price. For example, sales of a security by BlackRock on behalf of one or more of its clients may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Funds or other clients or funds for which BFA or another Affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

In certain instances, BFA may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts and advisory accounts of affiliates. In general, all contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price (except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted). While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Funds are concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Funds. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
iShares Asia 50 ETF	11/13/07	$ 899,769	$ 66,907	$ 112,710
iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF	06/16/09	5,241	4,986	8,527
iShares Global 100 ETF	12/05/00	22,740	20,469	28,323
iShares Global Clean Energy ETF¹	06/24/08	743,742	111,360	38,400
iShares Global Comm Services ETF	11/12/01	9,884	14,737	54,191
iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF	09/12/06	20,888	7,274	11,491
iShares Global Healthcare ETF	11/13/01	27,180	24,194	33,945
iShares Global Materials ETF	09/12/06	16,856	17,958	12,196
iShares Global Tech ETF	11/12/01	73,222	68,588	122,242
iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF	06/24/08	22,236	16,102	48,370
iShares India 50 ETF	11/18/09	109,458	259,744	340,523
iShares International Dividend Growth ETF	05/17/16	42,928	14,537	11,771
iShares Latin America 40 ETF	10/25/01	410,038	325,724	339,633

¹The brokerage commissions paid during the fiscal period from April 1, 2021 through April 30, 2021 were $1,883,112. Effective April 30, 2021, the Fund changed its fiscal year end from March 31 to April 30.

The Funds did not pay any brokerage commissions to BRIL, an affiliate of BFA, during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 or, for iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021.

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
iShares Global 100 ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 82,523,122
	Citigroup Inc.	26,976,355
	HSBC Holdings PLC	21,524,610
	Morgan Stanley	20,703,224
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	20,033,982
	UBS Group AG	10,660,466
	Barclays PLC	7,483,514
	Credit Suisse Group AG	4,320,308

iShares International Dividend Growth ETF	Royal Bank of Canada	$ 5,417,500

Table of Contents

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses. The iShares India 50 ETF may also incur interest expenses arising from borrowings related to the acquisition of portfolio securities.

The table below sets forth the portfolio turnover rates of each Fund for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2021	Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2020
iShares Asia 50 ETF	46%	6%
iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF	27%	18%
iShares Global 100 ETF	3%	5%
iShares Global Clean Energy ETF¹	31%	37%
iShares Global Comm Services ETF	13%	24%
iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF	34%	17%
iShares Global Healthcare ETF	5%	5%
iShares Global Materials ETF	4%	12%
iShares Global Tech ETF	4%	7%
iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF	14%	10%
iShares India 50 ETF	8%	26%
iShares International Dividend Growth ETF	66%	35%
iShares Latin America 40 ETF	20%	22%

The Fund’s portfolio turnover rate for the fiscal period from April 1, 2021 through April 30, 2021 was 54%. Effective April 30, 2021, the Fund changed its fiscal year end from March 31 to April 30.

Creation or redemption transactions, to the extent consisting of cash, may require the Funds to contemporaneously transact with broker-dealers for purchases of Deposit Securities (as defined below under Fund Deposit) or sales of Fund Securities (as defined below under Redemption of Creation Units), as applicable. Such transactions with a particular broker-dealer may be conditioned upon the broker-dealer's agreement to transact at guaranteed price levels in order to reduce transaction costs the Funds would otherwise incur as a consequence of settling creation or redemption baskets in cash rather than in-kind.

Following the Funds' receipt of an order to purchase or redeem creation or redemption baskets, to the extent such purchases or redemptions consist of a cash portion, the Funds will enter an order with a broker or dealer to purchase or sell the Deposit Securities or Fund Securities, as applicable. The terms of such order may, depending on the timing of the transaction and certain other factors, require the broker or dealer to guarantee that the Funds will achieve execution of their order at a price at least as favorable to the Funds as the Funds' valuation of the Deposit Securities/Fund Securities used for purposes of calculating the NAV applied to the creation or redemption transactions giving rise to the orders (the “Execution Performance Guarantee”). Such orders may be placed with the purchasing or redeeming Authorized Participant (or a broker-dealer affiliated with the Authorized Participant or a third-party broker-dealer engaged through the Authorized Participant) in its capacity as a broker-dealer. The amount payable to the Funds in respect of any Execution Performance Guarantee will depend on the results achieved by the executing firm and will vary depending on market activity, timing and a variety of other factors. The Execution Performance Guarantee will apply for any orders executed by the Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer), even if the trades have not settled before the redemption transaction settles.

To ensure that an Execution Performance Guarantee will be honored on orders arising from creation transactions executed by an Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer), an Authorized Participant is required to deposit an amount with the Funds (the “Execution Performance Deposit”). If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price more favorable than the Funds' valuation of the Deposit Securities, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the benefit of the favorable executions, and the Fund will return to the Authorized Participant the Execution Performance Deposit. If, however, the broker-dealer executing the order is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to the Funds' valuation of the securities, the Funds retain the portion of the Execution Performance Deposit equal to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs) and may require the Authorized Participant to deposit any additional amount required to cover the full amount of the actual Execution Performance Guarantee.

100

Table of Contents

To ensure that an Execution Performance Guarantee will be honored for brokerage orders arising from redemption transactions executed by an Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer) as broker-dealer, an Authorized Participant agrees to pay the shortfall amount (the “Execution Performance Offset”). If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price more favorable than the Funds' valuation of the Fund Securities, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the benefit of the favorable executions and the Authorized Participant is not called upon to honor the Execution Performance Offset. If, however, the broker-dealer is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to the Funds' valuation of the securities, the Funds will be entitled to the portion of the Execution Performance Offset equal to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs).

The circumstances under which the Execution Performance Guarantee will be used and the expected amount, if any, of any Execution Performance Deposit or Execution Performance Offset for the Funds will be disclosed in the procedures handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time based on the actual experience of the Funds.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

101

Table of Contents

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Funds. Shares of each Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of each Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares of the Trust. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of each Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

102

Table of Contents

initial investor may sell some or all of the shares underlying the Creation Unit(s) held by them pursuant to the registration statement for each Fund (each, a “Selling Shareholder”), which shares have been registered to permit the resale from time to time after purchase. Each Fund will not receive any of the proceeds from the resale by the Selling Shareholders of these shares.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

General. The Trust issues and sells shares of each Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load, at a price based on each Fund's NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Distributor or its agent in proper form. On days when the applicable Listing Exchange closes earlier than normal, a Fund may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of a Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for such Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of April 30, 2021:

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
iShares Asia 50 ETF	50,000	$4,653,500
iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF	50,000	1,206,500
iShares Global 100 ETF	50,000	3,461,500
iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	100,000	2,319,000
iShares Global Comm Services ETF	50,000	4,260,000
iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF	50,000	8,456,000
iShares Global Healthcare ETF	50,000	3,981,000
iShares Global Materials ETF	50,000	4,574,500
iShares Global Tech ETF¹	50,000	2,846,500
iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF	60,000	5,506,800
iShares India 50 ETF	50,000	2,187,500
iShares International Dividend Growth ETF	50,000	3,324,500
iShares Latin America 40 ETF	250,000	7,092,500

The approximate value per creation unit for the iShares Global Tech ETF is as of July 19, 2021.

103

Table of Contents

observes the following holidays, as observed: New Year's Day, Martin Luther King, Jr. Day, Presidents' Day, Good Friday, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day.

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of each Fund (except for the iShares India 50 ETF, which is generally offered in Creation Units solely for cash) generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with a Fund's portfolio securities, is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of any Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of a given Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

The iShares India 50 ETF’s current policy is to accept cash in substitution for the Deposit Securities it might otherwise accept as in-kind consideration for the purchase of Creation Units. The Fund may, at times, elect to receive Deposit Securities (i.e., the in-kind deposit of a designated portfolio of securities) and a Cash Component as consideration for the purchase of Creation Units. If the Fund elects to accept Deposit Securities, a purchaser’s delivery of the Deposit Securities together with the Cash Component will constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which will represent the consideration for a Creation Unit of the Fund. All other Funds discussed in this SAI generally offer Creation Units partially for cash, but may, in certain circumstances, offer Creation Units solely for cash. Please see the Cash Purchase Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the Deposit Security method for further information on purchasing Creation Units of the Funds.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund (Creation Units of the iShares India 50 ETF are generally offered solely for cash, while Creation Units of all other Funds in this SAI are generally offered partially for cash), they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser. The Authorized Participant will also be required to pay certain transaction fees and charges for cash purchases, as described

104

Table of Contents

below, and, if transacting as broker with each Fund, may be required to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Funds or one of their service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units (an “Authorized Participant”). Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by a Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

105

Table of Contents

Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units. Subject to the conditions that (i) an irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor's behalf) and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the Funds are in place for payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, the Funds will accept the order, subject to each Fund's right (and the right of the Distributor and BFA) to reject any order until acceptance, as set forth below.

In addition, the iShares India 50 ETF may exercise its right to reject any creation order for shares of the Fund on any Business Day that is a holiday in the Indian market, but not a holiday observed in the U.S. equity market, and certain other holidays during the settlement cycle for Fund shares, in order to protect Fund shareholders from any dilutive costs that may be associated with the purchase of Deposit Securities in connection with creation orders on such days.

Issuance of a Creation Unit. Except as provided herein, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the applicable Fund of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the sub-custodian has confirmed to the custodian that the securities included in the Fund Deposit (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant sub-custodian or sub-custodians, the Distributor or its agent and BFA shall be notified of such delivery and the applicable Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit. Creation Units are generally issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date). However, each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For example, each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2 in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (i.e., the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security) and in certain other circumstances.

106

Table of Contents

as possible, which undertaking shall be secured by such Authorized Participant's delivery and maintenance of collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. The Trust may use such collateral at any time to buy Deposit Securities for the Funds. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the contractual settlement date. Information concerning the Funds' current procedures for collateralization of missing Deposit Securities is available from the Distributor or its agent. The Authorized Participant Agreement will permit the Funds to buy the missing Deposit Securities at any time and will subject the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the cost to the Funds of purchasing such securities and the collateral including, without limitation, liability for related brokerage, borrowings and other charges.

Costs Associated with Creation Transactions. A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer, processing and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged on each Creation Unit created by an Authorized Participant on the day of the transaction. The standard creation transaction fee is generally fixed at the amount shown in the table below regardless of the number of Creation Units being purchased, but may be reduced by each Fund if transfer and processing expenses associated with the creation are anticipated to be lower than the stated fee. If a purchase consists of a cash portion, the Authorized Participant may also be required to pay an additional transaction charge (up to the maximum amount shown below) to cover brokerage and certain other costs related to the creation transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Funds. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge for Creations¹
iShares Asia 50 ETF	$2,500	7.0%
iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF	250	7.0%
iShares Global 100 ETF	2,000	3.0%
iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	300	7.0%
iShares Global Comm Services ETF	900	7.0%
iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF	2,200	7.0%
iShares Global Healthcare ETF	700	3.0%
iShares Global Materials ETF	1,700	3.0%
iShares Global Tech ETF	1,400	7.0%
iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF	300	3.0%
iShares India 50 ETF	2,500	3.0%
iShares International Dividend Growth ETF	8,400	7.0%
iShares Latin America 40 ETF	450	3.0%

¹	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

If a purchase consists of a cash portion and each Fund places a brokerage transaction to purchase portfolio securities with the Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer), the Authorized Participant may be required, in its capacity as broker-dealer with respect to that transaction, to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

107

Table of Contents

The iShares India 50 ETF generally redeems Creation Units solely for cash. However, the Fund reserves the right to distribute securities in-kind as payment for Creation Units being redeemed. All other Funds discussed in this SAI generally redeem Creation Units partially for cash. However, the Funds reserve the right to distribute securities and other portfolio instruments in kind as payment for Creation Units being redeemed. Please see the Cash Redemption Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the in-kind method for further information on redeeming Creation Units of the Funds.

The designated portfolio of securities (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities” or “Redemption Basket”), and an amount of cash (the “Cash Amount,” as described below) (each subject to possible amendment or correction) are applicable, in order to effect redemptions of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next announced composition of the Fund Securities and Cash Amount is made available. Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Procedures and requirements governing redemption transactions are set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time.

The Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security in certain circumstances, including: (i) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant (or to an investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting) would be restricted under applicable securities or other local laws or due to a trading restriction; (ii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Fund Security by the Authorized Participant due to restrictions under applicable securities or other local laws; (iii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in unfavorable tax treatment; (iv) when a Fund Security cannot be settled or otherwise delivered in time to facilitate an in-kind redemption; or (v) in certain other situations. The amount of cash paid out in such cases will be equivalent to the value of the substituted security listed as a Fund Security. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the difference is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. The iShares India 50 ETF generally redeems Creation Units generally for cash. All other Funds discussed in this SAI generally redeem Creation Units partially for cash. Each Fund may, in its sole discretion, provide such redeeming Authorized Participant a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities, but does not differ in NAV. The Redemption Basket may also be modified to minimize the Cash Component by redistributing the cash to the Fund Securities portion of the Redemption Basket through systematically rounding. The rounding methodology allows position sizes of securities in the Fund Securities to be “rounded up,” while limiting the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit full cash redemptions of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified (e.g., Creation Units of the iShares India 50 ETF are generally redeemed solely for cash, while Creation Units of all other Funds in this SAI are generally redeemed partially for cash or where the market for individual securities does not permit in-kind redemption), they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities and other instruments it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer. The Authorized Participant will also be

108

Table of Contents

required to pay certain transaction fees and charges for cash redemptions, as described below, and, if transacting as broker with each Fund, may be required to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Cash redemption proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming shares as soon as practicable after the date of redemption or within seven calendar days thereafter. If a Fund settles redemptions on a cash basis and an Authorized Participant has entered into an Execution Performance Guarantee, but the Authorized Participant is unable, as determined by BFA in its sole discretion, to execute the market transactions that are the subject of the Execution Performance Guarantee due to an extended market holiday that goes over seven calendar days or in certain other situations where all or a portion of the transactions are unable to be executed within seven calendar days, then the Fund may pay the full amount of the redemption order (or the remaining amount of the redemption order based on the unexecuted portion of the transaction) within the original seven calendar day period by using the Fund’s overdraft facility, line of credit or cash on hand. The Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer), acting on an agency basis, will subsequently enter into one or more separate market transactions when the markets reopen or the trades are otherwise able to be executed through which a Fund sells the Fund securities (or the remaining unsold Fund Securities) subject to a guaranteed sales price. If the Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer) achieves executions in market transactions at a price more favorable than a Fund’s valuation of the Fund Securities as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the excess transaction proceeds. Specifically, if the Authorized Participant is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to the Fund’s valuation of the Fund Securities as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant is generally required to make the applicable shortfall payment to the Fund.

In addition, if transacting as broker with a Fund in a non-U.S. jurisdiction, the Authorized Participant may be required to cover foreign exchange costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI. If the foreign exchange transaction associated with the applicable security trades can only occur upon the settlement of a security trade and such trades are unable, as determined by BFA in its sole discretion, to be settled by the seventh calendar day after receipt of the Authorized Participant's redemption order, then a Fund may pay within the original seven calendar day period the amount due in respect of the redemption order based on the foreign exchange rate as of the date of the redemption order by using the Fund’s overdraft facility, line of credit or cash on hand and subsequently enter into one or more separate foreign exchange transactions with the Authorized Participant (or a broker-dealer affiliate of the Authorized Participant or a third-party broker-dealer engaged through the Authorized Participant), acting on an agency basis, and be subject to a guaranteed sales price. If the Authorized Participant achieves execution of the foreign exchange transactions at a price or more favorable than the foreign exchange rate as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the excess transaction proceeds. If the Authorized Participant is unable to achieve execution of the foreign exchange transactions at a price at least equal to the foreign exchange rate as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant is required to make the applicable shortfall payment to the Fund.

Costs Associated with Redemption Transactions. A standard redemption transaction fee is imposed to offset transfer, processing and other transaction costs that may be incurred by the relevant Fund. The standard redemption transaction fee is charged on each Creation Unit redeemed by an Authorized Participant on the day of the transaction. The standard redemption transaction fee is generally fixed at the amount shown in the table below regardless of the number of Creation Units being redeemed, but may be reduced by each Fund if transfer and processing expenses associated with the redemption are anticipated to be lower than the stated fee. If a redemption consists of a cash portion, the Authorized Participant may also be required to pay an additional transaction charge (up to the maximum amount shown below) to cover brokerage and certain other costs related to the redemption transaction. Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Fund Securities from a Fund to their account on their order. Certain fees/costs associated with redemption transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to dispose of Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

109

Table of Contents

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge for Redemptions*
iShares Asia 50 ETF	$2,500	2.0%
iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF	250	2.0%
iShares Global 100 ETF	2,000	2.0%
iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	300	2.0%
iShares Global Comm Services ETF	900	2.0%
iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF	2,200	2.0%
iShares Global Healthcare ETF	700	2.0%
iShares Global Materials ETF	1,700	2.0%
iShares Global Tech ETF	1,400	2.0%
iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF	300	2.0%
iShares India 50 ETF	2,500	2.0%
iShares International Dividend Growth ETF	8,400	2.0%
iShares Latin America 40 ETF	450	2.0%

^*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

If a redemption consists of a cash portion and each Fund places a brokerage transaction to sell portfolio securities with the Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer), the Authorized Participant may be required, in its capacity as broker-dealer with respect to that transaction, to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

110

Table of Contents

For the iShares Asia 50 ETF, iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF, iShares Global 100 ETF, iShares Global Clean Energy ETF, iShares Global Comm Services ETF, iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares Global Healthcare ETF, iShares Global Materials ETF, iShares Global Tech ETF, iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF, iShares International Dividend Growth ETF and iShares Latin America 40 ETF, deliveries of redemption proceeds are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”). For the iShares India 50 ETF, deliveries of redemption proceeds are generally made within three Business Days (i.e., “T+3”). However, each Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2 or T+3, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For example, each Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2 or T+3 in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (i.e., the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold) and in certain other circumstances consistent with applicable law.

If neither the redeeming Beneficial Owner nor the Authorized Participant acting on behalf of such redeeming Beneficial Owner has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, a Fund may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the redeeming Beneficial Owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In such case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the net asset value of its shares based on the NAV of the relevant Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charges specified above to offset the Fund's brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and each Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.

Although the Trust does not ordinarily permit cash redemptions of Creation Units (except that, as noted above, Creation Units of each Fund generally will be redeemed partially for cash, with the exception Creation Units of the iShares India 50 ETF, which generally will be redeemed for cash), in the event that cash redemptions are permitted or required by the Trust, proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming shares as soon as practicable after the date of redemption (within seven calendar days thereafter). If a Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, a Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if a Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days.

To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participant's agreement with the Distributor or its agent, in the event an Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to a Fund, at or prior to the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request, the Distributor or its agent will accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant's delivery and maintenance of collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request and shall be held by State Street and marked-to-market daily. The fees of State Street and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant Agreement permits the Funds to acquire shares of the Funds at any time and subjects the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the aggregate of the cost to the Funds of purchasing such shares, plus the value of the Cash Amount, and the value of the collateral together with liability for related brokerage and other charges.

111

Table of Contents

or sell shares of such Fund on the Listing Exchange on days when the NAV of such a Fund could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of a Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to a Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of investing in a Fund. The summary is based on the laws and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

112

Table of Contents

limited for purposes of this calculation in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of each Fund's total assets may be invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships. A Fund's investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly-traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or non-U.S. income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Taxation of RICs. As a RIC, a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, a Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. A Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. If a Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Although each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, a Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. Each Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

The following Funds had net capital loss carryforwards, as set forth in the table below, as of March 31, 2021, the tax year-end for the Funds:

113

Table of Contents

Fund		Non-Expiring Capital Loss Carryforward
iShares Asia 50 ETF		$ 79,782,422
iShares Emerging Markets Infrastructure ETF		31,007,433
iShares Global 100 ETF		109,913,744
iShares Global Clean Energy ETF		94,377,063
iShares Global Comm Services ETF		109,650,517
iShares Global Consumer Discretionary ETF		24,547,996
iShares Global Healthcare ETF		64,125,471
iShares Global Materials ETF		82,849,776
iShares Global Tech ETF		62,000,038
iShares Global Timber & Forestry ETF		15,058,197
iShares India 50 ETF		53,304,225
iShares International Dividend Growth ETF		6,354,796
iShares Latin America 40 ETF		713,234,299

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders. Dividends and other distributions by a Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by a Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

Distributions of net realized long-term capital gains, if any, that a Fund reports as capital gains dividends are taxable as long-term capital gains, whether paid in cash or in shares and regardless of how long a shareholder has held shares of the Fund. All other dividends of a Fund (including dividends from short-term capital gains) from its current and accumulated earnings and profits (“regular dividends”) are generally subject to tax as ordinary income, subject to the discussion of qualified dividend income below. Long-term capital gains are eligible for taxation at a maximum rate of 15% or 20% for non-corporate shareholders, depending on whether their income exceeds certain threshold amounts.

114

Table of Contents

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If a Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (b) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, a Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

In certain situations, a Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss, then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of (i) the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains and (ii) the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of shares of a Fund, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund. A redemption of shares by a Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends or capital gains distributions, or by an option or contract to acquire substantially identical shares, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of a Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then, on or before January 31 of the following calendar year, acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents shareholders from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting their investments within a family of mutual funds.

115

Table of Contents

Sections 351 and 362. The Trust, on behalf of each Fund, has the right to reject an order for a purchase of shares of the Fund if the purchaser (or group of purchasers) would, upon obtaining the shares so ordered, own 80% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund and if, pursuant to Sections 351 and 362 of the Internal Revenue Code, that Fund would have a basis in the securities different from the market value of such securities on the date of deposit. If a Fund’s basis in such securities on the date of deposit was less than market value on such date, the Fund, upon disposition of the securities, would recognize more taxable gain or less taxable loss than if its basis in the securities had been equal to market value. It is not anticipated that the Trust will exercise the right of rejection except in a case where the Trust determines that accepting the order could result in material adverse tax consequences to a Fund or its shareholders. The Trust also has the right to require information necessary to determine beneficial share ownership for purposes of the 80% determination.

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. A Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause a Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. Each Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of a Fund as a RIC.

116

Table of Contents

comprehensive income tax treaties with the following countries: Australia, Austria, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, China (but not with Hong Kong, which is treated as a separate jurisdiction for U.S. tax purposes), Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Morocco, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, the Slovak Republic, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, the U.K. and Venezuela. Substitute payments received by a Fund for securities lent out by a Fund will not be qualified dividend income.

Issues Related to India and Mauritius Taxes. The following discussion does not address the effect on investors, including residents of India and citizens of India (whether or not residing in India or other countries, including the U.S.), of holding shares of the iShares India 50 ETF. Investors should consult their own tax advisors as to these issues based upon their own personal situations.

Indian tax matters discussed herein are based on the provisions of the IT Act, the provisions of the DTAA and other laws currently in force as of the date of this SAI. All such laws and the DTAA are subject to prospective and retroactive legislative amendment, administrative rulings and judicial review.

The iShares India 50 ETF invests in India through the Subsidiary. For U.S. federal income tax purposes, the Subsidiary has elected to be treated as an entity disregarded from its owner. Thus, for U.S. federal tax purposes, any income or loss realized by the Subsidiary will be treated as realized by the applicable fund. Therefore, any investment made by each Fund into the Subsidiary and any distributions received by the Fund from the Subsidiary are disregarded for U.S. federal tax purposes. Furthermore, there is no tax on each Fund's investment in the Subsidiary or on distributions made from the Subsidiary to the Fund.

No investor in the iShares India 50 ETF will be subject to taxation in India unless such investor is a resident of India or, if a non-resident, has an Indian source income or income received (whether accrued or otherwise) in India or triggers the indirect transfer provisions (discussed below). The IT Act provides for the concept of POEM for the determination of the residency of a foreign company. Accordingly, a company would be said to be resident in India if its POEM is situated in India. POEM is defined as a place where the key management and commercial decisions that are necessary for the conduct of the business of an entity as a whole are, in substance made. The taxation of the Subsidiary and the Fund in India is governed by

117

Table of Contents

the provisions of the IT Act, read with the provisions of the DTAA. As per Section 90(2) of the IT Act, the provisions of the IT Act would apply to the extent they are more beneficial than the provisions of the DTAA. In order to claim the beneficial provisions of the DTAA, the Subsidiary must be a tax resident of Mauritius.

An investor is required to submit a TRC as issued in the country of residence and provide other documents and information as prescribed by the Government to claim benefits under the DTAA.

The Subsidiary has been incorporated in Mauritius and has obtained its TRC from the Mauritius authorities that establishes its residency in Mauritius under the DTAA. The TRC must be renewed annually. The iShares India 50 ETF expects the Subsidiary to maintain its Mauritius tax residency, but it cannot be assured that the Mauritius authorities will successfully renew its TRC annually or that it will continue to be eligible to the DTAA benefits, particularly in light of the new requirements that may be introduced if the DTAA is re-negotiated.

Further, the Subsidiary will need to ensure that its management and control is in Mauritius so as to be tax resident in Mauritius.

If the Subsidiary is not centrally managed and controlled in Mauritius, it will be treated as non-resident for tax purposes.

The Subsidiary holds a Category 1 Global Business License issued on September 23, 2008 and an authorisation to operate as a Collective Investment Scheme and as an Expert Fund issued on September 23, 2008 by the Financial Services Commission of Mauritius. The Subsidiary is subject to tax in Mauritius on its net income at the rate of 15%. However, the Subsidiary is entitled to a system of foreign tax credits or partial exemption which reduces the Mauritius income tax rate. The Subsidiary is entitled to tax credits against the income tax payable in Mauritius (i.e., up to a maximum of 15%) for foreign tax suffered on foreign source income where this can be evidenced. Alternatively, the Subsidiary is entitled (i) up to 30 June 2021, to a deemed foreign tax credit equivalent to 80% of the Mauritius tax payable, resulting in a maximum effective tax rate of 3% or (ii) to a partial exemption of 80% in respect of all its income resulting in the company being subject to tax only on the remaining 20% of the income at the rate of 15% provided the company satisfies the conditions relating to the substance of its activities. Further, the Subsidiary is not subject to capital gains tax in Mauritius nor is it subject to tax in Mauritius on any gains from the sale of securities. Any dividends paid by the Subsidiary to the iShares India 50 ETF will also be exempt from tax in Mauritius.

The DTAA gives India the right to tax capital gains that arise from alienation of shares of an Indian company acquired by a Mauritian tax resident.

The Subsidiary will attempt to abide by the requirements of the DTAA, to maintain its residency in Mauritius, and to ensure that management and control of the Subsidiary remain in Mauritius. Any change in the applicability of the provisions of the DTAA or in its applicability to the Subsidiary could result in the Subsidiary and indirectly the iShares India 50 ETF being subject to Indian income taxes, withholding taxes, and other taxes, as well as being subject to administrative or judicial assertion of such tax liabilities by the tax authorities of India. This could significantly reduce the return of the Fund on its investments in shares and the return received by Fund shareholders.

The Subsidiary is expected to have income in the form of capital gains, income from dividends and income from interest. The Indian tax consequences for the Subsidiary on account of the application of the DTAA, read with the provisions of the IT Act, would be as follows (the rates are inclusive of the highest applicable surcharges):

•	Capital gains resulting from the sale of Indian securities (including depositary receipts issued by Indian companies) acquired prior to April 1, 2017 will not be subject to tax in India, provided the Subsidiary does not have a Permanent Establishment in India. Capital gains resulting from sale of shares in Indian companies acquired on or after April 1, 2017 will be subject to tax in India as per the domestic tax rates (provided below).
•	Prior to the Finance Act, 2020, the dividend distributed by a domestic company was subject to dividend distribution tax at an effective rate of 20.56% (inclusive of surcharge), in the hands of such domestic company. Such dividends received by non-resident shareholders are exempt from taxation in India in the hands of such non-resident shareholders. However, the Finance Act, 2020 amended the IT Act to abolish the dividend distribution tax regime.
•	Under the amended IT Act, the dividend income would be subject to tax directly from the shareholder and no tax is required to be paid by the domestic company distributing dividends. Dividend income earned by a non-resident would be subject to tax at the rate of 21.84% under the IT Act.
•	The Subsidiary, being a resident of Mauritius, may claim the benefit of the DTAA. As per the DTAA, dividend income

118

Table of Contents

received by the Subsidiary from an Indian company would be taxed at the rate of 5%, provided the Subsidiary directly holds at least 10% of the capital of such company. Otherwise such dividend income would be subject to tax at the rate of 15%. Further, the distribution of dividends would also be subject to withholding tax and the domestic company distributing dividends to the Subsidiary would be required to withhold tax at the aforementioned rates; and

•

Interest paid to the Subsidiary in respect of the debt obligations of Indian issuers will be subject to Indian income tax. The tax rate, in the case of rupee-denominated debt obligations, is 43.68%. However if the Subsidiary is a SEBI registered FPI, interest income earned from June 1, 2013 to June 30, 2023 on rupee-denominated bonds of Indian companies and Government securities, will be subject to tax at the rate of 5.46%, provided that the rate of interest does not exceed the prescribed rates. In the case of foreign currency-denominated debt obligations, the tax rate is 21.84%. For approved foreign currency loans advanced from July 1, 2012 to June 30, 2023, the tax rate on interest is 5.46% and for approved foreign currency long-term bonds issued from October 1, 2014 to June 30, 2023, the tax rate on interest is 5.46%. As per the IT Act the withholding tax rate on rupee-denominated bonds issued before July 1, 2023 to 5.46%. However, the Subsidiary may claim the benefit of the provisions of the DTAA to the extent they are more beneficial. DTAA provides for a withholding rate of 7.5% on the interest payments made on or after April 1, 2017.

In view of the provisions of the IT Act, since the Subsidiary is a SEBI registered FPI, the gains arising from transfer of securities would be characterized as “capital gains” and not business income. The taxation of capital gains under the IT Act would be as follows, assuming total income will be more than INR 100 million:

•	Long-term capital gains (being gains on sale of shares held for a period of more than twelve months) listed on a recognized stock exchange would be taxable in India at rate of 10.92%, provided Securities Transaction Tax (“STT”) has been paid, both on acquisition and sale (subject to certain transactions to which the provisions of applicability of payment of STT upon acquisition shall not be applicable) of such shares. Capital gains tax would be calculated on gains exceeding INR 0.1 million (without any indexation and foreign exchange fluctuation benefits). It may also be noted that any capital gains arising up to January 31, 2018 have been grandfathered;
•	Short-term capital gains (being gains on sale of shares held for a period of twelve months or less) from the sale of Indian shares listed on a recognized stock exchange will be taxed at the rate of 16.38% provided STT has been paid on the same;
•	Long-term capital gains (being gains on sale of shares held for a period of more than 24 months) arising to the Subsidiary from the sale of unlisted securities will be taxed at the rate of 10.92% (without indexation) and short-term capital gains (being gains on sale of shares held for a period of 24 months or less) will be taxed at the rate of 43.68%;*
•	Capital gains realized on sale of listed equity shares not executed on a recognized stock exchange in India would be taxed at the rate of 10.92% for long-term gains (being gains on sale of shares held for a period of more than 12 months) and at 43.68% in the case of short-term gains (being gains on sale of shares held for a period of 12 months or less);* and
•	Capital gains arising from the transfer of depositary receipts outside India between non-resident investors will not be subject to tax in India. These rates are subject to the beneficial provisions of the DTAA.

*	However, as the Subsidiary is a SEBI registered FPI, the rates will be 10.92% and 32.76%, respectively.

As per current provisions, gains arising from transfer of securities to FPI will be regarded as capital gains and will be taxable at the aforesaid rates.

Indian Minimum Alternate Tax

Under the MAT provisions, in the event a company’s tax liability is less than 15% of its book profits, then instead of paying income tax at rates provided otherwise under the IT Act, the company is liable to pay MAT on the adjusted book profits at the rate of 16.38% (inclusive of applicable taxes and surcharges, assuming total income of more than INR 100 million).

The IT Act provides that MAT is not applicable on foreign company where the foreign company is a resident of a country with which India has signed a DTAA and the foreign company does not have a permanent establishment in India in accordance with such DTAA.

119

Table of Contents

Indian Securities Transaction Tax

All transactions entered on a recognized stock exchange in India are subject to an STT. STT has been introduced under Section 98 of the Finance (No.2) Act, 2004 on transactions relating to sale, purchases and redemption of shares made by purchasers or sellers of Indian securities and equity oriented mutual fund units. The current STT as levied on the transaction value as follows:

•	0.1% payable by the buyer and 0.1% by the seller on the value of transactions of delivery based transfer of an equity share in an Indian company entered in a recognized stock exchange;
•	0.001% on the value of transactions of delivery based sale of a unit of an equity oriented mutual fund entered in a recognized stock exchange, payable by the seller;
•	0.025% on the value of transactions of non-delivery based sale of an equity share in an Indian company or a unit of an equity oriented mutual fund, entered in a recognized stock exchange payable by the seller;
•	0.05% on the value of transactions of derivatives being options, entered in a recognized stock exchange. STT is to be paid by the seller;
•	0.01% on the value of transactions of sale of derivatives being futures, entered in a recognized stock exchange. STT is to be paid by the seller;
•	0.001% on the value of transactions of sale of units of an equity-oriented fund to the Mutual Fund, payable by the seller in accordance with the Finance Act, 2013;
•	0.125% on the value of transactions of sale of derivatives being options, where the option is exercised, entered in a recognized stock exchange. STT is to be paid by buyer;
•	0.2% on the value of transactions of the sale of unlisted shares by existing shareholders in an initial public offer.

The foregoing is based upon current interpretation and practice and is subject to future changes in the tax laws of India or Mauritius and in the DTAA. Any change in the DTAA's application could have a material adverse effect on the returns of the iShares India 50 ETF. Further, it is possible that the Indian tax authorities may seek to take the position that the Fund is not entitled to the benefits of the DTAA.

Indirect Transfers

The current legislation imposes Indian tax and withholding obligations with respect to the transfer of shares and interest in an overseas company that derives its value substantially from assets situated in India (indirect transfers).

It has been clarified that the share or interest of the foreign entity shall be deemed to derive its value substantially from the assets located in India, if the value of such Indian assets exceeds INR 100 million, and represents at least 50% of the value of all the assets owned by the foreign entity. The value of an asset shall be the fair market value as of the specified date, of such an asset without reduction of liabilities. The fair market value will be determined in accordance with the Rule 11UB of the IT Rules. It has been provided that where all the assets of the foreign entity are not located in India, only such part of the income as is reasonably attributable to the Indian assets shall be subject to capital gains tax in India.

Further, it provides exemption from indirect transfer provisions to the small shareholders of such foreign entity in the following cases:

•

120

Table of Contents

Under IT Act, gains realized when a non-resident acquires shares of a foreign company from another non-resident and the foreign company derives “substantial value” from Indian assets, (meaning that the value of Indian assets (i) exceeds INR 100 million, and (ii) represents at least 50% of the value the company’s assets), such gains are taxable in India and subject to withholding, to the extent that they are reasonably attributable to the Indian assets.

Because the Fund invests in Indian securities through the Subsidiary, the Subsidiary or the Fund may be considered to derive “substantial value” from Indian assets. Accordingly, shareholder redemptions of Fund/Subsidiary shares and sales of Fund shares may have been subject to Indian tax and withholding obligations. However, non-resident investors, investing directly or indirectly in Category I FPI, registered under 2019 Regulations, are exempt from the applicability of indirect transfer taxation under the IT Act. The Subsidiary has been registered as a Category I FPI under the 2019 Regulations. Therefore, any redemptions or transfers by the Fund or by shareholders in the Fund should not be subject to Indian indirect transfer tax.

General Anti-Avoidance Rules.

The GAAR introduced in the IT Act provides the Indian tax authorities a mechanism to deny any tax benefits in a transaction or any other arrangement that is believed to not have any commercial substance or purpose other than to obtain tax benefit(s) under a treaty. The provisions of GAAR will be applicable to arrangements (including a step in or a part thereof) entered into by a taxpayer, which may be declared as an “impermissible avoidance arrangement”.

CBDT has clarified that where a FPI (such as the Subsidiary) is located in a particular jurisdiction based on non-tax commercial reasons and the main purpose of the choice of location/residence of the FPI is not to obtain a treaty benefit, the GAAR provisions will not be resorted to by the tax authorities.

As per the provisions of the IT Rules, GAAR shall not apply in the following circumstances:

•	any arrangement where the aggregate tax benefit to all the parties of the arrangement in the relevant financial year does not exceed INR 30 Million;
•	FIIs that choose not to take any benefit under any tax treaty entered with India and have invested in listed or unlisted securities with prior permission of the competent authority in accordance with the applicable regulations;
•	non-resident investor in an FII who has invested in an FII, directly or indirectly, by way of an offshore derivative instrument or otherwise; or
•	any income derived from the transfer of shares or interests made prior to April 1, 2017.

If the iShares India 50 ETF's use of the Subsidiary were considered to be such an impermissible avoidance arrangement, the Fund may become subject directly to taxation in India. The IT Act, provides that if the main purpose of any part or step of the arrangement is to obtain tax benefit, the entire arrangement shall be presumed to have been entered into with the purpose of obtaining a tax benefit and the burden of proof will be on the taxpayer to establish that obtaining a tax benefit was not the main purpose of the entire arrangement. GAAR may, irrespective of existing treaty provisions, lead to the imposition of tax liabilities and withholding obligations, which may lead the Fund to modify the structure.

Recent amendments to DTAA and GAAR could change the manner in which the Subsidiary are currently taxed in India and could adversely impact the returns to the iShares India 50 ETF/Subsidiary and their respective shareholders. The Funds will continue to monitor developments in India with respect to these matters. Investors are urged to consult their own tax advisers with respect to their own tax situations and the tax consequences of an investment in each of the Funds.

121

Table of Contents

by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (iv) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, are Fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined in Section 664 of the Internal Revenue Code) has UBTI for a taxable year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the trust.

Passive Foreign Investment Companies. If a Fund purchases shares in PFICs, it may be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a portion of any “excess distribution” or gain from the disposition of such shares even if such income is distributed as a taxable dividend by the Fund to its shareholders. Additional charges in the nature of interest may be imposed on a Fund in respect of deferred taxes arising from such distributions or gains.

122

Table of Contents

A Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

123

Table of Contents

effectively connected with a trade or business within the U.S. and the foreign shareholder would be subject to withholding tax at a rate of 21% and would generally be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Separately, a 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on U.S.-source dividends, interest and other income items paid to: (i) foreign financial institutions, including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders; and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to: (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information, including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders; comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts; report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained; agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information; and determine certain other information concerning their account holders, or (ii) in the event an intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities may need to report the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or provide certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.

Shares of a Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, audits the Funds' financial statements, and may perform other services.

124

Table of Contents

BFA has registered the iShares India 50 ETF for marketing to investors in Finland, the Netherlands, Sweden, and the U.K.:

125

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated September 1, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

This Statement of Additional Information (“SAI”) is not a prospectus. It should be read in conjunction with the current prospectuses (the “Prospectuses”) for the following series of iShares Trust (the “Trust”):

Fund	Ticker	Listing Exchange
iShares Global REIT ETF	REET	NYSE Arca
iShares International Select Dividend ETF	IDV	Cboe BZX

The Prospectuses for the above-listed funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) are dated September 1, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the applicable Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. The Financial Statements and Notes contained in the Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report of the Trust for the Funds are incorporated by reference into and are deemed to be part of this SAI. A copy of each Fund's Prospectus, Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report for each Fund may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust's distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. Each Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

iShares^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and its Funds

•	iShares Global REIT ETF
•	iShares International Select Dividend ETF

Each Fund offers and issues shares at its net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Funds are listed for trading on national securities exchanges such as Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BZX”) or NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”) (each a “Listing Exchange”). Shares of each Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 50,000 or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

Shares of each Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the applicable Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of certain Funds may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of a Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) a Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (ii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iii) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of a Fund from listing and trading upon termination of such Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of a Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks

Each Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by BFA to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the Fund's Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market capitalization and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as return variability, earnings valuation and yield) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Although the Funds do not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Funds may have a leveraging effect as described below.

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions. The iShares International Select Dividend ETF, along with certain other iShares funds, has entered into a line of credit with State Street Bank and Trust Company (“State Street”) that may be used for temporary or emergency purposes, including redemption, settlement of trades and rebalancing of portfolio holdings.

Interest rates related to the line of credit may be based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread. In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, if State Street is unable to ascertain the applicable LIBOR rate, the interest rate on a borrowing will be determined without reference to LIBOR.

Currency Transactions. A currency forward contract is an over-the-counter (“OTC”) obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days greater than two days from the date on which the contract is agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A non-deliverable currency forward is an OTC currency forward settled in a specified currency, on a specified date, based on the difference between the agreed-upon exchange rate and the market exchange rate. A currency futures contract is a contract that trades on an organized futures exchange involving an obligation to deliver or acquire a specified amount of a specific currency, at a specified price and at a specified future time. Currency futures contracts may be settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the underlying currency. To the extent required by law, liquid assets committed to futures contracts will be maintained. The Funds do not expect to engage in currency transactions for the purpose of hedging against declines in the

Table of Contents

value of the Funds' assets that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency. A Fund may enter into non-U.S. currency forward and non-U.S. currency futures transactions to facilitate local securities settlements or to protect against currency exposure in connection with its distributions to shareholders, but may not enter into such contracts for speculative purposes.

Foreign exchange transactions involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which foreign exchange transactions are effected may be highly volatile, highly specialized and highly technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. Foreign exchange trading risks include, but are not limited to, exchange rate risk, counterparty risk, maturity gap, interest rate risk, and potential interference by foreign governments through regulation of local exchange markets, foreign investment or particular transactions in non-U.S. currency. If BFA utilizes foreign exchange transactions at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions, trends or correlations incorrectly, foreign exchange transactions may not serve their intended purpose of improving the correlation of a Fund's return with the performance of its Underlying Index and may lower the Fund’s return. A Fund could experience losses if the value of its currency forwards, options or futures positions were poorly correlated with its other investments or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid market or otherwise. In addition, a Fund could incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with certain non-U.S. currency transactions.

Diversification Status. Each Fund is classified as a diversified fund under the 1940 Act. This means that each Fund may not purchase securities of an issuer (other than (i) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities and (ii) securities of other investment companies) if, with respect to 75% of its total assets, (a) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in securities of that issuer or (b) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. With respect to the remaining 25% of its total assets, each Fund may invest more than 5% of its assets in one issuer. Under the 1940 Act, each Fund cannot change its classification from diversified to non-diversified without shareholder approval.

Each Fund intends to maintain the required level of diversification and otherwise conduct its operations so as to qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) for purposes of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and to relieve the Fund of any liability for U.S. federal income tax to the extent that its earnings are distributed to shareholders, provided that the Fund satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. Compliance with the diversification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code may limit the investment flexibility of the Fund and may make it less likely that each Fund will meet their investment objectives.

Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options. Futures contracts, options on futures and securities options may be used by a Fund to simulate investment in its Underlying Index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures that are traded on a U.S. or non-U.S. futures exchange. Each Fund will not use futures, options on futures or securities options for speculative purposes. Each Fund intends to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). BFA, with respect to the Funds, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to the Funds, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific instrument or index at a specified future time and at a specified price. Stock index contracts are based on investments that reflect the market value of common stock of the firms included in the investments. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts to purchase securities indexes when BFA anticipates purchasing the underlying securities and believes prices will rise before the purchase will be made. Upon entering into a futures contract, a Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents known as “initial margin,” which is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract and is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” will be made to and from the broker daily as the price of the instrument or index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, each Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, each Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise

Table of Contents

of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of each Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. The Funds may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of their portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Table of Contents

fee paid by the borrower equal to a percentage of the market value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral may be reinvested in certain short-term instruments either directly on behalf of each Fund or through one or more joint accounts or money market funds, including those affiliated with BFA; such investments are subject to investment risk.

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees a Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, a Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return a Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for a Fund. A Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by a Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on shareholders caused by this difference in connection with a Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) such as the Funds, to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”) and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Funds have implemented a Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust, has appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, BFA assesses, manages, and periodically reviews each Fund’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by a Fund as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by a Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interest in a Fund. The liquidity of a Fund's portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the Liquidity Program. There are exclusions from certain portions of the liquidity risk management program requirements for “in-kind” ETFs, as defined in the Liquidity Rule. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, a Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Non-U.S. Securities. The Funds may purchase publicly-traded common stocks of non-U.S. issuers. To the extent a Fund invests in stocks of non-U.S. issuers, the Fund's investment in such stocks may be in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) (collectively, “depositary receipts”). Depositary receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust issuer, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as continental depositary receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Generally, ADRs, issued in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, issued in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Depositary receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, depositary receipts expose a Fund to additional risks associated with the non-uniform terms that apply to depositary receipt programs, credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency risk and liquidity risk. Unsponsored programs, which are not sanctioned by the issuer of the underlying common stock,

Table of Contents

generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in a sponsored depositary receipts.

Investing in the securities of non-U.S. issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in non-U.S. countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The CFTC subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. To the extent a Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

BFA has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to each of the Funds. BFA is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Funds.

Each Fund (the “No-Action Letter Funds”) may also have investments in “underlying funds” (and such underlying funds themselves may invest in underlying funds) not advised by BFA (the term “underlying fund” for purposes of the no-action letter referenced below may include, but is not limited to, certain securitized vehicles, mortgage or international real estate investment trusts, business development companies and, investment companies that may invest in CFTC Derivatives or in any of the foregoing), and therefore may be viewed by the CFTC as commodity pools. BFA may not have transparency into the holdings of these underlying funds because they are not advised by BFA. To address this issue of lack of transparency, the CFTC staff issued a no-action letter on November 29, 2012 permitting the adviser of a fund that invests in such underlying funds and that would otherwise have filed a claim of exclusion pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 to delay registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the adviser of the No-Action Letter Funds, has filed a claim with the CFTC for such fund to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of such fund .

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through September 1, 2022. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to a Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in a Fund.

Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Generally, the effect of such transactions is that a Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases the Fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if a Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and a Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of a Fund’s assets. A Fund's exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained by a Fund through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Table of Contents

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. Each Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's^® Investors Service, Inc., “F-1” by Fitch Ratings, Inc., or “A-1” by Standard & Poor's^® Global Ratings, a subsidiary of S&P Global, Inc. (“S&P Global Ratings”), or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by a Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are contracts between parties in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on a pre-determined underlying investment or notional amount. In return, the other party agrees to make periodic payments to the first party based on the return (or a differential in rate of return) earned or realized on the underlying investment or notional amount. Swap agreements will usually be performed on a net basis, with a Fund receiving or paying only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained by the Fund.

Future Developments. The Board may, in the future, authorize each Fund to invest in securities contracts and investments, other than those listed in this SAI and in the applicable Prospectuses, provided they are consistent with each Fund's investment objective and do not violate any of its investment restrictions or policies.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund is contained in the applicable Prospectus.

An investment in a Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of stocks in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

Table of Contents

hold securities in designated depositories that may not be subject to independent evaluation. Local agents are held only to the standards of care of their local markets, and thus may be subject to limited or no government oversight. Communications between the U.S. and emerging market countries may be unreliable, increasing the risk of delayed settlements or losses of security certificates. In general, the less developed a country’s securities market is, the greater the likelihood of custody problems. Practices in relation to the settlement of securities transactions in emerging markets involve higher risks than those in developed markets, in part because of the use of brokers and counterparties that are often less well capitalized, and custody and registration of assets in some countries may be unreliable. The possibility of fraud, negligence or undue influence being exerted by the issuer or refusal to recognize ownership exists in some emerging markets, and, along with other factors, could result in ownership registration being lost. In addition, the laws of certain countries may put limits on a Fund’s ability to recover its assets if a foreign bank or depository or issuer of a security or an agent of any of the foregoing goes bankrupt. A Fund would absorb any loss resulting from such custody problems and may have no successful claim for compensation.

Table of Contents

during the transition period, these and related adverse effects could occur prior to the end of 2021 with respect to certain LIBOR settings or mid-2023 for the remaining LIBOR settings. There may also be challenges for a Fund to enter into hedging transactions against such newly-issued instruments until a market for such hedging transactions develops.

The effect of any changes to, or discontinuation of, LIBOR on a Fund will vary based on, among other things, (1) existing fallback or termination provisions in individual contracts and the potential renegotiation of existing contracts and (2) whether, how, and when industry participants develop and adopt new reference rates and fallbacks for both legacy and new products and instruments. A Fund's investments may also be tied to other interbank offered rates and currencies, which may face similar issues. In many cases, if an instrument falls back to an alternative reference rate, including SOFR, the alternative reference rate will not perform the same as LIBOR because the alternative reference rate does not include a credit-sensitive component in the rate calculation. Alternative reference rates generally reflect the performance of the market for U.S. Treasury securities, which are secured by the U.S. Treasury, and not the interbank lending markets. Therefore, in the event of a credit crisis, floating rate instruments using certain alternative reference rates could perform differently than those instruments using a rate indexed to the interbank lending market. In addition, pending legislation may affect the transition of LIBOR-based instruments by permitting trustees and calculation agents to transition instruments with no LIBOR transition language to an alternative reference rate selected by such agents. These legislative proposals include safe harbors from liability, meaning that a Fund may have limited recourse if the alternative reference rate does not fully compensate a Fund for the transition of an instrument from LIBOR. It is unclear whether such legislative proposals will be signed into law. All of the aforementioned may adversely affect a Fund’s performance or NAV.

Risk of Derivatives. A derivative is a financial contract, the value of which depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, such as a security, a commodity (such as gold or silver), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500^® or the prime lending rate). A Fund may invest in futures contracts, securities options and other derivatives. Compared to securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus a Fund’s losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent a Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, such Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that a Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains and, in some cases, hedging can cause losses that are not offset by gains, and the Fund will recognize losses on both the investment and the hedge. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that a Fund's hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Table of Contents

the rights of creditors, or holders of debt obligations or preferred stocks. Further, unlike debt securities, which typically have a stated principal amount payable at maturity (the value of which, however, is subject to market fluctuations prior to maturity), or preferred stocks, which typically have a liquidation preference and which may have stated optional or mandatory redemption provisions, common stocks have neither a fixed principal amount nor a maturity date. In addition, issuers may, in times of distress or at their own discretion, decide to reduce or eliminate dividends, which may also cause their stock price to decline.

Risk of Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. There are several risks accompanying the utilization of futures contracts and options on futures contracts. A position in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed only on the exchange on which the contract was made (or a linked exchange). While each Fund plans to utilize futures contracts only if an active market exists for such contracts, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for the contract at a specified time. Futures contracts, by definition, project price levels in the future and not current levels of valuation; therefore, market circumstances may result in a discrepancy between the price of the future and the movement in a Fund's Underlying Index. In the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, a Fund may be required to deliver the instruments underlying the futures contracts it has sold.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered stock index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. The Funds do not plan to use futures and options contracts in this way. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. The Funds, however, intend to utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit their risk exposure to levels comparable to a direct investment in the types of stocks in which they invest.

Utilization of futures and options on futures by a Fund involves the risk of imperfect or even negative correlation to its Underlying Index if the index underlying the futures contract differs from the Underlying Index. There is also the risk of loss of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom a Fund has an open position in the futures contract or option. The purchase of put or call options will be based upon predictions by BFA as to anticipated trends, which predictions could prove to be incorrect.

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting each Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, each Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Equity Securities. An investment in any of the Funds involves risks similar to those of investing in portfolios of equity securities traded on non-U.S. exchanges. These risks include market fluctuations caused by such factors as economic and political developments in those foreign countries, changes in interest rates and perceived trends in stock prices. Investing in securities issued by issuers domiciled in countries other than the domicile of the investor and denominated in currencies other than an investor’s local currency entails certain considerations and risks not typically encountered by the investor in making investments in its home country and in that country’s currency. These considerations include favorable or unfavorable changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations and the

Table of Contents

costs that may be incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies. Investing in any of these Funds also involves certain risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in a fund whose portfolio contains exclusively securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include generally less liquid and less efficient securities markets; generally greater price volatility; less publicly available information about issuers; the imposition of withholding or other taxes; the imposition of restrictions on the expatriation of funds or other assets of the Funds; higher transaction and custody costs; delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures; difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy and businesses; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and the risk of war.

Table of Contents

economic conditions or developments in neighboring countries may increase investors' perception of the risk of investing in the region as a whole, which may adversely impact the market value of the securities issued by companies in the region.

Risk of Investing in Emerging Markets. Investments in emerging market countries may be subject to greater risks than investments in developed countries. These risks include: (i) less social, political, and economic stability; (ii) greater illiquidity and price volatility due to smaller or limited local capital markets for such securities, or low or non-existent trading volumes; (iii) companies, custodians, clearinghouses, foreign exchanges and broker-dealers may be subject to less scrutiny and regulation by local authorities; (iv) local governments may decide to seize or confiscate securities held by foreign investors and/or local governments may decide to suspend or limit an issuer's ability to make dividend or interest payments; (v) local governments may limit or entirely restrict repatriation of invested capital, profits, and dividends; (vi) capital gains may be subject to local taxation, including on a retroactive basis; (vii) issuers facing restrictions on dollar or euro payments imposed by local governments may attempt to make dividend or interest payments to foreign investors in the local currency; (viii) there may be significant obstacles to obtaining information necessary for investigations into or litigation against companies and investors may experience difficulty in enforcing legal claims related to the securities and/or local judges may favor the interests of the issuer over those of foreign parties; (ix) bankruptcy judgments may only be permitted to be paid in the local currency; (x) limited public information regarding the issuer may result in greater difficulty in determining market valuations of the securities; and (xi) lack of financial reporting on a regular basis, substandard disclosure and differences in accounting standards may make it difficult to ascertain the financial health of an issuer. The Funds are not actively managed and do not select investments based on investor protection considerations.

Table of Contents

Emerging market securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. In addition, brokerage and other costs associated with transactions in emerging market securities can be higher, sometimes significantly, than similar costs incurred in securities markets in developed countries. Although some emerging markets have become more established and tend to issue securities of higher credit quality, the markets for securities in other emerging market countries are in the earliest stages of their development, and these countries issue securities across the credit spectrum. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging market countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging market country securities may also affect a Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in Europe. Investing in European countries may expose a Fund to the economic and political risks associated with Europe in general and the specific European countries in which it invests. The economies and markets of European countries are often closely connected and interdependent, and events in one European country can have an adverse impact on other European countries. A Fund makes investments in securities of issuers that are domiciled in, have significant operations in, or that are listed on at least one securities exchange within member states of the European Union (the “EU”). A number of countries within the EU are also members of the Economic and Monetary Union (the “eurozone”) and have adopted the euro as their currency. Eurozone membership requires member states to comply with restrictions on inflation rates, deficits, interest rates, debt levels and fiscal and monetary controls, each of which may significantly affect every country in Europe. Changes in import or export tariffs, changes in governmental or EU regulations on trade, changes in the exchange rate of the euro and other currencies of certain EU countries which are not in the eurozone, the default or threat of default by an EU member state on its sovereign debt, and/or an economic recession in an EU member state may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of other EU member states and their trading partners. Although certain European countries are not in the eurozone, many of these countries are obliged to meet the criteria for joining the eurozone. Consequently, these countries must comply with many of the restrictions noted above. The European financial markets have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including, but not limited to, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Ukraine. In order to prevent further economic deterioration, certain countries, without prior warning, can institute “capital controls.” Countries may use these controls to restrict volatile movements of capital entering and exiting their country. Such controls may negatively affect a Fund’s investments. A default or debt restructuring by any European country would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above. In addition, the credit ratings of certain European countries were downgraded in the past. These events have adversely affected the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including countries that do not use the euro and non-EU member states. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not produce the desired results, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and other entities of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely impact the value of a Fund’s investments in the region. The United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and EU have reached an agreement on the terms of their future trading relationship effective January 1, 2021, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. A Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which a Fund has exposure and any other assets in which a Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

Table of Contents

throughout Europe also could impact financial markets. The impact of these events is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely affect the value and liquidity of a Fund's investments.

Risk of Investing in Saudi Arabia. The ability of foreign investors (such as the Funds) to invest in Saudi Arabian issuers is relatively untested. Such ability could be restricted or revoked by the Saudi Arabian government at any time, and unforeseen risks could materialize due to foreign ownership in such securities. In addition, the Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) places investment limitations on the ownership of Saudi Arabian issuers by foreign investors, including a limitation on the Fund’s ownership of any single issuer listed on the Saudi Arabian Stock Exchange, which may prevent the Fund from investing in accordance with its strategy and contribute to tracking error against the Underlying Index. These restrictions may be changed or new restrictions, such as licensing requirements, special approvals or additional foreign taxes, may be instituted at any time. The Fund may not be able to obtain or maintain any such licenses or approvals and may not be able to buy and sell securities at full value. Major disruptions or regulatory changes could occur in the Saudi Arabian market, any of which could negatively impact the Fund. These risks may be exacerbated, compared to more developed markets, given the limited history of foreign investment in the Saudi Arabian market. Investments in Saudi Arabia may also be subject to loss due to expropriation or nationalization of assets and property or the imposition of restrictions on additional foreign investments and repatriation of capital. Such heightened risks may include, among others, restrictions on and government intervention in international trade, confiscatory taxation, political instability, including authoritarian and/or military involvement in governmental decision making, armed conflict, crime and instability as a result of religious, ethnic and/or socioeconomic unrest. Saudi Arabia has privatized, or has begun the process of privatizing, certain entities and industries. Newly privatized companies may face strong competition from government-sponsored competitors that have not been privatized. In some instances, investors in newly privatized entities have suffered losses due to the inability of the newly privatized entities to adjust quickly to a competitive environment or changing regulatory and legal standards or, in some cases, due to re-nationalization of such privatized entities. There is no assurance that similar losses will not recur. Further, under income tax laws imposed by the General Authority of Zakat and Tax, dividends paid by a Saudi Arabian company to foreign stockholders are generally subject to a 5% withholding tax (different tax rates may apply pursuant to an applicable treaty). Saudi Arabia is highly reliant on income from the sale of petroleum and trade with other countries involved in the sale of petroleum, and its economy is therefore vulnerable to changes in foreign currency values and the market for petroleum, as well as acts targeting petroleum production or processing facilities in Saudi Arabia. As global demand for petroleum fluctuates, Saudi Arabia may be significantly impacted. In the recent past, the Saudi Arabian government has explored privatization and diversification of the economy in the wake of a diminished petroleum market.

Like most Middle Eastern governments, the government of Saudi Arabia exercises substantial influence over many aspects of the private sector. Although liberalization in the wider economy is underway, in many areas it has lagged significantly: restrictions on foreign ownership persists, and the government has an ownership stake in many key industries. The situation is exacerbated by the fact that Saudi Arabia is governed by an absolute monarchy. Saudi Arabia has historically experienced strained relations with economic partners worldwide, including other countries in the Middle East, due to geopolitical events. Incidents involving a Middle Eastern country’s or the region’s security, including terrorism, may cause uncertainty in their markets and may adversely affect its economy and the Fund’s investments.

Governmental actions in the future could have a significant effect on economic conditions in Saudi Arabia, which could affect private sector companies and the Fund, as well as the value of securities in the Fund’s portfolio. Any economic sanctions on Saudi Arabian individuals or Saudi Arabian corporate entities, or even the threat of sanctions, may result in the decline of the value and liquidity of Saudi Arabian securities, a weakening of the Saudi riyal or other adverse consequences to the Saudi

Table of Contents

Arabian economy. Any sanctions could also result in the immediate freeze of Saudi Arabian securities and/or funds investing in prohibited assets, impairing the ability of the Fund to buy, sell, receive or deliver those securities and/or assets. In addition, Saudi Arabia’s economy relies heavily on cheap, foreign labor, and changes in the availability of this labor supply could have an adverse effect on the economy.

Although the political situation in Saudi Arabia is largely stable, Saudi Arabia has historically experienced political instability, and there remains the possibility that the stability will not hold in the future or that instability in the larger Middle East region could adversely impact the economy of Saudi Arabia. Instability may be caused by military developments, government interventions in the marketplace, terrorism, extremist attitudes, attempted social or political reforms, religious differences, or other factors. Additionally, anti-Western views held by certain groups in the Middle East may influence government policies regarding foreign investment. Further developments in U.S. relations with Saudi Arabia and other Middle-Eastern countries may affect these attitudes and policies. The U.S. is a significant trading partner of, or foreign investor in, Saudi Arabia. As a result, economic conditions of Saudi Arabia may be particularly affected by changes in the U.S. economy. A decrease in U.S. imports or exports, new trade and financial regulations or tariffs, changes in the U.S. dollar exchange rate or an economic slowdown in the U.S. may have a material adverse effect on the economic conditions of Saudi Arabia and, as a result, securities to which the Fund has exposure. Political instability in North Africa and the larger Middle East region has caused significant disruptions to many industries. Continued political and social unrest in these areas may negatively affect the value of securities in the Fund’s portfolio.

Certain issuers located in Saudi Arabia may operate in, or have dealings with, countries subject to sanctions and/or embargoes imposed by the U.S. government and the United Nations and/or countries identified by the U.S. government as state sponsors of terrorism. As a result, an issuer may sustain damage to its reputation if it is identified as an issuer which operates in, or has dealings with, such countries. The Fund, as an investor in such issuers, will be indirectly subject to those risks.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Consumer Goods Industry. Companies in the consumer goods industry include companies involved in the design, production or distribution of goods for consumers, including food, household, home, personal and office products, clothing and textiles. The success of the consumer goods industry is tied closely to the performance of the domestic and international economy, interest rates, exchange rates, competition, consumer confidence and consumer disposable income. The consumer goods industry may be affected by trends, marketing campaigns and other factors affecting consumer demand. Governmental regulation affecting the use of various food additives may affect the profitability of certain companies in the consumer goods industry. In addition, tobacco companies may be adversely affected by new laws, regulations and litigation. Many consumer goods may be marketed globally, and consumer goods companies may be affected by the demand and market conditions in other countries and regions. Companies in the consumer goods industry may be subject to severe competition, which may also have an adverse impact on their profitability. Changes in demographics and consumer preferences may affect the success of consumer products.

Table of Contents

Most financial companies are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which limits their activities and may affect their ability to earn a profit from a given line of business. Government regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the financials sector, including effects not intended by the regulation. Direct governmental intervention in the operations of financial companies and financial markets may materially and adversely affect the companies in which a Fund invests, including legislation in many countries that may increase government regulation, repatriation and other intervention. The impact of governmental intervention and legislative changes on any individual financial company or on the financials sector as a whole cannot be predicted. The valuation of financial companies has been and continues to be subject to unprecedented volatility and may be influenced by unpredictable factors, including interest rate risk and sovereign debt default. Certain financial businesses are subject to intense competitive pressures, including market share and price competition. Financial companies in foreign countries are subject to market specific and general regulatory and interest rate concerns. In particular, government regulation in certain foreign countries may include taxes and controls on interest rates, credit availability, minimum capital requirements, bans on short sales, limits on prices and restrictions on currency transfers. In addition, companies in the financials sector may be the targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or customer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in the Oil and Gas Industry. Companies in the oil and gas industry are strongly affected by the levels and volatility of global energy prices, oil and gas supply and demand, government regulations and policies, oil and gas production and conservation efforts and technological change. The oil and gas industry is cyclical and from time to time may experience a shortage of drilling rigs, equipment, supplies or qualified personnel, or due to significant demand, such services may not be available on commercially reasonable terms. Prices and supplies of oil and gas may fluctuate significantly over short and long periods of time due to national and international political changes, Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economies of key energy-consuming countries. Disruptions in the oil sub-industry or shifts in energy consumption may significantly impact companies in this industry. For instance, significant oil and gas deposits are located in emerging market countries where corruption and security may raise significant risks, in addition to the other risks of investing in emerging markets. In addition, the Middle East, where many companies in the oil and gas industry may operate, has recently experienced widespread social unrest. Oil and gas companies operate in a highly competitive industry, with intense price competition. A significant portion of their revenues may depend on a relatively small number of customers, including governmental entities and utilities.

Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policy

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Communications with Authorized Participants and Liquidity Providers: Certain employees of BFA are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities a Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that a Fund will provide on a redemption.

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for a Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.

Table of Contents

•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Funds, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with applicable policies, agreements with the Funds, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.
•	Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain a Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of a Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Indexes

Descriptions of the Underlying Indexes are provided below.

The Dow Jones Indexes

Dow Jones EPAC Select Dividend Index

Number of Components: approximately 100

Index Description. The Dow Jones EPAC Select Dividend Index is an indicated annual dividend (“IAD”) yield-driven weighted index that aims to measure the performance of 100 high dividend paying stocks in non-U.S. developed markets. (“EPAC” refers to Europe, Pacific, Asia, and Canada.) The Underlying Index is composed of approximately 100 companies that pass the criteria as outlined below. The Underlying Index is denominated in U.S. dollars.

Component Selection Criteria. Securities of companies domiciled in Australia, Austria, Belgium, Canada, Finland, France, Germany, Hong Kong, Italy, Japan, Korea, Netherlands, New Zealand, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland and United Kingdom, as of April 30, 2021, are considered for inclusion in the Underlying Index, with the following general rules and exceptions. Fixed-dividend shares, investment trusts, unit trusts, limited liability companies (LLCs), business development companies (BDCs), special purpose acquisition companies (SPACs), ETFs, ETNs, closed-end funds, mutual fund shares,

Table of Contents

convertible bonds, equity warrants, limited partnerships (LPs), master limited partnerships (MLPs), preferred stock that provides a guaranteed fix return and convertible preferred stock are not eligible for inclusion in the indexes.

Index Maintenance and Issue Changes. The Dow Jones EPAC Select Dividend Index is reconstituted annually and subject to a quarterly review process to maintain accurate representation of the market segment represented by the Underlying Index. Annual reviews take place after the close of trading of all markets on the third Friday in March. Securities that are removed from the Underlying Index between reconstitution dates are not replaced. The only additions between annual reconstitution are as a result of initial public offerings (“IPOs”) and spin-offs.

Maintaining the Underlying Index includes monitoring and completing the adjustments for additions and deletions to the Underlying Index, share changes, stock splits, stock dividends, and stock price adjustments due to restructuring and spin-offs. The Dow Jones EPAC Select Dividend Index limits the weighting of each component security to the lower of 10% or five times the constituent's float-adjusted market capitalization weight within the index, using the float-adjusted market capitalization as of the last business day of February. The aggregate weight of constituents within each GICS sector and each country of domicile is capped at 30%. A component stock is removed from the Underlying Index, independent of the annual review, if it is affected by a corporate action such as a delisting or bankruptcy. In addition, component stocks are reviewed on a monthly basis and may be removed if:

•	A company announces that it will cease paying dividends for an undetermined period.
•	A company announces a reduced dividend amount and S&P DJI determines that it will no longer qualify for the index at the subsequent reconstitution as a result.

Weighting. The component stocks are weighted based on indicated dividend yield with capping constraints to reduce concentration. The constituent weights for the Underlying Index are determined annually using the following steps:

i)	Calculate the IAD weight of each constituent within its respective country by dividing each company’s IAD by the sum of all the IADs within that country.
ii)	Calculate the IAD yield weight of each country within the index by dividing the sum of all the yields within each country by the sum of all the yields in the Index.
iii)	Calculate the final constituent weight by multiplying the IAD weight of each constituent by its respective yield country weight.

The IAD yield values used to calculate constituent weights are capped at 20%.

Index Availability. The Underlying Index is calculated continuously and is available from major data vendors. The Underlying Index is calculated in real-time and published every five seconds. It is distributed via the Chicago Mercantile Exchange and made available to international data vendors. Daily values can be found at the S&P Dow Jones Indices website.

Methodology. The Index Provider begins with the S&P EPAC BMI and the S&P Canada BMI indices, excluding real estate investment trusts (“REITs”). To be included in the Underlying Index:

(i)	the company must have paid dividends in each of the previous three years;
(ii)	the company’s current year trailing twelve months dividend-per-share ratio must be greater than or equal to its three-year average annual dividend-per-share ratio;
(iii)	the company’s five-year average dividend coverage ratio must be greater than or equal to two-thirds of the five-year average dividend coverage ratio of the corresponding S&P BMI^® country index, or greater than 118%, whichever is greater. If a company does not have five years of listing history, only available dividend amounts are considered in the ratio calculation. If the company has been listed for at least five years but did not pay a dividend for one of the past five years, a dividend of zero (0) will be included in the ratio calculation.;
(iv)	the company’s securities must have a three-month average daily dollar trading value of at least $3 million;
(v)	the company’s securities must have a non-negative trailing 12-month earnings per share (EPS); and

Table of Contents

(vi)	the company’s securities must have a float-adjusted market capitalization of at least $1 billion ($750 million for current constituents).

Current index constituents are included in the index universe regardless of whether they meet criteria ii-v above. The Index Provider next ranks the stocks based on indicated annual dividend yield and selects 100 constituents by first including all existing constituents ranked in the top 200 and next by selecting non-constituent stocks in rank order.

Exchange Rates and Pricing. Real-time spot Forex rates, as supplied by Refinitiv, are used in the calculation of the Underlying Index. WM/Refinitiv foreign exchange rates taken daily at 4:00 PM London Time are used in the end-of-day calculation of the Underlying Index. The Underlying Index is calculated in U.S. dollars.

Additional Information. The Dow Jones EPAC Select Dividend Index is a product of SPDJI, and has been licensed for use by BFA or its affiliates. S&P^® is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“SPFS”); Dow Jones^® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by BFA and its affiliates. The Fund is not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, SPFS or their respective affiliates or third party licensors and none of such parties make any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product(s) nor do they have any liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions of the Dow Jones Indexes.

The FTSE EPRA Nareit Indexes

FTSE EPRA Nareit Global REITs Index

Number of Components: approximately 314

Index Criteria and Methodology. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Global REITs Index Series (“FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Indices”) covers the world’s largest investment markets and is designed to reflect the stock performance of companies engaged in specific aspects of the major real estate markets/regions of the world. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Indices include a comprehensive and complementary set of sub-indices which range from regional and country indices, Dividend+ indices, Investment Focus indices, and a REIT and Non-REIT series. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Indices are free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted.

The FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Real Estate Index Series Supervisory Committee and Advisory Committees act as advisory bodies to FTSE as compiler of the indices. FTSE is responsible for the day-to-day management of the FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Indices.

The FTSE EPRA Nareit Global REITs and Non-REIT Indices are a subset of the FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Real Estate Index, subdividing the parent universe of real estate stocks into either the Global REIT Index for all constituents qualifying for REIT status, or into the Non-REIT Index, which consists of all constituents domiciled in countries in which recognized REIT legislation does not exist, or which otherwise do not qualify for REIT status as determined by FTSE EPRA Nareit.

FTSE EPRA Nareit defines the Developed Real Estate markets as: North America (including Canada and the U.S.), Developed Europe (including Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the U.K. (including the Channel Islands)), Middle East (Israel) and Asia (including Australia, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand, Singapore, and South Korea).

FTSE EPRA Nareit defines the Emerging Real Estate markets as: Emerging Americas (including Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Mexico, and Peru), Emerging Asia (including China, India, Indonesia, Malaysia, Pakistan, the Philippines, Taiwan, and Thailand), Emerging Europe, Middle East & Africa (including Czech Republic, Egypt, Greece, Hungary, Kuwait, Qatar, Romania, Russia, Saudi Arabia, South Africa, Turkey, and the United Arab Emirates).

In determining geographic assignments of individual stocks, FTSE EPRA Nareit considers the company’s country of incorporation and share listing, and its geographic sources of its most recent annual earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization (“EBITDA”).

To qualify for inclusion in the FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Indices, a company must be a closed-end company, be listed on an official exchange within an eligible country and meet certain minimum size and trading volume requirements as determined by FTSE EPRA Nareit. Eligible index components must also provide an audited financial report at least annually and in English

Table of Contents

demonstrating that at least 75 percent of their total EBITDA is derived from relevant real estate activities in the previous full financial year, as determined by FTSE EPRA Nareit. Relevant real estate activities are defined as the ownership, trading and development of income-producing real estate. The construction of residential homes for sale is considered relevant real estate activities in the Asia Region and in Emerging Markets only. Limited liability partnerships and limited liability companies are not eligible for inclusion.

Index Maintenance and Issue Changes. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Real Estate Index Series is reviewed on a quarterly basis in March, June, September and December based on data as at the close of business on the Monday four weeks prior to the review effective date. Any constituent changes resulting from the periodic review will be implemented at the close of business on the third Friday (i.e., effective Monday) of March, June, September and December. Subsequent adjustments in stock weightings (including free float) will become effective at the same time.

Candidates for inclusion in the FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Indices at each quarterly review must meet certain regional weighting and minimum liquidity thresholds, as determined by FTSE EPRA Nareit. New issues meeting other index inclusion requirements are eligible for inclusion on their fifth day of trading.

Existing components of the FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Indices will be removed at the quarterly review if their regional weighting falls below certain minimum thresholds. An index component is removed immediately if it is delisted from its stock exchange, or if the company enters bankruptcy, becomes insolvent, or is liquidated.

All components of the FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Indices are screened for minimum liquidity on an annual basis in March of each year. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Indices are periodically reviewed for changes in free float, coinciding with each quarterly review.

Index Availability. Selected FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Real Estate Indices are calculated on a real time basis and generally published throughout the business day, and distributed primarily through global data vendors. Daily values are also made available on the FTSE website and the EPRA website. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Indices are published and calculated using trading values (real-time throughout the day, and closing values at the end of the day), and WM/Reuters 4pm London Closing Spot Rates for currency values. The Indices are calculated every weekday when one or more of the constituent stock markets are open for trading.

Index Description. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Global REITs Index is designed to track the performance of publicly-listed REITs (or their local equivalents) in both developed and emerging markets. The index components must qualify for REIT (or its local equivalent) status in their country of domicile and meet certain liquidity, size and EBITDA requirements. Components are adjusted for free float and foreign ownership limits.

Investment Policies

The Board has adopted as fundamental policies the following numbered investment policies, which cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the applicable Fund’s outstanding voting securities. A vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund is defined in the Investment Company Act as the lesser of (i) 67% or more of the voting securities present at a shareholder meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of the outstanding voting securities of each Fund. Each Fund has also adopted certain non-fundamental investment policies, including its investment objective. Non-fundamental investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Therefore, each Fund may change its investment objective and its Underlying Index without shareholder approval.

Fundamental Investment Policies

The iShares Global REIT ETF may not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured

Table of Contents

	by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

The iShares International Select Dividend ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries), except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that the Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) the Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities; and (ii) the Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), the Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this restriction shall not prevent the Fund from investing in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business or securities or other instruments backed by real estate or mortgages), or commodities or commodity contracts (but this restriction shall not prevent the Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including options on currencies to the extent consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that the Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

Notations Regarding the iShares Global REIT ETF's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The iShares Global REIT ETF has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by the Fund's Prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.

iShares International Select Dividend ETF

Table of Contents

All Funds

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the component securities of its Underlying Index or in depositary receipts representing component securities in its Underlying Index. Each Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, each Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring each Fund into compliance with this policy.

Continuous Offering

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Funds are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Management

Table of Contents

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds and ETFs (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (including ETFs) (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). Each Fund is included in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 382 funds as of September 1, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Funds' Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)	Trustee (since 2009).	President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).	Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Salim Ramji² (51)	Trustee (since 2019).	Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (66)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (60)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (57)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (50)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Chief Financial Officer of iShares Delaware Trust Sponsor LLC, BlackRock Funds, BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Funds IV, BlackRock Funds V and BlackRock Funds VI (since 2021); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (54)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

The Board has concluded that, based on each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Board. Among the attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Funds' investment adviser, other service providers, counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through the Trustee’s educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Board member of the Funds and the other funds in the Trust (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Board Chair. The Board Chair’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Board Chair may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board has established seven standing Committees: a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a 15(c) Committee, a Securities Lending Committee, a Risk Committee, an Equity Plus Committee and a Fixed Income Plus Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Funds, and from time to time the Board may establish ad hoc committees or informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Funds with respect to certain specified matters. The Chair of each standing Committee is an Independent Trustee. The role of the Chair of each Committee is to preside at all meetings of the Committee and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees between meetings. Each standing Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to the Committee by the Board and reports its finding to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Independent Trustees and the full Board to enhance effective oversight.

Table of Contents

Each Independent Trustee serves on the 15(c) Committee. The Chair of the 15(c) Committee is Drew E. Lawton. The principal responsibilities of the 15(c) Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for the annual review and renewal of the Trust's advisory and sub-advisory agreements. These responsibilities include: (i) meeting with BlackRock, Inc. in advance of the Board meeting at which the Trust's advisory and sub-advisory agreements are to be considered to discuss generally the process for providing requested information to the Board and the format in which information will be provided; and (ii) considering and discussing with BlackRock, Inc. such other matters and information as may be necessary and appropriate for the Board to evaluate the investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements of the Trust. The 15(c) Committee met one time during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021.

Table of Contents

The members of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are Madhav V. Rajan (Chair), Jane D. Carlin and Richard L. Fagnani, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of Trust performance and related matters for fixed-income or multi-asset funds. These responsibilities include: (i) reviewing quarterly reports regarding Trust performance, secondary market trading and changes in net assets to identify any matters that should be brought to the attention of the Board; and (ii) considering any performance or investment related matters as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board from time to time and providing a report or recommendation to the Board as appropriate. The Fixed Income Plus Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021.

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Funds so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

The table below sets forth the compensation earned by each Independent Trustee and Interested Trustee for services to each Fund for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021 and the aggregate compensation paid to them for services to the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex for the calendar year ended December 31, 2020.

Table of Contents

Name	iShares Global REIT ETF	iShares International Select Dividend ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 1,388	$1,952
Richard L. Fagnani	1,473	2,072
Cecilia H. Herbert	1,574	2,215
John E. Kerrigan	1,472	2,072
Drew E. Lawton	1,422	2,001
John E. Martinez	1,388	1,952
Madhav V. Rajan	1,388	1,952

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0

Name	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Funds and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of each Fund's outstanding shares as of July 30, 2021.

Although the Trust does not have information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants (as defined below), as of July 30, 2021, the name and percentage ownership of each DTC participant that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund were as follows:

Fund		Name		Percentage of Ownership
iShares Global REIT ETF		JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association 500 Stanton Christiana Road Newark, DE 19713		21.64%

Table of Contents

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	8.79%
	Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399	8.40%
	TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177	7.80%
	Northern Trust Company (The) 801 South Canal Street Chicago, IL 60607	6.99%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	6.86%

iShares International Select Dividend ETF	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	12.81%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	12.64%
	Ameriprise Enterprise Investment Services, Inc. 901 3^rd Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55474	9.43%
	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004	7.62%
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated - TS Sub 101 Hudson Street 9th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997	6.94%
	Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC 2801 Market Street St Louis, MO 63103	5.55%

Potential Conflicts of Interest. Certain activities of BFA, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers and employees, with respect to the Funds and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

BlackRock is one of the world's largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of a Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Funds. These are considerations of which investors in a Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage a Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by a Fund.

Table of Contents

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of a Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Funds. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on a Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of a Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Funds.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Funds, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Funds, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party's investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Funds. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions. On any occasion when a Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of a Fund's investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of a Fund in which clients of BlackRock or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party's interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by a Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

Table of Contents

When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. A Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund's own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with a Fund's establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund's counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund's creditworthiness.

Table of Contents

for execution of orders placed by BlackRock traders on behalf of such Funds. In addition, transactions in Fund shares may in the future be executed on MEMX if third party brokers select MEMX as the appropriate venue for the execution of such orders.

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock's fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the Proxy Voting Policy section of this SAI.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of a Fund. Increasing a Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of a Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of a Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

It is possible that a Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. A Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for a Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit a Fund's flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb.

Table of Contents

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, each Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) in accordance with policies and procedures approved by a Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of a Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for a Fund. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, each Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding a Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, a Fund, except that a Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the 1940 Act engage in transactions with another Fund or accounts that are affiliated with a Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Funds and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for a Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or the Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock's internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of a Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which a Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

Table of Contents

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Funds), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Funds (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with certain Funds' custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Funds leave cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for Funds in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

Table of Contents

with respect to a Fund. To the extent that BlackRock is responsible for paying these service providers out of its management fee, the benefits of any such fee discounts or concessions, or any additional costs, may accrue, in whole or in part, to BlackRock, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to the use or termination of service providers to a Fund.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, BFA may, from time to time, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of BFA, to perform investment advisory or other services with respect to a Fund. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the investment advisory agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion upon appropriate notice at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Table of Contents

For its investment advisory services to the iShares International Select Dividend ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from the Fund calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Europe ETF, iShares International Select Dividend ETF and iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF. The management fee for the Fund equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.5000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $12 billion, plus 0.4750% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $12 billion, up to and including $18 billion, plus 0.4513% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $18 billion, up to and including $24 billion, plus 0.4287% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $24 billion, up to and including $30 billion, plus 0.4073% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $30 billion.

The following table sets forth the management fee at the annual rate (as a percentage of each Fund's average daily net assets) BFA received from each Fund for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021 and the management fees (net of waivers) each Fund paid BFA for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Management Fee for the Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2020	Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019
iShares Global REIT ETF	0.14%	07/08/14	$ 3,202,918	$ 2,518,853	$ 1,834,591
iShares International Select Dividend ETF^1,2	0.49%	06/11/07	17,701,255	21,346,526	21,571,892

Effective June 29, 2018, the management fee for the iShares International Select Dividend ETF based on the fee breakpoints is 0.49%. Prior to June 29, 2018, the management fee for the iShares International Select Dividend ETF based on the fee breakpoints was 0.50%.

For the iShares International Select Dividend ETF, BFA has elected to implement a voluntary fee waiver to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, if any, attributable to investment by the Fund in other series of the Trust and iShares, Inc. Any voluntary waiver or reimbursement implemented by BFA may be eliminated by BFA at any time. For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021, BFA voluntarily waived $216,901 of its management fees.

Portfolio Managers. As of April 30, 2021, the individuals named as Portfolio Managers in the Funds' Prospectuses were also primarily responsible for the day-to-day management of other iShares funds and certain other types of portfolios and/or accounts as follows:

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	306	$1,865,748,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	59	90,777,000,000
Other Accounts	46	60,441,000,000

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	312	$1,868,142,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	4,502,000,000

Table of Contents

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Other Accounts	18	28,530,000,000

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	255	$1,755,321,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	38	57,502,000,000
Other Accounts	92	28,788,000,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	319	$1,866,822,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	186	639,515,000,000
Other Accounts	109	576,751,000,000

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA’s policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Funds and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Funds, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time each Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than it would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Like the Funds, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio’s or account’s gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or any of its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and each of its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intend to do so, shareholders of the Funds should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict of interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Table of Contents

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	4	$11,294,000,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	1	$2,254,000,000

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of April 30, 2021.

As of April 30, 2021, the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of each Fund.

Codes of Ethics. The Trust, BFA and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The codes of ethics permit personnel subject to the codes of ethics to invest in securities, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of each Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Custody, Administration, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021	Custody, Administration, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2020	Custody, Administration, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019
iShares Global REIT ETF	07/08/14	$ 178,837	$ 145,126	$ 92,885
iShares International Select Dividend ETF	06/11/07	253,412	278,140	278,055

Table of Contents

The Distributor may also enter into agreements with securities dealers (“Soliciting Dealers”) who will solicit purchases of Creation Units of Fund shares. Such Soliciting Dealers may also be Authorized Participants (as described below), Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants and/or investor services organizations.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

(i) if international equity funds, such as the Funds (“International Equity Funds”) were to engage in securities lending, the International Equity Funds retain 82% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income (which includes, for this purpose, collateral investment fees) earned across the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex (as defined under “Management—Trustees and Officers”) in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, each applicable international equity fund, pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows:

(i) if the International Equity Funds were to engage in securities lending, 85% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees); and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

The services provided to the Funds by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended April 30, 2021 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Funds with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

Table of Contents

Fund	iShares Global REIT ETF	iShares International Select Dividend ETF
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$ 253,397	$ 79,073
Net income from securities lending activities	$ 1,080,322	$ 346,576

Payments by BFA and its Affiliates. BFA and/or its affiliates (“BFA Entities”) may pay certain broker-dealers, registered investment advisers, banks and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for certain activities related to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products in general. BFA Entities make these payments from their own assets and not from the assets of the Funds. Although a portion of BFA Entities’ revenue comes directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products, these payments do not increase the price paid by investors for the purchase of shares of, or the cost of owning, the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. BFA Entities make payments for Intermediaries’ participation in activities that are designed to make registered representatives, other professionals and individual investors more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including the Funds and other iShares funds, or for other activities, such as participation in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems (“Education Costs”). BFA Entities also make payments to Intermediaries for certain printing, publishing and mailing costs or materials relating to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products (“Publishing Costs”). In addition, BFA Entities make payments to Intermediaries that make shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products available to their clients, develop new products that feature iShares or otherwise promote the Funds, other iShares funds and exchange-traded products. BFA Entities may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to Intermediaries or other persons in consideration of services or other activities that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. Payments of the type described above are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments.

Payments to an Intermediary may be significant to the Intermediary, and amounts that Intermediaries pay to your salesperson or other investment professional may also be significant for your salesperson or other investment professional. Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments may create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products over other investments. The same conflicts of interest and financial incentives exist with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

In addition to the payments described above, BFA Entities have developed proprietary tools, calculators and related interactive or digital content that is made available through the www.BlackRock.com website at no additional cost to Intermediaries. BlackRock may configure these tools and calculators and localize the content for Intermediaries as part of its customary digital marketing support and promotion of the Funds, other iShares funds, exchange-traded products and BlackRock mutual funds.

Table of Contents

upon a number of criteria, including the overall success of the Marketing Program and the level of services provided by FBS and NFS during the wind-down period.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): BNY Mellon Performance & Risk Analytics, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Riskalyze, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Further, BFA Entities make Education Costs and Publishing Costs payments to other Intermediaries that are not listed in the immediately preceding paragraph. BFA Entities may determine to make such payments based on any number of metrics. For example, BFA Entities may make payments at year-end or other intervals in a fixed amount, an amount based upon an Intermediary’s services at defined levels or an amount based on the Intermediary’s net sales of one or more iShares funds in a year or other period, any of which arrangements may include an agreed-upon minimum or maximum payment, or any combination of the foregoing. As of the date of this SAI, BFA anticipates that the payments paid by BFA Entities in connection with the Funds, iShares funds and exchange-traded products in general will be immaterial to BFA Entities in the aggregate for the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or, if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Table of Contents

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which a Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Table of Contents

BFA, with input from portfolio management, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, a Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BFA, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of a Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee will seek to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the asset or liability is being valued, and does not seek to determine the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BFA using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to funds and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect a Fund. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities, to the extent such rules become more stringent, would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value. This may in turn increase the costs associated with selling assets or affect their liquidity due to a Fund’s inability to obtain a third-party determination of fair market value. The SEC recently adopted new Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, which will establish an updated regulatory framework for registered investment company valuation practices and may impact a Fund’s valuation policies. A Fund will not be required to comply with the new rule until September 8, 2022.

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

BFA may select a broker based partly upon brokerage or research services provided to BFA and its clients, including a Fund. In return for such services, BFA may cause a Fund to pay a higher commission than other brokers would charge if BFA determines in good faith that the commission is reasonable in relation to the services provided.

The Funds anticipate that brokerage transactions involving foreign equity securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Funds in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the U.S. or Europe, as the case may be. ADRs, like other securities traded in the U.S., will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Funds will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

Table of Contents

any commissions paid to affiliated brokers or dealers must be reasonable and fair compared to the commissions charged by other brokers or dealers in comparable transactions.

IPOs of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When BFA is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to BFA’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. IPOs of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in a Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

Because different accounts may have differing investment objectives and policies, BFA may buy and sell the same securities at the same time for different clients based on the particular investment objective, guidelines and strategies of those accounts. For example, BFA may decide that it may be entirely appropriate for a growth fund to sell a security at the same time a value fund is buying that security. To the extent that transactions on behalf of more than one client of BFA or the other Affiliates during the same period increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, there may be an adverse effect on price. For example, sales of a security by BlackRock on behalf of one or more of its clients may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Funds or other clients or funds for which BFA or another Affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

Table of Contents

filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price (except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted). While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Funds are concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Funds. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2020	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019
iShares Global REIT ETF	07/08/14	$ 81,484	$ 93,717	$ 55,120
iShares International Select Dividend ETF	06/11/07	1,324,158	240,512	687,253

The Funds did not pay any brokerage commissions to BRIL, an affiliate of BFA, or to any other broker-dealer that is part of the BlackRock group of companies, during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021.

Fund	Fiscal Year ended April 30, 2021	Fiscal Year ended April 30, 2020
iShares Global REIT ETF	6%	8%
iShares International Select Dividend ETF	86%	12%

Table of Contents

calculating the NAV applied to the creation or redemption transaction giving rise to the order (the “Execution Performance Guarantee”). Such orders may be placed with the purchasing or redeeming Authorized Participant (or a broker-dealer affiliated with the Authorized Participant or a third-party broker-dealer engaged through the Authorized Participant) in its capacity as a broker-dealer. The amount payable to the Fund in respect of any Execution Performance Guarantee will depend on the results achieved by the executing firm and will vary depending on market activity, timing and a variety of other factors. The Execution Performance Guarantee will apply for any orders executed by the Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer), even if the trades have not settled before the redemption transaction settles.

To ensure that an Execution Performance Guarantee will be honored on orders arising from creation transactions executed by an Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer), an Authorized Participant is required to deposit an amount with the Fund (the “Execution Performance Deposit”). If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price more favorable than the Fund’s valuation of the Deposit Securities, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the benefit of the favorable executions, and the Fund will return to the Authorized Participant the Execution Performance Deposit. If, however, the broker-dealer executing the order is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to the Fund’s valuation of the securities, the Fund retains the portion of the Execution Performance Deposit equal to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs) and may require the Authorized Participant to deposit any additional amount required to cover the full amount of the actual Execution Performance Guarantee.

To ensure that an Execution Performance Guarantee will be honored for brokerage orders arising from redemption transactions executed by an Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer) as broker-dealer, an Authorized Participant agrees to pay the shortfall amount (the “Execution Performance Offset”). If the broker-dealer executing the order achieves executions in market transactions at a price more favorable than the Fund’s valuation of the Fund Securities, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the benefit of the favorable executions and the Authorized Participant is not called upon to honor the Execution Performance Offset. If, however, the broker-dealer is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to the Fund’s valuation of the securities, the Fund will be entitled to the portion of the Execution Performance Offset equal to the full amount of the execution shortfall (including any taxes, brokerage commissions or other costs).

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Table of Contents

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Funds. Shares of each Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of each Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Table of Contents

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares of the Trust. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of each Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
iShares Global REIT ETF	50,000	$1,377,500
iShares International Select Dividend ETF	50,000	1,681,000

Table of Contents

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of a Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities, is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of any Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of the Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified (Creation Units of the Funds are generally offered partially for cash), they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser. The Authorized Participant will also be required to pay certain transaction fees and charges for cash purchases, as described below, and, if transacting as broker with the Fund, may be required to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Table of Contents

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Funds or one of their service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units (an “Authorized Participant”). Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by a Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Table of Contents

procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. Orders to create shares of a Fund that are submitted on the Business Day immediately preceding a holiday or a day (other than a weekend) when the equity markets in the relevant non-U.S. market are closed may not be accepted. Each Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as that Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with a Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units. Subject to the conditions that (i) an irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor's behalf) and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the Funds are in place for payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, the Funds will accept the order, subject to each Fund's right (and the right of the Distributor and BFA) to reject any order until acceptance, as set forth below.

Issuance of a Creation Unit. Except as provided herein, a Creation Unit will not be issued until the transfer of good title to the applicable Fund of the Deposit Securities and the payment of the Cash Component have been completed. When the sub-custodian has confirmed to the custodian that the securities included in the Fund Deposit (or the cash value thereof) have been delivered to the account of the relevant sub-custodian or sub-custodians, the Distributor or its agent and BFA shall be notified of such delivery and the applicable Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit. Creation Units are generally issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date). However, each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For example, the Funds reserve the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2 in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (i.e., the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security) and in certain other circumstances.

Table of Contents

Costs Associated with Creation Transactions. A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer, processing and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged on each Creation Unit created by an Authorized Participant on the day of the transaction. The standard creation transaction fee is generally fixed at the amount shown in the table below regardless of the number of Creation Units being purchased, but may be reduced by each Fund if transfer and processing expenses associated with the creation are anticipated to be lower than the stated fee. If a purchase consists of a cash portion, the Authorized Participant may also be required to pay an additional transaction charge (up to the maximum amount shown below) to cover brokerage and certain other costs related to the creation transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Funds. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares Global REIT ETF	$2,700	7.0%
iShares International Select Dividend ETF	2,000	7.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Each Fund generally redeems Creation Units partially for cash. However, the Fund reserves the right to distribute securities and other portfolio instruments in-kind as payment for Creation Units being redeemed. Please see the Cash Redemption Method section below and the following discussion summarizing the in-kind method for further information on redeeming Creation Units of the Funds.

The designated portfolio of securities (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities” or “Redemption Basket”), and an amount of cash (the “Cash Amount,” as described below) (each subject to possible amendment or correction) are applicable, in order to effect redemptions of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next announced composition of the Fund Securities and Cash Amount is made available. Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Procedures and requirements governing redemption transactions are set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time.

Table of Contents

The Trust may, in its sole discretion, substitute a “cash in lieu” amount to replace any Fund Security in certain circumstances, including: (i) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant (or to an investor on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting) would be restricted under applicable securities or other local laws or due to a trading restriction; (ii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in the disposition of the Fund Security by the Authorized Participant due to restrictions under applicable securities or other local laws; (iii) when the delivery of a Fund Security to the Authorized Participant would result in unfavorable tax treatment; (iv) when a Fund Security cannot be settled or otherwise delivered in time to facilitate an in-kind redemption; or (v) in certain other situations. The amount of cash paid out in such cases will be equivalent to the value of the substituted security listed as a Fund Security. In the event that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the difference is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. Each Fund generally redeems Creation Units partially for cash. Each Fund may, in its sole discretion, provide such redeeming Authorized Participant a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities, but does not differ in NAV. The Redemption Basket may also be modified to minimize the Cash Component by redistributing the cash to the Fund Securities portion of the Redemption Basket through systematically rounding. The rounding methodology allows position sizes of securities in the Fund Securities to be “rounded up,” while limiting the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit full cash redemptions of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified (Creation Units of the Funds are generally redeemed partially for cash or where the market for individual securities does not permit in-kind redemption), to the extent that cash redemptions are offered, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities and other instruments it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer. The Authorized Participant will also be required to pay certain transaction fees and charges for cash redemptions, as described below, and, if transacting as broker with the Fund, may be required to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Cash redemption proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming shares as soon as practicable after the date of redemption or within seven calendar days thereafter. If a Fund settles redemptions on a cash basis and an Authorized Participant has entered into an Execution Performance Guarantee, but the Authorized Participant is unable, as determined by BFA in its sole discretion, to execute the market transactions that are the subject of the Execution Performance Guarantee due to an extended market holiday that goes over seven calendar days or in certain other situations where all or a portion of the transactions are unable to be executed within seven calendar days, then the Fund may pay the full amount of the redemption order (or the remaining amount of the redemption order based on the unexecuted portion of the transaction) within the original seven calendar day period by using the Fund’s overdraft facility, line of credit or cash on hand. The Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer), acting on an agency basis, will subsequently enter into one or more separate market transactions when the markets reopen or the trades are otherwise able to be executed through which a Fund sells the Fund Securities (or the remaining unsold Fund Securities) subject to a guaranteed sales price. If the Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer) achieves executions in market transactions at a price more favorable than a Fund’s valuation of the Fund Securities as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the excess transaction proceeds. Specifically, if the Authorized Participant is unable to achieve executions in market transactions at a price at least equal to the Fund’s valuation of the Fund Securities as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant is generally required to make the applicable shortfall payment to the Fund.

Table of Contents

settlement of a security trade and such trades are unable, as determined by BFA in its sole discretion, to be settled by the seventh calendar day after receipt of the Authorized Participant's redemption order, then a Fund may pay within the original seven calendar day period the amount due in respect of the redemption order based on the foreign exchange rate as of the date of the redemption order by using the Fund’s overdraft facility, line of credit or cash on hand (in addition to any sales proceeds from the executed portion of the original brokerage order) and subsequently enter into one or more separate foreign exchange transactions with the Authorized Participant (or a broker-dealer affiliate of the Authorized Participant or a third-party broker-dealer engaged through the Authorized Participant), acting on an agency basis, and be subject to a guaranteed sales price. If the Authorized Participant achieves execution of the foreign exchange transactions at a price more favorable than the foreign exchange rate as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant generally may retain the excess transaction proceeds. If the Authorized Participant is unable to achieve execution of the foreign exchange transactions at a price at least equal to the foreign exchange rate as of the NAV calculation applicable on the date of the redemption, then the Authorized Participant is required to make the applicable shortfall payment to the Fund.

Costs Associated with Redemption Transactions. A standard redemption transaction fee is imposed to offset transfer, processing and other transaction costs that may be incurred by the relevant Fund. The standard redemption transaction fee is charged on each Creation Unit redeemed by an Authorized Participant on the day of the transaction. The standard redemption transaction fee is generally fixed at the amount shown in the table below regardless of the number of Creation Units being redeemed, but may be reduced by the Fund if transfer and processing expenses associated with the redemption are anticipated to be lower than the stated fee. If a redemption consists of a cash portion, the Authorized Participant may also be required to pay an additional transaction charge (up to the maximum amount shown below) to cover brokerage and certain other costs related to the redemption transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Fund Securities from the Fund to their account on their order. Certain fees/costs associated with redemption transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to dispose of Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares Global REIT ETF	$2,700	2.0%
iShares International Select Dividend ETF	2,000	2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

If a redemption consists of a cash portion and a Fund places a brokerage transaction to sell portfolio securities with the Authorized Participant (or an affiliated or unaffiliated broker-dealer), the Authorized Participant may be required, in its capacity as broker-dealer with respect to that transaction, to cover certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, and price movement costs through an Execution Performance Guarantee, as described in the Brokerage Transactions section of this SAI.

Table of Contents

Agreement in effect. Investors making a redemption request should be aware that such request must be in the form specified by such Authorized Participant. Investors making a request to redeem Creation Units should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the request by an Authorized Participant and transfer of the shares to the Funds' transfer agent; such investors should allow for the additional time that may be required to effect redemptions through their banks, brokers or other financial intermediaries if such intermediaries are not Authorized Participants.

Deliveries of redemption proceeds are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”). However, each Fund reserves the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For example, the Funds reserve the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2 in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (i.e., the last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold) and in certain other circumstances consistent with applicable law.

If neither the Authorized Participant nor the Beneficial Owner on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, a Fund may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the Beneficial Owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In such case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the net asset value of its shares based on the NAV of the relevant Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charges specified above to offset the Fund's brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and each Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.

Although the Trust does not ordinarily permit cash redemptions of Creation Units (except that, as noted above, Creation Units of the Funds generally will be redeemed partially for cash), in the event that cash redemptions are permitted or required by the Trust, proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming shares as soon as practicable after the date of redemption (within seven calendar days thereafter). If a Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, the Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if the Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days.

Table of Contents

the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant's delivery and maintenance of collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by the Funds or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request and shall be held by State Street and marked-to-market daily. The fees of State Street and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant Agreement permits the Funds to acquire shares of the Funds at any time and subjects the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the aggregate of the cost to the Funds of purchasing such shares, plus the value of the Cash Amount, and the value of the collateral together with liability for related brokerage and other charges.

Because the Portfolio Securities of the Funds may trade on exchange(s) on days that the Listing Exchange is closed or are otherwise not Business Days for the Funds, shareholders may not be able to redeem their shares of the Funds, or purchase or sell shares of the Funds on the Listing Exchange on days when the NAV of the Funds could be significantly affected by events in the relevant non-U.S. markets.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of a Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to a Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of investing in a Fund. The summary is based on the laws and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Table of Contents

Regulated Investment Company Qualifications. Each Fund intends to qualify for treatment as a separate RIC under Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code. To qualify for treatment as a RIC, each Fund must annually distribute at least 90% of its investment company taxable income (which includes dividends, interest and net short-term capital gains) and meet several other requirements. Among such other requirements are the following: (i) at least 90% of each Fund’s annual gross income must be derived from dividends, interest, payments with respect to securities loans, gains from the sale or other disposition of stock or securities or non-U.S. currencies, other income (including, but not limited to, gains from options, futures or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities or currencies, and net income derived from interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships (i.e., partnerships that are traded on an established securities market or tradable on a secondary market, other than partnerships that derive at least 90% of their income from interest, dividends, capital gains and other traditionally permitted RIC income); and (ii) at the close of each quarter of each Fund's taxable year, (a) at least 50% of the market value of each Fund’s total assets must be represented by cash and cash items, U.S. government securities, securities of other RICs and other securities, with such other securities limited for purposes of this calculation in respect of any one issuer to an amount not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s assets and not greater than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (b) not more than 25% of the value of each Fund's total assets may be invested in the securities (other than U.S. government securities or the securities of other RICs) of any one issuer, of two or more issuers of which 20% or more of the voting stock is held by the Fund and that are engaged in the same or similar trades or businesses or related trades or businesses, or the securities of one or more qualified publicly-traded partnerships.

Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships. A Fund's investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly-traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or non-U.S. income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

Taxation of RICs. As a RIC, a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, a Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. A Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. If a Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Although each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, a Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. Each Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Table of Contents

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

The following Funds had tax basis net capital loss carryforwards, as set forth in the table below, as of April 30, 2021, the tax year-end for the Funds listed:

Fund		Non-Expiring
iShares Global REIT ETF		$ 53,903,719
iShares International Select Dividend ETF		1,172,533,568

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders. Dividends and other distributions by a Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by a Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

Table of Contents

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If a Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (b) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, a Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

In certain situations, a Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss, then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of (i) the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains and (ii) the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of shares of a Fund, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund. A redemption of shares by a Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends or capital gains distributions, or by an option or contract to acquire substantially identical shares, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of a Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then, on or before January 31 of the following calendar year, acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents shareholders from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting their investments within a family of mutual funds.

Table of Contents

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. A Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause a Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. Each Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of a Fund as a RIC.

Table of Contents

Excess Inclusion Income. Under current law, the Funds serve to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by their tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in a Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Certain types of income received by a Fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to report some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund shareholders, such excess inclusion income may: (i) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (ii) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (iv) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, are Fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined in Section 664 of the Internal Revenue Code) has UBTI for a taxable year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the trust.

Table of Contents

Each Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.

Table of Contents

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Properly-reported dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of a Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder or partner, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, a Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

Table of Contents

Separately, a 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on U.S.-source dividends, interest and other income items paid to: (i) foreign financial institutions, including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders; and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to: (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information, including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders; comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts; report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained; agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information; and determine certain other information concerning their account holders, or (ii) in the event an intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities may need to report the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or provide certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.

Shares of a Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, audits the Funds' financial statements, and may perform other services.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated September 1, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund	Ticker	Listing Exchange
iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF	ICF	Cboe BZX
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	DGRO	NYSE Arca
iShares Core High Dividend ETF	HDV	NYSE Arca
iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF	USRT	NYSE Arca
iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF	IYY	NYSE Arca
iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF	IFGL	Nasdaq
iShares Morningstar Growth ETF	ILCG	NYSE Arca
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF	IMCB	NYSE Arca
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF	IMCG	NYSE Arca
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF	IMCV	Nasdaq
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF	ISCB	NYSE Arca
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF	ISCG	NYSE Arca
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF	ISCV	NYSE Arca
iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF	ILCB	NYSE Arca
iShares Morningstar Value ETF	ILCV	NYSE Arca
iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	DSI	NYSE Arca
iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	SUSA	NYSE Arca
iShares Select Dividend ETF	DVY	Nasdaq
iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF	IYM	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF	IYC	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF	IYK	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF	DIVB	Cboe BZX
iShares U.S. Energy ETF	IYE	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF	IYG	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Financials ETF	IYF	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF	IYH	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Industrials ETF	IYJ	Cboe BZX
iShares U.S. Technology ETF	IYW	NYSE Arca
iShares U.S. Transportation ETF	IYT	Cboe BZX
iShares U.S. Utilities ETF	IDU	NYSE Arca

The Prospectuses for the above-listed funds (each, a “Fund” and collectively, the “Funds”) are dated September 1, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the applicable Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. The Financial Statements and Notes contained in the applicable Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report of the Trust for the Funds are incorporated by reference into and are deemed to be part of this SAI. A copy of each Fund's Prospectus, Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust's distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. Each Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

The information in this Supplement updates information in, and should be read in conjunction with, the SAI for each Fund.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF’s name is iShares U.S. Consumer Goods ETF.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF’s name is iShares U.S. Consumer Services ETF.

Change in each of the Funds’ “Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Indexes”

Prior to September 20, 2021, the second paragraph under the Section titled “The Dow Jones Indexes” is the following instead of the current paragraphs:

Component Selection Criteria Applicable to Dow Jones Subsector Indexes. The following indexes are collectively referred to herein as the “Dow Jones Subsector Indexes Index”: Dow Jones U.S. Financial Services Index, Dow Jones U.S. Health Care Index, Dow Jones U.S. Industrials Index and Dow Jones U.S. Utilities Index. On a quarterly basis, S&P Dow Jones Indices LLC (“SPDJI”) conducts reviews of the float-adjusted market capitalizations and weightings of the securities in each Dow Jones Subsector Index. On the last business day of the month prior to the quarterly review, a security must have a $500 million float-adjusted market capitalization to be added to a Dow Jones Subsector Index; securities with a float-adjusted market capitalization below $250 million will be removed from the applicable Dow Jones Subsector Index.

After the close of trading on the NYSE on the third Friday in March, June, September and December, each Dow Jones Subsector Index’s composition is adjusted to meet the following concentration limits:

Prior to September 20, 2021, the eighth paragraph under the Section titled “The Dow Jones Indexes” is the following instead of the current paragraph:

Additional Information. The Dow Jones U.S. Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Basic Materials Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Goods Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Services Capped Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Financials Capped Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Financial Services Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Health Care Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Industrials Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Oil & Gas Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Select Dividend Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Technology Capped Index, and the Dow Jones U.S. Utilities Index (collectively, the “Dow Jones Indexes”) are products of SPDJI, and have been licensed for use by BFA or its affiliates. S&P^® is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“SPFS”);

Dow Jones^® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by BFA and its affiliates. The Funds are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, SPFS or their respective affiliates or third party licensors and none of such parties make any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product(s) nor do they have any liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions of the Dow Jones Indexes.

Prior to September 20, 2021, the SAI does not include the section entitled “The Russell Indexes” and includes the following as subsections under the section entitled “The Dow Jones Indexes”:

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Basic Materials Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes only companies in the basic materials sector of the Dow Jones U.S. Index.

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Goods Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes only companies in the consumer goods sector of the Dow Jones U.S. Index.

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Services Capped Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes only companies in the consumer services sector of the Dow Jones U.S. Index.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to limit the weight of the securities of any single issuer to a maximum of 10% of the Underlying Index. Additionally, the capping methodology limits the sum of the weights of the securities of all issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index to a maximum of 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In order to implement this capping methodology, the Underlying Index constrains at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weight of any single issuer to a maximum of 10%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.50% of the index weight to a maximum of 22.50%. Between scheduled quarterly index reviews, the Underlying Index is rebalanced at the end of any day on which all issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index constitute more than 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In implementing this capping methodology, SPDJI may consider two or more companies as belonging to the same issuer where there is reasonable evidence of common control.

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Financials Capped Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes only companies in the financial sector of the Dow Jones U.S. Index.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to limit the weight of the securities of any single issuer to a maximum of 10% of the Underlying Index. Additionally, the capping methodology limits the sum of the weights of the securities of all issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index to a maximum of 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In order to implement this capping methodology, the Underlying Index constrains at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weight of any single issuer to a maximum of 10%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.50% of the index weight to a maximum of 22.50%. Between scheduled quarterly index reviews, the Underlying Index is rebalanced at the end of any day on which all issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index constitute more than 25% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In implementing this capping methodology, SPDJI may consider two or more companies as belonging to the same issuer where there is reasonable evidence of common control.

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Health Care Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes only companies in the healthcare sector of the Dow Jones U.S. Index.

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Industrials Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes only companies in the industrials sector of the Dow Jones U.S. Index.

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Oil & Gas Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes only companies in the oil and gas sector of the Dow Jones U.S. Index.

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Technology Capped Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes only companies in the technology sector of the Dow Jones U.S. Index.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to limit the weight of the securities of any single issuer to a maximum of 22.5% of the Underlying Index. Additionally, the capping methodology limits the sum of the weights of the securities of all issuers that individually constitute more than 5% of the weight of the Underlying Index to a maximum of 50% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. In order to implement this capping methodology, the Underlying Index constrains at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weight of any single issuer to a maximum of 22.50%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.50% of the index weight to a maximum of 45%. In implementing this capping methodology, SPDJI may consider two or more companies as belonging to the same issuer where there is reasonable evidence of common control.

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Utilities Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes only companies in the utilities sector of the Dow Jones U.S. Index.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and its Funds

•	iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF
•	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF
•	iShares Core High Dividend ETF
•	iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF
•	iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF
•	iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF
•	iShares Morningstar Growth ETF¹
•	iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF²
•	iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF³
•	iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF⁴
•	iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF⁵
•	iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF⁶
•	iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF⁷
•	iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF⁸
•	iShares Morningstar Value ETF⁹
•	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF
•	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF
•	iShares Select Dividend ETF
•	iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF¹⁰
•	iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF¹¹
•	iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF¹²
•	iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF
•	iShares U.S. Energy ETF¹³
•	iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF
•	iShares U.S. Financials ETF¹⁴
•	iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF¹⁵
•	iShares U.S. Industrials ETF¹⁶
•	iShares U.S. Technology ETF¹⁷
•	iShares U.S. Transportation ETF¹⁸
•	iShares U.S. Utilities ETF¹⁹

¹	On March 22, 2021, the name of the Fund changed from iShares Morningstar Large-Cap Growth ETF to iShares Morningstar Growth ETF. On March 22, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from Morningstar US Large Growth Index to Morningstar US Large-Mid Cap Broad Growth Index.
²	On March 22, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from Morningstar US Mid Core Index to Morningstar US Mid Cap Index.
³	On March 22, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from Morningstar US Mid Growth Index to Morningstar US Mid Cap Broad Growth Index.
⁴	On March 22, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from Morningstar US Mid Value Index to Morningstar US Mid Cap Broad Value Index.

Table of Contents

⁵	On March 22, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from Morningstar US Small Core Index to Morningstar US Small Cap Extended Index.
⁶	On March 22, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from Morningstar US Small Growth Index to Morningstar US Small Cap Broad Growth Extended Index.
⁷	On March 22, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from Morningstar US Small Value Index to Morningstar US Small Cap Broad Value Extended Index.
⁸	On March 22, 2021, the name of the Fund changed from iShares Morningstar Large-Cap ETF to iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF. On March 22, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from Morningstar US Large Core Index to Morningstar US Large-Mid Cap Index.
⁹	On March 22, 2021, the name of the Fund changed from iShares Morningstar Large-Cap Value ETF to iShares Morningstar Value ETF. On March 22, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from Morningstar US Large Value Index to Morningstar US Large-Mid Cap Broad Value Index.
¹⁰	Effective September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index is the Russell 1000 Basic Materials RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index. Prior to September 20, 2021, the Fund's Underlying Index is the Dow Jones U.S. Basic Materials Index.
¹¹	Effective September 20, 2021, the name of the Fund is iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF. Prior to September 20, 2021, the name of the Fund is iShares U.S. Consumer Services ETF. Effective September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index is the Russell 1000 Consumer Discretionary 40 Act 15/22.5 Daily Capped Index. Prior to September 20, 2021, the Fund's Underlying Index is the Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Services Capped Index.
¹²	Effective September 20, 2021, the name of the Fund is iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF. Prior to September 20, 2021, the name of the Fund is iShares U.S. Consumer Goods ETF. Effective September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index is the Russell 1000 Consumer Staples RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index. Prior to September 20, 2021, the Fund's Underlying Index is the Dow Jones U.S. Consumer Goods Index.
¹³	Effective September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index is the Russell 1000 Energy RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index. Prior to September 20, 2021, the Fund's Underlying Index is the Dow Jones U.S. Oil & Gas Index.
¹⁴	Effective September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index is the Russell 1000 Financials 40 Act 15/22.5 Daily Capped Index. Prior to September 20, 2021, the Fund's Underlying Index is the Dow Jones U.S. Financials Capped Index.
¹⁵	Effective September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index is the Russell 1000 Health Care RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index. Prior to September 20, 2021, the Fund's Underlying Index is the Dow Jones U.S. Health Care Index.
¹⁶	Effective September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index is the Russell 1000 Industrials 40 Act 15/22.5 Daily Capped Index. Prior to September 20, 2021, the Fund's Underlying Index is the Dow Jones U.S. Industrials Index.
¹⁷	Effective September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index is the Russell 1000 Technology RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index. Prior to September 20, 2021, the Fund's Underlying Index is the Dow Jones U.S. Technology Capped Index.
¹⁸	Effective July 19, 2021, the name of the Fund changed from iShares Transportation Average ETF to iShares U.S. Transportation ETF. Effective July 19, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index changed from Dow Jones Transportation Average Index to S&P Transportation Select Industry FMC Capped Index.
¹⁹	Effective September 20, 2021, the Fund’s Underlying Index is the Russell 1000 Utilities RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index. Prior to September 20, 2021, the Fund's Underlying Index is the Dow Jones U.S. Utilities Index.

Each Fund offers and issues shares at its net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Funds are listed for trading on national securities exchanges such as Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (“Cboe BZX”), The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC (“Nasdaq”) or NYSE Arca, Inc. (“NYSE Arca”) (each a “Listing Exchange”). Shares of each Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally ranging from 50,000 to 100,000 or multiples thereof.

Table of Contents

Exchange Listing and Trading

Shares of each Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the applicable Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of certain Funds may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of any Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of a Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) a Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (ii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iii) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of a Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of a Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Investment Strategies and Risks

Each Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by BFA to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the Fund's Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market capitalization and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as return variability, earnings valuation and yield) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Although the Funds do not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Funds may have a leveraging effect as described below.

Borrowing. Each Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Interest rates related to the line of credit may be based on the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) plus a spread. In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom's Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. Pursuant to the terms of the credit agreement, if State Street is unable to ascertain the applicable LIBOR rate, the interest rate on a borrowing will be determined without reference to LIBOR.

Table of Contents

observance of such covenants would impede BFA’s management of a Fund’s portfolio in accordance with a Fund’s investment objectives and policies. However, a breach of any such covenants not cured within the specified cure period may result in acceleration of outstanding indebtedness and require a Fund to dispose of portfolio investments at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so.

Currency Transactions. A currency forward contract is an over-the-counter (“OTC”) obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days greater than two days from the date on which the contract is agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. A non-deliverable currency forward is an OTC currency forward settled in a specified currency, on a specified date, based on the difference between the agreed-upon exchange rate and the market exchange rate. A currency futures contract is a contract that trades on an organized futures exchange involving an obligation to deliver or acquire a specified amount of a specific currency, at a specified price and at a specified future time. Currency futures contracts may be settled on a net cash payment basis rather than by the sale and delivery of the underlying currency. To the extent required by law, liquid assets committed to futures contracts will be maintained. The Funds do not expect to engage in currency transactions for the purpose of hedging against declines in the value of the Funds' assets that are denominated in a non-U.S. currency. A Fund may enter into non-U.S. currency forward and non-U.S. currency futures transactions to facilitate local securities settlements or to protect against currency exposure in connection with its distributions to shareholders, but may not enter into such contracts for speculative purposes.

Foreign exchange transactions involve a significant degree of risk and the markets in which foreign exchange transactions are effected may be highly volatile, highly specialized and highly technical. Significant changes, including changes in liquidity and prices, can occur in such markets within very short periods of time, often within minutes. Foreign exchange trading risks include, but are not limited to, exchange rate risk, counterparty risk, maturity gap, interest rate risk, and potential interference by foreign governments through regulation of local exchange markets, foreign investment or particular transactions in non-U.S. currency. If BFA utilizes foreign exchange transactions at an inappropriate time or judges market conditions, trends or correlations incorrectly, foreign exchange transactions may not serve their intended purpose of improving the correlation of a Fund's return with the performance of its Underlying Index and may lower the Fund’s return. A Fund could experience losses if the value of its currency forwards, options or futures positions were poorly correlated with its other investments or if it could not close out its positions because of an illiquid market or otherwise. In addition, a Fund could incur transaction costs, including trading commissions, in connection with certain non-U.S. currency transactions.

Diversification Status. The following table sets forth the diversification status of each Fund:

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF		iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF
iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF		iShares Core High Dividend ETF
iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF		iShares Morningstar Growth ETF
iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF		iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF		iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF		iShares U.S. Energy ETF
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF		iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF		iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF		iShares U.S. Technology ETF
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF		iShares U.S. Transportation ETF
iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF		iShares U.S. Utilities ETF
iShares Morningstar Value ETF
iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF
iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF
iShares Select Dividend ETF
iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF

Table of Contents

Diversified Funds		Non-Diversified Funds
iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF
iShares U.S. Financials ETF
iShares U.S. Industrials ETF

Each Fund (whether diversified or non-diversified) intends to maintain the required level of diversification and otherwise conduct its operations so as to qualify as a regulated investment company (“RIC”) for purposes of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and to relieve the Fund of any liability for U.S. federal income tax to the extent that its earnings are distributed to shareholders, provided that the Fund satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. Compliance with the diversification requirements of the Internal Revenue Code may limit the investment flexibility of certain Funds and may make it less likely that the Funds will meet their respective investment objectives.

Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options. Futures contracts, options on futures and securities options may be used by a Fund to simulate investment in its Underlying Index, to facilitate trading or to reduce transaction costs. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts and options on futures that are traded on a U.S. or non-U.S. futures exchange. Each Fund will not use futures, options on futures or securities options for speculative purposes. Each Fund intends to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). BFA, with respect to certain Funds, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to such Funds, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific instrument or index at a specified future time and at a specified price. Stock index contracts are based on investments that reflect the market value of common stock of the firms included in the investments. Each Fund may enter into futures contracts to purchase securities indexes when BFA anticipates purchasing the underlying securities and believes prices will rise before the purchase will be made. Upon entering into a futures contract, a Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents known as “initial margin,” which is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract and is returned to the Fund upon termination of the futures contract if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” will be made to and from the broker daily as the price of the instrument or index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, each Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, each Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

Table of Contents

The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of each Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. Certain of the Funds may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of their portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Table of Contents

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees a Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, a Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return a Fund’s securities as agreed, the Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for a Fund. A Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by a Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on shareholders caused by this difference in connection with a Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Liquidity Risk Management. Rule 22e-4 under the Investment Company Act (the “Liquidity Rule”) requires open-end funds, including exchange-traded funds (“ETFs”) such as the Funds, to establish a liquidity risk management program (the “Liquidity Program”) and enhance disclosures regarding fund liquidity. As required by the Liquidity Rule, the Funds have implemented a Liquidity Program, and the Board, including a majority of the Independent Trustees of the Trust, has appointed BFA as the administrator of the Liquidity Program. Under the Liquidity Program, BFA assesses, manages, and periodically reviews each Fund’s liquidity risk and classifies each investment held by a Fund as a “highly liquid investment,” “moderately liquid investment,” “less liquid investment” or “illiquid investment.” The Liquidity Rule defines “liquidity risk” as the risk that a Fund could not meet requests to redeem shares issued by a Fund without significant dilution of the remaining investors’ interest in a Fund. The liquidity of a Fund's portfolio investments is determined based on relevant market, trading and investment-specific considerations under the Liquidity Program. There are exclusions from certain portions of the liquidity risk management program requirements for “in-kind” ETFs, as defined in the Liquidity Rule. To the extent that an investment is deemed to be an illiquid investment or a less liquid investment, a Fund can expect to be exposed to greater liquidity risk.

Non-U.S. Securities. Certain Funds intend to purchase publicly-traded common stocks of non-U.S. issuers. To the extent a Fund invests in stocks of non-U.S. issuers, certain of the Fund's investments in such stocks may be in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) (collectively, “depositary receipts”). Depositary receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust issuer, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as continental depositary receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Generally, ADRs, issued in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, issued in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Depositary receipts are generally subject to the same risks as the foreign securities that they evidence or into which they may be converted. In addition to investment risks associated with the underlying issuer, depositary receipts expose a Fund to additional risks associated with the non-uniform terms that apply to depositary receipt programs, credit exposure to the depository bank and to the sponsors and other parties with whom the depository bank establishes the programs, currency risk and liquidity risk. Unsponsored programs, which are not sanctioned by the issuer of the underlying common stock, generally expose investors to greater risks than sponsored programs and do not provide holders with many of the shareholder benefits that come from investing in a sponsored depositary receipts.

Table of Contents

expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in non-U.S. countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

Regulation Regarding Derivatives. The CFTC subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if a fund that is advised by the adviser either (i) invests, directly or indirectly, more than a prescribed level of its liquidation value in CFTC-regulated futures, options and swaps (“CFTC Derivatives”) or (ii) markets itself as providing investment exposure to such instruments. The CFTC also subjects advisers to registered investment companies to regulation by the CFTC if the registered investment company invests in one or more commodity pools. To the extent a Fund uses CFTC Derivatives, it intends to do so below such prescribed levels and intends not to market itself as a “commodity pool” or a vehicle for trading such instruments.

BFA has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the CEA pursuant to Rule 4.5 under the CEA with respect to each of the Funds. BFA is not, therefore, subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA with respect to the Funds.

The iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF, iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF, iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF, iShares Morningstar Growth ETF, iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF, iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF, iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF, iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF, iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF, iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF, iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF, iShares Morningstar Value ETF, iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF, iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF and iShares U.S. Financials ETF (the “No-Action Letter Funds”) may also have investments in “underlying funds” (and such underlying funds themselves may invest in underlying funds) not advised by BFA (the term “underlying fund” for purposes of the no-action letter referenced below may include, but is not limited to, certain securitized vehicles, mortgage or international real estate investment trusts, business development companies and, investment companies that may invest in CFTC Derivatives or in any of the foregoing), and therefore may be viewed by the CFTC as commodity pools. BFA may not have transparency into the holdings of these underlying funds because they are not advised by BFA. To address this issue of lack of transparency, the CFTC staff issued a no-action letter on November 29, 2012 permitting the adviser of a fund that invests in such underlying funds and that would otherwise have filed a claim of exclusion pursuant to CFTC Rule 4.5 to delay registration as a “commodity pool operator” until six months from the date on which the CFTC issues additional guidance on the treatment of CFTC Derivatives held by underlying funds. BFA, the adviser of the No-Action Letter Funds, has filed a claim with the CFTC for the Funds to rely on this no-action relief. Accordingly, BFA is not currently subject to registration or regulation as a “commodity pool operator” under the CEA in respect of the Funds.

Derivative contracts, including, without limitation, swaps, currency forwards, and non-deliverable forwards, are subject to regulation under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (“Dodd-Frank Act”) in the U.S. and under comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through September 1, 2022. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to a Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in a Fund.

Table of Contents

Reverse Repurchase Agreements. Reverse repurchase agreements involve the sale of securities with an agreement to repurchase the securities at an agreed-upon price, date and interest payment and have the characteristics of borrowing. Generally, the effect of such transactions is that a Fund can recover all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement, while in many cases the Fund is able to keep some of the interest income associated with those securities. Such transactions are advantageous only if a Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and a Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of a Fund’s assets. A Fund's exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained by a Fund through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Securities of Investment Companies. Each Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) and real estate investment trusts (“REITs”) to the extent permitted by law. Pursuant to the 1940 Act, a Fund’s investment in registered investment companies is generally limited to, subject to certain exceptions: (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company; (ii) 5% of a Fund’s total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of a Fund’s total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, each Fund intends from time to time to invest its assets in the securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the general limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which a Fund may invest can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which reflect a Fund’s pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies (as disclosed in the Prospectus, as applicable).

Table of Contents

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. Each Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's^® Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody's”), “F-1” by Fitch Ratings, Inc. (“Fitch”), or “A-1” by Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global, Inc. (“S&P Global Ratings”), or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by a Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

Swap Agreements. Swap agreements are contracts between parties in which one party agrees to make periodic payments to the other party based on a pre-determined underlying investment or notional amount. In return, the other party agrees to make periodic payments to the first party based on the return (or a differential in rate of return) earned or realized on the underlying investment or notional amount. Swap agreements will usually be performed on a net basis, with a Fund receiving or paying only the net amount of the two payments. The net amount of the excess, if any, of a Fund’s obligations over its entitlements with respect to each swap is accrued on a daily basis, and an amount of liquid assets having an aggregate value at least equal to the accrued excess will be maintained by the Fund.

Future Developments. The Board may, in the future, authorize each Fund to invest in securities contracts and investments, other than those listed in this SAI and in the applicable Prospectuses, provided they are consistent with each Fund's investment objective and do not violate any of its investment restrictions or policies.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in a Fund is contained in the applicable Prospectus.

An investment in a Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of stocks in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

Table of Contents

Dividend-Paying Stock Risk. Investing in dividend-paying stocks involves the risk that such stocks may fall out of favor with investors and underperform the broader market. Companies that issue dividend-paying stocks are not required to pay or continue paying dividends on such stocks. It is possible that issuers of the stocks held by a Fund will not declare dividends in the future or will reduce or eliminate the payment of dividends (including reducing or eliminating anticipated accelerations or increases in the payment of dividends) in the future.

Table of Contents

uncertainty regarding the effectiveness of any such alternative methodologies to replicate LIBOR. Not all existing LIBOR-based instruments may have alternative rate-setting provisions and there remains uncertainty regarding the willingness and ability of issuers to add alternative rate-setting provisions in certain existing instruments. In addition, a liquid market for newly-issued instruments that use a reference rate other than LIBOR still may be developing. Instruments with fallback provisions (i.e., contractual provisions specifying the trigger events for a transition to a replacement rate) to facilitate the transition from LIBOR to an alternative reference rate may also include adjustments that do not adequately compensate the holder for the different characteristics of the alternative reference rate. As a result, the fallback provision causes a value transfer from one party to the instrument to the counterparty. Because the usefulness of LIBOR as a benchmark could decline during the transition period, these and related adverse effects could occur prior to the end of 2021 with respect to certain LIBOR settings or mid-2023 for the remaining LIBOR settings. There may also be challenges for a Fund to enter into hedging transactions against such newly-issued instruments until a market for such hedging transactions develops.

Risk of Derivatives. A derivative is a financial contract, the value of which depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, such as a security, a commodity (such as gold or silver), a currency or an index (a measure of value or rates, such as the S&P 500^® or the prime lending rate). A Fund may invest in futures contracts, securities options and other derivatives. Compared to securities, derivatives can be more sensitive to changes in interest rates or to sudden fluctuations in market prices and thus a Fund’s losses may be greater if it invests in derivatives than if it invests only in conventional securities. Derivatives are also subject to counterparty risk, which is the risk that the other party in the transaction will not fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent a Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, such Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that a Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains, and in some cases, hedging can cause losses that are not offset by gains, and the Fund will recognize losses on both the investment and the hedge. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that a Fund's hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Table of Contents

Risk of Futures and Options on Futures Transactions. There are several risks accompanying the utilization of futures contracts and options on futures contracts. A position in futures contracts and options on futures contracts may be closed only on the exchange on which the contract was made (or a linked exchange). While each Fund plans to utilize futures contracts only if an active market exists for such contracts, there is no guarantee that a liquid market will exist for the contract at a specified time. Futures contracts, by definition, project price levels in the future and not current levels of valuation; therefore, market circumstances may result in a discrepancy between the price of the future and the movement in a Fund's Underlying Index. In the event of adverse price movements, a Fund would continue to be required to make daily cash payments to maintain its required margin. In such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to sell portfolio securities to meet daily margin requirements at a time when it may be disadvantageous to do so. In addition, a Fund may be required to deliver the instruments underlying the futures contracts it has sold.

The risk of loss in trading futures contracts or uncovered call options in some strategies (e.g., selling uncovered stock index futures contracts) is potentially unlimited. The Funds do not plan to use futures and options contracts in this way. The risk of a futures position may still be large as traditionally measured due to the low margin deposits required. In many cases, a relatively small price movement in a futures contract may result in immediate and substantial loss or gain to the investor relative to the size of a required margin deposit. The Funds, however, intend to utilize futures and options contracts in a manner designed to limit their risk exposure to levels comparable to a direct investment in the types of stocks in which they invest.

Utilization of futures and options on futures by a Fund involves the risk of imperfect or even negative correlation to its Underlying Index if the index underlying the futures contract differs from the Underlying Index. There is also the risk of loss of margin deposits in the event of bankruptcy of a broker with whom a Fund has an open position in the futures contract or option. The purchase of put or call options will be based upon predictions by BFA as to anticipated trends, which predictions could prove to be incorrect.

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of

Table of Contents

futures positions and subjecting each Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, each Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Equity Securities. An investment in any of the Funds that invest, directly or indirectly, in non-U.S. equity securities involves risks similar to those of investing in portfolios of equity securities traded on non-U.S. exchanges. These risks include market fluctuations caused by such factors as economic and political developments in those foreign countries, changes in interest rates and perceived trends in stock prices. Investing in securities issued by issuers domiciled in countries other than the domicile of the investor and denominated in currencies other than an investor’s local currency entails certain considerations and risks not typically encountered by the investor in making investments in its home country and in that country’s currency. These considerations include favorable or unfavorable changes in interest rates, currency exchange rates, exchange control regulations and the costs that may be incurred in connection with conversions between various currencies. Investing in any of these Funds also involves certain risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in a fund whose portfolio contains exclusively securities of U.S. issuers. These risks include generally less liquid and less efficient securities markets; generally greater price volatility; less publicly available information about issuers; the imposition of withholding or other taxes; the imposition of restrictions on the expatriation of funds or other assets of the Funds; higher transaction and custody costs; delays and risks attendant in settlement procedures; difficulties in enforcing contractual obligations; lower liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization; different accounting and disclosure standards; lower levels of regulation of the securities markets; more substantial government interference with the economy and businesses; higher rates of inflation; greater social, economic, and political uncertainty; the risk of nationalization or expropriation of assets; and the risk of war.

Table of Contents

companies, making it more difficult for the Funds to buy and sell shares of mid-capitalization companies. In addition, mid-capitalization companies generally have less diverse product lines than large-capitalization companies and are more susceptible to adverse developments related to their products.

Table of Contents

addition, there is the risk that if an African country’s balance of payments declines, such African country may impose temporary restrictions on foreign capital remittances. Consequently, a Fund could be adversely affected by delays in, or a refusal to grant, required governmental approval for repatriation of capital, as well as by the application to the Fund of any restrictions on investments. Additionally, investments in countries in Africa may require a Fund to adopt special procedures, seek local government approvals or take other actions, each of which may involve additional costs to a Fund.

Table of Contents

between the two countries present the risk of war. Escalated tensions involving the two countries and any outbreak of hostilities between the two countries, or even the threat of an outbreak of hostilities, could have a severe adverse effect on the entire Asian region. Certain Asian countries have also developed increasingly strained relationships with the U.S., and if these relations were to worsen, they could adversely affect Asian issuers that rely on the U.S. for trade. Political, religious, and border disputes persist in India. India has recently experienced and may continue to experience civil unrest and hostilities with certain of its neighboring countries. Increased political and social unrest in these geographic areas could adversely affect the performance of investments in this region.

Risk of Investing in Australasia. The economies of Australasia, which include Australia and New Zealand, are dependent on exports from the agricultural and mining sectors. This makes Australasian economies susceptible to fluctuations in the commodity markets. Australasian economies are also increasingly dependent on their growing service industries. Australia and New Zealand are located in a part of the world that has historically been prone to natural disasters, such as drought and flooding. Any such event in the future could have a significant adverse impact on the economies of Australia and New Zealand and affect the value of securities held by a relevant Fund. The economies of Australia and New Zealand are dependent on trading with certain key trading partners, including Asia and the U.S. The economies of Australia and New Zealand are heavily dependent on the mining sector. Passage of new regulations limiting foreign ownership of companies in the mining sector or imposition of new taxes on profits of mining companies may dissuade foreign investment, and as a result, have a negative impact on companies to which a Fund has exposure.

Table of Contents

for, or price fluctuations of, certain commodities may negatively affect developed country economies. Developed market countries generally are dependent on the economies of certain key trading partners. Changes in any one economy may cause an adverse impact on several developed countries. In addition, heavy regulation of, among others, labor and product markets may have an adverse effect on certain issuers. Such regulations may negatively affect economic growth or cause prolonged periods of recession. Such risks, among others, may adversely affect the value of a Fund’s investments.

Emerging market securities markets are typically marked by a high concentration of market capitalization and trading volume in a small number of issuers representing a limited number of industries, as well as a high concentration of ownership of such securities by a limited number of investors. In addition, brokerage and other costs associated with transactions in emerging market securities can be higher, sometimes significantly, than similar costs incurred in securities markets in developed countries. Although some emerging markets have become more established and tend to issue securities of higher credit quality, the markets for securities in other emerging market countries are in the earliest stages of their development, and these countries issue securities across the credit spectrum. Even the markets for relatively widely traded securities in emerging market countries may not be able to absorb, without price disruptions, a significant increase in trading volume or trades of a size customarily undertaken by institutional investors in the securities markets of developed countries. The limited size of many of these securities markets can cause prices to be erratic for reasons apart from factors that affect the soundness and competitiveness of the securities issuers. For example, prices may be unduly influenced by traders who control large positions in these markets. Additionally, market making and arbitrage activities are generally less extensive in such markets, which may contribute to increased volatility and reduced liquidity of such markets. The limited liquidity of emerging market country securities may also affect a Fund's ability to accurately value its portfolio securities or to acquire or dispose of securities at the price and time it wishes to do so or in order to meet redemption requests.

Table of Contents

Risk of Investing in Europe. Investing in European countries may expose a Fund to the economic and political risks associated with Europe in general and the specific European countries in which it invests. The economies and markets of European countries are often closely connected and interdependent, and events in one European country can have an adverse impact on other European countries. A Fund makes investments in securities of issuers that are domiciled in, have significant operations in, or that are listed on at least one securities exchange within member states of the European Union (the “EU”). A number of countries within the EU are also members of the Economic and Monetary Union (the “eurozone”) and have adopted the euro as their currency. Eurozone membership requires member states to comply with restrictions on inflation rates, deficits, interest rates, debt levels and fiscal and monetary controls, each of which may significantly affect every country in Europe. Changes in import or export tariffs, changes in governmental or EU regulations on trade, changes in the exchange rate of the euro and other currencies of certain EU countries which are not in the eurozone, the default or threat of default by an EU member state on its sovereign debt, and/or an economic recession in an EU member state may have a significant adverse effect on the economies of other EU member states and their trading partners. Although certain European countries are not in the eurozone, many of these countries are obliged to meet the criteria for joining the eurozone. Consequently, these countries must comply with many of the restrictions noted above. The European financial markets have experienced volatility and adverse trends due to concerns about economic downturns, rising government debt levels and the possible default of government debt in several European countries, including, but not limited to, Austria, Belgium, Cyprus, France, Greece, Ireland, Italy, Portugal, Spain and Ukraine. In order to prevent further economic deterioration, certain countries, without prior warning, can institute “capital controls.” Countries may use these controls to restrict volatile movements of capital entering and exiting their country. Such controls may negatively affect a Fund’s investments. A default or debt restructuring by any European country would adversely impact holders of that country’s debt and sellers of credit default swaps linked to that country’s creditworthiness, which may be located in countries other than those listed above. In addition, the credit ratings of certain European countries were downgraded in the past. These events have adversely affected the value and exchange rate of the euro and may continue to significantly affect the economies of every country in Europe, including countries that do not use the euro and non-EU member states. Responses to the financial problems by European governments, central banks and others, including austerity measures and reforms, may not produce the desired results, may result in social unrest and may limit future growth and economic recovery or have other unintended consequences. Further defaults or restructurings by governments and other entities of their debt could have additional adverse effects on economies, financial markets and asset valuations around the world. In addition, one or more countries may abandon the euro and/or withdraw from the EU. The impact of these actions, especially if they occur in a disorderly fashion, is not clear but could be significant and far-reaching and could adversely impact the value of a Fund’s investments in the region. The United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) left the EU (“Brexit”) on January 31, 2020. The U.K. and EU have reached an agreement on the terms of their future trading relationship effective January 1, 2021, which principally relates to the trading of goods rather

Table of Contents

than services, including financial services. Further discussions are to be held between the U.K. and the EU in relation to matters not covered by the trade agreement, such as financial services. A Fund will face risks associated with the potential uncertainty and consequences that may follow Brexit, including with respect to volatility in exchange rates and interest rates. Brexit could adversely affect European or worldwide political, regulatory, economic or market conditions and could contribute to instability in global political institutions, regulatory agencies and financial markets. Brexit has also led to legal uncertainty and could lead to politically divergent national laws and regulations as a new relationship between the U.K. and EU is defined and the U.K. determines which EU laws to replace or replicate. Any of these effects of Brexit could adversely affect any of the companies to which a Fund has exposure and any other assets in which a Fund invests. The political, economic and legal consequences of Brexit are not yet fully known. In the short term, financial markets may experience heightened volatility, particularly those in the U.K. and Europe, but possibly worldwide. The U.K. and Europe may be less stable than they have been in recent years, and investments in the U.K. and the EU may be difficult to value, or subject to greater or more frequent volatility. In the longer term, there is likely to be a period of significant political, regulatory and commercial uncertainty as the U.K. continues to negotiate its long-term exit from the EU and the terms of its future trading relationships.

Risk of Investing in Germany. Investment in German issuers may subject a Fund to legal, regulatory, political, currency, security, and economic risks specific to Germany. Recently, new concerns emerged in relation to the economic health of the EU. These concerns have led to tremendous downward pressure on certain financial institutions, including German financial services companies. Germany has a large export-reliant manufacturing and industrials sector and the German economy is dependent to a significant extent on the economies of certain key trading partners, including the U.S., France, Italy and other European countries. Reduction in spending on German products and services, or changes in any of the economies may have an adverse impact on the German economy. In addition, heavy regulation of labor and product markets in Germany may have an adverse effect on German issuers. Such regulations may negatively impact economic growth or cause prolonged periods of recession.

Risk of Investing in Japan. Japan may be subject to political, economic, nuclear, labor and other risks. Any of these risks, individually or in the aggregate, can impact an investment made in Japan.

Table of Contents

Political Risk. Historically, Japan has had unpredictable national politics and may experience frequent political turnover. Future political developments may lead to changes in policy that might adversely affect a Fund’s investments. In addition, China has become an important trading partner with Japan. Japan’s political relationship with China, however, has been strained. Should political tension increase, it could adversely affect the Japanese economy and destabilize the region as a whole.

Risk of Investing in Saudi Arabia. Certain of the Funds' Underlying Indexes include Saudi Arabian equity securities. The ability of foreign investors (such as the Funds) to invest in Saudi Arabian issuers is relatively untested. Such ability could be restricted or revoked by the Saudi Arabian government at any time, and unforeseen risks could materialize due to foreign ownership in such securities. In addition, the Capital Market Authority (“CMA”) places investment limitations on the ownership of Saudi Arabian issuers by foreign investors, including a limitation on a Fund’s ownership of any single issuer listed on the Saudi Arabian Stock Exchange, which may prevent a Fund from investing in accordance with its strategy and contribute to tracking error against the Underlying Index. These restrictions may be changed or new restrictions, such as licensing requirements, special approvals or additional foreign taxes, may be instituted at any time. A Fund may not be able to obtain or maintain any such licenses or approvals and may not be able to buy and sell securities at full value. Major disruptions or regulatory changes could occur in the Saudi Arabian market, any of which could negatively impact a Fund. These risks may be exacerbated, compared to more developed markets, given the limited history of foreign investment in the Saudi Arabian market. Investments in Saudi Arabia may also be subject to loss due to expropriation or nationalization of assets and property or the imposition of restrictions on additional foreign investments and repatriation of capital. Such heightened risks may include, among others, restrictions on and government intervention in international trade, confiscatory taxation, political instability, including authoritarian and/or military involvement in governmental decision making, armed conflict, crime and instability as a result of religious, ethnic and/or socioeconomic unrest. Saudi Arabia has privatized, or has begun the process of privatizing, certain entities and industries. Newly privatized companies may face strong competition from government-sponsored competitors that have not been privatized. In some instances, investors in newly privatized entities have suffered losses due to the inability of the newly privatized entities to adjust quickly to a competitive environment or changing regulatory and legal standards or, in some cases, due to re-nationalization of such privatized entities. There is no assurance that similar losses will not recur. Further, under income tax laws imposed by the General Authority of Zakat and Tax, dividends paid by a Saudi Arabian company to foreign stockholders are generally subject to a 5% withholding tax (different tax rates may apply pursuant to an applicable treaty). Saudi Arabia is highly reliant on income from the sale of petroleum and trade with other countries involved in the sale of petroleum, and its economy is therefore vulnerable to changes in foreign currency values and the market for petroleum, as well as acts targeting petroleum production or processing facilities in Saudi Arabia. As global demand for petroleum fluctuates, Saudi Arabia may be significantly impacted. In the recent past, the Saudi Arabian government has explored privatization and diversification of the economy in the wake of a diminished petroleum market.

Table of Contents

strained relations with economic partners worldwide, including other countries in the Middle East, due to geopolitical events. Incidents involving a Middle Eastern country’s or the region’s security, including terrorism, may cause uncertainty in their markets and may adversely affect its economy and a Fund’s investments.

Table of Contents

rights may adversely affect the profitability of biotechnology companies. In addition, companies in the biotechnology industry spend heavily on research and development and their products or services may not prove commercially successful or may become obsolete quickly. The risks of high development costs may be exacerbated by the inability to raise prices as a result of managed care pressure, government regulation or price controls. Biotechnology companies can suffer persistent losses during the transition of new products from development to production or when products are or may be subject to regulatory approval processes or regulatory scrutiny and, as a consequence, the earnings of biotechnology companies may be erratic. Companies in the biotechnology industry are also exposed to the risk that they will be subject to products liability claims. Companies involved in the biotechnology industry may be subject to extensive government regulations by the U.S. Food and Drug Administration, the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and the U.S. Department of Agriculture, among other foreign and domestic regulators. Such regulation may significantly affect and limit biotechnology research, product development and approval of products.

Table of Contents

oversight, among other factors, have led to consolidation of companies within the sector, which could lead to further regulation or other negative effects in the future. Telecommunication providers investing in non-U.S. countries may be subject to similar risks. Additional risks include those related to competitive challenges in the U.S. from non-U.S. competitors engaged in strategic joint ventures with U.S. companies and in non-U.S. markets from both U.S. and non-U.S. competitors.

Risk of Investing in the Consumer Durables Industry. The consumer durables industry includes companies involved in the design, production, or distribution of household durables, leisure equipment and goods, textiles, luxury goods or apparel, each of which may be affected by changes in domestic and international economies, consumer confidence, disposable household income and spending, and consumer tastes and preferences. Companies in the consumer durables industry face intense competition, which may have an adverse effect on their profitability. The success of companies in the consumer durables industry may be strongly affected by social trends and marketing campaigns. Companies in the consumer durables industry may be dependent on outside financing, which may be difficult to obtain. Many of these companies are dependent on third party suppliers and distribution systems. Consumer durables companies may be unable to protect their intellectual property rights or may be liable for infringing the intellectual property rights of others. In addition, goods in the consumer durables industry may face the risk of rapid obsolescence.

Table of Contents

disposable income. The consumer goods industry may be affected by trends, marketing campaigns and other factors affecting consumer demand. Governmental regulation affecting the use of various food additives may affect the profitability of certain companies in the consumer goods industry. Moreover, international events may affect food and beverage companies that derive a substantial portion of their net income from foreign countries. In addition, tobacco companies may be adversely affected by new laws, regulations and litigation. Many consumer goods may be marketed globally, and consumer goods companies may be affected by the demand and market conditions in other countries and regions. Companies in the consumer goods industry may be subject to severe competition, which may also have an adverse impact on their profitability. Changes in demographics and consumer preferences may affect the success of consumer products.

Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector. Companies in the energy sector are strongly affected by the levels and volatility of global energy prices, energy supply and demand, government regulations and policies, energy production and conservation efforts, technological change, development of alternative energy sources, and other factors that they cannot control. These companies may also lack resources and have limited business lines. Energy companies may have relatively high levels of debt and may be more likely to restructure their businesses if there are downturns in certain energy markets or in the global economy. If an energy company in a Fund's portfolio becomes distressed, a Fund could lose all or a substantial portion of its investment.

The energy sector is cyclical and is highly dependent on commodity prices; prices and supplies of energy may fluctuate significantly over short and long periods of time due to, among other things, national and international political changes, Organization of Petroleum Exporting Countries (“OPEC”) policies, changes in relationships among OPEC members and between OPEC and oil-importing nations, the regulatory environment, taxation policies, and the economy of the key energy-consuming countries. Commodity prices have recently been subject to increased volatility and declines, which may negatively affect companies in which a Fund invests. For example, in the context of the COVID-19 outbreak and disputes among oil-producing countries regarding potential limits on the production of crude oil, the energy sector has experienced increased volatility. In particular, significant market volatility occurred in the crude oil markets as well as the oil futures markets, which resulted in the market price of certain crude oil futures contracts falling below zero for a period of time.

Table of Contents

Most financial companies are subject to extensive governmental regulation, which limits their activities and may affect their ability to earn a profit from a given line of business. Government regulation may change frequently and may have significant adverse consequences for companies in the financials sector, including effects not intended by the regulation. Direct governmental intervention in the operations of financial companies and financial markets may materially and adversely affect the companies in which a Fund invests, including legislation in many countries that may increase government regulation, repatriation and other intervention. The impact of governmental intervention and legislative changes on any individual financial company or on the financials sector as a whole cannot be predicted. The valuation of financial companies has been and continues to be subject to unprecedented volatility and may be influenced by unpredictable factors, including interest rate risk and sovereign debt default. Certain financial businesses are subject to intense competitive pressures, including market share and price competition. Financial companies in foreign countries are subject to market specific and general regulatory and interest rate concerns. In particular, government regulation in certain foreign countries may include taxes and controls on interest rates, credit availability, minimum capital requirements, bans on short sales, limits on prices and restrictions on currency transfers. In addition, companies in the financials sector may be the targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or customer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

Table of Contents

new product introduction, unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. Technology companies and companies that rely heavily on technology, especially those of smaller, less-seasoned companies, tend to be more volatile than the overall market. Companies in the information technology sector are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights. The loss or impairment of these rights may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Information technology companies are facing increased government and regulatory scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or regulatory action. Finally, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the information technology sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses. These risks are heightened for information technology companies in foreign markets.

Risk of Investing in the Materials Sector. Companies in the materials sector may be adversely affected by commodity price volatility, exchange rate fluctuations, social and political unrest, import controls, increased competition, depletion of resources, technical progress, labor relations and government regulations, and mandated expenditures for safety and pollution control, among other factors. Such risks may adversely affect the issuers to which a Fund has exposure. Companies in the materials sector are also at risk of liability for environmental damage and product liability claims. Production of materials may exceed demand as a result of market imbalances or economic downturns, leading to poor investment returns. These risks are heightened for companies in the materials sector located in foreign markets.

Table of Contents

impact companies in this industry. For instance, significant oil and gas deposits are located in emerging market countries where corruption and security may raise significant risks, in addition to the other risks of investing in emerging markets. In addition, the Middle East, where many companies in the oil and gas industry may operate, has recently experienced widespread social unrest. Oil and gas companies operate in a highly competitive industry, with intense price competition. A significant portion of their revenues may depend on a relatively small number of customers, including governmental entities and utilities. Companies that own or operate gas pipelines are subject to certain risks, including pipeline and equipment leaks and ruptures, explosions, fires, unscheduled downtime, transportation interruptions, discharges or releases of toxic or hazardous gases and other environmental risks.

Table of Contents

Regulatory Risk. Real estate income and values may be adversely affected by such factors as applicable domestic and foreign laws (including tax laws). Government actions, such as tax increases, zoning law changes, mandated closures or other commercial restrictions or environmental regulations, also may have a major impact on real estate income and values. In addition, quarterly compliance with regulations limiting the proportion of asset types held by a U.S. REIT may force certain Real Estate Companies to liquidate or restructure otherwise attractive investments. Some countries may not recognize REITs or comparable structures as a viable form of real estate funds.

Table of Contents

with commercial property, including the tie between income available to service debt and productive use of the property. Real Estate Companies may also invest in debt instruments and preferred equity that are junior in an issuer’s capital structure and that involve privately negotiated structures. Subordinated debt investments, such as B-Notes and mezzanine loans, involve a greater credit risk of default due to the need to service more senior debt of the issuer. Similarly, preferred equity investments involve a greater risk of loss than conventional debt financing due to their non-collateralized nature and subordinated ranking. Investments in commercial mortgage-backed securities may also be junior in priority in the event of bankruptcy or similar proceedings. Investments in senior loans may be effectively subordinated if the senior loan is pledged as collateral. The ability of a holder of junior claims to proceed against a defaulting issuer is circumscribed by the terms of the particular contractual arrangement, which vary considerably from transaction to transaction.

U.S. Tax Risk. Certain U.S. Real Estate Companies are subject to special U.S. federal tax requirements. A REIT that fails to comply with such tax requirements may be subject to U.S. federal income taxation, which may affect the value of the REIT and the characterization of the REIT’s distributions. The U.S. federal tax requirement that a REIT distribute substantially all of its net income to its shareholders may result in a REIT having insufficient capital for future expenditures. A REIT that successfully maintains its qualification may still become subject to U.S. federal, state and local taxes, including excise, penalty, franchise, payroll, mortgage recording, and transfer taxes, both directly and indirectly through its subsidiaries. Because REITs often do not provide complete tax information until after the calendar year-end, a Fund may at times need to request permission to extend the deadline for issuing your tax reporting statement or supplement the information otherwise provided to you.

Table of Contents

Proxy Voting Policy

Table of Contents

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Communications with Authorized Participants and Liquidity Providers: Certain employees of BFA are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities a Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that a Fund will provide on a redemption.

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for a Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Funds, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with

Table of Contents

applicable policies, agreements with the Funds, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.

•

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Indexes

Descriptions of the Underlying Indexes are provided below.

The Cohen & Steers Realty Majors Index

Number of Components: approximately 30

Component Selection Criteria. A Cohen & Steers investment committee determines the securities (i.e., the “components”) of the Cohen & Steers Realty Majors Index. The universe of REITs is first screened for market capitalization and liquidity requirements. To be eligible for inclusion, a REIT must have a minimum market capitalization of $500 million and a minimum of 600,000 shares traded per month for the previous six months. The investment committee determines the final 30 constituents based on a review process. Criteria for inclusion include: the quality of the portfolio of property sector and geographic diversification, strong management, sound capital structure and a dominant position within a property sector.

After the final list of constituent REITs has been determined, constituent REITs are ranked according to their respective free float-adjusted market capitalization. Each constituent REIT that has an index weight greater than 8% will have its weight adjusted downward until it equals 8%. The weight of the remaining constituent REITs will be increased proportionately until the aggregate of all weights equals 100%. As a result, constituents will be large and liquid without any one issue dominating the Underlying Index.

Issue Changes. The Underlying Index is rebalanced quarterly. The weighting for each constituent is updated and adjustments are made if any constituent has a weighting over 8%. The constituents are reviewed for size and liquidity. A REIT will be removed from the Underlying Index if its market capitalization has fallen below $400 million or if the monthly trading volume has fallen below 500,000 shares per month for the previous six months. In order to prevent excessive turnover, the size and liquidity requirements are not as stringent during rebalancings as they are for initial inclusion.

Table of Contents

Between rebalancing dates, mergers or bankruptcy may result in a deletion or weighting increase. Weighting increases must be greater than 5% and will be adjusted downward if the weighting increase results in the REIT’s weight becoming greater than 8%. In the case of a deletion, the investment committee will select a replacement company to ensure 30 constituents at all times.

Index Maintenance. Maintaining the Underlying Index includes monitoring and completing the adjustments for company additions and deletions, share changes, stock splits, stock dividends, and stock price adjustments due to restructuring and spin-offs. The Underlying Index is a total return index and therefore reflects the reinvestment of dividends. The Underlying Index is calculated by the NYSE Amex Equities and distributed in real time.

Index Availability. The Underlying Index is calculated and broadcast every 15 seconds over the Consolidated Tape Association’s Network B under the ticker “RMP.” This information is distributed by financial data vendors such as Bloomberg.

The Dow Jones Indexes

Component Selection Criteria. Securities of companies listed on a major U.S. exchange (such as the New York Stock Exchange, Inc. (“NYSE”), the NYSE American or the NASDAQ) are considered for inclusion in the Underlying Indexes, with the following general rules and exceptions. Foreign issues, including ADRs and GDRs, non-common equity issues such as preferred stocks, convertible notes, warrants, rights, closed-end funds, trust receipts, limited liabilities companies, royalty trusts, units, limited partnerships, OTC bulletin boards, pink sheet stocks, investment companies, fixed-dividend shares, master limited partnerships (MLPs), special purpose acquisition companies (SPACs), and stocks that do not meet certain minimum liquidity criteria generally are not eligible for inclusion in the indexes.

Component Selection Criteria Applicable to Dow Jones Subsector Index. The following index is referred to herein as the “Dow Jones Subsector Index”: Dow Jones U.S. Financial Services Index. The Dow Jones Subsector Index includes constituents of the Dow Jones U.S. Index classified in the following subsectors: banks, asset managers, consumer finance, specialty finance, investment services, and mortgage finance.

Issue Changes. Each Underlying Index is reviewed and rebalanced quarterly to maintain accurate representation of the market segment represented by the Underlying Index. Securities that are removed from an Underlying Index between reconstitution dates are not replaced. The only additions between rebalancing dates are as a result of initial public offerings (“IPOs”) and spin-offs. The Dow Jones Subsector Indexes will consider securities that change sector classifications for inclusion or removal based on the eligibility of the resulting subsector classification at the time of the change.

Components of the Dow Jones U.S. Select Dividend Index are reviewed quarterly and the index is rebalanced annually. The only additions between rebalancing dates are as a result of spin-offs. Ineligible spin-offs are removed after at least one day of regular way trading.

Index Maintenance. Maintaining the Underlying Indexes includes monitoring and completing the adjustments for additions and deletions to each Underlying Index, share changes, stock splits, stock dividends, and stock price adjustments due to restructuring and spin-offs. Certain Underlying Indexes limit component securities to a maximum market capitalization. The Dow Jones U.S. Select Dividend Index limits the weighting in the index of each component security to no greater than 10% of the Underlying Index.

Weighting. The component stocks are weighted according to the total value of their outstanding shares. The impact of a component’s price change is proportional to the issue’s total market value, which is the share price multiplied by the number of shares outstanding. Each Underlying Index is adjusted to reflect changes in capitalization resulting from mergers, acquisitions, stock rights, substitutions and other capital events. Each of the Underlying Indexes (except the Dow Jones U.S. Select Dividend Index) as described below, is a free float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted index, so the impact of a component’s price change is proportional to the component’s free float-adjusted market value, which is the share price multiplied by the number of float-adjusted shares outstanding. SPDJI defines the free float of a security as the proportion of shares outstanding that are deemed to be available for purchase in the public equity markets by investors. In practice, limitations on free float available to investors include: cross ownership (shares that are owned by other companies), ownership by governments (central or municipal) or their agencies, certain substantial levels of private ownership (by individuals, families or charitable trusts and foundations), and restricted shares. Under SPDJI's free float adjustment methodology, a company’s outstanding shares are adjusted if, and only if, an entity in any of the four qualified categories listed above owns 5% or more of the company. The company’s shares will not be adjusted if the block ownership is less than

Table of Contents

5%. A constituent’s inclusion factor is equal to its estimated percentage of free float shares outstanding. For example, a constituent security with a free float of 67% will be included in the index at 67% of its market capitalization. However, a company’s outstanding shares are not adjusted by institutional investors’ holdings, which include, but are not limited to, the following categories: depositary banks; pension funds; mutual funds, ETF providers, investment funds, and asset managers; investment funds of insurance companies; and independent foundations not associated with the company.

Index Availability. The Underlying Indexes are calculated continuously and are available from major data vendors.

Additional Information. The Dow Jones U.S. Index, the Dow Jones U.S. Financial Services Index and the Dow Jones U.S. Select Dividend Index (collectively, the “Dow Jones Indexes”) are products of SPDJI, and have been licensed for use by BFA or its affiliates. S&P^® is a registered trademark of Standard & Poor’s Financial Services LLC (“SPFS”); Dow Jones^® is a registered trademark of Dow Jones Trademark Holdings LLC (“Dow Jones”); and these trademarks have been licensed for use by SPDJI and sublicensed for certain purposes by BFA and its affiliates. The Funds are not sponsored, endorsed, sold or promoted by SPDJI, Dow Jones, SPFS or their respective affiliates or third party licensors and none of such parties make any representation regarding the advisability of investing in such product(s) nor do they have any liability for any errors, omissions, or interruptions of the Dow Jones Indexes.

Dow Jones U.S. Financial Services Index

Number of Components: approximately 103

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Financial Services Index is a subset of the Dow Jones U.S. Index. The Underlying Index includes components of the following subsectors in the Dow Jones U.S. Index: banks, asset managers, consumer finance, specialty finance, investment services and mortgage finance.

Dow Jones U.S. Index

Number of Components: approximately 1,057

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Index is a broad-based index representative of the total market for U.S. equity securities. The Underlying Index represents approximately 95% of the market capitalization of listed U.S. equities.

Dow Jones U.S. Select Dividend Index

Number of Components: approximately 100

Index Description. The Dow Jones U.S. Select Dividend Index measures the performance of the U.S.'s leading stocks by dividend yield. The Underlying Index is comprised of 100 of the highest dividend-yielding securities (excluding REITs) in the Dow Jones U.S. Index. To be included in the Underlying Index, each security (i) must have dividend-per-share greater than or equal to its five-year average dividend-per-share; (ii) must have a five-year average dividend coverage ratio of greater than or equal to 167%; (iii) must have a minimum three-month average daily trading volume of 200,000 shares (100,000 shares for current constituents); (iv) must have paid dividends in each of the previous five years; (v) must have a non-negative trailing 12-month earnings-per-share and (vi) must have a float-adjusted market cap of at least $3 billion ($2 billion for current constituents). The Underlying Index is rebalanced quarterly and reconstituted annually.

The FTSE EPRA Nareit Indexes

Index Criteria and Methodology. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Developed Real Estate Index Series (“FTSE EPRA Nareit Indexes”) are primarily rule-based, but are also monitored by the applicable regional FTSE EPRA Nareit Global Index Advisory Committees. FTSE EPRA Nareit defines the “developed real estate markets” as: North America (including Canada and the U.S.), Europe (including Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France, Germany, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Norway, Poland, Portugal, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and the U.K.), Middle East (Israel) and Asia (including Australia, Hong Kong, Japan, New Zealand, Singapore and South Korea). In determining geographic allocations, FTSE EPRA Nareit primarily considers the company’s country of incorporation and listing. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Indexes are free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted.

To qualify for inclusion in the FTSE EPRA Nareit Indexes, a company must be a closed-end company and listed on an official stock exchange and meet certain trading volume requirements as determined by FTSE EPRA Nareit. Also, companies must meet geographic financial standards demonstrating that a majority of a company’s earnings or bulk of total assets is the result of real estate activity as determined by FTSE EPRA Nareit. Relevant real estate activities are defined as the ownership,

Table of Contents

trading and development of income-producing real estate. The construction of residential homes for sale is considered relevant real estate in the Asia region only.

Index Maintenance and Issue Changes. The constituents of the FTSE EPRA Nareit Indexes are generally required to meet the following criteria where applicable: at the quarterly review, non-constituents must have an investable market capitalization of equal or greater than the amounts as determined by FTSE EPRA Nareit, and an existing constituent of the FTSE EPRA Nareit Indexes will be removed from the Indexes unless it has an investable market capitalization of above certain thresholds determined by FTSE EPRA Nareit.

Under normal circumstances, the quarterly review occurs on the Thursday following the first Friday of March, June, September and December, using data from the close of business on the last trading day of February, May, August and November. Adjustments in stock weightings and constituents resulting from the periodic assessment become effective on the next trading day following the third Friday of March, June, September and December.

In between reviews, a new issue with an investable market capitalization (i.e., after the application of investability weightings) of equal or greater than the amounts as determined by FTSE Nareit for the respective region will be included into the FTSE EPRA Nareit Indexes after the close of business on the fifth day of trading.

Index Availability. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Indexes are calculated in real time and generally published throughout the business day, and distributed primarily through global data vendors. Daily values are also made available to major newspapers and can be found at the FTSE website and the EPRA website. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Indexes are published and calculated using trading values (real-time throughout the day, and closing values at the end of the day) and WM/Reuters Closing Spot Rates for currency values.

FTSE EPRA Nareit Developed ex US Index

Number of Components: approximately 219

Index Description. The FTSE EPRA Nareit Developed ex US Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index that measures the stock performance of companies engaged in the ownership and development of the developed Canadian, European, Middle East and Asian real estate markets, as defined above.

The FTSE Nareit Indexes

Component Selection Criteria. The FTSE Nareit^® US Real Estate Index Series (“FTSE Nareit Indexes”) is primarily rule-based, but is also monitored by the FTSE Nareit Index Advisory Committee. All tax-qualified REITs that are listed on the NYSE or the NASDAQ are eligible for inclusion in the FTSE Nareit Indexes. Potential constituents for the FTSE Nareit Equity REITs Index are determined by sector classifications of constituents in the FTSE Nareit Composite Index. The FTSE Nareit Indexes are reviewed for changes on a quarterly basis in March, June, September and December for companies which do not qualify for fast entry, but which meet the criteria for eligible securities set out in the index rules. The review is based on data at the close of business on the Monday 4 weeks prior to the review effective date. The FTSE Nareit Index Advisory Committee meets quarterly, in March, June, September and December or more frequently, if required.

When calculating index component weights, component companies’ shares are adjusted for available free float. In general, shares held by governments, corporations, strategic partners, or other control groups are excluded from a constituent company’s outstanding shares. The FTSE Nareit Composite Index and FTSE Nareit Equity REITs Index are reviewed for changes in free float on a quarterly basis, and implementation of any changes to these indexes, and potentially the FTSE Nareit Indexes, occur after the close of business on the third Friday in March, June, September or December.

Index Maintenance. FTSE is responsible for the daily operation of the FTSE Nareit Indexes. FTSE will maintain records of the market capitalization of all constituents, and will make changes to the constituents and their weightings in accordance with index rules. FTSE will also carry out the periodic company reviews of the FTSE Nareit Indexes and implement the resulting constituent changes as required by index rules.

Issue Changes. A company will be added to the FTSE Nareit Equity REITs Index at the periodic review if its full market capitalization is greater than $100 million (before the application of any free float market adjustments), meets liquidity test in December, has at least 75 percent of their total assets invested in qualifying real estate assets, and has a free float greater

Table of Contents

than 5%. A company in the FTSE Nareit Equity REITs Index will be deleted at the periodic review if its market capitalization is below $100 million or fails the four screens.

Where a company, whether an existing constituent or not, undertakes an Initial Public Offering of a new equity security, that security will be eligible for fast entry inclusion to the FTSE Nareit Index Series if its full market capitalization using the closing price on the first day of trading is greater than the market capitalization of the company ranked 10^th position or higher in the FTSE Nareit Real Estate 50 Index, before the application of individual constituent investability weightings.

New issues of companies that do not qualify for “Fast Entry” but meet the criteria for eligible securities and have been listed for over 20 business trading days will be eligible for inclusion in the FTSE Nareit Equity REITs Index. The review is based on data at the close of business on the Monday 4 weeks prior to the review effective date. The changes will be effective after the close of business on the third Friday in March, June, September and December.

Index Availability. The FTSE Nareit Indexes are calculated continuously during normal trading hours of the NYSE and NASDAQ, and are closed on U.S. holidays.

Exchange Rates and Pricing. The prices used to calculate the FTSE Nareit Indexes are the Reuters daily closing prices or those figures accepted as such. FTSE Russell reserves the right to use an alternative pricing source on any given day. For end-of-day alternative currency calculations, FTSE Russell uses the WM/Reuters Closing Spot Rates.

FTSE Nareit Equity REITS Index

Number of Components: approximately 150

Index Description. The FTSE Nareit Equity REITS Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization-weighted index designed to measure performance of U.S. listed equity REITs, excluding infrastructure REITs, mortgage REITs and timber REITs.

The Morningstar Indexes

Component Selection Criteria. Except for Morningstar^® US Dividend and Buyback Index, Morningstar Dividend Yield Focus Index, and Morningstar US Dividend Growth Index (as described below), the other Morningstar underlying indexes (the “Morningstar Underlying Indexes”), are a subset of the Morningstar^® US Market Extended Index, a broad market index representing the top 99.5% of U.S. equity market capitalization. To be eligible for inclusion in the Morningstar US Market Extended Index, a stock must be listed on the NYSE, the NYSE American, or NASDAQ, domiciled in the U.S. or have its primary stock market activities carried out in the U.S., have sufficient historical fundamental data available so that Morningstar, Inc. (“Morningstar”) can classify investment style, and be in the top 75% of companies in the investable universe based on its liquidity score. A security’s liquidity score is based on its average monthly trading volume in U.S. dollars. American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), American Depositary Shares, fixed-dividend shares, convertible notes, warrants, rights, limited partnerships, limited liability companies, bank holding companies and royalty and statutory trusts are not eligible for inclusion in the US Market Extended Index.

Except for Morningstar^® US Dividend and Buyback Index, Morningstar Dividend Yield Focus Index, and Morningstar US Dividend Growth Index, the Morningstar Underlying Indexes are part of the Morningstar US Style Index family, which is based on the same methodology as the well-known Morningstar Style Box^™. The Morningstar Style Box^™ classification of each stock relies on prospective financial performance metrics – expressed as a yield (i.e., revenue yield, cash flow yield, dividend yield, and book value yield) and the per-share growth rate of each such metric – as derived from Morningstar’s proprietary models, and (when available) the Institutional Brokers Estimate System (“IBES”) forecast of each stock’s current year earnings per share and the IBES median long-term earnings growth forecast. The Morningstar Underlying Indexes are governed by transparent, objective rules for security selection, exclusion, rebalancing, and adjustments for corporate actions. Morningstar makes no subjective determinations related to index composition.

Market Capitalization Bands. For the Morningstar US Style Index family, the Index Provider selects stocks for each Underlying Index by size in descending order. The stocks that, in aggregate, account for 69% of the total market capitalization of the investable universe are assigned to the large-cap band. Those stocks that fall between the 69% and 71% of the capitalization of the investable universe may be classified as large-cap or mid-cap, depending on their classification at the previous

Table of Contents

reconstitution date. The stocks that fall between 71% and 89.5% of the investable universe are assigned to the mid-cap band. The stocks that fall between 89.5% and 90.5% of the capitalization of the investable universe may be classified as mid-cap or small-cap, depending on their classification at the previous reconstitution date. The stocks that fall between 90.5% and 99.45% of the capitalization of the investable universe are assigned to the small-cap extended band.

Issue Changes. Securities are added or deleted from each index based on rules outlined for security selection, exclusion, rebalancing, and adjustments for corporate actions as set forth in the Morningstar Index Rulebook. Morningstar makes no subjective determinations related to index composition.

Index Maintenance. The Morningstar U.S. Style Indexes are reconstituted twice annually, effective on the Monday following the third Friday of June and the Monday following the third Friday of December. The Morningstar^® Dividend Yield Focus Index^SM is reconstituted four times annually, effective on the Monday following the third Friday of March, June, September and December. If the Monday is a holiday, reconstitution occurs on the Tuesday immediately following. Reconstitution is carried out after the day’s closing index values have been determined.

The Morningstar US Market Index is reconstituted twice annually, on the Monday following the third Friday of June and the Monday following the third Friday of December. The Morningstar US Dividend and Buyback Index is reconstituted annually and implemented after the close of business on the third Friday of June and is effective the following Monday, and the Morningstar US Dividend Growth Index is reconstituted once annually on the Monday following the third Friday of December. If the Monday is a holiday, reconstitution occurs on the Tuesday immediately following. Reconstitution is carried out after the day’s closing index values have been determined.

Index Availability. Morningstar Indexes are calculated continuously and are available from major data vendors.

Morningstar^® Dividend Yield Focus Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 75

Index Description. The Morningstar^® Dividend Yield Focus Index^SM offers exposure to high quality U.S based companies that have had strong financial health and an ability to sustain above average dividend payouts. The Underlying Index is a subset of the Morningstar^® US Market Index^SM (a diversified broad market index that represents approximately 97% of the market capitalization of publicly-traded U.S. stocks). Constituents are screened for qualified income dividends, superior company quality and financial health as determined by Morningstar’s proprietary index methodology. The Morningstar index methodology defines “company quality” in accordance with the Morningstar Economic Moat™ rating system, in which companies are expected to earn above-average profits and sustain their dividend. Stocks in the Underlying Index are designated as having a rating of either “narrow” or “wide” based on the strength of the company’s competitive advantage. Additionally, companies are screened for “financial health” grade using Morningstar’s Distance to Default measure, a quantitative option pricing approach that estimates a company’s probability of default.

Morningstar^® US Large Mid-Cap Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 703

Index Description. The Morningstar^® US Large Mid-Cap Index^SM measures the performance of stocks issued by large-mid capitalization companies that have exhibited average “growth” and “value” characteristics, as determined by Morningstar’s proprietary index methodology. The Morningstar index methodology defines “large-mid capitalization” stocks as those stocks that form approximately the top 90% of the market capitalization of the stocks eligible to be included in the Morningstar US Market Extended Index. The Index Provider then designates stocks as “blend,” “growth” or “value” based on their style orientations. Stocks of companies with, for example, relatively higher average historical and forecasted earnings, sales, equity and cash flow growth would be designated as “growth” securities. Stocks of companies with, for example, relatively low valuations based on price-to-book ratios, price-to-earnings ratios and other factors, are designated as “value” securities. Stocks that exhibit both growth and value characteristics are designated as “blend” securities.

Morningstar^® US Large-Mid Cap Broad Growth Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 429

Index Description. The Morningstar^® US Large-Mid Cap Broad Growth Index^SM measures the performance of stocks issued by large-mid capitalization companies that have exhibited above-average “growth” characteristics as determined by Morningstar’s proprietary index methodology. The Morningstar index methodology defines “large-mid capitalization” stocks

Table of Contents

as those stocks that form approximately the top 90% of the market capitalization of the stocks eligible to be included in the Morningstar US Market Extended Index. The Index Provider then designates stocks as “blend,” “growth” or “value” based on their style orientations. The stocks included in the Underlying Index are designated as “growth” because they are issued by companies that typically have higher than average historical and forecasted earnings, sales, equity and cash flow growth.

Morningstar^® US Large-Mid Cap Broad Value Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 481

Index Description. The Morningstar^® US Large-Mid Cap Broad Value Index^SM measures the performance of stocks issued by large-mid capitalization companies that have exhibited above-average “value” characteristics as determined by Morningstar’s proprietary index methodology. The Morningstar index methodology defines “large-mid capitalization” stocks as those stocks that form approximately the top 90% of the market capitalization of the stocks eligible to be included in the Morningstar US Market Extended Index. The Index Provider then designates stocks as “blend,” “growth” or “value” based on their style orientations. The stocks included in the Underlying Index are designated as “value” because they are issued by companies that typically have relatively low valuations based on price-to-earnings, price-to-book value, price-to-sales, price-to-cash flow and dividend yields.

Morningstar^® US Mid Cap Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 503

Index Description. The Morningstar^® US Mid Cap Index^SM measures the performance of stocks issued by mid-capitalization companies that have exhibited average “growth” and “value” characteristics as determined by Morningstar’s proprietary index methodology. The Morningstar index methodology defines “mid-capitalization” stocks as those stocks that generally fall between the 70th and 90th percentile of the market capitalization of the stocks eligible to be included in the Morningstar US Market Extended Index. The Index Provider then designates stocks as “blend,” “growth” or “value” based on their style orientations. Stocks of companies with, for example, relatively higher average historical and forecasted earnings, sales, equity and cash flow growth would be designated as “growth” securities. Stocks of companies with, for example, relatively low valuations based on price-to-book ratios, price-to-earnings ratios and other factors, are designated as “value” securities. Stocks that exhibit both growth and value characteristics are designated as “blend” securities.

Morningstar^® US Mid Cap Broad Growth Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 321

Index Description. The Morningstar^® US Mid Cap Broad Growth Index^SM measures the performance of stocks issued by mid-capitalization companies that have exhibited above-average “growth” characteristics as determined by Morningstar’s proprietary index methodology. The Morningstar index methodology defines “mid-capitalization” stocks as those stocks that generally fall between the 70th and 90th percentile of the market capitalization of the stocks eligible to be included in the Morningstar US Market Extended Index. The Index Provider then designates stocks as “blend,” “growth” or “value” based on their style orientations. The stocks included in the Underlying Index are designated as “growth” because they are issued by companies that typically have higher than average historical and forecasted earnings, sales, book value and cash flow growth.

Morningstar^® US Mid Cap Broad Value Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 324

Index Description. The Morningstar^® US Mid Cap Broad Value Index^SM measures the performance of stocks issued by mid-capitalization companies that have exhibited “value” characteristics as determined by Morningstar’s proprietary index methodology. The Morningstar index methodology defines “mid-capitalization” stocks as those stocks that generally fall between the 70th and 90th percentile of the market capitalization of the stocks eligible to be included in the Morningstar US Market Extended Index. The Index Provider then designates stocks as “blend,” “growth” or “value” based on their style orientations. The stocks included in the Underlying Index are designated as “value” because they are issued by companies that typically have relatively low valuations based on price-to-earnings, price-to-book value, price-to-sales, price-to-cash flow and dividend yields.

Morningstar^® US Small Cap Extended Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 730

Table of Contents

Index Description. The Morningstar^® US Small Cap Extended Index^SM measures the performance of stocks issued by small-capitalization companies that have exhibited average “growth” and “value” characteristics as determined by Morningstar’s proprietary index methodology. The Morningstar index methodology defines “small-capitalization” stocks as those stocks that generally fall between the 90th and 99.5th percentile of the market capitalization of the stocks eligible to be included in the Morningstar US Market Extended Index. The Index Provider then designates stocks as “blend,” “growth” or “value” based on their style orientations. Stocks of companies with, for example, relatively higher average historical and forecasted earnings, sales, equity and cash flow growth would be designated as “growth” securities. Stocks of companies with, for example, relatively low valuations based on price-to-book ratios, price-to-earnings ratios and other factors, are designated as “value” securities. Stocks that exhibit both growth and value characteristics are designated as “blend” securities.

Morningstar^® US Small Cap Broad Growth Extended Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 485

Index Description. The Morningstar^® US Small Cap Broad Growth Extended Index^SM measures the performance of stocks issued by small-capitalization companies that have exhibited above-average “growth” characteristics as determined by Morningstar’s proprietary index methodology. The Morningstar index methodology defines “small-capitalization” stocks as those stocks that generally fall between the 90th and 99.5th percentile of the market capitalization of the stocks eligible to be included in the Morningstar US Market Extended Index. The Index Provider then designates stocks as “blend,” “growth” or “value” based on their style orientations. The stocks included in the Underlying Index are designated as “growth” because they are issued by companies that typically have higher than average historical and forecasted earnings, sales, equity and cash flow growth.

Morningstar^® US Small Cap Broad Value Extended Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 470

Index Description. The Morningstar^® US Small Cap Broad Value Extended Index^SM measures the performance of stocks issued by small-capitalization companies that have exhibited “value” characteristics as determined by Morningstar’s proprietary index methodology. The Morningstar index methodology defines “small capitalization” stocks as those stocks that generally fall between the 90th and 99.5th percentile of the market capitalization of the stocks eligible to be included in the Morningstar US Market Extended Index. The Index Provider then designates stocks as “blend,” “growth” or “value” based on their style orientations. The stocks included in the Underlying Index are designated as “value” because they are issued by companies that typically have relatively low valuations based on price-to-earnings, price-to-book value, price-to-sales, price-to-cash flow and dividend yields.

Morningstar^® US Dividend and Buyback Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 334

Index Description. The Morningstar US Dividend and Buyback Index, the Underlying Index, is designed to provide exposure to U.S.-based companies that return capital to shareholders through either dividend payments or share buybacks. The Index consists of companies providing the largest dividend and buyback programs in the market by dollar value. The Underlying Index is a subset of the Morningstar US Market Index (the “Parent Index”), which is a diversified broad market index that represents approximately 97% of the market capitalization of publicly-traded U.S. stocks. Constituent securities of the Parent Index with aggregate dividend yield and buyback yield in excess of 0.1% are added to the Underlying Index in order of decreasing total shareholder payout dollars until the Underlying Index represents 90% coverage of the aggregate total shareholder payout dollars of the Parent Index. Each individual constituent is capped at 4.9% of the index.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index methodology is as follows:

(1) a security must be a member of the Morningstar US Market Index;

(2) security must pay a dividend or repurchase shares resulting in a net share reduction. Total shareholder yield must exceed 0.10%. Total shareholder yield is defined as the sum of trailing 12 month dividend yield and trailing 2 year buyback yield, annualized;

(3) rank by total shareholder payout dollars and select top 90% of total U.S. market shareholder payout dollars;

Table of Contents

(4) weight by total shareholder payout dollars (sum of trailing 12 month dividend yield and trailing 2 year buyback yield, annualized, multiplied by float-adjusted market capitalization of company;

(5) apply 4.9% weight cap on individual names to maintain sufficient diversification. The weight capping algorithm will preserve, starting with the smallest security, the relative weights between as many constituents as possible while enforcing the weight cap; and

(6) the index is reconstituted annually and rebalanced quarterly; at rebalance, the index constituent list is not altered, but the weights of the constituents are re-adjusted back to the dividend dollar weighting.

Morningstar^® US Dividend Growth Index^SM

Number of Components: approximately 780

Index Description. The Morningstar US Dividend Growth Index, the Underlying Index, is a dividend dollars weighted index that seeks to measure the performance of U.S. companies selected based on a consistent history of growing dividends. The Underlying Index is a subset of the Morningstar US Market Index, which is a diversified broad market index that represents approximately 97% of the market capitalization of publicly-traded U.S. stocks. Eligible companies must pay a qualified dividend, must have at least five years of uninterrupted annual dividend growth and their earnings payout ratio must be less than 75%. Companies that are in the top decile based on dividend yield are excluded from the Underlying Index prior to the dividend growth and payout ratio screens.

Index Methodology. The Underlying Index methodology is as follows:

(1) a security must be a member of the Morningstar US Market Index;

(2) security must pay a qualified dividend (e.g., REITs are excluded);

(3) top decile yield payers are excluded;

(4.1) apply dividend growth screen: must be currently paying dividends and have at least five years of uninterrupted annual dividend growth; dividend growth condition is considered met if either the current annualized dividend rate or the trailing twelve months aggregated dividend increased from the previous to the current reconstitution date;

(5) apply growth sustainability screen: payout ratio must be less than 75%, and must have positive consensus earnings forecast. Payout ratio is forward looking and is calculated by the forward 12 month indicated dividend divided by the forward 12 month consensus earnings forecast;

(6) weight by dividend dollars (float adjusted common shares multiplied by the current annualized dividend rate per share);

(7) apply 3% weight cap on individual names to maintain sufficient diversification. The weight capping algorithm will preserve, starting with the smallest security, the relative weights between as many constituents as possible while enforcing the weight cap; and

(8) the index is reconstituted annually and rebalanced quarterly; at rebalance, index constituent list is not altered, but the weights of the constituents are re-adjusted back to the dividend dollar weighting.

Table of Contents

The MSCI Indexes

The MSCI indexes were founded in 1969 by Capital International S.A. as the first international performance benchmarks constructed to facilitate accurate comparison of world markets. The MSCI single country standard equity indexes have covered the world's developed markets since 1969 and in 1987 MSCI commenced coverage of emerging markets.

Local stock exchanges traditionally calculated their own indexes which were generally not comparable with one another due to differences in the representation of the local market, mathematical formulas, base dates and methods of adjusting for capital changes. MSCI, however, applies the same calculation methodology to all markets for all single country standard equity indexes, both developed and emerging.

MSCI KLD 400 Social Index

Number of Components: 403

Component Selection Criteria and Index Description. The MSCI KLD 400 Social Index is a free float-adjusted market capitalization weighted index designed to provide exposure to U.S. companies that have positive environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) characteristics. As of April 30, 2021, the Underlying Index consisted of 403 securities identified by MSCI from the universe of companies included in the MSCI USA IMI Index, which consists of the largest NYSE and NASDAQ listed U.S. equities ranked by investable market capitalization (after the application of any investability weightings). MSCI analyzes each eligible company’s ESG performance using proprietary ratings covering environmental, social, and governance criteria. MSCI seeks to include in the Underlying Index companies with high ESG ratings relative to their sector peers and in relation to the broader market.

When selecting companies for the Underlying Index, MSCI also considers market capitalization and liquidity. Companies that MSCI determines have significant involvement in the following businesses are not eligible for the Underlying Index: alcohol, tobacco, gambling, civilian firearms, nuclear power, controversial weapons, nuclear weapons, conventional weapons, adult entertainment and genetically modified organisms.

Index Maintenance. The composition of the Underlying Index is reviewed on a quarterly basis. Companies can be added to the Underlying Index only at regular index reviews. Current index constituents are reviewed to determine if any should be removed due to ESG performance. In addition, if a constituent is removed from the MSCI USA IMI Index as a result of the index review, it will be simultaneously removed from the Underlying Index. The deleted companies are replaced with eligible companies taking into account size-segment and sector representation. The Underlying Index will be restored to 400 companies at each index review.

Maintaining the Underlying Index includes monitoring and completing the adjustments for company additions and removals, stock splits, stock dividends, float changes and stock price adjustments due to restructurings, spin-offs and other corporate actions. New additions to the MSCI USA IMI Index due to corporate events will not be added simultaneously to the Underlying Index, but will be considered for inclusion at the following index review. However, companies deleted from the MSCI USA IMI Index between index reviews are also deleted at the same time from the Underlying Index.

When the number of securities in the Underlying Index falls below 400 due to corporate events, no additions will be made to restore the number of constituents to 400 until the next quarterly index review.

Index Availability. The Underlying Index is calculated continuously and is available from major data vendors.

Calculation Methodology. The Fund utilizes the Underlying Index calculated with gross dividends reinvested. The use of gross dividends reflects the assumed reinvestment of the entire dividend distributed to holders of the underlying stock, without any adjustment for taxes or withholding. The Index is rebalanced on a quarterly basis coinciding with the regular index review of the MSCI Global Investable Market Indexes.

MSCI USA Extended ESG Select Index

Number of Components: approximately 223

Component Selection Criteria and Index Description. The Underlying Index is an optimized index designed to measure the equity performance of U.S. companies that have ESG characteristics, while exhibiting risk and return characteristics similar to the MSCI USA Index.

Table of Contents

As of April 30, 2021, the Underlying Index consisted of 223 securities included in the MSCI USA Index. MSCI evaluates each eligible company’s ESG performance using standardized criteria and assigns an “overall rating” to each company. ESG scores are normalized and factored into the optimization process. Optimization is a quantitative process that considers the market capitalization weights from the MSCI USA Index, ESG scores, and additional optimization constraints to select and weigh the constituents in the Underlying Index. Normalization of the ESG scores allows the optimization to assess each score in the context of the overall distribution of the ESG scores.

The selection process is designed so that companies with relatively high overall ratings have a higher representation in the Underlying Index than in the MSCI USA Index. Companies with relatively low overall ratings have a lower representation in the Underlying Index than in the MSCI USA Index. Exceptions may result from the Underlying Index’s objective of having risk and return characteristics similar to those of the MSCI USA Index.

The Underlying Index constituents are selected from the MSCI USA Index, which is made up of securities of large-capitalization and mid-capitalization U.S. companies. Securities of companies that the Index Provider determines are involved in tobacco, companies involved with the production of controversial weapons, producers and retailers of civilian firearms, as well as major producers of alcohol, gambling, conventional weapons, nuclear weapons and nuclear power, are excluded from the Underlying Index. The Underlying Index generally follows the same index methodology as the MSCI USA ESG Select Index, except that it applies an additional ineligibility criteria for retailers of civilian firearms. Companies with an ESG Controversies Score below 3 are not eligible for the Underlying Index. The universe of eligible companies are optimized using parameters for predicted tracking error (1.8%), maximum (5%) and minimum (0.1%) constituent weight, sector variation from the parent index (+/-3%), turnover and other factors. Since constituent selection and weights are determined using optimization, the Underlying Index is not capitalization weighted.

Index Maintenance. The composition of the Underlying Index is reviewed on a quarterly basis. Companies can only be added to the Underlying Index at regular index reviews. Current index constituents are reviewed to determine if any of them should be removed using the optimization described above. At the quarterly index reviews, companies with ESG Controversies Scores below 3 are removed. The Underlying Index is optimized on a quarterly basis coinciding with the regular index reviews of the MSCI Global Investable Market Indexes. Changes are effective at the beginning of March, June, September and December.

Maintaining the Underlying Index includes monitoring and completing the adjustments for company additions and removals, stock splits, stock dividends, float changes and stock price adjustments due to restructurings, spin-offs and other corporate actions. Companies deleted from the MSCI USA Index between quarterly index reviews due to corporate events maintenance are simultaneously deleted from the Underlying Index.

Index Availability. The MSCI USA Extended ESG Select Index is calculated continuously and is available from major data vendors.

Calculation Methodology. The Fund utilizes the Underlying Index calculated with gross dividends reinvested. The use of gross dividends reflects the assumed reinvestment of the entire dividend distributed to holders of the underlying stock, without any adjustment for taxes or withholding. The Index is rebalanced on a quarterly basis coinciding with the regular Index Review of the MSCI Global Investable Market Indexes.

Additional Information. “MSCI,” “MSCI KLD 400 Social Index” and “MSCI USA Extended ESG Select Index” are servicemarks of MSCI Inc. and have been licensed for use for certain purposes by BFA or its affiliates. The Funds are neither sponsored, endorsed, sold nor promoted by MSCI Inc., and MSCI Inc. makes no representation regarding the advisability of investing in any of the Funds.

The Russell Indexes

Table of Contents

unbiased, and stable barometer of the broad market and is completely reconstituted annually, typically after the close on the last Friday in June, to ensure new and growing equities are included.

•	stocks must trade at or above $1.00 on the last business day of August to be eligible for inclusion. If a stock in the index has a price lower than $1, it can remain in the index if the average price for the month is greater than $1;
•	for ranking and membership determination, all common share classes for a single company are combined to determine total market capitalization;
•	in cases where there are multiple common stock share classes and the share classes act independently of each other, each class is considered for inclusion separately; and
•	also excluded are preferred and convertible preferred stock, participating preferred stock, redeemable shares, warrants and rights, trust receipts, royalty trusts, limited liability issuers, OTC bulletin boards and pink sheet stocks, mutual funds, limited partnerships, and foreign stocks.

All eligible securities are sorted by decreasing total market capitalization to determine index eligibility.

Frank Russell Company uses a probability measure to assign stocks to the growth and value style indexes. The probability measure is used to indicate the degree of certainty that a stock is value or growth, based on three fundamental indicators: relative price-to-book ratio, Institutional Brokers’ Estimate System forecast medium-term growth (2 years) and sales per share historical growth (5 years). This method allows stocks to be represented as having both growth and value characteristics, while preserving the additive nature of the indexes. As a result, a stock may be a component of a Russell growth style index and also a component of the corresponding value style index, although the stock would likely have a different weight in each index.

Index Availability. The Russell indexes are calculated continuously and are available from major data vendors.

Russell 1000 Basic Materials RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 37

Table of Contents

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Basic Materials RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of large- and mid-capitalization companies in the basic materials sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to constrain at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weights of any single issuer (as determined by Russell) to a maximum of 22.5%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.5% of the index weight to a maximum of 45%.

Russell 1000 Consumer Staples RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 53

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Consumer Staples RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of large- and mid-capitalization companies in the consumer staples sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index.

Russell 1000 Consumer Discretionary 40 Act 15/22.5 Daily Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 171

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Consumer Discretionary 40 Act 15/22.5 Daily Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of large- and mid-capitalization companies in the consumer discretionary sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to constrain at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weight of any single issuer (as determined by Russell) to a maximum of 15%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.5% of the index weight to a maximum of 22.5%. Between scheduled quarterly index reviews, the Underlying Index is monitored daily using constituent weights and forward looking information to ensure all companies that constitute more than 4.8% of the weight of the Underlying Index do not constitute more than 24% of a weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. On the calculation day where the threshold has been breached, the index is recapped using the quarterly capping methodology.

Russell 1000 Energy RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 37

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Energy RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of large- and mid-capitalization companies in the energy sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index.

Russell 1000 Financials 40 Act 15/22.5 Daily Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 172

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Financials 40 Act 15/22.5 Daily Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of large- and mid-capitalization companies in the financials sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to constrain at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weight of any single issuer (as determined by Russell) to a maximum of 15%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.5% of the index weight to a maximum of 22.5%. Between scheduled quarterly index reviews, the Underlying Index is monitored daily using constituent weights and forward looking information to ensure all companies that constitute more than 4.8% of the weight of the Underlying Index do not constitute more than 24% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. On the calculation day where the threshold has been breached, the index is recapped using the quarterly capping methodology.

Table of Contents

Russell 1000 Health Care RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 117

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Health Care RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of large- and mid-capitalization companies in the healthcare sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index.

Russell 1000 Industrials 40 Act 15/22.5 Daily Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 179

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Industrials 40 Act 15/22.5 Daily Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of large- and mid-capitalization companies in the industrials sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to constrain at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weight of any single issuer (as determined by Russell) to a maximum of 15%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.5% of the index weight to a maximum of 22.5%. Between scheduled quarterly index reviews, the Underlying Index is monitored daily using constituent weights and forward looking information to ensure all companies that constitute more than 4.8% of the weight of the Underlying Index do not constitute more than 24% of the weight of the Underlying Index in the aggregate. On the calculation day where the threshold has been breached, the index is recapped using the quarterly capping methodology.

Russell 1000 Technology RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 151

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Technology RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of large- and mid-capitalization companies in the technology sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index.

Russell 1000 Utilities RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 43

Index Description. The Russell 1000 Utilities RIC 22.5/45 Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of large- and mid-capitalization companies in the utilities sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a subset of the market capitalization-weighted Russell 1000 Index.

The S&P Select Industry FMC Index

Component Selection Criteria. SPDJI’s various Index Committees are responsible for the overall management of SPDJI’s indices (“S&P DJI Indices”). Issuers (i.e., the “components”) selected for the S&P U.S. indexes represent a broad range of industry segments within the U.S. economy. The starting universe of publicly traded U.S. issuers classified by the Global Industry Classification Standard (“GICS^®”) must be a member of the S&P Total Market Index (TMI). The issuers are screened to eliminate Business development companies (BDCs), preferred stock, limited partnerships (LPs), convertible preferred stock, master limited partnerships (MLPs), unit trusts, limited liability companies (LLCs), equity warrants, closed-end funds, convertible bonds, ETFs, investment trusts, ETNs, rights, royalty trusts, American depositary receipts (ADRs), and special

Table of Contents

purpose acquisition companies (SPACs). The stock of each constituent must trade on either the NYSE, the NYSE American, Cboe or on NASDAQ. Additionally, only one share class per constituent will be included in an Index. The share class is selected by SPDJI and is generally defined as the largest, most liquid share class. The following criteria are then analyzed to determine an issuer’s eligibility for inclusion in the S&P DJI Indexes: (i) where the issuers are domiciled; (ii) the exchange listing; (iii) the organizational structure; (iv) share type; (v) liquidity; and (vi) investable weight factor (the available float shares divided by total shares outstanding).

Index Eligibility. To qualify for membership in the index, at each quarterly rebalancing, a stock must be a member of the S&P Total Market Index (the “TMI”) and classified by S&P DJI Indices as a primary sub-industry stock (“primary stock”) for its index. Further, eligible stocks must meet at least one of the following float-adjusted market capitalization (“FMC”) and float-adjusted liquidity ratio (“FALR”) requirements determined by S&P DJI Indices:

a. Be a current constituent, have an FMC greater than or equal to US$ 300 million, and have an FALR greater than or equal to 50%.

b. Have an FMC greater than or equal to US$ 500 million and an FALR greater than or equal to 90%.

c. Have an FMC greater than or equal to US$ 400 million and an FALR greater than or equal to 150%.

However, minimum FMC requirements may be relaxed for each S&P Select Industry FMC Index to ensure that there are at least 22 stocks in each index as of each rebalancing effective date.

Stocks are added between rebalancing dates only if a deletion in the index causes the stock count to fall below 22. In those cases, each stock deletion is accompanied with a stock addition. The new addition will be added to the index with index shares that are commensurate with the index shares of the stock in a hypothetical rebalancing using the closing prices on the date the addition is announced. The index shares for all current constituents will remain constant. In the case of spin-offs, the S&P Select Industry FMC Index will follow the S&P TMI’s treatment of the action.

A stock is deleted from an S&P Select Industry FMC Index if the S&P TMI drops the stock. If a stock deletion causes the number of stocks in the relevant index to fall below 22, each stock deletion is accompanied with a corresponding stock addition. In the case of mergers involving two index constituents, the merged entity will remain in the index provided that it meets all general eligibility requirements. In case of GICS changes, where a stock does not belong to a qualifying sub-industry after the classification change, it is removed from the relevant index at the next rebalancing.

Index membership is reviewed quarterly and occurs after the closing on the third Friday of the quarter ending month. The reference date for additions and deletions is after the closing of the last trading date of the previous month. Closing prices as of the Wednesday prior to the second Friday of the rebalancing month are used for setting capped index weights.

An issuer will be removed from the S&P DJI Indices as a result of mergers/acquisitions, bankruptcy, or restructuring. An issuer is removed from the relevant index as close as possible to the actual date on which the event occurred. An issuer can

Table of Contents

be removed from an index because it no longer meets current criteria for inclusion and/or is no longer representative of its industry group. All replacement issuers are selected based on the above component section criteria.

When calculating index weights, individual component shares held by governments, corporations, strategic partners, or other control groups are excluded from the issuer’s shares outstanding. Shares owned by other issuers are also excluded regardless of whether they are index components. In countries with regulated environments, where a foreign investment limit exists at the sector or issuer level, the constituent’s weight will reflect either the foreign investment limit or the percentage float, whichever is the more restrictive.

Each issuer’s financial statements will be used to update the major shareholders’ ownership. However, during the course of the year, SPDJI also monitors each issuer’s Investable Weight Factor (“IWF”) which is SPDJI’s term for the mathematical float factor used to calculate the float adjustment. If a change in IWF is caused by a major corporate action (i.e., privatization, merger, takeover, or share offering) and the change equal to or greater than 5%, a float adjustment will be implemented as soon as reasonably possible. Changes in the number of shares outstanding driven by corporate events such as stock dividends, splits, and rights issues will be adjusted on the ex-date. Share changes of 5% or greater are implemented when they occur. Share changes of less than 5% are only updated on a quarterly basis on the Friday near the end of the calendar quarter. Generally, index changes due to rebalancing are announced two days before the effective date by way of a news release posted on www.us.spindices.com.

Index Availability. The S&P Select Industry FMC Index is calculated continuously and is available from major data vendors.

S&P Transportation Select Industry FMC Capped Index

Number of Components: approximately 41

Index Description. The S&P Transportation Select Industry FMC Capped Index is designed to measure the performance of U.S. companies within the transportation industry. Securities in the Underlying Index are weighted based on the float-adjusted market value of their outstanding shares.

The Underlying Index uses a capping methodology to constrain at quarterly rebalance: (i) the weights of any single issuer (as determined by SPDJI) to a maximum of 22.5%, and (ii) the aggregate weight of all issuers that individually exceed 4.5% of the index weight to a maximum of 45%.

Closing prices as of the Wednesday prior to the second Friday of the rebalancing month are used for setting Underlying Index weights for each quarterly rebalancing. The Underlying Index is a float-adjusted market capitalization weighted version of the S&P Transportation Select Industry Index. If any issuer’s weight exceeds 22.5% at quarterly rebalance, that issuer’s weight is capped and all excess weight is proportionally redistributed to all uncapped issuers within the Underlying Index. If, after this redistribution, any other issuer breaches the issuer weight cap the process is repeated iteratively until no issuer breaches the issuer capping rule. If the aggregate weight of issuers with weights greater than 4.5% exceeds 45% of the Underlying Index, all issues are ranked in descending order of their weights and the issuer with the smallest weight above 4.5% is identified and reduced until (1) the aggregate weight of issuers with weights greater than 4.5% equals 45% or less, or (2) 4.5%, whichever is greater. The excess weight is proportionally redistributed to all issuers with weights below 4.5% such that any issuer that receives such excess weight does not breach the 4.5% cap. This process is repeated iteratively until the aggregate weight of issuers with weights greater than 4.5% equals 45% or less. The weight of one or more securities in the Underlying Index may exceed these constraints due to fluctuations in market value, corporate actions or other events that change the index composition between quarterly rebalance dates.

For more information about SPDJI, including its limited relationship with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates and the limitations of the S&P DJI indices, please refer to the applicable Prospectus.

Investment Policies

Table of Contents

adopted certain non-fundamental investment policies, including its investment objective. Non-fundamental investment policies may be changed by the Board without shareholder approval. Therefore, each Fund may change its investment objective and its Underlying Index without shareholder approval.

Fundamental Investment Policies

Each Fund (other than the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF, iShares Core High Dividend ETF, iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF, iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF, iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF, iShares Select Dividend ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF) will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets in the stocks of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the stocks of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as amended, and as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate mortgages, commodities or commodity contracts, but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

Each of the iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF and iShares Select Dividend ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., hold 25% or more of its total assets in the stocks of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the stocks of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities, and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue “senior securities” as defined in the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and orders thereunder, except as permitted under the 1940 Act and the rules, regulations and orders thereunder.
4.	Make loans. This restriction does not apply to: (i) the purchase of debt obligations in which each Fund may invest consistent with its investment objectives and policies; (ii) repurchase agreements and reverse repurchase agreements; and (iii) loans of its portfolio securities, to the fullest extent permitted under the 1940 Act.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate, real estate mortgages, commodities or commodity contracts, but this restriction shall not

Table of Contents

	prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts (including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act in disposing of portfolio securities.

Each of the iShares Core High Dividend ETF, iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF and iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments (i.e., invest 25% or more of its total assets in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries), except that each Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of such particular industry or group of industries. For purposes of this limitation, securities of the U.S. government (including its agencies and instrumentalities), repurchase agreements collateralized by U.S. government securities, and securities of state or municipal governments and their political subdivisions are not considered to be issued by members of any industry.
2.	Borrow money, except that (i) each Fund may borrow from banks for temporary or emergency (not leveraging) purposes, including the meeting of redemption requests which might otherwise require the untimely disposition of securities; and (ii) each Fund may, to the extent consistent with its investment policies, enter into repurchase agreements, reverse repurchase agreements, forward roll transactions and similar investment strategies and techniques. To the extent that it engages in transactions described in (i) and (ii), each Fund will be limited so that no more than 33 1/3% of the value of its total assets (including the amount borrowed) is derived from such transactions. Any borrowings which come to exceed this amount will be reduced in accordance with applicable law.
3.	Issue any senior security, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
4.	Make loans, except as permitted under the 1940 Act, as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.
5.	Purchase or sell real estate unless acquired as a result of ownership of securities or other instruments (but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from investing in securities of companies engaged in the real estate business or securities or other instruments backed by real estate or mortgages), or commodities or commodity contracts (but this restriction shall not prevent each Fund from trading in futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including options on currencies to the extent consistent with each Fund’s investment objective and policies).
6.	Engage in the business of underwriting securities issued by other persons, except to the extent that each Fund may technically be deemed to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act, in disposing of portfolio securities.

The iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the 1940 Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the 1940 Act.

The iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF will not:

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the 1940 Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.

Table of Contents

2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the 1940 Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the 1940 Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the 1940 Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the 1940 Act.
8.	Make any investment inconsistent with the Fund's classification as a diversified company under the 1940 Act.

Notations Regarding each of the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF's and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF's and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to concentration set forth in (1) above, the Investment Company Act does not define what constitutes “concentration” in an industry. The SEC staff has taken the position that investment of 25% or more of a fund’s total assets in one or more issuers conducting their principal activities in the same industry or group of industries constitutes concentration. It is possible that interpretations of concentration could change in the future. The policy in (1) above will be interpreted to refer to concentration as that term may be interpreted from time to time. The policy also will be interpreted to permit investment without limit in the following: securities of the U.S. government and its agencies or instrumentalities; securities of state, territory, possession or municipal governments and their authorities, agencies, instrumentalities or political subdivisions; and repurchase agreements collateralized by any such obligations. Accordingly, issuers of the foregoing securities will not be considered to be members of any industry. There also will be no limit on investment in issuers domiciled in a single jurisdiction or country. Finance companies will be considered to be in the industries of their parents if their activities are primarily related to financing the activities of the parents. Each foreign government will be considered to be a member of a separate industry. With respect to the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF's and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF's industry classifications, the Fund currently utilizes any one or more of the industry sub-classifications used by one or more widely recognized market indexes or rating group indexes, and/or as defined by Fund management. The policy also will be interpreted to give broad authority to the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF as to how to classify issuers within or among industries.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to borrowing money set forth in (2) above, the Investment Company Act permits the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF to borrow money in amounts of up to one-third of the Fund’s total assets from banks for any purpose, and to borrow up to 5% of the Fund’s total assets from banks or other lenders for temporary purposes. (Each Fund’s total assets include the amounts being borrowed.) To limit the risks attendant to borrowing, the Investment Company Act requires the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF to maintain at all times an “asset coverage” of at least 300% of the amount of its borrowings. Asset coverage means the ratio that the value of the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF's and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF’s total assets (including amounts borrowed), minus liabilities other than borrowings, bears to the aggregate amount of all borrowings. Borrowing money to increase portfolio holdings is known as “leveraging.” Certain trading practices and investments, such as reverse repurchase agreements, may be considered to be borrowings or involve leverage and thus are subject to the Investment Company Act restrictions. In accordance with SEC staff guidance and interpretations, when the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF engage in such transactions, the Fund, instead of maintaining asset coverage of at least 300%, may segregate or earmark liquid assets, or enter into an offsetting position, in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s exposure, on a mark-to-market basis, to the transaction (as calculated pursuant to requirements of the SEC). The policy in (2) above will be interpreted to permit the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF to engage in trading practices and investments that may be considered to be borrowing or to involve leverage to the extent permitted by the Investment Company Act and to permit the Fund to segregate or earmark liquid assets or enter into offsetting positions in accordance with the Investment Company Act. Short-term credits necessary for the settlement of securities transactions and arrangements with respect to securities lending will not be

Table of Contents

considered to be borrowings under the policy. Practices and investments that may involve leverage but are not considered to be borrowings are not subject to the policy.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to underwriting set forth in (5) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF from engaging in the underwriting business or from underwriting the securities of other issuers; in fact, in the case of diversified funds, the Investment Company Act permits the Fund to have underwriting commitments of up to 25% of its assets under certain circumstances. Those circumstances currently are that the amount of the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF's and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF’s underwriting commitments, when added to the value of the Fund’s investments in issuers where the Fund owns more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of those issuers, cannot exceed the 25% cap. A fund engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act. Although it is not believed that the application of the 1933 Act provisions described above would cause the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF to be engaged in the business of underwriting, the policy in (5) above will be interpreted not to prevent the Fund from engaging in transactions involving the acquisition or disposition of portfolio securities, regardless of whether the Fund may be considered to be an underwriter under the 1933 Act or is otherwise engaged in the underwriting business to the extent permitted by applicable law.

With respect to the fundamental policy relating to lending set forth in (7) above, the Investment Company Act does not prohibit the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF from making loans (including lending its securities); however, SEC staff interpretations currently prohibit funds from lending more than one-third of their total assets (including lending its securities), except through the purchase of debt obligations or the use of repurchase agreements. In addition, collateral arrangements with respect to options, forward currency and futures transactions and other derivative instruments (as applicable), as well as delays in the settlement of securities transactions, will not be considered loans.

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental policy not to make short sales of securities or maintain a short position, except to the extent permitted by the Fund's Prospectus and SAI, as amended from time to time, and applicable law.

All Funds Other Than the iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF and iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF

All Funds

Each Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the 1940 Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, for all Funds other than iShares Morningstar Growth ETF, iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF, iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF, iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF, iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF, iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF, iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF, iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF and iShares Morningstar Value ETF (the “iShares Morningstar ETFs”) and iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF, in component securities of the Underlying Index or in depositary receipts representing component securities in the Underlying Index and for each of the iShares Morningstar ETFs and iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF, in component securities of its Underlying Index. Each Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, a Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

Table of Contents

Continuous Offering

Broker-dealer firms should also note that dealers who are not “underwriters” but are effecting transactions in shares, whether or not participating in the distribution of shares, generally are required to deliver a prospectus. This is because the prospectus delivery exemption in Section 4(a)(3) of the 1933 Act is not available in respect of such transactions as a result of Section 24(d) of the 1940 Act. Firms that incur a prospectus delivery obligation with respect to shares of the Funds are reminded that, pursuant to Rule 153 under the 1933 Act, a prospectus delivery obligation under Section 5(b)(2) of the 1933 Act owed to an exchange member in connection with a sale on the Listing Exchange generally is satisfied by the fact that the prospectus is available at the Listing Exchange upon request. The prospectus delivery mechanism provided in Rule 153 is available only with respect to transactions on an exchange.

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds and ETFs (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (including ETFs) (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). Each Fund is included in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 382 funds as of September 1, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has

Table of Contents

designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Funds' Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)	Trustee (since 2009).	President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).	Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Salim Ramji² (50)	Trustee (since 2019).	Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)	Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).	Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (65)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (60)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Officers

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (50)		President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Chief Financial Officer of iShares Delaware Trust Sponsor LLC, BlackRock Funds, BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Funds IV, BlackRock Funds V and BlackRock Funds VI (since 2021); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Marybeth Leithead (58)	Executive Vice President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

The Board has concluded that, based on each Trustee’s experience, qualifications, attributes or skills on an individual basis and in combination with those of the other Trustees, each Trustee should serve as a Trustee of the Board. Among the attributes common to all Trustees are their ability to review critically, evaluate, question and discuss information provided to them, to interact effectively with the Funds' investment adviser, other service providers, counsel and the independent registered public accounting firm, and to exercise effective business judgment in the performance of their duties as Trustees. A Trustee’s ability to perform his or her duties effectively may have been attained through the Trustee’s educational background or professional training; business, consulting, public service or academic positions; experience from service as a Board member of the Funds and the other funds in the Trust (and any predecessor funds), other investment funds, public

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

The Board has appointed an Independent Trustee to serve in the role of Board Chair. The Board Chair’s role is to preside at all meetings of the Board and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys, and other Trustees generally between meetings. The Board Chair may also perform such other functions as may be delegated by the Board from time to time. The Board has established seven standing Committees: a Nominating and Governance Committee, an Audit Committee, a 15(c) Committee, a Securities Lending Committee, a Risk Committee, an Equity Plus Committee and a Fixed Income Plus Committee to assist the Board in the oversight and direction of the business and affairs of the Funds, and from time to time the Board may establish ad hoc committees or informal working groups to review and address the policies and practices of the Funds with respect to certain specified matters. The Chair of each standing Committee is an Independent Trustee. The role of the Chair of each Committee is to preside at all meetings of the Committee and to act as a liaison with service providers, officers, attorneys and other Trustees between meetings. Each standing Committee meets regularly to conduct the oversight functions delegated to the Committee by the Board and reports its finding to the Board. The Board and each standing Committee conduct annual assessments of their oversight function and structure. The Board has determined that the Board’s leadership structure is appropriate because it allows the Board to exercise independent judgment over management and it allocates areas of responsibility among committees of Independent Trustees and the full Board to enhance effective oversight.

Table of Contents

Each Independent Trustee serves on the 15(c) Committee. The Chair of the 15(c) Committee is Drew E. Lawton. The principal responsibilities of the 15(c) Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for the annual review and renewal of the Trust's advisory and sub-advisory agreements. These responsibilities include: (i) meeting with BlackRock, Inc. in advance of the Board meeting at which the Trust's advisory and sub-advisory agreements are to be considered to discuss generally the process for providing requested information to the Board and the format in which information will be provided; and (ii) considering and discussing with BlackRock, Inc. such other matters and information as may be necessary and appropriate for the Board to evaluate the investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements of the Trust. The 15(c) Committee met one time during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021.

Table of Contents

The members of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are Madhav V. Rajan (Chair), Jane D. Carlin and Richard L. Fagnani, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of Trust performance and related matters for fixed-income or multi-asset funds. These responsibilities include: (i) reviewing quarterly reports regarding Trust performance, secondary market trading and changes in net assets to identify any matters that should be brought to the attention of the Board; and (ii) considering any performance or investment related matters as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board from time to time and providing a report or recommendation to the Board as appropriate. The Fixed Income Plus Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021.

The members of the Risk Committee are Jane D. Carlin (Chair), Richard L. Fagnani and John E. Martinez, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibility of the Risk Committee is to consider and organize on behalf of the Board risk related matters of the Funds so the Board may most effectively structure itself to oversee them. The Risk Committee commenced on January 1, 2016. The Risk Committee met five times during the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name		Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹		Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹		Total Compensation From the Funds and Fund Complex²
Salim Ramji		Not Applicable		Not Applicable		0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of each Fund's outstanding shares as of July 30, 2021.

Although the Trust does not have information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants (as defined below), as of July 30, 2021, the name and percentage ownership of each DTC participant that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of a Fund were as follows:

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	15.34%
	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	14.55%
	Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399	8.55%
	JPMorgan Chase Bank, National Association 500 Stanton Christiana Road Newark, DE 19713	7.40%
	TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177	6.35%
	JPMorgan Chase Bank 383 Madison Avenue New York, NY 10179	6.12%
	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004	5.82%

iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	21.13%
	Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399	12.42%
	Edward D. Jones & Co. 12555 Manchester Road Saint Louis, MO 63131	11.98%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	8.13%

Table of Contents

Fund	Name	Percentage of Ownership
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	7.54%
	Wells Fargo Clearing Services LLC 2801 Market Street St Louis, MO 63103	6.76%
	TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177	6.61%
	UBS Financial Services Inc. 1000 Harbor Blvd. Weehawken, NJ 07086	5.14%
	Citibank, N.A. 3800 CitiBank Center Tampa Building B/1st Floor Zone 8 Tampa, FL 33610-9122	5.12%

iShares U.S. Utilities ETF	National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310	19.99%
	Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014	19.16%
	Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated - TS Sub 101 Hudson Street 9th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997	7.10%
	Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC One New York Plaza New York, NY 10004	7.01%
	Ameriprise Enterprise Investment Services, Inc. 901 3^rd Avenue South Minneapolis, MN 55474	5.18%
	Pershing LLC One Pershing Plaza Jersey City, NJ 07399	5.10%

Potential Conflicts of Interest. Certain activities of BFA, BlackRock, Inc. and the other subsidiaries of BlackRock, Inc. (collectively referred to in this section as “BlackRock”) and their respective directors, officers and employees, with respect to the Funds and/or other accounts managed by BlackRock, may give rise to actual or perceived conflicts of interest such as those described below.

BlackRock is one of the world's largest asset management firms. BlackRock, its subsidiaries and their respective directors, officers and employees, including the business units or entities and personnel who may be involved in the investment activities and business operations of a Fund, are engaged worldwide in businesses, including managing equities, fixed-income securities, cash and alternative investments, and have interests other than that of managing the Funds. These are considerations of which investors in a Fund should be aware, and which may cause conflicts of interest that could disadvantage a Fund and its shareholders. These businesses and interests include potential multiple advisory, financial and other relationships with, or interests in, companies and interests in securities or other instruments that may be purchased or sold by a Fund.

Table of Contents

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of a Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Funds. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which a Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on a Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of a Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Funds.

In certain circumstances, BlackRock, on behalf of the Funds, may seek to buy from or sell securities to another fund or account advised by BlackRock. BlackRock may (but is not required to) effect purchases and sales between BlackRock clients (“cross trades”), including the Funds, if BlackRock believes such transactions are appropriate based on each party's investment objectives and guidelines, subject to applicable law and regulation. There may be potential conflicts of interest or regulatory issues relating to these transactions which could limit BlackRock’s decision to engage in these transactions for the Funds. BlackRock may have a potentially conflicting division of loyalties and responsibilities to the parties in such transactions. On any occasion when a Fund participates in a cross trade, BlackRock will comply with procedures adopted under applicable rules and SEC guidance.

BlackRock and its clients may pursue or enforce rights with respect to an issuer in which a Fund has invested, and those activities may have an adverse effect on the Fund. As a result, prices, availability, liquidity and terms of a Fund's investments may be negatively impacted by the activities of BlackRock or its clients, and transactions for the Fund may be impaired or effected at prices or terms that may be less favorable than would otherwise have been the case.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may enter into transactions and invest in securities, instruments and currencies on behalf of a Fund in which clients of BlackRock or, to the extent permitted by the SEC and applicable law, BlackRock serves as the counterparty, principal or issuer. In such cases, such party's interests in the transaction will be adverse to the interests of the Fund, and such party may have no incentive to assure that the Fund obtains the best possible prices or terms in connection with the transactions. In addition, the purchase, holding and sale of such investments by a Fund may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which a Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

Table of Contents

When BlackRock acts as broker, dealer, agent, adviser or in other commercial capacities in relation to the Funds, BlackRock may take commercial steps in its own interests, which may have an adverse effect on the Funds. A Fund will be required to establish business relationships with its counterparties based on the Fund's own credit standing. BlackRock will not have any obligation to allow its credit to be used in connection with a Fund's establishment of its business relationships, nor is it expected that the Fund's counterparties will rely on the credit of BlackRock in evaluating the Fund's creditworthiness.

Table of Contents

BlackRock has adopted policies and procedures designed to prevent conflicts of interest from influencing proxy voting decisions that it makes on behalf of advisory clients, including the Funds, and to help ensure that such decisions are made in accordance with BlackRock's fiduciary obligations to its clients. Nevertheless, notwithstanding such proxy voting policies and procedures, actual proxy voting decisions of BlackRock may have the effect of favoring the interests of other clients or businesses of other divisions or units of BlackRock, provided that BlackRock believes such voting decisions to be in accordance with its fiduciary obligations. For a more detailed discussion of these policies and procedures, see the Proxy Voting Policy section of this SAI.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of a Fund. Increasing a Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of a Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of a Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

It is possible that a Fund may invest in securities of, or engage in transactions with, companies in which BlackRock has significant debt or equity investments or other interests. A Fund may also invest in issuances (such as structured notes) by entities for which BlackRock provides and is compensated for cash management services relating to the proceeds from the sale of such issuances. In making investment decisions for a Fund, BlackRock is not permitted to obtain or use material non-public information acquired by any unit of BlackRock in the course of these activities. In addition, from time to time, the activities of BlackRock may limit a Fund's flexibility in purchases and sales of securities. As indicated below, BlackRock may engage in transactions with companies in which BlackRock-advised funds or other clients of BlackRock have an investment.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb.

Table of Contents

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, each Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) in accordance with policies and procedures approved by a Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

To the extent permitted by applicable law, a Fund may invest all or some of its short-term cash investments in any money market fund or similarly-managed private fund advised or managed by BlackRock. In connection with any such investments, a Fund, to the extent permitted by the 1940 Act, may pay its share of expenses of a money market fund or other similarly-managed private fund in which it invests, which may result in a Fund bearing some additional expenses.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of a Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for a Fund. To lessen the possibility that a Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, each Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding a Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

BlackRock will not purchase securities or other property from, or sell securities or other property to, a Fund, except that a Fund may in accordance with rules or guidance adopted under the 1940 Act engage in transactions with another Fund or accounts that are affiliated with a Fund as a result of common officers, directors, or investment advisers or pursuant to exemptive orders granted to the Funds and/or BlackRock by the SEC. These transactions would be effected in circumstances in which BlackRock determined that it would be appropriate for a Fund to purchase and another client of BlackRock to sell, or the Fund to sell and another client of BlackRock to purchase, the same security or instrument on the same day. From time to time, the activities of a Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock's internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of a Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which a Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Funds may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

Table of Contents

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Funds), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Funds (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with certain Funds' custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Funds leave cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for Funds in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

Table of Contents

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

Pursuant to the investment advisory agreement, BFA may, from time to time, in its sole discretion and to the extent permitted by applicable law, appoint one or more sub-advisers, including, without limitation, affiliates of BFA, to perform investment advisory or other services with respect to a Fund. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the investment advisory agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion upon appropriate notice at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Table of Contents

Prior to July 14, 2021, for its investment advisory services to iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF, iShares U.S. Energy ETF, iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF, iShares U.S. Financials ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF, iShares U.S. Industrials ETF, iShares U.S. Technology ETF, iShares U.S. Transportation ETF and iShares U.S. Utilities ETF, BFA was paid a management fee from such Funds corresponding to each Fund’s allocable portion of an aggregate management fee calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares Funds: iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF, iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF, iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF, iShares U.S. Energy ETF, iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF, iShares U.S. Financials ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF, iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF, iShares U.S. Industrials ETF, iShares U.S. Insurance ETF, iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF, iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF, iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF, iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF, iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF, iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF, iShares U.S. Technology ETF, iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF, iShares U.S. Transportation ETF and iShares U.S. Utilities ETF. The aggregate management fee was calculated as follows: 0.48% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $10.0 billion, plus 0.43% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $10.0 billion, up to and including $20.0 billion, plus 0.38% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $20.0 billion, up to and including $30.0 billion, plus 0.34% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $30.0 billion, up to and including $40.0 billion, plus 0.33% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $40.0 billion, up to and including $50.0 billion, plus 0.31% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $50.0 billion.

Effective July 14, 2021, for its investment advisory services to iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF, iShares U.S. Energy ETF, iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF, iShares U.S. Financials ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF, iShares U.S. Industrials ETF, iShares U.S. Technology ETF, iShares U.S. Transportation ETF and iShares U.S. Utilities ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from such Funds corresponding to each Fund’s allocable portion of an aggregate management fee calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares Funds: iShares U.S. Aerospace & Defense ETF, iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF, iShares U.S. Broker-Dealers & Securities Exchanges ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF, iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF, iShares U.S. Energy ETF, iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF, iShares U.S. Financials ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF, iShares U.S. Healthcare Providers ETF, iShares U.S. Home Construction ETF, iShares U.S. Industrials ETF, iShares U.S. Insurance ETF, iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF, iShares U.S. Oil & Gas Exploration & Production ETF, iShares U.S. Oil Equipment & Services ETF, iShares U.S. Pharmaceuticals ETF, iShares U.S. Real Estate ETF, iShares U.S. Regional Banks ETF, iShares U.S. Technology ETF, iShares U.S. Telecommunications ETF, iShares U.S. Transportation ETF and iShares U.S. Utilities ETF. The aggregate management fee is calculated as follows: 0.48% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $10.0 billion, plus 0.43% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $10.0 billion, up to and including $20.0 billion, plus 0.38% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $20.0 billion, up to and including $30.0 billion, plus 0.34% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $30.0 billion, up to and including $40.0 billion, plus 0.33% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $40.0 billion, up to and including $50.0 billion, plus 0.31% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $50.0 billion, up to and including $60.0 billion, plus 0.2945% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $60.0 billion.

Prior to July 14, 2021, and for the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Select Dividend ETF, BFA was paid a management fee from the iShares Select Dividend ETF calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Latin America 40 ETF, iShares MSCI Pacific ex Japan ETF, iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Russell 2000 ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF and iShares Select Dividend ETF. The management fee for the iShares Select Dividend ETF equals the ratio of the Fund's net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.4000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $46 billion, plus 0.3800% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $46 billion, up to and including $81 billion, plus 0.3610% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $81 billion, up to and including $111 billion, plus 0.3430% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $111 billion, up to and including $141 billion, plus 0.3259% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $141 billion.

Effective July 14, 2021, for its investment advisory services to the iShares Select Dividend ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from the iShares Select Dividend ETF calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares Latin America 40 ETF, iShares MSCI Pacific ex Japan ETF, iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF, iShares Russell 2000 ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 2000 Value ETF and iShares Select Dividend ETF. The management fee for the iShares Select Dividend ETF equals the ratio of the Fund's net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.4000% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $46 billion, plus 0.3800% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $46 billion, up to and including $81 billion, plus 0.3610% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $81 billion, up to and including $111 billion, plus 0.3430%

Table of Contents

per annum of the aggregate net assets over $111 billion, up to and including $141 billion, plus 0.3259% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $141 billion, up to and including $171 billion, plus 0.3096% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $171 billion.

For its investment advisory services to the iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF, BFA is paid a management fee from the Fund calculated based on the aggregate average daily net assets of the following iShares funds: iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 5-10 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares 10+ Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF, iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF, iShares MBS ETF, iShares Nasdaq Biotechnology ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Growth ETF, iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Growth ETF, iShares Russell Mid-Cap Value ETF, iShares S&P Mid-Cap 400 Growth ETF and iShares TIPS Bond ETF. The management fee for the iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF equals the ratio of the Fund’s net assets over the aggregate net assets of the above iShares funds multiplied by the amount calculated as follows: 0.3500% per annum of the aggregate net assets less than or equal to $121 billion, plus 0.3325% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $121 billion, up to and including $181 billion, plus 0.3159% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $181 billion, up to and including $231 billion, plus 0.3001% per annum of the aggregate net assets over $231 billion, up to and including $281 billion, plus 0.2851% per annum of the aggregate net assets in excess of $281 billion.

Fund	Management Fee for the Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021	Fund Inception Date	Management Fees Paid for Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021	Management Fees Paid for Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2020	Management Fees Paid for Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019
iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF	0.33%	01/29/01	$ 6,286,568	$ 7,654,487	$ 7,623,959
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	0.08%	06/10/14	10,590,533	7,091,934	3,881,897
iShares Core High Dividend ETF	0.08%	03/29/11	4,651,321	5,750,966	5,044,844
iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF	0.08%	05/01/07	1,216,256	1,239,007	676,497
iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF	0.20%	06/12/00	2,727,476	2,404,948	2,355,499
iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF	0.48%	11/12/07	1,200,330	1,814,429	2,360,960
iShares Morningstar Growth ETF¹	0.04%	06/28/04	4,082,655	2,993,542	2,560,907
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF²	0.04%	06/28/04	1,620,367	1,766,678	1,812,062
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF³	0.06%	06/28/04	3,290,251	1,617,062	977,341
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF⁴	0.06%	06/28/04	988,368	1,343,496	1,331,233
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF⁵	0.04%	06/28/04	463,451	567,397	600,507
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF⁶	0.06%	06/28/04	1,252,672	638,678	576,135
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF⁷	0.06%	06/28/04	813,048	1,131,398	1,271,570
iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF⁸	0.03%	06/28/04	1,483,012	1,643,484	1,817,528
iShares Morningstar Value ETF⁹	0.04%	06/28/04	1,132,604	1,266,913	1,049,740
iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF^10,11	0.25%	11/14/06	5,938,742	4,048,505	3,030,860
iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF^12,13	0.25%	01/24/05	5,147,153	2,796,477	2,007,409
iShares Select Dividend ETF	0.38%	11/03/03	54,655,670	65,828,118	65,682,678
iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF	0.41%	06/12/00	2,187,574	1,471,126	2,245,862
iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF	0.41%	06/12/00	4,729,873	3,841,157	3,671,477
iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF	0.41%	06/12/00	2,677,838	2,021,692	2,040,802
iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF	0.25%	11/07/17	98,644	28,593	18,986
iShares U.S. Energy ETF	0.41%	06/12/00	2,621,842	2,462,955	4,022,891
iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF	0.41%	06/12/00	5,815,930	5,334,097	6,778,965
iShares U.S. Financials ETF	0.41%	05/22/00	6,067,265	6,951,735	7,956,303
iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF	0.41%	06/12/00	10,048,208	8,981,017	9,443,842
iShares U.S. Industrials ETF	0.41%	06/12/00	4,438,894	3,796,812	4,096,032
iShares U.S. Technology ETF	0.41%	05/15/00	25,925,771	18,759,055	17,149,916
iShares U.S. Transportation ETF	0.41%	10/06/03	4,975,770	2,142,515	3,114,904

Table of Contents

Fund		Management Fee for the Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021		Fund Inception Date		Management Fees Paid for Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021		Management Fees Paid for Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2020		Management Fees Paid for Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019
iShares U.S. Utilities ETF		0.41%		06/12/00		3,291,930		4,016,800		2,905,869

¹	Effective March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Growth ETF is 0.04%. Prior to March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Growth ETF was 0.25%.
²	Effective March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF is 0.04%. Prior to March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF was 0.25%.
³	Effective March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF is 0.06%. Prior to March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF was 0.30%.
⁴	Effective March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF is 0.06%. Prior to March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF was 0.30%.
⁵	Effective March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF is 0.04%. Prior to March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF was 0.25%.
⁶	Effective March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF is 0.06%. Prior to March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF was 0.30%.
⁷	Effective March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF is 0.06%. Prior to March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF was 0.30%.
⁸	Effective March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF is 0.03%. Prior to March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF was 0.20%.
⁹	Effective March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Value ETF is 0.04%. Prior to March 22, 2021, the management fee for the iShares Morningstar Value ETF was 0.25%.
¹⁰	For the iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee in order to limit the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver to 0.25% effective June 1, 2018 through April 5, 2020. The contractual waiver was discontinued beginning on June 26, 2018. For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019, BFA waived $417,135 of its management fees.
¹¹	Effective June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF is 0.25%. Prior to June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF was 0.50%.
¹²	For the iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF, BFA contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fee in order to limit the Fund’s total annual fund operating expenses after fee waiver to 0.25% effective June 1, 2018 through April 5, 2020. The contractual waiver was discontinued beginning on June 26, 2018. For the fiscal year ended April 30, 2019, BFA waived $270,318 of its management fees.
¹³	Effective June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF is 0.25%. Prior to June 26, 2018, the management fee for the iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF was 0.50%.

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	278	$1,785,662,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	59	90,777,000,000
Other Accounts	46	60,441,000,000

Table of Contents

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	284	$1,788,056,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	1	4,502,000,000
Other Accounts	18	28,530,000,000

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	227	$1,675,235,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	38	57,502,000,000
Other Accounts	92	28,788,000,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	291	$$1,786,736,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	186	639,515,000,000
Other Accounts	109	576,751,000,000

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA’s policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Funds and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Funds, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time each Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than it would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Like the Funds, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio’s or account’s gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or any of its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and each of its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intend to do so, shareholders of the Funds should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict of interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A

Table of Contents

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	4	$11,294,000,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	1	$2,254,000,000

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of April 30, 2021.

As of April 30, 2021, the Portfolio Managers beneficially owned shares of the Funds, for which they are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management, in the amounts reflected in the following tables:

Table of Contents

Jennifer Hsui

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF

iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF

iShares Core High Dividend ETF

iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF

iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF

iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF

iShares Morningstar Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF

iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF

iShares Morningstar Value ETF

iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF

iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF

iShares Select Dividend ETF

iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF

iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF

iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF

iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF

iShares U.S. Energy ETF

iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF

iShares U.S. Financials ETF

iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF

iShares U.S. Industrials ETF

iShares U.S. Technology ETF

iShares U.S. Transportation ETF

iShares U.S. Utilities ETF

Alan Mason

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF

iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF

iShares Core High Dividend ETF

iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF

iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF

iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF

iShares Morningstar Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF

Table of Contents

Alan Mason

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF

iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF

iShares Morningstar Value ETF

iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF

iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF

iShares Select Dividend ETF

iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF

iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF

iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF

iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF

iShares U.S. Energy ETF

iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF

iShares U.S. Financials ETF

iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF

iShares U.S. Industrials ETF

iShares U.S. Technology ETF

iShares U.S. Transportation ETF

iShares U.S. Utilities ETF

Greg Savage

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF

iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF

iShares Core High Dividend ETF

iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF

iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF

iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF

iShares Morningstar Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF

iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF

iShares Morningstar Value ETF

iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF

iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF

iShares Select Dividend ETF

iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF

iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF

Table of Contents

Greg Savage

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF

iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF

iShares U.S. Energy ETF

iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF

iShares U.S. Financials ETF

iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF

iShares U.S. Industrials ETF

iShares U.S. Technology ETF

iShares U.S. Transportation ETF

iShares U.S. Utilities ETF

Amy Whitelaw

Dollar Range

Fund

None

$1 to $10k

$10,001
to $50k

$50,001
to $100k

$100,001
to $500k

$500,001
to $1m

over
$1m

iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF

iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF

iShares Core High Dividend ETF

iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF

iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF

iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF

iShares Morningstar Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF

iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF

iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF

iShares Morningstar Value ETF

iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF

iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF

iShares Select Dividend ETF

iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF

iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF

iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF

iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF

iShares U.S. Energy ETF

iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF

iShares U.S. Financials ETF

iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF

iShares U.S. Industrials ETF

iShares U.S. Technology ETF

iShares U.S. Transportation ETF

iShares U.S. Utilities ETF

Table of Contents

Codes of Ethics. The Trust, BFA and the Distributor have adopted codes of ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. The codes of ethics permit personnel subject to the codes of ethics to invest in securities, subject to certain limitations, including securities that may be purchased or held by the Funds. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of each Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of each Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2020	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019
iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF	01/29/01	$ 34,069	$ 40,313	$38,584
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	06/10/14	194,503	141,699	85,793
iShares Core High Dividend ETF	03/29/11	87,346	109,496	95,455
iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF	05/01/07	34,802	38,000	33,192
iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF	06/12/00	36,231	37,386	48,015
iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF	11/12/07	70,609	78,984	78,079
iShares Morningstar Growth ETF	06/28/04	35,914	30,175	29,237
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF	06/28/04	35,193	34,944	35,371
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF	06/28/04	38,901	30,656	30,316
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF	06/28/04	30,270	32,593	33,904
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF	06/28/04	46,391	33,999	42,044
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF	06/28/04	46,226	36,488	40,362

100

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2020	Administration, Custodian, Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF	06/28/04	40,184	33,793	34,536
iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF	06/28/04	32,620	29,558	30,070
iShares Morningstar Value ETF	06/28/04	29,891	27,493	26,818
iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	11/14/06	45,698	43,738	43,098
iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	01/24/05	42,302	32,908	32,098
iShares Select Dividend ETF	11/03/03	199,412	240,305	240,694
iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF	06/12/00	23,879	22,846	22,324
iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF	06/12/00	30,830	32,464	27,272
iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF	06/12/00	24,824	25,617	24,584
iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF	11/07/17	32,705	31,153	23,643
iShares U.S. Energy ETF	06/12/00	25,082	23,005	27,354
iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF	06/12/00	31,686	32,770	33,470
iShares U.S. Financials ETF	05/22/00	34,682	37,946	43,820
iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF	06/12/00	43,121	35,877	38,039
iShares U.S. Industrials ETF	06/12/00	30,254	29,958	31,117
iShares U.S. Technology ETF	05/15/00	93,763	71,292	64,538
iShares U.S. Transportation ETF	10/06/03	27,421	22,806	22,370
iShares U.S. Utilities ETF	06/12/00	25,652	27,882	24,831

101

Table of Contents

of securities lending income it receives in order to effectively limit the collateral investment fees the Fund bears to an annual rate of 0.04%. Such money market fund shares will not be subject to a sales load, redemption fee, distribution fee or service fee.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

(i) if domestic equity funds, such as all Funds except for the iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF (“Domestic Equity Funds”), retain 77% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees) and (ii) this amount could never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, (i) if international equity funds, such as the iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF (“International Equity Fund”), retain 82% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees) and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income (which includes, for this purpose, collateral investment fees) earned across the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex (as defined under “Management—Trustees and Officers”) in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, each applicable Fund, pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows:

Domestic Equity Funds

(i) if the Domestic Equity Funds were to engage in securities lending, 81% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees); and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of the securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

International Equity Fund

(i) if the International Equity Fund was to engage in securities lending, 85% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees); and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

The services provided to the Funds by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended April 30, 2021 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Funds with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

102

Table of Contents

Fund	iShares U.S. Transportation ETF	iShares U.S. Utilities ETF
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	560	4
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$ 63,303	$ 1,559
Net income from securities lending activities	$ 164,035	$ 3,772

Payments by BFA and its Affiliates. BFA and/or its affiliates (“BFA Entities”) may pay certain broker-dealers, registered investment advisers, banks and other financial intermediaries (“Intermediaries”) for certain activities related to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products in general. BFA Entities make these payments from their own assets and not from the assets of the Funds. Although a portion of BFA Entities’ revenue comes directly or indirectly in part from fees paid by the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products, these payments do not increase the price paid by investors for the purchase of shares of, or the cost of owning, the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. BFA Entities make payments for Intermediaries’ participation in activities that are designed to make registered representatives, other professionals and individual investors more knowledgeable about exchange-traded products, including the Funds and other iShares funds, or for other activities, such as participation in marketing activities and presentations, educational training programs, conferences, the development of technology platforms and reporting systems (“Education Costs”). BFA Entities also make payments to Intermediaries for certain printing, publishing and mailing costs or materials relating to the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products (“Publishing Costs”). In addition, BFA Entities make payments to Intermediaries that make shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products available to their clients, develop new products that feature iShares or otherwise promote the Funds, other iShares funds and exchange-traded products. BFA Entities may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to Intermediaries or other persons in consideration of services or other activities that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. Payments of the type described above are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments.

Payments to an Intermediary may be significant to the Intermediary, and amounts that Intermediaries pay to your salesperson or other investment professional may also be significant for your salesperson or other investment professional. Because an Intermediary may make decisions about which investment options it will recommend or make available to its clients or what services to provide for various products based on payments it receives or is eligible to receive, such payments may create conflicts of interest between the Intermediary and its clients and these financial incentives may cause the Intermediary to recommend the Funds, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products over other investments. The same conflicts of interest and financial incentives exist with respect to your salesperson or other investment professional if he or she receives similar payments from his or her Intermediary firm.

In addition to the payments described above, BFA Entities have developed proprietary tools, calculators and related interactive or digital content that is made available through the www.BlackRock.com website at no additional cost to Intermediaries. BlackRock may configure these tools and calculators and localize the content for Intermediaries as part of its customary digital marketing support and promotion of the Funds, other iShares funds, exchange-traded products and BlackRock mutual funds.

111

Table of Contents

long-term and significant arrangement (the “Marketing Program”), FBS, NFS and certain of their affiliates (collectively “Fidelity”) have agreed, among other things, to actively promote iShares funds to customers, investment professionals and other intermediaries and in advertising campaigns as the preferred exchange-traded product, to offer certain iShares funds in certain Fidelity platforms and investment programs, in some cases at a waived or reduced commission rate or ticket charge, and to provide marketing data to BFA Entities. BFA Entities have agreed to facilitate the Marketing Program by, among other things, making certain payments to FBS and NFS for marketing and implementing certain brokerage and investment programs. Upon termination of the arrangement, the BFA Entities will make additional payments to FBS and/or NFS based upon a number of criteria, including the overall success of the Marketing Program and the level of services provided by FBS and NFS during the wind-down period.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): BNY Mellon Performance & Risk Analytics, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., Riskalyze, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Further, BFA Entities make Education Costs and Publishing Costs payments to other Intermediaries that are not listed in the immediately preceding paragraph. BFA Entities may determine to make such payments based on any number of metrics. For example, BFA Entities may make payments at year-end or other intervals in a fixed amount, an amount based upon an Intermediary’s services at defined levels or an amount based on the Intermediary’s net sales of one or more iShares funds in a year or other period, any of which arrangements may include an agreed-upon minimum or maximum payment, or any combination of the foregoing. As of the date of this SAI, BFA anticipates that the payments paid by BFA Entities in connection with the Funds, iShares funds and exchange-traded products in general will be immaterial to BFA Entities in the aggregate for the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Funds, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Valuation of Shares. The NAV for each Fund is generally calculated as of the close of regular trading hours on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) (currently 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time) on each business day the NYSE is open. Valuation of assets held by a Fund is as follows:

112

Table of Contents

liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Options, Futures, Swaps and Other Derivatives. Exchange-traded equity options for which market quotations are readily available are valued at the mean of the last bid and ask prices as quoted on the Exchange or the board of trade on which such options are traded. In the event that there is no mean price available for an exchange traded equity option held by a Fund on a day on which a Fund values such option, the last bid (long positions) or ask (short positions) price, if available, will be used as the value of such option. If no bid or ask price is available on a day on which a Fund values such option, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the option, in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on a Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by a Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

113

Table of Contents

reasonable business judgment, that an event has occurred after the close of trading for an asset or liability but prior to or at the time of pricing a Fund’s assets or liabilities, is likely to cause a material change to the last exchange closing price or closing market price of one or more assets held by, or liabilities of, a Fund. On any day the NYSE is open and a foreign market or the primary exchange on which a foreign asset or liability is traded is closed, such asset or liability will be valued using the prior day’s price, provided that BFA is not aware of any significant event or other information that would cause such price to no longer reflect the fair value of the asset or liability, in which case such asset or liability would be treated as a Fair Value Asset.

BFA, with input from portfolio management, will submit its recommendations regarding the valuation and/or valuation methodologies for Fair Value Assets to the Valuation Committee. The Valuation Committee may accept, modify or reject any recommendations. In addition, a Fund’s accounting agent periodically endeavors to confirm the prices it receives from all third-party pricing services, index providers and broker-dealers, and, with the assistance of BFA, to regularly evaluate the values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of a Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee will seek to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the asset or liability is being valued, and does not seek to determine the price a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BFA using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders.

Generally, ASC 820 and other accounting rules applicable to funds and various assets in which they invest are evolving. Such changes may adversely affect a Fund. For example, the evolution of rules governing the determination of the fair market value of assets or liabilities, to the extent such rules become more stringent, would tend to increase the cost and/or reduce the availability of third-party determinations of fair market value. This may in turn increase the costs associated with selling assets or affect their liquidity due to a Fund’s inability to obtain a third-party determination of fair market value. The SEC recently adopted new Rule 2a-5 under the 1940 Act, which will establish an updated regulatory framework for registered investment company valuation practices and may impact a Fund’s valuation policies. A Fund will not be required to comply with the new rule until September 8, 2022.

114

Table of Contents

Brokerage Transactions

The Funds anticipate that brokerage transactions involving foreign equity securities generally will be conducted primarily on the principal stock exchanges of the applicable country. Foreign equity securities may be held by the Funds in the form of depositary receipts, or other securities convertible into foreign equity securities. Depositary receipts may be listed on stock exchanges, or traded in OTC markets in the U.S. or Europe, as the case may be. ADRs, like other securities traded in the U.S., will be subject to negotiated commission rates.

OTC issues, including most fixed-income securities such as corporate debt and U.S. Government securities, are normally traded on a “net” basis without a stated commission, through dealers acting for their own account and not as brokers. The Funds will primarily engage in transactions with these dealers or deal directly with the issuer unless a better price or execution could be obtained by using a broker. Prices paid to a dealer with respect to both foreign and domestic securities will generally include a “spread,” which is the difference between the prices at which the dealer is willing to purchase and sell the specific security at the time, and includes the dealer’s normal profit.

115

Table of Contents

IPOs of securities may be over-subscribed and subsequently trade at a premium in the secondary market. When BFA is given an opportunity to invest in such an initial offering or “new” or “hot” issue, the supply of securities available for client accounts is often less than the amount of securities the accounts would otherwise take. In order to allocate these investments fairly and equitably among client accounts over time, each portfolio manager or a member of his or her respective investment team will indicate to BFA’s trading desk their level of interest in a particular offering with respect to eligible clients’ accounts for which that team is responsible. IPOs of U.S. equity securities will be identified as eligible for particular client accounts that are managed by portfolio teams who have indicated interest in the offering based on market capitalization of the issuer of the security and the investment mandate of the client account and in the case of international equity securities, the country where the offering is taking place and the investment mandate of the client account. Generally, shares received during the IPO will be allocated among participating client accounts within each investment mandate on a pro rata basis. This pro rata allocation may result in a Fund receiving less of a particular security than if pro-rating had not occurred. All allocations of securities will be subject, where relevant, to share minimums established for accounts and compliance constraints. In situations where supply is too limited to be allocated among all accounts for which the investment is eligible, portfolio managers may rotate such investment opportunities among one or more accounts so long as the rotation system provides for fair access for all client accounts over time. Other allocation methodologies that are considered by BFA to be fair and equitable to clients may be used as well.

116

Table of Contents

may decrease the market price of such security, adversely impacting other BlackRock clients that still hold the security. If purchases or sales of securities arise for consideration at or about the same time that would involve the Funds or other clients or funds for which BFA or another Affiliate act as investment manager, transactions in such securities will be made, insofar as feasible, for the respective funds and clients in a manner deemed equitable to all.

In certain instances, BFA may find it efficient for purposes of seeking to obtain best execution, to aggregate or “bunch” certain contemporaneous purchases or sale orders of its advisory accounts and advisory accounts of affiliates. In general, all contemporaneous trades for client accounts under management by the same portfolio manager or investment team will be bunched in a single order if the trader believes the bunched trade would provide each client with an opportunity to achieve a more favorable execution at a potentially lower execution cost. The costs associated with a bunched order will be shared pro rata among the clients in the bunched order. Generally, if an order for a particular portfolio manager or management team is filled at several different prices through multiple trades, all accounts participating in the order will receive the average price (except in the case of certain international markets where average pricing is not permitted). While in some cases this practice could have a detrimental effect upon the price or value of the security as far as the Funds are concerned, in other cases it could be beneficial to the Funds. Transactions effected by BFA or the other Affiliates on behalf of more than one of its clients during the same period may increase the demand for securities being purchased or the supply of securities being sold, causing an adverse effect on price. The trader will give the bunched order to the broker-dealer that the trader has identified as being able to provide the best execution of the order. Orders for purchase or sale of securities will be placed within a reasonable amount of time of the order receipt and bunched orders will be kept bunched only long enough to execute the order.

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2020	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019
iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF	01/29/01	$ 117,193	$ 80,381	$ 65,199
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	06/10/14	733,944	513,365	202,259
iShares Core High Dividend ETF	03/29/11	823,624	1,037,569	396,860
iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF	05/01/07	43,115	63,250	53,646
iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF	06/12/00	14,758	13,123	13,983
iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF	11/12/07	10,016	21,752	19,377
iShares Morningstar Growth ETF	06/28/04	98,153	26,763	15,740
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF	06/28/04	84,410	76,798	71,804
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF	06/28/04	73,345	16,292	7,634
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF	06/28/04	59,765	41,177	32,510
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF	06/28/04	71,331	33,076	31,506
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF	06/28/04	130,436	26,001	17,038
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF	06/28/04	132,924	96,786	64,819
iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF	06/28/04	70,459	36,776	30,359
iShares Morningstar Value ETF	06/28/04	57,120	24,428	12,370
iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	11/14/06	17,481	16,492	19,549
iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	01/24/05	69,625	25,352	13,568
iShares Select Dividend ETF	11/03/03	2,795,821	855,535	970,349
iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF	06/12/00	44,292	11,765	18,705
iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF	06/12/00	29,437	30,794	22,421
iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF	06/12/00	6,937	6,499	4,172
iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF	11/07/17	2,305	1,237	406
iShares U.S. Energy ETF	06/12/00	61,555	36,223	13,222
iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF	06/12/00	30,237	25,331	10,983

117

Table of Contents

Fund	Fund Inception Date	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2021	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2020	Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended April 30, 2019
iShares U.S. Financials ETF	05/22/00	35,048	28,065	46,291
iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF	06/12/00	19,446	21,245	15,691
iShares U.S. Industrials ETF	06/12/00	11,017	7,085	5,393
iShares U.S. Technology ETF	05/15/00	66,702	96,492	96,921
iShares U.S. Transportation ETF	10/06/03	285,025	48,893	27,275
iShares U.S. Utilities ETF	06/12/00	20,523	10,559	9,011

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 491,517,851
	Bank of America Corp.	333,881,763
	Citigroup, Inc.	230,426,492
	Morgan Stanley	111,654,819
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	98,439,216

iShares Core High Dividend ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 457,179,768

iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 18,743,902
	Bank of America Corp.	12,296,721
	Wells Fargo & Co.	7,437,665
	Citigroup, Inc.	5,945,192
	Morgan Stanley	4,947,139
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	4,788,051

iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 10,848,527
	Bank of America Corp.	7,117,433
	Wells Fargo & Co.	4,304,753
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	2,771,223
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	933,454

iShares Morningstar Value ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 15,980,398
	Bank of America Corp.	10,483,814
	Wells Fargo & Co.	6,341,103
	Citigroup, Inc.	5,062,956
	Morgan Stanley	4,217,810
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	4,082,092
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	1,373,296

iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 1,777,582
	Bank of America Corp.	1,551,529

118

Table of Contents

Fund	Issuer	Market Value of Investment
	Wells Fargo & Co.	1,309,829
	Citigroup, Inc.	1,124,167
	Morgan Stanley	384,931
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	373,190
	Bank of New York Mellon Corp. (The)	221,268

iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$ 189,974,730
	Bank of America Corp.	124,631,331
	Wells Fargo & Co.	75,382,976
	Citigroup, Inc.	60,187,898
	Morgan Stanley	50,140,870
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	48,526,889

iShares U.S. Financials ETF	JPMorgan Chase & Co.	$163,762,584
	Bank of America Corp.	107,411,633
	Wells Fargo & Co.	65,743,267
	Citigroup, Inc.	52,490,701
	Morgan Stanley	43,727,148
	Goldman Sachs Group Inc. (The)	42,323,086

Portfolio turnover may vary from year to year, as well as within a year. High turnover rates may result in comparatively greater brokerage expenses.

The table below sets forth the portfolio turnover rates of each Fund for the fiscal years noted:

Fund	Fiscal Year ended April 30, 2021	Fiscal Year ended April 30, 2020
iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF	27%	19%
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	31%	24%
iShares Core High Dividend ETF	75%	62%
iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF	5%	8%
iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF	4%	4%
iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF	9%	10%
iShares Morningstar Growth ETF	97%	28%
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF	133%	55%
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF	90%	26%
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF	95%	51%
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF	175% ¹	62%

119

Table of Contents

Fund	Fiscal Year ended April 30, 2021	Fiscal Year ended April 30, 2020
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF	156%	57%
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF	145%	65%
iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF	131%	49%
iShares Morningstar Value ETF	112%	36%
iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	5%	6%
iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	27%	13%
iShares Select Dividend ETF	55%	6%
iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF	28%	11%
iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF	20%	31%
iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF	4%	5%
iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF	30%	33%
iShares U.S. Energy ETF	15%	12%
iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF	7%	7%
iShares U.S. Financials ETF	9%	6%
iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF	6%	5%
iShares U.S. Industrials ETF	5%	4%
iShares U.S. Technology ETF	12%	16%
iShares U.S. Transportation ETF	80%	35%
iShares U.S. Utilities ETF	5%	4%

¹	The variation in the portfolio turnover rate in the fiscal year ended April 30, 2021 when compared to the prior fiscal year was primarily due to rebalancing associated with the Fund’s change to a new Underlying Index.

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

120

Table of Contents

provisions of Section 16 of the 1934 Act and the SEC’s rules promulgated thereunder. Beneficial owners and Insiders should consult with their own legal counsel concerning their obligations under Sections 13 and 16 of the 1934 Act and existing guidance provided by the SEC staff.

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Funds. Shares of each Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Conveyance of all notices, statements and other communications to Beneficial Owners is effected as follows. Pursuant to the Depositary Agreement between the Trust and DTC, DTC is required to make available to the Trust upon request and for a fee to be charged to the Trust a listing of the shares of each Fund held by each DTC Participant. The Trust shall inquire of each such DTC Participant as to the number of Beneficial Owners holding shares, directly or indirectly, through such DTC Participant. The Trust shall provide each such DTC Participant with copies of such notice, statement or other communication, in such form, number and at such place as such DTC Participant may reasonably request, in order that such notice, statement or communication may be transmitted by such DTC Participant, directly or indirectly, to such Beneficial Owners. In addition, the Trust shall pay to each such DTC Participant a fair and reasonable amount as reimbursement for the expenses attendant to such transmittal, all subject to applicable statutory and regulatory requirements.

Share distributions shall be made to DTC or its nominee, Cede & Co., as the registered holder of all shares of the Trust. DTC or its nominee, upon receipt of any such distributions, shall credit immediately DTC Participants’ accounts with payments in amounts proportionate to their respective beneficial interests in shares of each Fund as shown on the records of DTC or its nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

121

Table of Contents

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF	50,000	$3,167,500
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	50,000	2,540,000
iShares Core High Dividend ETF	50,000	4,903,000
iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF	50,000	2,859,000
iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF	50,000	5,279,000
iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF	100,000	2,976,000
iShares Morningstar Growth ETF	50,000	3,047,000
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF	50,000	3,322,000
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF	50,000	3,296,000
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF	50,000	3,289,000
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF	50,000	2,925,500

122

Table of Contents

Fund	Shares Per Creation Unit	Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF	50,000	2,514,500
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF	50,000	3,004,000
iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF	50,000	2,963,000
iShares Morningstar Value ETF	50,000	3,253,500
iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	50,000	4,043,500
iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	50,000	4,652,000
iShares Select Dividend ETF	50,000	6,047,000
iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF	50,000	6,948,000
iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF	50,000	3,832,500
iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF	50,000	9,076,500
iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF	50,000	1,956,500
iShares U.S. Energy ETF	50,000	1,397,000
iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF	50,000	9,416,500
iShares U.S. Financials ETF	50,000	4,121,500
iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF	50,000	13,314,500
iShares U.S. Industrials ETF	50,000	5,597,000
iShares U.S. Technology ETF	50,000	4,622,500
iShares U.S. Transportation ETF	50,000	13,771,500
iShares U.S. Utilities ETF	50,000	4,032,000

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of a Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities, is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of any Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of a given Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

123

Table of Contents

securities in the Deposit Securities (which in turn reduces the cash portion). However, the methodology limits the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Fund Deposit.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Funds or one of their service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units (an “Authorized Participant”). Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

124

Table of Contents

to time. Investors, other than Authorized Participants, are responsible for making arrangements for a creation request to be made through an Authorized Participant. The Distributor or its agent will provide a list of current Authorized Participants upon request. Those placing orders to purchase Creation Units through an Authorized Participant should allow sufficient time to permit proper submission of the purchase order to the Distributor or its agent by the Cutoff Time (as defined below) on such Business Day.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by a Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units. Subject to the conditions that (i) an irrevocable purchase order has been submitted by the Authorized Participant (either on its own or another investor's behalf) and (ii) arrangements satisfactory to the Funds are in place for payment of the Cash Component and any other cash amounts which may be due, the Funds will accept the order, subject to each Fund's right (and the right of the Distributor and BFA) to reject any order until acceptance, as set forth below.

125

Table of Contents

notified of such delivery and the applicable Fund will issue and cause the delivery of the Creation Unit. Creation Units are generally issued on a “T+2 basis” (i.e., two Business Days after trade date). However, each Fund reserves the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliant with applicable law. For example, certain Funds reserve the right to settle Creation Unit transactions on a basis other than T+2, in order to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and ex-dividend dates (i.e., the last day the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security) and in certain other circumstances.

Costs Associated with Creation Transactions. A standard creation transaction fee is imposed to offset the transfer and other transaction costs associated with the issuance of Creation Units. The standard creation transaction fee is charged to the Authorized Participant on the day such Authorized Participant creates a Creation Unit, and is the same, regardless of the number of Creation Units purchased by the Authorized Participant on the applicable Business Day. If a purchase consists solely or partially of cash, the Authorized Participant may also be required to cover (up to the maximum amount shown below) certain brokerage, tax, foreign exchange, execution, price movement and other costs and expenses related to the execution of trades resulting from such transaction (which may, in certain instances, be based on a good faith estimate of transaction costs). Authorized Participants will also bear the costs of transferring the Deposit Securities to the Funds. Certain fees/costs associated with creation transactions may be waived in certain circumstances. Investors who use the services of a broker or other financial intermediary to acquire Fund shares may be charged a fee for such services.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF	$ 250	3.0%
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	800	3.0%
iShares Core High Dividend ETF	250	3.0%
iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF	250	3.0%
iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF	3,000	3.0%
iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF	4,000	7.0%
iShares Morningstar Growth ETF	250	3.0%
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF	500	3.0%
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF	500	3.0%
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF	500	3.0%
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF	650	3.0%
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF	600	3.0%
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF	600	3.0%

126

Table of Contents

Fund	Standard Creation Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF	250	3.0%
iShares Morningstar Value ETF	250	3.0%
iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	1,000	3.0%
iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	350	3.0%
iShares Select Dividend ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF	450	3.0%
iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF	300	3.0%
iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF	1,100	3.0%
iShares U.S. Energy ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF	300	3.0%
iShares U.S. Financials ETF	650	3.0%
iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF	300	3.0%
iShares U.S. Industrials ETF	600	3.0%
iShares U.S. Technology ETF	350	3.0%
iShares U.S. Transportation ETF	250	3.0%
iShares U.S. Utilities ETF	250	3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

The designated portfolio of securities (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) that will be applicable (subject to possible amendment or correction) to redemption requests received in proper form (as defined below) on that day (“Fund Securities” or “Redemption Basket”), and an amount of cash (the “Cash Amount,” as described below) (each subject to possible amendment or correction) are applicable, in order to effect redemptions of Creation Units of a Fund until such time as the next announced composition of the Fund Securities and Cash Amount is made available. Fund Securities received on redemption may not be identical to Deposit Securities that are applicable to creations of Creation Units. Procedures and requirements governing redemption transactions are set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants and may change from time to time.

127

Table of Contents

that the Fund Securities have a value greater than the NAV of the shares, a compensating cash payment equal to the difference is required to be made by or through an Authorized Participant by the redeeming shareholder. Each Fund generally redeems Creation Units for Fund Securities, but the Funds reserve the right to utilize a cash option for redemption of Creation Units. Each Fund may, in its sole discretion, provide such redeeming Authorized Participant a portfolio of securities that differs from the exact composition of the Fund Securities, but does not differ in NAV. The Redemption Basket may also be modified to minimize the Cash Component by redistributing the cash to the Fund Securities portion of the Redemption Basket through systematically rounding. The rounding methodology allows position sizes of securities in the Fund Securities to be “rounded up,” while limiting the maximum allowed percentage change in weight and share quantity of any given security in the Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Redemption Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash redemptions of Creation Units are available or specified for a Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind redemptions thereof. In the case of partial or full cash redemption, the Authorized Participant receives the cash equivalent of the Fund Securities it would otherwise receive through an in-kind redemption, plus the same Cash Amount to be paid to an in-kind redeemer.

The following table sets forth each Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF	$ 250	2.0%
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	800	2.0%
iShares Core High Dividend ETF	250	2.0%
iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF	250	2.0%
iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF	3,000	2.0%
iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF	4,000	2.0%
iShares Morningstar Growth ETF	250	2.0%
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF	500	2.0%
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF	500	2.0%
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF	500	2.0%
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF	650	2.0%
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF	600	2.0%
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF	600	2.0%
iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF	250	2.0%
iShares Morningstar Value ETF	250	2.0%
iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	1,000	2.0%
iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	350	2.0%
iShares Select Dividend ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF	450	2.0%
iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF	300	2.0%

128

Table of Contents

Fund	Standard Redemption Transaction Fee	Maximum Additional Charge*
iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF	1,100	2.0%
iShares U.S. Energy ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF	300	2.0%
iShares U.S. Financials ETF	650	2.0%
iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF	300	2.0%
iShares U.S. Industrials ETF	600	2.0%
iShares U.S. Technology ETF	350	2.0%
iShares U.S. Transportation ETF	250	2.0%
iShares U.S. Utilities ETF	250	2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Deliveries of redemption proceeds are generally made within two Business Days (i.e., “T+2”). However, each Fund reserves the right to settle deliveries of redemption proceeds on a basis other than T+2, including a shorter settlement period, if necessary or appropriate under the circumstances and compliance with applicable law. For example, certain Funds reserve the right to settle redemption transactions on a basis other than T+2 to accommodate non-U.S. market holiday schedules, to account for different treatment among non-U.S. and U.S. markets of dividend record dates and dividend ex-dates (i.e., the

129

Table of Contents

last date the holder of a security can sell the security and still receive dividends payable on the security sold) and in certain other circumstances consistent with applicable law.

If neither the Authorized Participant nor the Beneficial Owner on whose behalf the Authorized Participant is acting has appropriate arrangements to take delivery of Fund Securities in the applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction and it is not possible to make other such arrangements, or if it is not possible to effect deliveries of Fund Securities in such jurisdiction, a Fund may in its discretion exercise its option to redeem such shares in cash, and the Beneficial Owner will be required to receive its redemption proceeds in cash. In such case, the investor will receive a cash payment equal to the net asset value of its shares based on the NAV of the relevant Fund next determined after the redemption request is received in proper form (minus a redemption transaction fee and additional charges specified above to offset the Fund's brokerage and other transaction costs associated with the disposition of Fund Securities). Redemptions of shares for Fund Securities will be subject to compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws and each Fund (whether or not it otherwise permits cash redemptions) reserves the right to redeem Creation Units for cash to the extent that the Fund cannot lawfully deliver specific Fund Securities upon redemptions or cannot do so without first registering the Fund Securities under such laws.

Although the Trust does not ordinarily permit cash redemptions of Creation Units, in the event that cash redemptions are permitted or required by the Trust, proceeds will be paid to the Authorized Participant redeeming shares as soon as practicable after the date of redemption (within seven calendar days thereafter). If a Fund includes a foreign investment in its basket, and if a local market holiday, or series of consecutive holidays, or the extended delivery cycles for transferring foreign investments to redeeming Authorized Participants prevents timely delivery of the foreign investment in response to a redemption request, a Fund may delay delivery of the foreign investment more than seven days if a Fund delivers the foreign investment as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 days.

To the extent contemplated by an Authorized Participant's agreement with the Distributor or its agent, in the event an Authorized Participant has submitted a redemption request in proper form but is unable to transfer all or part of the Creation Unit to be redeemed to a Fund, at or prior to the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request, the Distributor or its agent will accept the redemption request in reliance on the undertaking by the Authorized Participant to deliver the missing shares as soon as possible. Such undertaking shall be secured by the Authorized Participant's delivery and maintenance of collateral as set forth in the handbook for Authorized Participants. Such collateral must be delivered no later than the time specified by a Fund or its custodian on the Business Day after the date of submission of such redemption request and shall be held by State Street and marked-to-market daily. The fees of State Street and any sub-custodians in respect of the delivery, maintenance and redelivery of the collateral shall be payable by the Authorized Participant. The Authorized Participant Agreement permits the Funds to acquire shares of the Funds at any time and subjects the Authorized Participant to liability for any shortfall between the aggregate of the cost to the Funds of purchasing such shares, plus the value of the Cash Amount, and the value of the collateral together with liability for related brokerage and other charges.

130

Table of Contents

compliance with those parameters. In addition, when constructing custom baskets for redemptions, the tax efficiency of a Fund may be taken into account. The policies and procedures distinguish among different types of custom baskets that may be used for each Fund and impose different requirements for different types of custom baskets in order to seek to mitigate against potential risks of conflicts and/or overreaching by an Authorized Participant. BlackRock has established a governance process to oversee basket compliance for the Funds, as set forth in each Fund's policies and procedures.

Taxes

The following is a summary of certain material U.S. federal income tax considerations regarding the purchase, ownership and disposition of shares of a Fund. This summary does not address all of the potential U.S. federal income tax consequences that may be applicable to a Fund or to all categories of investors, some of which may be subject to special tax rules. Current and prospective shareholders are urged to consult their own tax advisors with respect to the specific U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax consequences of investing in a Fund. The summary is based on the laws and judicial and administrative interpretations thereof in effect on the date of this SAI, all of which are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

Although, in general, the passive loss rules of the Internal Revenue Code do not apply to RICs, such rules do apply to a RIC with respect to items attributable to interests in qualified publicly-traded partnerships. A Fund's investments in partnerships, including in qualified publicly-traded partnerships, may result in the Fund being subject to state, local, or non-U.S. income, franchise or withholding tax liabilities.

131

Table of Contents

Taxation of RICs. As a RIC, a Fund will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the portion of its taxable investment income and capital gains that it distributes to its shareholders, provided that it satisfies a minimum distribution requirement. To satisfy the minimum distribution requirement, a Fund must distribute to its shareholders at least the sum of (i) 90% of its “investment company taxable income” (i.e., income other than its net realized long-term capital gain over its net realized short-term capital loss), plus or minus certain adjustments, and (ii) 90% of its net tax-exempt income for the taxable year. A Fund will be subject to income tax at regular corporate rates on any taxable income or gains that it does not distribute to its shareholders. If a Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Although each Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, a Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. Each Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If a Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

The following Funds had tax basis net capital loss carryforwards, as set forth in the table below, as of April 30, 2021, the tax year-end for the Funds listed:

Fund		Non-Expiring
iShares Cohen & Steers REIT ETF		$ 130,976,844
iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF		531,044,408
iShares Core High Dividend ETF		1,062,206,828
iShares Core U.S. REIT ETF		19,015,351
iShares Dow Jones U.S. ETF		23,727,408
iShares International Developed Real Estate ETF		80,257,865
iShares Morningstar Growth ETF		109,462,904
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap ETF		56,037,265
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Growth ETF		68,160,148
iShares Morningstar Mid-Cap Value ETF		27,164,578
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap ETF		26,958,768
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Growth ETF		59,824,289

132

Table of Contents

Fund		Non-Expiring
iShares Morningstar Small-Cap Value ETF		35,069,200
iShares Morningstar U.S. Equity ETF		56,517,575
iShares Morningstar Value ETF		53,433,371
iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF		41,012,536
iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF		49,677,436
iShares Select Dividend ETF		411,782,440
iShares U.S. Basic Materials ETF		128,356,659
iShares U.S. Consumer Discretionary ETF		66,681,070
iShares U.S. Consumer Staples ETF		20,394,671
iShares U.S. Dividend and Buyback ETF		1,321,244
iShares U.S. Energy ETF		203,633,929
iShares U.S. Financial Services ETF		51,264,378
iShares U.S. Financials ETF		64,307,667
iShares U.S. Healthcare ETF		90,834,480
iShares U.S. Industrials ETF		31,473,020
iShares U.S. Technology ETF		52,753,889
iShares U.S. Transportation ETF		35,544,075
iShares U.S. Utilities ETF		45,910,325

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders. Dividends and other distributions by a Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by a Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

133

Table of Contents

dates within an 85-day period, or (ii) in an amount greater than 20% of the taxpayer’s tax basis (or trading value) in a share of stock, aggregating dividends with ex-dividend dates within a 365-day period.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If a Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (b) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, a Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

In certain situations, a Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss, then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of (i) the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains and (ii) the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of shares of a Fund, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund. A redemption of shares by a Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends or capital gains distributions, or by an option or contract to acquire substantially identical shares, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of a Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then, on or before January 31 of the following calendar year, acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents shareholders from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting their investments within a family of mutual funds.

134

Table of Contents

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. A Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require a Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause a Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. Each Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of a Fund as a RIC.

135

Table of Contents

136

Table of Contents

Each Fund, but in particular the Foreign Funds, may be subject to non-U.S. income taxes withheld at the source. Each Fund, if permitted to do so, may elect to “pass through” to its investors the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid by the Fund provided that the Fund held the security on the dividend settlement date and for at least 15 additional days immediately before and/or thereafter, with the result that each investor with respect to shares of the Fund held for a minimum 16-day holding period at the time of deemed distribution will (i) include in gross income, even though not actually received, the investor’s pro rata share of the Fund’s non-U.S. income taxes, and (ii) either deduct (in calculating U.S. taxable income, but only for investors who itemize their deductions on their personal tax returns) or credit (in calculating U.S. federal income tax) the investor’s pro rata share of the Fund’s non-U.S. income taxes. Withholding taxes on dividends on non-U.S. securities while such securities are lent out by the Fund are not eligible for non-U.S. tax credit pass through. Taxes not “passed through” for tax purposes will not be available to shareholders for foreign tax credit purposes. A non-U.S. person invested in a Fund in a year that the Fund elects to “pass through” its non-U.S. taxes may be treated as receiving additional dividend income subject to U.S. withholding tax. A non-U.S. tax credit may not exceed the investor’s U.S. federal income tax otherwise payable with respect to the investor’s non-U.S. source income. For this purpose, shareholders must treat as non-U.S. source gross income (i) their proportionate shares of non-U.S. taxes paid by a Fund and (ii) the portion of any dividend paid by the Fund that represents income derived from non-U.S. sources; the Fund’s gain from the sale of securities will generally be treated as U.S.-source income. Certain limitations will be imposed to the extent to which the non-U.S. tax credit may be claimed. If your Fund shares are loaned pursuant to securities lending arrangements, you may lose the ability to use any non-U.S. tax credits passed through by a Fund or to treat Fund dividends (paid while the shares are held by the borrower) as qualified dividends. Regarding a short sale with respect to shares of a Fund, substitute payments made to the lender of such shares may not be deductible under certain circumstances. Consult your financial intermediary or tax advisor.

A Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.

137

Table of Contents

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Properly-reported dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of a Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder or partner, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, a Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if a Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in a Fund.

138

Table of Contents

Separately, a 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on U.S.-source dividends, interest and other income items paid to: (i) foreign financial institutions, including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders; and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to: (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information, including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders; comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts; report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained; agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information; and determine certain other information concerning their account holders, or (ii) in the event an intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities may need to report the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or provide certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.

Shares of a Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, located at Two Commerce Square, 2001 Market Street, Philadelphia, PA 19103, serves as the Trust's independent registered public accounting firm, audits the Funds' financial statements, and may perform other services.

139

Table of Contents

BFA has registered the following Fund for marketing to investors in Finland, Luxembourg, the Netherlands, Sweden, and the U.K.:

iShares Select Dividend ETF

140

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

iShares^® Trust

Statement of Additional Information

Dated July 30, 2021
(as revised September 10, 2021)

Fund		Ticker		Listing Exchange
iShares Russell 2500 ETF (the “Fund”)		SMMD		Cboe BZX

The Fund invests its assets in individual securities and also may invest in another iShares fund, the iShares Russell 2000 ETF (the “Underlying Fund”) as a means of obtaining exposure to securities included in the Fund's underlying index. BlackRock Fund Advisors (“BFA” or the “Investment Adviser”), an indirect wholly-owned subsidiary of BlackRock, Inc., serves as investment adviser to the Fund and also serves as investment adviser to the Underlying Fund. References to the investments and risks of the Fund, unless otherwise indicated, should be understood as references to the investments and risks of both the Fund and the Underlying Fund.

The Prospectus for the Fund is dated July 30, 2021, as amended and supplemented from time to time. Capitalized terms used herein that are not defined have the same meaning as in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted. The Financial Statements and Notes contained in the applicable Annual Report and Semi-Annual Report of the Trust for the Fund are incorporated by reference into and are deemed to be part of this SAI. A copy of the Prospectus for the Fund may be obtained without charge by writing to the Trust’s distributor, BlackRock Investments, LLC (the “Distributor” or “BRIL”), 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540, calling 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737) or visiting www.iShares.com. The Fund's Prospectus is incorporated by reference into this SAI.

iShares^® and BlackRock^® are registered trademarks of BlackRock Fund Advisors and its affiliates.

Table of Contents

General Description of the Trust and the Fund

The Fund offers and issues shares at their net asset value per share (“NAV”) only in aggregations of a specified number of shares (each, a “Creation Unit”), generally in exchange for a designated portfolio of securities, assets or other positions (including any portion of such securities for which cash may be substituted) included in its Underlying Index (the “Deposit Securities” or “Creation Basket”), together with the deposit of a specified cash payment (the “Cash Component”). Shares of the Fund are listed and trade on Cboe BZX Exchange, Inc. (the “Listing Exchange” or “Cboe BZX”), a national securities exchange. Shares of the Fund are traded in the secondary market and elsewhere at market prices that may be at, above or below the Fund's NAV. Shares are redeemable only in Creation Units by Authorized Participants (as defined in the Creation and Redemption of Creation Units-Role of the Authorized Participant section of this SAI), and, generally, in exchange for portfolio securities and a Cash Amount (as defined in the Redemption of Creation Units section of this SAI). Creation Units typically are a specified number of shares, generally 50,000 or multiples thereof.

Exchange Listing and Trading

Shares of the Fund are listed for trading, and trade throughout the day, on the Listing Exchange and in other secondary markets. Shares of the Fund may also be listed on certain non-U.S. exchanges. There can be no assurance that the requirements of the Listing Exchange necessary to maintain the listing of shares of the Fund will continue to be met. The Listing Exchange may, but is not required to, remove the shares of the Fund from listing if, among other things: (i) the Fund is no longer eligible to operate in reliance on Rule 6c-11 under the Investment Company Act; (ii) any of the other listing requirements are not continuously maintained; or (iii) any event shall occur or condition shall exist that, in the opinion of the Listing Exchange, makes further dealings on the Listing Exchange inadvisable. The Listing Exchange will also remove shares of the Fund from listing and trading upon termination of the Fund.

As in the case of other publicly-traded securities, when you buy or sell shares of the Fund through a broker, you may incur a brokerage commission determined by that broker, as well as other charges.

Table of Contents

Investment Strategies and Risks of the Fund

The Fund is managed by BFA and generally seeks to meet its investment objective by investing in securities of its Underlying Index either directly or through holding shares of the Underlying Fund. Because the Fund may periodically obtain its exposure to the securities in the Underlying Index by investing in the Underlying Fund, shareholders should be aware that the Fund’s exposure to the types of investments discussed below may be obtained by the Fund through an investment in the Underlying Fund. However, BFA is not required to invest any portion, or any particular percentage, of the Fund’s assets in the Underlying Fund. The Fund operates as an index fund and is not actively managed. Adverse performance of a security in the Fund’s portfolio will ordinarily not result in the elimination of the security from the Fund’s portfolio.

The Fund engages in representative sampling, which is investing in a sample of securities selected by BFA to have a collective investment profile similar to that of the Fund's Underlying Index. Securities selected have aggregate investment characteristics (based on market capitalization and industry weightings), fundamental characteristics (such as return variability, earnings valuation and yield) and liquidity measures similar to those of the Fund’s Underlying Index. A fund that uses representative sampling generally does not hold all of the securities that are in its underlying index.

Although the Fund does not seek leveraged returns, certain instruments used by the Fund may have a leveraging effect as described below.

Borrowing. The Fund may borrow for temporary or emergency purposes, including to meet payments due from redemptions or to facilitate the settlement of securities or other transactions.

Table of Contents

purposes. The Fund intends to use futures and options on futures in accordance with Rule 4.5 of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (the “CFTC”) promulgated under the Commodity Exchange Act (“CEA”). BFA, with respect to the Fund, has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” in accordance with Rule 4.5 so that BFA, with respect to the Fund, is not subject to registration or regulation as a commodity pool operator under the CEA. See the Regulation Regarding Derivatives section of this SAI for more information.

Futures contracts provide for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified amount of a specific instrument or index at a specified future time and at a specified price. Stock index contracts are based on investments that reflect the market value of common stock of the firms included in the investments. The Fund or the Underlying Fund may enter into futures contracts to purchase securities indexes when BFA anticipates purchasing the underlying securities and believes prices will rise before the purchase will be made. Upon entering into a futures contract, the Fund or the Underlying Fund will be required to deposit with the broker an amount of cash or cash equivalents known as “initial margin,” which is similar to a performance bond or good faith deposit on the contract and is returned to the Fund or the Underlying Fund upon termination of the futures contract if all contractual obligations have been satisfied. Subsequent payments, known as “variation margin,” will be made to and from the broker daily as the price of the instrument or index underlying the futures contract fluctuates, making the long and short positions in the futures contract more or less valuable, a process known as “marking-to-market.” At any time prior to the expiration of a futures contract, the Fund or the Underlying Fund may elect to close the position by taking an opposite position, which will operate to terminate the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund's existing position in the contract. To the extent required by law, the Fund will segregate liquid assets in an amount equal to its delivery obligations under the futures contracts. An option on a futures contract, as contrasted with a direct investment in such a contract, gives the purchaser the right, but no obligation, in return for the premium paid, to assume a position in the underlying futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time prior to the expiration date of the option. Upon exercise of an option, the delivery of the futures position by the writer of the option to the holder of the option will be accompanied by delivery of the accumulated balance in the writer’s futures margin account that represents the amount by which the market price of the futures contract exceeds (in the case of a call) or is less than (in the case of a put) the exercise price of the option on the futures contract.

The potential for loss related to the purchase of an option on a futures contract is limited to the premium paid for the option plus transaction costs. Because the value of the option is fixed at the point of sale, there are no daily cash payments by the purchaser to reflect changes in the value of the underlying contract; however, the value of the option changes daily and that change would be reflected in the NAV of the Fund. The potential for loss related to writing call options is unlimited. The potential for loss related to writing put options is limited to the agreed-upon price per share, also known as the “strike price,” less the premium received from writing the put. The Fund or the Underlying Fund may purchase and write put and call options on futures contracts that are traded on an exchange as a hedge against changes in value of its portfolio securities or in anticipation of the purchase of securities, and may enter into closing transactions with respect to such options to terminate existing positions. There is no guarantee that such closing transactions can be effected.

Table of Contents

amount of liquid assets equal to its obligations relative to the position involved, adjusted daily on a marked-to-market basis. With respect to futures contracts that are contractually required to “cash-settle,” the Fund maintains liquid assets in an amount at least equal to the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund's daily marked-to-market obligation (i.e., the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund's daily net liability, if any), rather than the contracts’ notional value (i.e., the value of the underlying asset). By maintaining assets equal to its net obligation under cash-settled futures contracts, the Fund or the Underlying Fund may employ leverage to a greater extent than if the Fund were required to set aside assets equal to the futures contracts’ full notional value. The Fund or the Underlying Fund bases its asset maintenance policies on methods permitted by the SEC and its staff and may modify these policies in the future to comply with any changes in the guidance articulated from time to time by the SEC or its staff. Changes in SEC guidance regarding the use of derivatives by registered investment companies may adversely impact the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund's ability to invest in futures, options or other derivatives or make investments in such instruments more expensive.

Investments in Underlying Funds and Other Investment Companies. To implement its strategy, the Fund may invest some or all of its assets in the Underlying Fund. The Underlying Fund generally invests directly in portfolio securities. The Fund may also invest in other investment companies, including exchange-traded funds (commonly referred to as “ETFs”) that are not iShares ETFs, to the extent permitted by law.

Lending Portfolio Securities. The Fund and the Underlying Fund may lend portfolio securities to certain borrowers that BFA determines to be creditworthy, including borrowers affiliated with BFA. The borrowers provide collateral that is maintained in an amount at least equal to the current market value of the securities loaned. No securities loan shall be made on behalf of the Fund or the Underlying Fund if, as a result, the aggregate value of all securities loaned by the Fund or the Underlying Fund exceeds one-third of the value of the Fund's or the Underlying Fund's total assets (including the value of the collateral received). The Fund or the Underlying Fund may terminate a loan at any time and obtain the return of the securities loaned. The Fund or the Underlying Fund receives, by way of substitute payment, the value of any interest or cash or non-cash distributions paid on the loaned securities that it would have received if the securities were not on loan.

With respect to loans that are collateralized by cash, the borrower may be entitled to receive a fee based on the amount of cash collateral. The Fund or the Underlying Fund is typically compensated by the difference between the amount earned on the reinvestment of cash collateral and the fee paid to the borrower. In the case of collateral other than cash, the Fund or the Underlying Fund is typically compensated by a fee paid by the borrower equal to a percentage of the market value of the loaned securities. Any cash collateral may be reinvested in certain short-term instruments either directly on behalf of the Fund or through one or more joint accounts or money market funds, including those affiliated with BFA; such investments are subject to investment risk. Other investment companies in which the Fund or the Underlying Fund invests can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, that would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund or the Underlying Fund.

The Fund conducts its securities lending pursuant to an exemptive order from the SEC permitting it to lend portfolio securities to borrowers affiliated with the Fund and to retain an affiliate of the Fund to act as securities lending agent. To the extent that the Fund or the Underlying Fund engages in securities lending, BlackRock Institutional Trust Company, N.A. (“BTC”) acts as securities lending agent for the Fund and the Underlying Fund, subject to the overall supervision of BFA. BTC administers the lending program in accordance with guidelines approved by the Trust's Board of Trustees (the “Board,” the trustees of which are the “Trustees”).

Securities lending involves exposure to certain risks, including operational risk (i.e., the risk of losses resulting from problems in the settlement and accounting process), “gap” risk (i.e., the risk of a mismatch between the return on cash collateral reinvestments and the fees the Fund or the Underlying Fund has agreed to pay a borrower), and credit, legal, counterparty and market risk. If a securities lending counterparty were to default, the Fund or the Underlying Fund would be subject to the risk of a possible delay in receiving collateral or in recovering the loaned securities, or to a possible loss of rights in the collateral. In the event a borrower does not return the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund's securities as agreed, the Fund or the Underlying Fund may experience losses if the proceeds received from liquidating the collateral do not at least equal the value of the loaned security at the time the collateral is liquidated, plus the transaction costs incurred in purchasing replacement securities. This event could trigger adverse tax consequences for the Fund and the Underlying Fund. The Fund or the Underlying Fund could lose money if its short-term investment of the collateral declines in value over the period of the loan. Substitute payments received by the Fund or the Underlying Fund representing dividends paid on securities loaned out by the Fund or the Underlying Fund will not be considered qualified dividend income. BTC will take into account the tax effects on

Table of Contents

shareholders caused by this difference in connection with the Fund’s securities lending program. Substitute payments received on tax-exempt securities loaned out will not be tax-exempt income.

Non-U.S. Securities. The Fund, either directly or through its investments in the Underlying Fund, may purchase publicly-traded common stocks of non-U.S. issuers. To the extent the Fund invests in stocks of non-U.S. issuers, the Fund's investment in such stocks may be in the form of American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”), Global Depositary Receipts (“GDRs”) and European Depositary Receipts (“EDRs”) (collectively, “depositary receipts”). Depositary receipts are receipts, typically issued by a bank or trust issuer, which evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. Depositary receipts may not necessarily be denominated in the same currency as their underlying securities. ADRs typically are issued by a U.S. bank or trust company and evidence ownership of underlying securities issued by a non-U.S. issuer. EDRs, which are sometimes referred to as continental depositary receipts, are receipts issued in Europe, typically by foreign banks and trust companies, that evidence ownership of either foreign or domestic underlying securities. GDRs are depositary receipts structured like global debt issues to facilitate trading on an international basis. Generally, ADRs, issued in registered form, are designed for use in the U.S. securities markets, and EDRs, issued in bearer form, are designed for use in European securities markets. GDRs are tradable both in the U.S. and in Europe and are designed for use throughout the world.

Investing in the securities of non-U.S. issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. issuers. These include differences in accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations; political instability, which could affect U.S. investments in non-U.S. countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. Non-U.S. issuers may be subject to less governmental regulation than U.S. issuers. Moreover, individual non-U.S. economies may differ favorably or unfavorably from the U.S. economy in such respects as growth of gross domestic product (“GDP”), rate of inflation, capital reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency and balance of payment positions.

Table of Contents

comparable regimes in Europe, Asia and other non-U.S. jurisdictions. Swaps, non-deliverable forwards and certain other derivatives traded in the OTC market are subject to variation margin requirements, and initial margining requirements will be phased in through September 1, 2022. Implementation of the margining and other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act regarding clearing, mandatory trading, reporting and documentation of swaps and other derivatives have impacted and may continue to impact the costs to the Fund of trading these instruments and, as a result, may affect returns to investors in the Fund.

Repurchase Agreements. A repurchase agreement is an instrument under which the purchaser (i.e., the Fund or the Underlying Fund) acquires a security and the seller agrees, at the time of the sale, to repurchase the security at a mutually agreed-upon time and price, thereby determining the yield during the purchaser’s holding period. Repurchase agreements may be construed to be collateralized loans by the purchaser to the seller secured by the securities transferred to the purchaser. If a repurchase agreement is construed to be a collateralized loan, the underlying securities will not be considered to be owned by the Fund or the Underlying Fund but only to constitute collateral for the seller’s obligation to pay the repurchase price, and, in the event of a default by the seller, the Fund may suffer time delays and incur costs or losses in connection with the disposition of the collateral.

Repurchase agreements pose certain risks for the Fund or the Underlying Fund, should it decide to utilize them. Such risks are not unique to the Fund, but are inherent in repurchase agreements. The Fund seeks to minimize such risks, but because of the inherent legal uncertainties involved in repurchase agreements, such risks cannot be eliminated. Lower quality collateral and collateral with a longer maturity may be subject to greater price fluctuations than higher quality collateral and collateral with a shorter maturity. If the repurchase agreement counterparty were to default, lower quality collateral may be more difficult to liquidate than higher quality collateral. Should the counterparty default and the amount of collateral not be sufficient to cover the counterparty’s repurchase obligation, the Fund or the Underlying Fund would likely retain the status of an unsecured creditor of the counterparty (i.e., the position the Fund or the Underlying Fund would normally be in if it were to hold, pursuant to its investment policies, other unsecured debt securities of the defaulting counterparty) with respect to the amount of the shortfall. As an unsecured creditor, the Fund or the Underlying Fund would be at risk of losing some or all of the principal and income involved in the transaction.

Table of Contents

advantageous only if the Fund or the Underlying Fund has an opportunity to earn a rate of interest on the cash derived from these transactions that is greater than the interest cost of obtaining the same amount of cash. Opportunities to realize earnings from the use of the proceeds equal to or greater than the interest required to be paid may not always be available, and the Fund or the Underlying Fund intends to use the reverse repurchase technique only when BFA believes it will be advantageous to the Fund. The use of reverse repurchase agreements may exaggerate any increase or decrease in the value of the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund's assets. The Fund's exposure to reverse repurchase agreements will be covered by liquid assets having a value equal to or greater than the Fund's obligations under such commitments. The use of reverse repurchase agreements is a form of leverage, and the proceeds obtained by the Fund through reverse repurchase agreements may be invested in additional securities.

Securities of Investment Companies. The Fund and the Underlying Fund may invest in the securities of other investment companies (including money market funds) to the extent permitted by law. Pursuant to the 1940 Act, the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund's investment in registered investment companies is generally limited to, subject to certain exceptions: (i) 3% of the total outstanding voting stock of any one investment company; (ii) 5% of the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund's total assets with respect to any one investment company; and (iii) 10% of the Fund’s or the Underlying Fund's total assets with respect to investment companies in the aggregate. To the extent allowed by law or regulation, the Fund and the Underlying Fund intends from time to time to invest its assets in the securities of investment companies, including, but not limited to, money market funds, including those advised by or otherwise affiliated with BFA, in excess of the general limits discussed above. Other investment companies in which the Fund and the Underlying Fund may invest can be expected to incur fees and expenses for operations, such as investment advisory and administration fees, which would be in addition to those incurred by the Fund and the Underlying Fund. Pursuant to guidance issued by the SEC staff, fees and expenses of money market funds used for cash collateral received in connection with loans of securities are not treated as Acquired Fund Fees and Expenses, which reflect the Fund’s pro rata share of the fees and expenses incurred by investing in other investment companies (as disclosed in the Prospectus, as applicable).

Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments. The Fund and the Underlying Fund may invest in short-term instruments, including money market instruments, on an ongoing basis to provide liquidity or for other reasons. Money market instruments are generally short-term investments that may include, but are not limited to: (i) shares of money market funds (including those advised by BFA or otherwise affiliated with BFA); (ii) obligations issued or guaranteed by the U.S. government, its agencies or instrumentalities (including government-sponsored enterprises); (iii) negotiable certificates of deposit (“CDs”), bankers’ acceptances, fixed-time deposits and other obligations of U.S. and non-U.S. banks (including non-U.S. branches) and similar institutions; (iv) commercial paper rated, at the date of purchase, “Prime-1” by Moody's^® Investors Service, Inc., “F-1” by Fitch Ratings, Inc., or “A-1” by Standard & Poor's^® Financial Services LLC, a subsidiary of S&P Global, Inc., or if unrated, of comparable quality as determined by BFA; (v) non-convertible corporate debt securities (e.g., bonds and debentures) with remaining maturities at the date of purchase of not more than 397 days and that have been determined to present minimal credit risks, in accordance with the requirements set forth in Rule 2a-7 under the 1940 Act; (vi) repurchase agreements; and (vii) short-term U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of non-U.S. banks (including U.S. branches) that, in the opinion of BFA, are of comparable quality to obligations of U.S. banks that may be purchased by the Fund. Any of these instruments may be purchased on a current or forward-settled basis. Time deposits are non-negotiable deposits maintained in banking institutions for specified periods of time at stated interest rates. Bankers’ acceptances are time drafts drawn on commercial banks by borrowers, usually in connection with international transactions.

The Fund or Underlying Fund may enter into swap agreements, including currency swaps, interest rate swaps and index swaps. The use of swaps is a highly specialized activity that involves investment techniques and risks different from those associated with ordinary portfolio security transactions. These transactions generally do not involve the delivery of securities or other underlying assets.

Table of Contents

Future Developments. The Board may, in the future, authorize the Fund or the Underlying Fund to invest in securities contracts and investments, other than those listed in this SAI and in the Prospectus, provided they are consistent with the Fund's or Underlying Fund's investment objective and do not violate any of its investment restrictions or policies.

General Considerations and Risks

A discussion of some of the principal risks associated with an investment in the Fund is contained in the Prospectus. Because the Fund expects to obtain its exposure to the securities in the Underlying Index substantially through its investment in the Underlying Fund, shareholders should be aware that the risks of investment in particular types of securities, economic sectors and geographic locations discussed below may be borne by the Fund through its investment in the Underlying Fund. Through its investment in the Underlying Fund, the Fund will also bear the risks described below associated with the Underlying Fund's use of portfolio management techniques, such as borrowing arrangements and use of derivatives, in addition to the risks associated with those activities if the Fund engages in them directly.

An investment in the Fund should be made with an understanding that the value of the Fund’s portfolio securities, including its investment in the Underlying Fund, may fluctuate in accordance with changes in the financial condition of the issuers of the portfolio securities, the value of preferred or common stocks in general, and other factors that affect the market. The order of the below risk factors does not indicate the significance of any particular risk factor.

LIBOR Replacement Risk. In 2017, the head of the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority announced a desire to phase out the use of LIBOR by the end of 2021. On March 5, 2021, the administrator of LIBOR, ICE Benchmark Administration Limited, announced its intention to cease publishing two USD LIBOR settings immediately after publication on December 31, 2021, with the majority of the USD LIBOR settings to end immediately after publication on June 30, 2023. The Fund may have investments linked to other interbank offered rates, such as the Euro Overnight Index Average (“EONIA”), which may also cease to be published. Various financial industry groups have begun planning for the transition away from LIBOR, but there are challenges to converting certain securities and transactions to a new reference rate, such as the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), which is intended to replace USD LIBOR.

Table of Contents

fulfill its contractual obligations. Derivatives generally involve the incurrence of leverage. To address such leverage and to prevent the Fund from being deemed to have issued senior securities as a result of an investment in derivatives, the Fund will segregate liquid assets equal to its obligations under the derivatives throughout the life of the investment.

When a derivative is used as a hedge against a position that the Fund holds or is committed to purchase, any loss generated by the derivative generally should be substantially offset by gains on the hedged investment, and vice versa. While hedging can reduce or eliminate losses, it can also reduce or eliminate gains and, in some cases, hedging can cause losses that are not offset by gains, and the Fund will recognize losses on both the investment and the hedge. Hedges are sometimes subject to imperfect matching between the derivative and the underlying security, and there can be no assurance that the Fund's hedging transactions, which entail additional transaction costs, will be effective.

Table of Contents

option. The purchase of put or call options will be based upon predictions by BFA as to anticipated trends, which predictions could prove to be incorrect.

Because the futures market generally imposes less burdensome margin requirements than the securities market, an increased amount of participation by speculators in the futures market could result in price fluctuations. Certain financial futures exchanges limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount by which the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of a trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of contract, no trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. It is possible that futures contract prices could move to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions and subjecting the Fund to substantial losses. In the event of adverse price movements, the Fund would be required to make daily cash payments of variation margin.

Table of Contents

Regulatory Risk. Real estate income and values may be adversely affected by such factors as applicable domestic and foreign laws (including tax laws). Government actions, such as tax increases, zoning law changes, mandated closures or other commercial restrictions or environmental regulations, also may have a major impact on real estate income and values. In addition, quarterly compliance with regulations limiting the proportion of asset types held by a U.S. REIT may force certain Real Estate Companies to liquidate or restructure otherwise attractive investments. Some countries may not recognize REITs or comparable structures as a viable form of real estate funds.

Table of Contents

developments and frequent new product introduction, changes in consumer and business purchasing patterns, unpredictable changes in growth rates and competition for the services of qualified personnel. In addition, a rising interest rate environment tends to negatively affect companies in the technology sector because, in such an environment, those companies with high market valuations may appear less attractive to investors, which may cause sharp decreases in the companies’ market prices. Companies in the technology sector are heavily dependent on patent and intellectual property rights. The loss or impairment of these rights may adversely affect the profitability of these companies. Companies in the technology sector are facing increased government and regulatory scrutiny and may be subject to adverse government or regulatory action. The technology sector may also be adversely affected by changes or trends in commodity prices, which may be influenced or characterized by unpredictable factors. Finally, while all companies may be susceptible to network security breaches, certain companies in the technology sector may be particular targets of hacking and potential theft of proprietary or consumer information or disruptions in service, which could have a material adverse effect on their businesses.

There are substantial differences among the regulatory practices and policies of various jurisdictions, and any regulatory agency may make major shifts in policy from time to time. There is no assurance that regulatory authorities will, in the future, grant rate increases. Additionally, existing and possible future regulatory legislation may make it even more difficult for utilities to obtain adequate relief. Certain of the issuers of securities held in the Fund's portfolio may own or operate nuclear generating facilities. Governmental authorities may from time to time review existing policies and impose additional requirements governing the licensing, construction and operation of nuclear power plants. Prolonged changes in climate conditions can also have a significant impact on both the revenues of an electric and gas utility as well as the expenses of a utility, particularly a hydro-based electric utility.

Proxy Voting Policy

Table of Contents

Copies of the iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy, the BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies and the BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies are attached as Appendices A1, A2 and A3, respectively.

Portfolio Holdings Information

In addition, certain information may also be made available to certain parties:

•

Communications of Data Files: The Fund may make available through the facilities of the National Securities Clearing Corporation (“NSCC”) or through posting on the www.iShares.com, prior to the opening of trading on each business day, a list of The Fund’s holdings (generally pro-rata) that Authorized Participants could deliver to The Fund to settle purchases of The Fund (i.e. Deposit Securities) or that Authorized Participants would receive from The Fund to settle redemptions of The Fund (i.e. Fund Securities). These files are known as the Portfolio Composition File and the Fund Data File (collectively, “Files”). The Files are applicable for the next trading day and are provided to the NSCC and/or posted on www.iShares.com after the close of markets in the U.S.

•

Communications with Authorized Participants and Liquidity Providers: Certain employees of BFA are responsible for interacting with Authorized Participants and liquidity providers with respect to discussing custom basket proposals as described in the Custom Baskets section of this SAI. As part of these discussions, these employees may discuss with an Authorized Participant or liquidity provider the securities The Fund is willing to accept for a creation, and securities that The Fund will provide on a redemption.

BFA employees may also discuss portfolio holdings-related information with broker/dealers, in connection with settling The Fund’s transactions, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with the disclosure in the Fund's current registration statements.

•	Communications with Listing Exchanges: From time to time, employees of BFA may discuss portfolio holdings information with the applicable primary listing exchange for The Fund as needed to meet the exchange listing standards.
•	Communications with Other Portfolio Managers: Certain information may be provided to employees of BFA who manage funds that invest a significant percentage of their assets in shares of an underlying fund as necessary to manage the fund’s investment objective and strategy.
•	Communication of Other Information: Certain explanatory information regarding the Files is released to Authorized Participants and liquidity providers on a daily basis, but is only done so after the Files are posted to www.iShares.com.
•	Third-Party Service Providers: Certain portfolio holdings information may be disclosed to Fund Trustees and their counsel, outside counsel for the Fund, auditors and to certain third-party service providers (i.e., fund administrator, custodian, proxy voting service) for which a non-disclosure, confidentiality agreement or other obligation is in place with such service providers, as may be necessary to conduct business in the ordinary course in a manner consistent with

Table of Contents

applicable policies, agreements with the Fund, the terms of the current registration statements and federal securities laws and regulations thereunder.

•

Liquidity Metrics: “Liquidity Metrics,” which seek to ascertain The Fund’s liquidity profile under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology, include but are not limited to: (a) disclosure regarding the number of days needed to liquidate a portfolio or the portfolio’s underlying investments; and (b) the percentage of The Fund’s NAV invested in a particular liquidity tier under BlackRock’s global liquidity risk methodology. The dissemination of position-level liquidity metrics data and any non-public regulatory data pursuant to the Liquidity Rule (including SEC liquidity tiering) is not permitted unless pre-approved. Disclosure of portfolio-level liquidity metrics prior to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires a non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement and approval of the Trust’s Chief Compliance Officer. Portfolio-level liquidity metrics disclosure subsequent to 60 calendar days after calendar quarter-end requires the approval of portfolio management and must be disclosed to all parties requesting the information if disclosed to any party.

Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index

A description of the Underlying Index is provided below.

The Russell Indexes

•	stocks must trade at or above $1.00 on the last business day of August to be eligible for inclusion. If a stock in the index has a price lower than $1, it can remain in the index if the average price for the month is greater than $1;
•	for ranking and membership determination, all common share classes for a single company are combined to determine total market capitalization;
•	in cases where there are multiple common stock share classes and the share classes act independently of each other, each class is considered for inclusion separately; and
•	also excluded are preferred and convertible preferred stock, participating preferred stock, redeemable shares,

Table of Contents

warrants and rights, trust receipts, royalty trusts, limited liability issuers, OTC bulletin boards and pink sheet stocks, mutual funds, limited partnerships, and foreign stocks.

All eligible securities are sorted by decreasing total market capitalization to determine index eligibility.

For the Russell 3000^® Index, the weights of component issuers are adjusted based on available float-weighted capitalization according to the market value of their available outstanding shares. The impact of a component security’s price change is proportional to the issuer’s total market value, which is the share price times the number of shares available. Each Russell Index is adjusted to reflect changes in capitalization resulting from mergers, acquisitions, stock rights, substitutions and other capital events.

Frank Russell Company uses a probability measure to assign stocks to the growth and value style indexes. The probability measure is used to indicate the degree of certainty that a stock is value or growth, based on three fundamental indicators: relative price-to-book ratio, Institutional Brokers’ Estimate System forecast medium-term growth (2 years) and sales per share historical growth (5 years). This method allows stocks to be represented as having both growth and value characteristics, while preserving the additive nature of the indexes. As a result, a stock may be a component of a Russell growth style index and also a component of the corresponding value style index, although the stock would likely have a different weight in each index.

Index Availability. The Russell indexes are calculated continuously and are available from major data vendors.

Russell 2500^TM Index

Number of Components: approximately 2,553

Index Description. The Russell 2500^TM Index is a subset of the Russell 3000^® Index that measures the performance of the small- to mid-capitalization sector of the U.S. equity market. It is a float-adjusted capitalization-weighted index of equity securities issued by approximately 2,553 of the smallest issuers in the Russell 3000^® Index. As of March 31, 2021, the Underlying Index represents approximately 14% of the total market capitalization of the Russell 3000^® Index.

Investment Policies

Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund may not:

Table of Contents

1.	Concentrate its investments in a particular industry, as that term is used in the Investment Company Act, except that the Fund will concentrate to approximately the same extent that its Underlying Index concentrates in the securities of a particular industry or group of industries.
2.	Borrow money, except as permitted under the Investment Company Act.
3.	Issue senior securities to the extent such issuance would violate the Investment Company Act.
4.	Purchase or hold real estate, except the Fund may purchase and hold securities or other instruments that are secured by, or linked to, real estate or interests therein, securities of REITs, mortgage-related securities and securities of issuers engaged in the real estate business, and the Fund may purchase and hold real estate as a result of the ownership of securities or other instruments.
5.	Underwrite securities issued by others, except to the extent that the sale of portfolio securities by the Fund may be deemed to be an underwriting or as otherwise permitted by applicable law.
6.	Purchase or sell commodities or commodity contracts, except as permitted by the Investment Company Act.
7.	Make loans to the extent prohibited by the Investment Company Act.

Notations Regarding the Fund's Fundamental Investment Policies

The following notations are not considered to be part of the Fund’s fundamental investment policies and are subject to change without shareholder approval.

Table of Contents

Non-Fundamental Investment Policies

The Fund has adopted a non-fundamental investment policy in accordance with Rule 35d-1 under the Investment Company Act to invest, under normal circumstances, at least 80% of the value of its net assets, plus the amount of any borrowings for investment purposes, in the securities of its Underlying Index or in depositary receipts representing component securities in its Underlying Index. The Fund also has adopted a policy to provide its shareholders with at least 60 days’ prior written notice of any change in such policy. If, subsequent to an investment, the 80% requirement is no longer met, the Fund’s future investments will be made in a manner that will bring the Fund into compliance with this policy.

Continuous Offering

Table of Contents

chooses to couple the creation of new shares with an active selling effort involving solicitation of secondary market demand for shares. A determination of whether one is an underwriter for purposes of the 1933 Act must take into account all of the facts and circumstances pertaining to the activities of the broker-dealer or its client in the particular case and the examples mentioned above should not be considered a complete description of all the activities that could lead to a categorization as an underwriter.

Management

The registered investment companies advised by BFA or its affiliates (the “BlackRock-advised Funds”) are organized into one complex of open-end equity, multi-asset, index and money market funds and ETFs (the “BlackRock Multi-Asset Complex”), one complex of closed-end funds and open-end non-index fixed-income funds (including ETFs) (the “BlackRock Fixed-Income Complex”) and one complex of ETFs (“Exchange-Traded Fund Complex”) (each, a “BlackRock Fund Complex”). The Fund is included in the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex. Each Trustee also serves as a Director of iShares, Inc. and a Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and, as a result, oversees all of the funds within the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex, which consists of 382 funds as of July 30, 2021. With the exception of Robert S. Kapito, Salim Ramji and Charles Park, the address of each Trustee and officer is c/o BlackRock, Inc., 400 Howard Street, San Francisco, CA 94105. The address of Mr. Kapito, Mr. Ramji and Mr. Park is c/o BlackRock, Inc., Park Avenue Plaza, 55 East 52^nd Street, New York, NY 10055. The Board has designated Cecilia H. Herbert as its Independent Board Chair. Additional information about the Fund's Trustees and officers may be found in this SAI, which is available without charge, upon request, by calling toll-free 1-800-iShares (1-800-474-2737).

Interested Trustees

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years		Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Robert S. Kapito¹ (64)		Trustee (since 2009).		President, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Vice Chairman of BlackRock, Inc. and Head of BlackRock’s Portfolio Management Group (since its formation in 1998) and BlackRock, Inc.’s predecessor entities (since 1988); Trustee, University of Pennsylvania (since 2009); President of Board of Directors, Hope & Heroes Children’s Cancer Fund (since 2002).		Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since 2006); Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2009); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years		Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Salim Ramji² (51)		Trustee (since 2019).		Senior Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Global Head of BlackRock’s ETF and Index Investments Business (since 2019); Head of BlackRock’s U.S. Wealth Advisory Business (2015-2019); Global Head of Corporate Strategy, BlackRock, Inc. (2014-2015); Senior Partner, McKinsey & Company (2010-2014).		Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2019); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2019).

¹	Robert S. Kapito is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.
²	Salim Ramji is deemed to be an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Trust due to his affiliations with BlackRock, Inc. and its affiliates.

Independent Trustees

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years		Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Cecilia H. Herbert (72)		Trustee (since 2005); Independent Board Chair (since 2016).		Chair of the Finance Committee (since 2019) and Trustee and Member of the Finance, Audit and Quality Committees of Stanford Health Care (since 2016); Trustee of WNET, New York's public media company (since 2011) and Member of the Audit Committee (since 2018) and Investment Committee (since 2011); Chair (1994-2005) and Member (since 1992) of the Investment Committee, Archdiocese of San Francisco; Trustee of Forward Funds (14 portfolios) (2009-2018); Trustee of Salient MF Trust (4 portfolios) (2015-2018); Director (1998-2013) and President (2007-2011) of the Board of Directors, Catholic Charities CYO; Trustee (2002-2011) and Chair of the Finance and Investment Committee (2006-2010) of the Thacher School; Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole (since 2020).		Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011); Independent Board Chair of iShares, Inc. and iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2016); Trustee of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund (since 2019).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years	Other Directorships Held by Trustee
Jane D. Carlin (65)	Trustee (since 2015); Risk Committee Chair (since 2016).	Consultant (since 2012); Member of the Audit Committee (2012-2018), Chair of the Nominating and Governance Committee (2017-2018) and Director of PHH Corporation (mortgage solutions) (2012-2018); Managing Director and Global Head of Financial Holding Company Governance & Assurance and the Global Head of Operational Risk Management of Morgan Stanley (2006-2012).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2015); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2015); Member of the Audit Committee (since 2016), Chair of the Audit Committee (since 2020) and Director of The Hanover Insurance Group, Inc. (since 2016).
Richard L. Fagnani (66)	Trustee (since 2017); Audit Committee Chair (since 2019).	Partner, KPMG LLP (2002-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Kerrigan (66)	Trustee (since 2005); Nominating and Governance and Equity Plus Committee Chairs (since 2019).	Chief Investment Officer, Santa Clara University (since 2002).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2005); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Drew E. Lawton (62)	Trustee (since 2017); 15(c) Committee Chair (since 2017).	Senior Managing Director of New York Life Insurance Company (2010-2015).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2017); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2017).
John E. Martinez (60)	Trustee (since 2003); Securities Lending Committee Chair (since 2019).	Director of Real Estate Equity Exchange, Inc. (since 2005); Director of Cloudera Foundation (2017-2020); and Director of Reading Partners (2012-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2003); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).
Madhav V. Rajan (56)	Trustee (since 2011); Fixed Income Plus Committee Chair (since 2019).	Dean, and George Pratt Shultz Professor of Accounting, University of Chicago Booth School of Business (since 2017); Advisory Board Member (since 2016) and Director (since 2020) of C.M. Capital Corporation; Chair of the Board for the Center for Research in Security Prices, LLC (since 2020); Robert K. Jaedicke Professor of Accounting, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2001-2017); Professor of Law (by courtesy), Stanford Law School (2005-2017); Senior Associate Dean for Academic Affairs and Head of MBA Program, Stanford University Graduate School of Business (2010-2016).	Director of iShares, Inc. (since 2011); Trustee of iShares U.S. ETF Trust (since 2011).

Table of Contents

Officers

Name (Age)	Position	Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Armando Senra (50)	President (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2007); Head of U.S., Canada and Latam iShares, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2019); Head of Latin America Region, BlackRock, Inc. (2006-2019); Managing Director, Bank of America Merrill Lynch (1994-2006).
Trent Walker (47)	Treasurer and Chief Financial Officer (since 2020).	Managing Director of BlackRock, Inc. (since September 2019); Chief Financial Officer of iShares Delaware Trust Sponsor LLC, BlackRock Funds, BlackRock Funds II, BlackRock Funds IV, BlackRock Funds V and BlackRock Funds VI (since 2021); Executive Vice President of PIMCO (2016-2019); Senior Vice President of PIMCO (2008-2015); Treasurer (2013-2019) and Assistant Treasurer (2007-2017) of PIMCO Funds, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust, PIMCO ETF Trust, PIMCO Equity Series, PIMCO Equity Series VIT, PIMCO Managed Accounts Trust, 2 PIMCO-sponsored interval funds and 21 PIMCO-sponsored closed-end funds.
Charles Park (53)	Chief Compliance Officer (since 2006).	Chief Compliance Officer of BlackRock Advisors, LLC and the BlackRock-advised Funds in the Equity-Bond Complex, the Equity-Liquidity Complex and the Closed-End Complex (since 2014); Chief Compliance Officer of BFA (since 2006).
Deepa Damre Smith (46)	Secretary (since 2019).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2014); Director, BlackRock, Inc. (2009-2013).
Scott Radell (52)	Executive Vice President (since 2012).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009); Head of Portfolio Solutions, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).
Alan Mason (60)	Executive Vice President (since 2016).	Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2009).

Table of Contents

Name (Age)		Position		Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years
Marybeth Leithead (58)		Executive Vice President (since 2019).		Managing Director, BlackRock, Inc. (since 2017); Chief Operating Officer of Americas iShares (since 2017); Portfolio Manager, Municipal Institutional & Wealth Management (2009-2016).

Table of Contents

media station, since 2011 and a Member of its Audit Committee since 2018. She became a member of the Governing Council of the Independent Directors Forum in 2018 and joined the board of Thrivent Church Loan and Income Fund in 2019. She has served as a Director of the Senior Center of Jackson Hole since 2020. She was President of the Board of Catholic Charities CYO, the largest social services agency in the San Francisco Bay Area, from 2007 to 2011 and a member of that board from 1992 to 2013. She previously served as Trustee of the Pacific Select Funds from 2004 to 2005 and Trustee of the Montgomery Funds from 1992 to 2003. She worked from 1973 to 1990 at J.P. Morgan/Morgan Guaranty Trust doing international corporate finance and corporate lending, retiring as Managing Director and Head of the West Coast Office. Ms. Herbert has been on numerous non-profit boards, chairing investment and finance committees. She holds a double major in economics and communications from Stanford University and an MBA from Harvard Business School.

Table of Contents

Board – Leadership Structure and Oversight Responsibilities

Table of Contents

information will be provided; and (ii) considering and discussing with BlackRock, Inc. such other matters and information as may be necessary and appropriate for the Board to evaluate the investment advisory and sub-advisory agreements of the Trust. The 15(c) Committee met two times during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

The members of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are Madhav V. Rajan (Chair), Jane D. Carlin and Richard L. Fagnani, each of whom is an Independent Trustee. The principal responsibilities of the Fixed Income Plus Committee are to support, oversee and organize on behalf of the Board the process for oversight of Trust performance and related matters for fixed-income or multi-asset funds. These responsibilities include: (i) reviewing quarterly reports regarding Trust performance, secondary market trading and changes in net assets to identify any matters that should be brought to the attention of the Board; and (ii) considering any performance or investment related matters as may be delegated to the Committee by the Board from time to time and providing a report or recommendation to the Board as appropriate. The Fixed Income Plus Committee met four times during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

As the Chair of the Board, Cecilia H. Herbert may serve as an ex-officio member of each Committee.

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
Robert S. Kapito	None	None	None

Salim Ramji	iShares Broad USD Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares Commodity Curve Carry Strategy ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares GSCI Commodity Dynamic Roll Strategy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares TIPS Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Cecilia H. Herbert	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares International Select Dividend ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares National Muni Bond ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Jane D. Carlin	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Emerging Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Select Dividend ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Richard L. Fagnani	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MBS ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI All Country Asia ex Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Value ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Multifactor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Emerging Markets Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Japan ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI Singapore ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Equal Weighted ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Robotics and Artificial Intelligence Multisector ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares U.S. Infrastructure ETF	$10,001-$50,000

John E. Kerrigan	iShares Core MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI EAFE ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Advanced MSCI USA ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EAFE ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI EM ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares ESG Aware MSCI USA Small-Cap ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares Global Clean Energy ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Global Tech ETF	$50,001-$100,000

Table of Contents

Name	Fund	Dollar Range of Equity Securities in Named Fund	Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in all Registered Investment Companies Overseen by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies
	iShares MSCI ACWI ex U.S. ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI EAFE Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares MSCI KLD 400 Social ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA ESG Select ETF	$1-$10,000
	iShares MSCI USA Min Vol Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Quality Factor ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares MSCI USA Value Factor ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares U.S. Medical Devices ETF	$10,001-$50,000

Drew E. Lawton	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	BlackRock Ultra Short-Term Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares 0-5 Year High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Biotechnology ETF	$50,001-$100,000
	iShares Core Dividend Growth ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI Total International Stock ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Exponential Technologies ETF	Over $100,000

John E. Martinez	iShares 1-5 Year Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core International Aggregate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Core MSCI International Developed Markets ETF	$10,001-$50,000
	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 1000 Value ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Russell 2000 ETF	Over $100,000

Madhav V. Rajan	BlackRock Short Maturity Bond ETF	Over $100,000	Over $100,000
	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Mortgage Real Estate ETF	Over $100,000
	iShares Preferred and Income Securities ETF	Over $100,000

Table of Contents

Name	iShares Russell 2500 ETF	Pension or Retirement Benefits Accrued As Part of Trust Expenses¹	Estimated Annual Benefits Upon Retirement¹	Total Compensation From the Fund and Fund Complex²
Independent Trustee:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 123	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$420,000
Richard L. Fagnani	131	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	446,764
Cecilia H. Herbert	140	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	475,000
John E. Kerrigan	131	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	445,000
Drew E. Lawton	126	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	431,764
John E. Martinez	123	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000
Madhav V. Rajan	123	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	420,000

Interested Trustee:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	$0
Salim Ramji³	0	Not Applicable	Not Applicable	0

¹	No Trustee or officer is entitled to any pension or retirement benefits from the Trust.
²	Also includes compensation for service on the Board of Trustees of iShares U.S. ETF Trust and the Board of Directors of iShares, Inc.
³	Appointed to serve as an Interested Trustee effective June 19, 2019.

Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities.

The Trustees and officers of the Trust collectively owned less than 1% of the Fund's outstanding shares as of June 30, 2021.

Although the Trust does not have information concerning the beneficial ownership of shares held in the names of Depository Trust Company (“DTC”) participants (as defined below), as of June 30, 2021, the name and percentage ownership of each DTC participant that owned of record 5% or more of the outstanding shares of the Fund were as follows:

Name		Percentage of Ownership
National Financial Services LLC 499 Washington Blvd Jersey City, NJ 07310		28.93%
TD Ameritrade Clearing, Inc. 4700 Alliance Gateway Freeway Fort Worth, TX 76177		19.56%

Table of Contents

Name		Percentage of Ownership
Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. 101 Montgomery Street San Francisco, CA 94014		16.32%
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated - TS Sub 101 Hudson Street 9th Floor Jersey City, NJ 07302-3997		7.91%

BlackRock has proprietary interests in, and may manage or advise with respect to, accounts or funds (including separate accounts and other funds and collective investment vehicles) that have investment objectives similar to those of the Fund and/or that engage in transactions in the same types of securities, currencies and instruments as the Fund. BlackRock is also a major participant in the global currency, equities, swap and fixed income markets, in each case, for the accounts of clients and, in some cases, on a proprietary basis. As such, BlackRock is or may be actively engaged in transactions in the same securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests. Such activities could affect the prices and availability of the securities, currencies, and instruments in which the Fund invests, which could have an adverse impact on the Fund's performance. Such transactions, particularly in respect of most proprietary accounts or client accounts, will be executed independently of the Fund's transactions and thus at prices or rates that may be more or less favorable than those obtained by the Fund.

Table of Contents

its assets in other funds advised by BlackRock, including funds that are managed by one or more of the same portfolio managers, which could result in conflicts of interest relating to asset allocation, timing of Fund purchases and sales, and increased remuneration and profitability for BlackRock, and/or its personnel, including portfolio managers.

Table of Contents

BlackRock may also create, write or issue derivatives for clients, the underlying securities, currencies or instruments in which the Fund may invest or which may be based on the performance of the Fund. An entity in which BlackRock has a significant minority interest will create, write or issue options which may be based on the performance of certain Funds. BlackRock has the right to receive a portion of the gross revenue earned by such entity. Options writing by such entity on a Fund could potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to the Fund and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Markit Indices Limited, the index provider for underlying fixed-income indexes used by certain iShares funds, related to derivative fixed-income products that are based on such iShares funds. BlackRock may receive certain payments for licensing intellectual property belonging to BlackRock and for facilitating the provision of data in connection with such derivative products, which may include payments based on the trading volumes of, or revenues generated by, the derivative products. However, BlackRock will not receive any such payments on those derivative products utilized by the Fund or other BlackRock funds or accounts. Other funds and accounts managed by BlackRock may from time to time transact in such derivative products, which could contribute to the viability or success of such derivative products by making them more appealing to funds and accounts managed by third parties, and in turn lead to increased payments to BlackRock. Trading activity in such derivative products could also potentially lead to increased purchase activity with respect to these iShares funds and increased assets under management for BlackRock.

At times, these activities may cause business units or entities within BlackRock to give advice to clients that may cause these clients to take actions adverse to the interests of the Fund. To the extent such transactions are permitted, the Fund will deal with BlackRock on an arm’s-length basis.

Subject to applicable law, BlackRock (and its personnel and other distributors) will be entitled to retain fees and other amounts that they receive in connection with their service to the Fund as broker, dealer, agent, lender, adviser or in other commercial capacities. No accounting to the Fund or its shareholders will be required, and no fees or other compensation payable by the Fund or its shareholders will be reduced by reason of receipt by BlackRock of any such fees or other amounts.

Table of Contents

Prevailing trading activity frequently may make impossible the receipt of the same price or execution on the entire volume of securities purchased or sold. When this occurs, the various prices may be averaged, and the Fund will be charged or credited with the average price. Thus, the effect of the aggregation may operate on some occasions to the disadvantage of the Fund. In addition, under certain circumstances, the Fund will not be charged the same commission or commission equivalent rates in connection with a bunched or aggregated order.

Table of Contents

BlackRock. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may endeavor to execute trades through brokers who, pursuant to such arrangements, provide research or other services in order to ensure the continued receipt of research or other services BlackRock believes are useful in its investment decision-making process. BlackRock may from time to time choose not to engage in the above described arrangements to varying degrees. BlackRock, unless prohibited by applicable law, may also enter into commission sharing arrangements under which BlackRock may execute transactions through a broker-dealer, and request that the broker-dealer allocate a portion of the commissions or commission credits to another firm that provides research to BlackRock. To the extent that BlackRock engages in commission sharing arrangements, many of the same conflicts related to traditional soft dollars may exist.

BlackRock may utilize certain electronic crossing networks (“ECNs”) (including, without limitation, ECNs in which BlackRock has an investment or other interest, to the extent permitted by applicable law) in executing client securities transactions for certain types of securities. These ECNs may charge fees for their services, including access fees and transaction fees. The transaction fees, which are similar to commissions or markups/markdowns, will generally be charged to clients and, like commissions and markups/markdowns, would generally be included in the cost of the securities purchased. Access fees may be paid by BlackRock even though incurred in connection with executing transactions on behalf of clients, including the Fund. In certain circumstances, ECNs may offer volume discounts that will reduce the access fees typically paid by BlackRock. BlackRock will only utilize ECNs consistent with its obligation to seek to obtain best execution in client transactions.

It is also possible that, from time to time, BlackRock and/or its advisory clients (including other funds and separately managed accounts) may, subject to compliance with applicable law, purchase and hold shares of the Fund. Increasing the Fund’s assets may enhance liquidity, investment flexibility and diversification and may contribute to economies of scale that tend to reduce the Fund's expense ratio. BlackRock reserves the right, subject to compliance with applicable law, to sell into the market or redeem in Creation Units through an Authorized Participant at any time some or all of the shares of the Fund acquired for its own accounts or the account of a BlackRock advisory client. A large sale or redemption of shares of the Fund by BlackRock itself or a BlackRock advisory client could significantly reduce the asset size of the Fund, which might have an adverse effect on the Fund's liquidity, investment flexibility, portfolio diversification, expense ratio or ability to comply with the listing requirements for the Fund.

BlackRock and Chubb Limited (“Chubb”), a public company whose securities are held by BlackRock-advised funds and other accounts, partially funded the creation of a re-insurance company (“Re Co”) pursuant to which each has approximately a 9.9% ownership interest and each has representation on the board of directors. Certain employees and executives of BlackRock have a less than ½ of 1% ownership interest in Re Co. BlackRock manages the investment portfolio of Re Co, which is held in a wholly-owned subsidiary. Re Co participates as a reinsurer with reinsurance contracts underwritten by subsidiaries of Chubb.

Table of Contents

benefit from increased amounts of assets under management. Fees and commissions may also be higher than for other products or services, and the remuneration and profitability to BlackRock and such personnel resulting from transactions on behalf of or management of the Fund may be greater than the remuneration and profitability resulting from other funds or products.

BlackRock may provide valuation assistance to certain clients with respect to certain securities or other investments and the valuation recommendations made for such clients' accounts may differ from the valuations for the same securities or investments assigned by the Fund's pricing vendors, especially if such valuations are based on broker-dealer quotes or other data sources unavailable to the Fund's pricing vendors. While BlackRock will generally communicate its valuation information or determinations to the Fund's pricing vendors and/or fund accountants, there may be instances where the Fund's pricing vendors or fund accountants assign a different valuation to a security or other investment than the valuation for such security or investment determined or recommended by BlackRock.

As disclosed in more detail in the Determination of Net Asset Value section in this SAI, when market quotations are not readily available or are believed by BlackRock to be unreliable, a Fund’s investments are valued at fair value by BlackRock’s Valuation Committee (the “Valuation Committee”) in accordance with policies and procedures approved by a Fund’s Board (the “Valuation Procedures”). When determining a “fair value price,” the Valuation Committee seeks to determine the price that a Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction. The price generally may not be determined based on what a Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. While fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that BlackRock deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BlackRock using proprietary or third-party valuation models, fair value represents only a good faith approximation of the value of an asset or liability. The fair value of one or more assets or liabilities may not, in retrospect, be the price at which those assets or liabilities could have been sold during the period in which the particular fair values were used in determining a Fund’s NAV. As a result, a Fund’s sale or redemption of its shares at NAV, at a time when a holding or holdings are valued by the Valuation Committee at fair value, may have the effect of diluting or increasing the economic interest of existing shareholders and may affect the amount of revenue received by BlackRock with respect to services for which it receives an asset-based fee.

BlackRock and its directors, officers and employees, may buy and sell securities or other investments for their own accounts and may have conflicts of interest with respect to investments made on behalf of the Fund. As a result of differing trading and investment strategies or constraints, positions may be taken by directors, officers and employees that are the same, different from or made at different times than positions taken for the Fund. To lessen the possibility that the Fund will be adversely affected by this personal trading, the Fund, BFA and BlackRock have each adopted a code of ethics in compliance with Section 17(j) of the 1940 Act that restricts securities trading in the personal accounts of investment professionals and others who normally come into possession of information regarding the Fund's portfolio transactions. Each code of ethics is available by contacting BlackRock at the telephone number on the back cover of the Fund’s Prospectus or by accessing the EDGAR Database on the SEC's Internet site at http://www.sec.gov, and copies may be obtained, after paying a duplicating fee, by e-mail at publicinfo@sec.gov.

Table of Contents

to time, the activities of the Fund may be restricted because of regulatory requirements applicable to BlackRock and/or BlackRock's internal policies designed to comply with, limit the applicability of, or otherwise relate to such requirements. A client not advised by BlackRock would not be subject to some of those considerations. There may be periods when BlackRock may not initiate or recommend certain types of transactions, or may otherwise restrict or limit its advice in certain securities or instruments issued by or related to companies for which BlackRock is performing advisory or other services or has proprietary positions. For example, when BlackRock is engaged to provide advisory or risk management services for a company, BlackRock may be prohibited from or limited in purchasing or selling securities of that company on behalf of the Fund, particularly where such services result in BlackRock obtaining material non-public information about the company (e.g., in connection with participation in a creditors’ committee). Similar situations could arise if personnel of BlackRock serve as directors of companies the securities of which the Fund wishes to purchase or sell. However, if permitted by applicable law, and where consistent with BlackRock’s policies and procedures (including the necessary implementation of appropriate information barriers), the Fund may purchase securities or instruments that are issued by such companies, are the subject of an advisory or risk management assignment by BlackRock, or where personnel of BlackRock are directors or officers of the issuer.

In those circumstances where ownership thresholds or limitations must be observed, BlackRock seeks to allocate limited investment opportunities equitably among clients (including the Fund), taking into consideration benchmark weight and investment strategy. BlackRock has adopted certain controls designed to prevent the occurrence of a breach of any applicable ownership threshold or limits, including, for example, when ownership in certain securities nears an applicable threshold, BlackRock may remove such securities from the list of Deposit Securities to be delivered to the Fund in connection with purchases of Creation Units of such Fund and may limit purchases in such securities to the issuer's weighting in the applicable benchmark used by BlackRock to manage such Fund. If client (including Fund) holdings of an issuer exceed an applicable threshold and BlackRock is unable to obtain relief to enable the continued holding of such investments, it may be necessary to sell down these positions to meet the applicable limitations. In these cases, benchmark overweight positions will be sold prior to benchmark positions being reduced to meet applicable limitations.

BlackRock may not serve as an Authorized Participant in the creation and redemption of iShares ETFs.

Table of Contents

The custody arrangement described in “Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services” may lead to potential conflicts of interest with BlackRock where BlackRock has agreed to waive fees and/or reimburse ordinary operating expenses in order to cap expenses of the Fund (or where BlackRock charges a unitary management fee). This is because the custody arrangements with the Fund's custodian may have the effect of reducing custody fees when the Fund leaves cash balances uninvested. This could be viewed as having the potential to provide BlackRock an incentive to keep high positive cash balances for the Fund in order to offset fund custody fees that BlackRock might otherwise reimburse or pay. However, BlackRock’s portfolio managers do not intentionally keep uninvested balances high, but rather make investment decisions that they anticipate will be beneficial to fund performance. For funds without a unitary management fee, when a fund’s actual operating expense ratio exceeds a stated cap, a reduction in custody fees reduces the amount of waivers and/or reimbursements BlackRock would be required to make to the fund.

BlackRock owns or has an ownership interest in certain trading, portfolio management, operations and/or information systems used by Fund service providers. These systems are, or will be, used by a Fund service provider in connection with the provision of services to accounts managed by BlackRock and funds managed and sponsored by BlackRock, including the Fund, that engage the service provider (typically the custodian). The Fund’s service provider remunerates BlackRock for the use of the systems. The Fund service provider’s payments to BlackRock for the use of these systems may enhance the profitability of BlackRock.

BlackRock has entered into an arrangement with Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (“ICE”) to be one of ICE’s development partners in connection with ICE’s open-architecture, centralized industry platform to facilitate creation and redemption orders for ETFs (the “ICE Platform”). As a development partner, BlackRock has licensed certain of its intellectual property to ICE. BlackRock uses the ICE Platform to facilitate creations and redemptions in the Fund and certain other services provided by the ICE Platform. BlackRock may have an incentive to promote the broad adoption of the ICE Platform by the ETF marketplace because BlackRock will earn a fee, based on the total revenues earned by the ICE Platform, for licensing BlackRock’s intellectual property to ICE and for BlackRock’s role as development partner. ICE Data Indices, LLC, the underlying index provider for certain BFA managed funds, is a wholly owned subsidiary of ICE.

Present and future activities of BlackRock (including BFA), its directors, officers and employees, in addition to those described in this section, may give rise to additional conflicts of interest.

Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services

Table of Contents

advisory or other services with respect to the Fund. In addition, BFA may delegate certain of its investment advisory functions under the investment advisory agreement to one or more of its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law. BFA may terminate any or all sub-advisers or such delegation arrangements in its sole discretion upon appropriate notice at any time to the extent permitted by applicable law.

Management Fee for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021¹		Fund Inception Date		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020		Management Fees Paid Net of Waivers for Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
0.15%		07/06/17		$86,879		$26,937		$12,098

BFA has contractually agreed to waive a portion of its management fees in an amount equal to the acquired fund fees and expenses, if any, attributable to the Fund's investment in other series of the Trust and iShares, Inc., provided that the waiver be no greater than the Fund’s management fee of 0.15%, through July 31, 2022. The contractual waiver may be terminated prior to July 31, 2022 only upon written agreement of the Trust and BFA. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2021, March 31, 2020 and March 31, 2019, BFA waived $108,531, $31,851 and $16,257 of management fees, respectively.

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	265	$1,559,522,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	57	86,063,000,000
Other Accounts	25	28,568,000,000

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	270	$1,560,251,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	2	845,000,000

Table of Contents

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	263	$1,547,966,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	30	2,605,000,000
Other Accounts	65	15,924,000,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number	Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	265	$1,556,880,000,000
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	96	44,113,000,000
Other Accounts	3	131,000,000

Each of the portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day management seeks to track the rate of return, risk profile and other characteristics of independent third-party indexes by either replicating the same combination of securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes or through a representative sampling of the securities and other financial instruments that constitute those indexes based on objective criteria and data. Pursuant to BFA’s policy, investment opportunities are allocated equitably among the Fund and other portfolios and accounts. For example, under certain circumstances, an investment opportunity may be restricted due to limited supply in the market, legal constraints or other factors, in which event the investment opportunity will be allocated equitably among those portfolios and accounts, including the Fund, seeking such investment opportunity. As a consequence, from time to time the Fund may receive a smaller allocation of an investment opportunity than it would have if the Portfolio Managers and BFA and its affiliates did not manage other portfolios or accounts.

Like the Fund, the other portfolios or accounts for which the Portfolio Managers are primarily responsible for the day-to-day portfolio management generally pay an asset-based fee to BFA or its affiliates, as applicable, for its advisory services. One or more of those other portfolios or accounts, however, may pay BFA or its affiliates a performance-based fee in lieu of, or in addition to, an asset-based fee for its advisory services. A portfolio or account with a performance-based fee would pay BFA or its affiliates a portion of that portfolio’s or account’s gains, or would pay BFA or its affiliates more for its services than would otherwise be the case if BFA or any of its affiliates meets or exceeds specified performance targets. Performance-based fee arrangements could present an incentive for BFA or its affiliates to devote greater resources, and allocate more investment opportunities, to the portfolios or accounts that have those fee arrangements, relative to other portfolios or accounts, in order to earn larger fees. Although BFA and each of its affiliates have an obligation to allocate resources and opportunities equitably among portfolios and accounts and intend to do so, shareholders of the Fund should be aware that, as with any group of portfolios and accounts managed by an investment adviser and/or its affiliates pursuant to varying fee arrangements, including performance-based fee arrangements, there is the potential for a conflict of interest, which may result in the Portfolio Managers favoring those portfolios or accounts with performance-based fee arrangements.

Jennifer Hsui
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Table of Contents

Alan Mason
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Greg Savage
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	1	$2,998,410,000

Amy Whitelaw
Types of Accounts	Number of Other Accounts with Performance Fees Managed by Portfolio Manager	Aggregate of Total Assets
Registered Investment Companies	0	N/A
Other Pooled Investment Vehicles	0	N/A
Other Accounts	0	N/A

Portfolio Manager Compensation Overview

The discussion below describes the Portfolio Managers' compensation as of March 31, 2021.

As of March 31, 2021, the Portfolio Managers did not beneficially own shares of the Fund.

Table of Contents

to form a reasonable belief that it knows the true identity of its Authorized Participants. This information will be used to verify the identity of Authorized Participants or, in some cases, the status of financial professionals; it will be used only for compliance with the requirements of the Patriot Act.

The following table sets forth the administration, custodian and transfer agency expenses of the Fund paid by BFA to State Street for the fiscal years noted:

Fund Inception Date		Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021		Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020		Custody, Administration & Transfer Agency Expenses Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
07/06/17		$32,487		$24,813		$24,377

Table of Contents

Pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement:

(i) domestic equity funds, such as the Fund, retain 77% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees), and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

In addition, commencing the business day following the date that the aggregate securities lending income (which includes, for this purpose, collateral investment fees) earned across the Exchange-Traded Fund Complex (as defined under “Management—Trustees and Officers”) in a calendar year exceeds a specified threshold, each applicable domestic equity fund, pursuant to the current Securities Lending Agency Agreement, will receive for the remainder of that calendar year securities lending income as follows:

(i) 81% of securities lending income (which excludes collateral investment fees) and (ii) this amount can never be less than 70% of the sum of the securities lending income plus collateral investment fees.

Prior to January 1, 2021, domestic equity funds, such as the Fund were subject to a different securities lending fee arrangement and were also subject to a different securities lending fee arrangement prior to January 1, 2020.

The services provided to the Funds by BTC in the most recent fiscal year ended March 31, 2021 primarily included the following:

(1) selecting borrowers from an approved list of borrowers and executing a securities lending agreement as agent on behalf of the Funds with each such borrower;

(2) negotiating the terms of securities loans, including the amount of fees;

(3) directing the delivery of loaned securities;

(4) monitoring the daily value of the loaned securities and directing the payment of additional collateral or the return of excess collateral, as necessary;

(5) investing cash collateral received in connection with any loaned securities;

(6) monitoring distributions on loaned securities (for example, interest and dividend activity);

(8) terminating securities loans and arranging for the return of loaned securities to the Funds at loan termination.

Table of Contents

The following tables show the dollar amounts of income and fees/compensation related to the securities lending activities of the Fund during its most recent fiscal year ended March 31, 2021.

Fund	iShares Russell 2500 ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	$304,777
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services
Securities lending income paid to BTC for services as securities lending agent	71,263
Cash collateral management expenses not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	13,614
Administrative fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Indemnification fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	558
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$ 85,435
Net income from securities lending activities	$ 219,342

Table of Contents

also make payments to Intermediaries for certain printing, publishing and mailing costs or materials relating to the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products (“Publishing Costs”). In addition, BFA Entities make payments to Intermediaries that make shares of the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products available to their clients, develop new products that feature iShares or otherwise promote the Fund, other iShares funds and exchange-traded products. BFA Entities may also reimburse expenses or make payments from their own assets to Intermediaries or other persons in consideration of services or other activities that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in the Fund, other iShares funds or exchange-traded products. Payments of the type described above are sometimes referred to as revenue-sharing payments.

In addition, BFA Entities may enter into other contractual arrangements with Intermediaries and certain other third parties that the BFA Entities believe may benefit the iShares business or facilitate investment in iShares funds. Such agreements may include payments by BFA Entities to such Intermediaries and third parties for data collection and provision, technology support, platform enhancement, or co-marketing and cross-promotional efforts. Payments made pursuant to such arrangements may vary in any year and may be different for different Intermediaries and third parties. In certain cases, the payments described in the preceding sentence may be subject to certain minimum payment levels. As of the date of this SAI, the Intermediaries and other third parties receiving one or more types of the contractual payments described above include (in addition to FBS and NFS): BNY Mellon Performance & Risk Analytics, LLC, Charles Schwab & Co., Inc., Commonwealth Equity Services, LLC, Dorsey Wright and Associates, LLC, Edward D. Jones & Co., L.P., Envestnet Asset Management, Inc., FDx Advisors, Inc., LPL Financial LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Morgan Stanley Smith Barney LLC, Orion Portfolio Solutions, LLC, Pershing LLC, Raymond James Financial Services, Inc., TD Ameritrade, Inc., UBS Financial Services Inc., Wells Fargo Clearing Services, LLC and Wells Fargo Advisors Financial Network, LLC. Any additions, modifications, or deletions to Intermediaries and other third parties listed above that have occurred since the date of this SAI are not included in the list.

Table of Contents

year or other period, any of which arrangements may include an agreed-upon minimum or maximum payment, or any combination of the foregoing. As of the date of this SAI, BFA anticipates that the payments paid by BFA Entities in connection with the Fund, iShares funds and exchange-traded products in general will be immaterial to BFA Entities in the aggregate for the next year. Please contact your salesperson or other investment professional for more information regarding any such payments or financial incentives his or her Intermediary firm may receive. Any payments made, or financial incentives offered, by the BFA Entities to an Intermediary may create the incentive for the Intermediary to encourage customers to buy shares of the Fund, other iShares funds or other exchange-traded products.

Determination of Net Asset Value

Equity Investments. Equity securities traded on a recognized securities exchange (e.g., NYSE), on separate trading boards of a securities exchange or through a market system that provides contemporaneous transaction pricing information (each an “Exchange”) are valued using information obtained via independent pricing services, generally at the closing price or, if an Exchange closing price is not available, the last traded price on that Exchange prior to the time as of which the assets or liabilities are valued. However, under certain circumstances, other means of determining current market value may be used. If an equity security is traded on more than one Exchange, the current market value of the security where it is primarily traded generally will be used. In the event that there are no sales involving an equity security held by the Fund on a day on which the Fund values such security, the prior day’s price will be used, unless BlackRock determines that such prior day’s price no longer reflects the fair value of the security, in which case such asset would be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below).

Table of Contents

in which case such option will be treated as a Fair Value Asset (as defined below). OTC derivatives may be valued using a mathematical model which may incorporate a number of market data factors. Financial futures contracts and options thereon, which are traded on exchanges, are valued at their last sale price or settle price as of the close of such exchanges. Swap agreements and other derivatives are generally valued daily based upon quotations from market makers or by a pricing service in accordance with the Valuation Procedures.

All cash, receivables and current payables are carried on the Fund’s books at their fair value.

In the event that application of the methods of valuation discussed above result in a price for a security which is deemed not to be representative of the fair market value of such security, the security will be valued by, under the direction of or in accordance with a method approved by the Fund’s Board as reflecting fair value. All other assets and liabilities (including securities for which market quotations are not readily available) held by the Fund (including restricted securities) are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board or the Valuation Committee (its delegate) pursuant to the Valuation Procedures. Any assets and liabilities which are denominated in a foreign currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the prevailing market rates.

Table of Contents

values assigned to the securities and other assets and liabilities of the Fund. The pricing of all Fair Value Assets is subsequently reported to the Board or a committee thereof.

When determining the price for a Fair Value Asset, the Valuation Committee will seek to determine the price that the Fund might reasonably expect to receive from the current sale of that asset or liability in an arm’s-length transaction on the date on which the asset or liability is being valued, and does not seek to determine the price the Fund might reasonably expect to receive for selling an asset or liability at a later time or if it holds the asset or liability to maturity. Fair value determinations will be based upon all available factors that the Valuation Committee deems relevant at the time of the determination, and may be based on analytical values determined by BFA using proprietary or third-party valuation models.

Brokerage Transactions

Table of Contents

full range of brokerage services provided; (vi) the broker’s or dealer’s capital; (vii) the quality of research and research services provided; (viii) the reasonableness of the commission, dealer spread or its equivalent for the specific transaction; and (ix) BFA’s knowledge of any actual or apparent operational problems of a broker or dealer. Brokers may also be selected because of their ability to handle special or difficult executions, such as may be involved in large block trades, thinly traded securities, or other circumstances.

Table of Contents

Fund Inception Date		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020		Brokerage Commissions Paid During Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2019
07/06/17		$7,990		$2,433		$353

	Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2021		Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2020
	16%		14%

Additional Information Concerning the Trust

Shareholders may make inquiries by writing to iShares Trust, c/o BlackRock Investments, LLC, 1 University Square Drive, Princeton, NJ 08540.

Table of Contents

DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Fund. Shares of the Fund are represented by securities registered in the name of DTC or its nominee and deposited with, or on behalf of, DTC.

Table of Contents

nominee. Payments by DTC Participants to Indirect Participants and Beneficial Owners of shares held through such DTC Participants will be governed by standing instructions and customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of customers in bearer form or registered in a “street name,” and will be the responsibility of such DTC Participants.

Any Selling Shareholder and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

Creation and Redemption of Creation Units

General. The Trust issues and sells shares of the Fund only in Creation Units on a continuous basis through the Distributor or its agent, without a sales load, at a price based on the Fund's NAV next determined after receipt, on any Business Day (as defined below), of an order received by the Distributor or its agent in proper form. On days when the Listing Exchange closes earlier than normal, the Fund may require orders to be placed earlier in the day. The following table sets forth the number of shares of the Fund that constitute a Creation Unit for the Fund and the approximate value of such Creation Unit as of April 30, 2021:

Shares Per Creation Unit		Approximate Value Per Creation Unit (U.S.$)
50,000		$3,263,500

Table of Contents

Fund Deposit. The consideration for purchase of Creation Units of the Fund generally consists of Deposit Securities and the Cash Component computed as described below. Together, the Deposit Securities and the Cash Component constitute the “Fund Deposit,” which, when combined with the Fund's portfolio securities is designed to generate performance that has a collective investment profile similar to that of the Underlying Index. The Fund Deposit represents the minimum initial and subsequent investment amount for a Creation Unit of the Fund. Such Fund Deposit is applicable, subject to any adjustments as described below, to purchases of Creation Units of shares of the Fund until such time as the next-announced Fund Deposit is made available.

Fund Deposits may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

Cash Purchase Method. Although the Trust does not generally permit partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units of its funds, when partial or full cash purchases of Creation Units are available or specified for the Fund, they will be effected in essentially the same manner as in-kind purchases thereof. In the case of a partial or full cash purchase, the Authorized Participant must pay the cash equivalent of the Deposit Securities it would otherwise be required to provide through an in-kind purchase, plus the same Cash Component required to be paid by an in-kind purchaser.

Table of Contents

Role of the Authorized Participant. Creation Units may be purchased only by or through a member or participant of a clearing agency registered with the SEC, which has a written agreement with the Fund or one of its service providers that allows such member or participant to place orders for the purchase and redemption of Creation Units (an “Authorized Participant”). Such Authorized Participant will agree, pursuant to the terms of such Authorized Participant Agreement and on behalf of itself or any investor on whose behalf it will act, to certain conditions, including that such Authorized Participant will make available in advance of each purchase of shares an amount of cash sufficient to pay the Cash Component, once the NAV of a Creation Unit is next determined after receipt of the purchase order in proper form, together with the transaction fees described below. An Authorized Participant, acting on behalf of an investor, may require the investor to enter into an agreement with such Authorized Participant with respect to certain matters, including payment of the Cash Component. Investors who are not Authorized Participants must make appropriate arrangements with an Authorized Participant. Investors should be aware that their particular broker may not be a DTC Participant or may not have executed an Authorized Participant Agreement and that orders to purchase Creation Units may have to be placed by the investor's broker through an Authorized Participant. As a result, purchase orders placed through an Authorized Participant may result in additional charges to such investor. The Trust does not expect to enter into an Authorized Participant Agreement with more than a small number of DTC Participants. A list of current Authorized Participants may be obtained from the Distributor. The Distributor has adopted guidelines regarding Authorized Participants’ transactions in Creation Units that are made available to all Authorized Participants. These guidelines set forth the processes and standards for Authorized Participants to transact with the Distributor and its agents in connection with creation and redemption transactions. In addition, the Distributor may be appointed as the proxy of the Authorized Participant and may be granted a power of attorney under its Authorized Participant Agreement.

The Authorized Participant is responsible for any and all expenses and costs incurred by the Fund, including any applicable cash amounts, in connection with any purchase order.

Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders. An Authorized Participant must submit an irrevocable order to purchase shares of the Fund generally before 4:00 p.m., Eastern time on any Business Day in order to receive that day's NAV. Creation Orders must be transmitted by an Authorized Participant in the form required by the Fund to the Distributor or its agent pursuant to procedures set forth in the Authorized Participant Agreement. Economic or market disruptions or changes, or telephone or other communication failure, may impede the ability to reach the Distributor or its agent or an Authorized Participant. The Fund's deadline specified above for the submission of purchase orders is referred to as the Fund's “Cutoff Time.” The Distributor or its agent, in their discretion, may permit the submission of such orders and requests by or through an Authorized Participant at any time (including on days on which the Listing Exchange is not open for business) via communication through the facilities of the Distributor's or its agent's proprietary website maintained for this purpose. Purchase orders and redemption requests, if accepted by the Trust, will be processed based on the NAV next determined after such acceptance in accordance with the Fund's Cutoff Times as provided in the Authorized Participant Agreement and disclosed in this SAI.

Table of Contents

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard creation transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Creation Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$1,400		3.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit.

Table of Contents

Redemption Basket. Redemption Baskets may also be modified to position a fund towards a forward index rebalance to reflect revisions that account for index additions, deletions, and re-weights.

The following table sets forth the Fund's standard redemption transaction fees and maximum additional charge (as described above):

Standard Redemption Transaction Fee		Maximum Additional Charge*
$1,400		2.0%

*	As a percentage of the net asset value per Creation Unit, inclusive of the standard redemption transaction fee.

Table of Contents

Taxes

Table of Contents

its shareholders. If the Fund fails to qualify for any taxable year as a RIC or fails to meet the distribution requirement, all of its taxable income will be subject to tax at regular corporate income tax rates without any deduction for distributions to shareholders, and such distributions generally will be taxable to shareholders as ordinary dividends to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. In such event, distributions to individuals should be eligible to be treated as qualified dividend income and distributions to corporate shareholders generally should be eligible for the dividends received deduction. Although the Fund intends to distribute substantially all of its net investment income and its capital gains for each taxable year, the Fund may decide to retain a portion of its income or gains if the Fund determines that doing so is in the interest of its shareholders. The Fund will be subject to U.S. federal income taxation to the extent any such income or gains are not distributed. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC in any year, it must pay out its earnings and profits accumulated in that year in order to qualify again as a RIC. If the Fund fails to qualify as a RIC for a period greater than two taxable years, the Fund may be required to recognize any net built-in gains with respect to certain of its assets (i.e., the excess of the aggregate gains, including items of income, over aggregate losses that would have been realized with respect to such assets if the Fund had been liquidated) if it qualifies as a RIC in a subsequent year.

Net Capital Loss Carryforwards. Net capital loss carryforwards may be applied against any net realized capital gains in each succeeding year, until they have been reduced to zero.

As of March 31, 2021, the tax year-end of the Fund, the Fund had non-expiring capital loss carryforwards in the amount of $342,063 available to offset future realized capital gains.

Taxation of U.S. Shareholders. Dividends and other distributions by the Fund are generally treated under the Internal Revenue Code as received by the shareholders at the time the dividend or distribution is made. However, any dividend or distribution declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any calendar year and payable to shareholders of record on a specified date in such a month shall be deemed to have been received by each shareholder on December 31 of such calendar year and to have been paid by the Fund not later than such December 31, provided such dividend is actually paid by the Fund during January of the following calendar year.

Table of Contents

qualified dividend income below. Short-term capital gains earned by the Underlying Fund will be ordinary income when distributed to the Fund and will not be offset by the Fund’s capital losses. Long-term capital gains are eligible for taxation at a maximum rate of 15% or 20% for non-corporate shareholders, depending on whether their income exceeds certain threshold amounts.

Investors considering buying shares just prior to a dividend or capital gain distribution should be aware that, although the price of shares purchased at that time may reflect the amount of the forthcoming distribution, such dividend or distribution may nevertheless be taxable to them. If the Fund is the holder of record of any security on the record date for any dividends payable with respect to such security, such dividends will be included in the Fund’s gross income not as of the date received but as of the later of (a) the date such security became ex-dividend with respect to such dividends (i.e., the date on which a buyer of the security would not be entitled to receive the declared, but unpaid, dividends); or (b) the date the Fund acquired such security. Accordingly, in order to satisfy its income distribution requirements, the Fund may be required to pay dividends based on anticipated earnings, and shareholders may receive dividends in an earlier year than would otherwise be the case.

In certain situations, the Fund may, for a taxable year, defer all or a portion of its net capital loss (or if there is no net capital loss, then any net long-term or short-term capital loss) realized after October and its late-year ordinary loss (defined as the sum of (i) the excess of post-October foreign currency and passive foreign investment company (“PFIC”) losses over post-October foreign currency and PFIC gains and (ii) the excess of post-December ordinary losses over post-December ordinary income) until the next taxable year in computing its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, which will defer the recognition of such realized losses. Such deferrals and other rules regarding gains and losses realized after October (or December) may affect the tax character of shareholder distributions.

Sales of Shares. Upon the sale or exchange of shares of the Fund, a shareholder will realize a taxable gain or loss equal to the difference between the amount realized and the shareholder’s basis in shares of the Fund. A redemption of shares by the Fund will be treated as a sale for this purpose. Such gain or loss will be treated as capital gain or loss if the shares are capital assets in the shareholder’s hands and will be long-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for more than one year and short-term capital gain or loss if the shares are held for one year or less. Any loss realized on a sale or exchange will be disallowed to the extent the shares disposed of are replaced, including replacement through the reinvesting of dividends or capital gains distributions, or by an option or contract to acquire substantially identical shares, within a 61-day period beginning 30 days before and ending 30 days after the disposition of the shares. In such a case, the basis of the shares acquired will be increased to reflect the disallowed loss. Any loss realized by a shareholder on the sale of Fund shares held by the shareholder for six months or less will be treated for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a long-term capital loss to the extent of any distributions or deemed distributions of long-term capital gains received by the shareholder with respect to such share. The Medicare contribution tax described above will apply to the sale of Fund shares.

Table of Contents

If a shareholder incurs a sales charge in acquiring shares of the Fund, disposes of those shares within 90 days and then, on or before January 31 of the following calendar year, acquires shares in a mutual fund for which the otherwise applicable sales charge is reduced by reason of a reinvestment right (e.g., an exchange privilege), the original sales charge will not be taken into account in computing gain/loss on the original shares to the extent the subsequent sales charge is reduced. Instead, the disregarded portion of the original sales charge will be added to the tax basis of the newly acquired shares. Furthermore, the same rule also applies to a disposition of the newly acquired shares made within 90 days of the second acquisition. This provision prevents shareholders from immediately deducting the sales charge by shifting their investments within a family of mutual funds.

Taxation of Certain Derivatives. The Fund’s transactions in zero coupon securities, non-U.S. currencies, forward contracts, options and futures contracts (including options and futures contracts on non-U.S. currencies), to the extent permitted, will be subject to special provisions of the Internal Revenue Code (including provisions relating to “hedging transactions” and “straddles”) that, among other consequences, may affect the character of gains and losses realized by the Fund (i.e., may affect whether gains or losses are ordinary or capital), accelerate recognition of income to the Fund and defer Fund losses. These rules could therefore affect the character, amount and timing of distributions to shareholders. These provisions also (a) will require the Fund to mark-to-market certain types of the positions in its portfolio (i.e., treat them as if they were closed out at the end of each year) and (b) may cause the Fund to recognize income without receiving cash with which to pay dividends or make distributions in amounts necessary to satisfy the distribution requirements for avoiding income and excise taxes. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make the appropriate tax elections and will make the appropriate entries in its books and records when it acquires any zero coupon security, non-U.S. currency, forward contract, option, futures contract or hedged investment in order to mitigate the effect of these rules and prevent disqualification of the Fund as a RIC.

Table of Contents

Qualified Dividend Income. Distributions by the Fund of investment company taxable income (including any short-term capital gains), whether received in cash or shares, will be taxable either as ordinary income or as qualified dividend income, which is eligible to be taxed at long-term capital gain rates to the extent the Fund receives qualified dividend income on the securities it holds and the Fund reports the distribution as qualified dividend income. Qualified dividend income is, in general, dividend income from taxable U.S. corporations (but generally not from U.S. REITs) and certain non-U.S. corporations (e.g., non-U.S. corporations that are not PFICs and which are incorporated in a possession of the U.S. or in certain countries with a comprehensive tax treaty with the U.S., or the stock of which is readily tradable on an established securities market in the U.S. (where the dividends are paid with respect to such stock)). Under current IRS guidance, the U.S. has appropriate comprehensive income tax treaties with the following countries: Australia, Austria, Bangladesh, Barbados, Belgium, Bulgaria, Canada, China (but not with Hong Kong, which is treated as a separate jurisdiction for U.S. tax purposes), Cyprus, the Czech Republic, Denmark, Egypt, Estonia, Finland, France, Germany, Greece, Hungary, Iceland, India, Indonesia, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Jamaica, Japan, Kazakhstan, Latvia, Lithuania, Luxembourg, Malta, Mexico, Morocco, the Netherlands, New Zealand, Norway, Pakistan, the Philippines, Poland, Portugal, Romania, Russia, the Slovak Republic, Slovenia, South Africa, South Korea, Spain, Sri Lanka, Sweden, Switzerland, Thailand, Trinidad and Tobago, Tunisia, Turkey, Ukraine, the United Kingdom and Venezuela. Substitute payments received by the Fund for securities lent out by the Fund will not be qualified dividend income.

Excess Inclusion Income. Under current law, the Fund serves to block unrelated business taxable income (“UBTI”) from being realized by its tax-exempt shareholders. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a tax-exempt shareholder could realize UBTI by virtue of its investment in the Fund if shares in the Fund constitute debt-financed property in the hands of the tax-exempt shareholder within the meaning of Section 514(b) of the Internal Revenue Code. Certain types of income received by the Fund from REITs, real estate mortgage investment conduits, taxable mortgage pools or other investments may cause the Fund to report some or all of its distributions as “excess inclusion income.” To Fund shareholders, such excess inclusion income may: (i) constitute taxable income, as UBTI for those shareholders who would otherwise be tax-exempt such as individual retirement accounts, 401(k) accounts, Keogh plans, pension plans and certain charitable entities; (ii) not be offset by otherwise allowable deductions for tax purposes; (iii) not be eligible for reduced U.S. withholding for non-U.S. shareholders even from tax treaty countries; and (iv) cause the Fund to be subject to tax if certain “disqualified organizations,” as defined by the Internal Revenue Code, are Fund shareholders. If a charitable remainder annuity trust or a charitable remainder unitrust (each as defined in Section 664 of the Internal Revenue Code) has UBTI for a taxable year, a 100% excise tax on the UBTI is imposed on the trust.

Table of Contents

Non-U.S. Investments. Under Section 988 of the Internal Revenue Code, gains or losses attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the time the Fund accrues income or receivables or expenses or other liabilities denominated in a non-U.S. currency and the time the Fund actually collects such income or pays such liabilities are generally treated as ordinary income or ordinary loss. In general, gains (and losses) realized on debt instruments will be treated as Section 988 gain (or loss) to the extent attributable to changes in exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which the instruments are denominated. Similarly, gains or losses on non-U.S. currency, non-U.S. currency forward contracts and certain non-U.S. currency options or futures contracts denominated in non-U.S. currency, to the extent attributable to fluctuations in exchange rates between the acquisition and disposition dates, are also treated as ordinary income or loss unless the Fund were to elect otherwise.

The Underlying Fund, if invested in non-U.S. positions, may be subject to non-U.S. income taxes and non-U.S. financial transactions taxes. Each Underlying Fund that is permitted to do so may elect to “pass through” to its investors, including the Fund, the amount of non-U.S. income taxes paid by the Underlying Fund. The Fund will be eligible to elect to “pass through” such amounts to their stockholders and may do so, depending upon circumstances.

Table of Contents

The Fund will make the appropriate tax elections, if possible, and take any additional steps that are necessary to mitigate the effects of these rules.

Other Taxes. Dividends, distributions and redemption proceeds may also be subject to additional state, local and non-U.S. taxes depending on each shareholder’s particular situation.

Properly-reported dividends are generally exempt from U.S. federal withholding tax where they (i) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified net interest income” (generally, the Fund’s U.S. source interest income, other than certain contingent interest and interest from obligations of a corporation or partnership in which the Fund is at least a 10% shareholder or partner, reduced by expenses that are allocable to such income) or (ii) are paid in respect of the Fund’s “qualified short-term capital gains” (generally, the excess of the Fund’s net short-term capital gain over the Fund’s long-term capital loss for such taxable year). However, depending on its circumstances, the Fund may report all, some or none of its potentially eligible dividends as such qualified net interest income or as qualified short-term capital gains and/or treat such dividends, in whole or in part, as ineligible for this exemption from withholding. In order to qualify for this exemption from withholding, a non-U.S. shareholder will need to comply with applicable certification requirements relating to its non-U.S. status (including, in general, furnishing an IRS Form W-8BEN, IRS Form W-8BEN-E or substitute Form). In the case of shares held through an intermediary, the intermediary may withhold even if the Fund reports the payment as qualified net interest income or qualified short-term capital gain. Non-U.S. shareholders should contact their intermediaries with respect to the application of these rules to their accounts.

Table of Contents

Shareholders that are nonresident aliens or foreign entities are urged to consult their own tax advisors concerning the particular tax consequences to them of an investment in the Fund.

Separately, a 30% withholding tax is currently imposed on U.S.-source dividends, interest and other income items paid to: (i) foreign financial institutions, including non-U.S. investment funds, unless they agree to collect and disclose to the IRS information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. account holders; and (ii) certain other foreign entities, unless they certify certain information regarding their direct and indirect U.S. owners. To avoid withholding, foreign financial institutions will need to: (i) enter into agreements with the IRS that state that they will provide the IRS information, including the names, addresses and taxpayer identification numbers of direct and indirect U.S. account holders; comply with due diligence procedures with respect to the identification of U.S. accounts; report to the IRS certain information with respect to U.S. accounts maintained; agree to withhold tax on certain payments made to non-compliant foreign financial institutions or to account holders who fail to provide the required information; and determine certain other information concerning their account holders, or (ii) in the event an intergovernmental agreement and implementing legislation are adopted, provide local revenue authorities with similar account holder information. Other foreign entities may need to report the name, address, and taxpayer identification number of each substantial U.S. owner or provide certifications of no substantial U.S. ownership unless certain exceptions apply.

Shares of the Fund held by a non-U.S. shareholder at death will be considered situated within the U.S. and subject to the U.S. estate tax.

Financial Statements

Miscellaneous Information

Counsel. Willkie Farr & Gallagher LLP, located at 787 Seventh Avenue, New York, NY 10019, is counsel to the Trust.

Table of Contents

Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy

BlackRock U.S. Registered Funds

Open-End Fund Proxy Voting Policy

Procedures Governing Delegation of Proxy Voting to Fund Advisers

October 1, 2020

Open-End Mutual Funds (including money market funds)

iShares and BlackRock ETFs

BlackRock has adopted guidelines and procedures (together and as from time to time amended, the “BlackRock Proxy Voting Guidelines”) governing proxy voting by accounts managed by BlackRock.

A-1

Table of Contents

INTRODUCTION TO BLACKROCK

PHILOSOPHY ON CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

CORPORATE GOVERNANCE, ENGAGEMENT AND VOTING

The six key themes are:

A-4

Table of Contents

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions
•	Compensation and benefits
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

Boards and directors

We expect the board of directors to promote and protect shareholder interests by:

•	establishing an appropriate corporate governance structure
•	supporting and overseeing management in setting long -term strategic goals, applicable measures of value-creation and milestones that will demonstrate progress, and steps taken if any obstacles are anticipated or incurred
•	ensuring the integrity of financial statements
•	making independent decisions regarding mergers, acquisitions and disposals
•	establishing appropriate executive compensation structures
•	addressing business issues, including environmental and social issues, when they have the potential to materially impact company reputation and performance

A-5

Table of Contents

•	current or former employment at the company or a subsidiary within the past several years
•	being, or representing, a shareholder with a substantial shareholding in the company
•	interlocking directorships
•	having any other interest, business or other relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

Auditors and audit-related issues

A-6

Table of Contents

Capital structure, mergers, asset sales and other special transactions

Compensation and benefits

A-7

Table of Contents

Environmental and social issues

Robust disclosure is essential for investors to effectively gauge companies’ business practices and planning related to E&S risks and opportunities.

1)	publish a disclosure in line with industry-specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
2)	disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

In deciding our course of action, we will assess the company’s disclosures and the nature of our engagement with the company on the issue over time, including whether:

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

A-8

Table of Contents

Climate risk

General corporate governance matters and shareholder protections

BLACKROCK’S OVERSIGHT OF ITS INVESTMENT STEWARDSHIP ACTIVITIES

Oversight

A-9

Table of Contents

Committee also reviews and approves amendments to the regional Guidelines, as proposed by the regional Stewardship Advisory Committees.

Vote execution

In certain markets, proxy voting involves logistical issues which can affect BlackRock’s ability to vote such proxies, as well as the desirability of voting such proxies. These issues include but are not limited to: (i) untimely notice of shareholder meetings; (ii) restrictions on a foreigner’s ability to exercise votes; (iii) requirements to vote proxies in person; (iv) “share- blocking” (requirements that investors who exercise their voting rights surrender the right to dispose of their holdings for some specified period in proximity to the shareholder meeting); (v) potential difficulties in translating the proxy; (vi) regulatory constraints; and (vii) requirements to provide local agents with unrestricted powers of attorney to facilitate voting instructions. We are not supportive of impediments to the exercise of voting rights such as share-blocking or overly burdensome administrative requirements.

A-10

Table of Contents

Conflicts management policies and procedures

•	BlackRock clients who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock business partners or third parties who may be issuers of securities or proponents of shareholder resolutions
•	BlackRock employees who may sit on the boards of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Significant BlackRock, Inc. investors who may be issuers of securities held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	Securities of BlackRock, Inc. or BlackRock investment funds held in Funds managed by BlackRock
•	BlackRock, Inc. board members who serve as senior executives of public companies held in Funds managed by BlackRock

BlackRock has taken certain steps to mitigate perceived or potential conflicts including, but not limited to, the following:

•	Adopted the Guidelines which are designed to protect and enhance the economic value of the companies in which BlackRock invests on behalf of clients.
•	Established a reporting structure that separates BIS from employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles. In addition, BlackRock seeks to ensure that all engagements with corporate issuers, dissident shareholders or shareholder proponents are managed consistently and without regard to BlackRock’s relationship with such parties. Clients or business partners are not given special treatment or differentiated access to BIS. BIS prioritizes engagements based on factors including but not limited to our need for additional information to make a voting decision or our view on the likelihood that an engagement could lead to positive outcome(s) over time for the economic value of the company. Within the normal course of business, BIS may engage directly with BlackRock clients, business partners and/or third parties, and/or with employees with sales, vendor management or business partnership roles, in discussions regarding our approach to stewardship, general corporate governance matters, client reporting needs, and/or to otherwise ensure that proxy-related client service levels are met.
•	Determined to engage, in certain instances, an independent fiduciary to vote proxies as a further safeguard to avoid potential conflicts of interest, to satisfy regulatory compliance requirements, or as may be otherwise required by applicable law. In such circumstances, the independent fiduciary provides BlackRock’s proxy voting agent with instructions, in accordance with the Guidelines, as to how to vote such proxies, and BlackRock’s proxy voting agent votes the proxy in accordance with the independent fiduciary’s determination. BlackRock uses an independent fiduciary to vote proxies of (i) any company that is affiliated with BlackRock, Inc., (ii) any public company that includes BlackRock employees on its board of directors, (iii) The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., (iv) any public company of which a BlackRock, Inc. board member serves as a senior executive, and (v) companies when legal or regulatory requirements compel BlackRock to use an independent fiduciary. In selecting an independent fiduciary, we assess several characteristics, including but not limited to: independence, an ability to analyze proxy issues and vote in the best economic interest of our clients, reputation for reliability and integrity, and operational capacity to accurately deliver the assigned votes in a timely manner. We may engage more than one independent fiduciary, in part in order to mitigate potential or perceived conflicts of interest at an independent fiduciary. The Global Committee appoints and reviews the performance of the independent fiduciar(ies), generally on an annual basis.

Periodically, BlackRock reviews our process for determining whether to recall securities on loan in order to vote and may modify it as necessary.

A-11

Table of Contents

Contents
Introduction	A-16
Voting guidelines	A-16
Boards and directors	A-16
- Director elections	A-16
- Independence	A-16
- Oversight	A-17
- Responsiveness to shareholders	A-17
- Shareholder rights	A-17
- Board composition and effectiveness	A-18
- Board size	A-19
- CEO and management succession planning	A-19
- Classified board of directors / staggered terms	A-19
- Contested director elections	A-19
- Cumulative voting	A-19
- Director compensation and equity programs	A-19
- Majority vote requirements	A-19
- Risk oversight	A-20
- Separation of chairman and CEO	A-20
Auditors and audit-related issues	A-20
Capital structure proposals	A-21
- Equal voting rights	A-21
- Blank check preferred stock	A-21
- Increase in authorized common shares	A-21
- Increase or issuance of preferred stock	A-21
- Stock splits	A-22
Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions	A-22
- Poison pill plans	A-22
- Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns	A-22
Executive Compensation	A-22
- Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)	A-23
- Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions	A-23
- Claw back proposals	A-23
- Employee stock purchase plans	A-23
- Equity compensation plans	A-23
- Golden parachutes	A-23
- Option exchanges	A-24
- Pay-for-Performance plans	A-24
- Supplemental executive retirement plans	A-24
Environmental and social issues	A-24
- Climate risk	A-25
- Corporate political activities	A-26
General corporate governance matters	A-26
- Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes	A-26
- Bundled proposals	A-26
- Exclusive forum provisions	A-26
- Multi-jurisdictional companies	A-26
- Other business	A-27
- Reincorporation	A-27
- IPO governance	A-27

A-14

Table of Contents

These guidelines should be read in conjunction with the BlackRock Investment Stewardship Global Corporate Governance Guidelines & Engagement Principles (See Appendix A2 of this SAI).

INTRODUCTION

VOTING GUIDELINES

These guidelines are divided into eight key themes which group together the issues that frequently appear on the agenda of annual and extraordinary meetings of shareholders:

•	Boards and directors
•	Auditors and audit-related issues
•	Capital structure
•	Mergers, asset sales, and other special transactions
•	Executive compensation
•	Environmental and social issues
•	General corporate governance matters
•	Shareholder protections

BOARDS AND DIRECTORS

Director elections

Independence

In particular, common impediments to independence in the U.S. may include:

•	Employment as a senior executive by the company or a subsidiary within the past five years
•	An equity ownership in the company in excess of 20%
•	Having any other interest, business, or relationship which could, or could reasonably be perceived to, materially interfere with the director’s ability to act in the best interests of the company

We may vote against directors serving on key committees that we do not consider to be independent.

When evaluating controlled companies, as defined by the U.S. stock exchanges, we will only vote against insiders or affiliates who sit on the audit committee, but not other key committees.

A-16

Table of Contents

Oversight

•	Where the board has failed to exercise oversight with regard to accounting practices or audit oversight, we will consider voting against the current audit committee, and any other members of the board who may be responsible. For example, this may apply to members of the audit committee during a period when the board failed to facilitate quality, independent auditing if substantial accounting irregularities suggest insufficient oversight by that committee
•	Members of the compensation committee during a period in which executive compensation appears excessive relative to performance and peers, and where we believe the compensation committee has not already substantially addressed this issue
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where the board is not comprised of a majority of independent directors. However, this would not apply in the case of a controlled company
•	Where it appears the director has acted (at the company or at other companies) in a manner that compromises his / her reliability to represent the best long-term economic interests of shareholders
•	Where a director has a pattern of poor attendance at combined board and applicable key committee meetings. Excluding exigent circumstances, BlackRock generally considers attendance at less than 75% of the combined board and applicable key committee meetings by a board member to be poor attendance
•	Where a director serves on an excess number of boards, which may limit his / her capacity to focus on each board’s requirements. The following illustrates the maximum number of boards on which a director may serve, before he / she is considered to be over-committed:

	Public Company CEO	# Outside Public Boards*	Total # of Public Boards
Director A	x	1	2
Director B		3	4

*	In addition to the company under review

Responsiveness to shareholders

•	The independent chair or lead independent director, members of the nominating / governance committee, and / or the longest tenured director(s), where we observe a lack of board responsiveness to shareholders, evidence of board entrenchment, and / or failure to promote adequate board succession planning
•	The chair of the nominating / governance committee, or where no chair exists, the nominating / governance committee member with the longest tenure, where board member(s) at the most recent election of directors have received withhold votes from more than 30% of shares voted and the board has not taken appropriate action to respond to shareholder concerns. This may not apply in cases where BlackRock did not support the initial withhold vote
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and / or members of the nominating / governance committee, where a board fails to implement shareholder proposals that receive a majority of votes cast at a prior shareholder meeting, and the proposals, in our view, have a direct and substantial impact on shareholders’ fundamental rights or long-term economic interests

Shareholder rights

A-17

Table of Contents

•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board implements or renews a poison pill without shareholder approval
•	The independent chair or lead independent director and members of the governance committee, where a board amends the charter / articles / bylaws such that the effect may be to entrench directors or to significantly reduce shareholder rights
•	Members of the compensation committee where the company has repriced options without shareholder approval
•	If a board maintains a classified structure, it is possible that the director(s) with whom we have a particular concern may not be subject to election in the year that the concern arises. In such situations, if we have a concern regarding a committee or committee chair that is not up for re-election, we will generally register our concern by withholding votes from all available members of the relevant committee

Board composition and effectiveness

We encourage boards to disclose their views on:

•	The mix of competencies, experience, and other qualities required to effectively oversee and guide management in light of the stated long-term strategy of the company
•	The process by which candidates are identified and selected, including whether professional firms or other sources outside of incumbent directors’ networks have been engaged to identify and / or assess candidates
•	The process by which boards evaluate themselves and any significant outcomes of the evaluation process, without divulging inappropriate and / or sensitive details
•	The consideration given to board diversity, including, but not limited to, gender, ethnicity, race, age, experience, geographic location, skills, and perspective in the nomination process

A-18

Table of Contents

Board size

CEO and management succession planning

Classified board of directors / staggered terms

Contested director elections

Cumulative voting

Director compensation and equity programs

Majority vote requirements

A-19

Table of Contents

Risk oversight

Separation of chairman and CEO

In the absence of a significant governance concern, we defer to boards to designate the most appropriate leadership structure to ensure adequate balance and independence.

The following table illustrates examples of responsibilities under each board leadership model:

	Combined Chair / CEO Model		Separate Chair Model
	Chair / CEO	Lead Director	Chair
Board Meetings	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors	Attends full meetings of the board of directors Authority to call meetings of independent directors Briefs CEO on issues arising from executive sessions	Authority to call full meetings of the board of directors
Agenda	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, consulting with the lead director	Collaborates with chair / CEO to set board agenda and board information	Primary responsibility for shaping board agendas, in conjunction with CEO
Board Communications	Communicates with all directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning	Facilitates discussion among independent directors on key issues and concerns outside of full board meetings, including contributing to the oversight of CEO and management succession planning

AUDITORS AND AUDIT-RELATED ISSUES

A-20

Table of Contents

CAPITAL STRUCTURE PROPOSALS

Equal voting rights

Blank check preferred stock

Nonetheless, we may support the proposal where the company:

•	Appears to have a legitimate financing motive for requesting blank check authority
•	Has committed publicly that blank check preferred shares will not be used for anti-takeover purposes
•	Has a history of using blank check preferred stock for financings
•	Has blank check preferred stock previously outstanding such that an increase would not necessarily provide further anti-takeover protection but may provide greater financing flexibility

Increase in authorized common shares

Increase or issuance of preferred stock

A-21

Table of Contents

Stock splits

MERGERS, ASSET SALES, AND OTHER SPECIAL TRANSACTIONS

•	The degree to which the proposed transaction represents a premium to the company’s trading price. We consider the share price over multiple time periods prior to the date of the merger announcement. In most cases, business combinations should provide a premium. We may consider comparable transaction analyses provided by the parties’ financial advisors and our own valuation assessments. For companies facing insolvency or bankruptcy, a premium may not apply
•	There should be clear strategic, operational, and / or financial rationale for the combination
•	Unanimous board approval and arm’s-length negotiations are preferred. We will consider whether the transaction involves a dissenting board or does not appear to be the result of an arm’s-length bidding process. We may also consider whether executive and / or board members’ financial interests in a given transaction appear likely to affect their ability to place shareholders’ interests before their own
•	We prefer transaction proposals that include the fairness opinion of a reputable financial advisor assessing the value of the transaction to shareholders in comparison to recent similar transactions

Poison pill plans

We generally vote in favor of shareholder proposals to rescind poison pills.

Reimbursement of expenses for successful shareholder campaigns

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

A-22

Table of Contents

Advisory resolutions on executive compensation (“Say on Pay”)

Advisory votes on the frequency of Say on Pay resolutions

Claw back proposals

Employee stock purchase plans

Equity compensation plans

Golden parachutes

A-23

Table of Contents

•	Whether we believe that the triggering event is in the best interest of shareholders
•	Whether management attempted to maximize shareholder value in the triggering event
•	The percentage of total premium or transaction value that will be transferred to the management team, rather than shareholders, as a result of the golden parachute payment
•	Whether excessively large excise tax gross-up payments are part of the pay-out
•	Whether the pay package that serves as the basis for calculating the golden parachute payment was reasonable in light of performance and peers
•	Whether the golden parachute payment will have the effect of rewarding a management team that has failed to effectively manage the company

Option exchanges

•	The company has experienced significant stock price decline as a result of macroeconomic trends, not individual company performance
•	Directors and executive officers are excluded; the exchange is value neutral or value creative to shareholders; tax, accounting, and other technical considerations have been fully contemplated
•	There is clear evidence that absent repricing, the company will suffer serious employee incentive or retention and recruiting problems

BlackRock may also support a request to exchange underwater options in other circumstances, if we determine that the exchange is in the best interest of shareholders.

Pay-for-Performance plans

Supplemental executive retirement plans

ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL ISSUES

A-24

Table of Contents

BlackRock expects companies to issue reports aligned with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and the standards put forward by the Sustainability Accounting Standards Board (SASB). We view the SASB and TCFD frameworks as complementary in achieving the goal of disclosing more financially material information, particularly as it relates to industry -specific metrics and target setting. TCFD’s recommendations provide an overarching framework for disclosure on the business implications of climate change, and potentially other E&S factors. We find SASB’s industry-specific guidance (as identified in its materiality map) beneficial in helping companies identify and discuss their governance, risk assessments, and performance against these key performance indicators (KPIs). Any global standards adopted, peer group benchmarking undertaken, and verification process in place should also be disclosed and discussed in this context.

•	Publish disclosures in line with industry specific SASB guidelines by year-end, if they have not already done so, or disclose a similar set of data in a way that is relevant to their particular business; and
•	Disclose climate-related risks in line with the TCFD’s recommendations, if they have not already done so. This should include the company’s plan for operating under a scenario where the Paris Agreement’s goal of limiting global warming to less than two degrees is fully realized, as expressed by the TCFD guidelines.

See our commentary on our approach to engagement on TCFD and SASB aligned reporting for greater detail of our expectations.

•	The company has already taken sufficient steps to address the concern
•	The company is in the process of actively implementing a response
•	There is a clear and material economic disadvantage to the company in the near-term if the issue is not addressed in the manner requested by the shareholder proposal

Climate risk

Within the framework laid out above, as well as our guidance on “How BlackRock Investment Stewardship engages on climate risk,” we believe that climate presents significant investment risks and opportunities that may impact the long- term financial sustainability of companies. We believe that the reporting frameworks developed by TCFD and SASB provide useful guidance to companies on identifying, managing, and reporting on climate-related risks and opportunities.

A-25

Table of Contents

Corporate political activities

GENERAL CORPORATE GOVERNANCE MATTERS

Adjourn meeting to solicit additional votes

We generally support such proposals unless the agenda contains items that we judge to be detrimental to shareholders’ best long-term economic interests.

Bundled proposals

Exclusive forum provisions

Multi-jurisdictional companies

A-26

Table of Contents

Other business

We oppose giving companies our proxy to vote on matters where we are not given the opportunity to review and understand those measures and carry out an appropriate level of shareholder oversight.

Reincorporation

IPO governance

SHAREHOLDER PROTECTIONS

Amendment to charter / articles / bylaws

A-27

Table of Contents

Proxy access

We believe that long-term shareholders should have the opportunity, when necessary and under reasonable conditions, to nominate directors on the company’s proxy card.

Right to act by written consent

Right to call a special meeting

Simple majority voting

A-28

	Page
General Description of the Trust and the Fund	1
Exchange Listing and Trading	1
Investment Strategies and Risks	2
Bonds	2
Borrowing	3
Corporate Bonds	3
Diversification Status	3
Futures, Options on Futures and Securities Options	3
Lending Portfolio Securities	4
Liquidity Risk Management	5
Non-U.S. Securities	5
Privately Issued Securities	5
Ratings	5
Regulation Regarding Derivatives	6
Repurchase Agreements	6
Reverse Repurchase Agreements	7
Securities of Investment Companies	7
Short-Term Instruments and Temporary Investments	7
Swap Agreements	8
U.S.-Registered and Restricted Securities of Non-U.S. Issuers	8
Future Developments	8
General Considerations and Risks	8
Borrowing Risk	8
Call Risk	8
Illiquid Investments Risk	8
Issuer Insolvency Risk	9
LIBOR Risk	9
LIBOR Replacement Risk	9
Operational Risk	10
Repurchase Agreement Risk	10
Risk of Investing in Non-U.S. Debt Securities	11
Risk of Swap Agreements	11
Valuation Risk	11
Risk of Investing in Asia	11
Risk of Investing in Developed Countries	12
Risk of Investing in Europe	12

	Page
Risk of Investing in North America	13
Risk of Investing in the Basic Materials Industry	14
Risk of Investing in the Capital Goods Industry	14
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Cyclical Industry	14
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Staples Sector	14
Risk of Investing in the Electric Utilities Sector	14
Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector	15
Risk of Investing in the Financials Sector	16
Risk of Investing in the Insurance Industry	16
Risk of Investing in the Real Estate Industry	16
Risk of Investing in the Technology Sector	18
Risk of Investing in the Transportation Industry	18
Proxy Voting Policy	19
Portfolio Holdings Information	19
Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index	20
The Markit iBoxx Index	20
iBoxx USD Liquid Investment Grade BBB 0+ Index	20
Investment Policies	21
Fundamental Investment Policies	21
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies	23
Continuous Offering	23
Management	24
Trustees and Officers	24
Committees of the Board of Trustees	31
Remuneration of Trustees and Advisory Board Members	35
Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities	36
Potential Conflicts of Interest	36
Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services	44
Investment Adviser	44
Portfolio Managers	44
Codes of Ethics	46
Anti-Money Laundering Requirements	46
Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent	46
Distributor	47
Securities Lending	47
Payments by BFA and its Affiliates	48
Determination of Net Asset Value	49

	Page
Other Taxes	68
Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders	68
Financial Statements	69
Miscellaneous Information	69
Counsel	69
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	69
Shareholder Communications to the Board	69
Investors’ Rights	69
Appendix A1 - iShares ETFs Proxy Voting Policy	A-1
Appendix A2 – BlackRock Global Proxy Voting Policies	A-2
Appendix A3 – BlackRock U.S. Proxy Voting Policies	A-13
Appendix B – Description of Fixed-Income Ratings	B-1

	Page
Cash Purchase Method	59
Procedures for Creation of Creation Units	59
Role of the Authorized Participant	59
Purchase Orders	59
Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders	60
Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units	60
Issuance of a Creation Unit	60
Costs Associated with Creation Transactions	61
Redemption of Creation Units	61
Cash Redemption Method	62
Costs Associated with Redemption Transactions	62
Placement of Redemption Orders	63
Custom Baskets	65
Taxation on Creations and Redemptions of Creation Units	65
Taxes	65
Regulated Investment Company Qualifications	65
Taxation of RICs	66
Excise Tax	66
Net Capital Loss Carryforwards	66
Taxation of U.S. Shareholders	66
Sales of Shares	67
Backup Withholding	68
Sections 351 and 362	68
Taxation of Certain Derivatives	68
Qualified Dividend Income	69
Corporate Dividends Received Deduction	69
Excess Inclusion Income	69
Non-U.S. Investments	70
Passive Foreign Investment Companies	70
Reporting	71
Other Taxes	71
Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders	71
Financial Statements	73
Miscellaneous Information	73
Counsel	73
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm	73
Shareholder Communications to the Board	73



Former Underlying Index Name		New Underlying Index Name

Bloomberg Barclays 2021 Term High Yield and Income Index		Bloomberg 2021 Term High Yield and Income Index

Bloomberg Barclays 2022 Term High Yield and Income Index		Bloomberg 2022 Term High Yield and Income Index

Bloomberg Barclays 2023 Maturity Corporate Index		Bloomberg 2023 Maturity Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays 2023 Maturity High Quality Corporate Index		Bloomberg 2023 Maturity High Quality Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays 2023 Term High Yield and Income Index		Bloomberg 2023 Term High Yield and Income Index

Bloomberg Barclays 2024 Term High Yield and Income Index		Bloomberg 2024 Term High Yield and Income Index

Bloomberg Barclays 2025 Term High Yield and Income Index		Bloomberg 2025 Term High Yield and Income Index

Bloomberg Barclays 2026 Term High Yield and Income Index		Bloomberg 2026 Term High Yield and Income Index

Bloomberg Barclays 2027 Term High Yield and Income Index		Bloomberg 2027 Term High Yield and Income Index

Bloomberg Barclays December 2021 Maturity Corporate Index		Bloomberg December 2021 Maturity Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays December 2022 Maturity Corporate Index		Bloomberg December 2022 Maturity Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays December 2023 Maturity Corporate Index		Bloomberg December 2023 Maturity Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays December 2024 Maturity Corporate Index		Bloomberg December 2024 Maturity Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays December 2025 Maturity Corporate Index		Bloomberg December 2025 Maturity Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays December 2026 Maturity Corporate Index		Bloomberg December 2026 Maturity Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays December 2027 Maturity Corporate Index		Bloomberg December 2027 Maturity Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays December 2028 Maturity Corporate Index		Bloomberg December 2028 Maturity Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays December 2029 Maturity Corporate Index		Bloomberg December 2029 Maturity Corporate Index



Former Benchmark Index Name		New Benchmark Index Name

Bloomberg Barclays Short-Term Government/Corporate Index		Bloomberg Short-Term Government/Corporate Index

Bloomberg Barclays Municipal Bond: 1 Year (1-2) Index		Bloomberg Municipal Bond: 1 Year (1-2) Index

	Page
DTC as Securities Depository for Shares of the Funds	124
Distribution of Shares	125
Creation and Redemption of Creation Units	125
General	125
Fund Deposit	126
Cash Purchase Method	127
Procedures for Creation of Creation Units	127
Role of the Authorized Participant	128
Placement of Creation Orders	128
Purchase Orders	128
Timing of Submission of Purchase Orders	129
Acceptance of Orders for Creation Units	129
Issuance of a Creation Unit	129
Costs Associated with Creation Transactions	130
Redemption of Creation Units	131
Cash Redemption Method	132
Costs Associated with Redemption Transactions	132
Placement of Redemption Orders	133
Custom Baskets	134
Taxation on Creations and Redemptions of Creation Units	134
Taxes	135
Regulated Investment Company Qualifications	135
Taxation of RICs	135
Net Capital Loss Carryforwards	136
Excise Tax	136
Taxation of U.S. Shareholders	136
Sales of Shares	138
Backup Withholding	138
Sections 351 and 362	138
Taxation of Certain Derivatives	138
Market Discount	139
Non-U.S. Investments	139
Original Issue Discount	139
Reporting	140
Other Taxes	140
Taxation of Non-U.S. Shareholders	140
Financial Statements	141

Fund	iShares Aaa - A Rated Corporate Bond ETF	iShares BB Rated Corporate Bond ETF	iShares Broad USD High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	iShares CMBS ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	$375,738	N/A	$7,396,019	N/A

Name	iShares California Muni Bond ETF	iShares Core 5-10 Year USD Bond ETF	iShares Core 10+ Year USD Bond ETF	iShares Core U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 768	$56	$ 197	$36,988
Richard L. Fagnani	817	59	209	39,330
Cecilia H. Herbert	871	63	224	41,968
John E. Kerrigan	815	59	209	39,252
Drew E. Lawton	788	57	202	37,971
John E. Martinez	768	56	197	36,988
Madhav V. Rajan	768	56	197	36,988

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF³	iShares ESG Aware 1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF	iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$25	$285	$ 481	$310
Richard L. Fagnani	26	303	512	330
Cecilia H. Herbert	28	323	546	352
John E. Kerrigan	26	302	511	329
Drew E. Lawton	25	293	494	318
John E. Martinez	25	285	481	310
Madhav V. Rajan	25	285	481	310

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Government/Credit Bond ETF	iShares High Yield Bond Factor ETF	iShares iBoxx $ High Yield Corporate Bond ETF	iShares iBoxx $ Investment Grade Corporate Bond ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 126	$36	$ 8,879	$17,755
Richard L. Fagnani	134	38	9,441	18,879
Cecilia H. Herbert	143	41	10,075	20,145
John E. Kerrigan	134	38	9,422	18,841
Drew E. Lawton	130	37	9,115	18,227
John E. Martinez	126	36	8,879	17,755
Madhav V. Rajan	126	36	8,879	17,755

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Fund	iShares ESG Advanced Total USD Bond Market ETF	iShares ESG Aware1-5 Year USD Corporate Bond ETF	iShares ESG Aware U.S. Aggregate Bond ETF	iShares ESG Aware USD Corporate Bond ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	$580	$75,538	$11,456	$84,277
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services
Securities lending income paid to BTC for services as securities lending agent	79	11,622	971	13,147
Cash collateral management expenses not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	73	5,270	1,919	7,479
Administrative fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0	0	0

	Page
Risk of Investing in Emerging Markets	11
Risk of Investing in Europe	13
Risk of Investing in the U.S	14
Risk of Investing in the Basic Materials Industry	14
Risk of Investing in the Capital Goods Industry	14
Risk of Investing in the Communication Services Sector	14
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Cyclical Industry	15
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Staples Sector	15
Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector	15
Risk of Investing in the Technology Sector	16
Risk of Investing in the Transportation Industry	16
Risk of Investing in the Utilities Sector	17
Proxy Voting Policy	17
Portfolio Holdings Information	18
Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index	19
The Bloomberg Barclays Index	19
Bloomberg Barclays 2023 Maturity High Quality Corporate Index	19
Investment Policies	20
Fundamental Investment Policies	20
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies	21
Continuous Offering	22
Management	22
Trustees and Officers	22
Committees of the Board of Trustees	29
Remuneration of Trustees and Advisory Board Members	34
Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities	35
Potential Conflicts of Interest	35
Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services	43
Investment Adviser	43
Portfolio Managers	44
Codes of Ethics	46
Anti-Money Laundering Requirements	46
Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent	46
Distributor	46
Securities Lending	47
Payments by BFA and its Affiliates	49
Determination of Net Asset Value	50

	Page
U.S. Treasury Obligations Risk	16
Valuation Risk	16
Risk of Investing in Asia	17
Risk of Investing in Central and South America	17
Risk of Investing in Developed Countries	18
Risk of Investing in Emerging Markets	18
Risk of Investing in Europe	19
Risk of Investing in the Middle East	20
Risk of Investing in North America	21
Risk of Investing in Russia	22
Risk of Investing in the Basic Materials Industry	23
Risk of Investing in the Capital Goods Industry	23
Risk of Investing in the Communication Services Sector	23
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Cyclical Industry	24
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Staples Sector	24
Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector	25
Risk of Investing in the Financials Sector	25
Risk of Investing in the Technology Sector	26
Risk of Investing in the Utilities Sector	26
Proxy Voting Policy	27
Portfolio Holdings Information	27
Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index	28
The Bloomberg Barclays Index	29
Bloomberg Barclays U.S. Universal Index	29
Investment Policies	29
Fundamental Investment Policies	29
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies	31
Continuous Offering	31
Management	32
Trustees and Officers	32
Committees of the Board of Trustees	39
Remuneration of Trustees and Advisory Board Members	43
Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities	44
Potential Conflicts of Interest	45
Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services	52
Investment Adviser	52
Portfolio Managers	53

	Page
U.S. Economic Trading Partners Risk	15
Risk of Investing in the Basic Materials Industry	15
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Discretionary Sector	15
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Staples Sector	15
Risk of Investing in the Financials Sector	16
Risk of Investing in the Healthcare Sector	16
Risk of Investing in the Infrastructure Industry	17
Risk of Investing in the Industrials Sector	18
Risk of Investing in the Materials Sector	18
Risk of Investing in the Metals and Mining Industry	18
Risk of Investing in the Real Estate Industry	18
Risk of Investing in the Transportation Industry	20
Risk of Investing in the Utilities Sector	20
Proxy Voting Policy	21
Portfolio Holdings Information	21
Construction and Maintenance of the Underlying Index	22
JPX-Nikkei 400 Net Total Return USD Hedged Index	22
Investment Policies	22
Fundamental Investment Policies	23
Non-Fundamental Investment Policies	24
Continuous Offering	25
Management	25
Trustees and Officers	25
Committees of the Board of Trustees	33
Remuneration of Trustees and Advisory Board Members	37
Control Persons and Principal Holders of Securities	38
Potential Conflicts of Interest	38
Investment Advisory, Administrative and Distribution Services	46
Investment Adviser	46
Portfolio Managers	47
Codes of Ethics	49
Anti-Money Laundering Requirements	49
Administrator, Custodian and Transfer Agent	49
Distributor	50
Securities Lending	50
Payments by BFA and its Affiliates	52
Determination of Net Asset Value	54

Name	iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF	iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF	iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF¹
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$4	$8	$0
Richard L. Fagnani	4	8	0
Cecilia H. Herbert	5	9	0
John E. Kerrigan	4	8	0
Drew E. Lawton	4	8	0
John E. Martinez	4	8	0
Madhav V. Rajan	4	8	0

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	$0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0

Name	iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Corporate ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Corporate ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Corporate ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 692	$633	$581
Richard L. Fagnani	721	659	606
Cecilia H. Herbert	786	718	660
John E. Kerrigan	735	671	617
Drew E. Lawton	696	636	584
John E. Martinez	692	633	581
Madhav V. Rajan	692	633	581

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0

Name		iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Corporate ETF		iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Corporate ETF		iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Corporate ETF
Independent Trustees:

Name	iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Corporate ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Corporate ETF	iShares iBonds Dec 2029 Term Corporate ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 150	$ 92	$37
Richard L. Fagnani	157	96	38
Cecilia H. Herbert	171	104	42
John E. Kerrigan	160	97	39
Drew E. Lawton	151	92	37
John E. Martinez	150	92	37
Madhav V. Rajan	150	92	37

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0

Name	iShares iBonds Dec 2030 Term Corporate ETF¹	iShares iBonds Dec 2021 Term Treasury ETF¹	iShares iBonds Dec 2022 Term Treasury ETF¹
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 16	$5	$2
Richard L. Fagnani	17	5	2
Cecilia H. Herbert	18	5	2
John E. Kerrigan	17	5	2
Drew E. Lawton	16	5	2
John E. Martinez	16	5	2
Madhav V. Rajan	16	5	2

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0

Name	iShares iBonds Dec 2023 Term Treasury ETF¹	iShares iBonds Dec 2024 Term Treasury ETF¹	iShares iBonds Dec 2025 Term Treasury ETF¹
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$8	$6	$7
Richard L. Fagnani	8	6	7
Cecilia H. Herbert	9	7	8
John E. Kerrigan	9	6	7
Drew E. Lawton	8	6	7
John E. Martinez	8	6	7
Madhav V. Rajan	8	6	7

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	$0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0

Name	iShares iBonds Dec 2026 Term Treasury ETF¹	iShares iBonds Dec 2027 Term Treasury ETF¹	iShares iBonds Dec 2028 Term Treasury ETF¹
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 10	$6	$7
Richard L. Fagnani	10	7	7
Cecilia H. Herbert	11	7	7
John E. Kerrigan	11	7	7
Drew E. Lawton	10	7	7
John E. Martinez	10	6	7
Madhav V. Rajan	10	6	7

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0

Fund	iShares iBonds 2024 Term High Yield and Income ETF	iShares iBonds 2025 Term High Yield and Income ETF	iShares iBonds 2026 Term High Yield and Income ETF
Gross income from securities lending activities	$ 17,496	$ 22,470	N/A
Fees and/or compensation for securities lending activities and related services
Securities lending income paid to BTC for services as securities lending agent	1,591	2,151	N/A
Cash collateral management expenses not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	454	624	N/A
Administrative fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0	N/A
Indemnification fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0	N/A
Rebates (paid to borrowers)	8,201	9,894	N/A
Other fees not included in securities lending income paid to BTC	0	0	N/A
Aggregate fees/compensation for securities lending activities	$ 10,246	$ 12,669	N/A
Net income from securities lending activities	$ 7,250	$ 9,801	N/A

	Page
Risk of Swap Agreements	17
Securities Lending Risk	17
Risk of Investing in Asia	17
Risk of Investing in Australasia	18
Risk of Investing in Canada	18
Risk of Investing in Central and South America	18
Risk of Investing in Developed Countries	19
Risk of Investing in Emerging Markets	19
Risk of Investing in Europe	20
Risk of Investing in Japan	21
Risk of Investing in the Middle East	22
Risk of Investing in North America	23
Risk of Investing in the United Kingdom	23
U.S. Economic Trading Partners Risk	24
Risk of Investing in the Aerospace and Defense Industry	24
Risk of Investing in the Automotive Sub-Industry	24
Risk of Investing in the Basic Materials Industry	24
Risk of Investing in the Biotechnology Industry	24
Risk of Investing in the Capital Goods Industry	25
Risk of Investing in the Chemicals Industry	25
Risk of Investing in the Clean Energy Sub-Industry	25
Risk of Investing in the Commercial and Professional Services Industry	25
Risk of Investing in the Communication Services Sector	25
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Discretionary Sector	26
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Goods Industry	26
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Services Industry	26
Risk of Investing in the Consumer Staples Sector	27
Risk of Investing in the Energy Sector	27
Risk of Investing in the Financials Sector	28
Risk of Investing in the Healthcare Sector	28
Risk of Investing in the Home Construction Industry	29
Risk of Investing in the Hotel & Lodging REITs Sub-Industry	29
Risk of Investing in the Industrials Sector	29
Risk of Investing in the Information Technology Sector	30
Risk of Investing in the Infrastructure Industry	30
Risk of Investing in the Insurance Industry	31
Risk of Investing in the Life Science and Tools Industry	31

Name	iShares Biotechnology ETF	iShares Core S&P 500 ETF	iShares Core S&P Mid-Cap ETF	iShares Core S&P Small-Cap ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$4,484	$ 106,802	$ 27,361	$0
Richard L. Fagnani	4,763	113,451	29,064	0
Cecilia H. Herbert	5,087	121,168	31,041	0
John E. Kerrigan	4,758	113,332	29,034	0
Drew E. Lawton	4,598	109,533	28,061	0
John E. Martinez	4,484	106,802	27,361	0
Madhav V. Rajan	4,484	106,802	27,361	0

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Core S&P Total U.S. Stock Market ETF	iShares Core S&P U.S. Growth ETF	iShares Core S&P U.S. Value ETF	iShares ESG Screened S&P 500 ETF¹
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 14,873	$ 4,742	$ 4,109	$14
Richard L. Fagnani	15,799	5,037	4,365	15
Cecilia H. Herbert	16,874	5,379	4,662	16
John E. Kerrigan	15,782	5,031	4,360	15
Drew E. Lawton	15,253	4,863	4,214	14
John E. Martinez	14,873	4,742	4,109	14
Madhav V. Rajan	14,873	4,742	4,109	14

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares ESG Screened S&P Mid-Cap ETF²	iShares ESG Screened S&P Small-Cap ETF³	iShares Europe ETF	iShares Expanded Tech Sector ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 9	$4	$ 527	$1,463
Richard L. Fagnani	10	5	560	1,554
Cecilia H. Herbert	10	5	598	1,659
John E. Kerrigan	10	5	560	1,552
Drew E. Lawton	9	5	541	1,500
John E. Martinez	9	4	527	1,463
Madhav V. Rajan	9	4	527	1,463

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Expanded Tech-Software Sector ETF	iShares Factors US Blend Style ETF	iShares Factors US Growth Style ETF	iShares Factors US Mid Blend Style ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 2,301	$3	$2	$3
Richard L. Fagnani	2,445	3	2	3
Cecilia H. Herbert	2,611	3	3	3
John E. Kerrigan	2,442	3	2	3
Drew E. Lawton	2,360	3	2	3
John E. Martinez	2,301	3	2	3
Madhav V. Rajan	2,301	3	2	3

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$0	$0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Factors US Small Blend Style ETF	iShares Factors US Value Style ETF	iShares Focused Value Factor ETF	iShares Global Consumer Staples ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$3	$3	$ 18	$187
Richard L. Fagnani	3	3	19	198
Cecilia H. Herbert	4	4	21	212
John E. Kerrigan	3	3	19	198
Drew E. Lawton	3	3	19	191
John E. Martinez	3	3	18	187
Madhav V. Rajan	3	3	18	187

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$0	$0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0

Name	iShares Global Energy ETF	iShares Global Financials ETF	iShares Global Industrials ETF	iShares Global Infrastructure ETF
Independent Trustees:

Jane D. Carlin	$ 596	$ 196	$ 156	$1,391
Richard L. Fagnani	633	209	166	1,478
Cecilia H. Herbert	676	223	177	1,578
John E. Kerrigan	633	208	166	1,476
Drew E. Lawton	611	201	160	1,427
John E. Martinez	596	196	156	1,391
Madhav V. Rajan	596	196	156	1,397

Interested Trustees:

Robert S. Kapito	$ 0	$ 0	$ 0	$0
Salim Ramji	0	0	0	0